GOSPEL TRACTS

 

 

NUMBERS 1 - 250

 

 

BY

 

VARIOUS AUTHORS

 

 

-------

 

 

TRACT SELECTION ONE

 

 

INDEX

 

 

1. I KNOW YOU NOT by Samuel F. Hurnard.

 

2. SUFFERING AND REIGNING by G. H. Lang.

 

3. THE BEATITUDES by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

4. THE EARTH IN THE AGE TO COME by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

5. THE CLOTHES IN THE TOMB

 

6. AN OPEN DOOR by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

7. THE JEWS IN PROPHECY TODAY

 

8. WILL ALL BELIEVERS SHARE THE FIRST RESURRECTION? by Albert G. Tinley, B.A.

 

9 THE FIRSTFRUITS by Lt. Col. G. F. Poynder.

 

10. THE TRANSFIGURATION AND THE KINGDOM

 

11. ONE IS TAKEN

 

12. PROPHET - PRIEST - KING. CHRISTMAS AND PROPHECY by A. E. Wilson.

 

13. THE GOSPEL OF THE KINGDOM by G. H. Lang.

 

14. THE SERVANT WITH THE SINGLE TALENT by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

15. OBEDIENCE TO THE WORD OF GOD

 

16. SEVEN DIVINE STATEMENTS by Samuel H. Wilkinson.

 

17. THE RITUAL FOR SIN AFTER CONVERSION

 

18. CHURCH DISCIPLINE BY THE HOLY GHOST

 

19. RAPTURE A REWARD by Reginald T. Naish.

 

20. THE MIDNIGHT CRY by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

21. THE TEN VIRGINS by Various Authors.

 

22. THE OIL IN THE VESSELS

 

23. WHO IS THE ANTICHRIST? by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

24. OUR IDEAL OUTLOOK

 

25. OBEDIENCE TO THE STATE

 

26. IS IT PEACE? by Albert G. Tinley, B.A.

 

27. THE SECRET COMING DEFENDED by Albert G. Tilney, B.A.

 

28. REIGNING WITH CHRIST

 

29. THE CHRISTIAN AND POLITICS by Owen Voss

 

30. PRAYING FOR THE LORD’S RETURN by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

31. BAPTISM ACCORDING TO SCRIPTURE by Ernest W. Bacon.

 

32. IF YOU REMAIN SILENT by Kenneth Burnett.

 

33. THE MODEL MARTYRDOM

 

34. EXCOMMUNICATION AND EXCLUSION by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

35. SEPARATION FROM THE WORLD by G. H. Lang.

 

36. ATTAINING THE OUT-RESURRECTION by Thomas W. Finlay

 

37. THE POSSIBILITY OF THE HIGHEST by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

38. A DYING UNIVERSE by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

39. IMPERIALISM AND COMMUNISM by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

40. THE JUDGMENT OF THE CHRISTIAN’S WORKS by G. P. Raud.

 

41. HIS CROWNS AND OURS by E. J. Checkley.

 

42. THE GREAT WHITE THRONE by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

43. COMING MIRACLE by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

44. APPROACHING MIDNIGHT by A. A. Ronshausen.

 

45. THE KINGDOM A REWARD

 

46. EXCLUSION FROM THE KINGDOM

 

47. ETERNAL LIFE AND THE KINGDOM OF HEAVEN by Chas. S. Utting.

 

48. WATCHMAN, WHAT OF THE NIGHT? by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

49. DENYING THE ADVENT by W. F. Roadhouse.

 

50. THE KINGDOM OF GOD by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

 

*       *       *

 

1

“I KNOW YOU NOT”

 

 

By SAMUEL F. HURNARD

 

 

 

THESE words - Matt. 25: 12 - from the lips of our Saviour are a cause of difficulty and confusion to not a few.  They occur in a well defined passage of admonition, following a prophetic picture of events leading up to His second advent.  This passage opens and closes with the arresting words:- “Watch therefore  See verses 24: 42 and 25: 12.  It contains three parables, viz., the Householder, the Servants, and the Virgins.

 

 

It is important to see clearly to whom these are addressed.  Speaking generally the whole discourse of chapters 24 and 25 is addressed “privately” (verse 3) to “His disciples  This is emphasised in this passage, for in verse 42 the words “your Lord” are used concerning those warned.  The next parable relates to the faithfulness, or otherwise, of servants, clearly with regard to the return of the Master to enquire into their conduct.  While of the Virgins, it is only to be noted that in New Testament usage the word, including 1 Corinthians 7, always implies saved believers.  The word suggests purity and separation.

 

 

Moreover the ten virgins of the parable were all anxious to meet the Bridegroom; they had lamps burning, but with five their supply of oil was running very low.  All the ten virgins were candidates for “the kingdom of heaven and they were commanded to “Watch  Christ never tells unsaved people to watch.  Why should He?  Clearly the unsaved do not come into view in these parables.  How then are we to understand His words:- “I know you not”?

 

 

The English word “know” occurs eleven times in this discourse.  But in the Greek two quite distinct words are used.  One is ginosko, which means to know by effort, or learning.  It is objective and occurs five times in 24: 32, 33, 39, 43; and 25: 24.  The other word is oida and occurs six times in 29: 36, 42, 43; and 25: 12, 13, 26.  It is subjective knowledge, intuitive, or intimate.  Let us notice how differently the two words are used in these chapters.  The budding of the fig tree is known by observation (verse 32).  The near coming of “the Son of man in the clouds of heaven” (verse 33) is to be known from the signs He gives in this chapter.  Wicked humanity knew all about the Flood when it burst upon them (verse 39).  “Know this” (ginosko), in verse 43, would be just the obvious conclusion to come to, if only the good man of the house “had known” (oida),but of course he could not possess intuitive knowledge of the thief’s intention.  His only security would have been constant watchfulness.  The man with one talent (25: 24), may have heard an evil report of his master and so said “Lord, I knew thee ... an hard man

 

 

Turning now to oida knowledge, in verse 36 it is used because the day and hour of the Lord’s coming is a secret enshrined in the bosom of the Father.  Therefore, because utterly unknown, all believers must watch, be alert and ready for the unexpected and unknown hour.  Thus we find it used in verse 42, and of the ignorance of the Householder in verse 43.  It is also used of the wicked servant in 25: 26 who invented his own perverse opinion of his master’s character.  Regarding verse 12, the Lord disclaims that intimate knowledge (oida) with the five foolish virgins, which would place them among His close friends.  This use of the word is well illustrated in Amos 3: 2, as applied to those like the wise virgins, where the Lord says of Israel,- “You only have I known of all the families of the earth meaning His special interest in and knowledge of His chosen people.  It emphasises again in verse 13 the supreme importance of His urgent warning - “Watch therefore, for ye know neither the day nor the hour wherein the Son of man cometh

 

 

In one other passage only, Luke 13: 25, do we find the Lord saying, “I know you not” (oida).  Both these passages relate to a time of awakening to bitter shame and remorse.  This is described by Him seven times over as “the weeping and the gnashing of teeth  This would appear to be the time when the first fruits are “waved or translated, while the unready crop is left to endure the fiery trial of the great tribulation, thus to be ripened for the harvest.  How intensely solemn are these facts as the churches of Christ face a future dark with forebodings: yet brightened for the eye of faith with promise of a glorious Dawn.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

2

 

SUFFERING AND REIGNING

 

BY G. H. LANG

 

 

 

THIS change of legal status and of spiritual condition brings the now living man into a vast realm, the kingdom of God, with grand possibilities and privileges.  These possible privileges are not described as “free”, i.e., unconditional gifts.  Most true it is that they are all provided by grace, and that grace is available to win them; but then it is possible to “receive the grace of God in vain” (2 Cor. 6: 1), to “fall short” of that grace and to “come short” of attaining to what that grace had promised (Heb. 12: 15; 4: 1).

 

 

These warnings are addressed to Christians.  They apply in particular to the matter of sharing the sovereignty of Christ in His kingdom, as it is written that we are “heirs indeed (men) of God, but (de) joint heirs with Christ [Messiah], if so be that we suffer with him, that we may be also glorified with him” (Rom. 8: 17); and again, “If we died with him, we shall also live with him; if we endure, we shall also reign with him: if we shall deny him, he also will deny us; etc.” (2 Tim. 2: 11-13).  Although these “ifs” stand with the indicative of the verbs, it is impossible to read them as “since” we do this or that, for it is not true that all believers do in fact die, suffer, and endure with Him, and obviously it is not true that all deny Him.  The conditional force is not to be avoided.  To assert the opposite is to assert that there is no backsliding, and to make void the warnings of the New Testament to [all regenerate] Christians. This subject I have discussed at length in Firstfruits and Harvest, Ideals and Realities, Revelation, and Hebrews.

 

 

Our passage (1 Thess. 5: 1-11) is concerned distinctly with the future aspect of salvation, not the “initial” aspect.  It deals with the “hope of salvation not the entrance thereto.  For it is not the intention of God that the sons of light and day (verse 5) should meet His wrath at the return of Christ, but that they should then obtain “salvation that is, that [future] “salvation which is ready to be revealed in the last time which is the “inheritance” (the portion of the heir), as yet “reserved in heaven” (1 Pet. 1: 4, 5).  This magnificent and heavenly inheritance is the highest possible development of salvation to which faith can aspire, and in His very first recorded mention of it the Lord set it forth as a reward for suffering on His behalf (Mat. 5: 12: “Blessed are ye when men shall reproach and persecute you ... great is your reward in heaven”).  This is the key to all later references to the subject.

 

 

Of this most noble of prospects the noblest element is that it assures continuous enjoyment of the personal company of the Lord.  All the saved will be blessed in His [eternal] kingdom, but not all [the saved] will be the personal companions of the King [in His millennial Kingdom]. Heb. 3: 14 says that “we are become companions of Christ [the Messiah tou Christou] if we hold fast the beginning of our confidence firm unto the end This high privilege is for those who “hate their life” in this age, who serve and follow Him in reality.  Of such He says “where I am there shall also my servant be” and will be honoured by His Father (John 12: 25, 26).  This may be followed throughout the New Testament.  To the few who keep their garments undefiled in this foul world it is promised that “they shall walk with Me in white; for they are worthy.  The one overcoming shall thus be arrayed in white garments” (Rev. 3: 4, 5). - The Disciple.

 

 

-------

 

 

Thrones

 

 

So also is it concerning the Kingdom far vaster than Palestine.  “I come quickly: hold fast that which thou hast, that no man take thy crown” (Rev. 3: 2).  During the Napoleonic wars a French officer, a prisoner in Britain, was given a Bible.  He was so impressed by its teaching that he yielded himself to the Lord without reservation.  Taunted by his comrades as a Protestant, he answered: “But I have done no more than my fellow-

officer, Bernadotte, who has become a Lutheran.” “He did so,” they replied, “for a crown  “My motive,” he declared, “Is the same.  Bernadotte and I differ only as to the place.  His object was to obtain the crown of Sweden; mine is to gain an incorruptible crown in heaven “He that overcometh, I will give to him to sit down with me IN MY THRONE” (Rev. 3: 21).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

3

 

THE BEATITUDES

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

“And seeing the multitudes, He went up into the mountain: and when He had sat down, His disciples came unto Him: and He opened His mouth, and taught them:” (Matt. 5: 1).

 

 

IT is disciples, though within earshot of the multitude, that our Lord, in solemn session, sets Himself to teach. Luke is equally explicit: “He lifted up His eyes on His disciples, and said” (Luke 6: 20).  The Sermon on the Mount, as Bishop Gore succinctly puts it, was spoken into the ear of the Church and overheard by the world.

 

 

3. Blessed are the poor in spirit: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.

 

 

It is spiritual character upon which our Lord strikes the first deep, strong note.  Blessed is the man who is before he does. The new creation of the indwelling Spirit enfolds within itself all potentialities of blessed action.  But consequent acts of love and mercy are the indispensable proofs that travel down into life’s little things - the robbed cloak and the assaulted cheek.  “I am trying to build up new countries,” Cecil Rhodes said to General Booth; “you and your father are trying to build up new men; and you have chosen the better part.” In a ripe maturity of political experience second to none, Mr. Gladstone said: “The welfare of mankind does not now depend on the State, or on the world of politics: the real battle is being fought out in the world of thought; and we Politicians are children playing with toys in comparison to that great work of restoring belief.”

 

 

On the threshold of the Sermon Christ erects the gate of humility.  “And He called to Him a little child, and set him in the midst of them, and said, Verily I say unto you, Except ye turn, and become as little children, ye shall in no wise enter into the kingdom of heaven” (Matt. 18: 3).  Without a changed nature the malignant evils of the social order, deeply seated in a diseased heart, would reproduce themselves for ever, and reduce even God’s Kingdom to chaos.  The Celestial Hills can be reached only through the Vale of the lowly heart.

 

 

4. Blessed are they that mourn: for they shall be comforted.

 

 

Blessed, says the Socialist, is a general diffusion of comfort: Blessed, says the politician, is the greatest happiness of the greatest number: “Blessed says Christ, “are they that mourn  This radical divergence springs from antagonistic views of the world.  The philosopher is content to reform without regenerating; sin, to him, is a distemper of the skin; the world is disordered, but not condemned.  Christ reveals that the world, jarred out of all harmony with God, is deeply cankered with sin.  Wickedness predominates, therefore mourning is blest.  The disciple is bowed by the cross he has lifted.  But of righteous sorrow Christ approves; the mourners shall be comforted when earth is regenerate, and the Curse departs from every island and continent like a lifted shadow.  Sorrow, in a sinless world, would be sinful.

 

 

5. Blessed are the meek: for they shall inherit the earth.

 

 

An exquisite proof of the truth of Christ’s words is their amazing unworldliness.  It is precisely the meek who are uniformly excluded from earthly inheritance; high places yield to the assault of wealth, ambition, and organized power.  The meek waive, rather than prosecute, their claims; sufferers, doing right, with patience; much forgiven, they are much forgiving.  For such the earth, when become Messiah’s in its uttermost parts, is reserved, as the hundredfold compensation for suffered wrong.  The earth is yet to be governed by its aristocracy of grace.  But the possession is reached by the path of renunciation.  “Dost thou wish,” says Augustine, “to possess the earth?  Beware then lest thou be possessed by it

 

 

6. Blessed are they that hunger and thirst after righteousness: for they shall be filled.

 

 

Not, Blessed are the righteous; but blessed are disciples consciously imperfect and sinful, eager to crown [the] imputed righteousness [of Christ] with [their] active goodness.  The daily recurring appetite is set on weaving the pure, bright linen of the Bride.*  The love of righteousness, a thirst planted in the soul by God, is for ever baffled in the spheres of labour, politics, religion: Wealth triumphs in monopoly; Cabinets shape the course of kingdoms by expediency; the great State Churches dare not uproot powerful corruptions; the individual writhes under the tyranny of habitual sin.  Nevertheless the hunger shall be satisfied.  For the righteousness of Christ, falling on the shoulders of faith, is a pledge of ultimate sanctification.  The body of resurrection will harbour no traitor [or hypocrite] within.  Divine might shall establish upon [this sin-cursed (Gen. 3: 8, R.V.)] earth a Kingdom of right.  But here and now, blessed is the disciple whose passion is to translate all divine truth into the living facts of his own life.

 

* Rev. 19: 8; cf. 2 Cor. 5: 3.

 

 

7. Blessed are the merciful: for they shall obtain mercy.

 

 

JUSTICE was the foundation principle of the Law (Deut. 16: 20); MERCY is the soul of the Gospel.  Israel’s obedience to the Law justified him in exacting obedience from all, at the peril of sword, and irons, and curse.  But the chosen people’s failure to render Jehovah a perfect obedience necessitated, if man was to be saved at all, the substitution of grace for law.  Christ therefore, as introducer of grace, now informs His disciples that, since through mercy they live, by mercy they must also walk.  The merciful Father requires merciful sons.  But the peculiar importance of this Beatitude is its revelation of the criterion by which the disciple, arraigned before the Bema, will be judged.  If he has warred, and imprisoned, and reviled, justice will sweep him with its terrible scythe; but if hand and heart have, held forth meekness and love, mercy will assoil [i.e., ‘absolve or requite’]. “Forgive, and ye shall be forgiven” (Luke 6: 37).  So Paul hoped for Onesiphorus: “The Lord grant unto him TO FIND MERCY of the Lord in that day” (2 Tim. 1: 18).*

 

* “Even believers,” says Dr. Tholuck, “may inherit a partial un-blessedness.  This is a point,” he significantly adds, “on which our doctrine requires further elaboration.” - Sermon on the Mount, p. 39.  Before the Bema disciples are to be arraigned (Rom. 14: 10; 2 Cor. 5: 10), with possible loss of all but eternal life (1 Cor. 3: 15; 9: 27), and a possible infliction of active but temporary punishment (Luke 12: 46-48; Matt. 25: 14, 30).  Gift (Rom. 6: 23) is retained after prizes (Rev. 3: 11) are lost.

 

 

8. Blessed are the pure in heart: for they shall see God.

 

 

This is explicit.  The beatific vision is for the pure alone; and for the pure, not in act only, but in heart.  Purity of heart is far rarer than purity of life.  But the entry into the sacred presence is, even among disciples, conditional: God dwells in a privacy of holy light inaccessible to all but the heart-pure. “Without sanctification none shall see the Lord” (Heb. 12: 14).  The Resurrection of Life, in which the Father reveals Himself, belongs to disciples whose righteousness exceeds the Levitical purity of the flesh.  In the words of Spurgeon: “Make a full surrender of every motion of thy heart: labour to have but one object, and one aim. And for this purpose give God the keeping of thine heart, that thy soul, being preserved and protected by Him may be directed into one channel, and one only, that thy life may run deep and pure, its only banks being God’s will, its only channel the love of Christ and a desire to please Him

 

 

9. Blessed are the peacemakers: for they shall be called sons of God.

 

 

It is characteristic that obedience to these commands falls within the compass of the lowliest and the humblest. As quarrels are universal, so are the opportunities of the peacemaker.  Christ’s disciples are not only to be peaceful, but makers of peace, as oil upon the world’s waters: sons of God in character, as also, in the Regeneration, in title.*

 

* “Pity, purity, peace,” comments Dr. Tholuck, “not accidental ethical virtues, but characteristic Christian graces, the possession of which presupposes the possession of salvation.” - Sermon on the Mount, p. 88.

 

 

10. Blessed are they that have been persecuted for righteousness’ sake: for theirs

is the kingdom of heaven11. Blessed are ye when men shall reproach you,

and persecute you, and say all manner of evil against you falsely, for My

sake.  Rejoice, and be exceeding glad: for great is your reward in

heaven: for so persecuted they the prophets which were before you.

 

 

Antagonism to the world is an essential of discipleship. The “world” in modern literature has lost the shadowed, fallen, terrifying sense with which it was burdened on the lips of Christ.  But so fundamental is the antagonism that He lays it down as a perpetual basis of action.  Reproaches, damaged reputation, and the cruelty of false reports pursue even the holder of every beatitude, and constitute an ineradicable note of discipleship.  “All that would live godly in Christ Jesus shall suffer persecution” (2 Tim. 3: 12).  But it is for His sake, whom we love: that is enough.  There are times when merely to suffer is the truest service that can be rendered to Christ.

 

 

“Have been persecuted  Here our Lord strikes a note of profound discord with all Utopian ideals.  No slow process of evolution, reaching after centuries the full flower of social perfectness, can justify a God of goodness and love.  For what of the trampled myriads of bygone agonies?  What of the servants of God slain?  Without a resurrection, a tender reunion upon an earth regenerated and crowned with an opened heaven, who could justify the ways of God to men?  But “these all, having had witness borne to them through, their faith, received not the promise: God having provided some better thing concerning us, that apart from us they should not be made perfect” (Heb. 11: 39, 40); nor we, apart from them.  Half-lights of dawn break through the midnight of suffering.  For painful service [to Him] God is pledged to recompense: by it the disciple is proved in the blessed succession of the righteous.

 

 

Royal rank awaits the sufferer.  Throughout the Beatitudes the Kingdom, with its riches - many names, as Augustine says, but one reward - is the prize held forth: a Kingdom of the heavens, for its metropolis is the heaven-born Jerusalem (Rev. 19: 7; 21: 10); an inheritance upon earth, for to the fallen soil Christ returns (Zech. 14: 4); a vision of the Father, for it is also His Kingdom (Rev. 11: 15); a treasured reward in heaven, for it is no worldly State reformed to perfect conditions, or rebuilt on the ideals of Socialism.* Christ is yet to triumph in the arena of the nations.  On earth God’s will is yet to be done.

 

* The Kingdom, as Dr. Tholuck observes, was no new idea.  To Christ’s hearers it was the Messianic Kingdom, the lodestar of Israel; and the millennial Kingdom, four times associated with “the Christ,” is the Messianic (Rev. 11: 15; 12: 10; 20: 1-6).  But its heavenly compartment, for the risen saints, was not understood (Rev. 19: 6-9).  Afterwards, it is the eternal Kingdom, on new heavens and new earth (1 Cor. 15: 24; Rev. 21 and 22). “This view of the Kingdom and its coming,” says Dr. H. A. W. Meyer, “as the winding up of the world’s history, a view which was also shared by the principal Fathers (Tertullian, Chrysostum, Augustine, Euth, Zigabenus), is the only one which corresponds with the historical conception of the [… see Greek] throughout the whole of the New TestamentOn Matthew, trans. Edinburgh, 1877.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

4

 

THE EARTH IN THE AGE TO COME

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

The fact must now be dawning on many minds that the denial of our Lord’s return and [millennial] reign by the vast majority of the Church, or at least their complete silence on it, will be one of the most powerful causes of the Kingdom of Antichrist.  For the confining of the future to a vague and indeterminate ‘heaven’, the only certainty of the location of which (in modern theology) is that it is not upon the earth, dangerously jeopardizes any faith in an earth-redeeming God, and compels men who are devoting themselves body and soul to earth’s redemption to abandon a creed which thus abandons the earth.  God’s radical revelation is profoundly otherwise.  While destroying the vain dream of an earth swept clean by the Church of Christ, or made young and strong again by Communism, a chief chapter of the Golden Age (Isaiah 35.), immediately following a lurid chapter (with which it is organically one) of the universal judgments of God on all nations unfolds an earth miraculously transfigured by God.*

 

* That it is no pre-Advent Kingdom of God of man’s erection is obvious from the appalling words that precede (34: 2):- “The Lord hath indignation against all the nations, and fury against all their host: he hath utterly destroyed them, he hath delivered them to the slaughter.  Their slain also shall be cast out, and the stink of their carcases shall come up, and the mountains shall be melted with their blood

 

 

NATURE

 

 

For the Golden Age that is coming begins with a complete revolution in nature.  It is not a heavenly world that is described, nor a freshly created earth, but the old earth fundamentally changed.  “The wilderness and the solitary place shall be glad; and the desert shall rejoice and blossom as the rose”. (Isa. 35: 1); “and the glowing sand shall become a pool, and the thirsty grounds springs of water” (ver. 7).  All nature will be transfigured by the act of God.* “Instead of the thorn shall come up the fir tree, and instead of the brier shall come up the myrtle tree” (Isa. 55: 13); all curse on the soil is removed by Him who alone can remove it; and the very earth bursts into song.  “It shall blossom abundantly, and rejoice even with joy and singing; the glory of Lebanon shall be given unto it, the excellency of Carmel and Sharon  Universal culture, abundant harvests, absence of all hostile tariffs, perfected organization - all spells earth at its best; and the turning of deserts into gardens and orchards throughout the world is so purely an act of God, so manifestly confined to Omnipotence, that all mankind at once ascribes it to Deity.  “They shall see the glory OF THE LORD, the excellency of our God

 

* “The almost universal habit of spiritualizing this, and all like prophecies, and allegorizing them into an exclusive application to present Gospel blessings, has served to hide the chief significance of the passage from the eyes of the ordinary reader” (G. F. Pentecost, D.D.).

 

 

POLITICS

 

 

The second change is a complete revolution in politics.  For the next detail is not a prophecy, but a command, which sums up in itself the political and social activity of the Age to Come; in conduct so gracious, so kind, that Paul quotes it (Heb. 12: 12) as a comprehensive vade mecum for the Church now.  “Strengthen ye the weak hands, and confirm the feeble knees All the men then on the carth itself are in the flesh, though regenerate, and so, exactly as in the Church to-day, there will be characters the strengthening and perfecting of whom will be the very soul of all political and social effort.  “Say to them that are of a fearful heart, Be strong, fear not: behold, your God * will come with vengeance, with the recompense of God; he will come and save you  So Isaiah has already said (11: 4):- “With righteousness shall he judge the poor, and reprove with equity for the meek of the earth: and he shall smite the earth with the rod of his month, and with the breath of his lips shall he slay the wicked  Thus a sympathy and succour characteristic only of the holiest in the Church to-day will then be the standard of conduct for the whole earth.

 

* “‘Behold your God’ as if already present or in sight” (J. Alexander, D. D.): the Lord Jesus, Himself personally on the earth, will come, or send His representatives, at the call of the weak or the oppressed or the wronged.

 

 

HEALTH

 

 

The third change is a complete revolution in human physique.  When our Lord was formerly on earth, “the blind saw, the lame walked, the lepers were cleansed, and the deaf heard”: so it is again, though on a far vaster scale, when He walks the earth a second time, for His miraculous blessings were but samples and foretastes of a redeemed earth.  “Then the eyes of the blind shall be opened, and the ears of the deaf shall be unstopped: then shall the lame man leap as an hart, and the tongue of the dumb shall sing  For “sin entered into the world, and death through sin” (Rom. 5: 12); and therefore disease, which produces death, will necessarily be an exception on a redeemed earth: “the inhabitant shall not say, I am sick” (Isa. 33: 24).  It is characteristic of the Divine Utopia, unlike all human utopias, that the principal actor is God; and so both the healing and the disease in that day will be the act of God.  It is written of the instigators of rebellion against Christ:- “their flesh shall consume away while they stand upon their feet” (Zech. 14: 12), in miraculous and instant disease.  Thus for all earth, apart from special judgment, no hospitals, no ambulances, no lunatic asylums, with all the enormous cost which results from disease and crime, will encumber a redeemed world.

 

 

SECURITY

 

 

The fourth change is a complete revolution in security.  This is aptly proved in that one of the ‘four sore judgments’ of God - wild beasts - is unknown for a pastoral people.  “And a highway shall be there, and a way: no lion shall be there, nor any ravenous beast go up thereon, they shall not be found there  Danger vanishes, and the security includes exemption from all the man-power of the world.  “And it shall be called, the Way of Holiness; the unclean” the human wild beasts - “shall not pass over it” - all forces hostile to the good are utterly banished: all in the spiritual likeness of God, though intellectually ungifted, pass on this main highway of the world in perfect safety; “the wayfaring men, yea fools, shall not err therein  Security from the massacre of millions, the bombing out of whole cities, the agony of a falling civilization is a dream for which the statesmen of the world can now find no reality.  Moral impurity alone, and neither physical nor intellectual weakness, excludes from a world of perfect security for the holy.  “And in that day I will make a covenant with them for the beasts of the field; and I will break the bow and the sword and the battle out of the land [earth], and I will make them lie down safely” (Hos. 2: 18).  The Divine judge, the international court of appeal, is visibly and openly on earth, and because Grace is over all power is behind all righteousness: Satan and his hosts are in chains, wicked men dead, and the ‘child’ who reaches millennial puberty - one hundred years - suffers the death penalty if he refuses Christ (Isa. 65: 20).

 

 

REDEMPTION

 

 

The fifth change is a complete revolution in spiritual standing.  The irrigated Sahara, the banished crutch, the warless world are now followed by the noble life.  “The redeemed of the Lord [Gentiles] shall walk there; and the ransomed of the Lord [Jews] shall return, and come with singing unto Zion  Redemption, based on the ransom of Calvary, covers an entire world.  Jerusalem, which our Saviour calls ‘the city of the Great King’, is to be the earthly metropolis of the nations, the centre of the monarchy, authority, power and splendour of the Throne of David; for “out of Zion shall go forth the law, and many nations shall say, Let us go to the house of the God of Jacob” (Mic. 4: 2)  - and these vast migrations will be all blood-cleansed.

 

 

JOY

 

 

The sixth change is a complete revolution in destiny.  “And everlasting joy shall be upon their heads  What tremendous force there is in the description of the joy:- everlasting!  They march to a music in their souls that will never end.  “The joy of holy retrospect; the joy of present possession of glory - the joy of fulfilled hope, perfected manhood, satisfied life; the joy of prospective advance, intellectually and morally, for ever and ever” (J. O. KEEN, D.D.).

 

 

TEARLESSNESS

 

 

The final change is a complete revolution in experience.  “They shall obtain gladness and joy, and sorrow and sighing shall flee away Sin and sadness are forever wedded, and only a guilty world can know regret and grief and shame; and therefore as surely as light expels darkness, and as surely as day banishes night, so surely everlasting joy will be the eternal death of sorrow.  Grief, not the power to grieve, is gone: in the exquisite words of the Apocalypse (7: 17) - “God shall” - not, remove the tear-duct from the resurrection body, or harden against feeling, but - “wipe away every tear from their eyes  Even ‘sighing’, the lightest form that sorrow can take, will take flight and be unknown for all eternity.  The sorrow of bereavement and the death of loved ones; the sorrow of poverty, of degradation, of dishonour; the sorrow caused by the sins of others, and a world overwhelmed in danger; the sorrow of remorse, of dread, of chastisement; the sorrow of disease, and the sorrow of dying:- all night vanishes forever from the coming ‘morning without clouds’.  It cannot be too strongly emphasized that this is no description of heaven; or of the Holy City hovering over the earth; or of the new earth in the eternal ages: it is this earth exactly as we know it, transformed by the Most High; the world at last become the Kingdom of God, as foretold by all the Prophets.  Thus we hold in our hands, for earth’s massed millions, a concrete Utopia to which Communism is a mirage, and which even the conversion of entire humanity by the Church (if that were possible) could not rival; and it may actually be here in a few years.  “I the Lord have spoken it, AND WILL DO IT” (Ezek. 22: 14).

 

 

-------

 

THAT BLESSED HOPE

 

 

“My hope of the world’s salvation lies not in any gradual evangelization of the World, but in the personal return of our dear Lord and Saviour.  I believe that this world is waning fast, and that at any moment He may appear.  This makes me an optimist.  This thrills me with hope.  This makes my ministry (in ideal) vivid and intense and glad.  If this glorious hope was a real expectation to all His people, it would give modern preaching the accent it needs; it would put an end to mere ethical essays in the pulpit.  Nothing recovers evangelical fervour and rekindles missionary passion and gives yearning for entire sanctification like the realization of the fact that “He comes” - that He may come at any moment.” - DINSDALE  T.  YOUNG.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

5

 

THE CLOTHES IN THE TOMB

 

 

 

Eight is the number of Resurrection.  Eight resurrections are recorded in Scripture; Jesus rose on the first or eighth day; the risen lost are classed in eight divisions (Rev. 21: 8); and the name ‘Jesus’ makes 888 - “I am resurrection and life” (John 11: 25).  By a happily apt coincidence, in August of this year, within the inner enclosure of the Garden Tomb in Jerusalem, a little group of eight, all Christians including the guide, gazed at the empty slab; and one of the party remarked:- “The whole Christian Faith is within this little grotto: this empty tomb proves everything backward, and everything forward, and reveals nothing less than the Son of God

 

 

The Garden Tomb - the only such tomb, except another several miles from Jerusalem, discovered in the vicinity of the city - is rock-hewn, two-chambered, with a window aloft in the inner chamber, and a low entrance to the outer.  Therefore when Peter and John ran to the sepulchre, John, “stooping and looking in” (John 20: 5), could see all within; for while his body would block the entrance, and so plunge the tomb into darkness, the skylight in the inner chamber kept the grave perfectly alight.  And John (so the Greek of the passage implies: [… see Greek] stooped sideways he crouched at the entrance, half-turned to the right, where the inner chamber lay alongside.  Alone of seven thousand sepulchres found in the vicinity of Jerusalem, the Garden Tomb exactly fits the facts.*

 

* “General Gordon, when satisfied with the site of Calvary, conjectured that there must be a tomb near, for, ‘in the place where he was crucified there was a garden; and in the garden a new tomb wherein was man never yet laid.’  General Gordon conjectured that in the garden adjoining Golgotha a tomb might possibly be found.  On digging about five feet below the surface he was delighted to find the entrance to a tomb which fulfils all the conditions of the Gospel narrative, and renders intelligible the circumstances of our Lord’s burial” (G. E. Franklin, F.E.G.S.).  A rock-hewn seat at the head, and another at the foot, of the grooved corpse -bed - seats where the Angels sat (John 20: 12) - startlingly confirm the sepulchre’s identity, which would require to be large enough (as this is) for a group of women, together with two angels (Luke 23: 55), to be able to stand naturally within it.  No mortal remains have ever been found in this tomb, which has thus never seen corruption.

 

 

Now one master-fact dominates the situation.  Both John and Peter enter the tomb: both enter quite incredulous - “for is yet they knew not the Scripture that he must rise again from the dead”: yet something, which they looked at, instantly proved a miraculous resurrection to John.  “He saw and BELIEVED.”  Immense stress is laid in the passage on the two Apostles stared at in utter amazement, and what startled John - the first man on earth - into instant Christian faith.  Facts (as someone has said) are the pointing fingers of God. - What was it that they saw?

 

 

What they saw, and all that they saw, is recorded: John “beholdeth the linen cloths lying, and the napkin, that was upon his head, not lying with the linen cloths, but rolled up in a place by itself” - rather, separate, and fallen inward.  Thus they saw the grave-clothes, stiffened by frequent swathes, and encrusted with the gummy spices in their folds, lying empty upon the rock - whether fallen quite flat, or still inflated, and supported by their own thickness, the Scripture does not say; the napkin for the head was ‘folded inward’ - the Greek word does not mean a folding for neatness’ sake - that is, fallen flat, but still folded, and lying separately, where the head had lain.  So the clothes, lying empty, were an exact reproduction of the missing corpse.* And this is all that they saw.  Nicodemus had brought a hundred weight of myrrh and aloes, a gift not only of great cost, but of large bulk; and these spices, probably in the form of a coarse powder, would be sprinkled freely through the garments.  No spices had been liberated by the disrobing of the Body.  Nothing was visible in the tomb but the clothes.

 

* “The napkin was ‘folded inward’; as is the case when we put a handkerchief over the head, and tie it under the chin.  It was folded ‘separately,’ and yet so as to preserve the united appearance of the grave-clothes.  The unity of appearance which the clothes had at first, when they encompassed the corpse, was there still; but the body which gave them that unity was not there” (Govett).  It is of deep interest to note that this discovery from the Greek, revealed decades ago (so far as we know) solely in Latham’s Risen Master and Govett’s John, is now emphasized by the guide in the Garden Tomb as a commonplace of exposition.

 

 

Therefore the revelation of what had happened at once burst upon John.  For nothing else could explain the simple facts.  The knots, and the swathes, and the bandages were exactly as Joseph and Nicodemus had left them: only the Body was gone.  What did this prove?  That the Body had not slipt [slipped] out of the clothes, laying them on one side as it did so nor been disrobed, by men or angels, and removed; or been taken out of the tomb clothed;* in a flash John’s astounded gaze saw that the Body had passed up through the clothes, leaving them absolutely intact.  So therefore also no spice was visible.  If the body had been disrobed, either by men or angels, either by friend or foe; or if Christ Himself had stood erect, discarding the wraps - the ‘death’ being a swoon only; or the resurrection a ‘resuscitation’ only, like that of Lazarus - the masses of spice, shaken loose, would have fallen to the floor, and littered it; but if the Lord had passed up through the undisturbed folds, the spice would remain concealed in the bound and knotted grave-clothes, and in the holy quiet of the sacred grave all that would be missing would be the Body.** This was exactly what they saw.

 

* We assume the possibility of removal, only to clinch its impossibility; for the armed guard blocked any theft by friend or foe, and the authority of Imperial Rome, which locked the grave, yielded only to Angels from another world.

 

** In apocryphal writings immediately succeeding the time of the Apostles it is said that enormous multitudes streamed out of Jerusalem to gaze at the clothes lying in their miraculous guise.

 

 

Now this simple fact exactly defines and expresses the resurrection body.  Lazarus was temporarily raised, and       died again; and therefore the Saviour gives the command “Loose him” - that is, unfold the wrappings - “and let him go” (John 11: 44).        For four thousand years man had had no real resurrection: if anyone had been raised, it had been by a call from outside the tomb; each, if buried, had had to be unclothed of the death-wrappings; and none had come forth clothed in eternal flesh, but had died again. But in the Lordr’s tomb was something absolutely unique.  It was the same body, for it bore every wound that had been inflicted on the cr oss - a fact that makes any substitution of a fresh body, or the survival of Christ’s spirit alone, wholly impossible; yet it was a changed body, for it passed through locked doors (John 20: 19), and  ascended exactly as it was through the stratosphere into the Heaven of heavens.  This change in the body the clothes proved.  It was exactly such a body as Paul defines a true resurrection body to be:- “it is sown a natural body” - that is, it dies a body limited sharply by natural laws; “it is raised a spiritual body” - equally a body, but a body now fitted for another world: for “there are celestial bodies” - bodies built for heaven - “and bodies terrestrial” (1 Cor. 15: 40) - physical frames suited for an earthly environment: both are bodies of flesh, but the spiritual body is something we have never seen or known.  The one resurrection (as distinct from resuscitation) throughout all human history lay disclosed in the undisturbed wrappings lying on the slab of rock.

 

 

Thus the whole Christian Faith starts from, and is founded upon, a fact, not a dogma; and while any fact, when expressed in words, becomes a dogma - the only form in which the fact can reach later generations - the Faith remains for ever founded on the fact.  And the fact, in this case, is inconceivably significant.  If sin had been on Christ He could not have risen; and, had it not been on Christ, He would not have died: but as sinless, He was free to bear the death penalty for others; and as pronounced still sinless by the resurrection, the sin He bore has been expiated and consumed.  The God of inflexible justice and awful holiness has loosed the pangs that were ours, and accepted our Sacrifice by exalting it: if my sins were not consumed, He would not be where He is.    “Being therefore, by the right hand of God exalted God hath made Him both Lord and Christ, this Jesus whom you crucified.” The clothes, lying in their perfect stillness, are the silent witnesses of a world-sacrifice and a world redeemed.

 

 

The sceptical thinker imagines that the intellect stifles the heart, whereas it is the heart that stifles the intellect. “Ye will not to come” (John 5: 40), our Lord Himself says.  “Matthew Arnold,” says Dr. Hubert Simpson, “is seated next an old friend of mine, who told me of the incident, on one occasion on the platform in the Agricultural Hall where D. L. Moody was preaching; on my friend’s other side sat Gladstone, deeply moved, to whom, after the great evangelist had finished his address, Matthew Arnold leant across, and said, ‘I would give everything I possess to believe that.’”

 

 

What the unbeliever rejects is not dogma but fact; and the only saving faith in the world necessarily disappears with the fact.  As Professor Edwin Lewis, a Modernist who is calling a halt on Modernism, has just said:- “The Jesus of history passed for evermore into the Christ of faith by reason of the Resurrection as actual fact; and if that be denied, the history of Christianity is the history of a vast delusion  “IF CIIRIST HATH NOT BEEN RAISED, YOUR FAITH IS VAIN; YE ARE YET IN YOUR SINS” (1 Cor. 15: 17).

 

 

-------

 

 

THE FIRST RESURRECTION

 

 

No, I have not lost focus; the tract above also contains Kingdom teachings for disciples of Christ today!  This we know from Peter’s words (after Pentecost) when he “taught the people, and proclaimed in Jesus the RESURRECTION FROM THE DEAD” (R.V.); literally “the resurrection OUT OF DEAD ONES” (Acts 3: 12, cf. 4: 2); and Paul also, who wanted to “know him, and the power of HIS resurrection, and the fellowship of HIS sufferings, becoming conformed unto HIS death,” desired precisely the same thing - a “resurrection out of the dead ones”! (Lit. Gk.)  That is, a select resurrection of REWARD amongst those “accounted worthy of the AGE to obtain, and of the resurrection out of dead ones:” (Luke 20: 35, Greek.)

 

 

ALONE

 

 

Truth has been out of fashion since man changed his robes, of fadeless light for a garment of faded leaves.  It is natural to compromise conscience and follow the social and religious fashion for the sake of gain or pleasure: it is divine to sacrifice both on the altar of truth and duty.  Men are never faithful in crowds.  Our nearest and dearest can fall us.  What is wanted to-day are men and women, young and old, who will obey their convictions of truth and duty at the cost of fortune and friends and life itself.  It is to reborn disciples that Jesus says (Matt. 7: 14):- “Narrow is the gate, and straitened the way, that leadeth unto life, and few be they that find it

 

 

Abel was murdered alone.  Enoch watched alone.  Noah preached alone.  Abraham offered his son alone.  Jacob wrestled alone.  Joseph lay in the pit alone.  Moses ascended Sinai alone.  Samson repented alone.  David fought Goliath alone.  Elijah sacrificed on Carmel alone.  Jeremiah wept alone.  Esther, crying, “If I perish, I perish faced the King alone.  Daniel met the lions alone.  Jonah traversed Nineveh alone.  Mary washed the feet of Jesus alone.  Stephen was martyred alone.  Paul, confronting the whole power of Rome, faced Nero alone.  John lay in the Patmos prison alone.  “They were stoned, they were sawn asunder, they were tempted, they were slain with the sword: they went about in sheepskins, in goatskins; being destitute, afflicted, evil entreated (of whom the world was not worthy), wandering in deserts and mountains and caves, and the holes of the earth” (Heb. 11: 37).

 

 

God’s People in the wilderness praised Abraham and persecuted Moses.  God’s People under the kings praised Moses and persecuted the prophets.  God’s People under Caiaphas praised the prophets and persecuted Jesus.  God’s People under the Popes praised the Saviour and persecuted the saints.  And multitudes now, both in the Church and the world, applaud the courage and fortitude of the patriarchs and prophets, the apostles and martyrs, but condemn as stubbornness or foolishness like faithfulness to truth to-day.

 

 

Nevertheless the faithful servant of God is never alone.  He never has to repeat Calvary.  The Father is with him (John 14: 23), the Son is with him (Matt. 28: 20), and the Holy Spirit is with him (John 14: 16).  And all loneliness will be gone for ever at the [first] resurrection [out] from among the dead.*

 

[* Rev. 20: 6. cf. Phil. 3: 11, R.V.).]

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

6

 

AN OPEN DOOR

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

It is unutterably wonderful that we have actual Letters from our Lord sent to us long after He returned to Heaven; Letters (if possible) infinitely more precious because they are our last communications from Him, and because He has maintained an unbroken silence ever since.  They (with the whole Apocalypse) must be of crowning and finishing value for our dispensation.  And it is still more impressive, and it brings it closer home to ourselves, that to each of these Letters the Lord Jesus adds a postscript which transmutes the Seven into an Encyclical addressed to the Universal Church - “hear what the Spirit saith TO THE CHURCHES everywhere, in every age; so that here and now - not a whit less than nineteen centuries ago - the Lord is actually speaking to us.  And what is most thrilling of all is that in each case it is a believer standing alone before his Lord, as each of us must do before long; that the Lord’s analysis in these seven cases is a forecast of the investigation of us all, the Apocalypse being the book of Judgment, and judgment beginning at the House of God (1 Pet. 4: 17); that therefore the Letters are judicial throughout, ‘grace,’ ‘salvation,’ ‘atonement,’ ‘justification being never once named, for all are assumed;* and so, therefore, if each of us is Sardian or Philadelphian or Laodicean in character, exactly such shall be the words, and no other, we shall receive from the Lord on His Judgment Seat.

 

* The whole standing of the Churches has already been defined once and for all (Rev. 1: 5) in the magnificent doxology on which the Lord erects the entire superstructure of the Seven Letters.

 

 

THE OPENER

 

 

Christ opens every Letter by blocking the vision with Himself; and His presentment of Himself to Philadelphia is extraordinarily heartening.  “These things saith he that is holy, he that is true, he that hath the key of David, he that openeth, and none shall shut, and that shutteth, and none openeth” (Rev. 3: 7).  Wherever there is a lock in the universe, Christ holds the key, to turn it either way: He opens, and all Hell’s might hurled against that little gate moves it not by an inch; and He locks, with the finality of doom.

 

 

AN OPEN DOOR

 

 

In Philadelphia this peculiar power of the Lord is seen in operation.  “Behold, I have set before thee A DOOR OPENED, which none can shut.”  The ‘open door’ could not be stated more generally.  Philadelphia had only ‘a little strength,’ but an enormous Protector; and in spite of slender resources, overtaxed energies, distressing inability, accumulating foes, darkening skies, Jesus says - The door I have opened before you, a door of priceless opportunity, no power in earth or Hell can shut.  What depth of pregnant comfort, of calm repose, of invincible joy lies in our service as it is organized and empowered by the grasp of Omnipotence!

 

 

FIDELITY

 

 

Now the Lord reveals His estimate of the Angel’s character.  “I know thy works, that thou hast a little power, AND DIDST KEEP MY WORD, and didst not deny my name  The central fact is that, against a thousand odds, the Angel obeyed the Scriptures.  Jesus Himself makes clear that to ‘have’ and to ‘keep’ are totally distinct:- “He that hath my commandments, and KEEPETH them, he it is that loveth me” (John 14: 21).  Truth we do not live, we lose; and the supreme quality in the Angel on which Christ seizes is both his Scriptural creed and its embodiment in his life.  He lived what Christ uttered.  Here is our own golden opportunity.  Every doctrine to-day has to fight for its life; and so for the prayerful, the studious, the wide-awake the opportunity is rich and rare, for all such have been divorced by the modern earthquake from the merely conventional, and breathe a wider air as they stand on the precipices of the end; while for somnambulists in the Church the crisis will be certain shipwreck.  All turns on that which Christ finds in the Philadelphian - integrity of heart - devotion to the Scriptures, and ceaseless squaring of the life to the Book.

 

 

THE SYNAGOGUE

 

 

Our Lord now casts His shield over a persecuted Angel.  “Behold, I will make them [the synagogue of Satan] to know that I have loved thee  The Church immediately after the Apostles had no more bitter enemy than the Jew, and twice in these Letters our Lord uses the terrible expression that ought to pull up abruptly all who would, under any conditions whatever, amalgamate the synagogue and the Church.  To collaborate with Satan’s Synagogue is only less sinful than it will be to collaborate with Antichrist’s Temple. But the intensity of our Lord’s language is pregnant with another warning.  The Providence of God has singularly preserved a letter of Ignatius to this very Church a generation later, from which we learn that these Christians, for whom our Lord had no blame, seduced later by Judaizers, had come to reject the New Testament, accepting only the Old.  It is a most startling warning, not only how a church can lapse in a single generation, but how passionately we need to adhere to the body of our Lord’s own words and teaching.*

 

* “It is noteworthy that twenty years later the Philadelphian Church was more in danger of Judaizing Christians than from Jews” (Dr. Swete).  Christ states that what He says, the Spirit says; so conversely therefore what the Spirit says, He says - and this covers the whole Bible: but obviously ‘My word’ includes, and specially accentuates, our Lord’s own personal utterances.  He thus here reaffirms His Ascension charge (Matt. 28: 20) decades after Paul’s death, and the revelation of the ‘mystery  All teaching therefore, whatever source, which pronounces our Lord’s words as ‘Jewish,’ or relegates them to another dispensation, must be resisted with our whole strength, if ours is to be the Philadelphian’s praise.

 

 

ESCAPE

 

 

Christ now gives the only direct personal promise given to an Angel (with the promise in the verse preceding) in the whole Seven Letters; and in doing so He narrows down the ‘kept word’ to a section of it, and bases His promise on that kept section.  It is most striking that no sooner has our Lord commended the most faithful servant of the seven than His thoughts turn, first to deliverance from the Great Tribulation, and then to coronation in the Kingdom beyond.  “Because thou didst keep* the word of my patience” - the Lord’s Advent tarrying - “I also” - I correspondingly - “will keep thee from the hour of trial, that hour which is to come upon the whole world  There can be no question that Jesus here refers to the Great Tribulation;** and He addresses His Word so specifically to a church that it is impossible to challenge it as a Church revelation on how alone escape from the Tribulation is possible for ourselves; and it is equally indisputable that Christ bases the Philadelphian’s exemption, not on his standing in grace, but four-square on a specific attitude in his Christian conduct.  Nor could the Lord Jesus more closely interlock the two.  If we keep His Advent word as an intact jewel, as an intact jewel He will keep us out of earth’s last awful storm.*** This critical utterance of Christ is a sword double-edged (Rev. 2: 16) cutting right and left: on the one hand, it excludes from deliverance all believers who do not share the Angel’s attitude; on the other, his deliverance from the ‘hour,’ and not from the ‘trial’ only, makes it impossible for any such ever to see the Tribulation at all.+ If the Angel had not escaped by death, he would have escaped by rapture.  It is the Divine lex ialionis, which has been beautifully called here the lex benigna - the gracious retort, the love-recoil, of fidelity.++

 

* “[see Greek word …] in the sense of obeyed, watchfully observed” (Dr. Swete).  The word of Christ’s patience - the doctrine concerning a delayed Advent - is “the patient waiting for Christ, till He, the waited-for so long, shall at length appear” (Archbishop Trench).

 

** “The time imported is that prophesied of in Matthew 24: 21, viz. the great time of trouble which shall be before the Lord’s second coming: it is immediately connected with [See Greek word …], following.  To identify the ‘hour’ with various periods of trial and persecution of the Church is a line of interpretation carrying its own refutation with it in the very terms used in the text” (Dean Alford).

 

*** “Because thou hast kept my word, therefore in return I will keep thee” (Trench).  “As the Philadelphians had continued stedfast throughout the period of ordinary testing, they were to be exempted from those extraordinary [See Greek word …] which were to come upon the world” (Dr. E. R. K. Craven). “It is a special reward assured by our Lord to a special excellence” (Govett).

 

+ One school of interpreters habitually overlooks a point which, to say the least, makes their interpretation extremely difficult, if not impossible.  The deliverance promised is not from a place, but from a time: Jesus does not say that He will keep the Philadelphian out of the Tribulation, but out of its hour: that is, when the hour strikes, the Angel - either by death or rapture - will not be on earth at all.  How can a man be kept from a given hour if, with everybody else, he has to pass through that hour?  Equally fatal is it that, as a matter of fact, the Angel is dead, and so cannot conceivably be kept through the Tribulation: if that is what the promise meant, it has failed.

 

++ It Is extraordinary how the simultaneous rapture of all could be built on these words yet Mr. William Elly, voicing many, says, - “So the Church will he kept from the coming hour  It ought to be obvious that the whole Church can be so kept only if the whole Church is, without exception, Philadelphian; and he who imagines this is watching a desert mirage.  “The principal idea is plain, and very striking.  The promise is special on the ground that the virtues in question are special” (Moses Stuart). “Christ on His part (the Kal of reciprocal action) pledges Himself to keep those who have kept His word” (Dr. Swete).

 

 

CORONATION

 

 

Our Lord now passes to coronation.  He separates sharply between rapture and the Kingdom, revealing that escape from the coming horrors does not, by itself, ensure coronation at the Coming. “I come quickly: hold fast that which thou hast, that no one take thy crown.” …

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

7

 

THE JEWS IN PROPHECY TODAY

 

 

CHOSEN

 

 

 

Abraham and his seed were chosen from the inhabitants of the earth for four purposes -

 

 

(a) To witness in the midst of universal idolatry.  “Ye are my witnesses, saith the Lord, and my servant whom I have chosen: that ye may know and believe and understand that I am He. ... I, even I, am the Lord; and beside me there is no saviour.  I have declared, and have saved, and have showed, when there was no strange god among you: therefore ye are my witnesses, saith the Lord, that I am God” (Isa. 43: 10-12).

 

 

(b) To illustrate the blessedness of serving the true God.  “Happy art thou, O Israel; who is like unto thee, O people saved by the Lord, the shield of thy help, and who is the sword of thy excellency! thine enemies shall be found liars unto thee; thou shalt tread upon their high places “ (Deut. 33: 29).

 

 

(c) To receive, preserve, and transmit the Scriptures.  Moses said, “Behold, I have taught you statutes and judgments, even as the Lord thy God commanded me, that ye should do in the land whither ye go to possess it. Keep therefore and do them; for this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes and say, Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people” (Deut. 4: 5-6).

 

 

(d) From this nation was to proceed the Saviour of the world.  To Abraham the promise was given, “In thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed, because thou hast obeyed my voice Paul explains this promise in his letter to the Galatians (3: 16).  He says, “Now to Abraham and his seed were the promises made.  He (God) saith not, and to seeds as of many, but as of one; and to thy seed, which is Christ

 

 

REJECTION

 

 

To Israel in the Promised Land, God says, “If thou wilt not hearken unto the voice of the Lord thy God, to observe and to do all His commandments, all these curses shall come upon thee ...”  Then follows a long list of judgments which are to fall upon an apostate people.  Chapter 28. of Deuteronomy concludes with a wonderful prophetic description of the people in rejection, as they are at this day.  “The Lord shall scatter thee among all people from one end of the earth even to the other ... And among these nations thou shalt find no ease, neither shall the sole of thy foot have rest, but the Lord shall give thee there a trembling heart and failing of eyes, and sorrow of mind, and thy life shall hang in doubt before thee, and thou shalt fear day and night, and shalt have none assurance of thy life

 

 

REGATHERING (partial)

 

 

Is there any foundation in the Bible for believing that the Jews will be partially regathered to Palestine in unbelief?  God said to Ezekiel (22: 18) “Son of man, the house of Israel is to me become dross: all they are brass, and tin, and iron, and lead, in the midst of the furnace; they are even dross of silver.  Therefore thus saith the Lord God: Because ye are all become dross, behold, therefore, I will gather you into the midst of Jerusalem

 

 

Again, “As they gather silver, and brass, and iron, and lead, and tin, into the midst of the furnace, to blow the fire upon it, to melt it, so will I gather you in mine anger and in my fury, and I will leave you there, and melt you.  Yea, I will gather you, and blow upon you in the fire of my wrath, and ye shall be melted in the midst thereof” (Ezek. 22: 20).

 

 

Then in Zephaniah 2: 1-2, the Lord said, “Gather yourselves together, yea, gather together, O nation not desired; before the decree bring forth, before the day pass as the chaff, before the fierce anger of the Lord come upon you, before the day of the Lord’s anger come upon you

 

 

This, then, is to be a gathering of the people together in their own strength, allowed by the Lord.  As we see in Ezekiel, it is God drawing them together for refining, though they think, as in official Zionism, it is their own natural genius which is doing the restoration.  That it is for refining judgment, is borne out by Zech. 13: 8-9, “And it shall come to pass, that in all the land, two parts shall be cut off and die; but the third shall be left therein.  And I will bring the third part through the fire, and will refine them as silver is refined, and I will try them as gold is tried: they shall call on my name, and I will hear them: I will say, It is my people: and they shall say, The Lord is my God  Thus we see that there must be a regathering in unbelief, that a “remnant” may be saved through great tribulation.  Therefore another period of tribulation is ahead of the Jewish people, spoken of by the prophet Jeremiah thus (30: 5-7), “Thus saith the Lord: we have heard a voice of trembling, of fear, and not of peace.  Ask ye now, and see whether a man doth travail with child?  Wherefore do I see every man with his hands upon his loins, as a woman in travail, and all faces are turned into paleness? Alas! for that day is great, there is none like it: it is even the time of Jacob’s trouble, but he shall be saved out of it  In the Book of Daniel we read, “At that time (the time of the end of this age), shall Michael stand up, the great Prince which standeth for the children of thy people, and there shall be a time of trouble such as never was since there was a nation

 

 

CONVERSION

 

 

We know that individual Jews, in this and all countries where they are scattered, have believed and accepted Jesus Christ as their Messiah, but it is not easy to imagine the whole Jewish nation becoming Christian; yet we are confronted with many prophetic Scriptures which teach, beyond doubt, that this will be so after their time of terrible tribulation, at the Second Coming of the Lord Jesus, their Saviour and Messiah.  In Hosea we read that God says, “I will go and return unto my place, until they acknowledge their offence, and seek my face: in their affliction they will seek me early” (5: 15.)

 

 

The Lord Jesus Christ speaks of this conversion of the Jewish nation when He uttered those solemn words, “Behold, your house is left unto you desolate, for I say unto you, ye shall not see me henceforth until ye say, Blessed is He that cometh in the name of the Lord and these words will be uttered by the Jews when in the moments of their severest trial, they will see their Messiah coming as their deliverer.

 

 

RESTORATION

 

 

Following the conversion of the Jewish nation to Christ, we come to the prophecies concerning their wholesale return to this land.  God says in Isaiah 11: 10-12, “And in that day there shall be a root of jesse, which shall stand for an ensign of the people; to it shall the Gentiles seek: and his rest shall be glorious.  And it shall come to pass in that day, that the Lord shall set his hand the second time to recover the remnant of his people, which shall be left, from Assyria, and from Egypt, and from Pathros, and from Cush, and from Elam, and from Shinar, and from Hamath; and from the islands of the sea.  And he shall set up an ensign for the nations, and shall assemble the outcasts of Israel, and gather the dispersed of Judah from the four corners of the earth

 

 

In Ezekiel 39: 25-29, it is written, “Thus saith the Lord God; Now will I bring again the captivity of Jacob, and have mercy upon the whole house of Israel, and will be jealous for my holy name; after that they have borne their shame, and all their trespasses whereby they have trespassed against me, when they dwelt safely in the land, and none made them afraid.  When I have brought them again from the people, and gathered them out from their enemies’ lands, and am sanctified in them in the sight of many nations; then shall they know that I am the Lord their God, which caused them to be led into captivity among the heathen: but I have gathered them into their own land, and have left none of them any more there.  Neither will I hide my face any more from them: for I have poured out of my Spirit upon the house of Israel, saith the Lord God

 

 

But in all these prophecies concerning the regathering of the Jews into their land, it must first be noticed that it is the Lord himself who gathers them, and secondly, they are a repentant remnant, and accept Jesus Christ as their Messiah.  The National movement of the present time fulfils neither of these conditions, and one can seek in vain for any blessing upon an enterprise which ignores God, [disbelieves and rejects His Messiah’s promised inheritance (Ps. 2: 8)], and with no repentance.

 

 

We now come to the fulfilment of that fourfold mission for which Israel is chosen.  Israel converted and restored is said to then, “fill the face of the world with fruit” (Isa. 27: 6).  And in Zechariah 8: 23, we read, “Thus saith the Lord of Hosts, In those days ten men shall take hold out of all languages of the nations, even shall take hold of the skirt of him that is a Jew, saying, we will go with you: for we have heard that God is with you Thus the Jews of the future will not be hated and despised, but will prove to be an enormous blessing to mankind by taking to the four corners of the earth the joyful message of Salvation.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

8

 

WILL ALL BELIEVERS SHARE THE
FIRST RESURRECTION

 

 

By  A. G. TINLEY, B. A.

 

 

 

The parable of Harvest - God’s great Resurrection Work - runs through nature, through life and through the Word.  For “The harvest is the end of the age”, and “Whatsoever a man sows, that shall he also reap; be not deceived” (by anyone saying it is not true, or not true of Christians, whom the apostle was addressing).  Now harvest, we learn from the Word (Lev. 23.), consists of first-fruits; then of the general harvest (which itself is sectional, being of considerable - even 140 days’- duration); lastly, of the corners of the field.  Hence we read of “all the days of Harvest” (Joshua 3: 15; 5: 10-12; Ruth 1: 22; 2: 21, 23).  Without question, therefore, harvest is a period, a serial process, and it is a time-word.  Without question, too, harvest is a picture of resurrection and rapture, the catching up to the heavenly floor or garner.  Indeed, the very word for “rise” (in resurrection) is from the same root as the word for “standing corn” (in harvest), and in John 12: 24 our Lord shows Himself as the Corn of Wheat raised to the top of the stem, and crowned with the rejoicing “much fruit” of the many sons He brings from prison-darkness to liberty and glory (Heb. 2: 10; 2 Cor. 1: 14; Phil. 4: 1; 1 Thess. 2: 19).

 

 

From the First Fruits comes the thought, picture and name of the First Resurrection, which is seen thus to be not only a time-word, but a quality-word, suggesting vigour, ambition, victory and earlier enjoyment.  Christ is the First Fruits already; therefore the firstfruit resurrection is not a unit, even though it is a unity that includes the first resurrection of some or many of His saints (Matt. 27: 52-53) raised 1900 [now 2000] years ago.  Christ is (in His, the First Resurrection) the First Begotten (Heb. 1: 6, 9), the First Born among many brethren (Rom. 8: 29; Col. 1: 18; Rev. 1: 5), and the First Fruits of them that slept (1 Cor. 15: 20, 23).  The selective blessedness and holiness of the First Resurrection - out from among the dead, leaving dead behind in Hades - (Rev. 14: 3-5; 20: 6) are indicated in Acts 3: 26; Heb. 1: 9, and Rom. 1: 4, as well as Luke 14: 14; and 1 Cor. 15: 23 teaches us that “in Christ shall all be made alive”, but every (= each) man in his own order. Christ the first fruits afterwards they that are Christ’s (not “at His coming” but, during His Parousia-Presence (as the Greek shows).  That is, each man (belonging to Christ) will be raised in his own order - class, company, batch - at various periods during the Lord’s stay in the air, in the interval between His secret thief-like coming in the clouds and His glorious appearance like lightning, during which period (the period of harvesting to the garner or floor, to be winnowed or purged (Luke 3: 17; Matt. 13: 30; 3: 12) the judgment of believers (Rom. 14: 10; 2 Cor. 5: 10) will take place.  And the Church will be judged before either Israel or the world, for “judgment must begin at the house of God” (1 Pet. 4: 17), “whose house are we, if ...” (Heb. 3: 6).  For believers to be individually examined will take a long while, especially as the judgment will be down to the “idle word” (Matt. 12: 36-37).

 

 

Resurrection, then, like reaping, is clearly sectional and serial, for it is not merely wheat that is reaped, but ripe wheat (Mark 4: 29, margin; Rev. 14: 18).  Besides, even firstfruits themselves are not all ripe at the same time in the case of different fruits (barley, wheat or “some other grain”, 1 Cor. 15: 37; cf. Neh. 10: 35).  Only ripe grain is reaped, and it is reaped in the order of ripeness - as soon as it ripens, not before, and it does not all ripen at once.  Hence it will not all be reaped at once.  In Christ personally and the saints of Matthew 27: 52-53 the First Resurrection, therefore, has already begun, with an interval of 1900 [now 2000] years before the next batch.  He is the Firstfruits without leaven, as His People are the Firstfruits with leaven in the wave-offering. (Lev. 6: 17; 7: 13; 23: 10, 17).  You will agree that the firstfruits of barley are reaped before the firstfruits of wheat (Ruth 2.).  This explains how there can be “a first before a first”, or, if you prefer, “the first of the firstfruits” (Exod. 23: 19).  It is a question of comparison, of relativity.  The north of England is south of Southern Scotland; the 1st of January is subsequent to the 31st of December in the preceding year, but before the 31st of December, in the same year.

 

 

Merit (or worthiness), it must be maintained in the teeth of all denial, is a definite condition and qualification for the First Resurrection: “They which shall be accounted worthy to obtain ... the resurrection from among the dead”, our Lord says (Luke 20: 35) “cannot die any more  Others can.  For while it is “appointed unto man once to die some will die a second time; though over others “the second death hath no power” (Rev. 20: 6).  These are overcomers who will “not be hurt of the second death” (Rev. 2: 11).  Priests of God and of Christ, they “shall reign with him a thousand years” (Rev. 20: 6), not instead of eternally, but millennially before eternity proper begins.  Others - proud, indulgent, cowardly - are judged unworthy of Christ and of aeonian life.  Now we know from several epistles that some believers will be excluded from this Kingdom of Heaven and of God (Eph. 5: 5-8).  We are warned lest, deceived, we share the wrath (not appointed but) incurred by the fact of disobedience, and have our crown taken from us.  On the contrary, we have to be accounted worthy (it may be, by suffering at the hands of fellow-believers) in order to obtain that Kingdom of the age to come (1 Thess. 2: 12; 2 Thess. 1: 5; Matt. 5: 20; Luke 20: 35). Hence “blessed and holy is he” - it is individual, like the “Overcomer” with the “one ear” of Rev. 2. and 3. - “that hath part in the First Resurrection”.

 

 

For it is both a time-word and a quality-word.  And being a quality-resurrection it carries with it an extra of time, because renewed time (that is, life) is resurrection, or, rather, resurrection is restoration of time - for “in the Resurrection” means in the “Regeneration” or “Restitution” - by living again on the part of those who were dead.  But “the rest of the dead (saved and unsaved) lived not again until the 1,000 years were ended” (Rev. 20: 5).  Which instructs us that resurrection properly speaking is not only an act but a state, not a point of time, but a period, a place, a realm - “IN (i.e. not at but during) the Resurrection” - wicked and slothful servants being raised merely for the purpose of judgment, and then temporarily dismissed to darkness and remorse in the Hades they were summoned from; but to be in the first (class) resurrection means to have the continuous and permanent enjoyment of life and bliss before others.  Hence, not all are raised at once, nor do all at once enjoy resurrection life.  For even after the 1,000 Years two groups of dead are raised, one group of unsaved from the department of the underworld called “death”, another group of saved from the department of the underworld called “hades” (mistakenly rendered “hell” in Rev. 20: 13).  Resuscitation (or mere rising of the dead to appear before the Lord) is not really resurrection at all, any more than was the case with Samuel at Endor.  For sooner or later, all the dead (good and bad) will be raised, passively, without exception, but only the holy are qualified to inherit as first-born sons the blissful prior estate of the First Resurrection.

 

 

Not all [regenerate] believers (it must be admitted) are equal in God’s sight, for He has favoured ones according to their devotedness to Him, and He rewards them with more of Himself, and with more time with Himself, by their being brought to Him like Enoch and Elijah before others.  Hence the 144,000 Firstfruits (Rev. 14: 4), ripe earlier - guileless virgins - are reaped earlier than others, though doubtless all Christians ideally, as fulfilling God’s purpose of fruit bearing (John 15: 16), should have been firstfruits of His creatures (Jas. 1: 18).  Alas, that the reality falls short of the ideal!

 

 

The First Resurrection is therefore described in several other terms which make clear its character of competitiveness and exclusiveness, superiority and priority.  As we have seen, it is (a prize or reward, Phil. 3: 11, 14) for the “blessed and holy” - who are to begin reigning 1,000 years before those who have only the gift of eternal life - bare salvation, as we say.  For it, believers will have to be qualified or accounted worthy.  It is a selective resurrection “from among the dead”, leaving dead believers behind, as is proved by the fact that even Paul strove “if by any means he might attain unto it” (Phil. 3: 11-12).  It is a blessed resurrection of the just (or righteous or holy) with its recompense to the unselfseeking and generous (Luke 14: 14).  And it is also called a “better” resurrection, costing torture and life itself (Heb. 11: 35) - a better resurrection that had to be obtained, or that the martyrs strove to obtain; it was a resurrection “better” because “prior” by 1,000 years to the general resurrection.  It is the First Resurrection, with its qualifications and conditions.  What is said of it, therefore, in its various contexts and under its various names is also said of the Kingdom of Heaven, the prize or reward or wages which we have to earn and seek first of all (Matt. 6: 33; 5: 20).  Hence it is by our Lord bracketed with the coming Kingdom of glory in the next age, to which, indeed, it introduces. “They that shall be accounted worthy to obtain that age and the resurrection from among the dead” (Luke 20: 35).

 

 

It is a resurrection of martyrs chronic and acute, who have died the martyr’s death or lived the martyr’s life of self-denial and world-renunciation, losing this life and age in order to find or gain the next in the Regeneration - the “shall find it” (of Matt. 16: 25; 19: 27-30, etc.) being not a direct future tense but an extra adverb meaning “about to” (live), which thus refer almost exclusively to ‘the age to come’ [see Heb. 6: 5, R.V.] as being the next item on the Divine programme (Rom. 8: 13; Gal. 6: 8).  Finally, to end where we began, God is not in a hurry and His methods are not as simple as we might like.  “All the days of harvest” are 40 days, a characteristically probationary period throughout the Word.  One day beneath the microscope of the Lord’s omniscience is as 1,000 years; and while the saints are changed - the dead “in a moment the living “in the twinkling of an eye” (though not necessarily all in the same moment) - the Resurrection period may well last 40 years, and prove to be the first hour - 1/24th of the 1,000 Years - of the day of God (John 5: 25, 28).  In any case, plurality of rapture (and of resurrection - for dead and living believers will be “caught up together” is indicated not only by the universal Scripture harvest-parable, the one taken first, the other later (Matt. 24: 40-42, linked with the “all” of 2 Cor. 5: 10), by the gradual returns from the Captivity (“Captivity led captive” being a notable figure of death and resurrection), and by the Lord’s 10 separate presentings during the 40 Days before His ascension detailing the “like manner” of Acts 1: 11), but also by the actual plural resurrections and raptures of the Apocalypse itself.

 

 

-------

 

 

FROM AMONG THE DEAD

 

 

Each of these examples is an ex anastasis, while in Philippians (3: 11) it is an exanastasis.  The space after the x is the only difference, and this is not in the original.

 

 

Acts 26: 23.  If He, the first of a resurrection from among the dead.

 

 

Rom. 1: 4.  By the resurrection from among the dead.

 

 

Heb. 11: 35. Women obtained their dead by resurrection.

 

 

The same sense is conveyed when the connective ek, OUT, follows the word, as in these passages: -

 

 

Luke 20: 35. Those deemed worthy to attain to that age and the resurrection from among the dead.

 

 

Acts. 4: 2. Announcing in Jesus the resurrection from among the dead.

 

 

1 Pet. 1: 3. Through the resurrection of Jesus Christ from among the dead.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

9

 

THE FIRSTFRUITS

 

By Lt. - Col.  G. F.  POYNDER

 

 

 

World-shaking events, more portentous than can be gauged, compel - whether we wish it or not - a stern facing of the problem of the coming removal from earth.  Those who expect all believers to be rapt instantly, totally irrespective of the grossest worldliness, need not be greatly concerned; those who assert that all believers - the most wakeful equally with the most careless - must pass through the worst that is coming can, at the best, only be resigned; but to those of us who see, or think that we see, that prior rapture is for the ‘overcomer’ only - an escape that turns critically on life and attitude - it is an ever-deepening crisis calling for the highest and holiest and best.  Profoundly convinced that this is the truth, we can only invoke our readers to a most careful study of the problem in view of its fearful urgency.  The critical fact is that, as the event is not yet actually upon us, there is still time to shape all life to the highest; and just as the illusion of a known date for the Advent, exactly so also a cast-iron rapture or no-rapture, robs the situation of its poignant appeal, and saps the vigilant care that God demands. - ED.

   As regards the suddenness of rapture, Our Lord tells us “in that night there shall be two in one bed; the one shall be taken and the other left.  Two shall be grinding together; the one shall be taken, and the other left.  Two shall be in the field: the one shall be taken, and the other left* showing plainly the LORD will call up from among the living disciples - to whom alone this discourse was given for their edification, and not for the multitudes - those who will form the Firstfruits, some raptured in the night, at one place; some in the early morning at another; and lastly others in the field during their daily work, one here, another there, according to their fitness, out of the vast Harvest field.

 

* Luke 17: 22, 34-36.

 

 

   When the Firstfruits are raptured, much takes place ere the Harvest is ripe, and all of earth is dried out of the wheat in order that it may be fitted for the Heavenly Garner.  Closely following, or just after the rapture of the Firstfruits, we realize there will be a time of great trials and temptations “which shall come upon all the world to try them that dwell upon the earthand in consequence doubtless no one will be permitted to preach the Gospel of Grace; hence an Angel is sent to proclaim an age-long gospel to all them that dwell on the Earth, flying between heaven and earth, that all may hear.  This Angel is followed by another who proclaims the destruction of the great mystery Babylon, because of her awful idolatries, of which we read more fully in Chapter 17.  A third Angel now appears announcing the awful fate of those who worship the Antichrist or his image or receive his mark on their foreheads, or on their hands, in order that they may buy and sell,* showing clearly that the Antichrist will then be upon the earth, and the Great Tribulation will be running its course whilst amongst the sufferers upon earth at that time will be “they who keep the commandments of God, and the faith of JESUS - not Jews only, but Christian believers.

 

* Chapter 13: 11-17.

 

“But,” it may be asked, “will Christians - true believers - be in the Great Tribulation?  Are not all believers raptured before the Great Tribulation as many affirm?” The writer has searched the pages of Holy Writ in vain to find any confirmation of this statement.  On the contrary he has found much that indicates plainly the greater part of the Church living at the time of the commencement of the Great Tribulation will have to pass through a part of that awful time of testing.  Are we not commanded by the Lord Himself, as His disciples, to watch and pray at all seasons that He, as our judge, may be able to count us worthy to escape all those things that shall come to pass?* What is the meaning of such a command given to disciples, if disciples are not to pass through any part of the Great Tribulation, of which the Lord had spoken in the previous verses of the chapter where the Command is given?  Is not a special promise also made to the Philadelphian portion - and to that portion only - of the Church that because she had kept the word of His endurance she would be kept from the hour of trial that was to come upon the whole world to try all those dwelling upon the earth?** From this special promise, to one portion only of the Church, we surely must infer it is not a general promise for the Church as a whole.

 

* Luke 21: 36.    ** Rev. 3: 10.

 

 

But do all Christians, all believers, all His own bondslaves, arise to stand before the Bema or Judgment Seat of Christ for their rewards?  Let us turn to our LORD’S own words for answer, as given to us in Matt. 25. and Luke 19.  In the parables of the talents and the pounds we read all the bondslaves were called upon to reckon with their Lord, “that He might know how much every man had gained by trading  This they did, the good receiving a reward, but the wicked and slothful bondslave not only lost his reward, he also lost that which he had received from his LORD, and was cast “into the outer darkness, there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth Is this bondslave eternally lost?  The parables seem to show plainly that all the servants were His Own, bought with His precious Blood, entrusted with His goods, truly converted; hence they possessed eternal life, and could not therefore be eternally lost, “for the gifts and calling of God are without repentance* but the wicked and slothful servant lost his reward, i.e. the living and reigning with Christ during the millennial age; for rewards are apportioned according to the work done after conversion, and the account rendered by the servants.  On such the second death - the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone,** - hath no power “but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with Him a thousand years*** It becomes then a matter of vital importance that all believers, bondslaves and Christians take most earnest heed to the Lord’s very solemn warning as given to us who are disciples - not to the world - in Matt. 5: 29, 30, and Mark 9: 43-50.

 

* Rom. 11: 29.   ** Rev. 21: 8.   *** Rev. 20: 6.

 

 

Paul urges that the greatest care was to be exercised in building on the one and only Foundation, that which would stand the fire, which “shall try every man’s work; ... if ... (it) shall be burned he shall suffer loss, but he himself shall be saved; yet so as through fire.* Are such solemn passages culled from the teaching of our Lord and His Apostle to be treated as mere platitudes, or discarded as hyperbole?  Nay.  Rather may we, as His bondslaves, take the solemn warnings to heart, that when we come to appear before His Judgment Seat, we may render a good account of our stewardship, and enter into the joy of our LORD.  Amen.

 

* 1 Cor. 3: 11-15 (Gk.).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

10

 

THE TRANSFIGURATION

AND THE KINGDOM

 

By R. GOVETT

 

 

 

Matt. 16: 25. “For whosoever would (shall wish to) save his life (soul) shall lose it: and whosoever shall lose his life for my sake shall find it  In this alternative, the wish of man, which runs counter to that of God, appears.  Man naturally desires to save his life.* But if the cause of God demands its surrender, to withhold it is to lose it for the kingdom.  It may be spared as regards the present time.  But such a prolongation of life would be a sowing to the flesh, which would entail a reaping of corruption in the day of the Lord.  Now that a better life in resurrection has been revealed in the Son, and the way to it declared, God and Christ would have our eyes directed to that, as that which is “really life** How gracious was it, that Peter, though thus severely rebuked, was one of the three taken to behold the miniature kingdom!  How comforting to find that the apostle, thus weak at first, was strengthened to endure the most dread death of crucifixion to the glory of God!

 

 

 

“But whosoever will lose his life (soul) for my sake shall find it  Our Lord does not insert the word “wish” in this alternative.  Many have been martyrs for the truth, who trembled at the thoughts of their own weakness, and would gladly have been spared.  They had no wish to lose their life.  But when the voice of God, expressed in the circumstances in which they were placed, demanded it, they made the surrender.  Paul, indeed, desired the fellowship of Jesus’ sufferings, even to the being conformed unto his death, as the pathway to the first resurrection.  But this is not the high standing of many.

 

* Two Greek words are rendered “life” by our translators.  The latter does not properly signify “life”; and it had been better to have naturalized the Scripture philosophy of man among us by translating it always “soul”. … The mischief of this rendering is apparent in the next verse.

 

** This is the true reading in 1 Tim. 6: 19.  The rich saints are to give liberally, that they may lay hold of what is really life.

 

 

Jesus’ death and resurrection show how life lost is found in resurrection.  His victory over Hades is to be theirs who so follow him.  The finding of the soul is seen in Rev. 20: 4. “I saw the souls of those beheaded for the witness of Jesus, and for the word of God ... and they lived and reigned with the Christ a thousand years  But this resurrection is [both selective and] peculiar.  “The rest of the dead lived not till the thousand years were finished

 

 

The life of the thousand years is gain.  It is something over and above what is enjoyed by those who saved life in this world.  If we think all our substance well spent to save life in the present world, much more prudent is it to give up present life to obtain the life of the thousand years.  How much greater its duration, more certain, and more felicitous!

 

 

Here we have the secret of the joyful suffering of the martyrs of the earliest age of the church.  They saw that a peculiar joy was connected with such endurance.  Some rushed into death uncalled, that they might attain it.  It is not in human nature to desire suffering for its own sake.  But this motive overpowered dread.  ‘If all are to be alike in the day of Christ, I should prefer to go through life quietly, without reproach, and without being called to give up any of the comforts or enjoyments of life.  But if such is not the way to [inherit] the kingdom [of the Christ / Messiah], but the way to lose it, faith [in His promise (Mark 8: 35, R.V.)] will enable me to overcome nature

 

 

So important is the sentiment of the verse before us, that it is often repeated in the New Testament.  “He that loveth his life (soul) shall lose it, and he that hateth his life (soul) in this world shall keep it unto life eternal - [Gk. ‘aionian’ = life during the coming ‘age’]John 12: 25.  The context, in this case also, points us to Jesus’ surrender of life.

 

 

Thus we have in this passage - first, the resurrection generally, as the result of faith in Christ.  But then follows the resurrection of reward, as the result of conflict or of suffering.

 

 

28, “Verily I say unto you, there are some standing here, who shall not taste of death till they see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom

 

 

There were some before the Lord who would see a vision of the kingdom without death.  In this they were representatives of disciples, who would in like manner behold the kingdom itself, without suffering death.  For “we shall not all sleep  “We who are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them [the sleepers] in clouds to meet the Lord in the air

 

 

That the Transfiguration was the fulfilment of this promise of the Saviour, seems certain.  It follows immediately after the promise, in the three first Gospels.  The fourth gives neither the promise nor the Transfiguration.  The ancients so understood it.  “Some” of those alive should see it.  Accordingly, only three of the twelve saw it.  All the apostles beheld the gospel [of the kingdom] fully come, and themselves preached it.  But if the Transfiguration fulfilled it, then our Lord’s “coming in his kingdom” is a personal, and a pre-millennial coming; for it is in order to [establish and] administer the kingdom that he comes.  It is a visible, supernatural appearing in brightness, wholly unlike any ‘providential and spiritual coming’, as some speak.  It is to be no proclamation of mercy to sinners; but the time of enjoyment or loss to requited saints.  There was no preaching to the ungodly on the Mount of Transfiguration: none but saints were there.

 

 

17: 1. “And after six days Jesus taketh with him Peter, and Jacob (James), and John his brother, and bringeth them up into a lofty mountain apart. 2. And was transfigured before them: and his face shone as the sun, but his raiment became white as the light

 

 

The Transfiguration is thus expressly set forth as an outline of the future kingdom of Christ.  Hence, those who deny the millennial kingdom cannot understand the Transfiguration.  Those who deny the reward of good works to the justified, cannot enter into its spirit.  Though little is told us of the scene upon the unnamed mountain, it is all of importance in this view.  (1) From this point of observation the presence of Moses and Elijah is significant.  Moses died, and was buried: type of the saints who have fallen asleep, but will be awaked from their graves to enter the kingdom.  Elijah had not died, but was caught up alive to heaven: type of the saints still tarrying on earth when the Saviour descends, who will, like him, be caught up without seeing death.  The apostles were apparently types of men yet in the flesh, as Israel and the Gentiles, whose dwelling will be the earth.

 

 

Saints of the Law, of the prophets, and of the Church will be united in enjoyment of the kingdom of Messiah. The facts of the case confirm the doctrine which we found in the Saviour’s preceding words.  If the Lord announce principles which will exclude some saints of the church from the kingdom, the exhibition of it in the vision proclaims the same thing.

 

 

10. “And his disciples asked him, saying, ‘Why, then, do the scribes say that Elias must first come11. But Jesus answered and said to them, ‘Elias [Elijah], indeed, is first coming, and shall restore all things. 12. But I say unto you, that Elias is already come, and they recognized him not, but did to him whatever they pleased: so also the Son of Man is about to suffer at their hands13. Then understood the disciples that he spoke to them of John the Baptist

 

 

The question of the apostles was natural, and very important, both to them and to us.  The scribes taught that Elijah must precede the coming of Messiah to reign.  Was this true?  What they had seen had made them think that the expounders of the prophets were mistaken.  If it were - and they seemed to have the authority of Malachi in their favour - how was it consistent with what they had just seen?  If Jesus were the Christ, how was it that Elijah had only appeared so long after Messiah’s advent?  They expected E1ijah to stay and open his commission.  How was it that he had departed?  They fasten this question on the previous scene, by the very natural word “then”, or “therefore”.  Or shall we say that it rests upon the Saviour’s previous prohibition? ‘If Elijah’s coming is not to be spoken of, why do the scribes speak of his preceding Messiah’s advent

 

 

The reply of our Lord will repay study.  To those who only wish to know the mind of God, it is plain enough.  “Elias, indeed, is first coming  Jesus takes up as attested by the disciples, the scribes’ words, and confirms them as true.  Yes! they were right in teaching that Jehovah would send Israel Elijah the prophet, before the great and terrible day of the Lord should come.  The apostles held that the Elijah seen by the fathers should come.  This confirmed it.  [God’s prophet] Malachi describes the effect of his coming to be, his “turning the heart of the fathers to the children, and the heart of the children to the fathers”.  Jesus speaks of it as his “restoring all things”.  The scribes were right then in their literal interpretation of the prophet’s words.

 

 

But if so, the apostles’ original difficulty pressed them still in all its force.  Jesus hastens to remove it.  Elijah had already come, and been put to death by Israel in their blindness, as he himself would be.  This statement the disciples understood, and rightly, to refer to John the Baptist.  By noticing his own death again, Jesus refers them to his two comings.  It was this latter statement concerning Elias, which threw upon them the new light which satisfied their minds, and is recorded as having done so.  The work of God was double, where they looked that it should be single only.  Israel’s blindness compelled a two-fold coming of Elijah and of Messiah.  Their former Jewish expectations were not shaken, but confirmed.  Hence, on that point nothing more is said by the historian.

 

 

If any will contend that only one Elias was meant by our Lord, and that John was the only person that was intended, we must repel the assertion by John’s own solemn word to the deputation sent to inquire who he was.  “ART THOU ELIAS? AND HE SAITH, I AM NOT John 1.  Besides, if John the Baptist alone be meant, then must he rise from the dead to “restore all things”, ere [before] Messiah appear.  For Jesus after John’s death declared that Elias had yet to come.  But those who contend that John Baptist alone is Elijah, will as little relish this conclusion, as that the Tishbite should appear.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

11

 

ONE IS TAKEN

 

 

 

The appalling [apostasy and] fall in the Churches to-day; the all but universal undermining of belief in the [yet unfulfilled prophetic] Word of God; the advance in all nations of an ever-growing lawlessness:- these are but some of the symptoms that remind us of our Lord’s words, - “When these things begin to come to pass, LOOK up, and lift up your heads” (Luke 21: 28).  Look up for what?  A rending heaven, and a descending Christ.  And the Lord gives what He reveals as a peculiarly convincing proof of a closing crisis.  “When the [fig tree’s] branch is now tender” - when Israel, as a nation, is again showing national life - “and putteth forth its leaves” - the Mosaic ceremonies which Christ saw in His day in full leafage, but fruitless - “ye know that the summer is nigh” (Matt. 24: 32) - the [the Lord Jesus’ Messianic and Millennial] Kingdom* is just beyond.  Zionism is the re-springing Fig Tree; and beside Israel’s national revival, in Luke our Lord includes, as an identical sign, nationalism reviving throughout the whole world.  “Behold the fig tree, and all the trees, when they now shoot forth ye shall see it and know of your own selves that the summer is now nigh” (Luke 21: 29).  The Times, speaking purely from the world’s standpoint, states (Aug. 24, 1939) as an actual fact the arrival of exactly this nationalism:- “Nationality, for good or evil, is the most living force in Europe to-day

 

[* See Psa. 2: 8. cf. Psa. 72. & 110 with Luke 1: 32; 2 Pet. 3: 8; Rev. 20: 4, R.V., etc.]

 

 

Now the Lord gives us a studied simile, revealing once again that God acts on identical principles in different ages, so that what He has done is a photograph of what He will do.  “As were the days of Noah, so shall be the presence of the Son of Man” (Matt. 24: 27).  The deliverance in Noah’s day was double: as a matter of historic fact, and whatever we may make of the fact, there were two escapes, a heavenly escape and an earthly escape, from the most awful disaster the world has ever known.  “By faith Enoch was translated that he should not see death; and he was not found, because God translated him” (Heb. 11: 5).  Here was a complete and miraculous heavenly disappearance before the world-wide judgment of the Flood came.  But there was another deliverance in an earthly escape.  “The longsuffering of God waited in the days of Noah, while the ark was a preparing, wherein few, that is, eight souls, were saved through water” (1 Pet. 3: 20).  Here was a complete deliverance from the Flood, but on earth.  So, our Lord says, it will be again.  The faithful of God’s earthly people, Israel, will escape into the wilderness, where God guards them throughout the Great Tribulation; and the Enochs of God’s heavenly people, who walk with God, will be rapt out of earth [and into heaven] altogether, ere [i.e., before] ever the Tribulation dawns.  And both escapes were conditional on active fellowship with God, and consequent alert obedience; which is beautifully exemplified by the fact that Enoch and Noah are the only two men in the Bible of whom it is explicitly stated that they ‘walked with God’.

 

 

So now we confront the extraordinary act of God, which He is about to repeat, creating a heavenly escape [i.e., an escape into heaven] before our judgment Flood begins.  “Then shall two men be in a field; one is taken, and one is left: two women shall be grinding at the mill; one is taken, and one is left  Obviously, therefore, the removal takes place before God’s judgments have devastated earth’s fields and harvests; and while ordinary household employments are going their normal round.  We are at once startled by the complete passivity of those removed.  In counselling [them living in] Israel how to escape, our Lord says:- “When ye see the abomination of desolation” - that is, their own eyes will warn them - “then FLEE” - in active, passionate, muscular flight: “let him that is in the field not return back to take his cloak” (Matt. 24: 15).  But in this field the labourer simply, silently, utterly disappears.  So history repeats itself.  Noah both built and launched the Ark, and so escaped: Enoch was simply gone, and for five thousand years no one has ever known how.  And the consequences to-day will be just as blank.  The disappearance will no more startle the godless from their feasting, and their marrying and giving in marriage, than the world trembled at the disappearance of Enoch, or at the launching of the Ark.  For there will be no proof of what has happened: “one is taken” - is gone in a flash, like Enoch.  Even the Sons of the Prophets, who learn from Elisha that Elijah had ascended, refuse to believe it, and fifty of them scour the mountains in vain to find him (2 Kings 2: 16);* and when the world hears of it, and the whole neighbourhood has been searched in vain, they only make a jest of it,- “Go up, thou bald-head (2 Kings 2: 23).

 

 

* Does this portend the scepticism of unrapt believers who no more accept the Second Advent after the mysterious disappearance than before?  On the other hand, that tribulation ripens and awakens explains the seven raptures hinted at in the Apocalypse: “when the grain is ripe, immediately he putteth forth the sickle” (Mark 4: 29).

 

 

The removal is full of wonderful instruction.  It is extraordinarily significant that our Lord draws the rapt from the humblest classes - farm labourers and peasant women.  “Hearken, my beloved brethren” - for it is a vital fact to know - “hath not God chosen the poor of this world rich in faith, and heirs of the kingdom which he hath promised to them that love him (Jas. 2: 5).  And it is no mass removal: in this field, a man is gone; in that home, a woman: that is all.  And mentally, at the moment, they are themselves utterly unprepared.  Had they known the day, without doubt they would have been gathered in assemblies of the saints everywhere for prayer; had they known the hour, they would have been on their knees in the allotment, or beside the mill. On the contrary, while the woman is grinding, she is gone.  So the act will take us completely by surprise.  It is Elijah over again.  “As they still went on and talked, there appeared a chariot of fire” (2 Kings 2: 11) - his rapture suddenly stopped a conversation.  Luke’s example (17: 34) is still more significant: “there shall be two on one bed” - a married couple: asleep, one is gone!

 

 

The lesson our Lord Himself draws therefore becomes overwhelming.  “Watch therefore: for ye know not on what day your Lord cometh”: “your Lord” - that is, both in the field, and both in the bed, are [regenerate] servants of Christ, needing to be unceasingly watchful.  For the removal, obviously, is no act of sovereign grace, for then knowledge of the hour, and conditional watchfulness, would be totally immaterial; conversion, not watchfulness, would be ample: on the contrary, our ignorance (it is here assumed) can be met solely by perpetual readiness.  If conversion is the sole qualification for rapture, the worst backslider is ‘ready’, and has never been anything else.  The opposite is the lesson our Lord Himself draws. “Therefore be ye also READY: for in an hour that ye think not the Son of man cometh  Obviously what ruled Enoch’s rapture rules ours: “He was not found, because God translated him: for before his translation he hath had witness borne to him THAT HE HAD BEEN WELL PLEASING UN TO GOD” (Heb. 11: 5).

 

 

So the conditions of escape are explicit: for the Jew, instant, obedient flight; for the [regenerate] Christian, unceasing preparation of heart and life.  To put it beyond all doubt our Lord has elsewhere uttered two decisive words.  “Watch ye, and pray always” - whether we understand this as a command to pray directly for removal, or not, in no way alters the truth stated - “that ye may be ACCOUNTED WORTHY to escape” - that is, the escape depends on the worthiness, and the worthiness depends on the watching and the praying - “all these things that shall come to pass upon the earth” - therefore it is a removal from the earth altogether: that is, it is the heavenly escape [from earth into heaven] - “and to be set [by angels] before the Son of man” (Luke 21: 36).  Similar ‘worthiness’ brings a parallel reward.  “Thou hast a few names in Sardis which did not defile their garments” - manifestly the rest of the church members, though regenerate, had defiled their garments - “and they shall walk with me in white, for they are worthy” (Rev. 3: 4).  We can never be worthy of eternal life, for it is a free gift; but the removal - like the walking in white - is conditional, for it is a reward; and so our Lord says, - “They that are accounted worthy to attain to that age” (Luke 20: 35); and Paul, - “That ye may be accounted worthy of the Kingdom of God” (2 Thess. 1: 5).  The other utterance of our Lord, no less decisive, is one of the last He ever gave to the Church.  “Because thou didst keep the word of my patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of trial, that hour which is to come upon the whole world, to try them that dwell upon the earth” (Rev. 3: 10).  In the Angel’s having kept the word of Christ’s patience, our Lord lodges the sole and entire reason for his removal: here, as ever, His whole emphasis is, not on conversion, but on alertness, on perpetual readiness.

 

 

Now we face the gravity of the facts.  For what are the facts?  The signs around us simply palpitate with the imminence of the Advent: at any moment the removal may happen: the whole world is conscious of imminent crisis.  And what is the attitude of the Churches?  Of the larger groups - two only, the Plymouth Brethren and the Pentecostalists - accept, in their creed, the Second Advent*; in all the other groups, it is a scattered minority only that expect the Lord; and the immense majority of the Church of God deny any such return of Christ at all.  A Bishop has expressed it thus:- “I hate the doctrine; and I hate it on three grounds: first - it is pessimism; second - it disturbs and divides our people; third - it cuts the nerve of missions  The Methodist Episcopal Church (says Christianity To-day), revising their ritual for the Lord’s Table, have omitted three words from 1 Cor. 11: 26 - “till he come”.  And to cloud and darken it all still further, the great majority of prophetic students, while thoroughly fundamental and evangelical, openly and studiedly deny that watchfulness has anything to do with rapture; conversion, they say, is the sole qualification that decides the issue, or else (as Post-Tribulationists) that there is no escape at all - both thus making our Lord’s own warnings of none effect by their tradition.  And just ahead lies the most awful ‘tribulation’ eternity will ever know.  These are the almost terrifying facts we are facing.

 

* Churchmen themselves would be sharply divided on the question whether the Prayer Book teaches the literal, physical return of Christ.

 

 

But one joyous truth is over all.  One is taken an unspecified one, and therefore any “one” - can perfectly prepare himself: while we are not responsible for mass preparation, we can perfectly achieve our own.  Every believer can, if he chooses, obey his Captain’s command:- “Let your loins be girded about, and your lamps burning; and be ye yourselves like unto men looking for their lord.  Blessed are those servants whom the lord when he cometh shall FIND WATCIIING” (Luke 12: 35).  And lovingly to provoke us to this, our Lord sets exactly between the two escapes, the earthly and the heavenly, and as the key - bolt to both, one conditioning reminder:- “Remember Lot’s wife” (Luke 17: 32).  Can we not hear Lot’s wife when warned not to look back? “But I am in the family of the redeemed; I have escaped from Sodom, and its fire and brimstone; I have been led out by the actual hands of angels: by warning me you are reflecting on the salvation of God.” And she looks back - in an instant, a pillar of salt.  Our Saviour says, - “Remember Lot’s wife”: are we remembering her? *

 

*It is beautiful to note that since one is taken from field-labour and another from slumber at night, the rapt are from both sides of the world; that is, they are drawn from all countries - a simultaneous day and night then known only to inspiration.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

12

 

PROPHET - PRIEST - KING

 

CHRISTMAS AND PROPHECY

 

 

 

In the study of Scripture pertaining to the birth of our Lord, we have accustomed ourselves to thinking of only manger scenes and childhood scenes with a devotional slant on the Scriptures; however, each one of the so-called Christmas stories is deeply prophetic.  For instance, in the second chapter of Matthew we read of the wise men coming from the east to Jerusalem, saying, “Where is He that is born King of the Jews  The literal interpretation of this is, “Where is He that is born TO BE King of the Jews?” which gives a future aspect to their announcement.  The entire Book of Matthew is subsequently given over to establishing the fact that Jesus of Nazareth is King of the Jews.  He presented Himself as such at His so-called Triumphal Entry.  Israel rejected Him as her King and crucified Him with the inscription on the cross in Hebrew, Greek and Latin, “THIS IS JESUS THE KING OF THE JEWS”.  The particular passage which we want to discuss in this article because of its prophetic aspect is Luke 1: 30-33: “And the angel said unto her, Fear not, Mary, for thou hast found favour with God.  And behold, thou shalt conceive in thy womb, and bring forth a son, and shalt call His name JESUS.  He shall be great, and shall be called the Son of the Highest; and the Lord God shall give unto Him the throne of His father David; And He shall reign over the house of Jacob forever; and of His kingdom there shall be no end

 

 

What a different concept Christians would have of our Lord and His ministry if they would but study and understand just this one passage of Scripture.  Seven things are mentioned by the angel in this prophecy and at once one has to decide whether he is going to take the Word of the Lord literally or figuratively.  There should be no trouble at all in taking the entire Bible literally except in those instances where it is designated by the Lord to be a parable or a figure of speech, symbol or type.  Let us consider these seven phases of this prophecy and see if we can determine whether it is literal or figurative.

 

 

Here are the seven statements of the prophecy: (1) “Thou shalt conceive in thy womb and bring forth a son”; (2) and shalt call His name JESUS; (3) He shall be great; (4) and shall be called the Son of the Highest; (5) and the Lord shall give unto Him the throne of His father David; (6) and He shall reign over the house of Jacob forever; (7) and of His kingdom there shall be no end.

 

 

An elementary and fundamental rule of interpretation is consistency.  If part of this prophecy is literal then all must be literal.  If part is figurative then all must be figurative.  The Lord Himself never confused them, but always distinguished the literal and the figurative interpretation.

 

 

Let us consider the first phase.  Was the conception and birth of Jesus literal?  We read in Matthew 1: 18-25 that when Joseph realized that Mary was with child before they were married, he naturally supposed she had been untrue to him and was minded to put her away privately.  The law made provision for a public stoning of those guilty of infidelity, but Joseph was a good man and was not going to make a public spectacle of the one he loved.  The fact is that Mary’s conception of Jesus was known to all people.  One of the many tragedies of our Lord’s life was that often when He was in a crowd, the Pharisees would ask the insulting question, “Who is thy father?” insinuating that He was born out of wedlock.  The point is that Mary actually, literally and physically conceived and brought forth a Son.  In all of the arguments presented by Satan against Christianity, we have never encountered a denial of the existence of Mary and of the fact that she gave birth to a Son named Jesus.

 

 

This brings us to the second point: “And shalt call His name JESUS  Renan, the French infidel, has written extensively on the life of Jesus.  Josephus, in his Antiquity of the Jews, speaks of Him and some of His experiences.  The point we are making is that infidels, atheists, modernists, rationalists, Mohammedans and Buddhists all acknowledge that there was actually, literally and physically a person named Jesus of Nazareth. Their denial pertains to His Deity, not to His humanity.  He was called Jesus because He was to be the Saviour.  God Almighty has set forth one of the most important questions facing man, “What think ye of Jesus?  Whose Son is He  To acknowledge that He is the Son of the living God means eternal life.  To deny it means eternal damnation.

 

 

The third statement of the prophecy is, “He shall be great  We were interested a number of years ago in an article appearing in the AMERICAN MAGAZINE entitled “The Ten Greatest Men Who Ever Lived  The author condescended to name Jesus first.  He called Him the greatest man that ever lived.  Judaism, modernism, atheism, secularism, and all realms of thought are at one in saying that Jesus was great - great in His life, great in His teaching, great in His example.  He is acknowledged by one and all to be great; and the prophecy that He shall be great has been literally and actually fulfilled.

 

 

The fourth statement, “He shall be called the Son of the Highest was actually and literally fulfilled at the time of His baptism.  “And Jesus, when He was baptized, went up straightway out of the water; and lo, the heavens were opened unto Him, and He saw the Spirit of God descending like a dove, and lighting upon Him And lo, a voice from heaven saying, This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased” (Matt. 3: 16, 17).  And again on the Mount of Transfiguration (Matt. 17: 5) we have the Lord God from heaven speaking, “This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased: hear ye Him  Again, here is a prophecy actually, literally and audibly fulfilled.  He was called by the Highest the Son of the Highest.

 

 

Generally speaking we do not encounter much opposition to these four phases of prophecy being accepted literally, but when it comes to the remaining three there is a wide divergence of interpretation; but if the first four are literal, these remaining three must also be literal.  If the latter are not literal, then the former are not literal.

 

 

The fifth phase of the prophecy is, “The Lord God shall give unto Him the throne of His father, David  Did David actually and literally have a throne upon which he sat and from whence he administered the affairs of an earthly kingdom?  In 2 Sam. 5: 5, we read: “In Hebron He reigned over Judah seven years and six months: and in Jerusalem He reigned thirty and three years over all Israel and Judah  Was this throne promised or prophesied to our Lord Jesus Christ?  It surely was.  In Acts 2: 29, 30 when Peter preached on the day of Pentecost he said, “Men and brethren, let me freely speak unto you of the patriarch David, that he is both dead and buried, and his sepulchre is with us unto this day.  Therefore being a prophet, and knowing that God had sworn with an oath to him, that of the fruit of his loins, according to the flesh, he would raise up Christ to sit on his throne  Has Jesus ever ascended David’s throne to rule and to reign?  No!  Must the prophecy yet be fulfilled? Yes!  Not one jot or tittle shall fail of fulfilment.  Is not Christ seated on David’s throne today?  No!  He is seated on His Father’s throne at His right hand.  Is not He ruling on David’s throne when He reigns in our hearts?  No!  David’s throne is not in our hearts.  It was in Hebron and then Jerusalem, and it will be in Jerusalem when Jesus takes over the Throne of His father David.  That will be and literally fulfilled when Jesus returns as the King of kings, and Lord of lords.

 

 

The sixth phase of the prophecy is, “He shall reign over the house of Jacob forever  Many today try to interpret that as meaning the church, and Christ as reigning over the church, but Scripture never speaks of Christ as King of the church, nor reigning over the church.  Christ is the Head of the church.  Is there a house of Jacob?  In 2 Sam. 7: 14-17 we have the Lord’s prophecy through Nathan that He is going to make a house of David, who was a descendant of Jacob, and that over this house, designated in the Scripture as the house of Israel (Jacob’s name after he met the Lord at the brook Jabok), the Seed of David, which is Jesus, should reign forever.  Scripture becomes absolutely meaningless unless the Lord Jesus Christ returns and reigns over the literal house of Jacob.

 

 

The seventh and last phase of the prophecy has to do with the fact that “of His Kingdom there shall he no end  The second chapter of Daniel tells of four world-wide kingdoms that are to exist here on the earth, and these kingdoms will be destroyed and supplanted by the Kingdom of our Lord at the time of His return.  His Kingdom, described as a rock cut out of a mountain without hands, grows until it fills the whole earth and having established His reign over the earth: He shall then continue to reign over the ‘new earth’ [Rev. 21: 1], and of this Kingdom [after “the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and the elements shall be dissolved with fervent heat, and the earth and the works that are therein shall be burned up” (2 Pet. 3: 10, R.V.)] - there shall be no end.

 

 

13

 

THE GOSPEL OF THE KINGDOM

 

[From writings by G. H. LANG]

 

 

 

Even after the resurrection, and prior to the gift of the Spirit of truth, the apostles were still entertaining the idea of an Immediate setting up of the visible kingdom: “Lord, are you at this time going to restore the kingdom to Israel?” This is surprising since Christ had laboured to free them from their mistaken belief as a then present expectation. Shortly before His death, and expressly because “the people thought that the kingdom of God was going to appear at once He spoke a parable to teach that He was to be as “A man of noble birth went to a distant country to have himself appointed king and then to return” (Luke 19: 11-27).

 

 

Now under the conditions of travel of those days the going to and coming from a distant country meant of necessity a long journey, especially with the tedious and momentous matter of a kingdom to be discussed. The Lord thus taught that, while His return as King Is a certainty, His absence would be long. And what an illuminating suggestion is here as to the business now in hand in Heaven, even the steps necessary for securing the kingdom (presently ruled over by Satan) to its rightful King. (See Rev. 11: 15, 18.)

 

 

Yet it has been asserted, and widely accepted, that a few weeks after Pentecost, Peter was nevertheless saying exactly the reverse, and was telling Israel that the offer of the visible kingdom was still open, and that even then if they would receive Jesus as their Messiah He would forthwith return and establish the kingdom in glory.

 

 

It is remarkable how acute and sincere minds could have involved themselves in such an impossible contradiction. But If the theory puts Peter in an obviously false position, where does it place the Holy Spirit Himself?  Was He inspiring Peter to contradict Christ? Or was Peter not speaking by Inspiration at all?

 

 

That Peter had the kingdom before him is clear. In his first address he spoke of “the great and glorious day of the Lord and quoted the words, “Sit at my right hand until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet” (Acts 2: 20, 34, 35. cf. Ps. 2: 8; 110: 1-3, R.V.). But that he did not offer to Israel the immediate return of Christ to restore the kingdom to Israel is plain from the very statement often used [by regenerate believers] to assert that he did.  His words were (Acts 3: 19-2l): “Repent, then, and turn to God, so that your sins may be wiped out, that times of refreshing may come from the Lord, and that he may send the Christ, who has been appointed for you - even Jesus. He must remain in heaven until the time comes for God to restore everything, as he promised long ago through his holy prophets

 

 

These words suggest the absence of the Lord in the heavens for some period, not at all His instant return thence to the earth; for had the latter been in the mind of the speaker the phrase, “He must remain in heaven until would not have occurred to him. And he indicates sufficiently clearly the circumstances that will attend the close of that period of absence. The holy prophets had taught that the restoration of everything will be ushered in by such developments as these: (1) The readjusting of world-empire into a ten-kingdom confederacy. (2) The subsequent emergence of another small kingdom. (3) The conquest by the last of these of the ten kingdoms, with the subsequent rise of its sovereign to world supremacy. (4) His opposition of the people of God for three and a half years. (5) Other prophecies are to be fulfilled, such as the re-peopling of Elam, Ammon, Moab; as also Babylon, but this last to be finally and permanently destroyed. There were also to be the destruction of Jerusalem and the scattering of the Jews, but just lately denounced against them by Christ Himself in Peter’s hearing, with (6) their regathering as predicted in ancient times.

 

 

With these and other stupendous events to be fulfilled in connection with the [present sin-cursed earth’s]* restoration, and yet no sign of one of them as then in sight, how could a Spirit-taught apostle have suggested the return forthwith of the Deliverer of Zion?

 

[* See Gen. 3: 17. cf. Rom. 8: 18-22, R.V.]

 

In Scripture we learn without difficulty what Peter taught - and this is proper, for an inspired teacher will never have to correct any earlier statements by latter ones.

 

 

1. He taught (a) the select resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead; that His soul was not abandoned in Hades (Greek); (b) of the intermediate state of the godly dead in that same place: “David did not ascend to heaven (Acts 2: 27, 31, 36).

 

 

2. He taught Repentance: “Repent and be baptised, every one of you, in the name of Jesus Christ so that your sins may be forgiven” (2: 38). His message was precisely that of his Lord: “Not everyone who says to me, ‘Lord, Lordwill enter the kingdom of heaven, but only he who does the will of my Father who is in heaven” (Matt. 7: 21; cf. Matt. 5: 20). This generation is doomed to suffer the stored-up wrath due to long centuries of wickedness confirmed by present stubborn sin (as Christ had openly declared: Matt. 23: 35, 36); it remains only that we separate ourselves from it. Repent!

 

 

3. He taught Baptism. “Repent and be baptised, every one of you, in the name of Jesus Christ so that your sins may be forgiven.” Die! Be buried! Enter the new circle of obedient disciples of Jesus! And about three thousand hearers did so.

 

 

4. He taught Evidential Works.  He insisted upon good works by the baptised believers, and was the first in the church to bring just and merited judgment upon evil-doers within the church, even to the premature death of Ananias and Sapphira for lying:  “Ananias, how is it that Satan has so filled your heart that you have 1ied to the Holy Spirit” (Acts 5: 3, 4; cf. 1 Pet. 2: 11, 12, 20, 21; 2 Pet. 1: 5-11).

 

 

No true preacher of the gospel of grace would say to unregenerate men /women, “If you do these things” you will secure eternal life, for that is the free gift of God (Rom. 6: 23): “a righteousness from God, apart from the law” (Rom. 3: 21). But, when addressing regenerate believers, as in (1 Pet. 1: 1-11), and referring to the matter of their calling to their Messiah’s coming glory, Peter distinctly puts the issue upon the ground of works, saying. “if you do these things, you will never fall, and you will receive a rich welcome into the eternal* kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ” (2 Pet. 1: 10, 11).

 

[* See Tract No.  And compare with Gal. 6: 8; 1 Tim. 6: 12; 1 Pet. 5: 10, etc.]

 

Similarly Paul, ever most emphatic upon the acceptance of sinners solely through the imputation to them by grace of the righteousness of Christ, is equally definite that obtaining of the glory of God is not guaranteed certainly, but demands the fulfilment of conditions.

 

 

As with Peter so with Paul also, the calling is not to exemption from eternal life, but to entering the Millennial Kingdom and sharing with Messiah Jesus in His coming glory.*

 

[* See Heb. 2: 14; Isa. 2: 17-2; 11: 9; and compare 1 Pet. 1: 11ff. with 1 Pet. 3: 14-17 and 2 Tim. 2: 3-12, A.V. & R.V.]

 

 

Thus the words of Christ as to being “considered worthy of taking part in that [coming] age” are adopted by Paul - “That God’s judgment is right, and as a result” [of their faith, perseverance, persecutions and trials which they were enduring] “you will be counted worthy of the kingdom of God” (Luke 20: 35; cf. 2 Thess. 1: 5; 1 Thess. 2: 12, R.V.).

 

 

The Millennial Kingdom is the “eternal [i.e., ‘age-lasting’] glory” to which Christians will be established after they have suffered a while, with obedience to Christ emanating from the sufferings. (1 Pet. 5: 10).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

14

 

THE SERVANT WITH A SINGLE TALENT

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

Our Lord, in the great forecast of His return, immediately follows the parable of the Virgins with the parable of the Talents: that is, the command, ‘Watch!’ is immediately balanced and reinforced by the command, ‘Work!’ And He expresses it by a word - ‘talents’ for investment - which has entered into our language, to express our powers and faculties and opportunities; so that it does not mean with us a sum of money, but whatever God has given us that is usable for Him.* Time is a talent; intellectual power is a talent; moral depth is a talent; influence is a talent; opportunity is a talent. And, most surprisingly, our Lord concentrates on a single peril: - namely, the danger of the believer who, being sharply restricted in outlook and opportunity, is doing simply nothing at all: one who is a [regenerate] believer, and who acknowledges having been entrusted with his Lord’s goods; who is guilty of no gross sin whatever; whose life is thoroughly decent and respectable: yet one who incurs the startling sentence from Christ Himself - “Thou wicked and slothful servant”.** His emphasis reveals that He regards carelessness, indolence, sloth in the ordinary member in the pew as one of the greatest dangers in the Church of God.

 

* “The talents must represent, first and chiefly spiritual gifts, such as those first granted on the Day of Pentecost; but, secondarily, the talents must signify all the good gifts of God - health, time, intellectual powers, earthly riches, station. Influence.” (B. C. Caffin, M.A.).

 

** That a saved soul can be pronounced ‘wicked’ is proved by a word of Paul. “Put away from yourselves that wicked person:” why? “that his spirit may be SAVED in the day of the Lord Jesus” (1 Cor. 5: 5, 13 [cf. Num. 14: 24, R.V.]).

 

 

SERVANTS

 

 

It is critical to our Lord’s intent in the parable that we ascertain, with vision straight and pure, who are the servants.  The Lord could not make it clearer. “He called His OWN servants, and delivered unto them his goods” (Matt. 25: 14). Commentators, however they may shrink from the conclusion, state the fact freely and strongly.  So GRESWELL: “His [see Greek …], that is, His proper and peculiar servantsSTIER:- “The servants, whom he calls with the evangelical calling into His Kingdom and service, are thereby already presupposed to be His own servants, i.e., who have become His in faith  So the Pulpit Commentary:- “The parable relates primarily to the Apostles, to whom it was spoken; then to the Ministers of God’s Holy Word; and then to all [regenerate] Christians, for all belong to Christ, being bought with His blood, and all have work to do for Him. It is a figure of all Christians, members of Christ, doing Him service as their MasterALFORD:- “Like the parable of the Ten Virgins immediately preceding, this parable is concerned with Christians, and not the world at large  In the parallel Parable of the Pounds our Lord distinguishes sharply between the ‘servants’ and the ‘citizens’ who “would not that I should reign over them” (Luke 19: 27).

 

 

HIS OWN SERVANTS

 

 

But our Lord’s teaching is so grave, and so intensely unpopular, that it is well to establish the truth with additional proof. (1) No ‘servant’ of God or of Christ is known to the New Testament except the regenerate: even the Apostles are so described:- “Paul, a servant of Jesus Christ” (Rom. 1: 1); “Jude, a servant of Jesus Christ” (Jude 1.); “Peter, a servant of Jesus Christ” (2 Pet. 1: 1). It is plain, from their own language, that they were not servants before their conversion, and that only by their conversion were they made so.  Once ‘servants of sin’ (Rom. 6: 20), we are now ‘under law to Christ’ (1 Cor. 9: 21). (2) Our Lord, at His ascension, commits to them His ‘goods’ - the investment of all that He has of value in earth between the two Advents: it needs no argument to prove that to no unbeliever is any such trust ever committed: that is, all three are regenerate men. (3) If the first two servants are regenerate, and the third is not, the parable knows of no regenerate man who is ever unfaithful to his trust - a reductio ad absurdum contrary to both Scripture and fact; and so far from our Lord’s aim being attained, there is no warning to a child of God at all.  Again (4) if the third servant is a lost soul, and the ‘outer darkness’ is eternal destruction, then salvation by works is established; for his whole condemnation rests on his not having multiplied his talent, and on that alone. Finally (5) all three servants are judged together, on one spot and at one time, proving it to be the judgment Seat of Christ: unbelievers are not judged until the Great White Throne, a thousand years later.  This judgment is when “the lord of those servants cometh”.  Thus the facts of the case are patent: so far from there being an ‘empty professor’, a hypocrite, an unregenerate man among them, all three servants are entrusted with all that Christ values on earth between the two Advents - the third servant as really as the second or the first.

 

 

THE TALENTS

 

 

So now the principle of our Lord’s commission is revealed.  He commits to us all a work exactly proportioned to our ability, and so exactly fitted to our accomplishment.  “Unto one he gave five talents, to another two, to another one; to each according to his several ability No servant is without a talent; every servant has the opportunity to increase his Lord’s goods; no servant is pressed beyond his powers; each is to do the precise thing he is sent into the world [by his Lord] to do. “The endowment of a Christian is a summons to work for his Lord: Christ bestows on us His goods, not that they may be buried, wasted, appropriated to self, or imagined our own, but that we may faithfully trade with them” (Lange). “TRADE YE herewith till I come” (Luke 19: 13).  And we can obtain fulness of grace exactly fitting the work.  As Paul says “I laboured more abundantly than they all: yet not but the grace of God which was with me” (1 Cor. 15: 10).

 

 

THE RECKONING

 

 

Now it is in the very nature of a trust that a reckoning-day must come, when a report on how the trust has been exercised has to be rendered: our account must correspond to our receipts. “Now after a long time” - one of the rare hints of the two thousand years between the Advents - “the lord of those servants cometh, and maketh a reckoning with them”. Two of the servants advance with joy, each having doubled his trust; and both - quite irrespective of the amount handled - receive an identical praise. “Well done, good and faithful servant; thou hast been faithful over a few things, I will set thee over many things: enter thou into the joy of thy lord The identical sentence reveals that every servant will receive it who doubles his trust, even if the trust is only a single talent.  So of the redeemed dead we read - “And their works follow with them” (Rev. 14: 13): that is, their multiplied talents accompany them to the judgment Seat, and ennoble them. “From slaves the faithful servants become princes: they achieve the crown (2 Tim. 4: 8); the throne (Rev. 3: 21); the kingdom (Matt. 25: 34).” (J. A. Macdonald).*

 

* “The retributive inquiry answers in all respects to the Scriptural idea of the nature and proceedings of the final judgment of Christians”(Greswell).

 

 

THE THIRD SERVANT

 

 

It is extremely significant, and full of warning, that our Lord devotes the bulk of the parable to the third, the profitless, servant.  Conversion puts in our hands a commission from Christ; and to be saved, while yet we do no work for Him, is to bury the talent with which conversion entrusted us: it is still ours, and still within our reach, but utterly valueless.  Having dug in the earth, and hidden his lord’s money, this third servant concentrates on an attack on the doctrine of a Christian’s responsibility. He says:- “Lord” - he acknowledges Christ as his Lord - “I knew that thou art a hard man” - stern, strict, severe; exactly as this truth is regarded by tens of thousands of believers - “and I was afraid”.  I am perfectly willing to accept grace - that is, something for nothing, but I object to the whole principle of responsibility - that is, the Lord’s demand that we double all He entrusts to us. The retort is obvious. You understood the truth, but resented it: it would have been far wiser if, while resenting it, you had squared your life to it, for you knew it to be the truth. The severer you regarded your Lord and His words, the more scrupulous you should have been in squaring your life to what He said.  And the truth the servant deprecates proves true. While the faithful servants share the full blaze of the coming [millennial] Kingdom, the slothful servant, expelled into the outer darkness of the Parousia clouds, and gnashing his teeth over lost opportunities, loses the [promised, (Ps. 2: 8)] Kingdom. “To him that knoweth to do good, and doeth it not, to him it is SIN” (Jas 4: 17).

 

 

INCREASE

 

 

Our Lord now characteristically seizes the opportunity to enunciate a great principle summed up in a single phrase. “For unto every one that hath shall be given, and he shall have abundance; but from him that hath not” - he who buries his talent, instead of using it - “even that which he hath shall be taken away”. Christ wants not only His goods doubled, but His workers doubled - doubled in intensity, in efficiency, in influence.  As muscles expand and develop with use, as a young sapling grows stronger as it grows older until it becomes a monarch of the forest, so grace and gift invested in the opportunities of life never remain the same, but expand and grow; and the servant himself expands - he not only does more, but he does it better.  Moreover, he takes on the undone work of others. “Take ye away the talent, and give it unto him that hath the ten talents One golden fruit of diligent service is the enlargement of our own powers, and therefore the conferring of a still greater trust. Here is the whole principle of the Kingdom. The trained servant, grown competent through prolonged service and a discharged trust, is placed on a throne to administer the affairs of nations.

 

 

ONE TALENT

 

 

Therefore let us seize this truth, and be seized by it, that one talent can lead straight into the coming Kingdom. “If the readiness is there, it is acceptable according as a man hath, not according as he hath not” (2 Cor. 8: 12). “I am glad,” said Dr. Talmage, “that the chief work of the Church is being done by the men of one talent.” The widow, casting in two mites, gave more than all the wealthy. The one talent can always be multiplied into two - that is, a gain for Christ of a hundred per cent; it can produce a percentage equal to the highest. The scale on which we work may be vastly different; but the quality can all be of the first class whatever the scale; and there are men of mean capacities and poor endowments who will be greatest in the Kingdom of God. “Look to yourselves, that ye lose not the things that ye have wrought, but that ye receive A FULL REWARD” (2 John 8) - on doubled talents.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

15

 

OBEDIENCE TO THE WORD OF GOD

[Scripture reading: 1 Kings Chapter 13.]

 

 

 

Our Saviour has shown, in the servant entrusted with only one talent (Matt. 25: 15), how a child of God can wreck his discipleship by despising the apparent insignificance of his trust: the balancing truth - namely, how a servant endowed with the whole five talents can make an equally deadly shipwreck - is pictured in one of the most dramatic episodes of all history, stamped all over with miracle.  In the morning, a ‘Man of God’ calling down miracles from Heaven - a convulsed Altar, and a King’s hand withered as he stretched it out to arrest God’s ambassador: in the evening, a carcase on a lonely road with a lion standing motionless beside it. The King’s hand is withered and healed; the Man of God’s body is withered - and buried. The Westminster Larger Catechism states the principle:- “Some sins receive their aggravation from the persons offending; if they be of riper age, greater experience in grace, eminent for profession, gifts, place, office, and as such are guides to others, and whose example is likely to be followed by others

 

 

The Man of God here fills a tremendous drama. Unknown and unnamed, with no recorded birth, or education or family, living in the far background of Judah - as suddenly as lightning he appears at Bethel, then the centre of the apostasy of Israel; backed by nothing but the commission of Jehovah, and possessing nothing but the bare Word of God. But this he had in full. He came from Judah “by the word of Jehovah”; he cried against the Altar “in the word of Jehovah” he gave the sign for the Altar’s destruction “by the word of Jehovah”. Moreover, the drama which followed could not have been more wonderful. Confronted by the King of Israel, the King’s armed guard, the whole priesthood, and the vast crowds, alone, and denouncing judgment at the risk of his life, by a miracle from God he withers Jeroboam’s hand outstretched for his arrest; and then, when the King, moved not by repentance but by fear, begs his intercession with God, he crowns his mission by a miracle of healing from the heart of God’s love. It would be difficult to imagine any servant of God more dramatically entrusted with all five talents, and using them to the full.

 

 

But now we come to one of the searching details of life. One minor command had been given him by God, a command vital in an age of apostasy. “Eat no bread, nor drink water, nor turn again by the same way that thou camest.” All fellowship with idolatrous People of God, so long as the idolatry continues, has always been forbidden; and exactly identical is our command, in words as simple and as obvious. “If any man that is named a brother be a fornicator, or covetous, or an idolater” - all God’s people in Bethel were idolaters - “or a reviler or a drunkard or an extortioner, with such an one no not to eat” (1 Cor, 5: 11). And at first the Man of God - proving that he completely understands the command - gives it full obedience.  When invited to a banquet by the grateful King, he repeats the command he had received from God, and adds, - “Not if thou gavest me half of thy kingdom Observe Jehovah’s command to the Man of God, so characteristic of Scripture.  It is very simple in language; it is so clear that a child could not possibly mistake its meaning; and it is a command for which God gives no reasons: all He asks is simple, immediate, unquestioning obedience.

 

 

Now we reach a peril peculiarly dangerous to the most highly gifted servant of God, a peril that will beset us in the last days with ever-growing menace. Bethel was the seat and stronghold of the apostasy; yet, living there was an old prophet: a prophet so silent that God had to send a messenger from far-off Judah to speak for Heaven; one who is named a prophet by the Scriptures, and who himself imparts a prophecy from Jehovah: who, nevertheless, consciously or unconsciously, invites the Man of God to disobey his Lord; and when the Man of God refuses, says, - “I also am a prophet as thou art; and an angel spake unto me by the word of the Lord, saying, - Bring him back with thee into thine house that he may eat bread and drink water. But he lied unto him  The command had come from the mouth of the Lord; the seduction comes from the mouth of the Old Prophet; and a man claiming the supernatural can be the most plausible and dangerous of all tempters.

 

 

Now therefore we reach the crisis. We see the Man of God’s face weakening: “so he went back” - a backslider - “with him, and did eat bread and drank water The physical desire at last outweighs his fidelity to his Master.  This is borne out all down the ages.  Constant experience proves that in pressing Scripture, as plain and simple as the Man of God’s, tragically often we are not arguing with the intellect at all, but with desires, prejudices, dislikes against which arguments are powerless; and any believer, who wishes to do so, can always find abundant reasons for disobedience.  As the two men sit at meat, the Old Prophet, under a sudden seizure from God, sees through the disobedience, and addresses the man before him as a corpse. “Forasmuch as thou hast been disobedient unto the mouth of the Lord, thy carcase shall not come unto the sepulchre of thy fathers.” If it had been an angel that spoke to the Old Prophet, Paul’s word abides for ever:- “Though we [even the apostles], or an angel from heaven, should preach unto you any other gospel, LET HIM BE ANATHEMA” (Gal. 1: 8).  It is a priceless truth.  We must suffer neither our own reasoning or doubts, nor the subtleties or authority or ridicule or denial of others, no, nor the claim of supernatural authority from God, to challenge for a moment our belief in, and obedience to, all revealed truth.  Judgment can fall even in the act of disobedience. While he was eating, the sentence fell.

 

 

Now we reach the dread climax. “A lion met him by the way” - found him, after search, as the word means and is used elsewhere (1 Kings 13: 14, 28) - “and slew him” - crushed him: the word is very expressive, for the lion kills with one blow (Themies). The sanctity of his profession, the dignity of his office, the splendour of his past service - none of these saved him from the just anger of God: the lions guarded faithful Daniel in his prison; this lion carries out the sentence of [divine] judgment.  And the whole scene is so set that the crowds that had seen the Man of God’s magnificent miracles see this one also: “his carcase cast in the way, and the ass and the lion standing by the carcase; the lion had not eaten the carcase, nor torn the ass”. It was a studied drama, set by the hand of God.  The ass did not fly from the face of the lion, nor did the lion molest the ass: both stood, as God’s sentinels, proved so by their completely non-natural attitude. The Man of God was given over to the lion for the destruction of the flesh, that his spirit might be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus.

 

 

So now the overwhelming lesson of the narrative seeks to write itself on all our hearts. The higher a man stands, the deeper is his fall, and to whom much is given, of him much will be required. It is a far deeper problem than that the Man of God simply failed in obedience.  A man called to the highest possible mission - to represent Jehovah to an apostate people of God; having nothing and knowing nothing except the direct words of Deity with which he was entrusted; endowed with miracles before all Israel:- what is the consequence of such a man’s fall? He had been sent to denounce disobedience before a whole nation, and before a whole nation he disobeys the word he himself brought.

 

 

Marvellous is the over-ruling power of God.  For the validity and integrity of his mission; for the honour and holiness of the God whose delegate he was; for the impartiality of a just Deity with whom is no respect of persons; and, most convincingly of all, for the very fulfilment of his mission:- the lion struck.  All Israel saw instantly, not the Prophet, but his God, and that his mission to denounce idolatry had been from heaven. As one has said:- “So many wondrous events all concurring in one result caused the prophecy against the Altar at Bethel to be preserved in the mouths and memories of all, and the mission of this Prophet to become far more illustrious.” It was the last of the warnings sent to Jeroboam before he and his house were abandoned to destruction.

 

 

So therefore we see the golden summary. As the spirit of disobedience is the root of all practical iniquity, so instant, utter, minute, and constant obedience to the Word of God is our sole holiness, and our sole safety. There are greater commands, and there are lesser; but there is but one thing to do with them all - and that is to obey. The terrible mistake that countless millions are making, with large sections of the Church of Christ amongst them, is that God has changed, and that we are dealing with a new and different God in the New Testament, and to-day: whereas the truth is - “I the Lord change not”; He is “the same yesterday, to-day, and for ever”. “The Lord is a jealous God and avengeth; the Lord avengeth and is full of wrath; the Lord taketh vengeance on his adversaries, and he reserveth wrath for his enemies” (Nahum 1: 2).  No warnings in the whole Bible, warnings both to the believer and to the unbeliever, are so black as our Lord’s.

 

 

Nevertheless, there remains the call of infinite love.  A Roman girl, of high birth and finished culture, once said:- “No one shall win my hand unless he gives me proof that he would die for me  Years passed away, and one day passing through the streets of Rome, she heard an outcast Christian speaking. Listening with amazement, she exclaimed:- “Why, here is One who has died for me; to Him alone shall my heart’s love be devoted for ever

 

 

-------

 

 

CALEB

 

 

1. His Counsel. - “Let us go up at once and possess it Num. 13: 30: cp. Heb. 6: 1., 12: 1.

 

 

2. His Confidence.- “We are well able to overcome Ch. 13: 30: cp. Luke 10: 19; Rom. 8: 37; Phil. 4: 13, etc.

 

 

3. His Caution. - “Only rebel not against the Lord Ch. 14: 9.

 

 

4. His Courage. - “Fear them not.” “They are bread for us; their defence is departed from them Ch. 14: 9: cp. Deut. 33: 27.

 

 

5. His Comfort. - “The Lord is with us Ch. 14: 9: cp. Exo. 33: 8; Judges 6: 16; 2 Chron. 20: 17, 32: 8; Isa. 41: 10; Matt. 28: 20.

 

 

6. His Consecration. - “He … followed ... fully Ch. 14: 24: cp. “wholly”, Joshua 14: 8, 9; cp. Psa. 23: 6; Phil. 3: 12, 13, 14.

 

 

7. His Conquest. - “And Caleb drove thence the three sons of Anak Joshua 15: 14: cp. Heb. 11: 33; 1 John 4: 4, 5: 4; Rev. 12: 11.

 

 

Others saw the Giants, Caleb saw the Lord;

They were sore dishearten’d, he believed God's Word:

If we are half-hearted, we shall lose God’s best;

They who follow wholly are the wholly blest.

 

 

-------

 

 

THE KINGDOM

 

 

The “prize” is not heaven, which is ours by the gift of God, but it is the reward granted to exceptional holiness and earnestness of life.  We must distinguish between grace that gives the title to heaven, and the reward of grace according to our works as believers. The fact that we reach heaven will be of grace, but our place in heaven will be proportionate to our faithful use of the grace given. It is possible to be content with a low standard of Christian living without growing in grace and holiness. The soul may be saved though the life be lost. Consequently, the Epistles are full of earnest exhortations and appeals to Christians to press forward to the highest possible attainments in holiness and good work. Notice the various “crowns” - “Crown of Righteousness,” “Crown of Life”, “Crown of Joy”, all implying the rewards of faithfulness. It was to this that the Apostle undoubtedly referred in the passage before us. - GRIFFITH THOMAS, D.D.

 

 

-------

 

 

THE KINGDOM

 

 

If we distort the truth, or mix it with what is false, the truth becomes - really and rightly - incredible: so when the literal Second Advent, with all its attendant prophecies, is denied by vast sections of the Christian Church, the consequent doctrine - a Gospel which is to capture the whole world for God - becomes, in face of the facts, as incredible as it is false.  It was the challenge of Bradlaugh, the great infidel of the nineteenth century:- “God, a God of truth? Why, He promised Abraham in the most solemn wirds, He repented His promise, and He has not kept His word.  This Bible which reveals the attributes of Almighty God, tells us that God condescended to swear to a puny man that He would establish his kingdom forever, and that his seed should be as numerous as the sand upon the seashore. That promise was reiterated and sworn to by God, and I ask, where is that kingdom now? Here? Do not tell me that it is meant figuratively; do not tell me that it is not literal. God swore it.” By mere increase of population the world is growing more heathen by 6,000,000 a year; and in the words of an Anglican Bishop:- “The earth in this present era is seething with disorder. There are countries where truth is scorned, freedom destroyed, and international righteousness mocked

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

16

 

SEVEN DIVINE STATEMENTS

 

 

SEVEN DIRECT UTTERANCES OF GOD CONCERNING ISRAEL, EACH CONFIRMED BY

AN ASSURANCE FROM THE FACTS OF HISTORY OR THE FORCES OF NATURE

 

 

By SAMUEL H. WILKINSON

 

 

First Statement: God’s attitude towards Israel is one of changeless benevolence.

 

 

Assurance: The immobility of the mountains.

 

 

“For the mountains shall depart, and the hills be removed but my kindness shall not depart from thee, neither shall the covenant of my peace be removed, saith the Lord, that hath mercy upon thee - Isaiah 54: 10.

 

 

Second Statement: God’s chastisement of Israel, though prolonged and severe, is but temporary.

 

 

Assurance: The guaranteed immunity from a second flood.

 

 

“For this is as the waters of Noah unto me: for as I have sworn that the waters of Noah should no more go over the earth, so have I sworn that I would not be wroth with thee, nor rebuke thee - Isaiah 54: 9.

 

 

NOTE. - That this statement does not mean that God is never wroth with Israel, but that His wrath is of a temporary character is proved by the context: “For a small moment have I forsaken thee; but with great mercies will I gather thee.  In a little wrath I hid my face from thee for a moment, but with everlasting kindness will I have mercy on thee, saith the Lord thy Redeemer

 

 

Third Statement: God will never cast off the people Israel.

 

 

Assurance: The immeasurability of the heavens above and the impenetrability of the earth beneath.

 

 

“Thus saith Jehovah: If heaven above can be measured, and the foundations of the earth searched out beneath, I will also cast off all the seed of Israel for all that they have done, saith the Lord- Jeremiah 31: 37.

 

 

Fourth Statement: God preserves the national existence of the people of Israel.

 

 

Assurance: The regularity of planetary motion and the stilling of the sea.

 

 

“Thus saith Jehovah, which giveth the sun for a light by day, and the ordinances of the moon, and of the stars for a light by night, which divideth the sea when the waves thereof roar; the Lord of hosts is His Name; if those ordinances depart from before me, saith the Lord, then the seed of Israel also shall cease from being a nation before me for ever.” - Jeremiah 31: 35, 36.

 

 

Fifth Statement: The promises of the future restoration and salvation of Israel will be literally fulfilled.

 

 

Assurance: The historical literality of their age-long suffering.

 

 

“And it shall come to pass, that like as I have watched over them, to pluck up, and to break down, and to throw down, and to destroy, and to afflict, so will I watch over them to build, and to plant, saith the Lord.” - Jeremiah 31: 28.

 

 

“For thus saith the Lord, Like as I have brought all this great evil upon this people, so will I bring upon them all the good that I have promised them - Jeremiah 32: 42.

 

 

Sixth Statement: The covenant by which God has guaranteed the perpetual rule of David’s seed on David’s literal throne is irrefragable.

 

 

Assurance: The fixity of the earth’s diurnal motion.

 

 

“Thus saith the Lord: if ye can break My covenant of the day and My covenant of the night, and that there should not be day and night in their season; then may also My covenant be broken with David My servant that he should not have a son to reign upon his throne ... thus saith the Lord, if My covenant be not with day and night, and if I have not appointed the ordinances of heaven and earth; then will I cast away the seed of Jacob and David My servant, so that I will not take any of his seed to be rulers over the seed of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob: for I will cause their captivity to return and will have mercy upon them - Jeremiah 33: 20, 21, 25, 26.

 

 

Seventh Statement: God will increase and dignify the descendants of David and the tribe of Levi.

 

 

Assurance: The innumerability of the stars and sand.

 

 

NOTE. - The innumerability of the stars and sand in reference to the increase of David’s house is not, I think, so much an illustration of degree as an assurance of certainty.

 

 

“As the host of heaven cannot be numbered, neither the sand of the sea measured: so will I multiply the seed of David My servant and the Levites that minister unto Me.” - Jeremiah 33: 22.

 

 

In these seven great Divine utterances it will be noticed that God speaks in each case in the first person singular, and in direct terms, without any symbolism or obscurity; and it is passing strange that in the presence of such statements, many of God’s [regenerate] children still spiritualize the promises to Israel and apply them to the Christian Church; confuse the Christian Church and the coming Kingdom; and treat the whole Jewish question as if it were a fad instead of a truth of fundamental importance. - Trusting and Toiling.

 

 

-------

 

 

AFFLICTION AND [MILLENNIAL]* GLORY

 

 

[*See Titus 2: 13; 2 Timothy 2: 10-12. cf. Hebrews 11: 35b; Revelation 2: 9, 10, A.V. & R.V.]

 

 

“Affliction worketh glory:” “our light affliction worketh an exceeding weight of glory;” - “our affliction, which is but for a moment, worketh an eternal weight of glory  Every word is a marked and beautiful antithesis. Strange to say, the Apostle describes the glory by an old earthly metaphor, nay, by the very metaphor he used to apply to his afflictions; he calls it a weight. We speak of a weight of care, a weight of sorrow, a weight of anxiety: but a weight of glory! surely that is a startling symbol. We do not think of a man as being crushed, overwhelmed, weighed down by glory. We should have thought that the old metaphor of care would have been repulsive, that it would have been cast off like a worn-out garment and remembered no more for ever. Nay, but the old garment is not worn out when the glory comes, it is only transfigured; that which made thy weight of care is that which makes thy weight of glory. Thou needest not a new object but a new light - to see by day what thou hast only seen in darkness. Thou who art weighted with some heavy burden, pause ere thou askest its removal; thy weight of present care may be thy weight of future glory - may be, nay, must be when light shall dawn. - GEORGE MATHESON, D.D.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

17

 

 

THE RITUAL FOR SIN AFTER CONVERSION

 

 

1

 

 

“He that is bathed needeth not save to wash his feet” (John 13:10).  Baptism is the first and total bathing to which the Saviour refers: it answers to the total uncleanness of man by nature.  It exhibits in a figure the great and general forgiveness of past sin which is granted by the Father to all that believe in Jesus.  As though the Saviour said:- The past is blotted out and forgiven freely. But you have offended since that day; and fresh sin has stained your conscience. You need then a second and supplementary washing, that you may be wholly clean. Such is the washing of your feet. The first washing was total; for sin entirely possessed you by nature. This second washing is partial, as your sins now are occasional. You sinned willingly before, with head and hand. You sin involuntarily now, as the bather coming up from the bath unwillingly gathers on his feet the dust and dirt that defile them. “That which I do I allow not; for what I would that do I not; but what I hate, that do I.” “Now then it is no more I that do it, but sin that dwelleth in me.” “The good that I would I do not, but the evil which I would not, that I do” (Rom. 7: 15, 17, 19).

 

 

Thus, while the total defilement of man as a sinner is set forth in the total immersion of the believer once for all; the partial and unwilling uncleanness of the saint is set forth in the second and succeeding washing.  It is intended to teach that daily sin demands a daily cleansing, even after our old sins are purged and put away. The intercession of Jesus to this end, and His ceaseless washing are continually needed.*- ROBERT GOVETT.

 

* It is sometimes said, with careless boldness, that it was a customary thing for the master to wash the guests’ feet, in eastern countries. Not one instance of it can be found in Scripture. The following are all the passages in which the thing is spoken of. Abraham and Lot bid their guests wash their own feet: Genesis 28: 4, 19: 2. Laban as host gives water that Abraham’s servant may wash his own feet: Genesis 24: 32. And Jesus in the Pharisee’s house complains only, “Thou gavest me no water for my feet” - showing what the custom was : Luke 7: 38, 44. See also Genesis 43: 24; Judges 29: 21; 2 Samuel 19: 24; Cant. v. 3; 1 Samuel 25: 41, (a proposal of extreme humility), and Exodus 30: 19, 21; 40: 31.

 

 

2

 

 

Our Lord, having finished washing their feet, resumes his garments, sits down again, and now addresses the disciples:- “Know ye what I have done to you? Ye call me Teacher, and Lord: and ye say well; for so I am. If I then, the Lord and the Teacher, have washed your feet, YE ALSO OUGHT TO WASH ONE ANOTHER’S FEET. For I have given you AN EXAMPLE THAT YE ALSO SHOULD DO AS I HAVE DONE TO YOU. ... If ye know these things, blessed are ye if ye do them.”

 

 

How we can do them, without doing them, it is very difficult to say. He has just asked His disciples to do for one another now, that which He did for His disciples then. For two centuries Satan failed to succeed in leading away the disciples from this ordinance. Nineteen hundred years have rolled round since the night of the supper. The cycle of time to be completed by the Second Advent will soon enable those who now “wash one another’s feet” for Jesus’ sake, to link up the circle of the past intervening years with those Christians of the first centuries, and to stand with them on the same ground to share in the “part with” Christ.

 

 

It is beautiful to see also in this instance the Old Testament returning its borrowed light to the Scriptures of the New. In his delineation of the ceremonies in connection with the consecration of the Priests, the Holy Ghost wrote by the hand of Moses those commands which the God of Israel gave to Israel’s Leader when alone with Him on Mount Sinai. The orders were to the effect that at their consecration the priests were to be - not “washed”, as incorrectly translated - but bathed, all over, and once for all. Ex. 29: 4. This ceremony was to take place at the door of the Tent of Meeting, that is, in full view of the people, publicly. But after having been inducted into the priesthood, then in every subsequent act of service and ministry in the tent of meeting, or at the altar, the priests were previously to wash their hands and feet only, at the Laver which stood within the court of the tabernacle, “that they die not”. Ex. 30: 17-21. This was to be a statute for ever, throughout their generations. - CHAS. S. UTTING.

 

 

3

 

 

So important is the after-cleansing of the believer that our Lord has enshrined the truth for ever in the loveliest of rites. “He that is bathed He says (John 13: 10), “needeth not save to wash his feet, but [if he do both] is clean every whitA bather, totally immersed, is completely cleansed; but, coming up from river or seashore, his feet get soiled afresh: so, after our total plunge, our complete immersion, in the pardon of God, our perfect cleansing in the blood of Christ, we contract inevitable defilement in our contact with earth, and need the washing of the walk. No apostle was omitted as perfect in walk. “Our works may be compared to the soul’s feet: the Church will never be so clean that it will have no need of foot-washing” - (Spurgeon).  Coming up from the great pardon at conversion, and coming up ritually out of the baptismal flood, we come up fully bathed, spotlessly clean; for “ye were washed” (1 Cor. 6: 2): but now, over even apostles’ feet, our High Priest has to stoop in tender ablution and absolution of post-baptismal sin. “Justification must be followed by sanctification” (Lange). So baptism is the first portrayal by ritual; “arise, and be baptized, and wash away thy sins” (Acts 22: 16): our Lord now institutes a supplementary rite to portray the covering of post-conversion sin; “I have washed your feet.”

 

 

While extra-Biblical tradition is no basis whatever for our faith or conduct, evidence that the acceptance of our Lord’s words as indicating a rite is not an individual idiosyncrasy may justly be offered, on behalf of an interpretation which, through ignorance of church history, may seem new-fangled and peculiar. The Greek church has preserved it, together with immersion in baptism, from the apostolic age. Of the four so-called ‘doctors of the Church’ two - Ambrose and Augustine - taught and practised it, and in the sub-apostolic age “the ceremony (says Bingham’s Christian Antiquities) was used by some churches, but rejected by others.” As late as the fifth century Augustine says:- “Brethren perform this action one for another.  Among some saints the custom exists not, but they do it in heart; but much better and more exact is it, beyond controversy, that it be done by the hand.” Bernard, called ‘the last of the Fathers’ is equally explicit:- “That we may not doubt concerning the remission of daily sins, we have its sacrament - the Washing of Feet.” The Council of Toledo (A.D. 694) fixed an annual date when the feet of the newly baptized were washed. Luther was not averse to it. Nor are the Moravians the only modern group to observe the rite. One of the giant intellects of modern days, foremost in the ranks of science - Faraday - was (with many an obscure disciple through many ages and in many lands) a humble follower of this ritual of ablution. “Many humble Christian societies have adopted this view, and still we find that some devout people are earnest for it” (C. Stanford, D.D.).

 

 

Peter’s impetuous blunders are used by the Spirit to set all in a radiant light. He says: “Lord, dost thou wash my feet He does not see the cross in the basin, nor the blood in the water. “Thou shalt never wash my feet Our Lord’s answer startlingly reveals our need of the pardon of all sin, whether before conversion or after. “If I wash thee not” - if pardon does not touch you at all - “thou hast no part with Me”: without the great ablution, there is no life eternal; and without the partial ablution, there is no reward at the Judgment Seat: justification and sanctification are both essential for a full participation with Christ.  Christ does not say that, once washed, no kind of washing can be needed again; nor does He say that, once soiled, no fresh washing is possible. Peter, still misunderstanding, now passes to the opposite extreme:- “Lord, not my feet only, but also my hands and my head* “Peter was thoughtlessly demanding the repetition of his baptism” (Godet). Jesus again corrects the error. “He that is bathed needeth not save to wash his feet “The foot needeth to be washed; but the totality of the cleanness is not lost” (B. W. Newton). The first cleansing is total and final, involving our whole nature, and, up to that moment, a perfect bath, unrepeated and unrepeatable justification is for ever; it is one baptism (Eph. 4: 5) but for sanctification, continual and progressive, a partial cleansing is required for partial sin. - D. M. PANTON.

 

* Thus a believer’s cleansing depends wholly on his own consent to Christ’s action. This negatives B. W. Newton:- “When they [all believers] enter their Father's presence, each foot will have been perfectly washed.” Numerous scriptures (such as Matt. 18: 35, Luke 12: 47, 2 Cor. 5: 10, Col. 3: 24-25, 1 John 2: 28, Rev. 3: 3, 16, etc.) make sure the shame of some disciples after the resurrection, when a sharper chastisement will bring a belated repentance, and a cleansing that will be final. Of one sin our Lord says:- “It shall not be forgiven him, neither in this age, nor in that which is to come” (Matt. 12: 32): from which it may justly be inferred that certain other sins (obviously of believers only) will require and receive a future forgiveness in the Age that succeeds to this.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

18

 

CHURCH DISCIPLINE BY THE

HOLY GHOST

 

 

 

Problems many and grave were solved once for all on the threshold of the Church of God.  For no sooner is there a Paradise than there is once again a Flaming Sword. “It is,” says Dr. Oswald Dykes, “to mark the sanctity of that enclosure, which is now for the first time called the Church, that this narrative of judgment is set thus in the forefront of its history. On the earliest appearance of open sin within the Church follows the earliest infliction of Church discipline; and because it is the earliest, it is taken out of the hands of servants, to be administered with appalling severity by the hand of the Master.” Its solemnity could hardly be more solemn. Within a stone’s throw of Pentecost is an outbreak of daring sill in the Church: the sin is met by immediate judgment from the Holy Ghost: an excommunication on the spot is accompanied by instant death: the first curse of the Church, prophetic of a constant curse, is undevoted wealth: the first believers who die after Pentecost are publicly executed by God for the love of money.  It is an outburst of Shekinah Glory in the Spiritual Temple, more awful than any recorded in the Temple of old, of almost intolerable brightness; and nothing is more sorrowful down the Christian centuries than the dangerous unbelief with which the Church has too often met the lesson the Holy Spirit sought to teach her in her dawn.

 

 

For Ananias and Sapphira, as among the souls “added to the Church because “saved and added not by man, but by “the Lord” (Acts 2: 47), had a conversion that is unchallengeable.  That the Apostles (like ourselves) had no jurisdiction over unbelievers, the punishment of whose sins must be left solely to God - “for what have I to do with judging them that are without? do ye not judge them that are within (1 Cor. 5: 12) - further establishes their regeneration; and explains why, where all Elymas gets a transient blindness and a Simon Magus goes unscathed, an Ananias - for covetousness, one of the excommunicating sins: for it was covetousness that prompted his lie - gets instantaneous “destruction of the flesh” (1 Cor. 5: 5). The penalty wielded by the Holy Ghost is the penalty commanded for this very sin occurring inside the Church. Never once does the Apostle raise the question of their salvation, or cast a shadow of doubt on their standing in Christ. “Ananias was a member of the Christian Church; he had, in all probability, with the rest received the Holy Ghost; and hence he was in the enjoyment of greater privileges, and under heavier responsibilities, than either Simon or Elymas” (P. J. Gloag, D.D.). Nor was his sin a foundation sin at all. “Ananias, with Sapphira his wife, sold a possession, and kept back part of the price” (Acts 5: 1). In a great flood-tide of revival, when everyone naturally wishes to appear on the crest of the wave, there is an inevitable temptation to a profession of devotion more apparent than real: so Ananias merely keeps back a part of the sum which he said was the whole. The poor of the Church, gazing at the gift laid before, the Apostles, would marvel at his munificence, and would regard the donors as trophies of grace, and splendid proofs of the Holy Spirit can do in human character and life.

 

 

Now the Apostle, gifted with the ‘discerning of spirits,’ at once unveils the Church as the stage of a constant drama of the other world: his questions rip open the supernatural struggle going on in every assembly of believers. “Ananias, why hath Satan”- no sooner is the Paradise of the Church created, than the Serpent is found in it - “filled thy heart” - filled it, that is, not with himself, but with an evil conspiracy - “to lie to the Holy Ghost Two great protagonists stand out on the floor of the Church, one descended from Heaven, one risen from Hell - the Holy Ghost and Satan; and Satan, inside the Church, can lure a [regenerate] believer to his death. The Apostle puts a parallel question to Sapphira:- “How is it that ye have agreed together to lie to the Spirit of the Lord?” - how dared you experiment, to see whether the Spirit knows all things, and so your secret? or whether He would care? or whether He would act? How ghastly the blunder events quickly proved. The Spirit knew the market price; He knew the exact sum retained; He had far more wonderfully overheard Satan whispering at the door of the man’s heart; He was present at the family conclave; He so cared that He did what Christ never did in the whole of His ministry on earth; and He acts without a moment’s warning.

 

 

Peter’s remonstrance is exceedingly illuminating. “While it remained, did it not remain thine own? and after it was sold, was it not in thy power - that is to say, both the estate itself, and the proceeds of the sale, were exclusively Ananias’s: the Lord’s word to sell all, and give to the poor (Luke 12: 33), is a counsel of perfection, not a requirement of obligation: therefore Ananias was a perfectly free agent, and so a perfectly responsible agent. And even after the estate had been sold, with the object of giving all, God still allows a change of mind; “after it was sold, was it not in thy power?” for any part of our property may be retained, until faith is strong enough to give up all; or it may be kept, without penal consequences. There was no physical necessity, no church necessity, no moral necessity, no necessity whatever - only the exquisite efflorescence of Christian love, or the wise investment of earthly funds in heavenly stock - why Ananias should part with anything at all.

 

 

Now instantly falls the Divine excommunication. “And Ananias hearing these words” - God’s mere statement of a sin can be a death-warrant - “fell down and gave up the ghost “It was well that men should be taught once for all, by sudden death treading swiftly on the heels of detected sin, that the Gospel, which discovers God’s boundless mercy, has not wiped out the sterner attributes of the judge” (Oswald Dykes, D.D.). The reason why this first and sharpest of all Church discipline for two thousand years has never again been so dramatically repeated is most significant.  If there were no such case of instant and condign punishment among

the saved, we must have concluded that, for [regenerate] believers, God’s justice is shackled and sheathed; on the other hand, if every such sin met with instant judgment, we must have concluded that this is no dispensation of grace, nor ours a mercy-seat: there is one, as a sample of judgment coming; but only one, for the Mercy Seat defers infliction, almost invariably, to a future Judgment Seat. God sometimes slays now, lest we doubt His justice: He often defers judgment, lest we doubt His patience. “Divine judgment knows no respect of persons, but calls believers as well as unbelievers before its bar; yea, it steps even more quickly among the former, as the servants who know the Lord’s will: judgment must begin at the house of God” (Lange). The perplexing rarity, yet coupled with the astounding fact, is expounded in one pregnant word of Paul. “Some men’s sins are evident” - are instantly exposed - “going before unto judgment” - provoking judgment at once; “and some men also” - cloaked hypocrisies to the last - “they follow after into the other world, and into the Age beyond (1 Tim. 5: 24). The Spirit, who never slew an enemy for the life of the Church, slays two of her own children for her purity. It is immoral and impossible that Ananias should be struck dead, and all other Ananiases of the Church die in their beds, for ever unjudged. “It is only a demonstration of the invisible judgment, which, without any such open manifestation, rests upon every previous or subsequent Ananias” (Stier).

 

 

So vital is this truth for the whole Church that the Spirit doubles the witness, as well as records its history. “Behold the feet of them which have buried thy husband shall carry thee out The second death, following so sharply and so exactly in the track of the first, like a swiftly doubled peal of thunder, must have caused tenfold terror. So high were the privileges of Ananias and Sapphira, so magnificent their opportunities in the heart of the miracle-gifted Church of the Apostles, that they are given no warning; no time for reflection; no call to repentance; no pardon: in a moment Peter has used the Keys, and locked the Kingdom - “whose soever sins ye retain, they are retained” (John 20: 23): “be not deceived; neither thieves, nor covetous, nor extortioners shall inherit the kingdom of God” (1 Cor. 6: 10).

 

 

Thus the doctrine that the believer’s person is immune from the judgment of God, and that the judgment Seat takes cognizance of his works only, is here proved untrue; and the assumption, not rarely made, at least subconsciously, that the backslider is necessarily restored before death the case of Ananias also proves to be false.* How profound the awe of this initial lesson on the threshold of the Church” “ ‘Great fear came upon all them that heard these things’: noteworthy words, which clearly show that the possibility that any one of them might become an Ananias was present to the minds of all the disciples, full of grace as they were”(Stier). It is overwhelmingly solemn that modern exponents of privilege seem to have passed into almost total blindness on responsibility. An ambitious mountain climber, thrilled with excitement, stood erect at last upon an Alpine peak in an ecstasy of enjoyment, when his guide shouted,- “On your knees, Sir! You are not safe here except on your knees!”

 

* Nevertheless the death-penalty, either here (1 Cor. 11: 30) or hereafter (Matt. 24: 51), cannot alter the believer’s standing, nor forfeit his eternal life. Peter utters no warning to Ananias of eternal [i.e., Gk. ‘aionios’] death, nor perdition: nay, on the contrary, excommunication, whether enforced by the Spirit or the Church is a “destruction of the flesh, that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus”  (1 Cor. 5: 5 [cf. Num. 14: 24, R.V.]).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

19

 

RAPTURE A REWARD

 

 

By REGINALD T. NAISH

 

 

 

IT was not the “conclusions of men” that led me to the view I now hold, but a very careful study of the Word. I did not know of the view held by the saints I quoted till after I had come to the same opinion. I have since quoted their opinion, thinking it might help first to disarm the prejudice with which many approach this subject if they knew that many of God’s choicest saints had come to the same conclusion. It is, therefore, not my “pet theory,” but a view that has been held by thousands of the Lord’s true children for many years.

 

 

I may be asked whether there will be “divisional” resurrections of those believers now in their graves, and if so, “in which portions of the Word are they indicated?” Well, first, our Lord has admittedly risen from the dead, and He is called “the first fruit of them that slept May there not be a first fruit of them that are alive and remain? Then does not Matt. 27: 52, 53 indicate that there has already been a “divisional” resurrection of believers sleeping in Christ? “Many bodies of the saints which slept, arose It adds that they “appeared unto manynot to everybody, because, like our Lord, their glorified bodies were unsuited to ordinary life on earth.

 

 

A second question is regarding the words - “Wherefore comfort one another with these words” in 1 Thess. 4: 18. You ask, who are to be comforted? The context makes it clear that the comfort is for those who may have dear ones who have fallen asleep in Christ. Some Thessalonian believers thought that these sleeping saints would miss the joy of Christ’s millennial reign. The Holy Spirit wrote through Paul the preceding message, to dispel this sad thought. The words are not words to comfort living backsliders in the belief that they would, in any case, escape death by translation.

 

 

In speaking of 1 Cor. 15: 51, “we shall all be changed, in a moment we are taken to task because we “will not accept the plain declaration of the inspired Book at face value.” But must we not compare Scripture with Scripture? You would not take at its “face value” the words of our Lord in Luke 14: 26,- “If any man come to Me, and hate not his father and mother and wife and children ... he cannot be My disciple Clearly comparing Scripture with Scripture our Lord did not teach that Christian husbands should hate their wives! I merely try to show what I think the context reveals, that the words “in a moment” refer to the instantaneousness of the “change” when it comes to a believer, and is not dealing with the point we are discussing as to who are rapt.

 

 

Again, it is said:- “The Rapture does not depend on works, but it is all of grace. It is the rewards that depend on worksBut may not the Rapture be one of the rewards? If it be part and parcel of our salvation, and included in the gift of eternal life, to escape death and be translated without dying, why have so many believers

been robbed of this portion of their salvation? Does not Paul speak of it as a reward when he says, “If by any means I might attain unto the out-resurrection from among the dead,” and when he adds, “I press toward the mark for the prize of the on-high calling”?

 

 

It is said that “the idea that the Rapture depends on works leads those who hold it unto self-righteousness.” If that be so, and rewards, as he says, do “depend on works,” then are not all those who work for rewards guilty of self-righteousness? All rewards are fundamentally of grace, for they will be given to those believers who, seeing the futility of working out their own holiness, let the mighty Holy Spirit of grace come in to fill their surrendered being, and make the Lord Jesus a living, bright, joyous Reality in their hearts.

 

 

Let us then lovingly go forward, fighting shoulder to shoulder in the good fight of faith, and believing that as we near the Heavenly City we shall see “eye to eye” on many things on which we now cannot quite agree “endeavouring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace - The Christian Courier.

 

 

-------

 

 

CALLED, CHOSEN, FAITHFUL

 

 

IN the Apocalypse there bursts on us the first vision we get of any of the saved after the judgment Seat is over, as they descend with the Lord on to the surface of the earth.

 

 

“And they that are with him are called and chosen and faithful Rev. 19: 14.

 

 

Unless we are prepared to say that all the saved of all ages, without a solitary exception, are “faithful” servants of God - a monstrous untruth of which no living Christian would be guilty- we must acknowledge that all the saved are not here, for these are carefully defined as found “faithful.” A faithful man is one who has fulfilled his responsibilities, consistently discharged his trust, and remained constant throughout his service to his leader. “Not all the saved compose the army; it is an election from the elect of all dispensations. They are ‘called,’ designated by name; ‘chosen,’ out of many others; ‘faithful,’ as manifested by their life now past” (Govett).

 

 

-------

 

 

BE THOU FAITHFUL UNTO DEATH

 

 

WELL did the Master say “a man’s foes shall be they of his own household  If the warfare we had to wage were only with the undisguisedly wicked, we could enter upon it without misgivings; but the sharpest pains we suffer, the deepest wounds we bear, are seldom those inflicted by the open enemies of our Lord and Saviour. It is those we respect, honour, and love whose thrusts are most deadly and whom in return we are at times compelled to hurt by doing what we feel to be right. To a sensitive spirit it is a fearful thing to encounter the coldness, the aloofness, or the outspoken censure of the circle in which we move, and the temptation is great to win its approval when we can. No true Christian can go right through life without sooner or later, on a small scale or a great, finding himself misunderstood and opposed by fellow-Christians, some of whom may be personally dear to him. Faithfulness to one’s vision is sure to involve a trial of this kind, and it is no light one. Sweet friendships are often sundered thereby, tender affections wounded to the quick; it is a heart-piercing thing to see a beloved face turned from you, to perceive cordial trust alienated at the very moment when you are in greatest need of it; it is hard to keep silence on the subject that is first in your thoughts, because it happens to be just the one subject that has divided you from your circle or your closest friend. Seldom are such breaches thoroughly healed in this world. Be vigilant therefore lest you be seduced to betray your soul or be less than true to what the Spirit of all truth requires of you. Neither by silence nor by speech seek to win commendation by seeming to agree where you do not agree or to admire what you conscientiously feel to be wrong. The temptation may be sore to win an advantage by concealing your true convictions when the temper of your company is hostile to them, but to yield to it is to be guilty of the sin of quenching the Spirit, which none can do without harming others as well as himself.

 

 

To speak the truth in love is often hard, but grace is afforded to him who makes the effort in faith and humility. It is hard to blame when you long to praise, to point out a shortcoming or wound a proud man’s self-esteem; but when it has to be done, do it without fear or falsity as though you stood before the judgment seat of Christ, and leave the outcome to Him. Be gentle, modest, and strong, and your Lord will sustain you. Let there be no smallest trace of self-seeking or self-righteousness in any difficult thing that you have to say or do in the name of Jesus, and you will have no cause to regret the stand you take whatever you have to suffer for it. For in the long run it is better to hold the respect of Jesus than that of fallible man, and even in the sadness of a lonely hour His whispered word of peace is worth more than all the adulation of the world. - R. J. CAMPBELL, D.D.

 

 

-------

 

 

REWARD

 

 

“IF any man’s work abide which he hath built thereupon, he shall receive a reward. If any man’s work shall be burned, he shall suffer loss, but he himself shall be saved You see there is a saved soul with a lost life. That is a possibility - a saved soul, because he came to the judgment-seat to find pardon through the death of Christ; and a lost life, because he came to the umpire seat of Christ, and had not used for Him the life that he saved. That is a solemn possibility; and when the Lord comes to award to His servants the praise or the blame, they will meet Him with joy or shame. That will be marked out by the life they have lived, and the service they have rendered for Him. You find then, that He is going to give rewards for service. Look at 1 Cor. 15: 58. What does that mean? That every, may we say, pennyworth of labour spent on the Lord is going to have a pound for its reward. That is the way He does. He is going to reward the service of His children, and at the umpire seat He will decide whether you ran straight or not at all, whether you shirked the race or ran it, whether you ran fairly or foully; whether you came in so as to earn the prize or lose the prize. The Lord is going to decide that, and give to every one according as he has deserved. - HUBERT BROOKE.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

20

 

THE MIDNIGHT CRY

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

OUR Lord devotes one of the most wonderful of His parables to stressing the danger of our not squaring our whole life to the Second Advent. Immediately following this parable, He shows ten of His servants at the Judgment Seat, accounting for the talents with which they had been entrusted - our discipleship examined as a whole, in its activities for God; but, most appropriately preceding this, ten virgins - ten, in both parables as throughout Scripture, is the number of responsibility - selected to be bridesmaids are shown in their character rather than their works: they are flaming torches, or else dying lamps. This parable, unlike the parable of the talents, displays not so much what we have done in the years since our conversion, as what we are for personally meeting the Beloved. All ten virgins are watching for Christ’s return, and are set apart as bridesmaids for the marriage supper which is to celebrate the Kingdom: all ten are believers, and all are consciously and truthfully expecting the Advent, and have accepted the invitation to the marriage feast.*

 

* The Apostolic Church, and to a large degree the Early Church that followed it, all looked for the bodily return of Christ, and all the reborn for nineteen centuries are potential bridesmaids, for all are summoned - whether they believe in the Advent or not - to meet the Lord in the air.

 

 

The Bride

 

 

OUR Lord, who is the Bridegroom - He Himself said, “The days come when the bridegroom will be taken away from them” (Matt. 9: 15) - has one Bride in the Epistles, that is, the Church; but He has another Bride in the Gospels and Apocalypse, that is, the Holy City. “I saw the holy city, new Jerusalem, coming down out of heaven from God, made ready as a bride adorned for her husband: and the angel spake with me, saying, I will show thee the bride, the wife of the Lamb; and he showed me the holy city, Jerusalem” (Rev. 21: 9). Both Brides, merged into one at last - the Church dwelling in the City - become one Bride.  Here (in the Gospels) the Church is described, not as a bride, but as bridesmaids. “Then shall the kingdom of heaven” - always, in parables, the symbolic, present kingdom, the Church - “be likened unto ten virgins, which went forth to meet the bridegroom” (Matt. 25: 1): “then” - when the fearful judgments symbolized by the Flood, just named by our Lord, are at the doors.

 

 

Bridesmaids

 

 

THE description of the Ten Bridesmaids is decisive of their spiritual relationship to Christ. They are all ‘virgins’: as Paul says, speaking to “all that call upon the name of our Lord Jesus Christ in every place” (1 Cor. 1: 2):- “I espoused you to one husband, that I might present you as a pure virgin to Christ” (2 Cor. 11: 2). They are thus all summed up as ‘the kingdom of heaven.’ The foolish virgins, equally with the wise, do not ‘profess’ to be His bridesmaids, and to be virgins, but are described as such by our Lord Himself, having been selected by Christ and so made bridesmaids; and the sole difference between the two groups, as stated by the great Judge Himself, is that one group is fully prepared for the Advent and the other group is not.* “To be a virgin is the destination of a Christian: he is called to purity, sanctification, abstinence from spiritual whoredom, idolatry. Unbelievers, who are without any expectation of the Lord, belong to neither class of virgins” (Heubner). Nor, had any been unbelievers, could our Lord have described all ten as composing ‘the kingdom of heaven

 

* One physical fact, alone, is decisive that these are all regenerate souls. All ten virgins are stated by our Lord as meeting together, at one time and in one place. No student of prophecy doubts that the wise virgins meet Him in the Pavilion of Cloud, after rapture, and not on the earth: even the post-Tribulationists believe in the removal of the Church from earth “to meet the Lord in the air” (1 Thess. 4: 17), and not on Mount Olivet. The foolish virgins are therefore judged there also. How then do they get there? They also must have been rapt. But any rapture of the unsaved is openly and grossly unscriptural. The unsaved do not confront God for judgment until a thousand years later: “the rest of the dead lived not until the thousand years should be finished” (Rev. 20: 5). “The wicked shall not stand in the judgment, nor sinners in the congregation, of the righteous” (Ps. 1: 5). As a matter of fact, the foolish virgins are much more than merely saved souls, for they go forth to meet the Lord in His Second Advent.

 

 

Lamps

 

 

Now the picture focuses itself on such Christian living as alone constitutes a full and adequate preparation for the Advent. “The foolish, when they took their lamps, took no oil with them: but the wise took oil in their vessels with their lamps The oil is the Holy Ghost, and the grace He imparts. All the ten virgins have lit lamps:- “ye are the light of the world” (Matt. 5: 14); “ye were once darkness, but are now light in the Lord” (Eph. 5: 8); ye “are seen as lights in the world” (Phil. 2: 15). But for meeting our Lord at the Judgment Seat more is required than conversion. As a motor carries petrol in a separate can, in addition to the petrol which is actually driving the car, so fresh supplies of grace, in addition to conversion, are needed for a ready and translated saint. Justification lit the lamp: only sanctification keeps it blazing.

 

 

Midnight

 

 

So now the crisis arrives. “At midnight there is a cry, Behold the bridegroom!” As Lange puts it:- “The midnights in the history of the kingdom of God are each the last late season of a slowly expiring age. It is midnight for the Church of Christ when the worldly spirit is so far in the ascendancy as to make the Church fall into the common course of the world: in such a season the faithful are more than ever tempted to give up living in preparation for the Marriage Supper of the Lamb, and to surrender their grasp on their calling, in the Church’s severe test through the apparent delay of the Lord.” Then the cry bursts upon a midnight Church and world: “a shout, the voice of the archangel, and the trump of God” (1 Thess. 4: 16).  And the crisis splits the Church. Nay, more than that: even all believers who accept the coming Advent as a fact, and who, have prepared or are preparing to meet the Lord, are split at the midnight cry. Not until the arrival of the Bridegroom is the difference in the Bridesmaids openly revealed. “As the wicked and faithful servants in the next parable, so will the Church be divided into a dying and a living portion. As time runs on, the severance becomes more manifest; and at the end it will be seen in all its fearfulness, as the ground of the judgment which the Church must undergo” (Lange).

 

 

Dying Lights

 

 

THE startling cry - “Come ye forth out of the tombs, “to meet him - rivets the attention of all the Virgins on their lamps; and as they ‘trimmed’ them - removing dead ashes that hinder the flame- the foolish virgins discover their state. They cry, “Our lamps are going out* Their error abounds all around us at this moment. They had based everything on their conversion: they stress grace as everything, and our being under law to Christ as little or nothing: they fancy that somehow all will come right, and that there is no real need for such urgent warning and watching. Onlookers had probably realized the state of their lamps before they did: the flickering light, the gutting wick, the twilight in the room - growing darkness infallibly betrays itself to all who see it. Of thousands of churches today, and probably hundreds of thousands of believers, if not millions, the cry is true at this moment - “Our lamps are going out In the words of Dean Alford:-“It is not enough to have burnt, but to be burning when He comes**

 

* “The Greek is more correctly rendered in the margin of our Bibles, ‘are going out’. Had their lamps already ‘gone out,’ they would have needed not merely to trim and feed them, but must have further asked from their companions permission to kindle them anew, of which we read nothing”

(Trench).

 

** Whether they obtain the additional oil or not is immaterial: in any case they arrive too late: the door is locked.

 

 

Unrecognized

 

 

THE judgment on the dying lamps now falls. The wise virgins enter, the feast begins, the door is shut. The wonderful honour which the foolish virgins have discovered that they can no longer claim as a right, they now ask as a favour, casting themselves passionately on the mercy of Christ:- “Lord, Lord - for He is their Lord - “open unto us They have forgotten (or not known) that the Judgment Seat at the very moment of the midnight cry replaced the Mercy Seat. Our Lord’s stern words follow:- “Verily I say unto you, I know you not.” The Lord’s remarkable change of judgment language reveals whom he is addressing: when in judgment He addresses unbelievers, He says: “Then will I profess unto them, I never knew you: depart from me, ye that work iniquity” (Matt. 7: 23). He addresses no such words to these. He says:- “I do not acknowledge you” (Lange); or, as we say, I ‘cut’ you: I do not recognize you as the bridesmaids who shall lift the bride’s trousseau in the marriage hall: you have forfeited your right to be known as such.  Our Lord had warned us of such a possible judgment as this:- “Be not afraid of them which kill the body”; for “whosoever shall deny me before men, him will I also deny before my Father which is in heaven” (Matt. 10: 28, 33).

 

 

Unwatchful

 

 

THE punishment of the foolish virgins is very limited and temporary; and it is an error to expand it into a larger and graver loss, which is neither named nor implied. “Some authors,” says Archbishop Trench, “connect with all this the doctrine of the thousand years’ reign of Christ upon earth and a first resurrection; from the blessedness of which these should be shut out for the unpreparedness in which they were found, whether at the hour of their death, or of the second coming of their Lord. Their imperfections, and the much in them remaining unmortified and unpurified still, will have needed the long and painful purging of this exclusion, and of the fearful persecutions to which all thus excluded will be exposed; but the root of the matter being in them, they do not forfeit everything, nor finally fall short of the heavenly joy” (The Parables, p. 237). So Lange:- “Olshausen, Alford, and others, suppose that the foolish virgins were only excluded from the Millennium, but not from the ultimate Kingdom of Glory in heaven  This is a true summary of the destiny of Christians guilty of graver and grosser sins; but it is nowhere named here. As a matter of fact, the sole penalty that falls on these Second Advent believers is being shut out from the Marriage Supper - they forfeit the extraordinary honour of sharing in the royal ceremony that opens the Kingdom.

 

 

Watchful

 

 

So the wise virgins reveal the destiny of the ready:- “They that were ready went in to the marriage feast”: “they are those to whom is ministered an abundant entrance into the Kingdom” (Trench). It was the wish of Augustine that when Christ came He should find him either praying or preaching. George Muller died while prostrate on his face before God in prayer. Our Lord has expressed it elsewhere. “Let your loins be girded about” - taut, tense, ready for instant departure - “AND YOUR LAMPS BURNING” - the blaze of a God-lit life, unflickering: “and be ye yourselves like unto men looking for their Lord” (Luke 12: 35).*

 

* This main principle, which is the soul of the parable, remains unchallengeable; but it is also possible that the oil in the vessels is the ‘baptism’ of the Spirit (Acts 1: 5), subsequent to conversion (Acts 19: 2), conferring miraculous gifts (Acts 2: 4). This would explain why all ten “grew drowsy and fell asleep”: no miracle-gifted believers have been alive for perhaps sixteen centuries; and none will be before the midnight cry - the summons of the first rapt. For this interpretation see a later article in this issue on the oil in the vessels. The strongest argument in its favour is that the slumber, shared by all ten, can hardly be spiritual sleep, for five receive the fullest possible reward. “There is a sleep which is common to all, the sleep of death, which is here indicated; and such is the explanation of nearly all the ancient interpreters” (Trench). On the other hand, the moral drawn by our Lord Himself - “Watch therefore” - embodies intense mental and spiritual readiness, not a seeking for inspiration and miracle.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

21

 

THE TEN VIRGINS

 

 

 

1 - Alford

 

 

ALL here are virgins, all are companions of the Bride, all furnished with brightly burning lamps, all, up to a certain time, fully ready to meet the Bridegroom - the difference consists in some having made a provision for feeding the lamps in case of delay, and the others none; and the moral of the parable is the blessedness of endurance unto the end. These are souls come out from the world into the Church, and there waiting for the coming of the Lord - not hypocrites, but faithful souls bearing their lamps (1 Thess. 4: 4), the inner spiritual life fed with the oil of God’s Spirit (see Zech. 4: 2-12; Acts 10: 38; Heb. 1: 9). The wise virgins have all diligence to make their calling and election sure (2 Pet. 1: 10 and 5-8), making their bodies, souls and spirits (their ‘vessels2 Cor. 4: 7) a means of supplying spiritual food for the light within, by seeking, in the appointed means of grace, more and more of God’s Holy Spirit. The others did not this - but, trusting that the light, once burning, would ever burn, made no provision for the strengthening of the inner man by watchfulness and prayer.

 

 

2 - Olshausen

 

 

THIS parable, which must be considered one of the finest in the Gospel, contrasts with the parable of the Talents that     follows: whilst the ‘servants’ are busily at work, and engaged in a variety of concerns, the ‘virgins’ wait to meet the beloved. The fact that they are all characterized as virgins is a proof that the antithesis of ‘wise’ and ‘foolish’ is not to be taken in the sense of' ‘good’ and ‘wicked’ for the idea of gross transgression is incompatible with love to the Lord. The foolish virgins are merely to be viewed as representing minds who seek that which is pleasing and sweet in the service of the Lord, instead of following Him in right earnest, and who neglect to labour after thorough renewal, and to build in the right way upon the foundation that is laid (1 Cor. 3: 15). When feeling was no longer sufficient, and nothing but thorough self-denial could avail them, the flame of their love died away. It is clear that the words, “I know you not” (verse 12), cannot denote eternal condemnation; for, on the contrary, the foolish virgins are only excluded from the marriage of the Lamb (Rev. 19: 7); hence they must be viewed as parallel with the persons described (1 Cor. 3: 15) whose building is destroyed, but who are not thereby deprived of eternal happiness. These virgins possessed the general condition of happiness, faith (which led them to cry ‘Lord, Lord!’, verse 11); but they lacked the requisite qualification for the [inherited (Gal. 5: 21; Eph. 5: 5)] Kingdom of God, that sanctification which proceeds from faith (Heb. 12: 14).

 

 

3 -The Pulpit Commentary

 

 

THESE virgins all alike took their lamps; all alike went forth to meet the bridegroom; all too had oil in their lamps, although not all had a store of oil in their vessels also. Then all were something more than nominal Christians, all had, in some sense, come out of the world, and had gone to meet the Bridegroom. There are no hypocrites in the parable, no openly wicked and disobedient men. This consideration gives it a very awful meaning; it is not enough to have been once awakened, there is need of constant, persevering watchfulness. The parable embodies and enforces the lesson of the last verse, “Watch therefore, for ye know not the day nor the hourIt is not enough to have been ‘once enlightened The foolish had their lamps; and the lamps were not empty or dark, they were burning, they had oil in them. Then even the foolish were using the means of grace, they had been made “partakers of the Holy Ghost” (Heb. 6: 4).

 

 

But they had no oil with them. They delighted in their past experience, and trusted in it as if they had all that was needed for their spiritual life. The wise virgins counted not themselves to have apprehended: they forgot what was behind, and ever reached forth unto those things which were before; they sought in persevering prayer and daily self-denials, and the constant faithful use of the appointed means of grace, for ‘the supply of the Spirit of Jesus Christ’; not quenching the Spirit, as careless slothful Christians do, but treasuring in their hearts that sacred Gift, striving always to grow in grace, to walk in the Spirit, to mind the things of the Spirit, to be filled with the Spirit, to increase in the Holy Spirit more and more.

 

 

The Bridegroom tarried; the time of waiting was long - longer much than the foolish virgins had thought. The first excitement passed away, some had left their first love, the love of most was growing cold. The shades of difference amongst Christians is innumerable: some are utterly careless; some rouse themselves from time to time to thought and real effort; some try by the power of faith and prayer to keep themselves in the love of God, and to love the appearing of the Saviour. But none realize to the full the tremendous necessity of watchfulness; none live in that fixed attention, in that full preparedness, in that daily and hourly anticipation of the Saviour’s coming, which we should regard as the true Christian frame of mind, to which we should strive to approximate nearer and nearer, in all humility and self-distrust, not counting ourselves to have attained, but ever pressing forward.

 

 

4 - Greswell

 

 

“GIVE to us from your oil; because our lamps are beginning to go out The meaning of these words is, that their lamps had begun to be extinguished, but were not quite extinct. It was easy for the wise virgins, having a supply of oil at hand, to pour a little more into them, and to revive the flame as effectually as ever; which the parable calls “trimming their lamps

 

 

All of them previously waiting for, and expecting the bridegroom in common, all of them previously having the same personal interest in the event of his coming, and the same personal inducement to wait for and expect it - the separation, notwithstanding its effects in discriminating between the personal fortunes of its subjects respectively at last, is due to the difference of their personal conduct before; and being no more than the necessary consequence of the different use of means and opportunities, equally in the power of both, and equally left to their own discretion, it is after all only the just personal retribution which prudence or imprudence of conduct, in the same situation, the right or wrong use of similar means and opportunities, under circumstances equally favourable for either, are liable at all times, and may be expected in the end, to suffer.

 

 

The virgins, as members of the visible church of Christ, constitute one catholic or universal church, all alike bearing the common name of Christians, all subject alike to the proper discipline and probation of Christians, all bound alike to the exercise of the same proper virtue, the virtue of Christian vigilance, peculiar to the probation of Christians. None but those who are subjected to a state of probation on Christian principles, beforehand, can be liable to be called to account on Christian principles, at last; which liability is to be denominated their Christian responsibility; and none but those who are liable to such an account, can have occasion for such a virtue as Christian vigilance, to be always prepared for that account,

 

 

5 - Govett

 

 

THE wise enter simply as ‘the ready,’ not as the true virgins, while the others were only professedly so; not as having lit torches, while the others’ lights were extinguished; but as the ready differ from the imprudent and unready. “They,” says Jerome, “who complain that their lamps are going out, manifest that they are still partially alight.” The wise enter the king’s house by ascension, after the resurrection which they enjoy in common with the foolish.

 

 

Viewed in this light, the words, “Verily I say unto you, I know you not carry no sentence of final exclusion. They import solely - “You are no acquaintance of mine The wise are guests, not simply as virgins, but as virgin-acquaintances, and that acquaintanceship is discriminated from the ignorance of the foolish by the oil-vessel, and its counterpart - the brightly burning torch. The others are refused, not, as not virgins, but as deficient in intimacy with the bridegroom. The qualification which comes into notice at the awakening is something more than what is required merely in order to enter the kingdom. It is some special quality, not answering to simple grace, or the virginity of the person, but one having relation to the special glory of the bridal bouquet. This demand the one party can meet, the other cannot. The second brightness of the torch, after its trimming, on awaking, answers to a second inward qualification of the prudent, till now concealed - their acquaintance with the bridegroom.

 

 

The foolish, discovering their waning lights, petition for oil. They set out in quest of it. Now neither the hypocrite nor the true believer could fall into error so gross as is supposed, if we make the oil to signify the ‘converting grace’ of God.  Who knows not, that his fellow cannot grant it? Who of the lost will not awake to the full conviction that his opportunity is gone for ever, when once he arises* from the dead? “After death, the judgment

 

[* Is this correct? or does judgment not take place before the resurrection from “Hades”. Heb. 9: 27. cf. Ps. 139: 8b; Luke 20: 35; Phil. 3: 11, R.V.]

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

22

 

THE OIL IN THE VESSELS

 

 

 

This interpretation by Robert Govett, which understands by the oil in the vessels (Matt. 25: 4) not the Spirit indwelling, but the Spirit outpoured, that on-fall of the Holy Spirit on those already believers which produced inspiration and miracle, is worthy of most careful consideration- Ed., DAWN.

 

 

SUPPOSE it will be granted that by oil is meant the grace of the Holy Ghost. And this is twofold: either sanctifying or miraculous. If then I show that the second supply is not sanctifying grace, it will follow that it is miraculous endowment, or ‘the gift of grace

 

 

1. That it is not any difference in degree of sanctification which is in question is clear from this - that then the parable would supply us with no rule by which to discern between wise and foolish. For if you tell me only, that the difference lies in degree of sanctification, if you do not point out the degree, I must be either terrified or secure.  Terrified, if I think I have not the degree requisite, while none can satisfy me what the degree required is; or secure, that I have some grace, and why may that not be enough to set me among the wise?

 

 

2. It cannot be any degree of sanctification, for this oil gives no light to the world. It is unemployed in good works, or the light of the torch.

 

 

3. As being a distinct supply, it follows that the oil in the torch might be without that in the vessel, or vice versa. But it is not true that any degree of the grace of sanctification can be distinct from its display in good works. There cannot be two supplies of it, independent one of the other. But miraculous gift is distinct from, and may be independent of grace (Matt. 7).

 

 

4. If they be all believers, the difference must be one which is not essential to salvation.  And among things not essential to salvation, what so great as the difference between the possession or the want of the gifts of the Holy Ghost?

 

 

5. It is met and sustained by fact. Between the believers of modern times and the ancient church, there is, in this particular, just the difference supposed: the one possessing, the other wanting, the gifts of the Spirit.

 

 

6. A consideration of the order in which the wise and foolish appear beautifully confirms this. We have the wise presented first, then the foolish (verse 2). Then again the foolish, and lastly the wise (verse 3). Thus the wise come first and last; the foolish occupy the intermediate space. And has it not been exactly thus with the Spirit’s gifts? They were possessed at first, and then ceased, and the whole dreary interval of sixteen hundred years has been taken up by believers destitute of them. We might conclude, therefore, that as gifted believers began the series, and ungifted ones have followed, so in the last days gifted believers will arise again, and close the train. But we can show by Scripture, independently of inference, that such will be the case (Acts 2: 17, 18; Mark 13: 11; Luke 21: 14, 15; Rev. 16: 6; 18: 24; 2 Tim. 3: 8: Jas. 5: 7).

 

 

7. On the taking it or not, the greatest stress is laid throughout the parable.  On purpose to set it in the strongest light possible, the wise and foolish agree together in every particular but this. And the difference is optional; for in things within our power alone can wisdom or folly be seen. So are the gifts of the Spirit made to rest upon our asking for them or not (Luke 11: 13; 1 Cor. 14: 1). In the asking for, and receiving these, therefore, that vigilance may consist which is the lesson drawn from the parable by our Lord.

 

 

8. They are the “powers of the coming age” (Heb. 6: 5). And answerably thereto, this oil is seen to come into play when the new [Messianic and Millennial] age is begun.

 

 

9. They that sleep with the oil vessel, awake with it.  And even thus, the ‘gifts’ of God are unrepented of (Rom. 11: 29).

 

 

10. The additional oil was the riches of the wise virgins, the want of it the poverty of the foolish, at the coming of the bridegroom. Now this is just the place seen to be occupied by the [Holy] Spirit’s gifts, in connection with the coming of the Lord Jesus. “I thank my God always on your behalf for the grace of God which is given you by Jesus Christ, that in everything ye are enriched by him in all utterance and in all knowledge, even as the testimony of Christ was confirmed in you, so that ye lack no gift, waiting for the revelation of our Lord Jesus Christ; who also shall confirm you to the end, that ye may be blameless in the day of our Lord Jesus Christ” (1 Cor. 1: 4-8).

 

 

11. Exhortations to seek and to pray for the gifts occur not unfrequently, in token that the additional oil is not in vain. “Covet earnestly the best gifts” (1 Cor. 12: 31). “Desire spiritual gifts, but rather that ye may prophesy” (14: 1).

 

 

12. “But,” someone may say, who is satisfied with the argument here propounded, “what if I fall asleep after praying for the gifts, without obtaining one?” The answer is easy. Then the responsibility rests not with you, but with God. You are a wise virgin: you have done what you could to procure the oil. Be assured the Lord will remember you.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

23

 

WHO IS THE ANTICHRIST?

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

Mussolini is either a remarkable understudy of the Seventh Emperor yet to come, or he is the man; and while probability points to his being an understudy, the fact thrills us to the soul that we cannot exclude the possibility of his being no less a person than the Seventh Emperor. For in either case Mussolini is correctly acting the part in its initial stages. His avowed intention is the revival of the Roman Empire. “We wish to render Rome great as it was in the Golden Age”:  “all power for all Fascism”: “the goal is this - Empire.” It is to be the old Rome of absolute autocracy. “The rising faith must necessarily be intolerant and intransigent”: “Fascism has already trodden, and if necessary will calmly tread again, on the more or less decaying corpse of the Goddess of Liberty.” He contemplates using the Vatican exactly as foretold. “What an absurd mistake it would be to ignore such a moral power as that, a power two thousand years old and with an influence, daily increasing, over four hundred million souls” (Times, Oct. 6th, 1923).* He has no scruples even about Antichrist. “I would enter into alliance at this moment with the Devil himself, with Antichrist, if that would give this poor country tranquillity.” And blasphemy is already on his lips. “If the Eternal Father were to say to me ‘I am your friend,’ I would put up my fists to Him** Whatever his destiny, Mussolini is a portent.

 

* It casts a very sinister light on the modern Jesuit that while the Vatican opposes Mussolini as far as it dare, the Society of Jesus, which in its defence of the Papacy has ever been digging the Papal grave, supports him.

 

** M. A. Sarlatti’s Life of Mussolini, p. 344.

 

 

SEVEN EMPERORS

 

 

It thus becomes of urgent importance that the Church should know what God has revealed. Antichrist is catalogued among seven emperors, obviously Roman. “The seven heads are” - regarded territorially - “seven mountains” - the Imperial Seven-hilled City; “and” - regarded personally - “they are SEVEN KINGS” (Rev. 17: 9), for the Beast is both an Empire, and its head or Emperor. Two vital clues two characteristics which the Seven have in common, disclose six of the Emperors by name. Blasphemous assumption of deity (cp. Rev. 17: 3),* and a violent death - the usual Scripture meaning of ‘fallen’ (Rev. 17: 10) - are common to the Seven, and identify six: namely, Julius, Tiberius, Caligula, Claudius, Nero, and Domitian, all of whom died by murder or suicide, and all of whom were guilty of self-deification. It is amongst these, John states, that the Antichrist is to be found. “The five are fallen” - that is, dead at the time that the Angel is speaking; “the one is [Domitian], the other [the seventh] is not yet come: AND THE BEAST IS OF [Greek, out of] THE SEVEN

 

 

 

NERO CAESAR

 

 

Now God Himself has provided a single master-clue for the final identification, an identification which, therefore, He manifestly desires, and the more so, the nearer the Monster approaches. “Here is wisdom” - not presumption, or speculation, or curiosity, but wisdom: “he that hath understanding, let him” - by the direct permission and encouragement of God - “count the number of the beast;* for it is the number of a man” - not of a system, or a plurality of men: “and his number” - that is, the number made by his name - “is six hundred and sixty and six” (Rev. 13: 18). Bearing in mind that wherever the Holy Ghost names a Caesar, He includes the patronymic (Luke 2: 1; 3: 1; Acts 11: 28), the clue reveals the man: NERO CAESAR, in Hebrew, alone among the names of the Five, yields the number.  A manuscript variation supplies a confirmation extraordinarily subtle and convincing. Some ancient authorities read 616. Now [the numeric value of] ‘N,’ in Greek, stands for 50: the Spirit, writing in Greek, gives the Greek form of the name - Neron; but the Latin form is Nero, which is 616: doubtless some Latin copyist, knowing it to be Nero, computed the sum on the Latin form of the name.** Thus the vilest of Caesars must rise [out] from the dead, to fulfil the mighty drama that yet awaits him: “and his death-stroke was HEALED” (Rev. 13: 3); for “the beast was, and is not, and is about to come up out of the abyss” (Rev. 17: 8).

 

* Napoleon approached, if he did not achieve, this sin.  Over his throne during a fete in Paris these words were inscribed in letters of gold “I AM THAT I AM Memoirs of Madame de Remusat, vol. I, p. 336.

 

** “That is, the number may be calculated, and is intended to be known” (Dean Alford).

 

 

CONFIRMATORY PROOF

 

 

Now there are several extremely remarkable confirmations of an exegesis which may seem to some startling or even grotesque. The majority of contemporary scholars confirm it. “Reckless criticism alone,” says the leading modern non-Christian work on Antichrist, “will venture to deny that the picture of Nero redivivus stands in the foreground of Rev. 13. and 17* Still more remarkably, it was a dominant belief throughout the Roman Empire and in the Church immediately after the Apostles. “How widely diffused,” says Prof. Moses Stuart, “and deeply rooted in the minds of the great community [of the Roman Empire] such a fear or expectation respecting Nero was, is manifest enough from its permanence among the churches, even centuries after the death of NeroVictorinus, Bishop of Pettau, in the earliest commentary on the Apocalypse extant, says:- “Nero therefore raised from the dead God will send as king, a king worthy of the Jews, and such a Messiah as they deserveChrysostom names it, as do also Cyril and Tertullian. “Many of us,” says Jerome, “think that Nero will be Antichrist.” Perhaps most remarkable of all, the pythonic utterances, the demon oracles, to and beyond the remotest bounds of the Roman Empire, and even before Nero’s death, foretold his death and victorious return; “the whole of the Sibylline literature is overshadowed by this weird demoniac personality” (Bousset); and even a thousand years after, his spirit was still said to haunt the Pincian Hill.

 

* W. Bousset, The Antichrist Legend, p. 184. So many others: as Lucke, Ewald, Bleek, De Wette, Renan, Dean Farrar, Moses Stuart, Govett, etc. “Certainly,” says Dr. Swete, “Nero Caesar suits the context well.” But all (except Govett) reject the miracle of his resurrection. On which, only one word need be said. Whoever doubts foretold miracle, whether Satanic or Divine, is hopelessly incapacitated for the coming crisis: he will simply be shunted on to a siding, while Satan’s express thunders past.

 

 

A FITTED ANTICHRIST

 

 

The choice and plot of Satan now reveals itself in Nero - proverbially the wickedest man known to history, and extra, ordinarily adapted for Hell’s substitute Christ. Chosen shortly after our Lord Himself was on the earth, and when Satan had had time to think it all out, their two first advents nearly approximated. As Judas heard the Gospel [‘of the kingdom’] from Christ, so Nero heard the Gospel from the lips of the chief of the Apostles; and so awful was the Satanic atmosphere, so dangerous ‘the mouth of the Lion* and so important that even Antichrist should hear the Gospel call, that the Lord Jesus Himself was present (invisible) in person: “THE LORD STOOD BY ME, and strengthened me, that through me the message might be FULLY PROCLAIMED” (2 Tim. 4: 17). The extraordinary duplication of his acts is a very impressive and subtle proof. The two chief Apostles, Paul and Peter, he executed, as he will execute the two Witnesses (Rev. 11: 7), God’s chief apostles of the last days: he caused the first great persecution of Christians, as also he will cause the last (the Great Tribulation): he burned Rome once, and he will burn it again (Rev. 17: 16): he launched the army that destroyed the Temple, and it is he who will desecrate the Temple rebuilt. So he who, among countless crimes, murdered his mother with his own hands, the greatest monster of iniquity the world has known, will be the world-chosen Supplanter of the Holy One of God.

 

* That Nero’s was “the mouth of the lion” out of which Paul was so narrowly delivered, and that Antichrist is described in the Apocalypse as the possessor of “the mouth of the lion” (Rev. 13: 2), is another link of identity. It may be only a curious coincidence, but the very simile of a Wild Beast, and that beast a lion, Mussolini applies to himself as a summary of his ambitions. “I am obsessed by this wild desire - it consumes my whole being. I want to make a mark on my era, like a lion with its claw He keeps lions as pets, and one is named Italia.

 

 

THE COMING DRAMA

 

 

But there is one solution of as difficult an enigma as the Scripture contains which is almost unknown, and which introduces the ghastly drama the world is yet to see. The Seventh Emperor, who is probably on the threshold, will restore, either by heredity* or military seizure or both, the lost succession of the Roman Emperors: he will not be the real Antichrist, for he will not have come up as a lost spirit from the Abyss - the Seventh was never one of the Five, as the Eighth is, but, continuing a short time,** he so lays the electric wires of world-empire that when the master-hand arrives, every touch thrills the world. (The removal of the Hinderer - the Holy Spirit and the Hindrance - the Watchful Saints - while essential before the Eighth, or real Antichrist, who immediately introduces [after he breaks his covenant with Israel] the Great Tribulation (2 Thess. 2: 6, 7), is not essential before the appearance of the Seventh). Then, suddenly and publicly assassinated, into his freshly murdered body - the ‘wheels of being’ scarcely stopt - the spirit of Nero, incarnated by the Dragon, composes “an eighth that is of the seven”***; and lo, the False Christ that enchants the world! It is this visible resurrection of the Seventh Emperor that enthralls the earth. “His death-stroke was healed, and the whole world WONDERED after the beast” (Rev. 13: 3).

 

* An identical phrase (Rev. 12: 12) covers three years and a half.

 

** “An eighth: the absence of the article shows that this is not the eighth in a successive series in which the kings already mentioned form the first seven” (Principal A. Plummer, D.D.). This explains the stress laid on reincarnation by Theosophists and the French Spiritualists.

 

*** It is supposed that Mussolini, though a blacksmith’s son (cp. Dan. 11: 21), is descended from the proud Bolognese Mussolini, as Napoleon was a Florentine: both may be Caesars. It is, however, against Mussolini being the Seventh Emperor that a rumour (which may, nevertheless, be false) states that he has the mysterious disease which killed Lenin - a wasting destruction of the brain.

 

 

THE GOSPEL OF THE ANTICHRIST

 

 

For the deadliest fact in Hell’s masterpiece lies in that which has ever been Satan’s supreme wisdom - a close imitation of God. There will be a gospel of the Antichrist.  For he is an incarnation: he will be visibly slain, and visibly resurrected: he thus offers, as the basis of his gospel, a genuine resurrection, public and beyond dispute: his appearance will be his second advent on the earth.* So the ‘mark his ritual, will (like circumcision) be a cutting of the flesh, apparently an imitation (like the Lord’s Supper) of his own death-wounds, which will thus be, in his gospel, his sacramental sign. Immortal, he is thus able to murder the two men more miracle-gifted of God than any mortals have ever been (Rev. 11: 6) - “who is able to war with him (Rev. 13: 4); and as dowered by the Dragon with the full perfection of Satanic miracle (2 Thess. 2: 9), his empire, in imitation of our Lord’s, will be the world-dominion of a god-emperor.  It is such an “all deceivableness” (2 Thess. 2: 10) as “to lead astray, if possible, EVEN THE ELECT” (Matt. 24: 24).

 

* Alford translates Rev. 17: 8:- “he was, and is not, and shall come again

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

24

 

OUR IDEAL OUTLOOK

 

 

 

The whole world a glorious Empire of our Lord: between us and it a perishing civilization, and a broad, black belt of coming judgments: what therefore is to be our outlook? What should be our ideal attitude of mind? An Apostle embodies it. Paul sits weaving his tent-skins, so easily rent, so perishable, then he looks at the hands that weave - themselves such fragile tent-skins of the soul; and then he lifts his eyes, and sees an indestructible mansion of the spirit, not woven with fingers; a mansion which no human hands ever built, and which no human hands can ever destroy. “Being therefore always of good courage he cries; for here is our ideal outlook, the outlook God would have us enjoy always: because “he that wrought us for this very thing” - the change from the mortal to the immortal, from earth to heaven - “is God, who gave unto us the earnest of the Spirit”; the earnest, that is, the initial pledge, the part payment. Our conversion holds in it our immortal glory.

 

 

So the Apostle first of all sets us on the foundation of a fact. We faint not, he says; “for we know” - as a certainty resting on God’s own statements, a golden assurance confined solely to the Christian Faith - “that if the earthly house of our tabernacle” - our animal body; a ‘tent’, the most fragile and perishable of all residences - “be dissolved” - dissolution only, not destruction, awaits our mortal body- “we have a building from God, a house not made with hands, eternal, in the heavens” (2 Cor. 5: 1). We have it, either on divine assurance, or it is already in the heavens; from God - not, as this earthly frame, from our mother, but fresh from God in a new creation; eternal - no fragile, collapsible tent, but (so to speak) a marble mansion; in the heavens - the new body is nowhere said to be made out of the dust of the earth, but is an immortal, indissoluble, heaven-born residence of the soul.

 

 

Paul twice stresses our present unideal condition. “For verily in this we groan: for indeed we that are in this tabernacle do groan, being burdened We groan, not because we are in flesh, but because we are in sinful flesh, with the ‘burden’ that sin consequently has imposed on us - disease; infirmity; temptation; heart-break; death. Paul himself felt it sharply, He exclaims:-“O wretched man that I am! who shall deliver me out of the body of this death (Rom. 7: 24).

 

 

But now the bedrock fact he has stated reveals an intensely and characteristically Christian revelation, and one more utter proof of the divinity of our Faith. “Verily in this we groan, longing to be clothed upon with our habitation which is from heaven: not for that we would be unclothed.” We groan, not to get rid of a body, but to get a better; a body in which prayer will not be a weariness, sin will not be an attraction, disease will not be a possibility, and death will not be the goal. “Not that we would be unclothed” - becoming bodiless, homeless, dehumanized ghosts: death is a sentence on sin - it is not normal to the human that God created: our body, the clothing of the soul, is the most wonderful and most exquisitely constructed thing on earth, and we rightly love life and shrink from death. So we observe the double truth which Christianity alone reveals. Our old body is to be resuscitated, in part; but a new body is also to descend upon us; and the wonderful new composition is to be our spirit’s eternal home.  As Dean Alford puts it:- “We are not willing to divest ourselves [of our fragile tent], but to put on [our indestructible dwelling] over it."

 

 

So then we get our ideal outlook. “Longing to be clothed upon” - as by an outer or over garment- “with our habitation which is from heaven”: in this body we groan, earnestly desiring to put on over it our house which is from heaven (Dean Stanley): so, in the golden words of Paul, “that what is mortal may be SWALLOWED up of life”.  Our hope is not to be buried under the debris of a collapsing tent, but - with the picture of Enoch and Elijah before us - transmuted at once, by rapture, into the holy and heavenly. Centuries before Christ the exact process was revealed by God Himself to Ezekiel (37: 5):- “Thus saith the Lord God unto these bones: Behold, I will lay sinews upon you, and will bring up flesh upon you, and cover you with skin.” So Paul reveals its inevitability, since (as he says) God had created us for this very thing:- “for this corruptible must put on incorruption, and this mortal must put on immortality” (1 Cor. 15: 53). Nature gives us a wonderful little symbol.  Deep down in the bowels of the earth is a bit of buried charcoal: by a process no mortal knows, and which, if discovered, would make a chemist inconceivably wealthy, it turns to diamond: so the old body, alive or dead, is our charcoal swallowed up of diamond. “Who shall fashion anew the body of our humiliation” - this body of our humiliation, not a substitute; but this body with a tremendous addition - “that it may be conformed to the body of his glory” (Phil. 3: 21). It is so stupendous a truth, and so beyond even our imagination, that the Apostle John says:- “We know not yet what we shall be, but we know that we shall be LIKE HIM, for we shall see him as he is” (1 John 3: 2).

 

 

But a deeper lesson for our outlook remains to modify and expand it. Death, natural or violent, may yet intervene between us and the Lord’s Kingdom; and so Paul exclaims that we are always of good courage; because, “knowing that, whilst we are at home in the body, we are absent from the Lord, we are willing rather to be absent from the body, and to be at home with the Lord Dean Alford truly says:- “To be at home with the Lord is all that is revealed to us, and it would seem that it was all that was revealed to Paul, of the disembodied state of the blessed.” To the only dying believer to whom He ever spoke Jesus said:- “This day shalt thou be with me in Paradise But it is a fact so golden that Paul almost recalls his dismissal of death. “I am in a strait betwixt the two” - life and death - “having the desire to depart and be with Christ; for it is very far better” (Phil. 1: 23). “The secret of a happy deathbed,” said one of the greatest saints of the nineteenth century, “is, so far as I have observed, personal love to Christ.” In Bournemouth Cemetery these words are on a gravestone:-

JOHN 17: 24

 

 

‘With Me’. No more is told

What more, Lord, couldst Thou tell?

Thou knewest that would satisfy

The heart that knows Thee well.

 

 

So also the church has sung for ages

Here in the body pent,

Absent from Him I roam,

Yet nightly pitch my moving tent

A day’s march nearer home.

 

 

So then we reach the practical outcome of our outlook. “Wherefore also we make it our aim” - it is our passionate ambition - “whether at home or absent, to be well pleasing unto him”: our ambition, whether He find us alive or in the tomb at His Coming, is to meet with His approval in that day (Alford). All life itself is a wonderful opportunity of pleasing Christ; and the sole way to please our Lord is living the Word of God. It is manifest to us all that a heavenly life in the earthly body is infinitely the best preparation for the heavenly life in the heavenly body. Melandthon cried, when dangerously ill, “Let me die!” but Luther replied, “No, we want you, and you are not to be let off yet: you must stand in the thick of the battle till the fight changes and victory is ours

 

 

For, finally, there looms up before the Apostle the controlling factor in our Christian conduct, and the goal of our entire outlook. “For we must all be made manifest before the Judgment-seat of Christ: that each one” - that is, one by one - “may receive” - the technical word for receiving wages (Alford) “the things done in the body, according to what he hath done, whether it be good or bad That is, we are now writing our own sentence at the Judgment-Seat. “The expression Bema, is peculiar to these two passages (Rom. 14: 10), being taken from the tribunal of the Roman magistrate as the most august representation of justice which the world then exhibited. The Bema was a lofty seat, raised on an elevated platform, usually at the end of the Basilica, so that the figure of the judge could be seen towering above the crowd which thronged the nave of the building” (Dean Stanley). And this very passage has already contained the characteristic Scriptural warning. “Longing to be clothed upon with our habitation which is from heaven, if so be that being clothed we shall NOT BE FOUND NAKED The fine linen, with which the Bride is clothed at the Bridegroom’s coming, “is the righteous acts of the saints” (Rev. 19: 8); without these ‘righteous acts’ the Bride is bare of a trousseau, and therefore ashamed before him at his coming” (1 John 2: 28). So our whole outlook closes on the Bema. Nothing matters but the Judgment Seat. What men have thought and said of us will sink into utter nothingness when we stand, alone, before the King of kings.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

25

 

OBEDIENCE TO THE STATE

 

 

An angel of God is the happy background of the Apostles’ outlook on storm. A messenger from Heaven had swung open the prison gates, and now stands before them, commanding them into the very heart of the tempest:- “Go ye, and stand and speak in the temple to the people all the words of this life” (Acts 5: 20): proclaim to mankind “all the words” - the whole counsel of God “of this life” - spiritual life now, the prize of millennial life, eternal life to all the saved of all the ages. God’s revelation consists of ‘words’ that generate, nurture, develop and perfect man’s true life; and the Angel’s commission is only a duplicate of Christ’s to us all - “Go ye into all the world, and make disciples of all nations” (Matt 28: 19). And the Apostles are commanded into the most dangerous spot of all - “Go ye and stand in the temple

 

 

But now a problem of all the ages confronts the Church.  The Apostles are immediately face to face with the tremendous power of the State, a power made all the more formidable by the Apostles themselves. For they themselves have laid it down:- “Let every soul” - no one is excepted - “be in subjection to the higher powers: for the powers that be” - at the moment Paul wrote it was Dictatorship created by the Army - “are ordained of God” (Rom. 13: 1). Peter himself underlines the obedience, and brings in the personal sanction of Christ: Paul says, Every soul; Peter says, Every ordinance: “subject yourselves to every ordinance of man for the Lord’s sake” (1 Pet. 2: 13). All government therefore rests ultimately, not on economic helpfulness or political expedience, but on Divine authority; and the obedience commanded, in general, is absolute.

 

 

Moreover, the special problem which confronted the Apostles is exactly the complex problem that has constantly recurred. It was not so much the State, as State-established Religion, that was seeking to stamp the Christians out. The Sanhedrim - “all the senate of the children of Israel” - authorized by Imperial Rome, exercised a judical power, while Roman officers executed their decrees. This is the exact attitude of the Papacy all down the centuries: established on the power of the State, the Roman Church denies that she kills, but claims that all she does is to hand the ‘heretic’ over to the Sword of the secular Power; the Church condemns, the State executes.* Whether it is Islam in pre-War Turkey - or the Emperor-worship of Shintoism in Japan; or the Inquisition in Spain; or the Llama hierarchy in Tibet; or a neo-Paganism called German Christianity, backed by all the power of the State:- again and again Scriptural believers confront the religious leaders of a nation entrenched in the irresistible omnipotence of the State.

 

*God, brushing aside the flimsy excuse, brands the Church of Rome herself as “drunken with the blood of the martyrs” (Rev. 17: 6).

 

 

Now therefore the crisis arrives, and with it the momentous decision which has been the decisive factor for the Church through nineteen centuries. The State-supported Sanhedrim, addressing the rearrested Apostles, say:- “We straitly charged you not to teach in this name” (Acts 5: 28): the prohibition, therefore, is reasserted and explicit. The Apostolic answer is for all time. The State has a Divine authority which can be resisted only on Divine authority: therefore, when the clash comes, a clash which is explicit and certain between the State’s law and God’s law, the Apostles decide: “WE MUST OBEY GOD RATHER THAN MEN.” It is a golden rule for all churches, under all circumstances, for all time. To oppose the State, without the authority of God, is a sin in itself, and therefore the consequences are not martyrdom, but the penalties of fanaticism; but when men forbid what God commands, or command what God forbids, and when that contradiction is explicitly, provable by Scripture, at all costs God alone is to be obeyed.*

 

* The latest State-established persecutors are explicit on the point. At a meeting of the National Church Movement in Berlin recently, Dr. Krause said:- “It is an impossible idea that we can acknowledge the Third Reich, and yet obey God more than man. We must return to a native scheme of values, retaining as much of Christianity as will stand this test

 

 

So therefore Peter puts the principle into immediate action and in the hearing and before the very eyes of the Sanhedrim, which had strictly forbidden, under threat of death, the proclamation of the Gospel, proclaims it, whatever might be the consequences; and in doing so purposely exalts the ‘crown rights of the Redeemer.’ “Whom ye slew, hanging him upon a tree, him did God exalt to be a PRINCE and a Saviour”: He is already, de jure though not yet de facto, King of kings and Lord of lords, and therefore outdistancing all other monarchs in lawful and final authority. The principle on which we are to act thus develops before our eyes. The Christian is a citizen of the country in which he dwells, so far as subjection and obedience to the Civil Power is concerned; but in all other realms - the realms of affection, of reason, of activity, of devotion - “our citizenship is in heaven” (Phil. 3: 20), and we are ‘strangers and pilgrims’ in every country on earth (Heb. 11: 13).

 

 

Now there rises on the scene the incarnation of religious liberty as based on political expediency, in the person of a man such as God has used again and again to avert persecution. Israel’s most influential statesman utters a sentence which has become famous:- “Refrain from these men, and let them alone: for if this counsel or this work be of men, it will be overthrown: but if it is of God, ye will not be able to overthrow them: lest haply you be found even to be fighting against God.” Gamaliel is the embodiment of political caution and spiritual expediency. His citation of two false Messiahs infers that he equally expects the ultimate collapse of the Apostles: he stands neutral, instead of investing the truth for himself: he embodies for all time a statesmanship, so often used of God to avert persecution, which (to use modern phrases) counsels a masterly inactivity, a splendid isolation.* And so the work of God goes on.  The Sadducees said that there is neither angel nor spirit, and an angel lets their prisoners out; and Gamaliel leant all his weight on the transient will-o’-the-wisp of two false messiahs, and lo, he lets loose the Church of God for two thousand years!

 

* Thus the political grant of religious liberty rests on a basis fundamentally distinct from the anti-God campaign: the one say - “Lest ye be found fighting against God”; the other - “Our fighting is against God, and therefore God’s people must be stamped out.” In Russian schools 25,000,000 children are taught as their first lesson, - “There is no god,” with the confirmatory response, - “Nor ever shall be

 

 

A revelation of extraordinary value closes and crowns the drama. The Apostles “therefore” - because of Gamaliel’s intervention - “departed from the presence of the council, rejoicing that they were COUNTED WORTHY to suffer dishonour for the Name It is a wonderful disclosure that persecution is a trust which proves to be a revelation of the persecuted. In the mouth of apostles it cannot be an unmeaning sentimentality, but hard fact: they knew, by what had happened, that they had obtained a spiritual rank - a toughness of spiritual fibre - which made it possible for God to entrust them with sharp suffering. The greater our load, the greater God’s estimate of our carrying capacity, for He has definitely undertaken not to impose more than we can bear. The Apostles’ joy thus rests on a truth for the Church of God in all lands and all ages which will become only more golden as suffering grows more acute. To the threat of death Luther replied:- “It’s just as if I thought I could terrify a man by letting him ride off freely on his own bridled horse. Could there be a more contemptible menace than that of death?” The first hymn he wrote commemorated the young martyrs of Brussels. When the details of their sufferings reached him, he broke down in tears and said:- “I thought I should be the first to suffer martyrdom for the Gospel’s sake, but I was not worthy

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

26

 

 

IS IT PEACE?

 

 

By A. G. TILNEY

 

 

 

MOST people seem to be writing or talking as if World War Number Three is sooner or later certain, inevitable. In that case, prayer would be as futile as a peace-conference. But prayer - of the right kind, and along the right lines (even more than of the right quantity) - can change things, that is, hearts and circumstances. God rules over all, rulers’ hearts are in His Hand, and He has told us in outline and in order what is coming. Indeed, the Scripture here is the most reliable news.

 

 

We are told the character of the supposedly impending war - atomic, bacteriological, etc., global, universal, destroying civilization if not mankind. Moreover, some Christians point to Peter’s prophecy as if the Bible foretold such general destruction for the end of this age. Here, however, there are seemingly two errors: first, this destruction cannot be till Christ has personally come and reigned one thousand years upon this earth; second, it is not only the end of this age that Peter refers to, but the end of this world, prior to the creation of the new earth, and it is brought about not by men but by God.

 

 

All the same men’s hearts are failing them for fear, as Christ declared would be the case before His coming in power and glory. Therefore, the man who could avert this peril and catastrophe would be hailed as hero and revered as saviour of mankind. Let us now remember that Satan counterfeits God and offers not at once an enemy of Christ, but an imitation Christ. Christ came in gentleness and mercy - as the Lamb, but He is coming again in power and judgment as the Lion of the tribe of Judah. We may therefore believe that the false Christ will deceive men by coming first of all as a wolf in sheep’s clothing, posing as saviour, peacemaker, as humanitarian, philanthropic. That is, the antichrist will not appear as antichrist to begin with. His coming will be, so to speak, in two parts or stages - in two characters, lamb-like, wolf-like.

 

 

Now God has promised a millennium, a Golden Age in the future like the Golden Age in the past, a period of rest and glory, of prosperity and peace (based upon judgment and righteousness). We must therefore expect Satan in his counterfeiting to offer something similar to what God has promised. Now it is most remarkable that in one of the end-times (for there are several rehearsals of the final drama) one of the antichrist’s forerunners and understudies actually offered Israel a counterfeit of the earthly Canaan, the land flowing with milk and honey, and openly called it “a land like your own land”, with descriptive details studiedly borrowed from those of the Land of Promise: “a land of corn and wine, a land of bread and vineyards, a land of oil olive and of honey, that ye may live, and not die” (2 Kings, 18: 31-32; Deut. 8 : 7-8).

 

 

Here, then, is clearly a False Millennium, promised to Israel long ago - and we can assume that the offer will be repeated in the full-dress rehearsal of these latter days. Satan, the prince and God of this age, can surely offer the subjects (as he offered the King Himself in His temptations) the Kingdom of this world (Luke 4: 4-6). Moreover, the Saviour Himself said that if a boastful independent benefactor came “in his own name” he would be received (John 5: 43).

 

 

While, then, a human atomic war - world-wide, and pre-millennial, and earth-destroying - is not announced in Holy Writ, the Bible puts us on our guard against a false peace deluding men into accepting their destroyer as their deliverer. In Zech. 1: 11, an ominous lull before impending doom reveals that “all the earth sitteth still and is at rest .... at ease”. In Rev. 6: 4, we read of the apocalyptic horseman who had authority “to take peace from the earth”. In 1 Thess. 5: 3, we hear men boasting just before the Great and Terrible Day of the Lord that they have, without Him, achieved “Peace and Security” (i.e., freedom from war, want and fear).

 

 

The boast is vain - apart from righteousness and the Coming of the Prince of Peace, for there is no real or lasting peace for the wicked. Yet we may be sure that the boast will be made, “with all deceivableness of unrighteousness” (2 Thess. 2: 10). But how will such spurious peace come about? To remove fear, there must be some sort of disarming, a calling of a halt in the present wild armaments race. Can it be that anti-God Rosh will by some material pledge prove the sincerity of his protestations on behalf of peace? This seems implied in the reversion to more primitive weapons of warfare before the fleece is thrown off and the Assyrian again comes down like a wolf on the fold - in the land of unwalled villages, dwelling safely (Ezek. 38: 8; 39: 9).

 

 

Far, therefore, from despairingly assuming an immediate world-war let us pray for all leaders and rulers, for continued peace in Jerusalem, and hopefully prepare for the proclamation of God’s Good News of Christ’s Kingdom “in all the world for a witness unto all nations; and then shall the end come” (Matt. 24: 14). And let us watch and pray that we may be accounted worthy to escape the tribulation and, as rulers, to enter the real and impending millennium (Luke 20: 35; 21: 36), the Realm and Rule of the true Prince of Peace.

 

 

-------

 

 

THE CHURCH AND THE SECOND COMING

 

 

Clement (96 A.D.), Bishop of Rome, mentioned in Phil. 4: 3 - “Let us every hour expect the Kingdom of God .... we know not the day

 

 

Polyearp (108 A.D.), Bishop of Smyrna, the pupil of John the apostle who leaned upon Jesus’ breast - “He will raise us from the dead ... we shall ... reign with Him

 

 

Ignatius, Bishop of Antioch, whom the historian Eusebius says was the Apostle Peter’s successor - “Consider the times and expect Him

 

 

Papias (116 A.D.), Bishop of Hierapolis, whom Irenaeus said saw and heard John - “There will be one thousand years ... when the reign of Christ personally will be established on earth

 

 

Justin Martyr (150 A.D.) “I and all others who are orthodox Christians, on all points, know there will be ... a thousand years in Jerusalem ... as Isaiah and Ezekiel declare

 

 

Irenaeus (175 A.D.), Bishop of Lyons, companion of Polycarp, John’s pupil, commenting on Jesus’ promise to drink again of the fruit of the vine in His Father’s Kingdom argues - “That this can only be fulfilled upon our Lord’s personal return on earth

 

 

Tertullian (200 A.D.) - “We do indeed confess that a Kingdom is promised on earth

 

 

Nepos (262 A.D.), Bishop of Egypt, proclaimed the second coming and millennial Kingdom. His writings reveal that Dionysius, opposing the second coming, declared that John never wrote Revelation and that the book could not be understood. Opponents of second coming truth have continued this argument until today and still so argue.

 

 

Lactantius (300 A.D.) - “The righteous dead ... and reign with them on earth ... for a thousand years

 

 

In 325 A.D., 318 bishops from all parts of the earth, gathered at Nicea, declared - “We expect a new heaven and earth ... at the appearing of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ, and then, as Daniel says, the saints of the Most High shall take the kingdom

 

 

Historical writers bear witness of the early church’s belief in Jesus’ return to and reign upon the earth.

 

 

Eusebius admits that most of the ecclesiastics of his day believed in Christ’s coming before the millennium.

 

 

Giesseler, “Church History,” Vol. 1, p. 166 - “Millenarianism became the general belief of the time

 

 

Dr. Bonar in “Prophetic Land-Marks” writes - “Millenarianism prevailed universally during the first three centuries

 

 

Luther, commenting on John 10: 19 - “Let us not think that the coming of Christ is far off

 

 

Calvin, in the third book of his “Instituteschapter 25 - “Scripture uniformly enjoins us to look with expectation for the advent of Christ

 

 

John Knox of Scotland, Latimer, the English reformer, John Bunyan, Samuel Rutherford, John Milton, all expressed belief in the pre-millennial second coming of Christ.- Tabernacle Tidings.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

 

27

 

THE SECRET COMING DEFENDED

 

 

By ALBERT  G.  TILNEY, B.A.

 

 

 

Mr. Reese (like Mr. Roland Bingham* still more recently) gives us back Matthew’s parables and prophecies, as well as the Sermon on the Mount. These are all Christian. They shake and wake us out of complacency and self-satisfaction. They are searching, challenging, stimulating, revealing personal responsibility for our condition and approval at the Judgment-Seat of Christ. Some leaders, concentrating exclusively on the future glories and graces of the Church, have forgotten present actualities in the contemplation of the ultimate ideal. They have overlooked the fact that even ‘Ephesians’ (grand, discriminating and severe) can be summed up as (not what we are, but) what we SHOULD BE in the light of what we were and shall be. As a matter of actual experience, the Church is at present in ruins - very imperfect, disunited, unready, unwatchful, unbelieving even, though we rejoice to think of so many lovely individuals and assemblies we personally know. And to say this former thing is surely far more scriptural and charitable than to call those we will not unite with mere professors, which is often tantamount to saying that those who differ from us are not part of the Church at all. We must abandon the term ‘professing Church’. It is false to the Word content with a threefold division of mankind (1 Cor. 10: 32). It is a Pharisaical invention, a refuge of lies, robbing God of His holiness, the Church of solemn warnings. We must abandon too, the erroneous phrase “all of grace” (ctr. Rom. 4: 4). For we have to work, and qualify for a reward and prize, a crown and kingdom that not even Paul was always sure of (Phil. 3: 11-15; 1 Cor. 9: 24-27). We must each be made manifest before the Approaching Judgment-Seat of Christ. Every individual life will be investigated, down to the idle word - Reese’s, Kelly’s, mine. And it is this that will take time and needs caution. Especially when wicked and slothful servants argue with their Lord - as some argue already that such are not really servants, and that He is not really their Lord. A life-time of wrong - cowardice, indulgence, error, pride - will not be put right in a moment of time, glossed over in secret (Acts 16: 37). We must not silence scripture with scripture, or with tradition and prejudice. For there are two condemnations, one of the (not non-believer, but) disbeliever which we shall escape (John 3: 18; Rom. 8: 1), and another one possible to the believer which we may escape by being accounted worthy and approved (1 Cor. 11: 31; 1 Tim. 3: 6; Jas. 3: 1; Matt. 5: 22; 7: 2). For while not appointed unto wrath we can incur it, since we inevitably reap what we have sown, and alas! we may allow vain words to deceive us into partaking it (Ephes. 5: 5-7). But blessed be God, by overcoming, we can have confidence instead of shame at His appearing.

 

* “Matthew the Publican: His Gospel”, but he trips at the same point of the Secret Presence.

 

 

The first stage of the Coming (to the air) will be thief-like, i.e. secret, concealed in clouds. Some Christians will be ignorant and unaware of it (Rev. 3: 3), and therefore left behind as unwatchful, though caught up later. For we MUST ALL appear - be made manifest - before the Bema of Christ. This will be in the clouds, characteristic of the Pavilion and Throne of God (Ex. 14: 19; Ps. 18: 11; 97: 2; Rev. 1: 7a). The individual judgment of billions of believers will take a considerable time, as will also the establishment and development of the reign of Anti-Christ on the earth. God is not in a hurry.  His “quick coming” already has lasted 1,800 years, though no longer than a life-time for any one of us. God’s microscopically examined day is equal to 1,000 years with us.

 

 

The Lord’s invisible coming to the air could begin to-night, but He will almost certainly remain there the 40 days of harvest. There was a corresponding probationary period between the Ascension in A.D. 30 and the Jerusalem-Siege Tribulation a generation later. Rev. 10: 7 shows that the last trump will occupy a period: “days when the seventh angel shall begin to sound”; and the trumpet of the Lord (1 Thess. 4.) will be heard only by those keeping awake and listening for it. Some Christians (like Peter during cock-crow) will sleep through it, i.e. through all but its last sounding, and in any case, no worldling will hear it. It will be audible but not public.

 

 

In clouds concealed, there will be the private appearances of the Lord to His own alone: this will be the Epiphany of the Lord IN the Parousia. The Bema sessions over, the clouds will break, and, like lightning flashing through the gloom, every eye will see Him (Rev. 1: 7b). The pillar of secret cloud will have become a pillar of public fire. This will be the Epiphany OF the Parousia (or Pavilion-Presence) of the Lord; a manifestation made public to Israel and the world. As He comes to judge the Church before He judges Israel and the world, He necessarily appears first to the Church, afterwards to Israel and the world. It is a bright manifestation (2 Thess. 2: 8) - the outshining OF the Parousia, just as the Lord looked through the pillar upon the Egyptians He was about to judge (Ex. 14: 24-25). Then those who are accounted worthy, the righteous, who fulfil God’s ideal for them, will appear with Him in glory (Rev. 19: 8, 14). But while the Presence is before, the appearance of the Presence is after, the Tribulation. The Church is not only a bride, but wheat, both ripe and unripe, and so not all will be reaped and caught up at once, but every man in his own order (1 Cor. 15: 23): Christ the firstfruits, afterwards they that are Christ’s (not at His coming but) during His Parousia. This - the thief-like, cloudy Presence, before the lightning-like, glorious Presence - explains how the Parousia is first secret, then public, with an important interval between the heaven-air, air-earth stages. Geographically, the 70-mile Jerusalem-Galilee range of the 40 Days was I: 360 of the circle of the globe to be commanded at the Return; temporally, the 40 Days were 1: 360 of the probationary 40 years. The end of the Coming will be glory, power and the Kingdom.

 

 

With Mr. Reese and his critics it is the story over again of the travellers approaching from opposite directions - a shield, gold on one side and silver on the other. But they cannot see how far they are both right and both wrong. Hence the deadlock. A scholar and theologian could help them if they would but heed - one who follows the Word closely, fully and solely. This is Robert Govett, of whom Mr. Reese has unfortunately never heard. He is now more than ever coming into his own, as Spurgeon said he would. He clearly shows in his Prophecy on Olivet that Matt. 24: 1-31 is Jewish, the rest Christian. The ‘elect’ are Jewish gathered after the Tribulation. The ‘one taken’ is Christian, taken to glory before the coming Flood.

 

 

As a missionary, brave, devoted, self-sacrificing, Mr. Reese rightly demands courage, love and service of his fellow-Christians. And these are the qualities the Lord seeks and rewards with distinction at the approaching advent.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

28

 

REIGNING WITH CHRIST

 

 

 

AS a king calls to his cabinet his trusted and valued friends, and appoints to the most responsible posts those of the most approved fidelity, both for their reward, and for the benefit of the kingdom, so does Christ with his saints.

 

 

This future rulership is really the secret of our present discipline. We are being trained in service with a view to the coming kingdom. What an outlook! Through faith in Christ we shall experience the fullness of an eternal life in a new and better world.  And if we are faithful to him here, we shall reign with him there.

 

 

“The thousand years for Christ’s reign on earth with its judgments and justice make the great high peak presented in the Scriptures. It is the subject of the greater part of prophecy. Since it is a time of justice and judgment, and since it is presided over by One who has been thoroughly tempted and tried; One who has suffered and died to prove his merit - therefore all who take part in this thousand years must also be of proven merit, many of them even proven by martyrdom. Any position held in this regime and reign is upon individual merit alone. No position in this kingdom is held because of grace alone. Everyone in this reign with Christ, of course, is a born-again, saved, resurrected Christian; but, more than that, everyone, besides being a saved individual, is an overcomer, a Christian, Spirit-filled, and one who has walked in spiritual victory, a worthy.

 

 

Everything that has to do with this thousand years must meet the most terrific fires of testing. Only that which can pass through the fire test at the judgment seat of Christ can be admitted into this thousand years of millennial splendour.” - Dr. Paul Rader.

 

 

Edward Greswell, B.D., in an article entitled “The Millennium and Eternal Life,” says: - “The interposition of the millenary scheme, with its peculiar economy of retribution, is necessary to reconcile the doctrine of Scripture, that we are justified and saved by faith, and by faith alone, with the promise of Scripture, nevertheless, of a reward proportioned to works.

 

 

It is a necessary consequence of the doctrine of salvation by faith, that all who are justified, and saved, on that account, are justified freely, and without any regard to their personal works, and consequently to their personal deserts. A promise of rewards, on the other hand, in proportion to works, must be strictly in proportion to deserts; and therefore, it seems to be implied by the fact of such a promise that in apportioning the future reward of those who are saved their personal deserts will be strictly taken into account.

 

 

Now these two things, as thus stated, are evidently at variance. Salvation by faith excludes all regard to works, and therefore all difference of personal deserts; a reward of the good and righteous, in proportion to their works, must be in proportion to their deserts. Nor can I imagine any mode of reconciling them together, but this - that the doctrine of Scripture, which relates to final acceptance irrespectively of the differences of personal desert, is in reference to one state of things; and the doctrine of Scripture, which holds out the expectation of a reward in proportion of works, and therefore has respect to the differences of personal desert, is in reference to another.

 

 

The former I consider to be the state of things, which is known by the name of eternal life, or is the condition of being, through all eternity, in the kingdom of heaven; the latter to the state of things under the millennium, and during the temporal reign of Christ on earth.

 

 

The matter of fact involved in each of these statements is in either case equally indisputable. It is equally certain that all who are saved, as such, are saved by faith in Jesus Christ; and by faith without respect of works - and consequently, of differences of desert; and it is also certain that if any are to be rewarded in another life, for their conduct in the present life, that is for their works, they must be rewarded in proportion to those works, and therefore in proportion to their deserts.” - Christian Life.

 

 

-------

 

 

QUESTION AND ANSWER

 

 

QUESTION - Are not all true Christians caught up when Jesus comes? If not, who will be left behind? Jesus said, “Pray that you might be counted worthy to escape...” What does that mean?

 

 

Answer - “Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass and to stand before the Son of man Luke 21: 36.

 

 

The two preceding verses (Luke 34, 35) clarify this admonition. The people of God are cautioned against being careless in their Christian experience. The inference is that conditions will be such that many will grow careless and drift along with the spirit of the times. Weymouth’s translation says, “Take heed to yourselves, lest your souls be weighed down with self-indulgence and drunkenness or the anxieties of this life These very dangers are present to-day, and are very likely to continue through to the Rapture. Money is plentiful. Drinking and smoking by both sexes make these evils popular. Self-indulgence of every description is practiced. Thousands of Christians have been swept from their moorings during the past few years. Prayer is neglected, consequently there is a general decline in spirituality. We are told to pray that we may be fully strengthened to escape all these evil things and be able to take our place in the presence of the Son of Man.

 

 

The foolish virgins, and all those who have grown careless in their Christian experience, are in a declining spiritual condition and will be left behind.  Moffatt states that those who fail to keep awake and pray, that day will catch them suddenly as a trap. - The Midnight Cry.

 

 

WITNESSES TO PROPHECY IN PALESTINE

 

 

Scattered over the hills and valleys of Palestine live humble but telling witnesses of the Lord’s displeasure which, invoked upon the land many centuries ago by Israel’s sin, has ever since rendered it barren. These are the thistles and thorns which thrive everywhere with amazing vitality. Dr. James G. Heller, prominent American Jew and Zionist, in visiting Palestine recently, commented on the abundance of its thistles in these words:- “One of the most vivid impressions that followed me about the land was the bewildering variety of its thistles and thorns. Every land has its crop of them. But Palestine seemed to me unique in this regard. They were everywhere, near every village, on every hill. Even the rockiest and the most forbidding areas in Judea were covered with them. And most of them corresponded in no wise to our familiar American species. They were new and exceedingly various: some like plants made of amethyst jade; others with little yellow velvet blossoms; and still others rising straight up to deep purple spheres. Were these the heritage of exile and desolation, the citizens that had come in from the desert to cover the nakedness of the land? Even now they co-mingle with the crops, and hardily thrust themselves among the barley and the wheat of the Arabs

 

 

As the outcome of Israel’s obdurate disobedience, prophets foretold its exile and, in the desolated land, aridity and thorns. “All the land shall become briers and thorns” (Isa. 7: 25). “The thorn and the thistle shall come up on their altars” (Hos. 10: 8). But when the Lord blesses His repentant nation and exalts it to its place at the head of the nations, He will banish from their land the ubiquitous thorn as well as all other signs of His anger against it. “Upon the land of my people shall come up thorns and briers; yea, upon all the houses of joy in the joyous city: ... until the Spirit be poured upon us from on high, and the wilderness be a fruitful field, and the fruitful field be counted for a forest” (Isa. 32: 13-15).

 

 

What a long “until” this [Divine] prophecy gives us! God does not, and will not, make His chosen land to blossom as a rose so long as Israel rejects its Messiah, for the impartation of His blessing to a Christ-rejecting nation is unthinkable. Repentance and restoration, faith and blessing are wedded in the prophecies of Israel’s future; and hence the day of the nation’s faith in Jesus Christ must first come ere the blessing of God clothes the land with fertility and beauty as lovely as the rose.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

29

 

 

THE CHRISTIAN AND POLITICS

 

 

By OWEN VOSS

 

 

 

IN the long history of the Church we have a literal and terrible fulfilment of the prophesied activity of Satan. We are told that he goes about “as a roaring lion seeking whom he may devour

 

 

His determination to tear to pieces the Church of Christ, and destroy the living testimony to the Redeemer of lost and sinful men, found expression in the diabolical activity of Nero and the unrestrained cruelty of Diocletian.

 

 

The public slaughter of believers throughout the ages, whether the human instrument be a rope or a military dictator, and the means employed be a fire or a sword, or the horror of rotting in a rat-infested dungeon, the fact that all this has happened to men, women, and even children professing the name of Christ is undeniable evidence that what Scripture foretold would come to pass has indeed come to pass. When it has not been expedient to devour openly, then has Satan transformed himself into an angel of light in order to deceive.

 

 

The manner of this deception at once suggests some form of false teaching; a teaching that, while it contains some element of truth, is still not in accordance with the written word. In this connection there is no greater chaos in the channels of human thought than that which prevails as a result of attempting to Christianize modem society; to impregnate the existing order with what passes for the Christian Religion, and by that means build the Kingdom of God on earth. This is the bait that is used to attract believers and thus draw them into the perplexity that is causing men’s hearts to fail, and to wonder what is coming to pass upon the earth.

 

 

We know of course that Scripture teaches us that until a set time the earth would remain under the curse, due to the disobedience of our first parents. There has been no later revelation of any description to tell us that the curse pronounced in Eden has been lifted. Consequently a cursed earth and a creature in controversy with his Creator are conditions entirely consistent with the revelation given to us in God’s word, and indeed are the only adequate and logical explanation of what we see around us. Believers, leaving the plain statements of God’s word, are being enticed into all manner of worldly activity in an attempt to impose the Sermon on the Mount upon an unregenerate society. This pre-occupation with the affairs of this life is producing the choked spiritual life the Saviour warned against in the parable of the sower. “And that which fell among thorns are they, which, when they have heard, go forth, and are choked with cares of this life - and bring no fruit to perfection

 

 

Satan knew that the vanity of men exults in the fascinating glory of a worldly kingdom. Consequently he took Jesus up into an exceeding high mountain and shewed Him all the kingdoms of the world in a moment of time. This temptation is remarkable for the insight we have given us of the depth of cunning to which Satan can descend. He attracts in order to deceive. The kingdoms of this world are a very real attraction to a mind alienated from God.

 

 

A civilization enlightened by its own education and philosophies of life, spurred on by the impetus of its own inventions, and moving through a series of social revolutions towards some fancied golden age or new world-order is the mirage in the desert that captivates the worldly-minded. Its attainment is accepted by the greatest political thinkers of the day as being merely a matter of time. They make their speeches, ring with the surety of attaining this goal: but Jesus, who knew the end from the beginning, in startling contrast to mere man who knows not what a day brings forth, refused to accept Satan’s offer of world rulership, though the offer was made at a time when the Son of Man had not where to lay His head.

 

 

Hence, politics, which broadly speaking is the collective activity and expedient administration of earthly governments, are by their very nature forbidden territory to one who belongs to the Father. The strife and clash of opposing opinions among men seeking to rule without God clearly forbid the interference of one separated by Christ from the wisdom of this world. The political arena is the breeding ground for the secret diplomacy that periodically hurls one nation at another. It is an established fact that politics are a career, yet who would dare, nay who is competent, to say just what particular motive is driving a politician along a certain line of thought?

 

 

It is generally accepted that the aim of the politician is a healthier state of society. But the lessons of history, one’s personal experience, and the decidedly unhealthy and dangerous conditions of the political arena of our own day do not support that view. The determination to satisfy personal vanity and the wielding of personal power in the realm of power-politics seem to be much nearer the truth. The gilded lie was never so much in evidence as in our own day. Continental political giants have been stripped, naked and exposed as careerists and cowards, vultures living on the people.

 

 

It cannot be too strongly pointed out that the social righteousness advocated by the politician is a righteousness without God. At best it is humanism that is wholly detached from the purity of God’s Righteousness as revealed, in Jesus Christ. Frankly considered, the case against the [regenerate] believer becoming enmeshed in the political confusion that so substantially contributes to the prevailing perplexity has been proved conclusively. This inability to diagnose the cause of the human tragedy made up as it is of lawlessness and suffering, the latter following the former as night follows day, is effectively demonstrated by the desperate and hopeless resort to a new league of nations; a new league of nations fortified by an international police force, with the addition of the resources of modem scientific research in the field of high-powered destructives.

 

 

It is a fact that, continually faced with the destructive power of evil, the most cultured and educated civilization attainable by men is literally forced to protect itself by a more scientific and a more powerful arm of law. This age-long struggle for supremacy between good and evil, culminating as it has done in the nearly complete and continual victory of evil over good, even though temporary, must sooner or later give birth to the final crisis of the nations. As a result of the earth-shaking activity of the second world war, powerful nations will move rapidly and inevitably into the orbit of total defiance towards God.

 

 

There is an impassable gulf between the imaginations of unregenerate men and the purposes of God according to His foreknowledge. One illustration will suffice. According to men the cause of all world chaos and individual distress is either unsound politics, mismanaged industry, biased education, or perverted economics. All this they say produces a world-crisis resulting in war, which can only be averted in the future by a truly organised distribution of the resources of the earth. It will be seen at once that while such a superficial explanation is made a basis for starting another new order of any kind whatever, the real issue will never be fought out. It is simply a tinkering with symptoms to the fatal neglect of the disease. Jesus left no room for doubt that in fully accepting the implications of the death of the Cross, He was personally dealing with the controversy that God has with the creature He made. And not only so, but when He said, “It is finished that was a plain declaration that the conflict of the ages had passed its greatest crisis. The righteousness of God had been revealed in a display of love and power so unique that a perfect remedy was provided in the death and resurrection of Jesus for the disease that has cursed humanity, namely, sin. Can it be wondered at that the ablest and most sincere politician only adds to the confusion and misery when he seeks a solution of the world’s troubles by deliberately ignoring the fact of Calvary? Because Jesus has personally settled God’s controversy with the nations, the nations are commanded to “Kiss the Son lest He be angry, and ye perish from the way, when His wrath is kindled but a little

 

 

From this it is clear that attempt to build a new world order is simply another way of saying, "We shall not have this Man to reign over us.” It follows that if the world has rejected Christ, then all its activity is Godless, and doomed to failure for that very reason. No doubt men are baffled by the presumption of ministers of religion blessing the schemes and plans for a new world order when it is remembered that in the vital international council chambers God is never even named, let alone consulted.

 

 

-------

 

 

Advent

 

 

It is wonderful how symptoms ripen for the Advent, and how convincing they are to watchful eyes. Under symptoms far less decisive Disraeli, Lord Beaconsfield, actually thus addressed the British Parliament on July 2, 1874:- “The great crisis of the world is nearer than some suppose. Why is Christendom so menaced? I fear civilization is about to collapse. Turn wherever we like, there is an uncomfortable feeling abroad, a distress of nations, men’s hearts failing them for fear. No man can fail to mark these. Some gigantic outburst must surely fall. Every Cabinet in Europe is agitated. Every king and ruler has his hand on his sword hilt. We are upon times of unusual ghastliness. We are approaching the end.”

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

30

 

PRAYING FOR THE LORD’S RETURN

 

 

By D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

PROBABLY no generation since our Lord ascended has had such urgent reasons as our own for praying for our Lord to come back, and as few, exceedingly few, will share in thus producing the vastest event this old earth will ever know, let us be among that few. “GOD WORKS ACCORDING TO THE PRAYERS OF HIS PEOPLE” (Evan Roberts); and the date of the Advent is a loose end which prayer can affect: since God has made all His actions in this lower world to depend on faith and prayer, He may be depending on us for the Advent more than we dream. “The Lord Himself,” in the words of Canon Simpson, “would never have bidden us pray, Thy Kingdom come, if those seasons, which no man knows, were so irrevocably fixed that our efforts could not hasten, or our sins retard, the wheels of His chariot.” If the Jewish disciple, by praying that his flight may not be on the Sabbath or in winter (Matt. 24: 20), can so modify the date of that flight as to change not only the day of the week but even the season of the year, much more is it in the power of the Church, and therefore our glorious responsibility, to “HASTEN the coming of the day of God” (2 Pet. 3: 12, marg.).

 

 

The Holy Ghost

 

 

First we learn what is the mind of the Holy Ghost. “The Spirit and the Bride say, Come” (Rev. 22: 17). It is (as far as I know) the only recorded prayer of the Holy Ghost: He Who prays “with groanings which cannot be uttered” (Rom. 8: 26), when they are uttered, their summary is, COME. The significance of this is extraordinary. The Spirit has a myriad ways of affecting the world for good, yet His prayer is, Come: He knows perfectly all evolution, all progress, all revival, all Gospel advance, yet His prayer is, Come: He knows the inexhaustible resources, the unrevealed powers, the lost secret plans of God, yet His prayer is, Come. The Holy Ghost knows no solution to the problem of the universe except the Second Advent of Christ; and it is His own supreme prayer; thus the fuller we are of the Spirit of God, the surer we are to pray His prayer.

 

 

Our Saviour

 

 

Next we learn the mind of our Lord. He says: “When ye pray, say, Thy kingdom come” (Matt. 6: 10). “This, more than ever in these last days, ought to be the first and last of the Church’s prayers; for all that she desires for herself, for the world, and for her Lord Himself, is comprised in this” (Dr. H. Bonar). We are apt to see men to the exclusion of mankind; when we pray for the Kingdom, we plead for thirty generations against one; for God will amputate a single generation - and that only after countless pleadings in grace and judgment - to save an entire race. It is the most practical of all possible prayers, for there is no other way whereby the world’s political and social salvation can be wrought, and God’s love for the world at last fulfilled. “There is no remedy,” as Lord Shaftesbury, who wrought more social amelioration for his generation than any other man, said, “for all this mass of misery, but in the return of our Lord Jesus Christ. Why do we not plead for it every time we hear the clock strike

 

 

The Apostles

 

 

Next we learn the mind of the Apostles. Jesus says, “Yea, I come quickly.” “Amen cries John: I accept the doctrine, I hold fast the promise, I rejoice in the speed: “Come, Lord Jesus” (Rev. 22: 20). It is the last prayer from an apostle’s lips; it is the last and crowning prayer of the Bible; it is the last prayer of the last apostle of the Lamb: the whole canon of inspiration closes with a direct appeal to Christ to come. “There may be many years of hard work before the consummation, but the signs are to me so encouraging that I would not be unbelieving if I saw the wing of the apocalyptic angel spread for its last triumphant flight in this day’s sunset; or if to-morrow morning the ocean cables should thrill us with the news that Christ the Lord had alighted on Mount Olivet to proclaim universal dominion. O you dead Churches, wake up! O Christ, descend! Scarred temple, take the crown! Bruised hand, take the sceptre! Wounded foot, step the throne! Thine is the Kingdom!” (Dr. Talmage). It is John’s last prayer, and happy shall we be if, falling asleep, it is the last prayer upon our lips also.

 

 

The Church

 

 

Next we learn the mind of the Apostolic Church. “The Spirit and the Bride say, Come” (Rev. 22: 17). In all sections of the Church this prayer has never ceased down all the ages; yet only when John wrote did the Bride, as a whole, thus pray. “Surely I come quickly,” says Sir Robert Anderson, “are Christ’s last recorded words, but their fulfilment awaits the response of His people, ‘Amen; come, Lord Jesus.’ There is not a Church in Christendom that would corporately pray that prayer to-day.” Foreseeing this, how impressive it is that the Holy Spirit immediately adds: “And he that heareth” - he who has the hearing ear because he has the overcoming life - “let him say, Come IT IS A PRAYER PUT UPON OUR LIPS BY DIVINE COMMAND; that is, when corporate praying fails, infinitely more urgent becomes the individual prayer; and even if the corporate prayer continues, God is not content unless each adds, his own “Come* Therefore every interpretation of prophecy which excludes this prayer as wrong or inappropriate or inopportune, is self-condemned; every argument which silences it blocks the praying of the Holy Ghost through us; and every shrinking from it in our own heart is a work of the flesh. “Hardly had our Lord reached the threshold of the House of the Father than He shouted back, Surely I come quickly; nor does the Church enter into the rapture of her hopes until she brings herself to respond, ‘Amen; even so, come, Lord Jesus’” (Dr. Seiss). In the words of McCheyne: “The day is breaking in the east. Oh, brethren, do you know what it is to long for Himself - to cry, Make haste, my Beloved

 

* “This word to the hearer will remain in full force even after the watchful of the Church or the whole Church are borne away. Jesus’ coming is, to Israel also, the great point of hope.” - Govett.

 

 

Ourselves

 

 

Next we learn our own need. All holy and Scriptural desire is, legitimate fuel for prayer; and it is our peril so to be concerned with the doctrine of the Advent that we forget the prayer. In twenty-four volumes of the “Quarterly Journal of Prophecy” (1849 to 1873) there is not a single article on Prayer for the Coming. Is it nothing to us that our Lord wishes to come back? Why is He coming quickly if it is not the speed of desire? “Many Christians do not realise that the Lord is waiting until He is invited by His own to return: we may need to be urged; He does not” (W. Lincoln). And if our conscience cows us with the danger at the Judgment Scat of a soul only partially ready, let us meet that real difficulty by daily offering a simultaneous prayer - that we may be made so deeply prepared in life and character as to be able to see Him in fulness of joy.  It is a self-purifying prayer.* Let us learn to say, in the golden words of the old Puritan, Baxter: “Hasten, O my Saviour, the time of Thy return! Delay not, lest the living give up their hopes; delay not, lest earth should grow like hell and Thy Church be crumbled to dust. Oh, hasten that great resurrection day when the graves that received but rottenness, and retain but dust, shall return Thee glorious stars and suns. Thy desolate Bride saith, Come. The whole creation, saith, Come, even so, Come, Lord Jesus.” As a friend once wrote me:- “I always feel when one sings Miss Havergal’s beautiful hymn - ‘Thou art coming. O my Saviour,’ that I want to prostrate myself on the earth and weep for sheer joy

 

* 1 John 3: 3. Be it also remembered that the rapture, the first act of God’s response, may precipitate life in the very souls unsaved on whose behalf our anxiety might make us hesitate to pray the prayer.

 

 

The Creation

 

 

Finally, we learn the unconscious mind of the world. “The whole creation groaneth and travaileth in pain waiting “for the revealing of the sons of God” (Rom. 8: 19). “Can you say, ‘More than they that wait for the morning, my soul waiteth for Thee?’ Does your heart leap when you think that the Christ, ever present, is drawing near to us? All the signs of the times, intellectual and social: the rottenness of much of our life; the abounding luxury, the hideous vice that flaunts unblamed or unabashed before us: all these things cry out to Him, whose ear is not deaf - even if our voice does not join in the cry - and beseech Him to come” (Dr. Alexander Maclaren). For all the creation needs can be met only by the [Lord’s] Advent. “In this prayer is summed up all that the Christian heart can desire - the destruction of the power of Satan; the deliverance of the creature from the bondage of corruption; the banishment of sin and sorrow from the individual heart and from the world; the restoration of all things; the establishment of the kingdom of righteousness; the beholding by Jesus in fulness of the travail of His soul, the bestowment upon Him in completeness of His promised reward. Let each member of the Church militant unite with the Apostle in the longing cry - ‘Amen; Come, Lord Jesus’” (Dr. E. R. Craven). Says Bishop J. C. Ryle: “Come, Lord Jesus, should be our daily prayer.” Shall we not make a compact together that, so long as breath lasts, we will, without a single day’s intermission, pray, “EVEN SO, COME, LORD JESUS”?

 

 

-------

 

 

LONGING FOR HIS COMING

 

 

Beloved, are we longing for the coming of our Lord, or shall we meet Him with grief and not with joy? Shall we open to Him immediately, or shall we want more time to prepare? Is He coming to us as a Judge, or is He coming to us as the Bridegroom of our hearts and the blessed Hope of all our life?

 

 

This is the special work of the Holy Ghost in preparing His Bride for the coming of the Bridegroom, and, unless we have this expectant love for His appearing, it is certain that we are not in the right state of heart.

 

 

As the Lord’s coming draws nearer, it will doubtless be somehow revealed to the hearts of His children, who are waiting and watching for Him, in such a way that, while they will not know the day nor the hour, they will at least be ready, and something within them will be going out to meet the Bridegroom.

 

 

When a great magnet approaches a lot of little bits of steel and iron filings in a box of sand, they become agitated, and a quivering movement is seen along the whole line. They almost seem to be conscious of something in the air attracting them upward; and when the magnet comes a little nearer, they just leap up to meet it and cling to it by the subtle attraction of the magnetic fluid. And so, as the Lord’s coming draws nearer, the hearts of His people will become strangely conscious that the Bridegroom is at hand, and they will be drawn out to expect Him and prepare for Him in a manner which they themselves may not understand. “When these things begin to come to pass He said, “then lift up your heads and bend yourselves back in the attitude of preparation for flight, “for your redemption draweth nigh

 

 

Sometimes we have seen on a branch a bird standing, almost ready to fly, with wings just fluttering, and its whole attitude poised and prepared to spring from the branch and sweep away into the sky at the call of its distant mate. So should the Bride of the Lamb be waiting with fluttering wing, uplifted eye, and all her being poised and ready at the first call to mount on high and be transported to the Beloved of her heart.

 

                          - A. B. SIMPSON, D.D.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

31

 

BAPTISM ACCORDING TO SCRIPTURE

 

 

By ERNEST W. BACON

 

 

 

This letter, which appeared in The Life of Faith, will, we trust, help any of our readers who are exercised on the subject, and who wish to know the mind of God as revealed in Scripture. - ED., DAWN.

 

 

WITH regard to household baptisms in the New Testament, it be inferred that these included children. In Acts 16: 32 it is distinctly stated that the apostles preached to all that were in the house, and that the jailor and all his were baptized, “believing in God with all his house  His family or household must therefore have been of intelligence and age to believe.  But how can it be maintained in any real sense that infants can believe?

 

 

The crucial point at issue is really this: the infant baptizer regards baptism as “the outward and visible sign of the promise of salvation in Christ”; but this is an idea quite foreign to the New Testament, which plainly teaches that baptism is the declaration of personal faith in Christ as Saviour, and a symbol of the believer’s union with Him in His death and Resurrection (Acts 2: 38; Col. 2: 12). The difference is fundamental and irreconcilable.

 

 

The New Testament tells of the baptism of believers, and speaks of Churches composed of believers. We read of no other baptism, no other Churches. There is not a Biblical scholar of any reputation who denies that in the New Testament baptism is always that of believers, and that it was by immersion. It simply will not do to say that all who were baptized were not believers, and that all members of a apostolic Churches were not sincere. Doubtless there were hypocrites then as now. Even the apostles were sometimes deceived. But this does not alter the case. All who were baptized professed to be believers, and were baptized as such. The profession of faith was held to be essential to baptism and Church fellowship. None could profess faith who were incapable of understanding the faith. The act of profession implies knowledge of Christ and His offered salvation, approbation, conviction, choice. Apart from the genuine personal faith of the baptized person, the rite is meaningless.

 

 

It is clear, from John 4: 1-2, that there is no warrant for the notion that grace or any spiritual privilege is hereditary. No one can believe in Christ on behalf of another. There is no salvation by proxy. The Lord requires personal, responsible decision of heart, mind, will of each individual; the pious hopes and loving prayers of others, taken by themselves, will not do.

 

 

There is, of course, no connection whatever between Jewish circumcision and Christian baptism. .Judaism, with its privileges and responsibilities, was hereditary. It is not so under the new dispensation. Men are not born Christians; they become Christians when they repent and believe (John 1: 12-13). When the apostles wrote to Churches, they did not say:- “To you and your children,” or represent the children as in covenant with God, and therefore entitled to certain rights, and bound to perform certain duties. They addressed the Churches as spiritual societies of believers, taken out of all nations, who were “in Christ Jesus It is surely significant also, that when the apostles gathered in Jerusalem to consider circumcision (Acts 15), they did not drop a single hint that baptism is in the place of circumcision. Logically, if baptism came in the place of circumcision, only male children should be baptized.

 

 

Infant baptizers have no hesitation in declaring at the baptismal service that “this child is regenerate”; yet they are forced to admit that they leave the question as to whether the child is actually regenerated or not to be decided by its subsequent life. If infants are not regenerated in baptism, or if there is a doubt about it, surely it is very wrong to say that they are regenerate. On the other hand if they are regenerated in baptism, what need is there to preach the Gospel to them when they come to years of discretion, or to labour for their conversion? The plain teaching of Scripture is that the new birth, or regeneration, is the definite work of the Holy Spirit, and is usually effected through the instrumentality of the Word of God. It nowhere says that baptism is a sign of regeneration, but of faith in Christ.

 

 

It is with sorrow, and not with hostility, that I am bound to say that most grievous harm has been done to the cause of truth and       Evangelical religion by these unscriptural views. To-day multitudes of people who do not read their Bibles to discover the truth for themselves, believe the superstition that the rite of infant baptism secures for the child a right relationship to God. This cuts at the very root of the principle of personal accountability to God, and in no sense whatever can be harmonized with the doctrine of justification by faith alone. In addition, it is unquestionable that historically nothing has so blurred the difference between the Church and the world as infant baptism, or so brought the world into the Church.

 

 

In conclusion, I would ask the infant baptizer if he thinks it likely that Peter, or John, or Paul would have admitted into the Christian Church any but born-again believers? Or that they would have sprinkled infants incapable of faith and called it baptism, when their commission from the Lord was first to make disciples, and then baptize them?

 

 

Much as it is painful to differ from beloved brethren, we may yet say, “Grace be with all them that love our Lord Jesus in sincerity

 

 

*       *       *

 

 

Here is a remarkable utterance by a beloved leader of the Church of England in the nineteenth century, Bishop J. C. Ryle, in his Knots       Untied (p. 111, 29th ed). “As for maintaining that the ministerial act of baptizing a child did always necessarily convey regeneration, and that every infant baptized was invariably born again, I believe it never entered into the thoughts of those who drew up the Prayer-Book. In the judgment of charity and hope they supposed all to be regenerated in baptism, and used language accordingly. Whether a particular child was actually and really regenerated they left to be decided by its life and ways when it grew up. To say that the assertions of the Prayer-Book Baptismal Service are to be taken for more than a charitable supposition, will be found, on close examination, to throw the whole Prayer-Book into confusion

 

 

Resurrection

 

 

But baptism embodies much more than a funeral. “Having been buried with him in baptism, wherein ye were also raised with him” (Col. 2: 12). But it is more even than resurrection. “We were buried therefore with him through baptism into death; that like as Christ was raised from the dead, so we also” - ascending out of an open grave, and abandoning the moth-eaten garments of a buried life - “should walk” - for we are corpses no more - “in NEWNESS OF LIFE The hard, deep, black trench which God draws between the Church and the world, is the baptismal grave which drowns the old life, and smothers and suffocates all the past; and we rise out of the tomb, typically washed, to walk with God.

 

 

The Type

 

 

The New Testament ritual is wonderfully confirmed by its Old Testament type. “Unto him that loveth us, and washed us from our sins” - total immersion in the baptismal bath - “and made us to be PRIESTS unto his God and Father” (Rev. 1: 5). The ancient priests underwent a similar ritual. At the entrance of the Tabernacle was the altar of burnt offering: at the far opposite end was the Holy Curtain behind which was God: lying exactly mid-way between was the Laver, or brazen sea of water. So when the priests were consecrated, and before they could act as priests, Moses presented them to the people at the altar of burnt offering - atonement: then as the first act, when they crossed the threshold as priests, they washed in the laver of water; and so, emerging, reached the immediate presence of Diety - to walk with God.*

 

* The priests were bathed both in hands and feet (Ex. 30: 19): so to-day the additional rite of feet-washing (John 13: 15) completes the ritual cleansing.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

32

 

IF YOU REMAIN SILENT

 

 

By KEN BURNETT

 

 

 

“For if you remain completely silent at this time, relief and deliverance will arise for the Jews from another place... Yet who knows whether you have come to the kingdom for such a time as this” Esther 4: 14 (NKJV)

 

 

 

The book of Esther tells not only of the removal of wicked Haman and the salvation of the Jews, but it opens on the theme of the removal of disobedient Queen Vashti, and the surprising appointment of a successor... a virtual ‘nobody’ who came from orphan background.

 

 

Bearing in mind that all scripture... is profitable (2 Timothy 3: 16) there are vital parallels herein for our correction and instruction today:

 

 

1. Vashti Had Her Own Agenda, and threw her own party, declining the banquet when the king ‘showed the riches of his glorious kingdom and the splendour of his excellent majesty...’ (Esther 1: 4, 17, 22.) The seven wise men later counselled that Vashti be removed because of the effect her behaviour would have on other women who could become contemptuous of their husbands!

 

 

2. The ‘Replacement’ Queen Elect, Esther, did not disclose her Jewish ancestry, obeying her wise counsellor, Mordecai. (Esther 2: 10.) Let us note also that Esther used none of the ‘cosmetics’ by which the other women sought to win the king’s favour, but ‘she requested nothing but what Hegai the king’s eunuch, the custodian of the women (symbolic of the Holy Spirit) advised... And the king loved Esther more than all the other women.’ (Esther 2: 15, 17.)

 

 

3. But the Paramountcy of Esther’s appointment lay in the timing - something arose in her time which she herself was called to confront. This was the planned, systematic destruction of her own people, the Jews. This is not mere mythology or theology, but plain recorded history. The events concerning Vashti and the appointment of Esther, and the attempted destruction of the Jews are recorded in the annals of Persia. The ongoing Jewish celebrations at Purim of the deliverance of the Jews did not arise out of fairy tales, but from the event itself, which later had its satanic counterpart in the Holocaust.

 

 

4. While Much Has Recently Been Said about the silence of the Church, of Britain and other nations some 60 years ago at the time of the Holocaust - little or nothing is publicly uttered about the current efforts before our very eyes to again destroy the Jewish nation - Israel.  So much for the ‘Never Again

 

 

5. Esther Was Clearly Warned that even though she was Queen, she and her relatives would perish if she did not speak up for the Jews. ‘If you remain silent...’  She had obviously been silent up to that point, and was given a choice: ‘IF…’ Mordecai, the uncle warning her, again symbolises the Holy Spirit. Our thoughts turn to: ‘He that hath an ear, let him hear what the holy Spirit is saying to the churches. To him that overcomes, I will give...’ Many churches being spoken to, but only an individual here and there actually hearing and responding. Rabbinic interpretation of our opening text above, takes it to mean that, if Esther does not respond, God Himself will just intervene in some other way. That is undoubtedly a correct view.

 

 

6. If after Many Years of extermination attempts against Israel (from 1948), the Church as a whole continues to remain indifferent and silent, with the whole matter of the Messiah’s return and 2nd Advent pivoting entirely upon Israel’s salvation, (Matthew 23: 39) what is God to do with us, His body - called to be co-labourers [and heirs] with Him? God is not merely wanting PFI prayer groups. He is looking for whole Church response: prayer on Sunday mornings when the whole church is assembled. This is not PFI, para-church stuff. It is to do with the fulfilment of God’s [prophetic] word and His end-time purposes! It parallels the elder brother of the prodigal son: he just had no idea of what was in his father’s heart, yearning for His far-off son.

 

7. Scripture Makes It Clear that God is ‘exceedingly angry’ ... ‘with the nations at ease’ (Zechariah 1: 15.) And the Lord is ‘zealous for Jerusalem and for Zion with a great zeal.’ (Zechariah 1: 14.) God is not speaking in figurative terms here. He is talking about literal Jerusalem - of which it was recently Islamically claimed - ‘It has never been Jewish - not even a stone thereof

 

8. While We Pursue Our Daily Rounds, ignoring the huge issues swivelling on Israel, we need the trumpet warning of the approach of ‘the day of the Lord’s vengeance, the year of recompense for the cause of Zion’ (Isaiah 34: 8) - addressed specifically to Gentile nations (Isaiah 34: 1, 2). Neither the rapture of the Church, nor many other things that we hope for, are going to occur before certain other difficult events - including this Day of Vengeance - first find fulfilment.

 

 

9. For Esther, Silence Was Irresponsibility. So she first called for 3 days prayer and fasting (even though prayer is not specifically mentioned here). She knew what to do and did it, even though she knew she was putting her life at risk. Many ministers and Bible teachers know what God’s purposes are for Israel, but for the sake of expediency and to avoid rocking the boat - they are silent. While we con understand that ‘there is a time to speak and a time to be silent’ God is not pleased, and reminds us of Vashti’s own agenda being contrary to His. Vashti’s fate seems also to be mirrored in Romans 11: 21 - ‘For if God did not spare the natural branches, He may not spare you either.’

 

 

10. It Was a Grave Risk for Esther to go uninvited into the king’s palace, but she put on her royal robes and came to stand right opposite the very presence of the leading monarch of the world at that point in world history! She had gone saying - ‘if I perish, I perish She drew near and touched the top of his sceptre. What courage! what fortitude! and what a picture of the overcoming church that God longs to see. What an example of the plea and prayer that God waits for from our own hearts and lips!

 

 

While we could say that, in Esther’s day the way into the holy place had not yet been disclosed, (Hebrews 9: 8) today it is far different. Jesus Himself has opened ‘a new and living way’ and we are bidden to ‘come boldly to the Throne of grace, that we may obtain mercy and find grace to help in time of need (Hebrews 10: 20, 4: 16). Plus ‘if we ask anything according to His will, He hears us (1 John 5: 14)

 

 

11. It Is No Accident that Jesus died (some 500 years later) on the very day after Haman’s edict had gone forth to destroy the Jews - 13th of Nisan! (See Esther 3: 12ff) ‘... now you shall keep it until the fourteenth day of the same month (Nisan). Then the whole assembly of the congregation of Israel shall kill it (the unblemished male lamb, a year old) at twilight (Exodus 12: 6.) (Exodus 12: 6.) ‘There was no other good enough to pay the price of sin. He only could unlock the Gate of Heaven and let us in

 

 

12. Esther (in Hebrew means Hadassah which, in turn) means ‘Myrtle’. The myrtle tree, more than anything else, symbolises the intercessor. In Zechariah 1, you find the ‘man on the red horse’ mentioned three times as ‘standing amongst the myrtle trees - hidden in the ravine’. Why? Because the Lord is particularly with the praying remnant ‑here pictured as myrtle trees.

 

 

The myrtle tree is fragrant, lowly and well-watered. Its sprigs are long-lasting and evergreen. It has shining leaves and bears starry, white blossoms. From it beautiful garlands are made. It is a main component of the Lutav, for the year’s final Feast of the Lord - Succot, the Feast of Tabernacles, rounding off the main and final harvest.

 

 

Will you be a sprig of myrtle for Israel?

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

33

 

 

THE MODEL MARTYRDOM

 

 

 

The first Christian martyrdom ever to occur, and the only one ever recorded in detail, is put on record with such a fulness, and such a richness of instruction on how (if called to do so) we are to offer our life for Christ, as to make it the model martyrdom of all time.  And the very name of the martyr pours a searchlight on the record. ‘Stephen’ - of whom we know practically nothing except his martyrdom - means ‘crown’, or ‘crowned’; and the word means not a crown that is inherited, but a crown that is won: it thus singularly embodies our Lord’s assurance to every martyr down all the ages:- “Be thou faithful unto death, and I will give thee THE CROWN OF LIFE” (Rev. 2: 10).*

 

* “Religious persecution began with Christianity.  This is a simple fact of history.  Strange as it may seem, there is no record in earlier times, and all the cruelty and reckless disregard of the sacredness of human life, which sullied the annals of the old world, of suffering and death deliberately inflicted on account of religious opinions. Martyrdom, in the strict sense of that word, was an unknown thing when Stephen stood up before the council” (Bishop Woodford).

 

 

At once we are confronted with the kind of man that makes a martyr. “Stephen, full of faith and of the Holy Spirit” (Acts 6: 5). “Stones are not thrown”, says the proverb, “except at a fruit-laden tree.” No other man in the Bible has this particular description - “full of faith”: that is, a man of passionate conviction; with so complete a faith in his facts that he can face death fearlessly. “His obligations to the Throne of Mercy are so great, his deliverance so gracious, his hope so animating, his responsibilities so awful, that one master-feeling holds his mind - a desire to walk worthy of God, who hath called him to His Kingdom and glory” (R. P. Buddicom, M.A.). So also he is defined as “full of grace” - God’s favour permeating tone, words, thought, bearing - “and power” - the impress of character on action; and all is summed up in a phrase twice repeated, “full of the Holy Ghost” - to a degree, alas, impossible to us, for he “wrought great wonders and signs”.

 

 

But a still intenser flash of light shows us exactly on what, and oh what alone, a martyr’s faith is to rest.  Stephen’s defence before the Sanhedrim, the fullest record of a single address in the New Testament, is solely Scripture so expounded as to meet the charges against him; an appeal to documents (in this case) acknowledged as divine by his opponents; and the documents which, in any case, are the sole seat of authority.  The model martyr is no fanatic, rushing on death; but a balanced mind, an informed judgment, passionately Scriptural: the martyr is a man whose life-interests are bound up with the truth. It is for Scripture that he dies.

 

 

Two fundamentally different groups of persecutors appear all down the ages, and we do well to master the fact.  The first group is utterly unprincipled.  When the Sword of the Spirit proves unanswerable, and the truth irrefutable, the defeated disputant takes up the weapons of force and fraud: “they seized him, and set up false witnesses”. A twisted, distorted charge - exactly similar to our Lord’s alleged threat to destroy the Temple - with just enough of truth to make it easier to believe by the violently prejudiced crowd, best serves the persecutor; and when even this is silenced, there comes the final resort to violence.  Stephen is charged with a criminal attack on the Temple, and with apostasy from the Law of Jehovah; and this charge is grounded, skilfully, on the Christian prophecy of the destruction of the Temple and the disappearance of the Law of Moses. So Athanasius was accused of rebellion and murder; the Reformers were accused of lawlessness; Wesley was accused of Romanism and disloyalty; and Niemoller is accused of anti-State preaching.

 

 

But there is another group with whom a martyr sometimes has to do. “The witnesses laid down their garments at the feet of a young man named Saul; and Saul was consenting unto his death”.  There are deeply religious men who confound us, sincerely, with the Tares, and, contrary to the command of Christ, pluck up the Tares in order (as they imagine) to save the Wheat.  A 350-year-old letter has just come to light and been published for the first time.  It is dated August 28, 1572, and addressed to the Presidents and Chancellors of the King at Lille and written by Charles de Martigny, Lord of St. Remy.  “My Lords: Having heard very good news this morning I have felt bound to communicate it to you by the present letter.  In the evening the King of France in person, accompanied by Messieurs de Guise and burgesses of Paris attacked the Admiral and other Huguenot lords in such wise that he put them all to death.  The Admiral’s head was cut off and his body dragged through the city on a hurdle.  His head stuck on the end of the sword was likewise carried through the city. The King at once ordered the general massacre of all who held with the Huguenots and in less than an hour 10,000 men were found killed in the streets and more than 1,500 Huguenot women. Word was sent to all the country towns to do the same. It seems to me that such news cannot but bring good times.  God be praised for it. - Charles de Martigny.” Not only can an ‘inquisitor’ be sincere, but he may be on the brink of an enormous revelation.  How little Stephen dreamed that the man who was to be the foremost Apostle of all time was not only watching, but assisting in his murder!  What an encouragement to us! Satan slaughters a Stephen and gives the Church a Paul.

 

 

Now before the martyr has uttered a word, and before Theophilus, significantly the son-in-law of Caiaphas, has even challenged the prisoner, an extraordinary fact emerges.  After the bribed witnesses have been heard, and the fictitious charges formulated, all eyes are turned on the prisoner in the dock; and “all that sat in the council, fastening their eyes on him, saw his face as it had been the face of an angel  God’s eagles soar highest in the storm, and His stars are brightest at midnight.  The perfected saint and an angel are brothers.  But why exactly did his face at this moment shine?  The shining face, a face radiant in the act of dying, is spoken alone of Stephen in the New Testament, presumably because the martyr alone is sure of the Kingdom. Death, for us ordinary Christians, can have deep shadows, for our heart trembles over our life’s record: the martyr, on the contrary, knows that the Prize is within his grasp.  “He that loseth his life for my sake our Lord says (Matt. 10: 39), “shall find it that is, in the first resurrection.  “And I saw thrones; and I saw the souls of them that had been beheaded for the testimony of Jesus, and they lived [rose from the dead] AND REIGNED WITH CHRIST A THOUSAND YEARS” (Rev. 20: 4).  But the glory does not save the martyr.  Men saw the face as of an angel, and crashed out the glory with the stones.  The world would kill God if it could.

 

 

A very precious revelation follows.  In that vast crowd there was not one friendly face, so God - allowing no burden to be greater than we can bear - opens Heaven, and shows Stephen the only Face that matters, in radiant sympathy.  “He looked up steadfastly into heaven, and saw the glory of God, and Jesus standing on the right hand of God The help may not always be thus miraculous. When John Huss of Bohemia was on his way to the stake, an old friend stood forth from the throng of onlookers and gave him a powerful grip of the hand.  It was a courageous act, for it might easily have meant death to befriend the ‘heretic’.  Huss turned and said that only God and himself knew how much that hand-clasp had meant to him in his supreme hour of trial.  Stephen saw Jesus standing.  Sixteen times the Lord Jesus is stated to be at the right hand of God: thirteen times He is described as seated at the right hand of God: here alone He is standing.  So Caiaphas and the murderous Jews are to see Him sitting on the right hand of power, as the judge; the martyr sees Him standing, having risen, and pressing forward in eager sympathy with His martyr child.  The Lord Jesus will be our perfect sufficiency in the, moment of martyrdom.

 

 

It is extraordinary proof that this is the model martyrdom, that on the dying lips are two of the very utterances that closed Calvary.  Our Lord’s death was so much more than a martyrdom that it could not properly be our model; but, like all else in our Lord’s life, it is the model, as Stephen’s dying utterances show.  Being stoned, he cried, “Lord Jesus, receive my spirit”; then “he kneeled down and cried with a loud voice, Lord, lay not this sin to their charge”.  When death comes, whither does the spirit travel? what guide escorts it? what gate opens?  Therefore how blessed the prayer:- “Lord Jesus, receive my spirit”.  Our Saviour’s hands are the best of all homes for our soul.  Then Stephen prays:- “Lay not this sin to their charge”.  The fearless witness, charging home awful truth - “Ye have become betrayers and murderers of the Righteous One”, and equally (for “ye do always resist the Holy Ghost”) about to become murderers of himself*- yet, in the next breath, and his last, he asks God to clear them of the monstrous crime, exactly as our Lord did on the Cross.

 

* Here is decisive proof that the strongest language, in controversy, may be in perfect keeping with the mind of God.

 

-------

 

 

AFRAID? OF WHAT?

 

 

This poem was written by C. H. Hamilton, a missionary in Kiangsu, after the martyrdom of J. W. Vinson in China, and was the favourite poem of the martyrs John and Betty Stam.

 

 

To feel the spirit’s glad release?

To pass from pain to perfect peace,

The strife and strain of life to cease?

Afraid - of that?

Afraid to see the Saviour’s face,

To hear His welcome and to trace

The glory gleam from wounds of grace?

Afraid? of what?

A flash, a crash, a pierced heart,

Darkness, light, O Heaven’s art!

A wound of His a counterpart!

Afraid? Of what?

To do by death what life could not,

Baptize with blood a stony plot,

Till souls shall blossom from the spot?

Afraid - of that?

 

 

IF

 

 

How many things one learns - and how many are unlearned! - in 15 years.  In 1925 we bid you mark, with us, that “if so be that (we) may lay hold”, that “if by any means (we) may attain  Mark it well: something to gain - or lose; an inheritance to enjoy - or forfeit; a goal to be reached - or missed; a prize to be won or lost.  That “IF” is spilled over all the page of Scripture; and the Saviour has been pressing in, so hard, yet so tenderly, the implication of this “IF” in all its bearings.  Almost the tiniest word - “IF” involving almost the mightiest issues.

 

 

What a precious thing it is that some things are inviolable!  Our “life is hid with CHRIST IN GOD”, and is inviolable, depending not upon us, but upon Him.  To be “born from above” is to pass “from death unto life” and to come into possession of the life of the ages, which “shall never perish”.  But we are called of The LORD “unto His own Kingdom and Glory”, and this reign with CHRIST is clearly forfeitable.  This privileged service of the coming Age is something for which He seeks to discipline and train us here, and He shows clearly that some of His own redeemed ones “shall inherit” and “enter the Kingdom”, while others “shall not inherit”, being “not fit for the Kingdom”, in a day which seems to be coming on apace.  Of resurrection to meet and live with the LORD he was certain (1 Thess. 4. [cf. Rev. 20: 13, 15, R.V. - for all will be resurrected eventually!]), but of the “out-resurrection” [Phil. 3: 11] unto a priestly-reign with The LORD he said “not already attained, not yet laid hold” (Phil. 3.).  This goal of the upward calling of GOD in CHRIST JESUS was the purpose for which He had been laid hold of by CHRIST, and so urgent was it that he “press on - unto the prize”, the out-resurrection and the [millennial] Kingdom and glory, that he counted but offal what is everything to most, and held his body in utter subjection and control, lest having preached to others he should himself be rejected.

 

 

It would serve to much spiritual enlightenment and quickening if The LORD’S people underlined in their Bibles, the ‘IF’ and ‘IF NOT’ addressed so often to [all regenerate] believers, and sought the Spirit’s unveiling of the full import of what they mark. There is an increase of travail in the Church, to-day, for a company to be found worthy in the day of His coming, and those whose spirits cry to GOD for the manifestation, and who wait for the birth, are keenest in their longing to be found ready, and among the profitable servants.  Child of God, will you seek to know your relation to these things?

 

                                                                                            - GEORGE BANKS.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

34

 

EXCOMMUNICATION AND EXCLUSION

 

 

BY D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

Our Lord said to the Church in Sardis:- “Thou hast a few names in Sardis which did not defile their garments: they shall walk with me in white; for they are worthy” (Rev. 3: 4). What do these words mean? Obviously they mean that the Lord, who may come at any moment, looks to find in every disciple a clean, white life; and that those whom He so finds - for He will not find such in all believers - will be fitted to walk with a clean, white Saviour.  Our Lord uses the word ‘worthy’ in the sense of ‘fitted’: as He says elsewhere,- “No man, having put his hand to the plow, and looking back, is fit for the Kingdom of God” (Luke 9: 62). Now we would ask all believers - both those who agree that some believers will be rejected from the Millennial Kingdom, and those who purity of the Fold: nevertheless he had committed the sin; and his life had been too unclean for the Church of God.

 

 

Excommunication

 

 

But Paul goes much further than this.  A fact of overwhelming decisiveness now confronts us.  Paul assumes that the identical sin might sweep through the whole assembly.  He says:- “Know ye not that a little leaven leaveneth the whole lump (1 Cor. 5: 6).  What was the whole lump? Was it a mixture of good and bad dough? or good dough only?  Were all regenerate or not?  Paul answers “Purge out the old leaven he says, “that ye may be a new lump” - fresh, clean dough throughout - “even as ye are unleavened That is to say, the Church Paul is addressing were all pure and clean; it consisted of the regenerate alone; “YE are unleavened”: now, Paul says, keep so; and if any leaven has come back, purge it out.  See the decisive importance of this.  Hypocrites, empty professors, nominal unregenerate members God is not addressing at all: “ye are unleavened”: all you have got to do is to keep so, and you are sure to enter the Kingdom of God.  Keep what God has made you - that is the argument.  For the final and overwhelming fact is that fornication- and also the other immoralities named - might spread, Paul says, through the entire church. “Know ye not that a little leaven leaveneth the whole lump  So far from Paul saying that the incestuous brother is no believer, because of his fornication, and that no such sin ever happens among [regenerate] believers, he says exactly the reverse; that unless drastic measures purge the Body, immoralities may contaminate the whole.  “One sickly sheep infects the flock”: therefore all the flock can be sick with a foul life.

 

 

The Exclusion

 

 

So we now arrive at the tremendous revelation. It is certain that [genuine] Christians can commit these sins: it is certain that some in Corinth did commit them: it is certain that all such are to be excommunicated: Paul now reveals that those who are too unclean for the Church are too unclean for the [Messiah’s coming] Kingdom:- that the excommunicated will be the excluded. For what is the catalogue of the excommunicated? “I write unto you not to keep company, if any man that is named a brother” - anyone who, rightly or wrongly, poses as a Christian - “be a fornicator, or covetous, or an idolater, or a reviler, or a drunkard, or an extortioner, with such a one no, not to eat” (1 Cor. 5: 11).  Now observe. “Ye yourselves do wrong”: very well, what will be the result? “Know ye not that wrong-doers” - the same word - “shall not inherit the Kingdom of God?  Be not deceived” - what danger was there of such a well-instructed church as that of Corinth imagining that unregenerate adulterers will enter the Kingdom? - “neither fornicators, nor idolaters” - then four new sins are added, for exclusion from the [Lord’s Messianic and Millennial] Kingdom is a wider thing than exclusion from the Church* - “nor covetous, nor drunkards, nor revilers, nor extortioners” - every excommunicating sin is an excluding sin - “shall inherit the Kingdom of God” (1 Cor. 6: 8).  Could anything be clearer?  Two catalogues of exclusion are given, and the two catalogues are practically identical.  The justly excommunicate will be the infallibly excluded.  Is God’s [coming] Kingdom less pure or less holy than the Church?  Here then is an exact fulfilment of our Lord’s words:- “Whosesoever sins ye forgive, they are forgiven unto them; whosesoever sins ye retain” - always assuming that it is a just, righteous, and Scriptural excommunication - “they are retained” (John 20: 23): for “whatsoever things ye shall bind on earth shall be bound in heaven” (Matt. 18: 18).  The white robes in the Church will walk with Him in white; the foul robes will not.  The Excommunicated will be the Excluded.

 

* Naturally there are sins which exclude from the Kingdom which do not exclude from the Church, for the standard for the Kingdom is higher than the standard for the Church; since the Kingdom requires fellow-occupants of the Throne of Christ, proved worthy by the height of their devotion and achievement.

 

 

The Peril of the Believer

 

 

If proof is still required, Paul’s concluding words are finally decisive. “Such were some of you” - that is, in your unconverted days; “but ye were washed” - through blood and water - “but ye were sanctified” - set apart for God - “but ye were justified” - made righteous through the righteousness of Christ.  Whom then is Paul threatening with exclusion?  The washed, the sanctified, the justified; he puts it in that order for he is pressing their former cleanness at the moment of their conversion:- defiled, ye were cleansed; profane, ye were hallowed; unrighteous, ye were justified.  See how finally decisive this is.  Paul finds fornication in the church: he sees the danger, not only of its spreading, but of the church’s deception as to its consequences: therefore he threatens them openly with exclusion from the [Lord’s coming millennial] Kingdom.* Now if only unbelievers are to be excluded, Paul’s threat is not only pointless, but unjust. Believers are sinning: unbelievers are threatened, - is that just?  Ye do wrong: therefore the world will be punished! is that justice? Who then are these who are threatened with exclusion?  The washed, the sanctified, the justified.  Are hypocrites - false brethren who have slipped in past the church examiners - justified, sanctified, washed?  Does God reveal the sins of one set of men, and then proceed to threaten another set of men for those sins?  Listen.  “He that doeth wrong shall receive again for the wrong that he hath done: and there is no respect of Persons” (Col. 3: 25): “I fear lest I should find you not such as I would; lest, when I come again, my God should humble me before you, and I should mourn for many of them that have sinned heretofore, and repented not of the uncleanness and fornication - and lasciviousness which they committed” (2 Cor. 12: 20).  It has been said that the language of chapter 5 is so broken, it is as if Paul wrote with sobs: even as a mother over a prodigal child, he cried,- “Let my brother be smitten to death, if only his soul be saved

 

* It is not stated specifically where the excluded will be during the Thousand Years; but it is a singular confirmation that both departments of the underworld, therefore including saved souls - are emptied for the final judgment of the Great White Throne (Rev. 20 : 13).  Only the wicked die in the Millennium (Is. 65: 20).

 

 

Final Proofs

 

 

Finally, let us marshal some of the Scriptures which explicitly exclude carnal believers from the Kingdom.  Our Lord states it to two of the Churches in the last words we have ever received from Him.  To Thyatira He says:- “He that overcometh, and he that keepeth my works unto the end” - what a [blessed and commendable] condition! - “to him will I give authority over the nations; and he shall rule them with a rod of iron” (Rev. 2: 26). To Laodicea He says:- “To him that overcometh, will I give to sit down with me in my throne” (Rev. 3: 21).* So our Lord had stated it on earth:- “Not every one that saith unto me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the will of my Father” (Matt. 7: 21) - that is, works, after faith; for no unsaved soul can do the works of God; and He presses it with extraordinary emphasis,- “The kingdom of heaven suffereth violence, and men of violence take it by force” (Matt. 11: 12).  So the Apostle Paul gives a specially strong warning: after giving a list of the works of the flesh, he says, - “Of the which I forewarn you, even as I did forewarn you, that they which practise such things shall not inherit the kingdom of God” (Gal. 5: 21 [cf. Heb. 12: 17, R.V.]).

 

* It is extraordinarily confirmatory that our Lord Himself bases His own Reign not on His personality, but on His having overcome as a human servant of God; for He adds,- “Even as I overcame, and am set down with my Father in his throne.” From that angle His death was a martyrdom, and therefore with all martyrs He reigns.  “And I saw the souls of them that had been beheaded for the testimony of Jesus and they lived, and reigned with Christ a thousand years” (Rev. 20: 4).

 

 

“The more reward you get at the Judgment Seat, the more glory and honour you will bring to Him” - F. E. MARSH.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

35

 

SEPARATION FROM THE WORLD*

 

 

By G. H. LANG

 

 

* This article is taken from an admirable pamphlet - The Unequal Yoke.

 

 

 

IT is of the first importance to our subject to know that the world amidst which the early Christians lived was honeycombed with organizations, of which the principal were the religious societies (the “Mysteries”) and the trade guilds.  An instance of the latter, and an example of the money-loving spirit that mastered them, and made them, as now, turbulent and arbitrary, is found in the silversmith class mentioned in Acts 19: 23 and the following verses.  The learned Dr. Hatch has shown how pronounced a feature this was of those days.  He says (The Organization of the Early Christian Churches, Lecture II): “Among the many parallels which can be drawn between the first centuries of the Christian era and our own times, there is probably none more striking than that of their common tendency towards the formation of associations. There were then, as now, associations for almost innumerable purposes in almost all parts of the Empire.  There were trade guilds and dramatic guilds; there were athletic clubs, and burial clubs, and dining clubs; there were friendly societies, and literary societies, and financial societies; if we omit those special products of our own time, natural science and social science, there was scarcely an object for which men now combine for which they did not combine then.  Trade guilds are found among almost every kind of workman and in almost every town of the Empire of which inscriptions remain; e.g. among the craftsmen of Geneva, among the wool-carders of Ephesus, among the litter-bearers of a remote colony in Wallachia, and among the shoemakers of a market town in Spain.” He further shows that these associations soon developed a political tendency which caused them to be disliked by the State, and also that almost all such societies had a religious element.  This is noticeable in the light of now recent attempts to coerce the community, that is the State, by such methods as the lightning strike, and the paralyzing of key industries; and also in the light of the attempts at the union of organized labour and religion which are exhibited, for example, in the coining of such a term as Christian Socialism, and the inviting of advanced Labour leaders to speak as such on religious platforms.

 

 

Thus the conditions which believers face to-day are by no means modern, but just such as the Lord knew His people faced when He called them to a life of separation from the world.  Therefore there can be no question that the injunction “Be not unequally yoked with unbelievers but “come ye out from among them requires Christians to sever their connection with all such organizations, religious, trade, or otherwise.  That a disciple of Christ should consort with both Paul the apostle and Demetrius the silversmith was simply not possible.  The consequences of such separation are necessarily very trying.  The believer forfeits friendships and co-operation such as advance worldly interests, and incurs misunderstanding and direct opposition.  He may be deliberately crowded out of his business by a powerful combination of dealers, or be driven from employment by a trade union, or be covertly harassed by a secret society with which he was connected.  And persecution may often be persistent and malignant, since his stand being for Christ and in obedience to the Word of God, and so against anything godless or evil, is a rebuke to the ungodly, and this provokes that deep moral resentment which is ever the spring of the bitterest of hatred.  A miner, known to me, when being driven from employment by the local federation, for separating therefrom upon his conversion to God, was warned by the colliery manager that he would be left to the mercy of the world.  “By no means,” was his reply; “I shall be left to the mercy of my heavenly Father

 

 

I write sympathetically, having been through the mill.  I know just where this shoe pinches, having worn it.  In early manhood a point of conscience involved the surrender of business position and all prospects.  Many weeks were spent in careful consideration, in prayer, in searching the Word of God to make sure of His will. But the situation offered no alternative, save that of searing one’s conscience.  God says, “Whatsoever ye do, in word or in deed, do all in the Name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God the Father through Him” (Col. 3: 17).  It was a question of arranging the fire insurances of licensed premises, and I dared not go to, say, a low public house in a slum, where men and women were daily helped in their mad race to perdition, and say to the barman, “In the Name of the Lord Jesus I am come to arrange to rebuild this place, if it should be burned down, so that this business may go on  I could in no wise give thanks to my holy Father for the privilege of assisting that terrible trade.  So one day I left the office with a month’s salary in my hand and the promises of God in my heart.

 

 

There were three positive results which shall be mentioned.  First, the signature to my letter of resignation was scarce written when there flooded and filled my heart that truly “perfect peace” which God guarantees to the one whose mind is stayed on Himself (Isa. 26: 3). It swept before it every trace of anxiety.  I had not the slightest sense of care.  It is God’s own peace that thus garrisons the heart that in reality puts all life’s affairs at His disposal (Phil. 4: 5-7).  God knows nothing of anxious care, and He relieves of all worry him who believes. And, why not ! If God can really have His own way, unobstructed by reluctance and secret reserve in us, then, because His way is perfect, He will, He must, make our way perfect (Ps. 18: 30, 32). What can the wise want beyond, or in place of perfection?  And this sense of satisfaction, this “rest in the LordHe has preserved and deepened all through the succeeding forty-seven years.

 

 

But, in the second place, there was trial.  It is indispensable that faith be tested, for only so is its quality revealed, tempered, and perfected.  Muscles must be exercised if they are not to weaken.  I was permitted to part with my last penny before God intervened, and then He did so in such a way as to show that He had been watching, and moving beforehand.  His help was on the way before the extremity was reached, though none save He knew how I was circumstanced.  And all these years it has continued thus: no reserves, no visible resources: “having nothing, yet possessing all things and especially that wondrous quietness of spirit, that freedom from anxious thought, which leaves the heart at leisure to devote all its powers to whatever good works have been “afore prepared of God that we should walk in them” (Eph. 2: 10).

 

 

In the third place there was granted to me a new and strengthening sense of the nearness of God.  The statement “The Lord is at hand was known as fact.  God became a “very present help in trouble”: the promise - “Come out ... and touch no unclean thing, and I will receive you” was fulfilled.  It is ever thus.  Here is the short but wondrous story in two acts: “They cast him out ... and Jesus found him” (John 9: 34, 35), and finding him, gave to one who had been blind a deep acquaintance with Himself.  Thanks be unto God that the Scripture saith not “Let us go forth outside the camp bearing His reproach,” but “Let us go forth UNTO Him outside the camp”; and there in His own company it is not hard to bear His reproach.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

36

 

ATTAINING THE OUT-RESURRECTION

 

 

By THOMAS W FINLAY

 

 

 

To follow Christ in self-denying obedience requires the power of God.  As we experience “the power of his resurrection then we can follow Christ in obedience.  Even Christ Himself did not go to the cross by His own power, but needed empowering grace from God to go to the cross (Heb. 2: 9).

 

 

To “share in his sufferings” is modified by the phrase “becoming like him in his death This phrase means dying to self to the fullest extent, even as Christ did by accepting the death of the cross.

 

 

Phil. 3: 11 - “if by any means I may attain to the out-resurrection from among the dead” [a more literal translation] - Now Paul tells us the final goal of this knowing of Christ. His goal is to attain to the “out-resurrection” -  a special word signifying a unique resurrection status. The first phrase I show here as “if by any meansThis phrase in Greek is ei pois and is used only four times in the New Testament (Acts 27: 12; Rom. 1: 10; 11: 14; Phil. 3: 11). It surely expresses uncertainty of outcome, as is seen in its uses in the N.T. We also see the subjunctive mood of the verb here, again expressing uncertainty: “I may attain In other words, at the time of this writing Paul was not at all certain that he would attain to this “out-resurrection

 

 

Unfortunately, most all Bible versions simply translate the word “out-resurrection” (Greek, exananstasis) as “resurrection” (Greek, anastasis). The text however is clear - the apostle penned an almost unique word here by adding the preposition ek to the normal word for resurrection. W. E. Vine, in his respected lexicon of N.T. words, comments on the phrase here: “ek, ‘from’ or ‘out of,’ and No. 1 [the Greek word for resurrection], Philippians 3:11, followed by ek, lit., ‘the out-resurrection from among the dead.’”* This almost unique word is used only this one time in the N.T., and only once or twice in other Greek literature (where its usage has nothing at all to do with a resurrection from the dead).

 

* W. E. Vine, M. A. Entry for ‘Resurrection’. Vine’s Expository Dictionary of NT Words. https://www.studylight.org/dictionaries/ved/r/resurrection.html. 1940.

 

 

This word cannot refer to the normal resurrection of the saints, which is a certainty (not an uncertainty) for every saint (1 Cor. 15: 22, [23]; 51-52…[cf. Rev. 20: 15, R.V.]). We are helped in our understanding to realize that verse 11 is connected to verse 10. That is, our knowing Christ in discipleship is linked to the possibility of attaining to this “out-resurrection And, verse 11 is also clearly directly linked to verses 12-14, which speak of pressing onward as in a race for the prize. All of this should make us aware that the “out-resurrection” speaks of a reward associated with following Christ in discipleship. Some Greek experts view this word, due to the prefix of ek, as signifying an intensification of resurrection. They interpret it as a fullness of life in resurrection. This interpretation fits well with the idea of a special portion of eternal life to be realized by the overcomer in the age to come.

 

 

This out-resurrection equals the “better resurrection” of Hebrews 11: 35 (KJV). Note that in Hebrews 11: 35 some endured torture in order to ‘gain a better resurrection’.  The “out-resurrection” is a special reward for the overcoming Christian. In line with the other verses we have seen, this is a special positive reward, realized in the coming kingdom of 1,000 years.*

 

* There seems to be a distinction between the act of resurrection and a state of resurrection. The “out-resurrection” should most likely be seen as a state of resurrection belonging to the age to come (see Luke 18: 30; 20: 33-35). An important passage describing this state would be Revelation 20: 4-6. The term “first resurrection” in that passage may be better rendered as the “best resurrection.” The Greek word for “first” is protos (Strong’s #4413), which can mean “chief” or “best” instead of first in a numbered series. An example would be “the best robe” in Luke 15: 22. Compare this with the thought in Hebrews 11: 35.

 

 

The attainment to the out-resurrection is based upon our participation in Christ’s sufferings in verse ten. We can now add a word about suffering with Christ in order to attain to this millennial kingdom reward. Note Romans 8: 17, as translated below in a more accurate translation rendered by an expert in the Greek. This translation brings out the important correlative conjunctions in the Greek text meaning “on the one hand ... but on the other”:

 

 

“And if children, also heirs; heirs on one hand of God, joint heirs on the other of Christ, if indeed we suffer with Him in order that also we may be glorified with Him

 

 

 

Rom. 8: 17 is a very important verse that makes a distinction between “heirs of God” and “Joint-heirs with Christ According to the construction of the Greek text, there is a definite difference between the two heirships here.  As children of God, we are automatically in line to inherit some of the blessings God has for us by placing us in His family. In fact, Romans 8: 29-30 shows some of these blessings that are the portion of every child of God (see also Galatians 3: 29).

 

 

To be a “Joint-heir with Christ however, is clearly conditional. Only those children of God who meet this condition of “suffering with Him” will be joint-heirs with Christ. Christ’s enduring obedience included suffering involved with that obedience (Phil. 2: 8; Heb. 5: 8; 12: 3). As a result, He was given the highest position by God and will rule over all (Phil. 2: 9-10; Heb. 1: 9; 12: 2). Christ has been made “heir of all things” (Heb. 1: 2). When He returns, He will set up the [promised Thousand-year-Messianic] kingdom on the [present-sin-cursed (Gen. 3: 17)] earth and inherit (possess) it, (Lk. 19: 11-12; Heb. 1: 6-9). In that kingdom, Christ will reign in glory (Is. 24: 23; Matt. 19: 28; 25: 31; Mk. 10: 37 [cf. Hab. 2: 14 with Isa. 11: 1-10, R.V.]).

 

 

We have an opportunity to be fellow heirs, co-possessors of His coming kingdom (ruling together with Him - “glorified with Him”). However, such a possession is conditional for us. Our sharing of His rule will require obedience and suffering (2 Tim. 2: 12; Rev. 2: 26; 3: 21). The suffering here is “suffering with Him.” This means we are willing to suffer in order to be obedient to God, as He suffered by being obedient to the Father’s will (Phil. 3: 8; Heb. 5: 8; 12: 3).

 

 

This suffering could include rejection or persecution for our faith. Yet, all types of human trials and suffering are useful in preparing us to reign with Christ in glory. This is because sufferings offer opportunity for us to grow to maturity through faith and obedience (Acts 14: 22; Rom. 5: 14; 2 Cor. 4: 16-18; Phil. 2: 12-16; Heb. 10: 35-36; Jas. 1: 24; 1 Pet. 1: 5-8; 4: 1-2, 12-13). To “suffer with Him” means to take up our cross as Christ took up His cross. Our “taking up of our cross” involves a voluntary loss to our soul’s natural desires and choices (self-denial) in order to follow Christ in obedience, choosing His will (Matt. 16: 24-26).

 

 

It should now be clear that our participation [in the “out-resurrection,” and] in the in the coming kingdom with Christ will yield two significant benefits for victorious Christians. Firstly, there is the wonderful promise that these victors will enjoy a special portion of eternal life, experiencing a fullness of union with Christ. Secondly, they will be awarded crowns and be co-rulers with Christ in His 1,000 year kingdom….

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

37

 

THE POSSIBILITY OF THE HIGHEST

 

 

By D. M: PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

Two of the Apostles asked of Christ the highest gift in the whole universe that any human could ask - two thrones on       either side of His.  Can you, He replied, “drink of the cup that I drink of'(Mark 10: 18). We can, they said.  You will, He replied; but the particular thrones you ask are not Mine to grant. Here is the immense question for us all:- Can you?  In this moment’s violent world-storms, and with a strain upon us all threatening to tempt us to disheartenment if not despair, and with identical thrones before us, one golden utterance of our Lord summons us to the highest:- “ALL THINGS ARE POSSIBLE TO HIM THAT BELIEVETH” (Mark 9: 23).

 

 

 

Faith

 

 

OUR first essential is to master the nature of the faith by which we ‘can  Faith is not believing that God will give us what we want, but that He will give us what He has said.  Faith is simply taking God at His word, and therefore acting on every word of God: the Lord’s promise is not merely to saving faith, but assumes a trust that responds to every utterance of the Most High. So the Apostles said to Christ:- “Lord, increase our faith” (Luke 17: 5); and the moment the man, to whom our Lord spoke, heard the astounding words, “he cried out and said said, I believe; help thou mine unbelief” (Mark 9: 24). So Paul says to the Thessalonian Christians:- “Your faith groweth exceedingly” (2 Thess. 1: 3). Faith is the live wire along which travels the shock of life; and the golden achievements of Hebrews 11, the mightiest miracles of the world, all were wrought, not by merely saving faith, but by the power that grasped and lived the Word of God, all down their years.  Faith is belief in action; and the action can grow until it covers all that God has said.

 

 

God

 

 

THE next essential is to remind ourselves of the trustworthiness of God. God’s character is in His word; and exactly what He is, every utterance of His is also. So on four mighty pillars every promise of God is based. The first is God’s holiness: God’s holiness makes it impossible for Him to deceive a soul: therefore the promise is meant. The second pillar is God’s kindness: God’s kindness makes it impossible for Him to forget the promise that He has made: therefore the promise is never forgotten. The third pillar is God’s unchangeableness: God’s unchangeableness makes it impossible for Him to alter: therefore the promise holds good. The fourth pillar is God’s power: God’s power makes it impossible for God to fall: therefore the promise is effectual. Faith is not blind: faith is the highest kind of intelligence in the world: it assumes, and acts upon, what are already the foundations of the universe - God, and God expressed in His words.

 

 

Perfection

 

 

Now we see the boundless horizon that opens before us. Paul states it:- “All scripture is inspired of God and is profit     able for teaching, for reproof, for correction, for instruction which is in righteousness”: and is given with what object? “that the man of God” - every child of God can become a Man of God - “may be complete, furnished completely unto every good work” (2 Tim. 3: 17). The whole Bible is given to create the whole man. The Apostle James expresses it thus:- “That ye may be perfect and entire” - a perfectly rounded character, accomplishing a fully orbed achievement - “lacking in nothing” (Jas. 1: 4). This was the golden aim of the Apostles - “Admonishing every man and teaching every man that we may present every man” - God’s design makes no exceptions - “PERFECT IN CHRIST” (Col. 1: 28). There is a peak of one Alp so lofty and difficult that it is said never to have been trodden by human foot: there is no peak in God’s Alps that we cannot scale.

 

 

Dynamic

 

 

NEXT, Paul reveals the secret of the power. “In everything and in all things have I learned the secret: I can do all things THROUGH CHRIST which strengtheneth ME” (Phil. 4: 12). Our Lord had already stated it negatively:- “Apart from me ye can do nothing” (John 15: 5); but to the father, in close contact with Himself, He says,- “Nothing shall be impossible to you” (Matt. 17: 20). The Saviour so knows His own reservoirs of power, He so realizes the limitless possibilities of the God-indwelt soul, that He says that the ‘all things’ found within the covers of the Book are constantly and forever possible to every born-again soul, through contact with Himself. When one of the martyrs under Queen Mary came in sight of the stake he cried, - “Oh, I cannot! I cannot!” Those who heard him supposed he was about to recant; but, falling on his knees, he engaged in an agony of prayer, and then, rising, cried triumphantly, - “I can! I can!” and he did. “I can do all things through Christ who strengthens me Ignatius, with one arm actually in the lion’s mouth, exclaimed:- “Now I begin to be a Christian

 

 

Unbelief

 

 

IT is well that we should realize sharply the negative of this truth. The faith in each Scripture is the wire-charged with the omnipotence of God to fulfil that particular Scripture in my life: if I realise that Scripture - whatever it be, on whatever       subject - the wire falls dead; and the power to live it which that truth contained falls dead also. Our Lord was so painfully conscious how little His disciples, and much less mankind as a      whole, would tap these infinite resources, that He utters a word of tragic pathos. To His disciples He says - “O ye of little faith and to the world at large, - “O faithless generation, how long shall I be with you? how long shall I bear with you It      is the solitary cry of the unaccepted and uncomprehended Christ. It is as if He said:- “Take me home: I want to get back to where my Father, who is love, is never doubted: where blessing    is never blocked: where love meets the response of a perfect trust.” Our doubt today must drive the same pain through the tender heart of Christ. “Whatever is not of faith is sin” (Rom. 14: 23).

 

 

Infinitude

 

 

SO then we remind ourselves of the promises of God. Here are some of these amazing utterances. “All things, whatsoever ye shall ask in prayer, believing, ye shall receive” (Matt. 21: 22). With the solitary limit of the revealed mind of God in His Word, infinity of blessing and achievement opens before us. “All things whatsoever ye pray and ask for, believe that ye have received them, and ye shall have them” (Mark 11: 24). We stand aghast at the tremendous sweep of these assertions of Christ; and there is no profounder exposure of our faithlessness than to lay side by side these words of infinite promise with what we actually get from the God who cannot lie. Speaking of the multitude “astonished with a great astonishment” (Mark 5: 42) a miracle of Christ, George Muller, that modern master of faith, says:- “Faith knows nothing, nothing, nothing of astonishment. Take it from an old disciple, that if, when the next answer to prayer comes, you are astonished, it is a proof that either you had no faith, or that it had failed in the end. I say it again, faith knows nothing of astonishment. Faith is like a good coin - sure to be honoured. Whatever comes, we take it humbly and gratefully from God, and with no astonishment.” A woman noted for her faith was asked by one who had come from far to learn the secret of her life, - “Are you the woman with the great faith?” “No,” she said; “I am not the woman with the great faith; I am the woman with a little faith in a great God.” None of us can say more than that.

 

 

Our Cry

 

 

So we share the father’s cry. “Lord” - for he sees the whole Godhead in the face that has come down from the mountain - “I believe” - though my boy at this moment is utterly unhealed - “help thou” - the cry that never fails to move the heart of Jesus - “mine unbelief” - for faith can grow; and I want mine to grow exceedingly. A friend once complained to Gotthold, the German, of his weak faith, and the distress this gave him. Gotthold, in answer, pointed to a vine, twined around a pole and loaded with heavy clusters of grapes. “Take,” he sald, “for pole and prop, the cross of the Saviour, and the Word of God: lean on these with all the power God shall give. Weakness continually prostrating itself at the feet of God is more acceptable to Him than an assumption of faith which falls into false security and pride

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

38

 

A DYING UNIVERSE

 

 

By D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

ONE enormous catastrophe has swept the world: another, far worse, will consume it. “The heavens that now are” - for the coming ruin embraces the heavens also - “and the earth, by the same word have been stored up for fire” (2 Pet. 3: 7) - either stored for fire, or stored with fire. Three hundred volcanoes vomit flame every day; and at one of the British Association meetings in Edinburgh it was seriously advanced that the explosion of a single atom, with the fire stored in it, igniting others, might blow up the universe, which would roll away in flaming gas. The fire that fell on Carmel, licked up not the wood only, and the water, but also the stones (1 Kings 18: 38): it was annihilative fire. “The heavens shall pass away with a crashing roar, and the elements shall be dissolved with fervent heat” (2 Pet. 3: 10). The creative word that brought the universe out of nothing will annihilate it back into nothing again.

 

 

Population

 

 

It will help us to know that we are watching a dying universe if we note a few facts concerning the tiny fraction of that universe on which we live. Taking the figures of a past generation (Fortnightly Review, July, 1920), in 1701 the population of Britain was 6,045,000; in 1801, 8,893,000; in 1901, 32,528,000. That is, in the sixty years between 1851 and 1911 the population doubled itself; and at this rate - doubling itself every 60 years - in 360 years the population of England and Wales would be 2,304,000,000, or more than the present population of the whole globe.  It is obvious that the world’s problem of population will become wholly impossible.

 

 

Food

 

 

Next, we take the sharp boundaries of the food production of the globe. Prof. J. W. Gregory, F.R.S., president of its Geographical Section, informed the British Association in Toronto (August, 1924) that it is calculated that 6,600,000,000 is the maximum population the world can feed; and that that limit will be reached in 120 years. Even if the food supply - the Professor said - were indefinitely multiplied by the precipitation of the nitrogen of the atmosphere as a constant rain of manna, by the year 3,000 living room - apart from the Arctic and Antarctic lands - would be wanting for the 700 millions of millions of mankind. By a limit man never made, and which man can never elude, an impassable precipice yawns immediately beyond.

 

 

Science

 

 

Again, Science, devoted to annihilation for war purposes, menaces the world. “There is nothing,” says Mr. Edison, “to prevent twenty to fifty aeroplanes flying tomorrow over London’s millions with a gas which can suffocate those millions in three hours.” Earl Russell, speaking on the International bearings of Atomic Warfare, told the Royal Empire Society:- “The men who know most are those who hold the blackest picture of its possibilities. Not a few among men of science seem to think that it may be quite easy to bring about the cessation of all forms of life on this planet.” After a lifetime of belief that Evolution would produce a perfect world, H. G. Wells wrote:- “There is no way out or round or through the impasse. It is the end; the end of everything we call life is close at hand

 

 

Morale

 

 

The world’s moral decay is no less a forecast of death: the deepening iniquity, above all else, must reach a limit compelling the miraculous intervention of God. We take the most ‘Christian’ nation in the world. The murders in the United States between 1912 and 1918 exceeded by 9,050, the total American death-roll in the first World War - 59,377 murders; and 135,000 undiscovered murderers were then at large in the United States. “To realize,” says Judge Kavanagh of the Superior Court of Chicago, “the prevalency of this invisible class, it is only necessary to consider that we have unconfined in the United States more killers than we have clergymen of all denominations, or male teachers in our schools, or all lawyers, judges and magistrates put together, and three times the combined number of our editors, reporters and writers, and 52,000 more slayers at large than we have policemen.” Within a decade burglary increased 1,200 per cent.; and in one year the thefts from common carriers reached £20,000,000; the postal authorities estimated that £60,000,000 was lost through fraudulent schemes; and the Bankers Association reported £10,000,000 stolen through false cheques. The world’s moral fall culminates in a scene in Moscow impossible in any capital in the world before the first World War - a huge bonfire in which a figure labelled ‘God Almighty’ was burned, while hundreds locked arms and sang and danced as the effigy crashed into cinders.

 

 

The Millennium

 

 

It is true that our Lord is about to delay the death of the universe. For the universe’s final years the evil angels are cast out of heaven; the population of the earth is to some degree restored; wildernesses are changed into fruitful fields; and by His marvellous redemption the sin-cursed earth fulfils God’s creative design of a glorious world. But sin bursts out once more: war on God and His Christ “went up over the breadth of the earth and fire came down out of heaven, and devoured them” (Rev. 20: 19): no fact could be more dynamic for the annihilation of the universe. But, thank God, a marvellous future lies beyond - “new heavens and a new earth, . wherein dwelleth righteousness” (2 Pet. 3: 13).

 

 

Mockers

 

 

But our threatened world takes not the slightest heed to the threat. “In the last days mockers shall come with mockery, saying, where is the promise of his coming, for all things continue as they were” - the unceasing, uninterrupted reign of law - “from the beginning of the creation” (2 Pet. 3: 3). “For this they wilfully forget” - they resolutely put it from their minds, it requires an effort of will to shut it out - “that the world that then was, being overflowed with water, perished”: that the entire race of men, with the sole exception of a single family, was miraculously swept out of existence. The words of the infidel Hume sums up the unbelief:- “A miracle is a violation of a law of nature; but the universal experience of ourselves, and of the whole human family, proves that the laws of nature are uniform, without exception.” To one further catastrophe, immeasurably appalling, which will instantly shatter all their mockery, the world is blind.

 

 

A Warning

 

 

But, as so often in Scripture, a warning is given to us believers also. “Ye therefore, beloved, knowing these things beforehand” - the whole mass of Second Coming truth - “beware lest, being carried away” - swept from your bearings - “by the error of the lawless, ye fall from your own steadfastness And the Apostle reveals a chief source of this backsliding. “The ignorant and the unsteadfast wrest the scriptures unto their own destruction”: that is, we allow ourselves sins which, by carefully distorted Scriptures, we come to regard as venial or even permissible. In the words of Dr. James Hastings:- “If it be true that he who is faithful in that which is least is faithful in that which is greatest, it is also true that he who permits himself some private but real disloyalty to Christ, without immediate self-rebuke or repentance, is allowing forces to gather within him which will bring about a shear, and it may be an irreparable fall*

 

* For example, Unitarianism, Christian Science, Mormonism, Christadelphianism, etc., all abound in quoted Scriptures, but Scriptures warped and expounded ‘lawlessly’.

 

 

Godliness

 

 

So the Holy Spirit unfolds the tremendous spiritual consequence for us all. “Seeing that these things are thus all to be dissolved, what manner of persons ought ye to be as you stand beside the deathbed of a universe; “in all holy living” - perfected conduct - “and godliness” - Godlikeness, perfected character; “looking for and earnestly desiring the coming of the day of God”. “The world passeth away, and the lust thereof; but he that doeth the will of God abideth forever” (1 John 2: 17). See the marvellous wonder and value of the little interval between an eternity when there were no worlds and the moment when there will be no worlds again. Holiness is the only asbestos of God. Godliness is the life of heaven lived on earth: it is the activity of God reproduced in a human soul: it is the air of the coming eternity blowing through a human life. And the suddenness sharpens the preparation: “the day of the Lord will come as a thief As no pleading can postpone it, no flight avoid it, no secrecy escape it, so nothing but holiness in time can meet it.

 

 

Immortal

 

 

Many years ago I asked a little girl of eight years of age why she wanted to be saved. “Because”, she replied, “I want God in my heart  If she lives to eighty, she will never give a better answer. Believers are ‘temples of the Holy Ghost’ for ever.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

39

 

IMPERIALISM AND COMMUNISM

 

 

By D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

A PHOTOGRAPH of the political conditions of the closing age, taken several thousand years ago and never even beginning to be fulfilled until the last century, is now becoming startlingly clear. “There shall be in it” - the group of world-nations in the last stage - “of the strength of the iron*” - the iron was the Roman Empire, hard, absolute, destructive, autocratic - “forasmuch as thou sawest the iron mixed with miry clay” (Dan. 2: 41). It is a marvellous photograph of Imperialism and Communism. “Whereas thou sawest the iron mixed with miry clay, they” - the autocrats of military power - “shall mingle themselves with the seed of men” - the proletariat, the impotent clay; “but they shall not cleave one to another, even as iron doth not mingle with clay The Advent immediately follows. “And in the days of those kings shall the God of heaven set up a kingdom

 

* Iron is a symbol of force - autocratic power which enforces discipline: so our Lord, when He comes “to tread the winepress of the fierceness of the wrath of Almighty God,” He shall rule the nations “with a rod of iron” (Rev. 19: 15).

 

 

Nationalism and Democracy

 

 

The clay is defined as being ‘the seed of men,’ that is, the populace and it is described as ‘miry,’ that is brittle, easily smashed, unarmed. Democracies are one of the wonders of the modern world: for example, in 1913 China summoned a parliament for the first time in a dynasty of four thousand years. But correspondingly a wave of nationalism, that is, of imperialism, is sweeping over the world: the strength of the iron is in the sword, and vaster armies than the world has ever known are all over the earth; and the two refuse to unite. “Whereas thou sawest the feet and toes, part of potters’ clay and part of iron, it shall be a divided kingdom”: the word for ‘divided’ signifies unnatural or violent division, arising from inner discord and rupture.

 

 

The Cominform

 

 

But the ultimate fruition is already becoming obvious. The Cominform is set on the destruction of all nationalism, to achieve ‘the dictation of the proletariat’; and so it evolves at last - as so signally in Russia - in a fresh Imperialism, a handful of despots in the Kremlin. Lenin - true Communism - ends in Stalin - pure Imperialism. Exactly so we shall arrive at Antichrist.

 

 

Napoleon

 

 

In Napoleon we have already had a portrait of the Antichrist so extraordinarily like the Lawless One that the coming of Antichrist is shorn of all difficulty and made historically certain. (1) Our first fact about Napoleon is that he bore one of the names of Antichrist. The words … and … ‘Napoleon’ mean a ‘lion’ of the ‘thicket,’ and, speaking of the Antichrist, Jeremiah 4: 7, says:- “A lion is gone up from his thicket, and a destroyer of nations

 

 

Apostasy

 

 

(2) Again, Napoleon was a birth out of a definite apostasy. How complete an apostasy was the French Revolution is revealed by one fact - the Republic, in order to wipe out Christianity, changed the dating from ‘anno domini’ to the year of the Revolution: so that the year 1792 became the year 1 - the very thing foretold of Antichrist: “he shall think to change the times and the law” (Dan. 7: 25). A similar apostasy is to give birth to Antichrist. “The day of the Lord will not be except the falling away” - the apostasy - “come first, and the man of sin be revealed” (2 Thess. 2: 3). The reason is obvious. Apostasy breeds lawlessness; lawlessness breeds anarchy; anarchy compels the rise of a great military dictator: the Iron will be required to master the seething Clay. As Napoleon said in St. Helena, when he saw Europe seething with revolutions,- “It is only I who can tame them.” Lawlessness was in him as it will be in the Lawless One. “When I am dead and gone,” Napoleon said, “my spirit shall return to France and throb in ceaseless revolution

 

 

A New God

 

 

(3) Again, Napoleon’s attitude to religion is extraordinarily significant. “The people must have a religion,” he said: “this religion must be in the hands of the government.  It will be said that I am a Papist. I am nothing. I was a Mohammedan in Egypt; I shall be a Catholic here.” At his coronation, as the Pope approached him to take up the crown, Napoleon seized it, waved the Pope aside, and crowned himself. The historian Alison tells us the startling fact that Napoleon was anxious to adorn his brow, not only with the diadem of the conqueror, but with the tiara of the pontiff: even so the Antichrist will sit in the Temple of God, saying that he is God.

 

 

A New Messiah

 

 

(4) Perhaps the parallel is nowhere more startling than in Napoleon’s plans - plans which, in the Antichrist’s hands, will be achievements. Napoleon said:- “This little Europe does not apply enough of glory for me. I must seek it in the East: all great fame comes from that quarter.” That is, his passion was to absorb the three great Empires that had gone before the Roman. He summoned the Jewish Sanhedrin for the first time since the destruction of Jerusalem, and drafted plans for the rebuilding of the Temple: so Antichrist is to sit in a rebuilt Temple as the Messiah of Israel. Plans for a rebuilt Babylon on a vast commercial scale were found among Napoleon’s papers after his death - Babylon is to be the Antichrist’s metropolis; and Napoleon actually offered himself to the Mohammedans as their Mahdi, or Messiah, as Antichrist will be the Messiah of all nations.

 

 

A Roman

 

 

(5) One final parallel is curiously significant. Napoleon was not a Frenchman at all, but a Roman, an Italian; and it is even said - though it has never been proved - that he was a blood-born descendant of the Caesars. Napoleon made his little son ‘king of the Romans,’ a title, like the British ‘Prince of Wales,’ belonging to the heir of the Roman Empire. At his coronation the Pope chanted, - “My Augustus, live for ever!” and, perhaps most remarkable of all, the Austrian Emperor, who up to that date had represented the Caesars, resigned the Roman Imperial title to Napoleon. The writer has seen, in the Louvre, in Paris, the crown of Napoleon, in which are actually the jewels that were in the crown of Charlemagne the last of the Roman Emperors. So prophecy shows that Antichrist’s empire will be a restoration of the greatest Empire the world has ever known.

 

 

Messiah

 

 

So now dawns the golden future. The apex of iniquity brings in the apex of glory. “A stone was cut out without hands” - an Empire that had no human origen - “which smote the image upon his feet” - not on the legs, but on the feet - “that were of iron and clay” - that is, our own epoch - “and brake them in pieces” (ver. 34). That the coming Divine Kingdom actually replaces the four successive Empires of the world - Babylon, Persia, Greece, Rome - proves that this Millennial Kingdom, the thousand years reign of our Lord, is literally a Kingdom on the [present] earth. “In the days of those kings” - the days of desperate amalgamation of imperialism and democracy - “shall the God of heaven set up a kingdom, which shall never be destroyed,* nor shall the sovereignty thereof be left to another people; but it shall break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand for ever*

 

[* That is, ‘it shall stand’ until the termination of our Lord’s ‘thousand years’ reign of righteousness and peace - (See Isa. 9: 6-7. cf. Isa. chs.11. & 12 and compare with Lk. 1: 32, R.V.) - and until its destruction replacement with “a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth are passed away; and the sea is no more:” (Compare 2 Pet. 3: 12, 13, R.V. & Rev. 21: 1 with 1 Cor. 15: 24-25; Rev. 2: 25-27; 3: 21, R.V.).

 

All Anti-millennialists take note!  Scripture never contradicts itself: there is nothing taught throughout the New Testament Scriptures that is not taught throughout the Old Testament Scriptures! Acts 7: 5. cf. Gen. 13: 14-15, R.V.]

 

 

-------

 

 

World-wide Persecution

 

 

The time is coming when true believers everywhere shall be hated because of their identity with the name of the Lord Jesus Christ. “Then shall they deliver you up to be afflicted, and shall kill you: and ye shall be hated of all nations for my name’s sake said Jesus (Matt. 24: 9). The present growing hostility against true Christianity foreshadows the time when anti-Christ forces that are in the world shall seek to destroy all believers of the “one Faith The Bride of Christ will escape the snare through [a pre-tribulation] Rapture, but foolish virgins left on the earth, and others who will refuse to worship the Beast or his image, shall be killed (Matt. 25: 1-12; Rev. 6: 9; 13: 7). As awful as it is to suffer torture and martyrdom, its wholesome purifying effect upon the soul has long been recognized. The revival broken out in parts of the South has been directly attributed to persecution. Even so, in the coming tribulation, “many shall be purified and made white and tried” (Dan. 11: 33-35; 12: 10) because of persecution. How much better it would be, however, for people to purify themselves now that they ‘may be counted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass’ [Lk. 21: 36, A.V.], and thus be raptured into the presence of Christ.

 

 - The Midnight Cry.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

40

 

THE JUDGMENT OF THE

CHRISTIAN’S WORKS

 

 

By G. P. RAUD

 

 

 

GOD recompenses every man, whether believer or unbeliever.  He, recompenses every deed that man has done or will do.  He      pays back either good or bad.  “For the son of man shall come in the glory of his Father with his angels; and then he shall reward every man according to his works” (Matt. 16: 27), “And, behold, I come quickly; and my reward is with me, to give to every man according as his work shall be” (Rev. 22: 12).  No one escapes His judgment, Jew or Gentile, saved or unsaved.

 

 

Now we come to the [regenerate] believer.  In Romans 6: 23 we read that the gift of God is eternal life to the one who believes.  We don’t work for a gift; we don’t work to gain eternal life.  We believe and we have it.  And this eternal life abides forever.  When a person is converted, he receives the Holy Spirit who comes to abide in him for ever.* Salvation is a free and eternal gift. “And this is the record, that God hath given to us eternal life, and this life is in his Son” (1 John 5: 1).

 

[* Note the conditional text of Acts 5: 32. cf. 1 Sam. 16: 14; 28: 16 with Psa. 51: 10, 11, LXX  Hence, repentance, restoration, and watchfulness is required: God willing! Also “The Personal Indwelling of the Holy Spirit” by G. H. Lang.]

 

 

Rewards, however, are determined by the believer’s works; whatever his vocation or station in life, the works he performs after conversion settle his reward.  Christians sometimes say carelessly, “Oh, I am all right. I am saved And then they act worse than the world, although our lives as children of God ought to be holy, worthy of the Lord, filled with the Holy Spirit to His glory.

 

 

“What shall We Have

 

 

“Then answered Peter and said unto him, Behold, we have forsaken all, and followed thee; what shall we have therefore? And Jesus said unto them, Verily, I say unto you, that ye which have followed me, in the regeneration when - [this sin-cursed earth is restored (Gen. 3: 17; Rom. 8: 19-21, R.V., and] - the Son of man shall sit in the throne of his glory, ye also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel” (Matt. 19: 27, 28).

 

 

Our Lord here directs Peter’s eyes away from the present and turns them to the future glory when the Son of man will be reigning upon the earth.  The twelve were now apostles, chosen leaders; and they sought to know what would be their reward because they had forsaken all for Christ.  Their reward was not in the present, but in the future, and it consisted in their reigning in His kingdom.  Will they be sitting just anywhere, as some believers say, “I’ll be satisfied if I only get to heaven”? That prospect would never have contented Peter.  The apostles will sit on thrones, which are assigned only to persons who reign, who wield authority over others.  To reign is to hold authority, issue commands, put down rebellions, and maintain order.

 

 

We see that the apostles will have their reward, but what are we going to have?  “And if children, then heirs; heirs of God, and joint-heirs with Christ; if so be that we suffer with him, that we may be also glorified together” (Rom. 8: 17).  One of the hardest words in the Bible is suffer.  We don’t like it.  The old man rebels against it; and the new man, also, very often.  A special glory awaits, however, all who suffer with Christ and for Him.  This promise of Romans 8: 17 is not simply the glory of being made like Christ when He comes; it goes beyond that.  “For I reckon that the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory which shall be revealed in us” (v. 18).

 

 

Most of us do not know what suffering for Christ’s sake really is. Easy-going Christian service robs us of reward.  If we do not press forward and suffer for Him, we shall lose our reward.  Few Christians understand that true service is always accompanied by suffering.  We shall suffer too - if we choose God’s best for us. His best is always difficult, although possible; and our nearest and dearest may oppose our choice.  The enemy will arouse everything against us in order to turn us away from His best.

 

 

Striving for a Crown

 

 

“Every man that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all things.  Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown but we an incorruptible.  I therefore so run, not as uncertainly so fight I, not as one that beateth the air: but I keep under my body, lest after I have preached to others, I myself should be a castaway” (1 Cor. 9: 25, 27), or should be rejected (R.V.) from being awarded the crown.  These familiar words ought to challenge us to examine ourselves to learn whether we run uncertainly or whether we will assuredly receive this incorruptible crown.

 

 

“Every man’s work shall be made manifest: for the day shall declare it, because it shall be revealed by fire; and the fire shall try every man’s work of what sort it is.  If any man’s work shall be burned, he shall suffer loss: but he himself shall be saved; yet so as by fire” (1 Cor. 3: 13-15).  The fire into which the work of the believer will be put is not for purging or cleansing; it is for testing, to prove what sort his work is.  It will manifest the quality of his work.  Some Christians hold that at that day all their unworthy past will be cleansed away, with not a trace of it remaining.  Not so.  Their work will be tested by fire and will determine their eternal reward.

 

 

The child of God may ask, “Why worry about rewards?  We don’t need to know about them.  We shall get to heaven and then everything will be all right  But the Lord wants us to receive His full reward, all that He has in store for us.  If at His judgment seat we get anything less, we have come that much short of glorifying Him. The more reward, the more praise and glory to His matchless name.  It has been said that to-day’s toil is the measure of to-morrow’s glory.  If we do not toil, our loss will he great.

 

 

Rulers in the Kingdom of Christ

 

 

The kingdom of Christ when He returns to reign on earth will cover the whole world, fulfilling such prophecies as this: “The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdom of our Lord, and of his Christ: and he shall reign forever and ever” (Rev. 11: 15).  For His great kingdom, Christ must have a considerable staff of administrators.  Most Christians, seeing little of the future, which God has planned for them, do not understand that He has called us to rule with Christ in His [Messianic] kingdom as His administrators.  With a vague expectation they look forward to an eternity where all their time is occupied with singing hallelujahs and casting their crown before the throne of God.  Eternity has in store for us far more than that.

 

 

“Behold, a king shall reign in righteousness, and princes shall rule in judgment” (Isa. 32: 1).  The Lord Jesus Christ will reign as king of all the earth, and with Him will be many reigning princes.  Now God seeks and prepares the future rulers for His kingdom.  When we pray “Thy kingdom come,” let us remember that we shall reign with Him “if so be that we suffer with him, that we may be also glorified together” (Rom. 8: 17); “if we suffer, we shall also reign with him” (2 Tim. 2: 12).

 

 

The Servant Who Lost Everything

 

 

The last servant mentioned in the parable of Luke 19: 22 didn’t do anything.  A lazy, indifferent follower of the Lord, he earned nothing with his pound.  What happened to him in the judgment?  He lost even his one pound: “And he saith unto him, Out of thine own mouth will I judge thee, thou wicked servant.  Thou knewest that I was an austere man, taking up that I laid not down, and reaping that I did not sow: Wherefore then gavest not thou my money into the bank, that at my coming I might have required mine own with usury?  And he said unto them that stood by, Take from him the pound, and give it to him that hath ten pounds” (vv. 22-25).  We profit much by studying this parable and learning the lesson that we shall suffer great loss in the judgment if we do not perform faithfully what he commits to our hands.

 

 

“I have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept the faith: henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous judge, shall give me at that day: and not to me only, but unto all them also that love his appearing”; (2 Tim. 4: 7, 8).  “Blessed is the man that endureth temptations, for when he is tried, he shall receive the crown of life, which the Lord hath promised to them that love him” (Jas. 1: 12).

 

 

The Word of God teaches that great, [millennial and] eternal rewards are available for believers, but that only those who work hard for them receive them.  God offers us crowns on conditions stated in the Word, and He will grant them to us only if we meet those conditions.  May God give every one of us grace to receive His full reward at the judgment seat of Christ. - The Prophetic Word.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

41

 

 

HIS CROWNS AND OURS

 

 

By E. J. CHECKLEY

 

 

 

We may contemplate our Lord’s coronations with wondering and adoring hearts.

 

 

In Ps. 8: 5 as Son of Man, the crown of dominion, lost to Adam, is conferred on the Second Man, who worthily wears its “glory and honour having manifested perfect obedience and perfect dependence in the very scene where the first man failed.

 

 

In John 19: 2-5 He is crowned as Saviour. “The soldiers platted a crown of thorns, and put it on His head. Then came Jesus forth, wearing the crown of thorns

 

 

“Crowned with thorns upon the tree,

Silent in Thine agony,

Dying, crushed beneath the load

Of the wrath and curse of God

 

 

In Heb. 2: 9 He is crowned as Victor over Satan, sin, the grave - “We see Jesus ... crowned with glory and honour

 

 

“With joy and praise Thy people see

The crown of glory worn by Thee

 

 

Rev. 19: 12 shows Him as King of kings and Lord of lords. “On His head were many crowns Royal diadems proclaim His right to universal homage.

 

 

“Crown Him, crown Him, Lord of all

 

 

Trace Him through His sufferings to glory, and be assured we are called to follow in the very path He trod.

 

 

The Believer’s Crowns

 

 

The Goal is in prospect (Phil. 3: 14), but the redeemed may wear a present crown.  “Who crowneth thee with loving-kindness and tender mercies” (Ps. 103: 4).  The garland of His “loving-kindness and tender mercies gracing every Christian’s brow, may surely gladden every journeying mile we tread homewards; but we are told that many, unhappily, forfeit the joy of this possession: “The crown is fallen from our head ... we have sinned” (Lam. 5: 16). Blessed Lord, graciously recover in the souls of Thy redeemed the delight such “loving-kindness and tender mercies” minister to Thy weary heritage

 

 

The Crown Incorruptible

 

 

(1 Cor. 9: 24-27), for self-control, is within reach of all (Heb. 12: 1).  There should be the denial of self, subjection, our old man put off (Matt. 16: 24; Eph. 4: 22-24).  The believer’s training for eternity should be welcomed for,

 

“A crown incorruptible then will be theirs,

A rich compensation for suffering and loss

 

 

The Crown of Life

 

 

(Jas. 1: 12 and Rev. 2: 10) is for those who “seek glory and honour by patient continuance” (Rom. 2: 7).  Life we already have in Christ; this reward is for those who live Christ.  2 Tim. 2: 12 tells us that sufferers, endurers, “reign”.  In the days of Acts 14: 22; Phil. 1: 29; 2 Cor. 12: 10, the privilege of winning such a crown as this was courted by loyal hearts, and still should be until He comes.  Gal. 6: 9 encourages us in such a path.

 

 

The Crown of Righteousness

 

is promised in 2 Tim. 4: 8.  Righteousness we have in Christ, and there is no crown for that, but a righteous course that costs us something to maintain He will crown.  The “course,” the “stewardship” kept, this crown is for those who, “loving His appearing,” have, while hastening to the goal, faithfully wrought righteousness.

 

 

The Crown of Rejoicing

 

of 1 Thess. 2: 19 is the soul-winner’s garland.  Oh, the joy when the soul-winner and the soul won meet together in the crowning day!  Then, too, the Divine Seeker and those He sought will rejoice together.  His rejoicing will excel, for we read, “Behold, I and the children etc. (Isa. 8: 18; Heb. 2: 10).

 

 

The Crown of Glory

 

is spoken of in 1 Peter 5: 3, 4.  Glory is the portion of every believer in Christ, but the crown of glory is for those who “lay down their lives for the brethren who are “ensamples to the flock who “feed the flock and share the Chief Shepherd’s loving interest in each and all who compose the “little flock”; having “respect unto the recompense of reward they regard all earthly, fading honours as nothing to be compared with “the crown that fadeth not away”; prizing the promise of crowning as loving encouragement from the lips of the glorious Promiser (Heb. 6: 10; Mark 9: 41; Jer. 31: 16).  With the promise of His coming He has coupled “My reward”.

 

“Such reward to him who serveth,

Far surpasseth earthly fame

 

 

It has been truly said, “We shall have all eternity to celebrate victories, but we have only the few hours before sunset to win them.” While salvation is of grace “freely

 

Crowns Must Be Earned

 

 

We have opportunity to win crowns only here and now.  “Striving for masteries” is a present experience.  In view of the coming day of awards, and knowing that each soul’s biography is being written in heaven, to be published then, the soul surely should desire to come nearer to God’s thoughts now, exercise the mind of Christ, and cleave to the written Word.  The overcomers’ “Well done and all lesser prizes will be dispensed after the Lord has come for His Bride, the Father’s house entered, the home of love reached, when we all are manifested before the judgment-seat of Christ in heaven.  Only believers will appear there, those already “accepted in the Beloved” (Eph. 1: 6), subject to “no condemnation” (Rom. 8: 1), whose names are in the Lamb’s Book of Life (Rev. 21: 27), already glorified (Col. 3: 4), in Christ’s likeness (1 John 3: 2), a beautiful, brilliant assembly before the Bema, where, as in Grecian games, the Umpire proclaims successful competitors, and bestows awards; or, as the judges in Art Galleries, appraise the artists’ works, not persons; or as in flower-shows the plants and blooms are judged, and not the persons of the exhibitors.

 

 

In prospect, “suffer loss” (1 Cor. 3: 15), being “ashamed” (1 John 2: 28), or seeing works consumed as worthless, should mightily influence our present purpose to wear the bright gem of His approval now, and to reap in the crowning day the promised recompense.

 

 

Judgment for the Believer

 

will be such as to bring to light hidden things, the thoughts of the heart, etc. (1 Cor. 4: 5).  With His servants the Lord reckoneth (Matt. 25: 19).  The “sort” of works, motives, and faithfulness He will manifest, only accrediting service which is comparable to “gold, silver, precious stones such as when put to the proof stand the fire; while worthless works, which are comparable to “wood, hay, stubble will be consumed (1 Cor. 3: 11-15).  Quality, not quantity, will there be appraised (Matt. 25: 21-23).

 

 

Rules Must Be Observed

 

otherwise there can he no crown (2 Tim. 2: 5).  Only those who finish well are crowned.  The runners must obey strict requirements, the Divine directions (1 Cor. 9: 24, 25; Heb. 12: 1, 2); be exercised by child-training, by Fatherly discipline (Heb. 12: 6-9; 1 Pet. 1: 17); be subject to the corrective rule of Christ as Lord (1 Cor. 11: 31, 32); submit to the cleansing Word (John 15: 3); profit by the rebuking rod (Heb. 12: 5); exercise gift received as “stewards” entrusted with their Master’s goods (1 Peter 4 : 10); conscious that a full reward may be forfeited (2 John 8; Rev. 3: 8-11).

 

 

As Divine Incentives

 

read the Saviour’s “blessed” (Matt. 5: 3-11), and receive Divine encouragement for Christ-like ways.  It will be His joy to say “Well done”.  To gratify Him is surely sufficient inducement!

 

 

To be reapers then, the sowing must be done now.  Diligent quest of Christian virtues brings “abundant entrance”; and with no barrenness or unfruitfulness (2 Peter 1: 8).  Entries “abounding to the account” (Phil. 4: 17) will then be summed up.  No loving service, however small, will be unrewarded (Mark 9: 41), and he who serves, “him will My Father honour” (John 12: 26).  In view of His coming quickly (Rev. 22: 12), we should trade with talents given and so reap heavenly profits (Luke 19: 12-19).

 

 

The recompense He has promised (Luke 14: 14) is a blest incentive not to lose His great reward:- “Sit with Me in My throne” (2 John 8; Rev. 3: 21).

 

 

“Not in vain” are present “steadfastness” and “abounding works” (1 Cor. 15: 58), to “So run that ye may obtain and keep under the body (1 Cor. 9: 26, 27).

 

 

Its blessed effect is “godly fear” (1 Peter 1: 17) and leads to preferring present training, discipline and chastening to sharing the world’s judgment (1 Cor. 11: 31, 32).

 

 

“This one thing I do, forgetting those things which are behind, and reaching forth unto those things which are before, I press toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus” (Phil. 3: 13, 14).

 

 

The highest rapture in heaven is not when the redeemed wear crowns, but when they cast them down before Him (Rev. 4: 10). - The Prophetic Digest.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

42

 

THE GREAT WHITE THRONE

 

 

By D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

The Great White Throne, the junction between the old worlds and the new, is revealed in a narrative which is the apex of sublimity in literature because it is the most awful revelation ever made.  The Sitter on the Throne is not described: only by the effects do we learn the appalling majesty of the Godhead:- “from whose face the earth” - the earth feels the shock first, as nearest to the Throne, and starts the flight - “and the heavens fled away” (Rev. 20: 11).  The Throne is thus left self-poised in space: behind it, annihilated worlds; before it, uncreated worlds: with nothing therefore between, all eyes perforce are held by the lonely, glittering Throne.  It is a great, white Throne: great, because from it proceed all destinies, not for a day or an age but for ever, and because before it are arraigned all devils, all angels, all men; and white, because no bribery, no cruelty, no ignorance, no injustice are there - it is an unsoiled, untainted, unbiased, inexorable Throne.

 

 

A vast assemblage is gathered before the Throne.  Three days are supreme in the history of the world:- the day the world was made; the day the world was redeemed; and the day the world will be judged: but of these days, on one only - and that for the first and last time - all men will be assembled in one spot.  “I saw THE DEAD, both small and great, standing” - therefore in [and 1,000 years after the first] resurrection - “before God  What a vision!  All graves will be empty at last.  Out of the vaults and the catacombs, out of the mummy-pits and the pyramids, in rolling clouds they come up; yet each face sharply distinct, each character defined, each memory crystal-clear, each forehead foredoomed.  The unknown multitudes that perished in the Flood; the countless hordes of Barbarians that swept across Asia and buried the Roman Empire; the ten millions - some of them faces we remember - from the War-trenches of Europe; the vast dead of Armageddon yet to come: all are there.  Where scores rose at the first resurrection ten centuries earlier, unestimated, uncounted masses - it must be hundreds of thousands of millions - rise now [after Christ’s Millennial Reign].  All ranks are there - Pharaohs, Caesars, Popes, murderers, Tzars; lepers, murderers, harlots, saints: all creeds but one - Athesim will be struck dead by one look at the Face on the Throne.  “Thus saith the Lord God: I will open your graves, and cause you to come up out of your graves; and cause you to come up out of your graves; and ye shall know that I am Jehovah when I have opened your graves, and caused you to come up out of your graves” (Ezek. 37: 12).*

 

* The mystery as to who are the dead that come up out of the sea remains unsolved, and probably so until the hereafter.  Bodies are not in question, nor do bodies come up out of Death and Hades, which contain all the human dead.

 

 

The processes of the Court unfold, and the real thrill of judgment comes, in the opening of the books.  “And BOOKS we read, “were opened  There are no witnesses - the Witness is on the Throne; a second witness is in every breast; a third witness is in every neighbour’s face: but there is ample and flawless evidence.  After all phonographs and photographs are gone down with the vanished worlds, perfect records remain written by the finger of God.  It is an extraordinary fact that Science has discovered that nothing is lost.  It is said that remote stars are still receiving the light which shot up when Luther cast the Papal Bull into the flames; that Peter’s guilty firelight is finding its way into remoter worlds; that the dying cry of the forsaken Christ is being registered on the receiving tablets of space; that all prayers and all curses, all psalms and all oaths - “all that is filthy with all that is fair” - are woven into the texture of things.  A bird alights, thousands of years ago, on soft clay, and the claws’ imprint hardens into the rock for ever.  But these records are still more serious: they are books, consciously and deliberately written and never written on earth at all.  They are God’s history of every man’s life, a journal of every sinner’s career: “and they were judged every man” - every man, and appearing singly and alone, none escaping the final trial - “according to their works”; in a judgment, therefore exactly graded to transgression.  The Books are opened:- to inspection, to cross-examination, to conscience, to memory.

 

 

The verdict follows, and the execution of the sentence.  Two fundamental purposes are served by evidence:- namely, the guilt or innocence of the accused is established; and the strict impartiality (or the reverse) of the judge is proved, together with the righteousness of his sentence: so, therefore, “the dead were judged” - not out of the arbitrary decisions of the Judge, even though the judge is God Himself, but - “out of the things which were written in the books, according to THEIR WORKS  Both the fundamental purposes of justice, calling for a public trial before the assembled worlds, are thus wholly satisfied in the last great assize.  And a very startling fact comes out in the Court.  Not a solitary soul of mankind, redeemed or unredeemed, can stand the judgment of the Books.  We know this because only another Book - the Book of Life - delivers any soul at all.  So the Gospel had always stated. “What things soever the law saith, it saith to them that are under the law, that every mouth may be stopped, and ALL THE WORLD BROUGHT IN GUILTY before God” (Rom. 3: 19).  All are condemned by the plural Books, so far as the Books are concerned, their own actions deciding their destiny.  And appalling beyond conception is the verdict: “he was cast into THE LAKE OF FIRE”: “he was cast” - for no power in the universe can resist the execution of the sentence: a fiery doom thrice repeated, that the awful words should sink into our souls for ever.  Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, nor hath entered into the heart of man, the things that God hath prepared for them that hate Him.  It is not even possible to go back into Hades for Death and Hades - two places, a double compartment for the dead, the old earth - are also cast into the Lake of Fire: it is a second death out of which there is no second resurrection: for the living, no more death; for the dead, no more life.*

 

* “Their names do not appear on the records of pardon.  The law must therefore take its course.  They are cast into the lake of fire.  This, being the second death, is followed by no resurrection.  Inasmuch as death, in its first meaning and with its original power, is no more, there is no way of relief after a death entirely different in its nature.  The sufferings of those who undergo the second death, cannot be alleviated by expiring; for there is no expiring.  Pardon, moreover, is now too late.  Besides, inasmuch as their names are not written in the Lamb’s book of life how shall they become the subjects of pardon?  And what is more than all, the great work of atonement and reconciliation is now at an end; Christ gives up His mediatorial kingdom, having no more official duties (if we may so speak) to perform; and how are they to be ransomed without an acting Mediator?” (Moses Stuart, D.D.).”

 

 

Finally, we see the sole body of the acquitted, and the sole ground of the acquittal.  The whole of evangelical theology stands extraordinarily vindicated in the crucial document of the judgment.  “And another book was opened, which is THE BOOK OF LIFE; and if any was not found written in the book of life, he was cast into the lake of fire These contrasted documents sum up the whole Gospel of God.  Books of works - for vast must be the library which is to record all human action; one book of life - for it has nothing in it but names: books of works, bringing damnation; a book of life, for life is a gift to the enrolled by God; books of works, on matters of fact; a book of names, a record of grace: the Books, the earned certificate for the Lake; the Book, the sole passport to the City.  The Book of Life is a register of the redeemed.  Twice in the Apocalypse (13: 8, 21: 27) it is called the Lamb’s Book of Life.  There is not a solitary act recorded in the Book of Life : ALL the deeds are in the other Books.  I am [eternally] lost on the Books: I am [eternally] saved on the Book.  It is most remarkable that the Book of Life is never said to admit to the Millennial Kingdom: again and again it is asserted that it is the sole, essential, final passport into Eternal Life.*

 

* That alter the Thousand Years souls stream up out of Hades (or Paradise) as well as out of Death (or Abaddon) puts it beyond doubt that all the saved do not share the Millennial Kingdom, but some reap corruption for sowing to the flesh; and so the Book of Life is brought in to reveal a destiny decided on Calvary and already proved by their presence in Paradise; and even the co-heirs with Christ in the Millennial Kingdom, when passing into the City, are franked in by the Book, not by their Millennial rank or glory.  All thus enter Eternal Life on the ground of sovereign grace alone, having nothing in the Book but a name, put there in election’s dateless eternity.  It is natural, however, to assume that Millennial rewards will abide, uncancelled and unlowered, into the Ages beyond.

 

 

The day of grace is to prepare us for the day of judgment.  Judgment is coming to the reckoning of doom.  The thunder is solemn: but what is it to the crash of ten thousand thunders, waking the dead, and emptying the deepest abysses, to the roar of the disappearing worlds?  The earthquake is solemn, when cities fall, and kingdoms totter, and islands disappear: but what is it to the convulsion which shall snap gravitation, disintegrate the universe, and drive a million worlds back into the nothingness out of which they came?  O sinner, you may not fear that Face now: but when all the worlds recoil from before Him, when there are no mountains to hide, no rocks to fall, when every soul stands self-poised in air - when no object remains in all God’s universe save that one glittering white Throne, caught by every eye, with nothing between - you will fear Him then.  For the prosecutor is God; the evidence, eliciting the facts, is God’s; the jury, deciding the issue, is God; the judge is God; and the executioner is God.  “PREPARE TO MEET THY GOD” (Amos 4: 12).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

43

 

COMING MIRACLE

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

EVEN before the Rapture, and also after it, miracles on a gigantic scale are coming on the earth, miracles from Heaven and miracles from Hell; and this mere fact of coming miracles, if allowed to sink and soak into our minds, is an enormous urge making for holiness and God.  Above all others, our young folk need to realize the tremendous epoch on the threshold of which they stand, when miraculous events will abound in the world as never before since the world was created.

 

 

Dispensations

 

 

The first fact we observe is this: miracle always appears at the junctions of dispensations.  When God purges the world at the Flood,- when He wrenches Israel out of the hand of Pharaoh,- when He founds a new dispensation at Pentecost, He so starts each new dispensation that the world knows that it is God.  How much more so as incomparably the greatest dispensation of all draws near!  And the reason is both simple and profound.  Under identical circumstances God acts identically: a crisis arises, and God acts perfectly; if and when that crisis recurs, God must act as He did before, for His action cannot deviate from its original perfection. God, the unchanging, meets unchanging facts with unchanged conduct: and each closing dispensation is a world-shaking crisis.

 

 

Prophecies

 

 

The second fact is that Scripture states again and again that miracles will be one supreme characteristic of the last days; and the Scripture cannot be broken.  God says of Israel in that day:- “As in the days of thy coming forth out of the land of Egypt will I show unto him marvellous things” (Mic. 7: 15).  Inspiration will have come back: for our Lord says,- “Whatsoever shall be given you in that hour, that speak ye: for it is not ye that speak, but the Holy Ghost” (Mark 13: 11).  Miracle and inspiration are predicted together by Joel:- “Your sons and your daughters shall Prophecy” - there will be prophets in the earth again - “and I will show wonders in the heaven above, and signs on the earth beneath; blood, and fire, and vapour of smoke” (Acts 2: 17).  Of the Two Witnesses it is written - “These have power to shut heaven, that it rain not” - as Elijah did - “and they have power over the waters to turn them into blood” - as Moses did - “and to smite the earth with EVERY PLAGUE, as often as they shall desire” (Rev. 11: 6). What marvellous powers!  So again we read:- “There shall be great earthquakes, and in divers places famines and pestilences; and there shall be terrors and great signs from heaven” (Luke 21: 11).  Miracle is stated again and again to be one supreme characteristic of our closing days.

 

 

Repetition

 

 

This third fact is that our Lord, in language quite unmistakable, compares the end of this [evil] Age with miraculous epochs that have gone before.  “As it came to pass in the days of Noah, even so shall it also be in the days of the son of man: the flood came, and destroyed them all.  Likewise even as it came to pass in the days of Lot: it rained fire and brimstone from heaven, and destroyed them all: AFTER THE SAME MANNER shall it be in the day that the Son of man is revealed” (Luke 17: 26).  What were the characteristics of the days of Noah?  Enoch rapt long ere judgment begins*; Noah supernaturally preserved in the Ark; floods miraculously sweeping away mankind - angels and miracles abroad in the earth: “even so shall it be in the days of the Son of man  What were the characteristics of the days of Lot?  Lot’s wife petrified; fire and brimstone falling, with whole cities wiped out, and angels mingling once again among men on the errands of God: “after the same manner shall it be in the day that the Son of man is revealed.”  This [evil] Age is to close in an epoch no less miraculous.

 

[* That is, A pre-tribulation removal from earth for those “accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass” (Luke 21: 36, A.V.

 

 

Marvels

 

 

The fourth fact lies in a remarkably little known covenant which has never yet been fulfilled - the Covenant of Marvels.  “Behold, I make a covenant: before all thy people I will do marvels, such as have not yet been wrought in all the earth” - therefore greater than the miracles of Moses in Egypt - “nor in any nation: and all the people among which thou art” - and where is the Jew not scattered? - “shall see the work of the Lord, for it is a terrible thing that I do with thee” (Ex. 34: 10).  Israel’s worst has yet to happen: “Then the Lord will make thy plagues wonderful” (Deut. 28: 59), - or, as the Apocalypse puts it, not of Israel only, but of all mankind - “they gnawed their tongues for pain, and they blasphemed the God of heaven because of their pains and their sores; and they repented not of their works” (Rev. 16: 10).  God’s Covenant of Marvels - one of the most terrible of all covenants - has never yet been fulfilled.

 

 

Exasperation

 

 

The fifth fact lies in this, - that abnormal wickedness always provokes God to abnormal retribution.  Babel - and the confounded lip; universal iniquity - and the Flood; Canaanite wickedness ‘come to the full’ - and Israel’s miraculous conquest; Calvary - and the earthquake and darkness over all the earth: so universal worship of the Antichrist will call down judgments absolutely unique in the history of mankind, and therefore, of course, miraculous.  “Howl ye: for the day of the Lord is at hand.  Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, cruel, with wrath and fierce anger to make the land a desolation, and to destroy the sinners out of it: and I will punish the world for their evil” (Is. 13: 6).  When man’s sin reaches its height, so will God’s wrath, and His miraculous intervention.  The reason is simple and awful.  Just as Grace seeks the line of least resistance, and wins a yielding heart, so judgment seeks the line of maximum resistance and smashes it with appalling power.  “Thy wrath came; and the time to destroy them that destroy the earth” (Rev. 11: 18).

 

 

Satanic Miracle

 

 

The sixth fact is the abounding, at the end, of Satanic miracle in the world.  Our Lord has put this beyond all shadow of doubt:- “There shall arise false Christs, and false prophets, and shall show great signs and wonders, so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect” (Matt. 24: 24).  Out of the Trinity of Hell will come forth “three unclean spirits, as it were frogs; for they are spirits of devils, WORKING S1GNS; which go forth unto the kings of the whole world to gather them together unto the war of the great day of God” (Rev. 16: 13).  “Like as Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses, so do these also withstand the truth; but they shall proceed no further” than Jannes and Jambres did (2 Tim. 3: 9); for once again God’s miracles will be incomparably greater than any Satan can produce.  Boils which Satan cannot heal; worldwide earthquakes from which Satan cannot deliver; vast resurrections which Satan cannot prevent; and, lastly, a chain which Satan cannot wrench from off his own wrists:- when the enemy comes in like a flood, the Spirit of the Lord will raise up a standard against him.

 

 

The Godhead

 

 

The seventh and last fact is the most tremendous of all, - miracle will be essential to the vindication of the Godhead.  For in the last climax it will not even be the clash of rival Christs - for there will be many false Christs; but an awful collision between rival Gods.  Of the Antichrist we read:- “whose coming is according to the working of Satan with all power and signs and wonders of falsehood”; “and the dragon gave him his power and his throne”; and “he sitteth in the temple of God, setting himself forth AS GOD” (2 Thess. 2: 4): “and all that dwell on the earth shall worship him” (Rev. 13: 2, 8).  Now this direct challenge to sole Deity, backed by powerful miracle, forces the Most High to reveal His omnipotence, and of course omnipotence can only be revealed by miracle.  Here is an anti-God in full blast and full power: nothing short of tremendous miracles of the Almighty - to “slay him with the breath of his mouth, and paralyse him by the lightnings of his Parousia” - can then save the world.  “Wilt thou yet say before him that slayeth thee, I am God (Ezek. 28: 9).

 

 

Pentecost

 

 

How immense for us are the consequences!  Before the first rapture - itself an extraordinary miracle - will come the on-fall of the Holy Ghost in earth’s last Pentecost, “before the great and terrible day of the Lord come” (Acts 2: 20).  Pentecost will be repeated.  Therefore it is for us all to make ourselves ready for this almost incredible honour by doing as Enoch and Elijah did, who are to work the most tremendous miracles that are coming - by walking [in obedience (Acts 5: 32)] with God.  Only on such will the Holy Ghost fall.  And the appeal to our young folk is most wonderful.  “Your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, and your YOUNG MEN shall see visions” (Acts 2: 17).  How wonderful:- there are young people reading these words who in not many years from now may be uttering words from God miraculously - prophets and prophetesses.  It is a marvellous summons to us all to prepare ourselves for the coming Christ.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

44

 

APPROACHING MIDNIGHT

 

 

By A. A. RONSHAUSEN

 

 

 

“Watchman, what of the night?  The morning cometh, and also the night.” This [evil, God-forsaken, and now ever increasing apostate] age is in its death throes.  A new [Messianic and Millennial] age dawns.  The old order passes.  A new order is coming.  God’s clock of prophecy is striking.  History is being written with kaleidoscopic swiftness.  Earth’s greatest drama is being unfolded.  The Church is in eclipse.  Evil is in the ascendancy [and God’s prophetical declarations concerning this earth’s future during ‘the age to come” (Heb. 6: 5, R.V.) are increasingly being misunderstood, denied and misinterpreted.]* Hell is on the march.  Earth’s momentum hellward continually accelerates its speed.

 

[* That is, the Church of God today - (consisting of multitudes of regenerate believers who have mistakenly supposed that God’s promises of an earthly “inheritance” to Abraham, the nation of Israel, (his ‘seedGen. 13: 15. cf. Acts 7: 1-5. R.V.; and ‘Seed’ - our Lord and Saviour Jesus the Christ, Matt. 1: 1, 24, R.V.), are now being misinterpreted, disbelieved, and openly rejected!  This is contrary to the teachings of our Lord Jesus Christ, His Prophets and Apostles! (Rev. 3: 21; Lk. 1: 32; Rom. 8: 19-21, R.V.  Compare Psalm. 2: 8; 72. & 110. with Is. 2: 2-4; 9: 6, 7; 11: 1-11; Jer. chs. 30. & 31. R.V. etc.)]

 

Ever the situation changes for worse.  Civilization is breaking up.  Holiness is a jest and a byword.  The Mystery of Iniquity blossoms and will soon reveal the Man of Sin.  An apostate church and a godless world will receive and worship him.  Titanic, unseen powers of hell have invaded the earth, and are creating chaos, religiously, politically, economically and socially.  The great ecclesiasticisms having sacrificed spiritual power and glory for worldly gain and prestige, are powerless - and themselves will perish with the present order.

 

 

God Will Judge Prayerlessness (Luke 21: 34-36)

 

 

The distress of nations with perplexity, the sea (humanity) and waves roaring (revolution) foretold by Jesus, has come.  The clay (lawlessness) continually increases, and the iron (law and order) decreases.  Lawlessness abounds.  Morals are collapsing.  The best things are disappearing.  Can the world recover itself?  Not with human resources.  Legislation, philosophy, and reform are inadequate.  Only God can prevent crisis and disaster.

 

 

O that the church would be sufficient for these awful, yet sublime times.  Our greatest peril is not the power of the enemy, but our own prayerlessness.  A prayerless [and disobedient-Spirit-forsaken (Acts 5: 32)] church betrays its God-given trust into the hands of the enemy.  The Lord will judge prayerlessness. Failure to pray is disobedience.  Had the church remained on its knees, the world’s present decay would have been impossible.

 

 

Our God shall come.  Jesus will return.  “Even so, come, Lord Jesus  His coming is the blessed hope.  The dispensation of our Lord, cut off when He died on the cross, will be renewed at His return.  Earth’s corruption and putridity rise as a stench to heaven.  The day of vengeance of our Lord is nearing.  The day of man will soon pass.  The great and notable day of the Lord will come.  We hover on the brink of the kingdom age.

 

 

Christ’s second coming is dual in its aspect: parousia - for the saints, to rapture the bride; apocalypse - to judge the nations, and to reign.  Between the parousia and the apocalypse will be the great tribulation on earth.  Now is only the beginning of sorrows.  When anti-Christ rules the world, God will invade the earth with tribulation judgments, so terribly cataclysmic, that all that has happened before will be, in comparison, as firecrackers to atom bombs.

 

 

Obey His Word

 

 

“Watch ye and pray always that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these things, that are coming to pass, and to stand before the Son of Man  Obey Jesus and you will escape.  Disobey, be prayerless, careless, heedless, at ease, and you will not escape.

 

 

God gives gifts by faith.  God gives rewards for faithfulness.  “Behold I come quickly, and My reward is with Me, to give to every man, as his work shall be.”  Plainly, this is a judgment of rewards, according to works, to occur at His return.  God rewards only as God can.  We have a race to run and a crown to gain. The race may be lost.  The crown forfeited.  To win Christ, Paul suffered the loss of all things.  Can you win Christ for less?

 

 

Be As Men Who Wait For Their Lord

 

 

A timely message is the Lord’s message to the Laodicean Church.  Christendom is in the Laodicean stage.  It is Christ’s last call to the Church, ere He leaves the mercy seat for the judgment seat.  Laodiceanism is a disease of the Church and not of the world.  It is the subtlest sin of Hell, it is religion; but it is the religion that Jesus hates.

 

 

It is the surrender of first-love - cooling off from fervency to luke-warmness - profession without possession - a name to live and art dead - neither hot nor cold in love or works - mediocre service - indifferent praying - contentment in spiritual barrenness - complacency in idleness - grudging in giving - reluctance in sacrificing - no martyr or witnessing spirit - burdenless, passionless, spiritless, deceived people doomed to judgment instead of rewards of the faithful, believing themselves rich, in need of nothing, not knowing they are miserable, poor, blind.

 

 

To them Jesus lovingly calls: “Be zealous and repent.  Buy of me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment that thou mayest be clothed ... and anoint thine eyes with eye-salve that thou mayest see  Are you ready for His coming?  Are you wise or foolish?  Repent and be zealous.  Be filled with the Spirit.  Love God supremely.  Keep yourselves from idols.  Flee Laodicean lukewarmness.  Else at His coming He will spue you out of His mouth, into the awful castigation of the great tribulation.

 

                                                                                                                      -  Herald of His Coming.

 

 

-------

 

 

PROPHECY OUR HEADLAMP

 

 

From prophecy we may ascertain the features and characteristics of the last great empire upon earth, and may perchance be enabled to recognise and avoid those tendencies in our modem civilisation which are leading mankind towards the establishment of that empire.  More than that, we may learn that, though the kingdoms of the world will become the Kingdom of the Lord, it is not by our efforts that this will be accomplished.

 

 

Let us imagine (it is easy to do so) a small state, internally weakened by intrigue, externally hard pressed by the enemy, fighting bravely for its freedom and existence against a strong and unscrupulous foe.  Let us further imagine that the government of that state is possessed of information of a most practical character from a source which in the past has always proved absolutely reliable, and that this information supplies all necessary particulars as to the enemy’s line of advance and plan of campaign, and specifies the quarter from which alone relief will arrive.  Let us suppose, moreover, that if this information is correct ultimate victory is assured.  Can we believe that the citizens of that state will be so foolish as to ignore the information?

 

 

We are told in 2 Thess. 2: 3 that the apostasy must come and the son of perdition appear before the Rapture begins.  I use the word “begins” because it may be, for all we are told to the contrary, that the Rapture will not be one single isolated event, but a series of translations occurring at intervals during the whole period of Anti-

Christ’s reign.

 

 

-------

 

 

MILLENNIUMM

 

 

General Smuts expresses (The Times, Sep. 30, 1946) the uneasiness felt by the statesmen of the world at the fruitless effort to create a human millennium:-

 

 

“The greatest drama of history unfolding before our eyes is still little understood.  After the great war, people generally expected the dawn of a new world.  After the armistice President Wilson was expected to inaugurate a new era.  That it was to come suddenly, like the coming of the Kingdom in which the early Christians implicitly believed.  I do not see the new spirit or temper in the world on which we can safely build any assurance of world peace in a more distant future.  The new kingdom has not yet come.  A peaceful world order could only be safely based on a new spirit and outlook widely spread and actively practised among the nations.  Of such an enduring temper for peace there is no real evidence today.”

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

45

 

THE KINGDOM A REWARD

 

 

 

There are passages of Scripture which plainly indicate that only those who are fully given up to the Lord, and are faithful to Him, will share the place of administration with Christ.  We do not agree in every particular in what Mr. R. Govett has said upon this point, but the following quotation is of interest.

 

 

“Will all believers, then, reign with Christ?  By no means.  The Kingdom of the thousand years is never said to belong to those who only believe.  There are not a few texts addressed to believers which declare that certain classes of them shall not enter the kingdom.

 

 

1. Those whose (active) righteousness shall not exceed that of the Pharisees (Matt. 5: 20.

 

 

2. Those who, while professors of Christ’s name, do not the will of His Father (Matt. 7: 21).

 

 

3. Those guilty of strife, envy, and contention. (Luke 9: 46-50; Mark 9: 33-50; Matt. 18: 1-3).

 

 

4. Rich disciples (Matt. 19: 23; Luke 6: 24; 18; 24).

 

 

5. Those who deny the Millennium (Luke 18: 17; Mark 10: 15).

 

 

6. The unbaptised (John 3: 5).

 

 

7. See also 1 Cor. 6: 9, 10; Gal. 5: 19-21; 6: 7, 8; Matt. 10: 32, 39; 16: 26; 18: 17, 18; Luke 9: 26.”

 

 

Those who sit on the throne are evidently crowned ones, for the throne-sitters are always those who are crowned.  We know from many Scriptures that all the saints will not be crowned, and therefore all will not enjoy the high places of sitting on the throne.  Christ’s injunction to the Church at Philadelphia is, “Let no man take thy crown” (Rev. 3: 11), which implies the crown may be lost or not gained.  Again, when we listen to the Apostle Paul we hear him say that he “kept his body under” that he might obtain the incorruptible crown, and at the end of his earthly life, when he could say that he had kept the faith and finished the course, “henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness” (1 Cor. 9: 25; 2 Tim. 4: 8).

 

 

Yet again we listen to what our Lord said to the disciples, when some of them were desirous of sharing in Christ’s earthly kingdom, and when, also, Peter called attention to what he had given up for the sake of the Lord (Matt. 19: 28), “Verily I say unto you, that ye who have followed Me, in the regeneration when the Son of Man shall sit on the throne of His glory, ye also shall sit upon twelve thrones judging the twelve tribes of Israel

 

 

What an urgent call this is to go in for all that the Lord has for us, for those who are willing to suffer with Him now will surely reign with Him in His coming glory.

 

 

Again, John says, “I saw and this time it was those who had been beheaded because of the testimony of Jesus, and because of the Word of God.  This body of martyrs is a special set of people.  They are evidently a part of that company which John had previously seen, and who are described under the fifth seal as those who had been slain because of the Word of God, and because of the testimony which they held.  “And when he had opened the fifth seal, I saw under the altar the souls of them that were slain for the Word of God, and for the testimony which they held  “And white robes were given unto them: and it was said unto them, that they should rest yet for a little season, until their fellow-servants also, and their brethren, that should be killed as they were, should be fulfilled” (Rev. 6: 9-11).

 

 

This special class is further described as those who had not worshipped the beast nor his image, nor received his mark on their foreheads or on their hand.  We know there will be a terrible time of slaughter after [a select portion of] the Church is removed, and during the Great Tribulation, so much so that not a single believer of those days will escape death.  This martyred company will share a peculiar privilege in a distinct resurrection which is called the First. We must not confuse the First Resurrection with the pre-resurrection of 1 Thess. 4, when the dead in Christ are raised. Many will say that we thought the first resurrection included the redeemed of this dispensation, and they come to this conclusion because of the word “first Dr. Bullinger has gone into this matter of first and second in a very explicit way, and I cannot do better than quote in extenso what he says:-

 

 

“This is the first resurrection: or this completes the first resurrection.  There is an ellipsis of the verb in this sentence; and we may supply ‘completes,’ having in mind the several resurrections which shall before then have taken place.  It is also a fact that, when two ordinal numbers are used in such a connection as this, they are used relatively.  The one is first in relation to the second, which follows: and not to what may have occurred before.  In like manner, the second stands in relation to the first.  Hence, in English we always say, in such cases, former and latter, where we have only two things thus related: and not first and second, unless there are more to follow in the series.  It is the same in chapter 21: 1, where we read of the new heavens and the new earth: ‘for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away

 

 

“Here again we have two things standing in related contrast, the ‘first’ and the ‘new’; i.e., the new and the one that immediately precedes it: the former, and not the ‘first’.  For the present heavens and earth which are now (2 Peter 3 : 7) are not the first.  For Scripture tells us of three, of which the present is the second.  In 2 Peter 3: 6, 7, 13, we read of the first - the world that ‘then was’ (Gen. 1: 1); of the second - ‘the heavens and the earth which are now’; and of the third - ‘a new heavens and a new earth,’ for which we now look.  This (second of three) is what is called in Rev. 21: 1, the ‘first’ of the latter two.

 

 

“Hence this ‘first resurrection’ is the former of the two mentioned in this verse: and not the resurrection of the Church (the Body of Christ, revealed in 1 Thess. 4: 16, 17.  This special resurrection (1 Thess. 4: 16) must be carefully distinguished from that which is called the ‘first resurrection’ in Rev. 20: 6.  The word ‘first’ in 1 Thess. 4: 16, does not refer to ‘the first resurrection,’ so called in Rev. 20: 6, but merely records the order of events, and simply states that ‘the dead in Christ’ will ‘rise first’; i.e., before the taking up of either them or the living saints

 

 

This interpretation is confirmed by what Paul says in writing to the Church at Corinth, when speaking of the resurrection of the dead: “Christ the Firstfruits, afterwards they that are Christ’s at His coming”: then cometh the end, or, as it should be, “then the last rank  Christ the Firstfruits includes the Church, and it is in that sense that “the Christ” is used in 1 Cor. 12: 12; so, also, is Christ, taking in the Head and the members.  It is not Christ the Firstfruit, that would make Him stand alone; but Christ the Firstfruits, which determines that others are with Him, and those others are those who are sanctified in Him.  “Afterward they that are His at His coming” denotes those who are the several companies that are slain during the Great Tribulation, whom He will raise when He comes to redeem them to Himself.  We can see, therefore, how important it is to distinguish between the pre-resurrection of 1 Thess. 4, and the first resurrection which is identified with those who are mentioned in Rev. 6: 9-11, and with those alone.

 

 

All these who share in what the Spirit calls the First Resurrection are said to be “blessed and holy,” and shall reign with Christ for a thousand years.  They are “blessed” because of the special honour that will be placed upon them, and they are “holy” because these shall share in this separated and consecrated place of holy dignity, and their special reward is that they shall not only be with Christ, but shall reign with Him in manifest glory during that time which we know as the Millennium.   - Prophetic News.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

46

 

EXCLUSION FROM THE KINGDOM

 

 

 

GODLY servants of Christ have under stood the Scriptures to teach the possibility of a believer’s exclusion.  So Mr. Robert Chapman: “Has any child of God any warrant of Scripture to expect that he will reign with the Lord during the period of Rev. 20?  But, on the contrary, has not every child of God a promise of reigning with Christ in the perfect and final state  So Mr. G. H. Pember:- “To those who believe on Him, but go no further, the Lord does, indeed, give eternal life; but the fruition of it will not begin until the Last Day, until the thousand years of the Millennial reign are ended.  Such persons will not, therefore, be permitted to enter the Kingdom of the Heavens.”  So Dr. A. T. Pierson: “The greatest of all the revelations about the future condition of the saints is, that they are to be identified with Jesus Christ in His reign, - that is, those who ‘overcome  Not all saints are to be elevated to this position; this is for victorious saints.”*  So Mr. Robert Govett: “The native magnitude of this truth must speedily redeem it from all obscurity.  Those who have the single eye will perceive its amplitude of evidence, and embrace it, in spite of the solemn awe of God which it produces, and the depth of our own responsibility which it discloses**

 

* Morning Star, Oct., 1902     ** The Church, the Churches, and the Mysteries, p. 46.

 

 

 

2. - It is certain that all crowns are conditional on works done after faith. 2 Tim. 2: 5.

 

 

(1) The crown of incorruption.  “In a race all run, but one receiveth the prize.  Even so run, that ye may attain.  And every man that striveth in the games is temperate in all things.  Now they do it to receive a corruptible crown; but we an incorruptible” (1 Cor. 9: 24, 25).  Can that racer be crowned who failed in the running?  Paul dreaded the loss of the crown for himseif: “lest by any means, after that I have preached to others, I myself should be rejected

 

 

(2) The crown of rejoicing.  “What is our hope, or joy, or crown of rejoicing?  Are not even ye, before our Lord Jesus at His coming?” (1 Thess. 2: 19). Dan. 12: 3.  Can he be crowned for turning many to righteousness who never turned one?

 

 

(3) The crown of glory.  “The elders therefore among you I exhort, Tend the flock of God. ... and when the chief Shepherd shall be manifested, ye shall receive the crown of glory” (1 Pet. 5: 1-4).  Can a disciple be rewarded for shepherding the flock of God who never did it?

 

 

(4) The crown of righteousness.  “I have kept the faith: henceforth there is laid up for me the crown of righteousness, ... and not only to me, but also to all them that have loved His appearing” (2 Tim. 4: 7, 8).  Can the crown for watchfulness be given to one who never watched?

 

 

(5) The crown of life.  “Blessed is the man that endureth temptation: for when he hath been approved, he shall receive the crown of life” (Jas. 1: 12).  Rev. 2: 10.  Can he be crowned for resisting temptation who succumbed to it? 

 

 

That a crown may be lost to a believer is as certain as any truth in Holy Scripture.  “Hold fast that which thou hast, that no one take thy crown” (Rev. 3: 11). Matt. 7: 21.

 

 

3. - Scripture states that the [millennial] Kingdom is offered to all believers

as the master-prize for service and suffering.

 

 

“He that overcometh, and he that keepeth My works unto the end, to him will I give authority over the nations” (Rev. 2: 26).  2 Tim. 2: 12.  It was a supreme desire of Paul.  He abandoned all, he says, and suffered all, “if by any means I may attain unto the [select] resurrection from the dead.  Not that I have already obtained ... but one thing I do, forgetting the things which are behind, and stretching forward to the things which are before, I press on toward the goal unto the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus.  Let us therefore, as many as be perfect, be thus minded” (Phil. 3: 11-15).  For the fall of Israel in the wilderness is a designed type of the present peril of the Church on earth. Heb. 3: 4. “Let us therefore give diligence to enter into that rest, that no man fall after the same example of disobedience (Heb. 4: 11).

 

 

4. - Scripture also explicitly asserts the exclusion of certain believers.

 

 

Proud (Matt. 18: 3); unfaithful (Matt. 24: 48-51); disobedient (Luke 12: 47, 48); covetous (Eph. 5: 5); effeminate (1 Cor. 6: 9); slothful (Matt. 11: 12); strife-loving (Gal. 5: 20) unbaptized (John 3: 5); erroneous (1 Cor. 3: 15); or luxurious (Luke 6: 24) disciples are unripe for the duties and harmony of Messiah’s Reign.  Most rigorously also will all unclean disciples be excluded.  Eph. 5: 3-8; 1 Thess. 4: 3-7.  The Holy Ghost has given a summary of exclusion. “Now the works of the flesh are manifest, which are these: fornication, uncleanness, lasciviousness, idolatry, sorcery, enmities, strife, jealousies, wraths, factions: divisions, parties, envyings, drunkenness, revellings, and such like: of the which I forewarn you, even as I did forewarn you, that they which practise such things shall not inherit the kingdom of God”. (Gal. 5: 19-21).  1 Cor. 6: 9, 10.  For it is the Kingdom of the holy, who are holy, not by imputation only, but also by active righteousness.  Heb. 12: 14.  2 Thess. 1: 5. “BLESSED AND HOLY IS HE THAT HATH PART IN THE FIRST RESURRECTION: THEY SHALL BE PRIESTS OF GOD AND OF CHRIST, AND SHALL REIGN WITH HIM A THOUSAND YEARS” (Rev. 20: 6). “O God, I have lost this world: grant that I lose not that which is to come!” (Carson).

 

 

-------

 

 

Hardships and Trials

 

 

We are often disheartened with our hardships and trials, and begin to think it is too hard a thing to be Christians.  Nature is so weak and depraved; there is such a burden in this incessant toil, and self-denial, and watchfulness, and prayer; the way is so steep, and so narrow, and difficult; we are tempted again and again to give up.  But when we think of what the dear Lord has done for us, what glories He has set before us, what victories are to come to us, what princedoms and thrones in the great empire of eternity await us, and how sure is all if we only press on for the prize; we have the profoundest reason to rejoice and give thanks every day that we live that such opportunities have been vouchsafed to us, were the sufferings even tenfold severer than they are. - JOSEPH A. SEISS.

 

 

Press Toward the Mark

 

 

A young Christian student of a Bible school, learning of the possibility of being left behind when the Lord comes for His saints and having to go through part of the Great Tribulation (part only, for every member of the Church must appear before the Bema or judgment Seat of Christ, which ends with the Tribulation) became terribly fearful and depressed.  A friend pointed out to him that his fear was a good sign of his spiritual state, and was God-given and God-commanded - “Let us fear lest a promise being left us of entering into His rest” (the Millennium or Sabbath rest of the people of God, as literal, not spiritual, as the rest of Canaan which the Israelites missed through unbelief, and to which the writer was comparing it), “any of ye should come short of it  “Don’t,” said his friend, “be depressed in doing or being what God has enjoined you should do or be, but rather follow the example of the apostle Paul who, when he found he had ‘not yet attained to the resurrection from among the dead’ and ‘counted himself not to have apprehended that for which he had been apprehended of Christ Jesus,’ far from being fearful and depressed, ‘one thing’ he did, ‘forgetting those things which are behind and reaching forth unto those things which are before he pressed toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus’.” The young student saw his mistake, his depression was lifted, and like Noah of old, who “by faith being warned of God of things not seen as yet, moved with godly fear (R.V.) prepared an ark to the saving of his house he now with that same godly fear presses on towards the goal.*

 

[* Always keep in mind: “The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom” and “they that wait upon the LORD shall renew their strength” (Isa. 40: 31, R.V.).]

 

- W. P. CLARK.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

47

 

ETERNAL LIFE AND THE KINGDOM

OF HEAVEN

 

 

By CHAS. S. UTTING

 

 

 

ETERNAL life is the free gift of God (Rom. 6: 23).  It is gratis, to faith.  The legal and righteous ability for God to offer this free gift [is because it] was produced by the ransom-paying of Jesus Christ who made full compensation for sin by His blood-shedding and death on Mount Golgotha, after he had woven through His perfect obedience in life and in death the robe of [His imputed] Righteousness which clothes all [regenerate] believers in Him.  The entrance into Eternal Life is by faith in this finished work of the Lord Jesus Christ alone, and is utterly apart from works done by man.  Bishop Burnet relates that when Dr. Fisher, Bishop of Rochester, who was cruelly condemned to be beheaded by Henry VIII, came out of the Tower of London and saw the scaffold, he took out of his pocket a Greek Testament, and looking up to heaven, he exclaimed, “Now, O Lord, direct me to some passage which may support me through this awful scene  He opened the Book, and his eye glanced on the text, “This is life eternal, to know Thee, the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom Thou hast sent The Bishop instantly closed the Book, and said, “Praised be the Lord! this is sufficient both for me and for eternity.” Thus in full assurance of faith he appropriated the free gift and in peace passed on, and passed through.

 

 

The Kingdom of Heaven is easily seen to be an entirely different matter from eternal life, for every believer has eternal life, while few enter the Kingdom of Heaven.  This latter is not the gift of pardon and life offered to the sinner, but a reward and honour attained by the Christian Overcomer, obtained as a prize which can be won only by certain conditions being fulfilled.  The subjects of this Kingdom on the earth will be the saved of Israel restored to their land, the Remnant that shall be saved through the time of “Jacob’s trouble” (Jer. 30: 7; Dan. 12: 1; Rom. 9: 27).  Also the remnant of the nations, i.e., ‘the sheep’ of Matthew 25: 31-46, that escape through this same ‘great tribulation’ (Jer. 3: 17; Zech. 14: 16).  Also the rapidly renewed population of the world which will soon replenish the exhausted nations and who will go up from year to year to worship the King, the Lord of Hosts, at Jerusalem (Zech. 14: 16; 8: 20-23; Isa. 2: 2, 3).  The MONARCH of this realm will be the Son of Man (Dan. 7: 13, 14, 27, Matt. 26: 64; Luke 19: 11-15, 27, etc.). The PRINCES, RULERS, and ADMINISTRATORS of it will be Prophets, Apostles, Martyrs, Overcomers, and the “Good and Faithful Servants (The Great and Strong of Isa. 53: 12, and the heroes of Heb. 11: these will be the ‘fellows’ of Christ Heb. 1: 9; Ps. 45: 6, 7; see also Isa. 32: 1; Luke 19: 15-27; Matt. 25: 1-30; Rev. 3: 21, 22; 2 Tim. 2: 12.) Their residences however will be in the mansions and palaces of the heavenly city (John 14: 1, 2).

 

 

Now the entrance into this Kingdom of Christ and the qualification to share the throne and the glory of Christ in that kingdom, depend for the Christian upon the successful issue of the contest which is lifelong between the two natures - the old and the new - that bid for the mastery in every believer.  Prayer persistent, relentless as the attacks of Satan, and faith persistent all the way along will win ultimately and finally (1 Pet. 1: 5-11).  As Dr. Goodwin, the great Puritan, said 300 years ago, “The fighting saint and the Devil give and take many bleeding noses,” before the life long battle ‘which is the Lord’s’ ends.  M. Venizelos, the great patriot and statesman of Greece, once remarked, “The English always win one battle, the last  Some years ago someone suspended a mighty bar of steel weighing 500 pounds: it was steadily attacked by a small cork attached to a piece of string, which was allowed to swing against the steel bar.  After ten minutes the bar began to show signs of uneasiness: at the end of twenty minutes there was a distinct vibration in it: at the end of half an hour this bar itself was swinging to and fro.  The weakest Christians by regular, stated, and continuous seasons of secret prayer, can make Satan move off, and dislodge sin: but if we do not keep the cork perpetually swinging the Devil and besetting sin will bar our entrance into the Kingdom of Christ and of glory.  “For our wrestling is not against flesh and blood, but against the principalities, against the powers, against the world-rulers of this darkness, against hosts of wicked spirits in the heavenly places” (Eph. 6: 10-18).  It will be a terrible thing to stand before the Judgment Seat of Christ as a ‘wicked and slothful servant and to endure the inexorable penalties - ‘scarcely saved or ‘saved, yet so as through fire’ - as Lot, or to be “Beaten with many stripes” (Luke 12: 47, 48) and excluded from the [Messiah’s coming Millennial] Kingdom.

 

 

Beloved, we have but one little life to live, it is a tragedy what a miscarriage many of us make through not seeing that it is the vantage-ground from which honours and glory may be won, in addition to the common salvation the New Birth right of all believers.  Hear the finest athlete Christ ever had perhaps, “Every man that striveth in the games is temperate in all things.  Now they do it to receive a corruptible crown: but we an incorruptible.  I therefore so run, as not uncertainly: so box I, as not beating the air; but I buffet my body, and bring it into bondage; lest by any means, after that I have been a herald to others, I myself should be rejected [from ‘the crown’]” (1 Cor. 9: 25-27). (See also Weymouth.)  Hear the old Warrior at the last in his victor shout, “I have fought the good fight, I have finished the course, I have guarded the faith: henceforth there is laid up for me the crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous Judge, shall give to me at that day; and not only to me, but also to all them that have loved his appearing” (2 Tim. 4: 7, 8).  “If we died with him, we shall also live with him; if we endure we shall also reign with him; if we shall deny him, he also will deny us: if we are faithless, he abideth faithful: for he cannot deny himself” (2 Tim. 2: 11-13).

 

 

-------

 

 

DIVINE THREATS TO BELIEVERS

 

For angry words (Matt. 5: 21, 22).

 

 

Hand or eye causing stumbling (27-30).

 

 

The unforgiving (Matt. 6: 14, 15; 18: 23-35).

 

 

Judging (Matt. 7: 1, 2).

 

 

Envious and quarrelsome (18: 14).

 

 

Unfaithful steward (Matt. 24: 48-51).

 

 

Ashamed of Christ (Matt. 8: 38).

 

 

Causer of stumbling to little ones (Mark 9: 41-50; Matt. 18: 6-9).

 

 

Disobedient (Luke 12: 47, 48).

 

 

Deniers of Christ through fear (Luke 12: 4, 5).

 

 

Slothful servant (Matt. 25: 14-30).

 

 

Resisters of civil authority (Rom. 13: 2).

 

 

Teachers of false doctrine, right in fundamentals (1 Cor. 3: 10-15).

 

 

Disturbers of churches (1 Cor. 3: 16, 17; Gal. 5: 10).

 

 

Defrauders and many other characters (1 Cor. 6: 1-10).

 

 

Wrong-doers (Col. 3: 22; 4: 1).

 

 

Unclean (1 Thess. 4: 3-7).

 

 

Disobedient (Heb. 6: 7-9).

 

 

Refusers to listen to Christ (Heb. 12: 25-29).

 

 

Adulterers (Rev. 2: 22, 23; Heb. 13: 4).

 

 

Unwatchful (Rev. 3: 3; 16: 15).

 

 

Corrupters of Revelation (Rev. 22: 18, 19).

 

 

Those who abide not in Christ (John 15: 1-6).

 

 

                                                                                                                                     - GOVETT.

 

 

-------

 

 

THE KINGDOM

 

 

THE Lord is now selecting and training the kings and rulers for the coming new age in His great plan of redemption.  “Unto him that hath loved us and washed us from our sins in his own blood, and hath made us kings and priests unto God and his Father” (Rev. 1: 5, 6).  “And we shall reign on the earth” (Rev. 5: 10).  A warless world to last 1,000 years will some day be a reality, but only those who have parted company with sin and the world will ever have any place in that greatly to be desired “New Order

 

 

“Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first resurrection on such the second death hath no power, but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with him a thousand years

 

                                                                                                                          - W. F. BEIRNES.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

48

 

“WATCHMAN, WHAT OF THE NIGHT

 

 

By D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

ONE question is pressed on us with the intensity of Scripture. “Watchman, what of the night?  Watchman, what of the night (Is. 21: 12).  It is twice repeated.  We are watching a changing World, and studying prophecy, and our judgment is challenged.  What is the dense darkness settling down on the world? “Watchman, what of the night

 

 

The Morning

 

 

The watchman gives a startling answer.  “The watchman said, The morning cometh  The dawn of our century was probably the most remarkable the world has seen for thousands of years.  A little more than a hundred years ago missionary societies - apart from the Jesuit and the Moravian - were unknown, and there were practically no missionaries: in 1909 there were 19, 875 missionaries, scattered throughout all the heathen world.  A little more than a hundred years ago Sunday Schools were unknown: today there are 260,905, with 2,414,757 teachers, and 23,442,993 scholars.  It would be difficult to say what was the membership of God’s Church when the century dawned; but it is now computed that the membership of Protestant Evangelical communions is not less than one hundred and forty millions.  It is possible that eternity will reveal to us that the Nineteenth Century was the richest toward God of any century in the world’s history.  Bishop Moule, of Mid-China, says that when he first landed in that Empire, it held less than fifty Protestant Christians: in the first decade of the Twentieth Century there have been 16,000 martyrs.

 

 

The Bible

 

 

Perhaps even more wonderful is the dawn of the Word of God.  A little more than a century and a half ago there was no Bible Society, and very few translations of the Bible: the British and Foreign Bible Society - apart from twenty-three other Bible Societies - has issued, in the 148 years of its existence, over 375,000,000 Scriptures, in more than a thousand languages.  In 1951 it issued 1,470,291 Scriptures.  Imagination fails to picture what a river of salvation has thus been set flowing through all the world.  A century ago the Bible was a sealed book for four out of every five people in the world: today it lies open to seven out of every ten.

 

 

Dawn

 

 

But never was the greatest dawn the world has ever known so imminent.  The Lord Jesus said, - “I am the light of the world” (John 8: 12): His return will illuminate the whole earth, for He is “the light of the world”. Watchman, what of the night?  “THE MORNING COMETH”.

 

 

The Night

 

 

But the watchman said, “And also the night”.  The facts are not more antithetical than are the words of the Watchman.  “Of no time in the history of the world,” says The Times, “are so many signs of general unrest recorded as those which seem to confront us today”; or, in the words of the Bible Society’s report, - “The horoscope of the future is written over with signs of incalculable change  The heathen and Mohammedan population of the world counts more by two hundred millions than it did a hundred years ago, while the converts and their families number less than three millions; a sevenfold increase of darkness over light. The annual increase of Mohammedans alone exceeds the yearly harvest of Christian converts; and the conversions of Christians to Islam in recent years far exceed the conversions of Islam to Christ.  There are millions more of heathen souls in China today than when the first Protestant missionary landed a hundred years ago: for every convert added to the Church a thousand souls are added to Chinese heathendom by mere growth of population.  “If our plans of education be followed up,” said Lord Macaulay in 1835, “there will not be a single idolator among the respectable classes in Bengal thirty years hence”: today there is a false god for every member of the population of India - between two and three hundred millions.  In Japan there are four hundred and fifty heathen temples for every single Christian missionary.  The closing of China to missionaries is one of the most stupendous events of history, forbidding missionaries to 800,000,000 people.

 

 

The Church

 

 

Unutterably solemn is also the night descending on the Church.  A novelist, whose works sell in hundreds of thousands, writes:- “All things that Christ prophesied are coming to pass so quickly that I wonder more people do not realise it: and I especially wonder at the laxity and apathy of the Churches, except for the fact that this also was prophesied.  Some of us will live to see a time of terror, and that before very long.  The blasphemous things which are being done in the world today cannot go on much longer without punishment. We know by history that deliberate scorn of God and Divine things has always been met by retribution of a sudden and terrible nature - and it will be so again  Says the Editor of The Freethinker:- “Tom Paine’s work is now carried on by the descendants of his persecutors; all he said about the Bible is being said in substance by orthodox divines from chairs of theology  When, towards the close of his life, Ingersoll was asked why he no longer gave his lecture against the Bible, he replied:- “Because the professors and preachers are doing the work, much better than I possible can, and their influence is much greater than mine.” So also in the words of Murdoch Campbell:- “The gigantic spectre of ‘a new World Church’, in league with the powers of darkness, is rising out of the mist before our eyes.  If this evil thing materialises and matures, the danger to, even our physical existence is great

 

 

Prophecy

 

 

So now God responds.  “If ye will inquire, inquire ye  God will back our investigation of the facts, and supremely our study of prophecy: what we see happening is simply what God has foretold.  So we study prophecy because the future that God has purposely revealed is the future we ought to know: because without a knowledge of prophecy God’s present working is plunged in hopeless mystery: because prophecy is the searchlight that tells us the pitfalls that lie in our path: because a knowledge of the future is of incalculable importance in the shaping of the present.  Prophecy is the profoundest optimism, and the profoundest pessimism: it is a profound optimism of what God is going to do; and it is a profound pessimism of what a Christ-rejecting world will do.

 

 

Watch

 

 

So the word of God sums up His command:- “Turn ye, come  The day before the wall of fire rolled down on St. Pierre, blotting out forty thousand souls, the telephone clerk spoke through to Fort de France, saying that the people were fleeing.  Next morning, at ten minutes to eight, he was heard to exclaim, - “My God, it is here!” and he was afterwards found, with the receiver in his hand, burnt to a cinder.  “Little children, it is the last hour” (1 John 2: 18).  Dr. Kelman asked an eminent American man of science his solution of the problems of modern city life.  “An emperor!” came the answer, swift and decisive.  “An emperor” asked Dr. Kelman, in surprise; “I thought you had done with all that in America.  Besides your emperor would need to be a very wonderful man, incapable of mistakes, and extraordinarily competent for leadership.”  “Precisely,” was the quiet answer; “and we know the Man; we are waiting for Him, and His name is “Jesus  “The thrill of that reply,” says Dr. Kelman, “will never leave me.”

 

 

Fear

 

 

The profound uneasiness throughout the world must have spiritual consequences.  The causes of that profound uneasiness are well expressed by Word and Work, quoted by Prophecy Monthly.  “The signs are everywhere and in everything, at home and abroad, nationally and internationally, socially, politically, industrially, religiously, morally, spiritually.  On every side lawlessness, corruption and disruption, strife, upheavals, everywhere the signs of the breaking up of nations and of the existing world-order.  Humanity is manifestly on the threshold of a crisis, world-wide, radical, catastrophic - such a crisis as man has never known.  We are entering upon apocalyptic times.  It is as if God had at last risen up out of His place, and is coming forth to punish the world for its iniquity (Isa. 13: 11; 26: 21).  Already it is true that men’s hearts are failing them for fear of the things that are coning on the world, for the powers of the heavens are shaken (Luke 21: 26).  The atomic bomb and its possibility have gripped the hearts of men with fear for a season; now a devastation a thousand times more powerful and terrible is emerging out of the scientific workshops, and bitter necessity is driving the government to the construction of this most terrible weapon of destruction, well named the      ‘hell-bomb’

 

“But at midnight there is a cry, Behold the bridegroom!

Come ye forth to meet him” (Matt. 25: 6, R.V.).

 

 

-------

 

 

THE PREPARATION FOR THE THRONE*

 

[* NOTE: This writing has been edited.]

 

 

FOR thrones over the twelve tribes of Israel God has found the men and has appointed them:- “Then answered Peter and said unto him, Behold, we have forsaken all, and followed thee what shall we have therefore?  And Jesus said unto them, Verily I say unto you, That ye which have followed me, in the regeneration when the Son of man shall sit in the throne of his glory, ye shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel” (Matt. 19: 27, 28).  Out of the great Tribulation those who proved worthy to receive the honour of reigning are mentioned in Revelation 20 : 4: “I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus, and for the word of God, and which had not worshipped the beast, neither his image, neither had received his mark upon their foreheads, or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years

 

 

In this age likewise the Lord combines the temporal with the eternal when He redeems a man or woman through the blood of Jesus.  One of the most amazing manifestations of His grace in our salvation is the opportunity given every believer to gain a place of millennial rulership.*  Scripture does not say that every Christian will attain to such a place, but it does promise that honour to all who endure for Christ’s sake and suffer for His sake:- “If we endure, we shall also reign with him : if we shall deny him, he also will deny us” (2 Tim. 2: 12, R.V.)  “And if children, then heirs; heirs of God, and joint-heirs with Christ; if so be that we suffer with him, that we may be also glorified together” (Rom. 8: 17).

 

[* Rev. 2: 26; 3: 21. cf. Rev. 20: 4, 5, R.V.]

 

The work and experiences which occupy us now are to train us for millennial responsibilities.  So far as we are faithful to what He gives us now we are allowing Him to fit us for our positions later.  Many a child of God, sad to say, does not realize that the Lord has any work for him to do in this life, not to speak of reigning in the life to come.  Yet God has “set the members every one of them in the body, as it hath pleased him” (1 Cor. 12: 18), in order that every member of Christ, that is, every [regenerate] Christian, may function properly in His strength.  What an amount of admonition, prayer, and patience a believer often requires to find his God-appointed place and work.  And what extraordinary singleness of heart he must needs have to stay in that place and work.  What a lifetime of never-flagging struggle is demanded of him if he is to fulfil his ministry.  But provided he does accomplish the work God gave him to do in this life, what reward and future glory he will receive from His hands at the judgment seat of Christ.

 

 

May God open our eyes also, as we endeavour to lead others to Christ, to see in each one a potential ruler in His age-lasting [Gk. ‘aionios’] Kingdom.  When we look upon a new convert may He grant us grace to keep ever in mind that He desires that convert so to live and obey Him as to become a ruler in His kingdom.  For with Him is patience and tender skill to develop the babe in Christ for the high honour of reigning with Him.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

49

 

 

DENYING THE ADVENT

 

 

By W. F. ROADHOUSE

 

 

 

“With the vast majority of believers of all groups openly denying or else totally ignoring the Second Advent. our Lord’s warnings become extraordinarily significant, with the drastic consequences of disobedience

 

                                                                                                                             - D. M. Panton.

 

 

 

A study of the elements that make up the essential attitude of our hearts toward the Lord Jesus and His Return in the New Testament, actually number twelve.  By no chance could all this admonition and example be a casual matter - for there are scores of references with their contexts to Christ’s Coming for His “faithful” ones. We cite these.

 

 

1. “Wait for” - Heb. 9: 28, “Unto them that wait for Him shall He appear a second time, apart from sin, unto salvation  1 Cor. 1: 7, “Waiting for the revelation of the Lord  Also Rom. 8: 19, 23, 25; Gal. 5: 5; Phil. 3: 20; also 1 Thes. 1: 10.

 

 

2. “Give diligence” (an overplus word) - 2 Tim. 2: 15, “Give diligence to present thyself approved unto God  Heb. 4: 11.

 

 

3. “Work”ing (both ergon and poico, Gr.) - Col. 4: 11, “Fellow-workers unto the kingdom of God1 Tim. 6: 18, “Rich in good works ... laying up ... lay hold on ...”  Paul speaks 16 times of “good works  Total usage is 26 times; look them up.  We are “saved” without works - we are studying rewards here.

 

 

4. “Awake” - Rom. 3: 11-13, “That now it is high time to awake out of sleep, for now is our salvation (end-time rapture) nearer ... the night is far spent, the day is at hand - Eph. 5: 5ff.

 

 

5. “Watch” - Luke 21: 36, “Watch ye therefore ... (thus) accounted worthy to escape” (in [the pre-tribulation] rapture).  Mark 13: 35, Matt. 24: 43; Rev. 16: 15.  Used 15 times.

 

 

6. “Pray” - Luke 21: 36, “And pray always ... escape  Escape used 13 times.

 

 

7. “Look for” - Titus 2: 13, “Looking for that blessed hope Jude 21, etc.  Used 14 times.

 

 

8. “Hasting unto” - 2 Peter 3: 12, “Hasting unto the day of God  Three times.

 

 

9. “Endurance” - Jas. 1: 12, “Blessed is the man that endureth (hupomeno, Gr.) temptation ... approved ... the crown Heb. 12: 1; Matt. 24: 13; Mak. 13: 13.  Twelve times, and another great word (makrothumia, Gr.), 3 times, Jas. 5: 7, 8; Heb. 6: 12, “Be patient therefore unto the coming

 

 

10. “Love” - 2 Tim. 4: 8, “Unto them that have loved His appearing  Contrast Demas (verse 10; Jas. 4: 4). Matt. 24: 12.  The overcomers (Rev. 12: 11) - “loved not their lives unto the death  The word is hagios, the deeper word for love.

 

 

11. “Ready” - Matt. 24: 44, “Therefore, be ye also ready ... the Son of man cometh Luke 12: 40.  This word is used fully 10 times re preparedness.  “All things are now ready  Are we?

 

 

12. “Abide” - 1 John 2: 28, “And now little children, abide in Him; that if He shall be manifested, we may have boldness, and not be ashamed before Him at His presence?” 1 John 2: 17, “He that doeth the will of God, abideth forever1 Cor. 3: 14, - “If any man’s work abide ...” Five times.

 

 

Summary -Thus there are 122 references to one’s deep, innate attitude toward our Lord’s Return.  The worldling, the apostate, the agnostic, the cleric minus the evangelical message (1 Cor. 15: 1-4), the all-absorbed world-betterer without “the blessed hope these and multitudes everywhere of indifferent, self-pleasing believers will be shortcomers in that day - not “overcomers” as the foregoing Scriptures reveal these to be.  It is His standard - not ours! Do we “love His appearing

 

 

-------

 

 

MESSIAH’S MILLENNIAL KINGDOM

 

 

“One’s views concerning the coming kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ will determine his [or her] attitude toward world government and its politics.  If one believes, contrary to the Scriptures, that the church is to bring in the Millennium, then he /she believes that of a necessity the church and the Christians must play a large part in politics.  But if, as the Bible states, things are to wax worse and worse and iniquity is to abound and there will be no peace until Jesus returns, then Christians have little or no business in politics.  - A. E. WILSON.

 

 

However, despite appearances to the contrary, Messiah’s Kingdom of righteousness and peace will appear.  Then shall God’s will be done “on earth as it is in heaven” (Matt. 6: 11).

 

 

But what is the throne for overcomers?  It is to share the throne of the Son of God: “To him who overcomes, I will give the right to sit with me on my throne, just as I overcame and sat down with my Father in his throne” (Rev. 3: 21).  We can see now why, as we pass through the closing days of this evil age, there must be such terrible conflict, and why Satan, the world, and the “flesh” will challenge every regenerate believer who has a desire to be an overcomer.  Now is the time of testing and training of all who are to share the throne with Christ.  “Co-heirs with Christ, if indeed we share in his sufferings in order that we may also share in his glory” (Rom. 8: 17b).  This is foreshadowed in Daniel 7: 22-27, where it says: “The time came when they [‘the saints of the Most High’ R.V.] possessed the kingdom The fact of Christ’s coming [and promised] throne [see Ps. 2: 8; 110: 1-3, R.V.] is to be shared by overcomers, who are appointed by the Father to be ‘co-heirs’ with Him, who was “appointed heir of all things is therefore quite clear.  Notice the word “if” which Paul uses, “If indeed we share in His sufferings in order that we may also share in His glory …

 

 

We shall be ‘co-heirs’ with Christ, and be glorified with Him, when He is given the Millennial throne of visibly ruling over the kingdoms of this world, if we are willing to tread the path He trod.  He obtained ‘eternal’ life as a ‘free gift’ [see Rom. 6: 23, R.V.] for all who believe in Him: but for His new Government over this world, when it has been taken from the hand of the enemy, He must have [by righteous judgment and choice (see 2 Thess. 1: 4, 5; Rev. 2: 10. cf. Col. 3: 23-25, R.V.] those who will have gone through the same ‘made perfect through sufferings’ that gave Him the throne.

 

 

“Go, labour on; ’tis not for naught;

Thy earthly loss is heavenly gain;

Men heed thee, love thee, praise thee not;

The Master praises - what are men?

 

 

Go, labour on; spend, and be spent,

Thy joy to do the Father’s will;

It is the way the Master went;

Should not the servant tread it still?”

 

                                                - H. BONAR

 

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

50

 

THE KINGDOM OF GOD

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

The cloud of nineteen centuries of doubt and dispute which has settled as an impenetrable fog on what is meant by the Kingdom of God the Lord Jesus rent asunder as by lightning on an unknown Mount.  He first definitely stated that whatever the Kingdom of God may be, some would actually see it, and that not in the course of a prolonged ministry of gathering in of souls, but within the next seven days, so solving the problem for ever.  “There be some of them that stand here, which shall in no wise taste of death, till they SEE THE KINGDOM OF GOD” (Luke 9: 27); or, as Mark reports, “till they see the Kingdom of God come with power” (Mark 9: 1).  What they would see on the mountain, that is the Kingdom of God; they would see the Kingdom of God coming, as something never originated on earth; and it would be a designed picture, sample, and momentary actuality of the Second Advent - they should “see the Son of man COMING IN His KINGDOM” (Matt. 15: 28).  So years after one who saw it thus puts everything finally beyond doubt:- “We did not follow cunningly devised fables, when we made known unto you the power and PAROUSIA of our Lord Jesus Christ, for we were eye witness of His majesty, when we were with Him in the holy mount” (2 Pet. 1: 16).  The Transfiguration is a momentary actuality of the Parousia, and the Kingdom. that follows immediately on the Advent; “a prelude and a pledge,” as Archbishop Trench says, “an earnest in hand, of a Glory hereafter to be revealed

 

 

THE ADVENT

 

 

So the first great fact is that the Kingdom is literal, physical, and on earth.* “And after six days” - a day with the Lord, is as a thousand years (2 Pet. 3: 8): after six millenniums there follows the Sabbath Rest (Heb. 4: 9), a sabbatic millennium - “Jesus taketh with Him Peter, and James, and John, and bringeth them up” - rapture - “into a high mountain apart by themselves”; for he must be a soul apart, and reach the spiritual summits, who would enter the Kingdom: “and he was TRANSFIGURED before them” (Mark 9: 6).  So the Kingdom is impossible, on earth it is non-existent, without a physically transfigured Christ: the Kingdom is an outburst of Christ’s glory on earth : it is not the slow upbuilding of the spiritual labour centuries, but a sudden outburst as of lightning.  “For as the lightning cometh forth from the east, and is seen even unto the west, so shall be the Parousia of the Son of man” (Matt. 20: 27).  It is a purely earthly scene - no angels are seen in it throughout (Heb. 2: 5); Moses - the risen dead, Elijah - the rapt living; the three apostles, unglorified, in the flesh - the living nations; and in the centre, visible, God-anointed, unutterably glorious - the Son of man.  It is heaven on earth.  For the Transfiguration is an event absolutely and utterly unique in the history of the world: it was no surface shining of the skin, as with Moses after a long sojourn with God; it was not the face only, as Stephen’s uplifted to Heaven, and catching its light for it was midnight (Luke 9: 32) - and therefore no reflected shine, but an inherent outburst.  “His garments” - this is unprecedented - “became glistening” - literally, ‘lightening forth’ - “exceeding white; so as no fuller on earth can whiten them” (Mark 9: 3).

 

* In parabolic passage (e.g. Matt. 13) the Kingdom of Heaven - like all other expressions in a parable - is not literal, but figurative; that is, the Mystical Kingdom, or the Church.

 

 

THE PAROUSIA

 

 

So therefore an exact duplicate of the Parousia is on the Mount.  “And behold” - as the point most closely germane to ourselves - “there appeared unto them” - in simultaneous arrival of the dead and the living in the Parousia - “and talked with Him” - for the Kingdom will be open and visible fellowship with Christ, who is anointed with joy, as with glory, above His fellows (Heb. 1: 9) - “two men” - two carefully chosen samples of Christ’s co-heirs - “which were Moses” - the chosen out of the Law - “and Elijah” - the representative of the Prophets - “WHO APPEARED IN GLORY” (Luke 9: 30); that is, accepted and supremely honoured, they are glorified together with Him: a specially guarded person and a specially guarded grave, because of specially faithful service.  The avoider of death, the survivor of death, and the Conqueror of death; the Law-giver, the Law-restorer, and the Law-fulfiller, the three greatest fasters in all history - each for forty days in the wilderness - importing self-mastery, self-denial, tremendous overcoming power - these “appeared unto them”  - that is, to the Apostles in the flesh exactly as the saints that broke out of the tombs - “appeared unto many” (Matt. 27: 53).  So also we have the very Parousia itself limned forth. “There came a cloud” - a cloud of dazzling brightness - “and overshadowed them, and they feared as they entered the cloud” (Luke 9: 34): that is, the cloud, containing the Shekinah, enfolds the Lord, the risen, and the rapt; and excludes the nations in the flesh: it is the Parousia overhanging earth and the Kingdom.  “The light-cloud become the blinding, overshadowing darkness of the sanctuary: the two have already entered into it, the three are terrified without” (Steir).  It is the nations ruled and awed by the superincumbent Kingdom of God.

 

 

THE KINGDOM

 

 

Now Peter, as ever, voices the Church’s blunders of two thousand years.  “And it came to pass as they [Moses and Elijah] were parting from him” - for the great definition of the kingdom is over; and Calvary and two millenniums of Calvary’s fruition now lie between - “Peter said unto Jesus, Master, it is good for us to be here” - a profoundly true, but a completely premature, word; - “let us build” - let us establish, let us make permanent, the Kingdom, at once.*  “The words express his inward longing after the Kingdom of God, in which the saints and those who are raised from the dead shall be for ever around the Lord” (Olshausen).  It was heaven on earth, and a spot from which heaven might spread all over earth.  Even more remotely untrue (for it is now to be accomplished by the unregenerate) is the modern Church’s ideal: “the League of Nations,” says Dr. J. H. Jowett, “is for the transformation of the Kingdom of this world into the Kingdom of God  But the moment Peter so spoke the cloud fell, and the Kingdom was blotted out.  Vast redemptive work had still to be accomplished, beginning with the ‘exodus’ - Calvary - at Jerusalem; a universe had to be redeemed; crucifixion, not coronation, lay ahead; and officers for the Kingdom had still to be called out (Luke 19: 11-27) through a prolonged period of two thousand years.

 

* Consciously or unconsciously, Peter, by suggesting the erection of booths, was forecasting, or even materializing, the Millennium, of which the supreme type was the Feast of Tabernacles.  But the Palm-bearers (Rev. 7: 9) are not yet.

 

 

THE FIRST RESURRECTION

 

 

For resurrection sharply divides us off from the Kingdom.  A remarkable atmosphere of resurrection pervades this unique revelation of glory on earth.  Luke says - “it came to pass about eight days after” - eight being the number of resurrection; and it was when they were in heavy sleep - the death-slumber - that, startled into wide-awakenness by the Glory as by the switching on of an electric flare, they woke in the Kingdom; and there, behold - Moses, the grave conquered; and Elijah, the grave baulked.  From this moment these three were lonely ‘initiates’ (2 Pet. 1: 16): the word ‘eyewitness’ properly means one initiated into secret and holy mysteries (Trench): even Matthew, Mark, and Luke, its historians, knew nothing of the Transfiguration until after the Resurrection.  And so, as they descend the Mount, and as our Lord seals their lips until after He Has Himself risen, “they questioned among themselves what the rising again” - not of the dead, with which as devout Jews they were perfectly familiar, but - “FROM AMONG the dead should mean” (Mark 9: 10).  Then - linking the question with the Transfiguration, - they posed the Lord with the difficulty of the disappearance of Elijah from the Mount: the Scribes say Elijah precedes Messiah’s advent in glory; he has so come, but why has he gone?  Could Malachi have meant that he was to come only for a few hours?  But the Lord counters thus: true, Elijah must so come; but how then do you explain Messiah’s rejection?  If this coming of Elijah is final, what room is left for Calvary?  But Calvary can only be overcome by resurrection: it must, therefore, be a second advent before which Elijah is to come.  So the Lord’s very act - the last on the mount - is symbolic: “and Jesus came” - the second advent - “and touched them and said, ARISE” - Talitha, cumi - “and be not afraid; and lifting up their eyes” - out of the sleep of death - “they saw no one, save Jesus only” (Matt. 17: 7).  “I shall be satisfied, when I awake, with thy likeness” (Ps. 17: 15).  For without resurrection can there be no Kingdom.  “Flesh and blood [normal, unchanged humanity] cannot inherit the Kingdom of God; neither doth corruption [the unrisen dead] inherit incorruption” (Cor. 15: 51).*

 

* Therefore we know when the Scriptures threaten disobedient and unholy disciples with exclusion from the Kingdom (Matt. 7: 21, 1 Cor. 6: 9, Gal. 5: 21, etc.), exactly what they will be excluded from.

 

 

MILLENNIAL KINGS

 

 

Through ignorance of the great truth of reward according to conduct and character, a most startling fact, of an importance (for us) unsurpassed, has been wholly missed.  Who are in this first resurrection?  Out of twelve apostles, seventy Evangelists, five hundred witnesses of the Ascension, Jesus selects only three.  The Lord had just enunciated (Luke 9: 23-26) the great truth ‘no cross, no crown,’ and in the very breath with which He warned all his own that shame of Him would bring shame for them, “He took with him” - singled out for companionship: it is the word used for “one is taken, and one is left” (Matt. 24: 40) - no apostles but three*; “the flower and crown of the apostolic band, ‘coryphaei’, as Chrysostom calls them” (Trench): the lover, the confessor, and the martyr.  The glory Matthew compares to sun glare; Mark, to snow; Luke, to lightning: not the inherent glory of Deity, but the transformation of obedient Humanity.  “His face did shine as the sun” (Matt. 17: 2): so also “shall the righteous” - the actively obedient - “shine forth as the sun in the Kingdom of their Father” (Matt. 13.).  For it is the coming of the Son of Man, and the Kingdom of the exalted Manhood; and by the Father’s voice on the Mount (making up the sacred seven) Jesus Himself is now formally appointed the Lord and Ruler of the earth, receiving from the Father what in the wilderness He had refused from Satan: for not until the Transfiguration did the Father give him “glory and honour” (2 Pet. 1: 17), glory and honour as a man, who had won the Kingdom; nay, by a perfect obedience had won the only perfect power - a lonely obedience and a lonely power - which a man will ever have.  So, with the Apostles, it is impossible that this exclusive selection was accidental, or arbitrary, or unintentional: it must have as profound a significance as any other prominent feature of this studied forecast.** Nor is it a selection that stands alone.  On three occasions of critical significance these three disciples were isolated alone with their Lord, and by His own act:- (1) in Gethsemane, or rapture to Christ before tribulation; (2) at the raising of Jairus’s daughter, or a first and selective resurrection; and (3) on the Mount, or exclusive fellow-heirship in the Kingdom.  These three, as the only disciples the Lord ever re-named, manifestly stand for the group of re-named Overcomers (Rev. 2: 17).  For “the Transfiguration,” as Dr. Lukyn Williams says, was a sample of the First Resurrection. May we hope for this distinction (Phil. 3: 8-11)?  Let us strive.  In these three men we see a power of faith, and a power of enthusiastic personal attachment, which suffice to account for their selection  Or in the words of Burgh on the Apocalypse:- “The First Resurrection is limited to a portion of the redeemed Church and while eternal life and the inheritance are of faith and free grace, and common to all believers merely as such, the millennial crown and the first resurrection are a Reward - the reward of suffering for and with Christ; a special glory and a special hope, designed to comfort and support believers under persecution: a need and use which I have little doubt the Church will before long be called on to experience collectively, as even now, and at all times, it has been experienced by some of its members

 

* Both the taken three, and the left nine are disciples; nay, even apostles the taken, to honour; the left, to shame (Mark 9: 18).

 

** When Jesus took with Him only His three most intimate and congenial friends to behold His glory upon the holy mount, He did so because none others were sufficiently advanced in spiritual knowledge and appreciation to be capable of partaking and profiting by the privilege” (Prof. J. R. Thomson).

 

 

All through life I see a cross

When sons of God yield up their breath:

There is no gain except by loss,

There is no life except by death.

 

 

-------

 

 

Up then, and linger not, thou saint of God,

Fling from thy shoulders each impending load;

Be brave and wise, shake off earth’s soil and sin

That with the Bridegroom thou may’st enter in

O watch and pray.

 

 

Clear hath the voice been heard, Behold I come -

The voice that calls thee to thy glorious home,

That bids thee leave these vales and take swift wing

To meet the hosts of thy descending King.

And thou may’st rise.

 

 

Here’s a thick throng of foes, afar and near;

The grave in front, a hating world in rear;

Yet flee thou canst not, victory must be won,

Ere fall the shadow of thy setting sun.

And thou must fight.

 

 

Gird on thy armour, face each weaponed foe,

Deal with the sword of heaven the deadly blow,

Forward still forward, till the prize divine

Rewards thy zeal, and victory is thine.

Win thou the crown.

 

 

 

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

TRACT SELECTION TWO

 

 

INDEX

 

 

51. THE TEN VIRGINS by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

52. THE SERMON ON THE MOUNT (Matt. 6: 1) by Robert Govett, M.A.

 

53. THE CHALLENGE OF SELECTIVE RAPTURE by Brig. Gen. F. D. Frost.

 

54. AN URGENT DANGER by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

55. OVERCOMERS AND OVERCOME by W. J. McClure.

 

56. THE PRIZE by Miss E. Leathers.

 

57. ONE THING I DO by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

58. THE LAST DAYS by L.W. Kemmis.

 

59. EYES OF FIRE by Keith L. Brooks.

 

60. WARNING PASSAGES IN HEBREWS (So Great Salvation) by Boddy Herrell.

 

61. HADES: SOME OBJECTIONS by Jack C. Hull, (Belfast.)

 

62 THE COMING OF THE LORD by Lady Powerscourt, (Dublin.)

 

62 B. THE SERMON ON THE MOUNT (Matt. 7: 21) by Robert Govett, M.A.

 

63. THE KINGDOM OF THE BEAST.

 

64. THE KINGDOM

 

65. THE CROSS AND THE KINGDOM by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

66. THE MILLENNIUM by John Watson.

 

67. SOME OBJECTIONS TO GRADED RAPTURE byD. M. Panton. B.A.

 

68. THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BELIEVER by W.P. Clark:

also GOD’S PLANS FOR ISRAEL.

 

69. THE BLOOD AND THE LEAVEN by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

70. THE LORD’S SUPPER by W. J. Dalby, M.A. / F.E. Marsh.

 

71. THE GOSPEL OF THE KINGDOM by G. H. Lange.

 

72. THE PAROUSIA OF CHRIST

 

73. READINESS FOR THE RAPTURE by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

74. OUR CROWN IN JEOPARDY By D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

75. THE KINGDOMS OF THE WORLD by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

76. DEATH AND GLORY by Charlie Dines.

 

77. THE HOPE SET BEFORE US (i.e., The Saving of the Soul) by Philip Mauro.

 

78. FACING THE CONSEQUENCES OF DIVIDING ISRAEL by William Koenig.

 

79. HEIRS WANTED by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

80. THY KINGDOM COME by John Charles Ryle,

 

81. SUFFERING AND REIGNING By D. M. Panton, M.A.

 

82. CLEAVAGE BETWEEN BELIEVERS by F. W. Roadhouse.

 

83. WILL YE ALSO GO AWAY? By D. M. Panton, M.A.

 

84. THE GROANING CREATION DELIVERED by Robert Govett, M.A.

 

85. THE GLORIES OF THE MILLENNIUM

 

86. THE CHURCH’S DANGER by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

87. STOP BEING IGNORANT by Arlen L. Chitwood.

 

88. JOSEPH THE OVERCOMER by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

89. FINDINGS AT THE JUDGMENT SEAT by W. F. Roadhouse.

 

90. A GRIPPING TRUTH FOR TODAY by Rev. Ernest Baker.

 

91. SPIRITUAL PLANNING FOR THE NEW EUROPE

 

92. OUR PRIZE (Col. 2: 8.)

 

93. THE PLACE OF THE DEAD by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

94. THE PHILADELPHIAN LETTER

 

95. OBEDIENCE TO THE WORD OF GOD by D. M. Panton.

 

96. AT CROSS-ROADS WITH GOD by George Evans, B.A., B.D.

 

97. OUR IDEAL OUTLOOK

 

98. THE GOLDEN AGE by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

99. THE BEATITUDES by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

100. CONTENDING FOR THE FAITH by Arlen L. Chitwood.

 

 

*       *       *

 

 

51

 

THE TEN VIRGINS

 

 

By D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

THE virgin character is one of God’s symbols for the regenerate soul.  “I espoused you”, says Paul - you, all the Corinthian Christians - “to one husband, that I might present you as a Pure virgin to Christ” (2 Cor. 11: 2).  In the TEN VIRGINS - virgins in Christ’s sight, not merely virgins before the world (Stein) - this truth is strongly reinforced by the figure of lit lamps.  “The spirit of man is the lamp of the Lord” (Prov. 20: 27): oil is the unfailing figure of the Spirit of God: so all ten virgins are souls burning with the flame of spiritual life; lamps actually kindled; God’s lights in the world; like John, “a burning and a shining lamp” (John 5: 35). Moreover, all are Bridesmaids, and so already clothed, as invited guests, with the wedding garment - the imputed righteousness of Christ: the parable belongs to bridesmaids alone.  All Ten - with torches in hand - thought that the Advent was immediately at hand, and eagerly responded to its call.   But it is the responsibility side of the Virgin Character, as ten - so Ten Commandments, Ten Plagues, Ten Talents, etc. - always indicates responsibility: so the Ten Virgins are divided not into good and bad, much less into saved and lost, but into ‘wise’ - prudent, far-seeing, rightly regardful of their own interests - and ‘foolish’ - imprudent, improvident, spiritually thriftless.  The same reward is proposed and suggested to all, the inaugural Banquet of the Kingdom.

 

 

The Distinction

 

 

So then we find that the one quality which is emphasised, which severed the Virgins into two groups, and which made the startling distinction of destiny, is Readiness.  “The foolish, when they took their lamps, took no oil with them: but the wise took oil in their vessels” - the cans or flasks they carried with the torches, for replenishing - “with their lamps”.  The wise and foolish virgins are identical in nine points, they differ only in one.  All were virgins - regenerate; all ten lamps were lit - by the indwelling [Holy] Spirit; all expected the Bridegroom - at the Second Advent; all go forth to meet Him - outside the camp; all fall asleep - in death; all hear the midnight cry - the Advent shout; all [“accounted worthy”]* rise together - in resurrection; all trim their lamps - anxious to appear shining before the Lord; and all appear, for separating judgment, before the Bridegroom.  The solitary difference between them lies in the absence of a supply of additional oil : it is not a difference between those who have some oil and those who have no oil; but between those who have some and those who have more.  So far from the foolish being unlit lamps, unregenerate souls, it is the very forefront of their offence that their self-security rests on their being lit lamps - they are confident that the flame of regeneration, the indwelling of the Spirit is amply sufficient preparation for the Advent.  The lamp, possessed by all, is an invitation to the Wedding Festival: the mistake the Foolish make is to regard it as a passport.  The prudent virgins, on the contrary - corresponding to the faithful servants who trade with the talents - made ready, consciously and deliberately, by an experience of sanctity unknown to the foolish, and a sanctity achieved after the kindling of the torch.

 

[* NOTE: The words “accounted worthy” (Luke 20: 25, A.V. & R. V.), suggest that there is a personal condition of an undisclosed standard of active, righteousness required, (Matt. 5: 20; 7: 21)!  That is to say, unless the condition is fulfilled by the individual regenerate believer at the Judgment seat of Christ, resurrection will not occur at this time!  Furthermore, Christ’s judgment of the dead in Hades will determine who will be resurrected from the dead at His return, (1 Thess. 4: 16)!  See also Heb. 9: 27. cf. Psa. 139: 8 with John 3: 13, 14: 3; Psa. 16: 10 with Acts 2: 27ff; Phil. 2: 11 with Heb. 11: 35; Rev. 2: 10 & 6: 9-11 with Rev. 3: 21 & 20: 4-6, R.V.]

 

 

The Sleep

 

 

Now one great event befalls all Ten Virgins.  “Now while the bridegroom tarried, they all slumbered” - fell sick - “and slept” - died.  That the sleep is innocent is obvious, because it befalls the wise equally with the foolish, and is nowhere rebuked; and so nearly all the ancient interpreters expound it as death: had it been spiritual sleep, the conferring on the wise virgins of supreme reward would have been utterly impossible.  It is extraordinarily significant, and pregnant with warning, that all believers - manifestly [regenerate] believers, with shining lamps - can fall asleep exactly alike, indistinguishable, both supposing themselves perfectly prepared for the Advent; yet half are ready for the Lord, and half are not - and nothing but the event will reveal which is which.  The very delay is designed as the discriminating test as years and decades pass we are proving ourselves wise or foolish.  For here is the whole slumbering Church.  The Ten asleep - divided into wise and foolish - and the Two awake, “two are in the field, one is taken, and one is left: watch therefore” - one rapt and the other unrapt - make up the Twelve of the whole Church of God, alive and dead.

 

 

The Waking

 

 

Now comes the crash of Advent, with its earthquake-shock, bursting all locks and betraying all secrets.  “But at midnight” - midnight is the point of junction between two separate days, a division of epochs - “there is a cry” - apparently from the Lord’s attendant angels - “Behold the bridegroom! Come ye forth to meet him”.  The virgins had ‘come forth’ before, from the world: now they ‘come forth’, from the tomb.  As all [at that time]* arise at once, all are believers: for “the rest of the dead lived not until the thousand years should be finished” (Rev. 20: 5): it is an axiom of Scripture that the wicked and the holy do not rise together.** All the lamps had gone on burning through the night; all saving grace survives death: but now the foolish virgins discover their disastrous mistake.  “Our lamps they cry, “are going out” (R.V.): not gone out, for the virgins do not ask for kindling, but for oil.*** It is the same word as is used (1 Thess. 5: 19) for the quenching of the Spirit.  They had thought that they would shine before the Lord by regenerating grace alone: now, shocked into wisdom, they are wise - they are not called foolish after arising - too late: not an hour, not a minute, remains for readiness.  He is here.  In that day no man can protect, us from the revelation of our own works; not because he will not, but because he cannot.  “And they that were READY went in with him” - the Bridegroom - “to the marriage feast

 

[* See Rev. 20: 12-15.  ** See Num. 16: 26, R.V. cf. 1 Cor. 10: 6, 11, R.V. and 5; 13; 6: 9, etc.   *** See 1 Sam. 15: 23; 16: 14; Psa. 51: 11, LXX. cf. Acts 5: 32 and Col. 3: 25ff. with 2 Tim. 2: 19, 21, R.V.]

 

 

The Refusal

 

 

For now, though at last appearing WITH the oil - therefore now as fully equipped as the rest - they have lost the Banquet.  “Afterward came also the other virgins, saying, Lord, Lord” - they are hearts that feel acutely their separation from Christ - “open to us”; for nothing but the Lord’s own utterance will convince many believers of the truth of exclusion, albeit even only exclusion, not from the Kingdom, but merely from its inaugural banquet.  They hope to get as a favour what they had forfeited as aright.  “But he answered and said, Verily I say unto you, I know you not”.  Our Lord is most careful not to say what He said to empty professors, - “I never knew you; depart from Me, ye workers of iniquity” (Matt. 7: 23): nor could He say it, for had He come earlier in the first shining of their lamps, they were ready.  He says, instead, I do not recognize you as guests, or, as we often put it, “I ‘cut’ you”; I know you not in the capacity for which I invited you: as you have not paid due honour to either the Bride or the Bridegroom, I cannot rank you with those who have.* They were Bridesmaids, but they had fallen our of the procession.  As a young lady strikingly said some time back, when asked why she passed a certain young man of her acquaintance without notice:- “I have unknown him

 

* “The words, ‘I know you not,’ as spoken by the bridegroom of the parable, signify in strictness, ‘I have no personal acquaintance with you’.” (Govett).

 

 

Watchfulness

 

 

For, finally, we are left in no manner of doubt by our Lord as to what the whole purpose of the parable is, its overwhelming stress and strain. “Watch therefore, for ye know not the day nor the hour”: not, wake to life by conversion; but, watch, as those already wide awake.  All the Virgins begin prepared, but all do not end prepared; and nothing is so deadly as the easy doctrine that all will somehow come right, apart from urgent warning and constant watching.  The sacred oil of sanctity can be got, for keeping a blazing lamp and a radiant life: but without constant watchfulness, prudent foresight, incessant guarding against danger and surprise, it will become the dying throb of an exhausted motor.  “Every kind and degree of Christian goodness is an energy of Christian vigilance” (Greswell).  Keep the oil-stores replenished: keep the soul brightly burning: grace consumes itself in burning, but “He giveth more grace  The wisdom of the child of God consists in readiness and readiness can only be maintained by constant grace.*

 

* That the Ten Virgins are the dead saints of nearly two thousand years, and that half of them possess the extra oil, makes it impossible that the extra oil is confined to the miraculous gifts; for all supernatural gifts had vanished by the end of the second century. The distinction between salvation and sanctification - all saved, for all have lit lamps, but half losing sanctification, for their lamps are going out - exactly fits the parable. The five are bridesmaids, but their backsliding has lost them the marriage feast. In the words of Calvin:- “This exhortation is to confirm believers in perseverance. Christ says that believers need to have incessant supplies of courage, to support the flame which is kindled in their hearts; otherwise their zeal will fail ere they have completed the journey

 

 

The Lamp

 

 

Now this Bridal Procession has spoken life to dead souls.  For what is the vital point to the unsaved?  Your lamp is unlit.  You have oil neither in torch nor flask.  “The spirit of a man is the lamp of the Lord”; but a lamp is utterly useless unlit.  Painted fire needs no oil.  In the Canton de Vaud, in Switzerland, a lady, perfectly worldly and careless, suddenly saw her lamp go out.  She was alone; but, thinking aloud, she said,- “There is no oil in the lamp”.  Her own words startled her.  She remembered this Parable; and from that moment, day and night, her own words rankled in her soul.  “No, I have no oil in my lamp.  My God, what will become of me  In prayer she got the Oil.  For “if ye, being evil, know how to give gifts unto your children, how much more shall your heavenly Father give THE HOLY SPIRIT to them that ASK Him

 

 

*        *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

52

 

THE SERMON ON THE MOUNT

(Matthew 6: 1)

 

 

By ROBERT GOVETT, M.A.

 

 

 

1. “Take heed not to do your righteousness before men, with a view to be seen by them: otherwise ye have no reward with your Father who is in heaven

 

 

 

CRITICS are in general persuaded that we should read “righteousness,” instead of “alms” in this verse.  The weight of evidence is greatly in its favour.

 

 

Thus read, these words are a general principle, applying to the three cases of ALMS, PRAYER, and FASTING.

 

 

The righteousness here spoken of is not the imputed righteousness which is received by faith.  It is a righteousness which is to be done by the person possessed of imputed righteousness.  It answers, therefore, nearly to “good works  Thus Jesus says - “Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works” (v. 16).  And again - “Suffer it be so now: for thus it becometh us to fulfil all righteousness” (3: 15).  “He dispersed abroad, he gave to the poor, his righteousness remaineth for ever” (2 Cor. 9: 7-9).  Our Lord appears to be now referring to His previous sentiment - “Except your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the Scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heaven

 

 

He had given hints of the need of a better righteousness than that of human obedience, in the blessing on “the poor of spirit”; and in the previous call of all Israel to repentance, followed by the baptism into a greater than Moses.  But the discovery of the imputation of Messiah’s righteousness to the believer, was a truth left for the Holy Ghost to testify, after Jesus’ ascent.

 

 

The good works which the Saviour proceeds to specify, are not to be done “before men.”  But had He not commanded us to let “our light shine before men  Is not this inconsistent?  No!  There are two opposite tendencies in human nature, to one of which one class of men and one period of time are prone, and another class and men of another period to the opposite.  The Spirit of God gives directions against both these deviations.  Some men are swayed by fear, and would keep secret their faith.  Against these Jesus requires the profession of faith, and the manifest doing of good works.  But another class is prone to vainglory, and to pride.  Against this danger our Lord is now arming us.  He forbids not the doing a good work in the presence of others; but it is not to be performed from the motive of desiring their applause.  “Do not your righteousness before men, with a view to be seen by them* Our good deeds are to flow from us, as light from a lamp.  The lamp shines not only when men are present, but when the room is empty.  The witnessing eye of men is not the regulating principle of its shining or not.

 

* Here is the same phrase which our Lord used in his warning against heart-adultery, taken in the same sense - [see Gk. …] - designating the motive of the agent.

 

 

The reason of this caution is added - “Otherwise ye have no reward with your Father who is in heavenThat is, none is being treasured up by Him for you.  And as this reward is to be given at the kingdom, the Saviour uses the future tense in Luke 6: 35, - “Your reward shall be great  It is a phrase of similar meaning to that other expression of the Lord, “Your reward is great in heaven.”  Save, of course, that here the negative is used, it is nearly equivalent to that other expression of our Lord, “Ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven

 

 

In this passage, as in many others, our Lord appeals to a sense of our own interests.  The glory of God is the highest motive possible.  But the desire to act prudently for ourselves, is a motive authorised and enforced by our Lord.

 

 

We are directed to seek reward in the kingdom.  “Seek first the kingdom of God” (6: 33; Gal. 6: 6-10).  “This I say, He that soweth sparingly, shall reap sparingly; and he which soweth bountifully, shall reap bountifully” (2 Cor. 9: 6).  The fear of losing reward is used by God as a motive to deter us from evil, not in this place only, but in others also (Eph. 5: 5-8; 2 John 8; Gal. 3: 4).

 

 

‘But is not the being moved by the hope of reward a mercenary affair?  Is not the love of God to prompt us

 

 

We have not to mend our Lord’s words, but to receive and obey them.  The Saviour was urged to His wondrous work of self-devotion by a prospect of the prize before Him (Heb. 12: 2).  It is not the only motive in the matter.  There is no antagonism between the hope of reward, and the love of God as our Father.  The Saviour, wherever in this Sermon He is speaking of reward, connects it with the Fatherhood of God; so little did He regard it as mean or mercenary.  Could not a human father say to his children? - ‘My dears, I am very desirous that you should know the Scripture well.  I wish you therefore each one to learn me as many verses or chapters as you can, and say them to me every morning.  And observe, at the end of a year I intend to give rewards in proportion to the number of chapters learned by each of you

 

 

Would there be anything mercenary or mean in the children’s anxiety at once to please their parent, to know the Scripture, and to win the reward?  Would there be any opposition or collision between the motives?  Would not all conspire harmoniously to produce the desired effect?

 

 

The principle which our Lord lays down in this passage is one of great moment.  He more than once offers it to our notice, and in varied forms.  Reward is an alternative, or choice between two things. (1) You may either have it now, and from men. (2) Or you may have it hereafter, and from God.  But you cannot have both.  Sense and passion say, ‘Let me have my reward now  Faith says, ‘Let me wait to receive it from God in His kingdom

 

 

But Jesus here affirms, that if we seek our reward from men now, we have here below all the reward we shall obtain.  Take heed then, that you act not, so as to lose the future recompense!

 

 

Herein then lies the answer to Mr. Binney’s scheme of making the best of both worlds.  The thing cannot be done!  Have your reward here in wealth, mirth, affluence and reputation, and you cannot have it in the age of reward to come.  “Blessed are ye poor” says Jesus to his disciples, “for yours is the kingdom of God  “Woe unto you (disciples) that are rich: for ye are receiving your consolation” (Luke 6: 20, 24).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

53

 

THE CHALLENGE OF SELECTIVE RAPTURE

 

 

By BRIG.-GEN. F. D. FROST

 

 

 

“These paragraphs are taken from Brig-Gen. Frost’s exceedingly attractive and stimulating Darkness Before the Dawn (The Gospel Book Room, 53, St. Cuthborts Street, Bedford; three shillings).  It is a blessed fact that all believers have a right to their own judgment in the interpretation of Scripture; but it is no less obvious that rapture is a point of critical importance - so critical that no opposition to the truth, even if it were intense and universal, must allow us to diminish our testimony for a moment.  For us it is a mystery how so many dear and earnest believers totally ignore the dread utterances of Christ and His Apostles.  To quote only one such utterance - addressed to the head of a church, whom our Lord retains as the head of that church after He has said it: - ‘Because thou art neither hot nor cold, I will spew thee out of my mouth’ (Rev. 3: 16).  Will a ‘lukewarm’ believer be instantly caught up into the coming glory, and actually reign with Christ, instead of being spewed out of His mouth?” - D. M. Panton.

 

 

 

WE have not yet been able to find one verse in the whole Bible in support of the theory that every believer will be caught up to meet the Lord in air before the man of sin is revealed.  Nowhere has Our Lord promised that all believers will escape the Great Tribulation, but He said very clearly to His disciples, Watch ye and pray always that ye may be able to escape all these things that shall come to pass and to stand before the Son of Man (Luke 21: 36).  John 3: 16 only tells us how to be saved from condemnation, it does not guarantee our rapture to heaven before the Great Tribulation.  By faith Enoch was translated that he should not see death; and he was not found, because God had translated him, for before his translation he had witness born to him that he had been well pleasing unto God (Heb. 11: 5, R.V.)  Have we faith like that?  Are we well pleasing unto God?  Enoch was translated before the flood, but Noah was preserved in it.

 

 

God has been offering a far greater power than that of Satan to all who accept Our Lord Jesus Christ as their Saviour; He is offering the power of His Holy Spirit, whom many believers are grieving today and some are even quenching.  They have sufficient faith to believe they are saved, but insufficient faith to overcome the world by the Blood of the Lamb.  There are many who have had an experience of salvation and have run well for a time and even won souls for Christ, but have now lost their first love and do not want the Lord to come.  Many no longer believe in the Lord’s coming; how can they be translated without believing in it?  “According to your faith be it”.

 

 

Let us not judge others, but let us make quite sure that we are right with God ourselves, and be able to say truly, “I am crucified with Christ, nevertheless I live, yet not I, but Christ liveth in me.  And the life which I now live in the flesh, I live by faith of the Son of God who loved me and gave Himself for me” (Gal. 2: 20).

 

 

St. Paul tells us what we ought to be doing in these last days, “Preach the word, be instant in season out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort with all long suffering and doctrine; for the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine” (2 Tim. 4: 2-3).  Surely this time has already come; and if we carry out these instructions, we shall have persecution from all around.  That is all we are entitled to in this world, which is dominated by the devil.  “All who live godly in Christ Jesus, shall suffer persecution” (2 Tim. 3: 12).

 

 

The Overcomers are being tested now, and are even given the cold shoulder by some of the Lord’s own [redeemed and regenerate] people, who say, ‘My Lord delayeth His coming’ and they begin to beat their fellow servants with their tongues and their unkindly [slander and] behaviour.  They add to the tribulation which the World gives them, but a time is coming when the Overcomers will be caught up* to God and to His throne (Rev. 12: 5).  These are the First Fruits who are redeemed from among men (Rev. 14: 4).  They are from among all nations, Jew and Gentile alike, but they have left their old nationality behind.  They are the body of Christ, bone of His bone and flesh of His flesh.  They are the First Fruits of the Church of the Living God.

 

[* That is, ‘caught up’ at the first and pre-tribulation rapture, (Lk. 21: 34-36; Rev. 3: 10); and at the “First Resurrection” (Rev. 20: 4-6, R.V.).]

 

-------

 

 

GALATIANS 6: 17.

 

 

I bear in my body the marks of the Lord

These are my credentials, which I would record.

Diplomas and scholarships count I but dross;

I boast but the stigma and joy of the cross.

 

 

I seek no position, nor honour from men,

By my “recognition” the scars which I ken

Are stamped on my body; these prove I am sent

From God an apostle, to spend and be spent.

 

 

Let no one now trouble me, whate’er they say

Of good or of evil concerning my way.

The marks in my body full proof do declare

That I am the Lords, His stigma I bear.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

54

 

AN URGENT DANGER

 

 

By D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

COVETOUSNESS - not only the desire of what we have not got, but the refusal to part with what we have - God ranks among the blackest of sins.  It is one of the supreme prohibitions of Jehovah (Exod. 20: 17); it is defined by God as “idolatry” (Col. 3: 5), a sin, under the Law, reserved for capital punishment; it renders a believer so unholy that he is to be excommunicated from the Church on earth (1 Cor. 5: 11); and twice (1 Cor. 6: 10; Eph. 5: 5) it is stated as involving a disciple in the loss of the millennial Kingdom.  “The peril of the Church is not so much an unorthodox creed as an orthodox greed” (Dr. A. J. Gordon).  Love of money brought us the first awful discipline of the Holy Ghost (Acts 5: 5): love of money is the absorbing passion of the last Church named in the Word of God - Laodicea.

 

 

Money

 

 

It is extraordinarily significant that the last thing on which our Lord’s eyes rested in the Temple was the money chest.  Twice He had cleansed the Temple, the great type of the Church, from merchandise: once in His life, and once only, He used violence - when, in hot indignation, He drove money out of God’s holy things (John 2: 15): on leaving the Temple for the last time, He sits down deliberately to behold “how the multitude cast money into the treasury” (Mark 12: 41).  Nor is it less significant that the only donor on the subscription list of the Temple whom He has not buried in oblivion is an anonymous one - “this poor widow” (Mark 12: 43).

 

 

Earthly Wealth

 

 

“Verily I say unto you” - our Lord pledges Himself to the most startling of all revelations on money - “this poor widow cast in more than all”: that is, more than any other donor, or else, more than all put together. Those who give most often give least, and those that give least often give most.  Why?  Because God judges what we give by what we keep.  “For they all did cast in of their superfluity; but she of her want did cast in all that she had, even all her livingThe widow had given all she had to live on for that day; and was so walking with God that she could trust Him for tomorrow’s meal (1 Kings 17: 15; Heb. 13: 5).  God’s scales, in weighing gifts, also weigh what is not given: so, quite literally, the poorest can give more than the wealthiest, and all can give immense gifts: for the amount withheld exactly determines the value of the amount given.

 

 

Love of Money

 

 

We now arrive at the peril.  “The love of money is a root of all kinds of evil” (1 Tim. 6: 10).  It can estrange friends, divide families, and harden hearts; nurse extravagance, pamper appetite, and foster pride; “sweat” labour, freeze up charity, and indulge every lust - “foolish and hurtful lusts, such as drown men in destruction and perdition  Every year increases our peril.  “In the last days men shall be lovers of money” (2 Tim. 3: 2): “ye have laid up treasure in the last days” (Jas. 5: 3): “because thou sayest, I am rich. ... thou art miserable and poor and blind and naked” (Rev. 3: 17): “thus shall Babylon be cast down, for thy merchants were the princes of the earth” (Rev. 18: 23).  “Of all the temptations none has so struck at the work of God as the deceitfulness of riches; a thousand melancholy proofs of which I have seen within these last fifty years.  By riches I mean not thousands of pounds; but any more than will procure the conveniences of life. Money lovers are the pest of every Christian society.  They have been the main cause of the destruction of every revival.  They will destroy us, if we do not put them away” (John Wesley) (1 Cor. 5: 11; Mark 10: 23).

 

 

Treasure in Heaven

 

 

How is the peril met? - “Sell that ye have, and give alms; make for yourselves purses which wax not old, a treasure in the heavens that faileth not” (Luke 12: 33).  No warnings on wealth are severer than Christ’s: so there is no greater tribute to the power of money over the human heart than the startling silence of the Church on these warnings of her Lord.  “With such words [as 1 Tim. 6: 6-10] before him, one would think that any Christian man who is laying up money, or is planning to do so, would at once abandon his project  But how many are as Augustine says:- “As the fabric of the world totters, let us quickly transfer our treasure to a world which will know no shock  Our Lord states the same truth:- “Lay up your treasure in heaven”; “for heaven and earth shall pass away”, in shock and storm: as the world hurries to its doom, our Lord counsels us to store all our surplus goods, all that is above and beyond our daily needs, in Heaven.  We do well to remember the Italian proverb:- “Our best robe is made without pockets

 

 

Charity

 

 

There is an active, not passive, way by which this marvellous investment can be achieved.  “Sell that ye have, and give alms: make for yourselves” - by the very act of giving - “purses which wax not old, a treasure in the heavens that faileth not” (Luke 12: 33).  A friend once said to the writer:- “In the course of life I have lost more than £12,000 for the sake of Christ”; but he would be the first to say he had not lost £12,000, but banked it.  John Wesley, when he was 87, and standing on the threshold of another world, said:- “One great reason for the comparative failure of Christianity, is the neglect of the solemn words, ‘Lay not up for yourselves treasures on earth’

 

 

Reward

 

 

So God’s reward awaits our giving.  “Charge them that are rich in this present age, that they be ready to distribute, willing to communicate [their wealth]; laying up in store a good foundation” - the investment of a substantial sum - “against the time to come, that they lay hold on the life which is life indeed” (1 Tim. 6: 19) - the glory of the Millennial Life; or, as Mark puts it, - “in the age to come [the Millennium] eternal life As Augustine says:- “Beware lest ye be like the men of earth, who when they awaken in another world, awake with empty hands, because they placed nothing in Christ’s hands, which were stretched out to them in the hands of His poor and needy  Or as our Lord puts it:- “Make to yourselves friends by means of the mammon [a Syrian or Aramaic word meaning ‘money’] of unrighteousness” - earthly wealth - “that when ye shall fail” - in death - “they” - the friends you have so made - “may receive you into the eternal tabernacles” (Luke 16: 9).

 

 

Joy Today

 

 

Finally, we receive reward here and now. The Queen of Sweden sold her jewels to provide her people with hospitals and orphanages; and when on a visit to a convalescent home of her own providing, tears of gratitude from a bed-ridden woman fell on the royal hand, the Queen exclaimed, - “God is sending me back my jewels again

 

-------

 

 

CONCENTRATION

 

 

So our magnificent Opportunity awaits us.  “ONE THING I DO  Scatter-brained people never arrive anywhere.  Many, aims dissipate energy: contrary pulls on the soul cancel out, and leave a man powerless: if anything is to be well done, it must be done with the whole soul and with every faculty, Paul does not mean, This only do I do, but this is my all-controlling purpose, my one over-mastering aim: all my evangelism, all my missionary effort, all my prophetic study, all my practical sanctification - all is embodied in one master-passion - “that I may apprehend that for which also I was apprehended by Christ Jesus”.  Paul thus adds here a wonderful revelation nowhere else (so far as we recollect) explicitly made:- namely, that Christ apprehended every one of us for this very purpose.  Seize the victory, he says, for which Christ seized you: the Prize is so much our Lord’s wish and intention for us all that He chose every one of us with a view to it.  Not that universal achievement will happen.  “They which run in a race run all, but one receiveth the prize even so run, that ye may attain [the prize]” (1 Cor. 9: 24).

 

 

“This truth of the PrizeMr. G. H. Pember, one of the greatest students of prophecy of the nineteenth century, wrote to Col. Joseph Sladen shortly before his death, “I believe to be not only true, but also the doctrine of which the Church is just now in special need  It seems certain that the inconceivably greater pressure since Mr. Pember wrote, together with the double fact of a manifestly disintegrating world and a deeply corrupting [and apostate] Church will, mercifully, drive many believers to this truth - the divine solution of the problem.  “Opportunities,” said Napoleon, “are born, and die, in the same day: there is time to win a victory before the sun goes down

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

55

 

OVERCOMERS AND OVERCOME

 

 

By W. J. McCLURE

 

 

(Continued from p. 310)

 

 

 

THYATIRA - “And he that overcometh and keepeth my works unto the end, to him will I give power (authority) over the nations: And he shall rule them with a rod of iron; as the vessels of a potter shall they be broken to shivers; even as I have received of My Father.  And I will give him the Morning Star” (Rev. 2: 26-28).

 

 

Thyatira gives us Romanism, and in what is said to the overcomers we have a clue to the special sin of that system, even if we did not know its history.  A lust for power or authority over the nations, has ever characterized Rome.  During the middle ages, she had that lust gratified, for she was then the real ruler of Christendom, Kings and princes were her vassals.  What Daniel said to Belshazzar about Nebuchadnezzar, with very slight modification might be said of the popes of the middle ages, “Whom he would he set up: and whom he would he put down” (Dan. 5: 19).  Henry IV, of Germany, Philip of France, and John of England, kings above the ordinary, all felt the power of the popes, and cowered in submission before them.  Not merely as before a spiritual power, but before a sovereign prince.  In the case of John of England, he accepted Pope Innocent as his liege lord, and agreed to pay annually to the Pope 1,000 marks, 700 for England and 300 for Ireland.

 

 

It is passing strange, that something which began in such weakness, should so soon attain to such power, something which was hated and despised by the world at first, should have reached such honour.  This is but the development of something which we find in the Epistle to the Corinthians, “Now ye are full, now ye are rich, ye have reigned as kings without us: and I would to God ye did reign, that we also might reign with you” (1 Cor. 4: 8).  “Without us these two words might well stir the consciences of the Corinthians.  While they were glorying in being “full and “rich and affecting to reign as kings, what was the case with Paul and his fellow-labourers?

 

 

The men who jeopardized their lives to bring the Gospel to Corinth are far from full, rich or reigning.  Yea, the Son of God, Who stooped to Calvary to shed His precious blood, that they might be redeemed from an eternity under the wrath of God: He is not [yet here] reigning, He is still despised and rejected of men.  The apostle then goes on to tell them how he and those labouring with him were faring.  And in this account (1 Cor. 4: 10-13) we meet the words, “hunger” ... “naked,” “buffeted” ... “no certain dwelling-place,” “reviled,” “persecuted,” “defamed,” “the filth of the world,” “the off-scouring of all things

 

 

The Corinthians had forgotten the words of the Lord Jesus, “Remember the word that I said unto you: The servant is not greater than his Lord.  If they have persecuted Me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept My sayings, they will keep yours also” (John 15: 20).  Paul did not want to fare better than His Lord, but the Corinthians did.  They fell into the snare which Satan had set, but set in vain, for Christ, when in the temptation in the wilderness, Satan offered Him “the kingdoms of the world and the glory of them thus seeking to have Him take the crown, before He had endured the cross.

 

 

What we see here in the case of the Corinthians, is in the heart of every believer, and this is a desire to antedate the reigning time.  Naturally the path of reproach and suffering is repugnant to us all, we would fain escape it, and nothing but the grace of God can keep us in it.

 

 

Rome and the Protestant sects also, which are following hard after Rome, love power, and when they have been able, have sought to dominate the world, something which is never contemplated of the Church while the Lord is away. Not till the Lamb takes the Book out of the right hand of Him Who sits upon the throne (Rev. 5: 5-8). When in virtue of His precious blood, He thus takes the title-deeds of earth and reigns, then and not until then, will it be the saint’s time to reign.

 

 

“To him that overcometh, will I give authority over the nations: And he shall rule them with a rod of iron; as the vessels of a potter shall they be broken to shivers  What we have here is the bringing to an end, the smashing up of all that is Satanic, the anti-Christian power, when the saints come back with Christ. But the rule of the saints throughout the Millennium will be benevolent.

 

 

SARDIS - “He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before My Father, and before His angels” (Rev. 3: 5).

 

 

Lifeless profession, failure to hold what had been committed unto them, and the denial of the truth, are the special evils of Sardis.  As a stage, it began in the 16th Century, when, through the work of Luther and others, the Protestant princes of Germany broke away from Rome.  So Sardis pictures, what we speak of as Protestantism.

 

 

A survey of it today might well raise the question: Is it any better than Rome?  When we think of the onslaughts of many of its ministers on the truth of God, no; all that is vital in Christianity, The Inspiration of the Bible, The Virgin Birth of Christ, His Deity, His Vicarious Death, His Physical Resurrection, His Ascension to the Father’s Right Hand, His Personal Coming Again, The Eternal Punishment of the Wicked, etc., we confess that the priestcraft of Rome seems if possible less objectionable than most of this.

 

 

Here and there throughout Protestantism there are good men seeking to stem the tide of religious infidelity (an impossible task), and the Lord takes notice of such in those words, “Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with me in white; for they are worthy” (3: 4).  It is to such as these that the next verse refers, “He that overcometh shall be thus arrayed in white garments” (v. 5, R.V.).

 

 

In the midst of defilement they had kept themselves unspotted, and at the Judgment Seat (19: 8) they had gotten His “Well done And it will be their joy to walk with Him in white, where no shade nor stain can ever sully those white robes they wear.

 

 

At a time when it was considered a sure sign of ignorance and of not keeping pace with scientific Christianity(?) they had confessed Him as the Christ of the Bible, the Christ whom Peter owned (Matt. 16: 16), content to be thought little of by those who degraded the Lord to the level of a mere man.  Like Thomas they knew Him and could fall at His feet and say, “My Lord and my God”.  Now it is His time to confess their names before His Father and before His angels.  And when He shall blot out the names that man has recorded in their books of life, man’s roll of saints (not the “Book of Life of the Lamb of Chap. 13: 8), these names of His faithful ones will remain inscribed by the Lord’s own hand there for ever.

 

 

PHILADELPHIA - “Him that overcometh will I make a pillar in the temple of my God, and he shall go no more out: and I will write upon him the Name of my God, and the name of the city of my God, which is new Jerusalem, which cometh down out of heaven from my God; and I will write upon him My new Name” (Rev. 3: 12).

 

 

In Philadelphia we see the results of that work of the Holy Spirit which took place some hundred years ago, when the long-lost hope of the church, the coming of the Lord for His people, was recovered.  At the same time another very precious truth which goes hand in hand with the coming of the Lord, was also recovered. This was the gathering together of believers on the First day of the week to commemorate the death of the Lord Jesus in the breaking of bread, according to His own appointment (Luke 22: 19, 20; Acts 20: 7; 1 Cor. 11: 23-24).

 

 

Those who were taught by the Spirit through the Word saw that when thus gathered, there must be no man allowed to preside, thus displacing the Lord at His own table.  And there must be no humanly-invented order, that would interfere with the Spirit’s leading the saints when so gathered.  He must be free to lead in praise, prayer and ministry, as and whom He would.

 

 

This meant that in order to carry out this new found truth, they had to withdraw from the sects to which they had belonged, where it was wholly impossible because of man’s will and ways, to observe God’s order.  It was indeed to them, going forth “unto Him, without the camp, bearing His reproach” (Heb. 13: 13).  They were misunderstood and maligned, whereas if they had remained in the sects to which they had belonged, they would have been esteemed and honoured.

 

 

Exceedingly precious is the way that the Lord addresses the overcomers of Philadelphia, “Him that overcometh will I make a pillar in the temple of my God.”  A pillar is one who has a place in the church, as in the case of James, Cephas and John (Gal. 2: 9).  Some of these faithful men had high places in their respective denominations, but these they sacrificed in order to obey the Word of God (1 Sam. 15: 22), and honour Christ as Head and Lord in His Church.  Men told them that they were making a mistake, which would hurt or hinder their usefulness.  But with this they had nothing whatever to do; it was theirs to obey God, and to leave the consequences to Him.  And they did.

 

 

Did they make a mistake?  Hear the words of Christ to such, “I will make him a pillar in the temple of my God.”  A position of honourable service in eternal nearness to the One, for whom the overcomer had turned his back on a place of honour that man put him into, and also could put him out of, is to be the rich reward of the overcomer now.

 

 

Service in the glory, is not a familiar thought to believers; yet it is written “His servants shall serve Him.  And they shall see His face; and His Name shall be in their foreheads” (Rev. 22: 3, 4).  What a comfort this is, in view of the poor quality of our service down here!

 

 

“Shall go no more out It was indeed going forth “unto Him without the camp when they identified themselves with a little company, gathering in His precious Name alone without any other added.  Now they shall go no more out.  The reproach shall be exchanged for the glory, “outside the camp for “inside the veil”.

 

 

How much is said to the overcomers of Philadelphia about the Name.  It is that which characterizes this Church, “Thou hast kept my Word, and hast not denied my Name  It was that they might own His Name alone, as the gathering name that they forsook the sects.  They confessed it alone, and rejoiced to be counted worthy to suffer shame for it (Acts 5: 41).  And now, He gives them that which they loved.

 

 

“The name of the city of my God, which is new Jerusalem, which cometh down out of heaven from my God It is significant that it is to the overcomers of Philadelphia that the Lord speaks of bearing the name of the heavenly Jerusalem.  As with the church, it is here seen to be Divine in origin and heavenly in character, for it is not of earth, and is the equivalent of the “heavenly calling”.  Paul looked on that calling as a prize to be attained (Phil. 3: 14), and these dear ones now enjoy what they had set their hearts on, they bear its name.

 

 

“The Bride, the Lamb’s wife  This is what the heavenly Jerusalem is called (Rev. 21: 9); thus the name of the city, which He will write upon them, shall proclaim them as the church, which He “loved” and for which He gave Himself as Saviour (Eph. 5: 25). - The Prophetic Digest.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

56

 

 

THE PRIZE

 

 

By MISS E. M. LEATHES

 

 

 

BEYOND the wondrous gift of Eternal Life in Christ Jesus, Paul unveils a marvellous secret of a prize to be won, and a priceless treasure to be secured by all who are willing to count the cost.  We find him declaring with eager intensity, “I press on, if so be that I may lay hold on that for which also I was laid hold on by Christ Jesus “Brethren he cries, “I count not myself yet to have laid hold: but one thing I do, forgetting the things that are behind, and stretching forward to the things which are before, I press on toward the goal unto the Prize of the Upward Calling of God in Christ Jesus  And what is the Goal towards which Paul is stretching every nerve and flinging away every hindrance that he may reach it?  He then reveals his most thrilling secret.  “Howbeit he declares, “what things were gain to me, those have I counted loss for Christ.  Yea verily, and I count all things to be loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord: for Whom I suffered the loss of all things, and do count them but refuse, that I may gain Christ” (or win) (Phil. 3: 12, 13, 14, 7, 8. Amer. R.V.)

 

 

And for those who are out to win this prize the Apostle gives another illustration.  Paul had probably watched the runners who competed for the prize in the Greek Games, when the winner received a laurel crown. “Know ye nothe asks, “that they that run in a race run all, but one receiveth the prize?  Even so run; that ye may attain  We know that the competitors in these races had to undergo a very arduous physical training beforehand.  So Paul continues, “Every man that striveth in the games exerciseth self-control in all things.  Now they do it to receive a corruptible crown; but we an incorruptible.  I therefore so run, as not uncertainly; so fight I, as not beating the air: but I buffet my body, and bring it into bondage: lest by any means, after that I have preached to others, I myself should be rejected” (or disapproved from the prize) (1 Cor. 9: 24-27.  Amer. R.V.)     Note the Lord’s words to the lukewarm Church of Laodicea. “He that overcometh, I will give to him to sit down with Me in My Throne, as I also overcame, and sat down with my Father in His Throne” (Rev. 3: 21. Amer. R.V.)  If you have watched the runners in a race, you will have noted as I have done, that they all start together, but from various causes one after another falls out.  I have watched such a race till finally only two remain, and even they are pressed beyond measure: then one suddenly with his last ounce of strength reaches frantically forward and touches the Goal.

 

 

I am certain there are many of God’s intrepid followers today, who are being tested beyond all their natural resources: it is at such a time when absolute reliance on God alone will avail.  A free translation of 2 Cor. 12: 10, runs thus - “I take pleasure in being without strength, in being chased about, in being cooped up in a corner, for when I am without strength, I am dynamite  And now comes to us ringing down the centuries from the depths of a Roman dungeon the triumphant shout of that old battered and wounded warrior, Paul.  He exclaims, “I have fought the good fight, I have finished the course, I have kept the faith: henceforth there is laid up for me the crown of Righteousness, which the Lord, the Righteous Judge, shall give to me at that Day; and not to me only, but also to all them that have loved His Appearing” (2 Tim. 4: 7, 8, R.V.)

 

                                                                                                                             - The Midnight Cry.

 

 

-------

 

 

THRONE WORTHINESS

 

 

THRONE power is one of the great rewards of the faithful servant, and comparatively few attain this honour.  There are many great ones of the Church who will be accounted small indeed when brought before the judgment seat of Christ.  There are those, according to the statement of our Lord Himself, who are first among their fellows on earth, who will be last when the assizes of the Son of Man will have pronounced judgment upon them.

 

 

But there is a group occupying the most outstanding official position that both heaven and earth can offer.  What are the qualifications for such outstanding rank?  It is begging the question to say that their places have been given them through grace, and it is also contrary to the teaching of Scripture.  The Book of Revelation takes particular pains to point out that it is “he that overcometh” that is the recipient of divine favour.  Throne worthiness is the only guarantee for throne possession.  And those who prove themselves worthy are not necessarily great preachers or clever expositors or even great soul-winners.  They are those who have put into practice the lessons of holiness the Spirit has set in the Word of God, and have heeded with earnest care the applications of these to their hearts by His constant inward monitions.  They have done justly, and loved mercy, and walked humbly with their God.  They have paid more attention to the subduing of their own lusts than the attaining of a reputation for holiness.  They have learned the meaning of perfect love toward God and man, and have been, as with unveiled face they reflected the glory of the Lord, transformed into the same image, from glory to glory, even as by the Lord the Spirit.

 

 

The Emperor Napoleon, to emphasise the fact that it was possible in his service to rise from the lowest rank to the highest, made the epigrammatic remark that “every private soldier carried a field marshal’s baton in his knapsack  And so the Almighty, as He sets forth the glories of the age to come and the surpassing magnificence of the eternal city, in which have been centred all the hopes of the ages as they ran their course, broadcasts to the race a similar announcement:- “He that overcometh shall inherit all things” - a promise of joint heirship with His overcoming Son.

 

 

There is no believer in Christ to whom the highest honours of heaven are not open.  But, sad to say, the number is small who give themselves to the quest, and seek first (in time and importance) the Kingdom of God and His righteousness.  Nor is this due entirely to spiritual sloth nor to the claims of the world, and of the flesh.  The theology of the majority of pulpits teaches that all things are received in Christ, and fails utterly to insist on the need of “giving all diligence” in order to lay hold upon those graces and virtues which will never become the property of the saint without spiritual striving.

-The Alliance Weekly.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

56

 

One Thing I Do

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

Apart from our Lord, Paul is the only man presented to us by God for imitation; as he says himself, by inspiration, - “Be ye imitators of me, even as I also am of Christ” (1 Cor. 11: 1).  This lends immense force to the master-passion of Paul, which, therefore, should become ours:- “ONE THING I DO” (Phil. 3: 13).  He says there is a mountain summit yet ahead that he has not reached: Paul the aged; Paul, after writing his greatest Epistles, and having founded his noblest Churches, nevertheless cries,- “One thing I do; I PRESS ON He uses a careful word.  “I count not myself to have apprehended”: I have taken stock; I have summed up the facts; I have reached a mathematical conclusion: my whole life must be concentrated on one aim: “one thing I do

 

 

UNAPPREHENDED

 

 

The Apostle begins by acknowledging exactly what had not yet been achieved even by the chief of the Apostles; an unachievement, which, if it included Paul, must embrace every one of us.  “Not that I have already obtained, or am already made perfect; but I press on, if so be that I may” - for it depends on my own effort - “apprehend that for which also I was apprehended by Christ Jesus  Paul is the supreme master of the doctrine of assurance: his statements of our fundamental safety by saving faith are unsurpassed: his own salvation he was the last soul in the universe to doubt.  Since he was as certain as anyone in the world that he had obtained [eternal] salvation, what was it that he had not ‘obtained’?  “Not that I am already made perfect The word ‘perfect’ was used of racers and wrestlers, when their strength and ability had passed the standard of their ‘agonistical’ exercises.  “Paul did not go to sleep over the singularity of his conversion; nor rock himself in the cradle of his apostolic success; nor sooth himself with the opiate of his official position” (W. M. Taylor, D.D.).  [Initial and eternal]* Salvation can never he insecure: the prize can never be assumed until it is won.

 

[* NOTE: The word “salvation” must always be interpreted by the context in which it is found.  For example, compare John 3: 16 with Heb. 5: 9,  where the same Greek word “aionios” - is translated as “eternal” in different contexts, in most English translations!  The context of Heb. 5: 9 is that of WORKS, not FAITH, - “…he [Christ Jesus] became into all them that OBEY him the author (Gk. ‘cause’) of eternal (Gk. ‘aionios’) salvation”! Hence, the need to understand the meaning of the word “aionios” by a careful examination of the context in which it is used throughout the Holy Scriptures.  In other words, the eternal ‘Salvation’ which regenerate believers presently have (by grace through FAITH alone in our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ), is NOT synonymous with the salvation in a context of the Christians’ WORKS, - as shown in Heb. 5: 9!]

 

 

THE PAST

 

 

Paul now defines what he means by his concentrated singleness of aim. “Forgetting the things that are behind  Among the things ‘behind’ Paul, take but a single group - his sufferings for Christ.  “Of the Jews five times received I forty stripes save one, thrice was I beaten with rods, once was I stoned; in labour and travail, in hunger and thirst, in cold and nakedness” (2 Cor. 11: 24).  What a golden record!  He forgets it all.  Humility that begins to plume itself on its past is already dead.  Equally vital is it to forget our failures, our disappointments, our sins: brooding on the past paralyses the present, and bankrupts the future.  One word of our Lord counters both.  “Many that are first shall be last” - first-class runners may lose the race even in the last lap; “and the last first” (Mark 10: 31), for even if, at this moment, we are last, we way yet be first, if - “one thing I do  Let the glorious, certain, infinite future, with its boundless possibilities, bury a stained and disappointing past.

 

 

THE PRESENT

 

 

But again Paul defines his attitude, which makes our model, towards the present. “Stretching forward to the things that are before”: stretching ourselves out, as the keen runner in a race, towards the things in front: not satisfied with any past achievement or suffering, or consecration, but continually reaching forward with ever-growing ardour.  An artist, standing before his latest picture, was seen to burst into tears.  When asked why, he replied:- “Because I am satisfied with my work  He had reached his ideal, and therefore exhausted it.  Never so Paul.  The successful runner is the racer who has girded his loins tight, forgetting the past - looking over the shoulder would lose any race - with his whole energies he is concentrated on the goal.* “Stretching forward to the things which are before, I press on toward the goal  Passionate absorption is beautifully illustrated in General Booth, when himself over eighty.  A friend of his writes:- “I learned the secret of his power.  He said, ‘When do you go?’  I said, ‘In five minutes.’  He said, ‘Pray’; and I dropped on my knees with General Booth by my side, and prayed a stammering and stuttering prayer.  Then he talked with God about the outcast of London, the poor of New York, the lost of China, the great world lying in wickedness; and then he opened his eyes as if he were looking into the very face of Jesus, and with sobs he prayed God’s blessing upon every mission worker, every evangelist, every minister, every Christian.  With his eyes still overflowing with tears, he bade me goodbye and started away, past 80 years of age, to preach on the Continent.  And I learned from William Booth that the greatness of a man’s power is the measure of his surrender.  It is not a question of who you are or of what you are, but of whether God controls you.”

 

* Professor Eadie expresses it thus:- “The picture is that of a racer in his agony of struggle and hope.  Every muscle is strained and every vein starting - the chest heaves - the big drops gather on his brow - his body is bent forward, as if he already clutched the goal.”

 

 

THE PRIZE

 

 

Paul next makes clear what lies beyond the ‘mark’ - the tape which the winner first touches.  “I press toward the mark for the prize If I touch the goal first, I am therefore awarded the crown of wild olive,* which was the prize of the winner in the Greek games.  Concerning the gift. Paul has just said, - “not having a righteousness of mine own God has given me His, a pure gift; but what I have not yet apprehended. because not yet made perfect, is a prize; and no prize ever existed that did not have to be won.  And what that prize Is he has already shown:- “if by any means I may attain unto the out-resurrection from among the dead  The Revelation puts it beautifully:- “Blessed and holy is he - no mass resurrection, but the beatitude and sanctity of an individual - “that hath part in the first resurrection: they shall reign with Christ a thousand years” (Rev. 20: 6).**

 

* An important difference, however, between the human race and the divine race is that in the human there can be but one prize-winner, who ousts all the other runners; whereas in the divine race all who reach the prize-standard attain the prize; and so our Lord ‘apprehends’ us all for the Prize.

 

**All martyrs will be in the Kingdom (Matt. 10: 38; Rev. 20: 4); therefore, it was told by inspiration of his imminent martyrdom, that Paul knew at last he had apprehended: “the time of my departure is come; henceforth there is laid up for me the crown” (2 Tim. 4: 6).

 

 

LIKEMINDED

 

 

Paul makes a final appeal.  “Let us therefore, as many as be perfect” - full grown, as opposed to babes - “be thus minded: and if in anything ye are otherwise minded, even this shall God reveal unto you  Multitudes of [regenerate] Christians are content just to be [eternally] saved: others in youth have wrought marvels, and are now drifting downstream on motionless oars: others - as Paul here assumes - have, quite sincerely, had wrong convictions concerning the Prize.  Our Lord has expressed the principle for ever:- “If any man willeth to do His will” - he who has made up his mind to put into action whatever God tells him to do - “he shall know of the teaching, whether it be of God” (John 7: 17).  If “one thing I do God will open my eyes.  “There is no one among us, however limited his powers may be, whose weakness and incapacity may not be changed into wisdom and knowledge; his timidity into firmness and fearlessness; his hardness and unloveliness into amiability and gentleness” (Marsaken).

 

 

CONCENTRATION

 

 

So our magnificent opportunity awaits us.  “One thing I do  Scatter-brained people never arrive anywhere. Many aims dissipate energy; contrary pulls on the soul cancel out, and leave a man powerless: if anything is to be well done, it must be done with the whole soul and with every faculty.  Paul does not mean, This only do I do, but this is my all-controlling purpose, my one over-mastering aim: all my evangelism, all my missionary effort, all my prophetic study, all my practical sanctification - all is embodied in one master-passion - “that I may apprehend that for which also I was apprehended by Christ Jesus  Paul thus adds here a wonderful revelation nowhere else (so far as we recollect) explicitly made:- namely, that Christ apprehended every one of us for this very purpose.  Seize the victory, he says, for which Christ seized you: the Prize is so much our Lord’s wish and intention for us all that He chose every one of us with a view to it.  Not that universal achievement will happen.  “They which run in a race run all, but one receiveth the prize: even so run, that ye way attain [the prize]” (1 Cor. 9: 24).

 

 

“This truth of the Prize,” Mr. G. H. Pember. one of the greatest students of prophecy of the nineteenth century, wrote to Col. Joseph Sladen shortly before his death, “I believe to be not only true, but also the doctrine of which the Church is just now in special need.” It seems certain that the inconceivably greater pressure since Mr. Pember wrote, together with the double fact of a manifestly disintegrating world and a deeply corrupting [and apostate] Church will, mercifully, drive many believers to this truth - the divine solution of the problem.  “Opportunities,” said Napoleon, “are born, and die, in the same day: there is time to win a victory before the sun goes down

 

 

This leaflet should be read In conjunction with: - 1 . The Race and the Crown.  2. The Overcomer and the Throne.  3. The Gift and the Prize.  4. The First Last and the Last First.  5. Firstfruits and Harvest.  6. The Responsibility of the Believer.  7. The Prize of our calling.  8. Joseph the Overcomer.  9. This Truth Kindled Me.  10. The Overcomer.  Copies will be reprinted [D.V.] as the Lord provides.

 

-------

 

Many crowd the Saviours Kingdom,

Few receive His Cross;

Many seek His consolations,

Few will suffer loss,

For the dear sake of the Master

Counting all but dross.

 

 

Many sit at Jesus’ table,

Few will fast with Him

When the sorrow-cup of anguish

Trembles to the brim:

Few watch with Him in the garden

Who have sung the hymn.

 

 

Many will confess His wisdom,

Few embrace His shame;

Many, while He smiles upon them,

Laud His praise proclaim -

Then if for a while He tries them

They desert His name.

 

 

But the souls who love supremely,

Let woe come or bliss,

These will count their dearest heart’s blood

Not their own, but His:

Saviour, Thou Who hast loved me,

Give me love like this.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

57

 

THE LAST DAYS

 

 

By L. W. KEMMIS

 

 

 

THE phrase “the last days” is found both in the Old and in the New Testaments.  The Word of God leads us to calculate the coming and indeed the presence of the last days on two scales.  One scale is as in the sight of God: the other as in the sight of man.  The former is counted on a scale of a thousand years to one day: the latter on a scale of one day to one year.

 

 

I. THE SCALE AS IN THE SIGHT OF GOD.

 

 

In Heb. 1: 1 we read God “hath in these last days spoken unto us by His Son”. Clearly the last days had already commenced when the Son of God, made flesh - Jesus Christ - went about preaching the Gospel [of the kingdom] nearly two thousand years ago.  But the last days of what?

 

 

The number seven signifies completion, e.g., the seven days of the week, the seven seals, the seven trumpets or the seven vials [of the wrath of God (Rev. 16.)].  The last days of the week therefore incorporate the fifth, sixth and seventh days of the week.

 

 

In Ps. 90 we are told that “a thousand years in thy (God’s) sight are but as yesterday”, and in 2 Pet. 3 this is confirmed to us, “one day is with the Lord as a thousand years and a thousand years as one day”.

 

 

If seven is the complete number, should we not expect seven thousand years from the completion of creation (in seven days) and the entering of sin into the world till the consummation.  Does not Holy Scripture indicate such to be the case?

 

 

Rev. 20 speaks three times of the thousand years’ reign of Christ in righteousness while Satan is bound.  It is the last day of a thousand years as in God’s sight.  Therefore the day of rest - rest from wars and strifes.  Christ’s reign of peace on earth as He rules the nations with a rod of iron.  This leaves six days as in God’s sight to be accounted for.

 

 

Genesis gives the ages of the patriarchs at the birth of their heirs.  Thus we have the means of reckoning there were four thousand years or four days with Providence from Adam to Christ.  We know some nineteen hundred and fifty [now 2.000] years [according to our calendar] have passed since His first coming.  We therefore now stand at the end of the sixth day - the fifth and sixth days, spoken of in the Bible as “the last days”.

 

 

Are there then but some fifty years [at least] to run before the Prince of Peace takes His power and reigns?  Jesus Christ, as Man, spoke to men as on the scale in man’s sight.  That is a day to a year.  He said with reference to the last days that “except those days be shortened, no flesh should be saved”.  In the light of modern warfare how true!  Jesus continued: “But for the elect’s sake those days shall be shortened”.

 

 

If there are but fifty more years and they have to be shortened according to the Scripture which “cannot be broken”, how near are we to the Lord’s second Coming in the clouds?  Not only are we in the last days, but in the last one-twentieth of the last day before the millennium is established.  The eleventh hour indeed.

 

 

II. THE SCALE AS IN THE SIGHT OF MAN.

 

 

Have we any Scriptural authority for supposing that God has based prophetical times on the scale of a year to a day?  The answer is Yes, abundantly so.  Did not Israel have to wander in the wilderness for forty years because of the unbelieving report of ten of their spies?  Why forty years?  Because they had searched forty days. “Each day for a year” (Num. 14: 34).

 

 

Likewise Ezekiel was told to lie on his side three hundred and ninety days for the sins of Israel, and forty for those of Judah.  “I have appointed thee each day for a year” (Ez. 4: 5).  Thus God gives us a basis for reckoning times as in the sight of man.

 

 

Again, in Dan. 9 we read of the time from the going forth of the commandment “to restore and rebuild Jerusalem” is to be “seven weeks and threescore and two weeks”.  That is sixty-nine weeks or four hundred and eighty-three days to the Messiah.

 

 

Cyrus was the first to issue a decree for the rebuilding, but it was hindered by enemy action and Hebrew despondency, so that further decrees were needed.  Artaxerxes issued the last in 457 B.C.  Add 483 to this date and allowing one in the cross over from B.C. and A.D. arrive at the baptism of Jesus in Jordan, and His saying “the time is fulfilled” (Mark 1: 15).

 

 

If such an important prophecy as this was fulfilled to time, why should not others on the same scale be likewise calculated with every expectation of fulfilment?  But there is an important point to remember.  Time may be measured on the lunar scale of 360 days to a year or on the solar scale of 365 days to a year, or on both.  The Word of God is for all nations.  Times are therefore given on the lunar scale that Eastern nations who reckon on it may understand as well as Western nations counting on the solar scale.  Be it noted that Turkey switched from lunar to solar dating in 1917 A.D.

 

 

Now recall that in Lev. 26: 18, 21, 24, and 28, Israel, if they kept not the commandments of God should be driven out among the nations for seven times.  What is a time?  Nebuchadnezzar was driven out to dwell among the beasts till seven times should pass over him (Dan. 4: 25).  That king was a type of the Jews to be driven out from Jerusalem and scattered among the nations of the earth for seven times.  The Gentile kingdoms are therefore symbolised as beasts.  The king was compelled to live with the beasts seven years.  Eastern nations in applying the principle to prophecy would multiply 360 by 7 and take each day for a year. The Hebrew punishment for their sins was to be for 2, 520 years.

 

 

Jerusalem Released

 

 

Does history tally with this?  Nebuchadnezzar’s first attack on Jerusalem as king in his own right was in 604 B.C.  Add 2,520 on the same principle as above indicated and arrive at 1917 A.D. - the year in which Jerusalem was released from Gentile oppression.  The heavy burden of Turkish taxes was taken away.

 

 

Is not this verified in the last chapter of Daniel for it also points us to 1917 both on the lunar and on the solar count?

 

 

Prophecy usually has more than one application.  In Dan. 12: 11, “there shall be one thousand two hundred and ninety days” from the time that “the abomination that maketh desolate be set up”.  The third such abomination was (and is) the mosque of Omar on the Temple site.  Add 1290 to 627 A.D. and again obtain 1917 A.D.

 

 

But the date of the Hegira is 622 A.D. - the date from which the Moslems reckon their time.  Use the second figure given in the same verse - 1335 - on the lunar scale, and once again 1917 A.D. is indicated.

 

 

“Blessed is he that waiteth and cometh to the thousand three hundred and five and thirty days”.  How very much so to the understanding Jew.

 

 

It is interesting to understand that Turkey who switched from the lunar to the solar reckoning in 1917 A.D. minted their coins for that year with the Eastern and the Western dating on them - 1917 and 1335.  Thus 1335 lunar checks 1290 solar and both cheek the seven times of Leviticus.

 

 

The number forty seems to be remarkably interrelated to the seven times.  In Genesis 7, we read “the rain was upon the earth forty days and forty nights”.  It was a period of steadily increasing disaster, of evident oncoming destruction of the wicked, but of the salvation of Noah, a believer of God, “a preacher of righteousness”, and obedient to the Word.

 

 

Remembering that Jesus Christ in His Gospel likened the days of Noah to those at the Coming of the Son of Man should we not expect on the scale of a year for a day a like period immediately preceding His second Coming!

 

 

Lunar and Solar

 

 

It is striking that the seven times calculated on the lunar system and on the solar system leaves a difference of forty years at the end of the time.  The lunar count ended in 1917; the solar should end in 1957.  Is it not therefore unreasonable to suppose that as the world was inundated - even “all the high hills under the whole heaven”, so will the judgment by fire at this end after forty years of increasing iniquity.  The daily newspapers bear witness to this increase.

 

 

2 Pet. 3: 5-8 tells us plainly of the fiery judgment, and reminds us of the sin of being “willingly ignorant”. Many are willingly ignorant to-day because they will not read the Word - the “sure word of prophecy”, many because they will not really believe it - some because they do not seek to understand it by prayer.  See Dan. 1: 3.

 

 

There is an even greater corroboration of this view - the words of Jesus Christ speaking of the end-time signs.  “This generation shall not pass till all these things be fulfilled”.  Israel wandered forty years in the wilderness till the generation that had come out of Egypt perished.  In these last forty years the world has been straying more and more from the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus Christ.  If the generation is counted from 1917- the marked date - how close are we to the day of judgment of the quick and the dead - those alive in Christ and those dead in trespasses and sins.

 

 

We Do Not Know When

 

 

It is written, “Ye know neither the day nor the hour” when Christ shall appear.  It is also written, “Be ye circumspect and so much the more as ye see the day approaching” (Heb. 10: 25).  We must not fix dates for what even the Son of Man knew not, nor the angels which are in heaven, but the fulfilment of many prophecies concerning the Jew, the Gentile, and the Church of God indicate “the day that shall burn as an oven” is at hand - the day of “the glorious appearing of the great God our Saviour”. - The Advent Witness.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

58

 

THE OVERCOMER AND THE THRONE

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

OUR Lord’s letter to the Laodicean Angel is the most wonderful letter to a backslider ever written.  As Laodicea is the last    church named in Scripture, and closes the Lord’s sevenfold summary of the Churches, there is a good reason to believe that its characteristics are a photograph of the Church at the close of the Age.  But if we learn much about the end-time churches, we learn much more about Christ.  It points out the path, planned by Christ Himself, by which we can escape the tremendous perils of the closing age, and - much more wonderful - how the Laodicean Angel himself can escape.  It is a lovely revelation of our Lord’s character - His truthfulness, His tenderness, His patience; and how He opens to their worst backslider the most golden reward He names to all the Seven Churches.

 

 

Modernism

 

 

Our Lord sums up the situation in words of terrible gravity.  This Christian’s character - “Thou art wretched and miserable and poor and blind and naked”: this Christian’s peril - “I will spew thee out of my mouth”: our Lord’s motive - “As many as I love,* I reprove and chasten”: the condition of victory - “Be zealous therefore, and repent”. Put in modern terms, the Laodicean Church is much what we see around us.  A life of deep holiness abandoned as impossible: separation from the world is not desired: the awful truths of Scripture are ignored: constant fault-finding makes an atmosphere that is cold and hard: prayer is largely abandoned: missionary effort is dying: worldly friendships abound: eloquence and music are made to take the place of conversion and devotion.  It is exactly what we are watching. “Thou sayest, I am rich, and have need of nothing  And what is our Lord’s response? “Because thou art lukewarm, I will spew thee out of my mouth”. Spewing out of the mouth can hardly mean less than death: even as Paul says to Corinthian believers who degraded the Lord’s Supper to a common meal, - “for this cause many among you are weak and sickly, and not a few sleep” (1 Cor. 11: 30).  Three hundred years later the Council of Laodicea decided that the Apocalypse is uninspired; and successive earthquake shocks wiped the city off the face of the earth.

 

* “I love” is [see Greek …], I love dearly; not merely …

 

 

Diagnosis

 

 

But now observe - our Lord’s sharp and piercing words are not the discoveries of a detective, but the diagnosis of a physician; though, if unheeded, they would prove to be the cross-examination of a judge.  Even to the Laodicean, far gone in corruption, and filled with the cold, hard atmosphere of the world, Christ offers stupendous spiritual gifts.  First, gold - not saving faith, for that the Angel had, for the Lord maintains the Angel’s ministry - but “gold refined by fire” - the faith which risks all for God; then, white garments - holy activities; lastly, eyesalve - a vision of the highest, and a heart that follows the vision.  And our Lord makes all this possible for any believer.  “If any man hear my voice and open the door, I will come in”.  In the corruptest church, in the coldest atmosphere, in the darkest declension, it is possible for anyone to obtain the highest faith, the whitest life, the most godlike vision.

 

 

The Overcomer

 

 

Now we arrive at the prize which awaits every believer who heeds his Lord’s instructions, and lives them.  “He that overcometh, I will give to him to sit down with me in my throne”.  As all depends on the meaning of the words - “He that overcometh”, it may help those who are unaware of this truth, or have hitherto doubted it, to hear some competent scholars on ‘overcoming’.* Lange:- “The exhortation at the close of all the seven epistles to overcome denotes the victory of a steadfast life of faith over temptations and trials, and over all adverse things in general”.  Professor H. B. Swete:- “The Only Begotten Son imparts to His brethren, in so far as their sonship has been confirmed by victory, His own power over the nations”.  Dr. Horatius Bonar:- “He speaks to the overcomers.  Though the gifts are not wages, yet they depend on our winning a battle.  They are something beyond mere salvation”.  Professor Moses Stuart:- “This enthronement will be granted to all who prove to be victors in the contest with the world, the flesh and the devil”.  Steir:- “Assuredly it is the Millennial Kingdom to which, in a certain sense, all these promises point: that power over the nations is here held out to those who overcome as a reward is very plain”.

 

* We do well to remember that the consciousness of what is at stake - conditional enthronement - provides an incentive of extraordinary power, while the ordinary teaching - that the worst backslider will share the Throne of Christ - robs every believer of this tremendous urge.

 

 

Our Peril

 

 

So then we see the peril.  To the Church of Thyatira the Lord Jesus utters the same conditional promise:- “He that overcometh, and he that keepeth my works unto the end, to him will I give authority over the nations; and he shall rule them with a rod of iron, as the vessels of the potter are broken to shivers” (Rev. 2: 26).  Again scholars have seen the truth with perfect clearness.  “The iron sceptre”, says Dr. E. C. Craven, “is not promised to the Church Militant, as an organization, but to individuals; and not to individuals in the present state of conflict, but to those who, at ‘the end’, should appear as conquerors”.  In the words of Hengstenberg:- “So long as a man still lives on the earth, however far he may have attained, he cannot say, - ‘I have overcome’  For the overcomer is the disciple who “keeps my works UNTO THE END”.  Even Paul could know it only in his sunset:- “I have kept the faith: henceforth there is laid up for me THE CROWN” (2 Tim. 4: 7).  “He who conquers”, as Dr. Swete says, “is he who keeps: ‘works’ are in these addresses to the Churches constantly used as the test of character”.  Five crowns - the indispensable signal of a kingdom - are named in the New Testament, and every one of these is conditional on service rendered.  “What did Paul run for? Salvation?  Ten thousand times, No!  He got that at the Cross.  Paul ran for a crown.  There will be a great many Christians who will get into heaven crownless” (D. L. Moody).

 

 

The Appeal

 

 

So we see the wonder of the appeal.  The rewards offered to all the Churches close in Laodicea on their highest peak: the severest rebuke of all is counterpoised by the most golden promise of all.  In the words of Archbishop Trench: “He whom Christ threatened just now to reject with loathing out of His mouth, is offered a place with Him on His throne: the last and the crowning promise is also the highest and most glorious of all. The highest place is within reach of the lowest: the faintest spark of grace may be fanned into the mightiest flame of divine love  Even for the Laodicean, so “wretched and miserable and poor and blind and naked” - our Lord’s own summary of his character - as to be in momentary danger of being spewed out of the mouth of Christ, it is possible so to revolutionize his Christian life as to be seated at last on the Throne with Christ.  Here is the marvellous possibility for every child of God.  Throughout the Seven Letters it is - “he that overcometh” - not an overcoming church, nor even an overcoming group of believers, but a solitary saint shining like a star above a corrupt Church and a midnight world, soon to have the unimaginable honour of sharing the Throne of the Son of God over the whole world.

 

 

The Throne

 

 

Our Lord confirms the Kingdom as a reward by an argument irrefutable.  “I will give to him to sit down with me in my throne, as I also overcame, and sat down with my Father in his throne”.  Our Lord won the Millennial Kingdom: He did not inherit it.  The Angel said at His birth - “The Lord God shall give unto him” - for He did not possess it - “the throne of his father David” - that is, the Millennial Throne, the throne of the thousand years, the throne of the Kingdom - “and he shall reign over the house of Jacob” (Luke 1: 32).  So far from inheriting that throne, Jehovah said,- “Ask of me, and I will give thee the nations for thine inheritance, and the uttermost parts of the earth for thy possession” (Ps. 2: 8).* So also the prize of the Kingdom was one of the incentives that inspired our Lord’s overcoming:- “Who for the joy set before him endured the cross, despising shame, and hath sat down at the right hand of the throne of God” (Heb. 12: 2).** The Laodicean, the backslider, who will wake himself from his slumber, who will drop the earthly gold for the heavenly, who will rouse himself to holy and happy and unwavering service - even the Laodicean can attain the incomparable dignity, the incredible wonder, of the coming Glory - actually sharing the Throne of Christ.

 

* As the Eternal Glory of Christ, the glory He had with the Father before the world was, He inherits as the Son of God, while His Millennial Glory rests on His perfect obedience as man, so our eternal glory rests solely on our being sons of Gad, while our Millennial glory can be achieved only by our obedience as servants.

 

** Our Lord’s overcoming, being perfect, achieves a reward that is unique; no one, man or angel, shares with Him the Throne of God.

 

 

The Knocking Christ

 

 

So at this moment the words are true:- “I stand at the door, and knock”.  He stands at our door knocking, in deep concern, in unbroken love, in wonderful patience.  Who knocks?  The Son of God, the Prince of Peace, the Lord of Glory, the Almighty to save, the All-sufficient to satisfy: on every backslider’s threshold there stands One who can turn him into a magnificent Christian; and, more wonderful still, on the door of the worst unregenerate criminal.  In the bitter persecution of the Christians during the reign of Marcus Aurelius the Emperor himself decreed the punishment of forty of the men who had refused to bow down to his image.  “Strip to the skin!” he commanded.  They did so. “Now, go and stand on that frozen lake,” he commanded, “until you are prepared to abandon your Nazarene-God  And forty naked men marched out into that howling storm on a winter night.  As they took their places on the ice they lifted up their voices and sang:- “Christ, forty wrestlers have come out to wrestle for Thee, to win for Thee the victory; to win from Thee the crown

 

 

After a while those standing by and watching noticed a disturbance among the men.  One man had edged away, broken into a run, entered the temple and prostrated himself before the image of the Emperor.  The Captain of the Guard, who had witnessed the bravery of the men and whose heart had been touched by their teaching, tore off his helmet, threw down his spear, and disrobing himself, took up the cry as he took the place of the man who had weakened.  As the dawn broke there were forty corpses on the ice.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

59

 

EYES OF FIRE

 

 

By KEITH L. BROOKS

 

 

 

THE Scriptures clearly teach that in this life we have the power to fix our status in that which is to follow.  The use we make of present opportunities will have much to do with the development of future capacity for happiness and eternal service.  Failure to grasp this teaching concerning the believer’s reward for service means terrific loss to the Christian.  The average Christian thinks only of the gift of eternal life through grace as his future reward, whereas Scripture clearly teaches that he may, and is expected by God to, attain much more than his salvation.

 

 

Harry H. MacArthur states:- “The appreciation of Heaven will be according to the depth of our experience on earth.  We cannot live here according to our own wills, neglecting divinely-sent opportunities, and then suppose we will be permitted to enjoy the highest possible bliss yonder.  As there is a difference between the glory of the sun, the moon and the stars, there will be differences in the resurrected saints.  ‘One star differeth from another star in glory’.  There will be great diversity, not only in their bodies, but in their attainments and their capacities to enjoy the resurrected state

 

 

RECOMPENSED

 

 

Have you stopped to think that while [eternal] salvation itself is free (John 4: 10; Rev. 22: 17; Rom. 6: 23; Eph. 2: 8, 9), rewards are offered to Christians for all service rendered in Christ’s name?  Even the giving of a cup of cold water for His sake will be recompensed in Heaven (Matt. 10: 42).

 

 

The scriptures are plain:- “My reward is with me, to give every man according as his work shall be” (Rev. 22: 12).  “Thou shalt be recompensed at the resurrection of the just” (Luke 14: 14).  “The Son of man shall come in the glory of his Father with his angels; and then he shall reward every man according to his works” (Matt. 16: 27).  “After a long time the lord of those servants cometh, and reckoneth with them” (Matt. 25: 19).  “Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous judge, shall give me at that day: and not to me only, but unto all them also that love his appearing” (2 Tim. 4: 8).  So, while salvation [by grace] is a present possession (John 5: 24), rewards are a future attainment, not to be received until the coming again of our Lord.

 

 

Again, salvation is by grace (unmerited favour) through faith, but for rewards we must labour.  “Every man shall receive his own reward according to his own labour” (1 Cor. 3: 8).* These rewards to be earned are held before true Christians to attract them away from the lures of the world and to sustain and encourage them in devoting their energies to things spiritual and eternal.

 

[* Keep in mind: Some will be rewarded for their evil deeds, while others will be rewarded for their good deeds!]

 

 

CROWNED

 

 

God promises to those who have the gift of eternal life: a crown for enduring temptation (Jas. 1: 12); a crown for living a temperate life (1 Cor. 9: 25); a crown for winning souls (1 Thess. 2: 19); a crown for loving His appearing (2 Tim. 4: 8).  The crown refers to the laurel wreath of honour which was given to the winners in athletic contests.  It signifies reward for real accomplishment.

 

 

Paul deals in detail with the subject of rewards in 1 Corinthians 3: 11-15.  There assurance is given of the fireproof foundation - Jesus Christ, the Rock of our salvation.  “Other foundation can no man lay than that is laid, which is Jesus Christ” (1 Cor. 3: 11).  On this Foundation alone can one build enduring works.

 

 

REVEALED

 

 

But, unfortunately, some try to use perishable materials in building upon this Foundation.  “Gold, silver, precious stones stand the test of fire, and, in fact, may be even beautified by fire.  But “wood, hay, stubble are inflammable and will not last.  They indicate works, which are merely the product of human wisdom and energy, and not the result of the Holy Spirit’s work in and through the believer.  “Every man’s work shall be made manifest” (v. 13) when Christ comes for His own.  The true character of what he has built will be proven.  “It shall be revealed by fire; and the fire shall try every man’s work of what sort (quality, not quantity) it is

 

 

This is not a reference to hell-fire or a fictitious purgatory, as some claim.  As the materials are figurative, so is the fire.  We are told that when we see Him at His coming, His eyes will be “as a flame of fire” (Rev. 1: 14).  The reference is to the piercing scrutiny of His look which will make every man conscious of all his failures.  “The Lord’s throne is in heaven: his eyes behold, his eyelids try, the children of men.  The Lord trieth the righteous” (Psa. 11: 1-5).

 

 

“If any man’s work abide which he hath built thereupon (that is, on Christ), he shall receive a reward.  If any man’s work shall be burned, he shall suffer loss: but he himself shall be saved (because he is on the Foundation)” (1 Cor. 3: 14-15).

 

 

LOSS

 

 

Suffer loss!  Dear Christian friend, have you considered what it will mean to stand “ashamed before Him at His coming”: (1 John 2: 28).  We may be saved by His merit, but saved as was Lot out of Sodom - empty handed!  As job stated, their case: “I am escaped with the skin of my teeth” (Job. 19: 20).

 

 

NEGLECT

 

 

What will it mean to stand before Him who gave His all that you might have eternal bliss - and in the presence of all redeemed - to realize that because of opportunity neglected, your condition in Heaven is to be forever affected, and your place a lesser one than you expected?

 

 

What a moment if you then discover that out of the precious materials you have been sending on ahead to glory, a wonderful mansion has been prepared!  What a blessing if you have treasure laid up in Heaven- gold, silver, precious stones - works that were the fruit of the Holy Spirit, in accordance with the will of God!

 

 

“We must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every one may receive the things done in his body, according to that he hath done, whether it be good or bad” (2 Cor. 5: 10).

 

 

“They that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars forever and ever” (Dan. 12: 3).

 

 

On what foundation are you building?  What materials are you sending to Heaven in Advance of your arrival?

 

                                                                                                                    - The King’s Business.

 

 

*        *       *       *       *       *       *

 

60

 

Warning Passages in Hebrews

Neglecting the so great Salvation

 

 

By Buddy Herrell

 

Pastor of Ambassador Bible Church, Conway Dr.

 

 

 

One of the major themes throughout The Scriptures is the coming of our Lord and His Messianic Kingdom (Is. 9: 6, 7, 11; 16: 5; Jer. 23: 5, 6; Ezek. 37: 15-28; Dan. 2: 44; 7: 9-27; Zech. 14: 9).

 

 

In view of the coming kingdom, the author of Hebrews exhorts his readers to remain faithful to their Lord so that they do not forfeit their inheritance.  This inheritance includes sharing in the first resurrection, being joint-heirs with Christ, serving as priests to God and being citizens of the New Jerusalem.

 

 

Because of the potential for his readers to miss out on their inheritance in the coming kingdom, the author includes five warning passages in his letter.  These passages are written to remind the believers of the rewards for faithfulness and the severe consequences for turning away from Christ.  In this five-part series, we will be examining each of these warning passages (Heb. 2: 1-4; 3: 7-13; 6: 4-12; 10: 26-39; 12: 25-29).  As we shall see, these warnings are just as pertinent for all Christians.

 

 

Hebrews 2: 1-4 is the first of the five warning passages and reads:

 

 

“We must pay mire careful attention to what we have heard, so that we do not drift away.  For if the message spoken by angels was binding and every violation and disobedience received its just punishment, how shall we escape if we ignore such a great salvation?  This salvation, which was first announced by the Lord, was confirmed to us by those who heard him.  God also testified to it by signs, wonders and various miracles, and gifts of the Holy Spirit distributed according to his will (N. I. V.)

 

 

Hebrews 2: 1

 

 

The author of Hebrews includes himself in this warning by using the personal pronoun “we” three times in the first verse.  Since the author is a [regenerate] Christian, this warning is clearly addressed to [all regenerate] Christians, as are the other warning passages.

 

 

The use of the word “therefore” links this warning passage with the preceding chapter.  When we understand the content of Chapter 1, we will understand exactly what this “great salvation” is, which they have the potential of missing.

 

 

Throughout Chapter 1 of Hebrews, the author discusses the superiority of Jesus Christ, God’s appointed Son and heir of all things (1: 2, 4, 5).  While Christ has always been deity, co-equal with the father and the Holy Spirit, it was in his humanity as the descendant of David that Jesus provided purification for sins.  It was also as the descendant of David that he received the title of “Son” in fulfilment of the Davidic Covenant.  In this covenant, God promised King David that he would have a descendant whose kingdom God would establish forever, and that God would be His Father.  This descendant would be God’s son (and heir).

 

 

1 Chronicles 17: 11-14

 

 

“When your days are over and you go to be with your fathers, I will raise up your offspring to succeed you, one of your own sons, and I will establish his Kingdom.  He is the one who will build a house for me, and I will establish his throne forever.  I will be his father, and he will be my son.  I will never take my love away from him, as I took it away from your predecessor.  I will set him over my house and my kingdom forever; his throne will be established forever (N.I. V.)

 

 

The fact that Jesus the Messiah is the Davidic King and heir is stated throughout Chapter 1 by the author as he quotes from six Messianic Psalms (2: 7; 104: 4; 45: 6, 7; 102: 25-27; 110: 1; 8: 4-6) and the Davidic Covenant (2 Sam. 7: 14; 1 Chron. 17: 13).  These quotations from the Psalms state that Jesus is the Son of David and God’s chosen heir.  He is going to defeat His enemies when He returns to set up His Kingdom and rule over the earth.  The initial fulfilment of the Davidic Covenant occurred with our Lord’s resurrection at which time He received from God the Father the full rights of sonship (Matthew 28: 18; Acts 12: 32-34; Romans 1: 1-4) and was seated on the Davidic throne at the right hand of God (Acts 2: 29-36; Philippians 2: 29-11; Hebrews 12: 2; Revelation 2: 26, 27; 3: 21).  In Jewish thinking, the King of Israel was God’s vice-regent on the earth. Therefore, to be seated at the right hand of God was synonymous with being seated on the Davidic Throne. This becomes evident when examining two passages concerning the coronation of King Solomon.

 

 

1 Kings 2: 12

 

 

“So Solomon sat on the throne of his father David and his rule was firmly established.” (N.I.V.)

 

 

2 Chronicles 29: 23

 

 

“So Solomon sat on the throne of the Lord as king in place of his father David.  He prospered and all Israel obeyed him (N.I.V.)

 

 

These Messianic Psalms guarantee final fulfilment when the Lord returns and sets up His Kingdom on the earth.  Everyone who remains faithful to the Lord will be joint-heirs with Christ in the Kingdom of God.  The author of Hebrews does not want his readers to be excluded from the Messianic Kingdom.  Becoming companions with Christ and ruling with Him in the Kingdom of God is the “great salvation” in verse 3, which they cannot afford to ignore.

 

 

The author now reminds his readers that the “message spoken by angels was binding  This message refers to the Mosaic Law (Acts 7: 53; Gal. 3: 19), which is also called the Sinaitic Covenant.  This covenant was between the children of Israel and God as their King (1 Sam. 8: 4-7; 12: 12).  This covenant provided blessings for faithfulness and curses for unfaithfulness to God (Deut. 28).  Individuals who rebelled against the Lord received punishment by being cut off from the blessings through capital punishment (Lev. 20).

 

 

Hebrews 2: 3.  In view of the fact that there was punishment for those who violated the Law, which was put in effect through angles, the author poses the question: “How shall we escape (punishment) if we ignore such a great salvation  The answer is obvious: “We shall certainly not escape punishment if this great salvation is ignored As previously stated, this salvation is the eschatological salvation of the coming Messianic Kingdom with its blessings when the Lord Jesus returns to earth at His second advent. (cp. vs. 5, see also Isa. 11: - 12: 3 and 25: 6-9).

 

 

Hebrews 9: 27-28

 

 

“Just as man is destined to die once, and after that to face judgment, so Christ was sacrificed once to take away the suns of many people: and he will appear a second time, not to bear sin, but to bring salvation to those who are waiting for him (N. I. V.)

 

 

This salvation was first announced by the Lord (Luke 4: 16-21).

 

 

He proclaimed that the Kingdom of God was at hand since Jesus, the son of David, was present.  Even though He was rejected by the nation of Israel as their King, He was made King by God the Father.  His resurrection and coronation confirm this fact.

 

 

The apostles also testify to the fact that Jesus the Messiah is the King and heir of all things, and He is going to return to bring the Kingdom salvation to those who remain faithful, but wrath to all who reject Him. (Acts 2: 22-36; 3: 17-23; Rom. 2: 6-11; 2Thess. 1: 3-10; Jas. 2: 5; 1 Pet. 1: 3-9).

 

 

Hebrews 2: 4

 

 

Further confirmation of the coming Kingdom is the outpouring of God the Holy Spirit after our Lord’s enthronement by God the Father.  The outpouring of the Holy Spirit included “signs, wonders and various miracles” by the apostles (Acts 2: 43), “and gifts of the Holy Spirit” (1 Cor. 12: 4-7, 11; 1 Pet. 4: 10-11).  The giving of the Holy Spirit is a spiritual blessing of the Kingdom of God under the New Covenant (Rom. 14: 17; 2 Cor. 3: 1-6) and is the down payment guaranteeing that the rest of the kingdom blessings will come when the Lord returns (2 Cor. 1: 22; Eph. 1: 11-14; Thess. 1; 3-7).  Today we live during the mystery or inaugural phase of the Kingdom.  This began with our Lord’s first advent and will reach its completion at the end of this age with the harvest of the righteous and the wicked (Matt. 13: 24-30, 36-43).  In this inaugural phase of the Kingdom, our King is seated in Heaven and the righteous serve Him on earth as His ambassadors (2 Cor. 5: 20; Col. 1: 12-14).  When our Lord returns at the end of this age, He will set up the Kingdom of Heaven on the earth.  He will then rule on the earth with the righteous for one thousand years (Rev. 20: 4-6).

 

 

We need to heed this warning so that we are not excluded form the Kingdom of God.  We need to live our life by faith which means loving God and walking in His ways so that we may be counted with the righteous.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

61

 

HADES: SOME OBJECTIONS

 

By  J. C. HULL (Belfast)

 

 

Doubtless many will take exception to some of the views offered in the foregoing pages; and, while we regret this, yet we must make it clear that we write not of what we have been taught by our fellowmen, but from a close personal study of God’s Word.  We are convinced that we have set forth nothing other than the Scriptural doctrine of Hades and allied themes, brief, concise, and to the point; this we are prepared to offer to God, to His glory, knowing that there is no duplicity in our heart.

 

 

Probably the chief objection will be that the saints do not go to Hades at daeth, but direct to heaven and we shall be asked; “Have you never read 2 Corinthians 5: 8 where Paul says that ‘to be absent from the body and to be present with the Lord’ or Philippians 1: 23 - ‘having a desire to depart and be with Christ which is far better’”?  To this we answer that we are aware of the many Scriptures used to support the view that the departed saints are now in heaven, but - we cannot accept these as they are texts in isolation and as such they may support that particular view, thy do not harmonise with the rest of the Scriptures on this teaching, and in fact even contradict it, this we hope to show in this section.  Let us now look at these ‘mainstays’ of this view and examine them a little closer and see if they say what they are supposed to say.

 

 

If we were to read 2 Corinthians 5: 8 in the Revised Version (1901) or a good literal translation, we will note that there is a singularly different rendering, but never-the-less an important one.  There it reads: “absent from the body and to be at home with the Lord To be present with the Lord DEMANDS that the person should always be before the Lord’s presence.  To be at home demands only that the person be required to dwell in the abode supplied by the Lord - let it be where it will.  Take an example from daily life: one can be living at home with one’s father yet the father be seldom there because he is a travelling man.  On the other hand, to be present with one’s father demands that he should be accompanied on his travels.

 

 

Paul’s yearning to be at home with the Lord requires nothing more than what was the desire of the Old Testament saints when they spoke in a similar strain.  Job speaks thus: “I know that Thou wilt bring me to death, and to the house (BAYITH - HOME) appointed for ALL living” (Job. 30: 23).  The word “BAYITH” is rendered some 25 times in the Old Testament as “home  The word used in the New Testament is “ENDEMEO” and the translators render it as “home” in verse 6: “whilst we are at HOME in the body, we are absent from the Lord As we have seen in our study, the saints of the old economy looked* forward to going to this “abode” of the Lord at death - it was our equivalent to going home to be with the Lord, although nowadays WE have changed its sense to “going to heaven  To the saint that is that little bit older in the Lord than others, we ask, “Does it not seem a pleasant prospect at times to be finished with this sinful world and to depart to be at home with the Lord  Before we leave this, let it be recalled that in the 23rd. Psalm, it speaks of the Old Testament saint going “through the valley of the shadow of death … FOR THOU ART WITH ME  Now the destination of the saint in this passage will not be doubted - it was Sheol, yet he was assured of the presence of the Lord.  In Psalm 116: 15 we read, “Precious in the sight of the Lord is the death of His saints  Is the saint’s death any more precious today than it was 3000 years ago when this was written?  Christ the Lord confirmed in every instance the customs of death as laid down by the Father, who are we that we should set these aside and MAKE OUR OWN WAY THROUGH DEATH’S DARK VALE?

 

Ephesians 4: 8:

 

“Wherefore he saith, When he ascended up on high, he led captivity captive,

and gave gifts unto men

 

 

It is held that this verse teaches that when Christ ascended to the Father, He led captivity captive - meaning the captive saints of Sheol were loosed from their bondage, and ever since have (and do) dwell in heaven with the Lord.  There is no doubt that in isolation this text can be made to say this; but if it is to read harmoniously with the rest of the scriptures then it cannot mean what has been stated above.  The expression “led captivity captive” is used twice in the Old Testament.  The first occurs in Judges 5: 12, and is the cry of Deborah to Barak who had returned victorious from a battle with Sisera.  She was instructing him as the victorious commander to lead forth in a victory parade in which he would go in front of his chained ENEMY CAPTIVES.  Deborah certainly did not mean that he was to gather his own soldiers who may have been prisoners of Sisera and whom had been released at victory.

 

 

The second mention is found in Psalm 68: 18, and it has the same thought.  The Psalm records a military operation - when God arises His enemies are dispersed and those that hate Him flee.  Then after a mighty victory, we read in verse 18, which Norlie translates as, “You have emerged victorious carrying off captives and receiving tribute from men, EVEN FROM REBELS  The same translator renders Ephesians 4: 8 as, “When he went on high, He took many captives with Him, and He gave gifts to men

 

 

We ask a simple straightforward question at this point: did Paul when he quoted this verse from Psalm 68, mean to reverse the interpretation from the original?  This reversal of the meaning seems  to us more like the work of man - especially in the light of Colossians 2: 15 where Paul distinctly tells us that Christ, having spoiled (gained the victory) over principalities and powers, He Made a show of them openly (a public spectacle) in which He triumphed over them in it.  These then are the captives which the Lord led forth in triumph, and this harmonises with the tenor of Scripture rather than clashing even to the point of contradiction.

 

 

Further, if the general interpretation of Ephesians 4: 8 is correct, can it be explained why, when these captive saints were led out of Sheol and into heaven, was king David left behind?  Peter, speaking under inspiration of the Holy Spirit, in Acts 2: 29, 34, concerning David says, “Men [and] brethren, let me freely speak unto you of the patriarch David, that he is both dead and buried, and his sepulchre is with us unto this day. … For David is not ascended into heaven  The time factor is very important here, for Peter speaks on the Day of Pentecost which was ten days AFTER the Lord ascended into heaven.  We are told by those who see in Ephesians 4: 8 the saints being led aloft, that Sheol - or at least that part of Abraham’s bosom and Paradise - is now empty; but how can this be if even one saint were left behind and most certainly David is still there?  We have shown by quoting the early church writers that none of them believed that saints to be anywhere other than that place called Abraham’s bosom.

 

 

Then, it is objected, Paul in Philippians 1: 23 had a desire to depart and be with Christ which is far better - does not this carry the import that the saint goes to heaven at death?  To isolate this verse on its own, it could be made to say so; but we do not believe that it does - this is reading into it what one WANTS to see there.  We have shown that it is GAIN for the saint to die, and he who is living in the fullness of the Lord actually looks forward to “being with Christ” but whether he wants to believe it or not, he will go to that “home” spoken of by Job (30: 23) and Paul (2 Corinthians 5: 8).  These saints are not tucked away in a corner and forgotten about until the resurrection - no, far from it for they are alive unto God (Luke 20: 38) and can commune with the Lord (Revelation 6: 9-11. [see also Psalm 139: 8b, R.V.]).  They - being unhindered by the body of sin and being in nature, spirit - can appreciate the presence of the Lord to a degree far beyond that which we can comprehend.  This is the thought behind the words of Philippians 1: 6, where the good work of Christ CONTINUES in the [obedient] believer until the [millennial] day of Christ, which will be the day of his perfection.  Let us acknowledge that even in this body of sin, we can still appreciate to some degree the presence of the Lord - for has He not promised this to His [obedient and repentant]* people (Matthew 18: 20)?

 

[*See Acts 5: 32 and compare Col. 3: 23-25, with Eph. 5: 5, 6, R.V.]).

 

 

If we had read further in Ephesians 4 and had gone to verse 10, we would have had the answer concerning the presence of the Lord.  There we read, “He that descended is the same that ascended far above all heavens THAT HE MIGHT FILL ALL THINGS  That is, that He might fill the universe with His presence, and, must not this be so for the fulfilment of Matthew 18: 20?  The Psalmist had this thought in mind when he wrote, “Whither shall I go from thy spirit? or whither shall I flee from thy presence?  If I ascend into heaven, thou [art] there: if I make my bed in hell [sheol], behold, thou [art there]  No matter where the saint goes in life or death, he is assured of the presence of the Lord.

 

 

Let us not forget the circumstances in which Paul wrote the words of Philippians 1: 23.  He was languishing in prison, chained night and day to a Roman soldier, and the treatment of prisoners in those days left a lot to be desired.  Remember also that he was now an old man with a hard physical life behind him (2 Corinthians 11: 23-29).  Under such circumstances can we be surprised that he yearned to be with Christ which is far better?  But, If we say “heaven” then we are reading into the Scriptures something that we ASSUME to be there, and this can be a dangerous course in the study of the Word of God.  We say then that there is insufficient evidence in these words of Paul to substantiate a premise that his departure would mean his going to heaven.  Our answer is that there is nothing in these Scriptures that are not satisfied in our remarks of Philippians 1: 23; but, however, we are of the opinion that these scriptures refer to a yet future event when the resurrected saint [“out from the dead” = “the resurrection out of dead ones” (Phil. 3: 11, lit. Greek.)] shall be caught up to be with the Lord (1 Thessalonians 4: 17).

 

 

What is probably the final and most important objection is found in Paul’s words of 2 Corinthians 12: 1-14.  He speaks of an experience which doubtless he had himself, although, whether it was himself or someone else is immaterial.  The fact of the matter was that he was caught away to the “third heaven” (verse 2) and caught away to Paradise.  This is generally believed because this is one vision and that the “third heaven” is Paradise.  This is generally believed because of three points.  First, one wants to believe it because it is attractive and helps bear out some other “general beliefs  Second, because of an inaccurate reading of the scripture.  And third, because of the little unauthorised word “up” being inserted in the English text.

 

 

If we read the text aright, we see that Paul speaks of visions and revelations (plural), so we must expect him to speak of more than one experience, and when we continue to read we see that he does.  It says in our version that he was “caught up” to the third heaven - it does not say so in the Greek.  The word rendered “Caught up” is HARPAZO and literally means to “catch away” BUT DOES NOT CONVEY THE SENSE OF DIRECTION.  This can only be gained by adding the appropriate word and thus indicating direction.  The translators in this case have added “up” and, no doubt, rightly.  There are far too many references in scripture as to the direction of heaven to cause doubt on this point.

 

 

When we come to the second experience, we see that they assume it was the same one he had already spoken of, and again they add the word “up  This however, is quite wrong, for nowhere in scripture do we get the impression that “paradise” is up in heaven.  (The word is mentioned three times in the New Testament: Luke 23: 43; Revelation 2: 7; and in our text).

 

 

There can be no doubt at all as to the meaning of “paradise” in Luke 23: 43, or its location - for the thief received the promise that he would be there that same day with the Lord Jesus.  If we read in the scripture that three days later the Lord had not yet ascended into heaven, and also that when He died He descended into the lower parts of the earth, we must conclude with the Jewish belief that paradise was part of Sheol, which, by the way, the Lord condoned in Luke 16.  (Compare Luke 23: 43; John 20: 17; Matthew 12: 40; Romans 12: 7; Ephesians 4: 9).

 

 

The mention of paradise in Revelation 2: 7 on its own is incomplete, for then it is only part of a term which in its fulness is “the paradise of God”; and this we believe to be part of the future (Revelation 22: 2).  Whereas the “paradise” of Luke and 2 Corinthians has to do with the believer in the spirit or unclothed state (2 Corinthians 5: 1-4) BEFORE resurrection.  The “paradise of God” will be enjoyed by the believer in his clothed state i.e. in the spiritual [having an immortal] body [of “flesh and bones” (Luke 24: 39ff)] AFTER the resurrection (1 Corinthians 15: 51-54).

 

 

These, we would hazard, are the chief objections that could be raised to what has been written and they are not really objections, except of course if they are read with a view to supporting a theory.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

62

 

 

THE COMING OF THE LORD

AND LADY POWERSCOURT

 

 

By G. H. LANG

 

 

 

At the same time that the meeting in Dublin began which proved the commencement of the Brethren there developed a keen interest in unfulfilled prophecy. But it is important to observe that this was at first unconnected with the Dublin gatherings.

 

 

Mr. Neatby’s facts are interesting and pertinent, but seem to bear against his inferences from them.  He tells us (38, 39) that meetings to study prophetic scriptures “were established in 1827 at Aldbury Park, Surrey, the seat of the well-known Henry Drummond.  At these meetings Edward Irving took part, and to Aldbury Irvingism traces its rise”.  This first fact entirely dissociates the inception of such studies from Aungier Street, Dublin, and its church principles.  Lady Powerscourt (known in the family to this day as “the good Lady Powerscourt” as I was told by the late Dowager Viscountess Powerscourt) attended those meetings at Aldbury, and called such at her house near Bray, County Wicklow, Ireland.  Until 1833 the rector of the parish presided, which shows it was not a “Brethren” gathering.  Thus five years after Groves’ suggestions as to liberty of ministry had given form to the meetings of Brethren, there was a chairman at the prophetic gatherings at Powerscourt House, who “called on each to speak in turn on a given subject”, and Irvingites were present.  It is clear that the distinctive principles of Brethren did not rule at those gatherings.  Nor have I seen evidence that Groves ever attended them.

 

 

I understand that the principles which gave form to Brethren meetings were: 1. That all children of God should be welcomed to christian fellowship, without reference to differences of opinion, expressly including, as we have seen, differences upon prophetic subjects; 2. that the Lord’s Supper could be enjoyed without the presence of an ordained minister; 3. that human ordination is no requirement of Scripture for the ministry of the gospel; 4. that the worship and ministry of the house of God should be led directly by the Spirit of God; 5. that christian service is the individual responsibility of the Lord’s servant, subject, when in the church, to the general approval of the assembly.  The outer form of Brethrenism was influenced later in two different directions: 1. by opposite views upon the recognition of elders or the refusal of it, and 2. by the regarding each assembly as a distinct church unit or by considering all assemblies as one body corporate.  But at the very first the two former conceptions were held, not the two latter.

 

 

Now it is surely evident that no one of these formative principles and practices is in the least affected by views upon unfulfilled prophecy.  They were discovered and put into practice without any reference to the latter subject, and, as to the first and most distinctive of them all, in definite disregard of what views a Christian might hold upon such topics, or whether he had any views at all upon them.  It is also the fact that even after acute differences as to prophecy had developed all parties continued for a time to practise the same principles of fellowship and worship.  Darby and many held that the church of God would escape the days of the end; Newton, Tregelles, George Muller, and others believed the church will go through that period; R. C. Chapman, Groves, and Lady Powerscourt thought that not all believers will share in the first resurrection and the millennial kingdom; yet all parties long walked by the same church principles.

 

 

Therefore, with the most earnest desire to arrive at the actual facts, I am entirely at a loss to know how Mr. Neatby’s concluding words can be justified, that “Brethrenism is the child of the study of unfulfilled prophecy, and of the expectation of the immediate return of the Saviour ... it is clear now that Brethrenism took shape in part under the influence of a delusion, and that that delusion left its traces, more or less deeply, on most of the distinctive features of the system” (History, 339, ed. 2).

 

 

I beg to offer myself as witness that prophetic opinions and church principles have no necessary connection.  Reared a Darbyite I held his views on prophecy.  Through a long and steady process my views on such matters have been very greatly changed, but I hold more firmly than ever the original principles of the first Brethren as to church order, worship, and service.  Others could give similar testimony.  This point is well worth establishing.  At the very first the combined power of Scripture principle as to fellowship, divine love, and sound judgment assured healthy toleration of differences upon prophetic interpretation, and during that early period marked progress was made in the understanding of the future as revealed in the Word of God.  But once complete systems of interpretation had been formulated advance in knowledge ceased, and for eighty years no progress has been made by Brethren.  Whoever has studied B. W. Newton’s Thoughts on the Apocalypse, on the one side, and William Kelly’s Revelation, on the other side, will learn but little from later books on either side, as far as I know.

 

 

And when, after a time, crystallizing of head opinion was followed by a waning of heart affection, the hope which was at first a power for unity and holiness became a subject of strife and unholiness, and intolerance crushed love and paralyzed progress.

 

 

What is needed is a Spirit-infused revival of the eagerness to learn and the liberty to speak of those first days, instead of the tacit assumptions that all is known, that this or that scheme is perfect and must not be revised, that our particular views are of the essence of the faith, that the inexhaustible Word of truth has been, on these subjects, exhausted.*

 

* My paper “The Rights of the Holy Spirit in the House of God” is a call for this earlier liberty of ministry.  A copy will be sent on application.

 

 

It seems somewhat harsh to describe the expectation of the immediate return of the Saviour “as a delusion”, yet obviously that expectation was mistaken.  The students of prophecy of a century ago were pioneering.  Now pioneers may gain a good general idea of new country, but their work will need correcting and enlarging by later more accurate and detail surveys.  What would be thought of the pioneer, or his friends, who strenuously resisted revision of his drawings or descriptions, and wished to drive out of the geographical societies those who advocated or attempted it?

 

 

When Dr. Daly, the rector who presided at the early meetings at Lady Powerscourt’s, issued in 1838 her Letters and Papers he wrote in his Preface:

 

 

“I should certainly not do what some persons, whom I esteem, have done - publish the sentiments of another, though at the same time considering them erroneous on the fundamental principles of the Gospel; but I would publish the sentiments of another on the future prospects of the Church, though in those sentiments I thought the writer was mistaken; because I consider the first subject to be vital, and that error on it is essentially dangerous; while I do not think so of the other subject.  I consider the whole Church of Christ to be much in the dark with regard to prophecy, and more or less in error concerning it; and that the best way to correct the error, and attain more light, is to encourage free discussion upon it.  In order to reach the end, it is essential not to mistake as to the way.  It is not equally essential to form correct anticipations as to what shall be found at the end.  Those who are on the way shall reach the end, and then all their mistakes concerning it shall be corrected.”

 

 

Only pride will say that these remarks are now no more applicable.  The little children of God will still ask questions, and will still enter into the fuller knowledge of the Kingdom of the heavens.  That is a bad state which Wesley said had been reached by some he met, that, marked by sundry excellent qualities, yet most unfortunately they knew everything and therefore learned nothing.

 

 

The following remarks by Lady Powerscourt from the year 1833, illustrate the freedom there was, in those early days of the study of prophecy, to express views not popular, as well as the practical use made of the study.

 

 

POWERSCOURT ON REIGNING

 

 

“I should be glad to know what you think concerning reigning with Christ.  Do you think it is for all, or only for the martyrs?  I have been thinking a good deal upon the subject of late.  It seems to me that the reason why it belongs to this dispensation to reign with Him, is because this is the dispensation of martyrdom; the fast days of his church, because of the absence of her bridegroom.  Rest at any time seems a mere accident.  ‘Sheep appointed to the slaughter’; the ‘off-scouring of all things; ‘bearing about the body of the Lord Jesus’; ‘always delivered unto death’;- this is the character of those promised days of tribulation.  It is still the hour of temptation (Acts 1: 4, 5; Luke 22: 28). ... It does not seem to me to signify so much what the trial is, as the coming out of it saying, ‘Lord, thou knowest that I love thee’.  I conceive we are all given opportunity of this martyrdom.  It seems distinguished from the suffering that we have in common with the world, in that it is a suffering for principle, a trial of faith, a voluntary preference of suffering in the flesh, to denying Christ in any wise.  It is a denying ourselves, taking up our cross daily - a cutting off a right hand, a plucking out a right eye, rather than offend.  Oh! how many secret martyrdoms are thus endured, unknown to man, but precious to God!  Now, I do believe, there never was a time when this doctrine (the connexion between reigning and suffering) would bear less to be overlooked, or required more to be brought forward; for truly, there is such a thing as refusing martyrdom, even as much as if we were to turn from the stake.  I speak from experience.  The Lord wants proofs not words. ... I believe there is such a thing as even the believer’s being so allured, so led captive by things of sense, as for even the mighty argument to be overpowered: ‘If ye love me, keep my commandments; and that many Christians, under the conviction that their souls cannot be lost, live in the indulgence of unlawful gratifications, rather than go through the torture of the whole heart being drawn and quartered. But, surely, if the millennial reign of Christ be a particular reward to Him for his sufferings, as ‘Son of Man’, ‘Son of David’, distinct from the everlasting glory, those only who have partaken with Him shall reign with Him.  Do tell me what you think of this?  for it seems to me, that though there are now many saved Christians, there are but few reigning ones. ... Do not think from this that I would make light of the all-prevailing principle of Love, and wish to go back to WARNING AND EXAMPLE rewards.  No. ‘Get the heart, and you have got the man.’ Love ‘makes drudgery divine’.  Love cannot help itself, it outruns and leaves law far behind, ... Love will stop at nothing; it takes up its cross and travels after its object over every mountain and hill of difficulty. ... But I mean that all arguments the Lord has used are needful; so dead often is even love, in sleep from continued lullabies of the flesh, and opiates from the devil. What poor, empty creatures we are!” (Letters of Viscountess Powerscourt. Letter 4, pages 143-147).

 

 

WARNINGS AND EXAMPLE

 

 

Mr. Chapman’s view mentioned (held by others also), that not all believers will rise in the first resurrection, follows from the thought that not all will reign; because it is clear from Revelation 20: 4, 6, that all who then rise [out from amongst the dead in ‘Hades’ (Acts 2: 34.) cf. John 3: 13; 2 Tim. 18, R.V.] will reign.

 

 

Groves was one of those early students of the Word who imbibed the view that the coming again of Christ was then just at hand.  When the head-light of an approaching car suddenly flashes upon the eye it seems to be nearer than it may really be.  Thus it was with the truth that the Lord will return personally to this earth.  In this matter Groves is both a warning and yet an example; the former, in calling us to be cautious in reading into current events proofs that the advent is just at hand; the latter, in showing how the blessed hope should stimulate holiness and zeal.  But it must be observed that this stimulus is felt at least as much by believers who do not entertain any notion that the coming is just upon us.  The sane, healthy, purifying attitude was exemplified by Robert C. Chapman upon being told that one was saying that the Lord might come at any moment.  He answered: “Well, Brother Hake, I am ready; but it is not in the Bible

 

 

The matter itself will not be here discussed at length, but the quotation will state the vital point.  Francis W. Newman wrote of those very early years thus:-

 

 

“My study of the New Testament at this time had made it impossible for me to overlook that the apostles held it to be a duty of all disciples to expect a near and sudden destruction of the earth by fire, and constantly to be expecting the return of the Lord from heaven” (Neatby, 40).

 

 

APOSTOLIC EXPECTATION

 

 

If the apostles did so expect and teach, then obviously upon this theme they were not divinely taught.  But let one single fact be fairly faced.  Peter had a distinct and positive assurance by the Lord that he would live to be old and would die a violent death, and in this expectation he lived.  And the rest of the brethren knew of this assured prospect of Peter (John 21. 18, 23; 2 Pet. 1: 13-15).  There is no possible reconciling of these two opposed ideas.  They resolutely exclude each other, and the latter denies the former; the apostles did not and could not expect the return of Christ so long, at least, as Peter was alive.  Nor could Paul, when in custody in Jerusalem, have expected the immediate return of the Lord, for that Lord himself stood by him one night and told him plainly he “must bear witness at Rome also” (Acts 23. 11).  Paul therefore knew by divine intimation that neither would the Lord come, nor would he die, until after he had witnessed at Rome.  Did the second element contribute to his quietness of heart amongst the perils of the voyage to Rome?

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

62

 

THE SERMON ON THE MOUNT

 

 

By ROBERT GOVETT, M.A.

 

[On MATTHEW 7: 21 - continued]

 

 

 

WE return to the plea of the parties before us.  They urge, that they have confessed the name of Jesus prominently and powerfully.  They have done so in three ways; all of them commanding the utmost attention: for all suppose the exercise of supernatural power.

 

 

“Did we not in thy name prophesy

 

 

This does not mean “preach”: though many, seeing that [Divine] prophecy has not abode in the church, would crush the word, till it mean this only.

 

 

“Everyone therefore who shall confess me, him will I confess also before my Father which is in heaven” (Matt. 10: 32).  “Also I say unto you Whosoever shall confess me before men, him shall the Son of Man also confess before the angels of God” (Luke 12: 8).

 

 

On this they take their stand.  They had confessed the name of Christ on earth.  They had acknowledged His future glory as their hope.  Must He not therefore own their names, and admit them into that [messianic] kingdom, of which they had been such eminent witnesses?

 

 

But Jesus, impelled by a sense of duty, and by the force of the principles of the kingdom, would refuse their plea, telling them plainly, “I never knew you

 

 

The statements on which their plea for entrance is founded Jesus does not deny.  They were true.  But He will not own them as His servants.  Jesus never approved them; never confessed them as His.  From that, I suppose, it follows, that these are unconverted men.  Their acts of power could only have been done by power from Himself.  “But if any have not the Spirit of Christ, he is none of His” (Rom. 8).  If they were Christ’s, He must have known them.  “I am the Good Shepherd, and know my sheep, and am known of mine” (John 10: 14; 2 Tim. 2: 19; Gal. 4: 9).

 

 

From the particulars of this case I gather, that these are Jewish disciples of Jesus, who arise after the Church is rejected.  For, as far as we learn, after the Church began to exist on the day of Pentecost, no person who was not truly a believer in Jesus, received the supernatural gifts.  Simon the magician was near to receiving them; but was refused, as having no part or lot in the matter, because his heart was not right in the sight of God (Acts 8).

 

 

The unbelieving sons of Sceva the Jew used the name of Christ in exorcism, but did not prevail over the spirit; on the contrary, the evil spirit prevailed against them (Acts 19).

 

 

But the gifts of miracle and inspiration will be again bestowed, specially on believers of Israel, when the gospel of the kingdom is sent out, just before the end comes (Matt. 24: 14).  It is of some of these then, I believe, that our Lord is speaking.

 

 

Observe next:-

 

 

II. The Judge’s decision.

 

 

What is our Lord’s sentence?  “Depart from me, ye workers of lawlessness

 

 

To those who are to enter the kingdom, Jesus says, “Come, ye blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom.”  But to these the rejected, He says, “Depart from me  Their plea is set aside; because, though workers of miracles in Christ’s name, they were not workers of righteousness (Psa. 15: 2).  The will of God is far more truly done by holiness, than by miracle.

 

 

This is a reference to the Psalms, which utter many a loud voice against “the workers of iniquity” (Psa. 28: 3, 6; 64: 1, 2).

 

 

1. In the 101st Psalm Jesus, as son of David, declares the sentence of admission or exclusion, and gives specimens of the works of iniquity or lawlessness, which will shut out.

 

 

“I will set no wicked thing before mine eyes: I hate the work of them that turn aside; it shall not cleave to me.  A forward [‘perverse’ N.I.V. i.e. deliberately or obstinately doing something which is wrong.] heart shall depart from me: I will not know a wicked person.  Whoso privily slandereth his neighbour, him will I cut off: him that hath an high look and a proud heart will not I suffer.  Mine eyes shall be upon the faithful of the land, that they may dwell with me: he that walketh in a perfect way, he shall serve me.  He that worketh deceit shall not dwell within my house: he that telleth lies shall not tarry in my sight.  I will early destroy all the wicked of the land; that I may cut off all wicked doers from the city of the Lord” (3-8).

 

 

Confirmatory is the witness of the New Testament.  “It is a faithful saying: For if we died with him, we shall also live with him.  If we suffer, we shall also reign with him: if we deny him, he also will deny us [the reign].  If we believe not, yet he abideth faithful: he cannot deny himself ... Nevertheless the foundation of God standeth sure, having this seal, The Lord knoweth them that are his.  And, Let everyone that nameth the name of Christ depart from iniquity.  But in a great house there are not only vessels of gold and of silver, but also of wood and of earth; and some to honour, and some to dishonour.  If a man therefore purge himself from these [note here the conditional promise], he shall be [when Christ’s/Messiah’s kingdom is established (Rev. 2: 25, 26; 3: 21, R.V.)] a vessel unto honour, sanctified, and meet for the master’s use, and prepared unto every good work” (2 Tim. 2: 11-13, 19-21).

 

 

Here then is a case of exclusion; and not a singular one.  “Many” [disobedient (Acts 5: 32) children of God] will stand in this predicament.  It is a very strong case by which to exhibit the principles of admission and of shutting out.  If those miraculously gifted, and employed in furthering by acts of power the interests of the kingdom, will yet be excluded, it, of course, settles the case of all nominal [and regenerate] Christians, who have no such power of miracle.

 

 

These evil doers are held, righteously held, by our Lord to have worked against the kingdom far more than they wrought for it.  For the millennial kingdom is not, primarily and characteristically, a kingdom of power. Its power is subordinate to its holiness. “For the kingdom of God is not meat and drink; but righteousness, and peace, and joy in the Holy Ghost” (Rom. 14: 17).  ’Tis the “kingdom of heaven ... the kingdom of Godthe kingdom of “the saints  Again and again therefore we [who are regenerate] are warned, that unrighteous persons shall not enter in (1 Cor. 6; 2 Tim. 4: 18; Eph. 5: 5, Gal. 5: 19, 21).

 

 

Workers of iniquity (or lawlessness) build up Satan’s kingdom by their spirit and deeds of evil, far more than they pull it down by acts of power.  Such men therefore take Balaam’s place.  “I shall see him, but not now: I shall behold him, but not nigh: there shall come a star out of Jacob, and a sceptre shall rise out of Israel, and shall smite the corners of Moab, and destroy all the children of Sheth” (Num. 24: 17).

 

 

They appeal to their public and supernatural confession of Christ’s name, and to the will of the Father, done by miracles.  Jesus refuses them as unacknowledged by Himself, and counteracting the main will of His Father, which is holiness.  “Thy will be done on earth, as it is in heaven  How is it done here?  In holiness.

 

 

It is a complete denial of a Kingdom solely established by a returning Lord and by unprecedented judgments.   But there is proof also arising from the passage before us.  Prophecy here stands connected with two other kinds of miraculous agency: the casting out of demons, and the working of miracles.  There ought therefore to be no question, that the word here is spoken of inspiration.  False Prophets precede the coming of the kingdom, as Jesus had foretold; but these predict the truth, by the Spirit of God.  They are possessed by the Spirit of Christ, as the false prophets are by the Spirit of the False Christ, or Antichrist.  As the false prophet spoke in the name of another Christ, so did these in the name of the true.  But the kingdom is the great burthen of prophecy - the great beacon-light to which, amidst the darkness, the eyes of the faithful are to be turned.

 

 

They plead again, “In thy name we cast out demons

 

 

This, of course, is by supernatural power.  It supposes evil spirits to be upon earth and active, up to the days [preceding the coming] of the kingdom.  This power is a promise given to disciples or believers.  “And these signs shall follow them that believe; in my name shall they cast out demons; they shall speak with new tongues; they shall take up serpents: and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover” (Mark 16: 17, 18).

 

 

The ejection of demons had an immediate reference to the kingdom.  When Jesus sends forth the Seventy, He bids them - “Heal the sick that are therein [in each city] and say unto them, The kingdom of God is come nigh unto you” (Luke 10: 9).  “And the seventy returned again with joy, saying, Lord, even the devils are subject unto us through thy name: and he said unto them, I beheld Satan as lightning fall from heaven” (v. 17, 18).

 

 

The ejection of Satan, the Prince of Demons, is necessary, in order to the coming of the kingdom of Christ. Rev. 20: 1-3; Zech. 13: 2.  And Jesus testifies to the Jews who cavilled, “If I cast out demons by the Spirit of God, then the kingdom of God is come on you before you expected” [see Greek …]  (Matt. 12 : 28).  It was a specimen, not to be mistaken, of the future defeat and imprisonment of the Great Adversary.  The casting out of evil spirits then from the persons of men by the name of Christ, was glorifying to Him.  It was work done towards convincing men of Jesus’ Lordship, and of the future [millennial] kingdom.

 

 

They had “in his name done many wonderful works

 

 

The word translated “wonderful works,” is sometimes rendered “miracles.”  It means something supernatural, such as the walking on the water, the turning water into wine, and raising the dead (Matt. 11: 20).  These were signs of the kingdom, “powers of the age to come” (Heb. 6: 5).  They were of old closely linked on to preaching the good news of the kingdom.  “And Jesus went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people” (Matt. 4: 23).  “And Jesus went about all the cities and villages, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing every sickness and every disease among the people” (9: 35).  “And as ye go, preach, saying, the kingdom of heaven is at hand.  Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead, cast out devils: freely ye have received, freely give” (10: 7, 8).

 

 

When Philip went to Samaria, he preached “concerning the kingdom of God and the name of Jesus Christ.” With this were joined many “miracles” aweing [i.e., ‘astonished’ (v. 13, N.I.V.)] even Simon the magician (Acts 8: 6, 7, 13).

 

 

“In thy name  Jesus is comparing His precepts with the Law.  What use does the Law make of that phrase.

 

 

The phrase is only used of prophets, and of the authority of some god. (1) “I will raise them up a Prophet from among their brethren, like unto thee, and I will put my words in his mouth; and he shall speak unto them all that I shall command him ... But the prophet which shall presume to speak a word in my name, which I have not commanded him to speak, or that shall speak in the name of other gods, even that prophet shall die” (Deut. 18: 18, 20). (2) “Neither have we hearkened unto thy servants the prophets, which spake in thy name to our kings, our princes, and our fathers, and to all the people of the land” (Dan. 9: 6). (3) “Therefore thus saith the Lord of the men of Anathoth, that seek thy life, saying Prophesy not in the name of the Lord, that thou die not by our hand (4) “Then the Lord said unto me, The prophets prophesy lies in my name; I sent them not, neither have I commanded them, neither spake unto them: they prophesy unto you a false vision and divination, and a thing of nought and the deceit of their heart.  Therefore thus saith the Lord concerning the prophets that prophesy in my name, and I sent them not, yet they say, Sword and famine shall not by in this land: by sword and famine shall those prophets be consumed” (Jer. 11: 21; 14: 14, 15; 23: 25; 27: 9, 15).

 

 

The plea then of the speakers is seemingly very strong.

 

 

The millennial kingdom is designed for those that come in the name of Christ, and glorify it upon earth.  ‘We have so owned it, we have glorified it.  We were possessed of the Spirit of God, and did all our acts of supernatural power, in thy name.  We foretold this thy glory, and brought men to believe in it.  Suffer us then, O King, to partake of thy glory

 

 

‘We prepared the way for this day of thy power by dispossessing evil spirits, and proving to men the great promised binding of Satan during the thousand years.  We wrought with thee, Lord, and for thee: let us enter, we beseech thee!’

 

 

‘We wrought works of power beyond man’s.  We gave thee all the glory of these miracles.  We confessed it thy power.  By thy [Holy] Spirit we healed the sick.  We raised the dead in proof of the First Resurrection, and of the awaking of thy saints at the thousand years

 

 

‘As “fellow-workers unto the kingdom of God” with thyself, bid us enter into thy millennial joy! (Col. 4: 11).  Thou countest those worthy of the kingdom who suffer for it (2 Thess. 1: 5).  Count us worthy of the kingdom who wrought for it, with thy Spirit, and in thy name!  May we not, as manifest doers of God’s will, enter?’

 

(Continued in the author’s book...)

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

63

 

THE KINGDOM OF THE BEAST

 

 

1. Present Indications of Its Development

 

 

 

When Queen Victoria reigned, she was in many ways a true representative of the people over whom she ruled.  “Victoria the Good” ruled a people who, with all their failures, were entitled to such a Queen.  Nero, on the contrary, ruling Rome in the first century, seemed to be thrown up by a corrupt populace, to be their fitting representative.

 

 

A little consideration given to Scriptures which predict the rise of “The Beast” would readily lead us to conclude that he too was a representative of those over whom he is destined to rule.  In the providence of God a Beast is destined to rule beasts; and the characteristics of these, who are subjects of the Beast, are clearly told forth in the Scriptures of Truth.

 

 

In 2 Peter. and Jude., generally acknowledged to be epistles for the last days, both refer in plain language to these subjects - to these beasts.  In 2 Peter we read: “But these men blaspheme in matters they do not understand.  They are like brute beasts, creatures of instinct, born only to be caught and destroyed, and like beasts they too will perish In Jude we read: “Yet these men speak abusively against whatever they do not understand; and what things they do not understand by instinct, like unreasoning animals these are the very things that destroy them” (10).  Behold the in-roads made by sin!  Man, made in the image of God, as in Genesis, becomes at the close of this evil age, all too generally, “like brute beasts

 

 

As we seek to understand our present age, in the light of prophecy, many phases of man’s complete ruin and its result become clear; and we would like to present some Scripture evidence in support of the belief that the reign of the Beast is at hand.

 

 

2. Brute-Beast Instinct

 

 

“There will be terrible times in the last days.  People will be lovers of themselves” (2 Tim. 3: 1, 2).  Every stockman knows that this is the governing instinct of the feed lot of the pasture.  The most brutal (not always the biggest) of the herd claims the best, with a selfishness that man was never designed to manifest.  That same brute-beast love of self has inflamed many a stockman probably more than any other thing; it is so beastly, so unreasonable.  What constitutes the peril of our day, as described in 2 Timothy, is first of all this brute-beast selfishness.  Surely no one can deny the many evidences of that selfishness in our day.  Over the whole swamp of our present depression could be posted one word, the word of the kingdom of all beasts - Greed.  The apostle warns “the saints in Ephesus” (1: 1) not to be partners with “those who are disobedient” and toward the end of his epistle says: “No immoral, impure, or greedy person - such a man is an idolater - has any inheritance in the kingdom of Christ and of God” (5: 5, 6, N.I.V.).

 

 

3. Brute-Beast Religion

 

 

“And exchanged the glory of the immortal God for images made to look like mortal man and birds and animals and reptiles” (Rom. 1: 23).  A recent writer, an evolutionist, said, “The nonsense verse beloved of children is not only a nonsense verse, it states an acknowledged truth” -

 

 

“Children, behold the chimpanzee;

He sits on the ancestral tree

From which he sprang in ages gone.

I’m glad, we sprang; had we held on

We might, for aught that I can say,

Be; horrid chimpanzees today

 

 

“In the image of God ays Christianity. “In the image of a chimpanzee,” says the brute-beast religion called evolution.  Evolution is not a joke, it is the vilest insult that man can frame against his Creator, even as the Cross represents man’s attitude towards his Redeemer.  Briefly, it is a step lower than Romans 1: 23.  In that verse man reduced the glory of the immortal God down the successive steps that led to an image of animals and reptiles.  Today many accept an even lower image, and give the honour due to God as Creator to protoplasm, the god of evolution.  Evolution is teaching its supporters indirectly to live like beasts, and beasts will have their representative - “The Beast  It is extraordinary how Christians, and even godly Christians, can fail to see the approaching cataclysm.

 

 

4. Brute-Beast Morality

 

 

Romans 1. covers this phase of man’s degeneracy also.  Brute-beast theology is followed by brute-beast morality.  Part of the first chapter of Romans seemed a few years ago to describe conditions not likely to ever exist again in our civilised lands.  Today all is changed, and the Sodom-like countries and cities of our present day await a similar destruction, not directly from the hand of God as in the days of Sodom and Gomorrah, but from the skies nevertheless.  The morality of our world, in the condition it is in today, spells Divine judgment.  Beasts recognise no moral code and people today (even from within the Church of God) are repudiating the moral code of Christianity.  Evidently from the teachings of Christ (Matt. 19: 8) hardness of heart preceded divorce.  Tender hearts are not the possession of beasts, and so the hardening process, once known in Pharaoh’s day, is manifest before our eyes; and man goes on, through what he knows as a natural brute beast, to perish in his own corruption: “They not only continue to do these very things, but also approve of those who practice them” (Rom. 1: 23).  Before the judgment of the flood, men took wives of all which they chose.  Easy divorce suits “natural brute beasts and they in turn by choice or compulsion worship The Beast.

 

 

5. Brute-Beast Branding

 

 

Much has been written about the mark of the Beast.  We are not concerned at present with the symbol and its form, but rather with its acceptance, whatever the mark may prove to be.  Two forms of government are represented in the iron and clay of Daniel’s image: and both are being exercised in our world today.  Are we justified in concluding that men and women, becoming by their own choice like beasts that perish, are going to escape this final mark of submission to beast dominion?  We believe not.

 

 

6. Brute-Beast Expression

 

 

“Now listen, you rich people, weep and wail because of the misery that is coming upon you” (James 5: 1).  “Of them [the apostates] the proverbs are true: ‘A dog returns to its vomitand ‘A sow that is washed goes back to her wallowing in the mire’” (2 Peter 2: 23).  Wallowing in the mire, returning to that which has been vomited up; in these and other ways beasts declare themselves.  Wolves, hyenas, animals that prey on others, express themselves thus.  Men, as selfish accumulators, wail like beasts over their losses.  Men, pouring forth the corruption of their own hearts, turn to enjoy again what has been poured forth, and, after enduring a temporary clean-up for a period, are soon back to the enjoyment of mud and dirt.

 

 

-------

 

 

THE STIMULUS OF THE ADVENT

 

 

“For many years as a pastor of a church and for several years as an evangelist says D. M. Stearns, D.D., “it has been my inspiration, my life, to tell of the Coming of Him who alone can make the earth a fit place to live in; to tell of Him who alone can bring peace on the earth.  And He will; and while we submit cheerfully to the powers that be, and do what we are asked to do, we look higher than men - we cease from man and look to Him alone who can do these things.  The pre-Millennial coming of Christ to set up His kingdom on earth really does energise, and never paralyses. ... Now these are facts, and if any of your churches are lacking in missionary zeal, there is only one reason why; they do not understand the Coming of Jesus Christ.  We are not here to win the world to Jesus Christ, it is not in the plan.  We are here to get a Bride for God’s Son.  We are here to get an Eve for the last Adam, and when the last Adam shall receive His Eve and the Marriage of the Lamb shall take place, then He will come in His glory to set up His Kingdom

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

64

 

THE KINGDOM

 

 

 

The Kingdom Denied

 

 

 

In certain present day influential Christian circles the Millennial Kingdom is scouted and derided as never before.  “The predictions, as they stand in our documents, clearly assert that the return, or coming, of the Son of Man was imminent.  Our Lord is recorded in the Gospels to have made predictions which certainly have not been, and cannot now be fulfilled.  Whatever the disciples may have thought, He did not fancy Himself filling the role of Daniel’s Son of Man in the near future.  Such a notion would not be compatible with sanity.  The Kingdom could not be ushered in by any Jewish apocalypse.  Messianism was shattered from within” (Dr. Inge, Guardian, May 13, 1910).  “Millenarianism, I thought, had now gone the common way of absurdities in a more or less sane world.  It is a stupid and prosaic perversion of Jewish apocalyptic.  Most of the oracles of the Revelation are cryptograms to which the key is now lost.  Prophecy-mongering is an unwholesome farrago of charlatanry, ignorance and vanity, and I had thought its day was past” (Dr. David Smith, British Weekly, April 7, 1910).  This comes perilously near an apostolic warning. “IN THE LAST OF THE DAYS MOCKERS SHALL COME WITH MOCKERY, WALKING AFTER THEIR OWN LUSTS, AND SAYING, WHERE IS THE PROMISE OF HIS COMING?  FOR, FROM THE DAY THAT THE FATHERS FELL ASLEEP, ALL THINGS CONTINUE AS THEY WERE FROM THE BEGINNING OF THE CREATION” (2 Pet. 3: 3).  Num. 14: 6-10.

 

 

The Kingdom Affirmed

 

 

The return of our Lord in person to establish a Kingdom over the whole earth was the universal faith of the Church in its purest dawn.  “The assurance [of that return and reign] was carefully inculcated by men who had conversed with the immediate disciples of the apostles, and appears to have been the reigning sentiment of orthodox believers”. (Gibbon).  “This prevailing opinion met with no opposition previous to the time of Origen” (Moshelm): until Origen no Christian writer can be found who denied it.  “No one can hesitate to consider this doctrine as universal in the church of the first two centuries” (Glesler). “The doctrine was believed and taught by the most eminent fathers in the age next after the apostles, and by none of that age opposed or condemned.  It was the catholic doctrine of those times.” (Archbishop Chillingworth).  “FOR THE LORD HIMSELF SHALL DESCENT FROM HEAVEN, WITH A SHOUT, WITH THE VOICE OF THE ARCHANGEL, AND WITH THE TRUMP OF GOD” (1 Thess. 4: 16): “AND HE THAT OVERCOMETH, AND HE THAT KEEPETH MY WORKS UNTO THE END, TO HIM WILL I GIVE AUTHORITY OVER THE NATIONS, AND HE SHALL RULE THEM WITH A ROD OF IRON” (Rev. 2: 26).

 

 

The Kingdom Re-affirmed

 

 

The world-wide revival of the Gospel of the Kingdom before the End is certain. Matt. 24: 14.  “In our Lord’s teaching the conception of the Kingdom is supreme.  Yet it is safe to say that there is no subject upon which there exists a greater amount of division among expositors.  For some the Kingdom is definitely the historical Church, for others it is altogether in the future, a great Divine supramundane order of things which is suddenly to overwhelm the temporal order; for others again it is simply the ideal social order to be realised on earth; for a fourth class the Kingdom is the rule of God in the heart of the individual.  Among recent critics the tendency is more and more to lay stress on the eschatological interpretation, and to hold that, in our Lord’s teaching, the Kingdom is essentially the great future and heavenly order of things which will be revealed at His coming.  The Kingdom in its fullness is yet to come.  It is always to be prayed for.  It is the great end which is ever before us” (Bishop D’Arcy, University Sermon at Oxford, 1910).  FOR “FLESH AND BLOOD CANNOT INHERIT THE KINGDOM OF GOD, NEITHER DOTH CORRUPTION INHERIT INCORRUPTION.  BEHOLD, I TELL YOU A MYSTERY.  WE SHALL NOT ALL SLEEP, BUT WE SHALL ALL BE CHANGED” (1 Cor. 15: 50).

 

 

The Kingdom a Prize

 

 

Slowly the future truth is emerging that the Kingdom, ushered in by the First Resurrection, is the supreme prize of the Christian hope and calling.  1 Thess. 2: 12 (R.V.). Heb. 3: 12-15, 4: 1, 11.  “It is most evident that Paul had some special resurrection in view (Phil. 3: 11) even the first: and to share in that he was straining every nerve” (J. MacNeil).  The opinion that the Millennial Reign was confined to the martyrs “prevailed, as is known, to a great extent in the early Church, and not only proved a support under martyrdom, but rendered many ambitions of that distinction” (De Burg). Heb. 11: 35.  “Scripture speaks plainly concerning the exclusion of those who permit the old nature to disgrace their Christianity: while they may be saved as by fire for Heaven, they will forfeit all their position in the coming Millennial Kingdom of Christ” (Dr. A. T. Schofield). 1 Cor. 5: 8-10; Gal. 5: 19-21; Eph. 5: 5.  For “in this exclusion from the Kingdom, which is the dominion of the good made visible at the return of our Lord, we are not to see the loss of eternal salvation: an entrance into the Kingdom is rendered impossible [in certain cases], but not by any means does it follow that [eternal] salvation can be thereby prevented” (Olshausen).  “Oh for a noble ambition to obtain one of the first seats in glory!  Oh for a constant, evangelical striving to have the most ‘abundant’ entrance ministered unto you into the Kingdom of God!  It is not Christ’s to give those exalted thrones out of mere distinguishing grace.  No, they may be forfeited, for they shall be given to those for whom they are prepared; and they are prepared for those who, evangelically speaking, are ‘worthy’” (Fletcher, of Madeley).  Luke 20: 35; Rev. 3: 4. “NOT EVERY ONE THAT SAITH UNTO ME, LORD, LORD, SHALL ENTER INTO THE KINGDOM OF HEAVEN, BUT HE THAT DOETH THE WILL OF MY FATHER WHICH IS IN HEAVEN” (Matt. 7: 21): FOR “BLESSED AND HOLY IS HE THAT HATH PART IN THE FIRST RESURRECTION: THEY LIVED, AND REIGNED WITH CHRIST A THOUSAND YEARS” (Rev. 20: 6).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

65

 

 

THE CROSS & THE KINGDOM

 

 

By D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

Upon a mountain Moses received the Decalogue: upon a mountain Elijah confounded Baal’s prophets: upon a mountain Jesus, with Moses and Elijah, reveals Himself.  The mountains are the beacon-lights God kindles down the ages.  But all culminate in Mount Calvary.  For, no sooner had the inherent glory of Jesus suddenly and silently whitened out in face and robe, than Moses and Elijah “spake of His DEPARTURE which He was about to accomplish at Jerusalem” (Luke 9: 31).  When the living Prophet and the dead Lawgiver break the silence of centuries, their theme is one:- the central Person is Christ, and the central fact is the cross.

 

 

“There be some of them that stand here, which shall in no wise taste of death, till they see the kingdom of God.  And about eight days after these sayings, He took with Him Peter and John and James, and went up into the mountain”.  Therefore the Kingdom is the visible glory of Jesus: they saw the KINGDOM.  “And as He was praying, the fashion of His countenance was altered, and His raiment became white and dazzling”.  The Kingdom for which we pray (Matt. 6: 10) is the open majesty and power of Christ: when “the kingdom of the world” shall have “become the kingdom of our Lord, and of his Christ” (Rev. 11: 15).  Thus His second coming is no idle tale.  “For we did not follow cunningly devised fables, when we made known unto you the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, but we were eye-witnesses of His majesty ... when we were with Him in the holy mount” (2 Pet. 1: 16).  Acts 1: 11; 2 Thess. 1: 10.

 

 

The Kingdom will be on EARTH.  The Transfiguration was an earthly scene: no angels appear throughout. Elijah is type of rapt saints, Moses of risen saints, and the disciples of nations in the flesh: and even after the handing over of the kingdom to God (1 Cor. 15: 24), mankind is planted afresh upon a new earth. Rev. 21: 1. On the eve of the Advent the Elder-angels in heaven cry:- “Thou didst purchase unto God with Thy blood men of every tribe, and they reign upon the earth” (Rev. 5: 9).  Matt. 5: 5.  For the gates of Hades - as our Lord has just said - prevail not to imprison buried Moses: rapt Elijah returns to earth, as do the armies of heaven with Christ.  Rev. 19: 14.  Jude 14.  The City in the heavens, overhanging earth, will be the metropolis from which the Millennial rulers will reign.  Rev. 19: 7; 21: 2.

 

 

Selections from the redeemed of all ages are in the Kingdom: all who are “ACCOUNTED WORTHY to attain to that age, and the resurrection from [among] the dead” (Luke 20: 35).  From the patriarchs and prophets - as Elijah: from the Law - as Moses: from the Church - as Peter, John, and James, the only three disciples whom Jesus re-named.  “To him that overcometh, to him will I give ... a white stone, and upon the stone a new name written” (Rev. 2: 17).  The Kingdom is the reward of the holy (Eph. 5: 3-6), the sufferer (Matt. 5: 10), the obedient (Matt. 7: 21), the martyr (Matt. 10: 39).  “Thou hast a few names in Sardis which did not defile their garments: and they shall walk with Me in white; for they are worthy” (Rev. 3: 4): “he that overcometh, I will give to him to sit down with Me in My throne” (Rev. 3: 21).  Bare faith is accounted unto righteousness for eternal life: works after faith alone prove and produce the conquering holiness which enters the Kingdom.  “Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first resurrection. ... they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with Him a thousand years” (Rev. 20: 6).

 

 

Yet the bed-rock beneath the Kingdom is the CROSS.  It is the absorbing theme of the Glory. Eph. 2: 7.  The ‘going out’ of the Camp, to ‘atone’: the ‘going out’ of life, laid down: the ‘going out’ of the tomb, left empty: the ‘going out’ of a world, redeemed: no plant will ever bloom in our Paradise, no note will ever thrill in our songs, no jewel will ever gleam in our crown, that is not the fruit of the exodus of Jesus.  For good works are but the foam on a wave which started at the cross, “Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling, for it is God which worketh in you both to will and to work, for His good pleasure” (Phil. 2: 12); 1 Cor. 15: 10; Gal. 2: 20.  So we seek the Kingdom on our knees.  “And as He was praying, the fashion of His countenance was altered, and His raiment became white and dazzling”.  So pray!  “Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of man” (Luke 21: 36).

 

 

Behold the Man!  “Jesus was found alone”. God had appeared visibly to Moses.  He had responded with lightnings to Elijah: but the servants disappear in the revealing of the Son.  “This is My SON, My chosen: hear ye Him”.  The moon of the Law and the stars of the Prophets die out of the sky in the glory of the dawn: the cross itself takes its value only from the Person who was on it.  Moses tarried with God till, saturated with glory from without, his face shone: Jesus, not in face only, but even in raiment, blazed forth at will with the glory of the Godhead, from within.  A heathen ruler, on his death-bed, ordered his servants to make a large cross, and place it in his bedchamber.  “Now”, he said, “lay me on it”: and as he thus lay dying, looking by faith to the blood of Christ, he cried, “It lifts me! it lifts me!  Jesus saves me”!  Beneath all redemption, and all glory, lies the cross.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

66

 

THE MILLENNIUM

 

 

BY JOHN WESTON

 

 

 

WHEN the Saviour, having finished His great work on the cross, had risen from the dead and ascended into heaven, God saluted Him with these words, “Ask of Me and I will give Thee the heathen for Thy inheritance and the uttermost parts of the earth for Thy possession  It was ever His intention to give the world into the Hands of His Son as part of His vast inheritance.  The time has now arrived and we behold Christ ascending the throne of His father David in Jerusalem to establish His kingdom.  His Coronation had already taken place in heaven before He descended, for He is seen in Rev. 19 “coming out of heaven as King of kings and Lord of lords crowned with many crowns

 

 

As Son of Man He sits now for the first time upon His throne.  He has no throne in heaven.  He is sitting, as He tells us, on His Father’s throne.  He came here as King.  “To this end was I born - for this cause came I into the world But instead He was led to Calvary and crucified on the cross.  Now at long last the prayer uttered by millions of people for centuries is answered, “Thy kingdom come, Thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven  The once homeless Stranger is given dominion ‘from sea to sea’ unto the ends of the earth.  The once despised, rejected man is now King over all the earth.  It is a mistake to think of Christ as King in heaven. If He is, He is an uncrowned King.  Nor is He sitting on His throne.  It is all going to take place [after His Second Advent] - the heavens will be opened and the angels of God will be seen ascending and descending on the Son of Man.

 

 

It will be a wonderful earth.  This earth will break forth into singing as never before.  “And I saw an angel coming down from heaven having the key of the bottomless pit and having a great chain in his hand and he laid hold of the dragon.  They caught that old serpent which is the devil and Satan and bound him for a thousand years and cast him into the bottomless pit and shut him up and set the seal upon him that he deceive the nations no more.  But after the thousand years are fulfilled he must he loosed for a little season  The world without [deceived] sinners and without Satan.  Satan no longer capable of tempting men. The whole world breathes relief.  The Prince of Peace brings a permanent peace among all the nations of the world. “He maketh wars to cease unto the end of the earth.” “The nations shall beat their swords into ploughshares and their spears into pruning hooks  Youth and life will be greatly prolonged.  A child shall be a 100 years old and men and women shall live for more than 1,000 years. “There shall be no more pain. Sorrow and sighing shall flee away Even the habits of the animal world will change.  They will lose their lust for blood and their wildness.  Instead they will sport together and a little child will be able to lead what were once wild beasts.  Every cause of fear shall be removed.

 

 

The curse which had originally been pronounced upon the earth because of man's sin is taken away.  “Instead of the thorn shall come up the myrtle tree.  The wilderness shall blossom as the rose and the mountains shall break forth into singing and all the trees of the field shall clap their hands  Language is exhausted in Scripture in picturing the glorious scenes of the millennial reign of Christ.  There will be wonderful fertility everywhere, producing teeming abundance, and it will come in when man is at the end of his tether. All this when [and before] sinners have been sent to their eternal doom.* Earth again is paradise.  Even the desert blossoms as the rose.  And this paradise will be a far happier place than Eden and the days will be far brighter and sweeter.  The world without sinners and without Satan, but alas like all preceding dispensations it ends in failure.  It matters not in what circumstances man is placed, unless he is born again he will completely break down.

 

[* That is, after their Resurrection, when ‘Hades’ will give “up the dead’; and after the Great White Throne Judgment.  Rev. 20: 13-15, R.V.  For ‘what soever a man soweth, that shall he also reap’ must first be fulfilled. Gal. 6: 7b, 8, R.V.).]

 

 

People are born during the millennium, but the parents have not, yet received their new bodies.  A vast uncountable number are horn and many of them are not born again.  It is man that is at fault, not his conditions nor his environment.  Every man has a fallen sinful nature.  Here all is as perfect as it can be under the reign of the Son of God.  But children are born during the millennium and many of them have not been converted. Without the new birth, failure must be written on every page of human history.  Of course, during the millennium, obedience is asked for by the King, but many, while outwardly obedient, are disobedient in heart. Christ says, “As soon as they shall hear of Me they shall obey Me  The strangers shall feign obedience to Him.  He knows it beforehand.  Strangers to His cross and salvation, they obey, but it is feigned obedience.

 

 

This feigned obedience soon breaks out into open rebellion.  When the thousand years are expired, Satan shall be loosed out of his prison and shall go out to deceive the nations.  God has tried man in many ways and now He says, Will man with a perfect government with My own Son on the throne, surrounded by believers everywhere and divine love and every blessing from heaven being poured upon him, will man then live a life acceptable to God?  No.  Will he still be at enmity with God? Yes.  Can nothing cure him?  Can his nature not be changed? No. God cannot change the old nature.  He has to impart a new life altogether.  Man must be born again into a new nature.  Satan in his solitary confinement of a thousand years has not changed his heart nor subdued his will.  Some people think that if man is put into hell [Gk. ‘Hades’] for a great many centuries, after he has been there a long time he will be sorry for all he has done.  Well here is the devil put into solitary confinement, but he comes out just the same.  He walks to and fro in the world and quickly discovers that millions have not turned to the faith.  He induces the vast number of these unredeemed men to join him in making war against the Son of God.  It is Satan’s last attempt to defy the Christ of God.  It is man’s last act of rebellion and sin.  Satan gathers together a myriad in number as the sand of the seashore.  After all that God has done and after this glorious reign of the Son of Man for a thousand years a multitude stands prepared to murder God’s only Son a second time.  Helped by Satan they take their stand where sits enthroned the Christ, but the end has at last come.  God’s patience and long-suffering is exhausted.  “Fire came down from God out of heaven and devoured them, and the devil that deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone where the beast and the false prophet are and shall be tormented day and night for ever and ever

 

 

Christ must reign until He has put all enemies under His feet.  The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death. That is, death will not be allowed to remain.  “And I saw a great white throne and Him that sat upon it from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away, and there was found no place for them, and I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God, and the books were opened, and another book was opened which was the Book of Life, and whosoever was not found written in the Book of Life was cast into the lake of fire  The heavens passed away with a great noise.  There has been sin in the heaven - not in the heaven where God is, nor has Satan access into the presence of God.  His heaven is untouched but the other heavens have been made unclean by sin.  The heavens pass away with a great noise and the elements melt with a great heat and the works therein are burned up.

 

 

And He that sat upon the throne said, “Behold I make all things new  The Lord creates a new heaven and a new earth wherein dwelleth righteousness.  Never again will the heavens and earth be soiled by sin.

 

 

Then cometh the end when Christ after putting down all earthly power delivers up the Kingdom to God the Father.  When all things have been subdued shall the Son also be subject unto God, that God the Father, Son and Holy Ghost may have all honour.

 

- The Advent Witness.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

67

 

SOME OBJECTIONS

TO GRADED RAPTURE

 

 

 

By D. M.  PANTON

 

 

 

1

 

Are there two classes of people in the Church, partial overcomers and full overcomers?  This theory teaches that there are two classes, and attempts to create within the Church two groups of believers, those who partially live in sin and those who do not, those who partially overcome and those who fully overcome.  This class of interpreters uses the seven promises to the overcomer in Rev. 2. & 3., claiming that the full overcomers will receive rewards and reign with Christ, and that the partial overcomers are to be finally saved but have no part in Christ’s reign. - F. J. DAKE.

 

 

 

It is exceedingly interesting to observe how clearly this objector himself expresses the plurality of raptures.  He says:- “This Rapture (1 Thess. 4: 13-18) is the first of a series of raptures that will take place during the First Resurrection.  Besides this Rapture there will be the Rapture of the Manchild (7: 1-3; 12: 5; 14: 1-5), the Rapture of the Great Multitude of Tribulation Saints (6: 9-11; 7: 9-17; 15: 2-4, 20: 4), and the Rapture of the Two Witnesses, (11: 3-13).*  The teaching of more than one rapture is not only required and stated in the above passages, but necessary to make clear what Paul meant when he said, ‘every man in his own order’. (1 Cor. 15: 20-23).  The Greek for ‘order’ is “tagma” and occurs only here.  It is used in the Septuagint of a body of soldiers and an army (Num. 2: 2; 2 Sam. 23: 13).  It means a company or body of individuals.  In order for every man to be raptured ‘in his own order’ or company there must be different companies of redeemed people saved and raptured at different periods

 

[* NOTE. Here there is no distinction made here between the Dead and those who are Alive: both the Dead and the Living, are assumed to be raptured! Yet the Scriptures never speaks of a Resurrection of those who are alive; it is always “the resurrection of the dead”: that is, those whose animating ‘spirit’, ‘body’ and ‘soul’ have been separated by ‘Death’.  See Lk. 23: 46b; Luke 8: 53-55. cf. Luke 16: 23; Acts 2: 27, 34; Jas. 2: 26, R.V. and Luke 24: 39 with Rom. 8: 23, R.V.]

 

 

This admitted plurality of rapture - which is obvious - makes plurality in Church rapture a very easy conception, only requiring (what Scripture provides) a simple discrimination between ‘firstfruits’ and ‘harvest’: that is, not a distinction in wheat-character, but a distinction in grain-ripeness, with a consequent differently dated reaping.  If reaping is dated by ripeness, the problem is solved.  So it is written:- “When the grain is ripe, immediately he putteth in the sickle” (Mark 4: 29).

 

 

2

 

 

Selective Rapture includes Selective Resurrection.  Therefore the 144,000 must consist chiefly of those who “sleep in Jesus”. But we do not believe that Revelation 14. will bear the interpretation forced into it as evidence of Selective Rapture.  We think that “the First-fruits” of verse 4 are those who have passed through the great tribulation unscathed and that they stand with the Lamb on Mount Zion on earth; not in heaven - The Advent Witness.

 

 

The answer is obvious.  Our Lord states that the ‘wheat’ is sown between the two Advents, and therefore is solely a symbol of the Church; that the ‘harvest’ is a reaping by angels - angels are never said to carry Israelites into their refuge in the Wilderness; and, above all, He is Himself ‘firstfruits’ - His rapture, a rapture of firstfruits [i.e., the Firstfruit - the First Man to be resurrected ‘out of dead ones’(Acts 4: 2, (Lit. Greek)], has already occurred.  The figure is conclusive.  But other facts are, if possible, even more so.  (1) These ‘firstfruits’ are the body-escort of the Lamb “whithersoever he goeth” therefore throughout the universe, and not only in Palestine; (2) they are “purchased from among men” - not from Twelve Tribes alone; (3) they are “purchased out of the earth”  therefore they are not on the earth; and (4) they are singing (among others) “before the throne - and the Throne throughout the Apocalypse is on high.  It is obviously the heavenly Mount Zion before which, the Apostle says (Heb. 12: 22), we are come.  To say more would be superfluous.  The tense refusal of truths so obvious reveals how conscious the critic of partial rapture is of the crucial nature of this passage.

 

 

3

 

It is true that only Overcomers will be caught up.  But, then, every believer is an Overcomer; see 1 John 5: 5. Unfortunately, this is not what teachers of partial rapture mean by “an Overcomer”.

 

 

Thus you see how utterly the idea of “a group of overcomers” is excluded, because the Manchild was caught up to God and His throne, to which no man, however faithful, can ever attain.- G. V. WIGRAM.

 

 

It is true that faith overcomes the world, and makes an overcomer in the Apocalyptic sense; but it is a faith far larger than simple, saving acceptance of Christ that makes what our Lord calls an ‘overcomer’.  In the great chapter that reveals overcoming faith - Hebrews Eleven - there is not a single example of merely saving faith, but only of a whole life responding to the whole Word of God: “through faith they subdued kingdoms, wrought righteousness, obtained promises, stopped the mouths of lions” (Heb. 11: 33).  Our Lord’s own words show that by an ‘overcomer’ He means vastly more than the saved:- “He that overcometh, and he that keepeth my works unto the end, to him will I give authority over the nations” (Rev. 2: 26).  If all [regenerate] believers are overcomers, all believers throughout all the churches of the world for nineteen centuries - even including regenerate souls in the Roman Communion - have “kept Christ’s works unto the end”; not excepting the Ephesian Angel to whom the Lord says,- “Remember how thou hast fallen, and do the first works” (Rev. 2: 5).  Such a conclusion is as remote from the facts as it is from the Scriptures.  It is always a mystery to us where such writers live: it is not in the Church or in the world known to us.  “The cause of Christsays D. L. Moody, “is paralyzed because of sin - the sin of believers

 

 

4

 

 

To teach that the church will be raptured by instalments is to woefully distort the figures which God has given to illustrate this blessed truth concerning His own - the church.  The very thought is grotesque and repugnant to one’s sense of order and fitness.  When the spiritual body is completed, it will be caught up to meet the beloved bridegroom, one glance from His blessed eyes changing forever her blackness into comeliness: one flash of His glory, and every spot and wrinkle cleansed away by the last needed application of the precious blood of Christ, the Lamb of God. - The Moody Monthly, June, 1925.

 

 

It is rarely that this point of view - the magical change of all believers into perfection at death - is so unblushingly stated.  One verse, alone, is a sufficient answer.  Concerning the believer guilty of one of the excommunicating sins, the Church is directed by the Holy Ghost “to deliver such an one unto Salan for the destruction of the flesh, that the spirit may be saved [i.e. that he will have a  ‘another spirit’ see Num. 14: 24, R.V.] in the day of the Lord Jesus” (1 Cor. 5: 5).*  The contention that such a gross backslider was never converted, equally with the contention that because of his sin since conversion he is [eternally] lost, wrecks on this text; but, equally, radiant sinlessness at the Coming founders.  The believer whose works of wood, hay, and stubble are burnt in judgment after his resurrection, is yet himself “saved as through fire” (1 Cor. 3: 1-5): did - “one glance from the Blessed Eyes change his blackness into comeliness”, before ever he had even been judged?  The Eyes of Fire, watching a church (Rev. 2: 18), have a far graver function.  A most startling disillusionment awaits the [regenerate] believer who imagines that his sins, if unconfessed and unabandoned, will not come up for Judgment because magically annihilated at death.

 

[* NOTE: To imply (if repentance is not forthcoming), that all such  of 1 Cor. 5: 11, will nevertheless inherit the coming millennial ‘Kingdom’ with the Lord Jesus Christ, is to negative every just Judgment of God against every wilfully disobedient, unrepentant, and regenerate believer!  The “another spirit” (Numbers 14: 24) will be given to all such before the ‘First Resurrection’ or after ‘the thousand years are finished’ (Rev. 20: 7, 13, R.V.)!]

 

 

The holders of the “partial rapture” theory might be asked, “To what degree must one overcome before one may be sure of being caught away when the Lord comes  The answer would necessarily be, either a perfection unto which no believer can attain, thus shutting all out, or an imperfection which because of its universal presence would also debar every believer.  Thus the blessedness of the hope of the Christian is stolen away, the grace of God is made of none effect, the power of God is proven insufficient, and the purpose of God is hindered in fulfilment, by the teaching of a partial rapture.  The teaching of a partial rapture confuses law with grace, salvation with rewards, the hope of the Church with the hope of Israel, makes the types meaningless, denies the utter depravity of the old nature and the full perfection of the new, exalts the flesh and leads to spiritual pride, brings in works, and mars the matchless grace of the living God.* - Serving and Watching, April, 1932.

 

* Such intemperance of language is the danger of us all in controversy, and only defeats the cause it is intended to promote.  This is from a preTribulationist; but the post-Tribulationist can be no less severe.  The very views for which Serving and Waiting contends, Mr. A. Reese characterizes thus (The Approaching Advent of Christ, p. 116):- “Theories that, more than any other factor, not excluding Sacerdotalism, are making the Oral teaching of our Lord of no effect: theories that are blighting Bible study and Christian fellowship all over the world: theories and traditions that have cursed the movement from the beginning.” -  God guard us from intemperate judgments.

 

 

The writer seems totally unaware of the doctrine of reward, so simply and openly stated in Scripture, and by no one more so than by our Lord.  The Lord’s ten cities for ten talents, and five cities for five talents, is alone decisive of graded reward for graded holiness.  The very absence of a revealed standard of holiness for rapture is a most powerful argument in its favour; for it not only cuts out all possibility of presumption, for so none can “be sure of being caught away when the Lord comes”, but it exactly corresponds with the unrevealed date of the Advent - the one for unceasing sanctity, and the other for unceasing vigilance.  We do well to remember the words of Robert Murray McCheyne:- “There is a pride of race, and a pride of place, and a pride of face, but worse than all is a pride of grace - spiritual pride  ‘Grace’ can be so preached as to make us saints that we are not.

 

 

5

 

 

The exhortation in Luke 21: 36 is not addressed to the Church nor has it anything to do with the Church.  The true Church will not meet Christ as the Son of Man, but the Church will meet Him as her Lord.  The passage means the faithful Jewish remnant on earth during the great tribulation, the time of Jacob’s trouble.  They are to “watch”; we are to “wait”.  By their watching and praying and their faithful witness bearing they will be accounted worthy to escape the awful tribulation and finally when Christ comes as King stand before the Son of Man. The theory of a First Fruit Rapture is unscriptural, confusing, and rests on a superficial study of prophecy. - Our Hope, Jan., 1931.

 

 

But the distress immediately preceding this prayer to escape is not the wrath on Palestine (ver. 23), but “upon the earth distress of nations, men fainting for fear” (ver. 25); it is no physical escape achieved by sudden flight, as that which our Lord commands to the Jew (Matt. 24: 16), but a moral escape by being “accounted worthy” through perpetual vigilance and prayer; and it is not an active escape but a passive - “to be set [passive] before the Son of man”; ‘by angels’, as Dean Alford supplies.  The supposition that the phrase ‘the Son of Man’ is Jewish is one of the inexplicable slips of exposition.  It ought to be obvious that the Son of God is our Lord’s divine title, the Son of Man is His human title, and the Son of David is His Jewish title.

 

 

The Israelitish escape is the fruit of sudden, intense muscular effort, the Christian escape of prolonged moral preparation and prayer.  “Ye are the salt of the earth our Lord says (Matt. 5: 13), “ye are the light of the world”: it will hardly be contended that the Jew, either then or now, is the light of the world “but if the salt have lost its savour” - not its nature; it is salt still: literally, if it has ‘become foolish’ - “it is thenceforth good for nothing” - the gross backslider is not only good for no Christian purpose, but is the world’s worst stumbling, block - “but to be cast out and trodden underfoot of men  Exactly this happens in the Tribulation.

 

 

6

 

 

Of late, certain men have confused Christians by teaching what they term “a partial rapture”.  They claim that only certain ones whose surrendered lives have made them worthy, will share in this glorious destiny.  They say the others who have not reached a certain standard of spirituality will not share in it. - The Prophetic News, Oct., 1937.

 

 

The same issue of the Prophetic News says:- “No greater book on prophecy has ever been written than Seiss’ Apocalypse. We wonder if the critic of partial rapture is aware that Dr. Seiss is one of “the certain men who confuse Christians.”  Dr. Sciss says (The Apocalypse, p. 371):- “Some saints are raised, translated, and glorified in advance of others: there is in every instance some ‘firstfruits’ before the general harvest.  And so we are taught, as Ambrose, Luther, and Kromayer admit, that particular resurrections and translations occur at intervals preceding the full completion of the glorified company

 

 

-------

 

 

THE OVERCOMER

 

 

“He that overcometh  It is there in this one or that who has not allowed the pressure of the world to prevail, who has not let the salt of a consecrated personality lose its savour, or the light of a steady witness to Christ grow dim, who has used the God-given talents, be they ten or five, or even if there were only one, as God would have them used - that the answer to the message of the risen Christ is given.  It is he who has met the buffetings of the stream, and yet has not let the stream carry him away; he who, with whatever slips and stumbles, has yet remained faithful in the very little; he who may seem to himself sometimes to have lost much, yet has never lost heart - it is he who overcomes, who is a victor - CANON J. K. MOZLEY, D.D.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

68

 

THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BELIEVER

 

 

By W. P. CLARK

 

 

From an Address to the Jamaica Advent Testimony.

 

 

 

“Grace ! ’tis a charming sound, harmonious to the ear,

Heaven with the echo shall resound, and all the earth shall hear :

’Twas grace that wrote my name, in Life’s eternal book

Grace taught my wandering feet to tread the heavenly road:

Grace all the work shall crown, through everlasting days.”

 

 

Yes! no word in human vocabulary is dearer, and we can hardly over-emphasize the wonderful fact that we are saved by Grace alone through faith - free, unmerited grace - with no works of our own, and that we shall never perish; but it is possible to emphasize Grace to the exclusion of God’s infinite justice, and to attribute to Him an easy generosity which would gloss over the unconfessed and unforgiven sins of His own [redeemed] people, and so deprive [regenerate] believers of all responsibility for their walk and life and character.  In view of such statements from the lips of our Lord Hiniself - “the Son of man shall come in His Glory and then shall he render to every man according to his deeds”, and, “Behold, I come quickly, and my reward is with me to render to each man according as his work is” - it can hardly be denied that reward is according to our works, and will be awarded at the Coming of our Lord.

 

 

The question is, what are the rewards, and whether they can be lost.  Undoubtedly the Millennial Kingdom is the place where our Lord will deal in reward with His Servants; and no reward is spoken of in the New Testament but in connection with crowns and reigning with Christ.  Not a single text can be quoted, nor is there a single suggestion made, that any believer will be a subject in the Kingdom.  The subjects in the Kingdom - but on the earth - are the Jewish Remnant, saved through “the time of Jacob’s trouble”, and also those set on the right hand of Christ, when He comes in His glory and judges the Nations.  Potentially every believer may have a crown, but will every believer actually receive one?  Even if there is laid up one for every believer it may be lost.  Hence our Lord’s warning, “Hold fast that which thou hast, that no one take thy crown,” and Paul’s admonition, “Let no man rob you of your prize  Some exponents of Scripture contend that the one whose “work is burned, and is saved yet so as through fire” shall “suffer loss”, but that loss is only one of degree - not all loss - not loss of the Kingdom.  That “reward” is one of degree no one will deny, in view of our Lord’s parable that one servant receives ten cities and another five - each in exact proportion to his work; but the disputed point is whether the “unfaithful servant”, in that, and in the corresponding parable of the talents, denotes a believer.  That he is not such, is hard to uphold in view of the fact that, in both parables, he is classed with the faithful servants - as the Lord’s “own servant”, in contradistinction to “his citizens which hated Him and would not have Him to reign over them”; and he is even addressed as a “servant” when sentence is pronounced against him.  Some balk at the nature of the sentence as if “the outer darkness, where there is weeping and gnashing of teeth”, is synonymous with the Gehenna of Fire, the place of punishment of the unbelievers. ... Not so, the “outer darkness” denotes an exclusion from the bright Millennial Kingdom, into some place - not defined - until the thousand years reign is ended, when they will enter the Eternal State, saved by Grace.

 

 

Stronger still is the parable of the “Faithful and wise servant whom his Lord had made ruler over his household  According to the exegesis of some exponents of Scripture, the servant ought to be classed as a believer when he is found doing his Lord’s will and is “set over all his goods”, but becomes an unbeliever when, not expecting his Lord’s return, he acts wrongly and is appointed his portion with the hypocrites: the word “with” showing that he is not himself a hypocrite.  Such a contention would be absurd and illogical, especially to those who hold the view of the final perseverance of the Saints.  The faithful and unfaithful servants are all judged at the same place and time - the Bema - where no unbelievers stand; therefore all are believers.

 

 

Many other Scriptures prove the exclusion from the Kingdom of some believers, which it would not be possible in a short paper to examine, but one outstanding one may be referred to (1 Cor. 6: 9-10); it expressly and in unequivocal terms states exclusion.  “Know ye not that the unrighteous shall not inherit the Kingdom of God and then follows a list of sins which exclude.  Those addressed had been “washed”, “sanctified” and “justified”, but were in peril of lapsing again into these sins; and the Apostle therefore warns them of becoming foul again.  It would have been absurd and pointless if it were merely a statement that unbelievers will be excluded, as that of course would be so, without stating it.  That [regenerate] believers do fall into such sins is a fact, alas ! too well known by experience; but apart from experience, the Scriptures, in the preceding chapter, explicitly state they can; and there a distinction is drawn between a “brother” guilty of such sins and those of “this world”.  That the incestuous Corinthian was a believer is certain, because he was “delivered to Satan for the destruction of the flesh, that his spirit might be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus”.  We know from the Second Epistle that he repented and was restored; but had not this been the case, which was quite possible, are we to hold that the next phase in that man’s existence would be a joyous resurrection and rapture to meet the Lord in the air and to reign with Him in His Kingdom?  Surely not.  His drastic treatment was designed to prevent the “whole lump” the Corinthian Church - being leavened with the leaven of his sin.

 

 

Our Lord’s own promise is, “To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with me in my throne  It will hardly be denied that all Christians are not “overcomers”.  Even the Apostle Paul had to run, fight, and buffet his body lest that by any means after being a herald he himself should be rejected - disqualified for the Prize; and so, “forgetting those things that are behind”, he “pressed towards the mark for the Prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus”.  If the chief Apostle was in danger of losing his Crown, how much more we!  A gift once received from God is certain, and so eternal life: not so a prize - as the Millennial Kingdom - which can never be assured until won.

 

 

-------

 

68b

 

GOD’S PLANS FOR ISRAEL

AND THE NATIONS

 

 

By DEREK ROUS

 

 

 

Over the years, God has stirred up a small number of genuine believers to pray for Israel.  But who are they and what does this all mean? Certainly, ever since the scriptures were made available for all to read, true Bible-believing Christians have been challenged to know what really is in God’s heart for the Jewish people.  It was Paul’s own opinion when he said in Romans 10: 1 “My heart’s desire and Prayer to God for Israel is that they might be saved”? If we believe in the inspiration and authority of scripture, from simple reading of the text, it was, then and now, very clear that God had not finished with Israel. Romans 11: 1-5.  But also by looking at world events, one can’t help noticing that Israel has been creeping into the news - more and more. And the response was never to be sympathy - alone.

 

 

If Christians were able to keep up with events during Israel’s War of independence in 1947/8, they would have been astonished at how the Jewish “Yishuv” managed to survive the  combined assult of 5 Arab armies.  Again in 1967, the speed of success in the 6-day war was something to behold, even if you had no clear Biblical understanding.  It happened to me as a young believer in the Royal Air Force and only 9 months in Faith.

 

 

But how do true Israel supporters deal with the world’s reaction to the riots in Gaza, the US Embassy move  and the celebrations of Israel’s 70th year of independence? Now do we believe that Israel does everything right?  No country does that - least of all our own. However, Israel continues to be held to higher standards than any other country which is provoking the nations to a final solution. (Psalm 2) Are we surprised by this or do we believe that God is in control of of [all] events?  The prophets foretold these times when all things will come to a climax. So, are we nearly there?  If so, what do we really think is Israel’s greatest need at this time? Some say that Jews don’t need the gospel as God is working  to a different plan of redemption.  If this is true, then is Jesus only for Gentiles as the Rabbis say?

 

 

One thing is clear from recent events, that those who understand God’s heart and His plans for Israel (as well as the rest of this world) are a remnant.  Even within “Pro-Israel” groups, there is confusion over the priorities in relating to Jewish people.  There are those who believe it right to establish Messianic fellowships in order to create a context for Jewish outreach.  However, the doen-side of that idea is that they can become just for gentiles fleeing mainstream church.

 

 

Then there are the ones who love to celebrate all the feasts of the Lord but many become entangled with the outward trappings of Judaism.  They love the flag waving, dancong and singing Israeli songs which if you have the energy for it - is all wonderful.  But if they are not careful, their mission can become merely a demonstration to Jewish groups that say “Sincerely Love Israel” as they are not part of “anti-Semitic” church.

 

 

So, there is enthusiastic superficiality from some but also genuine grief and sorrow from others who are quite rightly appalled at the historic treatment of the Jewish people.  But here again, the understanding heart of men dare not be separated from the understanding and caring heart  of God.  And for this we pray!

 

 

One thing is clear.  God’s people - both Jewish and Gentile believers in Yeshua [Jesus], are a remnant.  But we all need the assurance that God is with us wherever we are just as in the beginning. [Acts 5: 32] Noah was a preacher of righteousness for 120 years as he preached and worked on the plan of salvation.  In the end, only he and his family were saved in the Ark.  But it was enough to start again.  For Israel, nothing was ever achieved by overwhelming numbers. Time and again God whittled numbers down to a faithful remnant through whom He could work.  Look at Gideon in Judges 7; also David taking on Goliath in 1 Kings 17; Elijah after victory on Mt. Carmel sensing isolation in 1 Kings 19: 14.  God is often with the minority to show that although He uses us, He doesn’t need us like we need Him.

 

 

God’s promises to Israel is that - although the smallest of the nations, they will be “the head and not the tail Deuteronomy 28: 13.  And even though He would purify His people through judgment, “For out of Jerusalem shall go forth a remnant, and they that escape out of mount Zion: the zeal of the LORD of hosts shall do this 2 Kings 19: 31.  After exile, they would return not just to the Land but return to God. Isa. 10: 21; Ezekiel 36: 24.  So, here we are today, 500 years since the Reformation, still praying that as God has and continues to restore His people to the Land, He is fulfilling the most important plan in bringing them back into a living relationship with Him.  Why is this so important?  It’s because His reputation as a faithful God is at stake.  As Israel comes to know the result is as Ezekiel 36: 23 declares “THE NATIONS MIGHT KNOW THAT HE IS THE LORD

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

69

 

THE BLOOD AND THE LEAVEN

 

 

By D. M. PANTON

 

 

-------

 

 

 

The Type.  Exodus 12.

 

 

A ZOOLOGIST, it is said, if he be given but a single bone of an animal, can reconstruct the entire anatomy to which the bone belongs: so one sure clue is sufficient to explain a type: and, in the Blood and the Leaven, three explicit clues are given by the Holy Spirit, so as to put all beyond doubt.  “Our passover also hath been sacrificed, even Christ” - therefore the lamb’s blood typifies Christ’s blood: “wherefore let us keep the feast” - therefore the Church age, the Seven Days between Advent and Advent, is the antitype of the Feast of Unleavened Bread: “not with old leaven, neither with the leaven of malice and wickedness” - the leaven, therefore, is sin - “but with the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth” (1 Cor. 5: 8).  No type could be clearer or surer. 1 Cor. 10: 11.

 

 

The Blood

 

 

Jehovah’s first command was the putting of the Blood upon the House.  “They shall take of the blood, and put it on       the two side posts and on the lintel, upon the houses wherein they shall eat” the lamb (Ex. 12: 7).  The Destroying Angel sought out every house, for every house held sinners: but he lowered his sword, and passed, wherever he saw the blood.  “When I see the blood, I will pass over you”. Why?  Because death     had already crossed the threshold: the lamb had perished in the place of the firstborn.  But into every other house the Angel entered.     The moment Christ’s blood rises up between my soul and Jehovah, it is “the beginning of months” to my soul: it is regeneration, the begetting of a new and divine life: in that moment,  when I have consciously appropriated Calvary, I leave the world, in spirit, and start travelling home to God.  “Even the     selfsame day all the hosts of the Lord went out from the land of Egypt.  It is a night to be much observed unto the Lord for bringing them out of the land of Egypt”.  The pilgrim life starts with the putting on of the blood. Heb. 9: 14.  John 10: 28.

 

 

The Leaven

 

 

Jehovah’s second command was the putting forth of the Leaven from the House.  “Seven days shall ye eat unleavened bread; even the first day” - that is, from the moment of conversion - “ye shall put away leaven out of your houses”.  Israel started the pilgrim life with sufficient sweet dough to last them the whole Seven Days: the old, sour dough - all discoverable sin - was to be left in Egypt: and so urgent is Jehovah that He commands the putting forth of the leaven nine times.  Paul is no less urgent.  “It is actually reported that there is fornication among you.  Know ye not that a little leaven leaveneth the whole lump?  Purge out the old leaven”. (1 Cor. 5: 1, 7). 1 Pet. 1: 14-19.

 

 

Justification

 

 

Here then is God’s dual truth exquisitely revealed.  The Blood - Justification; the Leaven - Sanctification: the Blood - Christ’s work for us; the Leaven - the Spirit’s work in us.  Now observe.  There is no command to put out the Leaven before putting on the Blood.  The Lamb, it is true, must be eaten with unleavened bread (ver. 8); the heart must turn from all sin in the act of appropriating Christ: but we are not to attempt to cleanse the house from Leaven before it is presented to God for the Blood.

 

 

Just as I am, without one plea,

But that Thy blood was shed for me,

And that Thou bidd’st me come to Thee,

O Lamb of God, I come.

 

 

“Being now justified by His blood, we shall be saved from the wrath of God through Him” (Rom. 5: 9).

 

 

Sanctification

 

 

But the completed work of Justification immediately introduces the complementary work of Sanctification: and only when the Blood is on the door have we power to put forth the Leaven.  “Work out your own salvation” - the Leaven put forth - “with fear and trembling; for it is God which worketh in you” (Phil. 2: 12) - the Holy Spirit is now in the House.  Jehovah does not say that the presence of Leaven in the House proves that there is no Blood on the door: on the contrary, the constant peril of known or discoverable, but un-expelled, leaven is assumed as the peril of every house.  We cannot be too passive under the Blood. we cannot be too active in purging out the Leaven.  “My sins slew my Saviour: now I must slay my sins”. Mark 9: 43-50.

 

 

Disobedience

 

 

Both these Divine commands involve grave consequences.  The Israelite or Egyptian who refused or neglected to apply the Blood, perished: he perished at the hand of God: he perished in Egypt: he perished lost.  “We all” - that remain in Egypt - “be dead men” (Ex. 12: 33).  Even if his house were comparatively pure of leaven, the Destroying Angel destroyed. Heb. 11: 2, 3.  Nor can the disobedient disciple escape unscathed.  The Israelite under the Blood who refused or neglected to expel the Leaven, was cut off (ver. 15): not, it is true, in Egypt: nor was he cut off by the Angel: nor was he cut off from God, but from Israel: that is, he fell an excommunicated pilgrim, on the right side of the Blood, and on his way to God. 1 Cor. 9: 24 - 10: 12; Heb. 4: 11.  It is not eternal destruction.  Rom. 8: 33-39.  But the disciple who (like the incestuous Corinthian) stretches privilege so as to cloak sin must meet a stern disillusionment at the Judgment Seat of Christ: no appeal to the Blood will deliver the Leaven-eater from his judgment. 1 Cor. 11: 30-32; Luke 12: 47, 48; Col. 3: 25.

 

 

Obedience

 

 

Put on the Blood.  O my soul, purge out the Leaven!  A traveller once watched a carpenter in Nazareth search his house for leaven.  Girding himself up, he turned every board, opened every drawer, swept every cupboard; till suddenly, with a cry of horror, he started back.  A workman had left some old bread in a small canvas bag.  Solemnly and anxiously the carpenter laid hold of it with two pieces of wood - not with his fingers - and, carrying it to the fire, dropt bag and all into the flames.  “LET US CLEANSE OURSELVES FROM ALL DEFILEMENT OF FLESH AND SPIRIT, PERFECTING HOLINESS IN THE FEAR OF GOD (2 Cor. 7: 1).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

70

 

THE LORD’S SUPPER

 

 

By W. J. DALBY, M.A.

 

 

[PART ONE]

 

 

The ordinance of the Lord’s Supper is a service in which the majority of professing Christians with more or less frequency take part: and yet for some reason it is a matter which seldom seems to form the theme of exposition in Evangelical circles.  It would appear, however, to be plainly desirable that believers should sometimes meditate upon the meaning and purpose of this Divinely appointed rite as well as celebrate it according to the Lord’s command, the better to realize its importance and to guard against error and to avoid neglect.  We are probably all aware of the fact that this service has proved a centre of much sad controversy and dissension amongst those who claim the name of Christ, some of whom have made it virtually (after baptism) the one thing needful - the slogan has gone forth, “It is the Mass that matters”: while others recoiling from this palpably unscriptural position have gone to the opposite extreme - which is also quite unscriptural - of putting aside the Lord’s Supper altogether.  Between these two extremes lies the teaching of the New Testament setting forth the mind of God on the subject.

 

 

After this introduction we will now plunge in medias res by concentrating our attention upon those words spoken by the Saviour at the Last Supper, which have been the chief ground of contention.  These we may read in Matt. 26: 26-28.  Concerning the bread our Lord said, “This is My body”: concerning the cup or the wine within it He said, “This is MY blood  It is here that the Romanist and the Sacerdotalist think to have the better of Scriptural Protestants.  They sometimes argue as follows.  “You adherents of the Bible and the Bible only are accustomed to insist on a strictly literal interpretation of its contents.  Be fair therefore and consistent in your explanation of these words of the Lord Jesus, and admit that transubstantiation - the change of the bread and wine into the body and blood of the Saviour, or at least the ‘real presence’ - the local presence of Christ in or under the form of, bread and wine - is Scriptural and true  What is our reply?  Our answer is simple, but it requires more than a sentence or two to express it.  We may put the matter in the following way. We do insist - and very strongly insist - on a literal exposition of the plain sense of the words of Scripture: but it has to be the plain sense, and this is where private judgment - which is twin brother to common sense - comes in.  Allowance must be made for the fact that the same word may have two senses, both being natural and common: and in any instance of its use the context must determine which sense is intended.  Add to this that language clearly intended to be metaphorical is by no means unusual, and we are well on the way to resolving our problem.  Let us develop this last point at once.  Our Lord Jesus Christ frequently employed language which is admitted by all to be metaphorical.  We will take three illustrations to prove this.  When He said, “The cup which My Father hath given Me, shall I not drink it (John 18: 11), does anyone suppose that He was referring to some literal cup out of which He was to drain a literal draught?  Of course not: it is universally acknowledged that this was a figure of speech, setting forth as by a striking picture the awful sufferings which He was to endure on the Cross.  When He said, “I am the Good Shepherd” (John 10: 11), did He mean that He was a literal keeper of sheep?  ’Twere folly to suppose so.  He was simply stating under a very beautiful symbolism a blessed truth regarding His relations with His people.  Once more, when He said to His disciples, “Ye are the salt of the earth” (Matt. 5: 13), was He asserting a literal and physical fact?  Nay, but a symbolical and spiritual truth.  For the presence of Christians in the earth preserves from corruption as the presence of salt in meat.  This circumstance of our Lord’s having so often used metaphorical language proves that we are doing nothing unnatural - and in no way tampering with the plain sense of words - when we attribute a symbolical meaning to His great utterances at the Last Supper.  By interpreting “This is My body” as denoting “This bread represents My body,” and “This is My blood” as “The wine in this cup represents My blood,” we immediately obtain a sense clear and good, reasonable and satisfactory.  This is seen to be the more so if we observe that our sacerdotal friends who would enforce upon us by the principles of literal interpretation a rigidly literal exposition of “This is My blood of the New Testament”  would be compelled - if logical themselves - to insist on a no less rigidly literal exposition of the other words spoken by Christ at the same time, “This cup is the New Testament in My blood” (Luke 22: 20).  But all must confess that the cup or the wine within it could not be in itself a literal testament or covenant: it could only typify or symbolize one.

 

 

And now to pass to the point previously asserted, viz., that the same word frequently has two quite common meanings.  That is certainly the case with the verb “to be  This often denotes “to be” in a very literal sense: but it has also a common use as denoting “to represent,” “to symbolize,” “to stand for.” Once we really get this into our minds we are able to deal with the whole problem.  We may make the matter very plain indeed by the use of a simple illustration.  Imagine a lecturer giving an account of some famous battle of history - let us say, for argument’s sake, the Battle of Waterloo.  Beside him on the platform as he speaks there stands an easel, over which is hung a map - the map showing on a large scale the village of Waterloo and the surrounding neighbourhood, and being intended to illustrate his remarks.  At an appropriate point in his discourse the lecturer takes up a coloured chalk and draws a line on the map, saying as he does so, “This is the French Army under Napoleon Bonaparte.” Shortly afterwards he takes another chalk and draws another line facing the previous one, and says, “This is the Allied Army under the Duke of Wellington  Now what does the lecturer mean when he thus says, “This is the French Army,” and “This is the Allied Army”?  It would be abundantly obvious even to the most ignorant among his hearers that the words could not bear a strictly literal construction.  The only natural and plain and possible sense would be as follows: “The first line which I have drawn represents, or stands for, the French Army” and, “The second line represents the other army,” In such a case the verb “to be” cannot be literally pressed it can only mean “to represent  And since this is so we are under no obligation, whatsoever to suppose that when Christ said concerning a piece of bread, “This is My bodyHe meant the words to be literally pressed: the natural and plain sense is, “This bread which I have broken represents, or symbolizes, My, body which to-morrow is to be sacrificed on the Cross  Strongly corroborative of this interpretation is the fact that in the service of the Passover - out of which the Saviour modelled the Lord’s Supper, for He was observing the Passover with His disciples at the time - the Jews are accustomed to say, “This is the bread of affliction which our ancestors ate in the land of Egypt  Does any Jew suppose that the bread which he eats in the Passover is literally transubstantiated or changed into the fare of which his forefathers partook centuries ago in Egypt?  No: he understands by the words used that the bread of which he partakes in the Passover rite represents or symbolizes that of which the Israelites ate in Egypt long before.  We have accordingly no reason to expound Christ’s words at the Last Supper in a Roman sense: we have, on the contrary, every reason to understand them otherwise.

 

 

Bear with me now if I mention briefly another negative point before striking two or three more positive notes in conclusion.  If the Lord’s Supper is not a magic rite in which by a kind of spiritual alchemy bread and wine are transformed into a local presence of Deity, neither is it a sacrifice offered up to God.  The two ideas stand or fall together.  If the bread and wine were changed into Christ’s body and blood, then the breaking of the one and the outpouring of the other would imply in some sense an offering of Christ in sacrifice, a sort of repetition of Calvary.  That is, of course, the Romish view - the sacrifice of the Mass offered up to God - to procure forgiveness of sins for the living and the dead.  Have we not here, incidentally, an excellent albeit a sad illustration of the fact (which it will be well if we never forget.) that one error inevitably leads to another? Naturally so: for sooner or later “a little leaven leaveneth the whole lump” (Gal. 5: 9).  What saith Scripture on the subject of the sacrifice of the Mass?  The New Testament never mentions or suggests any such idea: nay rather, it contradicts it altogether by teaching the completeness and finality of the Saviour’s sacrifice of Himself on the Cross nineteen hundred years ago.  “But this Man, after He had offered one sacrifice for sins for ever, sat down on the right hand of God: From henceforth expecting till His enemies be made His footstool. For by one offering He hath perfected for ever them that are sanctified” (Heb. 10: 12-14).

 

 

At this point we pass from the negative to the positive.  Since transubstantiation is not to be received the sacrifice of the Mass collapses: but while the Lord’s Supper is not a sacrifice it is the commemoration of a sacrifice.  Recall the Passover.  The annual Jewish service commemorated the great deliverance in Egypt, also called the Passover: the Lord’s Supper commemorates our great deliverance through the Lord’s death.  If anyone should say, “Israel’s yearly service was called the sacrifice of the Passover: why then should not our service - which is its antitype - be likewise termed a sacrifice?” the reply is plain.  Israel’s Passover to this day is a sacrifice, for lambs are offered up to God: but Christ our Passover having died expressly once for all and so brought the sacrificial system to a close, our service which commemorates the fact cannot itself be a sacrifice. Our Lord said simply, “This do in remembrance of Me” (Luke 22: 19): and those who would have us believe (as some fain would) that in so saying He meant, “Offer this sacrifice in remembrance (or, for a memorial) of Me,” are merely reading into the passage something that they would like to find there, but which in actuality we do not find there.  The chiefest purpose of the breaking of bread is the remembrance of the Saviour, and it is well expressed in the following beautiful words which occur in “The Order of the Administration of the Lord’s Supper” in the Prayer Book of the Church of England. “To the end that we should alway remember the exceeding great love of our Master, and only Saviour, Jesus Christ, thus dying for us, and the innumerable benefits which by His precious blood-shedding He hath obtained to us; He hath instituted and ordained holy mysteries, as pledges of His love, and for a continual remembrance of His death, to our great and endless comfort  So spake the good English Reformers who swept away the Mass; and we can scarcely improve upon their language to-day.

 

 

The command of Christ last quoted brings us to the practical application of this matter to the people of God: for in the Lord’s Supper we see a plain Christian duty which should also be a recognized Christian privilege. ’Tis true that in the New Testament we do not read a great deal about the breaking of bread - we find there none of that prominence and emphasis which characterize the later Roman and sacerdotal theology: but - on the other hand - we find there none of that total ignoring of the service - and sometimes even opposition to it - which have characterized certain phases of Protestantism.  The New Testament more than once alludes to the Lord’s Supper as it were incidentally, revealing how the first Christians regularly observed it and setting it forth as a thing more or less taken for granted.  Abuses crept in with regard to it even in the Apostolic Age; but the New Testament presents no evidence of any early believers having thought or taught that the service was unnecessary.  One cannot help feeling that many sincere Christians - whether as individuals or as groups - who habitually pass by the breaking of bread - perhaps under the influence of traditional teaching or for some other reason which seems to them weighty - do not realize what they are doing or what they are losing.  For, not to dwell upon the unsuitability of ignoring a command and invitation by Christ, we may recollect that the believer is, through a right use of the service, made partaker of much blessing.  We repudiate transubstantiation and the real presence: but we do well to recognize that the words “This is My body” and “This is My blood” are what Hooker calls “words of promise.” For Christians, who receive the bread and wine by faith and spiritually partake afresh of the things signified, obtain new strength from the Saviour’s body and blood once offered on Calvary.  So Paul teaches: and such has been the faith and experience of the most Scriptural believers ever since his day.

 

 

-------

 

 

[PART TWO]

 

 

THE LORD’S SUPPER

AND THE KINGDOM

 

 

By F. E. MARSH

 

 

 

As Christ handed the cup to His disciples at the institution of the Lord’s Supper, He said: “This is My blood of the New Testament which is shed for many for the remission of sins; but I say unto you, I will not drink henceforth of this fruit of the vine, until that day when I drink it new with you in my Father’s kingdom” (Matt. 26: 28, 29).  The two phrases “This is My blood” and “This fruit of the vine” take us back to the Cross and on to the [Father’s promised] kingdom. [see Psalm 2: 8. cf. 110: 1-3, with Luke 24: 44, R.V.]  The first is a metaphor which signifies one thing represented or embodied in another, so that “My blood” stands for His atoning death.  The words, “This fruit of the vine come under the figure of speech “periphrasis,” which means a description is given to a thing instead of naming it.  So the “Fruit of the vine” and “My blood” stand for the death of Christ and the outcome.  As the bunch of grapes has to be cut off the vine, and the grapes crushed to obtain the wine, so Christ had to be cut off in death, and crushed in the winepress of God’s wrath before there could be any benefit to us.  That blood was “shed (poured out) for many  The “for”peri”) signifies action towards an object, and means “concerning the many,” that is, He was acting for them, and the end He had in view was “for the remission of sins  The other “for” is “eis and embodies intention, and the intention is expressed, it was unto “remission of sins  And remission signifies not only the cancelling of guilt, but the removing of the sins which brought the guilt.

 

 

Will the Lord’s Supper be in or after the Millennium?  Christ points to the time of His Father’s kingdom, when He will again observe the Supper which He had inaugurated, for as Alford says: “The words carry on the meaning and continuance of this sacrificial ordinance, even into the new heavens and the new earth  Alford also gives a quotation from Thiersch: “The Lord’s Supper points not only to the past, but the future also.  It has not only a commemorative, but also a prophetic meaning.  In it we have not only to show forth the Lord’s death until He come, but we have also to think of the time when He shall come to celebrate His Holy Supper with His own, new, in HIS KINGDOM of glory.  Every celebration of the Supper is a foretaste and prophetic anticipation of the great marriage supper which is prepared for the Church [of “the firstborn” (Heb. 12: 17, R.V.)] at the second appearing of Christ.  This import of the sacrament is declared in the words of the Lord: ‘I will not drink henceforth the fruit of the vine* until I drink it new in My Father’s kingdom”

 

 

[* NOTE: The words underlined above, make it clear what “Kingdom” in here meant, for God intends to replace this present creation with a “new Heaven” and “New earth”: but then “the sea is no more:” (Rev. 21: 1, R.V.)!]

 

 

We therefore see that the Lord’s Supper not only shows forth His death until He comes, but when He has come we shall proclaim that death to which we owe everything, even as in the Millennium there will be the commemorative sacrifices to point back to that death of deths, that sacrifice of sacrifices, and that only atonement for sin (see Ezekiel. 46).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

71

 

 

THE GOSPEL OF THE KINGDOM

 

 

By G. H. LANG

 

 

 

Even after the resurrection, and prior to the gift of the Spirit of truth, the apostles were still entertaining the idea of an Immediate setting up of the visible kingdom: “Lord, are you at this time going to restore the kingdom to Israel  This is surprising since Christ had laboured to free them from their mistaken belief as a then present expectation.  Shortly before His death, and expressly because “the people thought that the kingdom of God was going to appear at onceHe spoke a parable to teach that He was to be as “A man of noble birth went to a distant country to have himself appointed king and then to return” (Luke 19: 11-27).

 

 

Now under the conditions of travel of those days the going to and coming from a distant country meant of necessity a long journey, especially with the tedious and momentous matter of a kingdom to be discussed.  The Lord thus taught that, while His return as King is a certainty, His absence would be long.  And what an illuminating suggestion is here as to the business now in hand in Heaven, even the steps necessary for securing the kingdom (presently ruled over by Satan) to its rightful King. (See Rev. 11: 15, 18.)

 

 

Yet it has been asserted, and widely accepted, that a few weeks after Pentecost, Peter was nevertheless saying exactly the reverse, and was telling Israel that the offer of the visible kingdom was still open, and that even then if they would receive Jesus as their Messiah He would forthwith return and establish the kingdom in glory.

 

 

It is remarkable how acute and sincere minds could have involved themselves in such an impossible contradiction.  But If the theory puts Peter in an obviously false position, where does it place the Holy Spirit Himself?  Was He inspiring Peter to contradict Christ?  Or was Peter not speaking by inspiration at all?  That Peter had the [messianic] kingdom before him is clear.  In his first address he spoke of “the great and glorious day of the Lord and quoted the words, “Sit at my right hand until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet” (Acts 2: 20, 34, 35).  But that he did not offer to Israel the Immediate return of Christ to restore the kingdom to Israel is plain from the very statement often used to assert that he did.  His words were (Acts 3: 19-2l): “Repent, then, and turn to God, so that your sins may be wiped out, that times of refreshing may come from the Lord, and that he may send the Christ, who has been appointed for you - even Jesus.  He must remain in heaven until the time comes for God to restore everything, as he promised long ago through his holy prophets

 

 

These words suggest the absence of the Lord in the heavens for some period, not at all His Instant return thence to the earth; for had the latter been in the mind of the speaker the phrase, “He must remain in heaven until would not have occurred to him.  And he indicates sufficiently clearly the circumstances that will attend the close of that period of absence.  The holy prophets had taught that the restoration of everything will be ushered in by such developments as these: (1) The readjusting of world-empire into a ten-kingdom confederacy. (2) The subsequent emergence of another small kingdom. (3) The conquest by the last of these of the ten kingdoms, with the subsequent rise of its sovereign to world supremacy. (4) His opposition of the people of God for three and a half years. (5) Other prophecies are to be fulfilled, such as the re-peopling of Elam, Ammon, Moab; as also Babylon, but this last to be finally and permanently destroyed.  There were also to be the destruction of Jerusalem and the scattering of the Jews, but just lately denounced against them by Christ Himself in Peter’s hearing, with (6) their regathering as predicted in ancient times.

 

 

With these and other stupendous events to be fulfilled in connection with the restoration, and yet no sign of one of them as then in sight, how could a Spirit-taught apostle have suggested the return forthwith of the Deliverer of Zion?

 

 

In Scripture we learn without difficulty what Peter taught - and this is proper, for an inspired teacher will never have to correct any earlier statements by latter ones.

 

 

1. He taught (a) the select resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead; that His soul was not abandoned in Hades (Greek); (b) of the intermediate state of the godly dead in that same place: “David did not ascend to heaven(Acts 2: 27, 31, 36).

 

 

2. He taught Repentance: “Repent and be baptised, every one of you, in the name of Jesus Christ so that your sins may be forgiven” (2: 38).  His message was precisely that of his Lord: “Not everyone who says to me, ‘Lord, Lord will enter the kingdom of heaven, but only he who does the will of my Father who is in heaven” (Matt. 7: 21; cf. Matt. 5: 20).  This generation is doomed to suffer the stored-up wrath due to long centuries of wickedness confirmed by present stubborn sin (as Christ had openly declared: Matt. 23: 35, 36); it remains only that we separate ourselves from it.  Repent!

 

 

3. He taught Baptism.  “Repent and be baptised, every one of you, in the name of Jesus Christ so that your sins may be forgiven Die! Be buried!  Enter the new circle of obedient disciples of Jesus!  And about three thousand hearers did so.

 

 

4. He taught Evidential Works.  He insisted upon good works by the baptised believers, and was the first in the church to bring just and merited judgment upon evil-doers within the church, even to the premature death of Ananias and Sapphira for lying.  “Ananias, how is it that Satan has so filled your heart that you have lied to the Holy Spirit” (Acts 5: 3, 4; cf. 1 Pet. 2: 11, 12, 20, 21; 2 Pet. 1: 5-11).

 

 

No true preacher of the gospel of grace would say to unregenerate men /women, “If you do these things” you will secure eternal life, for that is the free “gift of God” (Rom. 6: 23): “a righteousness from God, apart from the law” (Rom. 3: 21).  But, when addressing regenerate believers, as in (1 Pet. 1: 1-11), and referring to the matter of their calling to glory, Peter distinctly puts the issue upon the ground of works, saying: “if you do these things, you will never fall, and you will receive a rich welcome into the eternal [Gk., ‘aionios’ same word as found in Gal. 6: 8; 1 Tim. 6: 12; 1 Pet. 5: 10, etc.] kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ” (2 Pet. 1: 10, 11).

 

 

Similarly Paul, ever most emphatic upon the acceptance of sinners solely through the imputation to them by grace of the righteousness of Christ equally definite that obtaining of the glory of God is not guaranteed certainly, but demands the fulfilment of conditions.

 

 

As with Peter so with Paul also, the calling is not to exemption from eternal life, but to entering the Millennial Kingdom and sharing in its glory.

 

 

Thus the words of Christ as to being “considered worthy of taking part in that [next] age” are adopted by Paul - “That God’s judgment is right, and as a result” - [of faith, perseverance, persecutions and trials they were enduring] - “you will be counted worthy of the kingdom of God” (Luke 20: 35; cf. 2 Thess. 1: 5; 1 Thess. 2: 12).

 

 

The Millennial Kingdom is the “eternal [‘age-lasting’] glory” to which Christians will be established after they have suffered a while, with obedience to Christ emanating from the sufferings. (1 Pet. 5: 10).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

72

 

THE PAROUSIA OF CHRIST

 

 

 

‘PAROUSIA’ - a word which is the cardinal pivot of all Second Advent truth, and the keystone in the arch of unfulfilled prophecy - in itself states merely a stationary presence, and is a ‘coming’ only when linked with words implying motion.  The ‘Parousia of Christ’, used by the Holy Spirit as a technical expression, the Psalmist exquisitely unfolds.  “He bowed the heavens also, and came down., and thick darkness was under His feet ... He made darkness His hiding place, His pavilion round about Him, darkness of waters, thick clouds of the skies” (Ps. 18: 11).  Christ’s downward motion stops: His people’s upward motion stops: the Lord silently forms His Royal Court in a pavilion of cloud.  The Parousia is thus secret a hiding place; it is stationary - a pavilion; it is invisible - in thick darkness; and it is the centre of rapture - “He sent from on high, He took me”.  For thus our Lord is to return.  He ascended visibly, and was wrapt from sight in cloud: but He is to ‘so come in like manner’ (Acts 1: 11), - that is, the process is to be reversed: He descends invisibly, concealed by clouds, and then bursts forth, visibly and bodily, as the Sun of righteousness.  The interlude is the Parousia.

 

 

The Parousia serves purposes of vital import to the Church.  It is thither saints are to be rapt, encompassed, as our Lord was, with clouds: “we that are alive, that are left, shall together with them be caught up”a sudden and irrestible seizure by a power beyond us’; a reunion, not on earth, nor in the heaven of heavens, but] “in the air” (1 Thess. 4: 17), as homing doves flock to their airy dovecotes (Is. 60: 8).  The Parousia is our ark of refuge.  “In the covert of Thy presence Thou shalt hide them from the plottings of man: Thou shalt keep them secretly in a pavilion from the strife of tongues” (Ps. 31: 20).  It is the heavenly Tabernacle against which Antichrist, enraged by the loss of his prey, hurls important blasphemies.  “And he opened his mouth for blasphemies against God, to blaspheme His name, and His tabernacle, even them that tabernacle in the heaven” (Rev. 13: 6).  Thus the ‘epiphany’ or manifestation to the Church (1 John 3: 2; 2 Tim. 4: 8) occurs in the ‘parousia’: the epiphany to the world (2 Thess. 2: 8) is delayed until the ‘apocalypse’ (2 Thess. 1: 7).

 

 

The Parousia is also the judgment court of the Church.  Judgment begins at the House of God (1 Pet. 4: 17): for “after a long time the lord of those servants cometh and maketh a reckoning with them” (Matt. 25: 19).  Within the Parousia are enacted the Virgins, the Talents, the Pounds: here converts are presented by the evangelist (1 Thess. 2: 19): here the disciple’s heart and life are examined (1 Thess. 3: 13), and blamelessness (1 Thess. 5: 23) or shame (1 John 2: 28) revealed.  For the Household is examined in camera, the Bema is set up in the Throne-room: and the approval of the Judgment Seat is the supreme reward of the disciple, and an incorruptible motive of holiness.  “We make it our aim to be well-pleasing unto Him.  For we [disciples] must all be made manifest before the judgment seat of Christ; that each one may receive the things done in the body, according to what he hath done, whether it be good or bad” (2 Cor. 5: 10).

 

 

The Parousia of Christ runs simultaneously with the Parousia (2 Thess. 2: 9) of Antichrist: the heavenly Parousia is the advanced outpost whither God recalls His ambassadors, on the outbreak of war against the world and the last judgments of God. “The Lord also thundered in the heavens, and the Most High uttered His voice, hailstones and coals of fire.  And He sent out His arrows and scattered them; yea, lightnings manifold, and discomfited them” (Ps. 18: 13; Rev. 8: 5; 10: 3; 11: 19; 16: 10).  But Antediluvian and Sodomic wickedness recur, and remain obdurate, during the Parousia. Matt. 24: 37.  At length ripeness of iniquity below, and the close of the judgment scene above, together produce the break-up of the Parousia; scattering clouds on a sudden reveal to every eye the triple glory (Luke 9: 26) burning in the heart of the Pavilion.  “For as the lightning cometh forth from the east, and is seen even unto the west; so shall be the presence [see Revised Margin throughout] of the Son of Man” (Matt. 24: 27); who shall paralyse Antichrist by the manifestation, or outburst, of His Parousia (2 Thess. 2: 8); and “then shall the righteous shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of their Father” (Matt. 13: 43).  Our Lord’s feet alight upon Olivet.  Zech. 14: 4.

 

 

So the Presence is to be the lode-star of the Church: for its Bema is the criterion for all regenerate life and conduct.  Unfulfilled prophecy all lies after the Rapture. nothing stands between us and the summons of God.  No premonitions, no warnings, no signals, no prophecies: “know this, that if the master of the house had known in what watch the thief was coming” - silently, secretly, suddenly, as a thief comes - “he would have watched, and would not have suffered his house to be broken through.  Therefore be ye also ready: for in an hour that ye think not the Son of Man cometh” (Matt. 24: 43).  Holiness is the supreme passport into the Presence. Luke 21: 36; 1 John 3: 3.  “The miller’s apron, the baker’s cap, the labourer’s coat, the housewife’s gown, are all suitable material for ascension robes”: every day, every hour, puts in a stitch, or drops one, in the garment of our coming glory. Rev. 19: 8.  “What I say unto you I say unto all, WATCH”. (Mark 13: 37).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

73

 

READINESS FOR RAPTURE

 

 

By D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

“Pray always, that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of Man” (Luke 21: 36).  God has not revealed the date of the advent in order that we may always be watchful: nor has He revealed the standard of holiness for rapture in order that we may be always pressing on to perfection.  What is required?

 

1. - The Girt Loin: “Let your loins be girded about” (Luke 12: 35).  Flowing Oriental garments, if loosed, check work, and impede flight.  “Thus shall ye eat it; with your loins girded, your shoes on your feet, and your staff in your hand, and ye shall eat it in haste: it is the Lord’s passover.  For I will go through Egypt ... and will smite” (Ex. 12: 11).  A pilgrim people, on the eve of the last judgments, must be instant in service, and unimpeded for flight: the world will become our coffin unless it becomes our enemy. Heb. 3: 17.  “The time is shortened, that henceforth both those that have wives be as though they had none; and those that weep, as though they wept not; and those that rejoice, as though they rejoiced not; and those that buy, as though they possessed not; and those that use the world, as not abusing it: for the fashion of this world is passing away” (1 Cor. 7: 29).  They who stand on the brink of the last flight must stand with tightened robe and shod feet. 1 Pet. 1: 13.

 

 

2. - The Burning Lamp: “Let your lamps be burning”.  Lamps are kept burning at night only: and all night, unless we sleep.  “Now it is high time for you to awake out of sleep: for now is salvation nearer to us than when we first believed.  The night is far spent, and the day is at hand” (Rom. 13: 11).  “The spirit of a man is the lamp of the Lord” (Prov. 20: 27): every [regenerate] disciple is [or should be] a lit lamp, and right through the moral midnight Christ expects a burning flame.  Of John He said; “He was the lamp”, holding the Light, “that burneth and shineth” (John 5: 35): “from evening to morning before the Lord” the lamp is “to burn continually” (Ex. 27: 20).  Burning without shining - zeal without knowledge: shining without burning - light without love: God demands both: burning with heat to God, shining with light to men. Matt. 5: 16.

 

3. - The Fixt Gaze: “Be ye yourselves like unto men looking for their lord”.  Christ said: “It is expedient that I go away”.  He never said, ‘It is expedient that I stay away’: He commands conscious acceptance of the truth of the second coming.  A visionary is one who sees vision that have no correspondence with reality: the looking disciple beholds the march of God’s purposes from eternity to eternity, crystallising into fact as they precipitate into time, so that every prophetic word is an inevitable fact. “Watch, for ye know not the hour”: “pray, that ye may be accounted worthy” - perpetual watchfulness, perpetual prayer, these are the mind and heart that come from God.  So, “blessed are those servants”.  Not, ‘blessed are all servants’, but, “blessed are those servants, whom the Lord when He cometh shall find watching”. Heb. 9: 28; Tit. 2: 13; 2 Tim. 4: 8. Rev. 3: 10.  The carnal disciple forfeits the beatitude. Matt. 24: 48-51; Luke 21: 34, Rev. 3: 3.  The deeper the midnight, the more urgent the vigil.  The first watch has yesterday’s wakefulness in it; the fourth watch has to-morrow’s wakefulness in it: but, “if He shall come in the second watch, and if in the third, and find them so, blessed are those servants”.  Christ returns later than the early church thought - not in the first watch, but earlier than the last churches will dream - not in the fourth watch: not so early as impatience desires, nor so late as carelessness assumes.  The unknown hour of the burglary compels that the householder sit up all night: watching, in Rutherford’s words, ‘as men who have no to-morrow’.

 

 

The fruit of the vigil is such as to make the loss of a thousand worlds as dust in the balance.  “He cometh” - inquisition, approval, promotion.  “He maketh them sit down” - rest, glory, enthronement.  “HE SERVES THEM” - the King of kings girding Himself once again with a towel, at the side of His watchful child.  This is a verse beyond all human comment.  Does Christ speak the truth?  He does.  Does He always speak the truth? He does. Then is this an absolute fact?  It is.  Then build all life upon this face, for to build on aught else is faithlessness to Him, and folly for eternity, “Everyman is worth just so much as the things about which he busies himself

 

 

The girt loin - incessant service: the burning lamp - incessant holiness: the fixt gaze - incessant vigil: finally,

 

 

4. - The Prepared Life: incessant readiness. “Be ye also ready, for in an hour that ye think not the Son of Man cometh”.  Death can be sudden, but it nearly always throws out warning symptoms: there will be no warning symptoms here.  1 Thess. 5: 2.  Sudden as an avalanche, swift as the lightning, irrevocable as death - one flash, and the watchful will be gone, and the last judgments will he here.  Matt. 24: 40-42; 1 Cor. 15: 52.  One fact is supreme.  Christ might have returned at any moment these eighteen hundred years: He may return at any moment now.  Much unfulfilled prophecy remains before He comes with His saints: none, before He comes for them.  Therefore “become” - so the Greek - “ye also ready”.  One known sin undropt, one known command unobeyed, one known truth unbelieved, one part of the life knowingly unyielded, and we stand in Jeopardy.  Unbeliever, the last shadows are falling across the world, and therefore across your life, yet you are still not ready.  But “there is time” - as Napoleon said, on the news of a great defeat - “to win a victory before the sun goes down”.  Your coming Judge is your present Saviour: “BELIEVE ON THE LORD JESUS CHRIST, AND THOU SHALT BE SAVED 

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

74

 

OUR CROWN IN JEOPARDY

 

 

By D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

Israel in the Wilderness, says Paul, are a type, real and actual, of us.  “In these things they became FIGURES OF US: these things happened unto them by way of figure” (1 Cor. 10: 6, 11).  Their experiences God has selected, not as exceptional, but as permanent revelations of His character: all human experiences, ours as theirs, must flow out of the one unalterable character of God.  Moreover God so wrought, and so wrote, purposely for the Church.  “In these things they became figures of us, to the intent that we should not lust, as they also lusted”: “these things were written for our admonition”.  The inspired record exists to prove the parallel.  God so wrought, that we might know His character, He so wrote, that we might know it for ever.  Moreover the parallel points specifically to the acts of judgment.  “They were overthrown in the wilderness.  Now these things” - the repeated overthrows - “were our examples”.  The judgments are embedded in the Word as in rock for ever, that the Wilderness should become the kindergarten of the Church. To deny the parallel is to overthrow inspiration: to ignore the parallel is to silence the Scripture, to admit the parallel is to disclose a momentous peril to the [redeemed and regenerate] believer in Christ.

 

 

The apostle lays down, in figure, the ample bedrock of our own spiritual standing.  “Our fathers were all under the cloud” - redeemed by the blood of the Lamb  - “and all passed through the sea” - separated from a godless world - “and were all baptised unto Moses in the cloud and in the sea” - a people buried to sin - “and did all eat the same spiritual meat” - at the Lord’s Table - “and did all drink the same spiritual drink” - the Spirit from the smitten Lord - “for they drank of a spiritual rock that followed them: and the rock was Christ”.  Standing in grace could hardly be stated, in so few words, more exhaustively: if privilege could render immune, Israel was beyond fall.  Now observe the startling and studied contrast. “Howbeit with most of them God was not well pleased: for they were overthrown in the wilderness”: all under - all through - all immersed - all eating - all drinking: MOST OVERTHROWN.  For “they which run in a race all run, but one receiveth the prize”.  All - two millions: most - two millions minus two: “wherefore let him that thinketh he standeth take heed lest he fall”.  Luke 12: 47, 48; Rom. 11: 17-22.

 

 

God’s sharp dilemma impales us on its one horn or on the other.  Overthrown Israel are a type, either of the believer’s eternal destruction or of his forfeited [millennial inheritance and] reward: if it is not lost glory, it is lost life.  But the passage itself decides.  “Know ye not that they which run in a race all run, but one receiveth THE PRIZE?  Even so run, that ye may attain ...  For* I would not, brethren, have you ignorant, how, that our fathers”, so privileged, “were overthrown”.  God never put us under the Blood to withdraw us from its blessed efficacy (Rom. 8: 1; John 10: 27-29; Rom. 11: 29; Heb. 9: 12). neither has He ever presented the Prize as an irrevocable gift.  What is the imperilled prize?  “They do it to receive a corruptible crown, but we an incorruptible.  I therefore ... buffet my body, and bring it into bondage: lest by any means, after that I have preached to others, I myself” - even Paul  - “should be rejected [for the crown”].  As fivefold was the privilege and fivefold the overthrow, so even the best saints need cautioning against the worst sins.  1 Cor. 6: 9; Heb. 4: 11.  “He is not crowned, except he have contended lawfully”. (2 Tim. 2: 5).  Jas 1: 12; Rev. 3: 11.  The badge, the title, the proof of possession for the Millennial Kingdom is the Crown: and “the Kingdom of Heaven has no entrance fee, but its subscription is - all that a man hath”. Phil. 3: 8-14.  The blessed reality of the election of God can prove no shelter for the sins of the elect: remember Moses.  Col. 3: 25.

 

* See R.V. and Critical Editions.

 

 

Nevertheless the command abides. Matt. 6: 33.  “Take heed” - never presume: “God is faithful” - never despair.  Every escape out of temptation is a straight path into the coming Glory.  “God is faithful, who will not suffer you to be tempted above that ye are able: but will with the temptation make also the way of escape, that ye may be able to endure it”.  God offers prizes in order that we may win them.  His heart yearns for our entry into the [messianic] kingdom.  “Walk worthily of God, who is calling you into His own kingdom and glory” (1 Thess. 2: 12).  The entrance lies in the worthy walk.  Matt. 7: 21.  If our hearts linger in Egypt, our graves will be dug in the wilderness: if our hearts dwell in Canaan, we shall follow in person.  Col. 3: 1-4; Rev. 2: 26.

 

 

“NOW THESE THINGS HAPPENED UNTO THEM BY WAY OF EXAMPLE.  AND THEY WERE WRITTEN FOR OUR ADMONITION, UPON WHOM THE ENDS OF THE AGES ARE COME”.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

75

 

THE KINGDOMS OF THE WORLD

 

 

BY D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

One utterance based on the character and power of God, runs through all the ages, and was never more needed than to-day - only twenty years after the greatest war the world has ever known, and not three months after an escape, by inches, from a still greater.  It is, so far as earth goes, the summing up of all prophetic words in one; and it is uttered in the one Book of the Bible that paints international iniquity the blackest.  “THE KINGDOMS OF THIS WORLD ARE BECOME THE KINGDOMS OF OUR LORD AND OF HIS CHRIST, AND HE SHALL REIGN FOR EVER AND EVER” (Rev. 11: 15).  No visionary kingdom, or remote rule in far-off worlds: these very nations around us, aptly described in prophecy as ‘wild beasts’, shall be under the rule, and devoted to the person, of Christ universal, complete, and final will be God’s transformation of this old earth.  Men around us think that we evangelicals care nothing for political, social, economic conditions, since we abandon the world in despair: the truth is that evangelicals who accept prophecy, while now concentrating solely or regenerating truth, have an outlook for the world that makes them the most radiant optimists on earth.  Ours is the prayer of nineteen centuries fulfilled at last:- “Thy kingdom come

 

 

CRISIS

 

 

Now the arrival of the Kingdom is set in the extraordinary conditions.  No sooner have the corpses of the Two Witnesses been raised on the streets of Jerusalem, and been rapt into Heaven, than there follows the blast of the Seventh Trumpet, and the burst of Heaven’s triumphant song - at the very moment when earth is abandoned by God’s mightiest workers.  “And there followed  great voices in heaven, and they said, The kingdoms of this world are become” - from this moment onward: the crisis is over and past - “the kingdoms of our Lord, and of his Christ”.  But could any moment to declare it be more extraordinary?  The Day of Terror is now opening on earth; Satan has descended, with all his host; Antichrist is about to assume world dominion: nevertheless that last trumpet blast, under which the final judgments occur, is, in the deep-taught ears around the Throne, absolutely decisive.  The Tribulation judgments begin at once that culminate in the Stone, which, descending with smashing force, pounds all preceding Empires to dust (Dan. 2: 35); and the blast, announcing Hell’s doom, equally announces earth’s Golden Age.

 

 

POWER

 

 

The wording of the triumphant shout explains exactly how this is so.  “We give thee thanks, O Lord God, the Almighty, BECAUSE THOU HAST TAKEN THY GREAT POWER, and didst reign  Throughout the four thousand years since the Flood, and supremely in the crucifixion of Christ and the unresisting grace of a cross-bearing Church, the Most High has so restrained His power, in profound respect for the free will of man, and in love’s prolonged appeal, that that power has seemed utterly abrogated and non-existent.  But the long patience of God at last ceases.  The Second Advent is the moment when God resumes power over the world, and never lays it down again: “He shall reign for ever and ever  Iniquity is so entrenched, and so impregnably wicked, that nothing but the shattering power of God can reform a world which Christ’s blood has redeemed: the Kingdom will be based on power, and on that power alone which is safe to be omnipotent - Divine power.

 

 

WRATH

 

 

Very remarkable is the deciding factor.  “And the nations were wroth, and thy wrath came”: that is, it is the wrath of man that kindles the wrath of God.  It is exactly what is foretold in the Second Psalm.  “Why do the nations rage why are the nations enraged? “the kings of the earth set themselves against the Lord, and against his Anointed: then shall he speak to them IN HIS WRATH” (Ps. 2: 1).  By the time the Great Tribulation opens, the Anti-God crusade, now incipient in all nations, matures; and the coming judgments only exasperate the nations: mere indifference, scepticism, unbelief passes, and is replaced by a real belief in God, coupled with open and passionate hate of Him.  But the wrath thus hurled at God kindles the Divine anger, and closes the Day of Grace.  Simultaneously with the anger of the nations, but far transcending it, is the wrath of God.

 

 

JUDGMENT

 

 

So the consequences at once emerge; and the first is exactly what we should expect - judgment.  “And the time of the dead TO BE JUDGED  The Seventh Trumpet covers the whole remainder of earth’s history, and therefore all judgment:- the judgment of the Church, the judgment of the living nations on Olivet, and the judgment of the dead at the great white Throne.  “The season of the dead to be judged”: the time when it is the turn of the dead to have justice done to them; or else to incur judgment which had not been inflicted: in other words, Grace is over, and Righteousness assumes her reign.  Do we realize what it would mean if judgment never came?  It would mean that God is careless of good and evil, or else is evil Himself; that man is free to break God’s laws, and not only not suffer, but actually profit by sin; that therefore all righteous sufferers of all ages have based their lives on an illusion: that the Bible, since it is full of this illusion, is false; and that so far from God loving a holy world, it is immaterial to Him whether the world, or the universe, is good or bad.  Solomon thunders, the reverse:- “God shall bring every work into judgment, with every hidden thing, whether it be good or whether it be evil” (Ecc. 12: 14).

 

 

REWARD

 

 

So, inevitably, dawns the day of recompense.  “And the time to give their REWARD to thy servants  And the reward begins with our Lord.  No sooner is it announced that the nations rage, and that God responds in wrath than He says - to His Anointed:- “Ask of me, and I will give thee the nations for thine inheritance, and the uttermost parts of the earth for thy possession” (Ps. 2: 8).  Those also rewarded are the Prophets - “ye shall see all the Prophets in the Kingdom of God” (Luke 13: 28); the Saints, the sanctified from all dispensations, saints by practice (Rom. 16: 2) and not only saints by calling (Rom. 1: 7), and not only slain saints, martyrs as many in the Early Church supposed; and the Fearers of God - probably those saved in response to the Angel’s gospel - “Fear God, for the hour of his judgment is come” (Rev. 14: 7).  The most moving reward for all God’s sufferers is the vindication of His honour, the approval of God, the triumph of goodness and right.  “The righteous shall rejoice when he seeth the vengeance: so that men shall say, Verily there is a reward for the righteous, verily there is a God that judgeth the earth” (Ps. 58: 10).  Where the Lord was crucified is where. He will reign.

 

 

ROYALTY

 

 

So here we get remarkable confirmation of the fact that Christ’s Reigning on earth not only is the season of all reward, but itself is the reward:- “The time to give the reward [see Greek …] “to thy servants”.  So our Lord in the Sermon on the Mount makes the ‘reward’ and the [coming Messiah’s] ‘kingdom’ synonymous.  “Blessed are they who have been persecuted for righteousness’ sake, for theirs is the kingdowt of heaven; blessed are ye when men shall persecute you, for great is your reward in heaven” (Matt. 5: 10, 11): in other words, the persecuted both have reward and have the Kingdom - that is, the reward is the [millennial] Kingdom.* The Lord Jesus, addressing one Church, makes it as explicit as words can make it that the Kingdom is a reward, not a gift of grace.  “He that overcometh, and he that keepeth my works unto the end” - thus excluding all backsliders - “to him will I give AUTHORITY OVER THE NATIONS, and he shall rule them with a rod of iron, as the vessels of the potter are broken to shivers” (Rev. 2: 26).  Those who have mastered self-control by lifelong fidelity are entrusted with a shattering power for the government of entire peoples.

 

* To assert that two specific classes are promised the Kingdom - prophets (Luke 13: 28) and martyrs (Rev. 20: 4) - if as a matter of fact all believers will obtain it, would be as meaningless as it would be misleading.  “If we suffer with him, we shall also reign with him” (2 Tim. 2: 12, Rom. 8: 17), and prophets and martyrs have been the greatest sufferers in history.

 

 

CORRUPTION

 

 

The third event of the ‘season’ which the Trumpet blast opens, follows.  “And [the time] to DESTROY them that destroy the earth  It is exact judgment, retribution in kind, for nothing more closely characterizes the Man of Sin than his destructiveness.  “And he shall destroy wonderfully, and shall prosper and do his pleasure; and he shall destroy the mighty ones and the holy people” (Dan. 8: 24).  But, as the word implies, it is more than destruction, it is corruption; “He shall corrupt the corrupters”: so the rottenness of the grave is invoked on the rottenness of lawlessness and immorality - rottenness for rottenness.  So Isaiah (66: 24) closes his whole prophecy with awful words of Jehovah:- “And they shall go forth, and look upon the carcases of the men that have transgressed against me: for their worm shall not die, neither shall their fire be quenched; they shall be an abhorring unto all flesh

 

 

HEAVEN

 

 

Very beautifully the scene closes with an opened Heaven.  “And there was opened the temple of God that is in heaven; and there was seen in his temple the ark of the covenant  For the first time since the creation of the world, the innermost shrine of Deity, the Holy of Holies on high, bursts upon the vision of man: when right is universally triumphant on earth, Heaven and earth are one, and the very heart of Heaven is visible to the whole world.  Out of that opened Heaven the Kingdom comes, and the King: out of that Holy of Holies will fall the dreams, made real at last, that have haunted human hearts since first they throbbed:- all the kingdoms of the world become Gods; all swords beaten into plowshares; all deserts gone; all passions holy; all literature, science, art, laws, godlike:- the kingdoms of the world ruled and swayed from “the land that is fairer than day”, and all the awful mess and muddle of both Church and world purged and set right for ever.  “THE KINGDOMS OF THIS WORLD ARE BECOME THE KINGDOMS OF OUR LORD AND OF HIS CHRIST; AND HE SHALL REIGN FOR EVER AND EVER*

 

* At present the awful fact is that Satan largely controls the nations of the world (Matt. 4: 9), and the day hastens when the whole earth worships the Dragon (Rev. 13: 4).

 

 

For lo, the days are hastening on

By prophet bands foretold,

When with the ever-circling years

Comes round the Age of Gold;

When peace shall over all the earth

Its ancient splendours fling,

And the whole earth send back the song

Which now the angels sing.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

76

 

DEATH ANDGLORY*

 

 

By CHARLIE DINES

 

 

(* From the author’s Book “Being Glorified Together With Him.”)

 

 

 

While most of what has preceded should, I hope, prove to be of no remarkable difficulty to mainline Christians, I must now take a fork off of the well-trodden road onto a path less travelled.  Some may conclude that the doctrine posited hereafter is radically unorthodox.  Nevertheless, I hope they will be like the Bereans and search the Scriptures to find out what is the truth in any matter (Acts 17: 10 f).

 

 

A misunderstanding of the proper connection between death and glory may take one astray from the faith “once for all delivered to the saints  Unprofitable and delusional are all of the traditions and assumptions of men that are not according to God’s Word (Matt. 15: 3).

 

 

Man was created in the image of God (Gen. 1: 26 f), and he is a tripartite being - “spirit, and soul,* and body” (1 Thess. 5: 23); he is not bipartite being consisting only of body and soul, or body and spirit.  While the words “spirit” and “soul” may oftentimes appear to be un-differentiated in Scripture, God declares that they are separate things: things able to be divided, one from the other (Heb. 4: 12).  Since elaboration on their distinctions would take us far afield, it must suffice to simply say that one’s soul is who one is as a person.  It displays his personhood; it is one’s self.  The true essence of every living man is his indwelling soul, manifested to others through his spoken words and bodily activities. (Even after believers die physically, we are yet alive unto God;** and the “we” who are alive is with reference to our soul.)

 

*The word “soul” is one translation of the Hebrew word nephesh and the Greek word psuche.  Psuche is rendered nearly forty times as “life,” and slightly less than sixty times as “soul” in the N.T.  In Mark 8: 35, 36 both “life” and “soul” are translations of this one Greek word, psuche.  In certain passages it would not be correct to understand psuche as “soul-life  In some places the Bible refers to men who are/were bodily alive as “souls”; at other times “soul” is simply a reference to a non-corporeal part of man.

 

** Luke 20: 37, 38; cp. John 11: 26; Rev. 6: 9; 20: 4.

 

 

The dividing asunder of a man’s spirit, and soul, and body is called death.  Death, from God’s perspective, is not annihilation.  Rather, it is the separation of things intended to remain conjoined, and this is the case whether the term “death” is used literally or metaphorically in the Bible.  The following few examples of this Biblical perspective will support this affirmation.

 

 

Genesis records that although Adam lived to be nine hundred and thirty years old, he experienced a very certain death in the day of his sin; he was separated from the personal, living presence of the LORD God.*

 

* Gen. 2: 17; 3: 23f; 5: 5.

 

 

A certain father beheld the return of his prodigal son and proclaimed, “This my son was dead and is alive again (Luke 15: 24).  Although the son had been as physically alive in his wasteful wanderings as he was upon his return to his father’s house, their long separation was considered by his father to be as death.

 

 

Paul writes that a widowed believer “who lives in [self-indulgent] pleasure is dead [as to her communion with God] even while she lives” (1 Tim. 5. 5 f).

 

 

It is most unfortunate that there are true believers who are holding fast to what - from a careful study of Scripture - is proven to be an erroneous expectation.  They say: “Because I accepted Jesus in my heart at an ol’ altar years ago, when I die I’m going to glory in heaven  A few are even heard to speculate that Saint Peter will be standing at heaven’s gate to welcome them in on the day of their departure from this life.  Many are anticipating being reunited with their loved ones and friends, in heaven, the moment after they die.

 

 

However, this is not to be our hope according to Paul; for he has summoned us to be “awaiting the blessed hope and appearing of the glory of our great God and Saviour Jesus Christ” at His coming (Titus 2: 11-13).  This hope is not one of dying and of our naked soul then going directly to heaven’s glory; rather, it anticipates resurrection (and /or rapture: 1 Thess. 4: 15).  Paul says the following in another place.

 

 

2 Cor. 5: 24.  For in this [body] we groan, earnestly desiring to be clothed with our habitation which is from heaven, if indeed, being clothed, we shall not be found naked.  For we who are in this tent [our present body] do groan, being burdened, not because we want to be unclothed [in death], but further clothed upon, that mortality may be swallowed up by life [in resurrection and / or rapture].

 

 

I am unable to find any explicit statement in the Bible that suggests that upon death the naked soul of any believer has ever ascended from its physical body directly up to heaven in glory.  A future resurrection and/or rapture into the presence of the Lord is that for which we are to be awaiting and hoping.  Many evangelists promote another notion; some even encourage their unbelieving auditors: “Buy your bus ticket to heaven at once.” (Yes, I have heard this said.)  Oh, how the Word of God is sometimes mishandled through  errant preaching.

 

 

If the souls of those who die through Jesus ascend directly into heaven, why were some in Thessalonica sorrowing over the assumed fate of their departed fellows?  Paul did not comfort them by saying that their dead loved ones were in heaven.  Instead, he assured those blessed sorrowers that the faithful, having died through Jesus, will be resurrected and raptured to meet the Lord in the air (1 Thess. 4: 13 ff).

 

 

Our Lord and His apostles have informed us about what actually happens to those who die through Jesus - they fall asleep.*  This sleep is not to be confused with a supposed, unconscious soul sleep put forth in the doctrine of Jehovah’s Witnesses and some others.**  The dead, to the contrary, are fully alive unto God as affirmed in Mark 12: 26 f and Luke 16: 19-31; and John the Revelator wrote:

 

* John 11: 11-14; Acts 7: 59, 60; 1 Cor. 15: 6; 1 Thess. 4: 13-15.

 

** Paul says our risen Lord “has become a firstfruits of those who have fallen asleep” (1 Cor. 15: 20), “the pains of His death, [not of His dying] having been loosed” (Acts. 2: 24).  Pain is not experienced in unconsciousness.

 

 

Rev. 6: 9-11.  When [Jesus Christ] opened the fifth seal, I saw under the altar the souls of those who had been slain for the word of God and for the testimony which they held.  And they cried with a loud voice, saying, “How long, O Lord, holy and true, until You judge and avenge our blood on those who dwell on the earth  Then a white robe was given to each of them; and it was said to them that they should rest a little while longer, until both the number of their fellow servants and their brethren, who would be killed as they were, was completed.

 

 

The altar (under which these souls were seen to be) must, I presume, refer to the earth; for it was upon the earth that they were martyred.  The book of Revelation was written years after Christ’s ascension.  Yet, these souls are seen to be very much alive, crying out to God from under that altar.  It was in this place that they are told to “rest a little while longer

 

 

The Greek word hades refers to the place of general confinement of the souls of the dead.  Its location is downward, “in the heart of the earth being the place into which the soul of Jesus descended for “three days and three nights” after His death, there to remain until His resurrection.* Very shortly after He was raised from the dead, Jesus appeared to Mary Magdalene - the first person to whom He showed Himself alive forevermore - and He emphatically declared to her, “I have not yet ascended to My Father” (John 20: 17).

 

* Psa. 16: 10; Matt. 12: 40; Acts 2: 27, 31; Eph. 4: 9, 10.

 

 

Hades downward location is confirmed even in the O.T.  The patriarch, Jacob, distraught over the assumed death of his son, Joseph, said, “I will go down to sheol mourning for my son” (Gen. 37: 35): sheol - the Hebrew equivalent of the Greek word hades - being likewise downward in location.* Also, following the death of the O.T. prophet Samuel, we read that he was later called up to counsel King Saul through the necromancy of a witch.  Samuel asked on that occasion, “Why have you disturbed me by bringing me up?” (1 Sam. 28: 11 ff).

 

* See Num. 16: 33; Prov. 9: 18; Isa. 5: 14; 14: 15; Ezek. 31: 15-17 in the NASB.

 

 

“Hades,” being rendered as “hell” in some translations, tends to add confusion to confusion.  Hades is not synonymous with the Lake of Fire (or, hell); for at the final reckoning both death and Hades will be cast into that Lake.  No one whose name is found recorded in the ‘Book of Life’ will find his eternal abode in that place (Rev. 20: 14 f).

 

 

There is a location within Hades known as “Paradise,” and it is a place of rest separated from but in view of Hades’ other portion of suffering (Luke 16: 22 ff).*  This Paradise was the destination promised to one of the two criminals crucified alongside Jesus (Luke 23: 43); and is, undoubtedly, a place of rest for the departed (but living) souls of the righteous?**

 

* In the Bible several different places are referred to as “Paradise” - the Garden of Eden (Gen. 2: 8, in the Septuagint [LXX]); Ezek. 28: 13); the Paradise God wherein is the Tree of life (Rev. 2: 7); and, finally the initial destination of the righteous upon their death (Luke 23: 43).  I am presently only concerned with the last mentioned Paradise.  (This Paradise is perhaps in the centre of Hades in light of Isa. 14: 15 and Ezek. 32: 23. And while Jesus descended into Paradise, He also entered into the darkest, tormenting portions of sheol [the pit; Hades]: cp. Acts. 2: 27, 31; Psa. 88; Isa. 44: 23; Eph. 4: 9.)

 

** See Matt. 22: 32; Mark 12: 26 f; Luke 20: 37 f.

 

 

Despite objections that may be raised by some, the speculation that departed, disembodied souls ascend directly (in glory) to heaven is annulled of all possibility by referring, first, to the second chapter of the book of Acts.

 

 

On the Day of Pentecost - ten days after Jesus ascended into heaven - Peter proclaimed the following to the multitude of his listeners: “Men and brethren, let me speak freely to you of the patriarch David, that he is both dead and buried, and his tomb is with us unto this day ... For David did not ascend into the heavens” (Acts 2: 29, 34a).  Let there be no confusion here; for the true essence of a man is not his body, but his living soul. David is dead and his soul has not ascended into heavenly glory.  If David’s soul has not ascended, have any others?

 

 

Next, let us notice the circumstance of the O.T. prophet, Daniel.  “But as for you [Daniel], go your way ’till the end [viz., the end of your life]; then you will enter into rest [in Paradise] and [later] rise again [in the resurrection of the just] for your allotted portion [in the kingdom] at the end of the days [the end of these present days: “the end of the age” in the NASB]” (Dan. 12: 13).  We should take careful notice of the sequence of these events - dying; then the soul’s entering into rest (but not its immediate ascension into heaven); and finally, a future resurrection.

 

 

As a slight but interesting digression, I would mention that the constitution of man differs from that of angels (Heb. 1: 7).  Even though angels are permitted, at times, to manifest themselves to men in the form of a human body, it is not a body like ours.*

 

* See Gen. 19: 14; Heb. 13: 2.  Whatever their visible bodies may be composed of, they do not contain blood.  Blood is the life of man’s flesh; “the life of the flesh is in the blood” (Lev. 17: 11).  Angels cannot die (Luke 20: 35, 36).

 

 

Until the ascension of the Lord Jesus in a resurrected body of flesh and bones (Luke 24: 39), only spirit beings had occupied heaven; for this is the realm they are suited through creation to occupy.  Human beings - in their present bodies, originally created from the dust of the earth - are not suited to any realm other than one earthly (1 Cor. 15: 48).  We notice that even He who created all things - the Word (Jesus Christ) - was necessarily made like unto us in all things, in the likeness of sinful flesh, in order to dwell as a true man among men.* It was not until He was raised from the dead that His physical body was fitted through resurrection to ascend to His Father and to be glorified.**

 

* John 1: 14; Rom. 8: 3; Phil. 2: 7 f; Col. 1: 16; Heb. 2: 3, 17.

 

** John 1: 1, 14; 20: 17; Rom. 8: 3; Phil. 2: 6 ff; Heb. 2: 14a, 17.

 

 

The only person who has ascended into the highest heaven after dying, and only after His bodily resurrection, is the Lord Jesus; for “no one has ascended into heaven except He who came down from heaven, that is, the Son of Man who is in heaven” (John 3: 13).*

 

* John’s gospel was written years after Jesus’ ascension.  Therefore, these words in John 3: 13 are undoubtedly John’s own, even though recorded in red in red-lettered translations.

 

 

This is so because the words “has ascended” are in the perfect tense.  This tense refers to “a condition resulting from an anterior occurrence ... the result the occurrence is seen to be ‘present’ or simultaneous with the time of speaking” (Wheeler’s Creek Syntax Notes).  Since Jesus was not then ascended, these words in John 3: 13 cannot be His own.

 

 

The souls of the righteous dead, presently at rest in Paradise, are consciously anticipating the day when “the Lord Himself will descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of an archangel, and with the trumpet of God; and the dead in Christ will arise* The heavenly calling of the deceased, righteous sons of God therefore necessitates their resurrection with an incorruptible, immortal, glorified body like that of our Lord (Phil. 3: 21). Jesus is the pattern Son.  Resurrection from death unto life should be the wonderful expectation of all the children of God; it will be His future act in the redemption of His own.

 

* 1 Thess. 4: 16; and notice Rev. 6: 9-11.

 

 

Whenever the teaching that one’s naked soul ascends at death to a place on high is introduced, the whole of resurrection truth becomes disjointed, and it is not according to Christ.  It would be helpful unto all correctness of doctrine if one will offer up a single verse of Scripture that expressly states that the immediate destination of the soul of a deceased believer is upward into heavenly glory. …

 

 

*        *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

77

 

THE HOPE SET BEFORE US: 

THE SAVING OF THE SOUL

BY PHILIP MAURO

 

Although grave risk and responsibility are incurred by those Christians who become enlightened as to the things of the age to come, in which the Son of God shall appear in the character of Priest-King, the Apostle does not hesitate to, encourage the saints to press on.  He says, “But we are persuaded better things of you, beloved, and things that accompany salvation, though we thus speak” (Heb. 6: 9).  Although he puts before them plainly and forcibly the grave consequences of departing from the living God after becoming, enlightened as to His eternal purpose, he is persuaded better things of them.  Of those saints he expects, not things that are connected with drawing back to destruction and loss, but things connected with pressing on to SALVATION.  The recurrence of the word “salvation” at this point connects the passage with what precedes, namely, the “so great salvation” of chapter 2, and the “eternal* salvation,” whereof Christ became the Author to all that obey Him, spoken of in verse 10.

[*NOTE. The Greek word, ‘Aionios’ translated “eternalin this context should be understood as ‘age-lasting’] 

With this passage we may profitably compare what is said in chap. 10: 26-29: “For if we sin wilfully after that we have received the knowledge of the truth (i.e., have become enlightened), there remaineth no more sacrifice for sins, but a certain fearful looking for of judgment and fiery indignation, which shall devour the adversaries” (as the thorns and briers will be consumed by the flames).  But though the Apostle thus speaks in the plainest terms of the consequences of wilfully turning back, he says, “But we are not of those drawing back unto destruction, but of them who are of faith to the SAVING OF THE SOUL” (verse 39).  The word “perdition” in the A.V., should read “destruction”!  There is no perdition for the saint; but there may be “destruction” (which signifies great and irreparable loss), as the Scriptures already cited abundantly and clearly testify.

The words “of faith to saving the soul” in 10: 39, are of similar meaning to the words of 6: 9, “things connected with salvation It is not justifying faith that is here spoken of, i.e., believing unto righteousness, but believing unto saving the soul, which is a very different thing.

The reason why the apostle took so hopeful a view of the prospects of those saints, and was persuaded better things of them, was that God would not be unrighteous to forget the work and labour of love which they had shown to His Name, in having served the saints, and in continuing so to do.  This passage (6: 9, 10) shows clearly that the warnings of this chapter are addressed to [regenerate] believers.  It is simply inconceivable that it could be said of unconverted sinners that they showed a labour of love to the Lord’s Name in ministering to His saints.  Moreover, the passage speaks of a righteous reward of God for their work.  The works of [unregenerate] sinners are dead works for which there is no [Divine] reward.  The first of the foundation principles mentioned at the beginning of the chapter is “repentance from dead works  It requires the Blood of Christ to purge the conscience from dead-works to serve the living God (9: 14).

Therefore, serving the saints is an acceptable ministry, since it testifies love to the Name of the Lord.  But the Apostle desires something more, namely, that each one of them should show the same diligence to the full assurance of the hope unto the end.  The “same diligence” seems to mean the same they had already shown in ministering to the saints in order to insure fully the hope, the same diligence must be maintained to the end.

Another desire of the [Holy] Spirit, speaking by the Apostle, is that the saints be not slothful, or sluggish, but be “imitators” of those who, by FAITH and LONG PATIENCE, inherit the promises.  The word rendered “patience” in this verse and in verse 15, is not that occurring elsewhere in the Epistle, as in 12: 1, “run with patienceand which latter word means really “endurance  The word occurring in verses 12 and 15 of chapter 6 signifies long waiting for a postponed promise as Jacob waited for God’s Salvation, and as Abraham waited for the promised heir.  In verse 15 the rendering of the same word is “after he had patiently endured  Literally, it reads, “and so, having had long patience, he received the promise

The incident here called to mind is the strong encouragement God gave to Abraham in confirming His previously given word of promise by an oath.  This oath of the Lord was given to Abraham after the testing of his faith in the matter of offering Isaac, of whom God had said, “In Isaac shall thy seed be called  Then it was the Lord sware, saying, “By Myself have I sworn, saith the Lord, for because thou hast done this thing, and hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, that in blessing I will bless thee, and in multiplying I will multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven, and as the sand which is upon the sea-shore; and thy seed shall possess the gate of his enemies; and in thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed; because thou hast OBEYED MY VOICE” (Gen. 22: 16- 18).

This word, confirmed by an oath, had not to do with the inheritance of the land of Canaan, but with the multiplication of Abraham’s seed as the stars of heaven, the possession by them of the gate of their enemies, and the blessing of all nations through them.  It is asserted in Hebrews 6: 15, that Abraham, after he had had long patience, received this promise.  Abraham saw no multiplication of Isaac’s seed until Isaac was sixty years old.  Isaac was forty when he married Rebekah (Gen. 19: 20), and sixty when Esau and Jacob were born (Gen. 25: 26).  Consequently, Abraham’s grandsons were about fifteen years old when he died (Gen. 25: 7).  He saw no further multiplication of his seed, so that, to the end of his life, he exercised patience in regard to this promise.  The promise has not yet been fulfilled in its fulness; but the Word and Oath stands, and will be accomplished in the age to come.  For, when God set Himself to the accomplishment of His eternal purpose in bringing many sons unto glory, “He took not hold of angels” for that purpose; but “He took hold of the seed of Abraham” (Heb. 2: 16); that is to say, of those who are “of faith,” as it is written, “Know ye, therefore, that they which are of faith, - [in God’s prophetic promises] -  the same are the children of Abraham” (Gal. 3: 7).  And again, “Therefore it (the promise) is OF FAITH, that it might be by grace; to the end the promise might be sure to ALL THE SEED; not to that only which is of the law; but to that also which is OF THE FAITH of Abraham; who is the father of us all” (Rom. 4: 16).

Let it be noted, then, that the faith of Abraham, exhibited in the incident recorded in Gen. 22., was the obedience of faith, as the Lord said, “Because thou hast obeyed My Voice  That is what gives it pertinence to the lesson enforced in Heb. 6.  This word and the oath of the Lord are the two immutable things whereby God has been pleased to show to the heirs of promise the unchangeableness of His counsel, to the end that we, who have fled to Him for refuge, according as it is written, “The God of Jacob is our Refuge” (Psa. 46: 7), might have a strong consolation (encouragement) to lay hold upon the hope set before us.

Laying hold of the hope set before us is in contrast with turning back to the things of this age.  The period of the fulfilment of all the promises that have been made to the heirs of promise, is the coming [millennial] age. Christ made no unconditional promise to His disciples for the present [evil] age except that of tribulation.  “In the world ye shall have tribulation” (John 16: 33).  Of course, the saints have many blessings and promises available at the present time, but none connected with, or proceeding from, the world.  From that quarter they can count upon nothing with certainty but tribulation.  We should not, however, faint in tribulation, but rather “glory” therein, because “tribulation worketh patience, and patience, experience, and experience, HOPE” (Rom. 5: 3, 4).  Therefore, in order that we may be stimulated to lay hold upon the hope set before us, we have the Word of God confirmed by an oath.

In seeking a more definite idea concerning the nature of this hope, help may be derived from the connection in which the same words, “set before are used in chapter 12.  There we read of “Jesus, the Author and Finisher of faith, Who, for the joy set before Him, endured the Cross  The joy set before Him, which He will have in those whom He is not ashamed to call His “brethren is closely connected with the hope that is set before them.

This hope is likened unto an anchoria, a massive stone embedded firmly in the ground near the water’s edge of a harbour, to which a line from a vessel might be fastened, so that the vessel might thereby be drawn to the shore when it could not beat its way in against wind or tide.  Our hope enters into that within the veil, whither as Forerunner is for us, entered Jesus, made an High Priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.  The hope we have is, therefore, connected directly with the Son of God in the character of High Priest after the order of Melchisedec.  This brings before us once more the lesson that the knowledge of the Son of God in this character is that which distinguishes adult sons of God from babes, showing the great importance of laying hold of this knowledge.

There is an instructive parallel between the word and oath of God to Abraham, and the word and oath of God to the Son, in Psalm 110.  The “word” is found in verse 1, “the Lord SAID unto my Lord”; and the oath in verse 4. “The Lord SWARE, and will not repent, Thou art a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec  That the parallel is intentional is evident from the fact that the oath to Abraham is mentioned in direct connection with that to the Son (comp. Heb. 6: 13 and 7: 21); and in the same connection the meeting of Melchisedec with Abraham is described.  Surely, that incident foreshadowed the coming meeting of the great Antitype of Melchisedec with the seed of Abraham who are overcomers by faith, teaching that the word of promise to Abraham, which God confirmed by an oath, will have its fulfilment in that One Whom God, by “the word of the oath” (Heb. 7: 28), made a Priest for evermore.

It must be remembered that, while Abraham did not have in his lifetime the fulfilment of the promise recorded in Gen. 22, which is the most extensive of all the promises, he did obtain the promised son, Isaac, through whom it, and all his other promises, were to have their fulfilment.  The promises were all attached to Isaac.  So with Abraham’s spiritual seed, the heirs of [a future] salvation.  They have not yet received the fulfilment of the promise; but God has imparted to them the knowledge of the One in Whom all God’s purposes are to be fulfilled.  Every promise attaches to Christ, Who is now entered within the veil as the “Forerunner” for us.  Therefore, our hope, which attaches to Him, enters into that within the veil, it attaches to that which is “sure and stedfast That attachment cannot fail or become loose.  Hence, we have simply to, hold fast to the end.

Furthermore, in another aspect of the matter, Christ being Himself the Seed of Abraham, as it is written, “He saith not, And to seeds, as of many, but as of one, And to thy Seed, Which is Christ” (Gal. 3: 16), we who are begotten again in Christ, are established in Him as the spiritual seed of Abraham, and therefore are [the potential] heirs of the promises.

The doctrine of the Melchisedec Priesthood of the Son of God, which occupies the seventh chapter of Hebrews, has been so often and so fully commented upon that we shall not dwell long upon it here.  The main thing for us to notice is that the establishment of another Priest after a different order from that of Aaron, the Priest of the new order being established with an oath, and being the Antitype of the Priest-king of Salem, who was much greater than Abraham, marks a profound charge in the dealings of God with His people.  We are specially admonished at this point to “consider how great this man was unto whom even the patriarch Abraham gave the tenth of the spoils”; and it is also pointed out that Levi, the father of the Aaronic priests, in effect paid tithes to Melchisedec.

It follows from these considerations that the entire system connected with the Levitical priesthood, - the covenant, the law, the sacrifices, the ordinances, and the services, - was of necessity set aside and abolished when the Risen Son of God was saluted of God the High Priest after the order of Melchisedec, Who was made High Priest, not after the law of a carnal commandment, but after the power of an endless life.  The Excellency of this High Priest is so incomparably greater than that of the Levitical order, that the system, whereof He is the Centre, leaves no room whatever for any part of the old order. “The priesthood being changed, there is made of necessity a change of the law also” (verse 18), “For there is verily a disannulling of the commandment going before, for the weakness and unprofitableness thereof; for the law brought nothing to full-growth” (18, 19). …

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

78

 

FACING THE CONSEQUENCES

OF DIVIDING ISRAEL

 

The world’s leaders continue to call on Israel to divide her land with an adversary committed to the annihilation of Israel.  Israel’s neighbours speak peace in English and war and destruction of Israel in Arabic.

 

 

In January 2006, Hamas gained control of 72 of 132 Palestinian parliamentary seats.  Hamas was founded in 1987 for the express purpose of destroying Israel, and since joining politics, has publicly clung to that goal.  They deny Israel’s right to exist.  They consider all previously signed agreements with Israel void.

 

Iran and Syria are attempting to develop weapons of mass destruction and are funding terrorist organizations that are attacking Israel.

 

 

Replacement theology churches that teach that the church has completely replaced Israel in God’s redemptive plan for the world, and believe that the Jews are no longer God’s chosen people, and that God does not have a specific future plan for the nation of Israel, are also calling on Israel to leave the occupied land.

 

 

Despite their good intentions, previous American presidents, and to a lesser degree the international community, are accountable for

 

* dividing the land God gave to Abraham, Isaac and Jacob and their descendants;

 

* promoting a peace plan that would position Israel in indefensible borders;

 

* interfering with God’s plan of having Jews move home to Israel and Judea and Samaria - the biblical heartland of Israel; and

 

*participation in the eviction of Jews from their homes within the biblical heartland of Israel.

 

 

Furthermore, Israel is a very small nation - the size of New Jersey - and makes up less than one percent of the land of the Middle East.  It is 271 miles long and 81miles wide at its widest point.  The land in dispute is much smaller, but vital to Israel’s security and survival.

 

 

In Genesis 12: 3, the Bible proclaims that God “will bless them that bless thee, and curse him that curseth thee: and in thee shall all families of the earth be blessed  Thus, God promised that He would bless those who bless Abraham and his descendants and curse those who cursed them.  God also promised that through Abraham and his descendants all of the familied of the earth would be blessed.

 

Many world leaders believe that Israel is the key to peace, when in reality the continued pressure upon Israel and the subsequent events will rapidly lead the world into the final battle - the battle of Armageddon - the battle for Jerusalem.

 

The world is rapidly moving into her final days and hastening the return of the Messiah [Jesus of Nazareth] to Jerusalem as spoken of in the Bible.

 

Let’s pray for the peace of Jerusalem (Psalm 122: 6). …

 

It is a fact that Israel’s very existence is in grave danger because of the nation’s sponsorship of ‘land for peace’ plans, which has led Israel to the brink of war.

 

What is happening in the world, and especially in the Middle East, these days is truly remarkable.  But then again, Bible believers shouldn’t be surprised, because the Old Testament prophet Zechariah pre-warned us about these times over 2,500 years ago:

 

“And in that day will I make Jerusalem a burdensome stone for all people: all that burden themselves with it shall be cut in pieces, though all the people of the earth be gathered together against it” (Zechariah 12: 3).’

 

“And it shall come to pass in that day, that I will seek to destroy all the nations that come against Jerusalem” (Zechariah 12: 9). - William Koenig Watch.org

 

 

-------

 

 

HISTORICAL BASIS FOR ISRAEL’S RIGHT TO ITS LAND

 

 

God Gave The Land To Abram;

From Abram Will Come A Great Nation

 

 

Genesis 12: 1: “Now the Lord had said to Abram, ‘Get thee out of thy country, and from thy kindred, and from thy father’s house, unto a land that I will shew thee: [2] And I will make thee a great nation, and I will bless thee, and make thy name great; and thou shalt be a blessing…’ [7] And the LORD appeared unto Abram, and said, ‘Unto thy seed will I give this land’…”

 

Genesis 13: 14: “And the LORD said to Abram, after that Lot was separated from him, ‘Lift up now thine eyes, and look from the place where thou art northward, and southward, and eastward, and westward: [15] For all the land which thou seest, to thee will I give it, and to thy seed for ever. [16] And I will make thy seed as the dust of the earth; so that of a man can number the dust of the earth, then shall thy seed also be numbered. [17] Arise I walk through the land in the length of it and in the breadth of it; for I will give it to thee.’”

God Created A Land Covenant

With Defined Borders

 

 

Genesis 13: 18: “In the same day the LORD made a covenant with Abram, saying, ‘Unto thy seed have I given this land, from the river of Egypt unto the great river, the river Euphrates…’”

 

 

God Reinforces That The Covenant

Is Forever. *

 

[*That  is, For as Long as this Earth Remains (2 Pet. 3: 10. cf. Rev. 21: 1).]

Genesis 17: “And when Abram was ninety years old and nine, the LORD appeared to Abram, and said unto him, ‘I am the Almighty God; walk before me, and be thou perfect. [2] And I will make My covenant between Me and thee, and will multiply thee exceedingly [3] And Abram fell on his face: and God talked with him, saying, [4] ‘As for Me, behold, My covenant is with thee, and thou shalt be a father of many nations. [5] Neither shall thy name any more be called Abram, but thy name shall be Abraham; for a father of many nations have I made thee. [6] And I will make thee exceedingly fruitful, and I will make nations of thee. [7] And I will establish My covenant between Me and thee and thy seed after thee in their generations for an everlasting covenant, to be a God unto thee, and to thy seed after thee. [8] And I will give unto thee, and to thy seed after thee, the land wherein thou art stranger, all the land of Canaan, for an everlasting possession; and; and I will be their God.’”… [19] And God said, ‘Sarah thy wife shall bear thee a son indeed; and thou shalt call his name Isaac: and I will establish My covenant with him for an everlasting covenant, and with his seed after him. … [21] But My covenant will I establish with Isaac”

God Specifically Declared

“No Peace Deals”

 

 

Exodus 23: 32 “Thou shalt make no covenant with them, nor with their gods. [33] They shall not dwell in thy land, lest they make thee sin against Me: for of thou serve their gods, it will surely be a snare unto thee

 

God Commands Israel Not To Give

The Land Away

 

Ezekiel 48: 14 “And they shall not sell of it, neither exchange, nor alienate the first fruits of the land: for it is holy unto the Lord. … [29] ‘This is the land which ye shall divide by lot unto the tribes of Israel for inheritance, and these are their portions saith the LORD GOD

 

 

Jewish Connection to the Land of Israel

 

 

“The land was taken from the Jewish people by violence, and we have never abandoned hope of regaining it.  Throughout the ages we said No to all the conquerors of Palestine.  We said “No” before God and man emphatically, daily.  We objected to their occupations, we rejected their claims; we deepened our attachment, knowing that the occupation by the conquerors was a passing adventure, while our attachment to the land was an eternal link.  The Jewish people have never ceased to assert its right, its title, to the land of Israel.  This continuous, uninterrupted insistence, an intimate ingredient of Jewish consciousness, is at the core of Jewish history, a vital element of Jewish faith

 

- Abraham Joshua Heschel, on the Jewish Connection to Israel.

 

 

God is warning us in the Scriptures

 

 

To know where the world is headed in the coming days and weeks, keep your ears and eyes on the words and actions of the world leaders as they pertain to Israel.  Most, if not all of them, do not even suspect what is awaiting them.  They have a Divine appointment with the God of Israel, the God of the Bible.

 

* A world leader will come on the scene with a plan for peace (Daniel 9: 26, 27).

 

* Leaders and nations will experience enormous consequences (Joel 3: 2; Matthew 24; Ezekiel 38-39, Psalm 83).

 

* Jerusalem will become a burden (Zechariah 12: 9; Zechariah 14.

 

* Russia, Iran, Turkey Sudan, Libya and former Soviet  Union countries from the Caucasian Mountain region will come together for a future war against Israel (Ezekiel 38-39).

 

* Earthquakes will continue to increase in size and intensity and be felt in diverse places - Indonesia, Japan, Pakistan, Chile, Iran and other nations (Matthew 24: 7).

 

* Famine will worsen - Africa, India, China and other nations (Matthew 24: 7).

 

* Pestilence will spread worldwide - AIDS, avian flu and small pox (Matthew 24: 7).

 

* The sea waves will roar - Indian Ocean tsunami; hurricanes and cyclones will devastate other nations (Luke 21: 25).

 

* Men’s hearts will fail them for fear, and looking after those things which are coming upon the earth (Luke 25: 26).

 

* Many will be deceived by false prophecies, false prophets, false signs and wonders (Matthew 24: 4, 11, 24, 1 Timothy 4: 1).

 

* Wars and rumours of wars will increase (Matthew 24: 6).

 

* Nations shall rise up against nations and kingdoms against kingdoms (Matthew 24: 7).

 

* Persecution of Christians will increase (Matthew 24: 9).

 

* Signs in the sun, moon, and stars will increase (Luke 21: 25.

 

* Nations will be distressed and dismayed, and be perplexed because they don’t understand what they see - this may include wars on terror and weapons of mass destruction (Luke 21: 25).

 

* Radical Islam will continue to penetrate and disrupt Europe, the U.S. and other nations (Luke 21: 26).

 

* Damascus will be destroyed (Isaiah 17: 1).

 

* Iraq will become a wasteland (Isaiah 13: 9).

 

 

THE ERROR OF

REPLACEMENT THEOLOGY

 

 

Replacement Theology, in short, is the belief by some Christians that due to the Jews’ rejection of Jesus as the Messiah, God “transferred,” or replaced the Old Testament promises from Israel to the Church.  So, the Church has “replaced” Israel in God’s overall plan.

 

 

Theologically, Replacement Theology is provably false, but the important thing to remember is that it is ultimately a philosophical interpretation.  In other words, people believe it because they want to believe it.

 

 

Officially, Replacement Theology developed a long time ago, beginning in the Catholic Church.  In our day, in America, the belief largely exists within the so-called Reformed traditions.  Lutherans and Presbyterians.  It is interesting to note that Martin Luther himself became an enemy of the Jews relatively late in life, and his teachings on the subject have carried over to today.  Sadly, we are now seeing sweeping acceptance of Replacement Theology even within Evangelicalism.

 

 

Ironically, those who believe in Bible prophecy and support Israel and the right to their land have been called the Armageddon Lobby, when in reality it is the replacement theology church leaders that are calling for an Arab state in Judea, Samaria and East Jerusalem that are leading the Middle East and the world towards Armageddon, the final battle for Jerusalem.

 

 

During the second and third centuries, Christian theologians who mistakenly believed and taught that Biblical prophecy was allegorical and not literal ushered in the beginning of Bible error, which has led to nearly 1900 years of anti-Semitism and Jewish persecution…

 

 

The Messiah is Returning

 

 

The ultimate “peace solution” lays with the return of the Messiah, the Lord Jesus Christ to Jerusalem, who will reign for 1,000 years in Israel.

 

 

Repent of your sins.  Ask the Lord for His righteousness.  Surrender your life to Jesus Christ as your Lord and Saviour and get ready for the return of the King of Kings.

 

 

Come Quickly Lord Jesus!

 

*       *       *       *      *       *       *

79

HEIRS WANTED

By D. M. PANTON

 

 

THE HEIRS

 

The law regards a child as the continuation of the personality of his father, and so as the legal possessor of his property after his death: therefore, “if children, then heirs” (Rom. 8: 17).  So it is with God.  Not, if men, then heirs; nor, if Jews, then heirs; nor if moral and upright, then heirs: we must become partakers of the Divine nature before we can become heirs of the Divine inheritance: “if children, then heirs Property descends because father and son are of one stock, one life: so “as many as received Christ, to them gave He the right to become children of God”: “which were born, not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God” (John 1: 12).  But the birth carries with it the inheritance.  All are not apostles or prophets; all are not shining or eminent; all are not even spiritual or separated: but all are heirs:- “if children, then heirs

THE WILL

A son does not inherit his father’s life - he already has that; he inherits his father’s property: here then is an inventory of the Will.  “All things are yours; whether Paul, or Apollos, or Cephas, or the world, or life or death, or things present, or things to come: all are yours” (1 Cor. 3: 21).  Have you ever seen all things?  The cattle on a thousand hills; the gold in all the mines, the pearls in all the oceans; the wealth and beauty of the Father’s home: “all are yours  Moreover the Will bequeathes, not on leasehold, but in perpetuity; and this for two reasons.  Heirs on earth often outlive, or squander, their inheritance: inheritances constantly outlive their heirs: but an inheritance “incorruptible, and undefiled, and that fadeth not away” (1 Pet. 1: 4) must be in perpetuity for heirs who never die.  “If ye have not been faithful in that which is another’s” - all present wealth is a stewardship only - “who will give you that which is your own (Luke 16: 12): the true riches are personal and held forever.   So the Will bequeathes ‘all things’: it bequeathes it to all children: and it bequeathes it to them for ever.

 

A CODICIL

The Will is unconditioned: in it is a Codicil, however, to which a condition is attached.  “Heirs of God indeed” (Men) - no condition, save regeneration: “but (de) joint-heirs with Christ, if so be that we suffer” - ‘in case we suffer as He did’ (Olshusen): ‘provided that we suffer’ (Alford) - “with Him, that we may be also glorified with Him (Si autem filii, ert heredes: heredes quidem Dei, coheredes autem Christi: si tamen compatimur, ut et conglorificemur: Vulgate).  Both heirships involve eternal life: but the Codicil, which bequeathes joint-heirship with Messiah in His Millennial Reign, and bequeathes it on the same condition on which our Lord receives it (Phil. 2: 9; Heb. 1: 9; Isa. 53: 12), antedates the Will by a thousand years: it is “the reward of the inheritance” (Col. 3: 24), a legacy which entitles to an ‘abundant entrance’ into the Eternal Kingdom (2 Pet. 1: 11).  Both heirships are in the Will: both heirships are offered to all: both Will and Codicil depend for their validity on the death of the Testator: but without the fulfilment of its condition, the Codicil is inoperative.  “The sufferings with  Him must imply a advertisement is to be found a careful description of pain due to our union” (Moule): “if we suffer, we shall also reign with Him” (2 Tim. 2: 12): the Will is the unconditional bequest of free grace, the Codicil is a glory conditioned on identity of experience with Christ.

THE TESTATOR

 

A legal proverb says, - “Living men have no heirs”: the State requires proof of death before an estate can be inherited under a will.  “For where a testament is, there must also of necessity be the death of the testator.  For a testament is of force after men are dead: otherwise it is of no strength at all” - it is not valid - “while the testator liveth” (Heb. 9: 16).  But this is God’s last will and testament: when, then, did that death occur?  The inheritance had become alienated from man by sin: a ‘fugitive and a wanderer’ from the gate of Eden, man became a disinherited soul: but God, in the Person of His Son, “buyeth that field so as to will it to whom He would; and He wills it to ‘the called of the inheritance  But what makes the Will valid?  The death of the Testator.  Jesus is now presenting the Blood to the Father, in proof of the Testator’s death: the Will is therefore now operative: the Estate has been bought, and made over: the Title-deeds He has put into our hands: and at any moment we may enter on the inheritance.

 

 

THE ADVERTISEMENT

But the most amazing fact of all remains.  Something like forty million sterling lies today in Chancery, unclaimed, for want of heirs: and ‘heirs wanted’ is a commonplace advertisement for these vast inheritances.  The Gospel is such an advertisement.  Through all the world God is sending the amazing cry of ‘heirs of all things’ wanted; it is the offer of untold wealth (1 Cor. 2: 9); and in the missing heirs.  What is that identifying description?  “Their throat is an open sepulcher; with their tongues they have used deceit: the poison of asps is under their lips: whose mouth is full of cursing and bitterness: their feet are swift to shed blood” (Rom. 3: 13).  The heir of the Tichborne estates was known to have been careless, slovenly, ill-educated; and to prove his inheritance the claimant established his own carelessness, slovenliness, and ignorance.  Is your name in God’s Will?  If you are a sinner, it is.  We are not saved although we are sinners: we are saved because we are sinners.  My sin is my sole identifying plea for a sin-bearing Saviour’s merit, and the life which that merit brings: if you are a sinner, rejoice! your name is in the Will.  “I came not to call the righteous, but SINNERS” (Mark 2: 17): “The Son of man came to seek and to save that which was LOST” (Luke 19: 10).

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

80

“THY KINGDOM COME”

By John Charles Ryle

 

 

These words are part of the Lord’s Prayer.  Did you ever consider what they mean?  The subject is one about which many mistakes prevail.  It is one about which it is most important to your own comfort to have clear views.  Give me your attention, while I try to explain to you the [coming] kingdom of God.

 

 

I ask you then to understand that Jesus Christ will come back again to this world one day and reign over it as King.  He shall return with power and great glory in the clouds of heaven, and the kingdoms of this world shall all become His.  And then shall be fulfilled the words of the Lord’s Prayer, ‘Thy Kingdom come

 

 

Then, He intends to ‘execute judgment’ upon all the ungodly inhabitants of Christendom, to ‘burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire’ - ‘In flaming fire taking vengeance on them that know not God, and that obey not the Gospel’ (Jude 15; Matthew 3:12; 2 Thessalonians 1: 8).

 

 

Then, He intends to raise* His dead saints and gather His living ones, to gather together the scattered tribes of Israel, and to set up an empire on earth, in which every knee shall bow to Him, and every tongue confess that Christ is Lord.

 

[* That is, to resurrect the “blessed and holy” dead saints from ‘Hades’ (Acts 2: 27, 34; 2 Tim. 2: 18, R.V.) at “the first resurrection:” (Rev. 20: 6. R.V.). Luke 20: 35. Phil. 3: 11.cf. Rev. 2: 10, 11; 6: 9-11, etc.]

 

 

When, how, where, in what manner, all these things shall be, we cannot say particularly.  Enough for us to know that they shall be.  The Lord Jesus has undertaken to do them, and they shall be performed.  As surely as He was born of a virgin, and lived on earth thirty-three years as a servant, so surely He shall come with clouds in glory, and reign on earth as a King.

 

 

Settle it down in your mind that Christ is one day to have a complete kingdom in this world - that His kingdom is not yet set up - but that it will be set up in the day of His return.  Know clearly Whose kingdom it is to be one day: not Satan the usurper’s but Jesus Christ’s.  Know clearly when the kingdom is to change hands, and the usurper to be cast out: when the Lord Jesus returns in person, and not before.  Know these things clearly, and you will do well.

 

 

Know these things clearly, and then you will not cherish extravagant expectations from any Church, minister, or religious machinery in this present dispensation.  You will not marvel to see ministers and missionaries not converting all to whom they preach.  You will not wonder to find that while some believe the Gospel [‘of the kingdom’], many [Anti-millennialists] believe not.  You will remember that ‘the days are evil and that the time of general conversion has not arrived.  Alas, for the [Post-millennial] man who expects a millennium before the Lord Jesus returns.  How can this possibly be, if the world in the day of His coming is to be found as it was in the days of Noah and Lot? (Luke 17: 26-30).

 

 

Know these things clearly, and then you will not be confounded and surprised by the continuance of immense evils in the world.  Wars and tumults, and oppressions, and dishonesty, and selfishness, and covetousness, and superstition, and bad government, and abounding heresies, will not appear to you unaccountable.  You will say to yourself, ‘The time of Christ’s [righteous rule and] power has not yet arrived - the devil is still working among his children, and sowing darkness and division broadcast among the saints - the true King is yet to come

 

 

Know these things clearly, and then you will see why God delays the final glory, and allows things to go on as they do in this world.  It is not that He is not able to prevent evil - it is not that He is slack in fulfilling His promises - but the Lord is taking out for Himself a people, by the preaching of the Gospel* (Acts 15: 14), and when that work is completed, then the kingdom of Christ shall be set up, and the throne of grace exchanged for the throne of glory.

 

[* That is, “the whole counsel of God”, (which embraces both ‘the gospel’ (or good news) about God’s “GRACE” as well as the good news of our Lord’s coming “KINGDOM”

 

“I received from the Lord Jesus,” (said Paul, with a determination to accomplish the ‘course’ and ‘ministry’ which he ‘received from the Lord Jesus’ at all costs,) - “To testify the gospel of the GRACE of God.  And now behold, I know that ye all, among whom I went about preaching THE KINGDOM, shall see my face no more.  Wherefore I testify into you this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men.  For I shrank not from declaring unto you THE WHOLE COUNSEL OF GOD 

 

If preachers had the courage in these days of apostasy to preach the “whole counsel of God,” the Lord Jesus will honour the truth of His presently unfulfilled prophetic word, and fill their church buildings to capacity.]

 

 

Know these things clearly, and then you will work diligently to do good to souls.  The time is short.  ‘The night is far spent.  The day* is at hand  The signs of the times call loudly for watchfulness, and speak with no uncertain voice.  Surely if we would pluck a few more brands from the burning before it is too late, we must work hard, and lose no time.

 

[* See 2 Pet. 3: 8. cf. 2 Tim. 2: 5, 12 with Rev. 2: 25ff; 3: 11, 21, 22, R.V.]

 

 

Know these things clearly, and then you will be often looking for the coming of the day of God.  You will regard the second advent as a glorious and comfortable truth, around which your best hopes will all be clustered.  You will not merely think of Christ crucified, but you will think also of Christ coming again.  You will long for the day of refreshing, and the manifestation of the sons of God (Acts 3: 19; Romans 8: 19).  You will find peace in looking back to the cross, and you will find joyful hope in looking forward to the [promised]* kingdom.

 

[* Compare Ps. 2: 8 with Ps. 110: 1-3; Isa. 65: 18-25, R.V. with Ezek. 34: 20-31. & ch. 37: “For the earth shall be filled with the knowledge of the GLORY [and ‘KNOWLEDGE’] of the LORD, as the waters cover the sea:” (Habakkuk 2: 14; Isaiah 11: 9, R.V.).

 

God means to do what He has declared He will do through His prophets: His almighty power will bring it to pass.  Let us, who are redeemed by His blood, “Press on toward the goal unto the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus” (Phil. 3: 14, R.V.).]

 

-------

 

 

RUNNING FOR THE PRIZE: “They who run for a prize are careful not to carry any superfluous weight, and do not wear any long or trailing garment that mught embarrass their free course, and even throw them down. Hence our Lord warns us, in the first of His parables which refer to the kingdom, of “the cares of this age, and the deceitfulness of riches, and the lusts of other things entering in which choke the word, and it becomes unfruitful” (Mark 4: 19).  These then are the weights that are to be laid aside.  He who is seeking the riches of the present world is not running the race for the kingdom. … What will Jesus say to those believers, who are seeking, with all their might, to gain wealth? when He has told us, that, into the millennial kingdom of glory it is impossible [difficult] for the rich disciple to enter (Luke 6: 20-26).”

                                                                                                        - ROBERT GOVETT. [On Heb. 12: 1.]

 

 

LET US PRESS ON: “There are times in the lives of us all when we stumble and fall and are defiled by dirt and cut and gashed and hurt.  Yet we are only beaten if we give up and lie down hopeless and helpless.  No matter how far the fall nor how dreadful the failure there is only one thing to do [if we want to win ‘the prize’ (Phil. 3: 13)] - get up and go on and on and never, ever quit!

 

 

The start is important, but - it’s the finish that wins!

 

 

The writer to the Hebrews had seen the races at the great Olynpic Games, and still his instructions about the race of life [during the ‘age to come’ (Heb. 6: 5, R.V.)] ring down to us through the mist of the years:

 

 

‘Wherefore, seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses, let us lay aside every weight, and the sin that doth so easily beset us and let us run with patience [patient endurance, perseverance] the race that is set before us, looking unto Jesus the author and finisher of our faith.’ ”

                                                                                                                             - SAMUEL SCOVILLE.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

81

 

SUFFERING AND REIGNING*

 

 

By D. M. PANTON

 

[* See also No. 2 by G. H. LANG.]

 

 

 

When James and John besought Christ for thrones close to His own in the coining Kingdom, our Lord replied:- “Are ye able to be baptized with the baptism that I am baptized with (Mark 10: 38), implying that to reign with Him is born only in a baptism of suffering.  In view of this, the suffering of the Apostles, according to tradition, becomes very significant. . According to tradition:- Matthew, martyred in Ethiopia; Mark, dragged through the streets of Alexandria until he died; Luke, hanged on an olive tree in Greece; John, plunged into burning oil, but delivered, and dying a natural death; James the Great, beheaded in Jerusalem; Lames the Less, beaten to death with clubs, after being thrown from the Temple; Philip, hanged on a pillar at Hierapolis; Bartholomew, flogged; Andrew, bound to a cross till he died; Thomas, run through with a lance; Jude, shot to death with arrows; Simon Zelotes, crucified in Persia; Matthias, stoned and then beheaded; and Peter, crucified with his head downwards.  Our Lord sums up the results of their baptism of suffering:- They “shall sit on twelve thrones judging the twelve tribes of Israel” (Luke 22: 30) - the dominant thrones in the international situation of that day throughout the world.

 

 

ETERNAL LIFE

 

 

John Wesley once said:- “Christ dying for us, Christ reigning in us;- preach these two truths, and you will shake the very gates of Hell  So Paul says:- “Faithful is the saying” - a phrase meant to single it out for special study - “For if we died with him” - the aorist confines it to a death at a given moment in the past - “we shall also” - we shall correspondingly, in due course, by sharing in His resurrection - “live with him” (2 Tim. 2: 11).  “The aorist,” as Bishop Ellicott says, “marks a single past act that took place when we gave ourselves up to a life that involved similar exposure to suffering and death: so ‘we shall live with him’, not in an ethical sense, but, as the antithesis necessarily requires, with Physical reference to Christ’s resurrection  To have shared the cross on Calvary is to share, without doubt, and for every soul, the endless and blessed life that is our Lord’s, throughout eternity.

 

 

SUFFRING

 

 

But now comes the supplementary truth so deeply characteristic of Scripture.  “If we endure” - here is something permanent and habitual, the suffering of a godly life - “we shall also” - again, correspondingly: for the reign corresponds exactly with the endurance - “reign with him”.  As Mr. Spurgeon says:- “The text implies most clearly that we must suffer with Christ in order to reign with Him  “If we suffer” and “If we suffer”: these sufferings therefore are not ordinary human sufferings, nor Christian sufferings under chastisement or judgment; but such sufferings as those of Christ, who was sinless: sufferings for the truths He taught, for the principles He laid down, for the rituals He commanded, for the warnings He uttered.* These cost Him His life, and if we share them we must inevitably share the sufferings.  “It belongs to the mystery of the cross of Christ that the more purely anyone preaches it, the more persecution, or at least evil report of the doctrine, he experiences on account of it” (Hadinger).  Thus suffering, “not only shall we live, but be kings with Him” (Ellicott).  Thus Paul states in his last letter exactly what he had stated to the Roman Church:- “We are children of God: and if children, then heirs: heirs of God” - therefore inheriting His eternal life, with no condition whatever attached, except simple, saving faith; “and joint heirs with Christ, if so be” - a sharply stated condition - “that we suffer with him, that we may be also” - that we may be correspondingly - “GLORIFIED with him” (Rom. 8: 17).  In the words of Archbishop Leighton (The First Epistle of Peter, p. 135):- “‘If we reign with Christ’, certain it is, ‘we must suffer with Him’ and, ‘if we do suffer with Him’; it is as certain, ‘we shall reign with Him’.”

 

* We are apt to forget that our Lord’s whole ministry was involved in incessant controversy, and Paul’s hardly less so; and therefore to avoid controversy is to be unChristlike.  We must suffer for the truth, or else be disloyal to it.  Our Lord Himself was “made perfect through sufferings,” and for ourselves we do well to remember that it is the injured oyster only that produces the pearl, and the pearl is a tear made beautiful for ever.

 

 

OUR DENIAL OF HIM

 

 

But now a still more solemn side of this exceedingly solemn truth is presented.  It is obvious that a believer can be without suffering for Christ.  The unbeliever converted in his last moments on his death-bed has no opportunity of suffering for Christ - a tremendous reason for not putting off decisions until the end; and “all that would live godly shall suffer persecution” (2 Tim 3: 12) - and Christians who avoid the godlike life can often avoid the persecution, as thousands are doing in the countries of persecution at this moment.  But we can fall deeper than merely flinching from the suffering.  So ‘the faithful saying’ continues:- “If we shall deny him” - the future contains the idea of the possibility of the action (Ellicott) - “he also” - He correspondingly - “will deny us”.  The Most High has had put on record a fact which makes all doubt of the fact impossible.  “Peter began to curse and to swear, I know not this man of whom ye speak” (Mark 14: 7).  No denial could be more explicit, public, and deliberate, and that from the foremost apostle of the Twelve.  It is no wonder, therefore, that Paul says, including himself, “If we shall deny him for the chief of the Twelve had done so.  If anyone imagines that no truly regenerate believers are at this moment denying Christ, under terror or torture, in Russia - Germany - Korea, he is living in a completely unreal world.

 

 

HIS DENIAL OF US

 

 

The statement here of cause and effect could not be clearer.  “If we shall deny him, he also will deny us  To deny Christ is, in general, to be ashamed of Him by word or deed; and so the non-recognition will spring from the hurt heart of the Lord.  The Saviour Himself states it:- “Whosoever shall be ashamed of me and of my words, the Son of man also” - correspondingly - “shall he ashamed of him, when he cometh in the glory of His Father with the holy angels” (Mark 9: 38).  As we turned from Him in shame here, so He will turn from us in shame hereafter.  Such an actual denial by Him He Himself has already expressly stated.  To the five imprudent Virgins who cry, “Lord, Lord” - for He is their Lord - “open unto us,” He replies, “I know you not” (Matt. 25: 12).  And what words does He immediately add? “Watch therefore”: that is, every one of us must learn by constant alertness and the walk with God to make both denials - our own and Christ’s - impossible. This “I know you not” - an exact counter to Peter’s - would, if Peter had been assassinated in the judgment Hall, have met him in the judgment Hall above.*

 

*“I never knew you” (Matt. 7: 23) is a sentence of doom on unbelievers.

 

 

UNCHALLENGEABLE

 

 

The Apostle feels it necessary to re-stress the fact afresh for the refusal of any truth, however unpalatable, is exceedingly dangerous.  “If we are faithless” - if we disbelieve these conditional promises and contingent warnings - “he abideth faithful; for he CANNOT deny himself  To quote Spurgeon again:- “Surely by ‘If we believe not’ Paul must mean the visible Church of God  God cannot deny Himself - He cannot be untrue to His own essential nature; and therefore He cannot withdraw the everlasting life of all who have died with Christ; and equally He cannot give the [promised Millennial and Messianic] Kingdom without the suffering.  For He cannot deny Himself: that is, He cannot deny what He has said: He cannot say one thing and do another: He will abide as much by His threat as by His promise, and as much by His promise as by His threat.  In the words of Lange:- “It is a gross misunderstanding to understand this last reminder as a word of consolation in any such sense as this - if we, from weakness, are unfaithful, we may calm ourselves with the thought that notwithstanding it, His faithfulness to us will be for ever confirmed: rather, fancy not, if thou art unfaithful, that the Lord’s punishment will fail

 

 

OUR CALCULATION

 

 

So then we are now in Paul’s position, and are able to judge the issue deliberately, and balance the account as he did.  Immediately after stating that if suffering together, we shall be glorified together, Paul says:- “For I reckon” - I calculate, I cast up the account - “that the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory which shall be to-usward” (Rom. 8: 18): when I have cast up the sum of the sufferings of this present time, they amount to just nothing in respect of that glory (Archbishop Leighton).  “I wonder many times,” Samuel Rutherford used to say, “that ever a child of God should have a sad heart, considering what the Lord is preparing for him  Again Paul expresses it in one of the most marvellous utterances of the Bible. “Our light affliction, which is for the moment, worketh for us more and more exceedingly an eternal weight of glory” (2 Cor. 4: 17).  What a vision!  It is a leper who wrote:- “To the heart aglow for Thee, the Valley of the Shadow is like sunrise on the ocean”; and its meridian will be a glory indescribable.

 

 

OUR RENUNCIATION

 

 

Finally, this truth has been wonderfully summed up in one prominent saint of God.  “By faith Moses, choosing rather to be evil entreated with the people of God, accounted the reproach of Christ greater riches than the treasures of Egypt, FOR HE LOOKED UNTO THE RECOMPENSE OF THE REWARD” (Heb. 11: 25).  He kept steadily before him ‘the recompense of the reward’: for the blessings at stake will not only be a ‘reward’ but a ‘recompense’ - in other words, the coming joy will be in proportion to the suffering endured: the deliberate judgment of Moses therefore was that fidelity at its worst - a bankrupt people exiled in a desert - is better than the world at its best - Pharaoh’s palace.  And the end of that studied calculation was Moses on the Mount of Transfiguration.  Do any of us realize for a moment what it will be to reign literally with Christ over the kingdoms of the world?  “They shall war against the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them, for he is Lord of lords, and King of kings; and they also shall overcome that are with him, CALLED AND CHOSEN AND FAITHFUL” (Rev. 17: 14).  The Lamb alone overcomes the Federated Powers of the world, for our Lord fights Armageddon alone; but the saints accompanying Him “also overcome” - that is, they are ‘overcomers’ selected from all down the ages; and “he that overcometh, and he that keepeth my works unto the end, to him will I give AUTHORITY OVER THE NATIONS” (Rev. 2: 26).

 

 

-------

 

 

“You that are [regenerate] Christians, and believe in the security of the believer, it will do you a great deal of good if you will read a little bit more about the judgment Seat of Christ and the rewards of Christians, and the awful sorrow to the heart of God on the part of a man who is [eternally] saved and who gets out of His will.”

 

                                                                                                      - PAUL RADER, D.D.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

82

 

 

CLEAVAGE BETWEEN BELIEVERS

 

 

By W. F. ROADHOUSE

 

 

“Faithful” Service and Rewards

Delinquent Lives and Loses

 

 

 

1.  Multiplied “Pounds” - further entrustment.  Luke 19: 17-19.

Un-used “Pound” shirker - loses out.  Luke 19: 24.

 

 

 

2.  Multiplied “Talents” - further ministries.  Matt. 25: 21-23.

Un-used (and stripped) “Talent” Servant.  Matt. 25: 24.

 

 

 

3.  Faithful, wise Servant.  Matt. 24: 44-47.

Evil, persecuting Servant.  Matt. 24: 48-51.

 

 

 

4.  “One shall be taken” joyfully.  Matt. 24: 40, 41.

“The other (disciple) left” and bereft.  Matt. 24: 40, 41.

 

 

 

5.  Possessing “the wedding garment Matt. 22: 10.  Note Rev. 19: 8 R.V.

Minus this essential robe. Matt. 22: 11-14.

 

 

 

6.  The “five wise virgins with “oil”.  Matt. 25: 1-13.

The lost-testimony “foolish virgins”.  Matt. 25: 8, 13; 2 Tim. 4: 1-5.

 

 

 

7.  Prevailing, victorious intercession: Luke 21: 36; Jas. 5: 13-18.

A near-bankrupt, defeated prayer life.  Matt. 6: 30; 8: 26; 14: 31; Luke 12: 28.

 

 

 

8. “Gold, silver, precious stones  Context is “teaching  1 Cor. 3: 11-14.

Ashes of “wood, hay, stubble”.  1 Cor. 3: 15; 2 Tim. 2: 15.

 

 

 

9.  Dedicated, surrendered wealth now given.  Luke18: 18-30; Matt. 19: 27-29.

Withheld, retained, yet lost “riches”.  Matt. 19: 20-23; 1 Tim. 6: 17-19.

 

 

 

10.  “Fruit of the Spirit Gal. 5: 22-24.

Non-inheriting “works of the flesh”.  Gal. 5: 16-21.

 

 

 

11.  Jacob becomes “prince with God” and inheritor.  Gen. 32: 28.

Essau, remaining a son, forfeits his “firstborn rights”.  Heb: 12: 16, 17, Gr.

 

 

 

12.  Disciplined - thus “approved”.  2 Tim. 2: 15; 1 Cor. 9: 24-27.

Underdisciplined - thus “disapproved 1 Cor. 9: 27 Gr.; examples, 10: 1-12 R.V.

 

 

 

13.  Non-conformity to the “age spirit”.  Rom. 12: 2 (aion).

“Loved this age-spirit” (aion).  2 Tim. 4: 10.

 

 

14.  Unfaltering suffering for Jesus’ sake.  1 Peter 4: 1-12.

Worldly-minded escapes from suffering.  Jas. 1: 12. Gr. - not “approved

 

 

 

15.  The crowned soul-winner.  1 Thes. 2: 19; cf. 1 Pet. 5: 1-4.

Crownless, unrewarded, would-be regent.  “That no man take thy crown Rev. 3: 11.

 

 

 

16.  “Wait for love His appearing.  Heb. 9: 28; 2 Tim. 4: 7, 8.

Un-watching, un-toiling, unready. “Slumbered, slept  Matt. 25: 5, 13.

 

 

 

17.  “Anointed ... sealed ... earnest of the Spirit 2 Cor. 1: 21, 22, R.V.

Un-anointed, controlled by “the flesh”.  1 Cor. 5: 9, 10; Eph. 5: 3-5.

 

 

 

18.  “If by any means ... out-resurrection from the dead Phil. 3: 10-14.

Alternative - “missing the prize  Phil. 3: 14, 15; cf. Heb. 12: 1.

 

 

19.  “The firstfruits unto God” (the scaled 144,000).  Rev. 14: 1, 4.

“The harvest of the earth” later on.  Rev. 14: 1, 4, 15 (three instalments).

 

 

 

20.  “The church of the firstborn one’s” - Christ’s “Body”.  Heb. 12: 23.

Compare “the firstfruits of the Spirit” and the Firstborn among many brethren.  Romans 8: 23, 28, 37 (super overcomers).

 

 

 

“Come out of the great Tribulation Rev. 7: 14 (cf. Lev. 23: 39, 40) also a harvest group.  See their former sufferings, 7: 16, 17 - now “before the throne of God

 

 

 

“Look to Yourselves, that ye lose not the things which ye have wrought, but that ye receive a full reward” (2 John 8 R.V. (mgn.). - The Fellowship Evangelist.

 

 

-------

 

 

WORLD-WIDE PERSECUTION

 

 

“The time is coming when true believers everywhere shall be hated because [of maintaining a testimony concerning accountability truths and conditional promises of God found throughout the Holy Scriptures; and because] of their identity with the name of the Lord Jesus Christ.  ‘Then shall they deliver you up to be afflicted, and shall kill you: and ye shall be hated by all nations for my name’s sakesaid Jesus (Matt. 24: 9).  The present growing hostility against true Christianity foreshadows the time when Anti-christ forces are in the world shall seek to destroy all believers of the ‘one faith  The Bride of Christ will escape the snare through [a select] Rapture,* but foolish virgins left on the earth and others who will refuse to worship the Beast of his image shall be killed (Matt. 25: 1-12; Rev. 6: 9; 13: 7).  As awful as it is to suffer torture and martyrdom, its wholesome purifying effect upon the soul has long been recognized.  The revival broken out in parts of the South has partly attributed to persecution.  Even so, in the coming tribulation, “many shall be purified and made white and tried” (Dan. 11: 33-35; 12: 10) because of persecution.  How much better it would be, however, for people to purify themselves now that they may be ‘counted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass’, and this be raptured [alive into heaven and] into the presence of Christ.”

 

[* See Luke 21: 36; Rev. 3: 10.]

 

 

HARDSHIPS AND TRIALS

 

 

“We are often disheartened with our hardships and trials, and begin to think it is too hard a thing to be [faithful] Christians.  Nature is so weak and depraved, there is such a burden in this incessant toil, and self-denial, and watchfulness, and prayer; the way is too steep, and so narrow, and difficult; we are tempted again and again to give up.  But when we think of what the dear Lord has done for us, what [future age-lasting] glories He has set before us, what victories are to come to us, what princedoms and thrones in the great empire of eternity await us, and how sure is all if we only press for the prize; we have the profoundest reason to rejoice and give thanks every day that we live that such opportunities have been vouchsafed to us, were the sufferings even tenfold severer than they are.” - JOSEPH A. SEISS.

 

 

THE ERROR OF BALAAM

 

 

Balaam was a professional enchanter.  Of false prophets in the Church, Jude says they have run greedily after the error of Balaam?  He made several, but his chief error lay in persisting in a course which he knew to be wrong “for reward”. “Come, curse me Jacob, and come defy Israel  Balaam knew the futility of such a mission, having received a clear intimation from God as to his ultimate intentions for Israel; but he nevertheless proceeded to match himself against the people of God and entered the hire of Balak thinking of the promised honour of riches.

 

 

Peter draws attention to this fatal greed* of Balaam’s. “He loved the wages of unrighteousness  There is no more pathetic figure in Scripture.  How unutterably sad are the words “I shall see him, but not now.  I shall behold him, but not nigh” (Numbers 24: 17).  This man knew the value and end of righteousness. [i.e., righteous living.] He coveted the lot of the righteous, knowing that the end of that man is peace. “Let me die the death of the righteous, and let my last end be like his” (Numbers 23: 10).

 

[* See  Eph. 5: 5, N.I.V. - “No immoral, impure or greedy person - such a man is an idolater - has any inheritance in the kingdom of Christ and of God]

 

 

But he was not prepared to live the life of the righteous.  He loved the wages of unrighteousness, the present material gain. Balaam hoped to work for one master and draw his wages from another.  Fatal decision, for God is not mocked; whatsoever a man soweth that shall he also reap.

 

 

Many so-called Christian teachers are running greedily after the error, stifling conscience to preach the “Gospel” which will secure them advancement and preferment, but which they know to be futile and false.  The error of Balaam!  The Church [today] is indeed suffering at the hands of professional shepherds, “hirelings” as the Lord called them. “For the love of money is the root of all evil, which while some coveted after, they have erred from the faith, and pierced themselves through with many sorrows” (1 Tim. 6: 10).

 

 

TRUTH

 

 

Our own clash of opinion and conflict of judgment (among [regenerate] believers) is part of the Divine scheme of things.  For the Gospel on the one hand, is so simple, so easily intelligible, that it can be perfectly credited by a child or a dying man: fuller, deeper truth, on the other hand, is purposely difficult - to test (1) our faith; (2) our sincerity; (3) our judgment; (4) our industry; (5) our perseverance; (6) our openness to all truth; and (7) our willingness to suffer for truth’s sake. By how we handle the truth - whether we master it, or shrink it, or whatever degree we strike between - we stand revealed, self-judged, self-catalogued, self-appraised.  “For there must be also factions among you, THAT THEY WHICH ARE APPROVED MAY BE MADE MANIFEST” (1 Corinthians 11: 19).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

83

 

WILL YE ALSO GO AWAY?

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B. A.

 

 

 

The massed disciples drifting away from Christ, in the first great landslide from the Christian Faith, are a wonderful forecast of the massed millions who will leave Him in our closing Age.  “In 1965,” says Mr. H. G. Wells, “the organized Christian Churches pass out of history  “Upon this many of his disciples went back, and walked no more with him” (John 6: 66): not a gradual thinning out, but a sudden stampede: it was the arrival of a tremendous crisis - “from that hour many went back  They relinquished all attendance on Christ’s ministry; they disowned all attachment to His person; they abandoned all obedience to His teaching; they severed themselves from all His promises of life.  Night falls upon those vanishing crowds.  If we abandon the mystery of God, it is only to encounter the greater mystery of godlessness; and in the judgment these men will be convicted of base ingratitude - for they had experienced Christ’s blessing; deliberate treachery - for Christ had trusted them as disciples; and inconceivable folly - for to abandon His Son is to make God our enemy for ever.  “The man that wandereth out of the way of understanding shall rest in the congregation of the dead” (Prov. 21: 16).

 

 

HARD SAYINGS

 

 

Now what caused the departure?  Hard sayings, difficult truths.  “Many therefore of his disciples, when they heard this, said, This is a hard saying” - harsh, severe; not necessarily difficult to understand, but difficult to accept - “who can hear it; for the Christian Faith has sayings hard to solve, hard to do, hard to bear (Lange). Each disciple is stumbled by a different stone of offence.  But is this wonderful?  Surely Incarnate Godhead speaking truth out of worlds we have never known must sometime speak fathomless things: both our limited minds and our defective moral receptiveness not only make ‘hard sayings’ inevitable, but a remarkable proof that God is speaking: we are up against mysteries, and therefore up against tremendous and revolutionary truths.  The difficulties are dawning on this mass of loose disciples, who, the day before, were ready to accept Jesus as the Messianic King, but who, when they realize that the teachings of Christ are profoundly different from what they had anticipated, abandon Him disenchanted.

 

 

WILL YE?

 

 

But now the Lord Himself makes the crisis inconceivably, solemn for us all.  For He presses home the decision on every child of God.  Not one solitary Christian is out of danger; because it is to the twelve Apostles themselves, summarizing the whole Church - it is the first time ‘the twelve’ are so named - that Jesus says:- “Will ye also” - for no Christian is beyond the peril - “go away  Every one of us is bound sooner or later to be brought up, sharply stumbled, by some new and deeply disconcerting doctrine falling from the lips of Christ; when some flashlight of truth from His lips, lighting up our whole life, slowly settles on something wrong; and the thought then steals into the heart - “This is a hard saying; who can hear it  At this moment truth after truth is disappearing from the creed of the Church: much of the fine gold from the lips of Christ is silently disbelieved, steadily disobeyed, or openly ridiculed.  It is the pathway to apostasy.  Partial faith creates for itself difficulties greater than faith ever has to meet, and can end in complete bankruptcy.  On a memorial to Bishop Butler in Bristol Cathedral are these words from Origen:- “He who believes the Scripture to have proceeded from Him who is the Author of Nature, may well expect to find the same sort of difficulties in it as are found in the constitution of Nature

 

 

THE CHOICE

 

 

Ponder the Lord’s question further.  The Lord Jesus gives us an absolutely free option.  He flatters no one, He compromises with no one, He compels no one.  Why? (1) Because He always respects the awful gift with which the Creator has endowed us - free will: we can leave Christ.  It is the deep principle of all spiritual life, of all destiny, that I settle my own eternity. (2) Because Christ sifts as well as saves.  He wants more than merely purchased souls: He wants heroes.  The Lord is more concerned about the purity of His Church than about its numbers.* And (3) because our Lord is seeking, then, as now, for a little band which will be impregnable against apostasy.  In the raging of a battle a colour-sergeant had carried the colours to a distant knoll, and the regiment was wavering; and the commanding officer cried:- “Bring back the colours  The lonely sergeant shouted back:- “I will never bring back the colours: you bring forward the men  Times of apostasy are the loudest of all summons to rally to the [proclamation of the promises and threats of the] Lord.

 

* Whether the individual apostate is regenerate, or not, only God can declare; but that he can be regenerate is certain from Peter’s words:- “I know not the man” (Matt. 26: 72).  The modern apostate can repudiate Christ more bitterly, but he cannot repudiate Him more completely, than Peter actually did after regeneration.

 

 

NO ALTERNATIVE

 

 

Now it is certain that God will never want splendid veterans, beginning with the Apostles.  Jesus finds the faithful (as He hints) by the very way He couched His question:- “You will not also go away, will you?” (The Greek expects the answer, ‘No’.)  Jesus finds heroes in the Twelve - save one; all eleven - so far as we can learn - were ultimately martyred; and Peter, as ever, voices their responding cry - “Lord, to Whom shall we go Peter puts the practical question which every hesitating soul ought to face.  Christ’s hard sayings all put together are not so hard, so hopeless, as the mystery of a world without Christ.  It is hardly conceivable that one Englishman in a million would choose Buddha or Mohammed or Confucius instead of Christ; and it is highly improbable that anyone who reads this would abandon the Christian Faith for Spiritualism or Atheism or Communism.  But mere agnosticism - the lapsing into a mental state where one says that Christianity may or may not be true, but anyway one leaves it - is a drowning man shouting back that he does not deny that the rope can save - he does not know - but he is done with trying it.  His action is infinitely more solemn than he knows.  When a man goes back who has known Christ, and even walked with Him in professed discipleship, he is showing a power of sin, a criminal dynamic, that can break the most powerful spiritual bonds in the world, and his character and destiny are doomed.

 

 

NO OTHER

 

 

The only loser is the departing disciple himself, for Christ wants no hypocrites, and his departure only sifts and purifies Christ's glorious Church.  So one sun fills all Peter’s sky:- “Lord, THOU”; as Augustine puts it:- “If Thou wishest us to leave Thee, give us a second Thou  In all the great universe has not God given me someone to love? and if it is not Jesus, I must despair: for no diviner Christ can ever come - He is God’s only Son; no lovelier life can ever appear, for He is the throbbing heart out of the bosom of the Father; no such saving word can ever be heard again, for there is ‘no other name given among men whereby we must be saved’.  What memories - of happy hours, holy inspirations, heavenly visions, dead possibilities - must haunt the hearts that have turned their last look on Christ!  We do well to accept all the hard sayings, even those that wound, for it is the surgeon’s cutting hand that heals.

 

 

ETERNAL LIFE

 

 

But Peter now gives our central personal reason for following Christ, and so incidentally solves the problem of the hard sayings. “Thou hast the words of ETERNAL LIFE  By Satan’s words men were lost, by Christ’s words they are saved.  It is deeply significant that in all earth’s history no one has ever offered eternal life except Jesus Christ, and those who, obeying Him, have repeated His words.  We are all facing death, in a world of death: we need a Saviour who, by reason of His expiation of our sins, is able to grant life - glorious life, unending life, divine life; and Christ, and Christ alone, offers an inheritance which will outlast the sun, and survive as long as God Himself.  “What is eternity?” was a question once asked at a deaf and dumb institution in Paris.  A beautiful and striking answer was given by one of the pupils,- “The lifetime of the Almighty  Peter has discovered that hard sayings do not matter that involve eternal life.  Thou hast the words that define eternal life, and how it is born in a human soul, Thou hast the words that grant eternal life, and that tell the conditions of the gift [and ‘prize’]; Thou hast the words that prepare for eternal [Gk. ‘aionios’] life, in this brief pilgrimage: from whom else, in all the universe, can we get fathomless words of life?

 

 

THE HOLY ONE OF GOD

 

 

So Peter, finally, gives the divine reason why we follow Christ, and so closes on what is always the supreme height - not what Christ says, or even what He has done, but that which alone gives value to all the rest - what He is.  “We have believed and know” - a past act of faith flowering now into an absolute knowledge - “that thou art THE HOLY ONE OF GOD  The waves of doubt all hurl themselves only to be shattered for ever on the rock of the person of Christ.  All the doctrine is true because the Person is true; and all the doctrine is holy because the Person is holy.  It is most remarkable that Peter singles out the title by which the Lord Jesus is known to the spirits of another world, dwellers in eternity, who knew Him long ages ere the creation of man, and knew Him as God’s perfection of holiness.  “What have we to do with thee, thou Jesus of Nazareth? art thou come to destroy us?  I know thee who thou art, THE HOLY ONE OF GOD” (Mark 1: 24).

 

 

-------

 

 

HARD SAYINGS

 

 

The rejection of hard sayings in Scripture can lead to apostasy.  Here is a letter written by two Japanese Christians of thirty-six years’ standing to a Japanese journal:- “A generation ago we were taught by the early missionaries to believe the Bible to be verbally inspired from Genesis to Revelation: we now hold it to be full of errors.  We reject the greater part of Paul’s teaching: we no longer believe in the Virgin Birth, or Everlasting Punishment for unbelievers, nor that God can forgive us only through the mediation and suffering of Christ:- this, a mere Paulinism, is no longer tenable.  Many who, thirty or forty years ago, became Christians, have ceased to be Christians for these reasons, and there are more who have left the Church than now belong to it.” The death of the Church lies in the extinction of the Book.  In the startling words of Professor T. H. Huxley on the Higher Criticism:- “If Satan had wished to devise the best means of discrediting Revelation, he could not have done better

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

84

 

THE GROANING CREATION DELIVERED

 

 

By ROBERT GOVETT

 

 

 

The passage above given, is confessedly a difficult one; but it is so principally, because it contains a truth which Christians are slow to believe, and which many strive to evade, or openly deny.

 

 

In a former verse, Paul had declared that believers are sons of God; and since they were sons, they were also heirs of the Most High.  But do not sufferings and the trials of this mortal life, prove that this cannot be their high dignity?  No: for Christ the Son of God suffered: and as He mounted to the throne of all things and eternal glory, through suffering [for righteousness], so must we pass through it. And he teaches further, that if the un-sinning creation endures patiently its sufferings in hope of future [millennial] glory, much more may believers whose trespasses call for correction.

 

 

Now it is evident at a glance, that the most important word of the passage, is that which is translated “creature and “creation and which occurs four times in this place.* What then are we to understand by it?

 

[* See Rom. 8: 19-22.]

 

We take “the creation” in its usual sense, as signifying things animate and inanimate; brute beasts, vegetables, the elements, the earth.  Such is the sense it is employed by Paul in this very epistle (Rom. 1: 20, 23, 25.  Thus he explains what he means by the creature, describing it by the three usual classes into which animals are divided in Scripture.*

 

* It is observable that Paul does not use the expression “nature,” which would have been natural to us.  The Apostle uses the word “creation,” for that necessarily implies a “Creator

 

 

Great is the glory, says the Apostle, which is laid up for the believer.  But it is not for him alone: all creation is waiting for that Day, when the sons of God shall be revealed.  They are waiting in confidence that their sonship will soon be manifested, and their glory appear.

 

 

What then is the time of their manifestation, for which creation is waiting? (1) The coming of Christ (1 John 3: 2; Col. 3: 4).  (2) The day of the resurrection of the just (Luke 20: 35, 36): and the resurrection of the righteous dead is at the coming of Christ (1 Cor. 15: 20, 23).  And thus Paul states, that the expectation of the saints, is “their adoption, the redemption of their body”.

 

 

God at creation made everything beautiful and perfect in its kind.  He looked over the expanse of the world He had framed, and pronounced it ‘very good But His enemy entered it, to defile and destroy.  Satan became incarnate in the body of a serpent, and by that means tempted our first parents to sin.  He gained over their will, and they sinned of set choice.  Then came the Most High, and calling the three culprits before Him, sentenced them each in turn.  First the curse upon the serpent was uttered, and in him upon all the beasts.  “The Lord God said unto the serpent, Because thou hast done this thou art cursed above all cattle, and above every beast of the field Gen. 3: 14.  In the serpent then all the cattle and the beasts were cursed, the heaviest portion of the curse falling upon that creature by which sin entered.* Satan chose that form and the reptile could not resist.  It was sentenced, but not because of sin in itself.  And herein it stands distinguished from the human agents, concerned.  They sinned willingly and wilfully, and in just indignation came the sentence on them.

 

* When the others rejoice, the stigma of God will still rest on that by which sin entered, - “dust shall be the serpent’s meat:” (Isa. 65: 25).

 

 

In consequence of the curse, and the Tempter’s wile, sin’s dismal effects fell upon all creation.  The tree of knowledge of good and evil, cast a blight over the vegetable world, and calamity hung over the whole of the animated races of earth, from the incarnation of Satan, and the outbreak of sin from the serpent.  The ground itself was cursed for Adam’s sake: Gen. 3: 17.  It was to yield to him ever the thorn and the thistle, until at death its mould closed over his corpse.  From that day the creature became subject to vanity: Eccl. 1: 2-8.

 

 

All is unsettled, unstable, unsatisfactory.  By the fall it became liable (1) to disease, infirmities, and pains terminating in death. (2) Fierce and deadly instincts of war and bloodshed broke out, and one tribe warred upon another, making the tame and innocent ones its prey. (3) Over all settled and discomforts of winter, the inclemency of the seasons, barrenness, famine, and abortion.  (4) The animals became subservient to man; to be taken and destroyed by him; to be killed and eaten as food.  (5) As sacrifices, they were commanded to be slain.  (6) They became subject to the cruel and the unmerciful, who take away life without reason, or inflict torture; who over-task and underfeed them.  (7) They were exposed to the judgments of God.  When He sent His wrath on sinners, they also felt its edge.  At the flood, all but the favoured ones in the ark were swept away to death.  “All in whose nostrils was the breath of life, of all that was in the dry land, died  When Sodom was destroyed, the fire from heaven slew them also.  When Amalek was to be cut off, sheep and oxen, camel and ass, no less than man, were to be slain with the sword.  (8) They were and are used by man for evil purposes, as Balaam’s ass, and the wild beasts used by Roman cruelty to slay the Christians.

 

 

Yet is this subjection not hopeless.  And thus it is proved, that He who subjected creation was neither the devil nor man, as some have supposed; for neither of these brought the creation under woe, with the hope that they might one day escape it; but, God did.  At the very time He sentenced the creation, He uttered the words of hope, in the tidings of the woman’s Seed, Who should conquer back what had been lost.  Nay, and in the deliverance of a favoured few of animals in the ark, and the covenant that followed, that hope is confirmed.

 

 

Thus Paul plunges into the consideration of that great difficulty which besieges alike the Christian, the philosopher, and the deist, and which the gospel particularly develops, and sets at rest.  How is it - all nature cries to the deist - (to teach him, if possible, his ignorance, and to lead him to revelation); how is it, in the world of that Infinite Power, Whose existence you admit, that woe so broad, and constant in its tide, ever rolls on? - That there is no form of life that is not dimmed by pain, and finally extinguished by death? - That restless, dissatisfaction, and suffering, heavily canopy this wide earth? - That not the voice of joy nor calmness of repose, but the cries of infirmity, disease, and woe, in a thousand shapes, mount up to heaven?  Grant, even that man may suffer as a sinner, and deserves it.  Yet why are innocent animals joined with him in the calamity?  Why are they torn, baited, over-driven, maimed, underfed, tortured, slain at the caprice of man, and for his uses and service?  The present passage gives answer in part.  It renders the only reply that can be given. The answer that will be given in the last days, to this mysterious question, will be blasphemy.  They will say, “The Creator is not a good and holy Being.  The weakness, imperfection, and misery we discern, springs, not only from sin, as you fanatics affirm, (for how could animals sin?  And we deny that there is such a thing as sin at all) but from the weakness and imperfection of the Creator, He either could not or would not hinder this mass of misery.  He is either limited in power, or He is pleased with suffering.”

 

 

Now, Paul answers not the difficulty as the philosopher does now.  Science would assure us, that this state of things has ever been: that, however we may whine or moan, it is best that it should be so, and that a world without pain or death is not to be thought of.  It would teach us, that thus it must continue as long as the world shall last, and the planets shall track their courses.  In direct contradiction thereto, Paul declares, that it was not so once.  Once the whole was only blooming, only joyous: its music without a wall, its leaves without a blight, its fields unstained by blood, its dust undefiled by the dead. He consoles us with the assurance that it shall not be always so. No! it was not so from the first.  Sin has blighted it!  It shall not always be thus forever.  The Redeemer has come! “Because the creature itself also shall be delivered from the bondage of corruption, into the liberty of the glory* of the sons of God

 

* See Greek.

 

 

There will be the joy of the creatures living on earth during the Saviour’s [millennial] reign; there will be the immortality of the creation finally ransomed from death, on the new earth, in which is no sea: Rev. 21: 1.  We have presented to us, both the joy of the mother after the birth of the child, answering to the millennial joy of the creation: and also the casting off the yoke of corruption, which supposes the possession of immortal life.

 

 

What is corruption?  Is it not that force, whereby the body of the animal, [‘creature’] that in life was held together by a mighty but secret chemistry, is dissolved, and scattered to the winds?  Paul employs it in this sense, “So also is the resurrection of the dead.  It is sown in corruption, It is raised in incorruption; it is sown in dishonour, it is raised in glory 1 Cor. 15: 42, 43.  And what is “the bondage (or slavery) of corruption but the perpetual imprisonment which the body suffers, when once it has begun.  The iron hand of death holds it with unrelaxing grip.  But the Apostle affirms, that as the saints of God, whose bodies lie now beneath this slavery of corruption, shall one day be delivered from it, even so shall the creature also.  The sons of God will exchange slavery for freedom, and a corrupting corpse for the glorious [and immortal] body of the resurrection.  This will be “the liberty of the glory of the sons of God  But as the creature now lies beneath this bondage, so will it enter into this same liberty!  Many difficulties may encompass the thought, but does not inspiration say so?

 

 

Observe in the force of the expression used, a further proof of the correctness of the interpretation.  “Because even the creature itself, (or “the very creature”) shall be delivered  The term employed, shows, that it is something so far inferior to man, that one might have supposed its interests overlooked or forgotten.  Since man is the direct object of redemption, it might have been thought that all other questions were neglected in regard of the superlative importance of his deliverance from sin and the curse.*

 

* The force of the expression will be seen, by a parallel case.  Suppose we read in an account of the coronation of Queen Victoria - “Her Majesty on the occasion of her coronation made a royal feast to her nobility, archbishops, bishops, and the peers of the realm: Nay, so princely was her bounty, that the very servants themselves of the palace were sumptuously entertained  By such a mode of expression, we should understand the writer to intend, that whereas it might have been expected, that the pleasures of inferiors would have been neglected in the vastly greater importance of the principal banquet, yet they were not forgotten.

 

 

And this is really the state of things in the present instance.  Scarcely one in a thousand has seen, that the interests of the inferior creation have been consulted and provided for in the great scheme of redemption by Jesus.

 

 

“For we know that the whole creation groaneth together, and travaileth together in pain until now

 

 

The figure made use of is that of pregnancy.  What then does it import?  (1) That there is a certain fixed period for the woe of creation.  (2) That its sufferings will continually increase in bitterness, as the day of deliverance draws on.  (3) That when the crisis is come, the sorrow of creation will suddenly cease.  (4) And the joy will take the place of pain.  The Saviour Himself so expounds it. “A woman when she is in travail, hath sorrow because her hour is come: but as soon as she is delivered of the child, she remembereth no more the anguish; for joy that a man is born into the world John 16: 21.

 

 

But what is the birth with which creation is in travail?  The text itself supplies the answer.  As the mother looks forward to the birth of the child, so is creation looking forward for “the manifestation of the sons of God The child then, on whose birth so much depends, is the souls of the just in Hades - the unseen womb of earth.  This burthen, (answerably to the figure,) is daily increasing, and has been so ever since the curse was laid on the ground.  Death holds them in bondage as yet, “the gates of Hades, (not ‘hell’) prevail” against them for the present.  But when these come forth and receive “the adoption, the redemption” of the resurrection “body then will joy arise on this saddened earth.  But the crisis of birth is terrible; the Saviour describes it in part, in the 24th of Matthew.  Then comes the Great Tribulation, such as never was and never will be again. And at that time the earth, riven by a fierce “earthquake, such as was not since men were upon the earth opens, and the just arise.

 

 

“Like as a woman with child, that draweth near the time of her delivery, is in pain, and crieth out in her pangs, so have we been in thy sight, O Lord” (Isa. 26: 17).

 

 

(Then comes the birth) - “Thy dead men shall live; my dead body shall they arise (Then joy) - “Awake and sing, ye that dwell in dust; for thy dew is as the dew of herbs, and the earth shall cast out the dead” (verse 19).  And this at a time when Jesus appears.  For the sons of God are in two states, the living and the dead; and in neither are they manifested as the children of God, nor will they be, till the day of RESURRECTION.

 

 

The realms of nature and of grace are in the same attitude; both under bondage, and groaning for a deliverance promised by God.

 

 

Who will enter into that “day” of glory of Christ’s kingdom long expected?  Only those “which shall be accounted worthy” (Luke 20: 35). …

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

85

 

THE GLORIES OF THE MILLENNIUM

 

 

1. THE KINGDOM AGE

 

 

The Millennium or the thousand years is the coming period of earth’s history when the Lord Jesus Christ shall reign as King over all the earth.  It is a period - earth’s golden “age” - which is the theme of Prophet and Psalmist, for the Old Testament Scriptures are full of prophetic descriptions of those coming glorious days, which shall be brought in by the Second Coming of the Lord to the earth when He shall execute judgment upon His adversaries, deliver His saints and cast out the usurper who for so long has held sway over the hearts and lives of men.

 

 

2. THE DURATION OF THE KINGDOM AGE

 

is not mentioned in the Old Testament Scriptures, in which we find the vast majority of the prophecies concerning it.  It is only when we come to the closing chapters of Revelation that we are told that the kingdom Age is not a final condition, but that it will last for one thousand years during which Satan will be bound in the Abyss and Christ and His saints will reign over the earth (Rev. 20.).  It will be followed by a Little Season in which the final revolt of man against God’s authority will take place, and when that revolt is subdued, time, with all sad memories and chequered changes, ends and eternity’s morning dawns.

 

 

The old creation passes away and introduces the Everlasting Kingdom of which Psalmist speaks, and into which the Millennial Kingdom shall be merged, for no earthly kingdom shall follow the Millennial Kingdom of our Lord Jesus Christ (Dan. 2). The Psalmist cries down the ages to the coming of Christ: “Thy Kingdom is an everlasting Kingdom, and Thy dominion endureth throughout all generations” (Psalm 145: 13).  The duration of the Kingdom “age” will be a thousand years (Rev. 20: 4-7. Cf. Luke 20: 35).

 

 

3. THE TIME WHEN THE KINGDOM SHALL BE SET UP

 

will be at the end of the times of the Gentiles, i.e., when power on earth shall be taken from Gentile kings, who have ruled over the Jews since the days of Nebuchadnezzar, king of Babylon, and shall be restored to the Jews under the Messiah.  Daniel tells us that in the days of the ten kings - who, we learn from Revelation, shall make war against the Lamb when He comes, and be destroyed by Him (Ch. 17), “Shall the God of Heaven set up a kingdom which shall never be destroyed, and the kingdom shall not be left to other people (i.e., it shall not be followed by another kingdom as Babylon was followed by Persia), but it shall break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms (i.e., the kingdoms of the end time, which shall represent those of the king’s dream in Asia and Europe), and it shall stand for ever  It is the stone cut out of the mountain without hands - the coming Christ (Messiah), falling from Heaven in judgment (Matt. 21.), which shall utterly destroy Gentile world power and bring in the Millennium which shall be the reign of Jew over Gentile again as in the glorious days of David and Solomon.

 

 

4. THE KINGDOM SHALL BE SET UP

AFTER JUDGMENT ON THE GREAT WORLD POWERS

 

of the west and the east.  “Then was the iron, the clay, the brass, the silver, and the gold broken to pieces together (i.e., not as in the past, one after the other - Babylon first, then Persia, afterwards Greece and finally Rome), but all broken to pieces together - their representatives at the end time - all destroyed in one awful judgment by the coming Lord (Rev. 19.), and become like the chaff of the summer threshing floors, and the wind carried them away that no place was found for them (as kingdoms on earth during the Millennium) and the stone that smote the image (those kingdoms) became a great mountain (Christ the stone becomes King, and has a great Millennial Kingdom) and FILLED THE WHOLE EARTH” (Dan. 2: 34, 35).  No kingdom but His shall so cover the whole earth.  Of Him it is written and shall be fulfilled, “The Lord shall be King over all the earth  “He shall have dominion also from sea to sea, and from the river unto the ends of the earth” (Zech. 14., Psalm 72.).  In those glorious days the knowledge of the Lord shall cover the earth “as the waters cover the sea” (Isa. 11: 9; Habakkuk 2: 14).  It is a universal rule of righteousness.

 

 

5. THE KINGDOM WILL BE SET UP AT

THE LORD’S SECOND COMING TO EARTH.

 

 

Then “the times of restoration of all things” (Acts 3: 21, R.V.) come from the presence of the Lord - the Kingdom age when Israel will be restored to favour with God, become His acknowledged people again and have headship amongst the nations; and earth will be restored to peace, prosperity, plenty and righteousness, as in Eden long ago.  These times of restoration are spoken of in the prophets, to whom we owe almost all our knowledge of the blessings of those days.

 

 

6. MILLENNIAL BLESSINGS IN BOTH ITS HEAVENLY AND EARTHLY SPHERES

 

 

The Millennium, or the thousand years, will consist of two spheres - a Heavenly and an earthly.  The Former, called the “Kingdom of the Heavens [not the “Kingdom of Heaven,” as is frequently translated (Matt. 5: 20)], in which the righteous shall shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of their Father (Matt. 13: 43). “Ye know how we dealt with each of you, as a father with his own children, exhorting you, and encouraging you, and testifying to the end that ye should walk worthily of God, who calleth you into his own kingdom and glory” (1 Thess. 2: 11, 12).  “For I say unto you disciples’], that except your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no wise enter into the kingdom of heaven” (Matt. 5: 20).  “Joint-heirs with Christ; If so me that we suffer with him, that we may be also glorified with him” (Rom. 8: 17b).  “Give the more diligence to make your calling and election sure: for if ye do these things, ye shall never stumble: for thus shall be richly supplied unto you entrance into the eternal [Gk. ‘aionios’ - age-lasting]* kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ” (2 Pet. 1: 10, 11).  “And now I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you the inheritance among all them that are sanctified” (Acts 20: 32).

 

 

Those resurrected out from amongst the dead [Gk. ‘out of dead ones’] will inherit the heavenly sphere of Messiah’s coming kingdom.  “They that are accounted worthy to attain that age and the resurrection [out] from the dead ... neither can they die any more: for they are equal unto the angels; and are sons of God, being sons of the resurrection” (Luke 20: 35, 36).  That is, they will rule in the heavenly sphere of the millennial Kingdom; and (at times) able to enjoy their earthly inheritance (Gen. 15: 7; Acts 7: 5, R.V.).  “When he was come back again, having received the kingdom ... And he said unto him, Well done, thou good servant: because thou was found faithful in a very little, have thou authority over ten cities” (Luke 19: 15-17).  “They lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years.  The rest of the dead lived not until the thousand years should be finished.  This is the first resurrection.  Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first resurrection” (Rev. 20: 4-6).

 

 

We are exhorted to be holy and war against being disinherited. “Be ye therefore imitators of God, and beloved children; and walk in love, even as Christ loved you, and gave himself up for us, an offering and a sacrifice to God for an odour of a sweet smell.  But fornication, and all uncleanness, and covetousness, let it not even be named among you, as becometh saints; nor filthiness, nor foolish talking, or jesting, which are not befitting: but rather giving of thanks.  For of this ye know” - a truth which every regenerate believer should know - “of a SURITY,” - without any doubt - “that no fornicator, nor unclean person, nor covetous man, which is an idolater, HATH ANY INHERITANCE IN THE KINGDOM OF CHRIST AND GOD.  Let no man deceive you with empty words: for because of these things cometh the wrath of God UPON THE SONS OE DISOBEDIENCE” (Eph. 5: 1-6).*

 

[* NOTE: In Thomas W. Finlay’s bookGalatians Verse by Verse Commentary.’ pp. 91 & 92), the author has written the following in what he rightly describes as a parallel text in Eph. 5 above:-

 

“This warning passage on Gal. 5: 21 (as well as its parallels in 1 Cor. 6 and Eph. 5) is not a ‘sham’ passage, written to warn people about the consequences of behaviour they were incapable of doing. That is, it is not written to genuine believers who actually cannot practice such sins. Nor is it a ‘sham’ passage written to warn fake believers about the consequences of their sins, when the context of the passage and letter shows that those warned are believers. … Paul is forewarning these believers concerning the very serious consequence of sinful living. Those who take the view that the sinful living noted in verse 21 [or ‘as well as its parallel in 1 Cor. 6 and Eph. 5’ above] cannot speak of true believers must account for the glaring lack of logical interpretation here”30 [i.e., by all anti-millennialists].

 

30 “Here is a lesson in sound Biblical interpretation.  Interpretation must be logical. John R. W. Stott was a good believer and a respected minister of God “Stott’s lifespan 1921-2011). However, he reveals his lack of logic and his theological bias in interpreting this verse. He did this because he held to a theology that no true believer could persist in sinful living (the second view above).  So, when he writes on this verse, he states: ‘To this list of works of the flesh in the realm of sex, religion, society and drink, Paul now adds as solemn warning: I warn you, he writes, as I warned you before (when he was with them in Galatia), that those who do such things (the verb prassontes referring to habitual practice rather than an isolated lapse) shall not inherit the kingdom of God (verse 21).  Since God’s kingdom is a kingdom of godliness, righteousness and self-control, those who indulge in the works of the flesh will be excluded from it.  For such works give evidence they are not in Christ.  [my italics] And if they are not in Christ, then they are not Abraham’s seed, nor ‘heirs according to the promise’ 3: 29.’ Stott, p. 148.  Paul had already written to the Galatians recognizing that they had received the Spirit by faith [m.i.] and that, ‘you are all sons of God’ (3: 5, 26).  So, contrary to Stott’s conclusion, the epistle plainly teaches that those warned here are ‘in Christ.’ Regrettably, Stott in his theology override what the actual test stated (a warning to true believers), according to a grammatical and logical understanding.  Instead of saying that he did not understand the verse, he gives an interpretation against logic and leads the reader into confusion and error.”]

 

 

7. THE EARTHLY SPHERE

 

 

Our Lord shall rule over all the earth, and His throne will be in Jerusalem.  Satan will be bound during the thousand years.  He will not tempt men to evil then, and Christ will be present in person upon the earth to bless men in the full exercise of the powers of the age to come.

 

 

Think now, of some of the characteristics of the Millennium. (1) Righteousness.  Earth will then, for the first time, have a perfect King, who shall righteously rule the nations, exercising righteous laws without fear or favour towards any.  There is no respect of persons with Him.  He shall bring in and maintain universal peace without army, navy, air force, or League of Nations.  He shall reign in righteousness.  It will not be a perfect condition; evil will still remain hiding its head and yielding feigned obedience to the King, sometimes breaking out and being punished immediately by death.  How different it will be in the Eternal Kingdom - then righteousness will dwell in the New Heaven and New Earth; there will be no evil therein to be repressed, everything will be according to the will of God - a perfect condition.  David gives us a delightful prophetic picture of the perfect King (2 Sam. 21). “One that ruleth over men righteously, That ruleth in the fear of God, He shall be as a light of the morning, when the tender grass springeth out of the earth” (3, 4).  The world despises rule today in the Schools, in the Church and in the World, and will fully reap, bye and bye, the sad fruits of anarchy.  But the Millennium will have righteous rule - absolute rule in the hands of the Man who learned how to rule in His sojourn and sorrows on earth.  How men shall rejoice in the light of that fair Millennial morning, when all the clouds of sin, sorrow, strife, war, death and animal ferocity have passed away, when the earth shall feel the freshness of tender grass which springeth out of earth by the clear shining of His presence after rains of judgment are overpast.

 

 

Isaiah prophecies of the time when a king shall reign in righteousness and princes shall decree in judgment. The King who personally is “an hiding-place from the wind and a covert from the tempest, as rivers of water in a dry place, as the shadow of a great rock in a weary land” - is our Lord Jesus Christ.  Before He comes to reign there would be many days of trouble, when the vintage shall fail, the people be dispersed, and upon their land thorns and briars would come up, their places would be forsaken and their cities depopulated.  This will continue until the Spirit be poured out from on high upon the repentant people - Israel.

 

 

(2) Peace.  David, in one of his Millennial Psalms (72) speaks of many of the blessings of the Kingdom, blessings which so satisfied his heart that at the close of their recital his prayers are ended; he has nothing left to ask for.  One of the greatest blessings is peace.  “In his days shall the righteous flourish; and abundance of peace till the moon be no more.” Hosea speaks of the peace which Israel will enjoy then, with the animal creation and with other nations, “In that day will I make a covenant for them with the beasts of the field, and with the fowls of heaven, and with the creeping things of the ground: and I will” (Jehovah says) “break the bow and the sword and the battle out of the land, and will make them to lie down safely” (Hosea 2: 18).  Micah tells of universal peace amongst the nations during Christ’s reign.  “And many nations shall go and say, Come ye, and let us go up to the mountain of the Lord, and to the house of the God of Jacob; and he will teach us his ways, and we will walk in his paths: for out of Zion shall go forth the law, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem.  And he shall judge between many peoples, and shall reprove strong nations afar off; and they shall beat their swords into plowshares, and their spears into pruninghooks: nation shall not lift up sword against nation, neither shall they learn war any more.  But they shall sit every man under his vine and under his fig tree; and none shall make them afraid” (Micah 4: 2, 3).

 

 

The last five Psalms are Millennial songs of praise meant for all creation.  Isaiah 12. is Israel’s song of praise, and in Isaiah 26. we have Judah’s praise song.  Isaiah 35. tells of the songs of joy when the ransomed of the Lord return and come to Zion.  Jehovah-Jesus, is now their strength, and song, and salvation, and with joy they call upon their brethren of Judah to draw water out of the wells of salvation, found in Christ, the smitten yet exalted Rock of Ages.

 

 

How changed will it be then.  The wild beasts shall then be so changed as to be under the control of a child. The poison of the serpents shall be removed, “they shall not hurt or destroy in all His holy mountain, for the earth shall [it is still future] be full of the knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea” (Isaiah 9.).

 

 

8. THE MEEK SHALL INHERIT THE EARTH

 

 

In the present order of things it is the forward man, the pushing business, and the agressive nation which inherits the earth, but in the [time of Messiah’s promised (Ps. 2: 8)] Kingdom it will be different. The meek (of today) shall enter into possession of the earth.  The Lord Jesus spoke the nine beatitudes of the Kingdom.  The meek shall then enter into their blessing.

 

 

The King-Priest shall sit upon the throne, and the heart of the Priest and the arm of the King will relieve all sorrow and redress all wrong in Millennial days.

 

 

Who are to rule with Christ in that day?  Those who suffer with Him now.  “Joint-heirs with Christ; if so be that we suffer with him.  For I reckon that the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory which shall be revealed to usward” (Rom. 8.)  “We ourselves glory in you in the churches of God for your patience patient endurance’] and faith in all your persecutions and in the afflictions which ye endure; which is a manifest token of the righteous judgment of God: to the end that ye may be counted worthy of the kingdom of God, for which ye also suffer” (2 Thess. 1: 4, 5).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

86

 

THE CHURCH’S DANGER

 

 

By D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

The Temple was the summary of the whole standing and destiny of Israel; and a key-fact between the dispensations of Law and Grace is that to-day there is equally a Temple, but spiritual.  “Ye also, as living stones, are built up a spiritual house” (1 Pet. 2: 5): “know ye not that ye are a temple of God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in you?” (1 Cor. 3: 16).  And the parallel is designed.  “In these things” Paul says, “they became FIGURES OF US” (1 Cor. 10: 6, R.V., margin).  Both Temples are God’s special creation; both are the sole abode of God on earth; both could be defiled, and so draw down the Divine displeasure; and in each case, when the last crisis approaches, an enormous gulf yawns between what God says is coming and what the People of God imagine is coming.  The sequel of Jeremiah’s whole prophecy, in his final chapter, is the disintegration and dissolution of the Temple.

 

 

The immediate future of the ancient Temple, and of the Holy Land, created a sharp and public clash on the grand scale.  At the critical moment, when the destiny of God’s People hung in the balances, and iniquity was deepening on every hand, Hananiah - a unique figure in the Bible - confronts Jeremiah, and the vast crowd in the Temple precincts, with the promise of a golden dawn.  “Hananiah spake in the house of the Lord, saying, Thus speaketh the Lord of Hosts, the God of Israel, saying, Within two full years will I bring again into this place all the vessels of the Lord’s house” (Jer. 28: 3).  It was as public a challenge as was possible: it was a blank denial of Jeremiah’s prophecy of Israel’s seventy years - not two - in exile (Jer. 29: 10): it was a positive prophecy, definite, minute, detailed: it claimed to be an utterance straight from God.  Moreover, Hananiah attached no condition whatever to the promise of peace: the Temple vessels were to come back merely because they were the Temple vessels.  Jeremiah and Hananiah embody the two mighty, antagonistic outlooks of the people of God in a dying dispensation.

 

 

Now the silence of Scripture concerning Hananiah’s exact spiritual standing most helpfully shelters very diverse optimists under his cloak.  He is five times called a ‘prophet’ by the Scripture itself; and Jeremiah’s words concerning him certainly seem to imply that he was a genuine prophet - “The prophets that have been before me and before thee and his national acceptance as a prophet Jeremiah never challenges.  It may be that, like so many [regenerate prophetic students] to-day, Hananiah absorbed himself exclusively in Scriptures that seem to state limitless privilege, such as that which Balaam uttered (Num. 23: 21) “He hath not beheld iniquity in Jacob, neither hath he seen perverseness in Israel  Or, perhaps more probably, like a modern Pentecostalist, it may have been a demonic seizure which he sincerely mistook for a Divine inspiration, and which he had not been careful - challenged, as he was, by the startling prophecies of Jeremiah - to sift and test.  In any case, Hananiah is the embodiment of all who “lean upon the Lord, and say, Is not the Lord among us? none evil can come upon us” (Mic. 3: 11).*

 

*If Hananiah really doubted the divine inspiration of Jeremiah’s warnings, as the modern Hananiah doubts (or avoids) the still graver warnings of the New Testament, surely their fundamental rightness, their essential justice, their total independence of human wishes, ought to carry overwhelming conviction of the divine origin of both.

 

 

So now we face the sharp clash of prophecies over the respective Temples in each closing dispensation.  The fact that, sin, judgment, repentance are words that Hananiah never once uses, and that they appear completely absent from his mind, the Temple alone absorbing his thought, yields the clue: privilege - the enormous privileges of the Temple of Jehovah - produced a fatal oversight of the consequences of sin. Jeremiah had warned of this:- “Trust ye not in lying words, saying, The temple of the Lord, the Temple of the Lord, the Temple of the Lord, are these” (Jer. 7: 4)* - the People of God; immune, therefore, from all possible judgment.  Israel thought that the Temple - the summary of themselves - guaranteed them from Divine displeasure apart altogether from any question of sin.  It is a sore temptation of God’s people throughout all the ages to absorb the sweets of revelation while they eschew the bitters.  There is a dangerous parallel to-day.  The Spiritual Temple, more wonderful even than the Temple of old, is the marvel of the world; its privileges reach up to Heaven: nevertheless sin in the People of God is the same as all other sin; and our peril of the Great Tribulation, and our certainty of a coming judgment Seat, God explicitly states.  But this danger is denied by the two conceptions that cover nearly all contemporary Christian thought.  Either (1) the Spiritual Temple is to dominate all nations by the conversion of the world; or else (2) the Spiritual Temple is to be removed, every stone of it, into sudden glory: in either case, disaster may overtake Egypt, or Assyria, or Babylon, but God’s Temple - never.  It is exactly so that Hananiah speaks: he claims that his happy forecast is God’s Word; and he spoke, unchallenged, for the whole People of God.

 

[* See G. H. Lang’s “The Personal Indwelling of the Holy Spirit” and “The Rights of the Holy Spirit in the House of God  Also Acts 5: 32, R.V.]

 

 

Now Jeremiah gives the answer of God that runs through all the ages, and is our model. “Amen: the Lord do so: the Lord perform thy words which thou hast prophesied, to bring again the vessels of the Lord’s house Fundamental privilege abides; and its assertion, in main and in foundation, is right concerning both Temples.  For both Temples the final future is golden, and the ultimate deliverance of both Temples is sure. Jeremiah himself has given (31: 33) as lovely a word of Israel’s salvation at the last as any ever given; and it is from this Prophet, out of all others, that the Holy Spirit selects the great charter of grace to eternal Israel. (Heb. 8: 8): “I will put my laws into their mind, and on their heart also will I write them; for I will be merciful to their iniquities, and their sins will I remember no more  Nevertheless Jeremiah reaffirms judgment on [unrepented] sin as the universal testimony of God’s prophets, and warns that privilege which wipes out Judgment will prove a mirage.  He says:- “The prophets of old prophesied of war, and of evil, and of pestilence”: that is, all Scripture clamps together sin and judgment, for every human soul, with links of steel; and all who do not take the warnings must take the consequences.  You, Hananiah, prophesy peace, with no conditions - no sobs of repentance, no abandoned sin, no joyous obedience, to precede the Golden Age: the coming facts (Jeremiah says) will show which is the Word of God.  So Jehovah Himself puts it:- “All shall know [by the events themselves] whose word shall stand, mine, or theirs” (Jer. 44: 28).

 

 

A symbolic action follows, in which Hananiah, instead of being startled by the blank contradiction, and bowing to the Word of God, resorts to violence, so forecasting persecution.  He steps forward and snatches the Yoke Jeremiah was wearing as a symbol of the coming judgment, and breaking it, blankly denies the Seventy Years captivity of the People of God:- “Thus saith the Lord, Even so will I break the yoke of Nebuchadnezzar within two full years from off the neck of all the nations” (verse 11).  But the danger for the People of God of such a negativing of Divine prophecies now leaps to light: denial of judgment only deepens it.  After Jeremiah had slipped quietly away, God says to him:- “Tell Hananiah, saying, Thus saith the Lord: Thou hast broken the bars of wood; but thou shalt make in their stead bars of iron  Defiance of truth only aggravates judgment, for sin only deepens with impenitence, and automatically increases the punishment.

 

 

So also the extreme personal danger of leading others astray by contradicting God’s [unfulfilled, prophetic and Divine] Word on coming judgment on both Church and world is embodied for all time in Hananiah.  “Hear now, Hananiah Jeremiah says, sent expressly by Jehovah to the facile optimist - (Jeremiah himself had sought no vengeance whatever upon Hananiah):- “thou makest this people to trust in a lie: therefore thus saith the Lord, Behold, I will send thee away from off the face of the earth: this year thou shalt die, because thou hast spoken rebellion against the Lord  In two years, Hananiah said, Jehovah would deliver them all: in two months he was dead.*

 

* It is the refusal of the believer’s judgment which gives the Arminian believer his whole standing: for if the penal consequences with which the sinning servant of God is threatened are not (as we believe) temporary, they are eternal: they are concrete and real in either case, and Hananiah’s role of denial is as dangerous as it is disloyal.

 

 

This vital disclosure is crowned for us by the fact that the chief revelation of our own Temple is carefully set in a dual warning.  The revelation is this:- “Know ye not that ye are a temple of God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in you (1 Cor. 3: 16).  Immediately before this supreme truth there is set a warning, concerning the [regenerate] believer whose discipleship has been mere wood, hay, or stubble - “He himself shall be saved, yet so as through fire”; and immediately after it, a warning still graver - “If any defileth the temple of God, him shall God defile; for the temple of God is holy, which temple ye are  “In the LXX as well as in the New Testament […the Greek word] means to ‘mar’: the passage may, therefore, be rendered, ‘If any man injure the temple of God, him will God injure’ - (C. Hodge, D.D.).  The Church would be a holier church if it realized its danger.  It is no imagination even of an apostle, but an inspired portrait (Rev. 1: 14), that when our Lord appears to His Churches in order to examine their works - “I know thy works” - He confronts them - all His Churches, without any exception - with eyes of fire and feet of burning brass; and it is to the [regenerate] Church of God that these words are addressed - “The Lord shall judge his people.  It is a fearful thing to fall into the hands of the living God” (Heb. 10: 30).

 

 

-------

 

 

JUDGMENT INEVITABLE

 

 

Strange as it may appear, the very imperfection in the execution of justice seems to be the strongest possible proof that, in the next world, vengeance will be fulfilled to the utmost.  For observe, if we found that every man in this life received just what he deserved, and every evil work always brought swift punishment along with it, what should we naturally conclude?  There is no future punishment in store: I see nothing wanting; every man has already received the due reward of his works; everything is already complete, and, therefore, there is nothing to be done in the next world.  Or if, on the other hand, there were no punishment visited upon sin at all in the world, we might be inclined to say, “Tush, God hath forgotten;” He never interferes amongst us; we have no proof of His hatred of sin, or of His determination to punish it; He is gone away far from us, and has left us to follow our own wills and imaginations.  So that if sentence were either perfectly executed upon earth, or not executed at all, we might have some reason for saying that there was a chance of none in a future world.  But now it is imperfectly executed; just so much done, as to say, “You are watched - my eye is upon you; I neither slumber nor sleep; and my vengeance slumbereth not  And yet there is so little done, that a man has to look into eternity for the accomplishment. - WOLFE.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

87

 

STOP BEING IGNORANT

 

 

By ARLEN L. CHITWOOD

 

 

 

“But, beloved, be not ignorant [lit. ‘stop being ignorant’] of this one thing, that one day is with the Lord as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day” (2 Peter 3: 8).

 

 

 

The covenant which God made with Israel surrounding the sign of the Sabbath is not an isolated teaching found only in Exodus, chapter thirty-one.  Rather, this is a teaching which draws from a God-ordained pattern in the opening verses of Genesis and, in the sense of “time permeates all Scripture.

 

 

In line with the sign of the Sabbath, different writers of Scripture, in different ways, have referred to the present six days [That is, to the present six thousand years of work] and what is going to occur at the conclusion of these six days, on the seventh day - the millennial reign of Christ.

 

 

Moses, for example, called attention to this in Numbers, chapter nineteen through instruction concerning the method of cleansing for Israelites coming in contact with a dead body.  The person was to remain unclean until the seventh day; and on the seventh day, through a cleansing with what is called “the water of separation he was to be free from his defilement (vv. 2ff).

 

 

Israel is unclean through contact with the dead body of her Messiah; and as cleansing could not occur until the seventh day then, cleansing cannot occur until the seventh day now.  Israel is going to remain unclean until the end of six days, with cleansing occurring on the seventh day following the return of the nation’s Messiah and the removal of the nation from its present desolate condition.

 

 

Then in the Book of Hosea, attention is called to deliverance after two days, in the third day (Hosea 5: 13- 6: 2).  The two days preceding deliverance correspond to the fifth and sixth days of the period during which God is presently working.

 

 

In Hosea 5: 15, the time dates from a particular offence; and it was at the time of this offence that Israel received a “wound” (v. 13) from which she could not be cured except through the personal intervention of her Messiah (v. 14).  The reference is to Christ leaving the house desolate, followed by Israel’s committing the ultimate offence by crucifying her Messiah.  This is the point Israel became unclean through contact with a dead body, which is the reason for the “three days” mentioned with the “seven days” in Numbers, chapter nineteen.  As in Hosea, so in Numbers: Restoration / cleansing will occur “After two says ... in the third day” (Cf. Num. 19: 12; Hosea 6: 2).

 

 

NEW TESTAMENT

 

 

New Testament writers continue the same line of thought set forth in the Old Testament relative to the sign of the Sabbath, All four gospel writers, the writer of Hebrews, and Peter have things to say concerning the matter.

 

 

In the three synoptic gospels (Matthew, Mark, and Luke), we have the accounts of Jesus being transfigured in the presence of Peter, James, and John.  This event, by the Lord’s own definition (and Peter’s years later [2 Peter 1: 16-18]), had to do with “the Son of man coming in his kingdom after six days (Matt. 16: 28ff; Mark 9: l ff; Luke 9: 27 ff).  It will be “after six days” - the present six days of work, the present six thousand years of work - that the Son of Man will return to establish His kingdom, ushering in the seventh day, the seventh one-thousand-year period, the Sabbath of rest.

 

 

Peter, James, and John on the Mount with Christ saw “his glory” (Luke 9: 32).  He was transfigured in their presence; and Moses and Elijah appeared with him, with a ‘bright cloud’ overshadowing them (the Shekinah Glory - present to fill the tabernacle when the theocracy was first established in Sinai [Ex. 40: 34], present to fill Solomon’s temple at the time of its dedication [2 Chron. 5: 13, 14], and will be present to fill the millennial temple [Ezek. 43: 1-6] - overshadowed those on the Mount [Matt. 17: 3, 5; Luke 9: 30, 31]).

 

 

In typology, “Moses and Elijah” are representative of believers from the present dispensation, appearing with Christ in the kingdom - [that is, believers who are “accounted worthy,” at Christ’s Judgment Seat; and before the time of ‘the First Resurrection” - unto immorality, (Luke 20: 35; 21: 36; 22: 28; Heb. 11: 27; cf. Rev. 11: 7, 8, R.V. etc.] - Moses had died and had been raised from the dead, and Elijah had been removed from the earth without experiencing physical death, typifying both the dead (awaiting resurrection) and those who will not experience physical death (be removed from the earth without dying).  Both will appear with Christ in the [millennial] kingdom, as Moses and Elijah, in glorified [immortal] bodies.  Then “Peter, James, and John” are representative of the Jewish people, the nation of Israel, - [the Remnant who will be saved at the end of the Great Tribulation.] - appearing in an elevated position with Christ in the kingdom in natural bodies.  And the “others at the foot of the mount” are representative of the Gentiles, also to appear in the kingdom, as the Israelites (in natural bodies), but as subjects.

 

 

(The expression “about eight days” rather than “after six days” is used in Luke’s account of the transfiguration.  Luke though provides time going back to certain “sayings” of Christ [which would, of necessity, include more than just Christ’s statement concerning “the Son of man coming in his kingdom”]. Matthew and Mark, on the other hand, provide the time until the kingdom itself [which would refer more specifically to Christ’s statement concerning His return after receiving the kingdom from the Father.]  Eight is also the number of RESURRECTION.  Compare with 1 Cor. 15: 23, 50, 58.)

 

 

John does not record the transfiguration account in his gospel, but he does record a matter relative to Israel, in line with what Is taught elsewhere concerning the six days of work followed by a day of rest, which the other three writers do not record. John gives the account of the death of Lazarus, and is very careful to provide numbers for a sequence of days during which events surrounding the death and resurrection of Lazarus occurred.

 

 

This account is the seventh of eight signs in John’s gospel, signs directed specifically to the people of Israel in order that they might “believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God” (Jn. 20: 30, 31).  Since this sign is directed to Israel (the Jews are the ones who require a ‘sign’ [1 Cor. 1: 22]), it should logically follow that the sign concerns Israel.  And that is exactly what is involved.

 

 

The death and resurrection of Lazarus is a type of the present death and future [spiritual] resurrection of Israel. That such is the case is very evident from several things in the account: (1) The time Lazarus lay in the place of death prior to resurrection, (2) the time Jesus was outside the land of Judaea before returning to raise Lazarus, and (3) the type body which Lazarus was raised.

 

 

Lazarus lay in the place of death (vv. 17, 39), Christ remained outside the land of Judaea for the latter two days of the four before returning to raise Lazarus (vv. 6, 7), and Lazarus was raised in a natural body of flesh, blood, and bones (vv. 41-44).

 

 

The picture is that of Israel during the entire four days of the nation’s existence - two days under Law, beginning with Moses, and two days while Christ remains outside the land of Judaea (Thus, John enlarges the nation’s present condition and status to include, after at least some fashion, even the time of the nation’s existence from Moses to Christ).  It will be after two days, singled out in the account (vv. 6, 7). That Christ will return to the land of Judaea to raise the one typified by Lazarus.   And the people of Israel will be raised up “to live” in the Lord’s sight.

 

 

Then the writer of Hebrews refers to God resting on “the seventh day from all his works and goes on to refer to a subsequent ‘rest’ [‘a Sabbath keeping,’ ‘a Sabbath rest’ typified by the former rest, “awaiting the people of God” (Heb. 4: 4, 9) - [i.e., for resurrected saints].*  Thus, contextually, the basis for the writer’s remarks concerning the “rest” awaiting Christians is found in Exodus, chapter thirty one and the opening verses of Genesis, as is the basis for any teaching concerning all or part of the seven days found elsewhere in Scripture.

 

[* See R. Govett’s “Christian! Seek the Rest of God in His Millennial Kingdom]

 

 

Beyond the Book of Hebrews is a section of Scripture penned by the Apostle Peter, one of the three individuals present on the mount when Christ was transfigured, who witnessed His glory, which occurred following six days; and Peter specifically states in so many words in 2 Pet. 3: 8, taking into account the context (vv. 4-7), that each of the seven days in the opening verses of Genesis point to seven subsequent days of one thousand years each.

 

 

The importance of correctly understanding 2 Pet. 3: 8, in the light of its context, cannot be overemphasized.  Failure to correctly understand that which Peter refers to as “this one thing” has caused confusion in the entire realm of teaching surrounding the septenary arrangement of Scripture.

 

 

ONE DAY, ONE THOUSAND YEARS

 

 

Peter begins his second epistle by using the Greek word epignosis (“mature knowledge”) three times (1: 2, 3, 8).  The revealed purpose for possessing this mature knowledge is that one may be able to make his “calling and election sure,” resulting in his one day having an “abundant entrance into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ” (vv. 10, 11).

 

 

Peter then seeks to stir up his readers by exhorting them concerning the importance of keeping the goal of their calling ever before them (vv. 12. 13); and to drive his point home, he refers to an event which occurred over thirty years prior to that time.

 

 

“For we have not followed cunningly devised fables, when we made known unto you the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, but were eyewitnesses of his majesty [superlative usage in the Greek text].  For he received from God the Father honour and glory, when there came such a voice to him from the excellent glory, ‘This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased  And this voice which came from heaven we heard, when we were with him in the holy mount” (1: 15-18).

 

 

That which occurred on the Mount when Christ was transfigured in the presence of Peter, James, and John had to do with “the power and coming of our Lord the “glory” which will be manifested when the kingdom has been established, and with Christians entering into - (or not entering into it ) -  and having a part in the kingdom (vv. 11, 16-18).  Such is the clear testimony of the opening chapter of 2 Peter.

 

 

Peter then states: “We have also a more sure word of prophecy [lit. ‘We have the word of prophecy made more sure,’ referring to the additional confirmation of the ‘word of prophecy’]” (v. 19a).  That is, events on the Mount provide an additional confirmation of that which has already been settled in heaven - events surrounding Christ’s return in glory, after having received the kingdom from His Father.

 

 

The “word of prophecy” is then linked to a light shining “in a dark place in order to give Christians the necessary knowledge to move safely through the time of this world’s darkness.  Christians are to utilize the provided light (study, understand, and be guided by that which is revealed in the prophetic Scriptures) as they await the dawn of a new day (which, contextually, can only be the seventh day) and the realization of events set forth on the Mount.

 

 

Peter then begins a lengthy discourse dealing with false teachers, apostates, who would arise among the people of God and seek to lead Christians away from the prophetic Scriptures (2: 1 ff).  These teachers would even arise from among the ranks of those possessing a “knowledge [Greek, ‘epignosis’, i.e., a ‘mature knowledge’] of the Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ” (2: 20).  That is, there would be those individuals coming into a mature knowledge of the things surrounding Christ, apostatizing, and then seeking to cause others to follow their erroneous ways (2: 18).

 

 

Through understanding the prophetic Scriptures, the recipients of Peter’s epistle would be prepared for the “scoffers [apostates]” who would appear “in the last days saying, “Where is the promise of his coming?  For since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation” (3: 3, 4).

 

 

The apostates are described as “willingly ... ignorant [lit. they have willingly allowed something to escape their attention]” (v. 5).  And that which they have willingly allowed to escape their attention is revealed to be certain truths taught in the beginning verses of Genesis.  They fail to understand that things have not continued as they were from the beginning of the creation (1: 1).  There was a ruin and restoration of the creation, with a time involved in the restoration (1: 2 ff).  And this establishes a pattern for a subsequent ruin and restoration of another creation, and the time involved in that restoration.

 

 

Peter begins to sum up his epistle, he refers to “the world that then was [the pre-Adamic world]” and “the heavens and the earth, which are now [the post-Adamic world]” (vv. 6, 7). The emphasis is upon two destructions of the earth (one past [v. 6], and the other future [vv. 7, 10-12]).  And between these two destructions (once “time” begins to be reckoned) lie two seven-day periods.  The first, set forth in the opening verses of Genesis, is comprised of seven twenty-four-hour days; and the second, covering the remainder of Scripture, is comprised of seven one-thousand-year days.  That’s what 2 Peter 3: 8, contextually, pertains to, and Christians are exhorted to “stop being ignorant…”

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

88

 

JOSEPH THE OVERCOMER

 

 

By D. M.  PANTON

 

 

 

That Bunyan’s Pilgrim’s Progress has been enormously more circulated and incomparably more God-used than any other uninspired book ever written startles us into attention to its contents: it must express the mind of the Spirit on the progress of a pilgrim with a rarer truth than any book outside Scripture.  What then is its heart and core?  That the ideal Christian life is no cushion of privilege, no easy and prosperous path, no glory about to crown a discipleship of low standards and secret sins: it is perils at Vanity Fair, it is the awful possibility of the castle of Giant Despair, it is Apollyon straddling across the path, it is hard going until the River and the Celestial Hills.  An easy discipleship is already a proven failure.

 

 

AN OVERCOMER

 

 

Now the very embodiment of this strenuous struggle home, carved out of concrete life, is the history of Joseph.  While the parallel between Joseph’s life and our Lord’s has impressed all ages, Joseph is nowhere said to be a type of Christ; for he is a type of Christ only because our Lord is the supreme Overcomer: “as I also overcame” (Rev. 3: 21).  Joseph is the first patriarch whose life is exhaustively recorded: his experiences are lucid, graphic summaries of what every faithful servant of God must meet: his testing is a training, so that the trials conquered, actually create the king: the throne immediately succeeds the dungeon.  As Enoch is the mighty forecast of rapture in the world’s dawn, removal from earth without dying, so Joseph - appropriately after the Flood of wrath - is the mighty forecast of the Overcomer, inheriting the throne.

 

 

THE VISION

 

 

The overcoming life opens - as ever - in golden and God-given visions.  The risen sun; the harvest field; the bowing sheaves: a constellation; a central orb; subordinate stars: as Paul puts it - “one star differeth from another star in glory, so also is the resurrection of the dead” (1 Cor. 15: 41).  It is Joseph’s vision of Daniel’s marvellous words (Dan. 12: 3):- “They that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament, and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever* Youth is the time for immense dreams, which life has got to make real.  The Lord held out identical vision to the Philadelphian Angel, for his life to make good:- “Behold, I will make them” - his persecutors - “to come and worship before thy feet, and to know that I have loved thee” (Rev. 3: 9).  God sets before us all the same golden dreams - the possibility of the highest - but on conditions as severe as the vision is golden; for the life must manufacture the dream.  Joseph’s dreams cost him everything, sustained him in everything, and ultimately gave him everything: by dreams God summoned him to the highest; by dreams God cheered, sustained, and instructed him in prison; by dreams God at last exalted him to the throne.

 

* So far from ambition for coming glory being wrong, the very absence of the ambition our Lord makes one vice of the Pharisees: ‑ "The glory that cometh from the only God ye seek not" (John 5: 44).

 

 

THE ISOLATION

 

 

Joseph’s dreams at once plunge him into disaster.  “And his brethren” - the other patriarchs, the official leaders of God’s only people on earth - “hated him yet more for his dreams, and for his words” (Gen. 37: 8), in which he had reported their conduct to his father, and revealed his own more scrupulous standard.  It is the history of all the ages.  His brothers, instead of wisely answering - “Our fidelity and sanctity will yet show you that, no less than you, we are bound for coming glory,” they sweep the whole doctrine of future dominion aside, and start to persecute.* For long years Joseph became, to them, a buried man, and they described him (Gen. 45: 20) as ‘dead  Isolation is the penalty of devotion.  There is a rawness in youth, and there can be a naive and tactless exultation in possible coming glory, which jars; the more so as Joseph seems utterly unconscious of the blood-sprinkled path thither: nevertheless the father’s distinguishing love, on a youth who had earned it, and the lad’s passionate idealism, rouse the anger and jealousy of the un-ideal, un-ambitious, unspiritual among the servants of God.  Somehow, somewhere, every Joseph must meet his brother's devastating criticism or even actual persecution.

 

* It corresponds to a scornful denial of all reward according to works, and especially of any selection for rapture and rule.  The parallel type teaches exactly the same lesson:- all Israel turns in anger on Caleb and Joshua (Num. 14: 10), who alone of that generation enter the Kingdom.  Moreover, the two types are vitally linked by the fact (Joshua 24: 32) that Joseph is one of the only four - two from the living and two from the dead - who actually entered Palestine.

 

 

THE TEST

 

 

Now arrives the crisis of Joseph’s life - all the testing of all saved souls in all ages crammed into one concrete, over-whelming test.  Alone in the house, with no eye upon them but God’s, had Joseph yielded to Potiphar’s wife, the overcoming life would have at once ended, probably never to have been captured again.  Believers innumerable, often through some sin never known to any one but God. lose the throne in the house of Potiphar. Concerning such sins Paul warns the Church (Gal. 5: 21): - “Now the works of the flesh are manifest, which are these, fornication, uncleanness, lasciviousness, idolatry, sorcery, enmities, strife, jealousies, wraths, factions, divisions, heresies [parties], envyings, drunkenness, revellings, and such like: of the which I forewarn you” - for he is dealing with the sins of believers and their consequences - “even as I did forewarn you, that they which practise such things shall not inherit the kingdom of God Joseph, at enormous cost, refuses the sin.

 

 

THE TRIBULATION

 

 

So now, in Potiphar’s prison, because of fidelity in Potiphar’s house, the peculiar sufferings of God’s overcoming saint are for ever embodied - not chastisement, nor purging because of sin, but purely and solely suffering for righteousness’ sake.  The accusation of Potiphar’s wife is the first calumny recorded in the Bible; and it is the pregnant forecast of crimes the most atrocious which, under the Soviets as under the Caesars, are charged upon perfectly innocent Christians.  As he and the woman alone knew the facts, it was a total impossibility for him to clear himself: his honour, his good name, his sanctity were gone, in the eyes of all men.  If we refuse the kingdoms of the world, we must face some measure of Calvary, “Blessed are ye our Lord says (Luke 6: 22), “when men shall cast out your name as evil, for the Son of man’s sake: rejoice in that day, and leap for joy; for behold, YOUR REWARD IS GREAT IN HEAVEN” - the calumny creates the throne.  Or as the Apostle Peter puts it (1 Pet. 4: 14):- “If ye are reproached for the name of Christ, blessed are ye; because the Spirit of glory” - the shadow of the coming throne - “RESTETH UPON YOU

 

 

THE PREPARATION

 

 

So Joseph’s concrete experiences reveal how the knife of God carves and shapes a king.  First in Potiphar’s mansion, and then in Potiphar’s prison-cells, the youth was learning, first heart-discipline through the refining of sorrow, and then administrative capacity for handling men and affairs; a large and understanding heart, together with a character trained for responsibility, both of which are essentials for those who are to exercise world-power for the benefit of others, and without which any kingdom would be a chaos.  His sufferings have passed into a proverb; - “The word of the Lord tried him: the iron entered into his soul” (Psalm 105: 18).  In the dungeon Joseph unlearnt any tendency to censoriousness or self-complacency: the prison, moreover, was to him no grim goal of inglorious idleness, or moody depression, or a soured and embittered spirit: on the contrary, all the time he was spending and being spent; all his talents were put to fullest use; he was a king in the dungeon.  The magnanimity he showed throughout, especially to his brothers, is superb,* meriting Pharaoh’s word (Gen. 41: 38 [Septuagint]) - “a man as this, who has the Spirit of God in him  For the whole stormy, upright, tested, deeply experienced life is the inevitable and infallible preparation for a sceptre and a throne.

 

* It is doubtful if (apart from Calvary) in all the revelations of God so large a section has ever been devoted to a single incident as is given to the reconciliation of Joseph to his brothers; and it pours a flood of light on the reunion of alienated Christians - even martyrs and their slayers - in Eternal Life.

 

 

THE THRONE

 

 

Now Joseph reaches, as the glorious goal, exactly the rank and functions which are an overcomer’s at our Lord’s return: he rules Egypt - always a symbol of the world; shapes its politics and economics; safeguards it under famine; and so controls even its princes (Psalm 105: 22) that “all countries came into Egypt” (Gen. 41: 57) for bread.  Proved faithful in little, he is made ruler over much.  The dungeon, the ‘concentration camp,’ the shooting squad are actual steps up the throne.  Joseph exclaims:- “God hath made me fruitful IN THE LAND OF MY AFFLICTION” (Gen. 41: 52): like his Lord, where the martyr’s blood fell, he reigns - that is, ON EARTH.  So our Lord’s promises to the overcomer in the Churches singularly cluster in Joseph. Arrayed in white (41: 42) as those who shall walk with Christ (Rev. 3: 4), Pharaoh confers on him a new name (Gen. 41: 45), as does our Lord on the overcomer (Rev. 2: 17),* and both combine the new designation with a signet ring, or stone.  God-given dreams are realities, and His very enemies makes their executors.  Joseph goes through great tribulation for righteousness’ sake, and reaches the throne: his brothers - rejoining him under the pressure of a famine throughout the world - go through ‘great tribulation’ for punitive and purging’s sake, and reach no throne.

 

* The new name Pharaoh confers on Joseph not only describes the Supreme Overcomer, but also each of his associate kings - ‘World Deliverer

 

 

So Joseph’s blood-dipt ‘coat of many colours’ - the robe is all we see of the man, that is, his conduct - was (in the East) the heir’s robe, and in the Apocalypse it is the Bride’s trousseau - “the righteous acts of the saints” (Rev. 19: 8); and as the kid’s blood is, equally with the lamb’s symbol of Calvary (Lev. 4: 24), so we read - “These are they who came out of the great tribulation, and they washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb: THEREFORE ARE THEY BEFORE THE THRONE OF GOD” (Rev. 7: 14).*

 

* Jacob and his family are, at the moment, the entire family of God’s servants in the world, and so are a type of the whole Church; and as Aaron’s rod alone budded - one in twelve (Num. 17: 6) - forecasting the first resurrection, so Joseph’s sheaf alone - one in twelve (Gen 36: 17) - ruled in harvest, forecasting the Reign after the reaping in resurrection.

 

 

THE OVERCOMER

 

 

Paul sums it all up in his own words and his own life:- “O king Agrippa, I was not disobedient to the heavenly vision Joseph had not a single page of Scripture, yet God’s words to him governed his life, and God’s words to others through him he expounded without fear or favour.  Let us grasp one overmastering fact - that however we may be involved (and rightly) in the desperate battle of others, and whatever our despair over Church and world, ultimately we are responsible for ourselves alone, and remain for ever masters of our own fate.  We can carry a white robe to the Judgment Seat.  Joseph was alone among his brothers; he was alone in the pit; he was alone in the house with Potiphar’s wife; he was alone in the prison; and he was alone under Pharaoh) on the throne - “I HAVE SET THEE OVER ALL THE LAND OF EGYPT” (Gen. 41: 41).

 

 

-------

 

 

OMEGA

 

 

Die to the world: its hope and aspiration,

See not the colour of its flick’ring flame;

To all the glamour of its soft persuasion Die!

For, for you, is a worthier aim.

 

 

On past man-censure and strident decrying

Through fierce distress and allure and decay

To the seen kingdom fixed unwavering

Battle, unseeing the tread of the way.

 

 

Certain and sure to the chosen determined

Is there a rest long-assured and prepared,

Heirs of a promise by God made and vital

Shall we light-lose the as yet uncompared?

 

 

Dumbly enduring the waging of warring’

Steel’d ’gainst delight of the passing unreal,

On with linked arms with the few loin-hearted,

Iron, unflinching to other appeal.

 

 

Nearing and sounding, the threat’ning horizon

Trembles to hasten the blood-running sod,

Still in the shadow, undaunted the faithful

Branded, intrepid, awaiting their God.

 

 

Sound of the fury of a world abandon’d.

Unrestrain’d hurt of a sin-madden’d night,

Impulsive burst of tempestuous weeping -

Ofn! ’tis the herald of rapture and flight!

 

 

- HAZEL POTTER.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

89

 

FINDINGS AT THE JUDGMENT SEAT

 

 

By W. F. ROADHOUSE

 

 

 

Does “the Judgment Seat of Christ” (see 2 Cor. 5: 10) function only in the realm of REWARD for Believers, or will its decisions also bring Judgment?  This is the question we shall seek an answer for in Holy Writ.  One is quite aware of the usual answer, but let us study what the great, searching words of the Scriptures reveal.  These, will be our standard and gauge in that coming time of Divine scrutiny.  We do pray for God’s Spirit to give His holy illumination and the grace to bend our ideas and conceptions to His guidance and obedience.

 

 

First, the BEMA itself, that is, the place where Judgment is rendered.  Our New Testament determines its meaning.  It is a place of ‘footroom then a raised place, then a tribunal.  The New Testament writers nine times show it as employed to render, not only reward, but also clearly the opposite.  Proof is, that here Pilate condemned the Lord Jesus (Matt. 27: 10): BEMA is used of Herod (Acts 12: 21), of Gallio (18: 18), of Festus (25: 6), of Caesar (25: 10).  This is the Spirit’s indication of meaning.  It will be God’s Judgment Seat (Rom. 14: 10), and our Lord’s (2 Cor. 5: 10).  It ever has to do, not with the unchanging, objective work of Christ for us, already received by faith; but with the subjective work; our service, our witness, our stewardship, our personal living, these come up for review.  Literally all Judgment is for works, whether regarding saved or unsaved.  For example, “WARNING every man” (says Col. 1: 28) and TEACHING every man in all wisdom, that we may “PRESENT every man PERFECT in Christ  Accountability assuredly. “ALL ... EACH ONE” will be there who has known Christ.  His.  Only via Judgment.  This costly way was the Israelite “FORGIVEN concerning whatsoever” he needed forgiveness.  It is our deep conviction that Christian men to-day, if they live up to Bible standards, will require to have no lower plane than God’s people under the Old Covenant: “doings” will be reviewed will be exposed when we “appear” (Col. 3: 4).

 

 

“Whether good or BAD this word kakos, that is, ‘bad,’ has reference to God’s children who are emphatically off-colour!  About 90 times it is used, and hence one can find accurately its meaning.  Concerning it Thayer says:- “Morally: of a mode of thinking, feeling, acting ... base ... wrong ... wicked ... crime. ... troublesome, injurious, pernicious.” It is assuredly - “BADMatt. 24: 48.  “But and if that evil (kakos) servant shall say ... delayeth His coming”, and this is said of a Judgment picture.  Here are other examples - Rom. 13: 14; 1 Cor. 10: 6; Jas. 3: 8; 1 Peter 3: 8-12.  All of these speak of regenerate believers where kakos is cited.  And hence without question the Word of truth ascribes to children of God this worst of ‘bad’ words and doings; as the Apostle does when he describes the awful category of sins (in Gal. 5: 20, 21) to be “works of the fleshall of which have been met with in regenerate believers’ lives across the ages.  This enforces Dr. W. Graham Scroggie’s word to his friend (Ernest J. Long):- “I would rather go through the Great Tribulation than endure what I believe some Christians will go through at the Judgment Seat of Christ  With this feeling we are in full accord.  May God open our eyes to the coming accounting days before the All-searching Eyes!

 

 

CHARACTER OF THE BAD THINGS

 

 

2. Wrongs that have never been straightened out, done to another, will pass on to the Judgment Seat.  Does God wink at sin?  Will there not be a place, a time, when things will catch up with us?  Righteousness will be exacted from those, surely from those, who had more light than the unsaved!  If we have un-rectified things, why do we scorn God’s provision?  What?  This - “If we keep on walking in the light as He is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, AND ...”  Why do we put up the gracious promise on wall texts and cherish it in our hearts, and ever and again fail to meet the condition laid down for that blessed promise?  “IF we ... AND the blood of Jesus Christ ... keeps on cleansing us from all sin  “IF WE CONFESS our sins, He is faithful and righteous to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness” (1 John 1: 7, 9). Too often we think, and sometimes say, “O the blood covers all that  It does - along the line we have just quoted to the reader.  This is absolutely the only way.

 

 

Comparing the killing of another with its consequent judgment, Jesus says, “But I say to you, that every one who is angry with his brother shall be in danger of the judgment” (Matt. 5: 21 ff).  “If therefore, thou art offering thy gift at the altar and there rememberest that thy brother hath aught against thee ... first be reconciled to thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift” (vs. 23, 24).  How hard and callous “brethren” can be - a thousand miles from the tender conscience revealed hereby our Lord.  “Father, forgive them He could say on dark, dark Calvary!  Yet we have known even ministers to leave churches in bitterness behind them because of proud, unbending spirits - and this condition grieving the Holy Spirit of God for years.  Where will it be righted - at the Judgment Seat!  Even concerning “elders” it is written - “Some men’s sins are evident, going before unto judgment; and some men also they follow after” (1 Tim. 5: 24).

 

 

3. Dishonesties and false dealings of every sort move on to the Judgment Seat.  Or are these automatically forgiven to the believer irrespective of rectification?  How dare we ask such a question when it reveals a standard lower than that of a respectable, worldly citizen?  Is the Christian ethic below theirs?  Our Old Testament gives crystal clear light here, as to God’s standard.  First, Israel had their Annual Atonement when their sins were forgiven, (1) by the covering of the blood of the sin-offering; and (2) by the carry away of their laid-on sins via the goat sent into the wilderness (Lev. 16).  “There go my sins,” any believing Israelite could say as “the goat for azazel” carried them into the land of forgetfulness.  But did this Annual transaction also “cover” the dishonesties personally committed, through trickeries of the individual Jew?  Emphatically no.  Because for the individual son of Abraham God laid down individual rectification.  See Lev. 6: 1-7 - “If any man sin and commit a trespass against Jehovah (not merely against his fellow-Jew) and (1) deal falsely with his neighbour in a matter of deposit, or (2) of bargain, or (3) of robbery, or (4) have oppressed his neighbour, or (5) have found that which was lost, and dealt falsely therein, and swear to a lie; in any or all of these things that a man doeth, sinning therein, then it shall be” - what?  First, restore IN FULL; second, add one-fifth (20 per cent.) to the full amount - this would meet the manward obligation.  But yet, further, God’s side.  Only via Judgment.  This costly way was the Israelite “FORGIVEN concerning whatsoever” he needed forgiveness.  It is our deep conviction that Christian men [and women]  to-day, if they live up to Bible standards, will require to have no lower plane than God’s people under the Old Covenant.

 

 

4. The required but unfulfilled works as the Lord of the Churches sees them.  It is the fifth Church message of Revelation 3.  “I know thy works Jesus says, “that thou hast a name that thou livest, and thou art dead.  Become watchful, and establish the things that remain, which were ready to die: for I have not found” (what? Regeneration? No; that is assumed in a church here.  The Blood? No; that also is assumed here) “THY WORKS FULFILLED before God” (Rev. 3: 1, 2).  Compare the threat in chapter 2: 22, to the devotees of the “Jezebel” system - “cast her into great tribulation”.  When?  Careful study shows that the pivotal change in each section of Revelation is between the 4th and 5th points - things change here.  We believe that just here the Judgment Seat becomes operative and hence this “remaining” Church group comes up for review, and the pronouncement reveals a representative company whose shame is “UNFULFILLED WORKS  How many examples of this failure in the judgment scenes are disclosed elsewhere - e.g., the now oil-less “five foolish virgins,” whose lamps were “going out” when the Bridegroom came.  The one-Talent man, the one-Pound would-be regent, the Rich Young Ruler who refused Christ his all, and others (Matt. 25: 1 ff R.V.; 25: 14 ff, Luke 19: 11 ff; 18: 18 ff).  What multitudes [of regenerate believers] are untrustworthy in service to-day: how can the Righteous judge permit them entrustment in the greater stewardship of the Millennial Kingdom Reign ahead?  How dare He?  Many have laid up their treasure-cabinets (theesauros, Gr.) here on earth (Matt. 13: 44) this is what they “left” at death.  They did not lay them up for safe, keeping in heaven; that account is but nil.  When a man leaves a petty 5 per cent. of £100,000 fortune to definitely Christian work; or forsakes his God-given and fruitful call to preach in order to climb up in the political realm; or to become a financial wizard; or to be a mere social reformer; or to seek the world’s emoluments anywhere -  well, he will be amongst the “left” ones at the “first fruits” rapture (Rev. 14: 1-5, 15, 16) of God’s saints.  Hence the challenge, “Become watchful ... hold fast ... repent

 

 

5. When the Christian, like the ancient Greek runner, wrestler, boxer, after testing is disqualified, that is, misses the ‘Prize’ (Phil. 3: 10-14) is adokimos (Gr.), he is DISAPPROVED.  See this important passage in 1 Cor. 9: 24-27; 10: 1-12 R.V.  God “proved” Israel in the wilderness - and declared them “disapproved  Israel is our model of experience (10: 1 R.V.: “For he says; namely, this is a case in point). Like Israel, God’s people, brought out of Egypt with mighty Hand, all were baptized, all were fed, all were given drink; yet the vast number died in the desert.  Potentially all was theirs, this was their “Promised land Actually only two men made it; and these are our types (tupos, Gr.), our examples.  The lesson is:- “Let him that thinketh he standeth, take heed lest he fall It is a solemn, awe-inspiring message for to-day and all these coming days.  “ADOKIMOSDIS-APPROVED!  No inheritance in Canaan for them - yet all was potentially theirs.  Ever remember: the “INHERITANCE” is always a REWARD after birth.  It is never given to outlanders (“the nations”); always given to God’s people (a fact that will clarify a lot of Bible study). See Col. 3: 24, an epitomizing text - “the REWARD of the INHERITANCE, for ye SERVE the Lord Christ Thus serve ... reward... equals inheritance.  “Heirs of the kingdom  “Heirs of God and joint-heirs with Christ  “He that OVERCOMETH shall inherit all things

 

 

6. So it will be authority conferred - Luke 19: 17-27; see terms used.  “A kingdom ... the kingdom ... reign ... authority over ten cities ... over five cities ... at My Coming And all in sharp contrast over the unused “pound” servant (bondslave).  Rev. 2: 26, 27 R.V. - “And he that overcometh, and he that keepeth My works unto the end, to him will I give authority over the nations, and he SHALL RULE THEM with a rod of iron, as I ALSO RECEIVED of My Father  This is the greatest promise to a [regenerate] believer in the New Testament; but is repeated more briefly in Rev. 12: 10 just when “the kingdom” is actually realized - “Now (a present tense) CAME (a past tense in the Greek) the salvation and the power and THE KINGDOM of our God  Only in that hour, 1260 days (12: 6, 14; 13: 5) from the glorious kingdom, will the setting up of the visible, glorious kingdom, will the exaltation of God’s “firstfruit” saints take place.

 

 

-------

 

 

Do You Ever Get Discouraged?

 

 

Do You ever get discouraged

As you press your onward path?

Do you feel that you have failed Him,

And have merited His wrath?

Do you fear that you have stumbled,

Lost the very best God hath?

 

 

For you wanted to reign with Him

And you’ve felt His coming near;

And you longed for His approval,

When at judgment you appear.

And you know how Israel doubted,

And your heart is filled with fear.

 

 

Listen, thou, for Christ is speaking,

Words of comfort unto you;

Grace abundantly He proffers,

Grace sent down from heaven’s blue;

He will help you, if you let Him

And will surely see you through.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

90

 

A GRIPPING TRUTH FOR TODAY

 

 

By REV. ERNEST BAKER.

 

 

 

The saying of the Puritan John Robinson, to the effect, “God has more light and truth to break forth from His Word,” is one I am never tired of quoting.  We are often told that our views of truth are too stereotyped, that we are bound by the dead hand of the past, and that our minds are not open to see anything new.  We believe, however, that God is continually bringing fresh truth out of the Living Word.  He is not adding to it.  There is no need.  But He is opening our eyes to see what neither we nor our fathers have seen.  To have our hearts and minds open to truths in the Word which our interpretations have buried, to resuscitated truths, and to truths long hidden, is the secret of growth and revival.

 

 

Are we to see Revival before our Lord comes?  We cannot say.  All we can say is that if the Lord tarries revival is possible.  We have to occupy till He comes.  Whilst He tarries we carry on as if all depended upon ourselves. To pray and work and preach and strive for revival is our task.

 

 

How does Revival come?  It comes in many ways.  But one way I want specially to emphasise: And that is, that it comes by way of Truth that is preached with freshness, and which comes with freshness to the hearer.  The Reformation came about through the recovery of the doctrine of Justification by Faith.  The Evangelical Revival of the 18th Century was associated with the preaching of the New Birth and the Witness of the Spirit.  A reviving came to many in the forties of the last century when the Doctrine of our Lord’s Return came again into prominence.  Another reviving influence was in the seventies when the Keswick Movement, with its insistence upon victory through Abiding in Christ, sprang into  being.  This 20th Century has seen quickening come to many through the way prophecy is being fulfilled.  Whole realms of Scripture are being illuminated by current events.  Abiding work is done in the lives of believers when any truth is made to live.  And whenever any new truth comes to light, or is recovered, it does not have to be preached at the expense of those truths that have already been shown to have reviving power.  It displaces no truth.  It rather takes them all up, and brightens each with its new light.

 

 

What I want to get at is this: Is there any truth not yet grasped, but yet plainly taught in God’s Word, that, if fearlessly and plainly preached, would bring quickening to the children of God, and set them on fire with a new zeal?  I believe there is.

 

 

I have been repeatedly struck by the number of Annual Conventions that get no further.  Keswick Conventions and Second Advent Conventions, in South Africa, have, for the most part, got stuck.  I am not speaking of all, but of the general run.  At the Keswicks one hears the same things that one heard 30 years ago.  At the Second Advent Conventions speakers are still where they were when these were floated 20 years since.  Apart from some freshness brought into a speech by a reference to some striking event, or tendency of the day, the outline of thought is just the same.

 

 

I do not want to belittle a continuous and persistent testimony to old truths.  [Divine] Truth is living.  And we all need to hear many things over and over again.  We must also remember that there is always a new generation coming on, which is passing through our own earlier experiences for the first time.  Then there are always those who are in churches where Keswick teaching and Second Coming teaching are ignored or opposed, and to whom these Conventions come with a wonderfully fresh appeal.  All this I value, and am bearing in mind.  But having allowed for it all, I am still struck with the continued hunger, associated with the faithful attendance of the stalwarts, and their disappointment that they only get what they were taught two and three decades ago.  This disappointment has been continually confessed by some of the most earnest, and the most kindly and lovingly disposed of the adherents.

 

 

I believe the Convention movement is a need of our time.  No leader, and no Church movement, has shown a way whereby all the spiritually minded and earnest folk can come out of all the Churches, and unite in a new Church, without adding further to our divisions, and without creating a new sect.  Some have tried to do this on the plea that they were un-sectarian, but they have become as sectional as the others; and the deadness which they came out to escape has, in many cases, settled upon themselves.  So, personally, I believe we have still to look to Convention meetings for the wider, un-denominational fellowship for which we pine.  I believe also that the Convention movement is adapted for a common witness to the Fundamental truths without those compromises and reservations and double meanings so often attached to declarations of faith in denominational Assemblies.  I am, therefore, really averse to any word of criticism that would give a hurtful blow to this phase of our modern Christian life.  I would much rather give it a resounding smack that would wake it up.  Possibly, in giving this smack, a pretty heavy recoil will come back upon myself.  But that is a part of the price one has to pay for being, candid.

 

 

Well now!  Have we got the truth that will bring the freshness into experience that is desired?  Of course, I am taking for granted that the truth must be brought out of the Word by the Holy Spirit, that the teachers must be Spirit‑filled, and must be possessed and enthused and driven by it.  No truth learnt in a card-index kind of way will cut any ice.

 

 

The truth awaiting to be taught, and which will set God’s [redeemed] people on fire, is that the Prize of our High Calling is a Share in the Millennial Reign with the Lord Jesus.  Second Coming Teaching has already familiarised believers with the truth that we all have to appear before the Judgment Seat of Christ.  The varying degrees of reward, and the possibility of suffering loss have all been dwelt upon.  But who has settled down to the task of learning from the Scriptures what is the particular prize that is held out which the [regenerate] believer can lose whilst still retaining eternal life?  And who, seeing this, has yet girded himself to the task of making this truth clear to any section of God’s people?  Increasingly it stares me in the face, as I read the New Testament, that the Prize is the Reign, and that a [regenerate believer’s ‘inheritance’ or] share in the [millennial] Reign may be lost.  It is this latter phase of the truth that has not been proclaimed.  Speaking for and concerning myself I think I can say that for years I have seen and taught that [regenerate] believers will share in the [Millennial] Reign.  But I have not taught that [those] believers would, through unfaithfulness [be judged unworthy of the Divine promise (Heb. 10: 30, 36, R.V.), and], be excluded from the Reign.

 

 

This new light broke on me some three and a half years ago.  I began to preach it with both lip and pen.  But I found it was a thing that many very good people and good workers were not prepared to hear.  That the Lord would refrain from “well done” to some was accepted; but that He would ever say a hard thing at the judgment seat to a [regenerate] believer, or that He would for a time exclude a believer from a share in the Reign, was something that should never be said.  The opposition I encountered made me go quietly for a time.  But I have been digging and digging into the [inspired] Word, and I now know where I am, and I am praying that never again may I allow the testimony of the Word to be quenched in me.  This [accountability] truth is possessing and kindling me, and the conviction is growing that if this is fearlessly taught it will prove to be the truth that will stir believers out of their ease and smugness.

 

 

We must learn to rightly divide the Word of Truth.  One division to be kept constantly before us is: the ‘Gift’ of ‘Eternal Life’ for sinners to be received by faith [alone]; and a Place in the [Christ’s / Messiah’s] Millennial Kingdom for [regenerate] Believers as a REWARD for faithfulness.  Another way of putting it is: ‘the Gospel of [the] Grace’ of God for [unregenerate] sinners; but ‘the Gospel of the Kingdom’ for regenerate saints.

 

 

Those who came out of Egypt with Moses came out by faith.  They made a heroic stand; they were baptised into Moses in the cloud and in the sea.  “They did all eat the same spiritual meat; and did all drink the same spiritual drink  Their experiences and ours are wonderfully parallel. “But with many of them God was not well pleased And that verdict is again to be repeated, for “Many are called, but few chosen  The judgment seat [of Christ] will show it.  The Children of Israel had an opportunity of entering Canaan; They refused.

 

 

They fell in the wilderness.  They did not fall into the bottomless pit.  They were not punished with eternal destruction from the presence of the Lord.  God sware that they should not enter into His rest.  They were excluded from Canaan; 1 Cor. 9: 24; 10: 1-11: and Hebrews chapters. 3. and 4. show that this is the danger facing the unfaithful believer [today]* exclusion from God’s rest, God’s Canaan, the Millennial earth, the reign of 1,000 years.  “If we suffer with Him we shall reign with Him  But if we do not suffer with Him shall we reign with Him?  “To Him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne  But supposing we do not overcome?

 

[* “Since the promise of entering his rest still stands, let us be careful that none of you be found to have fallen short of it.” ... “Today, if you hear his voice, do not harden your hearts.  For if Joshua had given them rest, God would not have spoken later about another day.  There remains, then, a Sabbath-rest for the people of God,” (Heb. 4: 1, 7, 8).]

 

 

-------

 

 

AT THE RED SEA

 

 

Have you come to the Red Sea place in your life,

Where, in spite of all you can do,

There is no way out, there is no way back,

There is no other way, but through?

Then wait on the Lord with a trust serene,

Till the night of your fear is gone;

He will send the winds, He will heap the floods,

When He says to your soul, ‘Go on

 

 

And His Hand shall lead you through, clear through,

Ere the watery walls roll down;

No wave can touch you, no foe can smite,

No mightiest sea can drown:

The tossing billows may rear their crests,

Their foam at your feet may break;

But over their bed you shall walk dry-shod

In the path that your Lord shall make.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

91

 

SPIRITUAL PLANNING

FOR THE NEW EUROPE

 

 

 

No illusions attend or await the student of Scripture prophecy.  World-catastrophe he expects to usher in the ultimate consummation of bliss; but as there is a likelihood of a lull before the impending storm, may we examine the probable character of Satan’s armistice and consider suggestions for using it to God’s glory and the blessing of men?  Thinkers atheist or agnostic are already planning again for another New Europe - a ‘European’ Community [‘Union’] without God and without Christ; but Christians too can plan, with God.  We can only look ahead as ‘Rumours of war seem to be very much the controlling factor of the nation’s mood at the moment.  A short [but now continuous] war in the Middle East with a never ending war against terrorism is not the pleasantest of prospects  But we can see ahead, thanks to the searchlight of the Word; and by the Spirit be as well prepared as they for the coming opportunities of service, and be, like them, neither unduly optimistic nor victims of hopeless defeatism.

 

 

Crises - Napoleonic, medieval, sub-apostolic - have led to renewed prophetic study, and so the true revival; so may not the crisis of this hour re-awaken and re-inspire to effort and enterprise in the final God-granted spell of freedom for the Gospel of grace?  For Satan’s present bid for world-control will almost certainly prove premature and abortive; a new balance of power seems indicated; but with wearied, worn and worried spirits, and resources denied, even war-mongers will be glad of the respite forced upon them, reverting to serious efforts of wide-spread social reform.

 

 

The ensuing pseudo-peace will afterwards be exploited by both God and the Devil.  The Jews will then be at rest and dwell in safety in un-walled villages (Ezek. 38: 8, 11, 14.  Zech. ch. 1 verses 11 and 15, speaks of the whole latter-day earth that “sitteth still, and is at rest”, and of “the nations that are at ease” [R.V.]; while Rev. 6: 2-4 tells of peace being (by the Rider on the Red Horse) taken from earth - which plainly implies that previously there existed a peace that could be thus removed.  This peace follows the world-conquest of the Rider on the White Horse, who went forth “conquering and to conquer” in, apparently, bloodless advance - unlike that of the Sitter on the White Horse (Rev. 19: 11-13):  Whose coming and kingdom in happy progress is subsequent to that of the four horsemen of the Apocalypse, and Who alone with righteousness brings true and lasting peace.

 

 

The then destruction from the Lord - an upsetting of Babel-plans, of proud unity and godless self-preservation -  is coming like a woman’s travail at the time when men boast of having at length attained “peace and security”, without God, the only Foundation of social stability (1 Thess. 5: 3). This vaunted world-settlement will be a false Millennium, for Satan’s strategy is to forestall God by an untimely counterfeit, imitating, anticipating, offering perhaps the right thing but in the wrong way, and before the time - “with all deceivableness of unrighteousness”, “deceiving, if it were possible, the very elect” (Matt. 24; Mark 13: 22; 2 Thess. 2: 9-11); which must mean that the fraud will look very much like the reality, and possibly tempt the indulgent to imagine the Lord “delayeth His coming”.

 

 

Now it is important to realize that just as Satan is an “angel of light” (2 Cor. 11: 14), as well as a “roaring lion” (1 Pet. 5: 8), so the Antichrist is first a substitute-Christ - passing muster among the ignorant upon whom he is palmed off as the real thing - before he unmasks himself as the open antagonist and deadliest foe of Christ, Who is both Lion and Lamb.  And his minister of propaganda - the False Prophet - exhibits also a Jekyll-Hyde character, for “he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake like a dragon” (Rev. 13: 11-14).

 

 

The seventh and eight emperors of Rome are yet to appear.  Whoever the seventh may be, the eighth and last is believed to be Nero, re-incarnating the assassinated body of his predecessor; for “the eighth is of the seven” (Rev. 17: 11); an ex-Roman emperor, claiming divine honours, dying a violent death, and with 666 for the numeric value of his name.  Before he became a byword for brutality, Nero was a reasonable, humanitarian and popular leader, having been under the influence of the almost Christian philosopher Seneca for the first five years of his reign.  Just as Herod first pretended to be a worshipper, and the first Pharaoh was a protector of the Hebrews.

 

 

The false Millennium will show several surface features of the true; and it is interesting to recall that Rab-shakeh - a forerunner of the bluffing, blustering, blasphemous Man of Sin - claimed Divine inspiration and promised the beleagured Israelites “a land like your own land, a land of corn and wine, a land of bread and vineyards, a land of oil olive and of honey, that ye may live, and not die” (2 Kings 18: 25, 31-32; with Deut. 8: 8).  So apart from God there will be attempts at remedying many ills, solving innumerable problems of nationality, unemployment, disarmament, tariffs, housing, etc.

 

 

How long the lull will last no man can say, but present circumstances and Scripture alike seem to assure its actuality, and the Lord’s command, “Occupy till I come means buying up the opportunities, going to it and sticking at it till we are called and caught away to give an account of our stewardship.

 

 

The release of Europe will either come via revolution from man and Satan or via revival from man and God - God answering prayer in every land.  Christians, while expected to love and look for the Lord’s appearing Even so, come, Lord Jesus!”) are also bidden to pray for the “latter rain” of the [Holy] Spirit’s outpouring:  “Come, and let us return unto the Lord: for He hath torn and He will heal us; He hath smitten and He will bind us up.  After two days” -  two millennia - “will He revive us: in the third day He will raise us up, and we shall five in His sight.  Then shall we know, if we follow on to know the Lord: His going forth is prepared as the morning; and He shall come unto us as the rain, as the latter and former rain unto the earth” (Hos. 6: 1-3).  Wherefore, “Ask ye of the Lord rain in the time of the latter rain; so the Lord shall make bright clouds, and give them showers of rain, to every one grass in the field” (Zech. 10: 1-2), for the [false and apostate] prophets of evolutionary progress [and non-millennial interpretations of God’s Word] have “told false dreams”.  Whether or no the first-fruits (of rapture and resurrection) are independent in their precocity of that which cuts short the long patience of the waiting Husbandman (Jas. 5: 7-13), corn in general needs the heavy rain to swell the grain in the ear just before the harvest, which is the end of this [evil] age (Matt. 13: 39).

 

 

The miraculous gifts are to be restored and God’s Spirit to be poured out on all flesh “before the great and terrible Day of the Lord” (Joel 2: 28-32), if only by the coming of the Two Witnesses, presumably Moses and Elijah (Rev. 11: 3-12; Zech. 4: 3); and believers are bidden pray for them: “Covet earnestly the best gifts” of the Spirit (1 Cor. 12: 28-31; 14: 1, 39) prophecy, tongues, healing, discernment of spirits (1 John 4: 1).  The fullest realization of the Parables of the Talents (miraculous gift) and of the Virgins (lamp of prophecy) may lie in the immediate future; but miracle is surely needed, recommended, offered for today.  Christians require in reverence and expectation to experiment with God: “Ask, and it shall be given you”; “Prove Me now herewith

 

 

The Lord wants sons and servants who will trust Him and whom He can trust; He wants men concerned about His [coming, and manifested] glory, and the welfare of their hopeless fellow men; shepherds in training for His Kingdom.  Evacuation is uprooting us, and (especially with violence) throwing us together; breaking down barriers of privilege and prejudice, and compelling co-operation.  The Lord wants personal purity and devotion, courage and love; people who can pray with fervour and effectiveness, in fellowship and harmony [with His will]; people who know and can teach His Word, His purposes and claims, His Coming Kingdom; people who can refute the Devil’s lies of evolution and modernism; people who can sink petty and party differences, and work with their fellow-Christians, particularly in the open-air.  He wants (Luke 16: 8-9) enlightened men who can wisely use worldly means and methods … - [Internet facilities], Broadcasting, [kingdom] Tracts, Text messages perhaps.  We have good news and are silent in our un-evangelized Britain and Europe.  God wants lovers of Israel, who shall “pray for the peace of Jerusalem” (Ps. 122: 6), and for the “spirit of grace and supplications” to be poured upon the house of David (Zech. 12: 10), and who will be blessed themselves in consequence.

 

 

He wants men [and women] who will put themselves and His Word before their fellow-believers and therefore themselves (Rom. 12: 10).  At the risk of seeming to create a new body, free yet devoted Christians could get together, welcoming all who love the Lord; they could get out a marked New Testament of instructions for God’s people, set up a Bible School in every Church, and train workers and spiritual statesmen for the home country and for the continents, to make known the Lord’s Return and reign of peace. “Be ye also ready”!

 

 

-------

 

 

THE FEAR OF MAN

 

 

Is the ambassador of an earthly potentate at liberty to decline the duty which he has deliberately undertaken, and with which he has been intrusted, on account obloquy or even danger attending the faithful performance of it? or is he at liberty to alter or modify the terms of his instructions in order to shield himself from reproach or from peril?  Assuredly not.  And shall the ambassadors of the King of kings venture to tamper with and distort the message which they were commissioned to deliver?  Shall they presumptuously attempt to amend the terms on which the Lord of heaven and earth declares that He will treat with His rebellious subjects?  Or shall they leave out of the proclamation whatever it may be unpleasant to those subjects to hear?

 

 

“I always write sermons and then carefully revise them, so that if anything is written calculated to offend, I may at once erase it  This was said by one who was evidently anxious to make his mark.  I fear this candid testimony indicates the reason why so many ministers are powerless amongst their fellows.  “The fear of man bringeth a snare” indeed.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

92

 

OUR PRIZE

 

 

“LET NO MAN ROB YOU OF YOUR PRIZE” (Col. 2: 18).

 

 

But what is our prize?

 

 

The Rapture

 

 

“There are some Bible scholars, and among them names that are held in universal esteem, who say it is only the Virgins whose lamps are burning that are qualified to go in; that there is a just suspicion in Luke 21: 36 that those Christians who do not watch will not escape all these things.  In view of this bare but awful possibility, there is but one position - habitual expectation” (J. MacNell).  “To those of God’s saints in this Age who are counted worthy a complete escape is to be granted: escape from the awful period of earth-judgments is possible, but it is conditional” (Samuel H. Wilkinson).  “Like Enoch, those Christians with the traits of Philadelphian grace and fidelity are taken before the judgment of the tribulation.  Such as share the Laodicean spirit will be left behind, to awake, repent, and witness for their Lord through that awful time of woe; and, whether by martyrdom or translation of the Harvest, be among the saved at last” (G. D. Hooper).  “The teaching of first-fruits translation is said to be a legal doctrine, doing despite to grace.  How can this be, when apart from grace it is impossible to live such a life as alone can entitle to the privilege set forth?  Nothing can more show one his dependence on grace, or more animate to believing prayer for grace, than a conviction that apart from its constant and abundant reception, we must fail to be ready to meet our Lord with Joy” (Fuller Gooch).  “The burden on my spirit day and night is the imminent appearance of our Lord Jesus Christ.  I pray God to make you ready and to keep you ready.  May your portion be amongst this number that shall be caught up to heaven” (Evan Roberts).  “WATCH ye, and PRAY ALWAYS, that ye may be ACCOUNTED WORTHY to escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of Man” (Luke 21: 36).

 

 

The First Resurrection

 

 

“When Paul says ‘resurrection’ [in Phil. 3: 11], it has the preposition ‘out’ before it, the ‘out-resurrection’ - the special resurrection, the specific resurrection, the one that is singled out from every other: ‘If by any means I might attain unto the out-resurrection, the one from among the dead’.  Paul is looking for a resurrection ‘out’ from among Christians, else he would not have to strive so strenuously: he is striving to attain something that ordinary Christians will not attain.  A ‘prize’ is something to win: there is a special blessing and reward for those who will go the whole way with God” (C. H. Pridgeon).  “Of his resurrection at the end of the world, when all without exception will surely be raised, he could have no possible doubt.  What sense then can this passage have, if it represents him so labouring and suffering merely in order to attain a resurrection, and as holding this up to view as unattainable unless he should arrive at a high degree of Christian perfection?  On the other hand, let us suppose a first resurrection to be appointed as a special reward of high attainments in Christian virtue, and all seems to be plain and easy.  Of a resurrection in a figurative sense, i.e. of regeneration, Paul cannot be speaking; for he had already attained to that on the plain of Damascus” (Dr. Moses Stuart).  “It is most evident that Paul had some special resurrection in view, even the first: and to share in that he was straining every nerve” (J. MacNeil).  “BLESSED and HOLY is he that hath part in the first resurrection” (Rev. 20: 4): “if by any means I may attain unto the resurrection from the dead.  Not that I have already obtained, or am already made perfect: but I press on toward the goal unto the PRIZE” (Phil. 3: 11).

 

 

The Kingdom

 

 

“To those who believe on Him, but go no further, the Lord does, indeed, give eternal life; but the fruition of it will not begin until the Last Day, until the thousand years of the millennial reign are ended.  Such persons will not, therefore, be permitted to enter the Kingdom of the Heavens” (G. H. Pember).  “Into that glorious company of the First Resurrection it is probable that only those who have been partakers of Christ’s humiliation and suffering (either personally or throughout the present aeon) shall be received - a select portion of the redeemed, including the martyrs” (Dr. E. R. Craven).  “In this exclusion from the Kingdom, which is the dominion of the good made visible at the return of our Lord, we are not to see the loss of eternal salvation: an entrance into the Kingdom is rendered impossible [in certain cases], but not by any means does it follow that salvation can be thereby prevented” (Olshausen).  “There may be positive and entire forfeiture of the Kingdom, and only the lowest position in Eternal Life after it.  The native magnitude of this truth must speedily redeem it from all obscurity.  Those who have the single eye will perceive its amplitude of evidence, and embrace it, in spite of the solemn awe of God which it produces, and the depth of our own responsibility which it discloses” (R. Govett).  “Let us LABOUR therefore to enter into that rest” - the sabbatismos, the seventh millennium (Heb. 4: 11): for “not every one that saith unto Me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that DOETH THE WILL of My Father” (Matt. 7: 21).

 

 

“Know ye not that they which run in a race all run, but one receiveth the prize?  EVEN SO RUN, THAT YE MAY ATTAIN” (1 Cor. 9: 24).

 

 

                                                                                                                       - D. M. PANTON

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

93

 

THE PLACE OF THE DEAD

 

 

 

No dead soul stands in the presence of God in heaven.  The Type, first of all, forbids it.  Aaron shall bring the blood “within the veil, ... and make atonement for the holy place. ... And there shall be NO MAN in the tent of meeting when he goeth in to make atonement, until he come out” (Lev. 16: 17).  This is exactly the high priestly work on which our Lord is now engaged.  “Through His own blood [He] entered in once for all into the holy place, ... [to cleanse] the heavenly things with better sacrifices”, that is, His own (Heb. 9: 12, 23).  So long as our High Priest tarries within the Temples precincts, no man is anywhere in the heavenly courts: until, at the Second Advent, He comes forth, one Man alone is in the Temple in Heaven.

 

 

The Law of God also forbids it.  To touch a corpse, or even a grave, was to be unclean.  “Whosoever in the open field toucheth ... a dead body, or a bone of a man, or a grave, shall be UNCLEAN seven days” (Num. 19: 16).  Nor was it a corpse only which defiled: a far deeper defilement sprang from contact with a departed spirit.  “There shall not be found with thee ... a consulter with a familiar spirit, or a wizard, or a necromancer” - i.e., one who holds intercourse with the dead - “for whosoever doeth these things is an abomination unto the Lord” (Deut. 18: 11).  Death, in all its parts, is Legal uncleanness, it is the visible Curse of God, the holy, resting on man, the sinner; it is the foul rotting of the leprosy of sin.  None such can stand in the Holy Temple, until resurrection, resting on the Blood, has finally obliterated all taint and consequence of sin. 2 Cor. 5: 4.

 

 

One crucial example is given that the dead are still unascended.  David had said:- “Thou wilt not leave my soul in Hades, neither wilt Thou give Thy Holy One to see corruption”.  David, says the apostle, could not have spoken this of his own soul.  Why not?  Because, Peter says, “this Jesus did God raise up”. whereas “David is NOT ASCENDED into the heavens” (Acts 2: 34), and therefore he could not have spoken it of himself.  This assumes that no disembodied human spirit is ascended to God.  For if not David, who is?  “He died and was buried, and his tomb is with us unto this day”.  Death is an unclothing (2 Cor. 5: 4): God’s kings and priests may not appear before Him unclothed.  Ex. 28: 42, 43.  “No man hath ascended into heaven…” (John 3: 13).

 

 

Affirmative revelation also establishes the truth.  THE RESURRECTION of the body is a fact absolutely cardinal to the Christian faith.  “If the dead are not raised, neither hath Christ been raised: and if Christ hath not been raised, your faith is vain, ye are yet in your sins” (1 Cor. 15: 16):- Atonement has never been made, Death still reigns, the Curse clings to the dead for ever.  But Christ is risen: and “if the Spirit of Him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwelleth in you, He that raised up Christ Jesus from the dead shall quicken also your mortal bodies through His Spirit that dwelleth in you” (Rom. 8: 11). John 5: 28.  For a naked spirit [i.e. a disembodied soul, - as distinguished from its animating (life-giving) ‘spirit’ Luke 8: 55. cf. Luke 23: 46)], judicially disembodied, to enter the presence of God on high would be to approach Him in the shrouds of the Curse.

 

 

For THE BODY has been redeemed.  Glorified human spirits are unknown to the Word of God: glorified human persons - body, soul, and spirit - are to be the perfect fruit of redemption.  “How long, O Lord, holy and true”? (Rev. 6: 10), cry the naked, souls under the Alter, waiting to be clothed upon: so “ourselves also ... groan within ourselves, waiting for our adoption, to wit, the redemption of our body” (Rom. 8: 23); for “we wait for a Saviour ... who shall fashion the body of our humiliation, that it may be conformed to the body of His glory” (Phil. 3: 21).  Earth is one vast field sown with the dead: out of it, like the rising Lord, will soon burst the waving harvests of resurrection. 1 Cor. 15: 20-26.

 

 

This cannot be until our High Priest issues from the Temple. “The hour cometh, in which all that are in the tombs” - not in the heavens - “shall hear His voice, and shall come forth; they that have done good” - the saved are therefore included - “unto the resurrection of life” (John 5: 28); for “the dead in Christ shall rise” - not descend - “to meet the Lord in the air” (1 Thess. 4: 16)*.  Meanwhile two compartments enfold the departed.  Dives, like the citizens of Sodom, imprisoned in the lower Hades, already suffers the vengeance of eternal fire.  Luke 16: 23. Jude 7.  PARADISE, in which our Lord and the penitent Thief met on the night of the Crucifixion (Luke 23: 43), and where, in His divinity, He still is (Ps. 139: 8), is described, now as a rest, now as a slumber, now as a harbour, now as a garden, now as a home.  “For me to die”, says Paul, “is again ... for it is very far better” (Phil. 1: 2l): wherefore “We are willing rather to be absent from the body, and to be at home with the Lord” (2 Cor. 5: 8).  Life in Christ is good: death in Christ is better, resurrection in Christ is best.  “I am in the happiest pass”, said Rutherford, in his dying hours, “to which man ever came.  Christ is mine, and I am His: and now their stands nothing betwixt me and resurrection, except Paradise”!

 

* The actual locality of ‘Sheol’, or ‘Hades’, is indicated by such scriptures as these:- Matt. 12: 40. Num 16: 30-33; 1 Sam. 28: 13, 14; Job 26: 5, 6; Amos 9: 2; Eph. 4: 9 and Ps. 63: 9.  So scripture speaks of descending into it (Prov. 1: 12; Isa. 5: 14; Ezek. 31: 15, 16), and of rising up out of it (1 Sam. 2: 6; Ps. 30: 3; Prov. 15: 24, Rom. 10: 7).

 

 

                                                                                                   - D. M.  PANTON.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

94

 

THE PHILADELPHIAN LETTER

 

 

 

These seven churches of Asia are not an accidental aggregation, which might just as conveniently have been eight or six, or any, other number; on the contrary, there is a fitness in this number, and these seven do in some sort represent the Universal Church: so that we have a right to contemplate the seven as offering to us the great and leading aspects, moral and spiritual, which churches gathered in the name of Christ out of the world will assume; and the great Head of the Church contemplates them as symbolic of the Universal Church.”

 

                                                                                       - ARCHBISHOP TRENCH.

 

 

THE HOLY AND TRUE

 

 

Christ here claims to be ‘the Holy One’ [… see Greek] and therefore God (ch. 6: 10; cp. 4: 8; John 17: 2).  In the Old Testament ‘the Holy One’ is a frequent name of God, especially in Isaiah 1: 4; 5: 19, 24; 10: 7, 20; 12: 6, etc.; Job 6: 10; Jer. 1: 29; 51: 5; Ezek. 39: 7; Hos. 11: 9; Hab. 3: 3, etc.  ‘The True One’ has a very distinct meaning of its own. [… see Greek], is ‘true,’ as opposed to ‘lying’; [… see Greek], is (as here) ‘true’ as opposed to ‘spurious,’ ‘unreal,’ ‘imperfect.’  Christ is the True One as opposed to the false gods of the heathen; they are spurious gods.  Both adjectives are characteristic of St. John.  [… see Greek] serves to bind together Gospel, Epistle, and Apocalypse.  It occurs nine times in the Gospel, four times in the first Epistle, and ten times in the Apocalypse; twenty-three times in all: in the rest of the New Testament only five times.  It is the word used of the true Light (John 1: 9; 1 John 2: 8); the true Bread (John 6: 32); and the true Vine (John 15: 1.)  Applied to God, we find it in John 7: 29; 17: 3; John 5: 20).

 

                                                                          - PRINCIPAL A. PLUMMER, D.D.

 

 

THE KEY OF DAVID

 

 

In Isaiah 55., where Jesus is addressing Himself to all that would listen, whether Jew or Gentile, He promises, “I will make an everlasting covenant with you, even the sure mercies of David.”  Now the promise of the eternal throne to David and to his Son could only be accomplished in resurrection (Luke 1: 32; Jer. 30: 9; Ezek. 34: 23, 24).  Therefore the apostle Paul, in his sermon at Antioch, interprets that promise of the rising from the dead, of which Jesus’ resurrection was a specimen (Acts 13: 34, 36).  By ‘the key of David’ then is to be understood, as a part of its meaning, the Saviour’s power of raising the dead.  Thus it runs parallel with our Lord’s words in the first vision: “I have the keys of Hades and of Death” (1: 18).

 

 

But the opening of Hades is in order to the Kingdom of Messiah, as Revelation 20: 4-6 shows.  Then will David attain his promises.  In coincidence with this, our Lord gave to Peter first, and to the other apostles afterwards, “the keys of the kingdom of heaven  They had power to exclude from millennia1 glory any offender of the church; or again, on his repentance, to take off the exclusion (1 Cor. 5.; 2 Cor. 2.)  Jesus, then, as possessor of the power of resurrection, holds the key to all the promises made to David, and can admit any to them, or exclude any from them.  And this is in beautiful accordance with what we read near the opening of the prophetic portion.  When the book of the New Covenant is presented, Jesus opens it as “the Lion of the tribe of Judah, and the Root of David” (Rev. 5: 5).

 

                                                                                            -  R. GOVETT, M.A.

 

 

I COME QUICKLY

 

 

This announcement of the speedy coming of the Lord, the ever-recurring key-note of this Book (Cf. 22: 7, 12, 20), is sometimes used as a word of fear for those who are abusing the Master’s absence, wasting His goods, and ill-treating their fellow-servants; careless and secure as those for whom no day of reckoning should ever arrive (Matt. 24: 48-51; 2 Thess. 1: 7-9; 1 Pet. 4: 5; cf. Jas. 5: 9; Rev. 2: 5, 16);* but sometimes as a word of infinite comfort for those with difficulty and painfulness holding their ground; He that should bring the long contest at once to an end; who should at once turn the scale, and for ever, in favour of righteousness and truth, is even at the door (Jas. 5: 8; Phil. 4: 5; 2 Thess. 1: 20; Heb. 10: 37; 2 Pet. 3: 14).

 

* Thus the current prophetica1 view that the Advent is a crisis of pure joy to all believers, irrespective of their attitude or conduct, is quite untrue.  But the most crucial disproof the Archbishop has overlooked.  To the Sardian Angel, unwatchful, back-slidden, the Lord Himself makes His arrival a direct threat, and therefore one that cannot be denied as a church threat.  “If thou shalt not watch, I will come as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon [Greek …]: arrive over thee” (Rev. 3: 3): the Parousia will have begun, and the unrapt angel will not even know it. - Ed.

 

                                                                                         - ARCHBISHOP TRENCH

 

 

AN IMMOVABLE PILLAR

 

 

This passage is but one of many which set forth the pre-eminence of the victorious saints of the present dispensation, in the future aeon of blessedness and glory.  They are the firstfruits (Jas. 1: 18; Rev. 14: 4); the bride (Rev. 21: 9); kings in the kingdom then to be established (Rev. 2: 26; 3: 22) Priests in the holy congregation (Rev. 1: 6; 5: 10; 20: 6); Pillars in the heavenly Temple.                                                                                             - E. R.  CRAVEN, D.D.

 

 

The word of Christ, as the Philadelphians knew it, was not a word calling them to easy and luxurious and applauded entrance into the Kingdom, but to much tribulation first, with the Kingdom and the glory of it afterwards. - A. PLUMMER, D.D.

 

 

HE THAT SHUTTETH AND NONE OPENETH

 

 

“Lord, open to us; and he shall answer, Depart from me, all ye workers of iniquity” (Luke 13: 25).  A little boy was sent away from the table for some misdemeanour and told to stand outside the dining-room door for five minutes as a punishment.  He obeyed with tears streaming down his cheeks.  When the time of his punishment expired, his little sister was sent to bring him back.  The father held out his arms, and the boy ran to them.  As he was enfolded in his father’s embrace he said:- “I am so sorry I was naughty.” The father kissed him, and wiped away the tears, and then told him about the text in the Bible; “And the door was shut  The boy thought he never would forget the picture of the naughty ones who were shut out of heaven, but he did.  Years passed, he became an engineer, and was in a mine when a fearful explosion occurred.  He ordered all the one hundred and twenty men who were with him to remain behind a closed iron door, as it would keep out the fire-damp and poisonous gases until they were rescued.  Whilst the long hours passed, the memory of ‘the shut door’ came to him, and with it a knowledge of the safety of those who were shut in with Christ.  In that mine lie gave himself at last to Christ, and told the men what he was doing, and why.  Not a few followed his example.  “Their works follow with them” (Rev. 14: 13): that is, their multiplied talents accompany them to the Judgment Seat, and ennoble them.  “From slaves the faithful servants become princes: they achieve the crown (2 Tim. 4: 8); the throne (Rev. 3: 21); the kingdom (Matt. 25: 34)” (J. A. Macdonald).*

 

* “The retributive inquiry answers in all respects to the Scriptural idea of the nature and proceedings of the final judgment of Christians” (Greswell).

 

 

THE THIRD SERVANT

 

 

It is extremely significant, and full of warning, that our Lord devotes the bulk of the parable to the third, the profitless, servant.  Conversion puts in our hands a commission from Christ; and to be saved, while yet we do no work for Him, is to bury the talent with which conversion entrusted us: it is still ours, and still within our reach, but utterly valueless.  Having dug in the earth, and hidden his lord’s money, this third servant concentrates on an attack on the doctrine of a Christian’s responsibility.  He says:- “Lord” - he acknowledges Christ as his Lord - “I knew that thou art a hard man” - stern, strict, severe; exactly as this truth is regarded by tens of thousands of believers - “and I was afraid”.  I am perfectly willing to accept grace - that is, something for nothing, but I object to the whole principle of responsibility - that is, the Lord’s demand that we double all He entrusts to us.  The retort is obvious.  You understood the truth, but resented it: it would have been far wiser if, while resenting it, you had squared your life to it, for you knew it to be the truth.  The severer you regarded your Lord and His words, the more scrupulous you should have been in squaring your life to what He said.  And the truth the servant deprecates proves true.  While the faithful servants share the full blaze of the coming Kingdom, the slothful servant, expelled into the outer darkness of the Parousia clouds, and gnashing his teeth over lost opportunities, loses the Kingdom.  “To him that knoweth to do good, and doeth it not, to him it is SIN” (Jas 4: 17).

 

 

INCREASE

 

 

Our Lord now characteristically seizes the opportunity to enunciate a great principle summed up in a single phrase.

 

 

“For unto every one that hath shall be given, and he shall have abundance; but from him that hath not” - he who buries his talent, instead of using it - “even that which he hath shall be taken away”.  Christ wants not only His goods doubled, but His workers doubled - doubled in intensity, in efficiency, in influence.  As muscles expand and develop with use, as a young sapling grows stronger as it grows older until it becomes a monarch of the forest, so grace and gift invested in the opportunities of life never remain the same, but expand and grow; and the servant himself expands - he not only does more, but he does it better.  Moreover, he takes on the undone work of others.  “Take ye away the talent, and give it unto him that hath the ten talents  One golden fruit of diligent service is the enlargement of our own powers, and therefore the conferring of a still greater trust.  Here is the whole principle of the Kingdom.  The trained servant, grown competent through prolonged service and a discharged trust, is placed on a throne to administer the affairs of nations.

 

 

ONE TALENT

 

 

Therefore let us seize this truth, and be seized by it, that one talent can lead straight into the coming Kingdom. “If the readiness is there, it is acceptable according as a man hath, not according as he hath not” (2 Cor. 8: 12).  “I am glad,” said Dr. Talmage, “that the chief work of the Church is being done by the men of one talent  The widow, casting in two mites, gave more than all the wealthy.  The one talent can always be multiplied into two - that is, a gain for Christ of a hundred per cent; it can produce a percentage equal to the highest.  The scale on which we work may be vastly different; but the quality can all be of the first class, whatever the scale; and there are men of mean capacities and poor endowments who will be greatest in the Kingdom of God.  “Look to yourselves, that ye lose not the things that ye have wrought, but that ye receive A FULL REWARD” (2 John 8) - on doubled talents.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

95

 

OBEDIENCE TO THE WORD OF GOD

 

 

 

Our Saviour has shown, in the servant entrusted with only one talent (Matt. 25: 15), how a child of God can wreck his discipleship by despising the apparent insignificance of his trust: the balancing truth - namely, how a servant endowed with the whole five talents can make an equally deadly shipwrecks is pictured in one of the most dramatic episodes of all history, stamped all over with miracle.  In the morning, a Man of God calling down miracles from Heaven - a convulsed Altar, and a King’s hand withered as he stretched it out to arrest God’s ambassador: in the evening, a carcase on a lonely road with a lion standing motionless beside it.  The King’s hand is withered and healed; the Man of God’s body is withered - and buried.  The Westminster Larger Catechism states the principle:- “Some sins receive their aggravation from the persons offending; if they be of riper age, greater experience in grace, eminent for profession, gifts, place, office, and as such are guides to others, and whose example is likely to be followed by others

 

 

The Man of God here fills a tremendous drama.  Unknown and unnamed, with no recorded birth, or education or family, living in the far background of Judah - as suddenly as lightning he appears at Bethel, then the centre of the apostasy of Israel; backed by nothing but the commission of Jehovah, and possessing nothing but the bare Word of God.  But this he had in full.  He came from Judah “by the word of Jehovah”; he cried against the Altar “in the word of Jehovah”; he gave the sign for the Altar’s destruction “by the word of Jehovah”. Moreover, the drama which followed could not have been more wonderful.  Confronted by the King of Israel, the King’s armed guard, the whole priesthood, and the vast crowds, alone, and denouncing judgment at the risk of his life, by a miracle from God he withers Jeroboam’s hand outstretched for his arrest; and then, when the King, moved not by repentance but by fear, begs his intercession with God, he crowns his mission by a miracle of healing from the heart of God’s love.  It would be difficult to imagine any servant of God more dramatically entrusted with all five talents, and using them to the full.

 

 

But now we come to one of the searching details of life.  One minor command had been given him by God, a command vital in an age of apostasy.  “Eat no bread, nor drink water, nor turn again by the same way that thou camest All fellowship with idolatrous People of God, so long as the idolatry continues, has always been forbidden; and exactly identical is our command, in words as simple and as obvious.  “If any man that is named a brother be a fornicator, or covetous, or an idolater” - all God’s people in Bethel were idolaters - “or a reviler or a drunkard or an extortioner, with such an one no not to eat” (1 Cor. 5: 2).  And at first the Man of God - proving that he completely understands the command - gives it full obedience.  When invited to a banquet by the grateful King, he repeats the command he had received from God, and adds, - “Not if thou gavest me half of thy kingdom  Observe Jehovah’s command to the Man of God, so characteristic of Scripture.  It is very simple in language; it is so clear that a child could not possibly mistake its meaning; and it is a command for which God gives no reasons: all He asks is simple, immediate, unquestioning obedience.

 

 

Now we reach a peril peculiarly dangerous to the most highly gifted servant of God, a peril that will beset us in the last days with ever-growing menace.  Bethel was the seat and stronghold of the apostasy; yet, living there was an old prophet: a prophet so silent that God had to send a messenger from far-off Judah to speak for Heaven; one who is named a prophet by the Scriptures, and who himself imparts a prophecy from Jehovah: who, nevertheless, consciously or unconsciously, invites the Man of God to disobey his Lord; and when the Man of God refuses, says, - “I also am a prophet as thou art ; and an angel spake unto me by the word of the Lord, saying, - Bring him back with thee into thine house that he may eat bread and drink water.  But he lied unto him  The command had come from the mouth of the Lord; the seduction comes from the mouth of the Old Prophet; and a man claiming the supernatural can be the most plausible and dangerous of all tempters.

 

 

Now therefore we reach the crisis.  We see the Man of God’s face weakening: “so he went back” - a backslider - “with him, and did eat bread and drank water The physical desire at last outweighs his fidelity to his Master.  This is borne out all down the ages.  Constant experience proves that in pressing Scripture, as plain and simple as the Man of God’s, tragically often we are not arguing with the in-hast, that no one take thy crown: “he that overcometh,* I will make him a pillar in the temple of my God  The Philadelphian’s escape from earth’s horrors was certain his crown is still in jeopardy: the one is dependant on Advent attitude; the other, on unswerving fidelity to our last breath.** The Lord concentrates everything on our ‘holding fast’ against a thousand countering storms.  Arniel wrote in his journal, for no eyes but his own, these words:- “He who is silent is forgotten; he who abstains is taken at his word; he who does not advance falls back; he who stops is overwhelmed, distanced, crushed; he who ceases to grow greater becomes smaller; he who leaves off gives up; the stationary condition is the beginning of the end - it is the terrible symptom which precedes death  The very brevity of the battle is our appeal.  In the Russo-Japanese war, just before a Russian admiral’s flag-ship was blown to pieces, and while, among the falling shells, men’s heads are said to have grown grey in a few minutes, the Admiral turned to his men and cried, - “This is our last fight, men: be brave!”  So once again the Crown (and therefore the Kingdom)*** is declared not of grace, but conditional, dependent on conduct, forfeitable; and as the Kingdom looms nearer in the King, Jesus signals -Hold out: I come quickly!

 

* “‘The conqueror,’ the victorious member of the Church as such” (Dr. Swete).

 

** “The idea is that perseverance is essential to the final reward of Christians” (Moses Stuart).

 

*** “ [see Greek …] that which is at once the wreath of the victor and the crown of the king” (Dr. E. R. Craven).

 

 

 

THE HEARING EAR

 

 

The words with which the Lord closes every Letter are far more solemn than the Churches of God seem to realize.  “He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith to the Churches”: that is, since the Spirit is addressing Churches only, the hearing ear and the unhearing ear are both inside the Church.  Spiritual truth needs a spiritual organ to receive it.  When our Lord addresses John at the close of the Book, after the whole volume has been dictated in Patmos, and savs, - “I Jesus have sent mine angel to testify these things FOR THE CHURCHES” (Rev. 22: 16), it is obvious that the ‘churches’ must include those then existing: equally certain is it, therefore, that when here, at the opening of the book, He says to John, - “Hear what the Spirit saith TO THE CHURCHES these must equally include the Churches then existing on earth, and they can be no imaginary assemblies yet to arise in the Tribulation.  He who dictates each Epistle allows of no limitation to one Church alone, or one Angel alone, or one century alone: the contents of every Letter are for every believer everywhere.  “BLESSED IS HE THAT KEEPETH THE SAYINGS” - and supremely the sayings to the Churches - “OF THE PROPHECY OF THIS BOOK” (Rev. 22: 7).  His church may perish, but the individual believer can triumph or his church may triumph, while he passes into the shadows.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

96

 

AT CROSS-PURPOSES WITH GOD

 

 

By GEORGE EVANS, B.A., B.D.

 

 

 

What has happened to our world?  From much of its life one might infer that some devil is abroad.  Men everywhere said “Good-bye” to the Old Year as to a nightmare.  But what of the New Year?  Disillusionment seems written over everything.  Despair has eaten deeply into the hearts of millions.  And the dread of some terrible imminent catastrophe lies heavily upon the mind and heart of many.  Have Christian people any message for a world sick, visibly perishing?  In the presence of calamities and suffering on a world scale, what can be said concerning the Divine Government of the world?  Are the evils being endured and impending the “signs” of God’s presence within our humanity, though in wrath?  Or are they the tokens that “He hideth Himself”?

 

 

The greatness of the prophets of Israel consisted in the immediacy of their experience of God; their awareness of His holiness; and the realization that the holiness of God and His righteousness are indissoluble.  Because of this burning experience of God they know that man lives and moves and has his being within a moral order whose spiritual laws are inviolable.  They therefore affirm, as men in whom the Divine voice finds utterance, that if men seek God and order their life in its individual and social expression (for the nature of man cannot be divided) they will experience beatitude.  But if men, whether in ignorance, or wilfully against the light, violate the laws of the moral order, disasters will inevitably ensue.  And when standing forth in the nation, sensitive to all its life, they know their innermost nature lacerated by what their eyes see, they declare that these things are the consequences of disobedience, the symptoms of a disharmony with the nature of God.  And at whatever cost to their own person they indict the wrongdoers, and call to repentance.  History has confirmed the greatness of the prophets.  And is it not just because of this vivid intuitive awareness of God’s moral order and man’s life therein?

 

 

Has time in its passing modified or swept away that moral order?  There is widespread in the world, and even within the Christian Church, an idea that the invincible sternness of that order has been somehow softened; that the God we acknowledge is an amiable Deity who no longer exacts the penalties of sinful transgression. The sentimental conception of God so prevalent in our period does not derive from Jesus.  “Holy Father” is the recurring phrase on His lips; and “Hallowed be Thy name” the first saying in the disciples’ prayer.  Jesus knew that man lives and moves and has his being within a moral order.  And He declared also, with a depth of meaning hidden from the prophets, that the consequences of disobedience are in human affairs, and to the souls of men.  The consequences were inescapable.  Jesus knows nothing of in amiable God.

 

 

This not a time for the people of God to be silent and to wait upon events.  The nations are it a moment of destiny.  If because of fear or unbelief men persist in acting at cross-purposes with God, in face of the light, and the scourge of experience, the consequences will again ensue as surely as in the Great War.  And it will be futile then to pray to God to avert the doom.  The air about us trembles with the weighty issues of life and death.  What shall the people of God do?  Pray?  Yes, and without ceasing.  What for?  Surely, first, that we may realize afresh the holiness of God and the sanctities of the moral order; then, that we may realize that the Church is God’s prophet-voice to the nations; and finally, that it may be given to those who speak to the world in the name of the fellowship to sound forth again with conviction and power the first solemn word of our Lord and the prophets - “Repent!” “Repent, for the Kingdom of God is at hand

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

97

 

OUR IDEAL OUTLOOK

 

 

 

The whole world a glorious Empire of our Lord: between us and it a perishing civilization, and a broad, black belt of coming judgments: what therefore is to be our outlook?   What should be our ideal attitude of mind?  An Apostle embodies it.  Paul sits weaving his tent-skins, so easily rent, so perishable; then he looks at the hands that weave - themselves such fragile tent-skins of the soul; and then he lifts his eyes, and sees an indestructible mansion of the spirit, not woven with fingers; a mansion which no human hands ever built, and which no human hands can ever destroy.  “Being therefore always of good courage he cries; for here is our ideal outlook, the outlook God would have us enjoy always: because “he that wrought us for this very thing” - the change from the mortal to the immortal, from earth to heaven - “is God, who gave unto us the earnest of the Spirit”; the earnest, that is, the initial pledge, the part payment.  Our conversion holds in it our immortal glory.

 

 

So the Apostle first of all sets us on the foundation of a fact.  We faint not, he says; “for we know” as a certainty resting on God’s own statements, a golden assurance confined solely to the Christian Faith - “that if the earthly house of our tabernacle” - our animal body; a ‘tent’, the most fragile and perishable of all residences - “be dissolved” - dissolution only, not destruction, awaits our mortal body - “we have a building from God, a house not made with hands, eternal, in the heavens” (2 Cor. 5: 1).  We [will] have it, on divine assurance, [and after our resurrection] from God - not, as this earthly frame, from our mother, but fresh from God in a new creation; eternal - no fragile, collapsible tent, but (so to speak) a marble mansion; in the heavens - the new body is nowhere said to be made out of the dust of the earth, but is an immortal, indissoluble, heaven-born residence of the soul.

 

 

Paul twice stresses our present un-ideal condition.  “For verily in this we groan: for indeed we that are in this tabernacle do groan, being burdened  We groan, not because we are in flesh, but because we are in sinful flesh, with the ‘burden’ that      sin consequently has imposed on us - disease; infirmity; temptation; heart-break; death.  Paul himself felt it sharply.  He exclaims:- “O wretched man that I am! who shall deliver me out of the body of this death?” (Rom. 7: 24).

 

 

But now the bedrock fact he has stated reveals an intensely and characteristically Christian revelation, and one more utter proof of the divinity of our Faith.  “Verily in this we groan, longing to be clothed upon with our habitation which is from heaven: not for that we would be unclothed  We groan, not to get rid of a body, but to get a better; a body in which prayer will not be a weariness, sin will not be an attraction, disease will not be a possibility, and death will not be the goal.  “Not that we would be unclothed” - becoming bodiless, homeless, dehumanized ghosts: death is a sentence on sin - it is not normal to the human that God created : our body, the clothing of the soul, is the most wonderful and most exquisitely constructed thing on earth, and we rightly love life and shrink from death.  So we observe the double truth which Christianity alone reveals.  Our old body is to be resuscitated, in part; but a new body is also to descend upon us; and the wonderful new composition is to be our eternal home.  As Dean Alford puts it:-  “We are not willing to divest ourselves [of our fragile tent], but to put on [our indestructible dwelling] over it

 

 

So then we get our ideal outlook.  “Longing to be clothed upon” - as by an outer or over garment - “with our habitation which is from heaven”: in this body we groan, earnestly desiring to put on over it our house which is from heaven (Dean Stanley): so, in the golden words of Paul, “that what is mortal may be SWALLOWED up of life”.  Our hope is not to be buried under the debris of a collapsing tent, but - with the picture of Enoch and Elijah before us - transmuted at once, by rapture, into the holy and heavenly.  Centuries, before Christ the exact process was revealed by God Himself to Ezekiel (37: 5):- “Thus saith the Lord God unto these bones: Behold, I will lay sinews upon you, and will bring up flesh upon you, and cover you with skin  So Paul reveals its inevitability, since (as he says) God had created us for this very thing: “for this corruptible must put on incorruption, and this mortal must put on immortality” (1 Cor. 15: 53).  Nature gives us a wonderful little symbol.  Deep down in the bowels of the earth is a bit of buried charcoal: by a process no mortal knows, and which, if discovered, would make a chemist inconceivably wealthy, it turns to diamond: so the old body, alive or dead, is our charcoal swallowed up of diamond.  “Who shall fashion anew the body of our humiliation” - this body of our humiliation, not a substitute; but this body with a tremendous addition - “that it may be conformed to the body of his glory” (Phil. 3: 21).  It is so stupendous a truth, and so beyond even our imagination, that the Apostle John says:- “We know not yet what we shall be, but we know that we shall be LIKE HIM, for we shall see him as he is” (1 John 3: 2).

 

 

But a deeper lesson for our outlook remains to modify and expand it.  Death, natural or violent, may yet intervene between us and the Lord’s Kingdom; and so Paul exclaims that we are always of good courage; because, “knowing that whilst we are at home in the body, we are absent from the Lord, we are willing rather to be absent from the body, and to be at home with the Lord  Dean Alford truly says:- “To be at home with the Lord is all that is revealed to us, and it would seem that it was all that was revealed to Paul, of the disembodied state of the blessed.”  To the only dying believer to whom He ever spoke Jesus said:- “This day shalt thou be with me in Paradise  But it is a fact so golden that Paul almost recalls his dismissal of death. “I am in a strait betwixt the two” - life and death - “having the desire to depart and be with Christ; for it is very far better” (Phil. 1: 23).  “The secret of a happy deathbed,” said one of the greatest saints of the nineteenth century, “is, so far as I have observed, personal love to Christ  In Bournemouth Cemetery these words are on a gravestone:-

JOHN 17: 24

 

‘With Me’.  No more is told:

What more Lord, couldst Thou tell?

Thou knewest that would satisfy

The heart that knows Thee well.

 

 

So also the church has sung for ages:

 

Here in the body pent,

Absent from Him I roam,

Yet nightly pitch my moving tent

A day’s march nearer home.

 

 

So then we reach the practical outcome of our outlook.  “Wherefore also we make it our aim” - it is our passionate ambition - “whether at home or absent, to be well pleasing unto him”: our ambition, whether He find us alive or in the tomb at His Coming, is to meet with His approval in that day (Alford).  All life itself is a wonderful opportunity of pleasing Christ; and the sole way to please our Lord is living [and obeying] the Word of God.  It is manifest to us all that a heavenly life in the earthly body is infinitely the best preparation for the heavenly life in the heavenly body.  Melandthon cried, when dangerously ill, “Let me die!” but Luther replied, “No, we want you, and you are not to be let off yet: you must stand in the thick of the battle till the fight changes and victory is ours

 

 

For, finally, there looms up before the Apostle the controlling factor in our Christian conduct, and the goal of our entire outlook.  “For we must all be made manifest before the Judgment-seat of Christ: that each one” - that is, one by one “may receive” - the technical word for receiving wages (Alford) - “the things done in the body, according to what he hath done, whether it be good or bad That is, we are now writing our own sentence at the Judgment-Seat.  “The expression Bema is peculiar to these two passages (Rom. 14: 10), being taken from the tribunal of the Roman magistrate as the most august representation of justice which the world then exhibited.  The Bema was a lofty seat, raised on an elevated platform, usually at the end of the Basilica, so that the figure of the judge could be seen towering above the crowd which thronged the nave of the building” (Dean Stanley).  And this very passage has already contained the characteristic Scriptural warning. “Longing to be clothed upon with our habitation which is from heaven, if so be that being clothed we shall NOT BE FOUND NAKED  The fine linen, with which the Bride is clothed at the Bridegroom’s coming, “is the righteous acts of the saints” (Rev. 19: 8): without these ‘righteous acts’ the Bride is bare of a trousseau, and therefore “ashamed before him at his coming” (1 John 2: 28).  So our whole outlook closes on the Bema.  Nothing matters but the Judgment Seat. What men have thought and said of us will sink into utter nothingness when we stand, alone, before the King of kings.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

98

 

THE GOLDEN AGE

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

The Golden Age of the history of the world is a fulfilment of the dream of the first nations upon the earth:- “And the whole earth was of one language and of one speech.  And they said, Let us build us a city, and a tower whose top may reach unto heaven” (Gen. 11: 1).  It was a plan for a federated world which is once again gripping mankind under the title of ‘war aims’.  The nations are to be amalgamated, on some such model as the British Commonwealth or the United States of America; all commerce and industry are to be mutually adjusted; and a central metropolis will police the world.  And both plans for a federated World, though separated by five thousand years, have one common foundation:- without God.

 

 

ALL NATIONS

 

 

Now we turn to the federated world that God is about to create.  The first thing done in creating the Golden Age, as recorded by God Himself, is something that has never before occurred in the history of the world, and it is something done by man, not by God.  “The mountain of the Lord’s house shall be established in the top of the mountains, AND ALL NATIONS” - all the nations of the earth, mankind in the mass - “shall flow into it” (Isa. 2: 2).  We now watch the tide of faith ebbing fast all over the world: in the dawn of the Golden Age, there will be the exact reverse - an on-rushing tide, in all lands, flooding mankind towards God.  “And many  peoples shall go and say, Come ye, and let us go up to the mountain of the Lord  So Zechariah (8: 22):- “Yea, many peoples and strong nations shall come to seek the Lord of hosts in Jerusalem: in those days it shall come to pass that ten men shall take hold, out of all the languages of the nations, shall even take hold of the skirt of him that is a Jew, saying, We will go with you, for we have heard that God is with you  Negroes from Africa, Chinese from the land of Sinim, Red Indians from Mexico, Europeans from Rome and Berlin and Paris and London:- “all nations shall flow into it”.*  The last act in the new age, is the mass-descent of all nations on Palestine, to war on God, and it ends in Armageddon: the first act in the new age is the mass-descent of all nations on Palestine, to learn of God, and it ends in the golden age of earth’s history.

 

* Our Lord’s reign over Israel, though subordinate, is as literal and as complete.  “In that day, saith the Lord, will I assemble her that halteth” - that which limpeth - “and I will gather her that is driven away” - that which was thrust out - “and her that I have afflicted; and I will make her that halted” - that limps - “and her that was cast far off a strong nation: and the Lord shall reign over them in Mount Zion from henceforth even for ever” (Mic. 4: 6).  In the words of Dr. Pusey:- “Israel had never been ‘a strong nation’, as a kingdom of this world.  At its best estate, under David, it had subdued the petty rations around it, who were confederated to destroy it.  It had never competed with the powers of this world, East or West, although God had at times marvellously saved it from being swallowed up by them.  Now it becomes a strong nation

 

 

What moves this mass of humanity?  What is the dynamic purpose behind it?  “Let us go up to the house of the God of Jacob; and he shall teach us of his ways, and we will walk in his paths  In this golden age that is coming men will study God’s ways, and not man’s; and they will study God’s ways, not as intellectual speculation, or an acquisition of science, but in order to obey; to form all conduct, all politics, all international relations on the divine pattern.  In the words of Spurgeon:- “Observe the figure.  It does not say they shall come to it, but they shall flow unto it.  (1) It implies, first, their number.  Now it is but the pouring out of water from a bucket; then it shall be as the rolling of the cataract from the hillside.  (2) It implies their spontaneity.  They are to come willingly to Christ; not to be driven, not to be pumped up, not to be forced to it, but to be brought up by the word of the Lord, to pay Him willing homage.  The grace of God shall be given so mightily to the sons of men that no acts of parliament, no state churches, no armies will be used to make a forced conversion.”

 

 

DIVINE LAW

 

 

Now we see the enormous moral consequence of this world-migration to God.  “For out of Zion shall go forth THE LAW” - instruction; the word (torah) is without the article - “and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem”.  It has been well put thus.  This great event is the focus of all prophecy.  The Law of the Spirit, the instruction of God, (1) is a universal law, adapted to all men, in all circumstances, and in all times; for it is the anointing of eternal principles, accompanied with Divine power to enforce them.  (2) Hence its pre-eminence over all laws: it absorbs and expresses the truth of all other laws: all nations recognize it as something higher, deeper, more complete than anything they have ever known before.  (3) It works obedience, for it works love, the real root of obedience, leading men to mutual respect, and to a care for each other’s good.  “When love is universal, discord of acts and words and purpose will cease” (W. R. Clarke, M.A.).

 

 

THE LAWGIVER

 

 

The next revelation is the Lawgiver Himself.  Hitler has said: “There will be no peace until one man has made himself ruler over the whole earth”; and Lord Macaulay profoundly observed, - “the highest proof of virtue is to possess boundless power without abusing it  There is One Man only to whom such power can be entrusted.  “And he shall judge” - arbitrate - “between the nations, and shall reprove many peoples” - “strong nations afar off” (Mic. 4: 3).  All disputes between nations shall be decided by the application of international law, originated and applied by Christ Himself, instead of by the arbitrament of war; while nations no longer confront one another in the spirit of brute force, but in the spirit of the Kingdom of God - “which is righteousness, and peace, and joy in the Holy Ghost” (Rom. 14: 17).  Most remarkably, the great heathen philosopher, Plato, has summed it up:- “It is necessary that a Lawgiver be sent from Heaven to instruct us.  O how greatly do I desire to see that man and who he is  Now at last all nations have found Him.

 

 

PEACE

 

 

To-day’s facts emphasize the consequence of international law administered by our Lord as it perhaps has never yet been emphasized.  “And they shall beat their swords into plowshares, and their spears into pruning hooks: nation shall not lift tip sword against nation, neither shall they learn war any more  After the Franco-German War in 1870 many of the cannon-balls were made into church bells; but for how long?  Some years ago in Germany church bells were confiscated for manufacturing munitions.  All the vast study, world-wide, to produce ever more powerful war-planes, war bombs, war tanks, is abolished forever: “neither shall they LEARN WAR any more”.  At His first Advent our Lord brought not peace but a sword (Matt. 10: 34), for the nations have refused the Gospel of peace for nineteen centuries; but at His Second Advent He brings not a sword but peace, for He has purged earth’s wickedness in Armageddon and the Lake of Fire, and has established  the only League of Nations that can work and that can endure.

 

 

THE DAY OF TERROR

 

 

But Isaiah plants a black gulf between us and this radiant Kingdom.  “For there shall be a day of the Lord of hosts upon all that is proud and mighty, when He ariseth to shake mightily the earth  Destruction is foretold on man’s supreme works.  The navies of the world - the ships of Tarshish, or the British Fleet, is specially named (ver. 16) - will perish; the supreme works of art (ver. 16); the treasures of silver and gold (ver. 7); places, fortresses, idols:- “the Lord alone shall be exalted in that day”.  With a peculiar appeal to us to-day, the air-war of Jehovah - instead of incendiary bombs, lightenings, and instead of explosive bombs, hail-stones at least 56 pounds in weight (Rev. 16: 21)* - will compel a resort to nature’s air-raid shelters, with which we are already painfully familiar.  “And men shall go into the caves of the rocks, and into the holes of the earth, from before the terror of the Lord” (ver. 10).

 

* A talent in Greece was about 56 pounds; a Jewish talent was 114 pounds troy.  Such stones, falling miles downward and in raging storms, would smash any building in the world.

 

 

CONCENTRATION OF GOD

 

 

Isaiah - perhaps the greatest of all the Prophets - sums up our consequent lesson:- “Cease ye from man, whose breath is in his nostrils; for wherein is he to be accounted of  We are to turn from man to God, from earth to heaven, from Antichrist to Christ.  Cease to trust in man’s power - so limited and collapsible, failing the world in its extremest need: cease to trust in man’s knowledge - his ‘facts’ are constantly proved to be not facts, and his theories go bankrupt: cease to trust in man’s character - those we have most trusted can most fail us: cease to trust in man’s example - his footsteps are always on slippery ice.  We must ‘cease’ even from the Church - the regenerate man - when he departs from the Word of God.  Seventeen years later Jehovah through Micah, repeated this prophecy, nearly word for word, to stamp it on the human mind and heart; yet so grave is the unwatchfulness for the King and His Kingdom that the chief commentators, without exception, change the perfectly simple and obvious language of a coming [Messianic] Kingdom into the triumphs of a Church converting the world.  Instead of the Church proclaiming the coming Kingdom as (what it is) the Prize of our Calling, the golden reward of the overcomer, any literal Kingdom at all is (by the Church as a whole) totally denied, or even derided.

 

 

ADVENT

 

 

So, therefore, we cease from man, and concentrate on God; and we join in the clarion-call of the poet Milton:- “Come forth out of The royal chamber, O Prince of all the kings of the earth!  Put on the visible robes of Thy imperial majesty; take up that unlimited sceptre which The Almighty Father hath bequeathed Thee; for now the voice of Thy Bride calls Thee, and all creatures sigh to be renewed

 

 

-------

 

 

THE KINGDOM

 

 

“Of this I ain satisfied, that the next coming of Christ will be a coming, not final judgment, but a coming to usher in the Millennium.  I utterly despair of the universal prevalence of Christianity as the result of a missionary process.  I look for its conclusive establishment through a widening passage of desolations and judgments, with the demolition of our civil and ecclesiastical structures.  ‘Overturn, Overturn, Overturn’, is the watchword of our coming Lord.” - THOMAS CHALMERS, D.D.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

99

 

THE BEATITUDES

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

“And seeing the multitudes, He went up into the mountain: and when He had sat down, His disciples came unto Him: and He opened His mouth, and taught them:” (Matt. 5: 1).

 

 

IT is disciples, though within earshot of the multitude, that our Lord, in solemn session, sets Himself to teach. Luke is equally explicit: “He lifted up His eyes on His disciples, and said” (Luke 6: 20).  The Sermon on the Mount, as Bishop Gore succinctly puts it, was spoken into the ear of the Church and overheard by the world.

 

 

3. Blessed are the poor in spirit: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.

 

 

It is spiritual character upon which our Lord strikes the first deep, strong note.  Blessed is the man who is before he does. The new creation of the indwelling Spirit enfolds within itself all potentialities of blessed action.  But consequent acts of love and mercy are the indispensable proofs that travel down into life’s little things - the robbed cloak and the assaulted cheek.  “I am trying to build up new countries,” Cecil Rhodes said to General Booth; “you and your father are trying to build up new men; and you have chosen the better part.” In a ripe maturity of political experience second to none, Mr. Gladstone said: “The welfare of mankind does not now depend on the State, or on the world of politics: the real battle is being fought out in the world of thought; and we Politicians are children playing with toys in comparison to that great work of restoring belief.”

 

 

On the threshold of the Sermon Christ erects the gate of humility.  “And He called to Him a little child, and set him in the midst of them, and said, Verily I say unto you, Except ye turn, and become as little children, ye shall in no wise enter into the kingdom of heaven” (Matt. 18: 3).  Without a changed nature the malignant evils of the social order, deeply seated in a diseased heart, would reproduce themselves for ever, and reduce even God’s Kingdom to chaos.  The Celestial Hills can be reached only through the Vale of the lowly heart.

 

 

4. Blessed are they that mourn: for they shall be comforted.

 

 

Blessed, says the Socialist, is a general diffusion of comfort: Blessed, says the politician, is the greatest happiness of the greatest number: “Blessed says Christ, “are they that mourn  This radical divergence springs from antagonistic views of the world.  The philosopher is content to reform without regenerating; sin, to him, is a distemper of the skin; the world is disordered, but not condemned.  Christ reveals that the world, jarred out of all harmony with God, is deeply cankered with sin.  Wickedness predominates, therefore mourning is blest.  The disciple is bowed by the cross he has lifted.  But of righteous sorrow Christ approves; the mourners shall be comforted when earth is regenerate, and the Curse departs from every island and continent like a lifted shadow.  Sorrow, in a sinless world, would be sinful.

 

 

5. Blessed are the meek: for they shall inherit the earth.

 

 

An exquisite proof of the truth of Christ’s words is their amazing unworldliness.  It is precisely the meek who are uniformly excluded from earthly inheritance; high places yield to the assault of wealth, ambition, and organized power.  The meek waive, rather than prosecute, their claims; sufferers, doing right, with patience; much forgiven, they are much forgiving.  For such the earth, when become Messiah’s in its uttermost parts, is reserved, as the hundredfold compensation for suffered wrong.  The earth is yet to be governed by its aristocracy of grace.  But the possession is reached by the path of renunciation.  “Dost thou wish,” says Augustine, “to possess the earth?  Beware then lest thou be possessed by it

 

 

6. Blessed are they that hunger and thirst after righteousness: for they shall be filled.

 

 

Not, Blessed are the righteous; but blessed are disciples consciously imperfect and sinful, eager to crown [the] imputed righteousness [of Christ] with [their] active goodness.  The daily recurring appetite is set on weaving the pure, bright linen of the Bride.*  The love of righteousness, a thirst planted in the soul by God, is for ever baffled in the spheres of labour, politics, religion: Wealth triumphs in monopoly; Cabinets shape the course of kingdoms by expediency; the great State Churches dare not uproot powerful corruptions; the individual writhes under the tyranny of habitual sin.  Nevertheless the hunger shall be satisfied.  For the righteousness of Christ, falling on the shoulders of faith, is a pledge of ultimate sanctification.  The body of resurrection will harbour no traitor [or hypocrite] within.  Divine might shall establish upon [this sin-cursed (Gen. 3: 8, R.V.)] earth a Kingdom of right.  But here and now, blessed is the disciple whose passion is to translate all divine truth into the living facts of his own life.

 

* Rev. 19: 8; cf. 2 Cor. 5: 3.

 

 

7. Blessed are the merciful: for they shall obtain mercy.

 

 

JUSTICE was the foundation principle of the Law (Deut. 16: 20); MERCY is the soul of the Gospel.  Israel’s obedience to the Law justified him in exacting obedience from all, at the peril of sword, and irons, and curse.  But the chosen people’s failure to render Jehovah a perfect obedience necessitated, if man was to be saved at all, the substitution of grace for law.  Christ therefore, as introducer of grace, now informs His disciples that, since through mercy they live, by mercy they must also walk.  The merciful Father requires merciful sons.  But the peculiar importance of this Beatitude is its revelation of the criterion by which the disciple, arraigned before the Bema, will be judged.  If he has warred, and imprisoned, and reviled, justice will sweep him with its terrible scythe; but if hand and heart have, held forth meekness and love, mercy will assoil [i.e., ‘absolve or requite’]. “Forgive, and ye shall be forgiven” (Luke 6: 37).  So Paul hoped for Onesiphorus: “The Lord grant unto him TO FIND MERCY of the Lord in that day” (2 Tim. 1: 18).*

 

* “Even believers,” says Dr. Tholuck, “may inherit a partial un-blessedness.  This is a point,” he significantly adds, “on which our doctrine requires further elaboration.” - Sermon on the Mount, p. 39.  Before the Bema disciples are to be arraigned (Rom. 14: 10; 2 Cor. 5: 10), with possible loss of all but eternal life (1 Cor. 3: 15; 9: 27), and a possible infliction of active but temporary punishment (Luke 12: 46-48; Matt. 25: 14, 30).  Gift (Rom. 6: 23) is retained after prizes (Rev. 3: 11) are lost.

 

 

8. Blessed are the pure in heart: for they shall see God.

 

 

This is explicit.  The beatific vision is for the pure alone; and for the pure, not in act only, but in heart.  Purity of heart is far rarer than purity of life.  But the entry into the sacred presence is, even among disciples, conditional: God dwells in a privacy of holy light inaccessible to all but the heart-pure. “Without sanctification none shall see the Lord” (Heb. 12: 14).  The Resurrection of Life, in which the Father reveals Himself, belongs to disciples whose righteousness exceeds the Levitical purity of the flesh.  In the words of Spurgeon: “Make a full surrender of every motion of thy heart: labour to have but one object, and one aim. And for this purpose give God the keeping of thine heart, that thy soul, being preserved and protected by Him may be directed into one channel, and one only, that thy life may run deep and pure, its only banks being God’s will, its only channel the love of Christ and a desire to please Him

 

 

9. Blessed are the peacemakers: for they shall be called sons of God.

 

 

It is characteristic that obedience to these commands falls within the compass of the lowliest and the humblest. As quarrels are universal, so are the opportunities of the peacemaker.  Christ’s disciples are not only to be peaceful, but makers of peace, as oil upon the world’s waters: sons of God in character, as also, in the Regeneration, in title.*

 

* “Pity, purity, peace,” comments Dr. Tholuck, “not accidental ethical virtues, but characteristic Christian graces, the possession of which presupposes the possession of salvation.” - Sermon on the Mount, p. 88.

 

 

10. Blessed are they that have been persecuted for righteousness’ sake: for theirs

is the kingdom of heaven11. Blessed are ye when men shall reproach you,

and persecute you, and say all manner of evil against you falsely, for My

sake.  Rejoice, and be exceeding glad: for great is your reward in

heaven: for so persecuted they the prophets which were before you.

 

 

Antagonism to the world is an essential of discipleship. The “world” in modern literature has lost the shadowed, fallen, terrifying sense with which it was burdened on the lips of Christ.  But so fundamental is the antagonism that He lays it down as a perpetual basis of action.  Reproaches, damaged reputation, and the cruelty of false reports pursue even the holder of every beatitude, and constitute an ineradicable note of discipleship.  “All that would live godly in Christ Jesus shall suffer persecution” (2 Tim. 3: 12).  But it is for His sake, whom we love: that is enough.  There are times when merely to suffer is the truest service that can be rendered to Christ.

 

 

“Have been persecuted  Here our Lord strikes a note of profound discord with all Utopian ideals.  No slow process of evolution, reaching after centuries the full flower of social perfectness, can justify a God of goodness and love.  For what of the trampled myriads of bygone agonies?  What of the servants of God slain?  Without a resurrection, a tender reunion upon an earth regenerated and crowned with an opened heaven, who could justify the ways of God to men?  But “these all, having had witness borne to them through, their faith, received not the promise: God having provided some better thing concerning us, that apart from us they should not be made perfect” (Heb. 11: 39, 40); nor we, apart from them.  Half-lights of dawn break through the midnight of suffering.  For painful service [to Him] God is pledged to recompense: by it the disciple is proved in the blessed succession of the righteous.

 

 

Royal rank awaits the sufferer.  Throughout the Beatitudes the Kingdom, with its riches - many names, as Augustine says, but one reward - is the prize held forth: a Kingdom of the heavens, for its metropolis is the heaven-born Jerusalem (Rev. 19: 7; 21: 10); an inheritance upon earth, for to the fallen soil Christ returns (Zech. 14: 4); a vision of the Father, for it is also His Kingdom (Rev. 11: 15); a treasured reward in heaven, for it is no worldly State reformed to perfect conditions, or rebuilt on the ideals of Socialism.* Christ is yet to triumph in the arena of the nations.  On earth God’s will is yet to be done.

 

* The Kingdom, as Dr. Tholuck observes, was no new idea.  To Christ’s hearers it was the Messianic Kingdom, the lodestar of Israel; and the millennial Kingdom, four times associated with “the Christ,” is the Messianic (Rev. 11: 15; 12: 10; 20: 1-6).  But its heavenly compartment, for the risen saints, was not understood (Rev. 19: 6-9).  Afterwards, it is the eternal Kingdom, on new heavens and new earth (1 Cor. 15: 24; Rev. 21 and 22). “This view of the Kingdom and its coming,” says Dr. H. A. W. Meyer, “as the winding up of the world’s history, a view which was also shared by the principal Fathers (Tertullian, Chrysostum, Augustine, Euth, Zigabenus), is the only one which corresponds with the historical conception of the [… see Greek] throughout the whole of the New TestamentOn Matthew, trans. Edinburgh, 1877.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

100

 

 

THE CLOTHES IN THE TOMB

 

 

 

Eight is the number of Resurrection.  Eight resurrections are recorded in Scripture; Jesus rose on the first or eighth day; the risen lost are classed in eight divisions (Rev. 21: 8); and the name ‘Jesus’ makes 888 - “I am resurrection and life” (John 11: 25).  By a happily apt coincidence, in August of this year, within the inner enclosure of the Garden Tomb in Jerusalem, a little group of eight, all Christians including the guide, gazed at the empty slab; and one of the party remarked:- “The whole Christian Faith is within this little grotto: this empty tomb proves everything backward, and everything forward, and reveals nothing less than the Son of God

 

 

The Garden Tomb - the only such tomb, except another several miles from Jerusalem, discovered in the vicinity of the city - is rock-hewn, two-chambered, with a window aloft in the inner chamber, and a low entrance to the outer.  Therefore when Peter and John ran to the sepulchre, John, “stooping and looking in” (John 20: 5), could see all within; for while his body would block the entrance, and so plunge the tomb into darkness, the skylight in the inner chamber kept the grave perfectly alight.  And John (so the Greek of the passage implies: [… see Greek] stooped sideways he crouched at the entrance, half-turned to the right, where the inner chamber lay alongside.  Alone of seven thousand sepulchres found in the vicinity of Jerusalem, the Garden Tomb exactly fits the facts.*

 

* “General Gordon, when satisfied with the site of Calvary, conjectured that there must be a tomb near, for, ‘in the place where he was crucified there was a garden; and in the garden a new tomb wherein was man never yet laid.’  General Gordon conjectured that in the garden adjoining Golgotha a tomb might possibly be found.  On digging about five feet below the surface he was delighted to find the entrance to a tomb which fulfils all the conditions of the Gospel narrative, and renders intelligible the circumstances of our Lord’s burial” (G. E. Franklin, F.E.G.S.).  A rock-hewn seat at the head, and another at the foot, of the grooved corpse -bed - seats where the Angels sat (John 20: 12) - startlingly confirm the sepulchre’s identity, which would require to be large enough (as this is) for a group of women, together with two angels (Luke 23: 55), to be able to stand naturally within it.  No mortal remains have ever been found in this tomb, which has thus never seen corruption.

 

 

Now one master-fact dominates the situation.  Both John and Peter enter the tomb: both enter quite incredulous - “for is yet they knew not the Scripture that he must rise again from the dead”: yet something, which they looked at, instantly proved a miraculous resurrection to John.  “He saw and BELIEVED.”  Immense stress is laid in the passage on the two Apostles stared at in utter amazement, and what startled John - the first man on earth - into instant Christian faith.  Facts (as someone has said) are the pointing fingers of God. - What was it that they saw?

 

 

What they saw, and all that they saw, is recorded: John “beholdeth the linen cloths lying, and the napkin, that was upon his head, not lying with the linen cloths, but rolled up in a place by itself” - rather, separate, and fallen inward.  Thus they saw the grave-clothes, stiffened by frequent swathes, and encrusted with the gummy spices in their folds, lying empty upon the rock - whether fallen quite flat, or still inflated, and supported by their own thickness, the Scripture does not say; the napkin for the head was ‘folded inward’ - the Greek word does not mean a folding for neatness’ sake - that is, fallen flat, but still folded, and lying separately, where the head had lain.  So the clothes, lying empty, were an exact reproduction of the missing corpse.* And this is all that they saw.  Nicodemus had brought a hundred weight of myrrh and aloes, a gift not only of great cost, but of large bulk; and these spices, probably in the form of a coarse powder, would be sprinkled freely through the garments.  No spices had been liberated by the disrobing of the Body.  Nothing was visible in the tomb but the clothes.

 

* “The napkin was ‘folded inward’; as is the case when we put a handkerchief over the head, and tie it under the chin.  It was folded ‘separately,’ and yet so as to preserve the united appearance of the grave-clothes.  The unity of appearance which the clothes had at first, when they encompassed the corpse, was there still; but the body which gave them that unity was not there” (Govett).  It is of deep interest to note that this discovery from the Greek, revealed decades ago (so far as we know) solely in Latham’s Risen Master and Govett’s John, is now emphasized by the guide in the Garden Tomb as a commonplace of exposition.

 

 

Therefore the revelation of what had happened at once burst upon John.  For nothing else could explain the simple facts.  The knots, and the swathes, and the bandages were exactly as Joseph and Nicodemus had left them: only the Body was gone.  What did this prove?  That the Body had not slipt [slipped] out of the clothes, laying them on one side as it did so nor been disrobed, by men or angels, and removed; or been taken out of the tomb clothed;* in a flash John’s astounded gaze saw that the Body had passed up through the clothes, leaving them absolutely intact.  So therefore also no spice was visible.  If the body had been disrobed, either by men or angels, either by friend or foe; or if Christ Himself had stood erect, discarding the wraps - the ‘death’ being a swoon only; or the resurrection a ‘resuscitation’ only, like that of Lazarus - the masses of spice, shaken loose, would have fallen to the floor, and littered it; but if the Lord had passed up through the undisturbed folds, the spice would remain concealed in the bound and knotted grave-clothes, and in the holy quiet of the sacred grave all that would be missing would be the Body.** This was exactly what they saw.

 

* We assume the possibility of removal, only to clinch its impossibility; for the armed guard blocked any theft by friend or foe, and the authority of Imperial Rome, which locked the grave, yielded only to Angels from another world.

 

** In apocryphal writings immediately succeeding the time of the Apostles it is said that enormous multitudes streamed out of Jerusalem to gaze at the clothes lying in their miraculous guise.

 

 

Now this simple fact exactly defines and expresses the resurrection body.  Lazarus was temporarily raised, and       died again; and therefore the Saviour gives the command “Loose him” - that is, unfold the wrappings - “and let him go” (John 11: 44).        For four thousand years man had had no real resurrection: if anyone had been raised, it had been by a call from outside the tomb; each, if buried, had had to be unclothed of the death-wrappings; and none had come forth clothed in eternal flesh, but had died again. But in the Lordr’s tomb was something absolutely unique.  It was the same body, for it bore every wound that had been inflicted on the cr oss - a fact that makes any substitution of a fresh body, or the survival of Christ’s spirit alone, wholly impossible; yet it was a changed body, for it passed through locked doors (John 20: 19), and  ascended exactly as it was through the stratosphere into the Heaven of heavens.  This change in the body the clothes proved.  It was exactly such a body as Paul defines a true resurrection body to be:- “it is sown a natural body” - that is, it dies a body limited sharply by natural laws; “it is raised a spiritual body” - equally a body, but a body now fitted for another world: for “there are celestial bodies” - bodies built for heaven - “and bodies terrestrial” (1 Cor. 15: 40) - physical frames suited for an earthly environment: both are bodies of flesh, but the spiritual body is something we have never seen or known.  The one resurrection (as distinct from resuscitation) throughout all human history lay disclosed in the undisturbed wrappings lying on the slab of rock.

 

 

Thus the whole Christian Faith starts from, and is founded upon, a fact, not a dogma; and while any fact, when expressed in words, becomes a dogma - the only form in which the fact can reach later generations - the Faith remains for ever founded on the fact.  And the fact, in this case, is inconceivably significant.  If sin had been on Christ He could not have risen; and, had it not been on Christ, He would not have died: but as sinless, He was free to bear the death penalty for others; and as pronounced still sinless by the resurrection, the sin He bore has been expiated and consumed.  The God of inflexible justice and awful holiness has loosed the pangs that were ours, and accepted our Sacrifice by exalting it: if my sins were not consumed, He would not be where He is.    “Being therefore, by the right hand of God exalted God hath made Him both Lord and Christ, this Jesus whom you crucified.” The clothes, lying in their perfect stillness, are the silent witnesses of a world-sacrifice and a world redeemed.

 

 

The sceptical thinker imagines that the intellect stifles the heart, whereas it is the heart that stifles the intellect. “Ye will not to come” (John 5: 40), our Lord Himself says.  “Matthew Arnold,” says Dr. Hubert Simpson, “is seated next an old friend of mine, who told me of the incident, on one occasion on the platform in the Agricultural Hall where D. L. Moody was preaching; on my friend’s other side sat Gladstone, deeply moved, to whom, after the great evangelist had finished his address, Matthew Arnold leant across, and said, ‘I would give everything I possess to believe that.’”

 

 

What the unbeliever rejects is not dogma but fact; and the only saving faith in the world necessarily disappears with the fact.  As Professor Edwin Lewis, a Modernist who is calling a halt on Modernism, has just said:- “The Jesus of history passed for evermore into the Christ of faith by reason of the Resurrection as actual fact; and if that be denied, the history of Christianity is the history of a vast delusion  “IF CIIRIST HATH NOT BEEN RAISED, YOUR FAITH IS VAIN; YE ARE YET IN YOUR SINS” (1 Cor. 15: 17).

 

 

-------

 

 

ALONE

 

 

Truth has been out of fashion since man changed his robes, of fadeless light for a garment of faded leaves.  It is natural to compromise conscience and follow the social and religious fashion for the sake of gain or pleasure: it is divine to sacrifice both on the altar of truth and duty.  Men are never faithful in crowds.  Our nearest and dearest can fall us.  What is wanted to-day are men and women, young and old, who will obey their convictions of truth and duty at the cost of fortune and friends and life itself.  It is to reborn disciples that Jesus says (Matt. 7: 14):- “Narrow is the gate, and straitened the way, that leadeth unto life, and few be they that find it

 

 

Abel was murdered alone.  Enoch watched alone.  Noah preached alone.  Abraham offered his son alone.  Jacob wrestled alone.  Joseph lay in the pit alone.  Moses ascended Sinai alone.  Samson repented alone.  David fought Goliath alone.  Elijah sacrificed on Carmel alone.  Jeremiah wept alone.  Esther, crying, “If I perish, I perish faced the King alone.  Daniel met the lions alone.  Jonah traversed Nineveh alone.  Mary washed the feet of Jesus alone.  Stephen was martyred alone.  Paul, confronting the whole power of Rome, faced Nero alone.  John lay in the Patmos prison alone.  “They were stoned, they were sawn asunder, they were tempted, they were slain with the sword: they went about in sheepskins, in goatskins; being destitute, afflicted, evil entreated (of whom the world was not worthy), wandering in deserts and mountains and caves, and the holes of the earth” (Heb. 11: 37).

 

 

God’ People in the wilderness praised Abraham and persecuted Moses.  God’s People under the kings praised Moses and persecuted the prophets.  God’s People under Caiaphas praised the prophets and persecuted Jesus. God’s People under the Popes praised the Saviour and persecuted the saints.  And multitudes now, both in the Church and the world, applaud the courage and fortitude of the patriarchs and prophets, the apostles and martyrs, but condemn as stubbornness or foolishness like faithfulness to truth to-day.

 

 

Nevertheless the faithful servant of God is never alone.  He never has to repeat Calvary.  The Father is with him (John 14: 23), the Son is with him (Matt. 28: 20), and the Holy Spirit is with him (John 14: 16).  And all loneliness will be gone for ever at the [first] resurrection [out] from among the dead.*

 

[* Rev. 20: 6. cf. Phil. 3: 11, R.V.).]

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

 

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

TRACT SELECTION THREE

 

 

INDEX

 

 

101. CONTENDING FOR THE FAITH by Arlen L. Chitwood.

 

102. THE SOLDIER, THE FARMER AND THE HUSBANDMAN by Robert Govett, M.A.

 

103. SOWING TO THE FLESH by Robert Govett, M.A.

 

104. THE PRE-TRIBULATION RAPTURE by G. H. Lang.

 

105. THE SOULS UNDER THE ALTAR by G. H. Lang.

 

106. THE GREAT PRINCIPLES OF TRUTH by Thomas W. Finlay.

 

107. THE MARTYRS UNDER THE ALTAR

 

108. PURSUING CHRIST TO KNOW HIM by Thomas W. Finlay.

 

109. THE DOOR WAS SHUT by Arlen L. Chitwood.

 

110. AND ALSO AFTER THAT by Arlen L. Chitwood.

 

111. THE ORCHARD OF GOD by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

112. THE THOUSAND YEARS by Nathaniel West.

 

113. THE VISIONS AND PROPHECIES OF ZACHARIAH by David Baron.

 

114. THE MAN AFTER GOD’S OWN HEART

 

115. CALVINIST AND ARMINIAN by R. E. Neighbour, D.D.

 

116. CHALLENGES TO THE OVERCOMER (2) by Thomas W. Finlay.

 

117. VICTORIOUS IN WORKS by Thomas W. Finlay.

 

118. THE CHURCH AND THE KINGDOM by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

119. THE PRIXE OF THE KINGDOM by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

120. TO EACH HIS WORK by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

121. PURGATORY by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

122. Goal OF THE RACE by Arlen L. Chitwood.

 

123. THE END OF THE AGE By D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

124. RAPTURE AND THE DAY OF THE LORD by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

125. THE RUNAWAY SLAVE by Robert Govett, M.A.

 

126. THE DOOR by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

127. GOSPEL’S LAST HOUR

 

128. SHALL A CHRISTIAN GO TO LAW by Albert W. Lorimer.

 

129. SEEKING UNTO THE DEAD by Albert W. Lorimer.

 

130. WATCHFUL VIRGINS

 

131. TRIBULATION THAT IS NOT JUDGMENT by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

132. THE OIL IN THE VESSELS by Robert Govett, M.A.

 

133. FOUR MOUNTAINS by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

134. AN EXPOSITION OF THE EPISTLE OF HEBREWS by Robert Govett. M.A.

 

135. THE REBUILDING OF THE TEMPLE

 

136. THE POSSIBILITY OF THE HIGHEST by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

137. THE GREAT TRIBULATION by C. Donald Mc Kaig.

 

138.THE HANDLER OF ANTICHRIST by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

139. THE COMING WORK OF THE HOLY GHOST By D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

140. OUR ANCHOR by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

141. AN EXPOSITION OF THE EPISTLE TO THE HEBREWS (1: 5).

 

142. AN EXPOSITION OF THE EPISTLE TO THE HEBREWS (3: 11).

 

143. THE LAND LAWS OF JEHOVAH By D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

144. THE LAMB OF GOD.

 

145. SIDE-SLIPPING by Rev. Wilfred H. Isaacs, M.A. (Heb. 6: 1-8).

 

146. THE RETURN OF OUR LORD AND

WORLD-WIDE EVANGELISM by S. M. Zwemer, D.D.

 

147. SOME KNOTTY QUESTIONS by W. C. Clark.

 

148. THE RAPTURE AND THE TRIBULATION by G. H. Lang.

 

149. WHY I BELIEVE CHRIST IS COMING by William G. Channon.

 

150. THE PRINCIPLES OF APOCALYPTIC INTERPRETATION.

 

 

*       *       *

 

 

101

 

CONTENDING FOR THE FAITH

 

 

BY ARLEN L CHITWOOD

 

 

 

Beloved, when I gave all diligence to write unto you of the common salvation, it was needful for me to write unto you, and exhort you that ye should earnestly contend for the faith which was once delivered unto the saints (Jude 3).

 

 

 

Following introductory remarks in verses one and two, Jude calls attention to the original intent of his epistle.  Jude had originally set about to write on the “common salvation [salvation by grace through faith, possessed commonly by all believers]”; but the Holy Spirit prevented him from writing upon this subject and, instead, moved him to write upon something entirely different.  The Holy Spirit moved Jude to write upon contending for the faith during a day of apostasy.

 

 

There are two indispensable keys which one must possess when studying the Epistle of Jude: a) a correct understanding of “apostasy from the faith” as it relates to both individual Christians and to the Church as a whole, and b) a correct understanding of exactly what is meant by the expression “earnestly contend for the faith  These things must be grasped at the very outset, else the main message in this epistle will be either distorted or lost to the reader.

 

 

“Apostasy from the faith the first indispensable key, was the main subject under discussion throughout the introduction to this book; and this introductory material should prove sufficient to provide a base upon which one can build as he moves on into the Epistle of Jude and views the various forms which apostasy can take.  Those who apostatize from the faith are [regenerate] Christians, not those of the world.  It is not possible for an unsaved person to “stand away from” the faith, for he has never come into a position from which he can stand away.  Only the saved have come into this position, and only the saved can enter into this latter-day apostasy.

 

 

The second indispensable key which one must possess to correctly understand the Epistle of Jude is the subject matter at hand in our present study - “earnestly contend for the faith which in one sense of the word is the opposite of “apostasy from the faith  However, contrary to popular interpretation, this opposite meaning has nothing to do with being a protector or guardian of the great Christian doctrines.  Something entirely different is in view, and this will constitute the subject matter of our present study.

 

 

Striving in the Contest

 

 

The words translated “earnestly contend” in Jude 3 are from the Greek word epagonizomai. This is an intensified form of the word agonizomai, from which we derive the English word “agonize  The word agonizomai is found in such passages as 1 Cor. 9: 25 striveth”), 1 Tim. 6: 12 fight”), and 2 Tim. 4: 7fought”).  This word refers particularly to a “struggle in a contest

 

 

In 1 Cor. 9: 24-27 Paul pictured himself as a contestant in a race with a victor’s crown to be won by successful completion of the race.  He “agonized” as he ran the race.  That is, he strained every muscle of his being as he sought to finish the race in a satisfactory manner and be awarded the proffered crown.

 

 

1 Tim. 6: 12 states, “Fight the good fight of faith, lay hold on eternal life, whereunto thou art also called ...”  This verse could be better translated, “StriveAgonizeAgonizomai] in the good contest [agon] of the faith; lay hold on life for the age, whereunto thou art also called …” Agon, translated “contest is the noun form of the verb agonizomai, translated “strive  A contest/race is in view (same as 1 Cor. 9: 24-27), and it is a “contest of the faith  It is “striving” relative to the faith.

 

 

2 Tim. 4: 7 is a very similar verse.  “I have fought a good fight...” could be better translated, “I have strivedagonizedagonizomai] in the good contest [agon] ...” The “contest” here, as in 1 Tim. 6: 12, has to do with the faith.  This verse, along with the following, goes on to state, “… I have finished my course [the contest/race], I have kept the faith: Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous judge, shall give me at that day ...”  The contest or race here is the same race set forth in 1 Cor. 9: 24-27, with one or more crowns in view at the end of the race.  And successful completion of the race will result in the runner being crowned, anticipating the coming rule from the heavens over the earth as a joint-heir with Christ (called “life for the age” in 1 Tim. 6: 12).

 

 

With these things in mind concerning the use of the word agonizomai relative to “the faith note the expression “earnestly contend for the faith” in Jude 3.  In keeping with the other translations, the exact thought brought out by the word epagonizomai in Jude could perhaps be better understood by using the translation “earnestly strive  Once again a contest/race is in view, and the thought is really earnestly striving “with reference to the faith”  rather than earnestly striving “for the faith  The wording in the Greek text will allow either translation, but related Scriptures are concerned with the basic thought from the former translation rather than the latter.  Earnestly striving “with reference to the faith” in Jude carries the identical thought as striving “in the good contest of the faith” in 1 Timothy.  The intensified form of agonizomai (used only this one place in the New Testament) undoubtedly appears in Jude because of the immediate danger of the recipients of this message being caught up in the apostasy at hand.

 

 

Jude and 2 Peter

 

 

Understanding exactly what is involved in earnestly striving “with reference to the faith” in Jude is possibly best brought out in 2 Peter.  2 Peter is the companion epistle to Jude.  Both epistles deal with the same subject matter throughout - “faith and “apostasy  “Faith” appears first in both epistles (Jude 3; 2 Peter ch. 1), followed by “apostasy” from the faith (Jude 4ff; 2 Peter chs. 2, 3).

 

 

2 Peter also occupies the same unique relationship to 1 Peter that Jude occupies relative to certain preceding epistles (Hebrews; James; 1, 2 Peter; 1, 2, 3 John).  1 Peter deals specifically with the salvation of the soul and 2 Peter deals with “faith” (ch. 1) and “apostasy” (chs. 2, 3) in relation to this [future] salvation.  The same order is set forth in Jude and the seven preceding epistles.  The seven epistles preceding Jude, as (and including) 1 Peter, also deal specifically with the salvation of the soul.  Jude then forms the capstone for the entire subject, presenting, as 2 Peter, “faith” in relation to the salvation of the soul first (v. 3), and then “apostasy” in relation to the salvation of the soul (vv. 4ff).

 

 

Parallels in the sections on apostasy from the faith in both epistles (Jude 4ff; 2 Peter 2: lff clearly illustrate the oneness of Peter’s and Jude’s messages.  Numerous identical subjects, events, and places are recorded in the same order (cf. 2 Peter 2: 1-3 and Jude 4; 2 Peter 2: 4-9 and Jude 6, 7; 2 Peter 2: 10-14 and Jude 8-10; 2 Peter 2: 15, 16 and Jude 11; 2 Peter 2: 17, 18 and Jude 12, 13, 16; 2 Peter 3: 1-13 and Jude 17-19).  “Apostasy” in both instances is from the same “faith”; and since Scripture is to be interpreted in the light of Scripture, a proper study on either “faith” or “apostasy” in one epistle would necessitate a study of the same subject matter in the other epistle.  The best available commentary on Jude is 2 Peter, along with other related Scripture; and the best available commentary on 2 Peter is Jude, along with other related Scripture.

 

 

Our main interest at hand is the parallel sections on “faith” in the two epistles.  Where Jude devotes one verse to earnestly striving with reference to the faith (v. 3), Peter devotes the greater part of an entire chapter to maturity in the faith (ch. 1).  And this chapter, in the light of Jude and other related Scripture, is actually a dissertation on earnestly striving “with reference to the faith which will result in the one engaged in this “contest of the faith” (if he runs according to the rules) “receiving the end [goal]” of his faith, even the salvation of his soul (1 Peter 1: 9).  Thus, in order to properly understand Jude 3, the remainder of this study will be drawn from 2 Peter, chapter one.

 

 

Maturity in the Faith

 

 

Peter directs his second epistle to “them that have obtained like precious faith with us through the righteousness of God and our Saviour [lit. ‘our God and Saviour’] Jesus Christ” (v. 1).  This is a “faith” possessed by all Christians.  We were all accorded the same measure of “faith” at the time of the birth from above.  Every Christian begins at the same point with the same “like precious faith Then, in verses five through seven Christians are to “add to [lit. ‘abundantly supply in’]” this faith “virtue; and toin’] virtue knowledge; And to in’] knowledge temperance; and toin’] temperance patience; and toin’] patience godliness; And toin’] godliness brotherly kindness; and toin’] brotherly kindness charity Peter then states that “if these things be in you, and abound, they make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge [epignosis, ‘mature knowledge’] of our Lord Jesus Christ

 

 

The Greek word epignosis, referring to a “mature knowledge occurs three times in 2 Peter, chapter one (vv. 2, 3, 8). I n verse two “grace and peace” are multiplied through a mature knowledge “of God, and of Jesus our Lord [lit. ‘of God, even Jesus our Lord’ (cf. v. 1)].”  In verse three Christians are given “all things that pertain unto life and godliness” through the mature knowledge “of him that hath called us to glory and “virtue”; and in verses five through eight, abundantly supplying the things listed (with “faith” as the foundation), will result (if these things “abound” in the person) in “fruitbearing” within one’s mature knowledge “of our Lord Jesus Christ

 

 

Colossians 2: 2, 3 is a corresponding passage concerning a mature knowledge “of Jesus our Lord” which deals with the same basic truths as 2 Peter 1: 2, 3, 8.  In the Colossian passage the “mystery of God” is revealed to be Christ, and in Him “are hid all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge  The words appearing between “God” and “Christ” (v. 2) in the Authorized Version are not found in the best Greek manuscripts, and the latter part of this verse should literally read: “... unto a mature knowledge [epignosis] of the mystery of God, Christ The name “Christ” is placed in apposition to the word “mystery” in the Greek text, making Christ to be “the mystery of God  The things in this mystery were unrevealed in prior ages; but now, through the teaching ministry of the Holy Spirit, the previously hidden truths concerning Christ are being made known to the saints.  Man today has the complete revelation of God, and as this revelation is received into man’s saved human spirit, the indwelling Holy Spirit takes the Word of God and reveals things (previously hidden) concerning the Son (cf. John 16: 13-15; 1 Cor. 2: 6-13; Gen. 24: 4, 10, 36, 53).

 

 

In Col. 2: 2, 3 it is only the person coming into a mature knowledge of the “mystery of God” who will see the great storehouse of “treasures of wisdom and knowledge” in Christ.  In like manner, only the person coming into a mature knowledge of “Jesus our Lord” in 2 Peter 1: 2, 3, 8, contained in the “mystery of God” in Col. 2: 2, will realize an increase of “grace” and “peace” (cf. “Mercy unto you, and peace, and love, be multiplied” [Jude 2]), or come into possession of the numerous other things mentioned in this chapter.

 

 

In 2 Peter 1: 3, 4, a mature knowledge of God's Son results in the realization of two things:

 

 

a) Possessing “all things that pertain unto life and godliness “Life” (Gr. Zoe) is used referring to life in its absolute fulness which a Christian is to exhibit during his present pilgrim walk, and “godliness” refers to piety or reverence which is to be exhibited at the same time.  A godly walk in the fulness of life is appropriating that which God has for man (revealed in His Word) and, at the same time, walking in a God-like manner.

 

 

b) Possessing “great and precious promises  Through these “great and precious promises” (revealed in God’s Word) individuals become “partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world [by means of epignosis; cf. 2 Peter 1: 2, 3; 2: 20].”  The “divine nature” has been planted within the inner being of every Christian, but it, as faith, can be either dormant or very active.  To assure that the “divine nature along with faith, does not lie dormant, a Christian must lay aside the things having to do with corruption in the world and receive the Word of God into his saved human spirit (James 1: 21; 1 Peter 2: 1, 2). It is the reception of this Word and the corresponding work of the Holy Spirit alone which bring individuals into that position where spiritual growth is wrought, partaking of the “divine nature” is effected, and victory over the things of the world, the flesh, and the Devil come to pass.

 

 

The great problem among Christians today is spiritual immaturity, which results in defeated lives, worldly living, etc.  There is no increase of “grace,” “mercy,” “peace and “love  Such Christians, not in possession of a mature knowledge (epignosis), are not in possession of the things pertaining to “life and godliness”; and they know very little or nothing of the “great and precious promises or being “partakers of the divine nature They, thus, can be easily “carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the sleight of men, and cunning craftiness, where they lie in wait to deceive” (Eph. 4: 14).

 

 

Fruitbearing for the Kingdom

 

 

In 2 Peter 1: 5-11, fruitbearing is in view; and fruitbearing is associated with things abundantly supplied in faith (vv. 5-7), a mature knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ (vv.7, 8, 9), one’s “calling and election” (v. 10), and “entrance” into the coming “kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ” (v. 11).

 

 

1. Things Abundantly Supplied in Faith (vv. 5-7)

 

 

Every Christian is in possession of faith, obtained “through the righteousness of our God and Saviour Jesus Christ This faith can be very active, or it can be weak, anaemic, or even dead (James 2: 17, 20, 26).  But faith, even though dead, is still present with the believer, and it can never pass away (1 Cor. 13: 13).

 

 

The word “dead” appearing in James 2: 17, 20, 26 (KJV) in connection with faith can only refer to a “barren” or “fruitless” faith.  This type faith is void of works, and works are necessary to bring forth fruit.  In a number of the older Greek manuscripts the word for “barren” rather than the word for “dead” appears in verse twenty, equating “barren” in this verse with “dead” in verses seventeen and twenty-six.  However, one need not belabour whether or not this rendering from these older manuscripts is to be accepted, for 2 Peter 1: 5-8 teaches the same thing concerning a “barren” faith.

 

 

2 Peter 1: 5 should literally read:- “But also for this cause, giving all diligence, abundantly supply in your faith ...”  Because of what has preceded (outlined in verses one through four) - things resulting from a mature knowledge (epignosis) “of God, even Jesus our Lord” - the Christian is commanded to follow a certain stepped course of action.  And this course of action will result in “fruitbearing within one’s mature knowledge (epignosis) “of our Lord Jesus Christ” (v. 8), which will, in turn, ultimately result in an abundant entrance “into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ” (v. 11).

 

 

a) “Add to [‘bundantly supply in’] your faith virtue” (v. 5).  The words “Add to” should literally be understood as “Abundantly supply in” throughout verses five through seven.  The Greek word translated “virtue” is arete (same as v. 3), which has to do with “energy” rather than moral goodness.  The thought is that we are to exhibit “energy” in the exercise of our faith.  This is to be understood as exercising “courage” and “purpose” in the things of the Lord.  It is acting in a purposeful, courageous manner in the energy of the [Holy] Spirit.

 

 

b) “And to [‘in’] virtue knowledge” (v. 5).  “Knowledge” is the translation of gnosis (the regular Greek word for “knowledge”) rather than epignosis mature knowledge”) as used in verses two, three, and eight.  Gnosis refers to the accumulation of facts, which may result in epignosis, but not necessarily.  Epignosis is more restricted in its usage, having to do with knowledge pertaining more particularly to things relating to the coming kingdom ...

 

 

c) “And to [‘in’] knowledge temperance” (v. 6).  The Greek word translated “temperanc is egkrateia, which means “self-control  Passions and desires emanating from the man of flesh are to be held in check.

 

 

d) “And to in’] temperance patience” (v. 6).  The Greek word translated “patience” is hupomone, which has to do with “patient endurance” during the pilgrim walk. Note how the verb form of this word (hupomeno) is used in James 1: 12: “Blessed is the man that endurethpatiently endureth’] temptation: for when he is triedapproved’], he shall receive the crown of life, which the Lord hath promised to them that love him Note also the use of hupomeno in 2 Tim. 2: 10, 12 (translated “endure” and “suffer” respectively).  Both should be translated “patiently endure

 

 

e) “And to in’] patience godliness” (v. 6).  The Greek word translated “godliness” is eusebeia, which refers to Christians exercising “piety or “godliness” as they patiently endure the trials and testings of life during their pilgrim walk.

 

 

f) “And to in’] godliness brotherly kindness” (v. 7). The words “brotherly kindness” are a translation of the compound Greek word philadelphia, comprised of phileo love,” “affection”) and adelphos brother”). The word should be translated “brotherly love” or “brotherly affection

 

 

g) “And to in’] brotherly kindness charity” (v. 7).  The Greek word translated “charity” is agape, which, as phileo, means “love  However, agape moves beyond mere affection, or the type love between Christians set forth by the word phileo.  Agape has to do with “Divine love,” which God is in His character and nature. “God is love,” i.e., “God is agape” (1 John 4: 8).  This is also the same word used relative to man in the context of this verse in 1 John.  “Love” set forth by the word agape is the highest type love attainable.  This is love produced by the Holy Spirit in the life of a faithful believer.  Agape appears after all the other things mentioned in 2 Peter 1: 5-7.  It must be supplied last, for it is placed at the height of Christian experience, and nothing can be added therein (cf. 1 Cor. 13: 1ff; agape is used throughout this chapter).

 

 

2. A Mature Knowledge (vv. 8, 9)

 

 

Epignosis in Scripture has a peculiar relationship to the salvation to be revealed, the salvation of the soul.  This word appears in passages which have to do with the saints possessing a mature knowledge in things related [the ‘First Resurrection and] to the coming [Millennial and Messianic] kingdom.  The list is by no means complete, but throughout the New Testament epignosis is associated with a mature knowledge of “God of God’s “Sonthe mystery of God, Christ’], God’s “will truths pertaining to “faith,” “life,” and “godliness the coming “judgment” of the saints’ [‘works’], the “bessed hope and the coming [millennial] “inheritance” of the saints (Rom. 1: 28; Eph. 1: 17, 18; 4: 13; Col. 1: 9-12; 22; 3: 10; 1 Tim. 2: 4; 2 Tim. 2: 25; 3: 7; Titus 1: 1, 2; 2: 13; 3: 7; Heb. 10: 25-31; 2 Peter 1: 1-8; 2: 20, 21).

 

 

Epignosis, having to do with an impartation of things pertaining to “life and godliness allows Christians to [recognise, and ask for God’s grace, to] escape the “pollutions of the world” (2 Peter 1: 3, 4; 2: 20).  Rejection of epignosis, on the other hand, places Christians in the dangerous position of being easily entangled in the things which epignosis allows them to escape (Rom. 1: 28; 2 Peter 2: 20-22).  “All filthiness and superfluity of naughtiness” must be set aside prior to receiving the “engraftedimplanted’] word, which is able to save your souls” (James 1: 21), and the reception of this Word progressively produces the renewing of your mind “in knowledge [epignosis] after the image of him that created himworking the metamorphosis in one’s life (Rom. 12: 1, 2; Col. 3: 10), allowing that person to escape the entanglements of the world.

 

 

Epignosis has to do with the “strong meat” of the Word, which is associated in Heb. 5: 6-14 with Christ and His Melchizedek priesthood.  Those who have been enlightened in these truths - been allowed by God to move from gnosis to epignosis - and then “fall away” are the ones [i.e., apostates] who become entangled again in the affairs of the world (Heb. 6: 1-6).  The fact that such persons cannot be renewed again unto repentance (vv. 4, 6) will answer the question concerning why it would have been better for such individuals not to have known “the way of righteousness” (2 Peter 2: 21) through coming into possession of epignosis (v. 20).

 

 

Hebrews, chapters five and six must be understood in the light of chapters three and four, which contain the record of the Israelites being allowed to go on into things beyond the death of the firstborn in Egypt.  They were allowed to go up to the very border of the promised land itself, hear the report about the land from the twelve spies, and taste the actual fruits of the land which the spies had carried back with them.  In this respect, they were allowed to move from gnosis to epignosis; but they turned away (fell away), and it was then impossible to renew them again unto repentance (Num. 13. & 14.).  They were overthrown in the wilderness.  It would have been better for the ones who were overthrown (the entire accountable generation, twenty years old and above, save Caleb and Joshua) not to have known these things about the land (equivalent in the antitype to, “it had been better ... not to have known the way of righteousness” for Christians in 2 Peter 2: 21), than after they knew these things, “to turn from the holy commandment delivered unto them” (Num. 13: 30; Deut. 1: 21ff, cf. Joshua 1: 1, 2).  It was so with the Israelites in the type, and thus will it be for [the Holy Spirit informed] Christians in the antitype.

 

 

Calling and Election (v. 10)

 

 

Individuals are to give diligence to make their “calling and election sure The word “election” could be better translated “called out  The words translated “calling” and “election” in this verse are from the same root forms as the words translated “called” and “chosen” in Matt. 22: 14, which should literally be translated, “For many are called, but few are called out An individual’s calling has to do with the [initial and eternal] salvation which he presently possesses (salvation of the spirit [i.e., regeneration]), and an individual’s out-calling has to do with the salvation which he will possess in the future (salvation of the soul).

 

 

The word “diligence” in this verse is from the same word also translated “diligence” in verse five.  With the same intensity that a person is to abundantly supply in his faith virtue ..., he is to make his calling and out-calling “sure  The word “sure” is the translation of a word which means “certain,” “firm,” “secure  A Christian is to know just as much about one calling as the other.  He is to be knowledgeable in things pertaining to his [holy] calling, and he is to be equally knowledgeable in things pertaining to his out-calling. And with the same intensity that he made his calling certain/sure, he is to likewise make his out-calling certain/sure.

 

 

There is no such thing as following Biblical guidelines in the matter of salvation and, at the same time, ignoring one’s out-calling after one’s calling.  The entire concept widely promulgated in Christian circles today that the one really important thing is just to be saved (called), with all other things relegated to some type sub-importance, emanates from the apostates and those who follow their pernicious teachings (cf. 2 Peter 2: 1-3).  Scripture places one’s out-calling on the same level of importance as one’s calling, or vice versa.  One is not placed above the other.  One has to do with the work of an evangelist, and the other has to do with the work of a pastor-teacher.  Both evangelists and pastor-teachers have been placed in the Church for his purpose (Eph. 4: 11-14; “knowledge” in v. 13 is epignosis in the Greek text), and they, accordingly, are to be faithful in fulfilling their God-ordained callings.  The work of an evangelist anticipates the work of a pastor-teacher, for a person is called in view of his being called out.

 

 

4. Entrance into the Kingdom (v. 11)

 

 

The word “entrance” is the translation of a word which means a road into.  The route has been properly marked in the preceding verses, and one can not only follow this route, but he is exhorted to so do.  He is exhorted, following his calling, to make his out-calling “sure

 

 

Peter did not follow “cunningly devised fables” when he made known “the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ He was an “eyewitness of his majesty  He saw the Son’s glory when he was with Christ “in the holy mount and he penned the Epistles of 1, 2 Peter as he was “movedborne along’] by the Holy Spirit” (2 Peter 1: 16-21).  Peter not only saw and recorded things having to do with the coming [millennial] kingdom, but he also left detailed instructions concerning how Christians can have a part in this kingdom.

 

 

When will Christians learn that they have been saved for a purpose? and when will they learn that this purpose has to do with the coming kingdom?  Positions as joint-heirs with Christ in the governmental structure of the kingdom are presently being offered, and crowns must be won by conquest.  The arch-enemy of our souls is at work in the closing days of this [evil] age as never before; but the route for an “abundant entrance” into the kingdom has been properly marked, and the promise of God stands sure:- “To him that overcometh...” (Rev. 2: 7, 11, 17, 26-28; 3: 5, 12, 21).

 

 

“Earnestly strive for [with reference to, in the good contest of] the faith…”

 

 

-------

 

 

NOTE ON ‘APOSTASY’

 

 

The word “apostasy” in itself is not used in the Epistle of Jude, but this word is taken from the Greek text of several corresponding Scriptures appearing elsewhere in the New Testament which refer to the latter-day departure from the faith as “the apostasy  Paul states in 2 Thess. 2: 3, “Let no man deceive you by any means: for the day [the Day of the Lord] shall not come except there come a falling awaythe apostasy’] first …”  Paul again in 1 Tim. 4: 1 states, “Nowbut’] the Spirit speaketh expressly, that in the latter times some shall depart apostatize’] from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of demons  The writer of Hebrews calls attention to this same thing in Heb. 3: 12: “Take heed brethren, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief, in departingapostatizing’] “falling away,” “depart and “departing” are translations of either the Greek noun apostasia, a compound word formed from apo and stasis.  Apo means “from,” and stasis means “to stand  When used together, forming the word apostasia, the meaning is “to stand away from  This “standing away from” pertains to a position previously occupied and refers to standing away from “the faith which was once delivered unto the saints” (cf. 1 Tim. 4: 1; Jude 3).

 

 

In the true sense of the word, no one can stand away from something which he had never been associated.  This can be illustrated by  the use of the Greek word apostasion (neuter form of apostasia) in Matt. 5: 31; 19: 7; Mark 10: 4.  In each instance the word is translated “divorcement  It is one person “standing away from” another person.  There could be no “divorcement “standing away from,” unless there had previously been a marriage.  In like manner, no one could “stand away from” ‘the faith’ (apostasize) unless they had previously been associated with ‘the faith’.  [Regenerate] believers alone occupy a position of this nature from which they can “stand away  Unbelievers [the unregenerate] have never come into such a position, and, in the true sense of the word, are not associated with the latter-day apostasy in Scripture.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

102

 

THE SOLRIER, THE WRESTLER,

THE HUSBANDMAN.

 

 

BY R. GOVETT, M. A.

 

 

 

Timothy was called by Christ to be his soldier.  He needed then to be courageous.  He was to expect hardships, and was to endure them with patience, as a good soldier.  He was the herald of a coming King in the presence of those who owned Caesar alone, and were the foes of Jesus.  It was virtually a proclamation of war with Satan. And in war the soldier expects hardships.  He is exposed to the changes of the seasons, to heat, and cold, to rain and storms.  He experiences by turns hunger and thirst, fatigue, and want of rest.  Now he lies on the earth drenched with rain; now a night-alarm breaks his sleep.  The good soldier does not murmur at these trials; but makes light of them.  He does not flinch: does not desert.

 

 

But there is another aspect of the soldier’s life.

 

 

War demands the whole man: not his body merely, but his heart, his time, his powers.  The soldier would not, when about to start on a campaign, engage in a lawsuit, or open a shop, or treat about the purchase of house or land; or begin to build himself a mansion.  Not that these things are unlawful in themselves; but only felt to be unsuitable to one going to the field.  Such things betoken one desirous of settling: the other mode of life is one who knows no rest.  The soldier’s dwelling is the tent; soon pitched, soon struck.  Herein behold an illustration of that principle in the Parable of the Sower, that the cares of this life and seeking riches choke the good seed, and cause it to bring no fruit to perfection: Luke 8: 14.

 

 

“None going on a campaign entangleth himself with the affairs of this life,

that he may please him who chose him to be a soldier

 

 

Thus the Christian’s life is one of war.  It is a life spent while Satan is at large, and full of desire to destroy the saints of God.  It hates the spirit and doctrine, and the life of the Christian.  But Christ has called him out of the world and his previous pursuits, to be his soldier.  And the scene in which we find ourselves is best fitted to exercise the spiritual soldier.  The greatest general of modem times said - ‘Poverty, privations, misery are the school for good soldiers

 

 

What is to sustain Christians, then, in the perils, wounds and hardships of “the evil day  What upholds the soldier of this world in his trials and privations?  The desire of the favour of his general.  The expectation of his rewarding such ‘soldier-like conduct So the expected praise of Christ is to sustain the Christian.  When the war is over, our Captain and King will remember His faithful and gallant warriors.  He will account them worthy of His Kingdom, on behalf of which they combat: 2 Thess. 1: 5.  The successful generals of Napoleon became dukes or kings.  Death on the field of this world indeed cuts off the soldier’s hopes.  But it is not so in our warfare.  Life lost in Christ’s battle, is to be restored: to be enjoyed in glory and honour during ‘the thousand years’ of the kingdom of Christ.  So Caleb, the good soldier of Moses, entered on a special heritage, when the land was won for Israel: Josh. 14: 6, 14.

 

 

Courage, then, is necessary to enter the kingdom.  Those who desert the battle will not be owned of Christ; and if not owned, cannot enter the kingdom of reward.  Those who confess Christ will be confessed: Matt. 10: 32, 33; 16: 25-27.  Thus Paul has been exhibiting two of the classes named in Jesus’ parable of the Sower.  Pressure from the fourth Gentile kingdom was now being exerted against the soldiers of Christ, and many were giving way.  The Asiatic Christians were ashamed of Paul; the Roman Christians would not stand by his side in the day of peril.  They had heard “the word of the kingdom” and delighted in it at first; but now that “tribulation and persecution had arisen because of the word they were at once stumbled: Matt. 13: 19-21.

 

 

THE WRESTLER

 

 

“Now even if a man wrestle, yet he is not crowned,

except he wrestle according to the laws of the games

 

 

There was no prize in the games, were there was no contest, or where there was no previous training.  And the training was of long continuance and severe.  The rules of preparation regarded diet, exercise, anointing, wrestling, running and so on.  There were officers whose commands were to be obeyed.  The whole man was to be engaged in pursuit of the prize.  But even if in the day of the contest, he flung all opponents, he would not be crowned, if disobedience to the laws of the games could be proved against him.

 

 

Now Christ is our Director and His commands are to he obeyed.  He is “the Righteous Judge who in the [millennial] day to come shall distribute the crowns to the successful wrestlers.

 

 

But, then, the wrestlers must have owned Him their Lord by their obedience, or else there would be to them no prize.  For Satan has his wrestlers also; men of self-denial, equal, nay superior, to that of many Christians.  The Encratitae, a branch of the Gnostics, abstained from animal food, marriage and wine.  Some could give up wealth, some lacerate the flesh.  Now must these be crowned as men of self-denial and sturdy wrestlers - in the coming day?  No: for while we grant that they displayed this energy, they did not own Christ as their Lord; did not believe in Him, or obey Him. As not wrestling then according to the laws of the games, they would receive no crown.

 

 

So with monkish self-denial.  The codes of many of the orders of Rome are very severe: demanding lives of perpetual self-denial and suffering, in regard of diet, prayer, sleep, privations of warmth, of dress, even of speech.  Let any one read the rules of the monks of La Trappe, and he must shudder at their savage sternness!  But do these contend according to Christ’s rules?  No, they obey another master; St. Francis, St. Benediet, or St. Augustine.  They do not seek the millennial glory but are aiming in unbelief to win eternal life by their works.  O, then, these cannot be crowned.  They have striven indeed; but not according to the rules of the games.  Let the masters whom they have obeyed, reward them!

 

 

“Not every one (even) that saith unto me Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the will of my Father which is in heaven Matt. 7: 21.

 

 

Then this sentiment will exclude even many Christians from the prize.  The gift of God is eternal life in Jesus Christ our Lord.  The prize of God is the enjoyment of the millennial kingdom.  If there is no faith in that, no striving for that, there will be no entry into it: Luke 18: 17.

 

 

So Paul warns us.  He tells us, that he used self-denial lest he should he adjudged at last unworthy to obtain this glory. 1 Cor. 9: 10.  He assures us, that he desired death itself for Christ’s sake, if he might but attain to this, the first and blest resurrection. Phil. 3.  But at last, in this his final epistle, he feels confident of the crown - He has fought the fight as the good soldier; he has run the race according to the rules of the Great Judge; the kingdom and the crown are his.

 

 

The Christian, then, is taught of God to covet the honour of the coming kingdom; and is shown how to attain it.  The Christian should be ambitious of glory, if only he be ambitious of that which comes from God, and His Christ: Luke 14: 10, 14; Rom. 2: 7, 16.

 

 

THE HUSBANDMAN

 

 

“The labouring husbandman must be the first to partake of the fruits

 

 

There is some difficulty in regard to the sense of the simple words of this verse.  Three main significations are given to it; according as we connect the word ‘first’ with ‘labour’ or with ‘partake  Some read it thus:-

 

 

1. ‘The husbandman must first labour, before he partakes of the fruits

 

 

This is true; but is not the translation recommended by the order of the Greek.  The participle, too, would not naturally be, as now it is, in the present; but in the aorist.  The next view is:-

 

 

2. ‘The husbandman must first partake of the fruit before he can labour

 

 

This is an inversion of the previous statement.  But it is still less in accordance with the order of the Greek. ‘The fruits’ must mean those which are the result of his labour.  The reference is not to the sustenance by grace in the present day, but to reward in the one to come.  The following, then, is the true sense:-

 

 

3. ‘The labouring husbandman must be the first to partake of the fruit  This is perhaps the sense which our translators designed.  It adheres to the order of the Greek.  It gives its true stress to the qualifying word “labouring  Not every husbandman has this title.  The slothful shall beg in harvest and have nothing: Prov. 20: 4.  The sheaves gathered in by the diligent are the fruit of his toil.  In that day, then, when justice rules, the diligent ought to be the first to partake.  In the day to come, according to the promise of our Lord, “reward” or “wages” shall be given to both the sowers and the reapers in His field.  In His great harvest-home they shall rejoice together. John 4: 36, 38.  Diligence in service that is, admits to the millennial kingdom. When the seventh trump sounds, the time is come to give “the reward to thy servants the prophets, and to the saintsRev. 11: 18.  “Each shall receive his own reward according to his own labour 1 Cor. 3: 8, 14; 2 John 8; Rev. 22: 12.

 

 

Life [now], is regarded as the time of labouring for Christ as the Master of the field.   And herein is given by the apostle encouragement to Timothy, and to all other workers for Christ.  Labour in the flesh may fail of its reward.  One sows and dies; another steps in and reaps.  But labour in the Lord shall not fail; the Great Master of the harvest to come remembers His labourers, and will recall the sleepers from the tomb to take part in His joy; as we see in the parables of the Talents and Pounds.

 

 

But there too we see, that it is only the diligent servants who receive reward, and enter on the joy and the kingdom.  The slothful servant is shut out of the banquet; and can but lament, in ‘the darkness outside his sin and folly.

 

 

Thus the verse is connected with that which follows.  For some denied this special [‘out-] resurrection’ and ‘reward’; and so took away the stimulus to exertion which was thereby furnished, both to the apostle and to Christians generally.

 

 

Timothy was to ponder these three brief parables; as therein much of truth, warning, encouragement was concealed.  Many, satisfied with the first glance, have mistaken their meaning.  The general sense is, that reward in the kingdom to come is an incitement to present suffering, self-denial, obedience and diligence.  Probably one of the reasons why the apostle does not name the kingdom more frequently was, because his letters were most likely overlooked and knowing the jealousy of the Emperor and his satellites upon this very point, he used prudence.  But the Holy Ghost would reveal the meaning, to Timothy and to us.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

103

 

SOWING TO THE FLESH

 

 

BY ROBERT GOVETT

 

 

Gal. 5: 19. “Now the works of the flesh are manifest, which are [adultery,*] fornication, uncleanness, lasciviousness. 20. Idolatry, witchcraft, enmities, contentions. emulations, passionateness, party-strifes, discords, parties. 21. Envies, murders, drunkenness, revellings, and the like to these; of which I give you warning beforehand, as I also told you before, that they who do such things shall not inherit the kingdom of God

 

* This word is omitted by some critics.

 

 

The sons of the flesh, the unconverted and unjustified Jews, should surely be excluded from the kingdom.  But even those born of the Spirit, might by their failure in regard of sanctification, fail of the kingdom.  This warning, then, applies to those who were right on the great question of justification: and so refers to [regenerate] believers of the present day.   The kingdom is for “the saints”, as the original passage in Daniel declared, 7: 18.  This assertion Jesus and his Apostles had enforced and expanded.  None, without a righteousness superior to that of the Pharisee, shall enter it.  It is for the doers of the Father’s will.  Those who walk after the Spirit enter, and those who live after the flesh are excluded.  In the list of evil works, not all are specified - it is added, “and such like”.  The flesh is doubly excluded; first, as unjustified, and under the curse.  Secondly, as unsanctified, and unfit for the kingdom of God.  Were it to enter there, it would make the realm of joy as full of disquiet, disorder, and pain, as the church is now.

 

 

The justified, then, though not under the curse of the law, might be found at last so unsanctified, as to be accounted unworthy to enter the kingdom.  But some assume that none who walk after the flesh can be Christians.  Let such, then, bow to the testimony of scripture, which affirms of some believers, that they were “fleshly”, and “walking as men”: 1 Cor. 3: 1-4.  “And I, brethren, could not speak unto you as unto spiritual, but as unto fleshly ones, as unto babes in Christ.” “For ye are yet fleshly; for whereas there are among you envying and strife, and divisions, are ye not fleshly, and walk as men?” Hence warning is given, that the actors of such deeds of the flesh shall be shut out of the kingdom.

 

 

The deeds spoken of are distributed into four principal heads.  1. Sins of uncleanness: 2. Then two of a different kind: 3. Sins against love in the use of the tongue, and in action: 4. And then three of a miscellaneous character again.  Those sins, doubtless, are made prominent, against which Galatian churches had most need to be warned.  Paul had before spoken of their biting and devouring one another; he therefore sets before them a list of special offences, arising from a breach of love-offences of the tongue.  Emulation, strife for the pre-eminence, the desire to be equal with, or in advance of those above us in station, and the words and actions to which these desires give rise may be approved of men, but are hateful to God.  Our Lord assured the apostles that even they, though chosen to be chief officers of his church, should be excluded from the kingdom, if they continued to be guilty of them, as they were at that time: Matt. 18: 3.

 

 

These offences would exclude from the kingdom. Will any say that [regenerate] believers cannot be guilty of them?  Will they deny that they are actually manifested in our own day? that they sprung up by nature, and need the taming down of the flesh to keep them under?  And if believers can be guilty of them, and are actually guilty, will any say that the warning of exclusion from the kingdom does not refer to them?  If they were not to apply to them, what means the apostle’s solemn and repeated warning?  Why did he tell them of it at his first preaching? and when writing, renew the caution?  If it referred only to the ungodly, to what purpose was it, so earnestly to press it on the attention of the renewed?  If the caution be universal, that all doers of the things described in this list will be excluded from the kingdom: and if it be certain too, that some saints are guilty of these things, then is it certain too, that some saints will be excluded from the kingdom.

 

 

6: 7. “Be not deceived: God is not mocked: for whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap

 

 

There are various kinds of seeds, some useful, some noxious.  Everyone is sowing seed.  God would have all to be assured, that our present acts of every day are telling, with the utmost certainty and regularity, upon our future welfare.  To look upon the past as a thing with which we have no concern, is a thing as utterly foolish as for the farmer to imagine that he has no manner of concern with the field into which he has cast his grain. Actions are not forgotten, but only passed by; as the seed is not lost, but only covered in.  It will appear at the harvest.  The results of life await us at the day of God’s judging the secrets of men by Jesus Christ.  The Christian for his acceptance by God, rests on the merits of Jesus.  But, after he is once received of God on that ground, he is, in an important sense, the architect of his own destiny.  He is sowing his own field.  That he is an elect son of God will not prevent his reaping as he has sown.  Thus money given to God is not lost, it is sown.  What is done to Christ, Christ will requite with good.  And so as to quantity.  The liberal sower shall meet the liberal harvest; the niggardly, the poor and scant return: 2 Cor. 9.

 

 

8. “For he that soweth into his own flesh,* shall out of the flesh reap corruption; but he that soweth unto the Spirit shall out of the Spirit reap life everlasting

 

* [See Greek …]. Else it might be said, that he who gives to the bodily necessities of others, comes under this warning.

 

 

There is a way of explaining this verse, which shall remove all its force and pressure.  You may make the first half of threat, to refer to the unbeliever alone; and the second half of promise, to relate to the justified alone. Just so the prophecies used to be expounded. ‘All the promises belong to the Church; all the threats to the Jews  Both modes of exposition are, I suppose, equally unfair.  A general truth is here propounded; and as such, it affects believer and unbeliever alike.  Whoever is embraced by its terms will share in its results, whether of good or evil.  The sower to the flesh or to the Spirit, whoever he may be, is the party pointed out.

 

 

But even if this be granted, the weight of the doctrine may be removed from off the believer by another mode of treating the passage.  Let us then proceed with a common exposition.  The meaning of the verse, it may be said, is as follows:- ‘If the believer acts to the gratification of his fallen nature, he will receive vanity, vexation, and disappointment.  And every one is daily sowing and daily reaping.  Acts of obedience are increasing our faith: acts of disobedience are increasing the native force of evil within us.’  Now this is true; but it is not the meaning of the passage before us.

 

 

This comment does not explain the terms used by the apostle, but is obliged to pervert them in more ways than one.  1. It makes the term “corruption”, when used of the believer, to signify ‘vexation, disappointment’.  But the word never has that meaning.  Its sense in the present case is clear enough: “corruption” is here spoken of as springing out of the flesh or the body.  But corruption as applied to the flesh means putridity, the decomposition of the dead body.  So it is used continually in the New Testament.  “The creature itself also shall be delivered from the bondage of corruption, into the liberty of the glory of the sons of God  The apostle in the context is speaking of the resurrection of the body: Rom. 8: 21.  So in that chapter which treats especially of the saints’ resurrection, the Holy Spirit says of the flesh - “It is sown in corruption, it is raised in incorruption”, 1 Cor. 15: 42, 50; also, Acts 2: 27, 31; 13: 34, 35, 36, 37.

 

 

2. Again, this interpretation is faulty, as changing the tense used by the apostle.  The sowing is spoken of in the comment as a regular and habitual thing going on now.  But the reaping is by the apostle described as future.  “He that soweth [present and habitual employment] shall reap  “Then shall he have rejoicing in himself  “Each shall bear his own burden  “Whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap  “In due season we shall reap.”  While the sowing is in this life, the reaping is in the time [or ‘Age’ yet] to come.  And it is because harvest is put off to a distance, that in the next verse we are directed not to faint, while expecting the issue.

 

 

3. Nor does the threat accurately apply to the ungodly.  The sower to the flesh shall reap “corruption”.  Some expound it of eternal punishment and destruction.  But “corruption” never has that meaning.  We must not force on a word a sense which it has not elsewhere.  If it had been said that he should reap “death”, the idea would have been more plausible.  But how can eternal death be threatened to the believer for sowing to the flesh?  For it is certain, as has already been shown, that saints do sow to the flesh.  And it is also certain that no saint shall finally be [eternally] lost.

 

 

Both alternatives belong to Saints.  Saints cannot only sow to the flesh occasionally, but so continually, as to take in the sight of God, the very name of fleshly or “carnal”, as their description: 1 Cor. 3: 1-4.  But such fleshly actions must carry with them a future recompense, just as truly as holy actions.  It is a “sowing”.  And the sowing will have its reaping, whether for the saint, or for the sinner; whether for good, or for evil.

 

 

The threat of God against evil sowing, is, that such shall, “out of the flesh” - the field which they have tilled- reap a fruit they will not covet.  They will reap “corruption”.  What means this?  It does not refer to simple death of the body now, for that is felt by saints whose walk pleases God, as truly as by the most irregular and careless of believers.  It is something which must harmonize with the previous threat contained in verses 19-21 of the former chapter.  There we were cautioned that the workers after the flesh should, by God’s ordination, “not inherit the kingdom of God”.  Here it is said, they shall “reap corruption”.  If it means they shall have no part in the bliss of the Messiah’s reign of a thousand years, both are in unison; and the doctrine which has looked out upon us from so many passages appears once more.  As “the works of the flesh” mean the same thing as “sowing to the flesh”, so does the issue in each passage intend the same thing.  The “reaping corruption” is the being excluded from “inheriting the kingdom of God”.  They will remain under the bondage of corruption during the millennial kingdom of Christ.  They would remain the slaves of corruption for ever; but that the merits of another come in to counteract so dread a conclusion, and to open to them the doors of eternal life.

 

 

Thus, too, it falls into perfect harmony with the other part of the verse - that the sower to the Spirit shall out of the Spirit reap life eternal.  The result of a life to the Spirit is the contrary of a life to the flesh.  The issue of the fleshly life is exclusion from the kingdom.  The result then of the spiritual life, to one who is in Christ, is the entrance into the kingdom.  But why is it not so stated here? It is said, “shall of the Spirit reap life everlasting”. The reason of the smaller and inferior issue not being named is, I suppose, lest it should be imagined that a thousand years was the limit of the obedient saint’s joy.  He receives, as reward according to his works, an entrance on the life of the thousand years.  But after these: are ended, there will be no break in his enjoyment, but an eternity of life begins for him at the kingdom.  “The Spirit says the apostle, “is life Rom. 8: 10. Already, as the gracious gift of God, the soul of the believer is alive.  But this is a further and future life, the result of our works, the consequence of a spiritual living to God.  How, then, can it be understood of any other than life of the body - life in resurrection?  And, as this alternative intends life in resurrection, so does the close of the verse speak of the reverse - the failure of ‘the first resurrection’ - the being counted unworthy to attain the coming ‘age’, and the resurrection [out] from amongst the dead [lit. ‘out of dead ones’].  As the resurrection of the just is by Jesus promised to a holy beneficence (Luke 14: 14), so may the contrary justly be awarded to the contrary scheme of life and expenditure.

 

 

“But does not this scheme of yours open the door to sin? Will not its consequence in many be, that they will reason thus? - ‘We shall have eternal life at all events.  We care little about the kingdom of the thousand years. We shall therefore live after the flesh, and indulge its lusts to the full.’ Will mere exclusion from the kingdom suffice to prevent such dread consequences  Aye, but, friend, who ever said that there was no further punishment for the guilty believer than simple exclusion from millennial bliss?  There are different degrees of living after the flesh.  There are also different degrees of punishment.  A quiet love of the world in its decent forms, in the case of the uninstructed saint, may perhaps require at the Lord’s hands no more than simple rejection from that scene of joy.  But a deliberate choice of the works of the flesh after the present truth is presented and owned, a shocking and stumbling of the world by open breaches of morality, would demand far more.  There is time in a thousand years to inflict as much of wrath on the delinquent son as the Father shall deem necessary.  “I say unto you, my friends ... I will forewarn you whom ye shall fear.  Fear him, which after he hath killed hath power to cast into hell [Gehenna], yea, I say unto you, ‘Fear him’.”  “That servant which knew his lord’s will, and prepared not himself, neither did according to his will, shall be beaten with many stripes.  But he that knew not, and did commit things worthy of stripes, shall be beaten with few stripes Luke 12: 4, 5, 47, 48.  This doctrine brings the fear of God, in all its magnitude and awe, to bear upon the disobedient child of God.  And this motive is assigned as designed to perfect holiness. “Let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of God 2 Cor. 7: 1.

 

 

-------

 

 

FAITHFUL UNTO DEATH

 

 

Katar Singh, a Tibetan, was sentenced by the Lama of Tshingham, to death by torture for professing his faith in Christ.  Sewn up in a heavy wet yak skin, he was exposed to the heat of the sun.  The slow process of contraction of this death-trap is a most awful means of torture.  At the close of the day the dying man asked to be allowed to write a parting message.  It was as follows:-

 

 

“I give to Him, Who gave to me my life, my all, His all to be;

My debt to Him, how can I pay, though I may live to endless day?

I ask not one, but thousand lives for Him and His own sacrifice:

Oh, will I then not gladly die for Jesus’ sake, and ask not why?”

 

 

This testimony, uttered in a moment of agony, did not go unfruitful, for one of the highest officials in the Lama’s palace was gripped by the martyr’s cry and confessed Christ that same night.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

104

 

THE PRE-TRIBULATION RAPTURE

 

 

BY G. H. LANG

 

 

 

There are two principle views upon matters here considered: one, that the Parousia will commence prior to the Times of the End, and that at its inception all believers of the heavenly calling, dead and living, will be taken to the presence of the Lord in the air; the other, that the Parousia will occur at the close of the Great Tribulation, until when no believers will be raised or changed.  The one view says that no believers will go into the End Times, the other that none then living will escape them.  The one involves that the utmost measure of unfaithfulness or carnality in a believer puts him in no peril of forfeiting the supreme honour of rapture or of having to endure the dread End Days: the other view involves that no degree of faithfulness or of holiness will enable a saint to escape those Days.  As regards this matter, godliness and unfaithfulness seem immaterial on either view; which raises a doubt of both views.

 

 

Our study thus far has shown that the former view is unfounded: we have now to see that the latter is partly right and partly wrong. It is right in asserting that the Parousia will commence at the close of the Great Tribulation, but wrong in declaring that no saints living as the End Times near will escape that awful period.

 

 

1. For our Lord Jesus Christ has declared distinctly that escape is possible.  In Luke 21 is a record of instruction given by Him to four apostles on the Mount of Olives.  It is a parallel report to Matt. 24 and 25 and Mark 13, and it deals specifically with the Times of the End and His Parousia.  He foretold great international wars, accompanied with earthquakes, famines, and pestilences, to be followed by terrors and great signs from heaven (vv. 10, 11: comp. Seals 1-4, Rev. 6).  These things are to be preceded by a general persecution of His followers (ver. 12), which will be the first indication that the End Days are at hand.  Then Jerusalem is to be trodden down by the Gentiles right on until the Times of the Gentiles run out (ver. 24: comp. Rev. 11: 2. where the same term “trodden down” is used, and Zech. 14: 1-5).  This shows that it is the End-times of which Christ is speaking, as is further shown by His earlier statement that at that time of vengeance “all things that are written” shall be fulfilled.  All things that are written in the prophets concerning Jerusalem, Israel, and the Gentiles were not by any means fulfilled at the destruction of Jerusalem in A.D. 70.

 

 

Then He mentions the disturbances in nature and the fears of mankind that are grouped under seal 6 in Rev. 6: 12-17, and adds explicitly that “then shall they see the Son of Man coming in a cloud with power and great glory and that when these things begin His disciples may know that their redemption draweth nigh (ver. 27, 28).

 

 

In concluding this outline of the period of the Beast the Lord then uttered this exhortation and promise: “But take heed to yourselves, lest haply your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting, and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and that day come on you suddenly as a snare: for so shall it come upon all them that dwell on the face of all the earth.  But watch ye at every season, making supplication, that ye may prevail to escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of Man

 

 

This declares distinctly: (1) That escape is possible from all those things of which Christ had been speaking, that is, from the whole End-times. (2) That that day of testing will be universal, and inevitable by any then on the earth, which involves the removal from the earth of any who are to escape it. (3) That those who are to escape will be taken to where He, the Son of Man, will then be, that is, at the throne of the Father in the heavens.  They will stand before Him there. (4) That there is a fearful peril of disciples becoming worldly of heart and so being enmeshed in that last period. (5) That hence it is needful to watch, and to pray ceaselessly, that so we may prevail over all obstacles and dangers and thus escape that era.

 

 

This most important and unequivocal statement by our Lord sets aside the opinion that all Christians will escape irrespective of their moral state, and also negatives the notion that no escape is possible. There is a door of escape; but as with all doors, only those who are awake will see it, and only those who are in earnest will reach it ere the storm bursts.  In every place in the New Testament the word “escape” has its natural force - ekpheugo, to flee out of a place or trouble and be quite clear thereof * It never means to endure the trial successfully.  In this very discourse of the Lord it is in contrast with the statement, “He that endureth (hupomen.5) to the end [of these things] the same shall be saved” (Matt. 24: 13).  One escapes, another endures.

 

* Note. It comes only at Luke 21: 36: Acts 16: 27; 19: 16; Rom. 2: 3; 2 Cor. 11: 33; 1 Thess. 5: 3; Heb. 2: 3; 12: 25.  In comparison with Rom. 2: 3, see its use in the LXX in the interpolated passage after Esth. 8: 11 “they suppose that they shall escape the sin-hating vengeance of the ever-seeing God”; also Judg. 6: 11; Job 15: 30; Prov. 10: 19; 12: 13.  The sense is invariably as stated above.

 

 

The attempt to evade the application of this passage to Christians on the plea that it refers to “Jewish” disciples of Christ is baseless: (a) No “Jewish” disciples of Christ are known to the Scriptures (Gal. 3: 28; Eph. 2: 14-18). (b) The God-fearing remnant of Israel of the End-days will by no wise escape these things that shall come to pass (Mal. 3: 14; Zech. 13: 8, 9; Jer. 30: 7, 8). (c) Nor will they believe on Jesus as their Messiah until they see Him coming in glory (Zech. 12: 9, 10; 13: 6; Matt. 23: 39). (d) The assertion that the title Son of Man is “Jewish” is equally unwarranted, for the term “man” is necessarily universal to the race, and does not belong peculiarly to any one nation. (Comp. John 3: 14, 15; 5: 25-29: “whosoever” and “all”).

 

 

2. In harmony with this utterance of our Lord is His further’s statement to the church at Philadelphia (Rev. 3: 10): “Because thou didst keep the word of My patience, I also will keep thee from (ek) the hour of trial, that hour which is to come upon the whole inhabited earth, to try them that dwell upon the earth  Here also are declared: (a) The universality of that hour of trial, so that any escape from it must involve removal; (b) the promise of being kept from it; (c) the intimation that such preservation is the consequence of a certain moral condition: “Because thou didst keep ... I also will keep.”  As this is addressed to a church no question of a “Jewish” application can arise.  Nor do known facts or the Scriptures allow of the supposition that every [regenerate] Christian keeps the word of Christ’s patience (Matt. 24: 12; Rev. 2: 5; Gal. 6: 12; Col. 4: 14 with 2 Tim. 4: 10 concerning Demas); so that this promise cannot be intended to mean all [regenerate] believers ...

 

 

3. Of this escape and preservation there are two pictures as there are two promises.

 

 

In Rev. 12 is a vision of (a) a woman; (b) a man-child whom she bears; (c) the rest of her family.  Light on this complex figure may be gained from Hosea 4 and Isa. 49: 17-21; 50: 1.  Israel and Zion, viewed as corporate systems in continuity, are a “woman,” a “mother”; individual Israelites at any one time are the “children  This usage is the same as when an individual Romanist calls the church his “mother.”  The “mother” is that system continuing through the centuries; yet in one sense, the woman at a given hour is composed of her children.

 

 

As to this “woman” the dominant fact is that at one and the same time she is seen in heaven arrayed with heavenly glory and on earth in sorrow and pain.  This simultaneous and contradictory experience is true of the church of God only (comp. Eph. 2: 6 with 3: 13 and 6: 10-13; and 1 Pet. 1: 3-5 with vv. 6, 7).  In Scripture Israel corporately has no standing in the heavens: her destiny and glory are earthly.  The national divisions of earth do not continue in heaven.

 

 

As to the Man-child, his birth and rapture, as with the whole of this book from c. 4: 1, pointed to events which the angel distinctly said were future to the time of the visions.  There is no exception to this, and therefore there is no possible reference to the resurrection and ascension of Christ.  Nor, in the fact, did our Lord at His birth escape from Satan by rapture to the throne of God: on the contrary, the Dragon slew Him in manhood and only thereafter did He ascend to heaven.  Nor at the ascension of Christ was Satan cast out of heaven.  Thirty years later, when Paul wrote to the Ephesians, he and his servants were still there (6: 12), and another thirty years later again, when John saw the visions, his ejection was still future (Rev. 12).

 

 

The identity of this Man-child is indicated by the statement that he “is to rule all the nations with a rod of iron,” for this is a repetition of the promise (Rev. 2: 26, 27), “And he that overcometh, and he that keepeth My works unto the end [comp. the keeping ‘the word of My patience’, as above], to him will I give authority over the nations, and he shall rule them [‘the nations’] with a rod of iron  This promise is given only to Christ and the overcomers of the churches.  As it cannot here (Rev. 12) apply to Him it can only apply to them.

 

 

This removal of the Man-child cannot be the event foretold in 1 Thess. 4: 15-17, for those there in view will be taken up only as far as to the air around this earth when the Lord descends thereto from heaven, but this [pre-tribulation] removal takes the Man-child to the throne of God, which is where Christ now is, in the upper heavens.  This fulfils the promise that such as prevail to escape shall “stand before the Son of Man.”

 

 

As we have seen, the Lord does not descend [to earth] from heaven till the close of the Great Tribulation, not before Satan is cast down.   Moreover, this one child can be only a part of the whole family, not the completed church in view in 1 Thess. 4 * and 1 Cor. 15.  The “woman” out of whom he is born remains on earth, and after his ascent the “rest of her seed” are persecuted by the Beast; but his removal is before the Beast is even on the scene or Satan is cast out of heaven.  Thus those who will form this [‘accounted worthy to escape’ A.V.)] company escape all things that will occur in the End-times, as Christ promised; and the identification with the overcomers declares that they had lived that watchful, prayerful, victorious life, upon which, as the Lord said, that escape will depend.

 

 

* Note. In 1 Thess. 4: 15, 17 the word perileipo, “that are left,” deserves notice.   It is not found elsewhere in the New Testament, but the force may be seen in the LXX of Amos. 5: 15, and of the verb (in some editions) at 2 Chron. 34: 21: Hag. 2: 3.  In each case it means, to be left after others are gone.  So the lexicons also, and they are confirmed by The Vocabulary of the Greek Testament.  In this place it seems redundant save on our view that the rapture there in question is at the close of the Tribulation and that some saints will not have been left on earth until that event, but will have been removed alive earlier; for to have marked the contrast with those that had died it would have been enough to have said “we that are alive” without twice repeating this unusual word.

 

 

Consequent upon this removal of the watchful, Satan is cast out of heaven, and presently brings up the Beast, who persecutes the rest of the woman’s family (12: 17, 18; 13: 7-10).  So that one section of the family escapes the End-times by being rapt to heaven, and the rest, the more numerous portion, as the term indicates, go into the Great Tribulation.  These latter are such as “keep the commandments of God and hold the testimony of Jesus” (ver. 17).  In 14: 12, such are termed “the saints which in New Testament times, was the term regularly used by Christians of one another; and among their number John had already included himself (1: 2, 9).  It covers therefore the church of God, of which he was a leader.

 

 

4. The second picture of this pre-Tribulation rapture is given in Rev. 14.  In this chapter there are six scenes: 1. “First-fruits” with the Lamb on the Mount Zion (1-6).  2. The hour of judgment commences (6, 7). 3. “Babylon” is announced as having fallen (8). 4. The Beast period is present and persecution is in progress (9-13). 5. The Son of Man on a white cloud reaps His “harvest” (14-16). 6. The “vintage” of the earth is gathered, and is trodden in the winepress on earth, (17-20).

 

 

The agricultural figure wrought into this chapter by the Holy Spirit is the key to its teaching.  In the early summer the Jew was to gather a sheaf of corn as soon as enough was ripe, and this was to be presented to God in the temple at Jerusalem as “firstfruits” (Lev. 23: 9-14).  After some time (ver. 15) the whole of the fields would be ripened by the great summer heat and the whole harvest would be reaped.  But this, though removed indeed from the fields where it had grown, would not be taken so far as to the temple, but only to the granary on the farm.  Then the season closed with the vintage, and the clusters were not taken away from where they had grown, the winepress being in the vineyard and the grapes being crushed therein.

 

 

Thus the “first-fruits” are shown as on Mount Zion with the Lamb; the “harvest” is taken only as far as to the clouds, which accords with 1 Thess. 4; and the vintage is trodden outside the city of Jerusalem, where the armies of Antichrist are camped.

 

 

The last scene is the destruction of the Beast by the Lord at His descent to Jerusalem (Rev. 19: 15).  Next prior to that event is the removal of the elect to the clouds: immediately before this is the period of the Tribulation: preceding that is the destruction of the harlot system of Rev. 17 (see ver. 16-18): this event follows first upon the striking of the hour of divine judgment: but before any of those things of the End commence the First-fruits are seen with the Lamb in heaven, as He promised (Lk. 21: 36).

 

 

The First-fruits cannot be a picture of the whole of the redeemed as they will finally appear at the end of the drama of those days, for first-fruits cannot be more than a portion of the whole harvest, neither can first-fruits describe the final ingathering. It were a contradiction to speak thus. First-fruits must be gathered first, before the reaping of the remainder.  The number 144,000 need not be taken literally.  In the Apocalypse numbers are sometimes literal, but sometimes figurative.

 

 

As has been noted above, these had been purchased out of the earth, which shows that they were not then on earth, and they learn the song of the heavenly choir.  Nor can this Mount Zion be at Jerusalem, but must be that in the heavens, for the Lord will not descend to the earthly Zion till after the Tribulation, not before it, as this scene is placed.

 

 

The 144,000 of ch. 7 are a different company.  They are the godly Remnant of Israel seen on earth after the Appearing and the gathering of the elect to the clouds, and are sealed (comp. Ezek. 9) so as to be untouched by the wrath of the Lamb now to be poured upon the godless (Zeph. 2: 3: Isa. 26: 20, 21).

 

 

The identity of these First-fruits is revealed by a similar means to that which reveals the identity of the Man-child.  These persons are shown as connected with the Father, the Lamb, and the Mount Zion, which also refers back to the promises to the overcomers, and shows that the First-fruits will be a portion of the company of the victors, who, it is promised, will be marked as connected with the Father, the Son, and the New Jerusalem (Rev. 3: 12). These three marks of identification come together in these two passages only.  Now the moral features attributed to these First-fruits show that they had lived just that pure, faithful christian life which necessarily results from watchfulness, prayerfulness, and patient obedience to the words of Christ, as inculcated in the corresponding passages quoted.

 

 

As the Man-child and the rest of the woman’s seed were but one family, only removed in two portions, one before the Beast and the other after his persecutions, so first-fruits and harvest were grown from one sowing in one field, only they were reaped in two portions, one before the hour of judgment and the other after the Beast had persecuted.  We have remarked above that these latter are termed “saints and that this was the regular title that Christians gave to one another; that it is amplified by the double description “they that keep the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus and that in this description John had before twice included himself, so that the terms mean that company in which John had membership, the church of God.  Moreover, as the Jewish remnant will not have owned Jesus during the period in view the terms can apply only to [regenerate] Christians.

 

 

Finally, as between the gathering of the sheaf of first-fruits and the ingathering of the harvest there came the intensest summer heat, so between the removal of the First-fruits and the reaping of the Harvest there is placed (ver. 9-13) the Great Tribulation, that final persecution which while, like all persecution, it will wither the un-rooted stalk (Matt. 13: 21), ripens the matured grain.  It is ripeness, not the calendar or the clock, that determines the time of reaping (Mk. 4: 29).  The Heavenly Husbandman reaps no unripe grain: hence, “the hour to reap is come” when the harvest is “dried up” (Rev. 14: 15), for the dryness of the kernel in the husk is its fitness for the garner and for use.  Thus the Great Tribulation will be a true mercy to [those “that are left” (1 Thess. 4: 17, R.V.) of] the Lord’s people by fully developing and sanctifying them for their heavenly destiny and [millennial] glory.*

 

[* See Isa. 11: 9, 10; Hab. 2: 14. cf. Luke 22: 28-30; Matt. 25: 31, R.V. - “But when the Son of man shall come in his glory, and all the angels with him, then shall he sit ON THE THRONE OF HIS GLORY]

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

105

 

THE SOULS UNDER THE ALTAR

 

 

BY G. H. LANG

 

 

 

The present words are addressed expressly to [regenerate] believers.  “Brethren, we are debtors  We are “debtors here rises the question of our duty, not our passive privilege; and of each saint’s conduct, as under that obligation.  Here too the difference between one individual saint and another enters.  And accordingly, promise and threat, as the results of the performance or neglect of that duty, follow in the next verse.  We are free from debt to the law, and the apostle warns him who would make himself a debtor to it, that he is fallen from Christ, and the benefits of grace: Gal. 5.  We are under claims from the new nature, not from the old.

 

 

We are under no obligation to the flesh, for, as it regards God, the flesh has brought in judgment from him, and enmity against him.  And, as it regards ourselves, it has entailed on us death.

 

 

Besides, as God’s design towards us is that we should be performers of the good deeds demanded by the law, and the flesh cannot render them, it follows that whether in view of our duty, or its rewards, the obligation lies on us not to live to the old nature, but to the new, which alone can please God.

 

 

13. “For if ye live according to the flesh, ye are about to die;*

but if ye through the Spirit put to death the deeds of the body, ye shall live

 

* See Greek …

 

 

“About to dieWhat! as a consequence of conduct to believers, justified by faith, and possessing eternal life in Jesus Christ by deed of gift?  Death to those elect ones, on whose behalf the apostle, in this very chapter, lifts up his bold and sublime defiance of every creature?  DEATH because of their own conduct, to those who have all Christ’s merits imputed, and whose spirits are already “life, because of righteousness

 

 

Yes! even so. “Wherefore, brethren, we are debtors.” “If ye live after the flesh, ye are about to dieIs not the other part of the verse spoken of believers?  “If ye through the spirit do mortify the deeds of the body, ye shall live  Can this apply to any but the regenerate?  Why not, then, the first part of the verse?  There is no hint of a change in the parties addressed.  “We know, that what things soever the law saith, it saith to those that are under the law and so, whatever the epistles say, they say to saints.  But the present verse is beside expressly asserted of saints.

 

 

At this point commentators have broken off from the obvious bearing of the words.  They have assumed that no saint can walk after the flesh - an assumption manifestly untrue, contradicted by a thousand conspicuous facts in our own, and every other day.  Thousands of truly converted men have been and are living as warriors, are employed in taking and giving oaths, in administering justice instead of being the children of mercy, surrounded by every luxury, treasuring up the riches of the world, and mixed up with the world in its traditions and its glory.

 

 

Commentators explain the first part of the verse as applying to the ungodly, the last as referring to saints.  In consequence they take “die” in its strongest sense, as the eternal death threatened to the sinner; and life as the eternal life promised to the believer.  Of which take Haldane and Barnes as examples. “If you live agreeably to your carnal nature, without Christ and faith in him, and according to the corrupt principles that belong to man in the state in which he is born, ‘ye shall die’.  Ye shall suffer all the misery that throughout eternity shall be the portion of the wicked, which is called death, as death is the greatest evil in this worldHaldane.  “If you live to indulge your carnal propensities, you will sink to eternal deathchap. 7: 23. “Either your sins must die, or you must.  If they are suffered to live, you will die.  If they are put to death, you will be saved.  No man can be saved in his sins Barnes.  That the other clause is made to refer to believers, take Matthew Henry and Scott as witnesses. “Ye shall live.  Live and be happy to eternityMatthew Henry. “Their spiritual life will abound till perfected in eternal happinessScott.

 

 

But if so, a further difficulty arises.  Either eternal life is the recompense of mortification, or a sense is given to the word “live” which does not belong to it, making it to intend degree of spiritual enjoyment.

 

 

But how can the words be understood, if applied to [regenerate] believers?  This is the very interesting question, which I proceed to unfold.

 

 

1. First, it does not signify the eternal death threatened to the wicked.  The saint’s being a member of Christ excludes that dread consequence.  And the question at issue in this place is not justification or condemnation. That was declared to be settled at the very first verse of the chapter.  It was promised to each believer that he should be raised to life in consequence of the Spirit’s [regenerating and] indwelling.*

 

* “There is therefore now no condemnation to them that are in Christ Jesus” (Rom. 8: 1).  All that are in Christ Jesus, partakers of the spiritual life that is in him, are not condemned.  They are delivered from the judicial arraignment and penalty of the law, as a part of Christ, and members of his body.  If under law, they had been still condemned.  But this freedom from eternal condemnation is not here made to depend upon their present holy walk.  If they be partakers of the life which is in Christ, and members of his body, the imputation of his righteousness suffices, and will ever suffice, to deliver them from the curse and the eternal penalties of the law.

 

 

2. Nor does it signify that the soul shall endure present spiritual death, such as is the state of the unregenerate: v. 6.  For the renewed soul is “life, because of righteousness  And the threat is of a future death.  “Ye are about to die

 

 

3. Nor is it the common death of men.  For that is endured by the saints who have walked after the Spirit as well as by those who walk according to the flesh.  “The body is dead, because of sin in both classes of believers.

 

 

The death and the life here spoken of refer to the body, as it regards the resurrection.  God shall “make alive even your mortal bodies v. 11.  We shall be “joint heirs of Christ if we suffer with him, that we may also be glorified with him v. 17.  “The glory which is about to be revealed unto us v. 18.  “The creature also shall be set free from the bondage of corruption into the liberty of the glory of the sons of God v. 20.  “We are expecting adoption, the redemption of our body v. 23.  Both before and after this verse, then, the resurrection, and the time of Jesus’ appearing, are before the apostle’s eye.

 

 

What else, then, have we, than the doctrine of “the first resurrection as the glory to be given to some? “Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first resurrection; over such the second death hath no power, but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with him a thousand yearsRev. 20: 6.  This at once gives its full force to the word as addressed to saints.  “If ye live according to the flesh, ye are about to die.”  The mere falling asleep at the close of this life is in itself nothing.  That sleep will be broken, for all those accounted worthy, in an instant, at the Lord’s descent.  But if you live to the flesh, its native tendency to death will be seen in your being left under the bondage of corruption a thousand years. “The rest of the dead lived not till the thousand years were finished”:* v. 5.  Till Jesus appears, the great difference between sleep and death will not be seen.  “The body is dead but this is a future death, to be felt keenly, because others will then live. “Ye are about to die  This implies a death posterior to that assumed by the apostle’s statement in v. 10.  It is confirmed too by the answering explanation of the close of the verse, and by the like passage in the Epistle to the Galatians: Gal. 6: 8.

 

 

This loss is made dependent on conduct.  “If ye live according to the flesh Though the believer is not in the flesh to his condemnation, the flesh is in him for his trial.  He is in the Spirit, and thus able to please God.  But he may not actually do so.  He may habitually give the reins to the old nature.  Hence an “if and a penalty, are suspended over him.  God would have the regenerate fulfil the righteous conduct required by the law.  But they may, instead, act so as not to serve God; they may even bring disgrace on the cause of Christ before the world.  And shall such conduct be unnoticed and unpunished?  It shall not!  Even the new law of liberty, the edict of the [coming] kingdom forbids the entry of such.  “Except your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heavenMatt. 5: 20  “Not every one that saith unto me Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven, but he that doeth the will of my father which is in heavenMatt. 7: 21.

 

 

“Ye shall live  Here the same reasoning applies as to the former case.  What life is promised?

 

 

1. Not eternal life. That is a gift through Jesus Christ.

 

 

2. Not present spiritual life.  That is already enjoyed. “The mind of the Spirit is life and peace

 

 

3. It is, then, life in resurrection, to be obtained at its earliest exhibition, at “the resurrection of the just.”  In those who walk after the Spirit, only the body is dead.  It is of that, then, that the life promised is to be understood.  Life is to be granted, as the recompense of a successful struggle against the dictates of the flesh. Now this contention ends not but with death, or with the coming of the Lord.  Thus, again, the life spoken of is shown to be in resurrection.

 

 

In short, while resurrection to life is a certain inheritance on grounds common to all [dead] believers, the time of the deliverance from corruption [of the body] turns on our living, either to that part of us which is alive to God, or to that which is judicially sentenced.

 

 

16. “The Spirit itself witnesses together with our spirit that we are children of God.

17. But if children, then heirs: heirs indeed of God; but joint heirs with Christ,

if indeed we suffer with him, that we may also be glorified with him

 

 

If we be children of God, then, as earthly sons inherit the property of their fathers, so shall we the possessions of our Heavenly Father.  “If children, then heirs  But the next words intimate two heritages, one possessed by all; the other, by some alone.  All are heirs of God, but not all joint heirs with Christ.  For a condition is inserted which is not fulfilled in all.  Not all suffer with Christ.  Many die as soon as they believe.  Many will not surrender what, as they see, their duty to him requires.  And Paul in another place speaks of “fellowship” with Christ in “his sufferings and even “being made like him in his death, if by any means I might attain to the resurrection [out] from among the dead Phil. 3: 10, 11.  So again, “I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus and for the word of God, and which had not worshipped the Beast, neither his image ... and they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years Rev. 20: 4.

 

 

Joint suffering is to be recompensed with joint glorification, and joint reigning.  As saith another passage, “If we be dead with him, we shall also live with him.  If we suffer with him, we shall also reign with him 2 Tim. 2: 12.

 

 

But a little further on in the chapter we are now considering, glorification is spoken of as the portion of all the predestined sons of God.  “For whom he did foreknow, he did also predestinate to be conformed to the image of his Son, that he might be the first-born among many brethren.  Moreover whom he did predestinate, them also he called; and whom he called, them he also justified; and whom he justified, them he also glorified

 

 

As, then, there is a glorification destined for all the elect, and a glorification for some, under a condition not fulfilled in all, it is evident that there are two times of glorification.  There is (1) the millennial glory, or the time of glorification with Jesus as the Christ: Rev. 20: 4.  (2) There is also the eternal glorification after this, designed for all the elect members of Christ.

 

 

May we take heed to these things, beloved!

 

 

-------

 

 

THE KINGDOM

 

 

1.  THE SUPREMACY OF THE DIVINE RULE SHALL BE UNIVERSALLY ESTABLISHED. Rev. 11: 15.

 

 

2. THE DIFFUSION OF DIVINE TRUTH SHALL BE UNIVERSAL. Isa. 11: 9.

 

 

3. THE PRINCIPLES OF THAT GOVERNMENT SHALL PERMEATE NATIONAL LIFE,

LITERATURE, AND INSTITUTIONS. Matt. 13: 43.

 

 

4. UNDER THIS GRACIOUS RULE NATIONAL ANIMOSITIES SHALL BE AMELIORATED. Isa. 2: 4.

 

 

5. CONFLICTING AND ANTAGONISTIC FORCES SHALL BE HARMONIZED. Isa. 65: 25.

 

 

6. HUMAN LIFE SHALL BE BEAUTIFIED, ADORNED, AND BRIGHTENED. Isa. 35: 1.

 

 

7. TO THE BENEFICENT SWAY OF THE REDEEMER SHALL BE HANDED OVER THE OUTLYING

AND OUTCAST NATIONS OF THE EARTH. Ps. 2: 8.

 

 

8. THIS REIGN SHALL BE CHARACTERIZED BY THE MOST BLESSED CONDITIONS. Isa. 11: 4.

 

 

                                                                                                                                 - R. GREEN.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

106

 

TWO GREAT PRINCIPLES OF TRUTH

 

 

BY THOMAS W FINLAY

 

 

 

Often there is confusion regarding two great principles in the Bible.  The first principle is that eternal life is a free gift of God by grace through faith totally apart from works.  The second principle is that there will be positive or negative rewards for the works of a believer during his Christian life after his new birth.  These two great principles of truth concerning God’s salvation and God’s righteous government run throughout the Bible.  Many Scriptures relate to one of them or the other, but not to both of them.

 

 

As an illustration, suppose there are two shelves in a home.  On one shelf the family keeps all of the utensils they use for eating and drinking.  But, on the other shelf, only the pots used for cooking are kept.  These two shelves are similar to the two principles we are talking about.  All of the items on each individual shelf have a common purpose, but confusion results if eating utensils and cooking pots are mixed on the same shelf.  One is for the principal of eating, while the other is for the principle of cooking.  This illustrates how confusion arises over the matter of our eternal security.  If verses that teach reward according to the works of a born again believer are viewed as referring to eternal life, then confusion will result.  If verses that teach eternal life is the gift of God through grace are viewed as reward for works, this also will result in confusion.  We will refer to these two principles as “Gift Principle” and “Reward Principle (Please note that the two original Greek words usually translated in our Bibles as “reward” or “recompense” have the varied shades of meaning, as translated in their various contexts, of pay, wages, reward, recompense, gain, retribution, punishment, repay, and return.  You can easily understand how all these terms fit in with the two terms, reward or recompense.)

 

 

Concerning the Gift Principle, we have established that man’s eternal salvation (eternal life) is a gift of God.  A gift is something prepared by the giver.  God prepared our eternal salvation for us through the finished work of Jesus Christ (John 17: 1-4).  The person receiving the gift does nothing to earn it by any of his own works; he simply takes the gift by faith. “It is God’s gift, not on the principle of works” (Eph. 2: 8-9, lit.).  Paul was very careful to explain to us that eternal life is by grace alone and cannot be gained by any works of our own (Rom. 11: 6; Gal. 2: 16, 21).

 

 

A large number of Scriptures teach us that positive or negative reward for our life and service to the Lord is according to works.  Jesus said: “Behold, I am coming quickly, and My reward is with Me, to render to every man according to what he has done” (Rev. 22: 12, NASB).  The works of all [unregenerate] men who are not saved by grace will be judged, and their reward (their recompense) will be the lake of fire (Rev. 20: 12-15). The only possible escape from this judgment is for one’s name to be in the Book of Life by virtue of the Gift Principle (Rev. 20: 15).  The question is sometimes asked, “Does this mean that a Christian can freely sin and live a fleshly life with no consequences  The answer is, “No, he cannot!” Because Jesus promises to reward every man, both unbeliever and believer, the believer will also be rewarded according to his works, and this will take place at the judgment seat of Christ (2 Cor. 5: 10; Rom. 14: 10; Matt. 16: 27; 1 Peter 1: 17; Rev. 11: 18).

 

 

Because he has both the old “flesh principle” and the new life resident within him, the [regenerate] believer’s works may be good or bad.  The intense warfare between the two, Spirit and flesh, is described in Galatians 5: 16-23.  The reward, or recompense, from Christ may be positive or negative (Eph. 6: 5-8; Col. 3: 23-24).  Christ will judge only those works committed after we become Christians (1 Cor. 18-15).  Please rest assured, however, that sins we commit after becoming Christians will not be held against us at the judgment seat of Christ if we sincerely confess these sins (1 John 1: 9).  Notice carefully that this verse says “If we confess our sins then God is faithful - and on the basis of the blood (1 John 1: 7) is righteous - to forgive the confessing Christian and cleanse him from all unrighteousness.

 

 

The timing of the application of these two principles in the life of a Christian is important and helpful to us. The Gift Principle applies to us the very minute we place our trust in Christ for forgiveness.  As stated earlier, at that moment we are eternally forgiven, we pass from death to life, we are born again by the Spirit of God, we become a child of God, and we are sealed with the Holy Spirit unto the day of our future completed redemption when our body is transfigured.  We are eternally saved! (Acts 13: 38-39; Eph. 1: 7; John 5: 24; 1 Peter 1: 23; John 1: 12; Gal. 3: 26; Eph. 1: 13-14; 4: 30; Phil. 3: 21).

 

 

As shown previously, it is by the gift of righteousness put to our account that we receive eternal life.  But having received the gift of righteousness and thereby the gift of eternal life, we must now pay attention to the Reward Principle, especially in light of the fact that our entire Christian life will be evaluated by Christ at His judgment seat.

 

 

Paul likened our whole Christian life to that of an Olympic race, all with the goal of winning the prize (1 Cor. 9: 24-27).  He was racing for the prize of an imperishable crown, the positive reward given at the judgment seat for those who run victoriously.  This crown, like other crowns gained by believers, points to the reward of ruling with Christ in His coming 1,000 year kingdom (1 Thess. 2: 19; 2 Tim. 4: 8; James 1: 12; 1 Peter 5: 24; Rev. 2: 10; 2: 26-27; 3: 21; 20: 4-6).  Other writings will explain this more fully.  These overcoming believers bear His image and rule with Him over the earth in the millennial kingdom, the first stage of the fulfilment of God’s eternal purpose for the creation of mankind (Gen. 1: 26; Ps. 8: 4-6).  This will be followed by the eternal day seen in the last two chapters of the whole Bible (Revelation 21 and 22).  With such a great calling, it is little wonder that Moses, who could have had power and riches in Pharaoh’s court, considered “the reproach of Christ greater riches than the treasures of Egypt, for he was looking to the reward” (Heb. 11: 24-26, NASB).  In 1 Corinthians 9: 24-27 Paul wrote that he might be disqualified (rejected or disapproved) if he did not maintain strict self-control over his body.  Christians, who take this to mean that Paul could lose his [eternal] salvation, put these verses on the wrong “shelf  Paul’s buffeting and leading captive his body was with the view of gaining the reward of the crown according to works.  It was not with the view of gaining eternal salvation (which he already possessed).  So by reading these verses carefully, you will see that Paul was not racing for eternal life, which he already possessed as a born again believer; rather, he was racing for a prize, which was a reward for how he ran the race.

 

 

The coming [Millennial and Messianic] kingdom was prophesied in the Old Testament and was portrayed as a time of great blessing.  The earth would be gloriously renewed from much of the curse and the Messiah would rule (Isa. 2: 14; 11: 1-10; 24: 23).  The Jews understood that participation in that blessed era was determined by God’s judgment upon one’s works after* the resurrection, and life in that age was designated “eternal life” (literally, age-lasting life) (Dan. 12: 2).  Here we need to point out that the term “eternal life” can have various meanings in the Scriptures, even as terms tend to have in any language.  There is no word in either Hebrew or Greek that explicitly means endless or eternal.  A literal translation of the term would be “age-lasting life” or “life belonging to the age.”  Both the Hebrew word (olam) and the Greek word (aionios), which are sometimes translated as “eternal” or “everlasting mean a long period of time (perhaps indefinite) or an age.  The context of the term must determine the exact meaning.  When the Greek word aionios is used in conjunction with God’s life, it clearly means eternal, because God is eternal and His life is eternal (Gen. 21: 33; John 1: 14; Rom. 16: 26; 1 Tim. 6: 15-16, Heb. 1: 10-12; 7: 3, 15-17; 1 John 1: 1-2).  As we have received God’s eternal life as a gift, we have an eternal relationship with Him and an eternal salvation (John 3: 14-16; 5: 24; Rom. 6: 23).

 

[* Surely, there is a judgment of the dead (in “Hades”), before their resurrection, to determine who will rise at “the First Resurrection” to “inherit” and “attain unto” Messiah’s “Kingdom”!  See Acts 2: 34; 2 Tim. 2: 18; Rev. 6: 9-11; 20: 5, 6; Heb. 9: 27; Luke 20: 35; Eph. 5: 5; Phil. 3: 11; Rev. 3: 21, etc.]

 

 

However, for proper interpretation of many Scriptures we must realize that the Jews of Jesus’ day had no concept of eternal life as God’s life inwardly experienced in the new birth.  Nicodemus, for example, was waiting for Messiah’s coming kingdom, which was prophesied repeatedly in the Old Testament.  But his question about returning to his mother’s womb and coming out again shows that he had no idea of the new birth (John 3: 3-10).  The rich young ruler also had no idea of the new birth.  It was Messiah’s kingdom, life in the age to come, that the rich young ruler sought for, and Jesus confirmed that entry into life in that age was to be gained through obedience to God - not just to His commandments, but by following Him (Jesus) (Matt. 19: 16-21; Mark 10: 17-22; Luke 18: 18-30).  The young man asked Jesus, “What must I do to inherit eternal life?” (literally, “life for the age” or “age-abiding life”).”  The correct literal translation is, “What must I do to inherit life for the age (or age-abiding life)  He was clearly asking, “What must I do to inherit a place in the kingdom of the next age?” (See the same thought in Jesus’ conversation with a lawyer in Luke 10: 25-28.)

 

 

Jesus defined the issue in their meeting as having “treasure in heaven  The word treasure carries the meaning of a deposit.  How the young man followed Jesus would determine his deposit of treasure (reward) in the coming kingdom age.  Eternal life, God’s life, is a gift, not an inheritance or anything earned by man’s effort.  Here again we mention that at birth a child receives the irreversible free gift of life and a place in the family, but receiving an inheritance [in God’s promised and future kingdom] will depend upon his conduct of life.  In Colossians 3: 23-25, verse 24 shows us that the reward (recompense) consists of the inheritance and is based on service to our Lord Christ.   In the passage concerning the rich young ruler, Jesus was speaking of His coming 1,000 year kingdom as being realized in “the age to come which would also be the “regeneration” - the era of the [present sin-cursed] earth’s renewal (Matt. 19: 28-29; Luke 18: 29-30).  The “age to come” (singular) cannot speak of eternity because there are “ages to come” (Eph. 2: 7; 3: 21; 1 Tim. 1: 17).

 

 

Eternal life is realized in our spirits now, through the new birth, as a gift of God (John 3: 6; 17: 3; Rom. 6: 23). But life for the age is viewed as a reward for our obedience as a believer, and this reward is in the 1,000 year kingdom age to come.  Conditions in that age will be wonderfully blessed, “for the earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord as the waters cover the sea” (Isa. 11: 9b).  The reward in that age for the obedient disciple, “life for that age will entail a greatly magnified and perfected experience of our fellowship with God and our experience of His life (Luke 18: 28-30).  This reward in the coming kingdom is only for those believers who forsake all to follow Him (Luke 18: 28-30).

 

 

The Bible has warnings about [regenerate] believers missing the blessings of the [Messiah’s] kingdom.  If, as some Corinthian believers, we persist in fleshly living, we will not possess the kingdom (1 Cor. 6: 7-10; Gal. 5: 19-21; Eph. 5: 33).  Also, in Matthew 10: 38-39, 16: 24-27, Mark 8: 34-38, Luke 9: 23-26, and John 12: 25, Jesus teaches us that we must lose our life (soul life) now in order to find it at the time when He returns to reward men according to their deeds.  This means that if we will deny our soul the fulfilment of its desires, pleasures, and satisfaction in this life today, and take up our cross to do God’s will (Matt. 26: 39), then, in the future when Christ returns, we will find the true satisfaction of our soul which has been transformed into the image of Christ.  This passage refers to reward, as mentioned in Matthew 16: 27.  Discipleship here involves works of obedience.  When the Lord returns, a believer can lose the satisfaction of his soul by missing the kingdom joy, or he can gain it in the kingdom by denying himself now and following Jesus in obedience.

 

 

The faithfulness of our Christian life will determine our participation in Christ’s coming 1,000 year kingdom. We must live according to the highest standard of practical righteousness in order to enter the kingdom (Matt. 5: 20). We must do the will of the Father in order to enter the future kingdom (Matt. 7: 21).  If we are faithful in our service to Christ, He will reward us with entry into the joy of the kingdom and the privilege of ruling with Him (Matt. 25: 14-23; Luke. 19: 11-19).  But, if we fail to serve Him, we will forfeit this reward (Matt. 25: 24-30; Luke. 19: 20-26).  Thus, we shall be cast into “outer darkness a picture of exclusion from the glory of the kingdom (Matt. 25: 30).  This will cause the weeping of sorrow and regret.  All of the Lord’s judgments of His slaves (believers) are based upon works of service, so “outer darkness” cannot mean loss of eternal salvation. These passages all have to do with positive or negative recompense at the judgment seat of Christ (Matt. 25: 19; Luke 19: 15).

 

 

The book of Hebrews speaks of the inhabitable earth to come in the next age and that man, not angels, will co-rule with Christ (Heb. 2: 5-6).  Jesus, as the captain of our salvation, is bringing (leading) many sons to glory (Heb. 2: 10) in the progressive transformation of their being and their service to Him for entrance into the glory of His kingdom.  Remember that mankind was created for God’s purpose of manifesting His image and ruling on His behalf (Gen. 1: 26-27).  God’s purpose will be fulfilled in its initial stage (before the advent of the New Jerusalem when all evil will be put away) in the next age when Christ with the overcoming believers rules on earth for one thousand years (Rev. 20: 4, 6).  Therefore, the various warnings in the book of Hebrews have nothing to do with the loss of eternal salvation.  Rather, they clearly set forth the danger of missing entrance into the land (the kingdom in type) through unbelief, disobedience, hardening of the heart (Heb. 3: 18-19, 4: 6-7), not going on to spiritual maturity (Heb. 5: 11 - 6: 8), not holding fast the confession of their hope based on the complete sufficiency of Christ and His work (Heb. 10), neglect in running the race looking to Jesus while under the Father’s child-training (Heb. 12: 1-11), and selling [not stealing] one’s birthright as Esau did (Heb. 12: 12-17).  Space forbids detailed explanation of these passages, but rest assured that the principle we stated above applies.  Christ is presented in many aspects as the complete solution for entrance into the kingdom (Sacrifice, High Priest, Intercessor, etc.).

 

 

The children of Israel were delivered from Egypt and into the wilderness, from which only a few entered the reward of the land, which is a type [see 1 Cor. 10: 6, ‘types for us’ (lit. Gk.] of entering the millennial kingdom (Deuteronomy, chapters 1-10 and many other passages).  This is probably the clearest, simplest, and best-known example concerned with the free gift of salvation and positive or negative reward.  As noted already, it is the significant example in Hebrews and in 1 Corinthians 10: 1-13 that is clearly set forth as instruction and warning to those of us upon whom the completion of the ages has come.   We will now briefly retell the story that many of you already know.

 

 

As God’s people, they were all redeemed by the blood and passed out of Egypt through the sea into the wilderness (1 Cor. 10: 1-2).  They all ate the same spiritual food and drank the same spiritual drink.  The manna represented Christ as their food and the water from the Rock represented Christ as their drink (vv. 3-4). But because of their repeated disobedience (Num. 14: 22), most of them did not please God and died in the wilderness (vv. 5-11).  All of them were redeemed from Egypt and could never go back even though they proposed such a thing (Num. 14: 14).  As their journey continued it is clear that they remained the children of God.  They were fed with miracle food and drink, and their clothes did not wear out.  Nowhere in the account of their journey or in the whole Old Testament does it say they ceased to be the people of God.  Yet it’s also clear that most of them missed out on the reward of entering the good land, which was not entering God’s promised rest - a type of the reward of the 1,000 year millennial kingdom (Heb. 3: 12-19, 4: 1-9).

 

 

James 2: 14-24

 

 

Now that we understand the two principles of gift and reward, James 2: 14-24 becomes clear.  If the gift of eternal salvation is truly by faith alone, why does James speak of being justified by faith plus works?  Many Bible readers have not been able to reconcile this passage with Romans 3: 26 - 4: 6.  It is apparent that James is trying to motivate his Christian readers to proper living and good works.  In verses 12 and 13 he begins with speaking about the coming judgment of believers: “So speak and so act as those who are to be judged” (James 2: 12, NASB).  Verse 13 follows with a continuation of the theme of the coming judgment seat of Christ where only Christians appear to be judged for their service, not with respect to eternal life.  Immediately following is James’ question: “What use is it, my brethren, if someone says he has faith, but he has no works?  Can that faith save him? (v. 14, NASB).”

 

 

The key to understanding this passage is the meaning of the word “save The verb “to save” in Greek simply means to keep from loss, danger or ruin, or to make whole (see uses in Mark 5: 23; Luke 8: 36; Acts 27: 20). The meaning of the word “save” must be determined by the context.  Only in some cases does it mean to deliver from eternal condemnation to eternal life (Acts 16: 31; Eph. 2: 8).  Here in James it is salvation from a negative judgment regarding a Christian’s life and service at the judgment seat of Christ that would prevent him from entering the kingdom as a reward.  Those [redeemed people of God] without good works are pictured by the unprofitable servant, who is negatively judged and loses his reward (Matt. 25: 24-30).  When Paul was assured that he had victoriously finished his course (2 Tim. 4: 7), he could say, “The Lord will deliver me from every evil work, and will save me unto his heavenly kingdom: to Whom be the glory forever and ever. Amen.” (2 Tim. 4: 18, ASV). (For another example of being saved for the [messianic] kingdom, compare Matthew 24: 12-13 with 2 Timothy 2: 12.)

 

 

So there are two justifications in the New Testament.  According to the Gift Principle, “justification is a gift by His grace through the redemption which is in Christ Jesus” (Rom. 3: 24, lit.).  As shown earlier, this means that God declares us righteous as a legal act because of our faith in Jesus, apart from works (Rom. 3: 26-28; 4: 5-6).  Because of this justification we can never be eternally condemned (Rom. 8: 30-34), and we have new life in Christ (John 5: 24; Rom. 4: 25; 5: 18).  According to the Reward Principle, there is also a justification by works mentioned by James (James 2: 21-24).  This is justification for satisfactory service as a believer that brings reward.  All believers must appear before Christ, Who will judge our works (1 Cor. 3: 12-14; 4: 4-5; 2 Cor. 5: 10; 1 Peter 1: 17).  We may be disqualified from receiving a positive reward (1 Cor. 9: 27) or we may be approved (James 1: 12).  There is justification through faith alone unto eternal life and justification through works bringing millennial reward.  When, at the end of his life, God revealed to Paul that he had run victoriously, he was then confident that the righteous Judge would approve him to receive the crown of righteousness (2 Tim. 4: 7-8).  Paul’s possession of eternal life was never in question.

 

 

Conclusion

 

 

We now trust that each reader can apply the two principles of gift and reward to the many passages that were once confusing.  May all be confident that the God Who chose us for Himself and predestined us to be His sons will also keep us for eternity (Eph. 1: 33; Rom. 8: 29-39).  None of the threatening passages speak of the loss of eternal salvation, because God has delivered us from eternal punishment by the work of the cross. However, God, as a loving Father, may chastise us in this life [or during the afterlife in “Hades” - the place of the dead, (Luke 16. 23, 29-31. cf. Luke 23: 43; Acts 2: 27, 34; Rev. 6: 9-11, etc.], or according to His righteous governance may have some dealing with us in the kingdom age.  The penalties thus incurred may be severe, but not eternal (1 Cor. 5: 1-5; 11: 29-32; Luke 12: 41-48).  In the unending ages of the ages “there will no longer be any death; there will no longer be any mourning, or crying or pain; the first things have passed away” (Rev. 21: 4b, NASB).  By his astonishing mercy and grace the days of discipline unto transformation will be over, there will be no more curse, we will serve Him, we will see His face, His name will be on our foreheads, and we will live in His light and reign to the ages of the ages (Rev. 22: 3-5).

 

 

Imagine a father who runs a great business enterprise.  His heart longs that his children mature and prove themselves responsible so that they may run the family business with him.  In the same way, God now longs that we would grow up in all things in Christ (Eph. 4: 15) and be responsible servants, willingly serving Him now and [being ‘accounted worthy’ of His choosing us for] ruling with Him in the [coming ‘age’ and possibly] ages to come.  Let us grow to maturity, standing upon the firm foundation of our eternal security in Christ.  Let us count the sufferings of this present and strategic time not worthy to be compared with the glory to be revealed in us and unto us (Rom. 8: 18).  Let us then fulfil our responsibility to the cursed creation that is waiting with anxious longing to be liberated from the bondage of the curse at the revealing of the sons of God (Rom. 8: 18-23).  So, let us “run with endurance the race that is set before us” (Heb. 12: 1, NASB).

 

 

May the Lord bless every reader with a “spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of Him, the eyes of your understanding being enlightened” (Eph. 1: 17-18) that each may stand on a firm foundation of truth and walk in a way pleasing to his Lord.  “Now to Him who is able to keep you from stumbling, and to present you faultless before the presence of His glory with exceeding joy, to God our Saviour, Who alone is wise, be glory and majesty, dominion and power, both now and forever. Amen” (Jude 24-25).*

 

 

[* NOTE: The above was taken from Appendix D in the author’s book “Philippians Purusing Christ to Know Him: A Commentary  For this book, and others by the same author, contact:- www.icmbooks,co.uk ]

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

107

 

THE MARTYRS UNDER THE ALTAR

 

 

By D.M. Panton, M.A.

 

 

 

A thoughtful writer said some years ago:- “Religious toleration is thought of as a thing too certainly fixed and long-rooted in the institutions of this country ever to be challenged. On the contrary, it is a doctrine very modern, very vulnerable, and preserved in certain circumstances with very great difficulty. The man who will rule England in the next generation may be quite indifferent to it. This is often in my mind as I look at my little sons

 

 

An extraordinary honour is put by God upon the martyr band. Alone among the dead (with the shadowy exception of Is. 14: 9-11) the veil is drawn, and we behold the solitary class of departed souls ever revealed to living eyes. Alone among the dead, these souls are disclosed as removed to heaven, where we find them not indeed on thrones, or rejoicing before God as later on are the risen and rapt (Rev. 7: 9), but beneath the Central Altar of the universe.* Alone among the dead, they are given public recognition in heaven, even before Apostles or Patriarchs, and before the Bema has judged, or they themselves have been brought before it for judgment; even as they are the only class, as a class, named in the Apocalyptic catalogue of Millennial thrones (Rev. 20: 4). It is a most extraordinary fact that the very worst that the world can do to us, its acme of cruelty and power, is to put us bodily into the most unique and radiant class of the saints of God.

 

* “Disembodied spirits [souls] still; and as such, beneath the Temple; not admitted to the immediate presence of God” (Govett). This sheds light as what it means to depart and to be with Christ: the condition of the dead by no means supersedes the necessity of resurrection: even the Martyrs are still unclothed, unsatisfied, unregnant, incomplete.

 

 

We see first exactly when and where they appear. Seals involving continuous and deepening judgments our Lord is breaking; and in the midst of them is heard the hoarse cry of blood: for murder is the supreme crime, making judgment inevitable and the killing of God’s saints is the supreme murder. “And when he opened the fifth seal, I saw underneath the altar” - the place of most absolute security in the universe - “the souls” - which, ordinarily unseen, can be as visible, as the soul of Samuel seen by Saul (1 Sam. 28: 14) - “of them that had been slain” - the word is ‘sacrificed’ and is the same as the word applied to the Lamb ‘slain’ (Rev. 5: 6). That these had been ‘sacrificed’ fixes this Altar as the Altar of Burnt Offering, made hollow beneath, for the reception of the poured-out blood (Lev. 4: 7) of the sacrifices. “The soul is in the blood” (Lev. 17: 2): so, as on earth the blood was emptied into the hollow beneath the altar, here, in heaven, the souls themselves are there. “I have myself stood,” says Dr. Seiss, “in the opening, under the rock, on which the altar had its place, and stamped my foot upon the marble slab which closes the mouth of the vast receptacle, and satisfied myself, from detonations, that the excavated space is very large and deep. The Mohammedans, to this day, as I was told on the spot, regard it as the place where spirits are detained until the day of judgment, and call it ‘The Well of Spirits.’”

 

 

So here is the unveiling of the vast martyr-host, the hecatomb of six thousand years of bitter hate. For the phrasing appears purposely indefinite so as to cover all martyrs of all dispensations;- “slain for the Word of God, and for the testimony which they held”; such sections of God’s utterances as each martyr-band possessed. It was not only their possession of the Word of God, but their steadfast adherence to it at all costs, that made them martyrs: “the testimony which they used to hold”;- the testimony which they constantly maintained; which was the habit of their life. “Slain for” - because of, on account of - “THE WORD OF GOD”: for a martyr is not merely an innocent man murdered; nor even a man murdered for his convictions; but a man murdered for the Word of God: if he has been slain for anything else, he is not a martyr. But he is much more: he has offered to God ‘the supreme sacrifice’; “them that had been sacrificed So Paul, on the brink of his own martyrdom, says:- “I am already being poured out as a drink offering” (2 Tim. 4: 6): that is, a sacrifice, not of atonement, but of devotion; not a sin offering, but a burnt offering. So, remarkably enough, Ignatius, who has been called the Prince of Martyrs, compared the martyr to the Meal Offering:- “God’s wheat, ground fine by the teeth of wild beasts, that he may be found pure bread, a sacrifice to God.” A ‘sacrifice’ is a description used of no other class of the saints of God.

 

 

Now we hear their cry. As judgment dawns, these forgotten souls voice the inarticulate Abel-blood that has never been silent. “And they cried with a great voice” - for souls can be audible, as well as visible: the psychical life, though not the physical, continues after death conscious and reminiscent - “saying, How long” - for, being still disembodied, they are perfectly aware that judgment has not yet burst the tombs - “O Master” - Despot: the cry is to Christ, for it is He who is opening the Seal; Autocrat, not of all the Russias, but of all the Worlds: it is the appeal of the murdered to Sovereign Power- “the holy and true” - for what Christ is is the ground of their appeal; absolute power must avenge injustice, if it is really guided by holiness and truth - “dost thou not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth?” how long dost Thou forbear to judge? how long dost Thou refrain from bringing to trial earth’s monster criminals? As they had proved faithful, so must He. It is a parallel cry, among the dead, to a simultaneous cry among the living:- “Avenge me of mine adversary. And shall not God avenge his elect, which cry to him day and night (Luke 18: 3). “Be assured,” said Cyprian to the African proconsul, “that whatever we suffer will not remain unavenged; and the greater the injury the heavier the vengeance  “Mark well our faces,” said Saturus to a crowd who visited the prison overnight, and broke in on the Lord’s Supper; “that you may recognize us again on the day of judgment.” As Milton voiced it:-

 

“Avenge, O Lord, Thy slaughtered saints, whose bones

Lie scatter’d on the Alpine mountains cold;

Even them who kept Thy truth so pure of old,

When all our fathers worshipp’d stocks and stones,

Forget not: in Thy book record their groans

Who were Thy sheep, and in Thine ancient fold

 

 

If vengeance is absent for ever, God cannot be God: the moment approaches when grace becomes impossible and vengeance inevitable; and when intercessions for mercy change to imprecations of doom.* “The martyr-hope,” as Dr. H. Bonar says, “is the hope of the first resurrection; of reigning with Christ; of entry into the celestial city; of the crown of life; of the inheritance of all things

 

* That the Martyrs’ cry is a cry of righteousness, not of grace, is a proof of the profound revolution wrought in God’s saints under Grace by the arrival of judgment; for even Stephen, whose dying cry was an intercession for his murderers, will, shortly after this judgment seal, be breaking mutinous nations as a potter smashes clay (Rev. 2., 27).

 

 

The first response to the cry is an act. “And there was given them to each one a WHITE ROBE”; like the blue sash of the Order of the Garter; in sharp and glorious contrast to vestures torn by lions’ teeth, or rags foul with dungeon mire. “The white robe, in this book,” says Dean Alford, “is the vestment of acknowledged and glorified righteousness in which the saints walk and reign with Christ.” Our Lord had said to Sardis:- “Thou hast a few names in Sardis which did not defile their garments: and they shall walk with me in white; for they are worthy. He that OVERCOMETH shall thus be arrayed in white garments” (Rev. 3: 4). “The honours of victory have already been conferred upon them individually” (Swete), though the crown is not yet given, for the Kingdom has not yet come. “The cause of these martyrs,” as Vitriliga says, “shall be publicly vindicated, and they shall be recognized and extolled as sharers in the glory and kingdom of Christ, their cause having for a time appeared in a dubious light

 

 

Finally, a remarkable reason is given for the delay in the judgment for which they ask. “And it was said unto them that they should rest” - for though there is no sleep of the soul in death, it is in profound repose (1 Sam. 28: 15) - “neither awake nor asleep” (Cardinal Newman) - even as the body is recumbent as if in slumber; a passive rest, where the Kingdom will be an active rest (Heb. 4: 9) - “yet” - not simply to wait, but to enjoy repose (Swete) - “for a little time” - what would three and a half years be to Abel’s six thousand years? - “until” - that is, the prayer is granted, but deferred - “their fellow-servants also” - Jewish and post-Church Gentile converts - “and their brethren” - unrapt Christians: the Christian title of endearment (Moses Stuart)*  - “which should be killed even as they were” - hecatombs and holocausts yet to be - “should be fulfilled That is, the martyr-roll, completed, perfects human sin, and automatically erupts judgment. But though the martyr-roll must be accomplished, human malignity will exceed it by not a solitary martyr: Christ holds that key, as all keys, in His own hands. How many are in the roll we have no conception: “there is no day in the whole year,” wrote Jerome of his own age, “to which the number of five thousand martyrs cannot be ascribed;” “a vast multitude in Rome alone,” says Tacitus; “inexhaustible wells of martyrs,” says another Roman author, “burnt, empaled, beheaded”; many myriads must be put to the credit of the Inquisition - 32,000 were burnt alive in Spain alone; and myriads more must be added in our own day of Russian, Armenian, Assyrian and Chinese Christians.

 

* Or else (with Swete) follow-servants of all dispensations, and brother-martyrs.

 

 

One word of Christ explains the martyr-heart:- “Be thou faithful unto death, and I will give thee THE CROWN OF LIFE” (Rev. 2: 10).* “Do you suppose,” asked the prefect Junius Rusticus of a little band of martyrs, “that you will ascend up to heaven to receive some recompense there?” “I do not suppose it,” replied Justin, “I know it.” “The tortured,” said Cyprian, himself afterwards a martyr, “stand more firm than the torturers; the torn limbs overcome the hooks that tear them.” “As a rule,” said the Emperor Diocletian  - and none knew better, for he martyred freely - “the Christians are only too happy to die.” “Why are you so bent upon death?” an official said to Pionius of Smyrna; “you are so bent upon death that you make nothing of it.” “We are bent,” the martyr replied, “not upon death, but upon life

 

* “‘He that findeth his life shall lose it; and he that loseth his life for my sake shall find it’ (Matt. 10., 39): i.e., he that preserves his natural life by apostatizing from Me, shall lose his life in another sense, i.e., his future happiness; but he that loseth his natural life on My account, shall find another life, shall attain to the blessedness of the world [or ‘age’] to come” (Professor Moses Stuart). The martyr is assured of the First Resurrection.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

-------

 

 

 

JUDGMENT OF THE DEAD IN HADES BEFORE THEIR RESURRECTION

 

 

“To one, even though he be a believer, whose heart is loaded with jealousy, bitterness, covetousness, or other guilt, it is a solemn reflection that in [‘Sheol’ = Gk. ‘Hades’] the world of the dead the Lord can visit his [unrepented] misdeeds upon him; but to the saint, like John it is a relief from all dread of death to know that Christ holds ‘the keys of Death and Hades  To such the  Judge says, ‘Fear not’.

 

A difficulty hitherto insuperable has faced those who saw that the judgment seat of Christ as taught in Scripture would involve chastisement for [disobedient and regenerate] Christians who deserve it, and not only rewards for the faithful.  In Touching the Coming of the Lord (84, 85), Hogg and Vine affirm their persuasion as to this, but honestly admit that they do not see by what means it can be fulfilled upon saints already, according to their scheme, raised from the dead and robed in bodies of glory.  We think no solution of this problem ever could be found, and that the factors of the problem must be wrong.

 

Again, writers like G. H. Pember and others, who saw clearly that certain carnal believers would not be permitted to share the kingdom with the Lord, but who retained the general belief in one session of the judgment seat to follow the coming of Christ, were faced with the equally great difficulty that they had to suppose those unworthy persons raised from the dead to appear [in heaven] at that session, and then, being judged unworthy of the kingdom, returning to the death state till after the millennial era, to be raised then unto life eternal, but having forfeited the kingdom.  But this involves the impossibility of incorruptibility becoming subject to corruption, an even greater difficulty than the former.

 

But granted that the judgment seat of Christ for the dead takes place after death and before resurrection and both difficulties are seen to be, like all our other difficulties, the result of want of knowledge and the consequent use of imagination to fill up the gaps in knowledge.  For the question then is not whether persons raised from the dead deserve to be chastened, even unto being sent back to Hades, but the much simpler question whether the Lord will deem this or that one worthy of the first resurrection at all.  If not, such will simply remain as and where they are after death until the second resurrection, and those alone will be raised whom He accounts worthy (Lk. 20: 35).” - G. H. LANG.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

108

 

PURSUING CHRIST TO KNOW HIM

 

 

BY THOMAS W FINLAY

 

 

 

The passage in Philippians 3: 9-14 is dealing with reward, not eternal salvation or justification.  Since reward is “according to works” it makes sense for the righteousness in 3: 9 to be talking about practical righteousness, actions in Paul’s life.  We can therefore easily see that Paul was hoping to be “found” at that future day as a person who has lived righteously, thus worthy of positive reward.  At the end of his life Paul did have assurance that he had finished his race well and that Christ, the righteous Judge, would award him a “crown of righteousness” (2 Tim. 4: 7-8).  It is obvious that this reward is connected to Paul’s righteous living.

 

 

3: 10 - “that I may know him” - This clause does not introduce a new topic, but lays ground for the expansion of the matter under discussion - the knowing of Christ.  The knowing of Christ’s life is constantly a matter of knowing His resurrection power to obey God and of His dying to self (Lk. 22: 42; Jn. 6: 38: Rom. 6: 10-11). These two aspects of His life always go together.  The whole concept of discipleship is one that involves death to the self-life and the following of Christ in His will.  Some think that to “share his sufferings” refers to the sufferings of persecution that come because of our witness for Christ.  Such sufferings are certainly included. But, I believe the sufferings of Christ are much broader here.  Not all believers will suffer direct persecution to a significant degree.

 

 

The sufferings of Christ should first be seen as His willingness to suffer death to His own will in order to obey God.  Christ put aside His own will, His own comfort, and His own choices during His entire life (Jn. 6: 38). This was His role as a servant being obedient to the Father, as seen in Philippians 2: 7-8.  His obedience was unto the suffering of death.  We see this clearly in the climactic moment of Christ’s self-denial in order to embrace God’s ultimate will for Him - the cross.  “Not my will, but yours, be done” (Lk. 22: 42).  In the same way, our discipleship must follow in Christ’s pattern of choosing to die to self in order to take up God’s will for us in obedience.  This is a daily matter of dying to self.  This is the primary emphasis of what it means to “share his sufferings

 

 

“And he said to all, ‘If anyone would come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross daily and follow me.  For whoever would save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for my sake, will save it.  For what does it profit a man if he gains the whole world, and loses or forfeits himself?  For whoever is ashamed of me and my words, of him will the Son of Man be ashamed when he comes in his glory, and the glory of the Father and of the holy angels.’” (Lk. 9: 23-26)

 

 

Jesus teaches us that we must lose our life (literally, “soul”) now in order to find it at the time when He returns to reward men according to their deeds.  To deny one’s self means that we deny our soul the fulfilment of its desires, pleasures, and satisfaction in our choices in this life.  We do this in order to take up our cross - God’s choices for us.  To take up the cross is to do God’s will (Matt. 26: 39).  If we follow this pattern of self-denial and doing the will of God, when Christ returns, we will find the true satisfaction of our soul in the coming kingdom with Christ (that is, eternal life in the ‘age’ to come; (Lk. 18: 30).  This passage refers to reward, as mentioned in the parallel passage in Matthew 16 (note Matt. 16: 27).  Discipleship here involves works of obedience.

 

 

To follow Christ in self-denying obedience requires the power of God.  As we experience “the power of his resurrection,” then we can follow Christ in obedience.  Even Christ Himself did not go to the cross by His own power, but needed empowering grace from God to go to the cross (Heb. 2: 9).

 

 

To “share in his sufferings” is modified by the phrase “becoming like him in his death  This phrase means dying to self to the fullest extent, even as Christ did by accepting the death of the cross.

 

 

3: 11 - “if by any means I may attain to the out-resurrection from among the dead” [a more literal translation] - Now Paul tells us the final goal of this knowing of Christ.  His goal is to attain to the “out-resurrection” - a special word signifying a unique resurrection status.  The first phrase I show here as “if by any means  This phrase in Greek is ei pois and is used only four times in the New Testament (Acts 27: 12; Rom. 1: 10; 11: 14; Phil. 3: 11). It surely expresses uncertainty of outcome, as is seen in its uses in the NT.  We also see the subjunctive mood of the verb here, again expressing uncertainty: “I may attain  In other words, at the time of this writing Paul was not at all certain that he would attain to this “out-resurrection

 

 

Unfortunately, most all Bible versions simply translate the word “out-resurrection” (Greek, exananstasis) as “resurrection” (Greek, anastasis).  The text however is clear - the apostle penned an almost unique word here by adding the preposition ek to the normal word for resurrection.  W. E. Vine, in his respected lexicon of NT words, comments on the phrase here: “ek, ‘from’ or ‘out of,’ and No. 1 [the Greek word for resurrection], Philippians 3: 11, followed by ek, lit., ‘the out-resurrection from among the dead.,” * This almost unique word is used only this one time in the NT, and only once or twice in other Greek literature (where its usage has nothing at all to do with a resurrection from the dead).

 

* W. E, Vine, M. A. Entry for ‘Resurrection’. Vine’s Expository Dictionary of NT Words. https://www.studylight.org/dictionaries/ved/r/resurrection.html. 1940.

 

 

This word cannot refer to the normal resurrection of the saints, which is a certainty (not an uncertainty) for every saint (1 Cor. 15: 22; 51-52; 1 Thess. 4: 13-16).  We are helped in our understanding to realize that verse 11 is connected to verse 10.  That is, our knowing Christ in discipleship is linked to the possibility of attaining to this “out-resurrection  And, verse 11 is also clearly directly linked to verses 12-14, which speak of pressing onward as in a race for the prize.  All of this should make us aware that the “out-resurrection”  speaks of a reward associated with following Christ in discipleship.  Some Greek experts view this word, due to the prefix of ek, as signifying an intensification of resurrection.  They interpret it as a fullness of life in resurrection.  This interpretation fits well with the idea of a special portion of eternal life to be realized by the overcomer in the ‘age to come’.

 

 

This out-resurrection equals the “better resurrection” of Hebrews 11: 35 (KJV).  Note that in Hebrews 11: 35 some endured torture in order to gain a better resurrection.  The “out-resurrection” is a special reward for the overcoming Christian.  In line with the other verses we have seen, this is a special positive reward, realized in the coming kingdom of 1,000 years. *

 

* There seems to be a distinction between the act of resurrection and a state of resurrection. The “out-resurrection” should most likely be seen as a state of resurrection belonging to the age to come (see Luke 18: 30; 20: 33-35).  An important passage describing this state would be Revelation 20: 4-6.  The term “first resurrection” in that passage may be better rendered as the “best resurrection  The Greek word for “first” is protos (Strong’s #4413), which can mean “chief” or “best” instead of first in a numbered series.  An example would be “the best robe” in Luke 15: 22. Compare this with the thought in Hebrews 11: 35.

 

 

The attainment to the out-resurrection is based upon our participation in Christ’s sufferings in verse ten.  We can now add a word about suffering with Christ in order to attain to this millennial kingdom reward.  Note Romans 8: 17, as translated below in a more accurate translation rendered by an expert in the Greek. This translation brings out the important correlative conjunctions in the Greek text meaning “on the one hand ... but on the other”:

 

“And if children, also heirs; heirs on one hand of Go, joint heirs on the other of Christ, if indeed we suffer with Him in order that also we may be glorified with Him

 

 

Rom. 8: 17 is a very important verse that makes a distinction between “heirs of God” and “Joint-heirs with Christ  According to the construction of the Greek text, there is a definite difference between the two heirships here.  As children of God, we are automatically in line to inherit some of the blessings God has for us by placing us in His family.  In fact, Romans 8: 29-30 shows some of these blessings that are the portion of every child of God (see also Galatians 3: 29).

 

 

To be a “joint-heir with Christ however, is clearly conditional.  Only those children of God who meet this condition of “suffering with Him” will be joint-heirs with Christ.  Christ’s enduring obedience included suffering involved with that obedience (Phil. 2: 8; Heb. 5: 8; 12: 3).  As a result, He was given [after His death on the Cross] the highest position by God and will rule over all (Phil. 2: 9-10; Heb. 1: 9; 12: 2).  Christ has been made “heir of all things” (Heb. 1: 2).  When He returns, He will set up the kingdom on the [restored (Rom. 8: 21)] earth and inherit (possess) it (Lk. 19: 11-12; Heb. 1: 6-9).  In that kingdom, Christ will reign in glory (Is. 24: 23; Matt. 19: 28; 25: 31; Mk. 10: 37).

 

 

We have an opportunity to be fellow heirs, co-possessors of His coming kingdom (ruling together with Him - “glorified with Him”).  However, such a possession is conditional for us.  Our sharing of His [millennial] rule will require obedience and suffering (2 Tim. 2: 12; Rev. 2: 26; 3: 21).  The suffering here is “suffering with Him.”  This means we are willing to suffer in order to be obedient to God, as He suffered by being obedient to the Father’s will (Phil. 3: 8; Heb. 5: 8; 12: 3).

 

 

This suffering could include rejection or persecution for our faith.  Yet, all types of human trials and suffering [for the truths of God’s Word] are useful in preparing us to reign with Christ in glory.  This is because sufferings offer opportunity for us to grow to maturity through faith and obedience  (Acts 14: 22; Rom. 5: 14; 2 Cor. 4: 16-18; Phil. 2: 12-16; Heb. 10: 35-36; Jas. 1: 24; 1 Pet. 1: 5-8; 4: 1-2, 12-13). To “suffer with Him” means to take up our cross as Christ took up His cross.  Our “taking up of our cross” involves a voluntary loss to our soul’s natural desires and choices (self-denial) in order to follow Christ in obedience, choosing His will (Matt. 16: 24-26).

 

 

It should now be clear that our participation in the coming [millennial] kingdom with Christ will yield two significant benefits for victorious Christians.  Firstly, there is the wonderful promise that these victors will enjoy a special portion of eternal life, experiencing a fullness of union with Christ.  Secondly, they will be awarded crowns and be co-rulers with Christ in His 1,000 year kingdom.

 

 

Both of these benefits exactly match God’s intentions for man in His creation of man.  Genesis 1: 26 states: “Then God said, ‘Let us make man in our image, after our likeness; and let them have dominion over the fish of the sea and over the birds of the heavens and over the livestock and over all the earth and over every creeping thing that creeps on the earth.’”  For man to be in God’s image means man is to express God in His qualities and virtues. This design will be fulfilled when the overcomers enjoy eternal life in fullness. Secondly, God created man to rule over His creation. This also will be fulfilled in the millennial kingdom, as the victorious Christians will be awarded positions of rulership in Christ’s kingdom.  Because this participation in Christ’s kingdom is conditional, Paul was running the race for this kingdom reward as his great priority.  He counted all else as loss in view of this.

 

 

3: 12 - “Not that I have already obtained this” - Paul is saying that he has not already obtained what he has been writing about, namely the completed experience of knowing Christ and, attaining the goal of the “out-resurrection  “Or am already made perfect  The word for “perfect” means to be brought to a state of completion, or to arrive at a goal.  Paul is likely saying here that he has room for more growth in Christ-likeness.  Another possible explanation is that he may be restating the fact that he has not yet reached his final goal of approval for the “out-resurrection  In any case the two ideas of Christian maturity and attaining to the out-resurrection are surely linked together.

 

 

The idea here of Paul not yet arriving at his goal may be the beginning of Paul’s verbal picture of a race.  If not, Paul’s race picture surely begins with the next clause. “But I press on  Paul definitely presents a picture here, as evidenced by the following verses, of a runner running a race.  The verb “press on” is repeated in verse 14 with clear reference to a race at the games.  The verb for “press” means here to run swiftly in order to reach the goal.  Paul is telling us that although he “has not yet arrived” at his goal, he says he presses on “to make it my own, because Christ Jesus has made me his own  I like a more meaningful translation of this clause from Young’s Literal Translation: “if also I may lay hold of that for which also I was laid hold of by the Christ Jesus” (YLT; ASV and NASB similarly).  For what was Paul laid hold of by Christ?  Very simply, he was “laid hold of” in order to know Christ in the fullest way, to be brought into full experiential union with Christ.  Paul is pressing on to know Christ in the fullest possible way in this life.  This pursuit has a potential consummation in the next age by attaining to the “out-resurrection  In “the age to come” a greatly increased experience of eternal life would be his.

 

 

3: 13 - “Brothers” - Paul interrupts his biographical narrative to be sure that the readers are brought into the picture.  Paul is desirous that they too will pick up his passion to run such a race for the prize!  He then repeats his claim that he has not laid hold of his goal yet.  Next, the apostle writes: “But one thing I do: forgetting what lies behind and straining forward to what lies ahead  He lets his readers know that he has a single aim, a single pursuit in life that captures his attention completely.  He is pursuing the knowledge of Christ and the prize.  The “one thing” refers to his single practice and his single aim.   As a runner in a race who does not look behind him, so Paul forgets all behind to stretch towards the goal.

 

 

In his Christian race Paul is not distracted by anything that is already behind him.  The things behind him would include not only his former life in Judaism, but also all of his failures as a believer, and his victories too.  Thinking about the past is a great distraction in the Christian life.  Many saints have fallen down in the race by focusing on their past failures, past hurts, trials, or tragedies.  They may think about what “might have been,” or savour memories of past service or past experiences of God.  Let us [‘now’ ask God to forgive our past failures, and for His grace and the Holy Spirit’s strength to ‘obey’ Him (Acts 5: 32. cf. Rev. 3: 19-21, R.V.) and to] follow Paul and forget about it all in order to concentrate on the ‘goal’ and the ‘prize’ still ahead of us in the ‘race’.

 

 

3: 14 - There are three key things in this verse that we must identify.  Firstly, what is the goal?  The Greek word for “goal” here indicates the distant mark, or goal, in view.  The runners in the games looked ahead at this mark and ran forward in a focused way toward it.  As part of the race metaphor it would indicate the finish line of the race.  The aim of Paul’s race, his overarching goal, was to know Christ.  This would include knowing the power of His resurrection, and sharing in His sufferings.  He pressed toward this mark.  This is clear from verses 8-13.  He was throwing aside everything to reach his goal of knowing Christ as fully as possible by the time he reached the end of his race.

 

 

Now, we must identify the prize.  The race towards the goal is for the prize.  If a runner won the race at the games, passing the goal as the victor, then he would be awarded the prize.  It is most helpful to look at another Scripture portion where Paul also uses the picture of a race for a prize.

 

 

“Do you not know that in a race all the runners run, but only one receives the prize?  So run that you may obtain it.  Every athlete exercises self-control in all things.  They do it to receive a perishable wreath, but we an imperishable.  So I do not run aimlessly; I do not box as one beating the air.  But I discipline my body and keep it under control, lest after preaching to others, I myself should be disqualified (1 Cor. 9: 24-27.)

 

 

The Greek word for prize here is brabeion (Strong’s #,' 1017).  It is used only twice in the NT.  It is used here in Philippians 3: 14 and also in 1 Corinthians 9: 24 quoted above.  It refers specifically to the prize (a perishable wreath) given to the victor in the athletic games of the time.  The prize here for the believer equals the reward given to the overcomer for his victorious race.  It is the reward related to the coming 1,000 year kingdom.  It is the special portion of eternal life and co-ruling with Christ in His millennial reign.  It is the “out-resurrection  From my study the reward seems to be strongly related to the 1,000 year kingdom age, although some carry over of special status into the eternal age for the overcomer may be possible.

 

 

We should note that the prize is a reward for running a victorious race.  Paul was concerned in 1 Corinthians 9 quoted above that he would run in such a way as to win.  He was concerned about being disqualified from being awarded the prize.  The prize is awarded to the victorious believer at the Judgment Seat of Christ. There Jesus will examine the believer’s life and decide if the believer will receive this prize or if he will forfeit this reward in the kingdom of the next age.

 

 

Although Paul’s goal was to know Christ fully, he also constantly kept this final examination at the Judgment Seat in view.  He knew this examination awaited him at the end of the race [and before the time of “the First Resurrection”] and his desire for approval on that day governed his life.  Note the following passage in 2 Corinthians 5:

 

“So whether we are at home or away, we make it our aim to please him.  For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ, so that each one may receive what is due for what he has done in the body, whether good or evil (2 Cor. 5: 9-10)

 

 

It is instructive to note how some other notable men of faith kept the Judgement Seat of Christ uppermost in their minds, as Paul did, in their Christian life.

 

 

George Whitefield:

 

 

A biography of Whitefield noted that his awareness of an accounting at the Judgment Seat of Christ greatly affected his behaviour.  He constantly lived with this guiding principle in mind.*

 

* Details are noted in Arnold Dallimore’s biography entitled George Whitefield See Vol. 2, p. 518.  Whitefield was a mighty evangelist much used by the Lord in “The Great Awakening” of England and America in the 1700s.

 

 

George Muller:

 

 

He kept continually before him his stewardship of God’s property; and sought to make the most of the one brief life on earth, and to use for the best and largest good the property held by him in trust.  The things of God were deep realities, and, projecting every action and decision and motive into the light of the judgement-seat of Christ, he asked himself how it would appear to him in the light of that tribunal.  Thus he sought prayerfully and conscientiously so to live and labour, so to deny himself, and, by love, serve God and man, as that he should not be ashamed before Him at His coming.*

 

* Arthur T. Pierson, George Muller of Bristol (old Tappan, NJ: Flemming H. Revell Company, no date) p. 299.  Muller was one of the most famous and influential believers of the late 1800s.  He was known for his prayer life.  Without any public appeals for money, The Lord used hi to raise up an orphanage that eventually served  over 1,000 orphans in Bristol, England.  All funds for the orphanage were raised solely by independent prayer to God.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

109

 

THE DOOR WAS SHUT

 

 

BY ARLEN  L  CHITWOOD

 

 

 

[Matthew 25: 10-13, A.V.  “And while they went to buy, THE BRIDEGROOM CAME: and they that were ready went in to the marriage: and THE DOOR WAS SHUT.

 

11 AFTERWARD came also the other virgins, saying, Lord, Lord, open to us.

 

12 But he answered and said, Verily I say unto you, I KNOW YOU NOT.

 

13 WATCH THEREFORE, for ye know neither the hour wherein the Son of man cometh]

 

 

-------

 

 

 

The Lord places a premium on His people watching and being prepared for His return.  This is the crux of the message throughout the Christian section of the Olivet Discourse: “Watch therefore, for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come “Therefore be ye also ready: for in such an hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh” (24: 42, 44).

 

 

The day is coming when the “master of the house” is going to come up and close the door (Luke 13: 25).  And when the Lord closes a door, an entirely new situation comes into existence.  The Lord “openeth, and no man shutteth; and shutteth, and no man openeth” (Rev. 3: 7).  When the Lord opens a door, an opportunity exists for man to act in a specific realm and no man can shut that door.  However, when the Lord closes a door which He had previously opened, man’s opportunity to act in a particular realm ceases to exist; and no man can reopen that door.

 

 

The parable of the ten virgins is brought to a conclusion by the Lord closing a previously opened door, leaving the prepared on one side and the unprepared on the other.  The closed door separated those in possession of the extra portion of oil from those not in possession of this extra portion.  That is to say, the closed door separated those who had availed themselves of the opportunity to overcome in the spiritual warfare (now behind them) from those who had not availed themselves of this opportunity, resulting in their being overcome; and the closed door, resultingly, separated those granted the privilege to attend the wedding festivities from those denied this privilege.

 

 

‘THE BRIDEGROOM CAME’

 

 

The Bridegroom departed at the beginning of the present dispensation.  He ascended into heaven to “prepare a place” in the Father’s house for those who are to ascend the throne and reign as co-heirs with Him during the coming age.  His departure into heaven to perform a present work on behalf of His future co-heirs is in perfect keeping with God’s purpose for the entire present dispensation.  One goes hand in hand with the other; and Christ’s departure, His present preparatory work, and God’s purpose for the present dispensation would hold little meaning apart from a fulfilment of the promise, “And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto myself; that where I am there ye may be also” (John 14: 2, 3). ...

 

 

Christ’s departure into heaven to “prepare a place” for His co-heirs must be looked upon as Messianic in scope.  The word “prepare” refers to making ready for something out ahead, which in this case could only have to do with preparations for the Messianic Era (cf. Matt. 3: 3, Mark 14: 15, 16).  Christ is presently in heaven making things ready for those who are to ascend the throne with Him.

 

 

Christ is the appointed “heir of all things and Christians are being invited to jointly realize this inheritance with Him (Heb. 1: 2; Rom. 8: 17).  Christ will occupy His Own throne during that day, and overcoming Christians will sit with Him on this throne (Rev. 3: 21).  These are things which are in view in John 14: 1-3. The “abiding places” which He has gone away to prepare are places with Him, positions with Him, in the coming [Mssianic and Millennial] kingdom.  These are abiding places within the Father’s house, within the sphere of God’s sovereign control of matters as they pertain to this earth, and in that coming day all of this will be under the authority and control of the One Who has been appointed Heir, along with co-heirs.  Overcoming Christians will dwell in the new Jerusalem, they will occupy their place in the kingdom with Christ, seated with Him upon His throne. ...

 

 

THE WEDDING FESTIVITIES

 

 

One should be careful at this point to avoid interpreting Scripture in the light of marriage customs in the Western World today.  Marriage in the East during ancient times (and even in many instances today) was performed through a legal contract.  Examples of Oriental marriage customs can be seen in Jacob’s marriages to both Leah and Rachel and in Boaz’s marriage to Ruth.

 

 

Jacob contracted with Laban to work seven years for his daughter, Rachel.  At the conclusion of the seven years, Rachel, within Jacob’s thinking, became his wife, for the terms of the contract had been fulfilled (Gen. 29: 18-21).  A seven-day festival was then held (cf. vv, 22, 27), but the end of the first evening of the festival Laban tricked Jacob by giving him Leah, the firstborn, rather than Rachel.  Jacob didn’t know until the next morning that he had been deceived.  Then, to acquire Rachel as his wife, for whom he had already worked seven years, he had to first fulfil Leah’s week (that is, complete the week-long wedding festival) and then agree to serve Laban an additional seven years.  Jacob fulfilled Leah’s week, and Laban then gave him Rachel as his wife also with the understanding that he would work seven additional years (vv. 23-28). ...

 

 

With these things in mind, one should be able to clearly see clearly that there is a sharp distinction in Scripture between a marriage and the subsequent wedding festivities.  From Biblical typology it appears clear that the actual marriage between Christ and His bride has already occurred, though He has yet to claim His bride in the antitype of Gen. 24: 67 and Ruth 4: 13.  He has already performed the required work (note Jacob’s work) and paid the required price (note Boaz’s redemptive act).  The marriage itself, in the true Scriptural sense, would be part of a fulfilled legal contract (as it were) between the Son and the Father, occurring at Calvary almost two millenniums ago.  That which is in view in Matt. 22: 2-14; 25: 10-12, Rev. 19: 7-9 can only have to do with the wedding festivities following the marriage of the Lamb.

 

 

The wedding festivities attendant the marriage of God’s Son to His bride occur in heaven following events at the Judgment seat and preceding Christ’s return to the earth with His angels at the end of the Tribulation. Decisions and determinations made at the judgment seat of Christ reveal the identity of those privileged to enter into these festivities.

 

 

The parable of the ten virgins moves beyond the judgment seat into these festivities.  At that time a door will be closed. Individuals on one side of the door will be in attendance at the wedding festivities, while individuals on the other side will be denied admittance.  And once this door has been closed, those left on the outside will have missed the marriage festivities forever.  These festivities will occur once, never to be repeated.

 

 

‘AFTERWARD’

 

 

Man is repeatedly warned in Scripture concerning the fact that opportunities do not exist forever.  The “accepted time the “day of salvation is today.  Man does not know “what shall be on the morrow” (2 Cor. 6: 12; James 4: 13, 14).

 

 

Redeemed man has been commanded, “Strive to enter in at the strait gate  He is then warned, “for many, I say unto you, will seek to enter in, and shall not be able” (Luke 13: 24).  “Strive” is a translation of the word agonizomai in the Greek text.  This is the same word used in 1 Cor. 9: 25 (translated “striveth”) and is the Greek word from which we derive our English word “agonize  The thought behind the use of this word is to strain every, muscle as one seeks to accomplish the task at hand.

 

 

In Luke 13: 24 entrance through a strait gate is in view, while in 1 Cor. 9: 25 running a race is in view.  The word “strait” refers to a narrow, constricted way, pointing to the difficulty involved in entering through the gate.  And the same thought permeates the race beginning in 1 Cor. 9: 24.  One has to do with a strait gate leading unto “life” (cf. Matt. 7: 14), and the other with a race leading to a “crown  Both though point out ahead to the same thing - life in the coming age, occupying a position with Christ in His kingdom.

 

 

This is the matter which the rich, young ruler had in mind when he approached Jesus and asked. “Good Master, what good thing shall I do, that I may have eternal life (Matt. 19: 16).  The words “eternal life” in the English text are misleading.  The literal translation, derived from the context, should be “1ife for the age  The rich, young ruler was not asking how he could receive eternal life, nor did Jesus respond to his question in this sense.

 

 

Reference to the same accounts in Mark’s and Luke’s gospels clearly reveals that the rich, young ruler was thinking of life in the coming kingdom, not eternal life.  Note Mark 10: 17, 30 and Luke 18: 18, 30.  The question concerning obtaining life is asked; and Jesus, alluding to this question, refers to life in the “worldage’] to come which of course has to do the Messianic Era rather than eternal life.

 

 

Further, the rich, young ruler was asking about inheriting life (Mark 10: 17, Luke 18: 18).  Eternal life is not inherited.  Rather, it is a ‘free gift’, which, unlike an inheritance, cannot be forfeited.  The only type life in Scripture associated with an inheritance is life in the coming kingdom.

 

 

Jesus said that “a rich man shall hardlywith difficulty’] enter into kingdom of the heavens” (Matt. 19: 23).  There’s nothing whatsoever “difficult” about receiving eternal life; nor is “striving” involved.  Eternal life, a free gift, is something which the rich and the poor alike can acquire by reaching out and taking it.  It is completely out of character with the gospel of grace to say that it is more difficult for a rich man to be saved than it is for any other type individual.  Entrance into the kingdom though (note: “kingdom of the heavens the coming rule of the heavens over the earth) is something altogether different.  Discipleship is involved (cf. Luke 14: 26, 27; John 8: 31; 15: 8), and riches can become a great hindrance in this realm (Matt. 13: 22).

 

 

(There is actually no word for “eternity” in the Greek language of the New Testament.  The Greeks thought in the sense of “ages and eternity for them was an endless succession of ages.  Aionios is the Greek word normally translated “eternal” in English versions of Scripture [this was the word used by the rich, young ruler in Matt. 19:16]. Aionios is the adjective equivalent of the noun aion [meaning ‘age’], which is used innumerable times in the New Testament, often translated “world” [cf. Matt. 12: 32; 13: 22, 49; Heb. 1: 2; Heb. 13: 8, a plural form of the word used in the last two references].

 

 

Mark 10: 30 provides an example of both aion and aionios used together: “... and in the world [aion] to come eternal [aionios] life  Clearly, from both the text and context, eternal life cannot be in view.  On the other hand, aionios is used innumerable times in the New Testament in the sense of “eternal  This use though is derived from textual considerations, not from the meaning of the word itself.  Aionios, for example, is the word used in John 3: 16; and the only type life which be derived through faith in Christ is “eternal life)

 

 

The Lord in Luke 13: 24 refers to individuals who will seek to “enter in at the strait gate” and will be unable to so do.  The reason for this is explained in the verse which follows (v. 25), and both verses together constitute one of the best parallel passages in Scripture on the parable of the ten virgins.  Individuals are commanded to exert every muscle of their being in an effort to enter (into life) through the narrow, constricted way while the door is still open, for the day is coming, on the morrow when the door will be forever closed; and at that time such an opportunity will no longer exist.

 

 

There is no such thing today as a Christian seeking to run the race or enter in at the strait gate and being unable to achieve the goal.  The door is presently open, and the Lord does not command His people to accomplish tasks which they cannot accomplish.  However, the day is coming when the Master of the house will rise up and close the door (v. 25), and once that door has been closed, there will then be no such thing as a Christian ever running the race or entering in at the strait gate.  The day of opportunity for man to act in this realm will be past, never to be repeated.

 

 

‘I KNOW YOU NOT’

 

 

The Lord is omniscient.  He knows everyone and all things.  Yet, in the parable of the ten virgins, the Lord plainly declared that He did not know those on the outside of the closed door seeking admittance to the wedding festivities.

 

 

A similar statement is recorded in Matt. 7: 21-23.  Here the Lord declared that certain individuals will appear in His presence “in that day” who will seek admittance into the kingdom of the heavens on the basis of an intimate association with Him through their previously performed miraculous works.  The Lord though will say, “I never knew you: depart from me, ye that work iniquitylawlessness’]” (v. 23).

 

 

“That day” is the time when those presently commanded to enter in at “the strait gate” appear before the Lord in judgment, with a view entrance into the kingdom (cf. vv. 13, 14, 21, 22); and as evident from both the text and the context, the scene depicted in Matt. 7: 21-23 has to do with Christians before the judgment seat.  “Many” are going to appear before the Lord “in that day” who sought to enter in at the strait gate through a false intimate association with the Lord.  They became involved in miraculous works, supposedly performed in the Lord’s name, but when they one day appeared in the Lord’s presence He will reveal that He had nothing to do with these works.

 

 

The Lord’s statements, “I never knew you” (Matt. 7: 23) and “I know you not” (Matt. 25: 12) would have to be looked upon as relative statements relative to the matter at hand.  (Actually, since the Lord is omniscient, He could not make such a statement to anyone without it being relative. To the unsaved, it would be relative to eternal life; to the saved, it would be relative to matters having to do with the [messianic] kingdom.)

 

 

In Matt. 7: 23 the Lord’s negative response pertains to two things: miraculous works (v. 22), and 2) entrance into the kingdom (v. 21).  The Lord states that He had nothing to do with these works, and He refuses to recognize those involved in such works relative to entrance into the kingdom.  They had, in actuality, entered in at the wide gate, the broad way (v. 14), and a revelation of this fact, in the Lord’s presence, results in their being denied a position with Him in the [millennial] kingdom.

 

 

In Matt. 25: 12 the Lord’s statement pertains to the un-preparedness of the five foolish virgins, with the wedding festivities in view.  The foolish virgins were not properly prepared to attend these festivities. Comparing the parable of the ten virgins with the parable of the wedding feast in Matt. 22: 2-14, an absence of the extra supply of oil shows un-preparedness in one while an absence of the wedding garment shows un-preparedness in the other.  The connection is evident.  A [regenerate] Christian not filled with the Holy Spirit. typified by the extra portion of Oil, is in no position to perform righteous acts (works) which make up the wedding garment.  Thus, different facets of the same truth are taught in both parables.  The absence of the extra portion of Oil will result in Christians appearing before the Lord improperly clothed.  They will not possess wedding garments, appearing naked in the Lord’s presence (cf. Matt. 21: 11-14; Rev. 3: 18; 19: 7-9). Consequently, because of their improper dress, the Lord will not know them relative to entrance into the wedding festivities. …

 

 

In Matt. 7: 23, Christ’s use of the word ginosko clearly reveals His non-association with the miraculous works which had been performed.  Those performing these works had been carrying on activities completely outside the sphere of any type intimate relationship with Christ, though claiming such a relationship.  Thus, responding to their question (which expects a positive response the way it is worded in the Greek text [they actually thought these miraculous works were being performed through the power of the Holy Spirit, in Christ’s name]; Christ was very careful to show, by the use of the word ginosko, that He had absolutely nothing to do with these works. ...

 

 

The door was shut, and the Bridegroom did not recognize those on the other side of the door as belonging to the group allowed to attend the marriage festivities. They were thus left in a place described in the closing parable of the Christian section of the Olivet Discourse as the “outer darkness” (25: 30; cf. Matt. 21: 11-13). That is, they were denied entrance into the lighted banqueting hall where the festivities were being held and were left in a place of darkness on the outside, with closed doors separating the two places.

 

 

‘WATCH THEREFORE’

 

 

In His message to the Church in Sardis (Rev. 3: 1-6), Christ said, “If thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief…” (v. 3).  There is nothing good revealed in Scripture about the appearance of a thief.  Removal or destruction of property and even death follow in wake (John 10: 10), which illustrates exactly what lies ahead for unfaithful Christians to whom Christ will one day appear after this fashion (cf. Luke 19: 24, James 5: 19, 20). …

 

 

The exhortation is to “Watch and it is accompanied by a warning.  The Lord will return at an unexpected time, and servants not watching will “suffer loss” and occupy a place with the unfaithful outside closed doors.

 

 

--------

 

 

HIS WIFE HATH MADE HERSELF READY

 

 

“In Scripture the Church is typified as a virgin.  Paul wrote, “I have espoused you to one husband, that I may present you as a chaste virgin to Christ  According to Christ’s parable, ten virgins await the Bridegroom’s coming.  In Scriptural numerology ten is used to express worldly completion.  Each virgin carried a lamp.  A lamp implies light.  Five were accounted wise because they had oil.  Five were judged foolish because their lamps were going out.  The Bridegroom tarried right up to the midnight hour and the virgins were wooed to sleep, or as one version has it, “they all nooded  They were not sleeping soundly, but were not awake, alert or watching (Luke 21: 24-36).  Now the foolish had had oil but not enough to carry them through the long night of strain.  Great grace will be needed to overcome in this hour.  Satan is tirelessly seeking to “wear out the saints of the Most High  Awakened at the shout of the Bridegroom’s coming the foolish virgins discover themselves unready.  They attempt a hurried spiritual trousseau.  But the Bridegroom has come, and ‘the door is shut’.” - SARAH FOULKES MOORE.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

110

 

And Also After That

 

 

BY ARLEN  L  CHITWOOD

 

 

 

[Matthew 25: 10-13, A.V.  “And while they went to buy, THE BRIDEGROOM CAME: and they that were ready went in to the marriage: and THE DOOR WAS SHUT.

 

11 AFTERWARD came also the other virgins, saying, Lord, Lord, open to us.

 

12 But he answered and said, Verily I say unto you, I KNOW YOU NOT.

 

13 WATCH THEREFORE, for ye know neither the hour wherein the Son of man cometh]

 

 

-------

 

 

 

The Lord places a premium on His people watching and being prepared for His return.  This is the crux of the message throughout the Christian section of the Olivet Discourse: “Watch therefore, for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come “Therefore be ye also ready: for in such an hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh” (24: 42, 44).

 

 

The day is coming when the “master of the house” is going to come up and close the door (Luke 13: 25).  And when the Lord closes a door, an entirely new situation comes into existence.  The Lord “openeth, and no man shutteth; and shutteth, and no man openeth” (Rev. 3: 7).  When the Lord opens a door, an opportunity exists for man to act in a specific realm and no man can shut that door.  However, when the Lord closes a door which He had previously opened, man’s opportunity to act in a particular realm ceases to exist; and no man can reopen that door.

 

 

The parable of the ten virgins is brought to a conclusion by the Lord closing a previously opened door, leaving the prepared on one side and the unprepared on the other.  The closed door separated those in possession of the extra portion of oil from those not in possession of this extra portion.  That is to say, the closed door separated those who had availed themselves of the opportunity to overcome in the spiritual warfare (now behind them) from those who had not availed themselves of this opportunity, resulting in their being overcome; and the closed door, resultingly, separated those granted the privilege to attend the wedding festivities from those denied this privilege.

 

 

‘THE BRIDEGROOM CAME’

 

 

The Bridegroom departed at the beginning of the present dispensation.  He ascended into heaven to “prepare a place” in the Father’s house for those who are to ascend the throne and reign as co-heirs with Him during the coming age.  His departure into heaven to perform a present work on behalf of His future co-heirs is in perfect keeping with God’s purpose for the entire present dispensation.  One goes hand in hand with the other; and Christ’s departure, His present preparatory work, and God’s purpose for the present dispensation would hold little meaning apart from a fulfilment of the promise, “And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto myself; that where I am there ye may be also” (John 14: 2, 3). ...

 

 

Christ’s departure into heaven to “prepare a place” for His co-heirs must be looked upon as Messianic in scope.  The word “prepare” refers to making ready for something out ahead, which in this case could only have to do with preparations for the Messianic Era (cf. Matt. 3: 3, Mark 14: 15, 16).  Christ is presently in heaven making things ready for those who are to ascend the throne with Him.

 

 

Christ is the appointed “heir of all things and Christians are being invited to jointly realize this inheritance with Him (Heb. 1: 2; Rom. 8: 17).  Christ will occupy His Own throne during that day, and overcoming Christians will sit with Him on this throne (Rev. 3: 21).  These are things which are in view in John 14: 1-3. The “abiding places” which He has gone away to prepare are places with Him, positions with Him, in the coming [Mssianic and Millennial] kingdom.  These are abiding places within the Father’s house, within the sphere of God’s sovereign control of matters as they pertain to this earth, and in that coming day all of this will be under the authority and control of the One Who has been appointed Heir, along with co-heirs.  Overcoming Christians will dwell in the new Jerusalem, they will occupy their place in the kingdom with Christ, seated with Him upon His throne. ...

 

 

THE WEDDING FESTIVITIES

 

 

One should be careful at this point to avoid interpreting Scripture in the light of marriage customs in the Western World today.  Marriage in the East during ancient times (and even in many instances today) was performed through a legal contract.  Examples of Oriental marriage customs can be seen in Jacob’s marriages to both Leah and Rachel and in Boaz’s marriage to Ruth.

 

 

Jacob contracted with Laban to work seven years for his daughter, Rachel.  At the conclusion of the seven years, Rachel, within Jacob’s thinking, became his wife, for the terms of the contract had been fulfilled (Gen. 29: 18-21).  A seven-day festival was then held (cf. vv, 22, 27), but the end of the first evening of the festival Laban tricked Jacob by giving him Leah, the firstborn, rather than Rachel.  Jacob didn’t know until the next morning that he had been deceived.  Then, to acquire Rachel as his wife, for whom he had already worked seven years, he had to first fulfil Leah’s week (that is, complete the week-long wedding festival) and then agree to serve Laban an additional seven years.  Jacob fulfilled Leah’s week, and Laban then gave him Rachel as his wife also with the understanding that he would work seven additional years (vv. 23-28). ...

 

 

With these things in mind, one should be able to clearly see clearly that there is a sharp distinction in Scripture between a marriage and the subsequent wedding festivities.  From Biblical typology it appears clear that the actual marriage between Christ and His bride has already occurred, though He has yet to claim His bride in the antitype of Gen. 24: 67 and Ruth 4: 13.  He has already performed the required work (note Jacob’s work) and paid the required price (note Boaz’s redemptive act).  The marriage itself, in the true Scriptural sense, would be part of a fulfilled legal contract (as it were) between the Son and the Father, occurring at Calvary almost two millenniums ago.  That which is in view in Matt. 22: 2-14; 25: 10-12, Rev. 19: 7-9 can only have to do with the wedding festivities following the marriage of the Lamb.

 

 

The wedding festivities attendant the marriage of God’s Son to His bride occur in heaven following events at the Judgment seat and preceding Christ’s return to the earth with His angels at the end of the Tribulation. Decisions and determinations made at the judgment seat of Christ reveal the identity of those privileged to enter into these festivities.

 

 

The parable of the ten virgins moves beyond the judgment seat into these festivities.  At that time a door will be closed. Individuals on one side of the door will be in attendance at the wedding festivities, while individuals on the other side will be denied admittance.  And once this door has been closed, those left on the outside will have missed the marriage festivities forever.  These festivities will occur once, never to be repeated.

 

 

‘AFTERWARD’

 

 

Man is repeatedly warned in Scripture concerning the fact that opportunities do not exist forever.  The “accepted time the “day of salvation is today.  Man does not know “what shall be on the morrow” (2 Cor. 6: 12; James 4: 13, 14).

 

 

Redeemed man has been commanded, “Strive to enter in at the strait gate  He is then warned, “for many, I say unto you, will seek to enter in, and shall not be able” (Luke 13: 24).  “Strive” is a translation of the word agonizomai in the Greek text.  This is the same word used in 1 Cor. 9: 25 (translated “striveth”) and is the Greek word from which we derive our English word “agonize  The thought behind the use of this word is to strain every, muscle as one seeks to accomplish the task at hand.

 

 

In Luke 13: 24 entrance through a strait gate is in view, while in 1 Cor. 9: 25 running a race is in view.  The word “strait” refers to a narrow, constricted way, pointing to the difficulty involved in entering through the gate.  And the same thought permeates the race beginning in 1 Cor. 9: 24.  One has to do with a strait gate leading unto “life” (cf. Matt. 7: 14), and the other with a race leading to a “crown  Both though point out ahead to the same thing - life in the coming age, occupying a position with Christ in His kingdom.

 

 

This is the matter which the rich, young ruler had in mind when he approached Jesus and asked. “Good Master, what good thing shall I do, that I may have eternal life (Matt. 19: 16).  The words “eternal life” in the English text are misleading.  The literal translation, derived from the context, should be “1ife for the age  The rich, young ruler was not asking how he could receive eternal life, nor did Jesus respond to his question in this sense.

 

 

Reference to the same accounts in Mark’s and Luke’s gospels clearly reveals that the rich, young ruler was thinking of life in the coming kingdom, not eternal life.  Note Mark 10: 17, 30 and Luke 18: 18, 30.  The question concerning obtaining life is asked; and Jesus, alluding to this question, refers to life in the “worldage’] to come which of course has to do the Messianic Era rather than eternal life.

 

 

Further, the rich, young ruler was asking about inheriting life (Mark 10: 17, Luke 18: 18).  Eternal life is not inherited.  Rather, it is a ‘free gift’, which, unlike an inheritance, cannot be forfeited.  The only type life in Scripture associated with an inheritance is life in the coming kingdom.

 

 

Jesus said that “a rich man shall hardlywith difficulty’] enter into kingdom of the heavens” (Matt. 19: 23).  There’s nothing whatsoever “difficult” about receiving eternal life; nor is “striving” involved.  Eternal life, a free gift, is something which the rich and the poor alike can acquire by reaching out and taking it.  It is completely out of character with the gospel of grace to say that it is more difficult for a rich man to be saved than it is for any other type individual.  Entrance into the kingdom though (note: “kingdom of the heavens the coming rule of the heavens over the earth) is something altogether different.  Discipleship is involved (cf. Luke 14: 26, 27; John 8: 31; 15: 8), and riches can become a great hindrance in this realm (Matt. 13: 22).

 

 

(There is actually no word for “eternity” in the Greek language of the New Testament.  The Greeks thought in the sense of “ages and eternity for them was an endless succession of ages.  Aionios is the Greek word normally translated “eternal” in English versions of Scripture [this was the word used by the rich, young ruler in Matt. 19:16]. Aionios is the adjective equivalent of the noun aion [meaning ‘age’], which is used innumerable times in the New Testament, often translated “world” [cf. Matt. 12: 32; 13: 22, 49; Heb. 1: 2; Heb. 13: 8, a plural form of the word used in the last two references].

 

 

Mark 10: 30 provides an example of both aion and aionios used together: “... and in the world [aion] to come eternal [aionios] life  Clearly, from both the text and context, eternal life cannot be in view.  On the other hand, aionios is used innumerable times in the New Testament in the sense of “eternal  This use though is derived from textual considerations, not from the meaning of the word itself.  Aionios, for example, is the word used in John 3: 16; and the only type life which be derived through faith in Christ is “eternal life)

 

 

The Lord in Luke 13: 24 refers to individuals who will seek to “enter in at the strait gate” and will be unable to so do.  The reason for this is explained in the verse which follows (v. 25), and both verses together constitute one of the best parallel passages in Scripture on the parable of the ten virgins.  Individuals are commanded to exert every muscle of their being in an effort to enter (into life) through the narrow, constricted way while the door is still open, for the day is coming, on the morrow when the door will be forever closed; and at that time such an opportunity will no longer exist.

 

 

There is no such thing today as a Christian seeking to run the race or enter in at the strait gate and being unable to achieve the goal.  The door is presently open, and the Lord does not command His people to accomplish tasks which they cannot accomplish.  However, the day is coming when the Master of the house will rise up and close the door (v. 25), and once that door has been closed, there will then be no such thing as a Christian ever running the race or entering in at the strait gate.  The day of opportunity for man to act in this realm will be past, never to be repeated.

 

 

‘I KNOW YOU NOT’

 

 

The Lord is omniscient.  He knows everyone and all things.  Yet, in the parable of the ten virgins, the Lord plainly declared that He did not know those on the outside of the closed door seeking admittance to the wedding festivities.

 

 

A similar statement is recorded in Matt. 7: 21-23.  Here the Lord declared that certain individuals will appear in His presence “in that day” who will seek admittance into the kingdom of the heavens on the basis of an intimate association with Him through their previously performed miraculous works.  The Lord though will say, “I never knew you: depart from me, ye that work iniquitylawlessness’]” (v. 23).

 

 

“That day” is the time when those presently commanded to enter in at “the strait gate” appear before the Lord in judgment, with a view entrance into the kingdom (cf. vv. 13, 14, 21, 22); and as evident from both the text and the context, the scene depicted in Matt. 7: 21-23 has to do with Christians before the judgment seat.  “Many” are going to appear before the Lord “in that day” who sought to enter in at the strait gate through a false intimate association with the Lord.  They became involved in miraculous works, supposedly performed in the Lord’s name, but when they one day appeared in the Lord’s presence He will reveal that He had nothing to do with these works.

 

 

The Lord’s statements, “I never knew you” (Matt. 7: 23) and “I know you not” (Matt. 25: 12) would have to be looked upon as relative statements relative to the matter at hand.  (Actually, since the Lord is omniscient, He could not make such a statement to anyone without it being relative. To the unsaved, it would be relative to eternal life; to the saved, it would be relative to matters having to do with the [messianic] kingdom.)

 

 

In Matt. 7: 23 the Lord’s negative response pertains to two things: miraculous works (v. 22), and 2) entrance into the kingdom (v. 21).  The Lord states that He had nothing to do with these works, and He refuses to recognize those involved in such works relative to entrance into the kingdom.  They had, in actuality, entered in at the wide gate, the broad way (v. 14), and a revelation of this fact, in the Lord’s presence, results in their being denied a position with Him in the [millennial] kingdom.

 

 

In Matt. 25: 12 the Lord’s statement pertains to the un-preparedness of the five foolish virgins, with the wedding festivities in view.  The foolish virgins were not properly prepared to attend these festivities. Comparing the parable of the ten virgins with the parable of the wedding feast in Matt. 22: 2-14, an absence of the extra supply of oil shows un-preparedness in one while an absence of the wedding garment shows un-preparedness in the other.  The connection is evident.  A [regenerate] Christian not filled with the Holy Spirit. typified by the extra portion of Oil, is in no position to perform righteous acts (works) which make up the wedding garment.  Thus, different facets of the same truth are taught in both parables.  The absence of the extra portion of Oil will result in Christians appearing before the Lord improperly clothed.  They will not possess wedding garments, appearing naked in the Lord’s presence (cf. Matt. 21: 11-14; Rev. 3: 18; 19: 7-9). Consequently, because of their improper dress, the Lord will not know them relative to entrance into the wedding festivities. …

 

 

In Matt. 7: 23, Christ’s use of the word ginosko clearly reveals His non-association with the miraculous works which had been performed.  Those performing these works had been carrying on activities completely outside the sphere of any type intimate relationship with Christ, though claiming such a relationship.  Thus, responding to their question (which expects a positive response the way it is worded in the Greek text [they actually thought these miraculous works were being performed through the power of the Holy Spirit, in Christ’s name]; Christ was very careful to show, by the use of the word ginosko, that He had absolutely nothing to do with these works. ...

 

 

The door was shut, and the Bridegroom did not recognize those on the other side of the door as belonging to the group allowed to attend the marriage festivities. They were thus left in a place described in the closing parable of the Christian section of the Olivet Discourse as the “outer darkness” (25: 30; cf. Matt. 21: 11-13). That is, they were denied entrance into the lighted banqueting hall where the festivities were being held and were left in a place of darkness on the outside, with closed doors separating the two places.

 

 

‘WATCH THEREFORE’

 

 

In His message to the Church in Sardis (Rev. 3: 1-6), Christ said, “If thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief…” (v. 3).  There is nothing good revealed in Scripture about the appearance of a thief.  Removal or destruction of property and even death follow in wake (John 10: 10), which illustrates exactly what lies ahead for unfaithful Christians to whom Christ will one day appear after this fashion (cf. Luke 19: 24, James 5: 19, 20). …

 

 

The exhortation is to “Watch and it is accompanied by a warning.  The Lord will return at an unexpected time, and servants not watching will “suffer loss” and occupy a place with the unfaithful outside closed doors.

 

 

--------

 

 

HIS WIFE HATH MADE HERSELF READY

 

 

“In Scripture the Church is typified as a virgin.  Paul wrote, “I have espoused you to one husband, that I may present you as a chaste virgin to Christ  According to Christ’s parable, ten virgins await the Bridegroom’s coming.  In Scriptural numerology ten is used to express worldly completion.  Each virgin carried a lamp.  A lamp implies light.  Five were accounted wise because they had oil.  Five were judged foolish because their lamps were going out.  The Bridegroom tarried right up to the midnight hour and the virgins were wooed to sleep, or as one version has it, “they all nodded  They were not sleeping soundly, but were not awake, alert or watching (Luke 21: 24-36).  Now the foolish had had oil but not enough to carry them through the long night of strain.  Great grace will be needed to overcome in this hour.  Satan is tirelessly seeking to “wear out the saints of the Most High  Awakened at the shout of the Bridegroom’s coming the foolish virgins discover themselves unready.  They attempt a hurried spiritual trousseau.  But the Bridegroom has come, and ‘the door is shut’.” - SARAH FOULKES MOORE.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

110

 

And Also After That

 

 

BY ARLEN  L  CHITWOOD

 

 

 

 “Even as Sodom and Gomorrah, and the cities about them in like manner, giving themselves over to fornication, and going after strange flesh, are set forth for an example, suffering the vengeance of eternal fire:” (Jude 7).

 

 

 

AN INTRODUCTION

 

 

Jude is an epistle dealing specifically with “apostasy” in the latter days and with “judgment” which follows this apostasy.  The Church Age begins in the New Testament with the Acts of the Apostles and terminates, as described in the Epistle of Jude, with the Acts of the Apostates.  The Book of Acts describes the history of the early Church, and the Epistle of Jude reveals how this history will end.

 

 

The exact positions which the Book of Acts and the Epistle of Jude occupy in the canon of Scripture are in perfect keeping with their respective contents.  The Book of Acts immediately precedes the Church epistles, providing a smooth, transitional movement from the gospels into the epistles; and the Epistle of Jude appears as the last of all the Church epistles, introducing the Book of Revelation by the great apostasy which precedes the coming Day of the Lord.

 

 

Christians familiar with what Scripture teaches will have no difficulty understanding why the present [evil] age will end in apostasy.  The entire matter stems from an incident occurring very early in the history of the Church.  In Matt. 13: 33, in the parables of the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, a woman took leaven and hid this leaven “in three measures of meal, till the whole was leavened (Note also the “parable of the tares” and the “parable of the mustard seed” [vv. 24-32].)  All seven parables in this chapter have to do with the course of Christianity throughout the present age and / or with events at the conclusion of the age after the [‘accounted worthy’ (Lk. 21: 35, A.V. cf. Rev. 3: 10) members of the] Church has been removed from the sphere of activity, but preceding the establishment of the Messianic Kingdom.  Once this woman placed leaven in the three measures of meal, the course of Christianity was set.  The leaven would work in the meal throughout the age, climaxing its work at the end of the age with the entire three measures of meal being completely saturated with leaven.

 

 

“Leaven” in Scripture always refers to that which is false or corrupt.  The “leaven of the Pharisees and of the Sadducees” was false doctrine (Matt. 16: 6-12), and “leaven” associated with a Christian refers to sin in his life (cf. Ex. 12: 14-20; 1 Cor. 5: 1-8).  Leaven in Exodus, chapter twelve, because of what it symbolized, could occupy no place in the house of an Israelite following the issues surrounding the death of the firstborn in Egypt; and that which leaven symbolizes (sin, corruption) must, in like manner, never be allowed to occupy a place in the life of a Christian.

 

 

-------

 

 

And Also After That

 

 

 

Even as Sodom and Gomorrah, and the cities about them in like manner, giving themselves over to fornication, and going after strange flesh, are set forth for an example, suffering the vengeance of eternal fire (Jude 7).

 

 

The world during Noah’s day experienced destruction as a direct result of angelic intervention in the affairs of the human race; four cities in the Jordan plain were destroyed during the days of Abraham for this same reason; and the Israelites under Moses were told to go into the land of Canaan and slay every inhabitant for, once again, this same reason.  Angels in the kingdom of Satan took upon themselves the form of man, left their positions of power in the heavens, came to earth, and cohabited with members of the human race.  Before the Flood, insofar as the record is concerned, this cohabitation was only between angels and female members of the human race - a heterosexual union.  After the Flood, however, Scripture reveals both homosexual and heterosexual relationships of this nature.

 

 

Before the Flood, this union involved the families of the earth.  After the Flood, this union appears to have been confined more particularly to the inhabitants of the land in the Abrahamic covenant.  The cohabitation of angels in the kingdom of Satan with members of the human race in days before the Flood and again in days following the Flood occurred with the same objective in view:  Satan must, at all costs, continue to hold the governmental reins of the earth.

 

 

Man in his present state cannot exercise power over the earth.  This is graphically illustrated by comparing the command given to Adam and Eve before the fall with the similar command given to Noah and his sons following the Flood.  These commands, to a point, were identical.  One was given at the beginning of an unfallen human race (Gen. 1: 28), and the other was given at the new beginning of a fallen human race (Gen. 9: 1). However, one part of the command given to Adam and Eve was not repeated in the command given to Noah and his sons.  Adam and Eve were told to “subdue it [the earth]: and have dominion [rule] ...”; but this was not - for it could not be - repeated in the command given to Noah and his sons.  Fallen man must await the time of the “manifestation of the sons of God” (Rom. 8: 18-23) - which includes 1) a separate and distinct creation, 2) redemption, and 3) adoption - for he can rule nothing within the sphere of governmental control “before the time” (1 Cor. 4: 5).

 

 

The nation of Israel was placed in a position to rule following the Exodus under Moses, but this nation consisted of a special creation in Jacob, a redeemed people, and an adopted people.  Israel was God’s first-born son, and only redeemed sons are [of this a first-born status, are] in a position to rule.* Although Christians today have been redeemed and are new creations in Christ, they have not been adopted into sonship.  Thus, Christians are presently in no position to rule.  Nor is Israel presently in a position to rule.  Even though the nation retains its status of being a special creation in Jacob and an adopted nation, Israel today resides on the earth in unbelief. In conjunction with this unbelief, the nation has been set aside while God takes out from the Gentiles “a people for his name  The time when both Israel and the Church will be in positions to rule is yet future.

 

[* See Heb. 12: 16, 17 and G. H. Lang’s “Firstborn Sons Their Rights and Risks]

 

 

Before the Flood, Satan’s strategy consisted of an attempt to corrupt the lineages of the families of the earth in order to prevent the appearance of the Seed of the Woman, Who would not only be man’s Redeemer but would ultimately crush Satan’s head.  After the Flood, Satan changed his strategy somewhat and concentrated his efforts on corrupting the nations dwelling in the land covenanted to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.  This task was accomplished prior to the establishment of Israel as a nation and the subsequent Exodus from Egypt under Moses.  Satan knew that the land between the Nile and the Euphrates Rivers belonged to Abraham and his seed, he knew that the families of the earth were to be blessed through the nation emanating from Abraham, and he knew that the Redeemer was to come through the lineage of Abraham (cf. Gen. 12: 1-3; 14: 19; 15: 18-21; 17: 7, 8; 22: 1-18).  Thus, Satan moved his forces into the land ahead of Israel, not only to contest their right to enter the land in a ruling capacity but also to continue his efforts to prevent the appearance of man’s Redeemer.

 

 

Aside from the fact that Israel was to be the channel through which the Redeemer would come, this nation was called out of Egypt for a more immediate, specific purpose.  Israel was to enter the land of Canaan, conquer the inhabitants of the land, and exercise supremacy within a theocratic rule over the nations of the earth.  Israel’s position of supremacy at this point was to, in turn, result in the nations of the earth being blessed through the seed of Abraham in accordance with Gen. 12: 2, 3.  Israel was to rule as a kingdom of priests, and the nations of the earth were to be blessed through Israel’s kingly-priestly function.  These were the nations over which Satan and his angels ruled; and a rule by Israel within a theocracy of this nature would, in reality, be a wresting of governmental control from Satan and his angels.

 

 

Not only was Israel to occupy this position of governmental power and control among the nations here on earth, but Israel was also in possession of heavenly promises and blessings.  This would necessitate the nation one day controlling, and at least a segment of the nation occupying, the very heavenly places from which Satan presently exercises power over the nations.  The seed of Abraham - both earthly and heavenly - MUST ultimately “possess the gate of [exercise governmental control over] his enemies” (Gen. 22: 17, 18).  Thus, Satan, as the incumbent ruler over the Gentile nations from this heavenly realm, must not only prevent the appearance of man’s Redeemer, but he must also destroy the nation of Israel itself to assure his continuance on the throne in the heavenly realm.

 

 

Satan tried to accomplish this task in Egypt before the Exodus through the afflictions in the brickyards and the death of the male Hebrew children at birth.  He continued trying to accomplish this task at the time of and following the Exodus through the armies of Pharaoh pursuing Israel at the Red Sea, the Amalekites attacking Israel in the wilderness, and the corrupted nations awaiting Israel in the land of Canaan itself.  He has tried to destroy Israel in many instances since (e.g. in modern times, the destruction of six million Jews under Hitler during the years of the German Third Reich [1933-1945]), he will try in the immediate future through Russia and her allies, and he will try a few years beyond that through the nations of the earth under Antichrist.  His attempts in the past have been for naught, as will be his attempts in the future. Not only has Israel brought forth the Redeemer, but Israel herself remains, as a nation, yet to occupy her God-ordained position as the one through whom the nations of the earth will be blessed. …

 

 

Nephilim and Rephaim

 

 

Prior to the Flood, the cohabitation of the sons of God with the daughters of men resulted in offspring called Nephilim.  Following the Flood, when this union occurred again, these offspring were known by two names: Nephilim, and Rephaim.  The translators of the Septuagint (Greek version of the Old Testament) used the word Gigantes in most instances for both of these words.  Gigantes is the Greek word for “giants and this is the thought that is carried over into several verses of the King James Version (e.g. Gen. 6: 4; 14: 5; Num. 13: 33).  However, this meaning may have been only secondary to what the translators of the Septuagint Version had in mind.  Gigantes comes from a root form which signifies “earth-born” rather than gigantic stature.  The use of Gigantes in this respect would, contextually, refer to “earth-born individuals [individuals born on the earth, having heavenly fathers and earthly mothers],” with a secondary thought having to do with “physical stature

 

 

Nephilim is simply the plural form of a Hebrew word meaning “to fall,” and Rephaim is the plural form of another Hebrew word meaning “to heal  A cognate form for Rephaim though would carry the thought of “casting down,” or “falling down  Understanding the word in this latter sense would appear to be more in keeping with the fact that Rephaim is simply another name for the Nephilim, referring to this same group of individuals - “fallen ones

 

 

The word Nephilim is used only three times in the Old Testament in passages referring to offspring resulting from the cohabitation of the sons of God [i.e., fallen angels] with the daughters of men (Gen. 6: 4; Num. 13: 33). But the word Rephaim is used numerous times referring to these individuals (Gen. 14: 15; 15: 20; Deut. 2: 11, 20; 3: 11, 13; Joshua 12: 4; 13: 12; 15: 8; 17: 15; 18: 16; 2 Sam. 5: 18, 22; 23: 13; 1 Chron. 11: 15; 14: 9; 20: 4, 6, 8; Job 26: 5; Psa. 88: 10; Prov. 2: 18; 9: 18; 21: 16; Isa. 14: 9; 17: 5; 26: 14, 19).  English versions of the Old Testament handle the Hebrew words Nephilim and Rephaim in different ways.  The words are many times transliterated rather than translated.  Other times translations are attempted (e.g. “giants,” “departed spirits,” “spirits of the dead,” “deceased,” “death,” “dead” [ref. KJV, ASV, NASB, NIV]).  All that can be known about the Nephilim and Rephaim must be derived from these passages in conjunction with related Scripture.

 

 

During the days of Abraham the Rephaim could be found among the inhabitants of five cities in the Jordan plain (Gen. 14: 1-5).  Four of these cities - Sodom, Gomorrah, Admah, and Zeboim - were destroyed by brimstone and fire from heaven (Gen. 19: 23-29; Deut. 29: 23). Zoar, the fifth city associated with the Rephaim, was spared to serve as a refuge for Lot and his two daughters when the Lord destroyed the other cities of the plain.

 

 

It is evident from Gen. 14: 1-5 that the Nephilim and Rephaim were in the land of Canaan preceding Abraham’s entrance into the land.  Note that the very first statement of Scripture following Abraham’s journey from Ur of the Chaldees to the land of Canaan concerned the inhabitants of the land: “And the Canaanite was then in the land” (Gen. 12: 6b).  Since the Nephilim and Rephaim were associated with the nations of Canaan, this verse could very well be a reference to these individuals.  In this respect, the reference would call attention to a fact of primary importance concerning Abraham’s entrance into the land: Satan had already established his forces in the land in order to oppose God’s purpose surrounding the call of Abraham.

 

 

There are two entrances of the people of God into the land of Canaan under the call of God with the forces of Satan - the Nephilim and Rephaim - being marshalled in the land first.  Abraham’s entrance, following his departure from Ur, constitutes the first; and Israel’s entrance, following the exodus from Egypt, constitutes the second.

 

 

The Nephilim and Rephaim were individuals of gigantic stature and great strength.  Their gigantic stature can be seen in the report of the ten faithless spies at Kadesh-Barnea (Num. 13: 33), the apparent size of Og, king of Bashan (Deut. 3: 11), and the size of Goliath, who appeared later in Jewish history (1 Sam. 17: 4; cf. 2 Sam. 21: 18-22).  Their great strength can be seen in the fact that they were “mighty men [the Hebrew word pertains to ‘strength’]” (Gen. 6: 4.), the fact that they were the ones who built the sixty “great cities” of Bashan (Deut. 3: 4, 5; 1 Kings 4: 13), and the position of Goliath as a “champion” in the army of the Philistines (1 Sam. 17: 1ff).

 

 

The first time the Nephilim and Rephaim appeared (called Nephilim only in antediluvian days), God destroyed them by the waters of a Flood.  The second time these individuals appeared, God, destroyed a segment in the destruction of the cities of the plain and later commanded the nation of Israel to go into the land and destroy them.  By this time the Nephilim and Rephaim had so infiltrated the nations in the land of Canaan that God commanded total destruction of these nations at the hands of His people (Deut. 7: 1, 2).  However, the failure of the Israelites to carry out the command of God completely when the nation entered the land under Joshua resulted in the Nephilim and Rephaim persisting in Jewish history as the bitter enemies of the people of God for hundreds of years beyond that time.

 

 

The Cities of the Plain

 

 

Scripture in several places singles out angelic activity involving sexual perversions in the cities of the plain during the days of Abraham.  Jude 7 specifically states that individuals living in the cities of the Jordan plain committed illicit sexual acts with angels.  The words, “in like manner should literally read, “in like manner to these  The words “to these” refer to the angels in verse six.  The inhabitants of “Sodom and Gomorrah, and the cities about them” gave themselves over to “fornication” and went after “strange flesh” in the same manner as the angels.  The word “strange” is heteros in the Greek text, referring to a “different kind” of flesh. The angels in the kingdom of Satan who took upon themselves the form of man and came to earth to cohabit with members of the human race did not possess the same type flesh as man.  There was an unrevealed difference, which is set forth by the Greek word heteros.  Angels went after “strange flesh” by cohabiting with the inhabitants in the cities of the plain, and the inhabitants of these cities went after “strange flesh” by cohabiting with angels.

 

 

Jude 7 is usally taken to refer only to homosexuality, in accord with Gen. 19: 1-11.  This interpretation, however, is too limited.  Rephaim were associated with the cities of the plain (Gen. 14: 1-5), necessitating sexual relations between angels and female members of the human race as well.  Jude 7 and the parallel section in 2 Peter 2: 6 actually have to do with both homosexual and heterosexual acts, and the Genesis account points to widespread perversions in both spheres.

 

 

1. Degeneracy of the Sodomites

 

 

The account in Gen. 19: 1-11, showing the utter degeneracy of the inhabitants in the cities of the plain, has to do with men and homosexuality; but the Scriptures in 2 Peter and Jude, alluding to both homosexual and heterosexual acts between angels and members of the human race, place both types of sexual perversions occurring in these cities on the same basic level.  And, in this respect, the apparent utter degeneracy of the entire populace - both male and female - can be seen by what is revealed in the Genesis account.

 

 

The night preceding the destruction of the cities of the plain Lot had given two angels, sent to Sodom by the Lord, lodging inside the safety of his home.  After Lot, his family, and the two angels had eaten, the men of Sodom began to gather outside Lot’s house.  These men are described as “both old and young, all the people from every quarter and they had come for one sole purpose: they wanted the two angels under Lot’s roof to be brought forth in order that they might “know them i.e., have homosexual relations with them.

 

 

Lot came outside, shut the door behind him, and offered his two virgin daughters to these men in order to protect the two angels under his roof.  But the men of Sodom showed no interest in his daughters.  Their only apparent interest lay in having illicit, carnal relations with the two angels.  The intensity of their interest is shown in verse nine: “And they said [to Lot], ‘Stand back’ ... And they pressed sore upon the man, even Lot, and came near to break the door But the two angels intervened.  They pulled Lot inside the house and smote the men that were at the door with “blindness  The angels then revealed Sodom’s impending destruction to Lot.

 

 

2. Evident Past History of Sodom

 

 

There is more to Genesis, chapter nineteen than Lot just being very insistent that two unknown strangers spend the night inside the safety of his house, and the men of Sodom just wanting two strangers turned over to them. Why was Lot so insistent that these two men not remain in the streets during the night?  Why, in seeking to protect these two men, did Lot go to the point of even offering his two virgin daughters to the men of Sodom? The Sodomites wanted these two men so badly that they were going to break down the door of Lot’s house. They were not interested in Lot’s daughters; nor were they interested in having illicit, carnal relations with one another.  Their interest lay solely in obtaining the two strangers inside Lot’s house.

 

 

The inference from the record appears to clearly indicate that both Lot and the men of Sodom knew that these two strangers were angels.  Lot went to great lengths to protect them from the Sodomites, because he knew what had been happening in Sodom (2 Peter 2: 7, 8). The men of Sodom, on the other hand, went to great lengths to obtain these two individuals, for they had evidently been brought into this frame of mind through their past ungodly manner of living.

 

 

By comparing Gen. 19: 4-11; 2 Peter 2: 4-8; Jude 6, 7 it appears clear that the men of Sodom, as well as the men in the other cities of the plain, had been having homosexual relations with angels.  It cannot be determined how long illicit, carnal relations of this nature had been occurring; but according to the record, immediately before the destruction of the cities of the plain, the men of Sodom had become so sex-crazed that their only apparent real interest lay in having homosexual relations with angels.  Thus, because of gross sexual perversions, God rained brimstone and fire from heaven upon these cities following the removal of Lot, his wife, and his two virgin daughters from Sodom.

 

 

Angels, Nephilim, and Rephaim in Tartarus

 

 

The angels who sinned both before and following the Flood by taking upon themselves the form of man, leaving their positions of power in the heavens, and coming to earth for the specific purpose of cohabiting with members of the human race are today confined with chains in Tartarus.  Not only are they confined in this place, but it would appear that their progeny, the Nephilim and Rephaim are also there.  Tartarus is located in a particular section of Sheol* reserved specifically for these individuals.*

 

* Sheol (Gr. Hades) is more commonly known as the place into which the souls of certain individuals go at the time of death. … (Luke 16: 19-31).  At the time of Christ’s death, His soul went into Sheol, into Abraham’s bosom, and remained in this place until the time of His resurrection (Acts 2: 30, 31). … Thus, Sheol, insofar as man is concerned, is simply a place housing the souls of certain individuals between the time of death and the time of resurrection.*

 

[* The belief that disembodied souls can ascend into the presence of God in Heaven before the time of “the first resurrection” (Rev. 20: 4-6, R.V.) and without an immortal body of “flesh and bones” (Lk. 24: 39) is a grave error: it negatives the need for our RESUTRRECTION!  It also suggests that we can get into Heaven by a different method, or by using a different route, than that which was taken by our Lord and Saviour, Christ Jesus, Who is our Forerunner!  “No man hath ascended up to heaven,” said John the Apostle, “but he that came down from heaven, even the Son of man which is in heaven” (John 3: 13, A.V.).  “In my Father’s house are many mansions; if it were not so, I would have told you.  And if I go to prepare a place for you, I WILL COME AGAIN, and will receive you unto myself; that where I am, there ye may be also” (14: 2, 3, R.V.). 

 

If Christ had to wait for “three days and three nights in the heart of the earth” (in Hades) before ascending into heaven (John 20: 17); then the “souls under the altar” (Rev. 6: 9-11) must wait also!  Does Peter not teach the disciples of Christ the same truth in Acts chapter 2. - ten days after the ascension of our Lord - “for David ascended not into the heavens” (v. 34)?  In Rev. 11 we read that the God’s “Two Witnesses” (Rev. 11), who are slain (put to death) by the Antichrist!  This is further evidence and proof that the “Heaven” where Enoch and Elijah were rapt, cannnot be the highest “Heaven,” where our Lord Christ is now seated at His Father’s right hand, waiting for the time when His enemies will be made His footstool, (Psa. 110: 1): and the apostle Paul’s statement in 2 Tim. 2: 18, is further proof that those who teach that “the resurrection is past already” are in error: it is an “overthrow the faith”! 

 

The whole man, (not just a part of man) must be redeemed - his spirit, soul and body: all that Death has separated, will be reunited at the time of RESURRECTION. Hence the need for the above paragraph of our brother’s writing to be edited. 

 

See also a short extract from a tract by Joseph Ellison On ‘THE INTERMEDIATE STATE’ at the end of this writing. ]

 

 

Sheol is located beneath the surface of the earth, and directionally it is always spoken of as being “down” (cf. Num. 16: 32, 33; Isa. 14: 9; Jonah 2: 2, 6).  This is where the thought from the so-called “Apostles Creed” concerning Christ descending “into hellSheol’ is derived.  Christ descended into Sheol. …When Christ died His [animating] “spirit” went into the presence of the Father in heaven, His “soul” went into ‘Sheol’ [= ‘Hades’ LXX. & R.V. Acts 2: 31], and His “body” was later taken down from the Cross and placed in Joseph of Arimathaea’s tomb* (cf. Luke 23: 46-53; Eccl. 12: 7; Psa. 16: 10).

 

[* NOTE: The precise time our Lord’s dead body lay motionless (i.e., without ‘corruption’ (i.e., without any decomposition from the effect of Death upon it - which was an exception from the bodies of all other deceased bodies), is precisely the time which He spent in the underworld of the dead in ‘Hades’ - “Three days and three nights” ONLY; and according to His word, (Matt. 12: 40, R.V.).]

 

 

However, when Christ descended into Sheol following the events of Calvary He did not then, as many Bible students believe, go to Tartarus and deliver His proclamation.  His presence in Sheol between His death and resurrection was not in any way connected with this announcement, for the announcement could not be delivered at this time.  Although He had paid redemption’s price - His Own shed blood - the victory was not yet complete.  He must first be victorious over death itself, which awaited His resurrection.  It was only following His resurrection, in accord with 1 Peter 3: 18-20 - when [His] body, soul, and spirit were reunited - that Christ went to Tartarus and delivered His proclamation to imprisoned angels.

 

 

Although the angels who sinned both before and after the Flood were in Tartarus at this time (2 Peter 2: 4-6), only the angels who sinned before the Flood are mentioned in 1 Peter 3: 20 as being recipients of Christ’s proclamation.  Their sin was limited to a direct attack against the Seed of the Woman, and the folly of what they had attempted could now be demonstrated.  The resurrected Christ, the Seed of the Woman, stood in their presence.  He had paid the price for man’s redemption, and He had been victorious over death itself.  He was now man’s resurrected Redeemer Who held the “keys of hellHades’] and of death” (Rev. 1: 18).  The angels who sinned following the Flood, although still seeking to prevent the appearance of the Seed of the Woman, directed their attack more specifically against Israel, seeking the destruction of God’s national firstborn son to bring about their purpose.  And the demonstration of victory pertaining to Israel awaited, and still awaits, a future date.

 

 

The angels who sinned following the Flood, directing their attack were specifically against Israel, have counterparts in angels who will commit this same sin at the end of the present age: “As it was in the days of Noah ... Likewise also as it was in the days of Lot ... Even thus shall it be in the day when the Son of man is revealed” (Luke 17: 26-30).  The cohabitation of angels with members of the human race will occur once again, both on heterosexual and homosexual levels.  This latter-day angelic attack will be directed mainly against Israel through the Gentile nations, as during the days of Lot, which anticipated events during Moses’ day.  And possibly an announcement similar to the one which Christ delivered to the angels who sinned before the Flood awaits not only the angels who sinned following the Flood but also the angels who are about to commit this same sin once again.  If so, such an announcement would be forthcoming only after the corresponding sin of the angels at the end of this age and after Israel has subsequently been elevated to her rightful place at the head of the nations.

 

 

The man of sin will be of the Rephaim.  He will be the actual son of Satan.  Note the expression, “thy [Satan’s] seed,” in Gen. 3: 15.  He will also have Rephaim ruling the earth with him during the Tribulation - Rulers who will possess power directly under the man of sin, mentioned in the Book of Revelation (cf. chs. 13, 17), are revealed in Old Testament Scriptures to be Rephaim - “men” (cf. Rev. 13: 18), but not men as we know them today.  Satan will rule the earth during the Tribulation through his son, and high-ranking angels in Satan’s kingdom will also rule the earth with Satan through sons begotten by angels - possibly their very own sons.

 

 

Isa. 26: 13, 14 reveals that during the Tribulation “other lords Rephaim, will have dominion over Israel: “O Lord our God, other lords beside thee have had dominion over us: but by thee only will we make mention of thy name.  They are dead, they shall not live; they are deceased [lit. ‘they are Rephaim’], they shall not rise: therefore hast thou visited and destroyed them, and made all their memory to perish These “other lords” who will have dominion over Israel during the Tribulation, specifically called Rephaim, will be destroyed before the Kingdom Age commences.  This destruction will be so complete that the Rephaim will not even be remembered by Israel.

 

 

Isa. 26: 19 reveals the destruction of the Rephaim, and Job 26: 5 reveals where they will be consigned following their destruction.  The passage in Isaiah states, “... the earth shall cast out the dead [lit. ‘... the Raphaim will be caused to fall on the earth’]”; and the passage in Job states, “Dead things are formed from under the waters, and the inhabitants thereof [lit. ‘Rephaim are put to pain’ (i.e., writhe like a woman in travail) deep under the waters, and their inhabitants’]” These Rephaim are further seen imprisoned in a section of Sheol with Satan in Isa. 14: 9-11 (the word translated “dead” in v. 9 is Rephaim in the Hebrew text.  Also, note from this text that the “bottomless pit” abyss’ in Rev. 20: 1-3 is located in a section of Sheol).

 

 

The prison where the Rephaim from the coming Tribulation are to be confined with Satan appears to be in the section of Sheol called Tartarus.  Other inhabitants are mentioned, which could be not only the Nephilim and Rephaim from the days before and after the Flood, but also their angelic fathers.  This place is located “deep under the waters,” at the bottom of the sea.  The “sea” in Rev. 20: 13 is apparently an allusion to this place. The sea giving up “the dead which were in it” cannot refer to those in the human realm, for they are all included in the expression “death and hellHades’] delivered up the dead which were in them  These are two separate groups of individuals.  The first group is taken from the sea, and corresponding Scripture locates this place more specifically as being at the bottom of the sea and associated with Nephilim, Rephaim, and angels.  The other group is taken from the place more specifically called Hades in this passage and has to do with the unsaved dead [and the saved dead, who were not resurrected at “the first resurrection”] of all the ages from the lineage of Adam.  Unsaved descendants of Adam, angels who sinned both before and after the Flood, and the progeny of these angels - Nephilim and Rephaim will one day be removed from their corresponding sections of Sheol / Hades and appear before the Great White Throne to be judged.

 

 

-------

 

 

THE INTERMEDIATE STATE

 

 

“There is no charge of intentional misleading, in the part of those Bible teachers who assume, that the Christian enters into his final glory at [the time of] death.  Eschatological teaching would be greatly simplified if we were able to take that [common belief] for granted.  Assuming that to be the final statement of truth, then it would disqualify several important Christian doctrines.  The Second Advent of our Lord would be one of them.  Why should it be necessary for Him to - ‘come again and receive you unto Myself if His people go to Him* in a final sense at death?  The New Testament doctrine of the resurrection of the Christian dead, when the Lord shall come, would be redundant if we were able to say of all departed saints that “the resurrection is past already  It would not be the first time in the Christian era that such a disastrous thing has been taught (2 Tim. 2: 18).

 

[*That is,  immediately into Heaven at death.  For, “If I make my bed in Sheol,” - the underworld of the dead - “behold, thou art there” (Psa. 139: 8b, R.V.) ALSO!  Compare this with Lk. 24: 25, 44, 45 ff, R.V.]

 

 

“Consider for a moment the evidence of this mistaken conception, in those well-known lines of Charles Wesley as follows:- ‘Come let us join our friends above, who have received the prize … Let all the saints terrestrial sing with those to glory gone  Judge for yourself as to whether the perfect poet was also a perfect theologian, by an enquiry like this: is “the prize received” in the hymn, the same as the one anticipated by Paul in Phil. 3: 10-14 - “I press toward the mark, for the prize of the high calling, of God in Christ Jesus”?  If so, then there would be this difference between Paul and Wesley - the former expected it in the “out-resurrection from among the dead which he sought so diligently to attain [i.e., ‘to gain by effort’], and the latter at the time of his death.  It is one thing to sing:- “Around the throne of God in heaven, thousands of children stand,” but quite another thing to prove it from the Holy Scriptures.

 

 

“Like the steam locomotive on its two wheel tracts, so our thoughts must run along the appointed track, if we are to reach the terminus of truth in safety.  Alignment of truth is imperative, both for the in-working of our salvation, and the out-working of it in the future; and this is the alignment we follow.  The First Advent of Christ into this world, is the gateway into [eternal] salvation: His Second Advent is the gateway into [His millennial and manifested] glory.*  The former is the controlling factor  of grace, the latter is the governing factor of our expectations, which is to be consummated by a mighty, collective movement, on the part of all [“accounted worthy”] saints, and of all dispensations up to that time.  It is therefore an Axiom of Christian doctrine, that there is an interval of time lying between the Christian’s death, and the coming of the Lord to receive him unto Himself. …”

 

[* See Isa. 11: 9; Hab. 2: 14. cf. Rom. 8: 18; 1 Pet. 1: 11ff., R.V.).]

 

                                                                                                                  - JOSEPH ELLISON

 

 

*        *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

111

 

THE ORCHARD OF GOD

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

It is most wonderful to realize that ‘the fruit of the Spirit’ is, necessarily, an exact description of God: the Spirit’s mere presence in the human produces this orchard of God, and so God is it.  Here is the fruit (Gal. 5: 22): - Love, joy, peace, longsuffering, kindness, goodness, faithfulness, meekness, temperance: all this is what God is: what a revelation!  Nine virtues: nine is the number of the Holy Spirit, nine miraculous gifts, a nine-fold fruit, etc.: three - the number of the Godhead - multiplied into three - the essence of Deity, the full presence of the Trinity.

 

 

Fruit

 

 

NOW it is exceedingly illuminating to note exactly what produces the radiant character.  Fruit is the most perfect development of a plant, and the object for which it was created; and fruit is never produced at once, but grows gradually out of the life of the tree.  Trees may be vividly alive, and yet have no fruit, or very little or very imperfect fruit.  It is as our Lord puts it:- first the blade, proving a living plant; then the ear, or fruit beginning; and only finally, the full corn in the ear.  Thus we realize the radiant character for which we were born again.* How is it, Plutarch asks, that the fig-tree, whose root, branches, and leaves are extremely bitter, bears fruit so sweet?  It is the presence of God in the soul which alone can ever make man God-like.

 

* These graces form the path to the coming Kingdom, contrasted by Paul with ‘the works of the flesh,’ which block that path.  As Bengel observes, simply repeating Paul:- “If any is guilty, not indeed of all these things, but at least of some or one of them, he has lost the kingdom of God  “When the fruit is ripe, straightway he putteth forth the sickle” (Mark 4: 29. R V.).

 

 

Love

 

 

THE first fruit is Love: “the fruit of the Spirit is love God is nowhere said to be any of the eight virtues that follow, but “God is love” (1 John 4: 8): no wonder, therefore, that the first fruit, in rank and importance, is love.  It has been beautifully said that 1 Cor. 13 is a full-length portrait of Christ.  “We are all icebergs,”says Dr. Maclaren, “compared with what we ought to be  Love is the cohesive grace, that binds together: how then, in the last days, when the whole world plunges into extraordinary hate, and when the growing worldliness of the Church drives the people of God asunder - how shall we love?  There seems but one answer. The Face on Calvary.  An old man, worn with years and care, begged to have a hand - it is said - in the building of one of the greatest mediaeval cathedrals.  Fearing his age and failing sight, they placed him on work in the roof.  One day he was found dead, with his tools about him; and in the roof was a face of great loveliness, to which his dead face was turned.  “It must be some face he once loved,” said the workmen: “it is the noblest sculpture of all  Our love for Christ can reproduce His picture in our lives.  Our Lord loved the unlovely and the unlovable: is it not wonderful that God is calling us to the love of Calvary?

 

 

Joy

 

 

THE second fruit is Joy: “the fruit of the Spirit is joy  The world rejoices in what it sees; the Christian rejoices in what he does not see:- God almighty; God all-loving: God all-merciful; God all-holy; and that God my God and Father for ever, who loves me as He loves Christ, and who is pledged to bring me into His own holiness and glory for ever.  It is a joy completely above and beyond earth.  A report from an Indian station says that, of all the native churches in that neighbourhood, in one only was life and joy abounding, and that was a church of lepers.  Our unshakable, untouchable joy is that our God is love; our names are written in the Lamb’s Book of Life; and that at any moment this world may become the wonder-world of Christ.

 

 

Peace

 

 

THE third fruit is Peace: “the fruit of the Spirit is peace  What grace today, in a raging world where men are being massacred in millions, would be more utterly unworldly?  Here we see especially fruit.  All Christians came to life - sprang above the soil - in peace, the peace of a blood-purged conscience and a God-accepted life; but peace as a fruit is one of the miracles of life:-

 

 

A heart at leisure from itself

To soothe and sympathize.

 

 

It is seen extraordinarily in our Lord.  Within an hour of Gethsemane, and within a day of Calvary, His heart is full to the core with rest, and He is actually bequeathing this very Gethsemane and Calvary peace to us as a legacy.  “Peace I leave with you; my peace I give unto you” (John 14: 27).

 

 

Longsuffering

 

 

THE fourth fruit is Longsuffering: “the fruit of the Spirit is longsuffering  Longsuffering is patience carried to the point of pain: it is longsuffering; the power to endure; the capacity to bear up under tremendous strain. Ours is a great spiritual danger in the last days.  Luther puts it thus:- “If thou art the lily and the rose of Christ, know that thy dwelling-place is among thorns.  Only take care lest by thy impatience, by thy rash judgments and thy secret pride, thou dost not thyself become a thorn  When Madame Sontag began her musical career she was hissed off the stage at Vienna by the friends of her rival, Amelia Steininger, who had already begun to decline, through her dissipation.  Years passed on, and one day Madame Sontag, in her glory, was riding through the streets of Berlin, when she saw a little child leading a blind woman, and she said, “Come here, my little child - come here.  Who is that you are leading by the hand?” And the little child replied, “That’s my mother; that’s Amelia Steininger.  She used to be a great singer, but she lost her voice, and she cried so much about it that she lost her eye-sight  “Give my love to her,” said Madame Sontag, “and tell her an old acquaintance will call on her this afternoon  The next week in Berlin a vast assemblage gathered at a benefit for that poor blind woman, and it was said that Madame Sontag sang that night as she had never sung before.  And she took a skilled oculist, who in vain tried to give eyesight to the poor blind woman.  Until the day of Amelia Steininger’s death, Madame Sontag took care of her, and her daughter after her.  That was what the queen of song did for her enemy.

 

 

Kindness

 

 

THE fifth fruit is Kindness: “the fruit of the Spirit is kindness  Kindness is love in action, the perpetual flowering of a self- denying life.  There is one law from which we are never exempted: “Bear ye one another’s burdens, and so fulfil the law of Christ” (Gal. 6: 2).  Do we realize that to relieve our brother’s or sister’s suffering will be possible to us only a little longer for all eternity?

 

 

The path of sorrow, and that path alone,

Leads to the Land where sorrow is unknown;

 

 

and we must bind the bleeding heart, and cool the aching brow now, or our opportunity is lost for ever.  A lawyer once visiting in a hospital spoke a kind word to a degraded sufferer.  The man drew the counterpane over his face, sobbing convulsively, and then said:- “Sir, you are the first man that ever spoke a kind word to me since I was born: I can’t stand it

 

 

Goodness

 

 

THE sixth fruit is Goodness: “the fruit of the Spirit is goodness  “Kindness is rather to be referred towards others, goodness, as it were, pours out spontaneously” (Bengel).  It is easier to do good than to be good: for example, it is easier to give bountifully than to give cheerfully; it is easier to attend church or chapel than to worship when we come; it is easier to preach the truth than to live it, it is easier to work than to pray.  We have to become what we teach.  Goodness is a sun that cannot help shining; a heart that cannot help loving; hands that cannot help giving; feet that cannot help walking with God: goodness in character makes easy all goodness in life, and is the logic which even an infidel understands; and it is the grace which - perhaps with the solitary exception of love - brings us nearest to the character of God.

 

 

Faithfulness

 

 

THE seventh fruit is Faithfulness: “the fruit of the Spirit is faithfulness  Since all in whom the Spirit dwells already have saving faith, this, a later fruit, is fidelity, trustworthiness: a virtue extraordinarily rare now, in a day of massed lies.  Faith is our trust in God: faithfulness is God and man’s ability to trust in us; and one as normally leads to the other as fruit springs from a living plant.  Faith is the highest exercise of human reason; for it seizes on the eternal facts - God, eternity, the Word of God, the promises of God, and builds on these solid foundations of the universe: faithfulness is squaring our life to that faith.  For God has committed to us the most heart-searching Oracles, deeply crucifying to the flesh; and faithfulness is the grace which buries ambition and reputation in order to think as God thinks, to live as God lives, to say what God says.  Every prophet of God in every age has known what it is to share in the rejection of Christ.  An old Ouaker lady, who had immense influence with Emerson, once said to him: “I can’t think what you see in me worthy of your notice  Emerson replied:- “If the whole world thundered Nay in your ear, you would still say Yea

 

 

Meekness

 

 

THE eighth fruit is Meekness: “the fruit of the Spirit is meekness  It is exquisite to remember that when the Holy Spirit came to earth, He came not as an eagle, much less as a vulture, but as a dove, and it was as a dove that He possessed Christ Himself.  “A meek and quiet spirit Peter says (1 Pet. 3: 4), “is in the sight of God of great price A lovely Illumination of this grace appears in Moses.  “Now the man Moses was very meek, above all the men which were upon the face of the earth” (Num. 12: 3).  So far from meekness being anaemic helplessness, the self-depreciation of a sluggard, meekness deep, real, unequalled qualified Moses for probably the most gigantic physical task God ever put into the hands of one man - the transport of two millions for forty years across a desert.  Christian meekness is a deep under-rating, of our own powers and an immense estimate of God’s.

 

 

Self-control

 

 

LASTLY, the ninth fruit is Temperance: “the fruit of the Spirit is temperance or, with the Revised margin, self-control.

 

 

What is the characteristic of Christian thought?  Sanity, balance of mind; the self-control which has faith in all God’s Word, which sees all sides of a truth, which aims at that sublime equipoise of soul which is God’s.  In dress, inconspicuousness; in diet, moderation; in drink, sobriety, in temper, forbearance; in action, modesty; in success, humility; in defeat, steadiness; in desire, self-restraint; in all things, self-mastery.  “Let your forbearance” - your moderation - “be known unto all men: the Lord is at hand” (Phil. 4: 5).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

112

 

THE THOUSAND YEARS

 

 

By NATHANIEL WEST

 

 

 

As to the Characteristics of the 1000 years, it is enough to name them briefly, as they are given us in the word of God.  Like the New Testament, the Old is remarkably clear as to what shall occur at Messiah’s Second Coming, and give complexion to the age following.  A reference to the Scripture passages, herewith subjoined, will well repay the student.

 

 

1. Satan, the Cause of all the World’s Woe, shall, together with his evil Angels, be imprisoned in the “abyss,” chained, sealed, and locked up, beyond the possibility of getting out, during the whole Millennial reign.  His power over man, and the nations, will be absolutely broken.  Isa. 24: 21, 22; 27: l; Rev. 20: 1, 2.  A half week of years, previously to this, he has been dejected from heaven. Rev. 12: 7-I2.

 

 

2. Antichrist’s kingdom, overthrown forever, and the kingdoms of this world with it, shall never be revived, nor Antichrist and his confederates ever reappear to dwell upon the earth.  These, with the False Prophet, are cast alive into the “lake of fire Isa. 24: 21, 22; Rev. 19: 20; 20: 10.

 

 

3. There shall be but One Kingdom, in that day, the Kingdom of Christ, to which all the nations of earth shall be obedient, a kingdom “under the whole heaven from sea to sea, and from the river to the ends of the earth. Ps. 2: 1-12; 72: 8; Dan. 2: 44; 7: 27; Numb. 24: 17; Rev. 11: 15; Zech. 14: 9; 9: 10.

 

 

4. There shall be but One Religion, then, the Religion of Christ, alone.  Christianity shall be co-extensive with the limits of the world.  All false religious systems, and corrupt forms of Christianity, shall have disappeared, forever.  Isa. 45: 23; 52: 1, 7-16; 66: 17, 23; Zech. 14: 16; 8: 23; 9: 7; Rev. 5: 9-14; Zeph. 3: 9; Mal. 1: 11.

 

 

5. All Idols shall be destroyed, of whatever kind.  A presage of this, in primary fulfilment, was given at the First Advent, and is celebrated, not only in Plutarch’s account of the “Cessation of the Heathen Oracles,” but also in the choral strains of Milton’s “Ode on the Nativity of ChristIsa. 2: 8; 42: 17; Ps. 97: 7; Zech. 13: 2.

 

 

6. “All Israel” shall be holy to the Lord; and this means, not the Christian Church, nor the Nations, but the Jewish people as such, the natural seed of Abraham.  Their apostasy will be finished, their sin sealed, their iniquity atoned, and everlasting righteousness and holiness be brought in.  Dan. 9: 24; Isa. 26: 2; Deut. 30: 6; Isa. 60: 21; Jer. 3: 17; 50: 20; Ezek. 36: 25-27; 37: 23, 24; Zeph. 3: 13; Rev. 14: 1-5; Zech. 14: 20; Isa. 54: 13, 14.

 

 

7. War shall exist no more.* This result of the Binding of Satan, who is the instigator of all war, and cause of all national and international collision, continues throughout the whole Millennial age.  The proof that Satan is not bound, now, is (a) the fact of “War,” in our present age, and (b) the fact that when loosed for a “little season at the end of this age, his first effort is to excite the nations to “War and (c) to war against the kingdom of Christ.  In the Millennial age, however, all is peace, not only between man and man, but also between the Nations.  Isa. 2: 4, 9: 5; Mic. 4: 3, 4; Hos. 2: 20; Zech. 9: 10; Ezek. 39: 9, 10; Rev. 20: 1-3.

 

* The Great Rebellion of 1861-1865 in the United States, in defence of slavery, cost the Federal Government, the first year of its existence, - $1, 300,000 per day, the fourth year of its existence, $3,500,000 per day, or $27,500,000 per week, and left the nation encumbered with a Debt of about $3, 5,000,000,000.  The pecuniary cost of the War besides amounted to nearly twice this sum.  On the Federal side, not less than 300,000 men were slain, or died of their wounds, or of disease contracted in the service.  On the Confederate side, as many more perished.  To these 400,000 more of crippled and ruined must be added, making a total of ten hundred thousand men destroyed and disabled.  At the close of the War the Federal Army amounted to 1,000 000 of men, the Navy to 50,000.  The Standing Armies of Europe, to-day, amount to over 5,000,000 of men, with 10,000,000 of reserves, the cost of the armies of Great Britain, France, Germany, Italy, Russia, for the year 1888 being equal to $551,750,000.  And these who fly at each other’s throats are “Christendom said to be enjoying Millennial Glory “now while covered from head to foot with its own blood, and steeped in its own crimes!

 

 

8. Harmony shall be restored in creation, between man and man, and a covenant of peace be made between man and the lower animal world.  This also is a result of the Binding of Satan, who first entered a Serpent to practice his arts on mankind.  Isa. 11: 6-9; 65: 25; Hos. 2: 20; Ezek. 34: 25, 28; Mic. 4: 3.

 

 

9. The Land of Israel shall be transformed from barrenness into beauty, and made fruitful, glorious, and free from plague, and populated by a happy and blessed people; the people to whom, by right, it belongs. Isa. 35: 1; 41: 18, 19; Amos 9: 13-15; Isa. 65: 17-25; Zech. 8: 3-8.

 

 

10. Patriarchal years will return, in which a man, 100 years old, shall be esteemed a child.  Instead of saying, as we now do, that such an one has entered his “teens,” it will be said that such an one has just entered his “hundreds  Isa. 65: 20-22.  The risen saints “neither marry, nor are given in marriage Matt. 22: 30; but the unglorified are a “blessed seed, and their offspring with them Isa. 65: 23.

 

 

11. Israel and Judah, or 12-tribed Israel, shall be re-united as One Nation, under One King, in their own land; and, enriched with spiritual gifts of wisdom, knowledge, and grace, be a blessing to all mankind.  Thus, the promise to Abraham will be fulfilled.  “In thy seed etc., etc. Ezek. 37: 1-28; Mic. 4: 8; Joel 2: 27; 3: 1; Zech. 2: 14; lsa. 11: 9; Jer. 31: 34; Rom. 11: 12-15.

 

 

12. Jerusalem and Mount Zion, by means of physical convulsion and geological changes suddenly effected through disruption, depression, fissure, and elevation, at the Lord’s appearing, shall be “exalted” or “lifted high above the surrounding hills, and the adjacent region be reduced “to a plain like the Arabah, or Ghor, that runs from the slopes of Hermon to the Red Sea.  “All the land will change itself and the geographic centre of the reconstruction will be determined by the boundaries of the ancient territory of Judah.  All this the effect of the “Presence of the Lord more awful than His “Presence” at Sinai. Isa. 64:1-4; Mic. 1: 3, 4; Judges 5: 4, 5; Ps. 97: 4, 5; Exod. 19: 18, 24; Hab. 3: 6, 10; Nah. 1: 5, 6; Matt. 27: 52, 52; Isa. 40: 1-5; 2: 2; Mic. 4: 1; Zech. 14: 4, 5, 10, 11; Jer. 31: 38-40.*

 

* See Physico-Prophetical Essays, by Rev. W. Lister. F. G. S, 111-160, London. Longman: Green, etc.. 1861.

 

 

13. The City itself shall be built again, broadened, enlarged, and adorned with the wealth of the nations, and the Temple made glorious by the “precious things” of mankind.  Jerusalem shall not only he “lifted up but made “fruitful as the Valley of the Jordan Ps. 72: 10; Isa. 36: 15 (Revised Version). Zech. 14: 10 (Revised Version). Isa. 33: I7. (Revised Version.) Jer. 31: 38; Isa. 60: 10-18; Hagg. 2: 6-9; Jer. 3: 17, and the last nine chapters of Ezekiel.

 

 

14. The “Outcast of Israel” and “Dispersed of Judah gathered to enter the Kingdom, will return to their fatherland, from the East, the West, the North, and the South, to sit down with Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, conducted thither by Gentile hands, and presented, as a holy Mincha or Offering, to the Lord Himself, revealed in His glory.  Auxiliary to this great In-gathering of the Hebrew people, the River of Egypt, the Nile, shall be divided and dried up, and the River Euphrates also, to make way for the march of Israel returning under the protection of Eastern princes.  A high road, moreover, out of Egypt to Assyria will accelerate the movement, and ships from Tarshish, and the Sea-Islands, will cover the Mediterranean, loaded with Israel’s sons, their silver and gold, and the wealth of a world startled by the revelation of Christ in His glory.  With ancient valour they shall press their way to the plain of Esdraelon where stands the Hill of Megiddo (Armageddon), and under “One Head their Bozrah-Conqueror, move to possess the Holy City forever.  “Great will be the Day of Jezreel Isa. 11: 10-16; 37: 12-13; 49: 12, 22, 23; Zech. 10: 10-12; Zeph. 3: 9; Rev. 16:12; Isa. 65: 19, 20; Matt. 8: 11; Isa. 35: 8; 11: 16; 19: 23-25; 60: 9; 63: 1-6; 59: 16-21; Rev. 16: 16; 19: 11-21; Hosea 1: 11; Zech. 12: 4-9.*

 

* The Valley of Jezreel or Valley of Megiddo, is the World-famed Plain of Esdraelon, where Barak defeated Sisera, and young Josiah and the Hebrew Theocracy fell together before the might of Pharaoh-Necho.  It stretches from Scythopolis to Mount Carmel, 30 miles long, and 20 miles broad.  On account of the Hill of Megiddo, it is called in the Apocalypse “Armagedon.” It will be, in the final invasion of Palestine by the last Antichrist, the place of Encampment and Rendezvous, for his Western confederates, the ten kings, even as Bozrah will be a scene of slaughter for his South-Eastern reserves and the Valley of Jehoshaphat the final and the fatal Winepress!

 

 

15. Ten men, of all nations, that is, a large number, - in token of their recognition of what the Lord in His glory does for the Jew in the hour of his final deliverance, will “take hold of the skirt of a Jew then honoured beyond all others, and, detaining his step, beseech his favour, as he moves to the Holy City.  The wiping away of the rebuke and reproach of Israel, brings the national conversion of the Gentiles, international concerts of prayer, and the Concourse of men to the Throne of Jehovah, to worship before the Lord.  Zech. 8: 23; Jer. 3: 17; Rev. 15: 4; Isa. 25: 7, 8; 2: 2, 3; Mic. 4: 2; lsa. 45: 14-25.  Apostolic Christianity was only a pledge of this.

 

 

16. A Perennial Stream of living water shall flow from the Temple-Rock toward the Mediterranean and Dead Seas, carrying life wherever it goes, and, with the renovation and transformation of the Holy City, monthly fruits shall grow upon trees on either side of the river.  Ezekiel 47: 1-12; Zech. 14: 8; Joel 3: 18.

 

 

17. A Re-distribution and Division of the Holy Land shall be made according to the 12 tribes of Israel. Bounded, according to ancient covenant, North and South by the Euphrates and Nile, and East and West by the Sea of Oman and the Mediterranean, thirteen equal spaces of 50 miles each, the “Temple” and the “Holy Oblation” between seven on the North of the Tribes, each in their “lot and five on the South, will cover the area where Israel dwells.  The Glorification of the Land by means of the Temple-Waters, and the Redistribution of the Land go together.  The name of the Holy City is “Jehovah Shammah, The Lord is There  Ezek. 47: 1-12; 47: 13-23; 48: 15, 35.*

 

* See Smend’s Der Prophet Ezechiel. 338-393. Balmcr-Rinck, Des Propheten Ezekiel Gesicht vom Tempel. 44-48.  Tafel V. Das Gelobte Land. Major J. Scott Philip’s “Address read to the British Association at AberdeenChicago. 1879. Thos. Wilson, Publisher. Map.

 

 

18. There will be a Cessation of Sorrow, Tears, and Death, for God’s people in that age.  Although Sin and Death still exist, yet nowhere do we read that God’s people are subject to the same.  Elsewhere existing though not reigning as now, yet among God’s people these things never come.  Isa. 25: 6-9; 26: 1-4; 25: 10.  The universality of this exemption is reserved for the final New Heaven and Earth. Rev. 21: 1-4.

 

 

19. There will be a Sevenfold Fulness and Increase of Light, Solar and Lunar, in that day, when parted Israel are reunited in their fatherland.  Isa. 30: 26; 60: 19, 20; Zech. 2: 5; Isa. 4: 5.

 

 

20. There shall be a Restoration of Samaria, Sodom, and Gomorrah, less guilty than Jerusalem, in that day, and an alliance between them all, in covenant holiness, humility, and knowledge of the Lord; as also between Israel, Egypt and Assyria.  Ezek. 16: 46-63; Isa. 19: 23: 23-25; 11: 16.

 

 

21. A Yearly Concourse of people, from all nations, shall go to Jerusalem to worship.  As already, in the Holy City, ages before, a Christian Passover was celebrated, and a Christian Pentecost was enjoyed, where “Parthians, Medes, and Elamites, and dwellers in Mesopotamia and in Judea and in Cappadocia, in Pontus and Asia, Phrygia, Pamphylia, in Egypt and the parts of Lybia about Cyrene, and sojourners from Rome, both Jews and Proselytes, Cretes and Arabians, all saw and heard the wonderful works of God so a Christian Feast of Tabernacles shall not only be celebrated for the glorious Millennial ingathering, and remembrance of Desert-Life and the tribulation gone forever, but shall become a stated service in the metropolis of the new kingdom.  Zech. 14: 16; Acts 1: 9-12; John 7: 2, 37-39; Rev. 22: 17.

 

 

22. Israel shall be a Priestly Nation, as well as Royal, in presence of all Nations, offering perpetual spiritual sacrifice to God through Jesus Christ, an example of religious devotion to the whole world.  Isa. 66: 21; 61: 4-6.

 

 

23. The Jewish people and their Land, long divorced and desolate, shall be remarried with grand solemnities, as a New Bride to the Lord, over which He will joy with singing, and rest in His love.  Isa. 62: 1-12; Zeph. 3: 15-17; Rev. 19: 7-9; 20: 9; Hos. 2: 9.

 

 

24. The faithful dead of Israel will awake to share the joy of living Israel’s Conversion to Messiah, and Restoration to the land of promise, and to celebrate the World’s Sabbath, and Israel’s Jubilee.  Dan. 12: 1-3; Isa. 26: 19; Ezek. 37: 12; Hos. 13: 14; Rev. 20: 4-6.

 

 

25.  Not only shall the 12 Apostles sit on their thrones judging the 12 tribcs of Israel, and the martyrs of Jesus bear eminent rule, but the vast multitude of those who have fallen asleep in Christ, in all ages, shall wake to share the joy, and, with those who are “changed enter the glorious kingdom of God, and live and reign with Christ, 1000 years.  The Church above and below shall be one.  The Heavenly and Earthly Bride shall be one.  Matt. 19: 28, 29; Rev. 20: 4-6; Rev. 11: 18; 1 Cor. 15: 23; 1 Thess. 4: 13-18; Luke 12: 35-37.

 

 

26. Around the Land of Israel thus glorious, and the Holy City, now the light of the world, because of the glory of Christ, within it and on it, the Nations of earth shall dwell in obedient and willing submission, and, blessed in Abraham’s seed, and free from Satanic dominion, enjoy the Millennial Age of righteousness, peace and rest.  Ps. 72: 6-20; Isa. 61: 11; 66: 8-12; Zeph. 3: 9; Isa. 19: 18, 23-25; Ps. 96: 7-10; 97: 1; 98: 1, 2; 89: 15-17; Deut. 32: 43; Rev. 15: 4; Zech. 14: 16.  Here apply a vast number of the Messianic Psalms.

 

 

B. THE 1290 AND 1335 DAYS

 

 

Such are the main features of the [messianic and millennial] kingdom  that comes at the close of the last 1260 days of the 70th week of Daniel, the same 1260 days that we find in the Apocalypse of John.  It is the work of Him who is “the Lion of the tribe of Judah,” “the Root and Offspring of David who has “the key of David and whose name is “the Bright and Morning Star the “Star out of Jacob,” “the Lamb who alone has “prevailed to open the Seals and disclose the future of Israel, the Nations, and the Church.  In one particular, Daniel is more specific than John.  It is in reference to the exact intervals between the Destruction of Antichrist and the Home-Coming of Israel, and between this and the Resurrection.  The time-points, and spaces, are given with precision.  In answer to the question, “O my lord and what shall be the afterness of these things the linen-clothed man informs him that 30 days more are required after the 1260 days, and 45 days more are required after the 1290 days, and that he is a blessed man who waits and comes to the 1335 days.  Doubtless, the 30 days, after Antichrist’s destruction, are occupied with the triumphal Home-Coming of the Sun-clothed Woman from her desert shelter, the return of the Daughter of Zion to keep house, once more, in the “Beloved City  Who shall describe the scenes of that joyous eventful month?  “The ransomed of the Lord shall return with singing Isa. 35: 12.  “From the ends of the land I hear songs; Glory to the righteous Isa. 24: 16.  “Great will be the day of Jezreel Hos. 1: 11.  Lo-Ammi no more!  Ammi forever! “betrothed in righteousness, judgment, loving kindness, mercies, and faithfulness Hos. 2: 6, 9, 19, 20.  And then, the 45 days more!  What can this month and a half be but that “All Israel now together in the land, a converted nation, on whom the [Holy] Spirit is poured, are beholding Him they have pierced, and mourning with bitterer tears than ever fell in the vale of Megiddo!  It is the day of Israel’s national and penitential sorrow.  Zech. 12: 9-14.  But the sorrow is quickly turned into joy again, greater than ever, by the resurrection of the holy dead.  He, who knew how to weep at Lazarus’ grave, and to comfort Thessalonian mourners with his word, not only “appears in His glory when he “builds Jerusalem but “gathers the outcasts, and binds up the wounds of the broken in heart  Isa. 66: 5; Ps. 102: 13-22; 147: 2, 3.  “Them that sleep in Jesus will God bring with Him 1 Thess. 4: 16-20.  There is an Interval, then, between the Destruction of Antichrist and the full Redemption of Israel, and between this Redemption and the Resurrection of the faithful dead; 30 days elapse for the one; 45 days suffice for the other.  Then, the 1000 years!  David Kimchi, on Isa. 65: 5, and Abarbanel on Isa. 18: 3, say “the Resurrection will occur after the outcasts are gathered. *” Others say “the Resurrection will take place at or during, the times of Israel’s Restitution**” It is the same thing.  From the East, the West, the North, and the South, and from the empire of Death itself, “they shall come, and sing in the height of Zion  There is compensation, here, for Ramah’s sore lament; and Rachel, to whom it was said, “There is hope in thine end, thy children shall come to their own border,” “refrains her voice from weeping, and her eyes from tears, for her work is rewarded, and her children return from the enemy’s land Jer. 31: 12, 15-17.

 

* Weber, Syst. alt. pal. Theol. 357.   ** E’senmenger, Eut. jud. II. 895.

 

 

 RELATION OF THE RISEN [i.e., RESURRECTED and IMMORTAL]

SAINTS [from ‘SHEOL’ / Gk. ‘HADES’] TO ISRAEL - DISCHILIASM

 

 

A question enters, here, of great importance.  Among all interpreters, - save the spiritualizers who have an easy way of solving every problem, - the Relation of the Risen Glorified Church, to Israel, converted and restored, yet still in the flesh [i.e. in natural bodies of ‘flesh and blood’ and capable of dying], presents matter for careful study and consideration.  The struggle to the light is full of interest.  This problem troubled the great Bengel.  Rejecting the definite article “the” in Rev. 20: 4, before the words “thousand years - and upon what seemed to him sufficient critical grounds, Bengel developed a curious Dischiliasm, or doctrine of two, successive Millennia. Because, on critical grounds, the definite article was excluded from verse 4, the 1000 years in verses 4-6 appeared to be distinct from the 1000 years in verses 1-3.  According to this view the First Millennium reached from the Epiphany of Christ, the Destruction of Antichrist, and Binding of Satan, to Gog’s destruction and the First Resurrection, Gog being put at the end of the first 1000 years.  During this first millennium the Nations, no longer deceived by Satan, and taught by divine judgments, attain to the knowledge and worship of the true God.  The first 1000 years are the period of Satan’s Captivity.  The Second Millennium reaches from Gog’s destruction and the First Resurrection to the Parousia and Judgment of the Great White Throne, and is the period of the Reign of the Risen Martyrs; not, however, on earth, but over the earth, with Christ in heaven; - the period of Israel’s blessedness in their own land.  In short, from the Epiphany to the Parousia are 2000 years, bisected by the First Resurrection.  Though militant, even to the Last Judgment, still the Church enjoys a glorious “Flowering Time” (Flor der Kirche) under the out-poured Spirit, not indeed before the Resurrection of the Martyrs and Israel’s return, but before the Last judgment or Parousia.  And this Church of the last 1000 years is Ezekiel’s Jerusalem below, while the Risen martyrs and the saints in glory form the saints in glory from the Jerusalem above where Christ and those with Him, rule the world.  And these two Churches, the “Upper” and the “Lower,” abide separate during the second 1000 years, yet to blend in one, in the final New Heaven and Earth.  Such the first brave struggle in the line of exegesis, out of that mediaeval darkness on this subject in which both Lutheran and Reformed were still held; yet not without previous beams of light from Spener, Vitringa and Joachim.  Though “mixed and confused,” the view of Bengel was accepted, by many, as a relief and step out from that spiritualizing and allegorizing mode of exposition which robbed Israel of their future, negated the prophetic word, and still afflicted Protestantism itself.  It is a view that, in part, is still held to-day, by some, among whom are Delitzsch and Auberlen, but only so far as this, viz., that the Risen Saints, the Glorified Bride, “are retired into heaven, from there to rule over the earth during the 1000 years.”

 

 

DISCHILIASM REFUTED - HABITAT OF

THE RISEN SAINTS

 

 

Deeper study, however, has produced more light.  No one, now, adopts Dischiliasm, and the large preponderance of the best judgment among specialists in eschatology is adverse to the retirement of the Risen Saints into heaven, from there to rule “over” the world.  Hofmann resists the conception and proves the inadmissibility of rendering the preposition “on” by “over* A comparison of Rev. 5: 10 and 20: 4 forbids it. The opinion rests, moreover, upon “the assumption that the Holy Land is not transfigured during the 1000 years.”** As to the exclusion of the article, although Bengel has been followed herein by Lachman, Tischendorf, Tregelles, and others, yet De Wette regards the Manuscript authority for this as inadequate, the omission being not only “utterly improbable,” but “contrary to the context,” viz., that the Binding of Satan is the pre-condition of the Reign of Christ with His Risen Saints.  The initial point, or terminus a quo, of the 1000 years, in verses 1-3, is the same as in verses 4-6, therefore there are not two Millennia, but only one Millennium, dating from the Advent and the First Resurrection.*** Delitzsch agrees that Bengel’s Dischiliasm. is not proved by Scripture. + Kliefoth, clearer than all, on this point, concedes the omission of the article, v. 4, and says that, even did the manuscripts justify the omission, “yet such omission is easily accounted for upon internal grounds; for verses 1-3 are one vision, while verses 4-6 are another and distinct vision.  As in the first vision, the 1,000 years are first named without the article, v. 2, and then with the article, v. 3, so in the second vision, the 1,000 years are first named without the article, v. 4, and then with the article, v. 5.”  Then confirming De Wette’s second reason, viz.: That the initial, point of the 1,000 years is the same in both visions, he adds, “Since, however, both visions 1-3 and 4-6, run parallel, the 1,000 years are the same period, in both.”++ They are, as Delitzsch says, “the period when Israel enjoy the possession of their land, and Jerusalem, the Seat of the First Christian Church whence the gospel went forth, becomes glorious again as the Mother-Church and the Mother-City of the Kingdom of God.”+++

 

* The Greek [word …] with the Genitive never means “over,” but “on” “uponRev. 5: 10. ** Hofmann. Weisssag. u.Erfull. II. 372. *** DeWette. Exeget. Handb. Off. Einicit. 173. 1  + Delitzsch. Bibl-Proph-Theol. 137.  ++ Kliefoth. Offenb. Joh. III. 268.  +++ Bibl.‑Proph.‑Theol. 136.

 

 

There is no exegetical ground, therefore, whatever, for the doctrine of two millennia, and it is plain that the doctrine that the Risen Saints [after their resurrection] are retired into heaven to rule, from there “over” the world, and the Church below, is critically unjustified.  Such a view rests entirely on dogmatic  rounds, arbitrary pre-suppositions, apart from exegesis, and alleged “inconceivability” and “incongruity” of the opposite view, and is therefore worthless.  The assumption, moreover, that there is no transfiguration of the Holy Land anterior to the final Regenesis of all things, is at variance with the express letter of God’s word, in many most notable passages, and avoided only by regarding such passages as mere “poetry” or “artistic ornamentation  In opposition to this, it is our duty to say, with Kuper, “The prophets of the Old Testament, like St. John in Patmos, are no mere Poets, nor Phantasts, but holy men of God who, have spoken as they were impelled by the Holy Ghost* “To interpret Israel’s hope in the [millennial] Kingdom, described by Ezekiel in chapters 40-48, phantastically, we have no right,”says Sniend, “still less to interpret those visions spiritually, as is now almost generally the case** Nor is there any authority for Dusterdieck and Kliefoth, Bertheau and Richm, to interpret them “ideally  Even Kuenen has convincingly demonstrated that, and Orelli as well.

 

* Kuper. Das Prophetenthum.  539   ** Smend. Der Prophet Ezekiel, 385.

 

 

The Church of Christ, in the glorious Kingdom of Christ during the 1000 years, will be One, not Two.  The “right of judging” given to the Saints at the coming of Christ, is to be explained from the word “they lived and reigned with Christ  The two expressions are of commensurate force.  The power of judging belongs to the kingly office of Christ, and the power of life belongs to the priestly office of Christ, “a priest forever, not after the law of a carnal commandment, but after the power of an endless life Heb. 7: 16.  And because of this, the co-regency and co-ministry of those who are one with Christ, at His Appearing and Kingdom, is not that of one part of the Church over another part of the Church, but that of the whole Church as One, “on the earth and having “power over the nations  As Luthardt his admirably said, “There shall not be one part of the Church, the Gentile part, glorified in heaven, and another part, the Jewish part, glorified on earth.  The Church shall be one with the Lord returned to earth in her midst, like the sun in the temple in New Jerusalem.  The distinction still obtains, however, between the glorified church gathered around her Lord, in her glorified place on earth, and the outer unglorified humanity still liable to sin and death, yet freed from Satanic dominion, and subject to the dominion of Christ and his Church.  The Earth, not heaven, is the place of the glorified Church.  When the Bridegroom comes, He descends from heaven.  For that reason, the Church goes out to meet him,” even “to a meeting of the Lord, in the air as Paul declares.  1 Thess. 4: 17.  By the wonderful ministry of angels the whole body of believers is gathered to Him from all places.  The Bridegroom, however, is on his way to the Bride-chamber, therefore turns not back, but continues to move in the same direction He first took.  The Church does not remain in the air, nor is she retired into heaven, but after her ascension, accompanies the Bridegroom hitherward to the Holy Place where He will celebrate the marriage Supper of the Lamb.  Of a journey backward with the Bride to heaven, the Scripture knows nothing.  The Bride glorified, her Place is also glorified.*

 

* Luthardt. Lchre. v. d, Letzten Dingen. 34, 52, 56

 

 

And thus the Bride above and the Bride below, the Risen Glorified Saints, and Israel in the flesh, redeemed, restored and holy, shall be One Bride, One Glorious Church in the Millennial Age, and share a Mutual jubilee and Holy Sabbath.  And what Luthardt has said concerning Israel and the Gentile Church shall be likewise true concerning Israel themselves.  There shall not be one part of Israel in heaven, the glorified part, and another part of Israel on earth, the unglorified part.  Israel’s faithful dead will share with share with Israel’s  faithful living, the joy of the Kingdom on earth.  As Weber has said, “The Jewish Christian Church shall again revive.  From the Dispersion shall the living, and from their graves - [their bodies (and also their “souls” from being confined by “the gates of HadesMatt. 16: 18, R.V.)] - shall the dead be brought back to enjoy, together, in the Holy Land, the promised glory of the Messianic Age* So Fuller.  “Not merely those who survive to see the Advent, shall be delivered from the Tribulation, but also many from the sleepers in the dust shall be awaked, in order to enjoy the Redemption** “The confessors of Jehovah,” says Delitzsch, “shall be waked from their graves and form with the faithful living, a glorious Church.  Here is the First Resurrection*** “It is at the coming of the Lord Jesus that Israel is delivered.  It is then also that the First Resurrection takes place,” adds Tregelles.+  “The prophets predict,” writes Koch, “that Israel, when Messiah comes, shall be delivered and their faithful dead shall rise.  The whole great company of those who have fallen asleep in Christ shall be waked to share the glory of His Kingdom on earth.  To Israel of the End-Time, of whom the prophets have spoken, the Church of all believers, gathered out from all the nations shall be added, and together all shall reign with Christ, the 1,000 years++ So also Kiesselbach: “The prophet Isaiah in 26: 19 says more than that the faithful Israelites raised from the dust, shall be gathered, like the living, to their fatherland.  He tells us that these dwellers in the dust shall sing.  They shall share the rapture of the Home‑Coming ones from d is­tant lands, and for this very purpose the pious dead of Israel shall be waked from their graves+++ “Not merely,” says Cloter, “the first converts from Israel together with a definite number gathered out from the Gentiles, but also the last converted Israel and all the holy dead shall share, together, the salvation in the Kingdom of Christ.*+

 

*Delitzsch. Isa. 25: 19. **Weber. Syst. alt. pal. Theol. 354. ***Fuler. Daniel der Prophet, 32 1. +Tregelles. Dan. 12: 1-3. ++Koch. Das tausendjahr. Reich.144.  +++ Kiesselbach. Isa. 26: 19.  *+ Das ewige Evangel. 191, 102.

 

 

So Hofmann: “Precisely that People whom the Tyrant, already pictured, would have destroyed, shall be delivered out of the unheard of Tribulation coming on the world in the last time, and shall enjoy the changeless and imperishable salvation.  The two propositions, ‘Thy people shall be delivered,’ and ‘many from among thy people shall awake out from among the sleepers in the dust,’ are contemporaneous events. The Angel’s purpose was not to teach the universality of the resurrection, but to add to the limited number of those who, in the flesh, survive to sec the Outcome of things, the many from the dead who, also, should none the less have part therein.* And Baur to the same effect.  “In the Millennial Kingdom the Patriarchs and Prophets, and all the righteous shall be waked to enjoy, with the living, the peace of this Kingdom which, like the heavenly Jerusalem, is painted in colours the most glowing  And this he assures us was “the faith of the primitive Church**

 

* Schriftbeweis. III, 399.  ** Dogmengeschichte I. 320.

 

 

FURTHER CONFIRMATION

 

 

If more were needed to confirm the view that the Risen Saints are not retired into heaven to rule the Church below, and the world from there, the Scriptures will supply it.  In Isa. 26: 19, the dead are not awaked to be retired to heaven, but to rejoice on earth, and “sing” as they wake, and swell the jubilee.  In Dan. 12: 1-3, they rise to “stand” with Daniel in their “lotv. 13, and take the kingdom, here, 7: 27.  And yet, they “shine as the brightness of the firmament, and as the stars forever They possess a true, real, yet spiritual body, not like that of Lazarus after his resurrection, but like that of the Lord Himself, who tarried therewith 40 days on the earth; a glorious [and immortal] body even then, pervaded by the Spirit, and free from all earthly limitations incident to His state of humiliation.  So, in the parable, when the Son of Man has come with all His holy angels, and Wheat and Chaff are parted, the “righteous shall shine in the kingdom of their Father Matt. 13: 43, “the kingdom to come where God’s will is done on earth.”  Nor does Paul contradict this when speaking of the glory of the heavenly lights, he adds, “So also is the resurrection1 Cor. 15: 42. “The manifestation of the sons of God” is due to the manifestation, or Apocalypse, of the “Son of God and is glorious as was the transfiguration on the Mount.  Matt. 17: 1-4.  To be raised and changed, and “so” to be caught up and “so” to be with the Lord forever, as risen and changed, does not require a remaining forever in the air, nor a disappearing, backward, forever in the Heavens.  That is not the language of Paul. 1 Thess. 4: 16.

 

 

Even the Jewish teachers who saw in that far-reaching chapter, - the 40th of Isaiah, - the “Rapture of the Saints” in connection with the revelation of the “Glory of the Lord” which “all flesh” shall see “together,” never dreamed of a detention in the air of the risen ones, or of those changed and who are described as “The ones expecting JehovahIsaiah 40: 31, was to the pious in Israel, what 1 Thess. 4: 16 is to us, but nowhere in all their literature, biblical or post-biblical, do we find either the view of aerial detention, or retirement to heaven, but always and everywhere, that of an open, free intercourse among all, “in the land of the living where the righteous no more are entombed, “nor die any more  The Gemara Sanhedrin preserves the tradition of the house of Elias, saving, “The righteous, whom God will raise up in the first resurrection, shall not return to the dust again, but in them, - during the 1000 years in which He restores the world, - the Blessed One will fulfil that word in Isaiah 40: 31. They shall renew their strength; they shall mound up as with wings of eagles; they shall run and not be weary; they shall walk and not faint* The song of the 4 living creatures, and of the 24 Elders, is that the Kingdom of the Lion of Judah’s tribe, when He comes to reign, is “on the earth not “over” it. Rev. 5: 10.  It is “in This Mountain (even the literal “Mount Zion” where “He reigns gloriously before His ancients (Isa. 24: 23) that “the Lord of Hosts will make unto all peoples a feast of fat things and here “destroy the face of the covering cast over all peoples, and the veil that is spread over all nations and “swallow up death in victory Isa. 25: 6, 7.  As Orelli beautifully says, “He will bring to the nations a true and divine surprise, when He takes away the covering that long enough has veiled their eyes. They shall behold Him, then, as the Dispenser of all Life and Grace, and taste how good He is to those who bow before His majesty.  By a second marvel, He will show His omnipotent Love, abolishing Death with the Woe that has wrung from man uncounted tears, and extinguish the curse which, from the very beginning, has blasted the whole human race** Such will be the character of the Millennial Age, unchanged, till in mystery again its light shall fade a moment, only to reappear in brighter glory and shine eternally with the full splendour of an undimmed and unsetting sun.

 

* Eisenmenger Entdeckt. juden. II, 290.  Mede’s Works. 776.  ** Orelli. Isa. 26: 19.  Kurtzgef. Komm. 92.

 

 

EXTENT OF THE TRANSFORMATION

 

 

To what extent the Glorification of our planet shall go, at the Second Coming of the Son of Man, is a point left undetermined in the Scriptures. How far, outside the boundaries of the holy land the glorifying energy of the Spirit will pass when once the resurrection has come, what other cosmic convulsions and reformations, besides those foretold, will occur, it is impossible to decide.  Here, as in other respects, we “see through a glass darklyIf, with Lange, Christlieb, Van Oosterzee, and others, we regard the “Palingennesia” or “Anakainosis as a mighty Cosmical “Process” begun by catastrophe and convulsions in heaven and earth, at the Appearing of Christ, and completed at the close of the 1000 years, by similar changes, while yet the evolution continues between, according to the law of geologic ages, then of this much we are certain, that Palestine is not the limit of the transformation.  Scientific reasons come in here to confirm this conclusion. Geology itself teaches us that our Planet was once a vast mass of water, to the eye, that, only after some time, the dry land appeared, that what is now land, was once submerged, and what is now sea was once land, and that all the mountains and valleys, and rivers and plains, are not of the same age.  And Scripture teaches the same lesson.  The earth and the world are expressly said to have been “formed and the mountains to have been “brought forth”, and the seas to have been “gathered  Scripture, in advance of Geology, foretold these phenomena before Science explained them, and the experience of the past should advise us what to expect in the future.  God’s word will prove true, and that in the most literal manner, precisely where reason is blind, and a spiritualizing interpretation seeks to bridge over what men choose to call a “difficulty  We know, from Paul, that, at the “redemption of the body “the creature itself also, shall be delivered from the bondage of corruption into the liberty of the glory of the children of GodRom. 8: 21.  It, too, shall share in the “power of the resurrection  We may not attempt to be wise above what is written.  This much, however, is sure to faith, that He who establishes His Kingdom of glory on earth, and rewards the righteous with rule over the “cities” and “nations” of men, will find a fit place of abode for His saints who, like Him, are conquerors over the grave.  Holding this, we arc, at the same time, also permitted to hold that the power of locomotion given to a “spiritual body,” i.e., a body under the perfect dominion of the spirit, a body with motion “equal to the angels and such as our Saviour had at His ascension and wore during 40 days, appeaing and vanishing by turns, will enable the righteous raised from the dead, to transcend the limits of earth, “mount up” toward heaven as on eagls’s wings, “run” without sense of fatigue, “walk, and not faint  Even now, clogged and infirm as we are, the power of our will lifts us at once from our seats and bears us with ease along our way.  How much more obedient to the volition of the saint will his resurrection vesture be!  As there is nothing to compel us to restrain the visible, glorious personal Presence of Christ, to an uninterrupted stay upon earth during the 1000 years, so there is nothing to forbid the motion of His risen saints.  A free and open intercourse between heaven and earth is as believable a view, - an appearing and disappearing, like that of the Saviour and like that of the bodies of many saints who arose and went into the Holy City, and there vanished away, - as is the scene of the Transfiguration, or the story of the post-resurrection life of Christ on the earth.  Angelic ministry, moreover, waits on both Him and the Saints, and it may be that, in the Millennial Age, that word of Israel’s King to Nathaniel will come to its full realization: “Hereafter ye shall see Heaven Open, and the Angels of God ascending and descending on the Son of Man John 1: 52.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *        *

 

 

113

 

The Visions and Prophecies of Zechariah

 

 

By DAVID BARON

 

 

THE MILLENNIAL TEMPLE

 

 

Zechariah 6: 9-15: “The word of Jehovah came unto me, saying, Take of them of the captivity, even of Heldai, of Tobijah, and of Jedaiah; and come thou the same day, and go into the house of Josiah the son of Zephaniah, whither they are come from Babylon; yea, take of them silver and gold, and make crowns, and set them upon the head of Joshua the son of Jehozadak, the high priest; and speak unto him, saying, Thus speaketh Jehovah of hosts, saying, Behold, the Man whose name is the Branch: and He shall grow up out of His place; and He shall build the Temple of Jehovah; even He shall build the Temple of Jehovah; and He shall bear the glory, and shall sit and rule upon His throne; and He shall be a priest upon His throne; and the counsel of peace shall be between them both.  And the crowns shall be to Helem, and to Tobijah, and to Hen the son of Zephaniah, for a memorial in the Temple of Jehovah.  And they that are far off shall come and build in the Temple of Jehovah; and ye shall know that Jehovah of hosts hath sent Me unto you.  And this shall come to pass, if ye will diligently obey the voice of Jehovah your God

 

 

 

The series of eight visions is followed by a very significant symbolical transaction, which must be regarded as the crowning act - the headstone of the rich symbolic-prophetical teaching which was unfolded to the prophet on that memorable night.

 

 

It shows us what will follow the banishment of evil from the land, and the overthrow of world-power in the earth, as set forth particularly in the last three visions - namely, the crowning of the true King, the Mediator of Salvation, who shall be [during the ‘age to come’] “a Priest upon His throne,” and build the true temple of Jehovah, into which not only Israel, but “they that are far off” - the Gentiles - shall have access.

 

 

To indicate that the visions are now ended, the prophet adopts the usual formula by which the prophets always authenticated that they spake, not of themselves, but as they were moved by the Holy Spirit: “And the word of Jehovah came unto me saying  The whole section divides itself into two parts - the first (vers. 9-11) gives the account of the symbolical transaction; and the second (vers. 13-15) records the verbal prophecy.

 

 

The symbolical act was occasioned by the following circumstance: There arrived in Jerusalem, probably on the very morning after the vision, three prominent men as a deputation from the Haggolah, “the Captivity” - that is, from those who were still settled in Babylon, whither they were originally carried “captive” - bringing with them an offering of silver and gold for the Temple, which was then still in building.  The sight of these men from “far-off” Babylon, bearing their offering for the Lord’s House, was the occasion of the opening of the prophet’s eyes by the Spirit of God to behold the future glorious Temple, which in Messiah’s time shall be established in Jerusalem as an House of Prayer for all nations, and to which even the Gentile peoples which are “far off” shall flock, bringing their worship and their offerings.

 

 

The incident recorded in John 12: 20-33 may in a sense be regarded as parallel to this.  There the coming of Andrew and Philip to our Lord with the touching request made in the first instance to the latter of these two disciples by the Greeks who came up to Jerusalem among those who came up to worship at the feast: “Sir, we would see Jesus took our Saviour’s mind to the time when “all men without distinction of race or nationality, shall be “drawn” unto Him, and to the only possible way by which this could be brought about.  In the temple of His pre-resurrection body, as the Son of David, there was no room for these poor Gentiles.  The Son of Man must be lifted up: except the corn of wheat fall into the ground and die, it abideth alone; but if it die, it bringeth forth much fruit.  So here the appearance in Jerusalem of these strangers takes the prophet’s mind from the Temple they were then building, over the second outer court of which when completed there was the inscription put up in Greek and Latin: “No stranger may enter here on pain of death1 to the  future [millennial] Temple, which Messiah, the true Prince and Priest, of whom Zerubbabel and Joshua the son of Josedech, were types, would build; which, as already said, shall be an House of Prayer for all nations, and in which those that are “far off” - by which we must understand not only the Jews who were still in the far lands of their “captivitybut the Gentiles, “from the rising of the sun even unto the going down of the same,” as the last post-exilic prophet Malachi predicts - “shall come and build

 

1 The interesting discovery in 1871 by Clermont-Ganneau, the learned Oriental archaeologist (the same who discovered and translated the inscription of the Moabite Stone), of the block of stone with the Greek version of this inscription, which was actually built into the wall or enclosure of the Second Temple, separating the “Court of the Gentiles” from the “Court of the Women,” is now well known.  I have myself more than once seen and examined the block with the inscription on it, which, with many other precious archaeological treasures, is now in the Constantinople Museum.  The actual words of the Greek inscription upon which our Lord Jesus and Paul most probably looked more than once, read, translated, thus: “No stranger born may enter within the circuit of the barrier and enclosure that is around the sacred court.  And whoever shall be caught there, upon himself be the blame of the death which will consequently follow Josephus (Antiq. xv. 5), speaking of the enclosures, or Courts of the Temple, which he describes as very spacious and surrounded by cloisters of much grandeur, says: “Thus was the first enclosure.  In the midst of which, and not for from it, was the second, to be gone up by a few steps; this was encompassed by a stone wall for a partition, with an inscription which forbade any foreigner to go in under pain of death

 

 

The symbolical act itself which the prophet is commanded to perform was as follows:

 

 

He was to go to the house of Josiah the son of Zephaniah, “whither they (i.e., these distinguished strangers) are come from Babylon,” as the original words in the 18th. verse are properly rendered in the Revised Version - the 14th. verse indicating, as we shall see, that this Josiah, like the true son of Abraham, was a man “given to hospitality,” and lodged these strangers in his house as an act of “kindness  Having gone that “same day” to that hospitable house, he was to take some of the silver and gold which they had brought as an offering from those still in Babylon, and make ’ataroth.  The word is in the plural, and is rendered in the Authorised Version “crowns2 some commentators supposing that there were at least two crowns - one made of silver and the other of gold: the first for the high priest, or at any rate as an emblem of the priestly dignity; and the other of royalty.  But what follows does not at all agree with this supposition, for the prophet is commanded to put the ’ataroth upon the head of Joshua; and, as Keil and Lange well observe, “You do not put two or more crowns upon the head of one man  Ewald, Hitzig, and others, to [Page 190] meet the supposed difficulty, would interpolate the words “and upon the head of Zerubabbel” in the 11th verse, as if one crown was to be put upon the head of Zerubbabel and the other upon Joshua; but there is no justification whatever for such a free-and-easy method of handling the sacred text, and the interpretation based upon their “reconstruction” only obscures the rich significance and spiritual beauty of the truth set forth in this symbolical transaction.

 

2 In the margin of the R. V. it is rendered in the singular, “a crown

 

 

There is no mention whatever of Zerubbabel in this passage, neither was a silver crown, or indeed any crown, ever worn by the high priest - the priestly mitre being never so designated. 3 In fact, the whole significance of the incident lies in the fact that these crowns, or crown, was placed upon the head of Joshua.  The plural “ataroth” is used in Job 21: 36 for one crown, and what most probably is meant is a single “splendid royal crown,” consisting of a number of gold and silver twists or circlets woven together.

 

3 “The silver might have formed a circlet in the crown of gold, as in modern times of the iron of Lombardy was called iron because it had a plate of iron in its summit, being else of gold and most precious.” - Pusey.

 

 

The Verbal Prophecy

 

 

Having placed this crown upon the head of Joshua, the prophet was, by the Lord’s command, to deliver to him the following message: “Thus speaketh Jehovah of hosts, saying, Behold the Man whose name is the Branch, and He shall grow up out of His place, and He shall build the Temple of the Lord: even He shall build the Temple of the Lord: and He shall bear the glory, and shall sit and rule upon His throne; and He shall be a priest upon His throne; and the counsel of peace shall be between them both

 

 

This is one of the most remarkable and precious Messianic prophecies, and there is no plainer prophetic utterance in the whole Old Testament as to the Person of the promised Redeemer, the offices He was to fill, and the mission He was to accomplish.  Let us examine the sentence in detail.

 

 

Ecce Momo!  “Behold the Man - an expression which has become famous and of profound significance, since some five centuries later, in the overruling providence of God, it was used by Pilate on the day when He Who came to bring life into the world was Himself led forth to a death of shame.

 

 

Here, however, it is not to the Son of Man in His humiliation, to the “Man of Sorrows and acquainted with grief,” that our attention is directed by God Himself, but to the only true Man after God’s own heart - the Man par excellence - the Ideal and Representative of the race, Who, after having for our salvation worn a crown of thorns, shall, as the reward of His sufferings, be “crowned with glory and honour,” and have all things put in subjection under His feet.

 

 

“Behold the Man  “Behold My Servant!” (Isa. 42: 1, 52: 13), “Behold thy King!” (Zech. 9: 9), “Behold your God!” (Isa. 40: 9): thus variously, as calling attention to the different aspects of the character of the same blessed Person, is this word “Behold” used by God Himself.

 

 

“Behold the Man - the words are indeed addressed to Joshua, but by no possibility can they be made to apply to him as the subject, as modern Jews and some rationalistic Christian interpreters seek to do. 4

 

4 Rashi, Aben Ezra, and Kimchi assert that “the Man, the Branch,” is Zerubbabel: but, for obvious controversial reasons, they have departed from the older received interpretation, as is seen from Targum of Jonathan, where the passage (ver. 12) is paraphrased thus: “Behold the Man; Messiah is His Name.  He will be revealed, and He will become great and build the Temple of God

 

The Messianic interpretation is also defended with great force by Abarbanel, who thus decisively refutes the interpretation adopted by the great trio of Jewish commentators, Rashi, Aben Ezra, and Kimchi.  He says, “Rashi has written that the words, ‘Behold the Man Whose Name is the Branch,’ have by some been interpreted of the Messiah  He here means Jonathan, whose interpretation he did not receive, for he adds that the building here spoken of refers altogether to the Second Temple and Zerubbabel, why it said, “The Man Whose Name is the Branch,” “and He shall grow up from beneath Him  Surely we know that every man that grows up to manhood, and even to old age and hoary hairs.  Rashi, perceiving this objection, has interpreted this to mean that He shall be of the royal seed; but this is not correct, for the word “from beneath Him” teaches nothing about the royal family. … But, at all events, I should like to ask them, if these words be spoken of Zerubbabel, why does the prophet add that “He shall build the Temple of the Lord: even He shall build the Temple of the Lord  Why this interpretation to express one single event?  The commentators have got no answer but this, “It is to confirm the matter  But, if this be the case, it would be better to repeat the words three or four times, for then the conformation would have been greater still.  I should further ask them how they can interpret of Zerubbabel those words, “He shall bear the glory, and shall sit and rule upon His throne”; “for he (Zerubbabel) never ruled in Jerusalem, and never sat upon the throne of the kingdom, but only occupied himself in building the Temple, and afterwards returned to Babylon” (Abarbanel, Comment, in loc.).

 

Dr. Alexander McCaul says on this passage, “The prophecy promises these particulars: first, ‘He shall be a priest upon His throne’; secondly, ‘He shall build the Temple of the Lord’; thirdly, ‘He shall bear the glory (the “majesty”), and shall sit and rule upon His throne, and they that are far off shall come and build the Temple of the Lord’” It is not necessary to point out the well-known passages which prove that these four particulars are all features of Messiah’s character, and in that of no one else.  It is also easy to identify these features in the character of Jesus of Nazareth.  He is represented in the New Testament as a High Priest, as a King, and it is certain that the Gentiles, who were then far off, have acknowledged His dignity; and, as for building a Temple, He did this also.  (See John 2: 29. Eph. 2: 22.)

 

[Page 192]

Joshua himself knew of a certainty that that which was set forth by the symbolical act of his being crowned, and the great prophecy contained in the words which followed, could not refer to himself.

 

 

Perhaps if it had been Zerubbabel who was a prince of the House of David - who had been so crowned, and to whom the words had been addressed, there might have been some shadow of ground for such a mistake; but Joshua, as priest, never could wear a crown, not sit and rule upon a throne, since as long as the old Dispensation lasted the priesthood and royalty were, by God’s appointment, apportioned to different tribes, and no true prophet would ever think of any one but a son of David as having the right to sit and rule on a throne in Jerusalem.  This, in all probability, was the reason why the crown was placed on the head, not of Zerubbabel, but on Joshua.  But Zechariah, who was a priest-prophet, and Joshua, to whom the words are addressed, knew well that there were predictions in the former prophets that in a time [or “age”] to come the Redeemer, whom God promised to raise up in Israel out of the House of David, would combine in His own Person the two great mediatorial offices of Priest and King, and be at the same time the last and greatest Prophet, through Whom God would reveal Himself more fully and perfectly to man.  Thus, for instance, in the 110th Psalm it is predicted of the theocratic King, Who “shall strike through kings in the day of His wrath,” and “judge among nations” -

 

 

“The Lord hath sworn, and will not repent.  Thou art a priest for ever, after the order of Melchizedek

 

 

Now, of this royal Priest, whose priesthood was to be “for ever,” Joshua was already told in the 3rd chapter that both he and his “fellows of the Aaronic family were anshei mopheth - literally, “men that are a sign,” i.e., types - so that there could be no more shadow of a possibility of his understanding this new and fuller message about the Priest-King in the 6th chapter as referring to himself, beyond the fact that in his official capacity as high priest he (like all other priests of the house of Aaron) foreshadowed the Person and office of the One who should be the true and only Mediator between God and man.

 

 

To return for a moment to the symbolic action which preceded the delivery of the verbal message, there is truth in Pusey’s observation, that the act of placing the crown on the head of Joshua, the high priest, pictured not only the union of the offices of Priest and King in the person of the Messiah, but that He should be King, being first our High Priest.  “Joshua was already high priest; being such, the kingly crown was added to him.  It says in fact what the Apostle says in plain words, that Christ Jesus, “being found in fashion as a man, humbled Himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the Cross.  Wherefore God also hath highly exalted Him

 

 

But to remove any possibility of mistake or doubt, “the Man” to whom the attention of Joshua is directed away from himself is introduced by the well-known Messianic title, which in the Book of Zechariah is used as a proper name of the promised Deliverer.

 

 

“Behold the man Tsemach - The Branch - is His Name

 

 

We have fully entered into this point in the exposition if the 8th verse of chap. 3., and have there shown also how, under this title, the Messiah is brought before us in the Old Testament prophecy in the four different aspects of His character to which reference has already been made above - namely, as the King (Jer. 23: 5, 6), the Servant (Zech. 3: 8), the Man (Zech. 6: 12), and as “the Branch of Jehovah” (Isa. 4: 2): which answer so beautifully to the fourfold portraiture of the Christ of history which the Spirit of God has, through the Evangelists, given us in the four different Gospels.  We therefore pass on to the next clause.

 

 

“And He shall grow up out of His place” - umatichtav itsmach 5 - literally, “He shall branch up from under Him” - from His own root or stock.

 

5 The only other place where “umitachtav” is found in the Old Testament is Ex. 10: 23, where it means “out of his own place

 

 

First, as to the race or nation, He shall be of the seed of Abraham, of the tribe of Judah, and of the family of David; and, secondly, as to the soil or country, it shall be “Immanuel’s Land,” and out of Bethlehem Ephratha, that this glorious Branch shall spring up, as foretold by the former prophets.

 

 

At the same time it is true, as Hengstenberg observes, that the expression presupposes the lowliness from which He will first rise by degrees to glory.  “Thus,” to quote another writer, “in this one significant sentence the lowly origin of the Messiah on the one hand, and His royal dignity on the other, are both not obscurely referred to6

 

6 Dr. Wright.

 

 

From His glorious Person and family, or place of His origin, as “the Man,” or “Son of David,” our thoughts are next directed to the great work [after His Second Advent and upon this earth] He is to accomplish:

 

 

“And He shall build the Temple of Jehovah; even He (or, literally, He Himself) shall build the Temple of Jehovah

 

 

The repetition and the strong emphasis laid upon the pronoun “He” being intended as an affirmation both of the certainty of the fact, and the greatness of the task to be accomplished by Him [after His Second Advent].  Joshua the priest of Zerubbabel the prince were then engaged in the building of a Temple, and one primary object in the visions and prophecies of Zechariah - even as it was of Haggai - was to encourage them in the task which was now nearing completion.  But, perhaps as a reward for his faithfulness, or as an encouragement to those who sorrowed because of the apparent insignificance of the House they were then able to build, 7 the prophet is commissioned of God to reveal to Joshua that another, greater than he and his companion, but whom they in their respective offices had the honour to foreshadow - He would combine in His own Person the dignities of priesthood and royalty - would build the Temple of Jehovah, of which they also that were now engaged in the building was a type and pledge.

 

7 Ezra 3: 10-13; Hag. 2: 3; Zech. 4: 10.

 

 

But, we may ask, what Temple is it which the Messiah, according to this and other predictions, was to build?

 

 

In answer to this question we would say first of all that we cannot exclude from this prophecy the reference to a literal Temple in Jerusalem, which shall, after Israel’s national conversion, be built under the superintendence of their Messiah-King, and which will, during the millennial period, be “the House of Jehovah” on [this] earth, to which “the nations will flow” and many peoples go, in order that they may be taught His ways, and learn to walk in His paths, and which will be literally “An House of Prayer” and worship “for [all]* the nations8

 

8 Isa. 2: 2-4, 56: 6, 7; Mic. 4: 1-7; Ezek. ch. 40. to ch. 43.

 

[* “And he (our Lord Jesus the Christ/Messiah) taught, and said unto them, Is it not written (see Isa. 56: 8, R.V.) My house SHALL be called a house of prayer for ALL the nations:” (Mark 11: 17).]

 

 

But there is something greater and deeper in this prophecy than the reference to a future material Temple on earth, however glorious that may be.  The Temple in Jerusalem was the outward visible symbol of communion between God and His [redeemed] people, which in the past has never been perfectly realised.  And let us remember, mysterious [Page 196] and wonderful as it may appear to us, that not only is the blessedness of man created in the image of God conditional on communion with his Maker, but the infinite and ever-blessed God, the Father of spirits, seeks communion with man.  Indeed, it might be said that this was the chief object which God had in creating man - that he might be a temple to contain His perfection and fulness;* that the mind with which He had endowed him might comprehend and admire His infinite wisdom, and his heart respond to His love.  In the Garden of Eden we get a beautiful glimpse of what was intended as the beginning of a fellowship between God and man, which was to go on and unfold through limitless ages.

 

[* See conditional passages in Acts 5: 32; 1 Sam. 15: 23, 1 Sam. 18: 12, R.V., and compare with Psa. 51: 11, Septuagint (LXX), where the Holy “Spirit” is shown.  Also see“The Rights of the Holy Spirit in the House of God” and “The Personal Indwelling of the Holy Spirit” by G. H. LANG.]

 

 

But soon sin - that hateful and accursed thing in God’s universe - entered, and communion between God and man was interrupted.  The outward token of this was the banishment of the man from the garden, and the placing of the cherubim with the “flaming sword which turned every way” to bar the way against his re-entering that blessed abode.

 

 

But the heart of God yearned for man, and in His infinite wisdom and grace he devised a means by which His banished be not forever an outcast from Him.

 

 

He chose Israel, whom He suffered to approach to Him through the sprinkling of blood, which in His mind pointed to the blood of the everlasting covenant which the Messiah, who was to be “led as a lamb to the slaughter,” was to shed as an atonement for sin; and to them His proclamation went forth, “Make Me a tabernacle, that I may dwell among you  The tabernacle was built, and then the Temple on Mount Moriah; but soon, alas! this Temple, too, was defiled, and sin and its progress made such rapid  strides that it penetrated even into the Holy of Holies, and God was obliged entirely to withdraw His manifest presence even from His chosen dwelling-place.

 

 

After the destruction of the first Temple by the Chaldeans under Nebuchadnezzar (2 Kings 25.) the Jews built another one after their restoration from Babylon; but the manifest presence of Jehovah no more returned to it; for Rabbi Samuel Bar Juni, in the Talmud (Yoma, f. 21, c. 2), and Rabbis Solomon and Kimchi, in their comment on Hag. 1: 8, all agree that five things that were in the first Temple were wanting in the second - i.e., the ark, wherein were the tables of the Covenant, and the cherubim that covered it; the fire that used to come down from heaven to devour the sacrifices; the Shekinah Glory; the gift of prophecy, or the Holy Ghost [Spirit]; and the miraculous Urim and Thummim.

 

 

But before that Temple was destroyed by the Romans, another Temple, not built by the hands of man, arose, and it dwelt in the fulness of the Godhead bodily (Col. 2: 9).  One came, and in the sight of the magnificent structure which then become more a “den of thieves” than a “house of prayer,” proclaimed, “Destroy this Temple, and in three days I will raise it up again; and this He spake of the Temple of His body  Who was this who thus spoke but the promised Messiah, with whose [second] advent the [bodily] presence of Jehovah should again return to Hs [waiting] people, as is implied, in His very name Immanuel, which being interpreted means “God with us  Behold, “the tabernacle of God is with men” once more, “and He doth dwell with them  For “the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us; and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only-begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth” (John 1: 14).

 

 

Behold, therefore, O Christian, in the Person of the Redeemer Himself, the fulfilment of these words, “He shall build the Temple of Jehovah,” for in Him we have the fullest manifestation of the Divine glory, and “in Christ Jesus” is the true meeting-place where communion between God and man is consummated.

 

 

But there is another Temple of which the Messiah Himself is actually the builder, and in which we may see a fulfilment of this and other prophecies.

 

 

“Thou art Peter were the words of Jesus on a certain solemn occasion, “and upon this rock (i.e., the confession Peter had just uttered, “Thou art the Christ, the Son of the living God”) I will build My Church, and the gates of Hades shall not prevail against it  And what is the Church but the Temple of the living God, of which the Tabernacle and material Temple in Jerusalem were but types, and in which His fullness and glory shall be eternally manifested?  Thus the Apostle Peter, addressing primarily Jewish believers, says: “Ye also as living stones are built up a spiritual House”; and in a yet fuller manner, Paul, addressing Gentile believers, writes: “Ye are no more strangers and sojourners, but ye are fellow-citizens with the saints of the household of God, being built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets, Christ Jesus Himself being the Chief Corner-stone; in whom each several building, fitly framed together, groweth into a holy temple in the Lord; in whom ye also are builded together for an habitation of God in the Spirit” (Eph. 2: 19-22, R.V.).  And how glorious is this Temple which “the Man Whose Name is the Branch” is now, by His Spirit through His servants, building!  It is He Who, as the Eternal Word, built the material Temple of the Universe, which is filling the minds of men in successive generations more and more with wonder and astonishment.  What a spectacle, for instance, do the starry heavens present to us!  The more we contemplate them, the more we are lost in wonder at their immeasurable immensity, and the more do our hearts go up in reverent adoration of the God Whose eternity, glory, power, and wisdom they ceaselessly proclaim in language intelligible to every human heart.  But the spiritual Temple which He is now engaged in building, when completed, will astonish even the admiring angels, and will throughout eternity show forth to principalities and powers in heavenly places “the manifold wisdom” as well as the infinite grace of God (Eph. 3: 10).

 

 

But to proceed to the next sentence:

 

 

“And He shall bear the glory”, or “regal majesty 9

 

9 The word - hod - is used in different significations, but it is especially employed to describe the royal majesty (Jer. 22: 18; 1 Chron. 29: 25; Dan. 11: 21).  Pusey observes: “This word is almost always used of the special glory of God, and then, although seldom, of the majesty of those on whom God confers majesty, as Moses or Joshua (Num. 27: 20), or the glory of the kingdom given to Solomon” (1 Chron. 29: 25).  It is used of the glory or majesty to be laid on the ideal King in Ps. 21: 5 - which the Jews themselves interpreted of the Messiah.

 

 

The pronoun is again emphatic: He Himself, and none other, shall build the Temple of Jehovah, and He Himself shall bear the glory, or regal majesty, as none other has borne it.  He is peerless in His work and in His reward.  His is the glory of the only-begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth.

 

 

Already, as the result of His sufferings, having by the grace of God tasted death for every man, He is “exalted and extolled, and lifted very high,” “crowned with honour and glory”; but this prophecy speaks especially of the royal majesty which He will bear when He shall come forth again from the presence of the Father [in the highest heaven] - and all His enemies having been made a footstool for His feet, He shall sit down upon His own throne as the theocratic King of Israel.

 

 

Then, indeed, upon His head there shall be “many crowns”; for, not only will God the Father invest Him with glory and majesty, but men too, especially His own nation [Israel], will glorify Him; “and He,” as the true Son of David, the One whose right it is to reign, “shall be for a throne of glory to His Father’s house: and they shall hang upon Him all the glory of His Father’s house: the offspring and the issue, every small vessel, from the vessels of cups to the vessels of flagons” (Isa. 22: 23, 24).  We come to the next sentence of prophecy:

 

 

“And He shall sit and rule upon His throne

 

 

i.e., He shall not only possess the honour and dignity of a king; He shall not be “a constitutional” monarch, who reigns but does not rule; but He shall Himself [visibly and in bodily presence,] exercise all the royal power and authority.  Yes, the rule of King-Messiah will be absolute and autocratic, but autocracy will be safe and beneficent in the hands of the Holy One, Who is infinite in wisdom, power, and love.  The result of His blessed rule will be that -

 

 

“In His days shall the righteous flourish;

And abundance of peace till the moon be no more.

He shall have dominion also from sea to sea,

And from the River to the ends of the earth.

Yea, all kings shall fall down before Him;

All nations shall serve Him.

He shall judge the poor of the people,

He shall save the children of the needy,

And shall break in pieces the oppressor;

For He shall deliver the needy when he crieth,

And the poor that hath no helper.

He shall redeem their soul from oppression and violence:

And precious shall their blood be in His sight. …

And men shall be blessed in Him:

All nations shall call Him blessed(Psalm 72.)

 

 

The character of His blessed [Millennial and Messianic] rule is further explained in the next sentence:

 

 

“And He shall be a priest upon His throne

 

 

How full of significance is this one sentence of Holy Writ!  As is the manner of Zechariah, we have in these four Hebrew words a terse summary of nearly all that the former prophets have spoken of Messiah and His work.

 

 

Here is the true Melchizedek, Who is at the same time King of Righteousness, King of Salem, which is King of Peace, and the great High Priest, whose priesthood, unlike the Aaronic, abideth “for ever  “He shall be a Priest upon His throne

 

 

Now He royally exercises His high priestly office as the Advocate with the Father, and only Mediator between God and man, at the right hand of God in heaven.  From thence He shall come forth again to take possession of His throne, and to commence His long-promised reign [of “a thousand years” (Rev. 20: 4)] on the earth.  But, even when as King He exercises His sovereign rule, He will still be “a Priest upon His throne who will have compassion upon the ignorant and erring (Heb. 5: 2), and cause His righteous severity to go forth only against the wilfully froward and rebellious.  For our Lord Jesus is “the same yesterday, to-day, and for ever”; and that which will eternally constitute His chief glory will be, not His power, but His grace, manifested once in His laying down His life - a ransom for many - and since in His priestly mediatorial rule, whether in heaven or on earth.

 

 

“And the counsel of peace shall be between them both

 

 

The expression atsath shalom, “counsel of peace means not merely “peace,” for if that alone were meant, the simple idiom vehayah shalom, “there shall be peace between them bothwould be used.  The word used here signifies a counsel planning or procuring peace for some other than those who counsel.

 

 

But who are “the twain” who thus devise peace for man between them?

 

 

Some commentators consider that the offices of Priest and King are alluded to, but the phraseology naturally constrains us to think of persons, not of things or abstract offices.  The explanation advocated by Hengstenberg, and adopted by Koehler, is a probable and reasonable one - namely, that “the reference is to the two offices of Priest and King combined in the Person of Messiah, and that the prophecy speaks of a plan devised by Messiah in His double character, whereby peace and salvation should be secured for the people of God,” and on earth during His reign.  “This fact,” observes Dr. Wright, “agrees with the New Testament statements in which the angelic choirs are represented announcing ‘Peace on earth’ as one of the results of Christ’s birth; and with our Lord’s own words, ‘Peace I leave with you - My peace I give you,’ the full realisation of which is exhibited in the final vision of the Book of Revelation  But I am personally inclined to think that another view, which is held by many scholars, is the right one - namely, that “the two” are Jehovah and the Messiah, or “Jesus and the Father 10 “It is clear, no doubt, that the [Page 202] pronoun ‘His’ in the expression ‘His throne’ is used twice in verse 13 in reference to the Messiah, and cannot well be regarded as relating to Jehovah.  The royal dignity of the Messiah is specially referred to, inasmuch as the Messiah, as King, would have power to perform the work which He had to do.  But the fact that the pronoun in the phrase ‘His throne’ cannot refer to Jehovah, does not prove that Jehovah cannot be one of the two persons referred to at the close of the verse.  Two, and only two, persons are referred to in the verse - namely, the Lord and the Lord’s Christ; and many eminent scholars  as Vitringa, Reuss, Pusey, and Jerome - have considered that these are the two Persons to whom reference is made in the clause, ‘the counsel of peace shall be between them both

 

10 Pusey.

 

 

“The prophecy indeed is closely connected with Ps. 110., where a ‘counsel’ between the Lord and His Christ is plainly referred to, and where Messiah is predicted as King and Priest.  This is the natural meaning, and the way in which the words were no doubt interpreted by the hearers of the prophet Zechariah11

 

11 Dr. Wright.

 

 

“In Christ,” to quote another writer, “all is perfect harmony.  There is a counsel of peace between Him and the Father whose temple He builds.  The will of the Father and the Son is one.  Both have one will of love toward us, the salvation of the world, bringing forth peace through our redemption.  God the Father so loved the world that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish but have everlasting life; and God the Son is our peace, who hath made both one, that He might reconcile both unto God in one body by the cross, and came and preached peace to them which were afar off, and to them that were nigh” (Eph. 2: 14, 16, 17).

 

 

In all fulness, however, the blessed fruit of this “counsel of peace,” and the “thoughts of salvation” between the Father and the Son, will only be realised by Israel and the nations of the earth during the period of Messiah’s [millennial] reign, and by one Church of the living God through eternity that is to follow.  Then - [in “a new heaven and a new earth” (Rev. 21: 1, R.V.)] in the limitless ages to come - “He will show the exceeding riches of His grace in kindness toward us in Christ Jesus, according to His good pleasure which He purposed in Him unto a dispensation of the fullness of the times, to sum up all things in Christ, the things in the heavens, and the things upon the earth … according to the purpose of Him who worketh all things after the counsel of His will” (Eph. 1: 9-11, 2: 7, R.V.).

 

 

We come now to the 14th. verse.  First let me give a word of explanation in reference to the difference of the names here as compared with the 10th. verse.  As to Helem, it is the same as Heldai, the difference being probably occasioned by the very slight scribal error of running two separate Hebrew letters into one.  “Hen” is not a proper name at all, but an appellative, meaning “the favour,” or “grace,” and is rightly rendered in the margin of the R.V. and by all scholars, “and for the kindness of the son of Zephaniah

 

 

This is very beautiful.  The crowns were to be deposited in the Temple of God as a memorial, not only of these three distinguished strangers who had brought their own and their brethren’s offerings for the House of God, but as a memorial also of “the kindness” of this true son of Abraham, who, as stated at the beginning of this exposition, was evidently a man given to hospitality, and received these three strangers into his house.  It was apparently a small service rendered to the cause of God, but it was very precious to Him because it was doubtless done for His Name’s sake.  And so many a little and apparently insignificant deed done out of love for our Lord Jesus - yea, even the cup of cold water given in the name of a disciple - is treasured up in His memory, and shall in no wise lose its reward - “For God is not unrighteous to forget your work, and labour of love, which ye have showed toward His Name, in that ye have ministered to the saints, and do minister” (Heb. 4: 10).  “As we have therefore opportunity, let us do good unto all men, especially unto them who are of the household of faith” (Gal. 6: 10).

 

 

But while the crowns were to be deposited in the Temple as a memorial of these four men, they were also to serve as a pledge and earnest of the fulfilment of the prophecy, and of the realisation of the symbolical action on which it was based: “And they that are afar off shall come and build in the Temple of the Lord*

 

[*That is, after the time of the Great Tribulation and Messiah’s Second Advent.  The “Temple of the Lord” will not be built at the time of the construction of the temple which will be desecrated by the Antichrist, 2 Thess. 2: 3, 4.  It will be built after the apostasy of those within the Church, which we are witnessing today (Acts 20: 29-30; 1 Tim. 4: 1-2); and after the “Man whose name is the Branch” returns; Who “shall build” … “bear the glory, and shall sit and rule upon His throne:” (Zech. 6: 12-13, R.V.).]

 

 

These words not only refer to those Jews who were still in the far lands of the dispersion, who in Messiah’s time would be gathered, and take their share in the building of the future Temple, as some have explained, but are a glorious promise, as I have already stated at the beginning, of the conversion of the Gentiles, and of the time when all nations would walk in the light of Jehovah.  “It is probable,” as another writer suggests, “that the great Apostle to the Gentiles may have had this prophecy in his view when he reminded his converts in Ephesus that now in Christ Jesus ye who sometimes were far off have become nigh through the blood of Christ (Eph. 2: 13)  On the other hand, Peter probably understood the similar expression to which he gave utterance as referring (primarily) to the dispersed of Israel.  “The promise is to you and to your children, and to all that are afar off, even as many as the Lord our God shall call” (Acts 2: 29).

 

 

But again, I repeat, that whatever fulfilment of the words we may already see, the full realisation of them will not be until Messiah sits and reigns a “Priest upon His throne” over Israel.  Then, when the law shall go forth out of Zion, and the word of the Lord from [the holy city] Jerusalem, and converted Israel goes forth declaring among the peoples the wonderful works of God, shall the nations which are still “afar off” learn His ways and walk in His paths, and come with their tribute to worship and service to His Temple.

 

 

“And ye shall know that Jehovah of hosts has sent Me unto you  The fulfilment, or realisation, of what had here been predicted in symbolical and verbal prophecy would be, so to say, the Divine authentication of the Message and Messenger, and Israel will perceive that the speaker had realised under grace.  Then, as one great blessing of the New Covenant under which they shall be brought, the law of God shall be put in their inward parts and written in their hearts, or, as we read in Jer. 32: 38-41, “They shall be My people, and I will be their God; and I will give them one heart, and one way, that they may fear Me for ever, for the good of them, and their children after them: and I will make an everlasting covenant with them that I will not turn away from them, to do them good; and I will put My fear in their hearts, that they shall not depart from Me.  Yea, I will rejoice over them to do them good, and I WILL PLANT THEM IN THIS LAND* assuredly with My whole heart and with My whole soul

 

[* Capitals mine hereafter - Ed.]

 

 

And then, also - after Israel shall yield ready and joyful obedience to the voice of Jehovah their God - “shall come to pass” what is stated in the first part of the last verse of the prophecy which we have been considering, and the Gentile nations “that are afar off SHALL COME AND BUILD” “in the Temple of Jehovah* “And Jehovah shall be King over all the earth: in that day shall Jehovah be One, and His Name One

 

[* The building of “the Temple of Jehovah,” will commence after the “First Resurrection” of the “blessed and holy” dead, - when the Lord Jesus Christ will return (as promised John 14: 3) to reign in righteousness and peace, (Rev. 20: 6; 1 Thess. 4: 16.). 

 

What a blessed “Day” (2 Pet. 3: 10), that will be! and what a ‘reward,’ lies ahead for all “accounted worthy to obtain that world [age], and the resurrection from the dead.” (Lk. 20: 35; Rev. 3: 21, R.V.).  They will be with their Lord and Saviour; and be granted the privilege and honour of sharing with Him in His manifested “glory.” See 1 Pet. 1: 8-11, R.V.)]

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

114

 

 

THE MAN AFTER GODS OWN HEART

 

 

 

That God Himself has said that David was “a man after His own heart” (1 Sam. 13: 14) - a statement repeated in the New Testament (Acts 13: 22) - is as wonderful a tribute as has ever been paid to a human soul. It at once rivets our thoughtful, pondering, imitative gaze upon the man whose very name was- ‘beloved of God’.  Moreover, David’s niche in prophecy is unique.  He shares with Daniel the rarest of all honours - named as in the First Resurrection: apostles (Matt. 19: 28), prophets (Luke 13: 28), martyrs (Rev. 20: 4), all are pained as classes; but the solitary individual disclosed by God Himself as actually rising from the dead* is David. There is probably no more human character in the Bible, and it is the human that God loves - “My delight is with the sons of men”; nor is any other character (apart from our Lord’s) so fully portrayed by inspiration: therefore, the wise disciple, disentangling qualities merely personal to David - gifts as poet, as prophet, as musician - and fastening on the fundamental God - lovability possible to us all, will ponder the triumphant march of one of the Victors of God.

 

* Daniel’s ‘standing’ implies resurrection, but of David alone is the act explicitly stated, and that by God. “Go thy way till the end be; for thou shalt rest, and shalt stand [in resurrection] in thy lot, at the end of the days” (Dan. 12: 13); “thou man greatly beloved” (Dan. 10: 11).

 

 

David’s first and most dominant characteristic is an unsurpassed devotion, both in heart and in intellect, to God and the Word of God.  Probably more of David’s prayers are recorded than of all other saints put together.  The Book of Psalms, a standard hymn-book of the people of God for three thousand years, is as perfect a mirror as was ever made of a trusting, weeping, rejoicing, trembling, loving soul, who lives in the presence of God; and the 119th Psalm has no parallel in all literature, inspired or uninspired, as the expression of an overwhelming passion for the Word of God - its truthfulness, its inerrancy, its sweetness, its saving power, its divine origin. David’s whole life is one constant grip of the Unseen Hand.  The Books of Samuel, Kings, Chronicles give the outer panorama of his life: the Psalms, the X-Rays that disclose the motive springs, reveal a saint in heaven while he lived on earth though one of the wealthiest of Kings, he was a stranger and a pilgrim, and his absorption in Scripture day and night had, for aim, a perfectly God-patterned life. The Psalmist models all thought and conduct on the Word of God.

 

 

In a second characteristic David stands forth in lonely splendour: a warrior all his life, he never lost a pitched battle.  With great significance to us the Arch-enemy in the unseen, stirred by his goodness and Divine favour, so constantly stirred up enemies that the sword was never out of David’s hand; and, far more wonderful, no set engagement ever proved a lost battle.  He fought God’s battles at the peril of his life; and at least once nearly won the martyr’s crown, when, faint and exhausted, he was all but slain by a gigantic Philistine (2 Sam. 21: 15). His war-work - symbol of our holier war - was magnificent.  Philistia was finally broken ; Moab’s army, out-generalled and outflanked, fell nearly whole into his hands, and Moab paid tribute for the following century and a half; Syria and its allies - soldiers whose very shields were of plated gold - were broken and subjugated; and Edom was exterminated.  By the close of his reign the Hebrew dominion, stretching from the Mediterranean to the Arabian wilderness, and reaching up to and embracing Syria in the north, had been lifted to a commanding sphere among the Oriental nations; and David’s weapons after his death, deposited as sacred relics in the Temple (2 Kings 11: 10), became exquisite symbols of the Spirit’s epitaph on Apocalyptic overcomers - “Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labours; for their works follow with them” (Rev. 14: 13).

 

 

The third characteristic of David is, to us all, of extraordinary importance.  It is inexpressibly comforting that David’s sins - though, it is true, few and isolated, - and receiving a publicity unparalleled in the history of the world - are as great as they are: what was in God’s sight (2 Sam. 12: 9) adultery, and murder - both of which, under the Law, carried the death-penalty - were actually, part of the life of one of God’s greatest saints.  It is exactly here that modern evangelicalism has plumbed neither the sinfulness of the saint nor the immensity of pardoning grace.  So stoutly is the possibility of grave sin in a child of God resisted - so as to elude the fearful consequences of which many Scriptures warn us - that The Homilist, avoiding the common plea that such a man could never have been converted, solves the problem by a point-blank denial of the Scripture.  “Was the character of David after God’s own heart?  Conventional pietists will to a man say, Yes.  The most thoughtful, independent, and critical students of God’s Book will to a man say, No.  David had his virtues, as most bad men have; but few men in history have been guilty of more heinous crimes.  It is blasphemy to say that such a character was after the heart of infinite purity.”

 

 

All such critics, another section of whom have the word ‘grace’ constantly on their lips, flinch from facing both facts and Scriptures - the depth to which the servant of God can fall, and the corresponding depth and wonder of the grace of God.* For David’s is the golden possibility of us all - a perfect pardon and a complete recovery long ere the sin reaches the inexorable judgment Seat of Christ.  For the Fifty-first Psalm is the supreme confession of sin in all literature.  It has supplied millions of penitent souls with exactly the words they wanted, and their use after sin - if we can use them - is to let down into the waters of the soul a thermometer which will reveal, or not, a broken and a contrite heart.  For David was vastly more than a pardoned backslider.  Ample sowing brought ample harvest.  His extraordinary generosity, his frank forgiveness of his enemies, his warm affections - for his parents, for Jonathan, for the little son that died, for Absalom:- all the splendid large-heartedness he meted, God measured back to him again.  For David is a supreme embodiment of the pregnant law of Christ, - “Many that are first shall be last, and the last first” (Mark 10: 31) first become last - in the grossest sins ever attributed to a saint in the Bible; last become first - in an after-life of perfect penitence and purity.

 

* This most prominent of all sinfulness in a saint is peculiarly valuable as placing beyond reasonable doubt or denial the sins which the truly regenerate can commit, and so establishes that the warnings and punishments for such sins, in contexts addressed to believers, directly concern the regenerate.  It will hardly be contended that David when he sinned was an “empty professor” or a “false brother” crept unawares into the fold of God. So New Testament Scriptures explicitly assert that the regenerate can commit murder (1 Pet. 4: 15) and adultery (1 Cor. 6: 15), with consequent penal, though not eternal, consequences; and to assume that ‘grace’ covers such sin unabandoned, or that if unabandoned it will never come into judgment, is doctrine as immoral and unscriptural as could be conceived.

 

 

David’s fourth characteristic is the magnificence of his unattained ideal.  A man’s ambition is the exact revelation of his heart.  So ample and complete were David’s preparations for the building of the Temple, so enormous the wealth he accumulated for what his eyes would never see, that Solomon (for the most part) but put together what David had gathered.  Immense stores of copper, iron, cedar, and marbles; all the plans, given supernaturally by God, and drawn out to the minutest detail, in its courts, chambers, furniture, utensils; and huge sums mounting up to hundreds of millions, including £19,000,000 out of his own purse, were laid up before his death.  David built beyond the grave: he invested all the present in the future: his ideals, to which he shaped his life, were the inspired plans drawn up by God: his ambitions for the hereafter were boundless: he died, waiting [for the commencement of the millennial reign of his Messiah: (Acts 2: 27, 34, R.V.).]

 

 

So now we arrive at the inevitable destiny of a man or woman after God’s own heart - a first-broken tomb; as “accounted worthy to attain to that age, and the resurrection [from among] the dead” (Luke 20: 35).  David alone is personally named by God, in a prophecy made three times, through three different prophets, as in the First Resurrection.  Jehovah says through Jeremiah (30: 8), centuries after David was dead:- “And it shall come to pass in that day” - the age of the restoration of Israel - “that [Israel] shall serve the Lord their God, and David their King, WHOM I WILL RAISE UP UNTO THEM  David’s tomb, unbroken at the Lord’s resurrection (Acts 2: 29), will be split by the last earthquakes that will again rock the Holy Land.  So Hosea also (3: 4) says:- “Afterward shall the children of Israel return, and seek the Lord their God, and David their king, in the latter days so that, to fulfil this, David must be already risen when Israel seeks the returning Lord, and thus ‘David’ in these prophecies is not (as some suppose) a title of Christ.   And Ezekiel (37: 24) says:- “And my servant David shall be king over them; and they all shall have one shepherd: and David my servant shall be their Prince for ever  BLESSED AND HOLY IS HE THAT HATH PART IN THE FIRST RESURRECTION.

 

 

-------

 

 

THE FELLOWSHIP OF HIS SUFFERINGS

 

 

“A share in Christ’s actual sufferings was impossible to Paul.  But the sufferings of Christ were not ended - they are prolonged in His body, and of these the apostle desired to know the fellowship (Phil. 3: 10).  He longed so to suffer, for such fellowship gave him assimilation to his Lord, as he drank of His cup, and was baptized with His baptism.  It brought him into communion with Christ, purer, closer, and tenderer than simple service for Him could have achieved.  It gave Him such solace as Christ Himself enjoyed.  To suffer together creates a dearer fellow-feeling than to labour together.  Companionship in sorrow forms the most enduring of ties, - afflicted hearts cling to each other, grow into each other.  The apostle yearned for this likeness to his Lord, assured that to suffer with Him was to be glorified with Him, and that the depth of His sympathies could be fully known only to such as ‘through much tribulation’ must enter the Kingdom.  In all things Paul coveted conformity to His Lord - even in suffering and death.  Assured that Christ’s career was the noblest which humanity had ever witnessed, or had ever passed through, he felt a strong desire to resemble Him - as well when He suffered as when He laboured - as well in His death as in His life.  And the aspiration is closely connected with the promise: ‘if we suffer with Him we shall also reign with Him’ (2 Tim. 2: 12).  Such participation in Christ’s sufferings so identifies the sufferer with Him, that the power of His resurrection is necessarily experienced.  Such conformity to His death secures conformity to His resurrection.”

 

- J. EADIE, D.D.

 

 

HIS FELLOWSHIP

 

 

To-day, what speed: with Me, what company: in Paradise, what rest ! - BOSSUET.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

115

 

CALVINIST AND ARMINIAN

 

 

By R. E. NEIGHBOUR, D.D.

 

 

 

There is, necessarily, more or less of conflict between two groups of Christians: the one known as Calvinists, who believe in salvation by grace, apart from works; and the other, known as Arminians, who believe in salvation by grace plus works.  Now very Godly men and women are on both sides of the line; some Arminians are mighty men of God; some Calvinists are mighty men of God.  Why do we have this conflict?  for the Word of God does not and cannot teach two opposite and contrary things.  The Calvinist says the Arminian is wrong; the Arminian says that the Calvinist is wrong.  I think both of them are wrong.  I think that the Calvinist is absolutely right in clinging to salvation by grace alone, apart from works, in holding to the eternal security of the saved: but I think that the Calvinist is wrong when he falls to go into the Word of God and to seek out what the Holy Spirit has to say in many passages, both in the Old and in the New Testament, which present tremendous warnings, freighted with tremendous meanings, about “falling away  We have no right to eliminate such warnings from our messages. That has been, to my mind at least, a grave fault among Calvinists.  I am one of them, for I believe in salvation by grace apart from works.  The grave fault is this: We have cheapened Christian living and placed rewards for Christian service out of our testimony.  God puts tremendous emphasis in the Bible on obedience.  There are many rewards to those who walk with Him.  We must remember that, while we are saved by grace, from the very moment we are saved we enter into the school of Christ, and that there lie before us tremendous possibilities, in rewards, at the graduation day, when we stand before the Bema of Christ.

 

 

The Spirit of God is not discussing salvation from hell at all, in Hebrews 6.; He is discussing the salvation that is to be brought unto us at the Coming of the Lord Jesus Christ; He has in mind the heirship of Christ and of His saints, and the millennial reign.  There are those [disobedient Christians] who are going to lose their heirship and miss their place in the reign.

 

 

The land of Canaan, which Israel started out to reach and failed to reach, was typical of the thousand-year-reign of Christ, the millennial kingdom of our Lord.  Of this heirship, the Book of Hebrews is constantly speaking. The Israelites were overthrown in the wilderness.  Herein God has summed up the most solemn message in the Bible for saints.  The Book of Hebrews, beginning with the heirship of Christ, and closing with the Kingdom, has, lying between these statements, a continuously presented call to saints to lay hold of that heirship and to enter into that reign.  There are saints who are going to lose their heirship with Christ and miss their place in the reign.  Men and women, my heart is hot for you!  I want to present you before Christ as acceptable co-heirs, in that day.  I want to know that you will not only be among the redeemed, but that you shall have an honoured part in the reign.  If you are going to reign you must burn the bridges between you and the world, you must not turn back.  I know as well as you know that He hath blessed the Church with all spiritual blessings in the Heavenlies; but I know that He has done more.  He has given unto us the promise that we who suffer shall reign with Him on this earth.  Men and women, I plead with you in the name of a Risen Christ.  He has placed before you marvellous rewards for service; He has placed before you His Coming and His Reign. Perhaps you have come now to your Kadesh-Barnea.  I plead with you, refuse not to go on in the firm confidence of your hope.  Let not scoffers, or persecution, turn you back.  Let us go out together unto Him, bearing His reproach. Do you know what God will do with you, if you turn back?  He will do exactly what He did for that million and a half, who came out of Egypt.  Yes, He will take you home to Heaven, He will save you unto eternal life, but you will never enter into that Canaan rest, that millennial reign which remains for the children of God.

 

 

-------

 

 

 

 

LITTLE CHIDREN OF THE KING

 

 

Quiet, Lord, my forward heart,

Make me teachable and mild,

Upright, simple, free from art,

Make me as a weaned child:

From distrust and envy free,

Pleased with all that pleases Thee.

 

 

What Thou shalt do-day provide

Let me as a child receive;

What to-morrow mat betide

Calmly to Thy wisdom leave:

’Tis enough that Thou wilt care,

Why should I the burden bear?

 

 

Asa little child relies

On a care beyond its own;

Knows he’s neither strong nor wise -

Fears to stir a step alone -

Let me thus with Thee abide,

As My Father, Guard, and Guide.

 

 

Thus preserved from Satan’s wiles,

Safe from dangers, free from fears,

May I live upon Thy smiles,

Till the Promised hour appears

When the sons of God shall prove

All their Father’s boundless love.

 

                                                                                                            - JOHN NEWTON.

 

 

“… The Lord closes with the practical.  The Apostles had been grasping for glory on the wrong side of the grave:- ‘Whoever therefore shall humble himself as this little child, the same is the greatest in the kingdom of heaven’ (Matt 18: 4).  Satan lost the highest of all created thrones through pride: we can win the highest thrones through humility.  A child is humble; we must become humble; and this attainment, as superior to a child’s as holiness is superior to innocence, is within our grasp.  ‘Whosoever shall humble himself’: self-emptied because God-filled: it is possible not only to become great in the Kingdom of God, but greatest.  Humility, unworldliness, simplicity, teachableness, heart-purity must replace jealousy, worldly ambition, pride, strife, and lo, the Child is the king!”

                                                                                                           - D. M. PANTON.

 

 

*       *       *       *        *       *       *

 

 

116

 

CHALLENGES TO THE OVERCOMER (2)

 

 

By THOMAS W. FINLAY

 

 

 

We will now continue with some other challenges to the victorious Christian, as seen in the word of God.

 

 

Overcoming sin and spiritual deadness

 

 

The overcomer must overcome indwelling sin and spiritual deadness (Rom. 6: 12; 8: 2).  Although the Bible does not use the word “overcome” specifically in connection with sin, this victory is implied by the verses just noted.  We are all aware of the most basic problem we struggle with - the problem of sin.

 

 

The Bible also teaches us that sin leads to death (Rom. 5: 12).  Sin in our lives can lead to physical death, but there can also be a sense of spiritual deadness, or death, in our experience.  This comes when we have our mind set on the flesh and the things of the flesh (Rom. 8: 6).  We must be in touch with the living God in our spirit in order to experience righteousness and life (Rom. 8: 4-6).  With spiritual deadness we may sense our fellowship with God is not alive and fresh.  When we sense this deadness within, we should turn to our living spirit to contact God and His life.  Any sin should be repented of and confessed.

 

 

Overcoming evil with good

 

 

The overcomer must overcome evil with good (Rom. 12: 21).  Sometimes evil persons may come against us. Perhaps these will even be the members of our own family.  We must overcome such evil with good.  We should never return evil for evil (Rom. 12: 17).  In order not to be defeated by evil, we must do good to such evil persons.  “‘But if your enemy is hungry, feed him, and if he is thirsty, give him a drink; for in so doing you will heap burning coals upon his head  Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good” (Rom. 12: 20-21).  See also Luke 6: 27-36.

 

 

Overcoming the devil

 

 

The overcomer must overcome God’s enemy, Satan.  The apostle John wrote, “I am writing to you, young men, because you have overcome the evil one” (1 Jn. 2: 13b).  Then, he writes an expanded version of this statement in the next verse: “I have written to you, young men, because you are strong, and the word of God abides in you, and you have overcome the evil one” (1 Jn. 2: 14b).  The description “young men” is a word picture for the believer who has achieved some measure of maturity.  The strength of these believers is connected to the word of God being active and alive within them.  This gives us insight into victory over the devil.  With the word of God being our source of spiritual strength and supply, we can stand in faith against the subtle attacks of the devil.

 

 

The word of God counters the lies and deceit of the devil.  He is the father of lies (Jn. 8: 44).  The devil may try to tell us that we can’t have victory, or that God won’t hear us, or that we have committed the unpardonable sin.  He may send a thought into our mind to cause us to have doubt, tempt us to sin, or attract us to the world.  Yet, every lie, every temptation, and every deceit can be countered by the truth of God, plus our willingness to obey God.  This is the way Jesus met the temptations of the devil in the wilderness (Matt. 4: 1-11).

 

 

In Revelation, John recorded how the saints overcome the enemy: “And they overcame him because of the blood of the Lamb and because of the word of their testimony, and they did not love their life even to death” (Rev. 12: 11).  Firstly, the blood is needed to defeat the devil’s accusations against us.  The Greek word for devil is diabolos (Strong’s #1228).  This word means an accuser, or a slanderer.  The devil is an accuser who will remind us of our sinfulness and failures (Rev. 12: 10).  We can answer all of his accusations by the cleansing blood of Christ that secures our righteousness before God (Rom. 3: 25; 1 Jn. 1: 9).

 

 

The second item mentioned in Rev. 12: 11 for defeating the devil is “the word of their testimony  In the context of Rev. 12, a time of persecution, this testimony means a holding fast to the confession of Christ as Lord and to the truth of God’s word at a time when the devil attempts to deceive the whole world (Rev. 12: 9). In principle, in our daily lives now, this testimony could include our speaking of the truth of God to counter the lies and deceit and accusations of the devil.  For instance, when a thought enters our mind that we are weak and will fail, we must say, “I can do all things through Him who strengthens me” (Phil. 4: 13).  When the devil tries to condemn us by reminding us of our old sinful nature, we must speak the word: “Therefore, if any man is in Christ, he is a new creature; the old things passed away; behold, new things have come” (2 Cor. 5: 17). “Thank you, Lord, that I am in Christ. I am a new creation and the old things of my old life have passed away. My old life was crucified with you, Lord, at the cross. Now Christ is my life

 

 

We may even speak to the devil: “Devil, my old man was crucified with Christ. I am a new creation. Who is he who condemns? God is the one who justifies” [see Rom. 8: 33-34].  The devil attacks us in our thought life. We must fight against him by “destroying speculations and every lofty thing raised up against the knowledge of God ... taking every thought captive to the obedience of Christ” (2 Cor. 10: 5).  We must tear down the lies that are against God’s revealed truth and stand firm in our faith, maintaining the word of our testimony.

 

 

The devil particularly likes to attack us with anxiety concerning our situation.  We need to cast all of our anxiety upon our caring Father, trusting in His care, and firmly resist the devil by our faith in God and His truth.

 

 

“Humble yourselves, therefore, under the mighty hand of God, that He may exalt you at the proper time, casting all of your anxiety upon Him, because He cares for you.  Be of sober spirit, be on the alert.  Your adversary, the devil, prowls about like a roaring lion, seeking someone to devour.  But resist him, firm in your faith, knowing that the same experiences of suffering are being accomplished by your brethren who are in the world”. (1 Pet. 5: 6-9)

 

 

The third secret in Rev. 12: 11 for overcoming the enemy is to not love our lives even unto death.  This means that we are willing to give up everything for Christ, even our lives.  This kind of willingness to follow Christ at any cost leaves Satan no ground for successful temptation and defeat of us.  Rather, he is defeated and we are victorious over him!

 

 

The Lord Jesus Christ fully defeated Satan at the cross and in resurrection (Jn. 12: 31; Col. 2: 15; Heb. 2: 14-15).  We share in this victory in Christ (1 Cor. 15: 57; Eph. 1: 19-22).  Our need is not to try to defeat the devil by any of our efforts, but to stand firmly in faith in all that Christ has accomplished for us.  “Take up the full armour of God, so that you will be able to resist in the evil day, and having done everything, to stand firm” (Eph. 6: 13).  Satan will assault us in our thought life with all kinds of doubts, discouragement, temptations and evil thoughts.  But, we must take up “the shield of faith with which you will be able to extinguish all the flaming arrows of the evil one” (Eph. 6: 16).  Standing firm in faith in our position of victory in Christ, while being fully yielded to Him, Satan will have no ground to defeat us.

 

 

It is possible that a Christian may come under particularly strong attack or oppression by evil spirits.  This can occur if we have given place to the devil through some disobedience (Eph. 4: 27), if we have dabbled in the occult, or perhaps for other reasons.  In such cases, a more concerted warfare against the foothold of the enemy is required.  For help with this problem, I recommend the book entitled, “The Adversary” by Mark Bubeck (published by Moody Press).

 

 

Overcoming false teachers and prophets

 

 

The overcomer must overcome false teachers and prophets.  “You are of God, little children, and have overcome them; because greater is He who is in you than he who is in the world” (1 Jn. 4: 4).  The “them” in this verse refers back to the false prophets mentioned in verse one.  This passage speaks of false prophets who teach a particular falsehood about Christ’s person, and thus deny a basic tenet of the faith.* Yet, I believe in principle this particular arena of overcoming extends to all false prophets and teachers.

 

[* See 2 Tim. 2: 18, R.V. cf. Acts 20: 30ff, R.V.]

 

 

Peter warned of false teachers that would come among the believers and lead them astray (2 Pet. 2: 11). Unless a believer is victorious over the deceit of these teachers and their teaching, the believer will be misled in his or her walk of faith.  For instance, the false teachers in 2 Peter 2 entice immature believers by appealing to their fleshly desires (2 Pet. 2: 18).  Unless the believers can escape the snare of such devilish teaching, they will end up trying to use their faith to satisfy their fleshly appetites.  We see this happening today.

 

 

Many believers over the years have been caught in movements or assemblies that contain false teachers who were never commissioned by God.  These deceived followers do not mature in the Lord and are sometimes terribly wounded by their experience.  How important it is for Christians to overcome false teachers and escape from their influence!

 

 

Overcoming negative circumstances

 

 

The overcomer must overcome negative circumstances. Note the following passage from Romans that mentions this aspect of overcoming.

 

 

“Who will separate us from the love of Christ?  Will tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or famine, or nakedness, or peril or sword?  Just as it is written, ‘For your sake we are being put to death all day long; we are considered as sheep to be slaughtered But in all these things we overwhelmingly conquer through Him who loved us:” (Rom. 8: 35-37)

 

 

In this passage the term “overwhelmingly conquer” is a translation of one Greek verb, hupernikeo (Strong’s #5245).  This verb is a compound word composed of two words, namely huper, meaning more, and nikao, meaning to conquer.  This passage shows us that even in severe circumstances we can overcome.  What do we overcome?  We overcome the natural effect of those circumstances, which try to depress us and try to extinguish our testimony for Christ.

 

 

The testing of such “fiery trial(s)” (1 Pet. 4: 12) seems so frightening to the human mind.  Further, the idea that one could overcome the negative impact of such severe trials, and maintain sanity and hope and peace while enduring them, seems so impossible to the natural mind.  Yet, history testifies of the many Christian martyrs who went peacefully to their death with the Saviour’s praises on their lips.  Others, less well known, have endured great hardships and difficulties in their Christian lives, yet have maintained a steadfast trust in the Lord and have kept their peace and joy through it all.

 

 

Such steadfastness does not mean that there will be no feelings of anxiety, perplexity or dejection at all.  It means that such feelings will not have a lasting effect upon us, or cause us to stop pursuing Christ and following Him (2 Cor. 4: 7-9).

 

 

The overcomer will continue to seek Christ in every negative situation, and will not succumb to the pressures of the trial.  He will find Christ as his strength to endure.  He will discover Christ as his source of deep joy and peace in spite of the outward afflictions.  This type of overcoming proves that the power of victory is not of us, but of God.  Read about some of these overcomers in Hebrews 11: 35-39.

 

 

Overcoming degradation in the church

 

 

The overcomer must overcome all of the degraded situations that may exist in his local assembly.  This aspect of overcoming is in line with the removal of the leaven from a mixed religious situation, which we discussed in the last lesson.  Perhaps you had never considered this aspect of Christian overcoming, but it is very prominent in the word of God.  In His letters to the seven churches in Asia (Rev. 2 and 3), the Lord Jesus spoke of many defects among most of those assemblies.  Then, He called for any who would hear to “overcome” all of the shortcomings.

 

 

Those seven churches were actual assemblies, but sound Bible teachers agree that the warnings to those assemblies would be applicable to any assembly in the church age.  In fact, the Lord stated they what He spoke was not only to an individual church, but indeed to “the churches” (Rev. 2: 7, etc.).

 

 

With His keen judging eyes (Rev. 1: 14), the Lord Jesus saw a number of things among the churches that He condemned, and which required overcoming.  Some of these things included the loss of one’s first love (for the Lord and for fellow believers), wrong practices, wrong teachings, idolatry (spiritual, and perhaps literal), spiritual deadness, lukewarmness and spiritual pride.  Also, the matter of overcoming was linked to faithfulness in practices which the Lord approved (Rev. 3: 10), and to the saints’ willingness to endure suffering for the Lord, even unto death (Rev. 2: 10).

 

 

Brothers and sisters, we should not tolerate what the Lord condemns.  Today, most Christians are just flowing along with the tide of the leavened mixture in Christianity.  No one likes to be misunderstood, or even rejected, for not going along with the crowd.  Yet, the momentous Judgment Seat of Christ is coming, and we will all be called to account individually for our actions.

 

 

In light of this coming judgment upon the lives we have lived (2 Cor. 5: 10), we must be willing to deny the self and abandon all of the things in the church that are simply not of God.  If we do not do this, we will lose our reward, or perhaps even be chastened, in the day of judgment.  Read again the messages from the Lord to the seven churches in Asia (Rev. 2 and 3). There are wonderful promises to the overcomers, and warnings of discipline for those who will not hear.  Much of this admonition will find fulfilment at the Lord’s return.  The Lord is issuing a call to all who would hear that they must overcome the degraded mixture in Christendom.

 

 

The Lord will grant us much grace if we seek Him to overcome in the areas discussed in this lesson.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

117

 

VICTORIOUS IN WORKS

 

 

By THOMAS W. FINLAY

 

 

 

“He who overcomes, and he who keeps My deeds until the end,

to him I will give authority over the nations” (Rev. 2: 26).

 

 

 

So far, this series has not specifically addressed the matter of the believer’s good works, except in general terms about following the Lord.  Generally speaking, we Christians think of our good works as our ministry to others, including the exercise of our spiritual gifts.  We now pay attention to how the believer can be victorious in this aspect of the Christian walk.

 

 

Jesus is our pattern

 

 

We should realize that Jesus, as a genuine man dependent upon the Father, provides us with insights on how to carry out good works.  Here are some verses worthy of examination:

 

 

“Jesus therefore answered and was saying to them, ‘Truly, truly, I say to you, the Son can do nothing of Himself, unless it is something He sees the Father doing; for whatever the Father does, these things the Son also does in like manner.  For the Father loves the Son, and shows Him all things that He Himself is doing; and greater works than these will He show Him, that you may marvel...’” (Jn. 5: 19-20).

 

 

In the passage above we see that Jesus simply did those works which He “saw” the Father doing.  The Father was working in Jesus to reveal to Him what the Father was doing, and Jesus simply followed the Father’s revelation and joined Him in carrying out those works.

 

 

“‘But the testimony which I have is greater than the testimony of John; for the works which the Father has given Me to accomplish, the very works that I do - testify about Me, that the Father has sent Me’” (Jn. 5: 36).

 

 

Here we see that the Father had specific works which He gave to Jesus to accomplish.

 

 

“Jesus answered them, ‘I showed you many good works from the Father; for which of them are you stoning Me?...’” (Jn. 10: 32)

 

 

In this verse we see that the works that Jesus did are “from the Father.” That is, the Father was the source of the works.  Jesus did not derive His works from His own creativity or initiative; rather, He declared that the Father was the source of His works of ministry.

 

 

“If I do not do the works of My Father, do not believe Me” (Jn. 10: 37).

 

 

Again, Jesus claimed that the works which He performed were not from Himself, but were of His Father.

 

 

On the night before going to the cross, Jesus prayed a marvellous prayer, as recorded in John 17. Significantly, He made the following declaration to His Father in that prayer:

 

 

“I glorified Thee on the earth, having accomplished the work which Thou hast given Me to do...” (Jn. 17: 4).

 

 

Once again we see that Jesus was not the originator of what He did on the earth.  Rather, He carried out the work which God the Father specifically gave Him to do.

 

 

With this vivid picture in mind of how Jesus simply followed the Father’s lead in doing good works, let us now look at passages that show such a pattern is to be replicated in the lives of His followers.

 

 

Co-workers with God

 

 

The Scripture does encourage us to do good works.  For example, woman should adorn themselves with good works, according to First Timothy (1 Tim. 2: 10).  Titus declares that Christ Jesus “gave Himself for us that He might redeem us from every lawless deed and purify for Himself a people for His own possession, zealous for good deeds” (Tit. 2: 14).  In Hebrews, we are told that we should “consider how to stimulate one another to love and good deeds” (Heb. 10: 24).  Thus, we see that God wants us to do good deeds. However, He does not want us to do things apart from Him, apart from the working of His life.  This is the lesson that we learn from the pattern of Jesus doing the works of the Father.

 

 

It is actually freeing that we do not have to dream up and initiate good works “for God” by means of our own ingenuity and labour.  Instead, as we seek Him and are in fellowship with Him, we will realize what works God has set before us into which we should enter.  “For we are His workmanship, created in Christ Jesus for good works, which God prepared beforehand, that we should walk in them” (Eph. 2: 10). This verse is a marvellous verse.  It sets our mind at ease about coming up with something to do for Him.  This is a verse we all should memorize and pray over.  I like to tell the Lord that I just want to walk in those good works which He has prepared for me.  I don’t care about doing any other works.

 

 

There is another verse we should look at on this point.  “So, then, while we have opportunity, let us do good to all people, and especially to those who are of the household of the faith” (Gal. 6: 10).  At first glance one may think that this verse simply encourages us to do good works whenever and wherever, without any need for God’s hand of arrangement in the activity.  Yet, this is not the case.  This verse is actually a sister verse to Eph. 2: 10, which tells us that God has prepared certain works beforehand so that we might walk in them.  The key to insight into this verse is seen in the word “opportunity  There is no true English equivalent to the Greek word kairos, translated here as “opportunity  The word as used in Gal. 6: 10 means a certain period of time which presents a specific opportunity.  Even in ordinary life we sometimes realize that we missed an “opportunity” to do something.  When we realize this, we know it is too late to do what was possible because the specific opportunity, the right time with the right conditions, is gone forever.  We should realize that God is opening up specific opportunities for us to serve others by His sovereign arrangement. When we recognize such an opportunity, it is then that we should do the good deed towards another that is set before us.  To help us seize these opportunities, we should be developing an attitude before God to be a “servant of all

 

 

Not only has God prepared the works ahead of time for us, but He also will give us the thoughts and the desires to do certain works, which are according to His will.  “For it is God who is at work in you, both to will and to work for His good pleasure” (Phil. 2: 13).  “But thanks be to God who puts the same earnestness on your behalf in the heart of Titus.  For he not only accepted our appeal, but being himself very earnest, he has gone to you of his own accord” (2 Cor. 8: 16-17).

 

 

Additionally, God provides the power for us to do the spiritual work He has assigned to us.  Paul, who laboured greatly for the Lord, stated: “But by the grace of God I am what I am, and His grace toward me did not prove vain; but I laboured even more than all of them, yet not I, but the grace of God with me” (1 Cor. 15: 10).  Similarly, he told the church in Colossae: “And for this purpose also I labour, striving according to His power [literally, “working”], which mightily works within me” (Col. 1: 29).

 

 

Our part is to seek the Lord with an overcomer’s heart and practices as presented in the earlier lessons.  As we do this, God then works in us His desire to do certain works (1 Chron. 17: 2; Neh. 2: 12; 2 Cor. 8: 16-17; Phil. 2: 13). We then simply follow Him in obedience to carry out the deeds He has given to us to do.  In this way, we are co-workers with God!  Paul spoke of his ministry, which he and his fellow labourers had to the church in Corinth, as a “working together with God  “And working together with Him, we also urge you not to receive the grace of God in vain” (2 Cor. 6: 1).

 

 

In my experience, God will often initiate a work with just an idea, or subtle prompting.  If the task is somewhat complex and will take place over a period of time, God will not usually provide details about the carrying out of the work.  That usually unfolds in time as we seek Him in prayer about moving forward with each phase of the assignment.  If we agree to take up the task, however, God will be faithful to bring each detail into view as we need to know it.  This is the way of faith and dependence.  It is also a way of simplicity.  Abraham knew that he was called out of the Ur of the Chaldeans, but he did not know exactly where he was going.  He responded in faith by leaving that land and God led him one step at a time.

 

 

Also, we should realize that working together with God does not necessarily mean that we will have detailed knowledge of every minute action we are to take.  For example, when God called Paul to preach the gospel in Macedonia, God did not direct Paul like a robot to certain individuals, telling him to go to this person, but not to that person.  Rather, Paul went out preaching at every opportunity in the field to which God called him.  He did not know in advance who might respond (Jn. 3: 8).  When he preached to a group of women at a place of prayer, God sovereignly opened the heart of one listener named Lydia (Acts 16: 13, 14).  There may be some occasions, however, when we are in close fellowship with God, that His Spirit may direct us to a particular stranger for some type of ministry.

 

 

Often, our field of service is among the very saints with whom we have fellowship.  As we seek to live in union with Christ, He will give us a desire to pray or care for others around us in a particular way.  We then carry out that service in dependence upon the Lord.  Outwardly, our actions of service may seem very natural and normal.  However, behind the scenes in the spiritual realm, we are moving in concert with the desires and promptings of the Holy Spirit.

 

 

In his helpful book, Secrets of the Vine, Bruce Wilkinson reminds us that fruitfulness for the Lord does not come from making a grand plan for ministry, or by more activity.  Rather, it issues from abiding in the Lord.  As Wilkinson puts it, God is not calling us to do more for Him, but to be more with Him.  As we truly abide in a living fellowship with Him, the fruit will come forth naturally.  “Abide in Me, and I in you.  As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, unless it abides in the vine, so neither can you, unless you abide in Me” (Jn. 15: 4).  This lesson series on the Victorious Christian Life is designed to help you learn how to abide in Him.

 

 

Since we need to simply abide in Christ in order to produce good works, it would seem that this statement is all that needs to be said about such works.  However, in the Bible, God gives us some cautions and some encouragement about good works beyond this simple plan.  The Lord knows that we need these words in order to be sure that we are on the mark in our service to Him.  Some of God’s important reminders about our service are covered below.

 

 

The purity and the testing of our works

 

 

If our works truly come out of our abiding in Him, then these works will be approved by God and we will be rewarded for them in the Day of Judgment.  The problem today is that there are many who are “doing things for the Lordbut seemingly not in union with Him.  It is possible to be very busy for the Lord, but not abiding in Him.  Thus, it will help us to be reminded about the need for purity in our works, and the fact that our works will be tested by God.

 

 

There were many problems in the church in Corinth.  The one I wish to focus on now concerns the fleshly way in which the believers there were “building” the church.  Paul told them plainly that what they were doing in their way of building was fleshly, that is, something according to the flesh, the old nature (1 Cor. 3:14). He then proceeded to warn them about the coming judgment upon the believer’s works:

 

 

“Now if any man builds upon the foundation with gold, silver, precious stones, wood, hay, straw, each man’s work will become evident; for the day will show it, because it is to be revealed with fire, and the fire itself will test the quality of each man’s work.  If any man’s work which he has built upon it remains, he shall receive a reward.  If any man’s work is burned up, he shall suffer loss, but he himself shall be saved, yet so as through fire:” (1 Cor. 3: 11-15.)

 

 

This word warns us that we must be careful how we build, how we work for the Lord.  This word of caution provides a check for us to make sure what we do is really coming out of Him.  The gold, silver and precious stones can pass through the fire.  Thus, these signify works that have God as their source and nature.  The elements of wood, hay and straw are consumed by this coming judgment of God.  Thus, these signify works that come out of the flesh, the natural man.

 

 

The natural man can be very strong and zealous to achieve something, even something “for God  The “push” in Christendom today for works, without a strong, balancing word urging us to be sure that they are from God, is a danger.  Today, there are multiplied ministries with all types of schemes, action plans, and busy conferences aimed at achieving something for God’s kingdom.  How much it is out of the energy and resources of the flesh?

 

 

All of our work needs to be under the cross, where we agree with God that we care for nothing done out of ourselves as the source, but only for what God has planned and is doing.  Only when we are willing to die to all that we are and what we can do, is God able to effectively do His work through us.  He does not need talented men and women.  He needs men and women willing to die to self, so that He might be everything.  All self-effort, all human ingenuity, all self-promotion, all self-interest, all self-power must go to the cross of Christ, that God may be realized. We take this position by faith, with a pure heart before the Lord.  We serve in utter dependence upon Him.  We do not await, however, any “feeling” of holiness, or special spirituality, before we are willing to move forward in serving God by faith.  Thus, we are not passive. We are active in seeking Him, and willing to follow Him by faith, yet it is with the self on the cross and Christ living within us.

 

 

One passage that has made a great impression upon me is in the epistle to the Philippians:

 

 

“But I hope in the Lord Jesus to send Timothy to you shortly, so that I also may be encouraged when I learn of your condition.  For I have no one else of kindred spirit who will genuinely be concerned for your welfare.  For they all seek after their own interests, not those of Christ Jesus (Phil. 2: 19-21.)

 

 

What are our reasons for serving the Lord?  Do they include self-interests, like recognition by others, popularity, financial gain, or our own ministry empire?

 

 

What are our ways of serving the Lord?  Do we employ psychology, entertainment to delight the flesh of our audience, messages geared to “tickle the ears” (2 Tim. 4: 3), accomplished oratory and persuasive words of wisdom (1 Cor. 2: 1-5), mass marketing schemes, etc.?  Do we serve in “newness of the spirit” (in union with the living Christ who dwells in our spirit), or do we just plod along in the oldness of the letter of the Law (Rom. 7: 6), carrying out “commands” for the Lord?

 

 

As we seek to serve the Lord, let us always be cognizant of the fact that the Judgment Seat of Christ is coming and Christ will test our works by fire.

 

 

“I have a stewardship entrusted to me” (1 Cor. 9: 17b).

 

 

The greatest example of a servant of Christ was the apostle Paul.  He was constantly cognizant of the stewardship that God had given to him (1 Cor. 4: 1, 9: 17; Gal. 2: 7; Eph. 3: 2; Col. 1: 25).  He knew that as a steward of the things of God he must be faithful:

 

 

“Let a man regard us in this manner, as servants of Christ, and stewards of the mysteries of God.  In this case, moreover, it is required of stewards that one be found trustworthy” (1 Cor. 4: 1-2).

 

 

Many believers do not have a vision of their stewardship, and many are not faithful.  This is where we [all] need a word of reminder.

 

 

Every Christian is a servant of Christ entrusted with a stewardship.  Jesus made this abundantly clear in His parable of the talents (Matt. 25: 14-30), and His parable of the minas (Lk. 19: 12-27), as well as in a number of other places.  However, it is so easy for us to forget this responsibility.  Part of the problem is the artificial clergy-laity system.  This unscriptural system tends to make the “laity” think of the “clergy” as the only ones who really have the stewardship and responsibility to labour with God. (For more information of the unbiblical nature of this damaging system, see the author’s booklet entitled, Governing Principles for Building Up the Body of Christ.)

 

 

Yet, the fact remains that each of us, according to the parables noted above, has a stewardship.  Also, the New Testament clearly shows that each of us has been gifted by God in order to serve:

 

 

“And since we have gifts that differ according to the grace given to us, let each exercise them accordingly” (Rom. 12: 6).

 

 

“As each one has received a special gift, employ it in serving one another, as good stewards of the manifold grace of God” (1 Pet. 4: 10).

 

 

Besides the problem of the clergy-laity system in holding back our service, the Lord tells us in the parable in Matthew 25: 14-30 that the saints who had fewer gifts were not faithful because they feared the Lord’s expectation of them, and because they were lazy (vs. 24-26).  A similar explanation is given in the other parable, where the worthless slave did nothing (Lk. 19: 20-23).  In the parable of Luke 19, all the slaves received the same portion, signifying the same salvation and new life in Christ. The difference in their productivity depended upon their relative faithfulness to labour for the Lord in faith.

 

 

There can be a tendency among us to want to enjoy the Lord’s presence and blessings, but to avoid the exercise of faith and labour required to be a faithful steward.  To serve the Lord calls for self-denial (of the way we want to use our time and money, our desire to be accepted by others, etc.).  It also calls for an exercise of faith, wherein we seek the Lord in moving ahead in our service in trustful dependence upon Him.  Romans 12: 3-6 shows that God allots a measure of faith to each, as each one exercises his gift.  Paul spoke of “the work of faith” which the Thessalonian believers carried out (1 Thess. 1: 3).

 

 

To be sure that we are faithful in being co-workers together with God we need to have a willing heart to labour in faith, according to the gift God has given us.  We must put away any thought that only certain persons (“clergy”) can do real spiritual work for God.  Also, we must not despise the size or nature of our spiritual gift, but be willing to labour with what God has given to us.  With such preparation, we can more perfectly fulfil our responsibility of stewardship.

 

 

“And let us not lose heart in doing good” (Gal. 6: 9).

 

 

There is another hindrance to our being victorious in good works, and that is the matter of discouragement.  We are particularly prone to being discouraged when we do not seem to see the results of our labour.

 

 

Recently, I read the story of a “New Tribes” (a mission group) missionary couple.  The wife related how they had been on the mission field for about fifteen years.  Finally, in utter discouragement, she exclaimed to her husband that she was ready to give up because they had laboured so long and seen no conversions.  Her husband gently reminded her that they had been called to be faithful, even if results were not seen in their lifetime.  This story reminds us that we should not base our continued labour for the Lord on visible results, but upon our stewardship, which calls for faithfulness (1 Cor. 4: 2).  By the way, the missionary story went on to say that within a few months after that talk some conversions occurred and the work started to blossom.

 

 

In the exercise of our spiritual gifts, it is not unusual for reaping to happen a good while after our sowing begins.  Note the following verses:

 

 

“And do not lose heart in doing good, for in due time we shall reap if we do not grow weary” (Gal. 6: 9).

 

 

“Therefore, since we have this ministry, as received mercy, we do not lose heart” (2 Cor. 4: 1).

 

 

“Therefore, my beloved brethren, be steadfast, immovable, always abounding in the work of the Lord, knowing that your toil is not in vain in the Lord” (1 Cor. 15: 58).

 

 

“Be patient, therefore, brethren, until the coming of the Lord.  Behold, the farmer waits for the precious produce of the soil, being patient about it, until it gets the early and late rains” (Jas. 5: 7). (Although this verse speaks about waiting for the Lord’s return, it shows the principle of the farmer, who must wait patiently for the harvest after his sowing.)

 

 

A final word on this

 

 

We should be encouraged that to be victorious in good works is something that God desires for us and has even planned for us.  He plans the works for us ahead of time, and supplies us with the spiritual gifts and power to carry them out.  We need to focus on abiding in Him in order to be victorious in good works.  At the same time, the Bible provides some helpful reminders to us: (1) Be careful about works produced for God from the flesh; (2) Be faithful in our stewardship by not despising our gift, or being idle or lazy, (3) Do not lose heart, but keep labouring for the Lord, knowing that our work in Him is not in vain, but will produce fruit in due season.

 

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

118

 

THE CHURCH AND THE KINGDOM

 

 

By D. M. PANTON

 

 

-------

 

 

 

THE CHURCH

 

 

No ‘church properly defined as such, existed before our Lord appeared: “upon this rock I will build my church” (Matt. 16: 18): unbuilt in His lifetime, He nevertheless here foretells it as we know it.  He also legislated for it:- “if he refuse to hear them, tell it unto the church: and if he refuse to hear the church also, let him be unto thee as the Gentile and the publican” (Matt. 18: 17).  For the stones our Lord quarried became the foundation stones of the Church (Eph. 2: 20); and all disciples, made and baptized between the two advents, are to be taught “to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you” (Matt. 28: 20).  The next occurrences of the word, immediately after Pentecost, assume the Church as by this time actually existing in the world.  “Great fear came upon the whole church” (Acts 5: 11): “they were gathered together with the church” (11: 26); “when they had appointed for them elders in every church” (14: 23); “when they had gathered the church together” (14: 27); “it seemed good to the apostles, with the whole church” (15: 22).  The Book of the Acts refers throughout to the church as a body actually in the world: it is the book of the propagation of the church: it refers to Jew and Gentile, gathered out to Christ, and compacted together, as the church: and it does so from the moment of the Holy Ghost’s descent,- the birth-moment, therefore, of the church.  The Epistles follow, as church documents: and, in the Apocalypse, churches are addressed for the last time by our Lord - “Hold fast till I come” (Rev. 2. 25): that is, the church is to continue until He comes.

 

 

THE KINGDOM

 

 

The essentially church docu ments, the Epistles, refer constantly to ‘the Kingdom and - with the exception of Col. 1: 13 - invariably refer to it as future.  So did our Lord.  When “they supposed that the Kingdom of God was immediately to appear  He answered that the Nobleman must first go into the Far Country “to receive for himself a kingdom, and to return” (Luke 19: 11): and so He says,- “they [shall] see the Son of man coming” - at the Second Advent - “in His kingdom” (Matt. 16: 28).  Thus the close of the Church is the start of the Kingdom: the Kingdom is future so long as there is a church on earth.  So Paul also defines the apostolic attitude.  “Flesh and blood” - the living, unchanged - “cannot inherit the Kingdom of God; neither doth corruption” - the dead, unrisen - “inherit incorruption.  Behold, we shall all be changed” (1 Cor. 15: 50), ere the Kingdom can be entered.  Its time and place are put beyond all doubt by the Apocalyptic vision. “There followed [after the last judgments] great voices in heaven, and they said, The kingdom of the world is become the kingdom of our Lord, and of His Christ” (Rev. 11: 15).  (The references to the Eternal Kingdom, consequent on the destruction of the old earth, seem nearly totally confined to Rev. 21. and 22.: the Kingdom linked with the [Second] Advent is obviously the Millennial.)

 

 

THE KINGDOM IN MYSTERY

 

 

In one aspect, however, the kingdom now present: for in parables the kingdom is the Church: in literal passages, it is the literal kingdom; in figurative, it is the mystical.  The reason seems clear.  Our Lord, when personally present, spoke of the kingdom as present also, for it was present in the person of the King: “If I by the Spirit of God cast out demons, then is the kingdom of God come upon you” (Matt. 12: 28).  When the King withdrew from the world, so did the kingdom.  But the Lord is mystically present with His Church: there is, therefore, a mystical kingdom: “who translated us into the kingdom of the Son of His love” (Col. 1: 13).

 

 

THE CHURCH AND THE KINGDOM

 

 

Scripture finally unfolds the right attitude of the Church to the Kingdom.  The Church is to preach the Kingdom, to pray for it, and to seek to enter it. (1) Paul, peculiarly the ‘Church’ apostle, “reasoned and persuaded as to the things concerning the kingdom of God” (Acts 19: 8); and the last time we hear him speak (Acts 28: 31), as in the last letter he ever wrote (2 Tim. 4: 1, 8), he is still “preaching the kingdom of God (2) So also, “when ye pray, say, Thy kingdom come” (Matt. 6: 10): and the last prayer of the last apostle is still the same cry,- “Even so come, Lord Jesus” (Rev. 22: 20).  (3) Moreover we are to seek to enter the Kingdom.  “Seek ye first the kingdom of God, and His righteousness” (Matt. 6: 33) - i.e., the godlike rightness that leads thither; or, as Paul puts it,- “walk worthily of God, who calleth you” is calling you - “into His own kingdom and glory” (1 Thess. 2: 12): “to the end that ye may be counted worthy of the kingdom of God, for which ye also suffer” (2 Thess. 1: 5). For “in this exclusion from the Kingdom, which is the dominion of the good made visible at the return of our Lord, we are not to see the loss of eternal salvation: an entrance into the Kingdom is rendered impossible [in certain cases], but not by any means does it follow that salvation can be thereby prevented” (Olshausen).  “For the First Resurrection is limited to a portion of the redeemed Church: and while eternal life and the inheritance are of faith and free grace, and common to all [regenerate] believers merely as such, the millennial crown and the first resurrection are a Reward - the reward of suffering for and with Christ; a special glory and a special hope, designed to comfort and support believers under persecution: a need and use which I have little doubt the Church will before long be called on to experience collectively, as even now, and at all times, it has been experienced by some of its members” (Burgh).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

119

 

THE PRIZE OF THE KINGDOM

 

 

By D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

Is the Millennial Kingdom (Rev. 20: 4-6) the Prize for which the Christian is to run, and which may be forfeited, unless a standard of holiness be attained known only to God?  It is so -

 

 

1. Because our Lord states it in the Gospels, - the Holy Spirit repeats it in nearly every Epistle, - it is the basis of the promises and threats to the Seven Churches, - and it is foretold as an actual experience in the prophecies of the Apocalypse.

 

 

[1] Matt. 7: 21; Luke 20: 35, etc.

 

[2] Eph. 5: 5, 6; Gal. 5: 19-21.

 

[3] Rev. 2. and 3.

 

[4] Rev. 11: 18; 20: 6.

 

 

2. Because the Types of the old Testament, largely an unquarried mine, strikingly corroborate it, thus confirming our understanding of the literal passages of the New Testament, and weaving all into an exquisite mosaic of revelation.

 

 

1 Cor. 9: 24 - 10: 12: Ex. 12: 15; Luke 17: 32; Heb. 4: 11.

 

 

3. Because the Age to Come - as distinct from the Eternal State, which is based (Rev. 20: 15) on grace alone - is revealed as “one last day of a thousand years, a full and perfect judicial aeon,” in which all seed sown in this Age reaps its exactly corresponding harvest, and to which the consequences of works done after faith are confined.

 

 

Rom. 2: 5-11; 1 Pet. 4: 17; 1 John 4: 17; Gal. 6: 7-9.

 

 

4. Because it safeguards the infinite merits of our Lord’s imputed righteousness and divine sacrifice by establishing the spotless and eternal standing of every believer in Him; while it also safeguards human responsibility and divine justice by making every believer accountable for his walk, under pain of a possible forfeiture of coming glory.

 

 

[1] Heb. 10: 14, Rom. 8: 33; [2] Phil. 2: 12, Rev. 3: 11.

 

 

5. Because - since God’s dealings with His people must always rest on the character of God, and God’s character is not mercy only, but justice also - it is inconceivable that a disciple’s life, if unholy, should have no profounder effect on his destiny than mere gradation in glory.

 

 

Heb. 10: 30, 31; Rev. 22: 12; 1 Cor. 3: 15; Luke 20: 35.

 

 

6. Because, if we acknowledge any judgment of a believer’s works at all, and that before a tribunal which is a judgment seat and not a mercy seat, we are thereby compelled to acknowledge, further, that the investigation must be strictly judicial, and that it will therefore be as exactly graded in censure as it is in praise.

 

 

2 Cor. 5: 10; Rom. 14: 10-12; Col. 3: 24, 25; 2 Tim. 2: 5.

 

 

7. Because it vindicates the holiness and justice of God from the charge of compounding with His people’s sins, and makes the highest glory of God to rest only on the active righteousness of the disciple co-operating, consistently and ceaselessly, with the imputed righteousness of his Lord, obedience being the only proof of love.

 

 

1 Cor. 3: 17; 1 Thess. 4: 6; Matt. 5: 20; Rev. 20: 6.

 

 

8. Because it is the supreme reconciliation between Paul and James, - that is, between justification through faith unto Eternal Life and justification through works unto Millennial Reward.

 

 

[1] Before works - Rom. 4: 10, Gen. 15: 6;

 

[2] After works - Jas. 2: 21, Gen. 22: 16.

 

 

9. Because it is perhaps as near an approximation as has yet been reached to a solution of the perennial controversy between the Calvinist and the Arminian: for it establishes all the passages of glorious certainty, while it leaves ample scope for the most solemn warnings: it takes both sets of Scripture as it finds them.

 

 

John 10: 27, 28; Rom. 6: 23; Rom. 11: 29; John 15: 6; Heb. 10: 26; Matt. 5: 22.

 

 

10. Because it gives the natural and unforced interpretation to the facts of Church life, as it does also to the simple statements of Holy Writ, and reveals how exactly the one squares with the other, both in present character and in just recompense.

 

 

2 Cor. 12: 20, 21; Jas. 2: 5; Matt. 18: 18; Rom. 8: 12, 13.

 

 

11. Because large sections of the Church of God are purged, and can only be purged, by seeing the drastic consequences of a carnal life: and because, for want of a frank and fearless statement of these consequences, multitudes of disciples are now wrapt in a profound slumber.

 

 

1 Cor. 5: 5, 11; 6: 9; Matt. 24: 48-51; Luke 12: 47, 48; Rev. 3: 16, 21.

 

 

12. Because it purges every motive with the awful vision of the judgment Seat of Christ, and supplies a lever of unsurpassed power for alienating the disciple from the world and filling him with a passion for the Kingdom of God.

 

 

1 Pet. 1: 17; Rev. 2: 21-23; Phil. 3: 11-14; Rev. 2: 26, 27.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

120

 

TO EACH HIS WORK

 

 

By D. M. PANTON

 

 

-------

 

 

Work

 

 

OUR Lord’s motto for every disciple is - “TO EACH HIS WORK” (Mark 13: 34), and so ample and complex is that work that it is called ministering service (Matt. 23: 11), household service (Rom. 14: 4), responsible service (John 18: 36), worshipping service (Rom. 14: 1), succouring service (Heb. 3: 5), priestly service (Phil. 2: 17), and, as here, bond service.  God calls a soul to work the moment that He calls it to life.

 

 

Our Work

 

 

When our Lord laid down His Divine task, He entrusted it - not to angels, nor to kingdoms, nor to apostles only, but to you and me. “It is as when a man, sojourning in another country, having left his house, and given authority to his servants”, - authority for what? - “to each his work”.  Millions of souls have to be saved, and myriads to be sanctified: countless truths, popular and unpopular, are to be sown over the world: whole continents must receive the light: - and each of us is a designed cog or flywheel in creation in Christ - it may be in the eternal ages - God chose us for it: “created in Christ Jesus for good works, which God afore prepared that we should walk in them” (Eph. 2: 10).

 

 

Our Share

 

 

Christ reveals an individual allotment. Not, to each some work, or, to each a work, but, “to each his work”. This is an exquisite revelation.  Each can give a glory to God which no other being in the universe can: each can do a work for God which from eternity has been allotted to him alone.  How this ennobles and dignifies the saved soul!  God has allotted the toil of the whole Church so as to rest in wise distribution upon each.

 

 

Our Task

 

 

The size of the task is not stated.  It may be a great work, or a small work: the supreme point is that it is my work; and as such I can do it, I ought to do it, and at the Judgment Seat I will be asked if I did do it.  Luke 19: 15; 2 Cor. 5: 10.  Christ would have us do a small work which He commanded, rather than a large work which He did not: for all planned work is necessary to the building, and planned work only.  “A man’s character is what he is in the dark”; a man’s work is what he does in the dark; and if I do what God tells me, and how He tells me, I am doing the supremest thing possible to my soul: and a soul’s utmost is always magnificent. Mark 14: 8, 9.  We are weaving our own glory-robes. Rev. 19: 8; 2 Cor. 5: 3.  “Behold, I come quickly; and my reward is with me, to render to each according as his work is” (Rev. 22: 12).

 

 

Our Vineyard

 

 

The work waits. Matt. 20: 3.  (1) It is possible to find it.  Our Lord would hold no soul responsible for a work unless with the    work was granted the power to discover it: but He alone can tell us what it is.  His foundations were laid in eternity; His plans for the superstructure were drawn up in eternity also; in eternity each task He allotted by name: - “Lord, what wilt Thou have me to do”?  Gal. 6: 4.  (2) It is possible to do it.  Christ has not planned work outside our abilities, or beyond our opportunities: He knows what He made us for, and what we can do best, and He has planned that we should do that.  He made us in nature with a view to what we should become in grace: He chose our cradle, and He will choose our grave, and He chooses all the Christian work we are to do between.  (3) It is possible (I think) to know that we are doing it.  How? God will open the way by circumstances.  He will satisfy our conscience that it is the right work: He will convince our judgment that it is the right work for us; He will confirm it by the approval of mature Christian friends: and He will establish it with definite blessing.  Then (4) having found it, we must persist in it until He tells us to drop or change it.  One kind of firefly, in the tropics, glows only so long as it flies, - the moment it rests, it darkens.  Wesley’s motto - “All at it, and always at it” - is the secret of the luminous life.  Matt. 5: 16.

 

 

Our Master

 

 

“To each” [Christ gave] his work”: therefore I am doing it for Him.  “Our conversation,” says Tertullian, of the early Christians, “is that of men who are conscious that the Lord hears them”.  When the world puts its ear to our work, it should hear in it all - like the ocean in the shell - the great Eternity to which we hasten.  “The love of Christ constraineth us” (2 Cor. 5: 14): how this transmutes the daily toil, and the household drudgery, into the golden labour of a better world!  “For years”, Mr Moody said, before he died, “my prayer has been that God will let me die when the spirit of revival dies out of my heart”.

 

 

Our Increase

 

 

Are any of us shirking our allotted task?  “The shirking of the man who prays, and the praying of the man who shirks, is equally an abomination to God”.  So soon we shall have to lay, all work down.  “We must work the works of Him that sent Me, while it is day: the night cometh, when no man can work” (John 9: 4).  Task every faculty; strain every power; break new ground; put no limit to your toll save that which God put when He made you: be it said of each of us - “I know that thy last works are more than the first” (Rev. 2: 19). 2 Cor. 9: 8.  Let us fling open every compartment of our being to the indraught of God: let us fling ourselves into the mid-current of His all-gracious, all-glorious purposes.  “He that overcometh; and he that keepeth My WORKS unto the end, to him will I give AUTHORITY OVER THE NATIONS: and I will give him the morning star” (Rev. 2: 26).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

121

 

PURGATORY

 

 

By D. M. PANTON.

 

 

-------

 

 

Purging

 

 

It is a supreme peculiarity of our Lord’s love to His own that it can never stop short of the perfection of the person loved.  “As many as I love, I chasten” (Rev. 3: 19). “He chastens us for our profit, that we may become partakers of His holiness” (Heb. 12: 10).  His holiness is perfection, so that our discipline, however drastic or prolonged, is never a proof of His enmity, but of His love; and is never a sign - either now, or at the Judgment Seat - of a disciple’s ultimate destruction, but of his ultimate perfection.  Where others show their love by indulgence, Christ shows His by chastisement.  “Every branch that beareth fruit, He PURGETH it” (John 15: 2).

 

 

Purgatory

 

 

The Roman doctrine of Purgatory would have been impossible had the Church always held and taught the full Scripture truth of a [regenerate] believer’s purging.  Only twice has the Roman doctrine been officially defined. “If such as be truly penitent die in God’s favour before they have satisfied for their sins of commission and omission by worthy fruits of penance” - i.e., assisted their own atonement - “their souls are purged after death with purgatorial punishments” (Council of Ferrara); “and the souls delivered there are assisted by the suffrages [prayers and devotions] of the Faithful, and especially by the most acceptable sacrifice of the Mass” (Council of Trent).

 

 

Errors of Purgatory

 

 

The manifest errors here - apart from such fearful accretions as the sale of indulgences, or the efficacy of the Mass - are mainly three.  (1) The doctrine of Purgatory locates the purging in Hades: Scripture locates it in this life [also], and at the Judgment       Seat after resurrection, but never in Hades.* Paradise, for all believers, is the ‘very far better’ of the immediate presence of Christ.  (2) No power of pope or priest, and no prayers of fellow-believers, can in the slightest degree modify the judgments due to any man, believer or unbeliever, after he has once passed into the other world.  “It is appointed unto men once to die, and after this cometh JUDGMENT” (Heb. 9: 27).  Paul, most remarkably, does pray for a believer “that he may receive mercy of the Lord in that day” (2 Tim. 1: 18): but Onesiphorus was still alive; and there was still room for Paul’s prayer to become operative in his life.    Prayer for the dead is unknown in the Scriptures.  This cuts away the root of all abominations (Indulgences, etc) that have grown around the Roman doctrine.  (3) But the vital error lies in confusing discipline with [eternal] salvation.  Chastisement is necessary and salutary, it is inflicted by God in this life upon all believers without exception (Heb. 13: 8): it may, in extreme cases, be fearful bodily disease (Ex. 15: 26), or even by mortal (1 Cor. 11: 30): since death produces no magical change, converting the sinning into the sinless, and since much less can - it cancels unrepented offences during discipleship, chastisement may be equally necessary and salutary at the Judgment Seat: - but disciplinary suffering has no connection whatever with eternal life.  There are no atoning sufferings but the sufferings of Calvary: works with a view to [eternal] salvation are sinful and deadly.  “Not of works, that no man should glory” (Eph. 2: 9).

 

[* NOTE: To assume all the regenerate - (the immoral, disobedient and unrepentant, together with the holy, obedient and repentant, will automatically enter the “paradise” section of “Hades” [Lk. 23: 43; Lk. 16: 22, R.V.] after their death), - needs proof from statements in Holy Scripture!  Those who allege must prove!  The editor of this website has not found this proof! and there are eminent students and holy saints of God - Mr. G. H. Lang being one - who would disagree with D. M. Panton on this particular point! 

 

What is the meaning of Paul’s warning to “the churches in Galatia,” (Gal. 1: 2b, R.V.), where he has written: “Be not deceived; God is not mocked: for whatsoever a man soweth unto his own flesh shall of the flesh reap corruption. … let us not be weary in well-doing: for in due season we shall reap, if we faint not.  So then, as we have opportunity, let us work that which is good toward all men…” (Gal. 6: 7, 8a, 9, 10a, R.V.).  Is there not more than the loss of a believer’s millennial ‘inheritance’ (Eph: 5: 5. cf. Gal. 5: 21, R.V.) involved in the above warning by the inspired Apostle?]

 

 

Purging by Blood

 

 

Now we turn to the Scripture truth.  God has provided two purgings - one by blood, and one by discipline: and the purging by blood must precede the purging by discipline. “According to the law, all things are purged by blood” (Heb. 9: 22): “how much more shall the blood of Christ purge your conscience from dead works” - the deadly efforts of self-righteousness - “to serve the living God” (Heb. 9: 14).  For Christ has affected the essential and fundamental purging once for all: “who when He had purged our sins, sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high” (Heb. 1: 3): and this purging is the sole basis, and predisposing cause, of all subsequent purging.  For only a saved soul can be purged by chastisement.  No amount or degree of suffering can improve into life a soul dead in trespasses and sins, any more than dead wood can be made to grow fruit by pruning: chastisement cannot purge him: he can be purged, but not by chastisement: and God is not habitually chastening the wicked at all.  For “if ye are without chastening, whereby bastards, and not sons” (Heb. 12: 8).  Corrective suffering are only granted and effective to those already purged by the sacrificial sufferings of Calvary.

 

 

Purging by Discipline

 

 

The second purging is discipline.  “Every branch that beareth fruit” i.e., living wood, set in the living Vine - “he purgeth it” (John 15: 2).  A soul which is born again, yet still having ‘the flesh’ in him, can have his still fallible character corrected and elevated and cleansed by chastisement.  Nor need this purging end with life. “Some of the oldest Roman divines taught that all the remains of sin in God’s children are quite abolished by final grace at the very instant of their dissolution; so that the stain of the least sin is not left behind to be carried into the other world” (Archbishop Usher’s Answer to a Jesuit, p. 165).  This ancient Roman doctrine is as unscriptural as the later Roman doctrine of Purgatory.  For the believer who falls asleep unwatchful, wakes unwatchful - the servant who dies slothful, appears before the Judgment Seat slothful: their last look on this world is, morally, their first look on the next: they will be purged, but they are not purged: there is no magic in death, and no opportunity in Hades to correct a faulty discipleship: and the coming millennial day of Justice, dominated by the Judgment Seat, has for its essential characteristic the recoil of works in judicial retribution.* “For he that doeth wrong” - the context is addressed solely to [regenerate] believers - “SHALL RECEIVE AGAIN FOR THE WRONG THAT HE HATH DONE: and there is no respect of persons” (Col. 3: 25).  But it is Divine Love that will not rest until all we who believe are “become partakers of His holiness”: no disciple ever involves our destruction, it effects, sooner or later, our perfection.

 

[* NOTE: This statement implies that the Lord’s Judgment of all the redeemed (now in ‘Hades’ [Acts 2: 34. cf. Ps. 139: 8; 2 Tim. 2: 18, R.V.]), will take place after their resurrection!  If this were to happen, then those not “accounted worthy to obtain that age” (Lk. 20: 35), would need to return a second time into “Hades” until ‘the thousand years’ are over; and afterwards their names will be found written in “the book of life,” (Rev. 20: 15ff)!  Surely, the words of Heb. 9: 27 suggest that the judgment of their works must take place after death, but before the Lord’s return to resurrect the ‘holy’ dead, (1 Thess. 4: 16. cf. Rev. 20: 6, R.V.).  Only this sequence of events will determine who will be amongst those “accounted worthy to attain that age and the resurrection from the dead” (Lk. 20: 35, R.V.) at that time!]

 

*       *       *       *       *      *       *

 

 

122

 

GOAL OF THE RACE

 

 

By ARLEN L. CHITWOOD

 

 

 

 

“Wherefore seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses, let us lay aside every weight, and the sin which doth so easily beset us, and let us run with patience the race that is set before us, Looking unto Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before him endured the cross, despising the shame, and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God” (Heb. 12: 1, 2).

 

 

 

The race in which Christians find themselves is not something optional in the Christian life.  Rather, it is a race in which all Christians have been automatically enrolled.  Christians enter the race at the moment of belief, at the moment of [initial] salvation.

 

 

Thus, there is nothing which a Christian can do about entering or not entering the race.  He has no choice concerning the matter.  He has been entered in the race, with an ultimate God-ordained goal in view.

 

 

He though does have a choice concerning how he runs the race.  He can follow provided instructions and run the race after a fashion which will allow him to win, or he can ignore the provided instructions and run the race after a different fashion, one which can only result in loss.

 

 

And not only are instructions given for properly running the race, but information is also given concerning why the race is being run and exactly what awaits all Christians, all runners, after the race is over.

 

 

The race is being run in order to afford Christians the highest of all possible privileges - that of qualifying to occupy positions on the throne as co-heirs with Christ during the coming age.  Awards having to do with positions of honour and glory in the Son’s kingdom await the successful competitors, and the denial of awards, resulting in shame and disgrace in relation to the Son’s kingdom, awaits the unsuccessful competitors.

 

 

Understanding these things will allow an individual to view both evangelism and the Christian life which follows within a proper interrelated Biblical perspective.  Man has been saved for a purpose which has to do with the coming kingdom of Christ.  He has been saved, coming into possession of eternal life (providing him with an assurance of heaven), in order that he might be able to participate in the race of the faith and be provided with an opportunity to win one of the numerous proffered positions in the Son’s [millennial] kingdom.

 

 

God is taking an entire dispensation, lasting approximately 2,000 years, to acquire the rulers who will ascend the throne and rule in the numerous positions of power and authority as co-heirs with His Son.  These individuals will form the bride who will reign as consort queen with God’s Son.  And the numerous rulers, forming the bride, will be taken from those running and finishing the race in a satisfactory manner.

 

 

Salvation removes man from one realm (one in which he cannot run the race) and places him in another (one in which he automatically finds himself in the race).  Redeemed man has been removed from a realm associated with darkness (with the lake of fire as his ultimate destiny), and he has been placed in a realm associated with light (with heaven now his ultimate destiny).  And he finds himself in the race only after this transference has occurred, for the revealed purpose surrounding God’s reason for the present dispensation.

 

 

The opening chapter of Colossians touches upon the overall matter within this framework about as well as any place in the New Testament.  This chapter reveals both the Christians’ transference from a realm of darkness to one of light and the reason God has brought this change about.

 

 

The Christians’ removal from one realm and placement in another is spoken of in verses thirteen and fourteen: “Who hath delivered us from the power of darkness, and hath translated us into the kingdom of his dear Son.  In whom we have redemption through his blood ...” Man, by means of redemption, has been delivered from one realm and placed in another, for a purpose; and that purpose is outlined in verses both preceding and following the statement surrounding this fact.

 

 

Redemption is mentioned again in verses twenty and twenty-one, but all the remaining verses in this chapter - verses both preceding and following those dealing with man’s redemption - relate to the purpose for redemption.  And nothing is said in these verses about one’s eternal destiny.  Rather, because one has been saved and his eternal destiny is now a settled matter, because he has been removed from one realm and placed in another, a “hope” and an “inheritance” come into view (cf. vv. 5, 12, 23, 27).  And the chapter concerns itself primarily with this hope and inheritance, which are in connection with the present race of the faith and have to do with positions of honour and glory in the future kingdom of Christ.

 

 

The words “hath translated” in Col. 1: 13 - “hath translated us” - are from a word in the Greek text which means to be removed from one place and positioned in another.  When the First Man, the First Adam, fell, he found himself transferred in an opposite sense to that given in Col. 1: 13.  Adam found himself separated from God; and since Adam fell as the federal head of the human race and his progeny (the unredeemed) today find themselves in the sphere described in Col. 1: 13 as “the power of darkness this would have to be the place in which Adam also found himself following the fall.  Adam’s fall, resulted in his removal from the realm where he could realize the reason for his creation and his placement in a realm where he could not.

 

 

Adam’s subsequent redemption though (Gen. 3: 15, 21) allowed God to place him back in the position for which he had been created.  Redemption allowed God to remove him from the realm into which he had fallen and place him in an entirely different realm.  But his redemption and removal from the realm into which he had fallen did not do away with the sin problem.  Adam was not redeemed as the federal head of the human race in the same sense that he had fallen as the federal head.  The old sin nature which he possessed following the fall remained unchanged (cf. Gen. 1: 24). Adam, as redeemed man today, was still a fallen being; and all his progeny beyond that point were begotten after his fallen image and likeness rather than after his previous unfallen image and likeness (cf. Gen. 3: 21; 5: 3).

 

 

And the purpose surrounding the redemption of Adam’s progeny, as in Adam’s case, is no different. Redemption is for the purpose of placing man back in the position for which he was originally created.  The second Man, the Last Adam, has “reconciled” man “to God  He has “made peace through the blood of his cross” (Rom. 5: 10; Col. 1: 20, 21).  That which was lost through Adam’s fall has been regained through Christ’s redemptive work: “For by one man’s disobedience many were made sinners, so by the obedience of one shall many be made righteous” (Rom. 5: 19).

 

 

“The power of darkness” and “the kingdom of his dear Son” in Col. 1: 13 point to places diametrically opposed to one another, but these places must be looked upon in the sense that both have to do with the same thing.  Both have to do with kingdoms - the present kingdom of Satan, and the coming kingdom of Christ.

 

 

Satan is the present world ruler, and “the whole world lieth in wickednessin the wicked one’],” i.e., in the kingdom of Satan (1 John 5: 19; cf. Luke 4: 5, 6).  Christ, on the other hand, is the coming World Ruler; and Christians, “not of the world” as Christ is “not of the world” (John 17: 14), have been delivered from the kingdom ruled by Satan and placed in the kingdom to be ruled by Christ.

 

 

Both kingdoms are actually looked upon as one kingdom in Rev. 11: 15 - “the kingdom of the world which will one day become “the kingdom of our Lord, and of his Christ” (ASV).  Viewing matters in this respect, man, at any point in his existence, has never been separated from the kingdom in which he is destined to one day rule.  Man was created to rule in the kingdom; and in his fallen state, no longer in a position to rule, he still finds himself associated with the kingdom, though under Satan’s control and dominion.  Unredeemed man finds himself in the present “kingdom of the world” (called in Col. 1: 13, “the power of darkness”), and redeemed man finds himself actually in “the kingdom of our Lord, and of his Christ though Christ is not yet occupying the throne (called in Col. 1: 13, “the kingdom of his dear Son”).

 

 

The “kingdom of his dear Son” in Col. 1: 13 should thus not be thought of in some spiritual sense.  The present kingdom of Satan from which Christians have been delivered is certainly literal, and the kingdom of Christ into which Christians have been transferred must be thought of in the same literal sense - no more, no less.

 

 

The whole act should be understood in the same framework as our being raised up together and made to sit together “in heavenly places in Christ Jesus” (Eph. 1: 3; 16).  The key words are “in Christ  Positionally we are in the heavenlies “in Christ the Second Man, the Last Adam (completely separated from Satan’s kingdom), even though actually here and now we still reside in this body of death in Satan’s kingdom. Spiritual values are involved, but these spiritual values cannot ignore a literal fact: We reside exactly where Eph. 1: 3; 2: 6 and Col. 1: 13 state that we reside, removed from “the power of darkness” and placed in “the kingdom of his dear Son

 

 

(Viewing matters relative to the place Christians reside in relation to “the kingdom of the world” will settle the matter once and for an as to what part, if any, a Christian should have in the political structure of the present world system.  In the light of Col. 1: 13 and related Scripture, the matter can only be viewed one way: Christians involving themselves, after any fashion, on any level, in the politics of the present world system [in the politics of world government as it presently exists] are delving into the affairs of a kingdom from which they have been delivered.)

 

 

Not only would the first part of Col. 1: 13 necessitate that “the kingdom of his dear Son” be looked upon as a present reference to the literal coming kingdom of Christ but the context of the verse would demand this as well.  Within the context, there is a “hope” laid up for Christians in heaven (vv. 5, 23, 27), which has to do with an “inheritance” (v. 12) and the “mystery” revealed to Paul (vv. 26-29); and these things have to do with the coming [millennial] kingdom of Christ. The simple fact is that Christians have been removed from one kingdom and placed in another with a view to “the hope of glory” (v. 27), an “inheritance” as co-heirs with Christ in that kingdom.

 

 

Our salvation thus involves the transference from one kingdom into another, but the purpose for our salvation involves something beyond that transference.  It involves the kingdom in which we now find ourselves.  And the race is associated with the latter, not the former.

 

 

We are presently running to win awards, and these awards all have to do with the same thing - positions of honour and glory in “the kingdom of his dear Son” in that future day when Christ and His co-heirs ascend the throne together.

 

 

THE JOY SET BEFORE HIM

 

 

The “author and finisher of ourthe’] faith the One we are to look unto as we look away from anything which could cause distraction, is described in Heb. 12: 2 as One Who had His eyes fixed on “the joy that was set before him” as He bore “our sins in his own body on the tree” (1 Peter 2: 24).  Christ viewed Calvary within the framework of that which lay beyond Calvary.

 

 

The ignominious shame and indescribable sufferings of Calvary had to come first.  There was no other way. But beyond Calvary lay something else, described as “the joy that was set before him

 

 

Following His resurrection, when Christ confronted the two disciples on the Emmaus road and other disciples later in Jerusalem, He called attention to a constant theme throughout the Old Testament Scriptures: Israel’s Messiah was going to first suffer these things [events surrounding Calvary] and then enter into His glory (Luke 24: 25-27, 44, 45).

 

 

Joseph, a type of Christ, first suffered prior to finding himself seated on Pharaoh’s throne ruling “over all the land of Egypt” (Gen. 37: 20ff; 39: 20ff; 41: 40ff).  Moses, another type of Christ, first suffered rejection at the hands of his people before being accepted by them.  Rejection was followed by his experiences in Midian, and acceptance was followed by the people of Israel being led out of Egypt to be established in a theocracy in the land covenanted to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob (Ex. 2: 11ff; 3: lff; 12: 40, 41).

 

 

Passages such as Psa. 22-24 or Isa. 51: 1ff (Israel’s future confession concerning what had happened to the nation’s Messiah before He entered into His glory [Isa. 52]) present the same order - sufferings, and then glory. This is the only order one finds in Scripture, and enough is stated about Christ’s sufferings preceding His glory in the Old Testament that He could say to the two disciples on the Emmaus road, “O fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken…” (Luke 24: 25, 26).

 

 

Peter, James, and John on the Mount with Christ during the time of His earthly ministry “saw his glory” (Luke 9: 32), and Peter, years later, associated the “glory” which they had seen at this time with “the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ” (2 Peter 1: 16-18).  Christ’s “glory” thus has to do with that day when He will occupy the throne and rule the earth (as Joseph on the throne ruling Egypt [always a type of the world in Scripture]).

 

 

In Heb. 12: 2, the wording is slightly different.  In this passage we’re told that Christ’s “sufferings” preceded “the joy [rather than ‘the glory’]” set before Him.  This though, in complete keeping with Old Testament prophecy, is clearly a reference to “sufferings” preceding Christ’s “glory” and to Christ looking beyond the sufferings to the time when he would enter into His glory.

 

 

In the parable of the talents in Matt. 25: 14ff, Christ referred to individuals who would enter into positions of power and authority with Him as entering “into the joy of thy Lord” (vv. 21, 23; cf. Luke 19: 16-19).  Thus, the “sufferings” and “joy” of Heb. 12: 2 follow the same order and refer to the same two things as the “sufferings” and “glory” found elsewhere in Scripture.

 

 

In keeping with the theme of Hebrews though, there’s really more to the expression, “the joy that was set before him than just a general foreview of Christ’s coming glory.  The thought here is much more specific. Note in the parable of the talents that “the joy of thy Lord” is associated with Christ’s co-heirs entering into positions on the throne with him, and the key thought throughout Hebrews is that of Christ “bringing many sons unto glory” (2: 10).

 

 

This is what Christ had His eyes fixed upon when He endured the humiliation, shame, and sufferings of Calvary (cf. Heb. 1: 9).  Christ, fixing His attention at Calvary on “the joy that was set before him fixed His attention on that day when He and His co-heirs would ascend the throne together in His kingdom.

 

 

1. ENDURED THE CROSS

 

 

Note something, and note it well.  It is because of Calvary that unredeemed man, “dead in trespasses and sinscan be “quickened” (Eph. 2: 1, 5; Col. 2: 13).  It is because of Calvary that unredeemed man can be “born again [lit., ‘born from above’]” (John 3: 3), changing once and for all his eternal destiny.  But Christ looked beyond Calvary.  He looked at the purpose for man’s redemption, a purpose which would allow redeemed man to realize the highest of all possible callings.

 

 

Christ viewed the events surrounding Calvary more in the light of Col. 1: 13.  Christ’s finished work on Calvary allows God to remove fallen man from “the power of darkness” and place him in “the kingdom of his dear Son This allows God to take a man who is “dead in trespasses and sins produce life in that individual, and place him in the very sphere for which he had been created in the beginning.

 

 

And being more specific, Christ, through His work at Calvary, provided redemption for His bride, the one who would reign as consort queen with Him.  Christ’s finished work at Calvary (Gen. 22) allows the Holy Spirit to presently call out [from amongst His redeemed people] a bride for the Son (Gen. 24).  “Sufferings” must come first, but the “joy” toward which Christ looked must follow the sufferings.

 

 

Christ “endured the cross knowing these things, with His eyes accordingly fixed on “the joy that was set before him”; and man today, viewing Calvary apart from also looking ahead to this same “joy is not looking upon Christ’s redemptive work the same way Christ viewed it at all.

 

 

2. DESPISED THE SHAME

 

 

Christ, “for the joy that was set before him not only endured the Cross but He despised the shame.  The word “for” in this verse “for the joy” - is a translation of the Greek word anti, which refers to setting one thing over against another.  The “joy” was set over against the “shame  Christ considered the ignominious “shame” associated with Calvary a thing of little consequence compared to the “joy” which lay ahead.  The ignominious “shame” was no small thing, but the “joy” was so much greater that, comparatively, Christ could only look upon the former as of little consequence.

 

 

Events of that coming day when He and His bride would ascend the throne together so far outweighed events of the present day that Christ considered being spat upon, beaten, and humiliated to the point of being arrayed as a mock King things of comparatively little consequence.  He then went to Calvary, paying the price for man’s redemption, so that even the very ones carrying out His persecution and crucifixion could one day (through believing on Him) find themselves in a position to participate in the “joy” set before Him.

 

 

And a Christian should view present persecution, humiliation, and shame after the same fashion Christ viewed these things at Calvary.  This is what Peter had in mind when he penned the words, “Christ also suffered for us, leaving us an example, that ye should follow his steps” (1 Peter 2: 21).

 

 

The Epistles of 1, 2 Peter have been written to encourage Christians who are being tested and tried; and this encouragement is accomplished through offering compensation for the sufferings which one endures during the present time.  And this compensation - rewards having to do with positions of honour and glory in the Son’s kingdom - will be exactly commensurate with present sufferings (1 Peter 1: 6, 7; 4: 12, 13; cf. Matt. 16: 27).

 

 

(Note that the “sufferings” in 1, 2 Peter, resulting in future rewards, appear in connection with an inheritance “reserved in heaven” and a [future] salvation “ready to be revealed in the last time which is “the salvation of your souls” [1 Peter 1: 4, 5, 9])

 

 

Following the example which Christ set at Calvary, a Christian should place the coming “joy” [and resurrection] over against the present “sufferings” and consider the sufferings of little consequence compared to “the just recompense of the reward” which lies ahead.  And he should not think it strange when he finds himself suffering for Christ’s sake, for “all that will live godly in Christ Jesus shall suffer persecution” (cf. 2 Tim. 3: 12; 1 Peter 4: 12).  This is the norm for the Christian life.  Rather, he should rejoice, knowing that as a partaker of Christ’s sufferings, he is also going to be a partaker of Christ’s [coming] glory (1 Peter 4: 13).

 

 

SAT DOWN AT GOD’S RIGHT HAND

 

 

Following His death and subsequent resurrection, Christ spent forty days with His followers, presenting “many infallible proofs” concerning His resurrection and instructing them in “things pertaining to the kingdom of God” (Acts 1: 3; cf. Luke 24: 25-48; 1 Cor. 15: 3-7).  He was then taken up into heaven.  With His arms outstretched, blessing His disciples, “a cloud the Shekinah Glory, received Him out of their sight (cf. Luke 24: 50, 51; Acts 1: 9; 1 Tim. 3: 16).

 

 

Then, even before the disciples had removed their eyes from that point in the heavens where Christ disappeared from their sight, two messengers who had been dispatched from heaven stood by them and said, “Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen him go into heaven” (Acts 1: 11).

 

 

Two things are certain from the words of these messengers: 1) Christ will one day return, and 2) His return will be in the same manner as His departure.

 

 

Christ ascended in a body of flesh and bones, and He will return in this same body (Zech. 12: 10; 13: 6); Christ ascended from the land of Israel, from the midst of His people, and He will return to this same land, to His people (Zech. 14: 4); Christ was blessing those in His midst at the time He was taken into heaven, and Christ will bless Israel at the time of His return (Joel 2: 23-27; cf. Gen. 14: 18, 19; Matt. 26: 26-29); Christ was “received up into glory and He will return “in the glory of his Father with his angels” (Matt. 16: 27; 1 Tim. 3: 16).

 

 

During the time between His ascension and His return - a period lasting approximately 2,000 years - Christ has been invited to sit at His Father’s right hand, upon His Father’s throne (Psa. 110: 1; Rev. 3: 21).  Christ was told by His Father, “Sit thou at my right hand, until I make thine enemies thy footstool” (Psa. 110: 1).

 

 

The “right hand” points to the hand of power, and universal rule emanates from this throne.  Though the Son occupies a position denoting power and is seated upon a throne from which universal rule emanates, the Son is not exercising power and authority after a kingly fashion with His Father today.  Rather, He is occupying the office of Priest, awaiting the day of His power as King.  He is to sit on His Father’s throne until that day when the Father will cause all things to be brought in subjection to the Son.  Then, and only then, will Christ leave His Father’s throne and come forth to reign upon His Own throne as the great King-Priest “after the order of Melchizedek” (Psa. 110: 2-4).

 

 

1. MY THRONE, MY FATHER’S THRONE

 

 

In Revelation, chapters two and three, there are seven messages to seven Churches, and each of the seven messages contains an overcomers’ promise.  These are promises to overcoming Christians, and all seven are millennial in their scope of fulfilment.  All seven will be realized during the one-thousand-year period when Christ and His co-heirs rule the earth (ref. to the author’s book, JUDGMENT SEAT OF CHRIST, Chs. 3-10).

 

 

The last of the overcomers’ promises has to do with Christians one day being allowed to ascend the throne with Christ, and this forms the pinnacle toward which all the overcomers’ promises move.

 

 

“To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with me in my throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with my Father in his throne” (Rev. 3: 21).

 

 

The analogy in this verse has to do with Christians patterning their lives after Christ’s life, with overcoming and the throne in view.  Christ overcame and is presently occupying a position with the Father on His throne, and Christians who overcome are to one day occupy a position with the Son on His throne.

 

 

Note the exact wording of the text: “to him that overcometh ... even as I also overcame ...”  A conflict ending in victory is in view first, and then the throne comes into view.  The latter is not attained without the former.

 

 

Christ’s overcoming is associated with His sufferings during the time of His shame, reproach, and rejection; and Scripture makes it very clear that overcoming for Christians is to be no different.  Christ has “suffered for us, leaving us an example…” (1 Peter 2: 21). But beyond the sufferings lies the glory, as the night in the Biblical reckoning of time is always followed by the day (cf. Gen. 1: 5, 8, 13, 19, 23, 31).

 

 

In Revelation, chapters two and three, overcoming is with a view to the throne; and in portions of Scripture such as the Books of 1, 2 Peter, suffering is with a view to glory.  Thus, overcoming is inseparably associated with suffering, as is the throne with glory.

 

 

2. A RULE WITH A ROD OF IRON

 

 

The Father has not only invited the Son to sit at His right hand, awaiting the day of His power on His Own throne, but He has told the Son certain things about that coming day, things which He has also seen fit to reveal to man in His Word.  Portions of the second Psalm provide one example of this:

 

 

“Ask of me, and I will give thee the heathen [Gentiles] for thine inheritance, and the uttermost parts of the earth for thy possession.  Thou shalt break them with a rod of iron; thou shalt dash them in pieces like a potter’s vessel” (vv. 8, 9).

 

 

Then a portion of these words of the Father to the Son have been repeated by the Son in His words to the Church in Thyatira, forming the fourth of the seven overcomers’ promises in Revelation, chapters two and three:

 

 

“And he that overcometh, and keepeth my works unto the end, to him will I give power over the nations: And he shall rule them with a rod of iron; as the vessels of a potter shall they be broken to shivers: even as I received of my Father” (Rev. 2: 26, 27).

 

 

For one thousand years Christ and His co-heirs are going to rule the earth with a rod of iron.  They are going to rule the earth after this fashion to produce perfect order where disorder had previously existed, to produce a cosmos where a chaos had previously existed.  And at the end of the thousand years, after perfect order has been restored, the kingdom will be turned back over to God the Father so that “God may be all in all” (1 Cor. 15: 24-28).

 

 

Co-heirship with God’s Son, participation in the activities attendant the bride, being seated on the throne with Christ for one thousand years, ruling the earth with a rod of iron - events which will occur once, never to be repeated - await those who run the present race of the faith after a manner which will allow them to win.

 

 

CONCLUDING REMARKS:

 

 

This is what lies ahead for those who, as Moses, possess a proper respect for “the recompense of the reward Moses looked beyond present circumstances and, “by faith,” considered “the reproach of Christ greater riches than the treasures in Egypt” (Heb. 11: 26).  And Christians must run the present race of the faith in which they find themselves after the same fashion.

 

 

Christians must look away from anything which could distract as they look unto Jesus, “the author and finisher of ourthe’] faith  They must keep their eyes fixed on the goal, looking beyond present circumstances to that which lies ahead.  They must centre their attention on the “joy” which lies ahead rather than upon present “sufferings viewing both the “joy” and “sufferings” within the same framework which Christ viewed them at Calvary.

 

 

Runners who heed Christ’s instructions and follow the example which He has set will win.  They will realize the goal of their calling.

 

 

Those though who fail to so govern their actions in the race cannot win.  They can only fall by the wayside, short of the goal of their calling.

 

 

“So run, that ye may obtain” (1 Cor. 9: 24).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

123

 

THE END OF THE AGE

 

 

By D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

How will this present evil Age end?  “Not by the crash of revolution”, says Mr F B Meyer, “but by the spiral staircase of evolution, shall the world pass to perfect order and beauty.  The coral island of the golden age is by this time not very far from emerging above the surface of the stormy waters”.  Or, as Mr R J Campbell puts it: “I wish we could reach the Christian ideal of destroying the Church by enabling the whole world to become a Church”.  What saith the Scripture?  For “We have the word of prophecy made more sure; whereunto ye do well that ye take heed, as unto A LAMP shining in a dark place, until the day dawn” (2 Pet. 1: 19).

 

 

Our Lord decides once and forever.  “The field is the world; ... the harvest is the end of the age”: “LET BOTH [wheat and tares] GROW TOGETHER UNTIL THE HARVEST” (Matt. 13: 30, 38).  This is the overthrow of Mr Meyer.  (1) For the world in Harvest will be a piebald world: yellow grain and blackish darnel, in blotches of sharply contrasted colour: not a globe rolled into light.  The moment of the advent will be the discovery of earth’s dense darkness.  “Behold, darkness shall cover the earth, and gross darkness the peoples” (Isa. 60: 2).  Luke 18: 8.  (2)  “By the spiral staircase of evolution”:- this supposes all tares to evolve at last into wheat.  But the silent growth of wheat and tares evolves fruit, not an interchange of nature: the poisonous darnel ripens for fire; the wheat ripens for the barn.  Dan. 12: 10.  “Bind [the tares] in bundles to burn them: but gather the wheat into My barn”. Rev. 14: 14-20. (3) “Not by the crash of revolution”: that is, by no outside force, but by inside goodness, the world is to be saved.  But the Son of man, seated on the clouds, lets fall a rapid succession of reaping angles, sweeping earth as with a mighty scythe, not evolution, but revolution, wielded by perfect holiness, controlled by perfect justice, and informed with perfect discrimination, will alone dislodge iniquity from its empire of the world.  “For the upright shall dwell in the earth, and they that deal treacherously shall be rooted out of it” (Prov. 2: 21).  Matt. 15: 13.

 

 

To extinguish the lamp of [God’s yet future] prophecy is to plunge the Church into darkness.  It is a cruel wrong to the world, for it lulls the tares into expecting salvation without a miraculous change of nature (Matt. 12: 33): it paralyses missionary effort, by proclaiming God’s Fatherhood to be universal, when Christ here reveals that our only hope is a change of fatherhood: it corrupts church life by the frantic methods it induces to convert tares into wheat in excess of God’s election of grace: at last it endangers belief by making the Apocalyptic judgments so startling a disillusionment as to rock all faith to its foundations.  For all who extinguish God’s lamp the path is involved in the most dangerous darkness.

 

 

Solemn are the lessons of the TARES.  (1) “Between the wheat and the darnel”, says Jerome, “so long as it is in the blade, and it is either impossible, or very difficult, to discriminate between the one and the other”.  All attempt (as by the Inquisition) to uproot the tares is forbidden:- “lest haply while ye gather up the tares, ye root up the wheat with them”.  No less than Divine omniscience is needed for the eternal severance of human souls. 2 Tim. 2: 19. 1 Cor. 4: 5.  (2) God will at last unmask all hypocrisy, and expose its perfect iniquity.  “When the grain is ‘headed out’” says Dr Thompson, “a child cannot mistake tares for wheat”: the day will arrive when sepulchres will be no longer whited.  (The Parable probably bears especially upon the destiny of nominal and real disciples in Christendom). Rom. 2: 16.  (3) Punishment will be graded. “Bind [the tares] in bundles”: the wicked are filed off in companies, each in his own order.  Matt. 10: 15.  Rom. 11: 5.  But all suffer the vengeance of eternal fire.  Rev. 21: 8.

 

 

Exquisite are the lessons of the WHEAT.  (1) No forest tree, deep-rooted in earth, but a fragile annual, for ever passing in successive harvests;- the Church’s garner is a better world.  Heb. 13: 14.  (2) Wheat dies downward, as it ripens upward, the stalk and roots are dead, as the grain is ripe: so the soul that dies to earth is the soul that ripens to the Throne of God.  It is the sanctity of the relaxing grasp.  (3) A ripe wheat-field is a field of bowed heads: the heavier our load of grace, the lowlier will be our faces. Jas. 4: 5, 6.  (4) Sun after sun smites burning into the grain, and turns it to sweetness: trial, for God’s child, is the burning of His father’s sunshine. 1 Pet. 4: 12-14.  (5) Wheat ripens by absorbing light: to abide in our Light is to bear much fruit: abiding means ripening.  (6) Wheat is cut in its order of maturity: the rapture of Firstfruits is prior to the rapture of Harvest. Rev. 14: 4, 15.  Unripe wheat remains for the violent heats of the Tribulation.  Luke 21: 36.  Rev. 3: 3.  (7) The Husbandman delays till the crop ripens: “when the fruit is ripe, immediately he putteth forth the sickle, because the harvest is come” (Mark 4: 29).  The [Millennial] Kingdom waits for the holiness of the sons of the Kingdom.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

124

 

Rapture and the Day of the Lord

 

 

BY D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

IT is of intense interest to observe that the very panic which was in Thessalonica - namely, that the whole Church was already plunged in the maelstrom of the Day of Terror - is almost certain to recur in the modern Church: nor can we wonder at it; for probably no generation since the Apostles has seen such world-convulsing events.  Therefore the Holy Spirit’s reply to the panic is like a diamond of fabulous value, flashing in a dark room: it is the critical and all-important passage deciding whether or no we must face the terrors of the Great Tribulation - terrors which Scripture nowhere lightens or relieves.  “Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, CRUEL, with wrath and fierce anger (Is. 13: 9.)

 

 

Exactly how Paul reassures panic-stricken Christians remains forever a priceless revelation for the Church.  He says: “We beseech you, brethren, by the Presence of our Lord Jesus Christ” - is descent into the air - “and our gathering together unto Him” - our rapture - “that ye be not shaken from your mind as that the Day of the Lord is now present” (2 Thess. 2: 1), has actually set in.  All knew that the Day of the Lord was coming: what almost maddened the Thessalonians was the belief that it had arrived, and they were not rapt.  Now see how Paul comforts.  He names two enormous events, and one he sets as the comfort against the other: (1) the Parousia of our Lord in the air, and our rapture to it; and (2) the Day of the Lord, that day “great and terrible for “as destruction from the Almighty shall it come” (Is. 13: 6).  That is, to terror-stricken Christians, horrified at the thought that they were already plunged in the terrors of the judgment epoch, Paul points upward to the escape; he steadies them by pointing to the Parousia; and beseeches them by the coming rapture not to imagine that they had been caught in the maelstrom of judgment: FOR RAPTURE PRECEDES THE DAY.  That is to say, the very presence of the holy, watchful, eager Thessalonian believers still on earth made it certain that Christ was not yet in the air, nor the Day of the Lord yet in the world.

 

 

Now Paul gives the second great comforting antidote to the panic.  He says, “For it [the Day of the Lord] will not be, except the falling away [the Apostacy] come first” - that is, while no event necessarily precedes the Presence, certain visible and recognisable events do precede the Day of the Lord - “and the man of sin be revealed the Antichrist.  Now there will be no possibility of mistaking the Antichrist when he comes: for his “coming is with all power and signs and lying wonders” (2 Thess. 2: 9): so that, until a miracle-working emperor arrives, endowed with enormous Satanic powers, Antichrist has not arrived: so long, therefore, as he is not visibly present, the day of grace continues, Christ is not in the air, no rapture has occurred, and no judgment terrors of the Day of Wrath are being experienced.  So practically important is this truth that the Spirit warns against deception with all His might: “let no man deceive you in any wise” - by any system of interpretation, or any ingenuity of argument; “in any way whatever” (Alford); for our attitude to the Day of the Lord is of the utmost moment, and of unsurpassed practical importance.  The Man of Sin shall “be revealed in his own season” (2 Thess. 2: 6): “a time will come, that belongs to him” (Lange): “as Christ came in the fulness of time, so His great, dark, and last counter-worker and caricature comes also in his own time” (Eadie). It is impossible for the day of grace and the day of terror to overlap.

 

 

So the Apostle assumes that his readers will now have drawn the right conclusion from his words.  “And NOW ye know” - now that I have pointed out the rapture as the escape from the Day, “now in our argument” (Alford) - “that which hinders” - that which prevents the Day arriving - namely, the body of unrapt believers still on the earth; “only there is one that restraineth, until” - for holy restraint ceases with the Day of Grace - “he be taken out of the way”; an obstructor removed at the same time as the obstruction.  “He” - it is a person: he hinders evil - therefore it is a good person: he alone is named as the hinderer of evil - therefore it is a person of enormous power: who is it but the Holy Ghost?  God, locally present, blocks sin by shaming it; restrains iniquity by warning it; checks error by revealing truth; staves off judgment by deepening holiness; defers wrath by multiplying the righteous.  As the Holy Ghost descended on the formation of the Church, so the Holy Ghost ascends with the departure of the Church: as He was ‘given’ at Pentecost, so He is ‘taken’ at the rapture: so long therefore as the Spirit and the Bride are upon the earth, crying Come, corruption cannot reach its height, lawlessness cannot break all bounds, undiluted wickedness not only dare not, but can not, seize world-power, the season of grace cannot cease, final wrath cannot arrive, and the Day of Terror cannot dawn.  These two - the Spirit and the Church - are not only the ambassadors who, until recalled, guarantee the world against war from God, but they are the two active energising forces of goodness, which, because they hinder the ripeness of sin, also, and as a consequence, hinder the descent of wrath; until the Spirit of Grace is replaced by the sevenfold burning Spirit of judgment (Rev. 5: 6) sent forth into all the earth.

 

 

Thus while the Saviour warns, the Apostle comforts: where it is warning, the qualifications for rapture appear (Luke 21: 36); where it is comfort, the mere fact alone is named.  Paul is addressing perfectly watchful (Thessalonian) believers who, at the instant the Parousia starts, were certain to disappear.  Yet selective rapture is deeply embedded even in this passage.  For Paul beseeches them not to be “QUICKLY” - “lightly, soon and with small reason” (Alford) - terrified; for believers actually caught in the last terrors will be justifiably overwhelmed with fear and remorse.  Nor do Laodicean character and life fall under the category of ‘that which hinders’ evil, and so escapes.  ‘Flat’ salt, salt robbed of its pungency, devoid of all corruption -arresting power, is not only no block to evil, but must itself be trodden underfoot (Matt. 5: 13): only that which hinders is rapt.  The natural word to use of the removed - namely, the “Church” - Paul carefully avoids; as secret and viewless (and therefore as unnamed) as is the Holy Spirit in His blocking energies, so hidden, obscure, and nameless is the holy Salt, - the sin-blocking pungency of the sanctified life.  All associated with the Holy Ghost in sin-blocking holiness will be associated with Him in upward flight.  Thus our grand and golden promise remains in all its force.  “Because thou didst keep the word of my patience, I also” - I correspondingly - “Will keep THEE OUT of the hour” - the period, the epoch - “of trial, that hour which is to come upon the whole world, to try them that dwell upon the earth” (Rev. 3: 10): not kept only from the trial, but from the HOUR of the trial, removed from earth before its clock strikes.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

125

 

THE RUNAWAY SLAVE.

 

 

By ROBERT GOVETT

 

 

 

A SLAVE of Colossae had fled from his master having first, as it appears, robbed him.  He fled to Rome: he heard the apostle Paul.  How, when, or where, we are not told.  Did he strive to hide himself behind the eager listeners, lest he should be seen?  Was he there caught and struck by that earnest eye, those pleading tones, those beseeching tears?  Was it that the apostle reasoned of righteousness, and his own iniquity flashed across his scorched soul: that he spake of temperance, and his drunken carousals rose up to convict him?  Was it that the preacher spake of the judgment to come, and the white throne, and the dead gathered, and the whole dread assize rose in truth’s solemn grandeur before him, appalled his spirit, locked his lips, and smote his heart with sore amazement at sin’s madness - the enjoyment of an hour for [the possible loss of the inheritance in the “age to come” Heb. 6: 5, after tasting “the fruit of the land”, Num. 13: 20, 26)*: or was it] the pains of eternity?  Or was it the gentle story of the crucified Jesus that stole into his heart, and a sense of his ingratitude to God that struck him with piercing anguish?  We are not told.  Enough for us to know, that whatever the apostle’s topic, he heard and believed in Jesus’ blood, as the ransom and atonement for sin. He was a new creature: old things had passed away, all things were become new.  Ice and snow, and barrenness and death, and the wintry tempests of his soul were gone; its spring of gratitude, and love, and life, was come.

 

[* NOTE: Throughout the Epistle of Paul to Philemon we read nothing in the narrative which would suggest that Onesimus could not have been a regenerate believer before stealing either money or valuables from his master.  He wanted to know what it was like to have riches and taste “the fruit of the land” (Num. 13: 20) before God’s appointed time! 

 

The careful reader will detect several comments (made by the author) that in all probability, this is the true interpretation of this short Epistle by the inspired Apostle! 

 

That is, instead of teaching the way of initial and eternal salvation by faith alone; this short epistle is a true account of how one, after falling away from FELLOWSHIP and SERVICE to his MASTER, can be RESTORED after genuine REPENTANCE, into consequent SERVICE in his MASTER’S EMPLOYMENT!  In other words, the Apostle’s epistle is about a true regenerate Christian’s RESTORATION after their backsliding and loss of fellowship with God.  It is not about one’s ETERNAL SALVATION by God’s grace!  “For this my son was dead, and is alive AGAIN; he was lost, and” - [after repentance, restoration] - is found:” (Luke 15: 24, R.V.).  The parable in Luke’s gospel which our Lord Jesus told to His disciples and apostles, is synonymous with what the Apostle Paul’s Epistle to Philemon is teaching the Lord’s regenerate believers today!

 

One has only to see how easy and successful it has been for Satan to have side-tracked so many regenerate believers from the purpose of their salvation, by suggesting an easy-going discipleship, a false sense of security; and the acceptance of the lie that there is nothing which they can lose!  This deception will inevitably lead Christians to forsake running the ‘Race’ to win the ‘Prize’ (1 Cor. 9: 24), by generating a desire in their hearts to get rich to enjoy (before God’s appointed time) the “fruit of the land” (Num. 13: 20, 26, R.V.)!  That is, before the time when our Lord Jesus will return to resurrect the ‘holy’ dead (Rev. 20: 5), to enjoy their millennial ‘inheritance’ when “the earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea” (Isaiah 11: 9, R.V.) cf. Habakkuk 2: 14ff. R.V.).]

 

 

But he begins to think of duties broken, of a master robbed and wronged.  Ought he not to go back again to the station where God had set him?  Should he not strive to undo, by earnest diligence and faithfulness in the future, the trespass he had committed?  He appeals, therefore, we may suppose, to Paul - ‘Teacher of grace! what shall I do?  My master’s face rises before me daily, and chides me that I linger in Rome.  A sense of my forsaken duties scourges me hour by hour.  Ought I not to go back to Colossae?  But how can I meet my master again?  How suffer the penalty due to my offence?  How pay my passage back?  How, repay the money of which I have robbed him

 

 

Paul (we suppose) answers - ‘You have sinned indeed: sinned beyond your power to atone.  But leave your reconciliation with your master to me - I will plead on your behalf.’  It was this conjuncture of circumstances that drew forth the Epistle to Philemon.  Let us see then how Paul undertakes the reconciliation.

 

 

By such an answer, the apostle puts himself into the place of mediator or intercessor, for he stands between the offended master and his offending slave, to bring them together again; so that the one may escape punishment, and the other’s interest take no damage.

 

 

If Onesimus believed in Paul’s power and willingness to reconcile him, his soul would be at peace.  His fears of punishment would depart, and he would even desire to get back to Philemon’s house, that he might serve him, as he had never done before.  What made the change?  Faith.  He trusts in Paul’s power with his master. He does nothing in the matter himself.  Look through the epistle, and you will not see one word from Onesimus.  He does not ask Paul to tell his master how very sorry he was for the past, and promise faithfully, with vows and oaths, that if he were received back again and forgiven, Philemon should never have cause to complain of him, and that he would work off the debt by extra labour.  No: this would be acting as men in general do.  But this would be putting himself on the old ground, to be dealt with according to his own works.

 

 

In manner like Paul’s is the [Christian] sinner reconciled to God.  He is, like Onesimus, a runaway slave, that has robbed his master.  But if he hear and receive the gospel of Jesus Christ - the good news of the coming of the Son of God to die for sin [and rule and reign, upon and over, a restored Creation (Rev. 8: 19-22) in righteousness and peace (Isa. 40: 10. cf. 61: 8, 9ff, R.V.)] - his heart changes, and he desires to serve the God against whom he before rose in rebellion.  But how shall he escape just judgment for the past?  How face the threatening law?

 

 

He must betake himself to the intercession of Jesus, as Onesimus did to Paul’s.  He must trust in that, and that will give him instant peace.  As Paul pleaded with Philemon on behalf of Onesimus, so does Jesus for every [repentant and] returning sinner.  Only, if he is to be reconciled, he must leave it all in the Mediator’s hands.  As Onesimus appears not in the matter of atonement, so neither does the sinner.  As Onesimus said nothing of his sorrow for the past, or of his good behaviour for the future, as the reason of Philemon’s forgiveness, but trusted only to Paul’s plea, so must it be with the well-instructed sinner.  His trust must be solely in the one Mediator between God and man - the man Christ Jesus.

 

 

But let us look more closely at what Paul says, that we may enter fully into the joyful secret of reconciliation. He begins his plea by speaking about himself.  He had a request to make of Philemon, as one who loved Paul, and knew his sufferings in the cause of Christ.  So Jesus pleads, by speaking to the Father of His love to Him, and of His sufferings for His glory.* This is the first point.  If the mediator were not worthy, all hope must fall to the ground.

 

[* Keep in mind: sufferings (for righteousness sake and one’s testimony:- see Matt. 5: 10; Rev. 6: 9, R.V.) - always precede the coming ‘glory’ (1 Pet. 1: 11): and “If we suffer,” says Paul, “we shall also reign with him…” (2 Tim. 2: 12, A.V.).]

 

Next Paul mentions Onesimus, to whom he gives a new relationship.  “I beseech thee for my son Onesimus, whom I have begotten in my bonds  Onesimus then is presented as born again [and is now reconciled by his subsequent repentance], and by virtue of that birth* related to his intercessor.  He says not,-‘I beseech thee for thy slave: but for my son  He who believes in Jesus is born again of the Holy Ghost, and has died to the old nature, that he may become the ‘son’ of God.

 

[* That is, that he might, if ‘accounted worthy,’ be chosen to have a share in the coming INHERITANCE to RULE with God’s ‘only begotten’ Son’s inheritance, in the ‘age’ out ahead. (Ps. 2: 8, R.V. cf. Eph. 5: 5; Gal. 5: 21; Luke 20: 35, Heb. 11: 35b, R.V.)]

 

 

But now he speaks of his former state: “Who in time past was to thee unprofitable, but now profitable both to thee and to me The truant’s fault, is not disguised, nor his former life defended.  His name was indeed Onesimus, which signifies “profitable but his [former] actions had belied his name.  Many a one calls himself ‘Christian,’ - ‘one like Jesus Christ,’ - but his [or her] actions gave the lie to the name he [or she] takes.

 

 

In the foregoing words, Paul meets a question that might arise in the mind of Philemon: ‘But, Paul, if I forgive him now, will he not by and by rise, and rob me, as he did before?  What security have I, that he will not laugh at my pardon behind my back, and anew follow his evil career?’  What is the reply?  ‘The security, Philemon, lies deep; deep enough to satisfy you, for it satisfies God.  He sinned against thee once, because he was a member of the old and corrupt Adam.  But to that old nature he died, the new man is raised up [i.e., restored again from] within  This is God’s security for our future life [of service]: not our well-forged determinations, and vows to serve Him, but the new nature which He has raised up in us.  For “whosoever is born of God sinneth not; he cannot sin, because he is born of God

 

 

And now notice well the ground on which returning Onesimus is set: “Whom I have sent again: thou therefore receive him, that is mine own bowels

 

 

The repentant one returns, not as Onesimus, but as a part of Paul.  Did Philemon love Paul?  He must love Onesimus as though he were a member of Paul, Paul’s own “bowels  With the very love that Philemon bore to the apostle is the truant slave to be received.  Onesimus is changed within.  He is begotten again.  He is changed without.  Paul has made him a part of himself.  Is not this beautiful?  Doubly beautiful is it, when we see in it the platform on which the accepted sinner [and repentant backslider now] stands before God.  How can men, those truant sinners, be accepted before a spirit-searching holy God?  When they stand where Onesimus does, not as members of the old Adam, but one with Christ by faith.  Then, then they are members of Christ Jesus. “For we (says Paul) are members of His body, of His fiesh, and of His bones Eph. 5: 30.

 

 

If Philemon’s wife had said to him - ‘Do you know that the culprit Onesimus has returned?  Send him to prison!  Remember how treacherously he robbed you by night.  Load him with fetters!  Make an example of him!’  Philemon must have replied - ‘I cannot, even if I would.  Paul has entreated me, as I love him, to receive Onesimus as if it were himself.  And so I will, FOR PAUL’S SAKE!  Bid him welcome!  Spread the table! Bring bread!  Pour him out wine!  I see in him Onesimus no longer, but Paul!’

 

 

Philemon’s right to him had not indeed ceased, and therefore Paul had sent him back.  The conversion of Onesimus was everything to him before God, and as to his standing in eternity, but it did not make him a freeman before the world.  But, says the apostle, you will now receive him back in spiritual things, “no longer as a servant (slave) but above a servant, a brother beloved He was to be Philemon’s companion in glory for ever.  Faith raises us from the lowest estate, and makes us great, not in this world, but sons of God, and heirs of all things in the ‘age’ to come.

 

 

But behold, again the same blessed ground of acceptance appears: “If thou count me therefore a partner, receive him as myself

 

 

Do you wish to know, reader, your ground of assurance of acceptance before God?  Catch this lesson: let it be engraven deeply on your heart!  If this lesson of peace with God be once well learned by grace, Satan will not be able to trouble you with thoughts of your unworthiness or ill deserts.

 

 

Suppose that, when Onesimus returned, one of his fellow-slaves had met him in the hall.  He gazes on him with sudden surprise.  ‘Yes! it is Onesimus! So you are come back again!  I would not for the world stand in your place!  You may prepare yourself for the inner prison, the stocks and the lash: for our master has not forgotten your robbery  If Onesimus knew the ground on which Paul had placed him, he would be un-terrified.  He would know that he stood not on the footing of his own deserts before his once offended master. Reader, do you believe?  If you do, mark with thankful heart the ground on which you rest before God!  Think that you hear Jesus [your Saviour, the Lord of all Creation and His Father’s coming Messianic King,] uttering these words before the Father - “If thou count Me a partner, receive him as Myself Is not Jesus the man that is God’s Fellow, in everything His Partner?  Then are we to be received as Jesus’ very self.  On this ground is Satan to be met, and resisted, if he speak to us of our unworthiness and sinfulness, as the reasons why we should dread to draw near to God.  Does the Father love Jesus?  So then, with even such love does the Father welcome and love us.  Jesus has clothed us with His righteousness, put upon us His name, perfumed us with His holy merit, and asks the Father to receive us as Himself!

 

 

A greater friend, O sinner, than Paul, is willing to stand for you, to bring you back, and guarantee a gracious pardon, and entrance to God.  Will you not ask him?

 

 

But another point was to be provided for yet.  The former plea ensured the truant a kind reception, but it did not remove Philemon’s claim on the offender for the stolen money.  And Onesimus goes back, weary and poor, his last penny spent.  How is this met?  “If he has wronged thee, or oweth thee ought, put that to my account.  I, Paul, have written with my own hand, I will repay it

 

 

In all this Onesimus is silent.  He goes back; and presents the letter.  He trusts in what Paul has done for him.  And that provides for his every want.  The runaway does not pay or promise to pay, his own debt: Paul taks it on himself.  No matter how large or how small it was, Paul takes it upon himself.  ‘Look not to Onesimus,’ he says - ‘He owes it to you no longer: I owe it.  You can trust me that I will repay it, if you cannot trust him. Here is my bond.  The debt is mine.’ What must Philemon say?  ‘Onesimus, you are free! Paul has taken on himself your debt.’ Is not this beautiful in itself?  But O! most beautiful is it, as a true picture of Jesus taking our debts upon Him, and of the Father’s setting us free in consequence.  We have wronged God.  We owe him ten thousand talents: we bankrupts cannot pay.  How then can we escape the debtor’s cell, the darkness, the chains, and the tormenters, till we pay the uttermost farthing?  Because Jesus makes our debts His own.  Great our debt, but His payment is greater; and therefore we felons may go free.  God can trust His Son.  If Jesus undertake, the Father shall be no loser.  “He has magnified the law and made it honourable

 

 

Does anyone who reads this, say that he cannot understand justification by faith?  Look on this picture, and see it realized, and you cannot mistake it.  The guilty Onesimus going back to his offended master, with no plea of his own, but simply Paul’s letter and plea for him, is pardoned, is welcomed, is set free from debt.  If Onesimus had re-entered his master’s doors, having suffered all that the law threatened against absconded slaves, and having money in his hand to pay all the debt, he would have been justified by his own sufferings and deeds. But now he returns, not accepted by his master for what he had done or promised to do, but solely on the ground of what another had done and promised to do for him.  He was justified by what Paul did for him, and trusting in that, Onesimus, though a culprit, was able in peace to meet his master again.  To the eyes of his fellow-servants he was only Onesimus still, the guilty felon that deserved the lash, and the dungeon; but he knew that before his master’s eye he stood on wholly different ground.  All Paul’s merits were reckoned his. All Paul’s favour in the sight of his master was made over to him.  And his own evil deeds and debts, are reckoned as Paul’s.

 

 

[Christian] Reader, do you believe?  If not, how far have you gone with me?  Are you in the place of the runaway slave? Do you owe everything to God, soul, mind, body, strength?  Do you hate His service as the direst drudgery?  Have you fled from it and robbed God?  Have you flung out His laws, determined to be happy in spite of Him?  Have you fled as fast and as far as you could from Him, and all that could remind you of Him?  Have you sped with fiery haste to the hot desert sands in search of water?  Have you dwelt in the tombs in search of life, like the demoniac of old, crying and cutting yourself with stones, and saying to the Saviour - “Let us alone!  What have we to do with thee, Jesus, thou Son of God  Have you in the search for a table of dainties been forced to stoop amidst swine?  Have you drank the world’s sweetest cup, and finding it brine and bitterness, dashed it down in despair?  Prodigal, return!

 

 

But do you say - ‘How can I go back?  My former transgressions will accuse me.  My past words condemn me, How can God receive me?’

 

 

Even as Philemon received Onesimus.  Return as he did, and the same mercy awaits you.  He trusted in Paul’s merits, and his power with his master.  Do you trust in Jesus’ power, and in His [forgiveness and] merits with God?  If Onesimus trusted Paul, much more reason have you to trust Jesus, - and His reconciling power with God.

 

 

Paul promises to pay the debts of Onesimus: but Christ has paid sin’s debt already.  “He was made sin for us, that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him  “He was delivered for our offences, and rose again for our justification Rom. 4: 25.  Paul must write to Philemon, for a thousand miles divided him from Colossae.  But Jesus has for us entered the [highest] heaven itself, and is seated in the very presence-chamber of the Father.  Paul was the poor prisoner in the dungeon, aged, and about to put off this tabernacle.  But Jesus is raised to the Father’s right hand, never more to die, all authority committed to Him in heaven and earth - able to save to the uttermost all that come to God through Him.  Will you not trust His pleading blood, that cries aloud for forgiveness?

 

 

Arise and flee into this ark, - ere the waters of wrath overwhelm you.  Precious in the sight of God is a single soul!  This whole epistle is concerning Onesimus.  Rate your soul’s value as God does.

 

 

And if you make Christ’s merits and blood your trust before God - your standing in God’s sight, be reminded, also, that this blessed Epistle to Philemon sets forth what is to be the Christian’s walk.  Once unprofitable to God and Christ, see that you be “now profitable  Reconciliation does not release us from obligation; it rivets it.  Once you were a lamp unlit; lighted now, by the [indwelling Holy Spirit* and the] gracious hand of God, see that you shine before the world with steady beam!

 

[* See Acts 5: 32. cf. Ps. 51: 10-12, where the Septuagint (LXX) reads: “Create in me a clean heart, O God; and renew a right spirit in my inward parts. 11 Cast me not away from thy presence; and remove not thy holy Spirit from me.  Restore to me the joy of thy salvation: establish me with thy directing Spirit  And again, in 1 Kings 16: 12- 14 (LXX), we can recognise the same accountability teaching (doctrine), of the personal indwelling of the Holy Spirit by the words: “And the Lord said to Samuel, Arise, and anoint David, for he is good.  13 And Samuel took the horn of oil, and anointed him from that day forward: and Samuel arose, and departed to Armathaim.

 

14 And the Spirit of the Lord departed from Saul,” (because of his disobedience: see1 Sam. 28: 16-18, R.V) “and an evil spirit from the Lord tormented him. 15 And Saul’s servants said to him, Behold now, an evil spirit from the Lord torments thee.” See also Mr. G. H. Lang’s “The Personal Indwelling of the Holy Spirit]

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

126

 

THE DOOR

 

 

By D.M. PANTON

 

 

 

I  A Door.  The Eastern sheepfold, open to the sky, and girdled by a palisade or low wall, has a wicket-gate or door.  It is said that in the East the shepherd will sometimes roll himself up in his plaid, and lay himself along the open doorway, to close it to danger.  How much is pictured by a door!  A door may let into a palace, or into a torture-chamber: it may be as weak as wickerwork, or strong as oak or brass: it may be opened by a latch as slight as a child’s hand can raise, or be bolted and barred beyond all human strength to force: it may stand open for ever, or it may be closed for ever.  It is this critical point in the sheepfold which Jesus says that He is.  “I am the door of the sheep” (John 10: 7).

 

 

II  A Dividing Door.  The first great fact is that a door divides; there is an inside, and an outside; and the entire use of a door is to separate.  The whole world is sharply divided into two spiritual compartments, and two only; inside, the Church - outside, the world: and Christ is the cause of the whole division. “I am the door  Outside is the world of the lost; the world of the sheep wandering upon the mountains; the world of the wolf and the precipice and the lost sheep: inside, it is flock of the saved - “if any man enter in, he shall be saved - saved from the wolves, saved from starvation, saved from the exposure that kills on the cold mountains.  “My sheep shall never perish, neither shall any man pluck them out of My Father’s Hand  Inside the Flock of God; outside, what the Old Testament calls “the flock of slaughter and in between, a Man.  The mightiest Door in the world - a Person of the Godhead - locks in, and locks out.  What you and I think of Christ entirely decides on which side of the Door we are.

 

 

III  The Only Door.  Again, the door is the only means of lawful entrance.  “He that entereth not by the door” - there is only one door - “but climbeth up” - over the low palisade - “some other way, the same is a thief and a robber  “Some other way look at the Church to-day, and you will see literally thousands on those palisades, clambering over into the Church of Christ, who are not sheep at all, but thieves and robbers. “There is one Mediator” - one go-between, one door - “between God and men, the man Christ Jesus” (1 Tim. 2: 5): “neither is there any other Name under heaven wherein we must be saved” (Acts 4: 12): “no one cometh unto the Father, but by Me” (John 14: 6).  The Ark had but one door; and if Christ had not come, there would have been no door to God at all.  If we have not Christ in heart and life, if we have not entered the Sheepfold by conversion, our baptismal water washes nothing away, and our church membership cards are waste paper.  And if there is only one door to a building, how easy to miss it! and if we miss it, or refuse to see it, how hopeless our ever entering it!

 

 

IV  An Exposed Door.  Again, Jesus is just a door.  Again, Jesus is just a door.  How marvellous the picture is in its simplicity!  “I am the door There is nothing between you and a door: the door is between you and something else - but there is nothing between you and a door.  In Cambridge colleges a green baize door can be drawn in over the ordinary door, for seclusion; and when it is so drawn, the inner door cannot be touched, for it cannot even be seen.  This is an uncovered door.  There is a door between God and the soul  but

Christ is that door; so there is nothing between us and Christ: all we have got to do is to enter Christ.  “Through Me if any man enter in, he shall be saved” (see Greek).  “I am the door not my teaching, or my example, or my creed; but I myself: it means Christ recognized, Christ accepted, Christ followed, Christ obeyed, Christ enthroned.  You first go into a doorway - then through it: when we get into Christ, we go on to God.

 

 

V  An Open Door.  Again it is an open Door.  When Christ entered heaven, “He entered through His own blood and He left the door open; and to this day it still stands ajar.  “Through Me if any man enter in, he shall go in” - to the assemblies of the sheep - “and go out” - to his daily avocations, “and shall find pasture that is, if only a man gets on the inside of the door, Christ will impart Himself to that man - all the longings of his soul, all the pardon of his sin, all the needs of his nature, will be met and satisfied by Him who is the Bread of God.  But who may enter?  Any man: “if any man enter - a man of any class, of any age, of any race, of any sinfulness: “any” is a word as wide and all-embracing as the word “all the door is not marked “private It is a public door so manifest - Christ preached throughout the world - that the difficulty is to miss the door.  It is a door so wide that the whole world may enter; but it is also a door so narrow that we can only enter one by one: and if we enter that door, no pope or council or world can ever “unsave” us, or make us to be lost.  “If any man enter in, he shall be saved

 

 

VI  A Closed Door.  Nevertheless the Door will one day be a closed door: “when once the master of the house is risen up, and hath shut to the door, and ye knock at the door saying, Lord, open to us” (Luke 13: 25), Our Lord had just said, “Strive to enter:” the day hastens when even the strivers shall not enter; when men are confronted with a closed Christ; when those who thought that any time would do - that there is no need for haste, rush forward too late.  Augustine used to pray for his conversion, but added - “But not yet  Alas! thousands are dying on the wrong side of the threshold; or, like the men judicially blinded in Sodom, they are for ever groping for a door they never find.

 

 

VII  Entrance.  It is a door that must be entered: “if any man enter, he shall be saved  We are all born outside this door.  It is made to be entered.  A door which is conspicuously labelled as “the door is manifestly meant for use; and those who use a door are not passing spectators, or idle knockers, or watch-guards outside: a door is useless except to those who enter it.  Enter now!  “I am the door: by Me if any man enter in, he shall be saved

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

127

 

GOSPEL’S LAST HOUR

 

 

BY D. M. PANTON.

 

 

 

THINGS now happening are more colossal, and the work of the Holy Ghost more gigantic, than we have yet dreamed.  Have we realised that one of the vastest mass movements of all history - and we ourselves are a product of a mass movement - is taking place before our eyes?  A harvest greater in one generation in India - than the harvest produced in four hundred years in Europe.  In five years Indian Methodists alone have baptised 150,000 people; tens of thousands of applicants (40,000 in one year) have to be kept waiting for baptism, because there are not sufficient examiners to deal with them; and a million and a half of the class which lives on one meal a day, and goes to bed hungry every night, are waiting ready to embrace Christ. While Europe, Africa, and North America are given over to war, India is becoming Christian at a rate which is said to be without precedent in history.

 

 

So also do we realise that one of the vastest of all martyr scrolls has been unrolled before our eyes in these three years?  The roll of sixty thousand martyrs in the Boxer Riots was, probably the greatest since the massacre of St. Bartholomew; but the Armenian Christians who have laid down their lives rather than deny their Lord during these three years have far exceeded in number those who died a martyr’s death during all the persecutions of the early centuries.  The fact - for example - that sixty girls and women, is leaving Marsovan, repeatedly refused luxury and life, and chose, every one of them, the desert and death for the sake of Christ, has made a profound impression upon multitudes of Moslems, and will be told in Turkey for a generation.  We are face to face with one of the vastest martyr-rolls of the whole world’s history.

 

 

Moreover, rifts through the fog of war show the enormous work God is doing among the warring nations. There are two million Russian soldiers prisoners in Germany.  The men are eager for Bibles.  A Russian soldier writes: “In Russia we know of churches, but this camp is one vast church.  The German Government have given us the barracks for our church, and the men come there and are taught the evangelical truth.  Think what that means: even supposing no more come into the light than those who were won to the Lord in the first week, a hundred and twenty men from a hundred and twenty different places in Russia will, after the war, return to their homes as missionaries

 

 

Another Russian prisoner writes: “It is the particular characteristic of our Russian Converts that they want at once to bring one of their brothers to Christ.  In our church we have six hundred converts already, and a man asked me, ‘How many evangelists have you?’  I answered, 600  One British Evangelist at the Front alone has seen 50,000 confessions of Christ.  NEVER WAS THE GANGWAY INTO THE ARK SO CROWDED WITH HURRYING THRONGS AS IN THE MOMENT WHEN IT WAS ABOUT TO BE DRAWN UP FOR EVER.  Dr. Wilbur Chapman once asked Mr. Moody to tell him the secret of his power.  “For years,” Mr. Moody replied, “I have preached with the thought that before every sermon is finished the Lord might come

 

 

Thus never more intense were the Holy Ghost’s saving activities; and it is written,- “Be ye IMITATORS of God, as beloved children.” - (Eph. 5: 1, [R.V.]).  A Latin proverb says, ‘Learn from the foe’: from Palestine, the pivot of the world, comes a missionary charge delivered to his disciples by the greatest living False Messiah on the earth today. Abdul Bah, - writing from Mt. Carmel, says: “The responsibility for the steady progress of the cause depends upon you.  You are the physicians of the sick body of the world of humanity.  You must not stay anywhere for a long time.  Travel from land to land like the Apostles of Christ, and carry with you the glad tidings of the Kingdom of Abba to the remotest corners of the earth.  Why are ye silent?  Shout!  Why are ye sitting? Move!  Why are ye quiet? Stir!  This is not the day of rest and comfort.  Travel ye constantly, and spread far and wide the teachings of God.  Like unto the stars arise ye every day from a new horizon.  Like unto the nightingale, sing every day from a different rose bush.  Like unto the breeze, waft every morning from a new garden.  Do not stay a long time anywhere.  Let the world profit by your lessons and learn from your example

 

 

What is our answer to this challenge, so true if it had been on behalf of the Gospel?  I can only give my own. I want, ere my Lord returns, to have spent my last sovereign for God, to have poured forth my last energy, to have expended my last heart-throb, to have offered my last Isaac: I want my Saviour to know that I have kept nothing back.  It is said that some of the early Moravians sold themselves into slavery in order to propagate the Christian Faith.

 

 

Out of the realm of the glory-light,

Into a far-away land of night;

Out from the bliss of worshipful song,

Into the pain of hatred and wrong;

Out from the holy rapture above

Into the grief of rejected love;

Out from the life at the Father’s side,

Into the death of the crucified;

Out from high honour and into shame,

The Master, willingly, gladly came;

And now, since He may not suffer anew,

“AS THE FATHER SENT ME, SO SEND I YOU

 

 

But the time is short.  Within eight years of the warning of the Edinburgh Conference that this is the decade determining the world’s history, fifteen millions of the young men of Europe were dead.  “It may well be, even in our lifetime,” says Dr. Barnes of the Temple Church, “that there shall again flow forth from Jerusalem the living water.  Emperors, Kaisers Tsars, these may be, - but these shall fall, and this great world-war has its secret and spiritual centre at Jerusalem.  A NEW AEON IS ABOUT TO DAWN

 

 

Hear the cry of the heathen world. “One day another Indian came to my wigwam.  He said to me he had heard you tell a wonderful story at Red Lake; that you said that the Great Spirit’s Son had come down to earth to save all the people that needed help; that the reason that the White man was so much more blessed than the Red man was because he had the true religion of the Son of the Great Spirit; and I said, I must see that man.  They told me that you would be at Red Lake Crossing.  I came two hundred miles.  I asked for you and they said that you were sick, and then I said, ‘Where can I see a missionary? ‘I came a hundred and fifty miles more, and I found the missionary a Red man like myself.  My father, I have been with him three moons.  I have the story in my heart.  It is no longer dark. It laughs all the while  “And I heard the voice of the Lord, saying, WHOM SHALL I SEND, AND WHO WILL GO FOR US?”. (Isa. 6: 8, [R.V.])

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

128

 

SHALL A CHRISTIAN GO TO LAW

 

BY ALBERT W. LORIMER

 

 

 

ONE of the severest testings in the life of R. G. Le Tourneau came to him during the period in which with the Lord as his Partner, he was laying the foundation of his business.  He had been engaged in highway construction work for some time when, as he says, “I got my eyes on a piece of State highway construction which was a little too big for me to handle with the equipment and men I then had  In his church was another man who had had experience in highway construction work, a Christian, whose equipment added to Robert’s would be equal to the handling of the contract.  He sought this man out and suggested to him that they bid for the work “as partners  They did so and secured the contract.

 

 

Shortly after the work was undertaken, difficulties revealed themselves.  Progress was slow, and it began to look as though they might lose some money on the contract.  Robert’s associate was one of the worrying kind. He began to find fault with one thing after another and finally said to Robert, “The trouble with this job is that you have too many relatives working for you

 

 

The charge concerning his relatives was true to the extent that he did have a lot of them working for him.  But he maintained that they were all “doing their stuff” and he didn’t want to lay them off, as skilled labour was not always available when it was needed and he thought he would have work for all of them on future contracts after the present one had been completed.

 

 

As was his custom when in doubt about God’s will for him in a situation, he went to prayer.  He asked God to show him what to do.  It is one of Robert’s convictions that when a child of God is doing the best he can, he has a right to ask the Lord to help him; but he does not believe in telling the Lord to bring it on a silver platter. Therefore, he prayed and things began to happen.

 

 

He got an invitation to bid on another contract from a private concern which never sent out public bids, and was happily surprised to be awarded the contract.  He went back to his State highway construction job and transferred every one of his relatives to the new contract, appointing his brother-in-law as superintendent.  They went through with it according to schedule and made a nice profit.  Not long thereafter, the State highway job was completed, and contrary to expectations, there was a nice profit on that, too.  With the profits made on both contracts, all of Robert’s obligations to creditors could have been met.  But his human “partner” on the State highway job had a different idea.  His idea was that because Robert had made a profit on the second contract, all of the profit on the State highway contract should go to the “partner  That profit was £8,000, and it was to have been split, £4.000 to each.  Stunned by the stark unreasonableness of such a proposal from a Christian and fellow church member, Robert went to see his lawyer.  His lawyer told him, “Don’t worry.  He hasn’t a leg to stand on

 

 

But Robert did worry - for a different reason.  It was not because he feared he couldn’t collect in court but because the man and he besides being Christians and members of the same church, were both on the official board of that church.  Though convinced that the man indeed hadn’t “a leg to stand on” - either ethically or legally - Robert still had great cause for concern.  What would happen to the church if two of its leading members should engage in a lawsuit?  He was familiar with the Scripture which forbade Christians going to law with Christians, [see 1 Cor. 6: 1, 7-9, R.V.] but he knew how to work it so that the other man would have to take the initiative and be the one to go to law.  Robert often says of himself at this time, “I was not exactly lamblike of disposition.  I liked to take the bull by the horns.  I said, ‘Lord, that money belongs to my creditors.  I’ve got to pay them’.” Then the Lord spoke to his heart:- “How much do you love Me?  How much do you love My people?  How much do you love My church

 

 

Robert did what he has confessed was the hardest thing he ever did in his life.  He went to that man and said, “Brother, we’re not going to have a lawsuit over this thing.  If you insist upon having all of the profit, you can have it, He can take it away from you.  If He wants me to have my share, He can give it to me.” He thought that, his saying this might cause the man to change his mind.  It didn’t.  He took the entire profit, and Robert let him have it.

 

 

A short time after this incident, that man secured another contract.  And a short time after, Robert secured another contract.  On the contract which the other man took, the entire £8,000 was lost, while Robert made enough on his contract to make up for the profit he had sacrificed.  A favourite expression with Robert is:- “Don’t obey God because it pays, for then it won’t pay.  But obey Him because you love Him, and then it will pay.” - The King’s Business.

 

 

SUDDENLY

 

 

Quite suddenly - it may be at the turning of a lane,

Where I stand to watch a skylark from out the swelling grain,

That the trump of God shall thrill me, with its call so loud and clear,

And I’m called away to meet Him, whom of all I hold most dear.

Quite suddenly - it may be in His house I bend my knee,

When the Kingly Voice, long-hoped-for, comes at last to summon me;

And the fellowship of earth-life, that has seemed so passing sweet,

Proves nothing but the shadow of our meeting round His feet.

Quite suddenly - it may be as I tread the busy street,

Strong to endure life’s stress and strain, its every call to meet

That through the roar of traffic, a trumpet, silvery clear,

Shall stir my startled senses and proclaim His coming near.

Quite suddenly - it may be as I lie in dreamless sleep,

God’s gift to many a sorrowing heart, with no more tears to weep,

That a call shall break my slumber and a Voice sound in my ear:-

“Rise up, My love, and come away! Behold, the Bridegroom’s here!”

 

                                                                                               - HOWARD GILLINGS.

 

 

WRONG DIRECTONS

 

 

Assurances that do not rest upon the Bible may be perfectly sincere, but they are wrong directions for a soul. They can only lead to death.  I was once going west (says a traveller) during the winter.  The train had two engines ploughing along.  There was a woman, with a little baby in her arms, who wanted to leave the train at a certain little station, where they stop the train if you come from a certain distance.  The brakeman came in and called the name of the station when we were getting near.  The woman said, “Don’t forget me,” and he replied,

“Sure.”  There was a man there who said, “Lady, I will see that the brakeman doesn’t forget you - don’t you worry  A while later he said, “Here’s your station  She stepped out of the train - into the storm.  The train had gone on about three-quarters of an hour when the brakeman came in and said, “Where’s that woman  The travelling man said, “She got off  The brakeman said, “Then she’s gone to her death; we only stopped the train yonder because there was something the matter with the engine  They called for volunteers and went back and looked for her.  They searched for hours and finally found her out on the prairies, covered with a shroud of ice and snow woven about her by the pitiless storm, and with the little babe folded to her breast.  She followed the man’s directions, but they were wrong. “In none other is there salvation: for neither is there any other name under heaven, that is given among men wherein we must be saved.” (Acts 4: 12.)

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

129

 

SEEKING UNTO THE DEAD

 

 

BY  D. M.  PANTON

 

 

 

IT is exceedingly remarkable that Isaiah's great Immanuel chapter reveals (as Paul does in 1 Tim. 4: 1-3) that, immediately before our Lord’s return, there will be a vast revival of the Black Arts.  Blackstone, the greatest of commentators on the laws of England, declares that “to deny the possibility, nay, the actual existence of witchcraft, is at once flatly to contradict the revealed Word of God  So also a shrewd and widely, experienced man of the world, Sir Walter Besant, says : “We are now” - this was written thirty years ago, when the evil was far less developed - “on the verge of another outbreak of belief in magic to which, perhaps, all the preceding outbreaks will be mere child’s play.”  Thus the world itself asserts that Witchcraft is an absolute certainty of the Bible, and that mankind are on the verge of a vaster outbreak of it than in all the preceding ages of human history.

 

 

Isaiah says: “They [the unbelievers] shall say unto you [the disciples of Messiah, whether Christian or Jewish], ‘Seek unto them that have familiar spirits’ - that is, an attendant spirit peculiar to each medium, and familiar to his beck and call - ‘and unto the wizards’” (Is. 8: 19); that is, in days of gloom and sorrow and judgment, the people are foreseen flocking to the consulting rooms of the Sorcerer, and seeking to take the people of God with them, to inquire into an ominous future.

 

 

Never perhaps in modern days has Witchcraft been more boldly and unblushingly endorsed than it has been recently, by one of the first of modern writers, Oliver Madox Hueffer.  “Unimaginative people are proud that they live in ‘an age of enlightenment.’ Did they but realise it the age of Witchcraft had very great advantages. The witch herself was emphatically a person to be envied.  She had - what other women at all times have wished above all else - power.  She was the ally and intimate friend of the second most powerful potentate in the universe.  That she believed in her own powers is a fact undeniable, and in so believing she believed also that she would in due course reap the reward promised her by her friend and partner, the Devil.  As one who has long hoped for it a new lease of life, I am grateful to the author of The Witch for leading the way towards what may be a renaiscence of the black arts.” (Times, Nov. 12, 1913.)

 

 

But it is not only Sorcery which Isaiah foretells, but especially its allied art, Necromancy, or the invocation of the dead: they “seek unto the dead  At the present moment the great questions of the world beyond the grave are pressing upon us from every side, and it is probable that since earth began there have never been so many dying as now; and myriads are seeking their loved and lost in the consulting-rooms of the Necromancer.  Even before the War an office was opened, some years ago, at Mowbray House, near the Strand, for a regular exchange of messages with friends beyond the grave.  Of this so-called “bureau” Miss Stead remarks: “In all, over 600 persons received help and consolation during the three years of the bureau’s activity, and were confident that they had been brought into communication with their loved ones who had passed on before  It is exceedingly striking that Sir Oliver Lodge has discovered the atmosphere of tragic gloom that fills this world of the reputed dead, but of actual demons, who, without compunction, trifle with the most sacred emotions of bereaved souls by personating their dead.  “I should judgeSir Oliver says (Strand Magazine, Dec., 1916), “that remorse is rather a notable feature of the discarnate mental state; and that the feeling may be akin to that sadly felt by us in the night-watches  Even if and when it is a genuine communication with the dead, then it is necromancy, and an abomination to God.

 

 

For the doom of the Necromancer is assured - if unrepentant - because of what he is.  “There shall not be among you a consulter with a familiar spirit, or a wizard, or a necromancer; for whosoever doeth these things is an ABOMINATION unto the Lord (Deut. 18: 11).  The terrible Day of the Lord awaits the Necromancer.  For Isaiah continues: “They shall fret themselves” - be deeply angry; “and they shall curse their king” - as anarchists - “and their God” - as blasphemers; the lawlessness and blasphemy of to-day spring from the unseen; “and turn their faces upward” - hurling blasphemies at the rapt saints (Rev. 13: 6), in rage and defiance; “and they shall look unto the earth and behold, distress and darkness” - dizziness produced by calamity; distress of circumstances, and despair of heart - “the gloom of anguish”; for as in Egypt the judgment boils burst out on the magicians themselves; “and into thick darkness” - darkness of darkness, like the felt pitch of Egypt - “they shall be driven away  Not only is Sorcery named as one of the great sins of the last (Rev. 9: 21), but one of the eight classes occupying the Lake of Fire are Sorcerers also (Rev. 21: 8).

 

 

For what is their peculiar sin?  It is leaving the Word of God to seek the dead.  “On behalf of the living should they seek unto the dead?  To the law and to the testimony! if they speak not according to this word” - the Word of God - “surely there is no light in them  When faith departs, superstition always enters like a flood; of the false prophets - the “mediums”- the Apostle John says: “They are of the world: therefore speak they as of the world, and the world heareth them” (1 John 4: 5).  It is the sin of Saul, who, when he left God, became a necromancer; he turned his back on the Divine Word, and in the day of his desperate sorrow, invoked Samuel from the grave.* The Rev. H. Clagett, ex-medium, says: “I have yet to meet the first Spiritualist of whom I did not find one of two things to be true - either they were renegade church members who had given up their faith, or they were persons who at one time had been under deep conviction from the Holy Spirit, and had driven away their convictions.  I do not say it is true of all Spiritualists; but I have never met one (and I have met a great many) of whom it was not true.” (The Mask Torn Off, p. 5.)

 

 

For all wounded hearts, who yearn for “the touch of a vanished hand and the sound of a voice that is still,” there is a better way.  “Should not a people seek unto their God  Shall the living seek unto the dead, instead of to the living God?  Is it not a colossal blunder to seek life among the dead, and to invoke sinners like ourselves whose day of probation is over, rather than the Lord of all life? (See Is. 38: 18).  Even in Heaven only one Mediator is known.  A letter from a Pembrokeshire officer in the Air Service says: “I have already seen three officers killed by aeroplanes falling; one of them lived, poor chap, for half an hour after coming. down.  As he lay on the ground (he could not be moved) we were standing around him; suddenly he opened his eyes and looked upwards, and (he told us this) he saw an angel in the sky who asked him, ‘Halt, who comes there  He answered, ‘A friend  The angel asked him for the password, he replied, ‘Jesus Christ  The angel replied, ‘Pass, friend,’ and ‘all’s well  This we gathered from him before he died; of course we saw nothing, but we heard him speaking.  Probably he saw a vision; it was a great end, and I daresay he passed through all right with his pass-word.  “I am the door; through Me if any man enter in, he shall be saved (John 10: 9.) And if we thus seek God through Christ, shall we find Him?  “Ye shall seek for Me, and find Me, WHEN YE SHALL SEARCH FOR ME WITH ALL YOUR HEART (Jer. 29: 13.)

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

130

 

WATCHFUL VIRGINS

 

 

 

RADIO preachers have been following the line of the false teaching that the Church goes through the tribulation to the time of the seventh trumpet at which time they are raptured into the sky above the earth.   After that they will settle down to the earth for the Millennial reign.  This is a theory that cannot be backed by Scripture without taking the Scripture out of its setting and the theory thus evolved is refuted by other passages in the Word of God.  When Christ comes, His bride will be resurrected and translated to a place before the throne of God so clearly described in the fourth and fifth chapters of Revelation, but the foolish virgins who have not made full preparation will go into the tribulation and will be translated in their own order during that period.* Only the Bride of Christ will escape the tribulation completely.  The promise to escape was given to the Philedelphian Church, exclusively.  That is the Church of brotherly love, perfect love.  There is nothing against this Church.  God has nothing but praise for it.  It is not a Church making excuses for sin or advocating a sinning religion, or concocting a purgatory for cleansing at the judgment seat of Christ.  Read what God has to say about it in Rev. 3: 7-13.  The people who advocate a sinning religion will not go with the Bride of Christ; they are not Philadelphian in heart and life.  Those left behind are the Laodiceans, the sinful, excuse-making, lukewarm professors.  Jesus said to the Church of perfect love, “because thou hast kept the word of my patience, I also will keep these from the hour of temptation (tribulation) which shall come upon all the world to try them that dwell upon the earth  This statement is followed by another. “Behold I come quickly  A number are advocating and teaching that the [whole] Church goes through the tribulation and the sad thing is that through neglect and a sense of false security they personally are making the preparations that will cause their going through or into the great tribulation.  The Laodiceans are advised to “buy gold tried in the fire,” that is without dross, yet multitudes, even Bible teachers, brag on the dross that is in them, and repudiate holiness and heart purity.  They are advised to buy eye salve, that they might see, but they do not want that, they would rather [ignore accountability truths and] cling to foolish doctrines and theories.   Let us be on the safe side, “seek meekness, seek righteousness, it may be that ye shall be hid in the day of the Lord’s wrath  Seek holiness and truth, for unless we do we will meet with the greatest of all disappointments when the Lord comes.  We will be left behind.

 

[* Note: The writer supposes and believes, that there will be multiple raptures after others have lift, being rapt into heaven and having escaped all of Antichrist’s persecutions!  Where is the Scriptural proof for this teaching?]

 

 

There is every indication given in the scenes described in the book of the Revelation that we will go to the centre of God’s Universe where the Throne of Deity is located.  Distance and time are no barriers to the glorified.  After Jesus was resurrected and was met by Mary, she was told, when she attempted to hold Him by the feet, not to touch Him for He was not yet Ascended to heaven, but within the hour, as far as we know, another Mary met Him and held Him by the feet and worshipped Him.

 

 

Multitudes of the foolish virgins will be martyred shortly after the rapture of the Bride of Christ, but it is very probable that many of them will escape that fate for a while, and should they be living at the time the company which no man can number are caught up to the throne they will be raptured with them, for every Gentile believer not translated with the Bride will be found in this company. The Scriptures dealing with the resurrection of the saints cannot possibly be harmonized apart from taking into consideration the different groups of saints as translated at different times during the tribulation period and so plainly described by John the Revelator.  Why cannot Church leaders see this?  It is simply because they are bound to one or more cherished theories to which they would rather cling than to buy and use the “eye salve” that they might see.

 

- The Midnight Cry.

 

 

-------

 

 

BE AS MEN WHO WAIT FOR THEIR LORD

 

 

“A timely message is the Lord’s message to the Laodicean church.  Christendom is in the Laodicean stage.  It is Christ’s last call to the Church, ere He leaves the mercy seat for the judgment seat.  Laodiceanism is a disease of the Church and not of the world.  It is the subtlest sin of Hell, it is religion that Jesus hates.

 

 

It is surrender of first-love - cooling off from fervency to lukewarmness - profession without possession - a name to be live and art dead - neither hot nor cold in love or works - mediocre service - indifferent praying - contentment in spiritual barrenness - complacency in idleness - grudging in giving - reluctance in sacrificing - no martyr or witnessing spirit - burdenless, passionless, spiritless, deceived people doomed to judgment instead of rewards of the faithful, believing themselves rich, in need of nothing, not knowing they are miserable, poor, blind.

 

 

To them Jesus lovingly calls: “Be zealous and repent.  Buy of me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment that thou mayest be clothed … and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve that thou mayest see.”  Are you ready for His coming?  Are you wise or foolish?  Repent and be zealous.  Be filled with the Spirit.  Love God supremely.  Keep yourselves from idols.  Flee Laodicean lukewarmness.  Else at His coming He will spue you out of His mouth, into the awful castigation of the great tribulation.” - D. M. Panton.

 

 

-------

 

 

OBEY HIS WORD

 

 

“Watch and pray always that ye may be counted worthy to escape all these things, that are coming to pass, and to stand before the Son of Man  Obey Jesus and you will escape.  Disobey, be prayerless, careless, heedless, at ease, and you will not escape.

 

 

God gives gifts by faith.  God gives rewards by faithfulness.  “Behold I come quickly, and My reward is with Me, to give to every man, as his work shall be  Plainly, this is a judgment of rewards, according to works, to occur at His return.  God rewards only as God can.  We have a ‘race’ to run and a ‘crown’ to gain.  The race may be lost.  The crown forfeited.  To win Christ, Paul suffered the loss of all things.  Can you win Christ for less?

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

131

 

TRIBULATION THAT IS NOT JUDGMENT

 

 

BY D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

A LESSON which is fearfully urgent for us all to learn today is a lesson which not only has a whole book of the Bible devoted to it alone, but that book of the Bible which is supposed to be the first book of Scripture ever written.  In a challenge of God to Satan, and Satan’s answering challenge to God, the Most High selects one man, one of the greatest patriarchs in the dawn of the world, to sum up for all time one fact:- that a child of God of the highest character can suffer indescribable loss - property, family, health, all wiped out exactly as an air raid can do it - and it is no judgment on sin in character or service; but simply the profound plan of the Most High serving purposes of which that child of God is totally ignorant.

 

 

A Perfect Man

 

 

THE book opens with a definition of Job by God Himself. “Hast thou considered my servant Job? for there is none like him in the earth” - Jehovah has selected the highest character to be found then on the earth - “a perfect and an upright man” - ‘perfect’ in the Scriptural sense: not sinless, but fully mature, no blossom but a full-blown flower - “one that feareth God, and escheweth evil” (Job 1: 8).  God then gives Job into the power of Satan, short of killing him,* and the afflictions fall like lightnings.  No sooner is his wealth vanished, than his sons and daughters are wiped out, and then grim disease wrecks his body.  Instantly Job became one of the saddest sufferers in the Bible short of martyrdom.

 

* It fits all aptly to our own day when we recollect that while Satan’s original power is described as dunamis, inherent power (Luke 10: 19), since Calvary, when his power was paralyzed (Heb. 2: 14), it is exousia, a purely granted authority (Eph. 2: 2; Acts 26: 18).

 

 

Faith in Agony

 

 

NOW we face - as Satan did, and was planned to do - the reaction of a faithful servant of God to infinite sorrow.  After the smashing out of his home and loved ones Job exclaims, “The Lord gave, and the Lord hath taken away; blessed be the name of the Lord” (1: 21).  Faith rests, not on what God does at this moment or that, but on what God is: God is love; and the golden faith of Job triumphs over all darkness, mystery, and death.  So Jehovah challenges Satan again:- “Hast thou considered my servant Job? he still holdeth fast his integrity, although thou movedst me against him, to destroy him without cause” (2: 3).  In the end Job had lost all the things which Satan said were the sole ground of his loyalty to God; but in that very loss his loyalty to God remained a golden halo round the sick man’s brow.  And this is the more wonderful because; so far as we know, Job had no such clear revelations as we have.  “Our light affliction, which is for the moment, worketh for us more and more exceedingly an eternal weight of glory; while we look not at the things which are seen, but at the things which are not seen: for the things which are seen are temporal; but the things which are not seen are eternal” (2 Cor. 4: 17).  “For I reckon that the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory which shall be revealed in us” (Rom. 8: 18).

 

 

Pessimism

 

 

NEVERTHELESS, simultaneously, Job is for ever our warning.  Fundamentally he never wavered in his trust in God, as is beautifully proved when his wife said, “Curse God, and die,” and he replied, “Shall we receive good at the hand of God, and shall we not receive evil?” (2: 9).  Yet he sank into a pessimism which bitterly resented his afflictions.  “He destroyeth the perfect and the wicked: He will mock at the trial of the innocent” (9: 22).  It never dawned on Job that the enormousness of his misfortunes revealed the estimate that God put on the strength of his character: even as Paul says, “There hath no temptation taken you but such as man can bear: but God is faithful, who will not suffer you to be tempted above that ye are able” (1 Cor. 10: 13).  So all his words of disgust and despair need never have crossed his lips according to the Divine estimate of his character. “Job could never have displayed a patience which rings down the ages, till we have heard of it, if he had not known extraordinary affliction” (C. H. Spurgeon).

 

 

Guilt

 

 

WE now arrive at the heart of the problem in the gigantic (though very natural) mistake made by Job’s friends.  All of them stress that personal suffering has but one explanation- personal guilt.  “Know that God exacteth of thee,” Zophar says, “less than thine iniquity deserveth” (11: 6). Yet Jehovah says at the close:- “Ye have not spoken of me the thing that is right” (42: 7).  The principle for which they contended, that sin brings judgment on the servants of God, is absolutely true, and it applies to countless [of regenerate] believers: the enormous mistake they made, which is equally our danger as days of increasing tribulation approach, is that suffering is necessarily judgment.* Throughout Job never hesitated for a moment in asserting his integrity, for he knew it to be a fact; yet his friends never nailed down one single sin on his past life, nor even attempted to do so, while attributing his whole suffering to a life so sinful as to deserve overwhelming judgment. **

 

* While this unguiltiness can apply to those converted during the Great Tribulation it does not apply to Christians who enter it, since these, if ‘worthy,’ would have escaped (Luke 21: 36; Rev. 3: 10).

 

** They rightly spotted Job’s broken-hearted criticism of Providence, but this sin was after the disaster, and therefore could be no cause of it.

 

 

God

 

 

JEHOVAH Himself now intervenes in this tremendous drama; and He answers Job with one word alone - GOD.  In the most wonderful description of creation ever given, He challenges Job - “Where wast thou when I laid the foundations of the earth, when the morning stars sang together, and all the sons of God shouted for joy?” (38: 4).  Are you competent to criticise God?  Our profound ignorance of the marvels of creation, and therefore of the unfathomable plans and purposes still more marvellous that lie, invisible, behind creation, makes all judgment of God’s actions nothing short of absurd.  God reigns through confusion and terror and death as completely as when all is in perfect order.  Even while Jehovah was speaking to Job, the cause of his suffering was still utterly unknown to the patriarch: Job was totally ignorant of the drama in which he was the central figure and the chief actor; still less could he know that, watched by Heaven and Hell, this drama, recorded in the Bible’s opening book, was to prove for ever that a child of God, stript of everything, can be as gold purified by fire.

 

 

Penitence

 

 

SO now we learn the reaction of Job.  Though ‘perfect,’ as far as humans can be, he required a fresh spiritual experience.

 

 

Repeatedly, and almost defiantly, Job had asked the Most High to grant him an interview, that he might plead his cause: now that he has come face to face with God, he exclaims, “I uttered that which I understood not: I had heard of thee by the hearing of the ear, but now mine eye seeth thee.”  At last it had dawned on Job that his affliction was just one of the exquisitely planned thoughts of God such as had made creation’s wondrous loveliness: now he saw God in everything; and that vision solves every problem.  And a far deeper revelation of self accompanies the heavenly vision.  “Wherefore,” Job cries, “I abhor myself, and repent in dust and ashes  The despair with which he had met the Lord’s mystery in handling him, and the cursing of the day of his birth, reveals to this noble servant of God what Paul had learnt, - “In me, that is, in my flesh, dwelleth no good thing” (Rom. 7: 18); and so the very tragedy of his agony completed the sanctity of God’s saint.

 

 

Reward

 

 

So now we arrive at what is always the goal of God.  “So the Lord blessed the latter end of Job more than his beginning: the Lord gave Job twice as much as he had before” (42: 10, 12).* Job had been no fair-weather professor, but a loyal follower of his Lord in spite of fearful catastrophe, thus completely confuting Satan; and, in spite of his passion and hasty speeches of despair, he had not lost God’s favour, and had now confessed and abandoned his sin.  In the words of the Apostle James:- “Behold, we call them blessed which endured: ye have heard of the patience of Job, and have seen the end of the Lord, how that the Lord is full of pity, and merciful” (Jas. 5: 11).  God’s summary of Job, centuries after, is given in Ezekiel:- “When a land sinneth against me, though these three men, Noah, Daniel, and Job, were in it, they should deliver but their own souls by their righteousness” (Ezek. 14: 14).  So here the whole doctrine of reward dawns in the first book of the Bible.  As our Lord expresses it, though far more amply than as a double recompense:- “Verily I say unto you, There is no man that hath left house, or brethren, or sisters, or mother, or father, or children, or lands, for my sake” - Job had lost all for God’s sake, in the Divine controversy with Satan - “and for the gospel’s sake, but he shall receive a hundredfold now in this time, houses, and brethren, and sisters, and mothers, and children, and lands, with persecutions; and in the age to come eternal [Gk. ‘aionios’ (age-lasting)] life” (Mark 10: 29) - in the glory of the [Millennial and Messianic] Kingdom.**

 

* It is beautiful to note that his sons and daughters also were exactly doubled, inasmuch as the former five were still his, though in ‘Paradise’ with their Lord.

 

** It is intensely profitable to note that in the very dawn of the Bible the drama closes on the truth that all sin has but one pardon - blood sacrifice.  Jehovah says to Eliphaz:- “My wrath is kindled against thee, and against thy two friends: therefore offer up for yourselves a burnt offering” (42: 7).  Wrath and blood: the Blood of the Lamb is the sole refuge to which, if unsaved, we can flee from the wrath to come.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

132

 

THE OIL IN THE VESSELS

 

 

BY ROBERT GOVETT

 

 

“This interpretation by Robert Govett, which understands by the oil in the vessels (Matt. 25: 4) not the Spirit indwelling, but the Spirit outpoured, that on-fall of the Holy Spirit on those already believers which produced inspiration and miracle, is worthy of most careful consideration.”  D. M. Panton.

 

 

-------

 

 

I suppose it will be granted that by Oil is meant the grace of the Holy Ghost.  And this is twofold: either sanctifying or miraculous.  If then I show that the second supply is not sanctifying grace, it will follow that it is miraculous endowment, or ‘the gift of grace

 

 

1.  That it is not any difference in degree of sanctification which is in question is clear from this - that then the parable would supply us with no rule by which to discern between wise and foolish.  For if you tell me only, that the difference lies in degree of sanctification, if you do not point out the degree, I must be either terrified or secure.  Terrified, if I think I have not the degree requisite, while none can satisfy me what the degree required is; or secure, that I have some grace, and why may that not be enough to set me among the wise?

 

 

2.  It cannot be any degree of sanctification, for this oil gives no light to the world.  It is unemployed in good works, or the light of the torch.

 

 

3.  As being a distinct supply, it follows that the oil in the torch might be without that in the vessel, or vice versa.  But it is not true that any degree of the grace of sanctification can be distinct from its display in good works.  There cannot be two supplies of it, independent one of the other.  But miraculous gift is distinct from, and may be independent of grace (Matt. 7).

 

 

4.  If they be all believers, the difference must be one which is not essential to salvation.  And among things not essential to salvation, what so great as the difference between the possession or the want of the gifts of the Holy Ghost?

 

 

5.  It is met and sustained by fact.  Between the believers of modern times and the ancient church, there is, in this particular, just the difference supposed: the one possessing, the other wanting, the gifts of the Spirit.

 

 

6.  A consideration of the order in which the wise and foolish appear beautifully confirms this.  We have the wise presented first, then the foolish (verse 2).  Then again the foolish, and lastly the wise (verse 3).  Thus the wise come first and last; the foolish occupy the intermediate space.  And has it not been exactly thus with the Spirit’s gifts?  They were possessed at first, and then ceased, and the whole dreary interval of sixteen hundred years has been taken up by believers destitute of them.  We might conclude, therefore, that as gifted believers began the series. and ungifted ones have followed, so in the last days gifted believers will arise again, and close the train.  But we can show by Scripture, independently of inference, that such will be the case (Acts 2: 17, 18; Mark 13: 11; Luke 21: 14, 15; Rev. 16: 6; 18: 24; 2 Tim. 3: 8; Jas. 5: 7).

 

 

7.  On the taking it or not, the greatest stress is laid throughout the parable.  On purpose to set it in the strongest light possible, the wise and foolish agree together in every particular but this.  And the difference is optional; for in things within our power alone can wisdom or folly be seen.  So are the gifts of the Spirit made to rest upon our asking for them or not (Luke 11: 13; 1 Cor. 14: 1).  In the asking for, and receiving these, therefore, that vigilance may consist which is the lesson drawn from the parable by our Lord.

 

 

8.  They are the “powers of the coming age” (Heb. 6: 5).  And answerably thereto, this oil is seen to come into play when [or soon before] the new age is begun.

 

 

9.  They that sleep with the oil vessel, awake with it.  And even thus. the ‘gifts’ of God are unrepented of (Rom. 11: 29).

 

 

10.  The additional oil was the riches of the wise virgins, the want of it the poverty of the foolish, at the coming of the bridegroom.  Now this is just the place seen to be occupied by the Spirit’s gifts, in connection with the coming of the Lord Jesus.  “I thank my God always on your behalf for the grace of God which is given you by Jesus Christ, that in everything ye are enriched by him in all utterance and in all knowledge, even as the testimony of Christ was confirmed in you, so that ye lack no gift, waiting for the revelation of our Lord Jesus Christ; who also shall confirm you to the end, that ye may be blameless in the day of our Lord Jesus Christ” (1 Cor. 1: 4-8).

 

 

11.  Exhortations to seek and to pray for the gifts occur not unfrequently, in token that the additional oil is not in vain.  “Covet earnestly the best gifts” (1 Cor. 12: 31).  “Desire spiritual gifts, but rather that ye may prophesy” (14: 1).

 

 

12. “But,” someone may say, who is satisfied with the argument here propounded, “what if I fall asleep after praying for the gifts, without obtaining one?”  The answer is easy.  Then the responsibility rests not with you, but with God.  You are a wise virgin: you have done what you could to procure the oil.  Be assured the Lord will remember you.

 

 

-------

 

 

MIRACULOUS GIFTS

 

OF one thing we are very sure.  There will be a full restoration of the apostolic gifts and the full power of Pentecost before the coming of the Lord.  To the faithful few who are true to God - to the overcomers, to them that place their all upon the altar of a full consecration - God will POUR out in the fullest measure the power that was given to the disciples on the day the Church was born.  We believe that there will be miracles of healing, supernatural manifestations of God’s mighty power, that will break even the most callous hearts.  There will be another outpouring, this time a cloudburst of the latter rain.  We not only feel it in our spirit, but the Word of God corroborates what we feel.  Be true, my friends; keep tight hold of His hand.  God has some wonderful things in store for you. - CHAS. S. PRICE.

 

 

 

AN ADVENT HERALD

 

OUR readers may be glad to know of a transatlantic magazine which is exceedingly awake to the facts of today and to the warnings of prophecy, and which contains valuable quotations chosen with a rare discernment.  Its title is Herald of the Advent, and its editor is Mr. W. C. Moore, Box 3415, Terminal Annex, Los Angeles. California, U.S.A.  It is one of the few magazines that do not flinch from declaring ‘the whole counsel of God  An amazingly small fraction of the Church of Christ is being taught the darker side of the truth, for both the church and the world, and it is the teachers who have thus failed that must bear the chief responsibility at the Judgment Seat of Christ.  “Be not many teachers, my brethren, knowing that we [teachers] shall receive heavier judgment” (Jas. 3: 1).

 

 

 

THE BELIEVER’S JUDGMENT

 

 

Sins committed before our conversion are done away forever, never to be remembered again.  At the judgment seat of Christ everything that we have done since conversion will be made manifest, will be open, will be brought out into the light.  “Every man’s work shall be made manifest: for the day shall declare it, because it shall be revealed by fire and the fire shall try every man’s work of what sort it is” (1 Cor. 3: 13).  Not one Christian will escape this judgment.  If every one of us took to heart the gravity and the consequence of that time, the life of the Church would be revolutionized over night.  - The Prophetic Word.

 

 

SOME KNOTTY QUESTIONS

 

By W. C. CLARK

 

AT a meeting of the Advent Testimony and Preparation Movement held in a certain part of the Island of Jamaica a paper was read to the assembled Ministers of Religion and Christian workers (prior to a Public Meeting) the subject being “Selective Rapture and Exclusion from the Kingdom  When the speaker had finished a very godly medical doctor, in charge of several churches, came up to him and said, “You made a very good case.  I can accept Exclusion from the Kingdom but I am not so sure of Selective Rapture  Whether the doctor has since accepted it, the writer does not know - Now if entrance into the Kingdom is gained only by those who attain unto the Rapture of the First Fruits (which seems practically certain) the question of Selective Rapture is doubly serious, but if others, than the First Fruits, may gain the Kingdom, then, of the two, the question of Exclusion is the most important.  In that case those believers will only gain entrance after passing through at least part of the Great Tribulation, but part only - longer or shorter as may be necessary to ripen the grain - as all believers must appear before the Bema, or judgment Seat of Christ.

 

 

It is quite conceivable that lukewarm Christians may be awakened into newness of life by the shock of the Advent, and being left behind, may begin to run the race for the Crown.  It is certain that some tribulation saints will reign, as John “saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus and for the Word of God

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

133

 

FOR MOUNTAINS

 

 

BY  D. M.  PANTON

 

 

 

Four mountains - four is the earth-number - dominate the whole history of the world: Ararat; Sinai; Calvary; and Olivet.  These four mountains are the pivots on which turn the entire experience of the human race, marching step by step with the irresistible purposes of God: Ararat, a drowned world; Sinai, earth under law; Calvary, a redeemed globe; and Olivet, a glorified earth.  And all these four mountains are the seat of tremendous miracles: Ararat, the destruction of a world; Sinai, the descent of Godhead; Calvary, midnight darkness at midday; and Olivet, halved by enormous earthquake.  They are also peaks out of the four dispensations of earth’s history: Ararat, a world of the dead; Sinai, death to the touch; Calvary, the death of Death; and Olivet, the rush of the waters of life.  And the whole story of the Gospel covers these four lonely peaks: Ararat, God’s despair; Sinai, God’s experiment; Calvary, God’s sacrifice; and Olivet, God’s triumph.

 

 

Now the first mountain, which somehow we seem rarely or never to ponder, presents a composite picture of extraordinary power.  “And the ark rested upon the mountains of Ararat” (Gen. 8: 4).  A night of death reigned over a world abandoned to its doom, when the Ark was becalmed on the upper ledges of the mountain on which are born the two most historic rivers of the world, our last remnants of Eden - the Tigris and the Euphrates.  As earth’s terrified millions fled up the hills from the engulfing floods, ARARAT - ‘the curse of trembling’ - must have been a last resort of the shuddering multitudes.  It is remarkable that, 16,254 feet in height, Ararat was never again visited by human foot (so far as is known) for three to four thousand years, until it was climbed by a German professor in 1829.  “It appears,” says a traveller, “as if the highest mountains in the world had been piled upon each other to form this one sublime immensity of earth and rocks and snow.” Tigers now infest its middle slopes.  In the central position between Gibraltar and the Caspian; in the middle point between the Cape of Good Hope and Behring’s Straits:- from this most peculiar pivot on the globe radiated forth the races of mankind as they spread out to re-people the earth.  And all around was the silence of a dead world.  Nevertheless over that mighty mass was shining, for the first time, God’s rainbow.  Why? Because the Ark, after all the storms of judgment, rested - word of blessed omen! - on Ararat; it had grounded again on stable foundations; it came to rest so on the day the Lord rose from the dead; and from that Mountain’s brow a dove - in emblem, the Holy Spirit of God - had gone forth into all the earth.  So we get here a fact and a picture of overwhelming significance.  Behind, a drowned world; an awful hecatomb of sin and damnation: but before, a new-washed world; a new earth fabricated out of the forests of a silent, buried, forgotten world; life springing out of death.  It is the globe looking forward, out of awful shadows, towards the Gospel: it is God not yet despairing of a lost world and a ruined race.*

 

* Moreover, the symbolism of the Ark appears prophetic.  After Ararat came Sinai, the raven; Calvary, the dove; and Olivet, the olive-leaf.  The carrion-feeding raven goes forth (like the Law) only to consume the dead; it brings no news of a world redeemed, or wrath assuaged; even as it was the bird God chose to feed the prophet of judgment.  The Holy Dove, John says, was not sent forth until after Calvary: “the Spirit was not yet given, because Jesus was not yet glorified” (John 7: 39) but on Calvary, Jesus “through the eternal Spirit offered Himself unto God”; and after the Ascension came Pentecost.  And what is the Dove doing on its second return to the Ark?  Bringing back the olive-twig.  What a symbol!  The olive, by a vegetable miracle, extracts fatness and bloom from the driest air and the barest rock: it clothes with beauty landscape where no other vegetation can grow: its oil is unction: it is the firstfruits of a later Pentecost, from a barren world one day to bloom again as the Garden of God.

 

 

The sacred mountain, from which the great Law of God was delivered for the first time, is equally overwhelming in its extraordinary spiritual significance.  With the suitability of Divine selection, just as Ararat was set in the midst of the vast tides of retreating judgment, so SINAI is set in a desert, in the midst of a fruitless and barren humanity; a lofty group of granite mountains, immovable and majestic as the majesty of God, to dash oneself against which is destruction.  Here at daybreak, in the dawn of the Law, - there occurred, on earth, an actual advent of God.  “The mountain burned with fire unto the heart of heaven” - like a gigantic volcano vomiting flame - “with darkness, cloud, and thick darkness” - the combined fire and midnight of tremendous storm (Deut. 4: 11); “because the Lord descended upon it in fire; and the smoke thereof ascended as the smoke of a furnace” (Exod. 19: 18).  The darkness indicates the invisibility and unapproachableness of the Holy God even when disclosing Himself, to the lost, in law; and the burning storm is the revelation of Law, magnificent for the sinless, but appalling for the sinful.  “And all the people that were in the camp” - the two millions who stood for earth’s uncounted tribes scared and guilty - “trembled” (Exod. 19: 16): even Moses, one of the most faithful servants God ever had, cried out in terror,- “I exceedingly fear and quake” (Heb. 12: 21).  And the fearful danger of Law to us all - Sinai, in Syriac, means ‘enmity’ - is vividly emphasized by the Holy Spirit in Hebrews:- “if even a beast touch the mountain, it shall be stoned” (Heb. 12: 20); for even a beast is part of a fallen creation that cannot touch its God.  For what was Sinai?  A second chance, based on our own goodness.  As a prisoner in the dock will plead the First Offender’s Act, so mankind is offered, after Ararat, a fresh opportunity, a new chance to ‘make good’: but most carefully the offer is so presented as to make it unmistakable that without perfect holiness there can be nothing but death; a gigantic experiment to convince humanity, not to convince God; and to prove, by facts not words, that righteousness from a sinful being is impossible.

 

 

The third mountain - far the lowliest of all; so lowly as never, I believe, to be called in Scripture a mountain at all - is, in the great crisis, perfectly invisible.  “They bring him unto the place Golgotha, which is, being interpreted, The place of a skull; and there was darkness over the whole land” (Mark 15: 22, 33).  But why another mountain at all?  CALVARY must mean, it can only mean, the colossal failure of Sinai.  Had there been salvation through Sinai, Sinai would have closed the record of the human race.  But the very name of the new mountain is extraordinarily significant.  Whether Golgotha was skull-shaped; or whether (as one tradition says) it was an elevated knoll strewn with the skulls of executed criminals; or whether it was, as was supposed, the burial-place of Adam:- it is supremely the old, dead world: “they came,” Luke (23: 33) says, “unto the place which is called The Skull  (Calvary is simply the Latin Calvarium, or skull).  So the Gospel unfolds itself in the very fissures and quacking of this invisible mountain.  “And behold, the veil of the temple was rent in twain.” - for the moment the Sacrifice was complete, the whole path to the heart of God was flung wide open for the entire human race - “and the rocks” - under Golgotha, the old dead world, shocked and torn to its very foundations - “were rent; and” - so soon as the sacrifice has been sealed by the resurrection - “the tombs were opened; and many bodies of the saints were COMING FORTH OUT OF THE TOMBS” (Matt. 27: 52).  The accursed spot of the Dead Skull, the grave of Adam, instantly becomes, through the effectiveness of the Sacrifice, the Gateway of Life;* the world’s dead pavement is broken through by the first group of mankind ever to burst upward in the power of an endless life; and skulls come out, re-clothed, from The Skull - because it is God who sacrificed Himself on the dark mountain.

 

* The first Adam’s grave becomes the cradle, the birth-spot (Acts 13: 33), of the last Adam sacrificed: “for since by [a] man came death, by [a] man came also the resurrection of the dead; for as in Adam all die, so also in Christ shall all be made alive” (1 Cor. 15: 21).

 

 

Thine are these orbs of light and shade;

Thou madest Life in man and brute;

Thou madest Death; and lo, thy foot

Is on the skull which thou hast made.

 

 

So on the fourth and last mountain there is the final and inevitable descent of God for triumphant joy, “And his feet shall stand in that day upon the Mount of Olives; and the Mount of Olives shall cleave” - as the rocks rent at the Lord’s dying cry, so the mountain splits at the touch of His returning feet - “in the midst thereof” - rent in two from the heart of it outward - “and the Lord my God shall come, and all the holy ones” - the immense throngs of attendant angels - “with him” (Zech. 14: 4).  OLIVET, a mountain almost unknown and unnamed in the Old Testament - mons Oliveti, the place of oil, the pivot of the Spirit - is, to the Jew, so barren of sacred associations that the sacrifice of a red heifer was all that the medieval, Jews ever gave it; but the closing Gospel scenes, when the Lord wept over the lost on its brow, together with the now imminent opening Advent scenes - when His returning feet alight on the spot of earth on which His retreating feet last rested, and when the rending earthquake tears open a rush of living water which, emptying in the Dead Sea, swallows up death in life - make Olivet a Christian vision too great for words.  It is God come back to claim His earth. “AND THE LORD SHALL BE KING OVER ALL THE EARTH” (Zech. 14: 9).  In the rending of its huge valley are congregated the living masses of mankind:- “multitudes, multitudes in the valley of decision! for the day of the Lord is near in the valley of decision” (Joel 3: 14).  The alternative ‘decision’ is unutterably solemn.  If we are in the Christ on Calvary, we shall be in the triumph of Olivet: if we choose the legalism of Sinai, we must be in the vast hecatomb of Ararat.  Ararat, God’s despair: Sinai, God’s experiment: Calvary, God’s sacrifice: Olivet, God’s triumph.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

134

 

AN EXPOSITION OF THE EPISTLE

TO THE HEBREWS

 

 

BY ROBERT GOVETT, M.A.

 

 

 

“Of how much sorer punishment, suppose ye, shall he be thought worthy, who hath trodden under foot the Son of God, and hath counted the blood of the covenant, wherewith he was sanctified, an unholy thing, and hath done despite unto the Spirit of grace? Heb. 10: 29.

 

 

-------

 

 

HOW closely are sin and punishment knit together by God!  It is here assumed as self-evident, that to sin belong judgment and woe.  At present there are mercy and pardon; for a sacrifice has been provided.  There is a blood-stained house; there is a city of shelter.  And therein the sinner must tarry till judgment is past.  Else the Destroyer and the Avenger have full power over him.

 

 

This word, then, is aimed against any lurking idea that God is so merciful, and His words of grace so embrace His elect, that while all others would be enwrapt in the whirlwind of His indignation, they who had been sealed with His Spirit’s seal would escape.

 

 

‘Tempting the Lord’ was one of Moses’ complaints against Israel.  “Why chide ye with me?  Wherefore do ye tempt the Lord This was said at Rephidim (Ex. 17: 2).  They seem to have thought that, by bearing hard upon the mediator appointed of God, they could obtain what they pleased from Jehovah. “Ye shall not tempt the Lord your God; as ye tempted Him in Massah” (Deut. 6: 16).  The offenders at Kadesh had tempted the Lord ten times, and disobeyed.  Therefore shall they not enter the rest* (Num. 14: 22).

 

[* Compare with Heb. 4: 1-11, R.V.]

 

 

After, then, the apostate’s deliberate choice of sin, there is nothing but wrath.  For God has provided so great atonement, and proclaims in His grace that He is willing to pardon all.  But, as surely as God is holy, He must hate sin, and set Himself in indignant array against the chooser of iniquity, and rejecter of His mercy.

 

 

On such there falls, while yet alive, and during the time of grace, a “certain fearful expectation of judgment.” That is the first-fruits of his crime.  Some of the histories of apostacy, specially Spira’s, bear out this feature remarkably.

 

 

That is the righteous contrast to the firm peace with God of enlightened faith, that rests on Christ, and its joyful ‘hope’ of the ‘glory’ and ‘kingdom’ to come.  Refusing the Son and Spirit of God, the apostate can only look on his own deserts, and they are of an enormous wickedness.  Judas may be cited as illustrating this sin.  He was doubtless baptized by John.  Only those who received John received Christ.  He received also miraculous gift.  He was several times warned.  He left the assembly of the disciples more than once on his evil errands.  And the flight of the other disciples, and the dread fall of the most boastful of them, may teach us that real believers, and not merely professors, are included in these solemn warnings.

 

 

The apostate’s settled choice is sin: God’s steadfast choice is holiness.  Hence the offender is an enemy of God. He sets himself, therefore, against God’s agents of salvation with rooted enmity.

 

 

But there is coming a “fury of fire  The apostate’s unbelief, awaits the Day of judgment.  The fire that burned to the midst of heaven, when the Lord descended on Sinai, was terrible even to the spectators.  The fire that fell on Carmel, at the prayer of Elijah, after Israel’s sore provocations by the worship of Baal, was fierce indeed.  It consumed the wood, the stones, the dust, and licked up the water in the trench (1 Kings 18: 38).  But there it fell on the sacrifice, and did not touch the idolators around.  But these apostates refuse the sacrifice, and on them it must fall, and on them abide.

 

 

How terrible in the day of the Lord’s indignation His fire of wrath shall be, we little imagine.  But He has threatened, and will perform.  “The fire shall devour Thine adversaries” (Isa. 26: 11).* Zephaniah, describing the great and awful day of the Lord, says: “Neither their silver nor their gold shall be able to deliver them in the Lord’s wrath; but the whole land [earth] shall be devoured by the fire of His jealousy” (Zeph. 1: 18: 3: 8; Jer. 4: 4; Nah. 1: 6).  And devouring is a process; which, in this case, will be going on for ever.

 

* So the LXX. and Lowth.  Manifestly correct.

 

 

Under the Law, man was bound to punish cases of crime.  But then, the visitation for such offences devolves on God, and, therefore, is more awful, far.  For it is now present grace; and that refused, will justly call down the severer doom.  The fire is not said to ‘eat up’ the adversaries.  Then the advocates of non-eternity would have seized on the passage.* But here the process of devouring goes on for ever.  Wondrous as the mercy of God now, will be His terrors in the day of wrath, and His sentence on His “enemies” (chap. 1: 13).  A new word is used here to describe the foes of God.  It seems to point out ‘foes within the camp

 

*‘But it says: “He shall burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire”.’  There the “unquenchable fire” speaks of eternity.  And it should be rendered: “Shall burn down the chaff” (Kara).

 

 

28. “He that has despised Moses’ law dieth without pity under two or three witnesses. Of how much worse vengeance shall he, think you, be thought worthy, who trod underfoot the Son of God, and counted the blood of the covenant, wherewith he was sanctified, an unclean thing, and insulted the Spirit of grace

 

 

Here is another view of the apostate’s sin.  Once he was reckoned a [regenerate] son of God, was sprinkled with the blood of the New Testament, and bathed in pure water, and sealed with the Holy Spirit.  He trusted in the true Priest and the Sacrifice.  But this tells of his afterward refusing with hatred the High Priest of God, and the sacrifice of redemption.

 

 

He treads underfoot, in hatred and contempt, the Son of God, as Jehu trod underfoot that “cursed woman” Jezebel.  After consecration by the blood of Christ, the apostate accounts it unholy.  For he rejects Christ, and insults the Holy Spirit of grace sent at the Saviour's intercession.  Here, then, is the unpardonable sin.  The false heart bursts out in the words and deeds of unbelief and enmity.  “The sow that was bathed has returned to its wallowing in the mire

 

 

After that, judgment and vengeance dog his steps, till the full portion of God’s bitter eternal enemies is arrived. To the Christian belong faith, hope, and love.  To the [apostate] foe, unbelief, hatred, terror, despair.

 

 

Now this view of the case is greatly confirmed by the typical histories of Moses.

 

 

The idolatry of the Calf was produced, or hastened, by the, descent of the seventy elders from the post they were commanded to maintain on the mountain.  Then rise up the men of unbelief, and must make an idol.  Yea, Aaron himself becomes the maker of it.  It is true, that he did not make it spontaneously, but as afraid.* It is on this ground that he excuses himself to his brother.  And Moses, by his intercession, obtained forgiveness for Aaron (Deut. 9: 20).  Here, then, are repentance and pardon; while, in the case of the apostate, there is impenitence throwing itself beyond hope, and, as the issue, intensest damnation.  When the fire of the Lord descends on the first offerings of God’s high priest Aaron, and consumes on the altar the sacrifices, the fire of the Lord smites to death the priests Nadab and Abihu, for offering strange fire.  “There went out fire from the Lord, and devoured them” (Lev. 10: 2).

 

* And so it should be rendered (Ex. 32: 5). Not: “When Aaron saw” - there is no ‘it  But: “When Aaron was afraid  Then, no ‘it’ is needed.

 

 

Some of these warnings are in close juxtaposition, and are the result of God’s purposed arrangement.  In Num. 14 we have Israel’s refusal to enter the land, and the cutting off of the spies at once.  In the next chapter we have the difference between the sin of ignorance and that of presumption, with the execution of the Sabbath-breaker.

 

 

His offence was wilful; and when he was shut up, while inquiry was being made of Jehovah what was to be done with him, he must have had a “fearful looking for of judgment

 

 

In the next chapter of Numbers we have the rebellion of Korah and Dathan.  It was spontaneous sin, originated by no fault of Moses or Aaron.  It was after full knowledge of the truth respecting the mission of Moses and the priesthood of Aaron.  It was after the blood of the covenant had been sprinkled on them by Moses. They refuse the mediator and the high priest.  Moses himself is a witness, and intercedes against them.  There is no sacrifice on their behalf from the high priest.  Then comes fire out from the Lord, and consumes Korah and the two hundred and fifty princes of the people. The very next day the congregation murmurs against Moses and Aaron.  But they were not even then beyond mercy.  At Moses’ call the high priest steps forward to atone, and the plague is stayed; but not before fourteen thousand and seven hundred were slain by the plague.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

135

 

THE REBUILDING OF THE TEMPLE

 

 

“It is of solemn significance that this article appeared in a Jewish national paper- D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

“THERE has been much ado about the lack of formal religious life in the new State of Israel, and many are the “missionaries” from our own American Jewish community who desire to establish synagogues throughout the land of Israel in the hope that they will arouse the Yishuv (the Jews who have settled in Israel) to a great spiritual awakening.

 

 

What these well-intentioned members of our community fail to realise is that the synagogue performs a vital function in the Diaspora (dispersion), where it is the very heart, centre, and source of Jewish endeavour.  However, in Israel where the whole land is a Beth Knesset, a synagogue cannot possibly have the same meaning.

 

 

What Israel needs is the Temple!  It is time to build a new Temple in Israel - the Third Temple - the one that will mean to modern Israel what the ancient Temples meant for more than the thousand years of their existence.

 

 

All Jerusalem is holy!  This new Third Temple of our people, as long as it is built in Jerusalem, would stir the world Jewry with all the dreams and longings of the ages.  It would be dedicated to God in the spirit of Solomon’s dedication.  ‘And My house shall be called a House of Prayer for all peoples[See Mark 11: 17. cf. Isaiah 55: 7].*

 

[* Will this coming Temple fulfil the above Scriptural Quotations? NO! for it will be desecrated by the Antichrist, after breaking his covenant with Israel! (2 Thess. 2: 4).]

 

 

The glowing Menorah (candlestick) would once again give light.  Mighty symphonies and glorious choirs would there dedicate their songs to God.  It would be a place of prayer and meditation, a place of beauty and serenity, a place of memories of our past and dreams of our future, a place where all that occurred would be, not of a secular nature, but on the highest religious plane - devotion and dedication to the service of God.

 

 

Once again on the glad Festivals of Succoth, Passover and Shavuot, joyful pilgrims would come from all over Israel and from all over the world to Jerusalem - to the Temple!

 

 

It is time to build that Temple!  The youth of Israel might resent a Synagogue as did their fathers and mothers, but a Temple, never.

 

 

The world is sick with its philosophies of materialism, and our youth, yes, our modern youth, seeks for God timidly, shyly, ashamed to frankly express its need.  Israel needs a Temple!  The Jews of the world need a Temple!  Who knows but all humanity will better be able to understand the spirit of our people when they see the sun rising upon the hills of Zion on the rebuilt Temple whose memory is almost as sacred to them as it is to us.” - The National Jewish Post.

 

 

-------

 

 

“Now we beseech you, brethren, touching the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and our gathering together unto him; to the end that ye be not quickly shaken from your mind, nor yet be troubled, either by spirit, or by word, or by epistle as from us, as that the day of our Lord is now present; let no man beguile you in any wise: for it will not be, except the falling away come first, and the man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition, he that opposeth and exalteth himself against all that is called God or that is worshipped; so that he sitteth in THE TEMPLE OF GOD, setting himself forth as God.” (2 Thess. 2: 1-4, R.V.).

 

 

After the Jews have build the above named Temple in Jerusalem, and the Antichrist breaks his covenant of peace and desecrates their Temple, and after The Great Tribulation has ended: another “Man” appears on the scene to commence building another Temple in Jerusalem:-

 

 

“The Man whose name is the Branch: and He shall grow up out of His place, and He shall build the Temple of the Lord: even He shall build the Temple of the Lord: and He shall bear the glory, and shall sit [presumably inside of it] and rule upon His throne; and He shall be a priest upon His throne; and the counsel of peace shall be between them both

 

 

This divine prophecy, says David BaronThe Visions and Prophecies of Zechariah’, pp.186-206.) “is one of the most remarkable and precious Messianic prophecies, and there is no plainer prophetic utterance in the whole Old Testament as to the Person of the promised Redeemer, the offices He was to fill, and the mission He was to accomplish

 

 

But this at precisely what all Anti-millennialists vehemently deny!  They believe time, as we know it on this earth, will end before such an event begins! 

 

 

Not so!  For “it is written,” that God’s Messiah is prophesied to ‘Rule’, for one “Day” (2 Pet. 8), “in the midst of His enemies,” (Psalm 110: 3); and from “the throne of His father David” (Luke 1: 32, R.V.).  That is, form the holy city of Jerusalem upon this earth; and not from any heavenly Jerusalem in “a new heaven and a new earth” (Rev. 21: 1, R.V.), as they imagine!

 

 

It can become a very dangerous road to travel, when if we allow ourselves to be influenced by deceived Christians, who try to persuade us that Our Lord Jesus Christ will not have any “INHERITANCE” HERE!  (Psa. 2: 8, R.V. cf. Luke 24: 25, 26, 44, 45, R.V.)!  This would suggest that ALL of God’s inspired prophets are liars; and should be seen as nothing more than religious dreamers!  Ignorant people whose hopes and dreams of a better future upon this earth, will never be realized?

 

 

Inside the International Christian Embassy Jerusalem ‘Word FROM  JERUSALEM’, (November/December, Feast of Tabernacles issue, 2018), are 12 ‘Speaker Quotes.’ The word “dream” can be found five of them.  Pastor Adeboye’s quotation was of particular interest to me.  Here are some words he said in his address to the crowds:-

 

 

“Pastor Adeboye testified about his journey of faith and dreaming with God, and said, ‘You know your dream is from God when people laugh at you.  And then you can tell them, Just wait and see  He confidently and humbly stated that, ‘God is not a joker.  Whatever God says He will do … He will do!’” [i.m.]

 

 

I wonder if the account and outcome of  Joseph’s dreams in Genesis, was foremost in his mind when speaking to the people on that occasion! (See Gen. 39: 3-6, 22, 23; 41: 38-40, 52; 42: 6-8; 45: 4-7; 47: 20, etc. R.V.)

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

136

 

THE POSSIBILITY OF THE HIGHEST

 

 

BY  D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

TWO of the Apostles asked of Christ the highest gift in the whole universe that any human could ask - two thrones on either side of His.  Can you, He replied, “drink of the cup that I drink of?” (Mark 10: 38).  We can, they said.  You will, He replied; but the particular thrones you ask are not Mine to grant.  Here is the immense question for us all:- Can you?  In this moment’s violent world-storms, and with a strain upon us all threatening to tempt us to disheartenment if not despair, and with identical thrones before us, one golden utterance of our Lord summons us to the highest:- “ALL THINGS ARE POSSIBLE TO HIM THAT BELIEVETH” (Mark 9: 23).*

 

* The difficult is that which can be done immediately; the impossible, that which takes a little longer. - SANTAYANA.

 

 

Faith

 

 

OUR first essential is to master the nature of the faith by which we ‘can  Faith is not believing that God will give us what we want, but that He will give us what He has said.  Faith is simply taking God at His word, and therefore acting on every word of God: the Lord’s promise is not merely to saving faith, but assumes a trust that responds to every utterance of the Most High.  So the Apostles said to Christ:- “Lord, increase our faith” (Luke 17: 5); and the moment the man, to whom our Lord spoke, heard the astounding words, “he cried out and said, I believe; help thou mine unbelief” (Mark 9: 24).  So Paul says to the Thessalonian Christians:- “Your faith groweth exceedingly” (2 Thess. 1: 3).  Faith is the live wire along which travels the shock of life; and the golden achievements of Hebrews 11, the mightiest miracles of the world, all were wrought, not by merely saving faith, but by the power that grasped and lived the Word of God, all down their years.  Faith is belief in action; and the action can grow until it covers all that God has said.

 

 

God

 

 

THE next essential is to remind ourselves of the trustworthiness of God.  God’s character is in His word; and exactly what He is, every utterance of His is also.  So on four mighty pillars every promise of God is based.  The first is God’s holiness: God’s holiness makes it impossible for Him to deceive a soul: therefore the promise is meant.  The second pillar is God’s kindness: God’s kindness makes it impossible for Him to forget the promise that He has made: therefore the promise is never forgotten.  The third pillar is God’s unchangeableness: God’s unchangeableness makes it impossible for Him to alter: therefore the promise holds good.  The fourth pillar is God’s power: God’s power makes, it impossible for God to fail: therefore the promise is effectual.  Faith is not blind: faith is the highest kind of intelligence in the world: it assumes, and acts upon, what are already the foundations of the universe - God, and God expressed in His words.

 

 

Perfection

 

 

NOW we see the boundless horizon that opens before us.  Paul states it:- “All scripture is inspired of God and is profitable for teaching, for reproof, for correction, for instruction which is in righteousness”: and is given with what object? “that the man of God” - every child of God can become a man of God - “may be complete, furnished completely unto every good work” (2 Tim. 3: 17).  The whole Bible is given to create the whole man. The Apostle James expresses it thus:- “That ye may be perfect and entire” - a perfectly rounded character, accomplishing a fully orbed achievement - “lacking in nothing” (Jas. 1: 4).  This was the golden aim of the Apostles - “Admonishing every man and teaching every man that we may present every man” - God’s design makes no exceptions - “PERFECT IN CHRIST” (Col. 1: 28).  There is a peak of one Alp so lofty and difficult that it is said never to have been trodden by human foot: there is no peak in God’s Alps that we cannot scale.

 

 

Dynamic

 

 

NEXT, Paul reveals the secret of the power.  “In everything and in all things have I learned the secret: I can do all things THROUGH CHRIST which strengtheneth ME” (Phil. 4: 12).  Our Lord had already stated it negatively:- “Apart from me ye can do nothing” (John 15: 5); but to the father, in close contact with Himself, He says, - “Nothing shall be impossible to you” (Matt. 17: 20).  The Saviour so knows His own reservoirs of power, He so realizes the limitless possibilities of the God-indwelt soul, that He says that the ‘all things’ found within the covers of the Book are constantly and forever possible to every born-again soul, through contact with Himself.  When one of the martyrs under Queen Mary came in sight of the stake he cried, - “Oh, I cannot! I cannot  Those who heard him supposed he was about to recant, but, falling on his knees, he engaged in all agony of prayer, and then, rising, cried triumphantly,- “I can! I can!” and he did.  “I can do all things through Christ who strengthens me  Ignatius, with one arm actually in the lion’s mouth, exclaimed:- “Now I begin to be a Christian

 

 

Unbelief

 

 

IT is well that we should realize sharply the negative of this truth.  The faith in each Scripture is the wire charged with the omnipotence of God to fulfil that particular Scripture in my life: if I refuse that Scripture - whatever it be, on whatever subject - the wire falls dead; and the power to live it which that truth contained fails dead also.  Our Lord was so painfully conscious how little His disciples, and much less mankind as a whole, would tap these infinite resources, that He utters a word of tragic pathos.  To His disciples He says, - “O ye of little faith!” and to the world at large, - “O faithless generation, how long shall I be with you? how long shall I bear with you  It is the solitary cry of the unaccepted and uncomprehended Christ.  It Is as if He said:- “Take me home: I want to get back to where my father, who is love, is never doubted; where blessing is never blocked: where love meets the response of a perfect trust.”  Our doubt today must drive the same pain through the tender heart of Christ, “Whatever is not of faith is sin” (Rom. 14: 23).

 

 

Infinitude

 

 

So then we remind ourselves of the promises of God.  Here are some of these amazing utterances.  “All things, whatsoever ye shall ask in prayer, believing, ye shall receive” (Matt. 21: 22).  With the solitary limit of the revealed mind of God in His Word, infinity of blessing and achievement opens before us.  “All things whatsoever ye pray and ask for, believe that ye have received them, and ye shall have them” (Mark 11: 24).  We stand aghast at the tremendous sweep of these assertions of Christ; and there is no profounder exposure of our faithlessness than to lay side by side these words of infinite promise with what we actually get from the God who cannot lie.  Speaking of the multitude “astonished with a great astonishment” (Mark 5: 42) at a miracle of Christ, George Muller, that modern master of faith, says:- “Faith knows nothing. nothing, nothing, of astonishment.  Take it from an old disciple, that if, when the next answer to prayer comes, you are astonished, it is a proof that either you had no faith, or that it had failed in the end.  I say it again, faith knows nothing of astonishment.  Faith is like a good coin - sure to be honoured.  Whatever comes, we take it humbly and gratefully from God, and with no astonishment.” A woman noted for her faith was asked by one who had come from far to learn the secret of her life, - “Are you the woman with the great faith  “No,” she said: “I am not the woman with the great faith; I am the woman with a little faith in a great God.”  None of us can say more than that.

 

 

Our Cry

 

 

So we share the father’s cry.  “Lord” - for he sees the whole Godhead in the face that has come down from the mountain - “I believe” - though my boy at this moment is utterly unhealed - “help thou” - the cry that never fails to move the heart of Jesus - “mine unbelief” for faith can grow; and I want mine to grow exceedingly.  A friend once complained to Gotthold, the German, of his weak faith, and the distress this gave him.  Gotthold, in answer, pointed to a vine, twined around a pole, and loaded with heavy clusters of grapes.  “Take,” he said. “for pole and prop, the cross of the Saviour, and the Word of God: lean on these with all the power God shall give.  Weakness continually prostrating itself at the feet of God is more acceptable to Him than an assumption of faith which falls into false security and pride

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

137

 

THE GREAT TRIBULATION

 

 

BY  C.  DONALD  McKAIG

 

 

 

“Then shall be great tribulation, such as hath not been from the beginning of the world until now, no nor ever shall be” (Matt. 24: 21).

 

 

THERE will be Tribulation suffering.  Christ still holds in His hand the scroll containing the events necessary to take place before He can assume full control over His rightful possessions and set up His reign on the earth, or the, title deed to man’s lost inheritance - and now He breaks the fifth seal.  At once there is suggested, rather than described, what is taking place on the earth at that time.  It is a time of persecution and of consequent suffering.

 

 

A.  When is this suffering?  “When he had opened the fifth seal” (Rev. 6: 9).  It does not occur, however, after the breaking of this seal; it had occurred before.  When this seal is opened it is finished.  We conclude, then, that the suffering has occurred all through the time of the four horsemen.  Even though at the beginning the world will not know Antichrist, but merely a world dictator, apparently he will be persecuting the Christians on the earth.  Dictatorship and atheism practically always go hand in hand.

 

 

B.  Who will suffer?  Christians will suffer.  But, you ask, were not all the Christians taken up at the Rapture?  Some would say “Yes” and others would say “No  Some believe that all Christians will be taken at Christ’s return, while others believe only the Spirit-filled ones will go.  But I any event, after the Church is gone, it is safe to assume that there will be a revival.  Doubtless, the message of John the Baptist will be revived - “Repent ye, for the kingdom of heaven is at hand  If worldly Christians have been left behind, they will soon be out  and out for the Lord.*  If all Christians have been taken, then those who were formally only professors will now become possessors.

 

* The language of the Apostle proves that it is unrapt Christians on whom mainly, though not exclusively, the storm falls:- “they which hold the testimony of Jesus” (Rev. 12: 17).  Not only is this an obvious definition of what we call ‘the Christian Faith,’ but it is John’s description of his own (Rev. 1: 2) - therefore no mere Jewish belief during the Great Tribulation. - D. M. Panton.

 

 

The knowledge that Christ has already taken His Bride will cause the message now to go forth with no uncertain sound.  Doubtless churches will be jammed, and revival fires will burn high; thousands will be converted.  And these Christians will suffer!

 

 

C.  Why this suffering?  There are two reasons.

 

 

1.  Because of their allegiance to the Word of God.  The Bible as in the days of the Reformation will become the guide of their lives, rather than the edicts of the dictator.  (Read Acts 5: 27-29.)

 

 

2.  Because of their testimony to Jesus Christ.  While the world will be singing the praises of its dictator, the Christians will be singing the praises of their Saviour.

 

 

What will the persecutions be like?  We may not know for certainty but we do know some things that have already occurred in days past, and Matthew 24: 21 assures us that the tribulation persecutions will be far worse.

 

 

Have you ever read Foxe’s Book of Martyrs?  In it we have a survey of persecutions and consequent martyrdom from the beginning of the Church, up to the time of the Reformation.  From this book we have culled some of the torments of those days, and we here list them:

 

 

Half strangling, and recovering the person again repeatedly.

 

Rolling sharp wheels over the fingers and toes.

 

Pinching the thumbs in a vice.

 

Forcing the most filthy things down the throat, by which many choked to death.

 

Tying cords around the head so tightly that the blood gushed out of eyes, ears and mouth.

 

Fastening burning matches to fingers, toes, ears, arms, legs, and even the tongue.

 

Putting powder in mouth and setting fire to it, by which the head is shattered to pieces.

 

Tying bags of powder to parts of body to blow up the person. 

 

Drawing cords back and forth through the fleshly parts.

 

Making incisions with knives in the skin.

 

Running wires through nose, ears, lips, etc.

 

Gouging out eyes.

 

Hanging by legs with heads over fire, by which they were smoke dried.

 

Hanging up by one arm until dislocated.

 

Hanging upon hooks by ribs.

 

Forcing people to drink until they burst.

 

Tightening cords around heads until eyes popped out.

 

Placing papers dipped with oil between toes and fingers and setting them on fire.

 

Baking many in hot ovens.

 

Fixing weights to feet and then drawing them up by pulleys.

 

Hanging, stifling, stabbing, frying, ravishing and ripping open.

 

Breaking bones, rasping off flesh, tearing apart with horses.

 

Drowning, strangling, crucifying, poisoning, cutting off tongues, noses, ears, etc.

 

Burning at stake, sawing off limbs and in two.

 

Dragging through streets by horses.

 

Burning in hot oil, hacking to pieces.

 

Throwing on horns of wild bulls, burying alive.

 

 

Why will people once again be tormented?  Because of their allegiance to God’s Word and to God’s Son. Perhaps the distress caused by the four horsemen will all be blamed upon the innocent Christians; at least it was so in the early Church.  The Roman officials for years blamed the Christians for every calamity - every earthquake, famine, pestilence, and misfortune.  And in this coming time of suffering thousands will die rather than renounce their faith in Jesus Christ.  So John “saw under the altar the souls of them that were slain

 

 

These souls were praying.  It is not the prayer of Stephen, “Lay not this sin to their charge,” nor is it the prayer of Christ, “Forgive them, they know not what they do  It is a prayer for vengeance!  The day of grace is ended; it is now an hour of judgment.  Verse 11 tells us that this prayer is heard and shall be presently answered - but others must first die.

 

 

So much then for tribulation suffering.

 

 

II.  There will be tribulation signs (verses 12-14).

 

 

Ordinarily, we think of signs which are to indicate the coming of Christ in the air for His saints; here are some signs which point to the near fulfilment of His actual coming back to earth. (Read Matt. 24: 29-30. and Joel 2: 30, 31.)  We sum them up and say that it is a time of collapse.

 

 

A.  It is a collapse of nature.

 

 

1. Earthquake.  There was an earthquake when the law was given (Ex. 19: 18); now there is an earthquake when God’s broken law is judged.  The earth will reel “to and fro like a drunkard” (Isa. 24: 20). Mountains will be lowered; valleys will be raised.  Great gapping canyons will appear as well as chasms.  Skyscrapers as well as cottages will topple to the ground.  Hills will sink and plains will be elevated.  Lakes will dry up in one place and appear in another.

 

 

2. Sun.  (Read Ex. 10: 21, 22.)  The sun will become black as sackcloth.  This was a coarse black cloth made of hair, and used as a garment of mourning.  So now the sun is in mourning. (Note Matt. 27: 45.)

 

 

3. Moon.  The moon gets its light from the sun, and now that the sun is darkened, the moon is consequently darkened.  It has the appearance of blood.

 

 

4. Stars.  Perhaps we have never seen figs fall, but we have seen apples or pears fall from trees.  On November 13, 1833, for three hours there was an unusual display of falling stars, and terrified people thought the end had come.  It had not come then, but now it has!

 

 

5. Heavens.  They roll back like a scroll, or like the curtains on a stage, and there on the throne can be seen the Lord.  Every mountain and island is moved out of place.  This may be a new earthquake or simply the effect of the first - for all these things may happen simultaneously.

 

 

B. It is a collapse of society.  Most Bible teachers agree that back of these physical phenomena in nature, there is an even worse calamity - the breakdown and overthrow of society.  Everything goes to smash; fear and consternation seize every class and order of society; lawlessness begins to sweep over the earth unrestrained; governmental structures topple and fall.  Thus at the signs of the approach of the coming of Christ back to the earth, society collapses in fear and consternation.

 

 

III.  There will be tribulation supplications (verse 16).

 

 

Because of these physical signs and social signs and because of the glimpse of the Lord on His throne looking down upon them in judgment - the people pray, and pour out supplications.

 

 

A. It is a universal supplication (verse 15).  Seven classes of society are here praying; class distinctions are forgotten and they flee into dens to hide, and they seek refuge in the rocks of the mountains. (Read Isa. 2: 19)

 

 

B. It is a useless supplication (verse 16).  They do not pray to God, but to the rocks.  What good could they be to them?  Just as useless as is the praying of heathen men and women today to idols of wood or stone!  It is useless, but they all pray.  Men will not pray now; they will then.  We pray now to see His face; they will pray then to be hid from His face.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

138

 

THE HANDLER OF ANTICHRIST

 

 

BY D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

ONE of the most profound and awful of the revelations of the Godhead, a revelation made by Jehovah Himself speaking directly, is that the Great Tribulation will be deliberately created by Him, and that the Antichrist himself will be a sword which God picks up with which to execute a godless world.  The question moving men will no more be, Why does God allow a world war? or, Why does He not stop the war?  The awful fact, stated by God Himself, is that He will create the last fearful wars and select the Antichrist as the scourge of the world.  All doubt or denial of the wrath of God will experience at last a complete wreck.

 

 

Antichrist

 

 

THE original Kingdom of Assyria was the first monarchy in the history of the world that travelled with irresistible military rush: immediately, therefore, on this first appearance of world-empire, Jehovah reveals it to itself as a mere dead, unconscious instrument in an almighty grasp, serving the purpose of judgment.  “O Assyrian, the rod of mine anger, the staff in whose hand is mine indignation” (Is. 10: 5).  So to Pharaoh God said:- “For this cause have I raised thee up, for to show in thee my power; and that my name may be declared throughout all the earth” (Ex. 9: 16).  The very power to murder the Messiah, our Lord tells Pilate, was purposely given him by God.  “Thou wouldest have no power against me, except it were given thee from above” (John 19: 11).  So here also, whatever partial and temporary fulfilments the prophecy may have had, the background of God’s challenge, in which He describes it (verse 3) as ‘the day of visitation,’ makes the Assyrian a direct figure of the last and supreme world-power, the Antichrist.

 

 

A Tool

 

 

WE see at once that Assyria sums up for ever the ignorance of the atheist.  God says:- “Against the people of my wrath will I give him a charge, to tread them down like the mire of the streets: howbeit he meaneth not so. neither doth his heart think so”: the last thing that he means or thinks is to do the judgment of God: “for he saith, Are not my princes all of them kings  The Assyrian’s boast of his conquests might be a photograph of what the world has been watching in Europe for the last decade, and what will happen perfectly under Antichrist.  “My hand hath found as a nest the riches of the peoples, and none moved the wing or chirped” (verse 14): that is, while a robbed bird, fluttering over its rifled nest, will try to scare its enemy by sharp rushes of flight and piercing cries, the successive nations, conquered one after another, have not dared even this.  Vast populations have been transported, and therefore “as one gathered eggs that are forsaken” - the wealth of lands that are evacuated - “have I gathered all the earth  The plundered nations, closely watched by the Gestapo of Antichrist, dare not even utter the cries of a broken-hearted bird.  It was Assyria’s proud boast, recorded on the Assyrian monuments, that she “had overthrown the armies of the whole world in battle”; that she had the faculty of merging independent nationalities into one great empire - as “the king of kings” - that is, a king of subject kings, the Quislings of the conquered lands; and her enemies she described exactly as the Axis Powers describe their enemies today - they are ‘wicked people,’ ‘impious heretics  Already the three great World Powers that are fighting, every one of them, for world-empire, not only reject God, but ascribe some measure of godhead to their own rulers: in the Antichrist the whole process will be complete.

 

 

An Axe

 

 

So now God reveals earth’s mightiest powers as no more than a senseless, helpless axe in the Divine Hand, and He challenges the proud Antichrist: “Shall the axe boast itself against him that heweth therewith? shall the saw magnify itself against him that shaketh it” - that draweth it up and down?  The attempted annihilation of the Jew is an extraordinary and vivid example.  In the words of John the Baptist:- “Even now” - that is, two thousand years ago - “is the axe laid unto the root of the trees: every tree therefore that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire” (Matt. 3: 10).  But the axe accomplishes its own doom.  Irresistible power, the moment it has accomplished God’s designed chastisement of others, is snapped with the ease of the breaking of a staff, or the burning of a forest.  The Most High pours contempt on the Antichrist’s conceit:- “As if a rod should shake them that lift it, or as if a staff should lift up him that is not wood  A stick wielding a man is no more absurd than a man or a nation imagining that their own hand controls the omnipotent force in the background of the world, which is in the all-powerful grasp of God.

 

 

Destruction

 

 

THEREFORE the conclusion is inevitable.  God snaps the rod the moment its work is done.  “Therefore” - that is, because of the proud boasts - “shall the Lord of hosts” - the Lord of all armies, giving victory where and when and how He chooses - shall consume the confederate kingdoms in a vast forest conflagration, and ‘the desolation’ (verse 3) - ‘the crashing ruin’ (Cheyne) descends.  Paul uses an identical argument. “Nay but, O man, who art thou that repliest against God?  Shall the thing formed say to him that formed it, Why didst thou make me thus?  Or hath not the potter a right over the clay, from the same lump to make one part a vessel unto honour, and another unto dishonour?  What if God, willing to shew his wrath, and to make his power known, endured with much longsuffering vessels of wrath fitted unto destruction?” (Rom. 9: 20).

 

 

The Jew

 

 

FINALLY we are told the purposes of salvation that lie behind and beyond this last drive of judgment.  First, the Jew is purged.  Jehovah describes Himself as the Light of Israel, even as our Lord became later the Light of the World: but light can become flame; and it is significant that it is Hebrew Christians who are warned that “our God is a consuming fire” (Heb. 12: 29).  So in the Great Tribulation God will be both.  “The light of Israel shall be for a fire; and his Holy One for a flame” (verse 17); “and it shall come to pass in that day that a remnant shall return, even the remnant of Jacob, unto the mighty God” (verse 20).  Paul’s quotation of these words (Rom. 9: 27) makes it certain that this remnant is the section of Judaism in the last days which, suddenly disillusioned in the Antichrist (verse 20), will obey our Lord and “escape to the mountains

 

 

The Church

 

 

BUT the Great Tribulation is not confined to the purging of the Jew.  The Church also is purged.  While thr prophecy, since it is addressed to Israel when under the Law, naturally names no Church ‘remnant  Paul puts our peril, and the consequent escape of a Church remnant only, beyond all possibility of doubt.  “Be not high-minded, but fear; for if God spared not the natural branches, neither will he spare thee: continue in his goodness, otherwise thou also shalt be cut off” (Rom. 11: 21).  And the remnant, both Church and Jewish, one word here seems to imply.  “And it shall come to pass in that day, that his burden” - the yoke of Antichrist - “shall depart from off thy shoulder, and the yoke shall be destroyed because of the anointing” (verse 27). The Oil is the Holy Ghost, and the Anointed One is Christ: miraculous gifts will be restored by the Sons of Oil (Zech. 4: 14), and miraculous judgments will wipe out Antichrist and his millions.  God’s spiritual people, equally with His earthly people, purged by judgments from which only a remnant of each escapes, will at last be totally saved.  The word applied to Israel equally applies to the Church:- “I will bring the third part through the fire, and will refine them as silver is refined, and will try them as gold is tried” (Zech. 13: 9).

 

 

The World

 

 

LASTLY, the world is purged.  The fact that this whole prophecy is immediately followed by the Reign of Christ on earth proves that its epoch, since it immediately precedes the Millennium, is the Great Tribulation. The last epoch of the world is now disclosed.  “The earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea” (Is. 11: 9 [; Hab. 2: 14]).  But judgment in principle - that is, law not grace - reigns throughout the [Messianic] Kingdom, and so purges all nations unto the Golden Age.  “He shall smite the earth with the rod of his mouth, and with the breath of his lips shall he slay the wicked” (verse 4).  But it is a medicine that works its perfect cure; and the final prophecy centres around one of the loveliest utterances in the Bible.  “The wolf shall dwell with the lamb, and the leopard shall lie down with the kid; and the calf and the young lion and the fatling together; and a little child shall lead them

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *        *

 

 

139

 

THE COMING WORK OF

THE HOLY GHOST

 

 

BY  D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

It is an inexplicable omission over the whole range of prophetic study that there is an almost total unawareness of the colossal coming work of the Holy Ghost.  Throughout the Prophets no prediction of the [Holy] Spirit’s action is more precise, more positive, more lucid, more comprehensive than Joel’s forecast of a double Pentecost - the Christian dispensation clasped at both ends, like a jewel, in a bracelet of miracle.  Like the imminent Advent, this coming downpour - whether after rapture or before - is a star ahead that never wanes; an electric flare in the blackest midnight that earth will ever see; a revival so sure that prayer for it is an ease and a delight; an output of the mercy of God second only to Calvary.

 

 

ALL FLESH

 

 

The first great fact that God Himself emphasizes is the universality of the effusion.  “And it shall come to pass afterward, that I will pour out My Spirit” - not distil, but pour forth in great abundance (Calvin); not in driblets, but in floods; not in isolated prophets, but in miraculous assemblies: as Paul says, “the Holy Ghost which He poured out upon us abundantly” (Titus 3: 6) - “upon ALL FLESH” (Joel. 2: 28) - that is, all without distinction, not all without exception.  Since ‘flesh,’ in Scripture, is the antithesis, not of race to race, but of mankind to God and to the spirit-world, what is foretold is a world-wide effusion: “all flesh” - all mankind, as the Hebrew expression denotes (Prof. J. J. Given, D.D.) - is a description never used in any smaller application than to the whole of humanity (Campbell Morgan, D.D.).* All races, Jew and Gentile; both sexes, sons and daughters; all ages, young and old; all classes, bond and free:- God exhausts Himself (I had almost said) by giving first His Son, and then His Spirit, to the whole human race.

 

* “‘All flesh’ is the name for all mankind.  The words ‘all flesh’ are in the Pentateuch, and in one place in Daniel, used in a yet wider sense, of everything which has life; but, in no one case, in any narrower sense.  It does not include every individual in the race, but it includes the whole race, and individuals throughout it” (Pusey).

 

 

A FUTURE DOWNPOUR

 

 

Now we know, on the authority of the Spirit Himself, that at Pentecost, and in the miracle-gifted assemblies of the Apostolic Church, this vast prophecy found an initial fulfilment: “THIS,” says Peter, “IS THAT” (Acts 2: 16): and so it is applied both by Peter (here) and Paul (Rom. 10: 13) to the ‘last days’ in the sense (Heb. 1: 2) of the Gospel Age.  But the context of Joel, as well as Peter’s own quotation, makes it certain that both ends of the Christian Age receive the effusion.  “It is not the first coming of Christ,” says Dean Alford, “which interpretation would run counter to the whole tenour of the Apostle’s application of the prophecy: - but clearly, His second coming.” For (1) Joel’s immediately succeeding verse (3: 1) fastens down the date to the Second Advent:- “for behold, in those days, and in that time” - the epoch of the effusion - “I shall bring again the captivity of Judah and Jerusalem, and I will bring [all nations] down into the valley of Jehoshaphat* So also (2) Peter, most remarkably, changes Joel’s ‘afterward’ into ‘in the last days’; that is, the Spirit expounds (Alford) what He means by ‘afterwards,’ in an expression He uses elsewhere (2 Tim. 3: 1, Jas. 5: 3) for Second Advent days: thus avoiding the inference that the downpour is after the Locusts (Joel 2: 3, Rev. 9: 3): and instead of stopping the quotation at the judgments, as our Lord did (Luke 4: 19) when a vast epoch intervened, he links the downpour in closest association with the final judgments.  “The first Messianic effusion of the Spirit at Pentecost was the beginning of this fulfilment, the completion of which, as respects its end, is yet future” (H. A. W. Meyer).** And (3) Joel, in this very chapter, clamps together both ends of the Gospel Age as requiring maturing showers, both for Seedtime and Harvest and thus gives the moral season of the double downpour.  “He giveth you the former rain in just measure, and He causeth to come down for you the rain, the former rain and the latter rain in the first month” (Joel 2: 23).  As Professor J. J. Given says:- “This abundant rain is more closely particularized as the early or October rain, moreh, which, falling at the seed-time in autumn, promoted the germination and growth of the seed just sown; and as the latter or March rain, malquosh, which, bestowed in the spring season a short time before harvest, matured the crops

 

* Verse 28 of Joel 2, in our Bible, is verse 1 of chapter 3. in the Hebrew Bible.  “The notice as to the time in 3: 1, 2, points back to the ‘afterward’ in 2: 28: ‘in those days,’ namely, the days of the outpouring of the Spirit of God” (Keil and Delitzsch).

 

** “When Peter says, ‘This is that’, he indeed maintains that the prophecy is fulfilled on the present occasion; yet not that it has here exclusively and in all points completely received its fulfilment, or that the fulfilment is limited to the present time”(Lange).

 

 

MIRACLE

 

 

Now one feature of the effusion - namely miraculous inspiration - marks it off sharply from all other secret and age-long activities of the Spirit.  “Your sons and your daughters [Jews] shall PROPHESY” - the word means, not simply to predict future events, but to announce the revelations of God (Lange): they had just heard the ‘tongues’ that proved the Spirit’s illapse - “your old men shall dream dreams, your young men shall see visions: and also” - as an unprecedented thing, for there is no instance throughout the Old Testament of the Spirit ever falling on a slave - “upon the servants and the handmaids [Gentiles]” - ‘my servants and my handmaidens,’ Peter substitutes, to show that they are mainly, if not altogether, converted Gentiles - “in those days will I pour out my Spirit” - a repeated prediction, that the tremendous fact may soak into our minds. Jehovah Himself has given this triple definition of miraculous seizure:- “If there be a PROPHET among you, I, the Lord will make myself known unto him in a vision, I will speak with him in a dream” (Num. 12: 6).  This is strictly cognate with other prophecies of restored miracle:- immediate inspiration, without forethought (Mark 13: 11); miracle-gifted overthrowers of demonic miracle (2 Tim. 3: 9); gigantic judgment-miracles yet to be (Rev. 11: 6); together with a general in-break of a miraculous order.*

 

* So Jas. 5: 7.  The habitual failure of prophecies - except such trivial predictions as are based on supernatural knowledge of data on which to base inferences - is one of the many proofs, which it shares with Montanism and Irvingism, that the Tongues Movement is not what it claims to be - the Latter Rain.  There has been no ‘wonder’ in these movements which is not a commonplace of the Spiritualistic sιance.

 

 

THE OUTPOURING AND THE JUDGMENTS

 

 

Both the Prophet and the Apostle so intertwine and interlock the effusion and the Second Advent judgments as to put beyond all doubt that Pentecost did not exhaust the prediction,* and also to reveal, to a limit almost incredible, the mercy of God.  “And I will show wonders in the heavens” - to challenge thought, and rouse fear - “and in the earth” - to sting into action - “blood and fire and pillars of smoke: the sun shall be turned into darkness and the moon into blood before” therefore this is the series of violent convulsions that precede the Great Tribulation (Rev. 6: 12), not the series that close it (Matt. 24: 29) - “the great and terrible” - the Spirit here changes ‘terrible’ into ‘manifest,’ world-wide ; the visible ‘epiphany’ of the Lord - “day of the Lord come”; “and whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord,” Joel adds, “shall be delivered  Great terrors will mingle with mighty salvations: the terrors create the salvations: in the earlier phases of the last judgments, judgment and redemption go hand in hand: not until the last section of the fearful catastrophes does judgment abandon hope of salvation.  “When thy judgments are in the earth, the inhabitants of the world learn righteousness” (Isa. 26: 9).  For it is to a world’s wreck, shuddering and foundering, and as it actually takes its final plunge, that God’s lifeboat draws its closest and picks up great masses of sinking humanity.  In the old world’s last hours, and up to the very brink of Hell, “mercy rejoiceth against judgment” (Jas. 2: 13).”**

 

* “Peter includes in his quotation this element of the prophecy, because its realization, conditioned by the outpouring of the Spirit which necessarily preceded it, presented itself likewise as belonging to the allotted portion of the ‘last days’” (H. A. W. Meyer).

 

** For two-thirds of the Apocalyptic judgments are meant to be remedial, for they are punctuated with the refrain - “and they repented not” (Rev. 9: 20, 16: 9): it is only during the final third, from which this refrain disappears, that the judgments, like hell, become purely punitive.

 

 

SALVATION

 

 

Finally, the glorious results of this climax of salvation in the history of the universe is revealed in Joel’s ultimate verse (3: 1), as expounded and expanded by our Lord.  “Before Him shall be gathered all the nations: and He shall separate them” - them (masculine) as individuals, not as nations   (neuter) - “as the shepherd separateth the sheep from the goats” (Matt. 25: 32); massed nations, in colossal multitudes, assembled to right and to left.  Behold the post-Church work of the Holy Ghost!  The whole world’s population is gathered before the Lord: on his right, some hundreds of millions, if the separated masses are at all balanced and commensurate;* saved, for the judge pronounces them ‘blest,’ and subject-nations of Millennial rule, and regenerate, because our Lord’s rebuke to Nicodemus (John 3: 10) implies that there has never been, and never will be, salvation without regeneration; but not saved by the Gospel, and therefore the fruit of the work of the Holy Ghost alter rapture, for they are judged with a highly peculiar judgment of their own; multitudes, we know, enormous enough to stock the Millennial earth at the opening of the Kingdom**:- it is a work of the Holy Ghost totally unparalleled for any single generation in the history of the world.***

 

* How such vast numbers survive Antichrist’s reign of terror is one of the most difficult problems of the Apocalypse; but of the fact our Lord’s statement is final proof.

 

** Besides these, (1) Israel’s 144,000 in the Wilderness, out of the reach of Antichrist (Rev. 7: 4); (2) The Jewish ‘least brethren’ throughout all lands, the criterion of Gentile judgment (Matt. 25: 40); (3) such martyrs under Antichrist as are not, as unrapt Christians, survivors from an earlier age (Rev. 20: 4):- all these are further fruits of the outpoured Spirit, in His last and mightiest work of world-redemption.

 

*** One point of surpassing interest - the exact date of the downpour - does not seem to be revealed.  Since rain is used as an analogy, and the first shower fell at Pentecost, must not the second shower follow and not precede the reforming of the cloud in the heavenlies? or (to drop the metaphor) the Holy Ghost is now on earth, and His first descent was at Pentecost: must not His second descent follow and not precede His removal with the first rapt (2 Thess. 2: 7)?  Can He be said to ‘descend’ (as a downpour) while He is still on the earth?  Certain is it that it is after the judgment Throne is set (Rev. 4: 1), or the removal of the Throne of Grace, that the Holy Ghost is described as “the Seven Spirits sent forth into all the earth” (Rev. 5: 6).  Yet it is also explicitly stated (Joel 2: 31) to be “before the great and terrible day of the Lord,” or the Great Tribulation, which is the closing three and a half years of a judgment epoch of unknown duration.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

140

 

OUR ANCHOR

 

 

BY  D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

NEVER in our lifetime have we learned as we are learning to-day the priceless value of hope.  All things are dissolving around us in raging storms; and “when these things begin to come to pass,” the Saviour said, “LOOK UP, and lift up your heads” (Luke 21: 28).  As his boy grew giddy while gazing from a topmast, and was in immediate danger, “Look up!” thundered his father, the captain, and the boy descended in safety.  “Hast thou hope  John Knox was asked when he was dying.  He said nothing, but simply pointed his finger upwards, and died.  The root of the word ‘hope’ in Anglo-Saxon means to open the eyes wide and to watch for what is to come: it is one of the three priceless jewels of the spiritual life - faith, hope, and love.

 

 

An Anchor

 

 

So the Apostle depicts our refuge in overwhelming storms as an        anchor - only referred to here in all Scripture - the anchor of hope.  “We have fled for refuge to lay hold of the hope set before us, which we have as an anchor of the soul” (Heb. 6: 18).  Faith saves from            the eternal storms, hope saves from the tempests of to-day. All       fundamental salvation is by faith alone; but hope, itself based solely on faith, saves us from being dashed to pieces on rocks everywhere around us, or from being swallowed up in quicksands.  “There are storms of care, storms of conscience, storms of temptation; and all thoughtful natures know that the wildest storms that ever rage are those that are felt within: what deep Christian thinker has not some time been nearly overwhelmed in waves of mental perplexity?  But if in such hours of dark tempest we retain the conviction that

He who presides amidst the glories of heaven is our own Redeemer, and will never let us go, our ship will never founder: in the very rush and agony of waters, our anchor holds” (C. Stanford, D.D.)  “Holding faith and a good conscience, which some having thrust from them have made shipwreck concerning the faith” (1 Tim. 1: 19).

 

 

Sure and Stedfast

 

 

Our anchor is now described.  “A hope both sure and stedfast  The moment comes, in the height of a storm, when the life of all on board depends on the anchor being ‘sure’ - that is, undragged - and ‘stedfast’ - that is, unbroken: a ship, to be safe, must be fastened to a cable that no tempest can snap, and to iron teeth that no current can drag from its grip.  Such is our hope.  Our anchor is sure, for it has its grip on God, and on the Word of God; and it is stedfast, because in times of storm our hope descends into deep, fundamental truths, which are dead sure.  An anchored boat grows firmer in a storm, for the harder the ship drags, the tighter the anchor grips.  We are sure that God has a plan; that that plan is immutable; and that, since it is a Divine plan, it can never suffer the wreck which founders every scheme and hope of man: it rests on God’s unchangeable truth and priceless oath.  Fierce strain on the anchor is proof that it holds. “When the mighty stream of vanity on which you float produces no ruffling at the point of contact - when it is not disagreeable to you, and you are not disagreeable to it - suspect that your anchor is dragging, that it has lost its hold, and that you are drifting into danger” (W. Arnot).

 

 

The Veil

 

 

Next we learn that the only anchor that holds is the anchor that grips the invisible: so long as we can see an anchor, it is quite worthless.  “We have an anchor entering into that which is within the veil  No Jew (except the High Priest) ever saw the inside of the Holy of Holies; but he knew what was there: so we cannot see the other end of our cable, but we feel the pull, for we know the facts that are behind the Veil.  But it is more than that.  Our anchor not only enters within the Veil, but “enters into that which is within the veil”; it fastens itself in the things which the Veil hides.  What are these?  The blood-stained Mercy Seat - atonement through Calvary; the Decalogue in the Ark - the Word of God; the budding almond - the first resurrection; and the Forerunner Himself * - the Great Overcomer who has already run the race and beckons us on in the running. Our anchor of hope is actually lodged in Christ in heaven, and His entrance is the pledge of ours.  “Seek the things that are above, where Christ is, seated on the right hand of God: set your affection” - anchor it - “on the things that are above” (Col. 3: 1).

 

* “The forerunner of the ancient ship was the Anchorarius, the man who had charge of the anchor, and who carried it within the harbour, when there was not yet water sufficient to float the ship in it” (C. Stanford, D.D.)

 

 

Assurance of Hope

 

 

It is most illuminating to note the sharply different foundations of faith and hope.  Faith is based solely on the work of Christ:- “Having boldness to enter into the holy place by the blood of Jesus, let us draw near with a true heart in the full assurance of faith” (Heb. 10: 19).  But hope rests on our own service of Christ:- “Show the same diligence unto the full assurance of hope even to the end, that ye be not sluggish, but imitators of them who through faith and patience inherit the promises” (Heb. 6: 11).  Our sacred activities “to the end” bring hopeful assurance.

 

 

Present Hope

 

 

Very wonderfully does George Muller create fresh hope in us by his own experience in desperately difficult circumstances.  He says:- “‘Hope thou in God.’  Oh remember this - there is never a time when we may not hope in God.  Whatever our necessities, however great our difficulties, and though to all appearances help is impossible, yet our business is to hope in God.  And it will be found that it is not in vain - in the Lord’s own time, help will come.  Oh, the hundreds, yea, the thousands of times that I have found it thus within the past seventy years and four months!  When it seemed impossible that help could come, help did come from God and His own resources; and these resources may be counted by hundreds, by thousands.  He is not confined to this thing or that thing, or to twenty things; in ten thousand different ways, and at ten thousand different times, God may help us.  Our business is to spread our case before the Lord in childlike simplicity, to pour out all our heart before God, telling Him - ‘I do not deserve that Thou shouldest hear me and answer my requests, but for the sake of my precious Lord Jesus - in whom alone I trust for the salvation of my soul, thy perfect Servant, my Saviour - for His sake answer my prayer, for I believe Thou wilt do it in Thine own time and way.’  Thus invariably I have found that, with the exception of one case for which I have prayed since November 10, 1844, my prayers have been answered, and I cannot tell you what an effect this had on my life, and how it has made me a happy man, and in my greatly advanced age, it makes me a very happy man

 

 

Hope in Service

 

 

Hope can control with blessing our future on this side of the grave, making us labour in a fruitless field that will one day be white with harvest.  A single example will make this plain.  Hans Egede, of Denmark, laboured for twelve years in Greenland, preaching the principles of Christian truth to the natives.  They listened, but they were not moved.  And at the end of that period the Danish missionary withdrew, preaching his last sermon from the text, “I have laboured in vain; I have spent my strength for nought

 

 

He was followed by Missionary Beck, and it was not long till the tidings came of the conversion of Kajarnak, the cruel chief who had listened in vain to Egede.  One day Beck read to him John 3:16; and as the strange words fell on the ears of the cruel old murderer, he listened and he said, “Read it again  And the missionary read it again, and again, and again, while the old man listened and wondered and began to weep; and at last he knelt down, broken to pieces by the love of God, and accepted this wondrous love; and to-day Greenland is one of the most Christian nations of the world.  The seed we have sown - by word or tract or life - can be infinitely more effective than we dream.  Payson left directions that after his death a label should be put on his breast with these words:- “Remember the words which I spake unto you while I was yet present with youSamuel Rutherford, writing to Lady Kertmure when she was passing through deep waters, tells us how hope can bring us through any storm:- “I doubt not but that if Hell were betwixt you and Christ, as a river which you must cross ere you could come to Him, you would willingly put in your foot and make through to get to Him, upon hope that He would come in Himself, in the deepest of the river, and lend you His hand

 

 

The Future

 

 

But hope, by its very nature, fastens supremely on the beyond, within the Veil.  The hope of vanishing from earth before the horrors of the Day of Terror; the crowns depending solely on devoted service; so overcoming as to share the Throne of the Son of God; supremely, to hear the loving words of our Saviour, “Well done, enter thou into the joy of thy Lord” - all this is hope, but not certainty; but it is a hope of extraordinary stimulus, the direct work of the Holy Ghost.  “Now the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing, that ye may ABOUND IN HOPE, in the power of the Holy Ghost” (Rom. 15: 13).  In these immense    possibilities let us imitate Abraham, “who in hope believed against hope” (Rom. 4: 18).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

141

 

AN EXPOSITION OF THE EPISTLE TO

THE HEBREWS

 

 

BY ROBERT GOVETT, M. A.

 

 

Continued …

 

 

 

… “For unto which of the angels said He at any time, ‘Thou art my Son,

This day have I begotten Thee’? and again, ‘I will be to him a

Father, and he shall be to Me a Son?’”

(Hebrews 1: 5)

 

 

2. Jesus is the same who was declared “Son of God” at His birth of the Virgin Mary (Luke 1: 35).  That was connected with His kingship, as being of David’s line.  It was the promised sign, that no attempt of man to set aside the promises of God to David should be successful (Isa. 7: 14).

 

 

3. The Lord gave in His grace a ‘sign’, both in “the depth” and in “the height”, though the unworthy king refused the offer (Isa. 7.).  As Jesus went down into ‘Hades’, the earth trembled; as He came up again in resurrection, the earth a second time trembled (Matt. 27: 51, 52; 28: 2).  God gave also a sign in the height, when the assembled disciples beheld their Great High Priest ascend to the tabernacle which the Lord and not man had pitched; and gazed on, till the veil of the cloud hid Him from their sight (Acts 1.).

 

 

This generation of the Son of God in resurrection arose out of His merits in giving Himself up to death, in order to glorify God and to save men.

 

 

SECOND QUOTATION

 

2 SAMUEL 7: 14.

 

 

“And again, ‘I will be to Him a Father, and He shall be to me a Son

 

 

 

Such a word was never spoken to any angel at his creation, or as the result of his merits.

 

 

But it is spoken of our Lord.

 

 

The circumstances under which this oracle of God was given are these.  David had rest from his long wars, and observed, that he had built himself a house of cedars, while the ark of His God dwelt under curtains.  His intent was to build Jehovah a house in gratitude for all His mercies.  But that was not the Lord’s counsel.  He would instead build David an house.  “And when thy days be fulfilled, and thou shalt sleep with thy fathers, I will set up thy seed after thee, which shall proceed out of thy bowels, and I will establish his [i.e., Jesus the coming Christ/Messiah] kingdom.  He shall build an house for My Name,* and I will stablish the throne of his kingdom for ever. I WILL BE HIS FATHER, AND HE SHALL BE MY SON” (ver. 12-14).  “Thine house and thy kingdom shall be established for ever before thee: thy throne shall be established for ever” olam’]** (ver. 16).

 

[* See. Zech. 6: 12-13, R.V.

** NOTE: The Hebrew word ‘olam,’ in this context, should be translated 3 times thus: (1) “…of his kingdom for an age”, (2) “…”shall be established for an age before thee” and “…thy throne shall be established for an age”.]

 

 

“But the same prophecy says: ‘If he commit iniquity  How can that apply to Christ

 

 

The prophecy partly, and in the first instance, applied to Solomon; who did commit iniquity, and did build a house for Jehovah.  But there are depths about this oracle which only can be fulfilled in Christ risen.  “The throne for ever  The promise to David’s house and family can only be fulfilled in resurrection.  David’s kingdom is to be established for ever, himself beholding and enjoying it,- as the words “before thee” show. Solomon’s throne and house did not abide for ever.  In forty years his reign came to an end and the house he built for God was broken up by the Babylonians.

 

 

The passage cited refers not primarily to Christ’s eternal sonship, but to his human one; which made Him son and heir of the promises to David.  This is proved by the words: “I will be His Father, and He shall be My Son  God shall present Him to the universe, as the Heir of all His possessions, in the great coming millennial period.  This post He has deserved and shall receive in the coming [millennial] day, which is the time of rendering to each according to his works.  It is this original decree of God, uttered by Nathan, which, as I suppose, in common with others, is recited in the second psalm.

 

 

This glory of Jesus was refused by His enemies at His first appearing, with scorn.  The idea that the mean and meek Man before them was King of the Jews, and Son of God, was to both Jew and Gentile a folly, and a theme for mockery.  “If He be the King of Israel, let Him come down from the cross, and we will believe Him. He trusted in God; let Him deliver Him now, if He will have Him: for He said, I am the Son of God” (Matt. 27:  40, 42, 43).  But the Saviour confessed boldly before Pilate and His Jewish foes this His title; which confession was the human cause of His death, and was written above His head on the cross.

 

 

His glory then as Son of David and Son of God shall one day be manifested; in a day specially designed to exhibit it.  And then shall be fulfilled: “I will be to Him a Father, and He shall be to Me a Son  As He suffered unto death in confessing this decree of God, so in the day of recompense shall His glory as Son of God and Heir of all be made visible.

 

 

THIRD QUOTATION

 

 

DEUTEROMY 20: 43.

 

 

6. “But when He again bringeth in the First-born into the habitable earth, He saith, ‘And let all the angels of God worship Him.’”

 

 

That we should translate it, “When He [God] again introduceth”, and not, “And again when”, is allowed now by scholars, and is so given in the Revised Version.  The passage then supposes Christ’s previous introduction into the habitable earth.  When was that?  When the angel said to the shepherds of Bethlehem: “Unto you is born this day in the city of David a Saviour, which is Christ the Lord  “And suddenly there was with the angel a multitude of the heavenly host praising God, and saying, Glory to God in the highest, and on earth among men in whom He is well pleased” (Luke 2: 11-13).* If then angels welcomed the Lord at His first coming, they shall worship Him at His second.  But sinful men drove the Lord away from earth; and the Father has received Him on high, where He remains as an arrow concealed in a quiver (Isa. 49: 2).  From this concealment the Father intends one [millennial (2 Pet. 3: 8)] day to lead Him out, and to exhibit Him in His glory to men and to earth as Lord of all.

 

*[The Gk. word …] seems to be the true reading - “The men of God’s good pleasure” - His elect.

 

 

When He does that, “all the angels of God” are to worship the glorified Man, the Son of God.  Here then is the clearest proof of Jesus’ superiority, both of nature [Rom. 8: 19-22, R.V.] and merit above angels.  Good angels refuse worship from men, as we learn in the Apocalypse.  Satan sought it from the Son of God, but in vain. Then, at Christ’s second coming, all - every knee - of those in heaven, and those on earth, and those under the earth [departed spirits in ‘Hades’] shall bow (Phil. 2.).

 

 

But whence is the quotation taken?  There are two candidates for the honour: (1) Deut. 32: 43, and (2) Ps. 97: 7.  Of these, No. 1 agrees with the Apostle’s citation entirely, even to the little word “and” which introduces it, and which was not necessary to the sense.  But Ps. 97. has: “Worship Him, all ye gods

 

 

That is in substance the same as the other; but of two passages cited, that which is exact is to be preferred to that which is not so.

 

 

“But there is no such passage in the Hebrew as the first  No: there is not now; but there must have been once, The Septuagint is the Jews’ own translation.  And this verse is quoted by the Spirit of God.

 

 

A strange idea has got possession of the minds of the learned, favoured by the Jews, ‘that the Hebrew printed text, as we now have it, is perfect.’ This error has been completely overthrown by the examination of Hebrew manuscripts instituted by Kennicott and De Rossi.  Has no error crept into the Greek of the New Testament?  ‘Yes,’ it is answered: ‘variations exist by tens of thousands.  No two manuscripts contain exactly the same text without variation  And are there no variations in the Hebrew manuscripts?  The Jews have silenced many of them; but still there are thousands of differences. I once instituted an examination of the variations of Kennicott’s manuscripts, assuming that the received Hebrew text was perfect.* I found that in six books of the Bible there were omitted (1) verses, 464; (2) words, 3963.  This is a specimen of the larger variations.

 

* The details, with their application, were printed in The Journal of Sacred Literature (January, 1864, No. 8, p. 328).  He who would investigate the matter, let him compare the two lists of David’s mighty men in 2 Sam. 23. and 1 Chron. 11.

 

 

These observations refer to the involuntary mistakes of transcribers.  But are there no wilful corruptions?  Yes! many! though to submit the whole proof would demand a volume.  (1) The Jews confess that they have wilfully altered “MOSES” into “MANASSER” in Judges 28: 30, in order to spare their great lawgiver the disgrace of having his grandson the priest of an idol.  (2) To get quit of one clear witness of their sin, they have written in Psalm 22: 16, “Like a lion My hands and My feet,” instead of, “They pierced My hands and My feet But here again their Septuagint translation bears witness of the change.  (3) They have altered the text in not a few places where the New Testament writers pressed them hard.  They have omitted the “all” in Deut. 27: 26 - “Cursed is every one that continueth not in all things that are written in the law to do them” - because this was quoted to their condemnation by Paul (Gal. 3: 10).* (4) And lastly, - for time would fail - in this very Song of Moses, and the very verse of the citation now in question, they have altered the sense given by their own Septuagint and the Apostle Paul.  They have now, “Praise His People, ye nations”, instead of “Rejoice, O ye nations, with His people”, as in Rom. 15: 10.

 

* But the obnoxious word is found in the Septuagint, in four Hebrew manuscripts, in the Samaritan Pentateuch, and in six Chaldee manuscripts (Boothroyd).

 

 

If this view be not true, inspired apostles are not justifiable in several of their quotations and their arguments from them.  But would not they who spat and blasphemed at the name of Christ think themselves justified in getting rid, in so simple a way, of evidences in favour of the religion of the hated Nazarene?

 

 

To return to the exposition.

 

 

This Song of Moses was a passage especially adapted to give witness on the subject before us.  It was designedly a testimony against Israel up to the time of their Messiah’s return in glory.  It may be divided into four parts:- (1) Israel’s creation and redemption; (2) Their ingratitude; (3) The primary judgments which God will inflict on them in the coming day of wrath; and (4) The crisis; when the foes of God will be cut off by Christ, and the remnant, whether Jews or Gentiles, will rejoice; for God “will avenge the blood of his servants, and will render vengeance to his adversaries, and will be merciful to his land and to his people in the millennial day.

 

 

Our Lord will be then introduced by the Father as His “First-born” - “the Heir of all”.  Jesus was “he Only-begotten” before the angels were; He was the First-born of Mary, the Head of creation, the First-born from among the dead.  He is the “First-born” of David’s line.  “I will make him [says God] my First-born, higher than the kings of the earth”, (Ps. 89: 27).  And accordingly the double portion of the First-born is to be His (Deut. 21: 17).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

142

 

AN EXPOSITION OF THE EPISTLE TO

THE HEBREWS

 

 

BY ROBERT GOVETT, M. A.

 

 

“As I sware in my wrath, they shall not enter into my restHebrews 3: 11.

 

 

 

Some parts of the dress of Moses’ high priest were mere “memorials”, or reminders of the greater and eternal things to come.  The twelve precious stones of the high priest’s breastplate were merely “stones of memorial”.  They testified to the foundations of twelve precious stones of the eternal city in which God’s risen saints shall dwell (Exod. 28: 12, 29; 39: 7).  Moses’ testimony concerning Melchizedec, the priest-king, is the basis of the argument concerning God’s intention to set aside the priesthood of Aaron.  And lastly, the argument concerning the seventh-day future rest of the Most High turns on Moses’ testimony concerning the work of creation, and the observance of the seventh-day rest under the law. Moses’ testimony, as God’s Spirit asserts, is unimpeach­able‑and the Jews were ready to confess it. On this basis then, the Apostle would frame his argument to the Hebrews.  How could they refuse to listen to their trusted witness, when he testified of a greater Teacher, Leader, and High Priest.

 

 

Should we not read: “Christ as a Son over His own house

 

 

No: for that would set aside the question of His faithfulness to a superior: and that is the point now before us. “Having an high priest over ‘the house of God’” (10: 21; 1 Pet. 2: 5; 4: 17).  Of Moses it was said: “Faithful in all My house  But Christ is over it (10: 21).  Jesus was herein typed by Joseph, both in his humiliation, and his exaltation. “Joseph found grace in his [Potiphar’s] sight, and he served him; and he made him overseer over his house, and all that he had he put into his hand” (Gen. 39: 4).  God “hath made me [says again Joseph] a father to Pharaoh, and lord of all his house, and a ruler throughout all the land of Egypt” (Gen. 45: 8). Pharaoh., says Stephen, “made him governor over Egypt, and over all his house” (Acts 7: 10).

 

 

“Whose house are we

 

 

Here the sense of “house” is narrowed to signify ‘household’.  God is not now ‘dwelling in temples made with hands;’ for what building on earth could man construct suitable to His grandeur, Who fills heaven and earth? But, meanwhile, God looks at and dwells in the ransomed of Christ, and the Church is His “habitation in spirit” - a house of living stones.  It is the new spiritual creation, in which the Most High takes pleasure.  Believers constitute God’s people and house, presided over by Christ.  But it is under condition that they abide in Him.  If at all events we (here Paul includes himself) ‘hold fast’ - what they already possessed as believers.

 

 

They were to ‘retain with firmness the boldness of the hope they once felt’.

 

 

What is “the hope” in question?  It is the hope attached to the heavenly calling - the coming of Christ to reign in His glory, and His faithful brethren’s association with Him in that day.  The brilliancy of this hope had faded in their minds by its long delay, and by the pressure of persecution.  They forgot, that “if we suffer [with Christ] we shall also reign with Him  The life of Christ is the model after which the Christian’s is framed - ‘First to suffer, then to enter the glory

 

 

That this is the hope is established by many proofs.  It is the burthen of the previous two chapters of our Epistle, which present Christ as a second time to be brought into the habitable earth.  It is the kingdom of righteousness which some shall, as His fellows, enjoy with Christ; in the day when the wickedness of Christ’s foes shall be put down with strong hand, and the works of God shall be put in subjection to man; it is the “great salvation”, “the rest of God”, “the first resurrection”.  It is the coming millennial kingdom of God, of which Christ so often testified.  For our hope is but one (Eph. 4: 4), and it is to be enjoyed by the patriarchs and the prophets, and by God’s accepted ones under the Law, as well as by those ‘judged worthy’ under the Gospel.  It is ‘the hope’ arising out of our Lord’s leadership.  The enjoyment of the good land was the hope attached to Moses’ mission; ours is “the glory” of ‘the thousand years’.  In Christ “shall Gentiles hope.  Now the God of the hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing, that ye may abound in the hope through the power of the Holy Ghost” (Greek) (Rom. 15: 12, 13).  “For the grace of God that brings salvation for all hath appeared, teaching us that, denying ungodliness and worldly lusts, we should live soberly, righteously, and godly in this present age; looking for the blessed hope, and appearing of the glory of our Great God and Saviour Jesus Christ” (Tit. 2: 11-13).

 

 

Hints of that day were given by Moses in the various rests connected with the sevens of the Law.  We see it also intimated in Moses’ promise before he ascends the mountain; and after the feast of the seventy elders in the presence of God, when he bids them stay where they were, for he would return to them (Exod. 24: 14).  To increase Christians’ faith in this return of our Lord, and to encourage their hope of the kingdom, is one of the main objects of this Epistle.

 

 

When first they believed, they held with joyous inward confidence the expectation of Christ’s speedy return and kingdom; and the full heart ran over to others with boasts of the glory then to burst forth, and their own participation in it.  ‘Come, join the Lord’s people! He is quickly coming to make us His companions in the glory  But with the delay of year after year the confidence within decayed, and the testimony without in consequence flagged (Prov. 13: 12).

 

 

In forty days Israel’s expectation of Moses’ re-appearance was gone, and with its extinction idolatry broke out; while Aaron, who had left the high standing given him, and had descended to the plain, became the guilty maker of an idol, and its chief priest.

 

 

The Spirit of God, then, charges us to hold firmly within, and to testify boldly to those without, the return and the kingdom of our Lord Jesus Christ.  It is to be retained firmly “to the end” - not ‘till our death’ but till His re-appearing.  The weakening and shaking of this hope produced, as their effects, the hardening, unfruitfulness, and disobedience of the Hebrew Christians, of which Paul complains.

 

 

7. “Wherefore, as saith the Holy Ghost, ‘To-day, if ye will hear His voice, harden not your hearts, as at the Provocation, during the day of the Temptation in the wilderness, where your fathers tempted Me, proved Me, and saw My works forty years

 

 

The argument which follows up to chapter 4: 12 is an exhortation to believers to seek the millennial rest, and to beware of provoking God, as did Israel of old; else the same God Who shut out Israel from the land of promise will exclude offenders from the day of reward, when Christ takes the kingdom.  Paul applies to this purpose the warnings of Psalm 95.  Thus this passage runs parallel with the warnings of the Sermon on the Mount, which was also addressed to [regenerate] believers; and with other passages which treat of entry into the kingdom of glory.  Many are the passages which treat of the coming reward, which, testify of the need of diligence in order to attain it, and of the probability of its being lost.

 

 

The Apostle characterizes the passage he is about to give as decisive, for it is inspired by the Holy Spirit.  He speaks in the Psalms, and in all Holy Scripture.  So our Lord teaches. “For David himself saith by the Holy Ghost” (Mark 12: 36).  “And the Scripture cannot be broken”(John 10: 35).

 

 

The present dispensation is described as “to-day”.  It is an especial period, (1) of God’s call for obedience to Christ, and (2) of His people’s trial on their way to the glory.  With faith in Christ’s blood, as the Lamb of the true Passover, begins our rescue from Satan, the world, and the curse.  Then comes the passage through the waters of baptism; after which the wilderness begins.  But multitudes of [regenerate] believers prefer to continue in Egypt, in spite of the command to go forward.

 

 

“If ye will hear His voice Jesus is our Moses, the Leader into the glory. “And His rest shall be glory” (Hebrew) (Isa. 11: 10).  “Why call ye Me, Lord, Lord, and do not the things that I say  “This is My beloved Son; hear Him  Obedience to the Son is obedience to the Father also.  That was the word that came forth from God, when the miniature picture of the kingdom of glory was given.  “Not every one that saith to Me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven, but he that doeth the will of My Father which is in heaven” (Matt. 7: 21).  To-day is the invitation, and trial day; to-morrow the glory.

 

 

Now Israel in the desert obeyed not the testing commands of God.  Jehovah said to Israel: “Behold, I have set the land before you; go in and possess the land” (Deut. 1: 8).  Moses. reiterates the word: “Behold, the Lord thy God hath set the land before thee: go up and possess it” (ver. 21).  They refuse. They could not enter because of the perils.

 

 

“Harden not your hearts

 

 

The obedient listen, for it is the Word of God.  But those who are rebellious despise the promises, defy the threats, will, not obey the commands.  They fortify themselves in their resistance to the Most High.  How many believers see baptism; yet on various pretexts slight the command, and refuse the confession of Christ which it carries with it!

 

 

Do none but ‘professors’ disobey Christ?

 

 

“As in the Provocation, during the day of the Temptation in the wilderness

 

 

Soon after they had left the Red Sea, and before they had come to Sinai, Israel began to provoke God by murmuring, because of the want of food in the desert.  At Rephidim they murmur again. They were almost ready to stone Moses, as though the blame lay with him.  The Lord helps in both cases; but the place is called “Temptation” and “Strife” (Exod. 17.).  Again the cry for water goes up at Kadesh, and the place is called again “Strife” (Num. 20.).  Of this Moses is led to make mention, even in his word of blessing before his death.  “Of Levi he said, ‘Let thy Urim and Thummim be with Thy Holy One, whom thou didst prove [tempt] at Massah, and with whom thou didst strive at the waters of Meribah” (Deut. 33: 8).

 

 

But it seems in our passage as if the Lord regarded the whole time of the sojourn in the wilderness, as a time of provocation and temptation.  The chief crisis of it occurred as recorded in the thirteenth and fourteenth chapters of the Book of Numbers,* which we will consider presently.

 

* It is remarkable that the reference to chapters 13. and 14. occurs just after the reference in Heb. 2: 2

to Moses as the ‘faithful servant’ in Num. 12.

 

 

“They saw My works forty years  God’s works of creation had long been completed, and His rest therein had been broken.  At creation, the angels broke out into praises, and sang hymns of joy.  But now God had wrought on behalf of Israel new works of redemption, - and they were free, and were God’s people.  He maintained them forty years, yet they murmured against Him.  Their punishment, then, should be, that when God’s rest of redemption should come, as of old His rest in creation, they should have no part in it.

 

 

Forty years the Lord was provoked: in spite of His wonderful works on their behalf, the people distrusted and disobeyed.  God was working His wonders of creation for six days only.  His redemption-wonders were working forty years; wonders of power against their foes; wonders of favour toward them, mingled with judgments against the disobedient amongst them.  The wonders of redemption are related far more at large than those of creation; for they concern us more closely, and are regarded by our God as more important, and more glorifying to Him.  But Israel did not enter into their meaning; they did not submit themselves to the Great Governor.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

143

 

 

THE LAND LAWS OF JEHOVAH

 

 

BY D. M.  PANTON

 

 

 

Little understood, hidden away in an obscure book, stated in unfamiliar, almost obsolete, language, there lies a piece of statesmanship as remarkable as any the world has ever seen; an enactment that goes to the root of all social problems and political perplexities; a legislative enactment not human, but Divine; and a statute without a parallel in the legislation of any nation in the world.  It is the Law of Jubilee.  All wealth ultimately depends on the land; as there will never be any process by which man can live on manufactured foods, the land remains the basis of all wealth, all monopoly, all subsistence; and of this single land law of Jehovah, without a counterpart in the history of jurisprudence, it has been said, “there are no words to express the wonder felt by the student of social science as he first measures the significance of the law of Jubilee” (T. T. Munger).*

 

* “There are perhaps in the whole ancient world no institutions bearing comparison with the Hebrew year of Jubilee, either in comprehensiveness or in loftiness of principle” (Kalisch).

 

 

Now the fundamental law, on which the whole social and political legislation of Jehovah was based, was the proprietorship of God: all the soil was God’s; and all purchasers of land were no more than leasehold tenants. “The land shall not be sold in perpetuity; for the land is MINE: for ye are strangers and sojourners with Me” (Lev. 25: 23).  When Joshua assigned the land, it was allotted, not so much to individuals, as to families or clans who worked the allotment, but only for the half century for which it was allotted.  When land was sold, no title could be given with the property, nor could the freehold be parted with; the sole land-owner was Jehovah; the ‘usufruct,’ as lawyers say, - the right to the use of the produce - was all that could pass from man to man; under Jehovah’s land laws, men were only ‘tenants of God  So fundamental was this law that every fifty years, by a kind of benevolent and bloodless revolution, the whole land reverted to Jehovah; all tenancies ceased; and the original tenants, to whom God had given it by lot, re-entered into possession.  It was not Capitalism, under which the soil is owned by individuals in perpetuity: it was not Communism, under which all land belongs to the people or to the State: it was the Divine original and unchanging fact - that the globe is God’s; and that the fundamental economic law of the world is this, - “The earth is the LORD’S, and the fulness” - all the economic wealth - “thereof; THE WORLD and they that dwell therein” (Ps. 24: 1).*

 

* “The fundamental thought is:- Jehovah is the Lord of the land, with all its blessings, with its soil and its harvests, with its inheritances and its dwellings, with its rich and its poor, with its free and its slaves, its roads and its bikeways” (Lange).  Ps. 24: 1 was selected and inscribed over the London Stock Exchange by the Prince Consort.

 

 

So every fifty years there was a great and bloodless revolution before miscarriage and wrong had eaten into society like an incurable cancer.  “Ye shall hallow the FIFTIETH year” - from the tenth day of the first month of the first year to the tenth day of the first month of the forty-ninth year is exactly six hundred ‘lunations,’ or cycles of the moon - “in this year of JUBILEE ye shall return every man unto his possession  Purchased land was paid for according to its proximity to the jubilee: the price rose or fell according to the remaining length of the lease: so that, when it reverted to the original owner in the fiftieth year, the purchaser had lost nothing, for through the yield of the annual harvests he had recovered all that he had paid for the land.  In the economic sphere, it was like the revolution of the heavenly bodies in the physical sphere: as the sun varies in sunrise - and sunset daily, yet this day next year it will start afresh exactly where it does to-day - so every fifty years everybody, and all society generally started again with a clean sheet. Under God as the Land-Lord, all members of the community were tenants of God; and (for He willed that all men should have free bodies and unencumbered estates, to serve Him), the land was for all, because the land was God’s; and He meant it for all.  “Replenish the earth, and subdue it” (Gen. 1: 28).  Moreover, if a man, having become bankrupt, had sold himself into slavery as an honourable means of paying his debt, at the jubilee he was restored to perfect freedom: for all human compacts were torn up, became wastepaper, at the blast of the Jubilee trumpet. Everything breathed a perfect freedom conditioned by fundamental law.  It was the great readjustment.  “Just as all the sins and uncleannesses of the whole congregation, which had remained un-atoned for and un-cleansed in the course of the year, were to be wiped away by the all-embracing expiation of the yearly recurring day of atonement and an undisturbed relation to be restored between Jehovah and His people; so, by the appointment of the year of Jubilee, the disturbance and confusion of the divinely appointed relations, which had been introduced in the course of time through the inconstancy of all human or earthly things, were to be removed by the appointment of the year of Jubilee, and the kingdom brought back to its original condition” (Keil).

 

 

Now the political and economic consequences were necessarily enormous. This land law made vast accumulations of wealth impossible, and the land could not accumulate in a few hands: it established a kind of peasant proprietorship which kept all in work and in food: it prevented the permanent ruin of families through the misfortune, or incompetence, or profligacy of individuals: it restored all land periodically, free of all encumbrances and trammels, to its original tenants.  The bedrock fact was that property was made for man, not man for property.  Automatically, the rich could never become too rich, and the poor could never become too poor.  One generation might squander its possessions, but the next generation did not inherit the ruin.  It was a law instinct with mercy, extraordinarily far-sighted, filling the horizon of the bankrupt and the unfortunate with undying hope; for it gave every prodigal and every spendthrift another opportunity to recover; and it wove into the very textures of the State the [Divine] promise of that golden day - the Jubilee of the Ages - when “the earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord as the waters cover the sea” (Is. 11: 9).  The Law of Jubilee settled at the outset economic problems which no other nation has ever solved through ages of struggle and revolution.*

 

* Houses in cities, being the product of man’s own hands, necessary for business purposes in which locality is often of the first importance, and as not in the original grant, were exempt, as personal property rather than landed interest; but in the country, where shelter must go with the land, house property also reverted to its owners at Jubilee.  Thus allowance was made for the growth of cities and of civilization: for if every town house - shops and business establishments - were periodically swamped in a returning migration, commerce would be at a standstill; whereas the option given of buying back the house within a year could effect a change before a business was established.

 

 

Now we are confronted with the fact that these land laws of Jehovah were all a gigantic failure.  After four centuries of obedience, during which the land enjoyed its sabbaths and therefore its primitive fertility, the whole land legislation of Jehovah lapsed: the soil, over-driven, and never left fallow at stated intervals, as Jehovah had commanded, from being one of the most fertile soils in the world, became capricious and uncertain, and was visited with famine after famine; until God was compelled to give in judgment what men refused to provide by obedience.  “And you will I scatter among the nations, and your land shall be a desolation, and your cities shall be a waste.  Then shall the land enjoy her sabbaths, as long as it lieth desolate, as long as it lieth desolate it shall have rest; even the rest which it had not in your sabbaths, when ye dwelt upon it” (Lev. 26: 33).  Barren Palestine to-day is enjoying her forfeited sabbaths in a tragic two millenniums of rest.

 

 

Now this is exactly the tragedy which has also happened, on a gigantic scale, with all mankind, over the whole globe.  Men have seized earth, regardless of its Great Land-Lord, and oblivious or incredulous that they are mere ‘tenants of God’: consequently a writ of ejectment has gone forth: the execution of that writ alone lingers.  “The Son of man shall send forth His angels, and they shall gather out of His Kingdom all things that cause stumbling” - all evil institutions - “and them that do iniquity” - the incorrigible causers of social miscarriage - “and then shall the righteous shine forth as the sun” (Matt 13: 41).  So that Christians who endeavour to put the land laws right, or the corn laws, or a thousand and one other economic laws, are three thousand years behind the time: the writ of ejectment has gone forth: we await Jubilee.  The late Lord Shaftesbury said:- “I have had more to do with remedial legislation than most men; but I have observed that while the legislation has improved, the men have grown worse and worse  The Kingdom of God is impossible without the total regeneration of mankind.  “The world is YOURS” (1 Cor. 3: 22), God has said to the Church, concerning this old earth itself but meanwhile we are “strangers and pilgrims with God” but at Jubilee all earth reverts to its true owner, God, and will be re-allotted, according to His original intention, among the pure and holy.

 

 

So then the Jubilee is the supreme forecast, under the Law, of the Eternal Ages.  The Sabbatic Year forestalled it (Lev. 25: 1-8), as foreshadowing, not a new beginning, but (in the millennial Kingdom) the concluding millennium of earth’s history: after the [Messiah’s millennial] Kingdom closes, rounding off the seven sevens ot the old earth - and with nothing (in typology) beyond - the Fiftieth Year breaks on the shoreless ocean of eternity.* “On the great Day of Atonement,” as Lange says, “after the full accomplishment of propitiation, the trombone was to sound through all the land to announce the Year of Jubilee as a year of freedom - the ‘year of liberty’ (Ezek. 46: 17) the highest feast of the labourer, and of nature, the redemption of lost inheritances, the ransom of the enslaved, the year of the restoration of all things  Calvary is computed to have fallen in a Jubilee year: on it alone is based the immovable joys - of the Holy Year (Lev. 25: 10) that will cease neither in days nor in holiness.  The first blast of the Trumpet will be the knell of all servitude and the herald of all joy.

 

* So while the [Messianic] Kingdom (like the Sabbatic Year) has sacrifices and feasts (Zech. 14: 21), of Eternity it is recorded (like the Jubilee Year that had no sacrifices or convocations peculiar to it) - “I saw no temple therein” (Rev. 21: 22).

 

 

Are there thunders moaning in the distance?

Are there spectres moving in the darkness?

Trust the Hand of Light will lead His people

Till the thunders pass, the spectres vanish,

And the Light is Victor, and the darkness

Dawns into the Jubilee of the Ages. *

 

* Tennyson.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

144

 

THE LAMB OF GOD

 

 

 

The identification of the Lamb is revealed in a type perhaps more detailed and more astounding in its fulfilment than any in the whole range of Scripture.  For the Paschal Lamb is explicitly stated by the Holy Spirit to be Christ, - “Our Passover hath been sacrificed, EVEN CHRIST” (1 Cor. 5: 7); it is stated of our Lord at the crucifixion (John 19: 36); and the Holy Spirit, descending upon Jesus, so unveiled the unknown Victim to John that the Baptist cried, - “Behold, THE LAMB Throughout the Bible no one is ever called the Lamb of God except Christ.

 

 

1. - THE LAMB OF THE PASSOVER HAD TO BE TAKEN UP ON THE TENTH DAY OF THE FIRST MONTH.  “In the tenth day of the [first] month they shall take to them every man a lamb” (Exod. 12: 3).  In that month Jesus was crucified; and John tells us the day on which he entered Jerusalem - “Jesus therefore six days before the Passover came to Bethany”; and on the morrow” - that is, five days before the Passover - “Jesus was coming to Jerusalem” (John 12: 1, 12).  Now the Passover feast was on the fifteenth; therefore - five from fifteen - our Lord arrived in Jerusalem on the very day the lamb was to be taken, the tenth of Nisan.

 

 

2. - THE LAMB WAS TO BE BOUGHT ON THE DAY THAT IT WAS TETHERED.  Every householder was to “take” a lamb, by purchase, if not already possessed (Exod. 12: 3).  As soon as the supper at Bethany was over, “then Judas went unto the chief priests, and said, ‘What are ye willing to give me, and I will deliver him unto you?’” (Matt. 26: 14).  At six o’clock that evening the ninth day had already closed: Jesus was bought on the tenth.  He was bought for exactly the predicted amount.  “They weighed for my hire thirty pieces of silver” (Zech. 11: 12).  And the money was ultimately paid to the right persons.  “The money for the guilt offerings, and the money for the sin offerings, was not brought into the house of the Lord: it was the Priests’.” (2 Kings 12: 16): so Judas “brought back the thirty pieces of silver... and the chief Priests took [them], and said, It is not lawful to put them into the treasury” (Matt. 27: 3).

 

 

3. - THE LAMB WAS TO BE KEPT TETHERED FOR FOUR DAYS WITHIN REACH OF THE PLACE OF SLAUGHTER.  “Ye shall keep it up until the fourteenth day of the same month” (Exod. 12: 6). From the tenth to the fourteenth Judas kept watch over the bought Lamb, with a view to its sacrifice: “they weighed unto him thirty pieces of silver.  And from that time he sought opportunity to deliver Him unto them

 

 

4. - THE LAMB MUST BE OF SPECIAL BIRTH, CHARACTER, AND BEHAVIOUR.  (1). It must be a firstborn (Exod. 13: 2); Jesus could not have been the Lamb did we not read, - “she brought forth her firstborn son” (Luke 2: 7).  (2) It must be without any evil-favouredness (Deut. 17: 1); “your lamb shall be without blemish” (Exod. 12: 5): so Pilate pronounced, “I find no fault in Him at all” (John 18: 38); and Caiaphas, the priestly examiner of lambs, pronounced the witnesses against Him false.* (3) The prophets foretold Messiah as standing on His death-day as a dumb lamb (Isa. 53: 7): “and He gave him no answer, not even to one word” (Matt. 27: 14).

 

* Perhaps no detail of the Crucifixion more marvellous than the official declaration of the Atonement by the High Pricst. “Ciaphas, being high priest that year, said, It is expedient for you THAT ONE MAN SHOULD DIE FOR THE PEOPLE, and that the whole nation perish not”: a declaration so astounding, as uttered ex cathedrd, and by Israel’s official head who offered the lamb on the Day of Atonement, that the Holy Spirit adds, - “Now this he said not of himself” (John 11: 50): the Mosaic Priesthood, in the throes of its dissolution, gave forth its last prophetic utterance, and expired with the Atonement upon its lips.

 

 

5. - THE LAMB MUST BE KILLED ON A SPECIFIC DATE, AND BY THE WHOLE ASSEMBLY OF THE CONGREGATION.  “They killed” - not ate - “the Passover on the fourteenth day of the first month” (2 Chron. 35: 1): “the whole congregation of Israel shall kill it between the two evenings” (Exod. 12: 6).  The Crucifixion was on the fourteenth, for “it was the preparation of the Passover” (John 19: 14).  Between the two evenings, says Josephus, was from the sixth hour until the ninth hour.  “Now from the sixth hour there was darkness over all the land” - a more dreadful going down of the sun than the world had ever known - “until the ninth hour.  And about the ninth hour ... Jesus yielded up His spirit” (Matt. 27: 45, 50).  To the month, to the day, to the hour, God’s Lamb was slain: “our Passover hath been sacrificed, even Christ” (1 Cor. 5: 7).

 

 

6. - NO BONE OF THE LAMB MIGHT BE BROKEN.  “Neither shall ye break a bone thereof” (Exod. 12: 46). The Samaritans, whose sacrifices to-day are living survivals of Jewish ritual, pierce each lamb by a wooden spit, with a cross-bar near the extremity; that is, they transfix the lamb with a cross, they crucify it. Golgotha is said to have been the mound of Precipitation, from whence criminals sentenced to stoning were hurled; had our Lord so suffered, he could not have been the Lamb.  How did God provide for this?  Forty years, says the Talmud, before the destruction of the Temple - that is, the year before the Crucifixion - the Romans deprived the Jews of the power to inflict their capital punishment, stoning: therefore our Lord suffered the Roman death.  “The Jews said unto [Pilate], It is not lawful for us to put any man to death: that the word of Jesus might be fulfilled ... signifying by what manner of death He should die” (John 18: 31, 32).  But a peril of the breaking of a bone yet remained.  For a Jew who was hung the Law commanded burial on the same day (Deut. 21: 23): breaking of the legs, therefore, only ensured death enabling burial.  But the Spirit that had borne the sins of the whole world had already flown.  “When they came to Jesus, and saw that he was dead already, they brake not His legs. ... that the Scripture might be fulfilled, A bone of Him shall not be broken” (John 19: 36).

 

 

7. - THE BLOOD OF THE LAMB ALONE COULD GUARD THE HOUSEHOLD FROM THE ANGEL OF DEATH.  Blood on the overarching lintels - for none can mount to heaven save through blood: blood on the right post, blood on the left post - for none can pass into salvation except through blood: blood in the basin on the threshold - for every saved door was thus stamped with the four points of the Cross.  The Crucified hangs between every saved soul and the Destroying Angel.

 

 

It was a never‑ceasing expansion climbing up into a perfect Atonement: a lamb for a man - Abel; a lamb for a family - Noah; a lamb for a household - Israel in Egypt; a lamb for a nation - Israel on the Day of Atonement; at last a Lamb for a world - “Behold, the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world” (John 1: 29). Twice named as the Lamb in the Old Testament (Isa. 53: 7; Jer. 11: 19), three times in the Gospels and Acts (John 1: 29, 36, Acts 8: 32), once in the Epistle, (1 Pet. 1: 19), but twenty-eight times in the Apocalypse, His sacrificial title is the peculiar glory of our Lord throughout the eternal ages.  “Behold, THE LAMB OF GOD

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

145

 

SIDE-SLIPPING

 

 

BY Rev. WILFRED H. ISAACS, M.A.

 

 

(Hebrews 6: 1-8.)

 

 

 

Can a man be saved to-day and lost to-morrow?  The Arminian says “Yes” and points confidently to verses 4-6.  The Calvinist, for whom the sovereign grace of God outweighs every other consideration, says “No,” and quotes John 10: 28, Romans 11: 29 and 1 John 2: 19.  But he feels nevertheless that this passage is a rather weak spot in his case.  He believes that it is posslible by careful exegesis to bring this passage into line with convictions based upon those other data, but he cannot quite make up his mind how it is to be done.  Ultimately he adopts one of two expedients.  One is to admit that the man here described is really lost, but was never really a believer: that is a view firmly held by many prominent teachers among “the Brethren  The other is to admit that the man here described is really a [regenerate] believer, but is not really lost, inasmuch as the statement of his delinquency and its punishment is supposititious.  The late Dr. Griffith Thomas is a good representative of those who hold this view.

 

 

It is the purpose of this article to suggest that in both of these interpretations certain contextual and translational considerations have been overlooked - considerations which indicate not that there is a third way of surmounting the difficulty, but that the difficulty does not arise.

 

 

1. All interpreters have assumed that the topic of the passage is human destiny.  That assumption is incorrect. The topic of the passage is not human destiny, but ministerial methods.

 

 

The general topic of the Epistle is Christian progress - Go on, go on, go on.  You there in the pew, go on in your learning from milk to meat! (5: 11-14), and you there in the pulpit! you whose business it is to formulate statements of doctrine- you builders of the house of God whose business it is to lay foundations - you teachers! go on in your teaching.  Foundations are an absolute necessity: they must be well and truly laid; but no serious builder would dream of laying foundations twice over.  The extreme importance of foundations is no excuse for never bringing anything but old stuff out of the store-room (Matt. 13: 52).  The prime importance of salvation from the penalty of sin, salvation in the first degree, is no reason for neglect to go on to salvation in the second degree, i.e., from the power of sin.

 

 

2. Observe that this thing that the Apostle was telling his readers not to do twice, was a thing which could not, from the nature of the case, be done twice.

 

 

“Once enlightened,” does not mean enlightened once upon a time, but enlightened once for all - once, as distinct from twice.  From the very nature of the case a man cannot go back from light into darkness - from knowledge to ignorance.  Therefore enlightenment is from the nature of the case not susceptible of repetition.

 

 

The antithesis between the … (“once for all”) of verse 4 and the … (“a second time”) of verses 1 and 6, is obviously intentional, and significant.

 

 

3. Observe the sequence of thought: the relaying of foundations is undesirable, impossible and unnecessary, verse 1, “don’t” verse 6, “you can’t”: verses 7 and 8, “you needn’t  Repentance (… - change of mind) is foundational; it is not however sanctification.  Sanctification is a change of character - the bad becomes good. Repentance is the change from ungodly to godly - the change of attitude, direction, position, which precedes sanctification.  David in 2 Samuel 11. was a contemptible scoundrel, but he was not ungodly.

 

 

Not only is this repentance the initial once for all foundation repentance, but by means of the word “renew” it is closely connected with another aspect of the first unrepeatable item of a soul’s salvation - the emergence of the new creature in Christ Jesus in regeneration.

 

 

4. Observe that one assumption upon which the current interpretation of this passage is based is that he who falls away is an apostate, and by his apostasy forfeits, in fact things from him and negatives, the four privileges which have just been enumerated. This assumption lies upon the surface of the Authorized Version : it is the inference drawn by the Jacobean translators, and they translated accordingly.  There are two features of their translation by which they effectively passed on to their readers the particular view by which they were obsessed.  One of these features is wholly unnecessary - not an impossible rendering, but an error of judgment.* The other is a manifest blunder.

 

* This criticism errs on the side of moderation.

 

 

A. We have here in the Greek a series of seven participles:

 

 

having been enlightened   1

 

having tasted   2

 

having been made partakers   3

 

having tasted   4

 

having side-slipped   5

 

 

and then after a resumption of the main sentence

 

 

crucifying   6

 

shaming   7

 

 

Glance at the Authorized Version and the reader will see at once the turn of speech by which the translators have conveyed the impression that No. 5 negatives the four which precede it.  They have rendered them in such a way as to answer the question:- “Who is the man of whom we are speaking?”  To the 5th they allotted quite a different function, making it answer the question:- Under what circumstances is it impossible to restore that man to a state of salvation?  And yet this 5th is linked to No. 4 by precisely the same conjunction as that by which No. 4 is linked to No. 3, and No. 3, to No. 2 - the emphatic continuative kai

 

 

The translators were convinced and determined to indicate that the first four and the 5th were mutually exclusive.  The writer of the epistle was careful to use a conjunction which implies emphatically that they were not mutually exclusive.

 

 

No, on second thoughts, this rendering is worse than an error of judgment: it is a translational offence due to a pre-conception of the meaning of the passage.

 

 

B. Undoubtedly the crime which THEY imputed to the man here described is the crime of apostasy for they, use the same term “fall away” in Luke 8: 13 of the deliberate withdrawal of those whom our Lord in the parable of the Sower described, as shallow-soil hearers, and in 2 Thessalonians 2: 3 of the purposeful rebellion of the last days.

 

 

Both in those passages and in this the expression “fall away” is a translational blunder.  Here the word “away” is too strong: there the word “fall” is not strong enough.  There the word is “apostasy” (verb or noun). Apostasy is a Greek word spelt in English letters, and applicable to a man who intentionally adopts a certain position.  One does not fall on purpose.

 

 

Here the word used means a “fall,” but a fall sideways, not a departure.

 

 

St. Paul used the kindred word for sin in Galatians 6: 1, where he is speaking of sin extenuatingly. (Extenuation is as right in dealing with other people’s sins, as it is wrong in dealing with your own.)

 

 

Observe that a man who falls sideways is not an apostate.  He hurts himself, he suffers, but he has not changed direction, he is still on the road Godwards.  That is the case with which the Apostle is dealing here.

 

 

5. - But it may be said:- Granted that the separation of the 5th participle from the four that precede cannot be justified, yet surely, by the resumption of the main sentence between Nos. 5 and 6, the 6th and 7th are separated from the first five.

 

 

As we read the rendering of the Authorized Version this certainly seems quite obvious, but when we read the Greek, translating each participle as we go along literally as a participle, this impression is by no means so strong, in point of fact it disappears.  It actually dawns upon the mind of the reader that there is nothing in the Greek to prevent the conclusion that these last two participles qualify - not the word - “impossible,” which is forty-eight words away but - the words “renew again to repentance” which are actually next door to them.

 

 

It is of course a simple rule of all rational writing that a qualifying clause is placed as near as possible to that which it qualifies.

 

 

Here surely it is the renewal of these delinquents to repentance, on the ground that they are crucifying the Son of God afresh and shaming Him, which is said to be impossible.

 

 

Some little time ago, a few believers were sitting round a table discussing fundamentals.  Suddenly one of the party - well-beloved and honoured by many of my readers - asked: “Has anybody got a coin on him  The friend next him promptly produced half-a-crown, and put it in front of him.  Our brother who had asked for it, with a grave face, but a characteristic twinkle in his eye, looked at it, picked it up, and quietly put it into his trouser pocket.  “I’ll take good care,” he said, “that you don't give me that half-crown again

 

 

I think you see the point: That gift could not be repeated unless the recipient first returned it to the donor.  The man who gives himself to God cannot do it twice: for what we have once given to God we cannot take back, thank God.  He sees to that.

 

 

Do you then see that the believer’s position in Christ is unalterable.  In the case of the man of whom the Apostle is speaking his position (like David’s in 2 Sam. 11.) was all right.  It was his condition that was all wrong, and for that contingency - sins committed after conversion (as indeed also for the reward of services rendered after conversion) there is special provision, Psalms 89: 32, 33, Hebrews 12: 6, 8.  God chastises his children when they misbehave, but He does not disinherit them.  The love that would not let David go after his deliberate infamy will not let you go, will not let me go.  Hallelujah!

 

 

There is no truth, however sacred and precious, that cannot degenerate into an untruth if harped upon to the neglect of balancing truths.  Even the basic and glorious truth of sovereign grace can be so misused.  We find no such lack of doctrinal balance in Holy Scripture.  Our Lord and all the N.T. writers, particularly St. Paul, had much to say about the penalties incurred by the disobedient and unworthy believer, saved but unserviceable.  There is one penalty that he cannot incur, eternal death.  That is the portion of the unbeliever. But he can incur a penalty which to the onlooker is scarcely to be distinguished therefrom.  His ill-served Lord will appoint him his portion with the unbelievers (Luke 12: 46).  The fact, though not the degree or kind, of punishment is common to him and them.  In exact accord with this and many other Scriptures the Apostle goes on in verses 7 and 8 to declare what can happen to a defeated believer in contrast with what he has just said cannot happen to him.

 

 

That which beareth thorns and briars is rejected - the same word that is grievously mistranslated “cast-a-way” in 1 Corinthians 9: 27 - and is - accursed? certainly not: but something that so far as any onlooker could tell is awfully like it - “nigh unto cursing

 

 

No, there is no need to fear that the most outrageous and scandalizing sins of a believer shall be allowed on that ground to claim, and take shelter under, privilege.  He is incurring such outward darkness, such wailing and gnashing of teeth as many have actually mistaken for eternal death.  We shall never understand the tragic bitterness of that cry of agony:  “Would God I had died for thee, O Absalom, my son, my son,” unless we recognize David’s perception of the fact that the whole miserable business of Absalom lay at the door of the man who had given the Lord’s enemies great occasion to blaspheme.

 

 

So we see in VERSES 7 AND 8 that that is unnecessary which the Apostle deprecates in verse 1 and declares to be impossible in verse 6.

 

 

Verse 1.  Do not go on laying foundations over and over again.

 

 

Verse 4. For it is impossible to do over again that which from the nature of the case is unrepeatable.

 

 

For those who have once for all been enlightened have tasted of the heavenly gift

 

 

have also been made partakers of the Holy Ghost have also tasted the good word of God, and powers of the coming age

 

 

have also side-slipped into sin -

 

 

to re-enact the new birth and conversion for these men who are crucifying the Son of God afresh and are giving his enemies great occasion to blaspheme -

 

 

yap This is not only impossible but also unecessary for they incur a penalty similar to that which befalls an unfruitful garden.  If, when its soil has drunk in the frequent showers, its produce meets the need of its cultivators, God’s blessing is upon the tillage and the land shares the benefit; and if it produces thorns and thistles it is Judged worthless: it incurs something very like a curse: the rubbish makes a bonfire and there’s an end of it (1 Cor. 3: 13).

 

 

It is surprising to find Westcott alluding to [the Greek …] as “an act of apostasy

 

 

His interpretation of … is, however, quite in harmony with that which I have put forward. “The necessity of progress,” he says, “lies in the very nature of things.  There can be no repetition of the beginning. The preacher cannot again renew to repentance ... he must go on to the completion of his work. ... It is indeed necessary, the Apostle seems to say, that I should add this reserve, if God will, “for ... it is impossible for man to renew to … (those who have taken a false step).

 

 

To argue from the present tenses … and … that what the Apostle means is that it is impossible to convert men while they are sinning - in other words that it is impossible to convert them until after they have reformed, is to invert the obvious order of events.  What need is there for conversion after reformation?  It is those who are in enmity against Him whom God invites to reconciliation.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

146

 

THE RETURN OF OUR LORD

AND WORLD-WIDE EVANGELISM

 

 

BY S. M. ZWEMER, D.D.

 

 

 

IT is only modern rationalism and unbelief which, after denying Christ’s virgin birth, His bodily resurrection and ascent into heaven, mock at the promise of His return, saying, “From the day that the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation  Let them mock!  The Christian Century says in a remarkable article on the “War and the Second Coming” (Aug. 18, 1943):- “It is interesting to note the growth during these past years of the new apocalypticism.  This is found mainly in scholarly circles; pre-millennialism is a lay theology.  But both share the mood which we find beginning with Jewish writings twenty-one centuries ago: a sense of hopelessness as to the achievement of good in history or by human effort, the belief in the existence of powerful forces of evil and their dominance over humanity and the course of events, and the conviction that human hope must rest upon a final, decisive and irresistible act of God

 

 

Dr. Deismann, the great New Testament scholar, declared that “for the past thirty years the discernment of the eschatological character of the gospel of Jesus has more and more come to the front in international Christian theology ... We to-day must lay the strongest possible stress upon the eschatological character of that gospel which it is the practical business of the Church to proclaim, namely, that we must daily focus our minds upon the fact that the Kingdom of God is near, that God with His unconditional sovereignty comes through judgment and redemption, and that we have to prepare ourselves inwardly for the Maranatha - the Lord cometh  All earnest Christians of every school of theological thought seem agreed that we face to-day an eschatological crisis.  The day of the Lord is at hand.  We hear the same note of warning from many voices. Professor D. R. Davies, of England, concludes his recent book, “Divine Judgment in Human History,” with the words: “Repent! - that must be the burden of the Christian message

 

 

The Unfinished Task of the Church

 

 

In view of all this it is not remarkable, therefore, that those who look eagerly for Christ’s second advent are most eager also to complete the task of evangelism.  “The gospel [of the kingdom]* must first be preached unto all nations” “for a witness  The law of priority always produces a crisis: There is no stronger incentive to immediate evangelism than the imminence of Christ’s return.

 

[* Matt. 13: 18, 38, 41, 43, cf. Matt. 18: 3, 4; 25: 31; Mark 3: 11; Luke 4: 43, R.V. etc.]

 

In a day when the pillars of western civilization are crumbling, when the foundations of society seem tottering, and when sword and famine and pestilence walk abroad, we must preach a message that is otherworldly, or we have no message at all.  To-day’s evangelism must be, in the words of Adolf Harnack, “in the midst of time for eternity by the strength and under the eye of God  The older generation of evangelists was not ashamed of a gospel that dealt with [both millennial and] eternal issues.  They preached a message that bridged death and revealed eternal glory or eternal woe.  Evangelism that preaches Christ’s resurrection and His return [and coming ‘Kingdom’]* goes far beyond social reformation or new-world plans or political blueprints.  We can no longer go to the East to share the social and cultural benefits of the West, for the whole of so-called Christian culture stands at a period of terrible crisis, every section of it under God’s judgment.  We are compelled by the present situation to “look for new heavens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righteousness

 

[* Psalms 2., 8., 78. & 110. cf. Luke 1: 32; 19: 38; Revelation 3: 21. cf. Ephesians 5: 5-6, R.V.]

 

A Living Hope for a Despairing World

 

 

The return of Christ is the living hope for a despairing world.  It tells of the dawn of an eternal morning after our night of gloom.  As Jesus said to John on lonely Patmos: “Fear not; ... I am he that liveth, and was dead; and, behold, I am alive forever more  Because He lives, we shall live also.  We are not ambassadors of a dead Hero, but of Him who was “declared to be Son of God with power ... by the resurrection [out] from the dead to whom “all power is given ... in heaven and in earth  And who is coming again.  Then “they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever  “And many [not all]* of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life; and some a thousand years’ later]** to shame and everlasting contempt

 

[* Luke 20: 35; Phil. 3: 11; Heb. 11: 35b.  ** Rev. 20: 4-6, 13-15, R.V.]

 

 

When the gospel of the resurrection lays hold of our minds and hearts, we begin to see the meaning of Barth’s penetrating words:- “Eternity is not the prolongation of time.  Eternity is the unknown which in Jesus Christ has broken into our world  According to this conception, eternity is, as it were, the hidden, the other side of time.  Time is empty, impoverished eternity.  Eternity is time filled full.  There comes a year, there comes an hour when things grow earnest, when some crisis comes.  That means eternity is flooding into time, as a mountain freshet after storm floods the dry bed of a stream. The fulness of time is the crisis.  Christ’s return will be the crisis of all human history and its final consummation.  “Then cometh the end

 

 

The Strongest Incentive to Missions

 

 

This hope of Christ’s imminent, personal, visible return is the strongest possible incentive to missions.  It sounds the note of urgency.  Those who are filled with the hope of His coming are also on fire for world-wide evangelism.  Of this fact the cloud of witnesses is evidence absolute and convincing.  Great church theologians, great pioneer missionaries, and many ardent evangelists are among them: Dean Alford, Delitzsch, Auberlen, Bishop Ellicott, Vanoosterzee, Bengel, Godet, Bonar, Bickersteth, Pentecost, Whittle, Lord Radstock, Hammond, Nunhall, Muller, A. T. Pierson, Moody, J. Hudson Taylor, R. E. Speer, and many others.  All of them held the premillennial view and held it soberly - with their loins girt about and their lights burning.

 

 

There are different views of the “times and the seasons” which the Father only can reveal in His own time and way.  But even our post-millennial brethren do not deny the second advent.  Even the a-millennial group, who reject dispensationalism and the millennium idea, hold just as firmly that Christ will return from heaven to judge the world.  The greatest danger is not the discordance between these views of the time of the advent, but rationalistic unbelief which denies and derides.  Christ’s second coming altogether.  The fulness of time for the coming of our Saviour at Bethlehem was a fulness of preparation, of expectation, and of despair.  So doubtless will be the signs of the approaching end of the [evil and apostate] age and the second appearing of our Lord from heaven.  All things are ready - the world is in despair, the Church is expectant.

 

 

The Practical Implication of This Belief

 

 

Unless a Christian doctrine has practical effect in our lives, it is a dead letter.  For example, there is no particular benefit in a mere intellectual belief in the deity of Christ unless with Thomas we are willing to call Him “my Lord and my God  It has occurred to me that there is perhaps no doctrine which has received such prominence in recent years, both in print and in discussion, and at the same time so little emphasized in practical life, as the doctrine of the second coming.

 

 

Some have been very clever at preparing a timetable of prophetical events and suggesting the hour when we may expect our Lord.  A man may know all about the timetable, and yet miss the train!  Some are not living as if they were anxious to be found ready for that return.  Premillennial teaching demands above anything else otherworldliness, a sense of stewardship, and a supreme sense of the urgency of our task.  There is no other event in history which will have such absolute, immediate, and startling effect on all property values as the rending of the sky and the return of our Lord.

 

 

Are all of us ready for His coming and faithful stewards of His blessings?  Were men’s hearts ever so expectant of a climax and a crisis in history as now?  Was the world ever in greater need of a deliverer and judge?  Are not the signs of which Jesus spoke in the Gospels, and which usher in the day of the Lord, on the front pages of our newspapers?  Were the opportunities for evangelism ever so great as now?  Apart from His coming again is there any hope for this disillusioned, stricken, war-torn world?  An age, which is drinking the bitterest waters of all historical eras.  In a day when the judgment of God has melted into burning lava and is pouring through the ruins of man’s proudest achievements,  let the prophetic trumpet-call of repentance pierce the tormented soul of man.

 

 

Jesus came; Jesus is coming again.  To accept these two statements, which are the shortest summary of the New Testament, with all they imply of faith and hope and glory, would fill us with the joy of the early Christians and their devotion.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

147

 

SOME KNOTTY QUESTIONS

 

 

BY W. C. CLARK

 

 

 

AT a meeting of the Advent Testimony and Preparation Movement held in a certain part of the Island of Jamaica a paper was read to the assembled Ministers of Religion and Christian workers (prior to a Public Meeting) the subject being “Selective Rapture and Exclusion from the Kingdom  When the speaker had finished a very godly medical doctor, in charge of several churches, came up to him and said, “You made a very good case.  I can accept Exclusion from the Kingdom but I am not so sure of Selective Rapture.” Whether the doctor has since accepted it, the writer does not know - Now if entrance into the Kingdom is gained only by those who attain unto the Rapture of the First Fruits (which seems practically certain) the question of Selective Rapture is doubly serious, but if others, than the First Fruits, may gain the Kingdom, then, of the two, the question of Exclusion is the most important.  In that case those believers will only gain entrance after passing through at least part of the Great Tribulation, but part only - longer or shorter as may be necessary to ripen the grain - as all believers must appear before the Berna, or Judgment Seat of Christ.

 

 

It is quite conceivable that lukewarm Christians may be awakened into newness of life by the shock of the Advent, and being left behind, may begin to run the race for the Crown.  It is certain that some tribulation saints will reign, as John “saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus and for the Word of God and which had not worshipped the beast, neither his image, neither had received his mark upon their foreheads, or in their hands, and they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years” (Rev. 20: 4).  Whether these are born during the tribulation, or are some of those left behind at the first Rapture is not stated; probably the latter, as the Tribulation may not last more than seven years.  But why should any [regenerate] believer run the risk of not ultimately entering the Kingdom, or, if they do win it, only after having had to endure the sorrows of the tribulation and being beheaded, when they may gain it in this life by patiently running the race, and forgetting those things which are behind, reaching forth unto those things which are before, and pressing toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus and so obtaining the crown and an abundant entrance?

 

 

The reluctance of many believers to accept these views is principally due to the fact that they have heard the opposite view since childhood and cannot bring their minds to think it possible that their [ordained ministers,] parents and godly friends can possibly be mistaken.  They start with minds made up, and will not be persuaded to study the subject without prejudice and let the Holy Spirit lead.  The writer knows this to be true in his own experience, with regard to Believers’ Baptism.  Brought up to believe in Infant Baptism, when faced with the alternative at the immersion of his brother, he first made up his mind that Infant Baptism was scriptural, consulting clergy and reading books on that side of the question only, to prove he was right; until the Holy Spirit brought it to his mind that the right thing to do is not to make up one’s mind and then to try and prove it; but rather to ask oneself honestly and without prejudice which was right: it took only a few minutes then to accept what he had fought against with might and main.  So it probably is, in many cases, with regard to the questions of Selective Rapture and Exclusion from the [Messianic and Millennial] Kingdom.

 

 

Beside the question of prejudice, there are certain key words - especially the word “Servant” - which are persistently wrongly criticized, because to construe them otherwise would militate against set views.  It seems hard to conceive that anyone can consistently believe that in the parable of Matt. 24: 45-51 any but a [regenerate] believer is referred to.  The Servant is designated “faithful and wise” and made “ruler over his Lord’s household.” Is it likely the Lord would so act in the care of an unbeliever? His being “cut asunder,” if found unfaithful “and appointed his position with the hypocrite” can only be the loss of the [“inheritance” in the]* kingdom, and not eternal loss.  The casting the unprofitable servant, in the parable of the Talents, into outer darkness where there shall be “weeping and gnashing of teeth” is, to one class of expositors conclusive as referring to Gehenna; but why should not weeping and gnashing of teeth occur in places other than hell [i.e., after their judgment and resurrection “into the lake of fire” (Rev. 20: 15, R.V.).]?

 

[* See Gal. 5: 21ff; Eph. 5: 5-6ff. cf. Heb. 12: 16-17ff., R.V.).]

 

 

The term “gnashing of teeth” is mentioned in quite another connection in Psalm 37: 12; and the Jewish Council “gnashed with their teeth” at Stephen - were they then in hell?  The term “outer darkness” can only mean somewhere (to us unknown [until after the time of our Death: (See Luke 16: 22, 23; Psalm 16: 10. cf. Acts 2: 27, 34; 2 Tim. 2: 18, etc. R.V.), and] outside the bright shining Millennial Kingdom until the thousand year is finished, when those so consigned will enter the eternal Kingdom.  “Weeping” will be indulged in by the gentler sort, and the gnashing of teeth by men who are cursing their folly when too late to gain the Kingdom.  Another snag is the unwarrantable spiritualizing of scripture and not taking the literal meaning and allowing scripture to mean what it says.  And still another, of assigning to the poor Jew all the warnings and curses, and returning to the Believer [and the ‘Church’, by ‘Replacement Theology’] all the blessings: for instance Luke 21: 34-36 must, according to such expositors, refer to the Jew, and so they try to escape the warning addressed to themselves.  May God open the eyes of true and godly believers to these all-important truths.  Potentially for every believer, who loves His appearing, there is laid up a ‘crown’, but he may lose it.  “Hold fast that which thou hast, that no man take thy crown says the Lord in Glory.  Potentially there is a prize, the prize of the High Calling of God in Christ Jesus, which may be won by every believer who presses towards the mark for it, but “take heed that no man rob you of your prize”, says Paul through the Holy Spirit (Col. 2: 18, R.V.).

 

-------

 

 

THE BELIEVER’S JUDGMENT

 

 

Sins committed before our conversion are done away forever, never to be remembered again.  At the judgment scat of Christ everything that we have done since conversion will be made manifest, will be open, will be brought out into the light.  “Every man’s work shall be made manifest: for the day shall declare it, because it shall be revealed by fire and the fire shall try every man’s work of what sort it is” (1 Cor. 3: 13).  Not one Christian will escape this judgment.  If every one of us took to heart the gravity and the consequence of that time, the life of the Church would be revolutionized over night. - The Prophetic Word.

 

 

-------

 

 

MILLENNIUM

 

 

General Smuts expresses (The Times, Sep. 30, 1946) the uneasiness felt by the statesmen of the world at the fruitless effort to create a human millennium.  “The greatest drama of history unfolding before our eyes is still little understood.  After the great war, people generally expected the dawn of a new world.  After the armistice President Wilson was expected to inaugurate a new era.  That it was to come suddenly, like the coming of the Kingdom in which the early Christians implicitly believed.  I do not see the new spirit or temper in the world on which we can safely build any assurance of world peace in a more distant future.  The new kingdom has not yet come.  A peaceful world order could only be safely based on a new spirit and outlook widely spread and actively practised among the nations.  Of such an enduring temper for peace there is no real evidence today.”

 

 

-------

 

 

Do not be side-tracked by those who consider rewards beneath the notice of a Christian: you will find as you consciously strive after God’s standard, for His approval in that great Day, that your life will enrich and expand in blessing towards all.  SEEK YE FIRST - THEN BRING OTHERS.

 

 

1. Put the Holy Scripture above everything - living it, loving it, mastering it, in that order.

 

 

2. Overcome the world, the flesh, and the Devil, and so become “overcomers” and remain so till the Lord return.  Remember the startling fact that our Lord names “overcomers” in every one of His seven Letters TO THE CHURCHES.

 

 

3. Aim to reach Paul’s astounding prayer:- “Be filled unto all the fulness of God

 

 

4. Ponder the Rapture and the COMING KINGDOM OF GOD - the arrival of which are certain - with the opportunity of our highest gone for ever, and all our past vanished to THE JUDGMENT SEAT OF CHRIST.

 

 

5. Be careful to OBEY the responsibility truths, to disregard which will wreck all our highest achievements.

 

 

- D. M. PANTON

 

 

-------

 

 

“LET US WATCH THROUGH THE HOURS OF DARKNESS,

 

LET US WAIT FOR THE BREAKING OF THE DAY.

 

LET US STRIVE FOR THE CROWNS OF THE KINGDOM OF CHRIST,

 

AND THE GLORY THAT FADES NOT AWAY

 

 - ROBERT GOVETT

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

148

 

THE RAPTURE AND THE TRIBULATION

 

 

BY G. H. LANG

 

 

 

THERE are two principal views on the Rapture and the Tribulation: one, that the Parousia will commence prior to the Times of the End, and that at its inception all believers of the heavenly calling, dead and living, will be taken to the presence of the Lord in the air; the other, that the Parousia will occur at the close of the Great Tribulation, until when no believers will be raised or changed.  The one view says that no believers will go into the End Times, the other that none then living will escape them.  The one involves that the utmost measure of unfaithfulness or carnality in a believer puts him in no peril of forfeiting the supreme honour of rapture or of having to endure the dread End Days: the other view involves that no degree of faithfulness or of holiness will enable a saint to escape those Days.  As regards this matter, godliness and unfaithfulness seem immaterial on either view; which raises a doubt of both views.

 

 

1. Our Lord Jesus Christ has declared distinctly that escape is possible.  In Luke 21 is a record of instruction given by Him to four apostles on the Mount of Olives.  It is a parallel report to Matt. 24 and 25 and Mark 13, and it deals specifically with the Times of the End and His Parousia.  He foretold great international wars, accompanied with earthquakes, famines and pestilences, to be followed by terrors and great signs from heaven (vv. 10, 11: comp. Seals 1-4, Rev. 6).  These things are to be preceded by a general persecution of His followers (ver. 12), which will be the first indication that the End Days are at hand.  Then Jerusalem is to be trodden down by the Gentiles right on until the Times of the Gentiles run out (ver. 24: comp. Rev. 11: 2, where the same term “trodden down” is used, and Zech. 14: 1-5).  This shows that it is the End-times of which Christ is speaking, as is further shown by His earlier statement that at that time of vengeance - “all things that are written” shall be fulfilled.  All things that are written in the prophets concerning Jerusalem, Israel, and the Gentiles were not by any means fulfilled at the destruction of Jerusalem in A.D. 70.

 

 

Then He mentions the disturbances in nature and the fears of mankind that are grouped under seal 6 in Rev. 6: 12-17, and adds explicity that “then shall they see the Son of Man coming in a cloud with power and great glory and that when these things begin His disciples may know that their redemption draweth nigh (ver. 27, 28).

 

In concluding this outline of the period of the Beast the Lord then uttered this exhortation and promise: “But take heed to yourselves, lest haply your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and that day come on you suddenly as a snare: for so shall it come upon all them that dwell on the face of all the earth.  But watch ye at every season, making supplication, that ye may prevail to escape* all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of Man

 

[* NOTE: This is a quotation from Luke 21: 34-36, (Revised Version, 1881).  The clause (in verse 36 of the Authorised Version, 1611), reads: “that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass]

 

 

This declares distinctly: (1) That escape is possible from all those things of which Christ had been speaking, that is, from the whole End-times. (2) That that day of testing will be universal, and inevadable by any then on the earth, which involves the removal from the earth of any who are to escape it. (3) That there is a fearful peril of disciples becoming worldly of heart and so being, enmeshed in that last period. (4) That hence it is needful to watch and to pray ceaselessly, that so we may prevail over all obstacles and dangers and thus escape that era.

 

 

This most important and unequivocal statement by our Lord sets aside the opinion that all Christians will escape irrespective of their moral state, and also negatives the notion that no escape is possible.  There is a door of escape; but as with all doors, only those who are awake will see it, and only those who are in earnest will reach it ere the storm bursts.  In every place in the New Testament the word “escape” has its natural force - [See Greek word …*], to flee out of a place of trouble and be quite clear thereof.* It never means to endure the trial successfully.  In this very discourse of the Lord it is in contrast with the statement, “He that endureth to the end (of these things) the same shall be saved (Matt. 24: 13).  One escapes, another endures.

 

 

* It [i.e., The Greek word used here above*] comes only at Luke 21: 36; Acts 16: 27; 19: 16; Rom. 2: 3; 2 Cor. 11: 33; 1 Thess. 5: 3; Heb. 2: 3; 12: 25.  In comparison with Rom. 2: 3, see its use in the LXX in the interpolated passage after Esth. 8: 13; “they suppose that they escape the sin-hating vengeance of the ever-seeing God”; also Judg. 6: 11; Job 15: 30; Prov. 10: 19; 12: 13.  The sense is invariably as stated above.

 

 

The attempt to evade the application of this passage to Christians on the plea that it refers to “Jewish” disciples of Christ is baseless: (a) No “Jewish” disciples of Christ are known to the Scriptures (Gal. 3: 28; Eph. 2: 14-18).  (b) The God-fearing remnant of Israel of the End-days will in no wise escape these things that shall come to pass (Mal. 3: 1-4; Zech. 13: 8, 9; Jer. 30: 7, 8).  (c) Nor will they believe on Jesus as their Messiah until they see Him coming in glory (Zech. 12: 9, 10; 13: 6; Matt. 23: 39).  (d) The assertion that the title Son of Man is “Jewish” is equally unwarranted, for the term “man” is necessarily universal to the race, and does not belong peculiarly to any one nation. (Comp. John 3: 14, 15; 5: 25-29: “whosoever” and “all”).

 

 

2. In harmony with this utterance of our Lord is His further statement to the church at Philadelphia (Rev. 3: 10):- “Because thou didst keep the word of My patience [patient endurance], I also will keep thee from (ek) the hour of trial; that hour which is to come upon the whole inhabited earth to try them that dwell upon the earth  Here also are declared: (a) The universality, of that hour of trial, so that any escape from it must involve removal; (b) the promise of being kept from it; (c) the intimation that such preservation is the consequence of a certain moral condition: “Because thou didst keep ... I also will keep As this is addressed to a church, no question of a “Jewish” application can arise.  Nor do known facts or the Scriptures allow of the supposition that every [regenerate] Christian keeps the word of Christ’s patience (Matt. 24: 12; Rev. 2: 5; Gal. 6: 12; Col. 4: 14 with 2 Tim. 4: 10 concerning Demas); so that this promise cannot be stretched to mean all [regenerate] believers.

 

 

In The Bible Treasury, 1865, p. 380, there is an instructive note by J. N. Darby (see also Coll. Writings, vol. 13, Critical 1, 581) on the difference between … (apo) and … (ek).  The former regards hostile persons and being delivered from them; the latter refers to a state and being kept from getting into it.  On Rev. 3: 10 he wrote: “So Rev. 3 the faithful are kept from getting into this state, preserved from getting into it, or, as we say, kept out of it.  For the words here answer fully to the English ‘out of’ or ‘from’.” That the thought is not being kept from being injured in soul by the trials is implied in the expression “Keep thee out of that hour”; it is from the period of time itself that the faithful are to be kept, not merely from its spiritual perils.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

159

 

WHY I BELIEVE CHRIST IS COMING

 

 

BY  WILLIAM. G. CHANNON.

 

 

 

FOR more than a score of years now the truth of the Lord’s Return has been with me something more than an article of creed; it has helped my life, and shaped my thinking.  It was this particular truth perhaps more than any other, which induced me to commit my life to the work of the ministry.

 

 

In my early teens I had that revolutionary experience which is known by the old-fashioned term of “conversion  It was by means of a very unlettered man, who knew more about grace than about grammar, that I became converted.  He was the instrument which God chose to bring me to Himself, and build me up into the Christian faith.

 

 

I can never forget how one afternoon as I left the train to continue on my further journey to school, I saw outside an Anglican Church an announcement to the effect that in that Church certain days would be given to the contemplation of the truth of the Second Advent.  The names listed on the notice-board were names which in the past were well-known.  So I decided that for a few afternoons, instead of studying trigonometry, I would go and listen to the addresses that were to be given on the Second Advent.  There I learned that one day “this same Jesus” would come again.  I grant you there was a good deal said that was beyond me.

 

 

As I look back over the years I ask myself the question, “What has this truth of the Second Coming meant to me  To begin with it gave me a new sense of awe at the wonder of redemption’s plan.  I had grasped the fact that in our Lord’s redemptive mission there were four great epochs; but I had yet to learn that these all awaited their consummation.  As to His Incarnation I could worship the infant Redeemer at Bethlehem’s manger.  As to His death on Calvary, I could “survey the wondrous cross on which the Prince of Glory died.” As to His Resurrection I could stand at the open sepulchre, and hear the angels say, “He is not here; He is risen  And touching His Ascension I could gaze, with the wondering disciples, into the heavens, which received back the Saviour after those thirty and three years of triumphant life.  I could do all that; and then I learned that He was to come again the second time to receive the fruits of His Passion.  Believe me, although I have had to submit to the discipline of study, and of theological examinations, I have never lost the thrill of that discovery.

 

 

This truth, further, gave me a better understanding of the Word of God.  I would even go so far as to say that, in many respects, the truth for which we stand here is a key to the Scriptures.  There are large tracts of the Bible which cannot be understood apart from it.  Almost one-third of the word of God is devoted to it in one or other of its aspects; sixteen of the prophetic books of the Old Testament, part of the Psalms, a large section of the four Gospels; some part of almost all the Epistles, give to this truth a prominent place; whilst the last book in the Bible, the Book of the Revelation, is almost entirely given over to events associated with it.  It is not too much to say that, in my experience, this truth made the Bible a new Book to me.

 

 

Furthermore, it gives me a better understanding of the true function of the Church.  You know the popular fallacy, that it is the business of the Church to Christianise society, to convert the world.  What a hope!  If the Church is to be so enlarged as eventually to embrace all nations, then I submit to you on any showing, she is fighting a losing battle.  If I really believed that it was the business of the Church to convert humanity, I should forthwith quit the ministry.  I search the Bible in vain for any commission to convert the world.  We are to evangelise it, but we are never led to believe that men everywhere will accept our message; on the contrary, we are assured that they will reject it; but it is still obligatory on our part to bear witness to it.  This truth taught me that these are the days when God is calling out a people from the world, a people for Himself, and that when that work is complete, Christ will return for, and reign with, them.  Many a time that thought has helped me to keep my sanity in the face of great odds.  That is what God is doing.

 

 

Then also this truth gave to me an added incentive to holiness of life.  “Every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as he is pure” (1 John 3: 3).  Here was the thought which came to me in the glow of my early enthusiasm.  This truth was to influence my conduct, I must do nothing, say nothing, go nowhere, which would, in any way, be inconsistent with the thought that at any time Christ might come.  Let me be found in all things doing His will, that I be not ashamed before Him at His Coming.  That, I know, has been, and I trust, is your experience.  If His death affords the means, then His Coming supplies the inspiration for a holy life. And, of course, when I use the word “holy” I do not mean anything squeamish.  When I talk about holiness I mean something very practical, and very beautiful, too.

 

 

Then I found that this truth gave me a quickened zeal for service.  There are those who say that the Second Advent cuts the nerve of Evangelism.  That is utter nonsense!  I could prove it to be such on many grounds. Some of our greatest and most successful missionaries have been Second Adventists.  When Moody discovered the truth that Christ would return he affirmed that he put two days’ work into every one.  I know what it did for me; I was filled with a zeal to make Him known; it gave me a desire to go out into the open-air and to speak simply, and yet faithfully, for Him.  Did not the same desire possess the Apostle Paul?  “For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of rejoicing?  Are not even ye in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at His coming

 

 

This truth gave me a keener appreciation of the Holy Communion service.  To the vast majority who observe this Service it is simply one of remembrance.  But I discovered that the Communion Table was, in effect, a bridge, and I could never convey in words the thrill that was mine when next I broke bread and poured out the wine; for it was not only a service that was retrospect, but one which gave me a glorious prospect - “Till He come  Every time we come to the Lord’s Table we pass another milestone.  The thought is not only that of remembrance, but hope.  Incidentally, how do those who reject this truth explain the words which they use at the Communion Table, “Till He come”?  Thank God in Churches where the pulpit has been silent on this truth, the Table has always been eloquent.

 

 

Furthermore, this truth gives me the power to comfort the bereaved.  Paul used this truth for the self-same purpose.  “Wherefore comfort one another with these words  This truth is a healing balm to the heart that has been crushed and broken by bereavement.

 

 

This truth also gives me the solution as to the goal of history.  It did a great thing for me when it did that. Every thoughtful person must have a philosophy of history.  Surely we all ask ourselves at times, “What is the meaning, and purpose, and aim of human existence  How often we hear it said, “What is it all going to lead to?  What are we here for?  Do men just live and die, and is this process to go on indefinitely?  Is this dismal process never to be arrested?” Yes, every thoughtful person must have some view as to the manner in which the chapter will wind up.  This Book tells me that man, unaided by God, has always failed, and that he always will.  It tells me that there will be wars and rumours of wars.  I learn from its pages that men’s hearts will fail them for fear for what is coming on the earth.  God knows that is true.  Someone said recently that the atomic power is here to stay.  “Yes”, was the retort, “but are we  I learn from the Word of God that human standards of government will give way to His righteous reign, when “the kingdoms of this world will become the kingdoms of our Lord and of His Christ  I do not know when the Saviour will return, but I know He is coming.  I am not confused as to what the issue of it all will be.  Let the world go down in darkness, and it surely will, we know that there is coming the dawn of a new day.  We live in a world of delusions.  Man can never fulfil the promises that he makes.  We know what is to be the goal of all human history.  It lies in the Return of Christ to reign.

 

 

Let me conclude with this.  In my 18th year I went to a great meeting in the Royal Albert Hall; the Chairman was Dr. F. B. Meyer, and Miss Pankhurst was one of the speakers; and the Rev. Walter Young led the choir. At the close of that meeting Dr. Meyer asked everyone present to stand.  And after he had repeated the words “Surely I come quickly I shall never forget how the cry rang out from that great multitude gathered there, “Even so, come Lord Jesus  The years have sped by since then.  Tonight our faces are towards the sunrise, and we say with renewed intensity: “Even so, come, Lord Jesus  And He will.

 

 

-------

 

 

SECTS

 

“PERISH Sects!  I have consecrated myself to Christ alone.  I seek no advantage for my church nor for myself but for Thee, O Christ of God, Whom I love and reverence that I should desire Thy glory in whatever way. Aloof from all party spirit or strife, I was born, have lived and die, adhering to Christ alone.  O that all who call on the Name of Christ were persuaded to be of the same mind and to dismiss all trifles and contentions as worldly rubbish altogether out of place.” COMENIUS, A.D. 1623.

 

 

 

 

LAODICEA

 

“An extraordinary possibility is opened by this word of our Lord to Laodicea.  Laodices He expressed as the most backslidden of all the churches.  “Thou art the wretched one and miserable and poor and naked  It is it is to a [regenerate] believer so described, “I will spit thee out of My mouth that He offers, or repentance, and restoration to his old love and faith, AN ACTUAL SEAT ON HIS THRONE

 

 

 

 

Thy kingdom come! On bended knee,

The passing ages pray;

And faithful souls have yearn’d to see

On earth that kingdom’s day:

 

 

But the slow watches of the night

Not less to God belong;

And for the everlasting [aionios] right

The silent stars are strong.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

150

 

THE PRINCIPLES OF

APOCALYPTIC INTERPRETATION

 

 

AN APOCALYPSE

 

 

The title of the Revelation at once reveals it as literal and supernatural. For it is an apocalypse - i.e., an ‘unveiling’ - of Jesus Christ: “a cloud received Him out of their sight and the Apocalypse is the gradual melting of that cloud, first in vision, and then in fact. As a ‘revealing’ of what is behind the breaking veil, it is a literal transcript of facts and events actually seen by John. So of some forty symbols in the Book, twenty are explained, and thus cease to be symbols: an average of less than one un-deciphered symbol to a chapter does not make a book symbolic. Literal miracles - resurrection rapture, advent - confessedly close the Book: all earlier alleged miracles are therefore literal also; for it is a coherent and consistent whole. Moreover this Book is a ‘prophecy’ (Rev. 1: 3) and all prophecies, which God has declared fulfilled, have been fulfilled literally- the virgin birth, Bethlehem, the call from Egypt, the entry on a colt, thirty pieces of silver, the parted garments. If the Apocalypse is supernatural throughout, it is literal: if it is literal throughout, it is supernatural.

 

 

A JUNCTION OF DISPENSATIONS

 

 

Miracle always appears at the junctions of dispensations. For under identical circumstances God acts identically: His action, in a recurring crisis, cannot deviate from its original perfection. So our Lord carefully identifies our closing age with former miraculous epochs. “As it came to pass in the days of Noah” - with supernatural deliverances, as Enoch’s and Noah’s, and supernatural judgments, as the Flood - “even so shall it be also in the days of the Son of man: the flood came, and destroyed them all. Likewise even as it came to pass in the days of Lot; it rained fire and brimstone from heaven, and destroyed them all: AFTER THE SAME MANNER shall it be in the day that the Son of man is revealed” (Luke 27: 26). It is an apocalypse of miracle at the mightiest junction of dispensations yet experienced.

 

 

A FULFILMENT OF FORETOLD MIRACLE

 

 

Scripture states again and again that miracles will be a supreme characteristic of the last days. “And it shall be in the last days, saith God, I will pour forth of my Spirit upon all flesh: and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy” - prophets will be abroad in the earth once more: “and I will show WONDERS in the heaven above, and SIGNS on the earth beneath; blood, and fire, and vapour of smoke” (Acts 2: 17). Direct inspiration will have returned (Mark 13: 11); Legal prophets will wield miraculous plagues (Rev. 11: 6); “and there shall be great earthquakes, and in divers places famines and pestilences; and there shall be terrors and GREAT SIGNS from heaven” (Luke 21: 11). The Apocalypse is the unfolding of this miraculous drama.

 

 

A COVENANT OF MARVELS

 

 

The Covenant of Marvels has never yet been fulfilled. It runs thus:- “Behold, I make a covenant: before all thy people I will do MARVELS, such as have not been wrought in all the earth” - and therefore greater than the miracles of Moses in Egypt - “nor in any nation: and all the people among which thou art” - i.e., all nations, for among all nations is Israel scattered, and the marvels will thus be world-wide - “shall see the work of the Lord, for it is A TERRIBLE THING that I do with thee” (Exod. 34: 10). Israel’s worst is yet to happen: for “as in the days of thy coming forth out of the land of Egypt will I show unto him marvellous things” (Mic. 7: 15); and “then the Lord will make thy plagues wonderful” (Deut. 28: 59). Rev. 16: 10. The Apocalypse is a record of Jacob’s participation in miraculous trouble.

 

 

A CLIMAX OF INIQUITY

 

 

Abnormal wickedness always provokes God to abnormal retribution. Gen. 6: 5; 13: 13; Num. 16: 29, 30; Luke 23: 28-31. As Grace follows the line of least resistance, and wins the yielding heart, so judgment follows the line of maximum resistance, and smashes with appalling power. “Howl ye; for the day of the Lord is at hand. Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, cruel, with wrath and fierce anger; to make the land a desolation, and to destroy the sinners out of it: and I will punish THE WORLD for their EVIL” (Isa. 13: 6). With man’s sin come to the full, God’s wrath is come to the full also, in miraculous intervention: “Thy wrath came; and the time to destroy them that destroy the earth” (Rev. 11: 18). It is unique sin which provokes the unique judgments of the Apocalypse.

 

 

A STRUGGLE WITH SATANIC MIRACLE

 

 

Satanic miracles abounding at the last will compel Divine miracle. “There shall arise false Christs, and false prophets and shall show GREAT SIGNS and WONDERS; so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect” (Matt. 24: 24). Now “like as Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses” - i.e., miraculously - “so do these also withstand the truth: but they shall proceed no further: for their folly shall be evident unto all men as” - i.e., by the counterworking of mightier miracle - “theirs also [Jannes and Jambres’] came to be” (2 Tim. 3: 8). Boils which Satan cannot cure; world-wide earthquakes from which Satan cannot deliver; vast resurrections and raptures which Satan cannot prevent; at last a chain which Satan cannot wrench from off his own wrists:- the Apocalypse is the record of miracles incomparably mightier than the miracles of Hell.

 

 

A VINDICATION OF THE GODHEAD

 

 

Miracle will at last be essential to the vindication of the Godhead. For in the final crisis it will not only be a clash of rival Christs - for there will be many false Christs: it will be an awful collision between rival Gods. “He sitteth in the temple of God, setting himself forth AS GOD” (2 Thess. 2: 4); and “all that dwell on the earth shall WORSHIP him” (Rev. 13: 8): here is an anti-God in full blast and full power, “whose coming is according to the working of Satan with all power and signs and wonders of falsehood” (2 Thess. 2: 9). So direct a challenge to sole deity, backed by blinding miracle, forces the hand of Omnipotence for the vindication of the Godhead, and sets in motion the tremendous drama of the Apocalypse. Thus the Revelation is a rending of the veil between this and the unseen world, and a literal record of the miraculous interventions of God.

 

 

-------

 

 

FALSE OPTIMISM

 

The concealed trap-door through which every child of God falls who ignores or denies the Second Coming is this:- that the very prophecies which assert God’s complete triumph, after a decisive Armageddon, he - without the Armageddon - pours over the present situation as a soporific and an anodyne: so that desperate evil which ought to be fought to the death is quietly assumed to be an evanescent by-product of evolution; and God Himself is brought in (by an error which can be perfectly honest and sincere) to establish and authenticate a monstrous misinterpretation of the modern crisis. No man is logically justified in accepting God’s heaven while rejecting God’s hell, or in forecasting a golden age while obliterating the agony (birth-pangs: Matt. 24: 8) which alone can give it birth. For to days after the outbreak of the Great War, Dr. Clifford says, he was too stunned to pray. Happy will be the younger generation if, cradled in a false optimism, and identifying the Most High with a ‘social’ Christianity, it does not turn infidel at the first shock of the last judgments.

 

 

FALSE PESSIMISM

 

For the first time in the modern age (so far as our observation goes) a tentative approach is suggested to the deliberate race-suicide which, based on the alleged incurable evil of life, and therefore prohibiting marriage (1 Tim. 4: 3), is the Gnostic gospel of despair foretold for the end. The unchristian habit of birth prevention, which threatens the life of the race - in Vienna births have halved in 15 years, so that now the deaths exceed the births (Times, Jan. 27th, 1927) - may be more than the mere avoidance of unwelcome burdens: it can (in cases) be a philosophy of wickedness begetting a counsel of despair. “One thought,” says Sir James Marchant (Times, Jan. 27th 1927), “has haunted my mind:- that whilst the physical basis of reproduction remains sound, the peoples are seriously acting upon the doubt whether it is, after all, worth while bringing forth many children to endure the hazards of life. There appears to be a general feeling of race-weariness; and that if sexual desires can be met without having children, or if maternal love can be satisfied with one or two, it is best to have as few as possible, in the present conditions of the world, if life is to continue to be, on the whole, ‘a long war in the night.’ Are the springs of fertility drying up in the souls of men and women? There may not be race-exhaustion, but is faith in the social order, and perhaps in life itself, shaken at its foundations?”

 

 

MARANATHA

 

The sole solution of all world-problems is expressed by Dr. Alexander Maclaren:- “As truly as Jesus Christ wore our manhood and walked the fields of Palestine for our redemption in the manifestation of the Father’s love, so truly shall He come again, in visible, corporeal manhood, to manifest to the world the glory of God

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

 

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

TRACT SELECTION FOUR

 

 

INDEX

 

 

151. THE LAST FIRST by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

152. REWARD THROUGH SUFFERING by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

153. THE SERMON ON THE MOUNT (Matt. 5: 20).

 

154. POSSIBLE CROWNS by Paul Rood.

 

155. WORLD EMPIRES by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

156. THE JUDGMENT OF BELIEVERS by G. H. Pember, M.A.

 

157. TWO KINDS OF GROUND

 

158. OUT-RESURRECTION FROM THE DEAD by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

159. THE THOUSAND-YEAR KINGDOM IN GOD’S PLAN by Thomas W. Finlay.

 

160. GLORY OR SHAME by W. F. Roadhouse.

 

161. SELECTIVE RESURRECTION AND NOT A HOOF LEFT BEHIND

 

162. CONSTANT READINESS by Sarah Foulkes Moore.

 

163. ARE WE READY FOR THE COMING? By Serah Foulkes Moore.

 

164. THE HIDDEN KINGDOM by Gordon Chilvers.

 

165. THE REWARD OF THE INHERITANCE

 

166. THE PRIZE OF OUR CALLING by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

167. BE YE ALSO READY by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

168. THE KINGDOM OF THE THOUSAND YEARS

 

169. THE ADVENT by E. E. Wordsworth.

 

170. THE IRON AND THE CLAY by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

171. THE ISSUES OF CHRISTIANITY FOR TIME AND ETERNITY by Thos. Durrant.

 

172. MARACULOUS GIFTS by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

173. THE OUTLOOK OF THE WAR by T. M. Bamber.

 

174. OPPOSITION by W. C. Moore.

 

175. THE OLIVE TREE by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

176. AN EXPOSITION OF THE EPISTLE

TO THE HEBREWS (10: 25) by Robert Govett, M.A.

 

177. AN EXPOSITION OF THE EPISTLE

TO THE HEBREWS (12: 1) by Robert Govett, M.A.

 

178. THE SEPTENARY ARRANGEMENT OF SCRIPTURE by Arlen L. Chitwood.

 

179. LET US LABOUR THEREFORE by Arlen L. Chitwood.

 

180. AN EXPOSITION OF THE EPISTLE TO THE HEBREWS (10: 30).

 

181. A QUESTION AND ANSWER by G. H. Lang.

 

182. FAITH TO THE SAVING OF THE SOUL by Philip Mauro.

 

183. THE THOUSAND YEAR REIGN by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

184. JACOB AND ESAU

 

185. CHRISTADELPHIANISM by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

186. AN EXPOSITION OF THE EPISTLE TO THE HEBREWS (4: 12-16).

 

187. AN EXPOSITION OF THE EPISTLE TO THE HEBREWS (9: 26).

 

188. OUR ADVERSARY THE DEVIL by Lance B. Latham.

 

189. IRVINGISM by Cecil Clark.

 

190. AN APPEAL TO PENTECOSTALISTS by A. G. Tilney, B.A.

 

191. AN EXPOSITION OF THE GOSPEL OF JOHN by Robert Govett, M.A.

 

192. THE TARES by Arlen L. Chitwood.

 

193. CAST OUTSIDE INTO OUTER DARKNESS by Arlen L. Chitwood.

 

194. THE ABODE OF THE HOLY DEAD by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

195. TO ATTAIN TO THE RESURRECTION OUT FROM THE DEAD

 

196. HADES REVERSES ALL by G. H. Lang.

 

197. APPROVAL, GOAL OF YOUR FAITH by Arlen L. Chitwood.

 

198. THY KINGDOM COME by David Dyer.

 

199. ANTI-SEMITISM

 

200. THE MUCH-NEEDED INCENTIVE THAT IS SO RARELY TAUGHT by Albert G. Tinley.

 

 

*        *        *

 

 

151

 

THE LAST FIRST

 

 

BY D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

“MANY are called,” our Lord says, “but few chosen” (Matt. 22: 14): many called, in Divine election; but few chosen for distinguished service and rich reward.  The word ‘called’ seems to make this interpretation certain: the word ‘church’ - the whole assembly of the saved - itself means the ‘called out,’ the out-called: the few ‘chosen,’ therefore, can only be for reward.  Examples in Israel confirm it.  Six hundred thousand men, beside women and children, were ‘called out’ of Egypt and baptized in the Red Sea; yet only two entered the Promised Land.  Gideon ‘called out’ thirty-two thousand soldiers against the Midianites; but only three hundred scored the victory.  The portrait of those who return to reign with Christ conclusively proves that this is the right interpretation.  “He is Lord of lords, and King of kings; and they also shall overcome that are with him, called and chosen and faithful” (Rev. 17: 14): called - in [initial and eternal] salvation; chosen - as overcomers; faithful - therefore [during the ‘age to come’] enthroned.

 

 

A Fluid Sea

 

 

But a still more solemn word falls from our Lord’s lips, so important that it is recorded in thee Gospels, and uttered on three separate occasions.  This word might be described as a photograph of the Church as a moving mass of water, flowing in two parallel currents, but in opposite directions.  “Many shall be last that are first; and first that are last” (Matt. 19: 30).  A race-course gives us an exactly corresponding picture.  “Know ye not that they which run in a race run all, but one receiveth the prize (1 Cor. 9: 24).  Runners leading in a race can grow exhausted, or become indifferent, or underestimate the difficulties; while runners far behind can become suddenly ambitious, or display a greater strength, or run with a swiftness they never showed before.  So the two currents flow in parallel streams, passing one another backward and forward.

 

 

A Warning

 

 

We behold the first current: “MANY SHALL BE LAST THAT ARE FIRST  “First in means, first in results; first in asking, first in receiving; first in faith, first in righteousness; first in self-culture, first in self-conquest; first in well-doing, first in well-being” (J. E. Harvey).  But the Lord’s word is a tremendous warning; the words of Luther come like a lightning-flash,- “This saying should terrify the greatest saints  Not, “Some that are first shall be last,” but many: it is a common occurrence, and a peril for us all.  “Is it not true that to very many Christians Paul’s mighty words that paint Christianity as a wrestle, involving falls and sweat; a fight, involving fence and defence, and blood-drawing to swooning; a race, involving effort, straint and constraint and ‘hardness,’ are mere theoretical things, mere vehement rhetoric?” (T. Ragg).  The preacher, even if he be a Paul, must realize the peril for himself:-

 

 

“I buffet my body, lest by any means, after that I have preached to others, I myself should be rejected [for ‘the prize’]” (1 Cor. 9: 27).*

 

* One instance is enough.  William Haslam, as great an evangelist as East Anglia has ever known, bringing thousands to Christ, died an adulterer.  The writer had the facts from Alphaeus Willies, the father of Paget Wilkes, at that time a clergyman who sat on a committee to investigate the case, under the chairmanship of Canon Hay Aitken.

 

 

The Peril

 

 

So we face peril.  A lady missionary in Central Asia writes on the danger of deviating from the narrow, and at times scarcely visible, desert foot-track.  “Many have left it and their bleaching bones witnessed to their folly. If I once left it, confusion and anxiety, leading to terror, would be my fate.  Was this what Christ meant, I wondered, when He spoke those severe words:- ‘Narrow is the way which leadeth unto life’? If so, then I began to see that the acceptance of a severe rule of life is an integral part of the absolute freedom which is theirs whom he makes free  Martin Luther has these very suggestive words:- “If I profess with the loudest voice and clearest exposition every portion of the truth of God, except precisely that little point which the world and the devil are at that moment attacking, I am not confessing Christ, however boldly I may be professing Christ.  Where the battle rages, there the loyalty of the soldier is proved, and to be steady on all the battlefield besides, is mere flight and disgrace if he flinches at that point  Appallingly significant is the chief occasion on which our Lord uttered this truth.  Peter had asked:- “We have left all, and followed thee; what then shall we have?”  “Twelve thrones Jesus replied.  But one of the twelve, thus destined for supreme royalty, was to become, second only to Antichrist, the worst [regenerate] character in the history of the world.  “And Satan entered into Judas” (Luke 22: 3).

 

 

Recovery

 

 

We now face the golden wonder of our Lord’s word.  “Many shall be last that are first; and [many] SHALL BE FIRST THAT ARE LAST “Can the bird with the broken pinion ever soar as high again?”, Yes; and far higher.  Sins can be discovered and expelled; the character can be changed, through yielding to the Holy Spirit; new truth can be absorbed revolutionizing the conduct; all worldliness can be abandoned, and heaven fill the life: we stand and gaze at a miracle.  On John Newton’s grave at Olney are these words:-“John Newton, once an infidel and libertine, a servant of slaves in Africa, was by the rich mercy of our Lord and Saviour, Jesus Christ, preserved, restored, pardoned, and appointed to preach the faith he had long laboured to destroy  But the change costs.  Yet pain can be a proof that paralysis is passing; and agony of soul can mean that spiritual stupor has gone.  So we need never lose hope - though it is true that time may prove that it was only hope - of any child of God: “many shall be first that are last  It is an experience that will be world-wide.  “They shall come from the east and west, and from the north and south, and shall sit down in the kingdom of God; and behold, THERE ARE LAST WHICH SHALL BE FIRST” (Luke 13: 29).

 

 

An Example

 

 

Perhaps in the Apostle Peter we have the greatest embodiment in all time of the double truth.  One of the original twelve, and one of the three closest to our Lord throughout His three years’ ministry, he alone [with the exception of Judas] of the [twelve] Apostles became an open and avowed apostate: “He began to curse and to swear, I know not this man of whom ye speak” (Mark 14: 71). Three times he publicly denied any knowledge of Christ, though he had himself heard the Lord say, - “He that denieth me in the presence of men shall be denied in the presence of the angels of God” (Luke 12: 9). He was one of the very first Who had become incredibly the last.  But this sharpens all the more clearly the second truth.  After bitter weeping he became the preacher at Pentecost, when three thousand souls were converted; he lived to become one of the authors of the Bible; and his grace was such that he was not only crucified like his Lord, but choosing to be reversed, head downwards, in acknowledgment of his fearful sin.  His name is already on one of the foundations of the Holy City, and he soon - [after his resurrection] - will be seated on one of Twelve Thrones, reigning with the Son of God.  The cowardice which had made him an apostate passed into a courage that has amazed mankind.  “When they beheld the boldness of Peter and John, they marvelled; and they took knowledge of them, that they had been with Jesus” (Acts 4: 13).

 

 

Joy

 

 

The crowning motive for our arriving among the first is the joy of Christ.  To the servant who doubled his five talents, and to the servant who doubled his two talents, to each our Lord said:- “Well done, good and faithful servant; thou hast been faithful over a few things, I will set thee over many things; enter thou into the joy of thy Lord” (Matt. 25: 21).  It is a joy to the heart of Christ when we use our abilities, whether those abilities are great or small, to the full; and it is a joy to His heart if we arrive among the first, whether having run well all the way, or else, after terrible backsliding, have won the race by a splendid restoration.

 

 

Love

 

 

So the summit of all glory is attainable through an absorbing love of Christ, which seeks His joy and therefore obeys all His commandments.  In response to his having denied Him thrice, three times He asks Peter,- “Lovest thou me (John 21: 15); and He challenges Peter’s reply with the required proof - “Feed my sheep”: fulfil the task committed to you; and “feed my lambs” - it may be work in a Sunday School or in a mother’s home.  Peter later wrote two Epistles which have richly fed the whole Church of God for nearly twenty centuries.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

152

 

REWARD THROUGH SUFFERING

 

 

BY D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

IT is vital to the Gospel that reward and salvation are totally sundered.  Reward is a recompense for service rendered; a prize gained by conduct; a wage paid for labour accomplished.  “Do good our Lord says, “and your reward shall be great” (Luke 6: 35).  “To him that worketh says the Apostle, “the reward is not reckoned as of grace, but as of debt” (Rom. 4: 4): that is, if he has worked for it, he has earned it, and the reward is his due.  But [our eternal and initial] salvation is exactly opposite.  “By grace have ye been saved through faith; and that not of yourselves: it is the gift” - not the reward- “of God: not of works, that no man should glory” (Eph. 2: 8).  No man has ever lived, or ever will live, that earned his [God-given] salvation through works: it is a gift given purely and solely on the abandonment of all self-righteousness.

 

 

Reward as Motive

 

 

But, after [this] salvation, reward becomes of immense importance, and an urge to the highest.  The assertion not seldom made that it is wrong for a believer to seek reward is a blank contradiction of our Lord and the Holy Scriptures.  “Take heed the Lord Jesus says to His disciples, “that ye do not your righteousness before men, to be seen of them: else ye have no reward with your Father which is in heaven” (Matt. 6: 1).  He invokes reward as a perfectly legitimate motive.  “Love your enemies, and do them good, and your reward shall be great” (Luke 6: 35).  Our Lord could not have put it more decisively: “Whosoever shall give to drink a cup of cold water only” - a glass of water - “verily I say unto you, he shall in no wise lose his reward” (Matt. 10: 42).  Even to unbelievers - He says: “How can ye believe, which receive glory one of another, and the glory that cometh from the only God ye seek not” (John 5: 44).  There is no crown without a cross.

 

 

Righteous Recompense

 

 

The design underneath reward is deep and wonderful.  God grooves the running-tracks to reward deep down beneath the production of a perfected character: God’s rewards are deliberately set to produce Christ-like lowliness, a body of unblemished purity, and hands of strenuous, unremitting labour.  “Every one that hath left houses, or brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or children, or lands for my name’s sake, SHALL RECEIVE A HUNDREDFOLD” (Matt. 19: 29).  Our eye is on the prize: God’s eye is on the spiritual athlete which running for the prize creates.  So also reward indicates the justice of God.  The Servant who has become like his Lord, and done well like his Lord, shall enter into the joy of his Lord: “Whatsoever good thing each one doeth, the same shall he receive again from the Lord” (Eph. 6: 8).  God’s rewards are a recompense for fidelity that are absolutely essential to prove His justice.  “Suffering, in the light of Calvary, is no longer a problem but a revelation, it is no longer adversity, but advancement, no longer calamity, but victory. Travail in the will and purpose of God means triumph of spirit now and dominion and enlargement throughout eternity.” (T. M. Bamber).

 

 

Reward as Motive

 

 

But, after salvation, reward becomes of immense importance, and an urge to the highest.  The assertion not seldom made that it is wrong for a believer to seek reward is a blank contradiction of our Lord and the Holy Scriptures. “Take heed the Lord Jesus says to His disciples, “that ye do not your righteousness before men, to be seen of them: else ye have no reward with your Father which is in heaven” (Matt. 6: 1). He invokes reward as a perfectly legitimate motive.  “Love your enemies, and do them good, and your reward shall be great” (Luke 6: 35).  Our Lord could not have put it more decisively:- “Whosoever shall give to drink a cup of cold water only” - a glass of water - “verily I say unto you, he shall in no wise lose his reward” (Matt. 10: 42).  Even to unbelievers - He says - “How can ye believe, which receive glory one of another, and the glory that cometh from the only God ye seek not (John 5: 44).  There is no crown without a cross.

 

 

Righteous Recompense

 

 

The design underneath reward is deep and wonderful.  God grooves the running-tracks to reward deep down beneath the production of a perfected character: God’s rewards are deliberately set to produce Christ-like lowliness, a body of um-blemished purity, and hands of strenuous, unremitting labour.  “Every one that hath left houses, or brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or children, or lands for my name’s sake, SHALL RECEIVE A HUNDREDFOLD” (Matt. 19: 29).  Our eye is on the prize: God’s eye is on the spiritual athlete which running for the prize creates.  So also reward indicates the justice of God.  The Servant who has become like his Lord, and done well like his Lord, shall enter into the joy of his Lord: “Whatsoever good thing each one doeth, the same shall he receive again from the Lord” (Eph. 6: 8).  God’s rewards are a recompense for fidelity that are absolutely essential to prove His justice.  “Suffering, in the light of Calvary, is no longer a problem but a revelation, it is no longer adversity, but advancement, no longer calamity, but victory.  Travail in the will and purpose of God means triumph of spirit now and dominion and enlargement throughout eternity.” (T. M. Bamber).

 

 

Suffering

 

 

Now we reach one of the most exquisite expressions of this truth.  “Our light affliction, which is for the moment, worketh for us more and more exceedingly* an eternal weight of glory” (2 Cor. 4: 17, R.V.)  It is expressed elsewhere:- “I reckon that the sufferings of this present time are not to be compared” - the two are incomparable - “with the glory that shall be revealed to us-ward” (Rom. 8: 18).  The affliction - weariness, sorrow, sickness, bereavement, death: the glory - the Throne surrounded with myriads of angels; innumerable witnesses watching the winning of the race; a body perfect, a crown, a throne awaiting the old physical wreck.

 

* “Literally, in excess unto excess” (the Pulpit Commentary).

 

 

Transient Suffering

 

 

So our present situation is first summed up.  “Our light affliction, which is but for a moment  Paul records the unique record of his own suffering, which serves as an admirable test of the truth of the statement.  “Of the Jews five times received I forty stripes save one.  Thrice was I beaten with rods, once was I stoned, thrice I suffered shipwreck, a night and a day have I been in the deep; in journeyings often, in perils of rivers, in perils of robbers, in perils from my countrymen, in perils from the Gentiles, in perils in the city, in perils in the wilderness, in perils in the sea, in perils among false brethren; in labour and travail, in watchings often, in hunger and thirst, in fastings often, in cold and nakedness” (2 Cor. 11: 24).* Is that light affliction?  One opposite verse reduces us to utter silence:- “Their part shall be in the lake that burneth with fire and brimstone” (Rev. 21: 8).  Is it but for a moment?  Put against it - suffering for a few decades - “the smoke of their torment goeth up for ever and ever” (Rev. 14: 11).  As we look back from the unending ages of eternity, our few decades here will be no more than a moment.

 

* Obviously the chief affliction rewarded is suffering for Christ, but naturally our affliction covers all the believer’s suffering.  “He scourgeth every son whom he receiveth” (Heb. 12: 6).

 

 

Effective Suffering

 

 

But we now face one of the most amazing revelations ever made.  Our affliction “WORKETH FOR US” - is actually creating - “MORE AND MORE EXCEEDINGLY” - in ever growing expansion - “AN ETERNAL WEIGHT OF GLORY” - our glory is created, ever increasingly, by our suffering.  Thus far more is stated than the mere fact that glory will follow suffering: it is the suffering which creates a loftier throne, a richer crown, a nobler heritage.  In a complex machine we see a wheel revolving in an opposite direction to the working of the machine; but it is revolving other wheels which are driving the whole work forward.  Could comfort go further?  The fingers of sorrow are actually weaving the tapestry of glory: the deeper the sorrow, the heavier the glory.  “If ye are reproached for the name of Christ, blessed are ye; because the Spirit of glory and the Spirit of God resteth upon you” (1 Pet. 4: 14).

 

 

Our Gaze

 

 

But a vital condition closes the revelation. Suffering creates. reward “while we look not at the things which are seen but at the things which are not seen  In the prayer of a Saint of the middle ages, - “O God, fix my eyeballs on eternity!” Centuries ago ships were afraid to go out of sight of the land, for they were guided by the hills and the mountains; but when the compass was discovered, they could go over the whole world and through the densest darkness.  “The things which are not seen” are the compass of our redeemed lives.  “The word here translated ‘look at’, is in other places rendered, ‘take heed’, consider, ‘mark’, observe attentively’, and signifies serious fixed, repeated consideration: it signifies also to ‘aim at’, or ‘pursue’” (J. Orton). Of all the persons in the Old Testament our Lord tells us to remember only one:- “Remember Lot’s wife  Looking backward, not forward, she was instantly turned to stone.

 

 

The Pearl

 

 

It is beautiful to remember how a pearl is made. Dr. A. B. Simpson puts it thus:- “The pearl is made in the bosom of the oyster down in the Indian Ocean.  The poor little mollusc has been tortured by a fragment of sand or rock that got into its shell and rasped and wounded and irritated it.  At first it tried to drive it out by violence.  It struggled against it.  The more it struggled, the more the ragged bit of rock tore and rasped the bleeding flesh, until at last the little oyster lay back, and nature came to its relief.  A crystalline fluid was poured upon the wound and around the little bit of sand or rock, and cushioned it over, softened it, smoothed it, and took away the rasp and the attrition.  After a while, layer after layer of this beautiful fluid hardened on the surface of the little bit of sand, and it became a pearl.” Later, it resides in the insignia of Royalty.

 

 

Salvation

 

 

An American worker, a Mrs. Barney, tells how sorrow and affliction brought a soul to Christ.  A man in California, whom she visited, was said to be dying from consumption, and without any religion.  As she entered his wretched home, he met her with a volley of curses and ordered her away.  But day after day she went.  She spoke sometimes of his mother and wife.  But he only cursed the memory of their names.  She spoke of Christ, but it only caused more violent cursing, and it seemed as if she must give it up.  She took a friend with her one day, who had a little girl named Mamie.  As they talked with the man, the little girl remained outside, and suddenly gave a bright and happy laugh.  The man asked, “Was that the laugh of your little girl?” “Yes”.  “Will you bring her in?” he asked.

 

 

They brought her in, and for a moment a great pallor fell upon his face; then he broke out into violent sobbing. The little girl, touched with compassion came to him, and laying her hand on his, she said, “O poor man, I’m so sorry for you, and Jesus is so sorry for you, too.”  He took the little hand and asked, “Is her name Mamie?” “Yes,” was the reply.  “Oh,” he said, “I had a little girl like her, and she died fifteen years ago.  Her name was Mamie, too.  Since she died, I have cursed the world, and God, and life, and everything.  But when I saw your little girl, I thought of my little Mamie  Then Mrs. Barney turned to him and said, “Would you not like to see your little Mamie again  “I would give a thousand lives and a thousand fortunes to see her for one moment

 

 

Then she told of the love of Jesus, of the home above, and of the mercy that was so full and free.  The great tears came, and the fountains of the deep were broken up.  They knelt to pray, and little Mamie prayed a prayer that brought him through.  A day or two later he went to a meeting.  He stood on his trembling limbs and said, “Boys, you know how they turn the water in the sluices in the gold mines; and as it runs down the sluices, the water washes the dirt away and leaves the gold?  That is what the blood of Jesus did for me.  It washed almost everything away, but it left enough to see my Mamie and the Man that died for me; and now I am going to her and to Him because His precious blood washed me from all my sin

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

153

 

THE SERMON ON THE MOUNT

 

 

BY ROBERT GOVETT. M. A.

 

 

MATTHEW 5: 20.

 

 

 

WHAT is meant by “the kingdom of heaven

 

 

1. Certainly it does not mean, the church.  For the party supposed is a teacher of the Law and its ceremonies. Now Paul bids disciples to beware of the teachers of the Law.

 

 

2. No! Jesus is speaking throughout of one time; of the day of recompense to each according to his works; and therefore of the millennial kingdom.  This is proved also, by the close of the next verse: where the offence there stated will shut out from ‘entering the kingdom  This phrase is always used of the time of reward. Compare Matt. 25: 21; Heb. 4: 3-11; Acts 14: 22; Luke 24: 26.

 

 

“But whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven  “Doing,” in our Lord’s words, is set first, as being the chief point.  “Teaching” comes afterwards.  The voice of deeds is the strongest.  Thus, also, we learn what our Lord means by “destroying,” and its contrary, “building up.” Destroying is effected by breaking the law, and then maintaining the breach by hostile words and teaching. “Building up” is effected by contrary deeds.  Our Lord, as His people’s surety, so fulfilled the law and prophets.  He did as they commanded: He taught others to do, as they required.  Witness His words to the healed leper, His miracle enabling Peter to pay the tribute-money; with other cases of like kind.

 

 

The Saviour teaches, in the above words, that great lesson which occurs so often:- the differences of degrees in the kingdom of glory.  And those degrees will not be arbitrarily assigned, but on a fixed, well-known principle, - “According as his work shall be  Thus Jesus has shewn His value for the Law.  The offender against its least claim shall be a loser in that new dispensation of reward which He came to proclaim.  He Himself, as the chief Doer and Teacher, shall be first and chief in the [coming] kingdom.

 

 

‘Ought we then to keep the Law and its ceremonies?  Shall we be subject to loss, if we do not  No, we “are not under law, but under grace” (Rom. 6: 14, 15).  This question was once tried, and decided in our favour (Acts 15).  These words of the Saviour applied to men of the Law, up to the date of Christ’s resurrection.  After that, Peter is taught, that the distinction of meats is done away; and Paul assures us, that for a Gentile to receive circumcision, is to put himself away from Christ, and to lose his part in the millennial glory (Gal. 4: 5).

 

 

20. “For I say unto you, that except your righteousness shall exceed (that of) the Scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heaven

 

 

A very solemn word!  Let us pray to understand it aright.  This verse refers, in its opening word “For,” to the last clause of ver. 17.  ‘I came to fill up the deficiencies of the law and the prophets  ‘For I tell you,’ etc.  The two references to the two parts of Jesus’ assertion are marked by the words, “For I say unto you  “For I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, no jot,” etc., ver. 18. “I came not to destroy, I came to fulfil: for I say unto you, that except your righteousness,” etc., ver. 20.

 

 

“I say unto you  This marks the greatness of the speaker.  He tells us secrets which had else been hid till the judgment day.  How these offences would affect men then, could not else be known: or on what it is that the continuance of heaven and earth is suspended.  All rests on His assertion.  Faith clasps it.

 

 

1. What is ‘our righteousness,’ we ask?  2. What that of the Scribes?  How must it exceed theirs, that we may enter millennial joy?  Righteousness is conformity to law.  It is a doing, with intention of heart, what the law requires.  Our righteousness is either - (1) imputed, received by faith; or (2) practical, the acted holiness of a sanctified life.  It is either another’s, or our own.  (1) Imputed righteousness is not in question here.  Jesus is not calling unbelievers [i.e. the unregenerate] to faith, but [regenerate] believers to action.  Imputed righteousness must already be possessed, ere we are disciples: and it is ‘disciples’ [Matt 5: 1b, 2] that Jesus is addressing.

 

 

This threatening of our Lord is the immediate consequence of the elevation of the standard.  Just so was it, when the government of our country introduced new weights and measures.  The old were thrown out; there were penalties annexed to using them.  ‘Except your bushel exceed the old standard, your goods are liable to be seized So an inspector might say, ‘I am come to enlarge the standard of the bushel, and as a consequence, let me tell you, that any selling by the old bushel will be liable to a fine.’  ’Twas no hostile authority that set up the new bushel, and set aside the old. ’Twas the imperial decree of the realm, the decision of the constitution of England; not the imposition of some conqueror of England. ’Twas the same authority that recognized the old.’

 

 

(2) Jesus then is speaking of our obedience or practical righteousness.  Disciples’ righteousness then differs - [i.e., our Saviour and Lord expects His disciples’ righteousness to be different] - from that of the Scribes and Pharisees, in its standard; by owning Jesus as the Great Lawgiver, and His word as our rule.  It has a special reference to the Saviour’s declaration, that He came to elevate the level of the moral commands.  Justice was Moses’ demand - Mercy is Christ’s.

 

 

We must then, in order to enter the millennial kingdom, admit the superior tone of the commands of the Sermon on the Mount.  This comes first, as the doctrinal basis of our obedience.  We shall not in our conduct obey, what we do not in understanding and heart admit.

 

 

(2) We must next obey, or carry out in our lives the new commands.  This is the practical superstructure.  Thus will our righteousness exceed that of the Scribes.

 

 

1. For the Scribes denied the new standard, and admitted only the authority of Moses.  They refused the word of Jesus.  They would not allow others to own it, if they could help it.  They distinguished themselves as “Moses’ disciples” (John 9: 26-29).  This was the doctrinal basis of their righteousness:- “God spake to Moses”: the commands of the law are to be observed.

 

 

2. They sought, some of them sincerely, no doubt, to keep the law.  The Law was their standard: it they aimed to keep.  The teaching of the Scribes was their instruction in righteousness.  If they had arrived at perfection, it had been perfection of justice.  Denying the new standard, of course, they refused to act it out.  Thus both their creed and their practice would exclude them from the [coming millennial] kingdom.

 

 

But the Saviour warns disciples, that their righteousness must exceed this righteousness.  It must exceed the old righteousness in these two great points.

 

 

We shall not exceed the Scribes’ and Pharisees’ righteousness, except we take a higher standard than theirs. Such as the height of our target is, such will be our aim. … His (1) standard, and (2) his practice, must both be above those of the Scribes.  If we own no higher standard than the Decalogue, our practice will not exceed that of some of the Scribes and Pharisees.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

154

 

POSSIBLE CROWNS

 

 

BY PAUL W. ROOD*

 

* President of the World’s Christian Fundamentals Association.

 

 

-------

 

 

For the time is come that judgment must begin at the house of God: and if it first begin at us, what shall the end be of them that obey not the gospel of God?  And if the righteous scarcely be saved, where shall the ungodly and the sinner appear? (1 Pet. 4: 17-18).

 

 

 

WHAT shall the end be?  What a solemn question!  It concerns each of us.  All of us are going to be judged. Acts 17: 31 - “Because he hath appointed a day, in which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he hath ordained; whereof he hath given assurance unto all men, in that he hath raised him from the dead Christ is going to be the judge.  Hebrews 9: 27 - “And as it is appointed unto men once to die, but after this the judgment  There is no escape from the judgment of God.  Men may possibly escape the consequences of their sins in this life, but no one is going to be able to escape the consequences of sin in eternity.  Every infidel, every atheist, every agnostic, everyone who rejects the Lord Jesus Christ, is going to have to face the judgment of God.

 

 

There are two judgments mentioned in the Bible, just as there are two resurrections.  There is the Resurrection of Life and the Resurrection of Damnation.  There is a judgment for the believer at the judgment Seat of Christ, and a judgment for the unbeliever at the Great White Throne.  John 5: 28-29 - “Marvel not at this: for the hour is coming, in the which all that are in the graves shall hear his voice, and shall come forth; they that have done good, unto the resurrection of life; and they that have done evil, unto the resurrection of damnation  The Resurrection of Life will take place when Christ returns, when the dead in Christ shall be raised and the living changed in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, and together shall be caught up to meet the Lord in the air.  Then we shall stand at the Judgment Seat of Christ.  What will the end be as far as the Christian is concerned?  2 Corinthians 5: 10 - “For we must appear before the judgment seat of Christ  (The reference here is to believers.)  Every Christian must appear before the judgment Seat of Christ, “that every one may receive the things done in his body, according to that he hath done, whether it be good or bad

 

 

1 Corinthians 4: 5 - “Therefore judge nothing before the time, until the Lord come, who both will bring to light the hidden things of darkness, and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts: and then shall every man have praise of God  Some are going to receive praise of God when we stand at the judgment Seat of Christ.  Humble souls who never received much praise here on earth, who never were written up in the press, whom the world knows nothing about, folk who serve the Lord conscientiously and faithfully and loyally in the hidden places - the hidden-away saints - are going to be rewarded.  We are going to be judged according to our motives.  Every man’s works shall be made manifest.  Our works are going to be tested by fire when Christ returns.  If we build with gold, silver and precious stones, then our works will stand the test of fire and we will be rewarded.  If we build with wood, hay and stubble, then our works will be destroyed by fire and we will lose our reward.  What does this all mean?  What is gold?  What is silver?  What is precious stone?  Gold refers to God the Father; silver to redemption and Christ the Son; and precious stones to the Holy Spirit.  If we preach, sing, work, pray and live in the energy of the Holy Ghost to the glory of God and the exaltation of Christ, then our works are gold, silver and precious stones, and they will stand the test of fire and we will be rewarded.  If, on the other hand, our works are results of motives that are mixed - if we are selfish and if we are not living and working for the glory of God and the exaltation of Christ - if we are preaching, singing and working in the energy of the flesh - then our works are wood, hay and stubble.  Wood is dead trees; hay is dead grass; stubble is dead wheat.  Many works are dead works even if they are not wicked works.  It is the motive that determines the value of what you do.

 

 

Some are going to be saved by fire, and some are going to have an abundant entrance into the kingdom.  It is God’s plan that you shall have an abundant entrance.  Your life here on earth determines what will happen at the Judgment Seat of Christ.  Do not lose out spiritually!  There are spiritual Christians and there are carnal Christians.  Carnal Christians are the ones that build with wood, hay and stubble.  Spiritual Christians are the ones who build with gold, silver and precious stones.  Revelation 22: 12 - “Behold, I come quickly, and my reward is with me, to give every man according as his work shall be

 

 

Five crowns are mentioned in the New Testament.  First of all, there is the Crown of Life.  Revelation 2: 10 - “Fear none of those things which thou shalt suffer: behold, the devil shall cast some of tou to prison, that ye may be tried; and ye shall have tribulation ten days: be thou faithful unto death, and I will give thee a crown of life  That means that we should be faithful even to the point of martyrdom; even if it means that we have to sacrifice our lives.  If we are faithful to the point of martyrdom, then we shall receive the Crown of Life.  James 1: 12 - “Blessed is the man that endureth temptation: for when he is tried, he shall receive the crown of life, which the Lord hath promised to them that love him  do you have the martyr’s spirit?  Do you love the Lord supremely?  Then you will receive the Crown of Life.

 

 

The Incorruptible Crown is described in 1 Corinthians 9: 24-27 - “Know ye not that they which run in a race run all, but one receiveth the prize?  So run, that ye may obtain.  And every man that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all things.  Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown; but we an incorruptible.  I therefore so run, not as uncertainly; so fight I, not as one that beateth the air: but I keep under my body, and bring it into subjection: lest that by any means, when I have preached to others, I myself should be a castaway  We face the danger of being disapproved, of being a castaway!  How important it is for us to be temperate!  How important it is for us to concentrate: “This one thing I do”!  How important it is for us to put God first and to seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness!

 

 

The Crown of Glory is described in 1 Peter 5: 4 - “And when the chief Shepherd shall appear, ye shall receive a crown of glory that fadeth not away This crown is for shepherds; for Sunday school teachers; for those who are concerned about the sheep and the lambs; for those who minister on the radio, in the Sunday school, in the church and in the home; for mothers and fathers who have the shepherd heart.

 

 

The Crown of Rejoicing is mentioned in 1 Thessalonians 2: 10 - “For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of rejoicing?  Are not even ye in the presence of the Lord Jesus Christ at his coming  This is the soul-winner’s crown.  Daniel 12: 3 - “And they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever  Are you going to receive the soul-winner’s crown when you stand at the Judgment Seat of Christ?  Are you witnessing for the Lord?  Are you seeking to win the lost?

 

 

We read about the Crown of Righteousness in 2 Timothy 4: 8 - “Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous judge, shall give me at that day: and not to me only, but unto all them also that love his appearing  Do you love the appearing of Christ?  Are you glad that Jesus is coming back again?  Do you rejoice in the blessed hope?  Then you are going to receive the Crown of Righteousness because that crown is for all who love the appearing of Christ.

 

 

Revelation 4: 10 - “The four and twenty elders fall down before him that sat on the throne, and worship him that liveth for ever and ever, and cast their crowns before the throne  We are going to cast our crowns at the feet of Jesus when we stand in His presence in glory. Revelation 3: 11 - “Behold, I come quickly: hold that fast which thou hast, that no man take thy crown  There is a danger of losing your crown.

 

 

Five crowns are intended for you if you are a child of God.  You may lose one of them, or two of them, or three of them, or four of them.  Oh, the tragedy of it!  You may even lose all five of them!  You and I ought to be candidates for all five of these crowns.

 

 

Remember that your house in eternity is built with the material that you have sent up from earth in the form of sacrifice, in the form of gifts - yes, in the form of service.  This is the most heart-searching truth that I know anything about: that every believer is going to stand at last in the presence of the Lord and render an account of his stewardship.  What an incentive for us to serve the Lord faithfully!  Oh, the surprises when we stand at the judgment Seat of Christ!  The saints of the Lord who served faithfully and conscientiously are going to be vindicated in that hour.  Those who have been criticized and misunderstood here on earth are going to receive praise from the Lord.  Don’t lose your crown; do not lose your reward!

 

- The Christian Fundamentalist.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

155

 

WORLD EMPIRES

 

 

BY D.M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

JEHOVAH has given, through Daniel, a snapshot - a vivid miniature photograph - of the history of the world. But first of all we need to note two main, outstanding facts.  The first fact is that God, in whose hand alone is the power of the world, moulds and controls the destinies of all nations.  “He made of one [one blood or stock] every nation of men for to dwell on all the face of the earth, having determined their appointed seasons” - the rise and decay of empires - “and the bounds of their habitation” (Acts 17: 26) - their geographical and racial limits.  A nation, in God’s hand, blooms, or wilts and falls, like a flower.  “God is always on the side of the big battalions,” was the cynical remark of Napoleon: that saying is true, in this measure, that it is God who makes the battalions big, and can wither them at a touch.  World-power God gives into the hands He chooses.

 

 

Israel’s Empire

 

 

The second fact is that God gave the first great empire - not over the whole world, but the main power in the world at the time - to the Jew.  God said to Solomon:- “I will give thee riches, and wealth, and honour, such as none of the kings have had that have been before thee, neither shall there any after thee have the like”: so King Solomon, exceeded all the kings of the earth in riches and wisdom” (2 Chron. 1: 12; 9: 22).*

 

* But we are not aware of any Scripture which states that Israel, if faithful to Jehovah, would have been given the Empire of the World.

 

 

Gentile Empires

 

 

Now this kingdom the Jew forfeited; and in Nebuchadnezzar’s dream (Dan. 2: 31) we get the great crisis of God handing over world-power from Jew to Gentile.  The Jew, because of sin, was a captive in Babylon; the royalty of Israel perished there; and God now presents a vision of the succession of empires as seen sheer down the ages for four thousand years.  What is the Vision?  A colossal Image of awful brightness - for it is the glory of the world - and of terrifying power - for it is the raw strength of the world - rises before the sleeping King.  A head of gold, a breast of silver, thighs of brass, legs of iron - a huge figure of colossal power: then, as the King gazes, a stone sharply falls upon the feet of the image, and smashes it into dust, which the winds sweep away; and then the Stone expands into a Mountain, and the Mountain at last fills the whole earth.  The value of the vision is obvious.  It is an explicit prophecy, which can be checked as true or false by history since, that there should be four great empires, and four only, in the history of the world: three out of the four are named in the vision; and the fifth is to be God’s Kingdom upon earth.  Seeing forward as only God can, it is such a clear prediction of world-history for three thousand years, that it constitutes a direct challenge, irrefragable, of the truth of the Word of God.

 

 

The Head of Gold

 

 

First, a Head of Gold:- “Thou, O King Nebuchadnezzar, art the head of gold  Babylon was the first great world-empire of the Gentiles.  How slow Israel was to realize its loss is seen by the fact that the Rabbis have all refused to understand these words as addressed to Nebuchadnezzar, and persistently refer them to God; whereas a child can see that they are addressed to Nebuchadnezzar - “Thou, O king, art king of kings” - or, as we express it, Emperor - “unto whom God has given the kingdom: thou art the head of gold God’s title, on the other hand, in these prophecies - and in the Babylonian inscriptions - is “King of heaven,” “King of Elohim or Angels,” “God of gods”: while in Babylonian and Persian inscriptions the Emperor is always described, and rightly, as “King of kings  Why gold?  It is well to bear in mind that perfect power in the hands of perfect goodness is perfect government: God gave to Nebuchadnezzar the purest and most absolute form of monarchy the world has ever seen.  “All the peoples, nations, and languages trembled and feared before him: whom he would he slew, and whom he would he kept alive” (Dan. 5: 19).  God started the Gentile powers with a perfect opportunity of sinless rule.  “Unto whom the God of heaven hath given the kingdom, the power” - literally, power like that of a mighty oak - “and the strength” - the kind of might which is almost irresistible - “and the glory” - the glory of priceless riches and possessions.  Babylon was the Head of Gold.

 

 

The Breast of Silver

 

 

Secondly, the Breast and Arms of Silver: “after thee shall arise another kingdom  We know this to be the Persian Empire.  “In that night,” we read a little later, “was Belshazzar the king of the Chaldeans slain, and Darius the Median received the kingdom” (Dan. 5: 30); or, as the parallel vision has it - “The ram which thou sawest having two horns, are the kings of Media and Persia” (Dan. 8: 20).  A most subtle fact springs out of the Hebrew word for ‘breast,’ for scholars tell us it is a beast’s breast, not a man’s.  These Gentile powers have the heart of a wild beast: so, when Daniel has a vision of these successive empires, he sees, not metals, but wild beasts.  Nebuchadnezzar sees the power only: Daniel sees the wickedness that wields the power.  Two Arms but one Breast; the one Empire of the Medes and Persians: of silver, not gold; for it was a monarchy not absolute, but checked and hampered by aristocracy.  This is vividly shown in the impotence of Darius to deliver Daniel from the Persian satraps and governors.  “Then the king was sore displeased, and set his heart on Daniel to deliver him; and he laboured until the going down of the sun to rescue him” (Dan. 6: 14) - and failed.  The Silver Empire, the Medo-Persian Kingdom, was inferior to the Babylonian in antiquity, in power, and in wealth.

 

 

The Thighs of Brass

 

 

Thirdly, Belly and Thighs of Brass: A “third kingdom of brass, which shall bear rule over all the earth  Here we have proof that de jure, though not de facto, these were world empires, “which shall bear rule over ALL THE EARTH  The parallel vision again puts us here on sure ground.  “The rough he-goat the King of Greece  Brass is the smashing metal, the hardest of metals: after the Persian Empire came the Grecian, which rose by conquest alone.  Alexander, who made this Empire, wept because there were no more worlds to conquer: a most striking comment on the prophetic words - “It shall bear rule over all the earth  But brass is inferior to silver and gold: Alexander’s conquests, at his death, split up into the hands of his generals - the power was checked and tempered by military captains.  The gold - absolute monarchy; the silver - monarchy tempered by aristocracy; the brass - monarchy made and unmade by the Army: each opportunity of sinless rule became less, as God became less and less able to trust the monarchies of the world.

 

 

Legs of Iron

 

 

Fourthly, Legs of Iron: “The fourth kingdom shall be strong as iron This kingdom is not named in Daniel; but it is historically certain which it is, because it was to be a kingdom inheriting the dominions of the first three.  One empire did so, and one only: the Roman Empire.  Its crushing power is extraordinarily emphasized. “As iron breaketh in pieces” - by beating or crushing - “and subdueth” - literally, hammers or beats out thin like tin - “all things: and as iron that crusheth all these, shall it break in pieces and crush  Rome marvellously fulfilled it.  By 266 B.C. she had crushed all Italy; by 202 B.C. Spain had been conquered; by 146 B.C. Carthage (and therefore Africa) had fallen: Asia and Egypt fell to her by B.C. 30: Western Europe followed a little later: and by our Lord’s day, or a little after, she had consolidated the whole into an Empire of enormous strength.  But it was iron, a humbler metal than brass or silver: the Roman Emperors rose, sometimes from the lowest ranks; but, when risen, they swayed a sceptre of iron.  And, as the Mede and Persian were two arms, so the Roman Empire was predicted as ending in two Legs.  The accuracy of the prophecy is extraordinary.  From 800 A.D. to the fall of Constantinople in A.D. 1450 - that is, for 6 to 700 years - there were two Emperors reigning at once; and this was strikingly shown in the Imperial Eagle, which was a single eagle with two heads, one looking East and the other looking West.

 

 

Iron and Clay

 

 

But now notice a remarkable change in the last stage of the figure: Iron and Clay.  Power passes from the Head to the Feet.  The Legs were of Iron alone; the Feet are Iron - strength; mingled with Clay - brittleness: “the kingdom shall be partly strong, and partly brittle” - that is, easily broken.  It is startling to observe that one of the earliest commentators, writing while the Legs were still iron only, foresaw the true meaning.  “These events,” says Hippolytus, “are in the future, when the Ten Toes of the Image will have turned out to be so many democracies  Almost every kingdom of the world is at this moment convulsed with this internal conflict, Fascism and Communism: we are living in the last age of the great Image.  “Whereas thou sawest the iron mixed with miry clay” - or earthenware - “they” - that is, the iron rulers - “shall mingle themselves with the seed of men” - the word signifies the ‘people’ ; but the result is foretold - “they shall not cleave one to another, even as iron doth not mingle with clay  It ends in constant friction and unceasing revolution.

 

 

A Stone

 

 

So, then, for three thousand years the world-power - the crown of the world - was to pass down these successive Gentile Empires, and so it did.  But lo, high over this colossal figure hovers an impending Rock - a STONE that waxes into a Mountain, and fills the whole earth: “the God of heaven shall set up a kingdom, which shall never be destroyed  Stone, in Babylonia, was rare; every temple and palace was built of it; it survived, as metal did not, the wear and flux of time, and so presented to the Babylonian a symbol of indestructibility: it is sometimes also - for a diamond is a stone - more precious even than gold.  God at last resumes the power of the world.  “The kingdom of the world” - the world-empire - “shall become the kingdom” - the empire - “of our Lord, and of His Christ; and he shall reign for ever and ever” (Rev. 11: 15).

 

 

Finally, in a lovely and convincing picture, the manner of the Second Coming, and establishment of the Kingdom, follows.  It cannot refer to our Lord’s first coming because that occurred when the Legs were still iron only, and before the twofold division.  It is a Stone “cut without hands,” “out of the mountain”: a Stone quarried out of an earthly mountain, but quarried by no human hands.  This combination occurs in one Man only.  “Behold I lay” - God quarried the Stone - “in Zion” - the Kingdom returns to the Jew, and the Stone is a Jew - “for a foundation a stone, a tried stone” - tried by the First Advent - “a precious corner stone of sure foundation” (Is. 28: 16).  The Stone is the Throne of David,* in Zion: “thou shalt call His name Jesus: He shall be great; and the Lord God shall give unto Him the throne of his father David; and**of His Kingdom there shall be no end” (Luke 1: 31): the Mountain, into which it grows, is the world-wide Kingdom of God. “Thou art my son, and I will give thee the uttermost parts of the earth for thy possession” (Ps. 2: 7).

 

[*NOTE: The ‘Stone’ is a reference to ‘Jesus Christ of Nazareth’ - the ‘crucified,’ ‘rejected’ - ‘whom God raised out of dead ones.’ See Acts 4: 10, lit. Gk.

 

**The word “and” is a disjunction in this context.  It separates our Lord’s millennial kingdom from His everlasting kingdom in “a new heaven and new earth: FOR THE FIRST HEAVEN AND THE FIRST EARTH ARE PASSED AWAY; AND THE SEA IS NO MORE” (Rev. 21: 1, R.V.).]

 

 

Collision

 

 

So it is a smashing collision: “it shall break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms  The Stone, smiting it on the Feet, collapses the whole Image, which, “like the chaff of the threshing-floors then vanishes in dust: exactly as we have seen in our own day, the two most powerful men in the world - Hitler a suicide, and Mussolini hung by a mob.  God gives opportunity of righteous government to all mankind: from absolute monarchy down to modern democracy, all proves unrighteous, and therefore passes away like chaff.  The gradual conversion of the kingdoms of the world by the Gospel was declared a falsehood three thousand years ago:  Christ will come with smashing power on throned iniquity and democratic unrighteousness: for it is all Christless.  “He that falleth on this stone” - the individual who rejects Christ - “shall be broken to pieces: but on whomsoever it shall fall” - the rejecting nations - “it shall scatter him as dust” (Matt. 21: 44).  The last stage has arrived: the last opportunities are passing: the last glory of earthly kingdoms we are beholding today.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

156

 

THE JUDGMENT OF BELIEVERS

 

 

BY G. H. PEMBER, M.A.

 

 

 

THE Millennial Age will be a time, not only of reward for those who will have overcome by the Blood of the Lamb, but also of chastisement for such believers as will be found to have failed in their walk - through indolence, or the minding of earthly things - and will, consequently, be sentenced to remain in abodes of the dead until the Last Day.  For it will then appear, that, through their lack of earnestness and prayer for the Spirit’s help, their sanctification was not perfected during their earth-life; and it must be so before they can dwell for ever with the Lord.  They did evil in the body as well as good, and did not judge themselves and repent with bitter crying before the Lord: therefore, they must be judged by Him, and even as they did, so must they also receive.

 

 

Hence the Judgment-seat of Christ will dispense temporary chastisement for trespasses, as well as rewards. This is plainly indicated in the verses under our consideration, as well as in other striking passages of the First Gospel, which, as we study them in due course, will increase our knowledge of a solemn but disliked and much neglected truth.  We shall, moreover, find it revealed, with equal clearness, in other parts of the New Testament.

 

 

For instance, what does Paul mean in the subjoined passage?  In speaking exclusively of those who have accepted the only true foundation, he tells its, that it is possible to build upon it either with gold, silver and costly stones, or with wood, hay and stubble, and then continues:-

 

 

“Each man’s work shall be made manifest: for the Day shall declare it, because it is revealed in fire; and the fire itself shall prove each man’s work of what sort it is.  If any man’s work shall abide which he built thereon, he shall receive a reward.  If any man’s work shall be burned, he shall suffer loss but he himself shall be saved; yet so as through fire” (1 Cor. 3: 13).

 

 

And again:-

 

 

“Wherefore, also, we make it our aim, whether at home or absent, to be well-pleasing unto Him.  For we must all be made manifest before the Judgment-seat of Christ, that each one may receive the things done in the body, according to what he hath done, whether it be good or bad.  Knowing, therefore, the fear of the Lord, we persuade men, but to God we have been made manifest; and I hope that we have been made manifest also in your consciences” (2 Cor. 5: 9).

 

 

And was not the sentiment expressed in the last verse, the fear of the Lord’s terrible judgment of His Own House, powerfully affecting the Apostle when he wrote:-

 

 

“The Lord grant mercy unto the house of Onesiphorus: for he oft refreshed me, and was not ashamed of my chain; but, when he was in Rome, he sought me diligently, and found me - The Lord grant unto him to find mercy of the Lord at That Day - and in how many things he ministered at Ephesus, thou knowest very wcl1

 

 

Surely, if Paul was moved to interpose this fervent ejaculatory prayer on behalf of one who was not only called, but had also shown himself faithful by fearlessly ministering to the Lord’s servant while he was fighting with wild beasts at Ephesus, and, subsequently, at Rome, when he was in the clutches of the most unscrupulous and cruel of persecuting tyrants - surely, if the Apostle was impelled to pray for such a one, that the Lord would grant him mercy in the Day of his Judgment, there can be no believer who is not in need of the same mercy.

 

 

Hence the decisions issued from the Judgment-seat of Christ will have the following results:- Those servants of the Lord who shall be found to have been faithful will be judged worthy of the First Resurrection, and will immediately be made Priests of God and of His Christ, and will reign with Him for a Thousand Years.  They will thus enjoy the great Sabbath that remains for the people of God, and will themselves rest from their works, even as He did from His.

 

 

But the unfaithful servants will be banished into the darkness without the pale of the Kingdom, where they will be detained, and dealt with according to the sentence of the Lord, until the Last Day.  Then, when the time of reward has passed by, He will raise them up to everlasting life, even as He has promised to do in the case of all who have believed on Him.

 

 

*       *       *       *      *       *       *

 

 

157

 

TWO KINDS OF GROUND

 

 

Two Kinds of Ground; that which Receiveth Blessing from God,

and that which is Rejected.

 

 

 

“FOR the earth which drinketh in the rain that cometh oft upon it, and bringeth forth herbs meet for them by whom it is dressed, receiveth blessing from God; but that which beareth thorns and briers is rejected, and is nigh unto cursing, whose end is to be burned” (Heb. 6: 7, 8).

 

 

The contrast between ground that produces herbage fit for the use of those by whom it is tilled, and ground that brings forth thorns and briers, is apparently given as an illustration of the two ages we have been discussing, namely, the present evil age, which is like the ground that bears thorns and briers, and the age to come, upon which the frequent rain of Heaven, the blessing of God, descends, and which brings forth fruit to those who till it.

 

 

The present age is “rejected being nigh unto a curse.  The end of the things it produces is “to be burned” (literally “for burning”).  The coming age, on the other hand, receives blessing from God.  The mountains of Zion are in the habitable earth to come; and it is there that God commandeth “the blessing which descends like the dew of Hermon (Psa. 133: 3).  This illustration, therefore, furnishes another reason why we should studiously withdraw our affections from the world, and the things that are in the world, and should set them upon the things that are above, where Christ is sitting at the Right Hand of God, waiting until He shall appear “in glory” (Col. 3: 1-4).

 

 

This is entirely a Divine view and estimation of the present age and its things.  That this age is “nigh to a curseand that the boasted products of its scientific civilization are “thorns and briers whose end is “for burning is a fact which few Christians believe, and fewer still act upon.  Yet this is a fact which the Word of God sets forth with unusual fulness and clearness.  “The Lord Jesus shall be revealed from heaven with His mighty angels, in flaming fire” (2 Thess. 1: 7, 8).  “The harvest is the end of the age; and the reapers are the ,angels.  As, therefore, the tares are gathered and burned in the fire, so shall it be AT THE END OF THIS AGE” (Matt. 13: 40).  “Whose fan is in His Hand, and He will thoroughly purge His floor, and gather His wheat into the garner, but He will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire” (Matt. 3: 12).

 

 

In view of these clear warnings of what will surely take place “at the end of this age it is sad indeed to see the time, energies, and money of Christians expended in raising a crop of thorns and briers to feed the flames of that day, when the fire shall try every man’s work of what sort it is. For the fire-test will be applied to the works of those who are on the true Foundation, as it is written: “For other foundation can no man lay than that is laid, which is Jesus Christ.  Now if any man build upon THIS FOUNDATION, gold, silver, precious stones, wood, hay, stubble; every man’s work shall be made manifest of what sort it is.  If any man’s work abide which he hath built thereupon, he shall RECEIVE A REWARD.  If any man’s work SHALL BE BURNED, he shall SUFFER LOSS: but he himself shall be saved, yet so as by (through) fire” (1 Cor. 3: 11-15).

 

 

The case of Lot illustrates this Scripture.  Being a “righteous” man, he was identified, we may be sure, with all the commendable enterprises set on foot for the betterment of Sodom and its citizens.  But whatever works he builded, they were all consumed in the flames of judgment; and he himself was saved only as through fire.

 

 

It should not be overlooked that Lot was given a special warning and opportunity to get clear of Sodom.  That warning and opportunity came when he was taken prisoner with the people of Sodom, and was rescued by Abraham.  On their return, they were met by the King of Sodom, and also by Melchisedec, the King of Salem (Gen. 14: 17, 18).  Then it was that Abraham refused to accept even a gift from the King of Sodom.  Lot must have witnessed the incident, and must have understood the testimony of Abraham.  Nevertheless, Lot parted company with Abraham, and returned to Sodom, perhaps deceiving himself with the thought of the many opportunities for “doing good” existing there; and the next reference to him states that “Lot sat in the gate of Sodom” (19: 1), that is to say, occupied an official post or honour and authority in the city.

 

 

So Lot stands as a type of the christian who takes part in the affairs of the world [as a politician in], and attains distinction therein, but whose works are thorns and briers.  Abraham, on the other hand, represents the ground that receives blessing from God; for it is written that Melchisedec “BLESSED him and said, BLESSED be Abram of the Most High God, possessor of Heaven and earth” (Gen. 14: 20).  The circumstance that Melchisedec “blessed” Abraham is recited in Heb. 7: 1.

 

 

The bringing forth by the earth of thorns and briers, is not a normal thing.  It is wholly abnormal, being the result or the curse which Adam, by his sin, brought upon the ground.  Indeed, it is the thing which specially bears witness to the fact that a curse rests upon the ground.  Therefore, we are confronted at this point with truth that is fundamental, truth that lies at the very bottom of the evil state of human society.  When God set the earth in order for the occupation of mankind, He said, “Let the earth BRING FORTH grass, the herb yielding seed, and the fruit tree yielding fruit after his kind  And God, after creating the man, put him in the garden to dress it and keep it.  Thus, so long as creation was in its normal state, the earth brought forth herbs, meet for them by whom it was dressed.  But when, by Adam, “sin entered the world” (Rom. 5: 12), God cursed the ground for his sake, and said, “Thorns also and thistles shall it BRING FORTH unto thee” (Gen. 3: 17, 18).

 

 

The fact, therefore, that the ground brings forth thorns and briers is a testimony that the man who dresses it is still under the dominion of sin and death.  “Thorns also and thistles shall it bring forth UNTO THEE that is, unto Adam, the natural man, now indwelt by sin.  So long as the earth is possessed and occupied by the race of Adam, the natural man, it will bring forth thorns and briers.  But when, in ‘the age to come’, “creation shall be delivered from the bondage of corruption into the liberty of the GLORY of the children of God” - [for] those [at ‘the first resurrection’] “born not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God” - then it will no longer bring forth thorns and briers, but will yield herbs meet for those by whom it is dressed.

 

 

The production of thorns and briers is, therefore, the characteristic of the natural man, and of this present [evil] age.  Hence, when the Second Man, the Lord out of Heaven, came in the Body of His Flesh prepared for Him, wherein He offered Himself a Sacrifice for SIN, He was crowned with THORNS, signifying that He Himself bore the curse.  Having borne the curse, He is qualified to deliver the purchased possession from the effects of the curse.  In the age to come He will wear, not the crown of thorns, but the “many crowns” which show Him to be “the Blessed and only Potentate, the KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS” (Rev. 19: 12, 16; 1 Tim. 6: 15).  Therefore, the choice now offered to the saints of God is between the age in which their Lord and Saviour was crowned with thorns, and that in which He will wear the many diadems.

 

 

The land of Canaan - the ‘rest’ and ‘the inheritance’ (Deut. 12: 9) promised by the Lord to the Israelites - is put before us as a type of the rest of God to come.  God said of that land, “But the land, whither ye go to possess it, is a land of hills and valleys and DRINKETH WATER of the RAIN of HEAVEN” (Deut. 11: 11).  Thus it corresponds to the ground described in Hebrews 6: 7, “which drinketh in the rain that cometh oft upon it  It also represents the kind which “receiveth blessing from God for the passage in Deuteronomy continues: “A land which the Lord thy God careth for.  The Eyes of the Lord thy God are always upon it, from the beginning of the year, even unto the end of the year” (Dent. 11: 12).  The promise of rain as symbolising blessing from God is also given in Deut. 32: 2: “My doctrine shall drop as the rain, My speech shall distil as the dew, as the small rain upon the tender herb, and as showers upon the grass Also in Deut. 33: 28: “Israel then shall dwell in safety alone: the fountain of Jacob shall be upon a land of corn and wine; also His heavens shall drop down dew

 

 

The song of the vineyard in Isaiah 5. shows that, even under the best possible conditions, the natural man cannot bring forth fruit that is meet for God.  Israel was a vineyard which the Lord Himself had planted, and which He tended.  “For the vineyard of the Lord of Hosts, is the house of Israel, and the men of Judah, His pleasant plant” (ver. 7).  He chose for the site of His vineyard “a very fruitful hill, and He fenced it, and gathered out the stones thereof, and planted it with the choicest vine, and built a tower in the midst of it, and also made a wine press therein: and He looked that it should bring forth grapes, and it brought forth wild grapes” (ver. 2).  There was nothing more that He could have done for Israel; for He asks, “What could have been done more to My vineyard, that I have not done in it(ver. 4).  After showing them His mighty works in delivering them out of Egypt; after driving out their enemies from the Promised Land and planting them therein; after giving them the law, and the covenants, and the priesthood, and the sacrifices, and the promises; after sending His prophets, “rising up early and sending them to call them from their evil ways, what was there more that He could have done to His vineyard?  We may take as a concise explanation of this parable the brief statement found in Heb. 7: 19, “For the law made nothing perfect literally, brought nothing to full-growth; or that in Rom. 8: 3, 4, “For what the law COULD NOT DO, in that it was WEAK THROUGH (because of) THE FLESH, God, sending His own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh, and for sin, condemned sin in the flesh, (in order) that the righteous requirement of the law might be fulfilled in us who walk, not after the flesh, but after the Spirit

 

 

The reason for the failure of Israel, even under the holy law of God, to produce the fruits of righteousness, is the condition of “the flesh  It was because of the hopeless corruption of human nature that the Lord of the vineyard “looked for judgment, but behold, oppression; for righteousness, but behold a cry” (Isa. 5: 7).

 

 

Therefore, the Lord pronounced judgment, saying, “And now, go to; I will tell you what I will do to My vineyard: I will take away the hedge thereof, and it shall be eaten up; and break down the wall thereof, and it shall be trodden down: And I will lay it waste: it shall not be pruned nor digged: but there shall come up BRIERS and THORNS; I will also command the clouds that they RAIN NO RAIN UPON IT” (ver. 5, 6).  This passage connects the song of the vineyard with the sixth of Hebrews.  Moreover, the Lord Himself applied the song of the vineyard in Matt. 21: 33-45.  That Scripture contains the parable of the vineyard, and the Lord, in uttering that parable, uses almost the identical words of Isaiah 5. in describing the vineyard.  The parable shows that the Lord’s judgment on His vineyard was put into execution only after God had sent unto them His Son, saying, “They will reverence My Son”; but the husbandmen, when they saw Him, said, “This is the Heir; come, let us kill Him, and seize on His inheritance  And the parable also shows that the [Messiah’s] “inheritance” is “the Kingdom of God”; for the Lord said, “Therefore say I unto you, The Kingdom of God shall be taken from you, and given to a nation BRINGING FORTH THE FRUITS THEREOF

 

 

So Israel became, and still remains, as ground that is rejected, that is nigh to a curse, bringing forth thorns and briers, whose end is to be burned.  The hedge has been broken down, and the children of Israel have been scattered among the nations of the earth, to take part in their unprofitable doings.

 

 

But deliverance from the curse is promised to them through the Son of God, coming to His vineyard, and submitting Himself to the wicked will of the husbandmen, and being Himself made a curse.  In Isaiah 53., He is described as the Lamb brought to the slaughter, wounded for our transgressions, bruised for our iniquities, and pouring out His Soul unto death.  Then in Isaiah 55., is described the deliverance accomplished and through the Cross of the Redeemer, when “the mountains and the hills shall break forth ... into singing, and all the trees of the field shall clap their hands.  Instead of THE THORN shall come up the fir tree, and instead of THE BRIER shall come up the myrtle tree; and it shall be to the Lord for a name, and for an everlasting sign that shall not be cut off” (ver. 12, 13).  That will be also a time of the rain coming down, as indicated by verse 10: “As the rain cometh down, and the snow from heaven, and returneth not thither, but watereth the earth, and maketh it bring forth and bud, that it may give seed to the sower, and bread to the eater  This speaks of a land that receives blessing from God, drinking in the rain that cometh oft upon it, and bringeth forth, in place of thorns and briers, herbs meet for them by whom it is dressed.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

158

 

OUT-RESURRECTION FROM

AMONG THE DEAD

 

 

BY D.M. PANTON

 

 

 

AN exceedingly remarkable example of a single resurrection, consisting of selected saints alone, has already occurred.* “And the tombs were opened, and many of the bodies of the saints that had fallen asleep” - not all - “were raised; and coming forth out of the tombs they entered into the holy city and appeared unto many” (Matt. 27: 52).

 

[* NOTE: There is nothing in the text above to suggest that this resurrection was into immortality: or that these souls, who appeared “unto many,” did not return to “Hades” and their bodies to the grave!  God had previously allowed a similar event to happen in the account of Saul’s request to the ‘woman’ at En-dor!  “Bring me up Samuel … and Saul perceived that it was Samuel … and Samuel said to Saul, Why hast thou disquieted me, to being me upSam. 28: 11, 14, 15, R.V.  Cf. John 3: 13; Luke 16: 29, 30; Acts 2: 27, 34; 2 Tim. 2: 18, R.V.]

 

 

It is exactly such a resurrection of selected saints, yet to come, of which Paul stresses the emphasis of his whole soul.  All that once valued he says he cast overboard as so much dead cargo:- “I do count them but dung”; and why? “if by any means” - if possible (Meyer); if anyhow (Eadie) - “I may attain” - the word ‘attain’ here means to arrive at the end of a journey - “unto THE OUT-RESURRECTION, OUT FROM AMONG THE DEAD” (Phil. 3: 11) ; that is, not the resurrection of the dead, but a resurrection out from the dead, leaving the rest sleeping in their graves.  That Paul is speaking of bodily resurrection is clear from the closing verse of this chapter:- “We wait for a Saviour who shall fashion anew the body of our humiliation, that it may be conformed to the body of His glory As Professor T. Croskery puts it:- “It is not a part in the general resurrection; it is not spiritual resurrection, for that was already past (in the experience of the Apostle): it is a part of the resurrection of the just, the resurrection of life  It must be the First Resurrection, for only that resurrection leaves dead still in the tombs; “the rest of the dead lived not until the thousand years were finished” (Rev. 20: 5); and so it is the First Resurrection which here rises before Paul as the mighty goal of a mighty effort.

 

 

Never was Paul so anxious to impress uncertainty on the Church as he is here, touching the first resurrection: he piles phrase on phrase implying extreme difficulty of achievement.  “Not that I have already obtained” - that is, attained to the standard qualifying for the prize - the word means to win a prize (as in 1 Cor. 9: 24): “but forgetting the things which are behind” - the failures, the disappointments, the follies - “I press on” - toward the maturity required for the reaping sickle of the First Resurrection: “or am already made perfect” - I am in hot pursuit - “if so be that I may apprehend that for which also I was apprehended by Christ Jesus.  Brethren, I count not myself yet to have apprehended  It is a statement crammed with deliberate uncertainty: “‘if by any means’ is used when an end is proposed, but failure is presumed to be possible” (Alford).  “The Apostle states not a positive assurance, but a modest hope” (Lightfoot).  So high was Paul’s inspired conception of the standard required by God, that most of all in the Apostolic Church he disowned all self-confidence, though more abundant in labours, in sufferings, in confessions than they all; for the clearer our spiritual vision, the more sharply distinct is the distance of the goal.  Let us ponder Bishop Lightfoot’s paraphrase:- “Be not mistaken.  I hold the language of hope, not of assurance.  I have not reached the goal: I am not yet made perfect.  But I press forward in the race, eager to grasp the prize, for as much as Christ also has grasped me.  My brothers, let other men count their security.  Such is not my language.  I do not consider that I have the prize already in my grasp.  This, and this only, is my rule.  Forgetting the landmarks already passed, and straining every nerve and muscle in the onward race, I press forward ever towards the goal that I may win the prize  Paul is now in prison; and the nearer he is to martyrdom, the keener is his pursuit of the prize: and the closer to it, for all martyrs are crowned (Rev. 20: 4).

 

 

Now the Apostle reveals the profound yet simple truth explaining the uncertainty: - namely, the out-resurrection is not a gift in grace, but a prize to be won by devotion and sanctity.  Nothing could be clearer than the Apostle’s words.  First, the renunciation - “I count all things but dung”: next, the aim - “if by any means I may attain unto the select resurrection from among the dead”: finally, the reason - “I press on toward the goal for THE PRIZE of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus  Morally and practically, a gift and a prize are worlds asunder: if a gift has to be won, it is not a gift, but a prize; and if a prize is received without effort, it is not a prize, but a gift.  Here is the solution of the whole problem, and of words of Paul which have puzzled thousands.  Unlike simple salvation, the select resurrection is a prize, not a gift: “I press on for the prize”, he says.  For obtaining simple salvation Paul has just stated that all works he had jettisoned for ever overboard, for God’s salvation is a pure gift - the righteousness of Another given out of hand; but so from this truth producing carelessness in Paul, or the conviction that works after faith are of little account either for time or for eternity, by a counter-truth Paul’s master-passion now is to attain to the Select Resurrection as the prize.  I press on to seize the prize, to attain which Christ seized me: it is Christ’s wish that I should win the prize: it is ‘our heavenward calling’” (Lightfoot), for God is invoking us all so to run that we shall break up with the first through the shattered tombs.  A prize is never won except at the goal: the runner who, at any point of the track, calculates that he has out-distanced all competitors; or gets out of the running tracks; or lingers to look back in satisfaction at the ground covered; or runs with anything but intense concentration - loses the race.  “Seest thou says Chrysostom, “that even here they crown the most honoured of the athletes, not on the race-course below, but the king calls them up and crowns them there  “I press on cries Paul, “toward the prize of our high calling” - the heavenward, upward, Godward call - “in Christ Jesus

 

 

Paul finally presents us with a priceless cluster of truths that shine out like stars.  First, our resolve: “Let us therefore, as many as be perfect (full-grown, mature) be thus minded  That is of Paul’s mind: not doubting or denying that there is such a prize; not foolishly scorning the doctrine of reward; not despairing of ourselves, or ruling ourselves out as competitors; not absorbed in discussion as to who shall win the prize, or wondering how near, or how far, we are ourselves; not reposing on past victories, or resting on past laurels, or crushed and hopeless over past failures; but making the supreme effort of our lives to attain.  “There is a difference between the perfect and the perfected; the perfect are ready for the race; the perfected are close upon the prize” (Bengel).  All the mightiest of mankind have been men of one idea, for concentration is the secret of power , and they are the mightiest saints who have no less an aim than a perfected holiness, the top-stone of which is a bursting upward from the tomb.

 

 

Now follows a golden promise.  “And if in anything” - in any detail of this truth - “ye are otherwise minded” - if you think that the prize is for all believers without effort, or that there is no prize, or that the first resurrection is not the prize, or that it is not worth a life’s devotion, or that you have, by effort, already secured it - “even this” - always assuming a single eye for God’s truth - “shall God reveal unto you”: “the verb indicates an immediate disclosing to the human spirit by the Spirit of God” (Lange).  To differ from Paul is, of course, to confess oneself in error: nevertheless, Paul says, walk with me so far as you can see your path; where you fail to agree with me, or with one another, ask God. “Paul teaches, but God enlightens” (Chrysostom).  This meets the inevitable challenge, foreseen by Paul all down the ages:- ‘Paul, your doctrine of the Prize will plunge the Church into chaos, and sharply sunder the babes from the adult’.  This is the answer.  Seek the best you know, and God will give you a still better best: be perfect in devotion, and a passionate runner, and God is pledged to show us what is “the hope of your calling” (Eph. 4: 4).  Seek God about it, and “even this” - the most golden ideal that ever hovered before human vision - “shall God reveal unto you: only whereunto we have already attained, by that same rule let us walk  For Paul himself the crowning fact remains:- “This ONE THING I do” it remains the master-passion of my life.

 

 

-------

 

 

Overcomers

 

 

It is tragic how many evangelicals abhor responsibility truth.  A striking example has just been given (Life of Faith, Dec. 15, 1948) by Dr. Basil Atkinson.  He says, commenting on the fruit promised to the overcomer (Rev. 2: 7):-

 

 

“The idea has sometimes been mooted that an overcomer is a special kind of Christian.  This is not so.  The New Testament knows of no special kind of Christian, though we all know people who believe that such cliques exist today, yet only if they suppose themselves to belong to them!  An overcomer is another name for a believer.  He will be freely given the fruit of the tree - that is to say, he will enjoy the gift of everlasting life

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

159

 

THE 1,000 YEAR KINGDOM

IN GOD’S PLAN

 

 

BY THOMAS W FINLAY

 

 

 

Kingdom (basileia, Greek) means primarily God’s authority or rule, but its usage includes not only the sovereign rule of God but also the people and realm over which He rules.

 

 

God’s Kingdom runs throughout all eternity, but it takes on different characteristics in successive stages or phases throughout the course of time and eternity. “Thy kingdom is a kingdom of all ages, and thy dominion is throughout all generations (Ps. 145: 13, Darby)

 

 

The present stage of God’s Kingdom has a spiritual realization among today’s believers who have had God’s word and life sown into their hearts (Mk. 4: 3-20), and who have been transferred into the Kingdom of His beloved Son (Col. 1: 13) and enjoy the Kingdom of God in the Holy Spirit (Rom. 14: 17).

 

 

Two future phases of God’s Kingdom are yet to come. The next phase will be the millennial Kingdom of Christ, which He will establish upon His return (Lk. 19: 11-12, 15; Acts 1: 6-11; Rev. 11: 15).  This next phase will last 1,000 years and Christ will openly reign on the earth from His throne in Jerusalem (Matt. 19: 28; 25: 31; Is. 2: 1-3; 24: 23; Mic. 4: 6-8: Rev. 20: 4-6).  At the end of Christ’s 1,000 year reign, there will be a final rebellion of some of mankind and Satan, which God will judge (Rev. 20: 7-10). Then Christ, at this point, will deliver the Kingdom to God the Father, bringing in the final, eternal phase of God’s Kingdom, which is realized in the new heavens, the new earth, and the New Jerusalem (1 Cor. 15: 24-26; Rev. 21: 1-2).

 

 

The millennial Kingdom (1,000 years) has more prophetic Scripture devoted to it than does any other prophetic topic.  We must see its importance in God’s plan, including His plan for believers.  Below are some of the names and meaning of this phase of God’s Kingdom:

 

* The Sabbath rest. (Heb. 4: 9). This rest is foreshadowed by God’s rest on the 7th day after His creative activity (Gen. 2: 2; Heb. 4: 4).  This rest follows God’s redemptive activity.

 

* The age to come. (Matt. 12: 32; Mk. 10: 30; Heb. 6: 5). This will be the next age, brought in by Jesus’ second coming (Matt. 13: 39-40; 43).

 

* The regeneration. (Matt. 19: 28) Also called the “the times of restoration” (Acts 3: 21) as a fulfilment of prophecy (Is. 11: 1-10; 65: 18-25). This title indicates that this period is a time when the earth is released from its bondage to corruption (Rom. 8: 20-21).

 

* The 1,000 year reign of Christ. (Rev. 20: 3-6). Popularly termed “the Millennium”.  Christ will rule over the earth from His throne in Jerusalem during this period (Matt. 19: 28; 25: 31; Is. 24: 23; Mic. 4: 7; Zech. 8: 3). He will rule with a “rod of iron” to keep all evil in check (Rev. 2: 27; 19: 15).

 

* The Kingdom (in certain verses). (Matt. 5: 20; 7: 21; 16: 28; 19: 23-24; 22: 2; Lk. 9: 62; 13: 28-30; 18: 24-25, 29; 19: 12, 15; 22: 29, 30; Acts 14: 22; 1 Cor. 6: 9-10; 15: 50; Gal. 5: 21; Eph. 5: 5; 1 Thess. 2: 12; 2 Thess. 1: 5; 2 Tim. 4: 1, 18; Jas. 2: 5; 2 Pet. 1: 10-11; Rev. 12: 10).

 

 

Blessings upon the earth during the 1,000 year Kingdom: The lifting of the curse.  The curse brought in by Adam’s sin is lifted to a great degree in the coming Kingdom age.  The creation is released from its bondage to corruption (Rom. 8: 21; Is. 11: 6-9; 35: 1; 55: 13).  Satan will be bound (Rev. 20: 1-3).  He will not be able to tempt and destroy.  Health for the redeemed (Is. 33: 24; 35: 5-6).  Christ’s earthly healing ministry foreshadowed the Kingdom condition (Matt. 8: 16-17; Heb. 6: 5).  Peace (Is. 2: 4).  Righteousness and justice (Is. 11: 4; 32: 1).  Joy (Is. 14: 7; 51: 11).  Comfort (Is. 49:13).  Truth will prevail (Jer. 33: 6; Zech. 8: 3). Material prosperity (Jer. 31: 12).  Holiness (Is. 11: 9).  Fullness of the Holy Spirit (Is. 44: 3).  Other blessings will also exist.  The remnant of the Jews converted at the end of this present age, and certain Gentiles will become subjects in this Kingdom (Ps. 2: 7-9; Zech. 12: 9-10; Rom. 11: 26-27; Matt. 19: 27-28; 25: 32-34).

 

 

Significance of the millennial Kingdom.  Since this coming age seems to the natural mind to be only a brief prelude to eternity, with somewhat similar conditions, we, may make the mistake of downplaying its importance.  However, since God has paid so much attention to this coming age in His Word, it seems to have great significance in His overall plan.  We can only suggest some reasons why God has placed such importance upon this coming age:

 

 

* The Messiah’s Kingdom.  Firstly, this Kingdom is the Kingdom of the Lord Jesus Christ, where He openly rules over all the earth. Here, He is at last manifested as the true and worthy Sovereign. His roles as Prophet, Priest and King are fully seen. His full supernatural power, His righteousness and His full authority are displayed. Many names of the Messiah will find their fulfilment in this age. Some of these names are: the Branch, the Lord of Hosts, the Rod of Jesse, the King, the Judge, the Lawgiver, the Redeemer, the Shepherd, the Stone, the Teacher, the Son of Man.  In God’s plan, this age will be used to uniquely display the glory of the Jesus Christ.

 

* Many promises to God’s people Israel will be fulfilled. God is faithful to His promises and covenants with His chosen people the tribes of Israel. Thus, the Abrahamic covenant, the Davidic covenant, the Palestinian covenant, and the New covenant all find fulfilment in this era.

 

* This Kingdom Age will be a display of God’s triumph over the damage done to the earthly sphere by Satan and the fall of man. God’s authority and God’s wisdom in creation were challenged by Satan and Adam and Eve. Yet, this Kingdom age brings about the “times of restoration” (Acts 3: 21) showing God’s triumph over evil.

 

* In the “age to come” God’s plan for man is realized and displayed through Christ and the overcomers, who are Christ’s joint-heirs (Rom. 8: 17; Heb. 1: 9; 3: 14).  God’s purpose for man in creation was for man to be in His image and for man to exercise dominion for God (Gen. 1: 26).  Adam lost the right to rule through disobedience and the earth was usurped by Satan.  God’s plan is finally realized in the Millennium (Heb. 2: 5-9; Rev. 2: 26-27; 3: 21; 20: 4-6).  The overcomers are those faithful believers who overcome the obstacles of this life to faith and obedience. The overcomers are pictured by Joshua and Caleb, who were the only adult men who fully followed the Lord in the exodus generation.  They were rewarded with entry into the good land (a picture of the Kingdom reward).  The overcomers are also pictured by the overcomers of each of the seven churches of Rev. 2 and 3.  The various rewards to these overcomers portray some aspect of the Kingdom reward.  In this age (in our lifetimes) God is seeking to prepare believers to be fit to reign in the next age.  Those who learn self-denial and obedience now will be prepared to reign then and also be priests to God (Lk. 19: 16-17; Rom. 8: 17b, 2 Tim. 2: 12a; Rev. 20: 6).  The reward to the overcomer also includes a magnified enjoyment of Christ as eternal life, which is in accord with man’s design of being created in the image of God (Lk. 18: 30; Jn. 17: 3; Rev. 2: 7, 17; 3: 4, 12).  Although it is clear that the overcomers share in Christ’s rule over peoples on the earth (Matt. 19: 28; Lk. 19: 11-19; 2 Tim. 2: 12; Rev. 2: 26-27; 3: 21; 5: 10), they also seem to have some share in the New Jerusalem above the earth during this time (Rev. 3: 12; 21: 2).

 

* A final test and opportunity for sinful man.  Children born to adults who enter the Kingdom will have sinful natures. Such persons will have opportunity for salvation.  Yet, even under the ideal conditions of Christ’s reign, many people will finally rebel against God at the end of the Millennium when Satan is loosed, proving fallen man’s wickedness (Rev. 20: 7-10).

 

* The era of reward. Scripture seems to place the focus on rewards for believers during this period (Matt. 19: 28; Lk. 18: 29-30; 1 Cor. 1: 8-10; Gal. 5: 19-21; Eph. 5: 3-7; Rev. 2: 26-27).  All saints reign in eternity (Rev. 22: 33).

 

 

The Kingdom prize (reward) is the goal of the Christian race and is given by God as a great incentive for us to run with endurance (1 Cor. 9: 24-27; Heb. 10: 35-36; 11: 24-26).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

160

 

GLORY OR SHAME

 

 

BY W. F. ROADHOUSE

 

 

“The book from which these extracts are taken is a remarkable proof that sections of the Church of Christ are slowly waking to the immense importance of responsibility truth. We appreciate it for covering, with exceptional completeness, the numberless truths that involve the believer in anything between incredible glory and the gravest possible penalty short of eternal destruction - all depending solely on his conduct in discipleship.” - D. M. PANTON.

 

-------

 

 

 

THE Bema has been said, for a generation or longer, to be but for the adjudication of Rewards. The usage cited, out of the eleven times the word is employed, indicates otherwise - and for us, New Testament usage determines its meaning.  For example, Pilate sat on the Bema - did he “reward” Christ, or condemn him? (Matt. 27: 19; John 19: 13).  Herod sat upon a Bema, trying both criminals and good men (Acts 12: 21). Gallio heard accusations against the Apostle Paul (Acts 18: 12, 16, 17, used twice).  Festus “sat on the Bema” which Paul said was also “Caesar’s Bema” (Acts 25: 4-19, used twice).  This Bema (translated “Judgment seat”) is to dispense not only happy rewardings but also the opposite.  The word itself means - a step, or foot-room; then a platform, or raised place; then it became the word for tribune, or place where judgment was administered. It is used but twice in its ordinary, secular way (as in Acts 7: 5), “not so much as to set his foot on  Thus we have what the New Testament itself yields and settles for us its meaning.  By this we stand.

 

 

Paul is ‘stretching forward’ to what (Phil. 3: 11)?  “IF BY ANY MEANS” he may “attain unto the out-resurrection (exanastasis, Gr., found only here in the New Testament) from the dead  This expression, “if by any means” (ei pos, Gr.) is used five times in the New Testament, always with the possibility of failure in it and once positive failure (Paul’s shipwreck).  Just this uncertainty is what the expression means.  And assuredly his figure, that follows this, clearly indicates the same, namely, “Stretching forward (the intense Greek runner) to the things which are before, I press on toward the goal unto THE PRIZE of the upward calling of God in Christ Jesus  This is precisely his picture in 1 Cor. 9: 24-27 where Paul says, “Know ye not that they which run in a race run ALL, but ONE receiveth the prize  This is the prize of “the crown which too many, altogether too many [regenerate Christians], will not receive!  “IF BY ANY MEANS” is absolute uncertainty.  And the winner of “the prize” must be ever “on the stretch” like the self-disciplined athlete of both ancient and modern times.  Ever seeking to “lay hold of” that for which he had been “laid hold of” by Christ Jesus.  There is no other life than this glorious intense one, if we would share in this “PRIZE OF THE UPWARD CALLING OF GOD IN CHRIST JESUS  There will be non-successful runners aplenty.  “One receiveth the prize.  Even so run that ye may obtain  The Lord help us all!

 

 

Hear the Divine pronouncement - 1 Cor. 6: 9, 10, “the unjust, of God the kingdom of God shall not inherit ... Be not deceived: neither fornicators, nor ... nor ... nor ... shall inherit the kingdom of GodIn passing, note chapter 5: 1-5, the incestuous one that aroused the Apostle’s holy indignation.  This [regenerate] member of the Corinthian church was “judged” by Paul, was then excluded by the assembly (would to God this needed function was carried out to-day by the churches, some of whom are a stench in their community); this resulted in Satan’s chastisement of God’s child, bringing him to a sense of his deep sinfulness; in 2 Corinthians he is restored to his fellow-believers (2: 1-9); and thus “the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus  Galatians 5: 19-21 further confirms this truth - “Now the works of the flesh are manifest, which are these: fornication, uncleanness ... of which I forewarn you, even as I did forewarn you (how often for us?), that they who practise such things shall not inherit the kingdom of God

 

 

Christ refers to what the Lord bestows upon His “servants” of these days.  He “gave ten pounds” to each of “ten servants” to trade with.  Returning from the far country, “having received the kingdom,” he now requires an accounting of their stewardship.  One had “gained by trading” double his bestowment; another had secured half that increase.  To both he gave his commendation, “Well done  But the third had merely hid his entrusted gift, leaving it idle (even chiding his lord for hardness); him the master (note it well) strips of all ministry, designating him a “wicked servant  He got no share, in what is assumed here, in his coming kingdom-rule.  The others are rewarded by authority over ten, or five cities.  Note that they were ALL bondslaves (doulos, Gr.) bought and owned by their master - the third class here, “the citizens outsiders, were not his stewards, and were slain because they refused his right “to reign over them  How perfectly all this fits into the whole plan of Divinely - bestowed stewardship.  This ever-recurring going to Rome to be invested there with the Imperial authority to rule a Roman province with its vivid incidents so familiar to the Palestinians, Jesus used to picture His disciples’ ministering for Him in His absence until His crowning day had come, and then the time of bestowal of rulership - rewards in His glorious reign.  Hence the necessary adjudication at His Bema (as that of the Roman governors) of the awards for days ahead.  We shall be excluded from all reigning with Him because we left our “gift” only unused!  “Behold I come quickly: hold fast that which thou hast, that no man take thy crown” (Rev. 3: 11).

 

 

In Matt. 25: 1-13 the Lord teaches again the possibility of failure to those who, professing to “watch”, carelessly get into an unprepared condition.  Purity of life - “virgins” and the Spirit’s fullness - “the oil” - axe the essentials for preparedness here.  Let those deny who will what a simple concordance study will show any seeker (Lev. 8: 10-12; 21: 12; 1 Sam. 10: 1, 6; Rev. 14: 1-5), that “the oil” is ever emblematic of the Holy Ghost - both of these groups of five had the lamps and “the oil  ALL were “virginsALL had “oil  ALL waited “to go forth to meet the Bridegroom  The “wise” while waiting professedly, “slumbered and slept but were safe-guarded by “the oil” in their lamps - the “foolish” were not ready, for they cry, “Our lamps are going out  Not that they were never lit.  They were alight before.  Manifestly their testimony had ebbed until it faded out - and now the Bridegroom was at hand!  With “going out” lamps it was too late to be “ready” and none was there to help.  How true to experience - from the first days of this century many are to-day sadly failing; once full of joy of the Spirit’s fullness they are to-day outwardly dead and fruitless.  They could truly say “Our lamps are going out  We believe many “prophecy students” have lapsed in holy living, in sacrifice, in giving, in prayer life, and what not.  And they will be amongst those for whom “the door was shut  For when “the Bridegroom came ... they that were ready went in with Him to the wedding feast  And the foolish shouted, “Lord, Lord open to us  But he answered and said, “Verily I say unto you, I know (oida, Gr.) you not  This last phrase presents no difficulty, for this is not salvation truth, but refers strictly to the subject of SHARING IN “THE KINGDOM” JOYS.  It is absolutely different from the case of the false “teachers” of Matt. 7: 21-23 - deluded ones to whom Jesus says, “I never knew (egnon, Gr.) you: depart from Me, ye workers of lawlessness  In Matt. 25: 1 the “virgins” are prospective, potential members of the reigning personnel of the kingdom-reign.  No error nor departure from God’s truth is in sight - they fail because of unguarded and ill-prepared watchfulness, and thus are the sorrowful subjects of an exclusion judgment when the Lord returns.  “Watch therefore Christ concludes.  And He never says this to the unsaved “world” - why should He?

 

 

Far too greatly have we been taught that if but “once in grace” without further obedience, or loyalty, or keen following of the “way of the cross,” entitles us to literally everything that God has for His people.  It is our conviction that so has this been stressed that it lies at the back of the backslidden, “dry rot” condition of the church - even within the ranks of much-professing Fundamentalism to-day.  Potentially, of course, literally all is ours - it is not actually, possessively so, until “by faith” and deep renunciation we “begin to possess” our inheritance.  No longer any folding of hands, no longer any easy-living, fully-indulging our pampered selves - but living after the pattern of the devoted followers of Christ in other days.  No other kind or degree of Christian life will see us through to God’s highest and best.

 

 

“NOW UNTO HIM THAT IS ABLE TO KEEP US FROM FALLING, AND TO PRESENT US FALTLESS BEFORE THE PRESENCE OF HIS GLORY WITH EXCEEDING JOY; TO THE ONLY WISE GOD OUR SAVIOUR, BE GLORY AND MAJESTY, DOMINION AND POWER, BOTH NOW AND EVER!

 

 

-------

 

 

A. T. Pierson, D.D. - “The greatest of all the revelations about the future conditions of the saints is, that they are to be identified with Jesus Christ in His reign - that is, those who ‘overcome  Not all saints are to be elevated to this position; this is for victorious saints.”

 

 

Dr. J. Hudson Taylor of China, the outstanding missionary, said:- “We wish to place on record our solemn conviction that not all who are Christians, or think themselves such, will attain to that resurrection of which St. Paul speaks in Philippians 3: 11, or will thus meet the Lord in the air.  Unto those who by lives of consecration manifest that they are not of the world, but are looking for Him, ‘He will appear without sin unto salvation’.” - From Union And Communion (ed. 5, p. 83).

 

 

R. Govett, M.A. - “It is a matter of sad observation that every species and degree of crime is committed, and has been committed, by believers after their conversion: so that there may be positive and entire forfeiture of the kingdom, and only the lowest position in Eternal Life after it.  The native magnitude of this truth must speedily redeem it from all obscurity.  Those who have the single eye will perceive its amplitude of evidence, and embrace it, in spite of the solemn awe of God which it produces, and the depth of our own personal responsibility which it discloses  Many such testimonies can be adduced from those who have not been regarded as teachers of the foregoing message. - W.F.R.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

161

 

SELECTIVE RAPTURE AND

“NOT A HOOF LEFT BEHIND

 

 

 

REPEATEDLY, when the subject of Selective Rapture has come up of late, the reply has been “There shall not a hoof be left behind  The manner in which this Scripture is quoted is meant to leave us in no doubt that this is the death-blow to Selective Rapture.  We readily admit that there is a sound of finality about the quotation, if indeed it can be made to refer to Selective Rapture; but does it?  The quotation is taken from Ex. 10: 26 (context 24-27) and refers to God’s contest with Pharaoh.  The latter is now willing to let the Israelites leave Egypt on condition that they leave their flocks and herds behind.  To this Moses replied:- “There shall not a hoof be left behind  This was God’s answer to that stubborn ruler.

 

 

When our friends quote to us, “There shall not a hoof be left behind”, they mean us to understand that not a single believer will be left on earth after the Rapture of 1 Thess. 4: 15-17 has taken place.  So ignorant are they of the teaching of the New Testament on this subject that they do not know that all referred to in 1 Thess. 4: 15-17 had already been left behind when the Firstfruits were raptured before the Great Tribulation commenced, Rev. 12: 5, 14: 1-5.  Furthermore if they would only look at Ex. 10: 26 and its context (24-27) they would quickly discover that Ex. 10: 26 can at best only be made to apply to the New Birth of a believer, when he departs from the World (Egypt).  When the time came for the Israelites to enter Canaan - answering to the Rapture - “ALL THE HOOFS” were left behind, except the feet of Joshua and Caleb.  These two, of all the millions that left Egypt, alone trod the sacred soil of Canaan, for they followed the Lord wholly.

 

 

We wish to remind our friends that it was the purpose of God that all the Israelites who left Egypt should and could enter the Promised Land.  They sadly failed because of prolonged unbelief and disobedience.  Only two Overcomers entered the land, the rest having been left behind in the Wilderness; and these things are especially recorded to warn believers of the present Dispensation that they should not fail to enter the Heavenly [and Millennial] Canaan (of which these were a type) through unbelief, ignorance and laziness.

 

 

It is our Lord’s desire that all believers should have part in the First Resurrection.  He who knows the end from the beginning has made it perfectly clear that the majority will repeat the grave blunder of the Israelites who were behind in the Wilderness.

 

 

Thus we find that Ex. 10: 26 instead of being a death-blow to Selective Rapture proves it up to the hilt.  It further proves that those who use it in the above manner “wrest this Scripture” to their own undoing, 2 Peter 3: 16, for it teaches the very opposite to what they intend it to teach.  This ignorance is unfortunately met with in regard to the whole subject of the Lord’s Second Advent.

 

 

The Jews of old said within themselves, - “We have Abraham to our Father therefore every blessing that God can bestow is sure to us regardless of any condition.  We know that through their vain conceit they missed God’s wonderful [promised]* Salvation.  Even so, there is a large section of present day [regenerate] believers, who boast of their standing in Christ assuming that sharing the Throne of Christ, and a part in the First Resurrection, is a dead certainty as far as they are concerned, yet being totally ignorant of the fact that these blessings will never be theirs unless they fulfil the conditions that God has attached to them.

 

[* NOTE: The word ‘Salvation’ in this context, has nothing whatsoever to do with the salvation they presently had received: it has a reference to that salvation which they could have had, if only they obeyed and trusted their God!  All too often, the redeemed people of God, fail to see the importance of a future salvation, “ready to be revealed in the last time … the salvation of souls … and the glories that should follow” (1 Peter 1: 5, 9, 11b, R.V.) - at some Divinely appointed time in the near future!]

 

 

Eternal Life is the Free Gift of God to all believers, but part in the First Resurrection and Reigning with Christ on His Throne is only promised to, and obtained by, Overcomers.  They are not a Free Gift, but a Reward to whole-hearted devotion to Christ; “for the fine linen is the righteous acts of the saintsRev. 19: 8 R. V.

 

 

I am sewing, sewing day by day

A dress in time I shall display;

I want to make it fit and fair,

This dress my soul will have to wear;

And every day and passing minute,

I’m putting common stitches in it.

 

 

If the reader desires to be a Caleb, he will have to be prepared to stand alone amidst the very people of God.  He will have to go further and deeper into this subject than popular Periodicals and Preachers will take him.  If he desires to go more fully into this matter, we recommend him to write for the undermentioned free leaflets, written by aged and deeply taught Servants of God, who have no other desire but to glorify their God and help their brethren.  All it will cost you is a stamped-addressed envelope, and you will receive.

 

 

-------

 

 

REIGNING

 

 

GOD would have granted to all Israel reigning glory in the kingdom; but He found only a few from that unbelieving nation who would allow Him to have His way with their lives.  Israel as a whole therefore has lost the honour awaiting those proved faithful under the old covenant.

 

 

In this age of grace God seeks rulers for His kingdom.  The promises by means of which He encourages us and strengthens us to allow Him fully to prepare us are many.  Notice:- “If we suffer, we shall also reign with him: if we deny him, he also will deny us” (2 Tim. 2: 12).  “And if children, then heirs; heirs of God, and joint-heirs with Christ; if so be that we suffer with him, that we may be also glorified together” (Rom. 8: 17).  “Do ye not know that the saints shall judge the world? and if the world shall be judged by you, are ye unworthy to judge the smallest matters?  Know ye not that we shall judge angels? how much more things that pertain to this life?” (1 Cor. 6: 2, 3).

 

 

The crowns which are offered to us, provided that we meet specific conditions, distinctly point to positions of highest authority in the kingdom of Christ.  Crowns indicate the rank and the authority of the wearers. Comparatively few persons are worthy of them.  Who are worthy we can readily learn from the Scripture conditions attached to the offer of each.  To those who endure temptation is given the crown of life (James 1: 12).  To those exercising self-control in all things is given the incorruptible crown (1 Cor. 9: 25).  To those who love His appearing and finish their course is given the crown of righteousness (2 Tim. 4: 8).  To those who faithfully care for the flock of God is given the crown of glory (1 Pet. 5: 4).  To those who win converts who stand fast to the glory of God is given the crown of rejoicing (1 Thess. 2: 19).

 

 

The promise in 1 Corinthians 6: 2, 3 reveals the scope of the inheritance which falls to the obedient in the church of God. To these is promised authority not only in the world but also over angels whose habitation is the heavenly places.  In the church God is preparing authorities to reign in His kingdom both on earth and in the heavenly places.  Many of these have already fallen asleep in Christ.  Tremendous events must occur before they and we, if obedient, shall reign with Christ.  All the church together must be caught up to meet Christ, every member receiving a glorified [and immortal] body - [of “flesh and bones” (Luke 24: 39, R.V.)] - like His.  At the judgment seat of Christ we shall learn what will be our eternal service as determined by the fiery test of all our earthly works.  We await also the return of the Lord Jesus Christ to earth as King before those fit to reign can commence to exercise their appropriate authority.

 

 

One of the most powerful incentives which a Christian can know is the realization that God offers him surpassing reward, even the honour of reigning with Christ, if he continues obedient to Him to the point of suffering while living now on earth.  Christians have neglected this supremely important truth, and so they lack its power to fortify them unto all obedience for Christ’s sake.

 

 

When our Lord appears and establishes His [millennial] kingdom by indisputable right, He will have ready His full staff of administrators; princes, rulers, and officials of all degrees of authority.  These will abolish all rule save His own.  These will destroy the works of wickedness in the earth.  These will compel the nations to submit to the Lord.  These will maintain perfect order and righteousness in all parts of the kingdom.  The Lord’s staff of administrators will be thoroughly trustworthy to perform His least command, for He tried them and proved them by the discipline of varied experiences when they lived on earth.  These He will send forth throughout His kingdom to put all His enemies under His feet.

 

 

We may exclaim, “How trifling this life appears in comparison with the experiences we shall have in the kingdom of Christ!” Yet not a moment of this present life lacks significance.  For God has designed everything for our training, to make us ready to rule in His kingdom.  And does not His training exactly suit us?  How real a struggle we have to obey Him even in small matters; how unceasing must be our self-denial every waking moment; how easily our hearts are diverted to other things besides His interests, which ever must be supreme in our lives.  Yes, the Lord trains us in the wisest fashion as we abide in the place of His choice.  That place is the only place where the specific training can be found which will make us ready for His specific eternal honours for us, to His glory.   - The Prophetic Word.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

162

 

CONSTANT READINESS

 

 

BY SARAH FOULKES MOORE

 

 

 

THE unannounced hour of our Lord’s return makes imperative constant readiness.  As a prophet foretelling His own Advent, our Lord gives to His disciples emphatic and pointed warnings to watchful readiness (Matt. 24 and 25).

 

 

“WATCH ... lest coming suddenly He find YOU sleeping.  And what I say unto YOU, I say unto all, WATCH” (Mark 13: 36-37).

 

 

Speaking as one with authority, our Lord begins and ends this solemn Advent-warning with the single, explicit command to WATCH!

 

 

Christians who are really preparing for the Lord’s impending Advent are to-day living in the ever-vigilant attitude of heart, life and conduct that springs from one constant and predominating aim - that they may be accounted worthy to escape the Judgment Wrath that is now coming swiftly upon the end of this Age.

 

 

Luke 21: 34-36 makes it startling and plain that translation is an escape from judgment.  Many are taking for granted that they are ready to escape.  How presumptuous their assumption when contrasted to the example Scripture sets before us in Paul!  In anticipation he writes to the Philippians:- “Not that I have already attained, either were already perfect: but I follow after ... I Press towards the mark for the prize

 

 

Paul lived out his daily Christian experience as a man running a race with the purpose in view of winning the prize.  He stripped himself in his race for the crown laid up for all them who overcome and live godly in Christ Jesus (Rev. 12: 11).  Thus Paul could say “Thanks be unto God who always causeth us to triumph in Christ  That he might be a victor and not a victim of his circumstances Paul put heart and soul into his Christian experience.  He strained every nerve, bent every muscle to apprehend that for which Christ apprehended him.  Not long before he departed he evidently attained to the high calling of God in Christ, for he said, “I am ready now ... I have fought a good fight, I have finished the course, I have kept the faith ... henceforth there is laid up for me a crown ... which the Lord ... shall give me in that day.”  What a rapturous assurance was Paul’s!  And it may be ours, if we, like Paul, press into the overcomings that make us more than conquerors over the world, the flesh and Satan.

 

 

Enoch was translated because he had the testimony that he pleased God.  The carnal mind is enmity against God.  Can we, therefore, hope to walk with God and please Him as long as we have any carnality, fleshliness, earthliness in us? “I, brethren, could not speak unto you as unto spiritual, but as unto carnal ... for ye are yet carnal: for whereas there is among you envying and strife, and divisions, are ye not carnal and walk as men(1 Cor. 3).

 

 

The words “WATCH” and “PRAY” are constantly on the lips of our Lord when warning of His sudden thief-like returning.  All teaching, all preaching, all activity which annuls the Lord’s solemn warning to His own to take heed to themselves and watch and pray always makes for dangerous unalertness.  This is the reason why many Christians to-day are walking carelessly, as though going to a picnic, when as a matter of fact, we are in the very hour of the Advent and judgment has already begun at His Sanctuary.  The [coming] rapture itself is a token of that judgment on those who are left.  Hence the whole strategy of Satan is to prevent the vigilance and alertness the Lord has so solemnly counselled.

 

 

“So shall also the coming of the Son of man be.  There shall two be in a field: one shall be taken and the other left ... WATCH, therefore, for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come” (Matt. 24: 39-42).

 

 

It has been said the only difference between the one the Lord takes in translation and the one left to earth’s last judgments is the difference of watchful readiness.  In His last discourses our Lord sought to rouse with exhortations to watchfulness the unwatchful disciple, the “robbed good man of the house,” and the unfaithful steward (Matt. 24 and 25).

 

 

“Watch therefore for ye know neither the day nor the hour when the Son of Man cometh  Christ made ever-pressing the necessity of being ever ready.  “Let your loins be girded about, and your lights burning: and ye yourselves like unto men that wait for their Lord ... Blessed are those servants, whom the Lord when He cometh shall find WATCHING” (Luke 12: 35-37).

 

 

We stand on the threshold of Christ’s returning.  Every tick of the clock draws us nearer.  The darkness of earth’s midnight is overspreading.  The coming of the Bridegroom is at hand.  Hence His Bride is making herself ready.  The Spirit of the Antichrist is abroad in the world.  The great tribulation is casting its shadows before.  Christians, look up!  Be instantly ready, vigilant, watchful; “Now is the time for you to wake out of sleep; for now is salvation nearer to us than when we first believed.  The night is far spent, and the day is at hand” (Rom. 13: 11, 12).

 

 

An almost imperceptible spiritual movement is at work in the hearts of all true believers, separating the gold from the dross, the real from the unreal, the precious from the vile, the chaff from the wheat.  It comes like a sacred hush upon the soul, the overshadowing of the Presence drawing near.

 

 

Christ is coming!  Be ready when He comes.  Separate yourself from the world’s indulgence.  Disentangle yourself from your immersion in the affairs of this life.  Watch and pray always!  A carnal Christian cannot be watchful.  We can only watch as we keep spiritually awake.  The word “Watch” means to be spiritually aroused, to be on the constant alert.  “I sleep, but my heart waketh; it is the voice of my beloved that knocketh, saying, Open to me ... my dove, my undefiled, for my head is filled with dew, and my locks with the drops of the night” (Song of Songs 5: 2).

 

 

He is coming when we think not.  There is to be no warning.  “As the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west, so shall also the coming of the Son of Man be” (Matt. 24: 27).  One quick, blinding flash and the [regenerate] watchful will be with the Lord.  The [regenerate] unwatchful according to our Lord’s own words will not escape earth’s last judgments (Luke 21: 34-36).

 

 

“The spirit of a man is the lamp of the Lord” (Prov. 20: 27).  In His parable of the virgins our Lord reveals there will be a lamp-trimming revival on the eve of His returning.  How long does it take to trim a lamp?  The wise have only time to trim their lamps, not fill them, before the door is closed.  It is going to require constant, vigilant preparation of heart, life and lip to make and keep us ready to meet and greet our soul’s Beloved when He, all glorious, comes to receive those “accepted in the Beloved

 

 

“One known sin un-dropped, one known command disobeyed, one known truth unbelieved, one part of the life knowingly unyielded, and we stand in jeopardy.  The last shadows are falling across the world, and therefore across your life.  Yet you are not ready; but there is time to win the victory before the sun goes down. YOUR COMING JUDGE IS YOUR PRESENT SAVIOUR.” - The Midnight Cry.

 

 

-------

 

 

FIRST CROWN - THE CROWN OF INCORRUPTION

 

 

1. “Know ye not, that those who run in a race, run indeed all of them, but one (only) receiveth the prize?  So run that ye may attain.  And every one that enters the contest is temperate in all things.  Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown but we an incorruptible.  I therefore so run, not as uncertainly so fight I, not as one that beateth the air: but I keep under my body, and bring it into subjection; lest by any means, after having acted the herald to others, I myself should be rejected” 1 Cor. 9: 24-27. (Greek.)

 

 

The crown promised above appears to belong to those who use self-denial in subduing the lusts of the flesh. He that sows to the flesh, reaps of it corruption: he that sows to the spirit, reaps of it incorruption, and the crown of incorruption.  For the flesh is an enemy to be conquered, and to the victor is promised the crown.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

163

 

ARE WE READY FOR THE COMING?

 

 

BY SARAH FOULKES MOORE

 

 

 

“What I say unto you I say unto all, WATCH

 

 

-------

 

 

 

VERY soon the Lord is Coming.  He is coming as a Bridegroom.  He is coming for a Bride.  He leaves Ivory Palaces to come for her because He greatly desires her beauty.  The beauty of the Bride of Christ is portrayed in the Bridal Psalm (45) as “all glorious within  The glory of the Lord is mentioned many times in Scripture. One translation of the word “glory” is beauty, meaning the beauty of the Lord.  Hence we worship the Lord in the beauty of His holiness.  So likewise His Bride for whom He comes from Heaven to receive is portrayed in prophetic type and anti-type, as adorned in the beauty of holiness.  Her clothing is of wrought gold (Psa. 45). Christ espouses to Himself a Bride who is glorious within and without.  By revelation Paul sees Christ presenting to Himself this Bride, “Glorious ... not having spot or wrinkle  John, the seer, envisions the Bride in Heaven.  The one thing he emphasizes is the fact she had made herself ready.

 

 

The Church of the Firstborn is spoken of as a virgin, meaning a people separated from the world unto God. Paul wrote to the Christians under his ministry, “I have espoused you to one husband, that I may present you as a chaste virgin to Christ” (2 Cor. 11: 2).  Christian, are you all-glorious within?  Are your spiritual robes without spot or wrinkle?  God abhors garments spotted by the flesh.  He wants us to abhor them.  Enoch is a type of the translation saints.  He had the testimony that he pleased God.  Christian, is your life chaste and pure?  Is your walk with the Lord so attractive that He will greatly desire your beauty?  If you or I have one thing in us that is contrary to His Word we cannot please Him -  He measures our Love to Him by the measure of our obedience to His Word (Jn. 14: 15).

 

 

Now in this hour of His appearing the matter of making ourselves ready is the most important thing that concerns us.  Many are taking for granted they are ready.  Measured by Christ’s own words to His disciples, readiness for translation does not consist, as many erroneously suppose, in being saved or filled with the Spirit. We need to go to the Word of God and see for ourselves what conditions He imposes for translation and reigning with Him.  In His Olivet Discourse (Matt. 24 and 25) the Lord foretells the terrible calamities coming upon the whole earth.  With pointed warnings and explicit commands He cautions His disciples to escape judgments.  And He tells them how.  It is not without significance that His words of prudence and caution are not spoken to the Church as a Body but to individuals:- “Take heed to yourselves lest at any time your hearts be overcharged The original Greek renders “yourselves” and “your” with peculiar emphasis.  “Watch ye therefore and pray always that ye may be accounted worthy to escape” … “Because thou didst keep the word of my patience I also will keep thee from the hour of trial which is to come upon the whole world.” … “Blessed is he that keepeth his garments  In the Lord’s emphatic admonitions to His disciples to be wary and watchful, He does not encourage them to rely on their born-again experience.  Neither does He encourage them to rest in any past blessing; nor does He tell them that, being filled with the Spirit, they can drift along.  The Lord’s emphasis is laid on WATCHING, HEEDING, PRAYING.  The escape according to Christ’s own words is made on condition of personal effort and is wholly a reward of the effort to be ready.

 

 

What Christ says should mean everything to us.  His oft-repeated command is to “WATCH  To watch means, in the original, “to be alert”; “to be aroused”; “to be awake”.  In this hour of His coming He has shown us in pointed warnings that the only way to escape the trouble coming upon the whole earth is to “WATCH AND PRAY ALWAYS” (Matt. 24: 42; 25: 13; Mk. 13: 35; Lu. 21: 34-36; 1 Thess. 5: 6; 1 Pet. 4: 7; Rev. 3: 2; Rev. 16: 15).  Again the Lord says, - “Strive to enter in ... for many will seek to enter in and shall not be able” (Lu. 13: 24).  The Greek rendering of “strive” is “agonize” - agonize to enter in.  Paul, seeking to win Christ, as the Bridegroom, said “I press” towards the mark (Phil. 3).

 

 

How great will be the disappointment of the careless, lukewarm, unready ones in the hour of the escape (Lu. 21: 34-36).  Now, before it is too late, is the time for us to awake out of sleep and stir ourselves to watching and prayer, for the signs of His appearing are everywhere around us.  The tares are ripening.  So is the wheat. The ingathering is near.

 

 

The Lord rebuking the worldly Laodicean Christians said, - “I know your works, that thou art neither hot nor cold ... so because thou art lukewarm, I will spue thee out of my mouth  Christian, is your service for the master, your praying, your Bible reading, the testimony of your life in private and public, cold, or hot, or lukewarm?  Ask yourself this question, - “Am I a wise virgin trimming my life by the Word of God, or am I a foolish one, looking for His Coming but not preparing for it In contrast to the ease-loving, pleasure-loving Christian of today, how different was Paul’s pressing towards the goal.  He put forth desperate effort to win Christ as the Bridegroom.  He stripped himself of every weight; suffered the loss of all things that he might in the fervour of his effort attain to the first resurrection out from among the dead (marginal rend. Phil. 3: 11).

 

 

“Let your loins be girded about, and your lights burning; and ye yourselves like unto men that wait for their lord” (Lu. 12: 35-36).  There is a wall of worldly separation between most Christians and Christ today which renders impossible watchfulness and prayerfulness.  Our Churches are full of men and women living in slothful ease and selfish indulgence, unwatchful gliding, drifting with the world, careless of the rigid requirements imposed by the Lord upon all accounted worthy to escape the things overtaking the world and to stand before the Son of Man.

 

 

“When He shall appear, we shall be like him: ... every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself even as he is pure” (1 Jno. 3: 2-3).  “The imminent return of our Lord avers Dr. Torrey, “is the great Bible argument for a pure, unselfish, devoted, unworldly, active Christian life  According to John, the apostle, everyone who hath the hope of Christ’s return, purifies himself.  Beloved, the question of great moment is not, Is the Church Ready?  But are You Ready?  The Lord is preparing to take His place on the Throne; and to those who will go all the way with Him to His standard of perfection, by watching and praying always, He gives this glorious promise, - “To Him that overcometh I will grant to sit with Me in My Throne even as I also overcame, and am sat down with My Father in His Throne” (Rev. 3: 21).

 

 

-------

 

 

LET NO MAN TAKE THY CROWN

 

 

I remember having read at the time of the pagan persecution, about twelve men, Christians, who were under sentence of death, and the jailor of the prison had a strange dream just before the execution was to take place. He saw an extraordinarily fine-looking man coming into the prison, and he had twelve crowns with him, and he went and tried the crowns on the head of the first prisoner, and the second, and right on to the eleventh, and the crown fitted the head of everyone.  At last he came to the twelfth and the crown did not fit him at all, and he told the jailor to come over and he put the crown on his head and it fitted him perfectly and he left it there in his dream. The next day the prisoners were taken away to be burned but when it came to the twelfth man he recanted and cursed Christ and when the jailor saw that he said, “That is not what Christ deserves  He was asked, “And would you recant  “No,” he said, and took that man’s place at the stake and got the Crown which awaited him.  And so ought you, and so ought I to see that we would not lose the crown.

 

- NEIL CAMERON.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

164

 

THE HIDDEN KINGDOM

 

 

BY GORDON CHILVERS

 

 

 

THE great hope of the Jews was the Messianic Kingdom.  Yet when it was within their grasp they refused it. This Kingdom and its glory were an important theme in the Old Testament prophets, and the Jews earnestly looked for the great day when the Kingdom of God should come on earth.  At the time of the Incarnation the Romans had conquered Palestine and had the Kingdom come at that time it would have brought to the Jews the liberty they sighed for.  Yet we read the strange statement that Christ “came unto his own, and his own received him not” (John 1: 11).

 

 

“The kingdom of heaven” - that is, the rule of God in this world - “is like unto treasure” (Matthew 13: 44).  In the East rich people used to divide their goods into three parts.  One they used in commerce or for their necessary support; one they turned into jewels, which, should it prove needful to fly, could easily be carried with them; and the third part of it they buried.  The “treasure” of the parable is the promised Kingdom of the Messiah.  It is the reign on earth of the Lord of Glory.  In the Old Testament, treasure is said to be the glory of the Kingdom.  Over David’s “treasures was Azmaveth, the son of Adiel: and over the storehouses in the fields, in the cities, and in the villages, and in the castles was Jehonathan the son of Uzziah” (1 Chronicles 27: 25); and other men were employed as well.  So great was David’s treasure that it was a full time job for several men to look after it for him.  So by this figure our Lord shows the incomparable value of the Kingdom of God.

 

 

The treasure was hidden in a field by God for “it is the glory of God to conceal a thing” (Proverbs 25: 2).  This was at the time of the creation of the world.  So Christ addresses those on His right hand at the judgment of the living nations in these words: “Come, ye blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world” (Matthew 25: 34).  There was no apparent evidence of the Kingdom, when Jesus came.  The descendants of David in the early years of this era were very poor and a foreigner ruled the land.  One of the ruling Caesars tried to find the heirs of David in order that he might prevent them opposing his reign.  He found that the only survivors of the house of David were far too poor and insignificant to cause the slightest trouble.  So the Davidic Kingdom was hidden from the eyes of men.  The unregenerate man therefore has no idea of its existence, and, consequently, has no desire to share it and enjoy its glory.

 

 

It is hidden “in a field”; this, Christ tells us, “is the world” (v. 38).  So then the sphere of Christ’s Kingdom will be this present world.  Zechariah (14: 9) says: “The Lord shall be king over all the earth”.  This is the coming [Millennial and Messianic] Kingdom.  At present it is hidden in the field.  It is treasure which a man found. There was only one Man Who could find such a treasure - the Man Christ Jesus.  When a man was spoken of in a previous parable our Lord, expounding that part of the parable, referred the words to Himself.  This Man is spoken of in the epistle of the Hebrews. “For unto the angels hath he not put in subjection the world to come”, i.e., millennial age.  “Thou hast put all things in subjection under his (Christ’s) feet” (Hebrews 2: 5 and 8).  He found it and therefore it was not a treasure that was offered to Him.  Very soon after our Lord’s birth He received treasure as a gift from the Magi.  “And when they had opened their treasures, they presented unto him gifts; gold, and frankincense, and myrrh” (Matthew 2: 11).  Just as Jesus was starting on His ministry, the Devil came to Him, and brought the treasure before Him, and offered it to Him.  “The devil taketh him up into an exceeding high mountain, and showeth him all the kingdoms of the world, and the glory of them”.  But Jesus refused this help in finding the Kingdom for the payment demanded was idolatry.  “All these things will I give thee, if thou wilt fall down and worship me” (Matthew 4: 8 and 9). Hebrews (9: 12) tells us that the treasure which He found was of inestimable worth - far greater than all the treasures of the earth combined.  “He entered in once into the holy place, having obtained” - found - “eternal redemption for us”.  How blessed it is to know that such a great treasure was for us!

 

 

Having discovered where the treasure lay, the next thing the man does is to hide it.  Now it is at first sight difficult to see how any man could hide great treasure and be blameless.  Christ hid the treasure because circumstances made it necessary.  John the Baptist came to Israel as the forerunner of the Messiah and announced that the Kingdom was discovered.  Then Christ Himself preached: “The kingdom of heaven is at hand” (Matthew 4: 17).  But Israel did not heed the words of the greatest of all prophets or of the King Himself.  Instead of accepting the good news that the treasure had been found they asked for a sign of it.  “He was demanded of the Pharisees, when the kingdom of God should come, he answered them and said, The kingdom of God cometh not with observation” (Luke 17: 20).

 

 

Jesus used the past tense, “hid for He had done it when He spoke.  It was the blasphemy of the Holy Spirit by the Jews (Matthew 12: 24 and 31), which caused our Lord to hide the treasure.  The very method Christ used in teaching people by parables is the proof that the Kingdom has been hidden again.  As our Lord approached Calvary He had to announce with tears that the treasure was hidden from the eyes of the Jews. “And when he was come near, he beheld the city, and wept over it, Saying, If thou hadst known, even thou, at least in this thy day, the things which belong unto thy peace! but now they are hid from thine eyes  Instead of receiving the Kingdom they would be a subject people.  “And they shall lay thee even with the ground, and thy children within thee, and they shall not leave thee one stone upon another”.  The reason for this awful calamity lay in the fact that they would not believe that Christ had found the hid treasure.  “Because thou knowest not the time of thy visitation” (Luke 19: 41, 42, 44).  Jerusalem was the centre of David’s Kingdom and will be the centre of the Messiah’s Kingdom.  But as the Kingdom is hidden at present, Jerusalem is trodden down by the Gentiles.

 

 

The hiding of the treasure brought sorrow to the finder of the Kingdom but “for joy thereof” He goes back realising the value of His treasure and is elated with the possibility of ownership.  When but a little treasure was exhibited to view, we have the only recorded instance in the whole of the Gospels of our Lord’s joy.  He had sent the 70 out to preach and to heal the sick.  They return to Him after exhibiting to the world something of “the powers of the age to come  “In that hour Jesus rejoiced in spirit, and said, I thank Thee, O Father, Lord of heaven and earth, that thou hast hid these things from the wise and prudent, and hast revealed them unto babes: even so, Father; for so it seemed good in Thy sight” (Luke 10: 21).  It was joy that spurred on our Lord as He came to the dark days bearing the punishment of the world’s sin.  Jesus “for the joy that was set before him endured the cross despising the shame, and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God” (Hebrews 12: 2).  When the treasure is exhibited to all there will be even greater joy (Matthew 25: 23).

 

 

After finding the treasure He goes back - a phrase which “denotes that He was away from His home and went back to His home again”.  “It is the expression that is used almost without exception, in describing the departure of our Lord from the earth” (R. Govett).  So our Lord says: “I came forth from the Father, and am come into the world: again, I leave the world, and go to the Father” (John 16: 28).  Now the Jews knew that the field belonged to Christ.  Jesus pointed this out very clearly to them in the parable.  “Last of all he (God) sent unto them his son, saying, They will reverence my son.  But when the husbandmen saw the son, they said among themselves, This is the heir; come, let us kill him, and let us seize on his inheritance” (Matthew 21: 37 and 38).  So Christ does not stay longer in the field, but returns to the Father.

 

 

Then He “selleth all that he hath  He was the Son of David by birth but gives up the title of the throne.  The people would at one time have taken Him by force and made Him King - but all they wanted was a leader to conquer the Romans, but Christ would not have it.  He had already given much but “being in the form of God, thought it not robbery to be equal with God: But made himself of no reputation, and took upon him the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of men: And being found in fashion as a man, he humbled himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross” (Phil. 2: 6-8).  It is no wonder that Paul calls attention to the great sacrifice He made that He might purchase the field. “For ye know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, that, though he was rich, yet for your sakes he became poor, that ye through his poverty might be rich” (2 Cor. 8: 9).  The price to be paid was His very life.  He gave all and could give nothing more.  “The Son of man came not to be ministered unto, but to minister and to give his life a ransom for many” (Matthew 20: 28).  (It is very interesting to observe that Christ by the price of His life bought a field (Matthew 27: 7).)  With the purchase price He buys the field, which according to Christ’s own interpretation is the world.  So the Samaritans say: “This is indeed the Christ, the Saviour of the world” (John 4 : 42).  He has paid the price and so received the title-deeds of the world.  Christ gave everything for one field and at last He will receive it as His own purchased possession.  “The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of his Christ; and he shall reign for ever and ever” (Rev. 11: 15).

 

 

We see in our Lord’s parable something of His love for the world.  There the parable leaves us, for at the present moment Christ has left the field, but it is our great joy to know that this same Jesus shall come again to receive the treasure which He has purchased.  The mystery of the parable is that Christ should have to buy the field although it was His by creation.  All things were made for Him, and by Him, and to Him all belong, but yet He must redeem the purchased possession.  The treasure will not be unearthed until He comes for it.  Christ now waits and longs for the time when He shall take the field and reign for ever and ever and have His children with Him.  We, too, who know something of the Kingdom in mystery, look for the Kingdom in manifestation. What a time of blessing it will be, when our Lord is crowned King of Kings and Lord of Lords!

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

165

 

THE REWARD OF THE INHERITANCE

 

 

“Whatever ye do, work heartily, as unto the Lord, and not unto men; knowing that from the Lord ye shall receive the recompense of the inheritance  Colossians 3: 23-24, R.V.

 

 

-------

 

 

PERHAPS it is a commonplace to say that salvation is by grace.  Eternal life is a gift, the gift of God.  “By grace are ye saved through faith”, not by any works of righteousness which you can do.  “He that believeth and is baptized, shall be saved God so loved the world that He gave His Son, and to those who receive this precious Saviour the right is accorded to become sons of God.  We gladly worship and adore the Author of this great and eternal salvation from the penalty and the power of sin.

 

 

In his Epistle to the Colossians, Paul writes, “Knowing that of the Lord ye shall receive the reward of the inheritance” (3: 24), and placing our emphasis upon the word “reward”, we proceed to ask what Paul means by this.  Is it possible that this man, the foremost exponent of the freeness of God’s salvation, who was himself an outstanding example of the operation of sovereign grace, is here suggesting that this [eternal] salvation comes to a man as a reward for his service rendered?  No, by no means.  He knew full well and unalterably that he had begun in grace, and there can be no falling away from that glorious position.  Grace must lay the foundation, and one day crown all with the topstone.  He would be turning back again to weak and beggarly elements if he weakened in any way, and yet he speaks of “the reward of the inheritance”.

 

 

Did he mean that after all, even with all that he has said and has done, there is some sense in which eternal life can be merited and [eternal] salvation earned?  Again we emphatically repeat - no, not at all.  He does indeed write of the inheritance as being a reward for service rendered, but it is perfectly plain that he was addressing those who already possessed eternal life, and he regards them as being already risen with Christ (verse 1).

 

 

The reward of the inheritance therefore is not a permit to enter into Heaven at last; it is not the bestowal of the right and authority to become a citizen of the New Jerusalem.  These are already indisputably assured to all who accept Christ, and place their confidence alone upon the finished work of the Lord Jesus upon Calvary’s Cross.  Their [eternal] salvation depends solely upon what He did, and their standing is consequent upon their faith in Him; but having received the free gift of eternal life, their inheritance in the coming Kingdom of their Saviour, depends solely upon their works done here and now.  The saints will be in Heaven as the result of the grace of Christ: what they are now, and the position they hope to occupy in Christ’s coming Millennial Kingdom, will be the result of the sort of service they render to Him here and now.  Hence we find that the Apostle is exhorting regenerate Christians at Colossae to strive after the highest.

 

 

Elsewhere in his Epistles Paul deals with these truths in a somewhat different fashion.  To the Corinthians he writes that there are some who will be saved at the last though “as by fire” - saved, yes, certainly, but saved whilst seeing all their goods go up in smoke.

 

 

A friend, speaking to the writer on one occasion, said that he would be glad to get into Heaven even if he only just managed to get inside.  There may be many who might be included in this class of Christians; content with their own salvation and with little knowledge of sacrificial service; others again earnestly desire an ‘abundant entrance’.  In which class will you be?

 

 

Looking again at Paul’s words we find that they constitute clear instructions on the matter of this inheritance, as to how its value may be enhanced to the believer.  Because the inheritance into which he will one day enter and enjoy, is a reward, therefore let him strive diligently to make it ever an increasingly magnificent place and condition.  What a powerful incentive this should be to all who are already ‘in Christ’, and who presently enjoy His salvation!  What a joy it will be to have something to lay at His feet in that transcendent hour!  How poor will those be who have earned little for this glorious day!  Of course, even to get into Heaven and this coming inheritance is by far beyond and better than gaining even the whole world today.  To merit this worthy inheritance is infinitely more important than the enjoyment of a pleasant house, wealth, position, comfort and the approval of doubtful friends.  Of the Lord ye shall receive the reward of the inheritance.

 

 

These being the facts then, friend, why do you bend all your energies to get to yourself these rewards here and now, and give such scant attention to your millennial position?  Can it be that you are really more concerned about what men think about you in this present evil day, and more interested in your appearance before them than you are about how you will look before redeemed sons of God during ‘the age to come’?  How strange is the earnest devotion which so many regenerate Christians give to the pursuit of the material things of today, in comparison to the slight attention given to securing for themselves a suitable reward hereafter!  An unsaved man foolishly rejects the offer of mercy and that to his everlasting loss; and meanwhile his saved neighbour unwisely neglects the reward in God’s promised Glory which might be his, and gives his best efforts to what he can enjoy but for a brief time.

 

 

How then can the Christian lay up treasure and improve his inheritance?  Paul gives the Holy Spirit’s formula in verse 23.  His instructions are plain and complete: “And whatsoever ye do, do it heartily, as to the Lord, and not unto men; knowing that of the Lord ye shall receive the reward of the inheritance: for ye serve the Lord Christ”.  Here is the secret made plain.  You are eternally saved - praise God for that.  Now as to this reward, live only for Jesus.  See Him as your Master, the One for whom you are working.  Hence do everything, the big things and the small matters, as unto Him and not as to men.  From morning till night walk as if His eyes were upon you.  Let nothing enter into your life which you know He would not altogether approve.  Thus you will be serving the Lord Christ who loves you dearly, and who laid down His life to redeem you.  And serving Him, assuredly He will pay you and pay you well.  The thought of the reward should constrain you and be an impetus for the best work you can do.  In a word, consecrate your all to Him, yield yourself to God, live only for Him, serve Christ and not men.

 

 

This is a high ideal, and yet it is simply normal Christianity.  It is our reasonable service.  Give it unrestrainedly, and the day is coming when you will rejoice that you did not hold back.  Refuse the appeal, do not respond and you will be saved, and it may be “so as by fire”, and have nothing to show for your life.  Why seek an easeful estate now and miss this rich inheritance which might be yours by serving the Lord on the mission field or in some ministry of love which would cost you something for His sake?  Why spend so much of your powers for present passing things which breed vanity and emptiness, when the highest service beckons you, and meanwhile will fit you for an infinitely larger enjoyment of God in the life beyond.  Serve the Lord and you will never regret it.  How sweet it will be to be greeted by our blessed Lord, with the words “Come, ye blessed of My Father, inherit the Kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world”.  There is no anticipation so glorious as this.

 

 

-------

 

 

Now it is granted at once, that no believer will be brought into judgment before Christ, to try whether he is justified and reconciled to God or no.  He has become justified, and is no longer an enemy, but a servant.  He shall certainly be finally saved.  But the Saviour and His Apostles both assert that all Christians are servants, and shall give account to Him of their conduct since they believed, to be rewarded or punished, according to their deeds, in the coming day of reward according to works.  This is the teaching of direct statements, such as Rom. 2. and 14., and of 2 Cor. 5. - to take no more passages.  This is the doctrine of several of our Lord’s parables; such as the Unmerciful Servant, the Steward, the Talents, and the Pounds.  What means that - “The Son of man is as a man taking a far journey, who left his house, and gave authority to his servants, and to every man his work, and commanded the porter to watch.  Watch ye therefore; for ye know not when the Master of the house cometh, at even, or at midnight, or at the cock-crowing, or in the morning; lest coming suddenly He find you sleeping!  And what say I unto you, I say unto all - Watch” (Mark 13: 34-37).  And must we not say that the majority of Christ’s servants are asleep? dreaming that the world is getting better, and is about to be converted by the preaching of the Gospel of God’s grace?

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

166

 

THE PRIZE OF OUR CALLING

 

 

BY D. M. PANTON.

 

 

 

GOD is calling sinners to the Cross: He is calling believers to the Crown.  Paul presents this dual truth with crystal clearness (Phil. 3: 4-15).  He opens this little masterpiece of revelation with a SUPREME HOPELESSNESS.  What is it?  The one man who came nearest to reaching God through his own goodness proved to be the chief of sinners.  Ponder Paul’s incomparable assets: no soul, before or since, ever held up to the face of God a hand filled with such exquisite pearls.  Circumcised - stamped as God’s from infancy; of the stock of Israel - with a blood-right to salvation; of the tribe of Benjamin - a tribe which never broke away; a Hebrew of Hebrews - a full-blooded Jew to the furthest generation back; a Pharisee - intensely orthodox; persecuting the Church - on fire for God’s Law; in the Law blameless - obedient in jot and tittle.  No man ever came so near to winning life through what he was and what he did.  “If any other man” - of any age, or race, or clime - “thinketh to have confidence in the flesh, I yet more  Paul towers over all legalists for ever.  But a sudden and awful discovery blasted his prospects.  “I was alive” (in my own eyes) “apart from law once: but when the commandment”thou shalt not lust”) “came” (home to my conscience), “sin revived” (sprang again into life), “and I died” (saw myself a dead man); “and the commandment, which was” (in God’s design) “unto life, this I found to be” (in fact) “unto death” (Rom. 7: 9, 10).  “If any man thinketh to have confidence in the flesh, I yet more”: but what had inward vision revealed? - a corpse before God.  With Paul’s failure, the whole world lapses into hopeless despair.

 

 

Next, A SUPREME RIGHTEOUSNESS.  Whose?  Not Paul’s; for he had discovered, with Isaiah, that “we are all as an unclean thing, and all our righteousnesses are as filthy rags” (Isa. 64: 6).  He now discovers that what he could not do, Christ did; that what he could not be, Christ was; and that Christ had done it, and been it, in order to take his place (2 Cor. 5: 21).  He instantly drops his own righteousness and seizes Christ’s: he exchanges his own pearls for one priceless, flawless gem.  “I do count them but dung, that I may gain Christ, and be found in Him, not having a righteousness of mine own  ... but that” (righteousness) “which is through faith in Christ  Paul never afterwards doubts his salvation (Rom. 8: 38): for Christ has kept the Law, not with head, hands, and feet only, but with heart also (Ps. 40: 8): and his righteousness is now Paul’s (Rom. 5: 19).  The supreme hopelessness is replaced by a supreme salvation.

 

 

There yet remains A SUPREME UNCERTAINTY.  Here are startling words. “Brethren, I count not myself yet to have apprehended: but I press on  Not apprehended what?  “If by any means I may attain unto the” (select) “resurrection from” (among) “the dead  Press on to what?  “Toward the goal unto the prize of the high calling Salvation [by God’s grace through faith in Christ Jesus] can never be insecure: the Prize can never be assumed until it is won.  Why? (1) Because it is a prize.  If the prize be given on faith without works, it is no more a prize.  “Know ye not that they which run in a race all run, but one receiveth the prize? Even so run, that ye may attain” (1 Cor. 9: 24; 2 Tim. 2: 5). (2) No splendour of past service can guarantee immunity from backsliding.  None so renounced, so suffered, so served as Paul: yet he assumes no prize.  For backsliding forfeits the crown (Rev. 3: 11; 2 John 8). (3) False doctrines which rob God of His glory will rob us of ours: therefore “let no man rob you of your prize” (Col. 2: 18; 1 Cor. 3: 15). (4) Fleshly sins also disqualify (Eph. 5: 5).  Therefore “I buffet my body, and bring it into bondage: lest by any means, after that I have preached to others, I myself should be rejected” (for the crown) (1 Cor. 9: 24-27).  The insecurity of the chief of apostles binds insecurity of reward for ever on the Church of God. “Not that I have already obtained, or am already made perfect: but I press on, if so be that I may apprehend

 

 

All therefore culminates in A SUPREME EFFORT.  “This one thing I do  Is this for Paul only?  “Let us therefore” - for he is our inspired example - “as many as be perfect, be thus minded  How?  (1) “Forgetting the things which are behind  The immeasurable value of the prize may be computed by the immense sacrifices necessary to obtain it.  Its cost is a crucified world.  “Blessed is the man to whom the world, with all her rags of honour, is crucified, and who holds her to be worth no more than a thief on the gallows  Nothing makes the other world more real, or more blessed, than the renunciation of this [evil age] (Luke 14: 33).  (2) “Stretching forward to the things that are before  It is a racer, as Professor Eadie says, in his agony of struggle and hope: every muscle is strained, every vein starting; the chest heaves, and the big drops gather on the brow; the body is bent forward, as if the racer all but touched the goal (Luke 9: 23-26).  (3) “This one thing I do  All his missionary ardour, all his thirst for souls, all his toil for the churches, are bent before this over-mastering passion of his soul; because the running-tracks for the prize God has laid through these channels of holy service; and today’s toil is the measure of tomorrow’s glory (1 Cor. 3: 8; Matt. 5: 11, 12 [1 Pet. 1: 9-11ff.]). (4) It is a calling “upward therefore it is God who is calling. “Walk worthily of God, who is calling you” - [who are regenerate] - “into His own kingdom and glory” (1 Thess. 2: 12).  God is calling us from all earthly glories up to the Throne: brother, will you come?  The Cross is ours for ever: when we have been approved, we receive the Crown (Jas. 1: 12).  We honour God in proportion as we covet His immeasurable rewards.  The apostle not only renounces, he forgets; he not only advances, he presses; he not only gazes, he stretches; he not only does it, but he does it only.  “Let us, as many as be perfect [mature], be thus minded

 

 

-------

 

 

John 21: 15. “When, therefore, they had breakfasted, Jesus saith to Simon Peter, ‘Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou Me more than these He saith unto Him, ‘Yea, Lord, thou knowest that I have a friendship for Thee He saith unto him, ‘Feed My lambs.’”

 

 

Divine wisdom and grace shine forth in the Saviour’s treatment of the penitent apostle.  Most men would have felt that all further intercourse was cut off between Jesus and him who had, after warning, denied all knowledge of Him with oaths and curses.  The Lord would restore Him in grace.  He does not then reproach him.  He does not separate him from His company, and from the company of his fellow-apostles, as is commanded in cases of flagrant sin. ‘With such an one no, not to eat  He seats him at the board which he has spread.  He does not allude to the past, till the meal was ended.  The like would never occur again in the apostle’s life.  He would die a martyr.  But still it was not wise, that no notice should be taken of so heavy a fall; a fall both personal and official.  The offence had been public, and now Jesus touches the root of the matter; the apostle’s too high thoughts of himself and his powers.  How much of trouble and mischief would have been spared to the ancient churches of Christ in the days of the Roman heathenism, if they had taken this as their model of dealing with a fallen brother!  Many refused ever to re-accept to communion one, who, under stress of persecution, had sacrificed to heathen gods to save his life.

 

 

Our Lord addresses him now by his old name of nature.  ‘Simon, son of Jonas  He had shown himself not to be the ‘Rock’ in his late encounter with Satan.  He is called, then, by the name of his earthly father.  And the Master questions his love to Him.  There is a remarkable change and play of words in this narrative, which is difficult to render into exactly equivalent English.  Jesus uses one word to express love.  Peter uses [a different word for ‘love’ -] one implying a less degree; which might best, I think, be translated by, ‘I have a friendship for Thee

 

 

*       *       *        *       *       *       *

 

 

167

 

BE YE ALSO READY

 

 

BY D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

OUR Lord’s picture of the ideal servant of God can become the photograph of each one of us if we respond to the Holy Spirit to the uttermost and to the end.

 

 

First, the girt loin: “let your loins be girded about” (Luke 12: 35).  The flowing garments of the Oriental, if loose, impeded motion and checked work: therefore let your loins be girt up for rapid motion and intense activity.  The Old Testament type enriches the thought. “Thus shall ye eat it; with your loins girded, your shoes on your feet, and your staff in your hand: and ye shall eat it in haste: it is the Lord’s passover.  For I will go through Egypt, and will smite” (Ex. 12: 11).  When God is about to smite the earth with judgments as He smote Egypt, and when the world is about to pass into its death-throes, it is for us to become strangers to that world, and to be ready for instant flight: the world will become our coffin unless it becomes our enemy. That is the meaning of the tightened robe.  It means that service is short, for time is flying. “Since your Father hath seen fit to give you the Kingdom, be that Kingdom, and preparation for it, your chief concern” (Alford).

 

 

Next, there is the lit lamp: “let your lamps be burning  Lamps are kept burning only at night: and all night, unless we sleep.  “From evening to morning,” was the command to Israel, Aaron and his sons shall “cause a lamp to burn continually” (Ex. 27: 20).  “The spirit of a man is the lamp of the Lord” (Prov. 20: 27): every believer is a lit lamp, lit from Jesus, the Light of the World; and through the moral midnight Christ expects us,

at all costs, to keep it blazing.  Darkness in us stumbles other souls.  A blind beggar sat by the side-walk on a dark night with a lantern by his side. “What in the world do you keep a lantern burning for?” asked a passer-by; “you can’t see  “So that folks won’t stumble over me,” was the reply.  It is written of John the Baptist - “He was the lamp that burneth and shineth” (John 5: 35) - burning with heat to God, and shining with light to men.  Burning without shining is zeal without knowledge; shining without burning is light without love: God expects both.

 

 

First, the girt loin - incessant service; next, the lit lamp - radiant witness; now, the looking eyes - the expectant heart.  “Be ye yourselves like unto men looking for their Lord  Since the command has held good for nineteen centuries, it can only mean that Christ may come at any moment; and He strikingly chooses the darkest hours:- “if he shall come in the second watch, and if in the third” (Luke 12: 38).  The Early Church set His return in the first watch; the post-millennialists to-day set it in the fourth watch: Jesus hints the darkest.

 

 

Let the door be on the latch in your home,

For it may be through the midnight He will come.

 

 

The fourth point - watching: “Blessed are those servants, whom the Lord when he cometh shall find watching”: not, blessed are all servants, but blessed are those servants found watching.  What is meant by ‘watching’?  Look at the African explorer as he sits alone by his camp-fire, keeping himself awake because he hears the roar of the lion in the forest close by: he is watching.  Look at that nurse, moving swiftly and silently about the room of a dying man, neglecting her own day-sleep as well as night-sleep, for she knows the crisis is at hand and she must be utterly ready: she is watching.  It means, every faculty attent the whole soul roused to meet a crisis; attention, alarm, hope, all keeping the whole man intently alert!  Our Lord emphasizes exquisitely the urgency of untiring vigilance.  Had the burglar notified his coming in the third watch, the householder could safely sleep through the first and second watches; but the unknown hour of the burglary means that he must sit up all night.  Whatever hour the burglar comes, the householder must be found watching: so the church is to be ready, not because it sees symptoms of the approach, but because it has never been unwatchful.  “For yourselves know perfectly” - and ought to have made arrangements accordingly - “that the day of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night” (1 Thess. 5: 2).  Watch therefore through the night, in Rutherford’s words, as those who have no to-morrow.  “He cometh” - inquisition, approval, promotion; He makes them “sit down” - rest, glory, enthronement; and “shall come and serve them” - the King of kings girding Himself with a towel by the side of His watchful child.  “Of a truth I say unto you, that he will set him over ALL THAT HE HATH

 

 

Finally, readiness: “Be ye also ready”; that is, ‘readiness’ is something other and more than either ‘looking’ or ‘watching  It is all life squared to the Second Advent.  Death can be sudden, but it nearly always throws out warning symptoms: there will be no warning symptoms here: sudden as an avalanche, swift as the lightning, irrevocable as death - one flash, and the watchful will be gone,* and the Great Tribulation will be here.  Are we ready?  A famous ruby was offered for sale to the English government.  The report of the crown jeweller was that it was the finest he had ever seen or heard of; but that one of the “facets,” one of the little cuttings of the face, was slightly fractured.  The result was that that almost invisible flaw reduced its value by thousands of pounds, and it was rejected from the regalia of England.  There are fractures in the ruby of our Christian character and conduct (Gal. 5: 19) which exclude from the coming Reign of Christ: “of the which I forewarn you, even as I did forewarn you, that they which practise such things shall not inherit the kingdom of God** Whatever may have been our failures, we remember Napoleon’s word, after a great defeat:- “There is time to win a victory before the sun goes down.”

 

[* See Luke 21: 34-36. cf. Rev. 3: 10, R.V.  **Gal. 5: 21.  See also Eph. 5: 5 and 1 Cor. 6: 10, R.V. - and context.]

 

 

-------

 

 

THE REST THAT REMAINETH

 

 

By R. E. NEIGHBOUR, D.D.

 

 

 

THE Spirit says (Heb. 4: 1), “Let us fear lest any of you should seem to come short of it” (short of entering into His rest).  The Spirit did not tell saints to fear lest they fall short of Heaven, for the simple reason that eternal life, everlasting life, is promised unconditionally to all who believe on Christ.  What then meaneth this, “Fear lest”?  Heaven is not in the picture at all, neither is eternal life.  The Spirit is talking of the rest that remaineth, the promised Millennial Rest.

 

 

Third, the Spirit said, “Let us labour therefore to enter into that rest, lest any man fall after the same example of unbelief  Of course we know what the ‘example’ was - it was the unbelief and consequent fall of the fathers in Israel, concerning their [inheritance (Num. 16: 14, R.V.),] entrance and possession of Canaan.  Is it not true that multitudes within the Church, have fallen by the way?  They have left and lost both their confidence and their rejoicing in the hope of rest, which Christ has set before us.  They have done exactly what Israel did, when they came to Kadesh-Barnea; they have refused to believe, let alone to rejoice, with any sure faith in Christ’s [millennial] Reign.

 

 

Think you that God will allow Christians who mock Christ’s Second Coming; who fail utterly to have their lamps trimmed and burning; who look at the things which are seen, and not at the Blessed Hope of the Coming of Christ; who even call belief in the Coming and the Reign of Christ as false and fanatical: think you, we say, that God will allow such saints to luxuriate in His Kingdom? to hold places of honour and trust in His [Messiah’s] reign?  Never, never, so long as there is a just God in Heaven, who shall reward every man according to his works.

 

 

And who, think you, will reign with Christ?  Will it be the saint who ridiculed Him, denied His promises, who sought to be great with the present [evil] age, and world?  Think you that the world-centred believer, who like Demas forsakes the Lord, will reign?

 

 

Listen, my beloved brethren!  If we would reign, we must suffer, we must fight, we must go outside the camp and bear the reproach of Christ.  If we confess Him, He will confess us.  If we deny Him, He will deny us. Again if we suffer we shall reign.

 

 

A beautiful crown we then shall wear,

If here on earth the cross we bear.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

168

 

THE KINGDOM

OF THE THOUSAND YEARS

 

 

 

ALL of the problems that are raised by the questions concerning the Millennial Kingdom have been subjects for study by the leaders in Christian thinking since the beginning of our era.  One of those who has gathered up the results of the study of these men is Nathaniel West.  He has assembled into his volume, The Thousand Years in Both Testaments, an astounding wealth of information on the points at issue.

 

 

First of all, let us mention, though with all too much brevity, some of the characteristics of the 1,000 years, as Dr. West has tabulated them.

 

 

(1) Satan, with his evil angels, will be imprisoned in the Abyss for the 1,000 years.  His power over man and the nations will be broken (Isa. 24: 21, 22; 17: 1; Rev. 20: 1).

 

 

(2) Antichrist’s kingdom, overthrown for ever, and the kingdoms of this world with it, shall never be revived, nor antichrist and his confederates ever reappear to dwell upon the earth (Isa. 24: 21, 22; Rev. 19: 20; 20: 10).

 

 

(3) There shall be but one kingdom in that day, the Kingdom of Christ, to which all the nations of the earth shall be obedient (many references).

 

 

(4) There shall be but one religion, that of Christ.

 

 

(5) All idols shall be destroyed.

 

 

(6) All Israel shall be holy to the Lord; and this means, not the Christian Church, nor the nations, but the Jewish people as such, the natural seed of Abraham.

 

 

(7) War shall exist no more.

 

 

(8) Harmony shall be restored in creation, between man and man, and a covenant of peace be made between man and the lower animal world.

 

 

(9) The Land of Israel shall be transformed from barrenness into beauty, and made fruitful, glorious and free from plague, and populated by a happy and blessed people; the people to whom by right it belongs.

 

 

(10) Patriarchal years will return, in which a man 100 years old shall be esteemed a child (Isa. 65: 20-22).  The risen saints “neither marry nor are given in marriage” (Matt. 22: 30); but the unglorified are a “blessed seed and their offspring with them (Isa. 65: 23).

 

 

(11) Israel and Judah, or twelve-tribed Israel, shall be re-united in their own land, and be a blessing to all mankind.

 

 

(12) Jerusalem and Mount Zion, by means of physical convulsion and geological changes suddenly effected through disruption, depression, fissure and elevation, at the Lord’s appearing, shall be exalted, or “lifted high above the surrounding hills, and the adjacent region be reduced “to a plain like the Arabah, or Ghor, that runs from the slopes of Hermon to the Red Sea (Isa. 64: 14; Micah 1: 3, 4; Judges 5: 4, 5; Psalm 97: 4, 5; Ex. 19: 18, 24; Hab. 3: 6, 10; Nah. 1: 5, 6; Matt. 27: 51, 52; Isa. 40: 13; 2: 2; Mic. 4: 1; Zech. 14: 4, 5, 10, 11; Jer. 31: 38-40).

 

 

(13) The City itself shall be built again, broadened, enlarged, and adorned with the wealth of the nations, and the [New millennial] Temple made glorious by the “precious things” of mankind.

 

 

(14) The “Outcast of Israel” and the “Dispersed of Judah gathered to enter the Kingdom, will return to their fatherland from the East, the West, the North, the South, to sit down with Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, conducted thither by Gentile hands, and presented as a holy Offering to the Lord Himself, revealed in His glory.

 

 

(15) Ten men, of all nations, that is, a large number - in token of their recognition of what the Lord in His glory does for the Jew in the hour of his final deliverance - will “take hold of the skirt of a Jew then honoured beyond all others, and, detaining his step, beseech his favour, as he moves to the Holy City.  The wiping away of the reproach of Israel brings the national conversion of the Gentiles, international concerts of prayer, and the concourse of men to the Throne of Jehovah - to worship before the Lord.

 

 

(16) A perennial stream of living water shall flow from the Temple Rock toward the Mediterranean and the Dead Seas, carrying life wherever it goes.

 

 

(17) A re-distribution and division of the Holy Land shall be made according to the 12 tribes of Israel.

 

 

(18) There will be a cessation of sorrow, tears and death for God’s people in that age.

 

 

(19) There will be a sevenfold fulness and increase of light, solar and lunar, in that day.

 

 

(20) There will be a restoration of Samaria, Sodom and Gomorrah, less guilty than Jerusalem, in that day, and an alliance among them all in covenant holiness, humility and knowledge of the Lord.

 

 

(21) A yearly concourse of people from all nations shall go to Jerusalem to worship.

 

 

(22) Israel shall be a priestly nation, as well as royal, in the presence of all nations, offering perpetual spiritual sacrifice to God through Jesus Christ, an example of religious devotion to the whole world.

 

 

(23) The Jewish People and their Land, long divorced and desolate, shall be remarried with grand solemnities, as a new bride to the Lord, over whom He will joy with singing, and He will rest in His love.

 

 

(24) Around the land of Israel thus glorious, and the Holy City, now the light of the world because of the glory of Christ, within it and on it, the nations of earth shall dwell in obedient and willing submission, and, blessed in Abraham’s seed, and free from Satanic domination, enjoy the Millennial age of righteousness, peace and rest.  - Prophecy.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

169

 

THE ADVENT

 

 

BY E. E. WORDSWORTH

 

 

 

SOMETHING new, startling, supernatural, divine, strikes in upon the scenes of unbridled lust, cruelty, and Reign of Terror; it is the blessed appearing of the Son of Man, of God ‑ the Ancient of Days riding triumphantly upon the clouds in great power, glory, and majesty.  It is the second manifestation of His second coming, the coming to the world to reign.  The effect of this advent is described in the sixth seal: “And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every free man, hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains; and said to the mountains and the rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb for the great day of his wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand (Rev. 6: 1517). The full power, meaning and purpose of Christ’s return will not be fully known until He appears “in the clouds with great glory  This coming will not be circumscribed by nations or continents nor the devices of wicked men.  Let us examine more closely this wonderful visible coming of our Christ.

 

 

First, He will come in like manner as He went away (Acts 1: 11). This was personal, visible, bodily, certain, awe-inspiring, glorious. There will be such consternation that kings will forget their sceptres and thrones, generals and military leaders their rank and authority, rich men their vast holdings and incalculable wealth, unscrupulous politicians their unprincipled handling of the public, industrialists their filthy lucre, offices and luxurious homes, and men of every rank and station in life will make a stampede like a panic-stricken herd of cattle for the rocks, dens, caves and hiding places of the hills and mountains to hide them from the face of Him they have despised, rejected, hated, cursed, blasphemed and spurned.

 

 

Second, Christ will come in spectacular splendour and revelation.  It will be world-wide and yet instantaneous. “For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west, so shall also the coming of the Son of Man be” (Matt. 26: 24).  Lightning travels around the world, which is twenty-five thousand miles in its circumference, seven times in one second.  So we can appreciate how it will strike terror to the hearts of men everywhere, regardless of rank or station. It is the full revelation of the power, authority, righteousness, holiness and regnant glory of the Son of Man whose right it is to reign in the earth.  He now seizes the sceptre and ascends His throne.  His administration of the earth for a thousand years is ushered in.

 

 

Third, He will come bringing His saints with Him and the holy angels.  “When the Son of Man shall come in his glory, and all His holy angels with him, then shall he sit upon the throne of his glory: and before him shall be gathered all nations  Christ will bring with Him millions of redeemed and resurrected saints, and shining angels. What a glorious spectacle!  Dwell here a moment and ponder his glorious event: the Son of the Living God blazing with heavenly glory like a noonday sun, flashing, glittering, shining; the vast hosts of God shouting heavenly praises; the archangel and the trump of God, echoing and reverberating to the very ends of the earth; Christ has come to reign.

 

 

But while it will be glorious to God, Christ, the angels, the saints, it will be an awful time of consternation, fear and anguish to sinful men.  “All the nations will mourn because of Him  When He appears in the skies, marshalling the battalions of holy beings, the falling rocks and tumbling mountains will be welcomed for “the earth shall wail because of Him  Satan will be dethroned, the Antichrist sent to the bottomless pit for a thousand years, and the False Prophet sent likewise to the same place of destiny and doom.  The millennial reign will begin and it will continue for a thousand years, and Christ will rule with “a rod of iron” that wicked men may learn that He is the moral Ruler of the universe.  “And the meek shall inherit the earth - The Midnight Cry.

 

 

-------

 

 

NERO

 

 

BY  A. G. TILNEY

 

 

 

HIS number (Rev. 13: 18) is our means of identifying the Great Wild Beast from all other boasted or fancied claimants; for several Divine clues have been given.

 

 

Clue 1: The Beast is not a system, but a man, one man.

 

 

Clue 2: He is a king, one of seven ‘contemporary’ emperors. [i.e., one who lived in and belonged to the same period]

 

 

Clue 3: He dies by a violent death, suicide or assassination, for such is the force of ‘fallen’.

 

 

Clue 4: He claims to be Divine, for he bears the names of blasphemy.  Out of all the Roman emperors, only seven fulfil the conditions so far.

 

 

Clue 5: The numerics of his name total 666, without addition or subtraction.

 

 

Clue 6: Though the 8th Emperor, he was one of the Seven, and was resurrected (Rev. 13: 18; 17: 8-11).

 

 

Wisdom consists in following the clues and totalling the number of the King’s name; it also consists in identifying the Seven-hilled City with its seven special kings, of whom one is raised from the dead.  SIX is the number of man, and EIGHT is the resurrection number, the numerics of the Resurrected or Risen Jesus Christ being 888.

 

 

In the last, but not the latest, edition of Chambers’ 20th Century Dictionary, under the heading Apocalyptic Number, we read (I quote from memory of my own ‘blitzed’ copy):- “The best interpretation ever given of this number is the name of Caesar Neron, with the letter-values taken from the Hebrew alphabet”; for it was apparently in this hidden tongue that the Revelation was originally composed.  A further confirmation is in the fact that in some MSS 666 appears as 616, which is plainly accounted for by the fact that N, with its numeric value of 50 being dropped (NERON appearing as NERO), gives precisely that figure.  Nero, of course, hated Christians and was expected by the early believers to return to fulfil this prophecy.  He will be amazed to find a nominally Christian religious organisation supporting and supported by the imperial power.  Hence he and his satellites will unite to destroy her, as foretold in Rev. 17 - the Rome that is disclosed as old-time Babylon, and that is now openly called Babylon once more (Rev. 18).  God give us wisdom and willingness to be warned ourselves, and to warn other people too, for the fateful time is at hand; at hand, too, the conquering King of kings. - The Prophecy Investigation Society.

 

 

-------

 

 

The Second Look

 

 

“I have made a covenant with mine eyes,” was Job’s statement.  And every believer needs sorely to make such a covenant!  Sights we ought not to gaze upon may come under the range of our eyes without any volition of our own.  But it is the second look that counts.  The first may be, and usually is, accidental or incidental. But the second look has in it the sin of choice.  And it is there our guilt begins.  You know what I mean.  And it is here that we are responsible, and here that our defeat is born, if we have not learned the secret of victory at this point.  There is a clear border line between things which thrust themselves upon our vision, and things which we choose to look upon.  The one is innocence; the other is sin.  So long as we are in the world we cannot escape the first.  But unless we “keep doing to death” the second we will find ourselves daily skirting the edge of the precipice of sin and final downfall.  Too many catastrophes, spiritual and moral, have come to pass here to allow any man to trifle with the lust of the eyes.  Through the open portal of the eyes the destroyer has entered into the innermost lives of thousands and hurled them from the place and path of purity into the slough of sensual sin and shameful defeat.  Make a covenant with your eyes, and, by the grace of God, “keep yourselves unspotted” from defilements that are waiting to enter by that easy route.  The appeal to the eye is the deadliest and easiest route to the soul’s undoing and the nation will some day, when it is too late, awaken in the fact that the modern movies have wrought the moral wreck and ruin of its youth.

 

- JAMES H. Mc CONKEY.

 

 

*        *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

170

 

THE IRON AND THE CLAY

 

 

BY D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

THE politics of the nations of the world to-day add a fresh, deeply-moving proof of the close approach of the Advent.  The first fact is the prevalence of iron power.  The metals of Daniel’s Image - world-empire down the ages - remarkably indicate growth in force: silver is harder than gold, and brass harder than silver; and all close in iron, “forasmuch as iron breaketh in pieces and subdueth all things; and as iron that crusheth all these, shall it break in pieces and crush  So the specific gravity of the metals is graded - of Gold, 19.3; Silver, 10.3l.; Brass, 8.5; Iron, 7.6; and the Clay, in the last stage, 1.9.  Aeroplanes in their thousands, tanks with enormous guns, bombs wiping out whole cities - all are force utterly unknown in previous ages, iron power in days immediately preceding our Lord’s return.

 

 

Revolution

 

 

But the second fact is in sharp conflict with the first.  The ten nations which compose the final world-empire are seething with political unrest, and even revolution; and every totalitarian State - iron power - is in constant danger of civil war, and of breaking up in self-destruction.  Greece is exactly a case in point which the whole world is now watching.

 

 

Division

 

 

So now we see a lightning photograph of the closing days.  “Whereas thou sawest the feet and toes” - the last stages of universal empire - “part of potters’ clay, and part of iron, it shall be a divided kingdom;* but there shall be in it the strength of the iron” - it will be mastered by military force and terrorism - “forasmuch as thou sawest the iron mixed with miry clay” (Dan. 2: 43).  The clay in the iron will mean dangerous internal movements jeopardizing the very existence of each of the ten kingdoms - the ‘ten toes  “And as the toes of the feet were part of iron, and part of clay, so the kingdom shall be partly strong, and partly broken” - brittle (R.V., margin), that is, always in danger of disintegrating.

 

* “The Hebrew for ‘divided’ always signifies unnatural or violent division arising from inner disharmony or discord” (Keil).

 

 

The Clay

 

 

For what is the clay?  “Whereas thou sawest the iron mixed with miry clay” - iron mingled with brittle earthenware, easily shivered - “they” - the iron powers - “shall mingle themselves with the seed of men” - the proletariat, the political groupings of the working classes.  The Iron is a tank or machine-gun handled by trained gunners: the clay is the unarmed populace, scattering in a moment from the public squares in their thousands, as easily broken as brittle earthenware.  Seventeen centuries ago a shrewd commentator foresaw the fulfilment.  “These events says Hippolytus, “are in the future, when the ten toes of the Image will have turned out to be so many democracies

 

 

Democracies

 

 

No more wonderfully has the appearance of the clay in the iron been fulfilled than in the Orient.  “No axiom of international politics says Lord Curzon, “would have been accepted with less dispute than the belief that devotion to absolutism was so innate and deeply-rooted an institution in the East that whatever change of government it might set up, or desire, this would not take the form of representative government or democratic institutions.  The change has been enormous.  We have seen the Turks in Europe and the Persians in Asia dethroning an absolute monarch and setting up a parliamentary chamber; the Egyptians clamouring for a similar institution; the Indian Nationalists adopting as their avowed programme self-government on parliamentary lines; and above all - greatest of all wonders - China committing herself to the summoning of a Parliament

 

 

Civil War

 

 

But what is the consequence?  Two sovereignties, latently hostile, will rend every State: the sovereignty of the Throne or the Army, and the sovereignty of the People: the Iron, strength of empire, hard, destructive, autocratic; forcibly blended with the Clay, seething political groups by which the Iron is constantly checked and the State endangered.  “But they shall not cleave one to another, even as iron doth not mingle with clay”: the cleavage is irreconcilable; internal and incessant strife will demoralize the nations until the end. Doubtless it will be so even in the Empire of the Antichrist.  The Editor of The Nineteenth Century (Nov., 1944) stresses one phase of the Clay. “National Socialism is an amalgam of the two most powerful mass movements of modem mankind.  Had it not have been nationalised, it would not have commanded the pervert allegiance of men capable of leadership in a mighty revolution, and in a revolutionary war of nations.  Had it not been socialistic it would not have commanded the equally fervent allegiance of a vast multitude of men and women, boys and girls.  It is ascendant everywhere, except in the United States  So Communism, however it may disguise itself, deliberately plans revolution in every country of the world.

 

 

The Stone

 

 

So now God acts at last.  Absolute power in the hands of incorruptible goodness, and informed by adequate wisdom, is the perfection of government: God Himself assumes the Throne of the World.  “A stone was cut out without hands” - no man-created government - “which smote the image: then was the iron, the clay, the brass, the silver, and the gold broken in pieces together, and became like the chaff of the threshing-floors  The final smashing of the Image reveals the invariable unrighteousness of all governmental forms down the ages, all varieties of human rule.  The Stone - equally a mineral, and so an empire - descends on a sudden from Heaven; it collides with the Image in sharp and smashing collision; and the entire fabric of human power disappears as chaff.  The world-powers were in title, but never in fact, universal: the coming Empire will be absolute and universal: “the stone that smote the image became a great mountain, and filled the whole earth: the God of heaven shall set up a kingdom which shall never be destroyed

 

 

Theocracy

 

 

So there appears at last a Theocracy - that is, government by God.  Most remarkably it was forecast two to three thousand years ago.  Jehovah chose a single nation, over which He was to be the King, literally and in personal (though invisible) government; but Israel refused it, and asked for a human king.  “Ye said unto me, Nay, but a king shall reign over us, when the Lord your God was your king: your wickedness is great, which ye have done in the sight of the Lord, in asking you a king” (1 Sam. 12: 13, 17).  And this Theocracy uses exactly the power inherent in all government. “I will give thee the uttermost parts of the earth for thy possession: thou shalt break them with a rod of iron; thou shalt dash them in pieces like a potter’s vessel” (Ps. 2: 8).  “Out of his mouth proceedeth a sharp sword, that with it he should smite the nations; and he shall rule them with a rod of iron” (Rev. 19: 15).

 

 

Overcomers

 

 

Exactly such also is the destiny of the Overcomers who will reign with Christ, the Man Child “who is to rule all the nations with a rod of iron” (Rev. 12: 5).  Grace ceases when judgment descends, and justice replaces mercy.  Our Lord makes it exceedingly clear to Thyatira exactly what an overcomer is, and who will share His Throne. “He that overcometh, and HE THAT KEEPETH MY WORKS UNTO THE END” - for only he is an overcomer who is Christ-like in life and character to the very end, un-backsliding, undefeated - “to him will I give authority over the nations” (Rev. 2: 26).  In the words of Archbishop Trench:- “That which will be crowned is the keeping of Christ’s works unto the end; for Christ promises here this reward, not to him who enters the list and endures for a time, but to him who, having begun well, continues striving lawfully to the last ‘to him will I give power over the nations’

 

 

Righteousness

 

 

And that power will be inflexible justice.  “And he shall rule them with a rod of iron, AS THE VESSELS OF THE POTTER ARE BROKEN TO SHIVERS; as I also have received of my Father  But it will not be terrorism.  “The breaking will be benevolent: it will be the power of holiness, destroying those who would overthrow the world’s happiness.  Our patience is not to be for ever, nor is power for ever to be dissevered from righteousness.  When our Lord’s attitude changes, so does ours” (Govett).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

171

 

THE ISSUES OF CHRISTIANITY

FOR TIME AND ETERNITY

 

 

BY THOS. DURRANT

 

 

“Mr. Durrant, troubled by the Anvil Series of the B.B.C., would give to doubting hearts the golden truth he himself has experienced.  We deeply hope it will enter some harassed heart” -  D. M. Panton.

 

 

-------

 

 

 

WRITE with a view of blessing to any enquiring or anxious soul lost in the babel of confusion and voices around us.  Have we any sure guide or standard upon which everything can be tested?

 

 

The answer is in the Holy Scriptures, inspired, God-breathed and which transcend all human reason.  They are as high above ordinary literature as the Sun above all artificial lights. “For as the Heavens are, high above the earth, so are my thoughts higher than your thoughts and my ways than your ways

 

 

One is well aware of the criticism and scorn levelled at these Holy writings for centuries.  Would not to presume such prove that man claimed to be the greater and competent to judge?  The Lord anticipates such an attitude.  “You say you see, therefore your sin remains  Again “If any man will do His will he shall know (John 7: 17).  To be intellectually instructed and yet ignore the moral state of sin, unbelief and death of men generally, is a very serious position to be in, and may be a grievous stumbling block to weaker minds.  While recognising the part of the more wicked and Godless nations, the present state of chaos has been greatly caused by sin and departure from God, by love of money, pleasure, and material things, which become idols. What gratitude or response is there to the Creator to whom we owe everything?

 

 

When we come to redemption, the Lord Jesus Christ by His sinless and perfect sacrifice, has paid the price for the whole world.  However, to get the benefit, man being a reasoning, intelligent and morally responsible creature, must come into line with God by the obedience of faith and submission of his heart and will. Love cannot be forced, and there is no regimenting or destruction of initiative by God; but beautiful harmony, where one can go on to say with the Apostle Paul, “The Son of God who loved me and gave Himself for me

 

 

Moral issues have to be settled, and they have been settled at Calvary’s Gross by an all-wise God of infinite power and love.  If it is objected that such a settlement appears weak (in man’s quest for power) or foolish (in search for wisdom), it is answered by the same Apostle: The ‘weakness of God’ (in Calvary’s Cross) is stronger than all men put together, and ‘the foolishness of God’ (in that transaction) wiser than the sum total of man’s wisdom.

 

 

Science, falsely so-called, cannot deal with such issues; it only enables man to sin more, and cannot deliver from death while it is hurrying thousands, yea millions, into the grave.  Science is merely an abstraction under which name man worships himself.  We worship really what we are supremely occupied with; so that in meeting together, true Christians express their worship, which must be “In spirit and truth  No other is of any avail, and it is not a question of empty forms and ceremonies.  The Son of God, declared so by resurrection power, opens up the wonders of Eternity to every believing heart.  Christianity proper is concerned with the revelation of God and Eternal Life, and has not to do with the present evil world, while there have been many incidental effects and blessings.

 

 

The millennial reign of Christ, which is but the doorway to the New Heavens and the New Earth, appears on the horizon.  Should not we expect a holy and mighty God to have wonderful purposes of His. own? and therefore intervention is inevitable sooner or later.  Are sin and shame to have their sway in His fair earth for ever?  We cannot suppose millions of worlds were created for nothing.  There is a glorious and supreme place for the true Church in Eternity; for Christ loved it, ministers now world-wide to it, and will “present it to Himself a glorious Church, having neither spot nor wrinkle nor any such thing  Israel will have the earthly place promised to her.

 

 

I am well aware of schools of religious thought, which, while taking a little Christian morality or even partially preaching Christ as Saviour, shut their eyes to, or explain away, the teaching and tremendous implications of  the Scriptures on the coming Eternity with both its judgments and glories.  They must either refuse to believe the Holy Scriptures, or handle them deceitfully, in trying to connect or limit the glory of God to this present world, or course of things.  Hundreds of prophetic scriptures concern Christ’s glory, and only a part have been fulfilled; the remainder await His return in manifested power, the first step being the Rapture of the Saints and their translation, death being swallowed up in victory (1. Thess. 4. & 1 Cor. 15.)

 

 

May one earnestly appeal that the reader will not be guilty of the sin of indifference to Christ and unbelief of the Holy One who cannot lie.  It is possible to live an outwardly respectable life and yet leave God out; and such will be shut out eternally.  “He that believeth not shall not see life, but the wrath of God abideth on him  In contrast, the Holy Scriptures do not close till the invitation has been given: “Whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely  What an offer of a part in the Holy City having the Glory of God and in which the Throne of God (Creation) and the Lamb (Redemption) are supreme!  “This is the life eternal that they might know Thee the only true God and Jesus Christ whom Thou has sent”, and the humble believer may commence this knowledge now.  One does not write for controversy.

 

 

-------

 

 

Prayer

 

 

Nevertheless, equally beautiful is this invocation of the soul of England, privately printed in 1899 by Henry, Earl Percy, Under-Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, under the title - “Because the King putteth his trust in Thee

 

 

The God of battles give to thee

Hearts whiter than the foam

On the tossing crest of the azure sea,

That rounds thine island home.

 

 

And, firm within, may’st thou defy

The storms’ recurring shocks,

With faith more clear than summer sky

And stronger than thy rocks.

 

 

And it may be that thou alone

Wilt one day rise, and claim

That thou, on thine imperial throne,

Hast not denied His Name.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

172

 

MIRACULOUS GIFTS

 

 

BY D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

AS the Age closes, few truths are more vitally important than all that God has said on the coming open battle of miracle between Heaven and Hell, and our preparation for this last conflict; and we do well to take a rapid, bird’s-eye view of all the facts, as related in history and as perfected in prophecy.  There is perhaps no subject on which evangelical believers are more un-scriptural, though utterly unconsciously so; and the great Conventions, with the admirable aim of a deeper sanctity, use language on the ‘baptism’ and the ‘filling’ of the Spirit which gravely obscures the original miraculous nature of the Church, and the coming miracles of God.  The result is mental twilight.  The miraculous design in the Church has been ignored and dismissed; or else, discerning the error, a graver danger has been fallen into demonic miracles have been welcomed in the belief that they are Divine.* We need not remind our readers of the fact of unutterable gravity that an official Commission of the Church of England has reported in favour of Spiritualism, though the Report has not been published.

 

* The Montanists in the second century, the Camisards in the eighteenth century, the Irvingites in the nineteenth century, and the Petecostalists in this century - all have had among them true and devoted Christians, and all have had ‘gifts of tongues’; but none have miracles greater than, or different in kind from, the supernatural in the great demon movements of history - Witchcraft, Spiritualism, and Theosophy.

 

 

Pentecost

 

 

The bedrock underlying all is the presence of a Person of the Godhead on the earth.  Christ had foretold it.  “When the Comforter is come, whom I will send unto you from the Father, even the Spirit of truth, he shall bear witness of me” (John 15: 26); “if I go, I will send him unto you” (16: 7).  The gathered Apostles witnessed the arrival.  “Suddenly there came from heaven a sound as of the rushing of a mighty wind, and it filled the house where they were sitting.  And there appeared unto them tongues parting asunder, like as of fire; and it sat upon each one of them” (Acts 2: 2).  The Holy Spirit, having thus arrived at Pentecost, remains, carrying out the whole work of God on earth for two thousand years, until, with the first rapt, He returns to Heaven.

 

 

The Baptism of the Spirit

 

 

This arrival of the Holy Ghost involved what is called ‘the baptism of the Spirit’.  Our Lord foretold it.  He charged the assembled Apostles to “wait for the promise of the Father; for John indeed baptized with water, but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days hence” (Acts 1: 4).  This ‘baptism’ is a ‘filling’: so we read at Pentecost, “They were all filled with the Holy Spirit, and began to speak with other tongues, as the Spirit gave them utterance” (Acts 2: 4).  Totally distinct from the ‘birth’ of the Spirit, or regeneration, which is internal and invisible, this baptism or filling is an ‘on-fall’, or immersion, of the Holy Ghost, falling upon the man, and always producing miracles.  “The Holy Ghost fell on all them which heard the word, because on the Gentiles also was poured out the gift of the Holy Ghost; for they heard them speak with tongues” - here was the proof - “and glorify God” (Acts 10: 44).  There is no record of the baptism or filling of the Spirit which was not accompanied by miracles: where there are no ‘signs’ there is no proof that the Spirit has fallen: the baptism is a ‘manifestation’ of the Spirit (1 Cor. 15: 7) - that is, the Spirit’s presence made visible and audible to the senses.  This miraculous working of the Holy Spirit was but a fulfilment of our Lord’s words:- “These signs shall follow them that believe: in my name shall they cast out devils: they shall speak with new tongues: they shall take up serpents, and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall in no wise hurt them:- “they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover” (Mark 16:  17).

 

 

The Miracle-endowed Church

 

 

The consequence of the baptism in the Spirit was a supernatural Church, endowed with miraculous orders and gifts.  “God hath set some in the church” - with no hint whatever that it would be for only two hundred out of two thousand years - “first apostles, secondly prophets, thirdly teachers, then miracles, then gifts of healings, helps, governments, divers kinds of tongues” (1 Cor. 12: 28).  Miraculous gifts were distributed throughout the assemblies.  “To each one is given the manifestation of the Spirit to profit withal.  For to one is given through the Spirit the word of wisdom; and to another the word of knowledge, according to the same Spirit; and to another gifts of healings, in the one Spirit; and to another workings of miracles; and to another prophecy; and to another discernings of spirits; and to another divers kinds of tongues; and to another the interpretation of tongues” (1 Cor. 12: 8).  Thus we face the inexplicable fact that for at least eighteen centuries the Church has been devoid of all miracles; and this can hardly have been the Divine plan for it is elsewhere explicitly stated, - “gifts and the calling of God are without repentance” (Rom. 11: 29); that is, His gifts may cease to operate, but it is not that He withdraws them.

 

 

Tests

 

 

But just here is slipped, in a warning that is critical and vital.  Miracle is not confined to God: “our wrestling is not against flesh and blood, but against the principalities, against the powers, against the world-rulers of this darkness, against the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places” (Eph. 6: 12).  Spiritualism itself at first put forward a claim to be Pentecost.* Even Antichrist will work “all signs and wonders” (2 Thess. 2: 9).  Therefore, most strikingly, one of the nine miraculous gifts is the ‘discerning of spirits’: that is, the power to detect, supernaturally, whether a spirit communicating is good or evil.  With all the other miraculous gifts, this discerning power has disappeared; but by the mercy of God two infallible tests are put into our uninspired hands - tests which appear to be unknown to the modern Church. (1) There is a test for the spirit.  “Beloved, believe not every spirit, but try the spirits, whether they be of God.  Every spirit that confesseth” - in answer to the challenge - “that JESUS CHRIST IS COME IN THE FLESH is of God” (1 John 4: 1).  The reply to the challenge must be given by the spirit, not by the person on whom he has fallen. (2) A second test is for the inspired.  “Now concerning the inspired,** brethren, I would not have you ignorant.  No man speaking in the Spirit of God” - that is, no inspired man - “saith, Jesus is anathema; and no man [inspired] can say JESUS is LORD, but in the Holy Spirit” (1 Cor. 12: 1).  All untested spirits must be utterly avoided.  The great apostasy from the Church itself, by millions of Christians, is to be based on direct intercourse with ‘seducing’ spirits (1 Tim. 4: 1).

 

* See R. D. Owen’s Debatable Land Between This World and the Next.

 

** The word that follows - “no man speaking” proves that pneumatikon refers to inspired men, not inspired gifts: the speaker must say, “Jesus is Lordwhile provably under inspiration.

 

 

The Coming Outpour

 

 

The dispensation of the Church disappears, and the Holy Spirit, having returned to Heaven with the watchful (2 Thess. 2: 6), is in a position to be ‘out-poured’ once more, when “the seven Spirits of God [shall be] sent forth into all the earth”. (Rev. 6: 5) * Pentecost is to be repeated, for the prophecy of the last outpour is quoted as having an earlier fulfilment in Pentecost.  “This is that which hath been spoken by the prophet Joel: And it shall be in the last days saith God, I will pour forth my Spirit upon all flesh” - all without distinction, not all without exception; “and your sons and your daughters shall prophecy: before the day of the Lord come” (Acts 2: 16).  “The sending forth of the seven Spirits of God into all the earth is a full restoration of the entire ministry of the Holy Ghost.  These seven Spirits of God are to be sent forth into all the earth: from this we see the coming of the great latter rain out-flowing of the Holy Spirit which will restore the prophetic vision and bring about such a transformation in the ways and means of preaching that thousands of people, filled with the Spirit, will ‘prophesy’; that is, they will preach by direct inspiration; not only forth telling by the power of the Holy Spirit, but also fore-telling events to come.  Can we not see how this will be in the order of God as the last warning and instruction just before His awful judgments are to fall on the world?  Therefore we can surely look right ahead for the greatest out-flowing of the Holy Ghost the world has ever known” (W. C. Moore).  In the words of Lange:- “When the waves of the last agony of a submerging world break, yet once more, and louder than ever, goes forth the call of a vast and infinite compassion

 

* The Holy Spirit could not now be sent into all the earth, for He is there at this moment: this proves that His coming temporary departure from earth (2 Thess. 2: 7) is a fact.

 

 

Millennial Gifts

 

 

All closes with a wonderful revelation: namely, that the coming [Messianic] Kingdom of the Lord on earth will be one of miraculous gifts lasting throughout the thousand years.  A single phrase proves it: “THE POWERS OF THE AGE TO COME” (Heb. 6: 5): so characteristic are miracles of the coming Kingdom, so fully then in evidence, that they are the powers of the Age to Come.  Their operation is not described; but the works of the Two Witnesses, who have “power to shut the heaven; and they have power over the waters to turn them into blood, and to smite the earth with every plague” (Rev. 11: 6), reveal them.

 

 

The Bible

 

 

One fact of enormous importance springs out of the original nature of the Church as God planned and made it. The Bible was born in an inspired Church.  In assemblies where “men spake from God, being moved by the Holy Ghost” (2 Pet. 1: 21), the exact, God-given books of the Old Testament were finally determined, and all man-made apocrypha excluded; and the fresh inspirations that compose the New Testament were added, and closed: that is, we were given, for these two thousand years, the mind of God, revealed directly and infallibly and for ever.

 

 

-------

 

 

CROWNS OFFERED

TO THOSE WHO QUALIFY*

 

[* A suggested title for the following. - Ed.]

 

 

 

What child of God would not desire to win a crown?  But crowns are not for mere show but for merit, as the King has been pleased to promise to those who are faithful in service.  Eternal life comes through faith in Christ, but rewards are for faithfulness.  The man in the parable who faithfully used his ten talents was rewarded with rule over ten cities.  Yet the talents were given him and the opportunity was a gift from God.  All rewards will be by grace in the end, yet the measure of each reward, the glory conferred on each of His redeemed, will be according to diligence and faithfulness in the use of the talents bestowed.  One there was who said, “The Son of man hath not where to lay his head  He went about doing good and gave his life for the lost, and later it was written of him, “having on his head a golden crown” (Rev. 14: 14), and later still, “on his head were many crowns” (Rev. 19: 12).  He won his Kingdom and his crowns by supreme merit, by obedience even unto death.  He was born a king, yet had to win his Kingdom by toil and sacrifice.  Are we better than he?

 

 

What a call Christ gives to men to be diligent and faithful in such days as these!  The world is unspeakably needy.  Hearts are weary and worn and full of unutterable longing.  Darkness deepens over the face of the nations and men grow hopeless in their helplessness.  Philosophers and statesmen know not how to relieve the gathering gloom.  One conference of the nations after another only stresses more grimly the vanity of human counsel.  Through the darkness and across the ages comes a voice, “Occupy till I come  He who was diligent unto the end and faithful in the very hour of death speaks in thunder tones to his chosen, “Be thou faithful unto death, and I will give thee a crown of life” (Rev. 2: 10). - Anonymous.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

173

 

THE OUTLOOK OF THE HOUR

 

 

INTRODUCTION

 

 

TWO BOOKLETS - His Personal Return and The Hour and the Man by T. M. Bamber.

 

 

Mr. Bamber puts on record his keen and devoted testimony to the Lord’s return.  His own experience of the refusal of the Second Adv      ent by the Church as a whole is pathetic. “One is truly conscious of a deep heart-break.  I was brought up in a Baptist church, trained for the Baptist ministry, and amongst those of the Baptist faith and order I find spiritual accord, yet everywhere I go I am conscious that in the majority of Baptist churches Second Adventism is taboo.  Any man who believes press it in denominational circles.  If our colleges refer to the subject of His glorious appearing, it is to treat it as some treat their poor relatives, or else to deny its truth altogether. For lack of this teaching in our churches in the power of the Spirit our congregations are being starved and our chapels are emptying

 

 

-------

 

 

Threatenings.  Be on your guard against the tendency of this generation, to paste a bit of blank paper over all the threatenings of the Bible. - ALEXANDER MACLAREN, D. D.

 

 

Advent.  The Papacy has now committed itself on the Second Advent.  The Holy Office has in recent years been pressed on the subject, and on July 21, 1944 the Pope issued a decree (Universe, July 28, 1944) forbidding our Lord’s visible reign on earth before the Last judgment to be taught. “Catholics,” says The Catholic Encyclopedia Dictionary, “take the thousand years reign of Christ as His spiritual reign in the Church on earth

 

 

Early Church.  The dawn, of the Church knew no other truth than a returning Christ.  Dr. Grattan Guinness writes:- “It cannot be denied that for three centuries the Church held the doctrine of the pre-millennial coming of Christ.  I think I have gone through all the writings of the Fathers for three centuries pretty carefully, and I do not know an exception unless it be Origen, the only early writer who was often heterodox

 

 

Leaders.  So later spiritual leaders of the Church have held the torch aloft.  Wickliffe, ‘the morning star of the Reformation,’ said:- “I look for no intervening period of millennial blessedness to occur prior to the second advent of Christ, but instead regard the Redeemer’s appearing as an Object of Hope, and the constant expectation of the Church  So Calvin:- “It must be held as a first principle that ever since the appearing of Christ there is nothing left to the faithful but with wakeful minds to be always ready intent on His Second Advent  So Latimer:- “I believe that the Lord Jesus may come in my day, old as I am  So John Knox:- “We know that He will return, and that with expedition  And Luther:- “I ardently hope that amidst these internal dissensions on earth, Jesus Christ will hasten the day of His coming

 

 

Values.  Lord Stamp, one of the greatest authorities on finance, shortly before his death by a German bomb closed a wireless utterance on the gold standard with these words:- “Before I finish I should like to say one other thing, and it is this: I have not the smallest interest in what I have been talking about to-night, - not the slightest interest whatever in this or any other scale of values, excepting that other scale of values introduced into this planet by Jesus of Nazareth.  That is the one and only scale of values which ultimately matters and which no man now listening to my voice can ever afford to ignore on peril of his soul.  Good-night everybody

 

 

Wellhausen.   It is little wonder that Wellhausen, the founder of the Higher Criticism, ultimately abandoned his Christian professorship for a professorship that involved no teaching of Christianity.  Dr. Robertson Nicoll (Life, p. 41) tells of an interview he had with him.  “Wellhausen said that, while he did not deny that miracles are possible, there was no historical proof of them.  I asked him what he thought of the testimony of Christ.  He replied that no doubt Christ was mistaken about the Old Testament, but that, as He did not understand about the earth and the sun, so He did not about the Bible, and it mattered little.  I said that the natural effect of such views was to shake the place of the Bible in people’s minds, to which he replied that he was pressed by this difficulty - that he did not see any way out of it

 

 

Criticism.   A correspondent in The Guardian (July 28, l944) stresses the bankruptcy of the Higher Criticism. “I am surprised to see a reviewer in The Guardian accepting the fable of a Second Isaiah.  Does he equally accept the fable of a Maccabean date for Daniel, admittedly impossible to the International Critical Commentary; to Sayce, who wrote to me in September, 1929, that ‘the Higher Criticism’ was ‘now bankrupt’; even to Driver, who yielded to the new evidence?  The disproof of Isaiah’s second portion is twofold: (1) T. K. Cheyne in 1880 published a Commentary on Isaiah for the first time embodying contemporary Assyrian. Eager to prove a Second Isaiah, he honourably admitted that the text was against him; so he re-wrote Isaiah in his own Hebrew under the title of The Mines of Isaiah Re-examined. This book Driver pronounced ‘great rubbish.’”

 

 

Spiritualism.  The danger of Spiritualism is constantly admitted by the ablest Spiritualists - a difficult fact to explain if it were merely intercourse with the dead.  Robert Dale Owen, the foremost early British Spiritualist, says (Footfalls on the Boundary of Another World, p. 177):- “No one, though actuated by the purest motives, can abandon himself to the influences from the next world, exclusively and throughout a long term of years, without risk of serious injury

 

 

Lincoln.  The danger of even Christians contacting spirits is tremendous in these world-wars.  In the American Civil War even so godly a statesman as Abraham Lincoln had a medium (Nettie C. Coburn) in residence at the White House, where she gave daily sιances to the President and members of the Cabinet.  Spirit intercourse (or sorcery) while not among the excommunicating sins (1 Cor. 5: 11), excludes from the coming Kingdom (Gal. 5: 20)

 

 

Youth.  The Juvenile judge of Nashville, U.S.A., records (Religious Digest, May, 1944) that from 1939 to 1943 he tried approximately 4,000 cases under 17 years of age: of these only 17 were regular Sunday School or Church attendants; and of the 17 nine were not guilty.  “We have neverJudge Gillian says, “had an active church boy in real trouble in the juvenile Court

 

 

Churches.  Such is the enormous effect of churches on national life.  A Prime Minister of England, Mr. Lloyd George, puts it thus:- “We sometimes look around us to find the secret of our great British Empire, and of our great British civilisation, and I want to say to you that the secret is not to be found in our great universities, splendid though they are.  It is not to be found in our great charitable institutions, as much as they have figured in our life.  It is not to be found in the House of Commons, nor in the House of Lords, as much as has been done there for the well-being of our people

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

174

 

OPPOSITION

 

 

BY W. C. MOORE

 

 

 

E. E. Shelhamer says: “Hard as it is on human nature, yet I thank God for all the criticism and ostracism which has come my way.  Many times I have been so crushed that for the time being hallelujahs were rather faint, but through grace I was enabled to keep smiling.  Though they came from high and low, I did not receive one blow too many.  True, some of them were uncalled for, some were unkind, but God graciously turned them to my account and they have broadened and enriched my soul.

 

 

“When I was penniless and friendless, I had to take everything.  Later, when God smiled upon and gave me more or less recognition then came the subtle temptation that has ruined more than one man: ‘You have suffered enough; you have some rights and it is beneath your dignity to silently bear these unjust misrepresentations.’  Thank God I did not yield!  Many a man has gone down, after years of climbing to a place of influence and power, simply because he could not take in a magnanimous and Christ-like manner toward everything that came against him.  Then he began to pull off in spirit from his brethren, especially those who had the courage to tell him his faults or inconsistencies.  Next he was like a ship on the high seas without compass or rudder.  And lastly, he was either a shipwreck, or worse, a floating derelict.  God help us!

 

 

“When we get to the judgment we may find that misunderstandings and ill‑usages have played a greater part in keeping us humble and getting us safely through to the skies, than anything else except the Blood of Christ.”

 

 

Instead of getting upset or riled by opposition and criticism; we should thank God for it.  “In everything give thanks” (1 Thess. 5: 18).  Jesus says, “Blessed are they which are persecuted for righteousness’ sake: for their’s is the kingdom of heaven.  Blessed are ye, when men shall revile you, and persecute you, and shall say all manner of evil against you falsely, for My sake.  Rejoice, and be exceeding glad; for great is your reward in heaven: for so persecuted they the prophets which were before you” (Matt. 5: 10-12).

 

 

“Love your enemies, bless them that curse you, do good to them that hate you, and pray for them which despitefully use you, and persecute you” (Matt. 5: 44).  Pray for them - not against them.  On the cross Jesus said, “Father, forgive them; for they know not what they do

 

 

We often lose our testimony by defending ourselves.  When we “fight back” - our actions speak so loud that people cannot hear what we say.  Love seeketh not her own - not her own reputation, not her own way (1 Cor. 13: 5) “Bless them which persecute you: bless, and curse not.  Recompense to no man evil for evil.  Avenge not yourselves ... Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good” (Rom. 12: 14, 17, 19, 21).  Take every affront, every insult, every injustice done to you - as a God-given opportunity for manifesting the love of Christ - thus following Jesus, thus representing Him, “Who, when He was reviled, reviled not again; when he suffered, He threatened not” (1 Pet. 2: 23).

 

 

God blessed the evangelistic ministry of Chas. G. Finney in a very remarkable way for many years, - and, of course, he met opposition.  In the midst of it God helped him, and he says:- “I said nothing publicly, or as I recollect privately, to anybody on the subject (of the opposition); but gave myself to prayer.  I looked to God with great earnestness day after day, to be directed; asking Him to show me the path of duty, and give me grace to ride out the storm.

 

 

“After a season of great humiliation before Him, there came a great lifting up.  God assured me that He would be with me and uphold me; that no opposition should prevail against me; that I had nothing to do, in regard to all this matter, but to keep about my work, and wait for the salvation of God.

 

 

“The sense of God’s presence, and all that passed between God and my soul at that time, I can never describe. It led me to be perfectly trustful, perfectly calm, and to have nothing but the most perfectly kind feeling toward all the brethren that were misled, and were arraying themselves against me.  I felt assured that all would come out right; that my true course was to leave everything to God, and to keep about my work; and as the storm gathered and the opposition increased, I never for one moment doubted how it would result.

 

 

“The Lord did not allow me to lay the opposition to heart; and I can truly say, so far as I can recollect, I never had an unkind feeling toward Mr. - or Dr. -, or any leading opposer of the work, during the whole of their opposition. The Lord soon revived His work.  The revival soon took effect among the people, and became powerful.”

 

 

“For this is thankworthy, if a man for conscience toward God endure grief, suffering wrongfully.  For what glory is it, if, when ye be buffeted for your faults, ye shall take it patiently? but if, when ye do well, and suffer for it, ye take it patiently, this is acceptable with God” (1 Peter 2: 19-20).  “God resisteth the proud, but giveth grace unto the humble” (Jas. 4: 6).  May the Lord help me, and each hungry child of God, in these closing, testing days - to humble ourselves as never before under the mighty hand of God, that He may exalt us in due time (1 Peter 5: 6) for His glory!

 

- Herald of His Coming.

 

 

--------

 

 

Golden Age

 

 

Few realize the dynamic tonic for the world in the golden age of a Second Advent, and for the Church in a Millennial Kingdom, a prize only stormed by force.  “Quite apart from any question of theology,” says Professor Richard G. Moulton, of Chicago University, “it may be said that no more precious legacy of thought has come down to us than this Hebrew conception of a golden age to come.  It is difficult to over estimate the bracing moral influences of an ideal future.  The classic thought of Greece and Rome took an opposite course: their age of gold was in the remote past, the progress of time was a decline, and the riches of philosophy claimed to be no more than a precarious salvage.  The result was the moral paralysis of fatalism, or at best individualism.  The imaginative pictures of biblical prophecy inspire spiritual energy by bringing a future to work for, and, on the other hand, the weakness of a luxurious optimism is avoided in the writings of an author who, while he puts forth all his powers to exalt the future, insists always that the only way of entrance to this future is the forcible purging out of evil  Our Golden Age is no mere gift of grace. “The kingdom of heaven suffereth violence, AND MEN OF VIOLENCE TAKE IT BY FORCE” (Matt. 11: 12).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

175

 

THE OLIVE TREE

 

 

BY  D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

THE hatred of the Jew, resulting in the bloodiest persecution of a race ever known in the history of the world, is countered by a momentous utterance of our Lord:- “Salvation is from the Jews” (John 4: 22).  For two thousand years all salvation centred in Israel; and though themselves cast off for another two thousand years, “if the casting away of them is the reconciling of the world, what shall the receiving of them be, but life from the dead (Rom. 11: 15).  Israel is the axis of salvation.

 

 

The Olive

 

 

The Most High has pictured all salvation down the ages since Abraham, the ‘father’ of all the faithful, as an Olive Tree.  Oil is ever the symbol of the Holy Ghost, and the saved of all generations are the embodiment of the Holy Spirit; and so the olive tree stands for a man of God, “I am like a green olive tree in the house of God” (Ps. 52: 8). No tree is more closely connected with the history of mankind than the olive.  The first foliage named in the Bible is the olive-leaf taken by a dove into the Ark out of the whole world; it is an ever-green, for God’s life-stock never dies;* and it is from the Mount of Olives, at our Lord’s return, that salvation - God's olive-oil - covers the whole earth.  The Olive is God’s life-stock into which, for four thousand years, every soul must be engrafted that is to be saved.

 

* The longevity of the olive singularly illustrates the truth for which Jehovah selects it.  There are olive trees now in the Garden of Gethsemane, the oldest of which (according to the monks in charge) may have been seen by our Lord when on earth.

 

 

Israel

 

 

Now we see the extraordinary function of the Jew.  All salvation from Abraham to the return of Christ God has concentrated into one life-stock - the House of Israel.  To us saved Gentiles He says:- “Thou wast cut out of that which is by nature a wild olive tree, and wast grafted contrary to nature into a good olive tree” (Rom. 11: 24).  The whole of the authors of the Bible were Jews; the sole Root of salvation Himself, when He came, was a Jew; the Oil of the Olive flowed out into all lands from an upper room in Jerusalem; and the salvation of the world, when it comes, will be the work of the Jew.  For the Saviour Himself is the Root of the Olive.  “I am the root of David,” Jesus says (Rev. 22: 16); “and it shall come to pass in that day that the root of Jesse, which standeth for an ensign of the peoples, unto Him shall the nations seek” (Is. 11: 10).

 

 

Broken Branches

 

 

Now we see the terrible crisis of Israel.  “Some of the branches were broken off, and thou, being a wild olive, wast grafted in among them” (ver. 17).  Some of the branches were broken off, not all: three thousand Jews at Pentecost confessed Christ; a great company of the priests believed (Acts 6: 7); and at least half a million Jews to-day are in the life-stock; and a Hebrew Christian has pointed out that more Jews have been converted in the last few decades than were converted throughout seventeen centuries after Paul. “A Christian,” said Lord Beaconsfield, the foremost Jew in England in the nineteenth century, “is a completed Jew

 

 

Jew-Hate

 

 

So now the profound cure of Jew-hate emerges.  “If thou, being a wild-olive, didst become partaker with them of the root of the fatness of the olive tree, glory not over the branches  Mr. Claude Monteflore, an outstanding Jew, has said:- “If Christendom abandons the folly and the wickedness of anti-Semitism, Jewry will be willing to think more accurately and more wisely about the founders and sacred books of Christianity.” The marvel of the ages is not the salvation of the Jew, but the salvation of the Gentile: a ‘wild olive’ - a tree outside the Garden of God; not by nature in the life-stock: “sinners of the Gentiles and “aliens from the commonwealth of Israel”  - “thou was grafted contrary to nature into a good olive tree  God’s love never rested on our fathers; since the offering of the Passover Lamb, the divine sacrifices have never been offered by Gentile hands; no national promise bound the hands of God to any nation but the Jew: yet mercy broke all bounds, love overflowed its banks, and God’s saving health was known among all nations.  So far from hating the Jew, whenever we see a Jew, we see the living miracle of our salvation.  The Jew is God’s primal choice, I am only His incidental choice; and though God’s choice of me is from eternity, yet I am humbled for ever by knowing that only by the Jew’s death am I saved.

 

 

Faith

 

 

Next is revealed the crux in the destiny of all nations.  Faith alone is the miracle which brings us into the life-stock of God.  “By their unbelief they were broken off, and thou standest by thy faith  The Jew is our greatest object-lesson in the world.  Whenever we see a Jew, we see a dead branch from the oldest stock of salvation in the world, a life-stock that once throbbed close to the heart of God.  That a Jew, saturated with one half of the Bible, and with a knowledge of Jehovah for thousands of years, should be saved is a far less wonderful thing than that I should be saved - a Godless, hopeless alien of the Gentiles.  “As touching the gospel, they were enemies for your sake: but as touching the election, they are beloved for the father’s sake  Israel Zangwill uttered these inexpressibly solemn words:- “Had Christians handled us with Christliness, there would not be a single Jew in Europe  “For he is not a Jew whose circumcision is of the heart” (Rom. 2: 28).

 

 

A Warning

 

 

So the situation carries one of the most solemn warnings in the, Bible.  “Behold then the goodness and severity of God: toward them that fell severity but toward thee, God’s goodness, if thou continue in his goodness otherwise thou also shalt be cut off  What the ‘cutting off’ is at this moment the Chief Rabbi, Dr. Hertz, reveals: 75 per cent. of the Jews of Europe have been annihilated in “the ineffable horror of an appalling martyrdom  Whenever we see a Jew, we see a warning to the Church of two thousand years: as Bishop Moule says, - “Let us put no pillow of theory between the sharpness of that warning and our souls  The bankruptcy of faith will bring to the Church the doom it brought to Israel.

 

 

Restoration

 

 

So we see the final crisis of the Olive Tree.  The world is yet to see the grafting in again of the whole of the severed branches.  “They also, if they continue not in their unbelief, shall be grafted in; for God is able to graft them in again: how much more shall these, which are the natural branches, be grafted into their own olive tree? And so all Israel shall be saved  The severed branches are still dead: they invited the Lord’s blood upon their heads, not upon their hearts; and the awful load is sinking the dead branches into the Fire: but when restored they will be grafted back, not into us, but into their own Olive.  It is expressed in extraordinary words from the Godhead, surely unique in Scripture:- “Yes, I will rejoice over them to do them good, and I will plant them in this land assuredly with my whole heart and with my whole soul” (Jer. 32: 41).  When God can say such a thing, no surer proof of its coming to pass is conceivable.

 

 

Crisis

 

 

The final crisis will reveal its Messiah to Israel.  As the Church begins to stream towards apostasy, Israel begins to stream back to Jehovah: it is the vast cross-current of grace in the last days.  The ancient Christian beheld the lifeless Jew: the modern Jew will behold the lifeless Christian.  The crisis is at hand.  A writer says:- “I had a remarkable experience recently when travelling with an orthodox Jew.  We were together in the same cabin, and, as my custom is, I knelt at my berth-side night and morning to pray.  I soon found out that this Jew, in the upper berth, watched with keen interest my reading of the Scriptures.  When Sunday came I would no longer play deck games with him, but otherwise we were on very friendly terms.  On Sunday, when we were walking together up and down the deck, I at last reached the subject of the Rapture.  In full detail I gave him the programme as I understood it, Scripturally, to be.  All of a sudden he turned and faced me, and with his finger pointing, he said: - ‘If that event takes place as you said, we shall know that you folks are right and we Jews are wrong, and that will create a cataclysm in our midst.’  In other words, he admitted that the moment the Rapture takes place the Jews will have the proof that they were wrong in their position and the Christians were right, and it will immediately cause them to admit that Jesus Christ was their promised Messiah whom they had failed to recognize as such  Then the river of life will reverse in a sharp bend, leaving the Genlile nations lifeless, and starting to fulfil Jehovah’s word for Israel, “I will be as the dew unto Israel: his branches shall spread, and his beauty shall be as the Olive tree, and his smell as Lebanon” (Hos. 14: 6).

 

 

-------

 

 

HOW WILL ISRAEL BE RESTORED?

 

 

By the promises are insured to Israel -

 

 

1.  A fertile land.  Isaiah 55: 13, Jeremiah 31: 5; Joel 3: 18 and Amos 9: 13.

 

 

2.  Seasonable rains. Ezekiel 34: 26 & Joel. 2: 23.

 

 

3.  Well built cities.  Isaiah 61: 4.

 

 

4.  Fixity of land tenure and security of real estate.  Isaiah 65: 21, 22.

 

 

5.  A numerous population.  Isaiah 49: 19, 20, Ezekiel 36: 37, 38 and Zechariah 2: 4.

 

 

6.  Just magistrates.  Isaiah 60: 17.

 

 

7.  A charter of personal liberty.  Jeremiah 30: 8.

 

 

8.  Popular education.  Isaiah 54: 13.

 

 

9.  Wealth and plenty.  Isaiah 54: 11, 12; 60: 5, 11; Jeremiah 33: 12, 13 and Joel 2: 26.

 

 

10.  Absence of seditious elements.  Ezekiel 20: 28.

 

 

11.  Undisputed supremacy amongst the nations.  Micah 5: 8.

 

 

12. A glorious theocracy.  Isaiah 24: 23.

 

 

What an ideal state of national politics is here described!  And this is all involved in the hope of the promises. Further, the fulfilment of the promises will bring to Israel twelve clearly defined features of spiritual blessing, all of them found in the third chapter of the prophecy of Zephaniah.

 

 

FOR THEY WILL BE:

 

 

a.  Verse 9: A united people

 

 

b.  Verse 1l: A truly humble people.

 

 

c.  Verse 12: A consciously dependent people.

 

d.  Verse 12: A people confident in God.

 

e.  Verse 13: A truthful people.

 

 

f. Verse 13: A fearless people.

 

 

g. Verse 14: A joyful people.

 

h.  Verse 15: A people among whom God resides.

 

 

i.  Verse 15: A people secure from calamity.

 

 

j.  Verse 16: A zealously active people.

 

 

k.  Verse 17: A people in whom God delights.

 

 

l.  Verses 11 & 20:  An object-lesson to the whole world of the abounding grace of God.

 

 

These conditions, national, political and spiritual, will result from the fulfilment of the promises.  They will be realized only in the land, after the full restoration of the people and occupation of the land has come to pass. This restoration is assured by definite promise.

 

 

THAT IT IS FUTURE AND LITERAL,

IS PROVED BY SEVEN CONSIDERATIONS:

 

 

I.  There is to be a restoration “a second time”.  Isaiah 11: 11.  There having been but one restoration in history, the second restoration must be future.

 

 

II.  There is to be a restoration from the four corners of the earth.  Isaiah 11: 11, 12.  No such restoration having taken place in history, it must be future.

 

 

III.  The whole land of promise is to be possessed.  Genesis 15: 18 and Obadiah 5, 17.  There having been no entire possession of the whole of the promised land in history, there must be a literal and future restoration.

 

 

IV. Restoration is predicted which is to be associated with the formal reunion of Israel and Judah.  Ezekiel 37: 22.  Such restoration never having taken place, it must of necessity be future.

 

 

V.  A restoration is predicted which is to be associated with national conversion.  Ezekiel 36: 24-27.  No such restoration having taken place, it must be future.

 

 

VI.  A distribution of the land and a location of the tribes is predicted which has never been realized in history. It must therefore be future.  Ezekiel 48. (whole chapter).

 

 

VII.  A resettlement upon the land is predicted, after which there is to be no further scattering.  Amos 9: 15.  No such resettlement having taken place in history, it must of necessity be future.

 

 

Together with this most certain and most literal resettlement of the Israel people in the land made over to them by Covenant and occupied up to its furthest limits, there are three promises of soul -  restoration for the Israel race:

 

 

The people will be cleansed and God’s anger turned away from them.  Isaiah 12: 1 and Jeremiah 33: 8, 9.

 

 

They will be brought into new covenant relationship.  Jeremiah 31: 33, 34.

 

 

They will be justified and made righteous.  Isaiah 45: 25; 60: 21.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

176

 

AN EXPOSITION OF THE EPISTLE

TO THE HEBREWS

 

 

BY ROBERT GOVETT, M.A.

 

 

HEBREWS 10: 25

 

 

“Not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together

 

 

 

IT is a matter of notice, even to the worldly, how the assemblies of professed Christians are falling off in numbers.  It denotes internal decay in faith.  And it leads onward to confirmed unbelief.  In those days many, no doubt, were kept away by fear.  The enemy took note of those who met to worship.  And some of the defaulters perhaps said: ‘That they could edify themselves with the Scriptures in private  And others: ‘We know all you can teach  But here is the command of the Lord Jesus.  In our day, the danger is of lukewarmness, preferring worldly pleasure to this duty.  Finding, indeed, small pleasure in the united worship of the saints, they seek it elsewhere.  The assembly of the saints here below is a preparation for the assembling on high (2 Thess. 2: 1).

 

 

The present is the time of the consecration of the better priests.  Aaron’s sons were not to leave the court of the tabernacle nor their fellows, till the seven days of consecration were completed (Lev. 8: 35).  After that, the glory of the Lord would appear (Lev. 9: 4).

 

 

We are to “exhort” one another to look for this return of Christ, and the recompence He will give to the faithful; and, generally, to be ready to meet Him at His appearing; and this more, the more we perceive the close advent of “the day

 

 

What is “the day” here spoken of?  It is “the great and terrible day of the Lord of which prophecy is full.  The Saviour, at Nazareth, declared that the day of mercy was then begun, and the Spirit’s anointing was upon Him to proclaim it.  But just where He left off in Isaiah comes the testimony to “the day of vengeance of our God” (Isa. 61: 1-3).  That season has been noticed before, as that which God has reserved (chap. 9: 27).  It is the time of decision and award, both for foes and friends: for the wheat and the tares, for the harvest and the vintage.

 

 

‘But if we can see the approaching day of wrath, can we not foretell also the day of the Lord’s coming for the rapture of His people

 

 

No!  The two stand quite distinct.  The coming of the Lord is the hope of His people.  ‘The day’ is the warning of woes to the world.  Paul beseeches the saints by the presence of the Lord and our gathering to Him, not to be troubled by tidings of the day, as though judgment had already begun, and the hour of mercy was over (2 Thess. 2).  The hope of the Lord’s waiting ones, who credit prophecy, is, that they shall be caught away to Him out of earth, before the artillery of God’s indignation opens upon an evil world.

 

 

Judgment and its day cannot come till the obedient and watchful ones of the Church have been caught away.  The day of woe cannot descend on the earth, till national rejections of Christ’s faith and name have come.

 

 

But we may see the continual advances of the world towards its, final iniquity.  And with every such advance draws nearer the vengeance of God.  Jesus makes the setting up of the idol of Anti-christ the proof of judgment fully come (Matt. 24: 15-22).  The more Christ’s foes band together and resist the truth, the nearer they are to be put under the feet of the Lord Jesus.

 

 

26. “For if we sin wilfully after receiving the full knowledge of the truth, there remains no further sacrifice for sins, but a certain fearful expectation of judgment, and a fury of fire that is about to devour the adversaries

 

 

This warning is addressed to “brethren”; to those whose welcome entry to the Holiest has been discovered to us.  They are in danger of letting go the faith and hope, on which present acceptance and future glory depend.

 

 

How dark are the shades in this Epistle, following hard upon its brightest lights!  It is only six verses since the writer spoke of our welcome entry into the Holiest above, through the Son’s High-priesthood.  How awful the warning here!  Yet, to listen to some commentators, one would suppose that this Epistle was the most comforting of all.  Such labour with all their might to deaden and divert the solemnity and directness of the Holy Spirit’s warning.  ‘It is addressed to ‘Professors’ only.  Hence, if you know yourself sincere, it is not meant for you.  Pass on!’

 

 

Was it for “professors”?  Methinks, had there been originally any such Churches of Jerusalem or Judaea, they had taken their flight long before.  Wild ducks take wing as soon as they hear the fowler’s first shot!

 

 

It is the “brethren” that Paul is addressing, both concerning their privileges and their perils.  Who were meant by “brethren”?  Those who had openly and by public profession passed out of the world into the Church of Christ.  They had believed, and been immersed; and had been anointed with the miraculous gifts.  They had taken their stand and place in the assemblies of believers, both before God and man (Acts 2: 42).

 

 

No!  This addresses itself to [regenerate] believers!  “If we sin  Was not Paul’s a sincere heart?  He himself takes his place under this warning.  Or, if Paul did not write this, then the Christian and inspired author of the Epistle here classes himself with those warned.

 

 

There were indeed special perils then - persecution - pressing believers in Christ to turn back to Moses and Law.  But there is evermore during the evil day, more or less danger of falling away.  Beware of the first step: irregular attendance on the meetings of the saints “if we sin wilfully

 

 

Alike under the Old Testament and the New there are two classes of sin. (1) Occasional, and (2) abiding Sins of (1) error, and sins of (2) deliberation, against light and knowledge.  Law admitted to pardon one guilty of sins of ignorance.  But it had neither priest nor sacrifice for the presumptuous offender.  “If any soul sin through ignorance, then he shall bring a she-goat of the first year for a sin-offering.  And the priest shall make atonement for the soul that sinneth ignorantly and it shall be forgiven him.”  “But the soul that doeth ought presumptuously, whether he be born in the land, or a stranger, the same reproachethprovoketh’ - 70] the Lord and that soul shall be cut off from among his people  “His iniquity shall be upon him” (Num. 15: 27-31).

 

 

The sin here described is ‘wilfulspontaneous, as opposed to compulsory, and that of ignorance.  It is the abiding attitude of the soul, as the present tense denotes.  There is no repentance.  ‘He has drawn the sword, and cast away the scabbard

 

 

What makes it so awful is, its taking place after full knowledge.  It is steady sin after a man’s having taken the place of a Christian; after understanding the doctrines of Christ; after baptism, and reception of the gifts of the Spirit.

 

 

“After the full knowledge of the truth,” is an expression strong enough to imply the faith of the person.  But here it is greatly strengthened by the added word: “after the receiving of the full knowledge of the truth  That implies the truth’s entry into the heart, as well as the understanding.  The Holy Spirit does not reckon the truth received, till it has possession of the whole man, the first knowledge is of the forgiveness of sins (Luke 1: 77).  The after-knowledge is the instruction fitted for those who believe, and are received by God and the Church (Col. 1: 9; Tit. 1: 1; 2 Pet. 1: 2, 3).  It answers to the two ‘teachings’ in Matt. 28: 19, 20.  The first precedes baptism, the second follows it.

 

 

Compare this passage with the similar one of Heb. 6: 1-8, and the view is strongly confirmed.  Of the six articles there named, two, ‘repentance and faith’ - go before the next two, the “baptisms of instruction and of laying on of hands”; and two follow after the baptism, and refer to the future day - ‘the resurrection and eternal judgment  And the description of the apostate is given with respect to these.   He was ‘enlightened’ by ‘repentance and faith  Then he “tasted” of the heavenly gift by the baptism of the Spirit, and was “made partaker of the Holy Ghost” by the Spirit’s indwelling.  With these came the knowledge of the better day to come; the glorious hope set before him.  Of that day, the gifts of miracle were the divine pledge; so was the land that had drunk in the rain of heaven, and had been tilled by the instruction of the saints.  If, after that; he fell away, repentance was impossible.

 

 

If then any should so sin, let the man understand, that his case is desperate.   If one sinned wilfully in Moses’ day, there was a better High Priest and Sacrifice to come.  But to one who rejects the priesthood and, sacrifice of Christ, there is no further offering to take away sin.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

177

 

AN EXPOSITION OF THE EPISTLE TO

THE HEBREWS

 

 

By ROBERT GOVETT, M.A.

 

 

(Heb. 12: 1)

 

 

SIXTH DIVISION

 

 

SANCTIFICATION, AS PREPARATION FOR SEEING GOD.

 

 

CHAP. XII.

 

 

-------

 

 

1. “Therefore let us also, since we are surrounded by so great a cloud of witnesses, having laid aside every weight, and the sin which easily besets us, run with patience the race set before us, looking away to Jesus the Leader and Finisher of the faith; Who because of the joy set before Him, endured the cross. despising the shame, and has sat down at the right hand of the throne of God

 

 

The subject of this division is chiefly the personal holiness of the new calling, in view of the Lord’s coming and judgment.

 

 

The Old Testament saints have finished their race, and are waiting -their reward. Our race is going on, but its end is fixed and near.  The length of the course is settled by God, as the prizes also are from Him.

 

 

The Old Testament saints had their sufferings to bear; but they have conquered.  We, too, are called to suffer. The vast number of preceding sufferers and martyrs should encourage us to run as they did, with like hope of the glory.  The general idea gathered from the opening of this chapter by an English reader would be, that the departed saints are spectators of the course of believers now.  That is not, I think, the truth.  The Greek word here used with reference to them relates, I believe, to them as sufferers for the truth during their past life, and not to their present vision of those militant on earth.

 

 

It is the reward attached to the race that is set before those that are already saved.  After the gift of God, - ‘eternal life - comes the prize of our calling, which is, a calling out of earth and into heaven.

 

 

Now, they who run for a prize are careful not to carry any superfluous weight, and do not wear any long and trailing garment that might embarrass their free course, and even throw them down.  Hence our Lord warns us, in the first of His parables which refer to the kingdom, of “the cares of this age, and the deceitfulness of riches, and the lusts of other things entering in which choke the word, and it becometh unfruitful” (Mark 4: 19).  These, then, are the weights which are to be laid aside.  He who is seeking the riches of the present world is not running the race for the kingdom.  The earthly blessings promised by Moses’ Law to the obedient Jew would be hindrances in the way of one running the present race.  And Jesus bids the rich young man to lay them aside, and follow Him, on His way to the millennial kingdom and its glory (Matt. 19).  What will the Lord Jesus say to those believers, who are seeking, with all their might, to gain wealth? when He has told us, that, into the millennial kingdom of glory it is impossible for the rich disciple to enter (Luke 16: 20-26).  No warrior entangles himself with buying or selling, or like pursuits, that he may please his general (2 Tim. 2: 4). “Thou, O man of God, flee these things” (1 Tim. 6: 11).  While Abraham walked with God in freedom in a tent, Lot was hindered and entangled by a house within Sodom.

 

 

Things not positively evil in themselves become so, when regarded as engaging the believer’s heart, money, time, and abilities.  Science, and the study of God’s works in nature, were quite right in Solomon’s day; but to any believers in pursuit of Christ’s cause and the glory to come, they would be great hindrances.  There are also some sins to which, by nature and position, we are prone, against which we must watch, and seek to overcome.

 

 

The easily besetting sin of that day was, unbelief of Christ’s return, and drawing back to Moses.  In this, as in all other points, Jesus is our perfect example.

 

 

Should we read it:- “Author and finisher of (our) faith”?  I think not.  The author of this Epistle is sparing in the use of the article where it would naturally be employed.  And here we have it before ‘faith  He is not then, I think, speaking of faith as it is an internal principle; but of “the faith the Christian religion.  Jesus began it, and His coming will close it.  It is a system of faith, dependent on His absence, to be completed when He returns.  There will then be an end of baptism and the Lord’s Supper: it will be a walking by sight, and not, as now, by faith.

 

 

We are, in our Lord’s case, to behold the perfect example of the life of faith.  Great was His toil, great the opposition and enmity He encountered; but He so perfectly glorified His Father in the arduous course set before Him, that He is seated in the loftiest post in heaven, as having accomplished the race to the full satisfaction of the Most High.  In His journey toward the goal, through reproach and shame, He was cheered by the prize set before Him.  “He shall see of the travail of His soul, and be satisfied (Isa. 53: 11).  If that hope was of service to the Lord Jesus Himself, how unwise and unscriptural are those who would exclude all regard to the coming rewards of millennial glory.  At the end of the Saviour’s course stood the cross and its bitterness.  But He looked beyond it, and its pains and shame, and now the time of His visible exaltation is to come.  The kingdom is His: as the Son of man, all creation shall be at His feet; the angels shall worship.

 

 

Already, before that day, the Father, well pleased, has called Him up on high, and seated the Great Victor, with Himself, on His throne.

 

 

3. “For consider Him Who endured so great contradiction by sinners against Himself, lest ye be wearied and faint in your minds

 

 

We [are] apt to faint at the special difficulties, indignities, and contradictions, which assail us.  We are ready to feel, and to say, that our troubles are sorer and heavier than those of any others.  The remedy for such a feeling, and the true check of such a speech, is here supplied.  Consider the resistance, the gainsaying, by malice and falsehood, which He, Who was the Wisdom of God, and the Power of God, was called to undergo.  The Sinless One was contradicted by the sinful sons of men; the Son of God by His creatures and subjects.  He could, by a word, have cut off the liars and rebels; but He was patient throughout.  If, then, He suffered so much, marvel not that you, Christian, are called also to endure hindrance and contradiction in the way of duty, and when you are sure you are testifying to God’s truth.  A view of what the Divine Saviour suffered must check complaint in the saved.  Indeed, every affliction that we have met for Christ’s sake, will be to our glory.

 

 

4-6. “Not yet have ye resisted unto blood, wrestling against sin.  And ye have forgotten the exhortation which talketh with you as with sons: ‘My son, despise not thou the chastening of the Lord, nor faint when thou art rebuked by him for whom the Lord loveth He chasteneth, but scourgeth every son whom He receiveth’.”

 

 

Life itself is, at God’s demand to be given up, as the Saviour taught us, both by precept and example.  As yet that had not been called for from the Hebrew Christians generally.  They must see mercy, then, in the limits set on the power of their persecutors.

 

 

But now the Apostle proceeds to open a new view of the sufferings which, in various forms, the Hebrew Christians were bearing from their neighbours and fellow-countrymen.  They must regard the afflictions of their journey through the wilderness as the mode of education, by which their Heavenly Father was preparing them for an eternal [and millennial] abode with Himself.  Under the Law, the men of obedience were to experience all the sunshine and the blessings of earth.  But the dispensation has changed with the coming of the Son of God; and now, rejection by earth is the way to the [promised messianic] glory …

 

 

-------

 

 

Psalm 47

 

By Norman R Perry

 

 

O clap your hands all people, shout your triumphant songs;

Praise ye the Lord Almighty to whom all power belongs.

He shall subdue the nations, He shall control their rage;

And He, the great disposer, will choose our heritage.

 

 

God on high ascended, with triumphant blast and shout,

While never-ending praises circle His throne about,

O’er all the earth He ruleth, for He alone is King;

To Him we bring all praises, to Him with gladness sing.

 

 

God ruleth o’er the heathen, and holy is His throne;

Earth’s princes [will] meet together and own Him God alone.

His people round Him gather, His foes before Him fall;

All power to Him belongeth, He ruleth over all.

 

 

 

This Psalm, like many others, is so obviously millennial that it amazes us that there are people who profess to believe the Word of God yet they say that they do not see it.  There is a repetition of the fact that Jehovah is King of all the earth, and that He will subdue and reign over nations.  It is true that God controls the wickedness of this present evil age and that nothing that comes to pass, is outside His Sovereign decree but the Scriptures says more than this.  With the world in its present state, how can Christians believe that these words are completely fulfilled now and that we are at this moment living in the millennium?  Praise God that in spite of many unbelieving believers, and / or professing believers, this Psalm will be fulfilled literally.”)

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

178

 

The Septenary Arrangement of Scripture

 

 

BY ARLEN L CHITWOOD

 

 

There remaineth therefore a restSabbath rest’] to the people of God: (Heb. 4: 9).

 

 

-------

 

 

 

Hebrews 4: 1-11 deals with a rest which will be realized by “the people of God” during the seventh millennium dating from the restoration of the earth and the creation of man in the first chapter of Genesis.  Teachings surrounding this rest, textually and contextually, are based on three portions of Old Testament Scripture: (1) The experiences of the Israelites under Moses, and later Joshua (Heb. 3: 2-19), (2) God’s work and subsequent rest during the seven days of Gen. 1: 2 (Heb. 4: 4), and 3) the Sabbath given to Israel which the nation was to keep week after week following six days of work (Heb. 4: 9).

 

 

The experiences of the Israelites under Moses, and later Joshua, during a past dispensation form the type; and the experiences of Christians under Christ during the present dispensation form the antitype.  Then teachings surrounding a rest lying before both the Israelites in the type and Christians in the antitype are drawn from the rest which God entered into following six days of work in Gen. 1: 2.  And the Sabbath was given to Israel to keep the whole overall thought of that which occurred in the opening two chapters of Genesis ever before them (cf. Ex. 20: 8-11; 31: 13-17).

 

 

Teachings drawn from the opening two chapters of Genesis form the key to the entire matter, and a correct understanding and interpretation of these opening chapters is not something which should be taken lightly. Scripture is actually built upon a structure which is laid down in these two chapters, and an individual’s understanding and interpretation of numerous things throughout the remainder of Scripture will be governed by his understanding and interpretation of this opening section of Scripture.

 

 

If one understands these opening verses correctly, he will understand how God has structured His revelation to man, allowing him to grasp numerous things which he could not otherwise understand.  However, if one fails to understand these opening verses correctly, the opposite will be true.  He will have gone wrong at the beginning, and he will remain wrong the remainder of the way.

 

 

The preceding, for example, is the reason many individuals fail to see the proper relationship of the Sabbath rest in Heb. 4: 9 to God’s rest following six days of work in Gen. 12: 3.  They attempt to relate this rest to something which Christians enter into during the present day and time, which is a time prior to the seven day, a time not even in view (except possibly by way of a secondary application).  Or this is the reason many individuals attempt to understand 2 Peter 3: 8 in the light of Psa. 90: 4, when, contextually, 2 Peter 3: 8 must be understood in the light of the opening two chapters of Genesis (cf. 2 Peter 1: 16-18; 3: 5-7).

 

 

With these things in mind, the remainder of the material in this chapter will deal with the structure of the Hebrew text in parts of especially the first chapter of Genesis - particularly verse two - and the testimony of the remainder of Scripture insofar as the opening two chapters of Genesis are concerned.

 

 

One MUST understand what is revealed at the beginning first.  This is the key.  Only then can an individual be in a position to move forward and properly understand the remainder.

 

 

“WAS” OR “BECAME”

 

 

It would go without saying that there has been a great deal of controversy over the years among theologians and Christians in general concerning exactly how two chapters of Genesis should be understood.  And it would also go without saying that, resultingly, confusion has reigned supreme in Christian circles concerning not only these chapters but the general tenor of the remainder of Scripture as well.

 

 

There are actually two major schools of thought surrounding these two opening chapters, though there are a number of variations within that held by those in each school.  Those in one school (probably the position held by the majority today) view the six days in the first chapter as time revealing God’s creative activity from verse one, and those in the other school view these six days as time revealing God’s restoration of a ruined creation seen in verse two.

 

 

Then there is a somewhat popular third school of thought which views Gen. 1: 1 as other than an absolute beginning.  Most of those holding this view see verse one as an opening statement dealing with restoration, not creation.  That is, they see the verse dealing, not with God’s creation of the heavens and the earth in an absolute sense (as most view the verse), but with the beginning of God’s restoration (reforming, re-moulding, refashioning) of a previously perfect creation which had fallen into a state of ruin.

 

 

Much of the controversy surrounding these different views is centred in the linguistics of verse two. Grammarians go back to the Hebrew text and deal with two areas: (1) the relationship to verse one of the three circumstantial clauses making up this verse, and (2) the meaning of the Hebrew word hayah (translated “was”). And good Hebrew grammarians reach different conclusions in both realms.

 

 

1. THE THREE CIRCUMSTANTIAL CLAUSES

 

 

The three circumstantial clauses in Gen. 1: 2 are simply the clauses which form the verse: (a) “And the earth was without form, and void (b) “and darkness was upon the face of the deep,” (c) “And the Spirit of God moved upon the face of the waters

 

 

In the Hebrew text there is what is called a “waw” beginning verse two (a conjunctive or disjunctive particle, translated “And” in most English texts).  Some grammarians view this particle in a conjunctive sense (showing a connection between verse 1 and verse 2), and others view it in a disjunctive sense (showing a separation between verse 1 and verse 2).  Normally the context determines how the particle is to be understood.

 

 

(The Hebrew text of the Old Testament uses the “waw” more frequently in a conjunctive [and] rather than a disjunctive [but] sense.  Of the approximately 28,000 usages of this particle, some 25,000 appear to be conjunctive and some 3,000 disjunctive.)

 

 

Those viewing the “waw” beginning Gen. 1: 2 in a conjunctive sense would see the three circumstantial clauses as inseparably connected with verse one, and those viewing the “waw” in a disjunctive sense would, instead, see a separation between these two verses.

 

 

If there is an inseparable connection of the clauses in verse two with verse one, and verse one describes an absolute beginning in relation to the heavens and the earth (God’s actual creation of the heavens and the earth in the beginning), then verse two would have to describe how God created the earth in the beginning (i.e., “without form, and void”).  Understanding the structure of the Hebrew text after this fashion would necessitate viewing that which is described at the beginning of verse two as the condition of the earth at the time of the action described in verse one.  Then the six subsequent days would have to be looked upon as time in which God, step by step, performed and completed his work of creation introduced in verse one.

 

 

The preceding view of the structure of the Hebrew text is the reason for the position held by some that Gen. 1: 1 describes the beginning of God’s restorative work rather than an absolute beginning.  Those holding this view see the three circumstantial clauses in verse two as inseparably connected with verse one, but they also see that Scripture teaches a subsequent ruin of the creation following God’s creation of the heavens and the earth in the beginning (e.g., cf. Gen. 1: 2 and Isa. 45: 18 [the Heb. word tohu, translated “without form” in Gen. 1: 2 is translated “in vain” in Isa. 45: 18; and this verse in Isaiah specifically states that God did not create the earth tohu, i.e., after the fashion in which it is seen in Gen. 1: 2]).

 

 

Thus, those who see God’s perfect creation undergoing a subsequent ruin but also view the three circumstantial clauses in verse two as inseparably connected with verse one are forced into a particular position concerning the interpretation of the opening verses of Genesis.  They are forced into the position of seeing the actual creation of the heavens and the earth, and also the ruin of the heavens and the earth, as occurring at a time prior to Gen. 1: 1, events which they would see as not being dealt with per se in the opening verses of Scripture at all.

 

 

Then there are those grammarians who see the “waw” beginning verse two as disjunctive (similar to the Greek “de which is used both ways in the New Testament [cf. Matt. 1: 2-16; 25: 31, ASV]; also the Septuagint [Gk. translation of the O.T.] uses “de” in a disjunctive sense beginning Gen. 1: 2).  And, viewing the matter after this fashion, there would be no connection between the first two verse of Genesis.  Rather, a separation would exist instead.  Within this view, one would normally see verse one revealing an absolute beginning, with verse two (along with the verses following) revealing events occurring at later points in time.

 

 

(Most holding this linguistic view see verse two as a description of God’s perfect creation [from verse one] being brought into a ruined state, separated from verse one by an unrevealed period of time; and they would, accordingly, see God’s activity during the six days as activity surrounding the restoration of this ruined creation.  Some holding this linguistic view though still see the six days as time revealing God’s creative activity.  They view verse one as describing a “grand summary declaration that God created the universe in the beginning.” Then they view God’s activity during the six days as a revelation concerning how God accomplished that which He had previously stated in verse one.)

 

 

2. THE HEBREW WORD “HAYAH”

 

 

Hayah is the Hebrew word translated “was” in most English versions of Gen. 1: 2And the earth was…”) The word is found numerous times throughout chapter one and about 3,570 times in the entire Old Testament.

 

 

The etymology of the word is somewhat questionable (most look at the probable primary meaning of hayah as “falling” or “to fall”).  Hebrew scholars though see the word used over and over in the Old Testament in the sense of “to be,” “to become,” or “to come to pass  And through attempts to trace the etymology of the word, comparing the Hebrew with the Arabic (a related Semitic language), and seeing how the word is used in the Old Testament, many scholars have come to look upon the word in the sense of a verb of being to be”).  But scholars also recognize that it is not completely valid to equate the word with the English verb of being after this fashion.

 

 

The word is translated different ways in English versions - e.g., “was” or “were” (Gen. 1: 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 13, etc.), “be” (Gen. 1: 3, 6, 14, 29, etc.), “became [or, ‘to become’]” (Gen. 2: 7, 10; 3: 22, etc.).  But that’s in English versions.  In the Latin Vulgate there are thirteen instances where hayah has been translated in the sense of “became” in Genesis, chapter one alone (the word appears twenty-seven times in this chapter); and in the Septuagint there are twenty-two such instances in this one chapter.

 

 

The first use of hayah in Scripture is in Gen. 1: 2 - the verse under consideration in this study.  But going beyond this verse for a moment, note how the word is used elsewhere in chapter one.

 

 

Hayah appears twice in verse three, translated “be” and “was  And translating, “Let light be [or ‘become’]: and light became would actually best convey the thought of that which occurred.

 

 

Then note verses 5, 8, 13, 19, 23, 31.  The word hayah appears two times in the latter part of each verse (both translated in the English text by the one word, “were”).  Translating literally from the Hebrew, using “was” in the translation, the text would read, “... And there was evening and there was morning, [comprising] the first day ... the second day ... the third day,” etc.

 

 

Actually though, “became” would really better convey the thought surrounding that which occurred, for evening and morning came to pass, “became,” comprising each of the six different days.  Leupold appears to capture the overall thought quite well in his commentary by translating, “...Then came evening, then came morning - the first day ... the second day ... the third day,” etc.

 

 

Then note the words, “...and it was so at the end of verses 7, 9, 11, 15, 24, 30.  “Was” in each reference is a translation of the word hayah, and it is easy to see that “became” rather than “was” would really provide a better description of that which occurred in each instance, translating, “...and it became so” (cf. “Let there be [a translation of hayah]...” [vv. 3, 6, 14]).

 

 

Though hayah has been translated “was,” “were,” or “be” throughout the first chapter of Genesis, the word is actually used mainly throughout this chapter in the sense of “be,” “became,” or “had become  Attention is called to this fact because numerous individuals look at the translation “became [or ‘had become’]” as so rare in the Old Testament that serious consideration should not be given to the thought of translating Gen. 1: 2, “And [or ‘But’] the earth became [or ‘had become’]...”  But the rarity is in the English translations, not in a literal Hebrew rendering or in certain other translations (e.g., in the KJV there are only 17 instances in all of Genesis where hayah has been translated “became [or, ‘...become’]” [2: 7, 10; 3: 22; 9: 15; 18: 18; 19: 26; 20: 12; 21: 20; 24: 67; 32: 10; 34: 16; 37: 20; 47: 20, 26; 48: 19]; but in the Septuagint there are at least 146 instances [and some 1,500 in the entire O.T.]).

 

 

3. THE HEBREW TEXT ALONE

 

 

Can linguistic questions surrounding the first two verses of Genesis be resolved from the Hebrew text alone? Can one determine from the Hebrew text alone whether the “waw” beginning verse two is conjunctive or disjunctive?  Or can one determine from the Hebrew text alone how the word hayah should be translated in verse two?  Or can one determine from the Hebrew structure of verse two alone how the remainder of the first chapter should be understood in an overall sense?

 

 

Some Hebrew scholars would answer in the affirmative, but because of the different ways a number of Hebrew scholars view the matter at hand, the issue could only be resolved within their minds and possibly within the minds of others who follow their same line of reasoning.  And note that the issue would be resolved by different scholars after entirely different fashions, all based on their understanding of the grammatical structure of the Hebrew text.

 

 

However, there is another way to approach the matter; and that other way is to see how the whole of Scripture deals with the issue at hand.  If the whole of Scripture can be shown to support one view alone - which it can - then the correct linguistic understanding of Gen. 1: 2 and the corresponding correct interpretation of chapter one can easily and unquestionably be demonstrated.

 

 

This is not to say that Gen. 1: 2 or the first chapter of Genesis as a whole cannot be understood correctly apart from first going to the remainder of Scripture, for that cannot be the case.  God would not have begun His revelation to man after a fashion which man could not have understood a part from subsequent revelation (requiring approx. 1,500 years to complete).  But this is to say that the correct linguistic position for Gen. 1: 2 and the correct corresponding interpretation of the entire chapter - which can be shown by going to the remainder of Scripture - is a position which God would have expected man to see as evident when he began reading at this point in Genesis, though man many times does not do so.

 

 

Thus, in this respect, a knowledge of the way in which the Hebrew text is structured is really not going to resolve the issue at hand.  And time has been spent in the Hebrew construction of Gen. 1: 2 and other related passages, not in an attempt to resolve the issue, but to demonstrate two basic things: (a) There are good, reputable Hebrew scholars who hold varying views on the opening verses of Genesis, which are many times based strictly on their understanding of the structure of the Hebrew text, apart from contextual considerations; and (b) though the linguistics of the Hebrew text (within the different ways scholars understand the text) will support any one of these views, all but one are out of line with the remainder of Scripture and are, consequently, wrong.

 

 

That is to say, though different views can be supported from the structure of the Hebrew text alone, different views cannot be supported when the remainder of Scripture is taken into consideration -  with or without the Hebrew text.  Scripture will support only one view. …

 

 

Scripture will support “Creation” (an absolute creation [v. 1]), a “Ruin” of the creation (which means that the “waw” beginning v. 2 must be understood in a disjunctive sense [‘But’], and the Hebrew word hayah must be understood in the sense of “became [or ‘had become’]” [v. 2a]), a “Restoration” of the ruined creation (performed entirely through Divine intervention [vv. 2b-25]), and “Time” (six days of restorative work, followed by one day of rest [1: 2b-2: 3]).

 

 

And to illustrate this is not difficult at all.  In fact, the opposite is true.  It is a very simple matter to illustrate, from other Scripture, exactly how the opening verses of Genesis must be understood.

 

 

DAYS IN SCRIPTURE

 

 

The structure of God’s revelation to man will be set forth briefly under three headings, and material discussed under these three headings will relate specifically to how particular sections of Scripture handle the matter at hand.  Then attention will be called to other related Scriptures outside these sections to better present the overall picture from the whole of Scripture.

 

 

1. THE SIGN OF THE SABBATH

 

 

The Sabbath was a sign of “a perpetual covenant  God stated concerning the Sabbath, “It is a sign between me and the children of Israel for ever [Heb. ‘olam’ i.e. for the ‘age to come’ (Heb. 6: 5, R.V.)]*: for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, and on the seventh day he rested, and was refreshed” (Ex. 31: 16, 17).  When giving the Sabbath to Israel (cf. Ex. 20: 11) or referring to the Sabbath rest awaiting the people of God in Hebrews, in each instance, for a very good reason, God called attention to that which occurred in Gen. 1, 2.  There is a latter work of restoration, followed by rest, which is based on the former; and the Sabbath was given to Israel to keep this thought ever before the nation.

 

[* See “The Dualism of Eternal Life” by S. S. Craig.]

 

 

That is, though the sign of the Sabbath concerned a present work and future [millennial] rest, it was based on a past work and rest.  God worked six days to restore a ruined creation in the opening chapter of Genesis; and on the sixth day, along with the completion of His work of restoration, He brought man into existence to rule over the restored material creation. Then God rested on the seventh day.  But a ruin ensued once again.  Man, an entirely new creation in the universe, fell; and, as a result, the restored material creation was brought under a curse, leaving God with two ruined creations: man, and the material creation.

 

 

With that in mind, how did God, in the Genesis account, set about to restore these two ruined creations?  The answer is not only clearly revealed but it is also very simple.  According to Scripture, God set about to restore the subsequent ruined creations in exactly the same manner as He had restored the former ruined creation in the opening chapter of Genesis.  He set about to restore the ruined creations over six days of time, and He, in accord with Gen. 2: 2, 3, would then rest on the seventh [i.e., Millennial and Messianic (2 Pet. 3: 8,. Cf. Ps. 2: 8; 110: 1-3; Lk. 1: 32, R.V.] ‘day’.

 

 

The latter restoration must occur in complete keeping with the former restoration.  A pattern has been set in the opening verses of Genesis which cannot change.  The latter restoration must occur over a six-day period.  And also in accord with this pattern there must be a day of rest following the six days of work.

 

 

The Sabbath was given to Israel to keep the thought ever before the nation that God, in accord with the opening verses of Genesis, was going to once again rest for one day following six days of work to effect the restoration of that which is presently in a ruined state (both man and the material creation).  The Sabbath was a “sign and a sign in Scripture points to something beyond itself.  The Sabbath points to a seventh-day rest which God will enter into with His people (“the people of God” in Heb. 4: 9) following six previous days of restorative work.

 

 

Each day in the former restoration and rest was twenty-four hours in length, but each day in the latter restoration and rest is revealed to be one thousand years in length (2 Peter 1: 16-18; 3: 3-8; cf. Matt. 16: 28-17: 5).  Based on the pattern set forth in Gen. 1, 2, God is going to work for six thousand years during the present restoration and then rest the seventh one-thousand-year period.

 

 

Scripture begins by laying the basis for this septenary arrangement of time in the opening verses (Gen. 1, 2), this is something seen throughout Scripture (Ex. 31: 13-17; Num. 19: 12; Hosea 5: 15- 6: 2; Jonah 1: 17; Matt. 17: 1; Luke 24: 21; John 1: 29, 35, 43; 2: 1; 5: 9; 9: 14; 11: 6, 7; Heb. 4: 1, 4, 9), and this is the way God concludes His revelation surrounding time immediately prior to the eternal ages (Rev. 20: 4-6).

 

 

Scripture deals with 7,000 years of time - time extending from the restoration of the earth and the creation of man to the end of the Messianic Kingdom.  Scripture has very little to say about what occurred prior to these 7,000 years, and it also has very little to say about what will occur following these 7,000 years.  Scripture is built on this septenary arrangement of time, which is based on the opening two chapters of Genesis; and this is an evident fact which must be recognized if one would correctly understand God’s redemptive plans and purposes which He has revealed in His Word.

 

 

2. THE SIGNS IN JOHN’S GOSPEL

 

 

The Gospel of John is built around seven signs; and, as in the sign of the Sabbath, the signs in this gospel point to things beyond the signs themselves.

 

 

It is the Jews who require a sign (1 Cor. 1: 22); and these signs, taken from numerous signs which Jesus performed during His earthly ministry, are directed (as was His ministry in that day) to the Jewish people. Jesus performed such signs for one central purpose: “...that ye [the Jews] might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God; and that believing ye might have life through his name” (John 20: 30, 31; cf. John 2: 11; 5: 46, 47; 6: 14, 21; 11: 45).

 

 

Six of the seven signs in John’s gospel were performed in connection with particular days, all in perfect keeping with one another, all in perfect keeping with the sign of the Sabbath, and all in perfect keeping with the septenary arrangement of Scripture.  And all of the signs refer, after different fashions, to the same thing. They all refer to Israel’s coming salvation and restoration.

 

 

The first sign, in 2: 1-11, has to do with Jesus turning the water in six waterpots to wine (“six,” man’s number; the waterpots made from the earth, as man; filled with water [the Word]; and through Divine intervention a change ensues).  This sign, pointing to the future salvation of Israel, occurred on the seventh day (1: 29, 35, 43; 11), which is when [the people of] Israel will be saved yet future.

 

 

The second sign, in 4: 40-54, has to do with the healing of a nobleman’s son.  This sign occurred after Jesus had spent two days with the Samaritans, on the third day (vv. 40, 43).  It will be after two days visiting “the Gentiles, to take out of them a people for his nameon the third day, that Jesus will return to the Jewish people and the nation will be healed (cf. Hosea 5: 15 - 6: 2; Acts 15: 14-8).

 

 

The third sign, in 5: 1-9, has to do with a man being healed. This occurred after thirty-eight years, on the Sabbath (vv. 5, 9). The reference (in the type) would be to the healing of the nation through the second generation of Israelites being allowed to enter the land under Joshua after thirty-eight years (dating from [their apostasy and] the overthrow at Kadesh-Barnea), referring to that time (in the antitype) when the nation will be healed and be allowed to enter the land under Christ, an event which will occur on the seventh day, the Sabbath.

 

 

The fourth sign, in 6: 1-14, has to do with bread being provided for the multitudes; and the sign occurred in connection with the Passover (v. 4).  Jesus is that “bread of life” which will be provided for the nation yet future (v. 35), and the Passover is the festival in Lev. 23 which has to do with the future salvation of Israel, when the nation will receive the true “bread of life  Israel has slain the Lamb (cf. Ex. 12: 6; Acts 2: 36; 3: 14, 15), but the nation has vet to appropriate the blood (cf. Ex. 12: 7, 13; Zech. 12: 10; Rom. 11: 26).

 

 

The fifth sign, in 6: 15-21, has to do with Christ’s departure, a storm, His return, the disciples’ attitude toward Him at this time, and the geographical location in which they subsequently found themselves.  It points to Christ’s departure from Israel two thousand years ago (v. 15), the coming Tribulation (vv. 16-18), Christ’s return (vv. 19, 20), the nation receiving Him (v. 21a), and the nation’s restoration to the land (v. 21b).  This is the only sign giving no specific reference to particular days, but the chronology must be understood in the light of the other six signs.

 

 

The sixth sign, in 9: 1-41, has to do with the healing of a blind man, on the Seventh day (v. 14).  This points to Israel’s future deliverance from her blindness (Rom. 11: 25), which will occur on the seventh day, the Sabbath.  Or, as in Luke 24:13-31, it will occur after two days (dating from the crucifixion), on the third day (v. 21).

 

 

The seventh sign, in 11: 1-44, has to do with the resurrection of Lazarus.  This [select]* resurrection occurred after Jesus had been out of the land of Judea two days, on the third day (vv. 6, 7), after Lazarus had lain in the grave four days (v. 17).  This points to Israel’s future resurrection (Ezek. 37:12-14; Dan. 12: 2) after two days, on the third day; and at this time Israel will have been in the place of death [i.e., in the underworld of ‘Sheol’ / ‘Hades.’ (Lk. 16: 23; Acts 2: 27, 34; 7: 4, 5. cf. 2 Tim. 2: 18; Rev. 6: 9-11, R.V.] four days, dating four millenniums back to Abraham.

 

[* See Phil. 3: 11. cf. Rev. 20: 4-6 with Acts 7: 4, 5; Heb. 10: 40; 11: 35b, R.V. etc.]

 

 

3. THE STRUCTURE OF 2 PETER

 

 

2 Peter parallels Jude in the sense that both deal with the Word of the Kingdom and apostasy after a similar fashion.

 

 

Both epistles begin the same way.  The first chapter of 2 Peter is taken up with that which is stated in one verse in Jude (v. 3).  Then the matter of apostasy is dealt with throughout most of the remainder of both epistles. However, there are things dealt with in the first and third chapters of 2 Peter, showing the septenary structure of the epistle, which are not dealt with at all in Jude.

 

 

Peter exhorts his readers to make their “calling [pertaining to the kingdom] and electionselection’ for a position of power and authority in the kingdom] sure” (1: 1-15); and Jude states the same thing in Jude 3 when he exhorts his readers to “earnestly contend forstrive with respect to’] the faith” (cf. 1 Tim. 6: 12; 2 Tim. 4: 7, 8).  Then the thought of apostasy relative to “the faith” comes into view in both epistles.

 

 

However, Peter does something which Jude does not do.  Before beginning his dissertation on apostasy he calls attention to that which occurred on the Mount in Matt. 17: 1-8 (2 Peter 1: 16-18), which has to do with the Son of Man coming in His kingdom, after six days, on the seventh day (cf. Matt. 16: 28 - 17: 1).

 

 

Then toward the end of his epistle, Peter, unlike Jude, moves from thoughts surrounding apostasy to thoughts surrounding the existence and subsequent destruction of the heavens and the earth at two different times - (a) at a time following the creation of the heavens and the earth “the heavens ... of old” and “the world that then was [the world existing at the time of ‘the heavens ... of old’]” [vv. 5, 6]), and (b) at a time following the restoration of the heavens and the earth the heavens and the earth which are now” [v. 7]).

 

 

The destruction of the former is seen in Gen. 1: 2aBut the earth had become without form, and void; and darkness [the sun had ceased to give its light] was upon the face of the deepthe raging waters’]” and the destruction of the latter - a destruction by fire - is seen in succeeding verses in 2 Peter 3: 10ff).

 

 

Peter then draws the entire matter to a climax by stating that “one day is with the Lord as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day” (3: 8).  Understood contextually, the verse is self-explanatory.  “The heavens and the earth, which are now” (v. 7) must cover the entire septenary period from chapter one (vv. 16-18), else 2 Peter 3: 8 would be meaningless.  And each day in this period is revealed to be one thousand years in length - six millenniums of work, followed by one millennium of rest, based on the opening verses of Genesis.

 

 

CONCLUDING REMARKS:

 

 

Viewing the whole of Scripture, the correct interpretation of the opening verses of Genesis can be clearly and unquestionably presented through the typical nature of Old Testament history (1 Cor. 10: 6, 11), as it is set forth in the very evident Divinely established septenary arrangement of Scripture.  And these opening verses, providing the Divinely established basis for that which follows, must be understood accordingly.

 

 

The Bible is a book of redemption; and only a correct view of the opening verses of Genesis can reflect positively, at the very outset, on God’s redemptive message as a whole (the restoration of a ruined creation, performed in its entirety through Divine intervention, for a revealed purpose).

 

 

An incorrect view can, on the other hand, only have negative ramifications.  Creation alone, apart from a ruin and restoration of the creation, fails to convey the complete message; and Restoration alome (viewing the opening verse as other than an absolute beginning), apart from a record of the preceding creation and ruin, likewise fails to convey the complete message.

 

 

It is as F. W. Grant stated years ago: “The thought of a ruined condition of the earth succeeding its original creation ... is ... required by the typical view [man’s creation, ruin, and subsequent restoration paralleling the earth’s creation, ruin, and subsequent restoration].”

 

 

Accordingly, the opening verses of Genesis cannot deal strictly with Creation; nor can these verses deal strictly with Restoration.  Either view would be out of line with the whole of Scripture, beginning with the central theme of Scripture, the message of redemption.

 

 

The only interpretative view which will fit - at all points - within the Divinely established septenary arrangement of Scripture (which has it basis in these opening verses) is...

 

 

Creation (an absolute creation [v. 1])

 

 

A Ruin of the Greation (v. 2a).

 

 

A Restoration of the Ruined Creation (vv. 2b-25).

 

 

Time (in the type - six days of restorative work, followed by a day of rest; in the antitype - six thousand years of restorative work, followed by one thousand years of rest [1: 2b - 2: 3]).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

179

 

Let Us Labour Therefore...

 

 

BY ARLEN L CHITWOOD

 

 

Let us labour therefore to enter into that rest,

lest any man fall after the same example of unbelief.

 

 

 

The rest lying before Christians is spoken of different ways in Scripture.  It is a rest typified by the rest which lay before the Israelites under Moses, and later under Joshua (Heb. 3: 7-19; 4: 6-8; cf. Deut. 12: 9; Joshua 1: 13); it is a rest referred to by the sign of the Sabbath (Heb. 4: 9; cf. Ex. 31: 13-17), and a rest which has its basis in the opening two chapters of Genesis (Heb. 4: 4; cf. Gen. 2: 1-3; Ex. 20: 11; 31: 17).

 

 

This is a rest into which one can enter only after he has entered the land to which he has been called (that heavenly [and millennial] land for Christians, typified by the earthly land for Israel).  Further, this is a rest into which one can enter only after the enemy inhabiting the land has been overthrown (Satan and his angels in the heavenly land, typified by the Gentile nations infiltrated by the Nephilim in the earthly land).  And this is a rest into which one can enter only after six days, on the seventh day (that is, after six millenniums, on the seventh millennium).  The latter has to do with the sign of the Sabbath, which, in turn, is based on the opening two chapters of Genesis; and this is that rest to which Joshua looked when he spoke of “another day” (Heb. 4: 8; cf. vv. 4, 9).

 

 

Thus, the rest which Christians are to labour to enter into has to do with a future rest which can be realized only during the earth’s coming Sabbath (the seventh millennium); and this rest can be realized only in that heavenly land to which Christians have been called, after the enemy presently inhabiting the land has been overthrown.

 

 

We are to labour to enter into rest in that heavenly land, “lest any man fall after the same example of unbelief” (Heb. 4: 11; cf. v. 1).  The allusion, of course, is to the experiences of the Israelites under Moses. They failed to enter into the rest set before them “because of unbeliefunfaithfulness’]” (Heb. 3: 18).  And the warning to [regenerate] Christians under Christ is that exactly the same fate can likewise befall them.  They too, through unfaithfulness, can fail to enter into the rest set before them.

 

 

In the type, those comprising the house of Moses had been called out of the land of Egypt to inhabit an earthly land removed from Egypt, the land of Canaan.  All activity in the house was for a purpose.  There was a goal in view.  But an entire unfaithful generation was overthrown short of this goal.  Those comprising this generation were cut off from the house of Moses, overthrown in the wilderness on the right side of the blood but on the wrong side of the goal of their calling (Num. 13: 31-33; 14: 29, 30).

 

 

Caleb and Joshua alone, of that generation, were singled out as exercising faith relative to their calling.  And Caleb and Joshua alone were singled out as being allowed to later enter the land, conquer the inhabitants, and realize an inheritance in the land (Num. 13: 30; 14: 30; Joshua 14: 13, 14; 19: 49, 50).

 

 

And in the antitype, the purpose for and end result of activity in the house of Christ can only be the same as the purpose for and end result of activity in the house of Moses.  The antitype demands this, for the antitype must follow the type in exact detail.  Christians have been saved for a purpose, and that purpose has to do with the land set before them.  All activity in which household servants have been called to engage themselves during the present time, after some fashion, has to do with this purpose.  There is a goal in view, and that goal has to do with the heavenly [millennial] land to which Christians have been called.

 

 

A servant in the house of Christ can exhibit either faithfulness or unfaithfulness, as clearly set forth by the actions of those comprising the house of Moses.  And also, as clearly set forth by the actions of those comprising the house of Moses, faithful servants will one day realize the goal of their calling, but not so with unfaithful servants.

 

 

Faithful servants will pass through the same experiences in the antitype as did Caleb and Joshua in the type. They will be allowed to enter the land, victoriously combat the inhabitants (Eph. 6: 12ff), and one day realize an inheritance therein (Eph. 1: 11-23).  Christians exhibiting faithfulness after this fashion will one day realize the rights of the firstborn, inheriting as joint-heirs and ruling as co-heirs with God’s Son (Rom. 8: 17, 18; 2 Tim. 2: 10-12; Rev. 3: 21).

 

 

Unfaithful servants though will be cut off from the house of Christ, as unfaithful Israelites were cut off from the house of Moses (Heb. 4: 1).  They, as the unfaithful Israelites in relation to their earthly calling, will not be allowed to enter that heavenly land and realize an inheritance therein.  They, as the unfaithful Israelites, will be overthrown on the right side of the blood but on the wrong side of the goal of their calling (Matt. 24: 48-51; 2 Tim. 2: 5, 12b).

 

 

If the preceding is not what is meant by the exhortation and warning in Heb. 4: 11, then, from a Scriptural framework, no meaning can really be derived from this verse.  The verse must be understood within a type-antitype framework in the light of its immediate context, which begins with chapter three.  And this section of Scripture leading into Heb. 4: 11 has to do with the Israelites under Moses, Christians under Christ, and a [millennial] rest lying before both.

 

 

“Let us [Christians] labour therefore to enter into that rest [seventh-day rest, Sabbath rest], lest any man [Christian] fall after the same example of unbeliefunfaithfulness’ exhibited by the Israelites under Moses, which can also be exhibited by Christians under Christ].”

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

180

 

AN EXPOSITION OF THE EPISTLE

TO THE HEBREWS

 

 

BY ROBERT GOVETT, M.A.

 

 

Heb. 10: 30

 

 

 

“The Lord shall judge His People  Then the offenders here I described were of His people.  And believers in Christ are one day to be judged.  But many now refuse this doctrine.  It is not .pleasant.  How then do they get rid of this passage?  They say, or hint, that in Deuteronomy it means, that God would avenge Israel on their foes: for the next words are: “And will repent Himself for His servants  But the following words cannot dictate the sense of the previous words.  Not once does the Apostle speak, throughout the Epistle, of God’s avenging the believer on his foes.  That is Old Testament feeling.  Jehovah’s repentance on behalf of His servants is another phase of judgment, after He had judged His people.  So in the parable of the Pounds.  The servants are first judged; then the foes.  The Holy Spirit is here warning [regenerate] believers against apostasy; and in that view only, is the citation to the point.  Moreover, in this Epistle, unlike most of the others, the people of God are regarded as one, despite the differences between those of the old covenant and the new, which appear so prominently in the epistles to the Ephesians and Galatians.

 

 

But the truth taught does not rest on the citation from Deuteronomy alone.  It is found also in Psa. 135: 14, and in Psa. 50.  God is in this latter place described as coming, and citing earth to appear before Himself the judge. “He shall call to the heavens from above, and to the earth, that He may judge His People.  Gather My saints together unto Me; those that have made a covenant with Me by sacrifice.  And the heavens shall declare His righteousness: for God is judge Himself” (Psa. 50: 4-6).  We shall come again on the same subject in chap. 12: 24.

 

 

How - should we understand - “David executed judgment and justice to all his people”? (2 Sam. 8: 15; 1 Chron. 18: 14).  “Dan shall judge his people as one of the tribes of Israel” (Gen. 49: 16).  “That thou mayest judge My people, over whom I have made thee king” (2 Chron. 1: 11).

 

 

To whom did God address His commandments of Sinai?  To Egyptians?  Nay, but to His redeemed people.  To whom then did the penalties on disobedience apply?  The history, no less than the drift of the argument here, shows, that God’s judging His people does not mean His avenging Himself on the disobedient ones of the tribes who tempted Him. God, and His Christ, are Lords of the saved.  And here we learn, that they are to give account to Him, not as lost sinners, but as saved, and as servants.

 

 

“It is a fearful thing to fall into the hands of the living God

 

 

This is a reference to Jehovah’s judgment on Dathan and his party.  Paul has touched on the vengeance that fell upon Korah and his princes, because of their refusal of God’s high priest.  Fire came forth from the Lord the judge, and devoured those adversaries.* But another form of death awaited the refusers of the Apostle and Leader of Israel.  Moses warns the congregation to leave the neighbourhood of Dathan, lest they should be overtaken in the same punishment.  The majority listened, and came away, and there was an awful pause. Jehovah Himself would plead the cause of His mediator, whom these sinners had falsely accused. “If the Lord make a new thing, and the earth open her mouth, and swallow them up, with all that appertain to them, and they go down quick [alive] into the pit [Hadees]; then ye shall understand that these men have provoked the Lord  Then the “ground clave asunder that was under them: and the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed them up, and their houses, and all the men that appertained to Korah, and all their goods.  They, and all that appertained to them, went down alive into the pit, and the earth closed upon them: and they perished from among the congregation” (Num. 16).  That was to fall into the hands of God, provoked at their sin.  And it was fearful, not merely to the actual criminals but to all Israel, who fled at their terrified screams.

 

 

That was the closing of the prison-door on these evil-doers.   But God lives for ever; a terror to His [apostate] foes, as well as bliss to His friends.  It is a joyful thing to serve the living God, and to be admitted at last to dwell with Him in His city of life (chap. 12: 24).  But how fearful to [all unregenerate souls] be sentenced to His lake that burns with fire and brimstone; whose flames He suffers not to be quenched, long as Himself shall live!  For “the living God” has the “keys of Hadees and of Death The offender here first provokes God, and then falls into His hands of indignation.

 

 

32. “But remember the former days, in which, after ye were enlightened, ye endured a great wrestling of sufferings; partly, while ye were made a gazing-stock both by reproaches and afflictions; and partly, while ye became partakers of those that were so treated.  For, moreover, ye sympathised with my chains, and took joyfully the plundering of your goods, knowing that ye have for yourselves a better and abiding substance in heaven.  Cast not away therefore your confidence, which hath great reward

 

 

Here is a sudden change of person, from ‘we’ and ‘us,’ to ‘you’ and ‘ye  Wherefore?  Because, in the preceding verses the writer, occupied the same ground with those he was addressing.  But now he severs himself from them.  Why?  If Paul be the writer, this is at once explained; for, at the beginning of the Church at Jerusalem, he was not among the persecuted, but was the chief persecutor; and, after his conversion, the Church enjoyed a season of peace (Acts 9: 31).  But when converted, his turn of suffering speedily came; and, therefore he tells of his “bonds  Here, then, is a threefold cord, in proof of Paul’s authorship, within a very short space - and “a threefold cord is not soon broken

 

 

The warnings and the encouragements are addressed to the same parties.  Paul does not say: ‘The warnings do not apply to the true-hearted among you; but to [unregenerate] ‘professors’ who have crept in among you.’ A likely time, indeed, for ‘professors’ to seek to creep in! or to stay there, if they were in already!

 

 

The same [regenerate] believers are addressed; and now they are encouraged to look on the other side, and to hold to the path which they chose so many years ago.  It was then between thirty and forty years since the Gospel began to be published at Jerusalem, and some of them were probably among the first-fruits of that day of the Holy Ghost’s power.  In that day, the enmity of the human heart, stirred up against them, had entailed shame, suffering, losses.  With the new light of God [and His accountability truths and conditional promises]** came a new struggle of evil against good.  But that new light showed a better and brighter field and heritage in heaven than Moses knew of.  The Saviour promised to come, and reward royally the sufferers for His sake.  ‘You once trusted His words.  You stood by those who suffered, when to do so involved like treatment.  You bore, with courage and confidence, the onsets of the foe, when directed against your selves.’ Peace with God brings war with the devil and his men.

 

 

Notice here the remarkable contrast between the men of the earthly calling, and of the heavenly.  When Israel was led out of Egypt, under the old mediator, they marched with high hand all strong, laden with spoil, exalted in the eyes of their former oppressors, not even a dog barking at them.  Then the disciples of Christ were exposed to scoffs, injuries, and loss of the good Lands and inheritance given them by the Law.

 

 

Against these troubles they were to be upheld by confidence in the promises of God concerning the day of reward.  Your trials are only those to which men of God in previous dispensations were exposed; and out of which, rightly met, they gained God’s approval; and for them glory is laid up.

 

 

“Ye sympathized with my chains  Some read: “Ye sympathized with the Prisoners  Which is the true reading?  The ordinary one, I believe.  “My chains” proved too forcibly the Epistle to be Paul’s to suit the tastes of some.  Hence it is omitted from the Vulgate, Rome at first refusing the Epistle.  Moreover, an internal proof is found in the thirteenth chapter (ver. 3).  “Remember those that are in bonds, as bound with them Now, it seems clear that the writer does not first commend them for sympathy towards Christ’s prisoners, and then, without a word of limitation or of explanation, urge the duly on them.

 

 

Here, then, is strong evidence that the writer is Paul.  He often names the bonds he suffered for Christ (Eph. 3: 1; 4: 1; 2 Tim. 1: 8; 2: 9; Philem. 9-13; Phil. 1:  7, 13, 14, 16, [17]). “Remember my bonds.  Grace be with you” (Col. 4: 18).

 

 

This, then, takes us back to Paul’s two years’ imprisonment at Caesara.  And here we find notices which confirm the view.  After Felix had heard Paul, he commanded the centurion that Paul should he kept a prisoner, but that he should have relaxation, and that none of his friends should be hindered from waiting on him, or coming to him.  He had several interviews with his prisoner, hoping that money would be given by Paul, that he might be set free (Acts 24: 23-27).

 

 

-------

 

 

* “All evangelical Christians (probably all Christians) are agreed that our conduct after conversion - our stewardship - will, to some measure, evoke approval or disapproval in our Lord on His return, and will therefore modify any tangible evidences of His pleasure (or displeasure) which He may be pleased to bestow: the degree of that approval or disapproval, with its consequent measure of reward or loss, is the only point in debate.  Far more overwhelming than most [regenerate believers] realize are the cumulate Scripture proofs that, while eternal life, irrevocable and a ‘free gift’, is dependant on simple, saving faith alone, accompanied by such conduct as proves the reality of the faith, - the Millennial Kingdom (or its synonym, ‘the First Resurrection’) is one of the numerous rewards contingent on sanctification, in which our Lord will delight to compensate the spotless robe and the martyred life.  In view of the vast possibilities latent in the subject hitherto never adequately threshed out in the Church of Christ, it is obvious that the only wise attitude is a calm, reverent, prayerful, sane investigation…”

 

 

 

** “How many things one learns - and how many are unlearned! - in 15 years.  In 1925 we bid you mark, with us, that “if so be that (we) may lay hold”, that “if by any means (we) may attain  Mark it well: something to gain - or lose; an ‘inheritance’ to enjoy - or forfeit; a goal to be reached - or missed; a ‘prize’ to be won or lost.  That “IF” is spilled over all the pages of Scripture, and the Saviour has been pressing on, so hard, yet so tenderly, the implication of this “IF” in all its bearings.  Almost the tiniest word - “IF”; involving almost the mightiest issues.

 

 

What a precious thing it is that some things are inviolable!  Our “life is hid with CHRIST IN GOD”, and is inviolable, depending not upon us, but upon HIM.  To be “born from above” is to “pass from death unto life” and to come into possession of the life of the ages, which “shall never perish”.  But we are called of The LORD “unto His own Kingdom and Glory”, and this reign with CHRIST is clearly forfeitable.  This privileged service of the coming Age is something for which He seeks to discipline and train us here, and He shows clearly that some of His own redeemed ones “shall inherit” and “enter the Kingdom”, while others “shall not inherit”, being “not fit for the Kingdom”, in a day which seems to be coming on apace.  Of resurrection to meet and live with the LORD he was certain (1 Thess 4.), but if the “out-resurrection” unto a priestly-reign with the LORD he said “not already attained, not yet laid hold” (Phil 3.).  This goal of the upward calling of GOD in CHRIST JESUS was the purpose for which he had been laid hold of by CHRIST, and so urgent was it that he “press on - unto the prize”, the out-resurrection and the [Millennial] Kingdom and glory, that he counted but offal what is everything to most, and held his body in utter subjection and control, lest having preached to others he should himself be rejected.

 

 

It would serve to much spiritual enlightenment and quickening if the LORD’S people underlined in their Bibles, the ‘IF’ and ‘IF NOT’ addressed so often to believers, and sought the Spirit’s unveiling of a full import of what they mark.  There is an increase of travail in the Church, to-day, for a company to be found worthy in the day of His coming, and those whose spirits cry to GOD for manifestation, and who wait for the birth, are keenest in their longing to be found ready, and among the profitable servants.  Child of God, will you seek to know your relation to these things?” - GEORGE BANKS.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

181

 

A QUESTION AND ANSWER

 

 

BY G. H. LANG

 

 

 

QUESTION - Are not all true Christians caught up when Jesus comes?  If not, who will be left behind?  Jesus said, “Pray that you might be counted worthy to escape...”  What does that mean?

 

 

ANSWER - “Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass and to stand before the Son of man Luke 21: 36.

 

 

 

The two preceding verses (Luke 21: 4, 35) clarify this admonition.  The people of God are cautioned against being careless in their Christian experience.  The inference is that conditions will be such that many will grow careless and drift along with the spirit of the times.  Weymouth’s translation says, “Take heed to yourselves, lest your souls be weighed down with self-indulgence and drunkenness or the anxieties of this life  These very dangers are present to-day, and are very likely to continue through to the Rapture.

 

 

Money is plentiful.  Drink, drug abuse, gambling, gluttony and smoking by both sexes make these evils popular.  Self-indulgence of every description is practised.  Thousands of Christians have been swept from their moorings during the past few years.  Prayer is neglected, consequently there is a general decline in spirituality.  We are told to pray that we may be fully strengthened to escape all these evil things and be able to take our place in the presence of the Son of Man.

 

 

The foolish virgins, and all those who have grown careless in their Christian experience, are in a declining spiritual condition and will be left behind.  Moffatt states that those who fail to keep awake and pray, that day will catch them suddenly as a trap.  How contrary is this teaching of our Lord to his disciples, from that of those who expect all will to be caught up before the end days; and from those who expect all will have to endure them!

 

 

There are two principal views on the Rapture and the Tribulation: one, that the Parousia will commence prior to the Times of the End, and that at its inception all believers of the heavenly calling, dead and living, will be taken to the presence of the Lord in the air; the other, that the Parousia will occur at the close of the Great Tribulation, until when no believers will be raised or changed.  The one view says that no believers will go into the End Times the other that none then living will escape them.

 

 

The one involves that the utmost measure of unfaithfulness or carnality in a believer puts him in no peril of forfeiting the supreme honour of rapture or of having to endure the dread End Days: the other view involves that no degree of faithfulness or of holiness will enable a saint to escape those Days.  As regards this matter, godliness and unfaithfulness seem immaterial on either view; which raises a doubt of both views.

 

 

1. Our Lord Jesus Christ has declared distinctly that escape is possible.  In Luke 21 is a record of instruction given by Him to four apostles on the Mount of Olives.  It is a parallel report to Matthew 24 & 25 and Mark 13, and it deals specifically with the Times of the End and His Parousia.  He foretold great international wars, accompanied with earthquakes, famines and pestilences, to be followed by terrors and great signs from heaven (vv. 10, 11: compare with the Seven Seals of 1-4, Revelation 6).

 

 

These things are to be preceded by a general persecution of His followers (verse 12), which will be the first indication that the End Days are at hand.  Then Jerusalem is to be trodden down by the Gentiles right on until the Times of the Gentiles run out (verse 24: comp. Revelation 11: 2, where the same term “trodden down” is used, and Zechariah 14: 1-5).  This shows that it is the End-times of which Christ is speaking, as is further shown by His earlier statement that at that time of vengeance “all things that are written” shall be fulfilled.  All things that are written in the prophets concerning Jerusalem, Israel, and the Gentiles were not by any means fulfilled at the destruction of Jerusalem in AD. 70.

 

 

Then He mentions the disturbances in nature and the fears of mankind that are grouped under seal 6 in Revelation 6: 12-17, and adds explicitly that “then shall they see the Son of Man coming in a cloud with power and great glory and that when these things begin His disciples may know that their redemption draweth nigh (ver. 27, 28).

 

 

In concluding this outline of the period of the Beast the Lord then uttered this exhortation and promise: “But take heed to yourselves, lest haply your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and that day come on you suddenly as a snare: for so shall it come upon all them that dwell on the face of all the earth.  But watch ye at every season, making supplication, that ye may prevail to escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of Man

 

 

This declares distinctly:

 

 

1. That escape is possible from all those things of which Christ had been speaking, that is, from the whole End-times.

 

 

2. That, that day of testing will be universal, and unavoidable by any then on the earth, which involves the removal from the earth of any who are to escape it.

 

 

3. That there is a fearful peril of disciples becoming worldly of heart and so being, enmeshed in that last period.

 

 

4. That hence it is needful to watch and to pray ceaselessly, that so we may prevail over all obstacles and dangers and thus escape that era.

 

 

This most important and unequivocal statement by our Lord sets aside the opinion that all Christians will escape irrespective of their moral state, and also negatives the notion that no escape is possible.  There is a door of escape; but as with all doors, only those who are awake will see it, and only those who are in earnest will reach it ere the storm bursts.  In every place in the New Testament the word “escape” has its natural force - to flee out of a place of trouble and be quite clear thereof.  It never means to endure the trial successfully.  In this very discourse of the Lord it is in contrast with the statement, “He that endureth to the end (of these things) the same shall be saved” (Matthew 24: 13).  One escapes, another endures.

 

 

The attempt to evade the application of this passage to Christians on the plea that it refers to “Jewish” disciples of Christ is baseless:

 

 

a. No “Jewish” disciples of Christ are known to the Scriptures (Galatians 3: 28; Ephesians. 2: 14-18).

 

 

b. The God-fearing remnant of Israel of the End-days will in no wise escape these things that shall come to pass (Malachi 3: 1-4; Zechariah 13: 8, 9; Jeremiah 30: 7, 8).

 

 

c. Nor will they believe on Jesus as their Messiah until they see Him coming in glory (Zechariah 12: 9, 10; 13: 6; Matthew 23: 29).

 

 

d. The assertion that the title Son of Man is “Jewish” is equally unwarranted, for the term “man” is necessarily universal to the race, and does not belong peculiarly to any one nation. (Compare John 3: 14, 15; 5: 25-29: “whosoever” and “all”)

 

 

2. In harmony with this utterance of our lord is His further statement to the church at Philadelphia (Revelation 3: 10): “Because thou didst keep the word of My patience [patient endurance or perseverance], I also will keep thee from (ek) [i.e., ‘out of’ or ‘out from’] the hour of trial, that hour which is to come upon the whole inhabited earth, to try them that dwell upon the earth  Here also are declared:

 

 

a. The universality of that hour of trial,

so that any escape from it must involve removal;

 

b. the promise of being kept from it;

 

c. the intimation that such preservation is the consequence

of a certain moral condition: “Because thou didst keep... I also will keep

 

 

As this is addressed to a church, no question of a “Jewish” application can arise.  Nor do known facts or the Scriptures allow of the supposition that every Christian keeps the word of Christ’s patience (Matthew 24: 12; Revelation 2: 5; Galatians 6: 12; Colossians 4: 14 with 2 Timothy 4: 10 concerning Demas); so that this promise cannot be stretched to mean all believers.

 

 

In The Bible Treasury 1865, p. 380, there is an instructive note by J. N. Darby (see also Coll. Writings, vol. 13, Critical 1, 581) on the difference between (apo) and (ek).  The former regards hostile persons and being delivered from them; the latter refers to a state and being kept from getting into it.  On Revelation 3: 10 he wrote: “So Revelation 3 the faithful are kept from getting into this state, preserved from getting into it, or, as we say, kept out of it.  For the words here answer fully to the English ‘out of’ or ‘from’.”  That the thought is not being kept from being injured in soul by the trials is implied in the expression “Keep thee out of that hour”; it is from the period of time itself that the faithful are to be kept, not merely from its spiritual perils.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

182

 

FAITH TO THE SAVING OF THE SOUL*

 

 

BY PHILIP MAURO

 

[* From a chapter in the book: “God’s Pilgrims”.]

 

 

-------

 

 

 

We come to the important words which bring the tenth chapter of Hebrews to a close, and introduce the greatest theme of chapter 11: “Now my righteous one by faith shall live, but if he, my righteous one draw back MY SOUL shall have no pleasure in him.  But we are not of them that draw back unto destruction, but (of them that are) of FAITH TO SAVING THE SOUL”. (10: 38, 39).

 

 

The foregoing is a literal rendering of the original text; and we would at the outset call attention to several corrections that need to be made in the A.V.

 

 

1. The words “any man” are introduced by the translators as the subject of the verb “draw back”; but they are wholly without warrant in the original.  The antecedent subject is the “righteous one”, who is to live by faith.  The expression is the same that Paul used of himself in Gal. 2: 20, “the life I now live in the flesh, I live by faith which is in the Son of God”.  Jesus Christ is not only the Author, but also the Finisher of faith.  As already seen it is only the believer, the man who has been justified by faith, that can “draw back”.  The unbeliever has not come to anything from which he could “draw back”.  There is no question at all as to the correctness of the reading, “if he draw back”. R.V.  The drawing back to destruction is put in direct contrast with the living by faith, and going on to the saving of the soul.* It is true that the believer cannot draw back from his standing in Christ.  He cannot draw back from eternal life.  But he can draw back from the pilgrim’s place, and return to the world.

 

[* Here is the first indication that the words “salvation of souls” (1 Pet. 1: 9, R.V.), has nothing whatsoever to do with one’s initial and eternal salvation, but is a future salvation to occur after resurrection!  “    a salvation ready to be revealed in the last time.” … “yet believing, ye rejoice greatly with joy unspeakable and full of glory: receiving the end of your faith, even the salvation of your souls” (Pet. 1: 5, 9. R.V.).  Compare with Acts 2: 27, 31, 34 with 2 Tim. 2: 18, R.V.]

 

 

2. The word “perdition” should be “destruction”.  The difference is important. 1 Cor. 3: 17 R.V. 1 Cor. 8. 11; Rom. 14: 15.  The people of God will surely suffer destruction if they draw back into the world.  Because it is polluted, it will destroy them with a sore destruction (Mic. 2: 10); that is, will involve them in great and irreparable damage or loss.  But they will never come into “perdition”.

 

 

3. The words “of them that believe”, should read “of faith”.  The original has not a verb “that believe”, but a noun “of faith” and that word “faith” is a most important one because it leads into the theme of chap. 11., which is given to the people of God for the very purpose of instructing them as to the character or nature of that “faith” that is effectual to saving the soul.  The next words are “Now faith”, (that is, the faith by which the soul is saved), “is the substance of things hoped for, the conviction of things not seen”.  Then follow examples of those who lived, to the end of their days, according to that faith which is the substance (that which stands under and thus supports) things hoped for, and the conviction as to the reality of things heard of, but not seen.

 

 

So far as the present writer is aware, the subject of the salvation of the soul has not been satisfactorily treated in any of the books of teaching now in the hands of the people of God. The manner in which this expression is commonly used indicates that “saving the soul” is regarded as meaning the saving of the individual man from condemnation, that is to say as equivalent to the justification of the sinner, and the impartation of eternal life upon believing the Gospel of God.  In other words, being “born again”, and “saving the soul”, are generally taken to be identical.  But according to the Scripture the two are very different.  In every case where the salvation of the soul is mentioned it is distinctly referred to as something future; and as something conditional upon the behaviour of the individual himself.  Eternal life is the gift of God, freely bestowed on every believer in Christ.  But the saving of the soul is distinctly set forth in many Scriptures, particularly in the words of the Lord Himself, not as a gift, but as a reward to be earned by diligence, steadfastness, and obedience to His commands. Matt. 10: 37-39; 16: 24-27; Mark 8: 34-36; Luke 9: 23-26: Luke 17: 32-33; John 12: 24-25.

 

 

The chief reason for the misconception that exists on this point is the failure to distinguish between soul and spirit, a distinction which is carefully made in the Scriptures, as we shall take pains to show.  The matter is of such surpassing importance, and so great consequences hinge upon it, that I strongly urge our readers to pay the closest attention to the sayings of the Lord Jesus, and to the other Scriptures cited in this chapter.

 

 

As an instance of the mention by our Lord of the saving and losing of the soul, we quote Matt. 26: 25-27, calling attention to the fact that the word rendered “life” in ver. 25, is the same word rendered “soul” in ver. 26: “If any one of you are willing, that is, has finally resolved, to come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross and follow Me.  For whosoever is willing to save his life (soul) shall lose it; and whosoever is willing to lose his life (soul) for My sake shall find it.  For what is a man profited if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his soul?  Or, what shall a man give in exchange for his soul?  For the Son of Man shall come in the glory of His Father, with His angels; and then He shall reward every man according to his works”.

 

 

We see clearly from this Scripture that the saving or losing of the soul is a matter of the will or choice of the man himself, and this is the teaching also of every Scripture that deals with this subject.  We see furthermore also that the time when those who choose to lose their souls now for Christ’s sake will gain their reward, that is, will find their souls again, is to be when the Son of Man shall come in the GLORY OF HIS FATHER, with HIS ANGELS. From this Scripture alone it is clear that by the salvation of the soul is not meant salvation from eternal condemnation.  The salvation of the sinner from the wages of sin is not dependent upon denial of self, taking up his cross and following the Lord Jesus; but is the gift of God’s grace, instantly and eternally granted the moment the sinner believes in the Crucified and Risen Saviour.  It is only a [regenerate] believer who can make the choice to deny himself, take up his cross, and steadfastly follow his Lord in the way He went.  To them who thus followed unto the end, a “reward” is promised.  That reward is the finding, [after ‘the first resurrection’] in the ‘age’ to come, of the “soul” they purposely lost in this age.   It concerns us, therefore, to ascertain, as may be done by diligent and prayerful inquiry, what the Lord meant by a man’s losing and saving his own soul.  That is the salvation of which the Lord “began” to speak, and which has been “confirmed to us by those who heard Him”, that is, by His apostles.  Whatever may be embraced in the meaning of the words “saving the soul”, it is at least clear that they do not refer to the justification of the sinner by God’s grace through faith in Christ, but to something in the nature of a reward set before those who have been already justified.  The “salvation of the soul” is not something received at the beginning of the Christian life on earth; but something to be gained at the end thereof. 1 Peter 1: 9.

 

 

That the “saving of the soul” is not the salvation of the sinner from eternal doom in the Lake of Fire, and that the losing of the soul is not the damnation of the sinner, is clear from the simple fact that the Lord promises a great reward to the man who loses his soul in this world.  Therefore, losing the soul and eternal damnation are totally different thing.

 

 

Another cause of the misconception referred to is (as it appears to us) the relatively little heed that is given in many quarters to the words spoken by the Lord Jesus Himself.  There is no room for dispute or doubt as to the value of the words of the Lord according to His own estimate thereof.  They are “spirit and life” (John 6: 63); 1 Tim. 6: 3.  They are the very words His Father commanded Him to speak, and are what will judge those who receive them not (John 12: 47-50).  His Sayings are HIMSELF (John 8: 25).  The giving of His Father’s words was the fulfilment of the purpose for which His Father sent Him into the world (John 17: 8, 14).  His disciples recognised Him as the One Who had “words of eternal life” (John 6: 68).  Keeping his words is the test of love for Himself, and has the promise of a great reward.  “If anyone loves Me, he will KEEP MY WORDS”.  “Because thou hast KEPT MY WORD”. “Because thou hast KEPT THE WORD OF MY PATIENCE”. (John 14: 23; Rev. 3: 8, 10).  Whereas, being ashamed of His word will be visited with disastrous consequences (Mark 8: 38).

 

 

Notwithstanding these weighty and unmistakably plain utterances from the lips of the Lord Jesus Himself, it must be admitted that, in the teaching of to-day, the words of the Lord, recorded for us in the Gospels, are assigned to a place of distinct inferiority.  In order to maintain certain dispensational views, it is necessary to relegate the ministry of Christ in the days of His Flesh to the “Jewish remnant”, and to treat His utterances as having but a remote or indirect reference and application to the members of His own Body, the Church.  One consequence of this teaching has been to foster a neglect of His words, and to render the hearts and consciences of many saints insensitive to the wholesome exhortations and warnings uttered by Him, which they are taught to regard as applicable only to an insignificant remnant of Israel.  A further consequence has been to blind the minds of the saints to the transcendently important matter of the salvation of their souls.  James 1. 21. On the other hand, the study of the doctrinal Epistles has been exalted to the position of the first importance, the very highest value being placed upon the ability to comprehend doctrinal points, and to state them with verbal precision according to accepted theological standards.  Failure on these points has been, and is, severely visited; while failure in the weightier matters of the law of Christ - particularly in the matter of love for all the saints - has been viewed with indifference.  Surely we should say “these things ought we to have done, and not have left the other undone”.

 

 

What, then, is the “soul” of a man, concerning the salvation of which the Lord Himself made a BEGINNING of speaking?  It is clear from the Scriptures that the “soul” is quite distinct from the [animating] “spirit”; and by attention to the teaching of the Word we may learn that the “soul” signifies the natural life of the man.  This embraces all his own exclusive personal experiences, sensations, and emotions; and these in turn arise from his relations and associations with the created things about him, especially from his relations with his fellow human beings.  It is distinctly the self-life, that is to say, the sum of every experience which pertains to the man himself, to his own separate personality, as distinguished from every other man.  It embraces all his own distinct and personal desires, ambitions, gratifications, honours, and pleasures.  It takes in all the plans  and arrangements he devises to secure his own satisfaction, entertainment, enjoyment, and so forth.  The instinctive longings of the soul are what impel men to pursue riches so ardently.  For it is by means of money that the desires of the soul may be gratified, so far as it is possible to procure gratification for them in this world.  Wealth commands distinction, attention, worldly pleasures, and high social position, and by means of it may be procured nearly everything that this world can supply for the satisfaction of the soul of man.  Hence, the Lord says, “Beware of covetousness” and His Apostle says, “Covetousness is idolatry”.

 

 

Important instruction on this point is given by the Lord in Luke 12., in the parable of the rich man.  He spoke this parable for the express purpose of enforcing the warning:- “Take heed, and beware of covetousness, for a man’s SOUL consisteth not in the abundance of the things which he possesseth” (ver. 15).  Then He tells of the rich man, whose ground brought forth plentifully, insomuch that he had not room enough to store his fruits. Therefore, the man laid his plans for his own advantage, that is for his SOUL.  He said, “I will pull down my barns and build greater; and there will I bestow all my fruits and all my goods.  And I will say to MY SOUL, SOUL, thou hast much goods, laid up for many years; take THINE EASE, EAT, DRINK, and BE MERRY.  But GOD said unto him, ‘Thou, foolish one this night they* demand thy soul of thee, then’ - [when in ‘Hades’ - the underworld of the dead (Matt. 12: 40.) cf. Matt. 16: 16; Acts 2: 27; Rev. 6: 9, R.V.] - ‘whose shall those things be, which thou hast prepared’.” R.V.

 

[* That is, “the angels,” (Luke 16: 22, R.V.).]

 

 

This parable gives a clear idea of what the soul of man is; and it teaches plainly that the loss of the soul is the separation thereof from the things capable of affording satisfaction to it. 

 

 

In examining this important subject of the SALVATION OF THE SOUL, we would begin with the first reference to the soul in Hebrews, which is in chap. 4: 12.  We find there the important statement that the Word of God sharply divides between the soul and the spirit; a distinction, however, which teachers and commentators generally fail to observe. The Word of God speaks of the salvation of the spirit, John 3: 6-8, of the salvation of the soul, and of the salvation of the body; and there is a great difference between them.  In 1 Cor. 5: 5, Paul speaks of delivering one of the members of the assembly of Corinth unto Satan (who has the power of death), “for the destruction of the flesh, that the spirit* may be saved in the Day of the Lord Jesus”.  Again, in many passages which we propose to notice, the Word speaks of saving the soul.  Phil. 3: 21, speaks of the Coming of the Lord as Saviour to change our bodies.

 

[* This salvation of “the spirit” is, I believe, a reference to Num. 14: 24, when those who apostatized at Kadesh-Barnea will later receive “another spirit” in ‘Hades’ contrary to the one they had before their Death!  See Heb. 12: 17. cf. Gal. 5: 5, R.V.]

 

 

The distinction between the spirit of man and the soul of man is recognized throughout Scripture.  Thus in 1 Thess. 5: 23, the Apostle prays for the sanctification of the whole man, and that “your whole spirit, and soul, and body be preserved blameless in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ”.

 

 

Of the Lord Jesus it is written that just before His death He commended His [animating (life-giving)] SPIRIT to His Father.  “And when Jesus had cried with a loud voice He said, Father, into Thy Hands I commend My spirit.  And having said thus He gave up the spirit [‘he breathed out’ (lit. Greek)]” (Luke 23: 46).  Of His SOUL and BODY it is written in Psa. 16., quoted in Acts 2: 31, “that His SOUL was not left in Hades, neither did His FLESH see corruption”.  It thus appears that His body went into the tomb, but saw no corruption there, while His soul went to Hades, or Paradise, the place of the departed.  With this also agrees the word He spoke to the believing malefactor, “Verily I say unto thee, to-day thou shall be with Me in Paradise” (Luke 23: 43).*

 

[* Here is the scriptural proof, of what takes place for every living soul, immediately after the time of Death: and the scriptural proof, (taught by our Lord Himself in Luke 16.), that His disembodied “soul” remained in “Hades,” for “three days and three nights” (Matt. 12: 40), before being reunited to His body at the time of His Resurrection.]

 

 

The word “soul” signifies, as we have said, the natural, or personal life of the individual man, in the broadest sense, including all the experiences, sensations, and emotions pertaining thereto.  In fact, the Greek word psuche is sometimes in our versions translated “life”, sometimes “soul”.  When the word “life” in our versions stands for psuche it never means eternal life, possessed by Christ, and imparted as the gift of God to those who believe on Him.  For that life the Greek word is zoe.  It is sometimes of much importance to know what the original word is.  Thus, in John 10, one of these words occurs in verse 10, the other in verse 11.  When Christ said “I am come that they might have LIFE”, He used the word zoe, eternal life.  When, however, He added “the good shepherd giveth his LIFE for the sheep”, He used the word psuche, soul or natural life; and the same word occurs in verses 15 and 17.  In verse 17 we read, “Therefore doth My Father love Me, because I lay down My life (soul) that I might take it again”.  The Lord Jesus has a true human soul, an individual, personal life, like each one of us, only without sin.  He laid it down; but He has taken it again.  Thus the Lord speaks of laying down His own sinless Soul, and in this we have further and conclusive proof that losing one’s soul does not mean damnation.  It means, as we have said, the cutting off of the soul from the things created for its satisfaction and enjoyment.  In verse 28, however, “and I give unto them eternal life”, the word is zoe. That life can never be lost; for they who receive it “shall never perish”.  Thus the life (soul) which Christ gave for us is not the same as the life He gives to us.  The difference is great.

 

 

Again, in John 12., both words occur in verse 25: “He that loveth his life (psuche) shall lose it; and he that hateth his life (psuche) in this world, shall keep IT (his soul, psuche) unto life (zoe) eternal”.

 

 

This is one of the instructive passages in which the Lord began to speak of the salvation of the soul.  The statement is brief, but comprehensive.  The man who loves his soul (psuche) shall lose it; and he that hates his soul IN THIS WORLD shall keep it unto life eternal. The Lord here declares clearly that the salvation of the soul is a thing future, and that it is dependent upon the faith, obedience, and stedfast endurance of the man himself.  In verse 27 He speaks of His own soul (psuche) saying, “Now is My SOUL troubled”.  In the Garden of Gethsemane He said to His disciples, “My SOUL is exceeding sorrowful, even unto death” (Matt. 26: 38).  In the passage quoted from Heb. 10., He says, “My SOUL shall have no pleasure in him”.  It is therefore in the soul that sorrow and pleasure are experienced.

 

 

From the above passage (John 12: 25) and from other Scriptures, it clearly appears, as we have already said, that the soul of man is that part of his being which is capable of experiencing sensations arising from relations with created things - “the world”.  The actual functions of seeing, hearing, tasting, etc are performed by the organs of the body; but the experiences and emotions resulting therefrom are of the soul.  The seeing of pictures, statues, buildings, processions, carnivals, ornate religious ceremonials, etc., etc.; the pleasures of music, literature, especially fiction, banquetting, dancing, sports, and the like; all amusements, entertainments, social functions, etc., form part of the life (or soul) of a man “in this world”.  It is by hating his soul, or self-life in this world, that a man may KEEP IT for the [millennial] age that is coming.

 

 

The passage last above quoted does not teach that the pleasures of the natural or personal life are necessarily evil; quite the contrary.  Neither does the passage teach that it is wrong for the people of God to experience gratification when some pleasing sight - as a beautiful landscape or gorgeous sunset - meets their eyes, though they should exercise care as to the liberty they allow themselves in this direction.  It is because these things are lawful and good in themselves, and are appointed for man’s enjoyment, that the Lord would have His disciples keep their souls unto eternal life [after “the First Resurrection” (Rev. 20: 5)], for then the pleasures of the created [and restored (Rom. 8: 19-21)] universe may be enjoyed to the full, without any taint of sin, and without any alloy of sorrow or pain.  To that end the disciple must hate his self-life (soul) in this world.  To love one’s life in this world is much the same as to love the world and the things that are in the world.  BUT CHRIST IS NOT IN THE WORLD. He laid down His Personal Life (psuche) in the world, and has now no part or pleasure in it. Nor could He have pleasure in the world as it is now.  His portion here was always sorrow. Therefore, it behoves the disciple of Christ to set his mind on things above where Christ is at the Right Hand of God (Col. 3: 1, 2).  And the consequence of not doing so is that he may indeed enjoy his soul here, but will lose it hereafter.  That judgment is just, and is so plainly declared in the Scripture that there is no excuse for ignorance in regard to it.  Thus it is that the Word of God divides between the soul and the spirit of man.

 

 

The above-cited passage in Colossians states that “YE DIED and your life (zoe) is hid with Christ in God.  But when Christ Who is our life (zoe) shall be manifested, then ye also shall be manifested with Him IN GLORY”.  Those who are to be manifested with Him “in glory” are those who died with Him.  It is needful on the believer’s part to reckon this to be true, and to act accordingly, taking the place of one crucified to the world, and therefore having no portion in it.  All that the believer has in the world is a path through it; the same path that the Master trod.

 

 

The view we have presented as to the soul of man is confirmed by the passage in Matthew 10: 37-39: “He that loveth father or mother more than Me is not worthy of Me; and he that loveth son or daughter more than Me is not worthy of Me.  And he that taketh not his cross and followeth after Me is not worthy of Me”.

 

 

It is quite common for a person to refer to some trial or burden he is compelled to bear, as his “cross”; but that is not at all what the Lord means by this saying.  A disciple’s “cross” is never something he must bear.  In order to fulfil this saying of the Lord’s the bearing must be voluntary.  The disciple must, as the act of his own will, take up the cross, and follow Christ; that is, follow Him unto crucifixion to the world; for the sole use made of the cross is to crucify thereupon the one who bears it.  The saying, therefore, is the strongest possible expression for the act of deliberately choosing to be with Christ in the place of death to the world, and to all the world has to offer those who seek their self-life there.

 

 

And the next words of the Lord are: “He that findeth his soul shall lose it, and he that loses his soul for My sake, shall find it”.  The literal rendering, which is preferable to the A.V. is: “He that hath found his soul shall lose it; and he that hath lost his soul, for My sake, shall find it”.

 

 

This saying needs no explanation.  It contains a clear promise that the man who has lost his soul for Christ’s sake shall find it; and as clear a warning that he who has found his soul shall lose it.  The words “has found”, “has lost”, point to the making of a settled and abiding choice.  One man has found his soul in this world as it now is, and has settled down to the spending of it.  He will learn in the end [of this life] that he has indeed spent it.  Another, for Christ’s sake, has parted with his soul, in this world.  He shall surely find it.  Instead of losing it, he is really keeping it for the coming [Millennial and Messianic] age.  These sayings of the Lord show that the losing of the soul in this world is the parting with all that ministers gratification to the soul.  It consists in taking such a position that the man is cut off from all the things the soul desires.  If such be indeed the meaning of losing the soul in this world, it will assist us to understand what is meant by the loss of the soul in the world to come.

 

 

Turning to Mark’s Gospel we find in chap. 8: 31-38, a passage in which the Lord “began to teach His disciples” certain things; and there we observe an important amplification of this doctrine of the Lord.  We read: “Whosoever WILL (that is, purposes or chooses to) come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross and follow me” (ver. 34).  In this saying the action of the man’s own “will” is made conspicuous.  Also the words are added, “let him deny himself”, signifying the putting of self, and all personal inclinations aside, in order that he may be free to act according to the will of Another.  This denying of self is the giving up of all that constitutes the self-life or soul in this world.

 

 

In the next verse we find another addition.  In it the words “and the gospel’s” are added to the words “for My sake”.  The literal reading is, “on account of Me and of the good news”.

 

 

We take it that “the good news” in this connection is the good news of the “so-great salvation” that awaits the sons whom God shall bring “unto glory”.  The opening words of this gospel of Mark are “A beginning of the good news of Jesus Christ, SON OF GOD”. The Epistle to the Hebrews calls special attention to the things spoken BY THE SON; and defines the “so-great salvation” as that of which “A BEGINNING” was “received to be spoken by the Lord”.  The correspondence is suggestive, at least, and may have more significance than appears at first glance.

 

 

Continuing to read in Mark, we come to the question: “For what shall it profit a man, [a disciple] if he shall gain the whole world and lose his own soul? or what shall [a disciple] give in exchange for his soul  In this passage the word “psuche” is correctly rendered “soul” instead of “life”, as in the preceding verses.  It is the same word in the original. Verses 35-37 read as follows, giving the word psuche the same rendering throughout: “For whosoever will save his soul shall lose it; but whosoever shall lose his soul for My sake and the gospel’s, the same shall SAVE IT.  For what shall it profit a man if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul?  Or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul

 

 

The Lord then adds this significant utterance: “Whosoever therefore shall be ashamed of Me and OF MY WORDS in this adulterous and sinful generation; of him shall the Son of Man be ashamed, when He cometh in THE GLORY OF HIS FATHER with the holy angels”.  This points very clearly to the Coming of the son of Man with the angels of His power, as the time when the saving or losing of the soul, as to the next age, will take place.  It also admonishes us not to be ashamed of His words.  We should take heed therefore lest we slight the words of the Lord Jesus, which He spake concerning the age to come wherein He will reign over the earth.  We greatly fear the consequences of the tendency observable in certain quarters to treat the millennial kingdom of the Son as a thing of little interest to the saints of God.

 

 

A passage almost identical with the one last quoted is found in Matt. 16: 24-28, quoted in an earlier part of this volume.  We call attention again to the fact that this teaching was introduced by the Lord in connection with Peter’s confession of Him as the Christ, the SON OF THE LIVING GOD, and in connection with His own disclosure to His disciples of His approaching sufferings and death.  And the Lord stated that “then”, namely, at this moment when those who have lost their souls for His sake shall find them would be the time when He would “reward every man according to his works”.

 

 

Luke 9: 20-26 also contains a passage so closely resembling the above that no further comment thereon is required.  This fact however, should be noted, namely, that the teaching we are now considering is given six times in the four Gospels, which shows the great importance attached to it by the Spirit of God.  Yet this surpassingly important doctrine has practically no place at all in the teaching received by many of the Lord’s people at the present time.

 

 

“Come unto Me, all ye that labour and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest”. In the original, the words “give rest” are a verb, which may be rendered “will refresh” you.  This refreshing He gives to all who come to Him.  It is the washing of regeneration, the renewing of the Holy Ghost, the making of a new creature in Christ.  Then come the important words: “Take My Yoke upon you, and learn from Me, for I am meek and lowly of heart, and ye shall FIND REST unto your SOULS.  For My Yoke is easy, and My burden is light”.

 

 

There is, then, a [future] “rest” that is to be earned through submission to the yoke of Christ, and through learning from Him meekness and lowliness of heart; and this doubtless is the “rest” referred to in Heb. 3. and 4., that remaineth for the people of God.  None need fear to submit to His yoke, for it is “easy”, nor to His burden, for it is “light”. “His commandments are not burdensome” (1 John 5: 3).  But the point of chief importance for our present purposes is the doctrine that the [future and millennial] “rest” by which the disciple of Christ is to be rewarded for his obedience, is rest to his SOUL.  “Let us give diligence therefore to enter into that rest” (Heb. 4: 11).

 

 

In another passage of great interest and importance the Lord speaks to His disciples of saving their souls.  The passage is found in Luke 21.  The Lord is there foretelling the time of false christs, wars and commotions, earthquakes, famines and pestilences, and of persecutions, betrayal and death for His followers (verses 8-16).  For their comfort He says: “And ye shall be hated of all men for My Name’s sake; but there shall not an hair of your head perish” (17, 18).  Then He adds the exhortation, as rendered in the A.V., “In patience [perseverance] possess ye your SOULS”.  This rendering, however, does not at all give the sense of the original.  The word translated “possess” means to “gain”, as the reader can readily ascertain for himself by consulting any critical version or Greek concordance.  In “Bagster’s Englishman’s Greek New Testament” the verse is thus literally rendered; “By your patient endurance gain or win your souls”.  The only question among the competent authorities seems to be whether the form of the verb be imperative - “gain ye” - or future - “ye shall gain”.  For the purpose of our study it is immaterial what may be the tense of the verb.  In either view it signifies that the disciple of Christ may gain his own soul as a reward for the endurance of trials and persecutions.  This is the word of Christ’s patience (2 Thess. 3: 5., R.V.; Rev. 3: 10).

 

 

It is at the close of this passage that the Lord warns His disciples against allowing their hearts to be overcharged with surfeiting and drunkenness, and cares of this life, (bios), lest “that Day” come upon them suddenly; and admonishes them to watch and pray always, that they may be accounted worthy to escape all these things, and to stand before the Son of Man.  It thus appears that watchfulness and prayer are needed in order to gain the promised reward (compare 1 Thess. 5: 6, 17).

 

 

The foregoing are the recorded instances in which the Lord made a beginning of speaking of the salvation of the soul.  Among “those that heard Him and that have confirmed the teaching to us, and amplified it, was the Apostle James.  This Apostle addresses believers as “my beloved brethren”, and admonishes them to be “swift to hear, slow to speak, slow to wrath”, and he exhorts them to “receive in meekness the engrafted Word which is able to SAVE YOUR SOULS” (1: 19-22).

 

 

In this important passage the Apostle clearly distinguishes between the “gift” of the new birth and the reward of saving the soul.  He first speaks of the gift, saying, “Every good and perfect GIFT is from above, and cometh down from the Father of lights, with Whom is no variableness, neither shadow of turning” (ver. 17).  The next verse indicates of special gift from above, namely, the new birth, which is of the Will of God, and therefore not subject to be withdrawn, for in Him is no variableness.  Note the words, “Of His own Will begat He us with the Word of Truth, that we should be a kind of first fruits of His creatures” (comp. John 1: 12, 13).  Let it then be carefully noted that those who have been already begotten again with the Word of Truth (having believed on Christ, Who is the Truth), are exhorted to receive with submission the implanted Word, which is able to save their souls.  This clearly distinguishes the new birth from the saving of the soul.  It shows that a man may have been begotten again, and yet not save his soul.  The reason is that the new birth is a work done in a man’s spirit.  “That which is BORN of the Spirit is spirit” (John 3: 6).  If we assume that the exhortation of James 1: 21 is addressed to those who have been already born again, as we must do since they are addressed as “brethren”, it necessarily follows that the saving of the soul is something distinct from the new birth.

 

 

The new birth, then is a past event, for every [regenerate] believer in Christ, and can never be undone.  But the saving of the soul is a thing yet to be accomplished [at the time of Resurrection (Acts 2: 27, 34. cf. Luke 16: 22, 23, R.V.)]. Receiving the implanted Word is an exhortation having practically the same force as “giving earnest heed to things we have heard”, or letting “the Word of Christ abide” in us.

 

 

This much neglected Epistle of James, which by many is practically set aside as “Jewish” contains much valuable instruction and comfort for God’s pilgrims.  The very first words are strikingly appropriate:- “My brethren, count it all joy when ye fall into divers temptations (or trials.  Why?  Because “the trials of your faith worketh PATIENCE” [i.e., patience endurance or perseverance]; and this is the very thing declared by the Lord in Luke 21: 19, and by the Apostle in Heb. 10: 36 to be needed for attaining the promise, namely, the salvation of the soul.  The next words are very important: “But let patience have her perfect work, that ye may be PERFECT [mature] and entire wanting (i.e. lacking) nothing”. The words of the Lord recorded in Luke 21: 19 show that the perfect work of patience or endurance is gaining the soul.

 

 

This Epistle belongs to a portion of the New Testament (including also Hebrews, and the Epistles of Peter, John and Jude) which closely corresponds to the Book of Numbers, the Book of the pilgrimage of God’s people in the wilderness.  This correspondence has been often pointed out, and much helpful instruction has been based thereon.  But the correspondence teaches more than is generally supposed.

 

 

The Epistles of Peter are also full of valuable instruction for those children of God who would be true “Hebrews”.  Here again the Word of God cuts sharply and cleanly between the new birth and the [future] salvation of the soul.  The message of Peter is addressed to those who have been already “begotten again unto a living hope by the Resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead [Lit. ‘out of dead ones’] (1 Pet. 1: 3).  These are now being “kept by the power of God THROUGH FAITH unto salvation ready to be revealed at the last time” (comp. 1 John 2: 18).  This future salvation is the salvation of the soul, spoken of in Heb. 10.; and the “faith” mentioned is the “faith to the saving of the soul”.  This is perfectly clear from verses 6-9.  Those born-again ones who are in “manifold temptations” are called upon (as in James) to rejoice, and for the reason that the outcome of the trial of faith, is to be rewarded by “praise, and honour, and glory, at the Appearing of Jesus Christ”.  Through believing on Him Whom they have “not seen”, they may rejoice with joy unspeakable and “glorified”, receiving (as they shall if they hold fast to the end the hope to which they have been begotten) ‘THE END of their faith’, namely, ‘THE SALVATION OF their SOULS’. Verse 9, R.V.  We would call special attention to the fact here stated that this salvation of the soul is the “end” of our faith, not the beginning.

 

 

Then we are informed that this salvation is that concerning which the prophets inquired and searched diligently, desiring to know what or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ Who was in them did signify, in testifying beforehand the sufferings of Christ and the glory that should follow.  Unto those prophets it was revealed that, not to themselves, but to us, they did minister the things which are now reported unto you (these being “the things which we have heard)” by those who preached the gospel unto you, with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven.  All this is manifestly in close correspondence with Heb. 2., where the “so great salvation” is mentioned.  And, to make the correspondence still closer, it is stated that this is a matter in which the angles are directly interested; for the Apostle Peter adds: “which things the angels desire to look into” (ver. 10-12).

 

 

The next verse shows that the message is for pilgrims: “Wherefore”, that is to say, in order to gain the end proposed (the salvation of the soul), “grid up the loins of your mind, be sober, and hope to the end, for the grace that is to be brought unto you at the revelation of Jesus Christ”.  Grace provides this great salvation, and faith attains it, through hoping to the end.  “As OBEDIENT CHILDREN, not fashioning yourselves according to the former desires in your ignorance; but as He who hath CALLED YOU is holy, so be ye holy in all manner of behaviour.  And if ye call on Him as Father, Who, without respect of persons judgeth according to every man’s work, pass the time of your sojourning here in fear” (13-17).

 

 

Here we have express mention of obedience, of the children who call upon God as Father, of the heavenly calling, of the judgment of believers’ works, of the sojourning, and of fear as to the consequences of disobedience.  These are the very topics to which prominence is given in Hebrews.

 

 

In chapter 2. we find the “holy priesthood”, who are to offer spiritual sacrifices (worshipping God in spirit) acceptable to God through Jesus Christ (ver. 5) and the “royal priesthood” who are to show forth the excellencies of Him Who called them out of darkness into His marvellous light.  This exercise of the functions of the “royal priesthood” belongs, we take it, to the [millennial] age to come, when the sons of the priestly house will show forth (which they certainly cannot do now) the excellencies of the Son, Who has called them into His marvellous light, which will then be displayed.

 

 

Again, at [1 Pet. 2:] verse 11 is a strong exhortation addressed expressly to God’s pilgrims: “Dearly beloved, I BESEECH you, AS STRANGERS and PILGRIMS, abstain from fleshy lusts (desires) which war AGAINST THE SOUL  Surely, the meaning of this is unmistakable.  The cravings of the flesh [sinful nature], whether coarse or refined, war against THE SOUL, and if indulged will, as the Lord declared, cause the loss of the soul in the age to come.  It is the [regenerate] “pilgrims” that are warned against enemies [i.e., evil spirits and doctrines of demons] which make war against the “soul

 

 

All the exhortations and encouragements of this Epistle are advantageous for God’s pilgrims; but we must leave our readers to study them in detail for themselves, asking them to observe that the practical object of all is that “when HIS (CHRIST’S) GLORY shall be revealed, ye may be glad also, with exceeding joy” (4: 13).  We call special attention also to the reference to Christ as the Shepherd and Overseer of OUR souls (2: 25); and to the exhortation to those who suffer according to the Will of God, that is, according to God’s appointment instead of for wrong-doings as in 4: 15, to commit the KEEPING OF THEIR SOULS ‘unto Him in well doing, as unto a faithful Creator.’ [See 1 Pet. 4: 19, R.V.].

 

 

Peter’s second Epistle is also full of pertinent instruction; but we would only call attention to the things which they who “have obtained like precious faith” are to add to their faith (i. 1: 5-8, in order that they be not barren or unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ (chap. 1: 5-8).  Also to the words that follow: “Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure, for if ye do these things, ye shall never fall” (comp. Heb. 4: 11); “for so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the EVERLASTING KINGDOM OF OUR LORD AND SAVIOUR JESUS CHRIST”* (10, 11).

 

[* NOTE: Scripture makes it perfectly clear (for those given eyes to see), that our Lord Jesus Christ has two kingdoms. Christ will sit on two separate thrones; and He has been promised two separate inheritances, (Rev. 3: 21; Psa. 2: 8; 110: 1-3, R.V.)! 

 

“The first resurrection” (Rev. 20: 5) will transfer the souls of the holy dead - (presently in “Hades” [see Acts 2: 27, 34; Luke 16: 23, 30-31, and compare with Matt. 16: 16; John 3: 13; 14: 3; 2 Tim. 2: 17b, 18; Rev. 6: 9-11, etc.]) - “accounted worthy” (Lk. 20: 35) to enter Messiah’s millennial reign upon and over this earth.  All others, not judged ‘worthy’ to partake of that resurrection, (when Christ returns [1 Cor. 15: 23; 1 Thess. 4: 16]), must remain in “Hades,” until the last resurrection and the commencement of the Great White Throne Judgment.

 

When “the thousand years” have expired, all the regenerate will enjoy the “free gift” and “eternal life” promised (Rom. 6: 23), - in the “EVERLASTING kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ”: but that eternal “Kingdom” - of both Father and Son - will be in “a new heaven and a new earth” (Rev. 21: 1, R.V.); after this present creation will be restored (Rom. 8: 19-21), destroyed, (2 Pet. 3: 10-13, R.V.) and ultimately replaced!]

 

 

This connects the passage directly with the Kingdom of the Son, which is the theme of Hebrews.  Therefore, the instructions given are of the utmost importance to those who would gain an entrance into that [messianic and millennial] Kingdom, and especially to those who seek, as every saint should seek, an abundant entrance thereinto.

 

 

Returning now to Hebrews, we would note that the hope there set before us, and which enters into that within the veil, is as “an anchor OF THE SOUL” (6: 19).  The occurrence of the word “soul” in this passage is very significant, but the significance thereof is rarely, if ever, noticed in the commentaries on Hebrews.  It is not said or implied, here or elsewhere, that a man may, by holding fast to a promise of God, save himself from perdition; but it is clearly implied in this Scripture that the heir of promise, by holding fast to the hope set before him, may save his soul for the [millennial] ‘age’ when joy will be complete and unalloyed.  The only security for the soul is that afforded by the Anchor within the veil.

 

 

We fervently pray and trust that the foregoing comments may be blessed of God, to the end that His saints may through study of the Scriptures cited, and by the teaching of the Holy Spirit, receive an understanding of that salvation so-great, ‘the salvation of souls’ [(1 Pet. 1: 9, lit Gk.)], whereof a beginning was spoken by the Lord, and which has been confirmed to us by them that heard Him.

 

 

In the light of the Scriptures we have examined, the meaning of the words “faith to the saving the soul” (Heb. 10: 30), is plain; and whereby also, the lesson of chap. 11. may be clearly perceived.  We refrain from commenting upon the details of that chapter.  It must suffice for our purpose to point out that the saints of former ages who are mentioned there had not only repentance and faith towards God for redemption from sin and death, but also had faith to the end of their days, waiting for something whereof they had heard from God and therefore “hoped for but had “not seen”.  They all became “strangers and pilgrims on earth” (ver. 13), and declared plainly that they sought a country.  They were free to return “to the country from whence they came out”; but they set their hearts on a better country, that is, an heavenly,* and for that reason, “God is not ashamed to be called their God” (14-16).  And such as these also are they of whom it is written that Christ “is not ashamed to call them brethren” (Heb. 2: 11).

 

[* NOTE: This is not  a reference to a “country” in Heaven, but a heavenly country.  That is, a country where Christ is bodily present; and his “glory” will then manifest for all on earth to see! Isa. 6: 3; 35: 2; 66: 18; Ezek. 39: 21; Hab. 2: 14. cf. Matt. 25: 31; Mk. 8: 38; Lk. 9: 26; Rom. 5: 2; 9: 23; Heb. 2: 10; 1 Pet. 1: 7, 11; 4: 13; Rev. 18: 1, etc.]

 

 

These “Hebrews” were tested in various ways.  No two were tried in exactly the same way.  On this point see especially verses 31-38.  But, whatever may have been the test appointed by God, it served to show that the man or woman was at heart a true Hebrew - that the HEART was right towards Him; and that is the essential thing.

 

 

-------

 

 

1. 1 Peter 1: 9 Obtaining the End: Perfection of Life - in moral consummation.

 

 

2. 1 Peter 1: 22 Obedience: Promotion of Life - in moral conformity.

 

 

3. 1 Peter 2: 11 Hindrance: Prohibitation of Life - in moral conflict.

 

 

4.  1 Peter 2: 25  Overseer: Provision of Life - in moral care and concern.

 

 

5.  1 Peter 3: 20  Salvation: Preservation of Life - in moral conscience.

 

 

6.  1 Peter 4: 19  By doing good: Presentation of Life - in moral conduct.

 

 

7.  2 Peter 2: 8 Tormented: Perils of Life - in moral calamity.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

183

 

THE THOUSAND YEARS REIGN

 

 

BY D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

One extraordinary characteristic proves that the Kingdom of the Thousand Years belongs neither to our present Age, nor yet to Eternity, but is the hinge, the junction, between earth as it has existed for six thousand years and the vast Eternal Ages of which we know so little.  The characteristic is this:- the signal of its birth is the arrest and imprisonment of Satan; and its death-symptom is Satan’s release: these are the two events between which the Holy Spirit sets it.  That Satan is paralysed throughout it proves that the Millennium is not our Age of Grace; and that Satan is liberated after it for full activity proves that the Millennium is not the sinless Eternity beyond.  Thus Christ’s Kingdom on earth is the bridge between time and eternity, partaking of the nature of both.  It is God’s triumph on the old battlefield where He had seemed most defeated; and it is a last trial granted to the old earth before, on a fresh ruin, the present universe is swept out of existence for a new heaven and a new earth [Rev. 21: 1] wherein dwelleth righteousness.

 

 

THRONES

 

 

An immense change of dispensation bursts at once upon our gaze. “And I saw THRONES”; but not empty thrones; “and [men] sat on them” (Rev. 20: 4).  “The thrones as Lange says, “constitute the foreground of the picture: they are the beginning of the Church Triumphant in this world - the visible appearance of the Kingdom of God The Lord Jesus has already descended to earth (Rev. 19: 14) with a calvary escort who are specifically described, not merely as redeemed, but as “called and chosen and faithful” (17: 14); and their enthronement is now revealed.  It is a sharp reversal of the earlier drama.  In chapter 19 kings and captains and mighty men were dethroned, struck down in proud iniquity: in chapter 20 the meek and lowly are enthroned, exalted out of obscurity and reproach and shame.  It is the fulfilment of a forecast given three thousand years ago:- “The saints of the Most High shall receive the kingdom, and possess the kingdom for ever, even for ever and ever” (Dan. 7: 18).*

 

* What disaster has been wrought by the Augsburg Confession’s (Art. 17) denial of the literal Reign! On this point Protestantism definite aligned itself with the Church of Rome, for it was that Church’s assumption of the Throne of the Caesars which, as the logical outcome of a present kingdom, dislodged Christ’s reign for the Pope’s.  Nevertheless, even Hengstenberg, a most determined opponent of the doctrine, admits that by the middle of the nineteenth century, “Chiliasm obtained an almost universal diffusion throughout the Church

 

 

JUDGMENT

 

 

Still move explicit and decisive is the function allotted them, making the new royalties no mere spectators in a royal pageant, but monarchs in full responsibility and power.  “And JUDGMENT” - full authorization to act as judges in a final court of appeal - “was given unto them  This stamps as false all attempts to find fulfilment for the Millennium now; for both the throne and the judiciary are forbidden to the disciples of Christ throughout our age of grace: whereas the moment the monarchs and judges of earth are dispossessed by the descending Christ, necessity compels reappointments, and the establishment of officers qualified to act. “Know ye not Paul asks, “that the saints shall JUDGE the world (1 Cor. 6: 2). This granted judgment is the characteristic word of the Age to Come.  For all judgment falls in the Millennial epoch; its triple tribunal - the Bema, the Throne of the Living Nations, and the Great White Throne - exhausts all judgment; and judgment, or justice, reigns from end to end of the Kingdom on earth.  Our Lord revealed this explicitly to the Thyatiran Church:- “He that overcometh and he that keepeth my works unto the end, to him will I give authority over the nations: and he shall rule them with a rod of iron, as the vessels of the potter are broken to shivers; as I also have received of my Father” (Rev. 2: 26).

 

 

REWARD

 

 

The Spirit next strikes the fundamental chord of millennial music.  The whole body of martyrs suddenly rises before us:- “and I saw the souls of them that had been BEHEADED that is, the martyrs of all ages.  Why is it that a single class of God’s servants so fills the foreground that many in the Early Church thought that they alone would reign with Christ?  That it is martyrs who are thus selected provides the clue; for the Age to Come is specifically defined as “the time to give their reward to thy servants the prophets, and to the saints, and to them that fear thy name, the small and the great” (Rev. 11: 18).  As human law knows no crime greater than murder, so Divine law knows no higher fidelity than loss of life for God; and as the Kingdom is granted on the principle of recompense, since “if we suffer with him, we shall also reign with him” (2 Tim. 2: 12), the central blaze, the supreme recompense, centres in the martyrs. “As men upon whom the ban of the world pre-eminently fell, they must be pre-eminently honoured in the Kingdom of God” (Lange).  So the strong note thus struck, that stamps its character on the whole Millennium, is not grace, in which all believers are equal, but recompense, which distinguishes the faithful from the unfaithful, the worthy from the unworthy, carnality from sanctity.  For the Kingdom is peculiarly Christ’s Kingdom, which He achieves by overcoming and not by gift, and which He ultimately gives back to the Father; and so He offers it on like conditions to the Laodicean Angel, as the most powerful conceivable antidote to lukewarmness. “He that overcometh, I will give to him to sit down with me in my throne, as I also overcame, and sat down with my Father in His throne” (Rev. 3: 21).

 

 

A THOUSAND YEARS

 

 

So now the Kingdom opens on our vision.  “And they lived” - came to life, rose from the dead; attained to life before my eyes (Hengstenberg) - “and reigned with Christ” - whose is the central throne - “A THOUSAND YEARS  John either saw the souls rise, or else saw that they rose; but “the rest of the dead lived not” - they remained dead - “until the thousand years should be finished  An ineradicable defect in all attempts to erect the Kingdom without the King, a devastating fact which forever wrecks all man-made millenniums, is that it perforce excludes all the dead, including those who most deserve it - the martyrs: only the Master of resurrection can be the Creator of the Kingdom, and even He can do it only by raising the dead.  So therefore what ‘the Kingdom of God’ is, - in all literal passages, the Spirit has put beyond all doubt:- “Flesh and blood [the unchanged living] cannot inherit the kingdom of God; neither doth corruption [the unrisen [bodies of the] dead] inherit incorruption” (1 Cor. 15: 50).* The Kingdom’s exact limit, a thousand years, is named six times, so as to put its literality and duration beyond all question for ever.** It is not said where John saw the thrones located: probably in the Holy City, hovering over the earth (Rev. 19: 7, 8): even as King George, though Emperor of India, and occasionally holding a Durbar in Delhi, resides, habitually, in London, the Empire’s central city, so earth’s new Monarchs, visiting earth, nevertheless actually dwell in their Metropolis.

 

[* Keep in mind this divine truth:- “Flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God,” but “flesh and bones” can; and will after the time of ‘the salvation of souls’ (1 Pet. 1: 9, R.V.) at their Resurrection.  “See my hands and my feet, that it is I myself: handle me, and see; for a spirit has not flesh and bones as you see that I have (Luke 24: 39, R.S.V.). - Ed.]

 

** Thus it is the ‘Sabbath-rest’ - the seventh of seven millenniums since the Creation.  And it is covered by an unchanging exhortation:- “Let us therefore labour to enter into that rest, lest any [of ‘us’: see ver. 1] fall after the same example of disobedience” (Heb. 4: 11).

 

 

THE FIRST RESURRECTION

 

 

So now the glory of it all is counter-signed by God Himself.  “This is the first resurrection.  Blessed and holy is he” - for it is all sharpened down to a personal recompense - “that hath part in THE FIRST RESURRECTION* Here is the culmination of all the golden promises that centre in an earlier breaking of the tombs.  The last great orthodox German said:- “Paul spoke of a resurrection to which he strove to attain (Phil. 3: 8, 11), and to which he was with all his might pressing forward, as the high prize to gain which he was agonizing, and for which he counted all else loss” (Lange).  So our Saviour indicates the peculiar capacities of these Priestly Kings. “They that are accounted worthy of that age, and the resurrection from among the dead, are as the angels” (Luke 20: 36): as angels appear among men, on behalf of God, or disappear, or as the risen in Jerusalem “entered into the holy city and appeared unto many” (Matt. 27: 53), so do these.  The moment God has answered the prayer - “Thy kingdom come He entrusts to his regnant saints, selected through a lifetime of tested service, the fulfilment of the sequent clause - “Thy will he done on earth even as it is done in heaven”; and He endows the overcomer - blessed because a king, holy because a priest - with unchallengeable authority, and adequate ability to perform it.

 

* “‘Blessed and holy’ must be emphatic here, for they can hardly bear the simple and ordinary meaning. All saints of every age are blessed and holy in reality and to a certain extent, let them live or die where or when they may.  The phrase in our text, therefore, must be employed in an emphatic sense, in a sense which drew the writer’s special attention, and which he intended should also he specially noted by the reader” (Moses Stuart).

 

 

A FINAL MILLENNIUM

 

 

Once again, and for the last time, the crowning reward of all the servants of God of all ages is emphasized ere it vanishes. “Over these the second death hath no power.* but they shall be PRIESTS OF GOD AND OF CHRIST, and shall reign with him a thousand years Godward they represent man, and manward they represent God: they rule for God, they intercede for man.  It is the intermediate Age between time and eternity. The Curse is controlled, but not lifted; death is rare, but not unknown; war is banished, yet whole nations are broken or even consumed;** the Devil is in chains, but not in the Lake; and though the Kingdom starts sinless, fresh births create a last awful rebellion.  So, therefore, when, in spite of a last opportunity, both Satan and the new-born nations in the flesh hurl themselves against God, annihilating fire falls, and seven thousand years of human history disappear in an Eternity (for all the saved), sinless, painless, deathless, tearless.  As Canon Gairdner once wrote:- “Even the grand completion, conclusion, FINIS, foreshadowed in the Book of the Apocalypse, prophesied of by the prophets, longed and hoped for by the saints, the crashing finale of the great oratorio of the Kingdom, an end if ever there was one - is not even this to be but Eternity’s beginning, when the finished enterprise is dedicated to its Maker and Redeemer, for an eternity of unimaginable use, unimaginable service.”

 

* This needs to be stated, because the Millennial epoch is the period of the exact recoil of a believer’s works, the worst as well as the best: in the Eternal State it is nowhere named, for it is impossible; since our eternal standing is on Grace alone, and any peril from the Lake is over for ever. The implication here is terrible, but it is always wise to bow at once to the words of God.

 

** It is hardly necessary to say that the subjects ruled over are, at the start the Sheep of the Parable - regenerate (Matt. 25: 34) men in the flesh who, unhampered by disease or death (Isa. 33: 24), will restock the earth after the judgments with enormous rapidity.  But all fresh births are unregenerate (Isa. 65: 20), and on these Satan ultimately works.  There can be no uncrowned saints in the Millennium, for all who ‘lived,’ ‘reigned’: coronation is an essential of kingship.

 

 

-------

 

 

FAITHFUL UNTO DEATH

 

 

Their names are names of kings

Of heavenly line;

The bliss of earthly things

They did resign.

 

 

Chieftains they were, who warr’d

With sword and shield:

Victors for God the Lord

On foughten field.

 

 

A city of great name

Is built for them,

Of glorious golden fame,

Jerusalem!

 

 

So doth the life of pain

In glory close:

Lord God, may we attain

Their grand repose.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

184

 

JACOB AND ESAU

 

 

 

The Epistle to the Hebrews gives the names of a number of persons who were true pilgrims, holding fast their confession to the end.  In contrast with these, but one person is named.  That unenviable prominence is given to Esau.  His case, therefore, calls for special consideration.  What is related of Esau in Hebrews is that he so lightly esteemed his birthright as to sell it for one morsel of food; and that afterwards, when he would have “inherited THE BLESSING, he was REJECTED: for he found no place for repentance, though he sought it carefully with tears” (12: 16, 17).

 

 

Esau, therefore, is the Divinely chosen type of those who prefer the immediate gratification of the natural appetite to “the blessing” for which the heir must “wait  Hence, he became like the ground that receives no “blessing” from God; but is “rejected

 

 

On the other hand, we read in Gen. 27. that Isaac, in blessing Jacob, supposing him to be Esau, said, “See, the smell of my son is as the smell of a field which the Lord hath BLESSED: therefore, God give thee of the DEW OF HEAVEN, and the fatness of the earth, and plenty of corn and wine” (ver. 27, 28).

 

 

Believers are children of God, being “born of God” (John 1: 12).  They have therefore a birthright, as Esau had; but like Esau, they may hold their birthright in such light esteem as to forfeit it; and the way in which this great loss may be incurred - a loss which, when it takes place, is absolutely irretrievable - is by choosing in their hearts the things which the present age offers them for their immediate enjoyment, instead of the things of the age to come, of which they have heard through the Word of God, but have not seen as yet, and for which they must wait.

 

 

Upon reading the incidents recorded in the Book of Genesis concerning Esau and Jacob, we should infer that, in respect of natural disposition or character, Esau was much to be preferred to his brother Jacob.  But Jacob was the true sojourner and pilgrim.  We see him journeying alone in the land promised to his fathers and to himself for an inheritance, and lying down to sleep with a stone for a pillow (Gen. 28: 10-15).  And there he sees the vision of a ladder set up on the earth, its top reaching to heaven, and the angels of God ascending and descending.  Thus is he marked as the heir of salvation, to whom the angels are sent forth to minister; and the Lord God of Abraham and of Isaac appears to him, and gives to him the land on which he lies, a lonely pilgrim. Moreover, God adds this gracious word: “And behold, I am with thee, and will keep thee in all places whither thou goest, and will bring thee again into this land; for I will not leave thee until I HAVE DONE that which I have spoken to thee of

 

 

Jacob’s infirmities of character did not defeat the purpose of God; for the “God of Jacob” is the “God of all grace  So may the God of peace work in us that which is well pleasing in His sight through Jesus Christ, to Whom be glory for ever.

 

 

We may follow Jacob in his pilgrimage and see the Hand of God dealing with him, often by means of sore affliction, but surely accomplishing thereby that which He had purposed.  And so when Jacob, many years after, stands before Pharaoh, the ruler of the world, it is as a confessed pilgrim and the descendant of pilgrims; for this is his confession, “The days of the years of my PILGRIMAGE, are an hundred and thirty years: few and evil have the days of the years of my life been, and have not attained unto the days of the years of the life of my fathers in the days of their pilgrimage” (Gen. 47: 9).  Nevertheless, Jacob, though a confessed pilgrim on earth, took no blessing from Pharaoh. On the contrary, “Jacob blessed Pharaoh, and went out from before Pharaoh” (ver. 10); “And without all contradiction, the less is blessed of the better” (Heb. 7: 7).

 

 

And finally, it is recorded of Jacob, that he, “by faith, when he was a dying, blessed both the sons of Joseph, and worshipped, leaning upon the top of his staff” (Heb. 11: 21). Thus Jacob was, at the very end, a worshipping pilgrim, for, even, when he was dying, he still leaned upon the pilgrim’s staff, worshipping God, and speaking of things not seen as yet.

 

 

The forty-ninth chapter of Genesis contains the last words of Jacob to his twelve sons.  In one of the most beautiful, powerful, and sublime passages in all the Bible, he tells that which shall befall them in the last days. In it he speaks of the Shepherd and the Stone of Israel, of Shiloh, of the Sceptre, and of the Lion of the tribe of Judah.  In the very midst of this great prophecy he confesses himself a true pilgrim in these words: “I have WAITED FOR THY SALVATION, O Lord  That was what he had accomplished, “I have waited It is like the confession of Paul, “I have kept the faith  God’s grace had triumphed over the stubbornness of nature, and had fashioned even out of crafty Jacob, the supplanter, a true pilgrim; insomuch that from his lips, we get the first mention in all Scripture of the [future] Salvation of God.

 

 

Surely, there is great encouragement here for the Lord’s pilgrims.

 

 

-------

 

 

EXPECTATIONS

 

 

“Only the man who hourly awaits his Lord lives in the constant searchlight of God.  Shortly before the War, a high-born German lady, Sister Eva, who had founded a hospital with her own money, told the Kaiser, to his marked interest, of the preaching of Christ to the patients, and of the Keswick and Wandsbek Conventions; but when she spoke of the Lord’s return, the Kaiser abruptly interjected:- ‘That will never do; it would upset all my plans  Each life is shaped by its dominant expectation.  ‘I do not think,’ said the late Lord Shaftesbury, ‘that in the last forty years I have lived one conscious hour that was not influenced by the though of the Lord’s return.’”

 

 

PRAYER THAT COUNTS

 

 

“If we are simply to pray to the extent of a simple and pleasant and enjoyable exercise, and know nothing of watching in prayer and of weariness in prayer, we shall not draw down the blessing that we may.  We shall not sustain our missionaries, who are overwhelmed with the appalling darkness of heathenism.  We must serve God even to the point of suffering, and each one ask himself: In what degree, in what point am I extending, by personal suffering, by personal self-denial, to the point of pain, the kingdom of Christ, [and the possible loss, through disobedience, of God’s promised inheritance (Psa. 2: 8. cf. Eph. 5: 5; Gal. 5: 19-20; Heb. 12: 17, R.V.])?  It is ever true that what costs little is worth little.” - HUDSON TAYLOR.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

185

 

CHRISTADELPHIANISM

 

 

BY D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

“Information reaches us that the Christadelphians are issuing a magazine under the title of “The Dawn.” We hope that they are doing so because they are unaware of the existence of our magazine; but in any case it is well to put perfectly clear our attitude to their creed.  We are grateful to The Life Of Faith (Nov. 14, 1945) for also making the distinction between the two magazines perfectly clear. - ED., [D. M. Panton of] DAWN.”

 

 

-------

 

 

 

IT is exceedingly striking that an elaborate system has arisen around us camouflaging the Second Advent in all its main details, each Satanic sect presenting a counterfeit feature of the Advent, while all, combined, present a complete camouflage.  Thus Christadelphianism pushes into the foreground watchfulness for the Coming of our Lord.  It says:- “Jesus Christ, Who is the glorified manifestation of God, the fulness of the Godhead bodily incorporated, and Who came bodily forth alive from the grave” (Bible Finger posts, pp. 7, 105), “a glorious bodily Person of Spirit, flesh and bones” (Is it Blasphemy? p. 17). “will return from Heaven, and visibly appear and take up His residence on earth a second time, for the purpose of bringing about the accomplishment of all these things.  The second coming of Christ is therefore the true hope of the believer” (Declaration of the Truth, p. 15).* “We believe that at the return of Jesus Christ from Heaven, to establish His Kingdom on earth, He will, first of all, summon before Him for judgment the whole of those who are responsible to His judgment.  Those that are dead He will cause to come forth from the dust, and assemble them with the living to His presence” (Ibid, p. 49). “Those who are to be honoured with this unspeakable honour of reigning with Christ are first to be qualified for it by the transformation of their bodies into the likeness of the Lord’s own glorious body” (R. Roberts’ Sect Everywhere Spoken Against, p. 11). So here we have a perfectly orthodox statement exactly calculated to captivate a young mind steeped in Second Advent truth, and unversed in Satan’s wiles.

 

 

* These references are taken throughout from publications officially issued at Christadelphian Headquarters.

 

 

Now let us pierce past this fair husk and discover the kernel remembering that superb structure is not only vain, but of all structures the most dangerous because of its beauty, if it rests on a rotten foundation.  We are now startled to learn that the Gospel to which we are accustomed is an entire delusion.  “The idea that Christ has borne our punishment and paid our debts, and that His righteousness is placed to our credit, and that all we have to do is to believe it, is demoralising.  Blighting results are to be witnessed in all communities where the doctrine of a substitutionary sacrifice and an imputed righteousness holds sway” (R. Roberts’ Blood of Christ, p. 29).  “Christ has given no satisfaction, paid no debt” (R. Roberts’ Slain Lamb, p. 21): “If the blood of Christ could be found, it would not be of any spiritual value” (Blood of Christ, p. 7).  In what, then, does salvation consist?  Solely in belief in the coming Millennial Kingdom and in Baptism.  “The belief of the Gospel described by the Spirit of God as ‘the things concerning the Kingdom of God and the Name of Jesus Christ,’ together with baptism (immersion in water), and the obedience of the commandments of Christ, are indispensable to the obtaining of eternal life” (Bible Fingerposts, p. 243). Moreover, it must be Christadelphian baptism; for none other is valid.  “We recognise as brethren, and welcome to our fellowship, all who have been immersed (by whomsoever) after their acceptance of our doctrines and precepts”; and among “doctrines to be rejected” is this: “That a knowledge of the (Christadelphian) truth is not necessary to make baptism valid” (Constitution of the Christadelphian Ecclesia, pp. 1, 13).  The consequences are most drastic. “WE AFFIRM THAT THERE IS NO SALVATION WITHIN THE PALE OF ANY OF THE POPULAR CHURCHES.  For we hold that the religious opinions and sacramentalism of all orders and classes of men in ‘Christendom’ so-called are nothing more than that ‘strong delusion’ sent of God upon mankind ‘that they should believe a lie, that they might all be condemnedWe object to the fundamental doctrines of Christendom; the religion of the Churches and chapels is a negation of Bible teaching on almost all points.  We hold it to be ‘the abominations of the earth,’ with all the dissenting names and denominations, aggregately styled ‘names of blasphemy,’ of which the European body politic, symbolised by the eight-headed, scarlet-coloured beast, is said to be ‘full’” (Rev. 17 : 3) (Who are the Chrisladelphians? pp. 3, 6, 8).

 

 

But the supreme test, critically and for ever decisive, turns upon the nature and person of the Son of God. “Jesus,” we are told, “had no existence prior to his birth by Mary”: “Jesus is the name of the virgin’s Son, and not that of an externally pre-existent God Who came down from Heaven, and in some mysterious way became incarnate in the flesh” (Is it Blasphemy ? p. 19). “The Father was manifested in the flesh, not a pre-existent, co-eternal Son, which is impossible” (C. C. Walker’s Truth about the Trinity, p. 13). But it is worse than that: Jesus was a sinful Christ.  Among the ‘doctrines to be rejected’ is this: “That Christ’s nature was immaculate” (Constitution of the Christadelphian Ecclesia, p. 13). “What the law could not do, in that it was weak through the flesh, God (has done) sending his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh, and for sin condemned sin in the flesh.  It was the same flesh, full of the same propensities, and the same desires, in Christ as in us” (R. Roberts’ Slain Lamb, p. 21) for “sinful flesh and the likeness of sinful flesh mean the same thing” (R. Roberts’ Blood of Christ, p. 26). “Deriving from his mother both the propensities that lead to sin and the sentence of death that was passed because of sin, He was absolutely sinless as to disobedience, whilst subject to the impulses and the consequences of sin.  For it was necessary that He should appear in the nature of Abraham and David, which was sinful nature  So it is baldy stated that our Lord had to die for His own sins as well as ours. “Christ Himself is exhibited to us as coming under the beneficial operation of His own death” (R. Roberts’ Blood of Christ, pp. 10, 25).  Therefore, inevitably, “Christadelphians do not worship the Lord Jesus Christ in the same way that they worship the Father” (Is it Blasphemy? p. 19).

 

 

Now it all sharpens down into a point that pierces us all.  Even apart from the bankruptcy of a sinful Christ, John the Baptist bore the clearest possible testimony to our Lord’s pre-existence.  Of Jesus he says:- “He that cometh from above is above all: he that is of the earth is of the earth, and of the earth he speaketh: He that cometh from heaven is above all” (John 3: 31).  Our Lord Himself bore the same explicit testimony.  He says:- “No man hath ascended up into heaven, but He that descended out of heaven, even the Son of Man, which is in heaven” (John 3: 13).  The Jews stumbled nineteen hundred years ago exactly where the Christadelphians stumble to-day. “And they said, Is not this Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know?  How doth he now say, I am come down out of Heaven (John 6: 42).  Awful and eternal is the answer of the Lord.  “And He said unto them, Ye are from beneath; I am from above ye are of this world: I am not of this world.  I said therefore unto you” - in consequence of this denial of His pre-existence - “that ye shall die in your sins: for except ye believe that I am He, YE SHALL DIE IN YOUR SINS” (John 8: 24). The pre-existence of the Eternal Son of God is a matter of life and death: no one who denies our Lord’s Deity can be forgiven; for it is the Father’s decree that “all should honour the Son EVEN AS THEY HONOUR THE FATHER” (John 5: 23).

 

 

-------

 

 

Salvation

 

 

Now we see the extraordinary simplicity with which our Lord thus invests salvation.  It is not, “If any will do God’s will” - a vast obedience before saving knowledge can ever come; but, “If any man wills to do” - simply longs to know the truth in order to live it - “he shall know” - in a flash, as he sits - “whether it be of God”: he will see God, instantly, in the Gospel.  The simplest, the youngest, the most ignorant, the most wicked, willing, will know.  Just WILL; and saving truth floods the soul.  It is true of all truths, and of all stages of truth - therefore it is for us Christians too.  The cured blind man exactly expresses it.  Jesus said to him, “Dost thou believe on the Son of God?  He answered and said, Who is he, Lord, that I may believe on him? Jesus said unto him, He it is that speaketh with thee.  And he said, Lord, I believe” (John 9: 35).  He had but to know God’s incarnate will to accept it instantly.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *      *

 

 

186

 

AN EXPOSITION OF THE EPISTLE

TO THE HEBREWS

 

 

BY ROBERT GOVETT, M.A.

 

 

Summary

 

 

II. THE SECOND POLE (CHAP. 4: 12-16)

 

 

 

1. The Apostle’s rebuke turns on Christians’ unbelief of the typical character of the Old Testament, and especially of the history of Abraham the father of the faithful.

 

 

2. Great, in the way of light and gift, are the privileges of this dispensation. Answerably great are the responsibilities attaching thereto.  Now, from these privileges there may be a partial, or an entire, turning away.  For a partial turning away there is loss of the reward of the millennial kingdom.  For a total falling away there is no hope; but only the eternal [Gk. ‘aionios’ age-lasting] curse and wrath of God.

 

 

3. The chief promises to Abraham have never yet been fulfilled, although they are yet in force, resting on the oath of God.  They were made before the Law of Moses, and were not set aside by it.  Seek then to have a part in these, as Abraham did, by patience and faith.

 

 

III. THE THIRD POLE (CHAP. 10: 19-39)

 

 

As the first pole respects Christ as our (1) “Apostle” (or Leader), this belongs to His present maintenance of our standing as our (2) “High Priest” (3: 1).  Our title is, to be in God’s presence in the Holiest, by virtue of this being the Day of Grace, and the throne whereto we draw near being the Throne of Grace. We are worshippers, cleansed by the blood of the True Sacrifice, and our High Priest beckons us to draw near.  The veil is rent!  As the unrent veil betokened (1) concealment on God’s part, and (2) distance on man’s, so the rent veil discovers to us, (1) a God revealed, and (2) fellowship extended to us.

 

 

“Let us then draw near Seven points in relation to this are noted.  The first three give us God’s preparations for this blessing: the last four, the preparations on our side.  The preparations made by God are: (1) the blood of Christ; (2) the rent veil; (3) the High Priest in the Holiest.

 

 

The preparations on our part are: (4) a true heart; (5) full faith; (6) a heart sprinkled; (7) the body bathed.

 

 

Three exhortations are given in this context: (1) “Let us draw near (2) “Let us hold fast (3) “Let us consider one another

 

 

But many [regenerate] believers are offending against all these points.  They are wanting in a true heart, in fulness of faith, in a good conscience, and in baptism.  Some deny the hope, and some do not confess it.  Some provoke their brethren to bitterness; some forsake the assemblies of the Lord’s people, and do not exhort one another.

 

 

The reason given to enforce these commands is, that the day of judgment, to take effect on all, is at hand. While the meeting with Christ will be joyful to His obedient ones, it will be terrible to His foes.  Instead of - ‘Fear not all ye who believe it is - ‘Beware of the falling away from the grace of Christ and the Holy Ghost  For that would set you among the foes of God; producing (1) trouble of heart and terror of suspense now; and (2) the fall into the fury of fire prepared for the enemies of Christ, in the coming day.

 

 

1. Thus we have present access to God, and acceptance as priests in the Holiest above, through the work of Christ.

 

 

2. But this is only for a while.  There is another day to come.  We hope for Christ’s coming and kingdom. Hold fast the hope, and confess it.  For those who fall away from faith and hope become foes of Christ, and lost in the deepest woe.  Those alone who maintain faith and hope, will receive from Christ the promised rewards.

 

 

IV. THE FOURTH POLE (CHAP. 12)

 

 

This is its tenor.

 

 

1. Believers!  Yu are like Israel, on your march to the land of promise.  n the way to it, you like Israel, are being chastised by your God.

 

 

2. But the design of your life, and of God’ chastisement, is to produce holiness as the preparation for seeing, and dwelling with Him.  He is educating you for it; not under the principle of fear, as in the case of His ancient people; but under grace, as the better one.  You, then, resemble Israel set before the Mount of God, under command to sanctify yourselves.  And the Holy Spirit thereupon testifies the things that are agreeable to this holiness, and the things which are contrary thereto.

 

 

We are already (to faith’s eye) in the presence of the better and eternal things; and may in a moment be called up the mount, and set in the presence of God and Christ.

 

 

Understand, then, that holiness is proportionate to obedience - and that reward is proportionate to both.  By disobedience and unholiness we may lose the pre-eminent place now accorded to us as the firstborn, even while we retain the standing of grace.  But if grace be rejected, and justice chosen, there is no escaping the terrors of God, as the consuming fire.  And God, in the day to come, is the judge of the obedience of His people, and of the offences of His foes, and will render to each as his work shall be.

 

 

Let me give, in conclusion, a brief summary of the proofs derivable from this Epistle, that a dispensation of reward and glory on earth is implied in several of its arguments and statements.

 

 

1. Promises made to the Lord Jesus have not yet been fulfilled.  He is the second time to be introduced to the habitable earth, when angels are to worship Him, and His foes to be put under His feet.  At present, during the day of mercy, He is waiting, on the Father’s right hand, till the kingdom of righteousness is given to Him as the reward of His merits, while He is to have with Him companions in the kingdom and glory (1).

 

 

The eighth psalm has been in part fulfilled in the Saviour’s humiliation. But the exaltation of man, and of the Son of man, over all the works of God’s hands, can only take place by the Saviour’s coming again in person; and the glory can be only during the habitable earth’s future state (2).

 

 

2. Jesus, as Leader of the heavenly calling, is inviting us to enjoy with Him the redemption-rest of God.  As yet, it is only the unsettledness and trials of the wilderness.  It is also the time of God’s trial of His people, whether they will obey Christ or no, and hold fast the hope of their calling.  This redemption-rest is to resemble the rest of God in creation, and the rest which Israel, under Joshua, experienced in the land, after the troubles of the desert were over (3, 4).

 

 

3. The miraculous gifts of the Holy Ghost then enjoyed were witnesses to the coming better day on earth, when Israel shall ‘all be anointed by the Holy Spirit.’ The tidings of the kingdom of glory were proclaimed in company with these gifts, in order to bestow on us some proofs of the reality of the hope set before us, and to give us some intimation of its character.  Thus the ejection of demons testified to the casting of Satan and his angels into the pit (Rev. 20), while the power over serpents given to disciples, gave intimation of the day when the creatures of venom and blood now found on earth shall be tamed, or changed (6).

 

 

4. To Abraham God promised the land of Canaan, from the Nile to the Euphrates (Gen. 15).  This he has never enjoyed.  This he cannot enjoy, while he is a separate spirit [disembodied soul] in Hadees. Thus the first resurrection is implied.  It takes place a thousand years before earth is burnt up.  This is our hope also; who, as man-slayers, safe in the city of refuge, are yet looking onward to their restoration (6).  A type of that day of victory and blessing, for Abraham and his sons of faith, was given in the meeting of the patriarch with the Great Priest-king, and in the promises of the one hundred and tenth psalm.

 

 

5. The Promises of the new covenant made to the House of Israel imply this happier day of earth. Neither the spiritual, nor the earthly promises, given in the thirtieth and thirty-first chapters of Jeremiah, have as yet received their accomplishment in that people. “This is My covenant unto them, when I shall take away their sins  But Israel is still under sin.

 

 

6. Our Lord’s present place of intercession on high marks out the day of grace, which is due to His invisible High-priesthood after the manner of Aaron.  But He is coming in power, to save His faithful ones of the earth who are waiting for Him (9: 28), and to make His enemies His footstool.

 

 

7. Some nine or ten times the word which speaks of the future occurs in the Epistle.  Salvation is future; the angels are helping the heirs of the coming day (1: 14).  The fire that shall enwrap the enemies of the Lord has yet to be (10: 27).  Earth has yet to present itself with new features in the blest millennial day (2: 5).  But signs of its blessing were bestowed in the miraculous gifts (6: 5).  Jesus is the High Priest of the better things to come (9: 11).  Of its blessings, Law could only give the shadows (10: 1).  He shall bring the city and kingdom of God, and introduce us within its walls (6: 5; 11: 8; 13: 14).

 

 

May the Lord hasten His coming, and His people’s readiness to meet Him with joy!

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

187

 

AN EXPOSITION OF THE EPISTLE

TO THE HEBREWS

 

 

BY ROBERT GOVETT, M.A.

 

 

(Heb. 9: 26)

 

 

-------

 

 

“He hath been manifested

 

 

JESUS, from all eternity, was in the bosom of the Father (John 1: 18).  He came forth thence to ‘manifest’ Himself on earth by His life and death.  Thus John the Baptist says:- “I knew Him not, but that He should be made manifest to Israel, therefore am I come immersing in water” (John 1: 31).  “Without controversy, great is the mystery of godliness; God was manifest in the flesh” (1 Tim. 3: 16; 1 Pet. 1: 20).  The same word is used of the Saviour’s appearances on earth after His resurrection.  “After these things Jesus manifested Himself again to His disciples at the Sea of Tiberius” (John 21: 1).

 

 

“Then came Jesus forth, wearing the crown of thorns, and the purple robe.  And Pilate saith unto them, Behold the man” (John 19: 5).

 

 

Two different words in the Greek are employed to distinguish (1) the Saviour’s manifestation in the flesh to us on earth (phaneroo), and (2) His presentation of Himself in resurrection to the Father on high (emphanizo). This last word is very little used by the Septuagint.  There it occurs in Moses’ petition that God would show him His way, that he might know Him (Ex. 23: 13).

 

 

This self-presentation was typified, I believe, on the Day of Atonement.  The high priest was to “take the two goats, and present them before the Lord at the door of the tabernacle of the congregation” (Lev. 16: 7). Thus Christ was led by the high priest and by Israel before the governor to be put to death.

 

 

“Unto the putting away of sin by the sacrifice of Himself

 

 

The entire removal of sin has yet to be accomplished in the new heavens and earth.  Sin will only be finally put away by judgment, which will sever the saved from the lost.

 

 

Christ’s death was His voluntary sacrifice of Himself.

 

 

What, according to Unitarians, are the reasons of the Saviour’s first coming?  To give us perfect instruction, and a perfect example of life.  What says God?  He came to put away sin from man, the lost sinner; and in the only possible way - by His death.

 

 

27, 28. “And as it is reserved unto men once to die, but after that judgment; so the Christ

also having been once offered to bear the sins of many, the second time -

without sin shall be seen by those who are

expecting Him to save them*

 

* This is the order of the Greek, and where two or more constructions are possible, there the order of the Greek [1st. death 2nd. judgment 3rd.  manifestation] -is decisive.

 

 

Death is reserved for men.  It is something in God’s mind, though not visible yet.  So Paul’s crown was reserved for him.  Some would distinguish here, and say, that death does not apply to the saints, who, as in Christ, are beyond death and judgment.  The distinction is valid in those epistles which view the saved as in union with Christ.  But the expression “in Christ” does not appear in Hebrews.  Believers are here regarded as individuals set on earth, and drawing near to God on high.  In this Epistle, Christ Himself is regarded as man, and as treated like men.  The argument is built on it.

 

 

1. For the living, death is reserved.

 

 

2. For the dead, judgment is reserved.  Many understand, ‘after death the judgment as though it taught, that at each one’s decease the final sentence was passed.  The article inserted before judgment has led to this. Now the final sentence does not take place at death, although, as our Lord has shown, there is a placing of each in Hades, suitable to his standing on earth, as already condemned, or as forgiven.  Thus Dives and Lazarus, at once on their departure, are set, one in Paradise, and the other in destruction.  But the final adjustment of the eternal place of each is deferred, until the life and works of each have passed before the judge.

 

 

In this verse is found the answer to a difficulty strongly rested on by anti-millenarians -‘Christ is entered once for all as High Priest and Intercessor into the Holiest above.  How can He ever come out?  His intercession must take place there alone.  It is necessary for the salvation of His Church.  What can avail to take Him thence

 

 

I answer: What brought Moses down from his forty days’ converse with God?  Sin and judgment! (Ex. 32).

 

 

‘Judgment Most seem unable to believe in any dispensation but the one that is running on.  What is this present day?  That of grace; the accepted time proceeding from “the throne of grace  But all the prophets are full of the day of wrath and of judgment soon about to come.  While our Lord is in the Holiest it is the time of God’s patience, and of the ingathering of the elect of the Church.  But the coming Kingdom of Christ is to be warring and judging in righteousness (Rev. 19).  The forty-fifth psalm, quoted in this Epistle, testifies of the Saviour’s advent to earth, and to His Kingdom of righteousness (chap 1).  This takes place when, at His Father’s signal, He rises up, like the ark in motion, and His enemies are scattered before Him.  He is now the Atoning Priest, after the pattern of Aaron.  But even Aaron did not, on the Day of Atonement, remain in the Holiest.  He came forth to bless Israel.  And Jesus is, as the Apostle insists, to appear as High Priest “of the order of Melchizedec Now Melchizedec never appears in a sanctuary: but he appears as both king and priest, and king and priest on earth.  When the Aaronic priesthood is inaugurated, Aaron and his sons abide seven days in the tabernacle; but, on the eighth day, Moses and Aaron come out and bless the people, and the glory appears (Lev. 9).  Till judgment clears the field by power, the wicked increase in wickedness, and our hope appears not, and our salvation cannot come.  Satan till then is not cast out, nor is the [Millennial] Kingdom of Christ come!  Moreover, God has three spheres in which He is at work; not one alone, as the anti-millenarians suppose.  Remove ‘the Church,’ and ‘Jews’ and ‘Gentiles’ remain still (1 Cor. 10: 32).

 

 

This future judgment will take effect on all.  There will be a judgment of Christ’s friends.  “My brethren, be not many masters [teachers], knowing that we shall receive greater condemnation [judgment]” (Jas. 3: 1; 2: 12; Luke 19: 11-27; Gal. 5: 10).  “He that judgeth me is the Lord.  Therefore, judge nothing before the time, until the Lord come” (1 Cor. 4: 4, 5; Matt. 5: 21, 22; 1 John 4: 17; 2 Tim. 4: 8; Heb. 10: 30; 12: 23; 13: 4; Rev. 11: 17, 18).

 

 

The coming judgment is one of the foundations of the faith, and is eternal (Heb. 6: 1, 2).  It is also ‘once for all,’ like death.  It is necessary, in order permanently to sever the evil from the good, and to adjust the stations of the saved.

 

 

This verse tells us, that man’s trial ends with the present life.  Now ’tis mercy, and the call to salvation.  But after death there is no further opening for deliverance.  Judgment comes in, which fixes the destiny of men.

 

 

Thus our Lord, as being man, and made in all things like His brethren, was to die but once, and therefore He can atone but once; so that that requires a perfect and infinite sacrifice.  It is “the Christ” Who was offered. This presents Him as “the anointed High Priest  He is both High Priest and Sacrifice (Lev. 16: 32).

 

 

And, as Jesus was Son of God, and offered an infinite sacrifice, so it can be offered but once.  “He was offered  His passivity as the sacrifice is now set before us.  He “offered Himself as He was High Priest. But as man, and as the victim, He was under obedience, and suffered Himself to be disposed of by His Father. He “was offered and “once for all  For as man He can die but once.  Such is God’s arrangement.

 

 

“To bear the sins of many  The sense of this phrase is very important.  To ‘bear’ sin is often said of a transgressor.  The priests were not to eat any meat torn by beasts, “lest they bear sin and die” (Lev. 22: 9). Again: “Whosoever curseth his God, shall bear his sin” (Lev. 24: 15).  This means that the guilt of it would be on him, and made him obnoxious to its just punishment.  Hence we have often the added phrase: “and die

 

 

To this attaches also the remarkable phrase, “his blood upon his own head to signify the man’s liability to destruction, as a criminal worthy of death.  “It shall be say the spies to Rahab, “that whosoever shall go out of the door of thy house into the street, his blood shall be upon his head, and we will be guiltless: and whosoever shall be with thee in the house, his blood shall be upon our head, if any hand be upon him” (Josh. 2: 19; Lev. 20: 9, 27; 2 Sam. 1: 16).  This gives the more significance to the sinner’s laying his hand upon the head of his sacrifice (Lev. 4: 4).  The sin, and guilt, and penalty of the offender were to pass thereby to the victim, and its blood was taken and presented to God as substitute, in place of the guilty.

 

 

After the laying on of the hand of the offerer, the sacrifice was considered as laden with the sin and its penalty. Thus: “And Aaron shall lay his hands upon the head of the live goat, and confess over him all the iniquities of the children of Israel, and all their transgressions in all their sins, putting them upon the head of the goat, and shall send him away by the hand of a fit mana man ready for the purpose’ LXX] into the wilderness.  And the goat shall bear upon him all their iniquities unto a land not inhabited” (Lev. 16: 21, 22).  The disappearance of the goat, then, was the token of the removal of sins.

 

 

But that was only one phase of atonement.  The other was that which was endured by the goat slain as a sin-offering.  It was not only slain, and its blood taken into the Holiest, but it suffered the curse of fire, exhausting the penalty of law as here set forth (1) death, and (2) after death the judgment of fire.

 

 

Thus it was with our Lord. “My righteous Servant shall justify many, for He shall bear their iniquities  “He poured out His soul to death; and He was numbered with the transgressors; and He bare the sin of many, and made intercession for the transgressors” (Isa. 53: 12).  “Who His own self bare our sins in His own body on the tree, that we being dead to sins, should live unto righteousness, by Whose stripes ye were healed” (1 Pet. 2: 24).

 

 

Thus, too, the high priest was considered as bearing sins, and putting them away.  The plate of gold “shall be upon Aaron’s forehead, that Aaron may bear the iniquity of the holy things which the children of Israel shall hallow in all their gifts; and it shall be always upon his forehead, that they may be accepted before the Lord” (Ex. 28: 38).  “Thou [Aaron] and thy sons and thy father’s house with thee, shall bear the iniquity of the sanctuary: and thou and thy sons with thee shall bear the iniquity of your priesthood” (Num. 18: 1, 22, 23).  Moses was angry with Aaron’s sons, because they had not eaten the sin-offering in the holy place, “seeing it is most holy, and the Lord hath given it to you to bear the iniquity of the congregation, to make atonement for them before the Lord” (Lev. 10: 17).

 

 

The iniquity when borne by the substitute was put away.  “To bear the sins of many Atonement was made generally for all.  But Christ was the Substitute specially for those who in result shall be saved, whether those of the Old Testament or of the New.  For them the Saviour bore the full penalty, and the curse they had deserved has given place to the blessing merited by our Lord.

 

 

“The second time without sin shall He be seen by those waiting

 

 

Sin being put away by His death, Jesus, like the dead in general, is withdrawn from view.  And His presence above before God, as the High Priest, makes this day the day of mercy.

 

 

He has appeared once on earth. And the Father's counsel is to present Him again the second time on the habitable earth (1: 16). Here then, I again observe, is the answer to the difficulty proposed by the anti-millenarians: ‘How can Christ, having once entered into the Holiest above to intercede, ever leave it  The answer is: That “judgment” is in reserve.  And that will take Christ out of His present place of service on high to earth.  A change is coming over God’s plan.  After so long mercy, wrath is at hand.  The living and the dead, foes and friends, are to be judged.

 

 

The Saviour, then, when He appears the second time, shall come “without sin  He bore the sins of many at His first coming.  He shall bear none any more, nor make atonement again for the guilty.  It is not as Mr. Darby says, ‘that He shall have nothing to do with sin in any shape when He returns.  On the contrary, He comes to avenge sin, by judgment, wherever it is found (1 Thess. 4: 4-6; 2 Thess. 1: 8; Matt. 24; 25; Heb. 12; 13: 4; Rom. 2).  The Saviour came at first, like the high priest on the Day of Atonement, in His robes of humiliation. But He returns as “the Priest after the order of Melchizedec,” in the robes of glory and majesty- as Aaron, after the atonement of the great day was completed, was invested with his attire of beauty and glory.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

188

 

OUR ADVERSARY - THE DEVIL

 

 

BY LANCE B. LATHAM

 

 

 

“Be sober, be vigilant; because your adversary the Devil, as a roaring lion, walketh

about, seeking whom he may devour: whom resist stedfast in the faith ...”  1 Peter 5 : 8, 9.

 

 

 

MANY Christians are conscious of failure in their lives, of hindrances in the work they are called to do, in their testimony, of times of depression and unusual temptations.

 

 

We are often conscious that we have been completely fooled in some decision we have made, and at such times we wonder why we have failed; why the way seemed blocked when we were sure God was in the thing we felt led to do.  We wonder often why we are depressed in heart, when there is no usual explanation for our feelings. We have not been able to explain how, usually wise in some decisions, we have apparently missed the mark. We have asked at times why prayer has been so difficult when we have “our access” to God in Christ.

 

 

We are prone to blame ourselves.  Sometimes we should.  But again, sometimes we must accept what the Word of God tells us about one - God’s malignant enemy and ours - who is ever alert, looking for the weak places in our armour, eager to take advantage of any opening we give him through sin, unbelief, lack of perseverance. We are apt to underrate the battle which is ours against this powerful enemy.

 

 

There is a great body of truth in Scripture that concerns “our adversary, the Devil  He is presumptuous (Matt. 4: 5, 6), proud (1 Tim. 3: 6), powerful (Eph. 2: 2; 6: 12), wicked (1 John 2: 13), malignant (Job 1: 9; 2: 4), subtle (Gen. 3: 1; 2 Cor. 11: 3), deceitful (2 Cor. 11: 14), fierce, cruel (Luke 4: 29, 39, 42).  The scope and power of his work are beyond comprehension, for he “deceiveth the whole world” (1 John 5: 19; 2 Tim. 3: 13; Rev. 20: 3, 9; 12: 9; 2 Cor. 4: 4).  He has endless energy (Job 1: 7; 1 Pet. 5: 8).

 

 

A vast host of demons, who may be the fallen angels, are under Satan’s authority.  Many are the instances in the Word of God and in the lives of men when demons have possessed men and women to their utter ruin - a condition from which they are delivered only by prevailing prayer and the power of God.

 

 

The Invasion of Human Hearts

 

 

And there have evidently been times when the Devil himself would concentrate on one person, rather than entrust this to a demon.  Witness the fact that the Devil filled Judas Iscariot - a fact which shows his estimate of the importance of that awful mission.  He also filled Ananias in Acts 5 - “Why hath Satan filled thine heart to lie to the Holy Ghost

 

 

We do not find any sure scriptural witness to the Devil or a demon ever entering the life of a believer.*  He may harass, afflict, buffet, sift, oppose the work of the Lord, discourage in prayer - but not enter the body of one truly the Lord’s.  Many of God’s dear saints have been driven to distraction by unscriptural teaching in this direction.  “He that is begotten of God keepeth himself, and that wicked one toucheth him not” (1 John 5: 18).

 

[* This statement assumes Judas Iscariot was unregenerate.]

 

 

Some reject the sure evidence of demon possession brought to us by many missionaries who have laboured in the lands where Satan has had no opposition for years.

 

 

We who live in America may be in nice homes, in Christian homes, with a Gospel church to attend and kind friends about us, and living in fairly good circumstances.  If so, we can get easily satisfied with conditions in the world immediately about us and fail to realise that this [cursed (Gen. 3: 17ff)] world is not our home.  Especially if we are not living in close fellowship with the Lord, we immerse ourselves in our immediate circle, have little touch with the vast multitude round about us and fail to realise their awful darkness, which will shortly end in Hell [Hades (Lk. 16: 23, 30; Acts 2: 27, 34, R.V.)] and [after resurrection (Rev. 20: 13), in] the lake of fire.

 

 

And this is all part of the Devil’s vast program, blinding not only the eyes of those that believe not, but bringing a measure of that darkness into our lives.  For, if we were in real touch with God, we would be increasingly dissatisfied and longing for the redemption of our bodies and our deliverance from this present world system, all of which is under the direct domination of Satan.

 

 

-------

 

 

OUR BATTLE WITH THE UNSEEN

 

 

BY F. J. PERRYMAN

 

 

These extracts are taken from Mr. Perryman’s “He Must Reign Till -”, a strong

tonic word on prayer in the present crisis. - Ed., [D. M. Panton] DAWN.

 

 

-------

 

 

THE things which stagger and baffle, depress and challenge most people are the persistent alternating and overlapping manifestations of evil in political, social and economic upheavals.  Hatred, revenge, wars, revolutions, strikes, persecutions and all the subtle and terrifying technique of Godless policies follow hard on the heels of each other, and it is not surprising that without God and the Lamp of His Word, people grope in darkness - even gross darkness, with a corresponding apprehension and dread of what will come next.

 

 

But the believer is made so one with Christ by consenting to be “immersed into Him” and “ensphered with Him” that he is in a position to “wrestle against not in order to get victory, but in order to register against these fallen world rulers the Victory of Christ over them.  So that the Cross and all that Christ meant when He cried, “It is finished,” is behind the believer and with him and in him.  “Christ in you  “Ye in Me, and I in you  Jesus had said a day would come when that would be known.  Here it is.  The believer, the Church “in Christ” and “with Christ,” “far above all principalities and powers, and every name that is named, not only in this age but also in that [‘age’ (Lk. 20: 35; cf. Heb. 6: 5, R.V.)] which is to come

 

 

You see how sweeping it is - how full - how complete!  “Far above all” - a superlative term used only three times in scripture: once of “the cherubim of glory shadowing the Mercy-Seat” (Heb. 9: 5); once of Christ having “ascended up far above all heavens that He might fill all things” (Eph. 4: 10); and in 1: 21 of Christ having been raised to God’s own right hand in the heavenly places, with “all under His feet as Head of the Church united to Him in that position.  We, “far above all in Him and with Him.  I do not know that any summary of this stupendous thing can do justice to it.

 

 

-------

 

 

REPENTANCE

 

 

Only by a national repentance can the Holy Land be restored to a Holy People.  Jehovah has made it clear for all time.  “The anger of the Lord was kindled against this land, to bring upon it all the curse that is written in this book: and the Lord rooted them out of their land in anger, and in wrath, and in great indignation, and cast them into another land, as at this day.  And when thou shalt return unto the Lord thy God, and shalt obey his voice according to all that I command thee this day, thou and thy children, with all thine heart, and with all thy soul: that then the Lord thy God will turn thy captivity, and have compassion upon thee, and will return and gather thee from all the peoples, whither the Lord thy God hath scattered thee.  If any of thine outcasts be in the uttermost parts of heaven, from thence will the Lord thy God gather thee, and from thence will he fetch thee: and the Lord thy God will bring thee into the land which thy fathers possessed, and thou shalt possess it; and he will do thee good, and multiply thee above thy fathers (Deut. 29: 27)

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

189

 

IRVINGISM

 

 

BY CECIL CLARK

 

 

 

An extraordinarily pregnant warning on the return of the supernatural - good or evil - is embodied in Irvingism.  Originating in a band of' earnest Presbyterians, among whom ‘unknown tongues’ suddenly burst out in a public assembly, it ended after decades - led by the supernatural utterance - in applying for admission to the Church of Rome, but was rejected on refusing to accept the Creed of the Council of Trent.  Its ‘prophecy’ was that our Lord would return before their last ‘apostle’ died; but the last apostle died in 1901.  This sympathetic summary by (probably) an Anglo-Catholic in The Guardian (May 17, 1946) fails to grapple with the problem, nor warns of the perils of the untested supernatural. - ED., [D.M. Panton] DAWN.

 

 

-------

 

 

A FEW weeks ago there died in London, at the age of 88, Basil Seton, “Angel” and head of the stately Catholic Apostolic, or “Irvingite” church in Gordon Square.  The Bishop of London visited him not long before he died, and the earnest Anglican vicar took his funeral.  He was head of a Christian community which is fast fading away.  No one can save it, and no one can join it.  Founded a hundred years ago on the belief that a new Pentecost had taken place, and that Christ had appointed twelve new Apostles to proclaim to divided Christendom His imminent return, the whole thing has looked to outsiders a pathetic as well as a fantastic affair.

 

 

It all began with Edward Irving, popular Scots Minister first at Hatton Garden, then at Regent Square, where the imposing building, built in 1827, with its front a replica of York Minster, still stands.  Irving preached the immediate coming of Christ.  He went up to preach at Roseneath in Dunbartonshire for the minister there, who had also attended the conferences.  As a result, a young woman, Mary Campbell, ill with consumption and near to death, not only recovered instantaneously, but also proceeded to speak with “tongues” and to “prophesy The same kind of thing began to happen elsewhere, and at Irving’s own church in London.  The Albury conference people made investigations, and most of them became convinced that the Holy Spirit was speaking through certain persons in a special way.  Irving, not long after, was expelled from the Scots Kirk.

 

 

Next, the “prophet” had begun to designate “apostles,” and Irving ceased to be prominent.  Within a short time he died.  By 1835 the Apostles numbered twelve.  They consisted of eight Anglicans, three Scottish Presbyterians and one Independent.  They included three clergymen, three barristers, three gentlemen of means (two of them members of Parliament), an artist, a merchant, and one who filled the position of “Keeper of the Tower  These twelve were accepted as true Apostles like the original twelve Apostles; together with them they made the twenty-four of Rev. 4: 4.  Their rule was absolute.  It has been fairly said of them that “some were of the highest standing socially and politically, some possessed the greatest ability as scholars and theologians, all were men of unblemished character, soundness in the faith and abundant  zeal in Christian labours  The twelve retired to Albury and ordained, in due course, “angels” (bishops) and priests, all, however, to continue their ordinary work in the world.

 

 

At the forefront of Catholic Apostolic belief was the conviction that the end of all * things was at hand.  Though the Christian Church at large paid no heed, the witness must be continued through the “body” of those who did accept “the work  But now time was passing on.  One by one the Apostles died, and although coadjutors were appointed, the last survivor, in 1901, died also.  The expectation of our Lord’s return was not realized, but the witness of the Catholic Apostolic body had to be continued.  No more ordinations could take place, for none but an Apostle could ordain.  From then onwards the days of the Church were numbered.  But so, believed the faithful, were the days of the world.  Gradually, however, the ministers have passed away.  Church after church has been closed, the members then going to their parish church when attendance at another Catholic Apostolic church become impracticable.  At Gordon Square church, with the death of the “Angel” there remain but two priests to continue the Liturgy.  When they have died the services must come to an end, for no one alive to-day has authority to transfer priests, even if there were any available.

 

[* See three additional quotations.]

 

 

It is difficult for outsiders to share the belief in the supposed Divine origin of the Catholic Apostolic Church.  It appears to the onlooker an all too slender a case that any new Apostolate was instituted.  We more readily can believe that these good men were mistaken.  But what then?  It is extremely difficult for a Churchman who really knows the Catholic Apostolics to escape the conviction that they and their successors have been guided into much truth, and shielded from much error.  They have, during these hundred years, been greatly blessed. We should approach these people not only with sympathy, but with humility.

 

 

-------

 

 

 

 

1. “Canaan in Solomon’s earlier years pictures that millennial day when the true Prince of peace shall reign before His ancients gloriously.

 

 

This latter aspect it is that is mainly that such as never enter the Land never will enjoy its delights and glory.  The redeemed but earth-bound heart to-day, neither knowing nor seeing the things that are above, content to believe his soul to be safe from Hell - [i.e., ‘the lake of fire’ (Rev. 20: 15).] - will take no part in the conflicts under Joshua and David, and will have no share in the glories of Solomon’s household and government.  ‘Wherefore let him that thinketh he standeth take heed lest he fall”

- G. H. Lang.

 

 

2. “ ‘Let no one rob you of your prize by a voluntary humility and worshipping of the angels, dwelling in the things which he hath seen, vainly puffed up by his fleshly mind, and not holding fast the Head, from whom the body, being supplied and knit together through the joints and bands, increaseth with the increase of God

 

 

This does not, indeed, help to the deciding what is the ‘prize’, but it does most strongly accentuate the WARNING that the PRIZE may be lost, and further and plainly shows that there are FOES [even from amongst the regenerate!] who will bring about the LOSS if possible, and this by inducing any state of heart, or any line of worship or of conduct, which may suffice to cause the christian to relax his [or her] hold on Christ, not necessarily as Redeemer, but as ‘Head of the body, the church’.”

- G. H. Lang.

 

 

3. “Whoever neglects the Second Coming has only a mutilated Gospel, for the Bible teaches us not only the death and sufferings of Christ, but also HIS RETURN TO REIGN IN HONOUR AND GLORY.  His Second coming is mentioned and referred to three hundred times, yet I was in the church fifteen or sixteen years before I ever heard a sermon on it.”

- D. L. Moody.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

190

 

AN APPEAL TO PENTECOSTALISTS

 

 

BY A. G. TILNEY, B.A.*

 

 

[* “Albert G. Tinley, B.A. Hons. (London) was senior modern languages master at Portsmouth Southern Secondary School and Pastor of Elm Grove Free Church, Hayling Island, Hants. … his contribution to the [British Evolution Protest] Movement exceeded that of other secretaries in years of office, travel and literary output.  In addition to his personal duties and being the Secretary of the Prophecy Investigation Society, he was the author of a number of booklets and articles on prophecy.

 

Tinley himself has written: ‘Merit (or worthiness) it must be maintained in the teeth of all denial, as a condition and qualification for the First Resurrection… (Luke 20: 35). … Priests of God and of Christ, they shall reign with him a thousand years … not instead of eternally, but Millennially before eternity proper begins.  Others - proud, indulgent, cowardly - are judged unworthy of Christ and of aeonian life.  Now we know from several epistles that SOME BELIEVERS WILL BE EXCLUDED FROM THIS KINGDOM of heaven and of God (Eph. 5: 5-8). … We are warned … ‘the rest of the dead (saved and unsaved) lived not again until the 1000 years were ended’ (Rev. 20: 5)…”]

 

-------

 

 

 

FIRST of all let me say that we do not depreciate you dear good People.  You are at times described as the ‘cream of Christians,’ and we are prepared to agree, though preferring, instead, the Scriptural epithet of ‘very elect’ (Mtt. 24: 24), whom Satan is after deceiving. Poor dull Christians who are already listless, if not lifeless, the devil can afford to neglect. But as an ‘angel of light’ he aims at the orthodox, keen and devoted; and you, as we, need the whole armour of God, with the piercing, discerning Sword.  What we emphasise is that in this matter of Tongues we are not assured and satisfied that you are not deceived, and assured that you are not we can never really be so long as the Divinely appointed tests are not applied and passed.

 

 

As to your Tongues, there seems to be a contradiction; for while on the one hand they are emphasised and insisted upon as the test and touchstone of our having received the Holy Spirit, they are, on the other hand, pushed or put into the background as something less secret and esoteric than questionable.  Apostolic speaking in Tongues was the means of converting multitudes of unsaved foreigners (for which outsiders Tongues were intended, 1 Cor. 14: 22), and, negatively, the 3,000 converts were not made to talk in Tongues; but these tests you Pentecostalists have simply inverted.  For Tongues are useless to your missionaries, yet you encourage them in your proselytes.  Tongues (though not, if true, to be forbidden) are the least and lowest of the miraculous Gifts - 1/20 of 1% of words with the understanding, says the inspired Apostle; and, especially if no interpreter be present, the easiest to counterfeit and be deceived by.

 

 

Satan sends out “ministers of righteousness” - not unrighteousness, but righteousness, we are told.  They can talk about God, quote Scripture, recommend the Lord’s servants and the way of salvation - as they must be able to, if they are to deceive - take in and be taken in by the very elect, the cream of Christians.  Blasphemy would not do, obscenity still less.  They must be orthodox, earnest, zealous, able to cast out demons, to heal, to inspire, to prophesy in Christ’s name, to do many wonderful works.  They disarm and attract rather than alarm and repel.  Who then can tell them, detect them, expose them?  How unmask those who wear no mask?  How analyse their poisoned sweets, how fight their dope?  How probe the unorthodoxy of the apparently quite orthodox?  It just cannot be done, the disguise is too complete; so the unsuspecting are taken unawares, while the convinced and satisfied - the overcome - will heed no warning.

 

 

The God who has given us the tests and commanded their application will surely be more affronted if we refuse than if we use them.  It is neither presumption nor blasphemy to use God’s own recommended safeguard, to make honest and reverent inquiry. Rank disobedience and wilful pride it is to refuse to test as God ordains.  Otherwise you dear good people have an unprotected and vulnerable heel of Achilles.  For you have steadily, and studiedly failed and refused in this one vital thing.  You have rejected a counsel of God against yourselves.  This test alone is the key, proof and guarantee.

 

 

Prayer to-day is quite inadequate, we have no oracle to give reply; hence asking God is not His present way; nor is inventing our own questions and testings.  By John’s day many deceivers and false prophets had gone out into the world, and the result was uncertainty, confusion with - to-day - a clear and clamant call for these critical tests (put not to the medium but to the speaking spirit):- “Is Jesus Christ come (and coming) in the flesh Silence, here, is denial.  And on these points all untested spirits are allowed to be silent and therefore denying.  “Every spirit that confesseth NOT that Jesus Christ is come” (1 John 4: 3) - and coming (2 John 7) - in the flesh is NOT OF GOD  Believe not every spirit. Have you tested “your spirit my brother, my sister?  Have you given it (or him) the chance of the positive confirmatory reply? (1 John 4: 2).  God gladly responds to His own gracious passwords, His friendly “shibboleths”; for these are the incarnation and bodily resurrection and return of the Lord Jesus Christ, His Son, our Saviour: passwords hateful however, and impossible, to the enemy.  You believe these, of course; but does “your spirit”?

 

 

Even in 1 Cor. 12: 1-4 (where it concerns less “spiritual gifts” than ‘inspired’ people) there are tests not of the man, but of the spirit speaking through him under inspiration from above or from below.  Of course, a good Christian (like yourself) would call Jesus Lord, but, a deceitful spirit speaking through him (and only a deceiving spirit could get into him, with its forged papers and false passports, so to speak), a deceiving spirit would refuse - and make his medium refuse - to reply when so addressed, refusing to call Jesus Lord, freezing into sullen silence.

 

 

Let “your spirit” confess Jesus as God manifest in the flesh in His own appointed way, and I am for you, and with you.  Will you?  Dare you?  Dare you not?  “TRY THE SPIRITS, WHETHER THEY ARE OF GOD

 

 

-------

 

 

EVIL SPIRITS

 

 

JESUS has warned us that as the [present, evil] age comes to its end there will be many false prophets and false teachers who will come in His name, and they will do great signs and wonders.

 

 

Healings are imitated and produced by the devil.  Why not, if it serves his purpose?  If he can deceive people through miraculous healings, of course he will do it.  There are religious movements which are strongly organised in all the world that have their phenomena.  They have their miraculous healings, they have their deliverances.  And some dear folks seem to be so credulous that they would accept healing even from the devil himself if they might be relieved of their physical pains.  It would be better for us to endure the most excruciating pain rather than to accept deliverance at the hand of Satan!

 

 

The gift of tongues also is imitated by the devil.  You can find this manifestation in spiritist meetings and you can find it among the heathen who have never heard of the Lord Jesus Christ.  “If any man speak in an unknown tongue, let it be by two, or at the most by three, and that by course; and let one interpret  Now I have been in meetings that were a veritable babble of confusion, and there have been dozens, it seemed, who were all babbling at the same time, and nobody in the world could understand what was being said and no interpreter was present to tell anybody.  I’ve seen that happen!  That is directly against the Scriptures and God is not in it. - DR. L. H.  ZIEMER

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

191

 

AN EXPOSITION OF THE

GOSPEL OF JOHN

 

 

BY  ROBERT GOVETT, M.A.

 

 

(John 15: 4 [and continued a little further on from the author’s commentary.])

 

 

 

Here is the secret of a Christian life.  It is not effort to be good.  It is not the earnest attempt to scourge the flesh into goodness.  It is the abiding in Christ.  It is (1) negatively, the seeing that in us, as children of Adam, dwells no good thing.  And no amount of restraint or pressure, no abundant task-work, can produce in it what is good.  ‘The old man’ is wholly evil.  It is not renewed by grace, but put off.  We are by the Holy Spirit’s energy grafted into Christ, as the branch is in the vine.  We retain that place by faith (Eph. 3: 17).  It is - ‘You are in Christ, and in Him is treasured for you whatever you lack  He of God is ‘made unto us wisdom and righteousness, sanctification and redemption  We need only to ask of Him strength and wisdom, to meet every duty.  We have no independent power.  We are not encouraged to strive to attain it.  ‘The branch cannot bear fruit from itself  It does not produce the life or the sap which it needs, in order to fruit.  Severed from the tree, it dies.  Thus, then, from Christ, the life and sap which dwell in Him are to flow into us.  The finger can only grow and move by the blood sent into it from the head and heart.

 

 

‘The branch cannot bear fruit from itself  That was the question upon which God was giving evidence for 4000 years.  Man was being tested under God’s hand to see if, as a subject under the moral government of God, he could be made to be obedient.  Law tested man, and found him wanting.  And now the cross of the Son of God has closed that question.  Man is evil; and if left to himself, neither promise nor threat will make him obedient.

 

 

But each one who is in Christ can bear fruit.  God accepts a life of obedience to Him and His Son, in every sphere of society.  Let no one imagine that only those employed in preaching, or giving tracts, or in work directly religious, are serving God.

 

 

The vine can live without the branch: the branch cannot live without the vine.  If you would bear fruit, fear to refuse any of Christ’s words.

 

 

‘Abide in Me is the one law of life to the branch.  Obey, and you will be fruitful!  Disobey, and be barren!  Even when renewed, we may not trust our own feelings and strength.  Of this Peter is an eminent witness.

 

 

‘Abide in Me.’  Christ must be both a Man, and one risen from the dead, to give us the aid we lack.  But He must also be God; else He has no fulness, out of which to supply the innumerable multitude of the saved of different climes and many ages.

 

 

‘Abide  Great is the danger in our day of imagining that the subtle wit of man, so earnest and successful in the things of time, has advanced beyond Christ and His Gospel.  ‘Abide ‘Progress’ is men’s word.  ‘Abide’ is God’s, ‘He that progresseth (true reading) and abideth not in the doctrine of Christ hath not God’ (2 John 9).

 

 

This is not like the Law.  Such words would be blasphemy in Moses’ mouth.  It was not by strength derived from Moses that each Israelite was to serve and to please God.  Any such saying would have exposed Moses to stoning, as a blasphemer.  Law deals with each as a son of Adam, bound to furnish to God a complete obedience of heart and hand.  It sets every one singly before God, to stand or fall by his own particular merits.  As knowing what was right, as bound by promises attached to obedience, and by threats and penalties on sin, he was to keep the path of right.  But on such grounds the fallen cannot stand.  Conscience, while it points out the right, is overborne by the passions which lead it captive.  It is like Jeremiah the prophet testifying to the remnant in the land, from God’s lips, that if they would abide there, they should be spared and blest.  But they would not hear, and would go down into Egypt, whether the prophet agreed or no.

 

 

How are we to abide in Christ?  (1) Practically by obeying Christ’s commands.  The disobedient to Christ is not abiding in Him.  (2) Theoretically, by holding all Christ’s doctrines.  We are to grow also in the after-knowledge of God.  And God is known only in His Son.  We are to hold fast what we have of the knowledge of the Son of God.  We are to go onwards in it.  ‘Grow in grace, and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ Whatever interrupts communion with Christ interrupts growth and fruit.  Shake faith, and you stop growth and obedience.

 

 

5. ‘I am the Vine, ye are the branches.  He that abideth in Me, and I in him, beareth much fruit; for apart from Me ye can do nothing

 

 

Jesus is the Lord of supply, of life, and sap.  This is true of all His saved ones.  But here is an union not contemplated by the Law of Moses - the union of Messiah and believers.  Law had no idea of God’s Anointed save as an individual man, like other men.  It was part of the ‘untraceable riches of the Christ that, while Law was in abeyance and Israel in unbelief, there should be ‘a new man’ gathered out of Jew and Gentile; so knit to the Son of God, and so enjoying life in Him, that it should do His works and suffer His suffering in a world of unbelief; to shine with Him in His glory, and to abide in unity with Him [in His coming Kingdom and] throughout eternity.  Jesus here begins to proclaim this truth, which is more fully detailed to us by Paul, the commissioned teacher of this great and central truth of Christianity.  ‘Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou Me contained the germs of that which is his chief testimony, and appears in essence here.  Only Paul’s view was ‘Jesus on high, and we in Him  Here it is Jesus in us, while we are on trial here below.

 

 

The Lord Jesus takes the supreme place.  He is the Head of all supply; such a place as could belong to no mere man, and so it is due to His Godhead.  On our side there is to be acceptance of Christ’s testimony and obedience to His commands.  Then the fruit of the Spirit and its good works will be found in us.

 

 

Without Christ we can do nought.  (1) Nothing, even of natural action.  Even Christ’s foes call only lift their voice or their arm, through strength derived from Him.  (2) Still more, nought spiritually good can be done without Him.

 

 

‘The old man is corrupting according to the lusts of deceit  Here is the New Man, the accepted before God; and they who are justified in Him, are by Him to be supplied, and to bear fruit to God.  Law was the trial of the old man, and it brought forth fruit unto death.

 

 

With the abiding in Christ, the standing apart from Him is contrasted.  Such defaulters are evil in will, blind in under standing.  ‘No work of such an one is good before God, however much praised by men  Such actions are only splendid sins (Matt. 7: 18).

 

 

6. ‘If any abide not in Me, he is cast out as a branch and is withered; and they gather them, and cast into the fire, and they burn

 

 

In ver. 2 we had the not bearing fruit, though the abiding in Christ was not gone.  Here there is the not abiding in Christ with its results.  As abiding in Christ produces fruit, so the man who does not abide, not only does not furnish fruit, and please God, but so displeases, as to draw down punishment the most severe.

 

 

This is a very difficult verse, as all know.  I think I have the key to it.  But I do not think that the true interpretation will be pleasing.  I will only endeavour, as the Lord shall aid, to give its real sense.  If you, reader, are displeased with the messenger, because you do not like the message, I must nevertheless give the message, because I have not to please myself, but to please the Lord by faithfulness to Him and His truth.

 

 

(1) How shall we interpret the passage?  Is this spoken of a believer? or of an unbeliever?

 

 

Difficulties attend both views.  (1) Say it is an unbeliever.  Interpret it thus - ‘that union with Christ can only be eternal.  The man belongs to Christ sacramentally.  He professes to be His; he was united to Christ by Baptism, and the Supper  Is there in a living vine any outward union alone?  Would a dead twig tied to a vine-stem be said to be in the vine? Impossible!  The person here was once ‘in’ Christ.  But he did not abide in the position given him.  He who was in, is cast out.  He once was a green branch.  He then ‘withers or more strongly, ‘is dried up.’  There can be no withering in a branch already dead.  The withered branch is one that has passed from life to death.  These words, then, cannot be spoken of any but one who once had living union with Christ.  They must be spoken then of a [regenerate] believer.

 

 

(2) But so interpret it, and another difficulty confronts you.  Is the believer, then, finally to lose spiritual life, and to perish?  Is this not contrary to the grace of God, which assures eternal life to those once in Christ?  Is not this the testimony of many Scriptures? And of our Lord Himself in this very Gospel? Chapter 10: 28, ‘My sheep shall not perish for ever, neither shall any pluck them out of My hand

 

 

There is a remarkable change of tenses in this verse.  The two first verbs are in the past, the three last in the present; and yet the two first relate to an earlier time than the three last.  The only way, I suppose, to understand the matter, is to regard our Lord as viewing things from the point of the day of judgment.  Then the not abiding, and being cast out, and withering, will be past; and the three other steps will then be taken.

 

 

It appears, then, that here we have depicted for us the results, moral and governmental, of not abiding in Christ.  Not abiding in the Vine, the man is cast out of the Vine: as the branch broken off from the stem.

 

 

The issue is ‘drying up  All believers derive some grace from Christ.  That grace is to then life and sap.  But as soon as union is broken between the stem and the branch, the supply of sap is cut off.  The sap which was within begins to pass out.  The leaf flags and withers, the wood grows dry.  So with any who do not abide in Christ.  The grace which was once in them departs.* They become more and more like the failing sons of Adam.  It may be, they become worse than they ever were.  This deterioration takes effect continually.

 

[* NOTE: See also Acts 5: 32: “And we are witnesses of these things; and so is the Holy Spirit, whom God hath given to them that obey him

 

Compare the above with Ps. 51: 11, (Septuagint, LXX. translation), where the word ‘spirit,’ in most English translations, is rendered ‘Spirit’ in 1 Sam. 16: 13: “…and the Spirit of the Lord came upon David from that day forward: … (14) And the Spirit of the Lord departed from Saul, and an evil spirit from the Lord tormented him.” (Septuagint (LXX).  And gain, in the life of Samson, God’s Nazarite, we read: “… and the Spirit of the Lord came powerfully upon him…” (Judges 14: 6, LXX): but after a period of disobedience, and his loss of  Divine power:  “he knew not that the Lord,” - i.e.,  the Holy Spirit - “was departed from him.” (16: 20, Septuagint.)]

 

 

Then comes ‘the gathering such together  There are two periods in which this may take place.  (1) Now.  The fallen Christian associates himself with his fellows: men in spirit like himself.  Each encourages the other in unbelief, and enmity to the [accountability and prophetic] truth.  Satan has his synagogue, as well as Christ His Church. [i.e., His ‘out-calling’.]

 

 

(2) But the chief force of the words, as the next clause seems to prove, relates to the day of judgment.  This runs quite parallel with the parable of the wheat and the tares.  ‘Shall we go and gather together the tares say the servants to the Master.  And the answer is - ‘No!  Not you, and not now.  In the day of judgment at My coming I will command My reaping angels, and they shall first gather together the tares, then bind them in bundles to burn them  ‘As therefore the darnel are gathered together, and burnt in the fire, so shall it be in the end of the age.  The Son of man shall send forth His angels, and they shall gather together out of His Kingdom all stumbling blocks, and those which do iniquity, and shall cast them into the furnace of fire; there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth.  He that hath ears to hear, let him hear  These, remember, were Jesus’ words to His disciples, enquiring of Him in the house the sense of the parable.

 

 

What conclusion, then, must we reach? (1) The man is a [regenerate] believer; (2) the offending one is to be punished; (3) the believer shall not perish utterly, and forever; for God’s promise to the effect encircles His elect.  Then this casting into the fire of the dried up branch cannot be forever.  And we know that there is a period of a thousand years which precedes eternity: a thousand years during which the righteous and the wicked shall be recompensed in the earth; as Scripture says (Prov. 11: 31).  And this is confirmed by other passages, as Matt. 5: 22, 29, 30; 18: 34, 35; Luke 12: 46-48.

 

 

What, then, is this not abiding in Christ?  It is twofold.  (1) Practical: backsliding, turning to the flesh and the world.  And how great an extant this may be done by [regenerate] believers, many know, or may easily perceive, on looking around.  Some who once knew Christ, are now suffering the felon’s punishment for offences committed against the law of the land.  Some are overcome in the snare of the drunkard, and, while at times struggling, and always unhappy, yet go on [unrepentant] riveting their chains.

 

 

(2) But the worst form of it is doctrinal departure from Christ and His truth.

 

 

We do not, in our day, understand the awful results of entire doctrinal departure from the true views concerning God and His Christ.  Out of that intellectual departure springs the grossest evil in spirit and conduct.  In John’s day this was seen, and his epistles are a warning to us [‘Christians’ (Acts 11: 26)] how far [disobedient and deceived] men may wander from fundamental truth, while yet retaining the name of Christ.

 

 

In John’s Epistles, we see that there are those who imagined that a man might perfectly know God, and yet walk in all the wickedness of the world.  That, while there was light in God, there was darkness also.  If so, it was no wonder if there was a mixture of the two in His [redeemed and regenerate] children.  That Christ left no commandments, and it was only legal to observe them.  They divided Jesus from Christ, denying the Godhead of Jesus, who was a mere man, born as others of Joseph and Mary.  They denied on the other hand, the manhood of Christ.  He was never born; He was a being more than angel, but less than God; who came on the man Jesus at the Jordan, and left Him before His arrest.  Out of this lie of the devil, which undoes all the scheme of Christianity, arose the most entire devotion to the world, the most awful hatred of true Christians, and all other sins of the flesh.  The Spirit of Antichrist was at work, and the denial of the Father and Son was bold.  It is to this state of things, far worse than any now to be seen, that the threat of the Saviour especially applies.  We have not beheld the height to which practical wickedness can reach, till doctrinal principles, destructive of the Gospel, and of all righteousness, have taken root.  Men feel insecure in wickedness, till they have some plea, which will seem to justify it to conscience, and to shelter them from fears of the coming judgment.  To what a pitch they will rise, may be seen in the Epistles of Jude, and 2nd Peter.

 

 

In the last words there is a word of warning to the true Christians to look onward to Christ’s coming judgment, and to seek His approval (2: 14).  Also to beware, lest they should be swept into the current of false doctrine, with its issues of iniquity (17).

 

 

7. ‘If ye abide in Me, and My words abide in you, whatever ye wish ye may ask, and it shall be done unto you

 

 

Here is the contrast to the case supposed in the previous verse.  This is one of the conditions of the fulfilment of our prayers.  (1) We are to abide in Christ: practically and doctrinally.  He says not here, as in verse 4, ‘And if I abide in you  For the failure is not on His side.  The abiding of Christ’s words in us, is now given as the other side.  For the words of Christ proceeding from the Son and the Father, He in whom the words of God abide, abides in the Son.

 

 

Often the prayers of Christians, by reason of their non-obedience to this word, are not fulfilled.  Often it would be harmful to us, if just what we ask were given.  The Christian arrived at this point of attainment, would not ask in the flesh, and seek to turn God’s mind concerning the subject of His prayer; but would be so in harmony with Him, as to ask just what God desires and intends, and so would assuredly obtain it.

 

 

‘If My words abide in you  Some are teaching now, as the fruit of advanced knowledge of dispensational truth, that the Gospels, even that of John, are not for the Church.  Do you, on the contrary, hold and teach, that Christ’s words are our God-given guide.  If we would have our prayers heard, His words are not only to be regarded, but to dwell in us.  His commands are to be our rule, His promises our hope.  His words and a sense of our need will stir us up to prayer; and to our prayer He will send answers of blessing.  Our prayers are not restricted.  They may relate to things temporal, [e.g., “Thy kingdom come.  Thy will be done, as in heaven, so on earth:” (Matthew 6: 10, R.V.).] or to things eternal.  [e.g., “And I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth are passed away; and the sea is no moreRev. 21: 1. cf. 2 Pet. 3: 10-13, R.V.).]

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

192

 

THE TARES

 

 

BY ARLEN L. CHITWOOD

 

 

Matthew 13: 24-30

 

 

 

The first two parables in Matthew, chapter thirteen are explained by the Lord Himself and form the basic framework for a proper understanding of all the parables. The sowing of individuals in various places throughout the world in the first parable is the same as the sowing of the good seed in the field in the second parable.  In our Lord’s own explanation we are told, “The one who sowed the good seed is the Son of man.  The field is the world, and the good seed stands for the sons of the kingdom ...” (vv. 37, 38a).  This sowing has to do with the Lord Jesus Christ placing sons of the kingdom (Christians) in various localities throughout the world, with a view to their bringing forth fruit for the kingdom.

 

 

The first parable concerns itself exclusively with sons of the kingdom being sown in various places throughout the world.  Although the sowing of sons of the kingdom is mentioned again in the second parable, this parable concerns itself mainly with another type of sowing - an enemy sowing weeds among the wheat (tares among the sons of the kingdom).  As soon as the servants realized that tares had been sown in the field among the wheat they asked, “Do you want us to go and pull them up” (v. 28)?  But he replied, ‘No,’ ... “because while you are pulling the weeds (tares), you may root up the wheat with them.  Let both grow together until the harvest ...” (vv. 29, 30a).  The tares are to remain in the field among the wheat until the harvest and are to be gathered by the harvesters.  Once again we have our Lord’s own explanation concerning this part of the parable: “The weeds (tares) are the sons of the evil one, and the enemy who sowed them is the devil.  The harvest is the end of the age, and the harvesters are angels” (vv. 38b, 39).

 

 

The first and second parables are bound together chronologically.  The wheat - good seed - is sown in the field first.  Once a true testimony concerning the Lord Jesus Christ has been established in the world, Satan appears on the scene and sows tares among the wheat - sons of the devil among sons of the kingdom.  The sons of the devil bear false testimony concerning the message of the kingdom.  The sowing of the sons of the kingdom and the sons of the devil continue uninterrupted throughout the present age.

 

 

One very important thing to keep in mind is the fact that the tares are sown among the wheat.  Satan does not sow tares where there is no wheat.  The chief characteristic of the tare, or darnel as some call it, is that it is many times indistinguishable to the eye (especially an untrained eye) from wheat until the time of harvest.  At the time of harvest (the end of this [evil] age) the wheat is shown to produce golden grain, but the grain of the tare is shown to be black.

 

 

Any good counterfeit will closely approximate the genuine.  When an individual today produces counterfeit money, he first studies the genuine.  A good counterfeiter will then produce notes which will closely approximate the genuine that only a trained eye can distinguish the difference.  How does one detect a counterfeit?  Study the genuine, not the counterfeit.  Men in charge of banks and businesses around the country take this approach.  They require their employees to study the genuine notes, and when bogus notes are presented they will recognize them to be different and know immediately that something is wrong.  We are never told to study the tares or study error.  We are always told to study the genuine, study the truth: “IF THEY SPEAK NOT ACCORDING TO THIS WORD, THEY HAVE NO LIGHT OF DAWN” (Isa. 8: 20). One distinguishes truth from error by knowing the truth, not by knowing error.

 

 

Tares are to be found in the mainstream of Christian Churches.  They can be found in the congregation, in the pulpit, in the chairs of Bible schools, colleges, and seminaries.  Somewhere down the line they heard and rejected the “message about the kingdom” (Matt. 13: 19) and subsequently received a false message.  This false word may take a number of forms, but Christians should not concern themselves with all the various forms.  They need to know the TRUTH ALONE, and any form which deviates from the truth will reveal itself to be false.

 

 

Many times the tares conduct their lives in the eyes of the world in a manner which is more above reproach than the way others conduct their affairs.  Some regenerate believers are so presently caught up in the things of this present age (not having ever heard the ‘message of the kingdom’ that they appear to resemble what many believe tares should resemble more so than do some of the tares themselves.  But the idea that tares appear in their true form and not as sons of the kingdom is a false concept.  We read in 2 Cor. 11: 13-15 of “deceitful workmen and of Satan himself masquerading as “an angel of light  It is not surprising then, if his “servants” - [those deceived by him, and blinded to the gospel of the glory of Christ] - “masquerade as servants of righteousness  The wolf, to deceive the flock, does not appear in his true form.  He appears in sheep’s clothing. (Matt. 7: 15; Acts 20: 29-32).

 

 

LEAVE THE TARES ALONE

 

 

A common fallacy among the regenerate is that one can distinguish whether or not a person is a son of the kingdom by the way he acts, talks, etc.  But this is not true.  For example: David didn’t look like a son of the kingdom when he was committing adultery with Bathsheba and murdering Uriah the Hittite, but he was; nor did Peter look like a son of the kingdom when he was cursing and denying that he even knew the Lord, but he was.  Some Christians use Matt. 7: 20, “Thus by their fruit you will recognize them in an effort to determine whether or not a person is regenerate.  But Matt. 7: 20 cannot be used in this manner.  The context of this verse has to do with “false prophets” (vv. 15-19), not regenerate believers.  Others use 1 John 2: 3, 4 in trying to show how one can determine whether or not a person is saved: “Ye can be sure we know him if we obey his commands.  The man who says, ‘I know himbut does not do what he commands is a liar, and the truth is not in him  However these verses have to do with two categories of regenerate individuals, not with the regenerate and the unregenerate. The Greek word for “know” in this passage refers to an experiential knowledge, and one comes into possession of this knowledge through the experience of keeping His commands.  No one is even in a position to enter into this knowledge through keeping His commands until after he has been eternally saved.

 

 

The very purpose of a Christian’s eternal salvation is to enter into this knowledge and bring forth fruit, but the sad part is that innumerable Christians will enter into eternity barren.  Four classes of [regenerate] Christians appear in the parable of the Sower.  They are sown out in the world with a view to their bringing forth fruit for the kingdom, but the end result is that three of the four produce no fruit at all.  1 Cor. 3: 11-15 relates the same tragic outcome for many regenerate believers’ barrenness, accompanied by shame, when judged by the Lord.  Thus, fruitfulness or unfruitfulness cannot be criteria for determining whether or not a person is regenerate.

 

 

Any Christian attempting to root up the tares may root up some of the wheat in the process.  The Lord Himself so stated.  The Lord commanded His disciples to leave the tares alone, and He personally would supervise the separation of the tares from the wheat at the end of this evil age.

 

 

SUBSERSIVE MINISTRY OF THE TARES

 

 

In Matt. 28: 19, 20 a dual command is given concerning the business of the Lord which Christians are to carry on during the present age: “Disciple and then “Teach God has, in turn, placed evangelists and pastor-teachers in the Church to facilitate and carry out these tasks (Eph. 4: 11).  The task of the evangelist is to reach the unsaved with the gospel of the grace of God.  He “calls” the lost sheep, and those who respond become saved sheep.  The saved sheep are then to be placed under the care of a pastor-teacher.  They are babes in Christ and in need of spiritual nourishment.  They are to grow under the ministry of the pastor-teacher from immature babes in Christ to mature adults in Christ.  The pastor-teacher is to be instrumental in the sheep being “called out” - “called” under the ministry of the evangelist, and “called out” under the ministry of the pastor-teacher (cf. Matt. 22: 14).

 

 

The moment a person is saved (i.e., becomes regenerate, ‘born again’.) born from above, he finds himself among the “called among the group consisting the body of Christ.  There is then a further selection which Christians are to fix their attention upon - a removal from the body to form the bride of Christ, i.e., a “calling out” from [amongst] the “called

 

 

Basic teachings surrounding the Bride’s removal from the Body are set forth in the original type in the first three chapters of Genesis.  God’s past work in bringing Eve into existence and His present work in bringing His Son’s Bride into existence must be studied in the light of one another.  The First Adam possessed a bride who had been removed from his body to rule as consort queen with him.  ALL of Eve was OF the body, but she was not ALL the body.  She was built into a bride from only a small part of the body.  Thus it will be in the experiences of the Last Adam and His Bride.  The bride will be removed from the body - a selection out of a selection, a calling out from the called.  The type has been set, and the antitype MUST follow the type.

 

 

The tares sown among the wheat have progressively produced a breakdown of the dual command in Matt. 28: 19-20.  The evangelistic part of this command is to go into all the world and make disciples out of all nations. Christians, rather than going into all the world, have turned this command around by inviting the world into the Church to hear the evangelistic message - something unheard of in the New Testament evangelism.

 

 

Inviting the world into the Church to hear the gospel of Grace has, in turn, produced a breakdown of the teaching ministry of the Church.  The pastor-teacher is to provide instruction and guidance for those who have already been saved.  He is to be instrumental in leading the regenerate into a mature knowledge of the Word of God.  His basic responsibilities revolve around the “calling out” of saints from the “called,” not a “calling” from the world.  When the unregenerate are invited in among the regenerate and the pastor-teacher begins doing the work of an evangelist, Christians placed under his ministry always suffer the consequences: a lack of spiritual growth and understanding.

 

 

When finite man in his wisdom emanating from a fallen, depraved nature begins carrying out God’s orders in a manner contrary to His revealed will, results may be achieved, but they will never approach the heights which could have been attained by conforming to God’s Word.  A prolonged approach which ignores God’s way and follows man’s way will always lead into some form of apostasy.  And this is the revealed state of the Church as it will be at the end of the present [evil] age.

 

 

The Biblical illiteracy of Christians in Churches throughout the land is not only astounding, but it is also a sad commentary on how the ministries of pastor-teachers have been conducted over the past several decades.  They have been led away from fulfilling their true calling, i.e., teaching Christians “the whole will counsel’) of God” (Acts 20: 24-27):- “testifying to the gospel of God’s grace and also “preaching the kingdom  Satan spends his time blinding the minds of Christians relative to “the gospel of the glory of Christ” (2 Cor. 4: 3, 4), and the tares sown among the wheat are quite instrumental in doing his bidding.  The sons of the devil (tares) have been sown among the sons of the kingdom (wheat) with a view to their subverting “the message of the kingdom” (Matt. 13: 19).

 

 

CONCLUDING THOUGHTS

 

 

1. A solemn warning is given concerning unwatchfulness.  The tares are sown under cover of darkness, “while everyone was sleeping” (v. 25).  Our Lord commands His disciples to “Watch” (Mark 13: 37).  Paul, writing to the Church in Rome, said, “And do this, understanding the present time.  The hour has come for you to wake up from your slumber, because our salvation is nearer now than when we first believed.  The night is nearly over; the DAY is almost here.  So let us put aside the deeds of darkness and put on the armour of light” (Rom. 13: 11, 12).

 

 

2. Reform movements on the part of Christians in the world are worthless.  It is an idle dream to think that we can improve conditions in the world by cleaning up the world, removing the tares, banishing immorality, etc. a comparable task would be to purify the waters of the Dead Sea.  Our Lord spent no time whatever in reform movements, and neither should the Christian.

 

 

The day is coming and is near at hand when the present existing conditions on this earth will be changed, but that day awaits the return of the Lord Jesus as King of Kings, and Lord of lords.  Even the waters of the Dead Sea will be purified in that DAY, and living waters will go out from Jerusalem.  Righteousness will be the order of the day.  But these things are revealed to take place only after the tares are separated from the wheat and gathered in bundles - never before

 

 

3. The doom of the tares is given in this parable.  The tares are to be “burned” (v. 30).  Christ interpreted every figure in the parable, but He did not interpret the fire. I wonder why?  [We will not go beyond what is written!]

 

 

4. Christ and His Apostles taught every man and warned every man concerning what lay out ahead.  They didn’t want a single individual to appear at the judgment-seat of Christ ignorant of these things.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

193

 

CAST OUTSIDE INTO THE

OUTER DARKNESS

 

 

BY ARLEN L. CHITWOOD

 

 

“And cast ye the unprofitable servant into outer darkness:

and there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth (Matt. 25: 30).

 

 

-------

 

 

 

The nature of the treatment awaiting the unfaithful servant at the hands of his Lord in the parable of the talents has been completely misunderstood by numerous Christians, leading them to conclude that the Lord was dealing with an unsaved person at this point in the parable.  The Lord sharply rebuked the unfaithful servant, commanded that the talent be removed from his possession, and then commanded that he be cast into outer darkness.

 

 

The main problem which most Christians have with this part of the parable is the ultimate outcome of the Lord’s dealings with His unfaithful servant - the fact that he was cast into outer darkness.  “Outer darkness within their way of thinking, is to be equated with Hell (i.e, the final abode [after resurrection, (Rev. 20: 13, R.V.] of the unsaved in “the lake of fire”), and knowing that a Christian can not be cast into Hell - for “no condemnationa rendering of judgment against’]” can await the ones who are “in Christ Jesus” (Rom. 8: 1) - those equating “outer darkness” with Hell are left with no recourse other than to look upon the Lord’s dealings with the unfaithful servant and the Lord’s dealings with the unsaved as synonymous.

 

 

It probably goes without saying that had the Lord treated the unfaithful servant in a somewhat different fashion, very few Christians reading this passage would even think about questioning his salvation, for the response of the unfaithful servant would be perfectly in line with such verses as 1 Cor. 3: 13, 15 and present no indication of an unsaved condition.  But the Lord’s sharp rebuke, the removal of the talent from his possession and his being cast into outer darkness constitute what many view as a sequence of events which could not possibly befall a Christian.

 

 

Such an outlook on this passage though completely ignores the context, resulting in an interpretation which is not taught in the text at all.  And by forcing a non-contextual interpretation of this nature, one is left, after some fashion, with (1) an erroneous view of salvation by grace through faith, (2) an erroneous view of the purpose for the present dispensation, (3) an erroneous view of the coming judgment of Christians, and (4) an erroneous view of the perfect justice and righteousness of God.

 

 

Then, if introducing the preceding erroneous views in areas of Biblical doctrine through a forced, non-contextual interpretation is not enough in and of itself, it should also be noted that such an outlook on this passage also closes the door to the correct interpretation, the one which the Lord had in mind when He related this parable in the presence of His disciples.  Error will have fostered error and closed a door, leaving the student of Scripture, adhering to this erroneous system of thought, in a position where he cannot possibly understand aright the Lord’s present and future dealings  with His household servants.

 

 

A DARKNESS ON THE OUTSIDE

 

 

The expression “outer darkness” only appears three times in Scripture, and all three are found in Matthew’s gospel (8: 12; 22: 131 25: 30). Luke in his gospel alludes to outer darkness in a parallel reference to Matt. 8: 11, 12; Luke 13: 28, 29) but does not use the words.  He simply reduces the expression to “without” (ASV). ...

 

 

The place from which individuals are cast out is one of light.  This can possibly be illustrated best in Matthew, chapter twenty-two.  In this chapter, “outer darkness” is used to describe conditions in an area immediately outside the festivities attendant a royal wedding.  Such festivities in the East would normally be held at night inside a lighted courtyard or banqueting hall.  On the outside there would be a darkened courtyard, and the proximity of this darkened courtyard to the lighted banqueting hall would correspond perfectly to the expression, “the outer darkness” or “the darkness on the outside  A person cast therein would be cast out of the light into the darkness.  And it is the same in relation to [Messianic] Kingdom itself and positions of rulership therein as set forth in 8: 11, 12; 25: 14-30. ...

 

 

Following events of the judgment seat of Christ, servants having been shown faithful and servants having been show unfaithful will find themselves in two entirely different realms.  Servants having been shown faithful will find themselves being privileged to participate in activities surrounding the marriage supper of the Lamb and will subsequently be positioned on the throne as co-heirs with Christ.  Servants having been shown unfaithful though will not only be denied the privilege of attending the marriage festivities and participating in the subsequent reign of Christ but they will be consigned (a place outside the realm where these activities occur.  They will be “cast” on the outside, from the inner light to a place associated with events surrounding the marriage supper of the Lamb and the reign of Christ) into the outer darkness (a place separated from events surrounding the marriage supper of the Lamb and the reign of Christ).

 

 

This is the way “outer darkness” is used in Scripture; and this is the only way the expression is used.  Any teaching concerning “outer darkness remaining true to the text, must approach the subject only from a contextual fashion of this nature, recognizing the subject matter at hand.

 

 

CONTEXTUAL CONSIDERATIONS

 

 

Matthew presents God’s dealings with the house of Israel in relation to the kingdom of the heavens, with the house ultimately being left “desolate” because of the nation’s rejection (Matt. 23: 2, 13, 38); and Matthew also anticipates God’s dealings with a house separate and distinct from Israel in relation to the kingdom of the heavens (Matt. 16: 18, 19; 24: 40; 25: 30).  It is within this framework, along with individual contextual settings, that Christ’s three references to “outer darkness” are to be understood in Matthew’s gospel.

 

 

The first appearance of “outer darkness” in Matthew’s gospel is in Matt. 8: 11, 12, and the text and context both have to do with the message of the kingdom.  Jesus had just finished a lengthy discourse to His disciples, commonly called the “Sermon on the Mount” (chs. 5-7), which is a connected discourse dealing with entrance into or exclusion from the kingdom of the heavens.  Then in chapter eight the subject matter continues with the message concerning the kingdom, as the subject matter immediately prior to the Sermon on the Mount.  The message at this point actually picks up where chapter four left off - with physical healings. These physical healings appear before, in conjunction with, and after the text concerning the kingdom of the heavens and outer darkness in chapter eight.  These miraculous works of Christ among the Jewish people were signs having to do with the kingdom (cf. Isa. 35: 1ff., Matt. 4: 23-25; 10: 5-8; 11: 2-5).  They constituted the credentials of the messengers of the gospel of the kingdom.

 

 

It is within a contextual setting such as this that “outer darkness” first appears in Matthew’s gospel.  Actually, the subject arose after a Roman centurion expressed faith that Christ could heal his servant (who was sick at home) by just speaking the word.  Christ used the faith exhibited by this Gentile to illustrate a contrasting lack of faith exhibited by those in Israel.  Christ said that He had “not found so great faith, no, not in Israel” (v. 10).  He then spoke of a day when many would come “from the east and the west” and “sit down with Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob, in the kingdom of the heavens  That is, a separate and distinct group of individuals, taken mainly from the Gentiles, would exhibit faith on the same order as this centurion and enter into the heavenly [as well as the earthly (Acts 7: 4b, 5, R.V.)] sphere of the kingdom.  But those to whom this right naturally belonged, because of their lack of faith, would be excluded.  The “Sons of the kingdom” [those [who disqualified themselves] in Israel] would be “cast out” (vv. 11, 12).

 

 

The entire scene anticipated Matt. 21: 43 where the heavenly portion of the kingdom was taken from Israel in view of a separate and distinct group ultimately occupying that which did not naturally belong to them.  This group would be comprised of those who, at that time, were aliens, without hope, and without God.  But “in Christ Jesus” these conditions would change.  They would be “made nigh by the blood of Christ  Through being “in Christ” they would become “Abraham’s seed and heirs according to the promise” [the heavenly portion of the promise given to Abraham]. (Gal. 3: 17, 18, 29; Eph. 2: 12, 13; cf. Gen. 22: 17).

 

 

The second appearance of “outer darkness” in Matthew’s gospel is in the parable of the marriage festival in chapter twenty-two.  The contextual usage in this passage is in association with the kingdom of the heavens and the activities attendant a royal wedding.  Contextually, the “King” and His “Son” (v. 2) can only be identified as God the Father and God the Son.  The “servants” and “other servants” (vv. 3, 4) sent “to call them that were bidden” [Israel] refer to the ministries of the Old Testament prophets, John the Baptizer, the twelve, and the seventy (cf. Matt. 21: 33-36).  This offer, however, was spurned, and the messengers were ill-treated.  Then, last of all, God sent His Son, saying, “They will reverence my Son  Jesus, near the conclusion of His earthly ministry, rode into Jerusalem astride an ass presenting Himself as Israel’s King in fulfilment of the prophecy in Zech. 9: 9 (Matt. 21: 1-11).  But He too was rejected, culminating in His crucifixion and death (cf. Matt. 21: 37-39; 22: 1-6; 23: 1-36). ...

 

 

The parable of the Householder and His servant follows the parable of the fig tree and comments concerning the “days of Noah” and a house being “broken up   The main thoughts throughout this section (vv. 32-44) centre around the due season, watchfulness, and readiness for the Lord’s return.  Then in the parable of the Householder and His servant, the thought drawn from what has preceded centers around faithfulness in dispensing “meat in due season  If the servant remains faithful, he will be made ruler over all the Lord’s goods; but if the servant becomes unfaithful, he will be “cut asunder” and appointed “his portion with the hypocrites (Note that by comparing Matt. 24: 45-51 with the parallel section in Luke 12: 42-46 it is clear that only one servant is in view throughout.  The servant either remains faithful or becomes unfaithful.)

 

 

In the parable of the Householder and His servant, unfaithfulness resulted in an apportion with the hypocrites; in the parable of the ten virgins, the unfaithful servants (foolish virgins) were excluded from the marriage festivities; and in the parable of the talents, the unfaithful servant was cast into outer darkness.  Understanding the interrelationship between these parables, and comparing them with the parable of the marriage festival in chapter twenty-two, it becomes clear that “outer darkness” is associated with all three.  This is the place where the unfaithful servants found themselves in all of the parables, even though the expression is used only in the parable of the talents.  One parable describes the place, and all three describe conditions in this place.

 

 

Comparing the parable of the Householder and His servant with the parable of the talents, note that positions of rulership are in view in both parables.  Only the faithful will be apportioned these positions.  The unfaithful will not only be denied positions in the kingdom but will be apportioned their place “with the hypocrites” where there be “the weeping and the gnashing of teeth” [an Oriental expression of deep grief.] (Matt. 24: 51; 25: 30, ASV), called “outer darkness” in the latter parable.  Note the same expression in Matt. 22: 13 in connection with “outer darkness” (cf. also Matt. 8: 12).  Also note that the unfaithful among the ten virgins were excluded from the marriage festivities (25: 10-12), as the man without a wedding garment (who was bound and cast into “outer darkness”

 

 

HE WENT OUT

 

 

But Peter followed him afar off in the high priest’s palace … “Now Peter sat without in the palace: and a damsel came unto him, saying, ‘Thou also wast with Jesus of Galilee  But he denied before them all, saying, ‘I know not what thou sayest’ ... And again he denied with an oath, ‘I do not know the man’.  Then began he to curse and to swear, saying, ‘I know not the man  And immediately the cock crew.  And Peter remembered the word of Jesus, which said unto him, ‘Before the cock crow, thou shalt deny me thrice  And he went out and wept bitterly” (Matt. 26: 58, 69-75).

 

 

“And if a man also strive for masteries, yet is he not crowned, except he strive lawfully ... If we suffer patiently endure’], we shall also reign with him: if we deny him, he also will deny us” (2 Tim. 2: 5, 12).

 

 

Possibly the best illustration given in Scripture showing the downward path, which it is possible for a Christian to take, ultimately leading into the place of darkness outside the light, is the recorded actions of the Apostle Peter immediately preceding Christ’s crucifixion.  Christ had informed His disciples that they would all “be offended” during the next few hours because of Him; and from that time until the time Peter is seen weeping bitterly because of his offence, ...(The word “offended [Gk. skandalizo has to do with something causing opposition which can result in a fall.  This is the same word used in Matt 13: 21, which, according to Luke 8: 13, can result in a falling away, apostasy. ...

 

 

Step One: Peter would not accept Christ’s statement concerning what the disciples were about to do, as he had not previously accepted Christ’s statement on another occasion and had to be rebuked by the Lord (Matt. 16: 21-23).  Peter then made his boast that he would never allow opposition to bring about a falling away (cf. James 4: 13-15), and in response to Christ’s subsequent statement that he would deny Him three times that very night.  Peter responded, “Though I should die with thee, yet will I not deny thee”; and the other disciples responded likewise.  But during the next few hours, “all the disciples” would forsake him and flee (Matt. 26: 33-35, 56).

 

 

Step Two: Following the disciples’ boast that they would never allow opposition to bring about a failing away or never deny Him, Christ took Peter, James, and John into the Garden of Gethsemane.  Once in the garden, He told them, “My soul is exceeding sorrowful, even unto death: tarry ye here, and watch with me  However, when Jesus went aside to pray, rather than watching, the disciples fell asleep.  The Lord then had to rebuke them for not watching and praying that they “enter not into temptation” (Matt. 26: 36-41).

 

 

Step three: Judas had betrayed Christ to the religious leaders of Israel; and he then led “a band of men and officers dispatched by the religious leaders, into the garden, to take Christ.  Seeing them, Peter drew his sword and resorted to the arm of flesh, to human means, to accomplish his previous boast.  The battle was to be spiritual, as it is to be today; but Peter tried to force his will on others through physical means (the day when Christ will take the sceptre and “strike through kings” was future then and remains future today [Psa. 110: 1ff, cf. Psa. 2: 1ff]).  Peter, in his vain, fleshly effort, cut off an ear of one of the high priest’s servants, but Jesus, completely rejecting his actions, told him to put up the sword, and He then healed the servant’s ear (Matt. 26: 47-55; Luke 22: 50, 51),

 

 

Step Four: The previous actions of Peter and the other disciples boasting of that which they would do (though the Lord had told them otherwise), sleeping when they should have been watching and praying. and Peter resorting to the arm of flesh as he sought to carry out his previous boast - led the disciples into doing exactly what they had previously stated would not occur.  When Jesus was taken by the multitude, “Then all the disciples forsook him, and fled” (Matt. 26: 56).

 

 

Step Five: Peter then began to follow Christ “afar off” (Matt. 26: 58).  He had taken the sword, and it was about to result in his ruin.  He had resorted to the man of flesh and was in the process of reaping what he had sown (cf. Matt. 26: 52; Gal. 6: 7, 8).  Because of his previous actions, the closeness which had been his in the inner circle with James and John was now gone (cf. Matt. 17: 1; 26: 37).

 

 

Step Six: When Jesus was taken into the high priest’s palace for questioning by the religious leaders, Peter, following Him “afar off remained outside in the courtyard.  Rather than himself with Christ on the inside, he sat down with the enemy on the outside (Matt. 26: 69; Luke 22: 54).

 

 

Step Seven: Peter’s past actions had now led him to the final point in his fall.  When accused of being one of Christ’s disciples, Peter denied his Lord on three separate occasions, followed by the cock crowing a second time just as Christ had foretold.  And the Lord, being led at that moment past Peter unto “the hall of judgment” (John 18: 28), turned and looked upon Peter, awakening him to the stark reality of what he had done (Matt. 26: 34, 69-74; Mark 14: 72; Luke 22: 61).

 

 

The Lord’s look in this passage was far more than a brief glance.  The word used in the Greek text (emblepo) points to Christ fixing His eyes upon Peter in an intently searching sense.  Peter came under scrutiny for his actions, causing him to remember that which had previously occurred.  Peter then “went out, and wept bitterly” (Luke 22: 62).

 

 

Peter, because of his past actions, found himself outside in the place where there is “Weeping and gnashing of teeth  He was in “outer darkness” (cf. Matt. 8: 12; 22: 13; 24: 51; 25: 30).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

194

 

 

THE ABODE OF THE HOLY DEAD

 

 

BY  D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

The statement will probably come as a great surprise to the vast majority of modern Christians, even including the bulk of prophetical students, that for the first five centuries after Christ the mediaeval and modern doctrine that dead saints are in heaven was unknown.  But such is the fact.  “The most ancient of all the Fathers says Dr. Pearson in his classic work on the Creed, “Were so far from believing that the end of Christ’s descent into Hades* was to translate the saints of old into heaven, that they thought them not to be in heaven yet, nor ever to be removed from that place until the general resurrection: very few (if any) for above five hundred years after Christ did believe that Christ delivered the saints out of Hades

 

* “It is (we hope) unnecessary to say that ‘Hades’ in the underworld and ‘the Lake of Fire’ are totally sundered localities.” - D. M. Panton.

 

 

While this antagonism of the first five centuries to the modern view is not by itself a sufficient disproof of the doctrine, it frees us at once from any obligation to defend it as a sacred deposit reaching us from the Apostles, and puts us instantly on our guard lest, in accepting it, we are accepting an error of the later ‘fathers  The denial of the modern belief of the first five centuries after Christ is a fact of the first magnitude.*

 

* That disembodied spirits, dead men, are now reigning in heaven is a Roman dogma, and a dogma required by the papal doctrine of the Intercession of the Saints with God on high. “The saints who reign together with Christ,” says the Decrees of the Council of Trent (Session XXV.), “offer up their prayers to God for men; and they think impiously who deny that the saints, who enjoy eternal happiness in heaven, are to be invoked.” So the Council of Florence:- “The spirits of believers are instantly received into heaven, and clearly behold the Triune God.”]

 

 

Now there is no question, our Lord Himself being our Instructor, that in His lifetime, as throughout all preceding ages, the saved dead were in Hades; for “all” - as Solomon had said (Eccles. 3: 20) - “go unto one place  It is obvious that the Hades to which his angelic escort carry Lazarus is not heaven, since within its confines is ‘this place of torment’ (Luke 16: 28).*  The two compartments of the abode of the dead our Lord unveils more clearly than has ever been done before or since: Sheol, and Abaddon (or Death); two places, so that our Lord says - “I hold the keys [in the plural] of Death and of Hades” (Rev. 1: 18); and, ultimately, Death and Hades, as outworn prisons, are cast into the “Lake of Fire” (Rev. 20: 14), which in its turn is named ‘Death,’ the eternal abode of the wicked.  Thus we are on sure ground in stating, on Christ’s authority, that within His lifetime all the saved dead were in Hades.  “No MAN He says, at least up to the moment He spoke the words, “HATH ASCENDED INTO HEAVEN” (John 3: 13).

 

* Here Hades is taken for the whole abode of the dead:  for Dives is said to have “lifted up his eyes in Hades”; so also Korah’s company went “down alive into Sheol” (Num. 16: 30).  But ‘Hades’ is sometimes confined to the holy compartment: e.g., Prov. 27: 20, Rev. 1: 18, etc.

 

 

Next, we find that our Lord Himself descended into Hades in His compassing all human experience.  Paul says: “He also descended into the lower parts of the earth” (Eph. 4: 10):* “who shall descend into THE ABYSS - that is, to bring Christ up from the dead (Rom. 10: 7).  So therefore Peter at Pentecost says:- “David saith concerning him, Thou wilt not leave my soul IN HADES: David spake of the resurrection of the Christ, that neither was he left in Hades, nor did his flesh see corruption” (Acts 2: 27, 31).  The Representative Man’s descent into Hades to fulfil all human experience proves that up to that moment the descent was all human experience still.

 

* “This many of the ancient fathers understood of the descent into Hades as placed in the lowest parts of the earth; and this exposition must be expressed so probable, that there can be no argument to disprove it.  ‘That the soul of Christ was in Hades says Augustine, ‘no Christian can deny’...” (J. Pearson, D.D.).

 

 

But this establishes a point crucial to the revelation of the intermediate state [of the disembodied souls of the dead, (Psa. 16: 10. cf. Acts 2: 27, R.V.)].  The Saviour said on the cross to the dying malefactor, - “This day shalt thou be with me IN PARADISE” (Luke 23: 43): the Paradise of which He speaks must therefore be a section of Hades, for into Hades He went immediately on dying: and this is put beyond all challenge or doubt by our Lord Himself saying to Mary in the garden, three days later, “I have not yet ascended unto the Father  He had been below, in the Paradise which is “in the heart of the earth” (Matt. 12: 40).  This Paradise therefore - Paradise without an epithet - cannot be the Paradise on high, which is described as “the Paradise of God” (Rev. 2: 7). Thus Paul’s words are illumined as with a lightning-flash.  Probing the heights above and the depths beneath, he says:- “I know a man caught away even to the third heaven; and I know such a man” - on another occasion and in another direction - “caught away into Paradise” (2 Cor. 12: 2*).  Our original Paradise, or Eden, does not appear to exist: our future Paradise the Saviour has gone to prepare (John 14.): our present Paradise is the intermediate home of God’s people of all dispensations between the Paradise that is gone (John 20: 17); that is, for three days and three nights and the Paradise to come.

 

* The Greek (carry off, ravish away) does not indicate any particular direction which only can be inferred from the known location of the spot to which the removal is made.  The English translators have inserted the word ‘up’, apparently on the assumption that the third heaven and Paradise are one and the same place; whereas it is obvious (from the studied repetition) that Paul’s seizures were separate experiences sampling antithetical localities.  The heaven in which are Enoch and Elijah, and possibly the saints of Matt. 27: 52, is doubtless this ‘third heaven’ - the third, apparently, from the Throne, that is, the nearest to the earth.

 

 

So therefore in our Lord’s lifetime, and in our Lord’s own experience, the holy dead are in Hades; and next, at a later stage, on the other side of the Ascension - and this is critical - we have once again the solid utterance of inspiration that the saved dead are in Hades still.  For speaking ten days after the Ascension, and so ten days after the current view supposes that our Lord had taken all the saved dead to heaven with Him, the Apostle says:- “David is not ascended into the heavens” (Acts 2: 34).  “His tomb Peter says - his unbroken tomb - “is with us a proof positive (argues the Apostle) of a spirit - [i.e., as a disembodied soul, - Ed.]  - unascended into heaven, unrisen ‘left in Hades’.  Therefore the conception that since the Ascension [of Christ] redeemed souls in dying wing their way up to the Throne of God is quite untrue.  Thus the comfort Jesus gives to John thirty to forty years after the Ascension, when the Apostle falls at His feet “as one dead is - “I hold the keys of Death and of Hades” (Rev. 1: 18), Hades thus being no more emptied than Abaddon, but both being now in the direct, personal custody and control of Christ.  For our Lord has “led captivity captive” (Eph. 4: 8) - He has enslaved the underworld, dying “that he might become Lord of both the dead and the living” (Rom. 14: 9); and the ‘captives’ that graced His train (if there were any) were the Powers of Darkness that sought to arrest the ascending Lord (Col. 2: 15).

 

 

Now therefore we are prepared for a word of Christ which covers the whole Church throughout the centuries until His return.  “Upon this rock,” He says, “I will build my church; and the gates of Hades shall not prevail against it” (Matt. 16: 18) - shall not overpower, shall not master, the holy dead.  Thus towards the close of His ministry our Lord said: “I will build my church which was then, therefore, non-existent; and shortly after Pentecost we read - “great fear came upon the whole church” (Acts 5: 11), thus mentioned as existing for the first time:* therefore between these two dates - doubtless (as almost universally believed) at Pentecost, the Church was born. Now this is decisive.  For if our Saviour had emptied Paradise at His Ascension ten days before Pentecost, it could not have been the Church that was removed, for the Church was then non-existent; and it follows that either the Church has never been in Hades at all - which would exactly negative our Lord’s words - or else, if the saints are in heaven, a later emptying has taken place of which Scripture knows nothing.  The truth is obvious - the whole Church (with the slender exception of the living rapt at the close of the Age) experiences Hades down twenty centuries until, the moral fetters of sin having been broken, in due time the massive gates roll back to let forth the rising saints.

 

* The word ‘church’ is not in the Greek of Acts 2: 47.

 

 

A crucial fact finally crowns the evidence.  Ten centuries after the First Resurrection, and in the moment of the final muster of the dead for judgement, from both departments of the underworld ‑ and not from one only ‑ stream up the dual dead. “Death and Hades give up the dead which are in THEM” (Rev. 20: 13).  The dead issuing from Hades as distinct from Death, or Abaddon, cannot have died later than the First Resurrection, for no righteous die in the [coming Messianic and Millennial] Kingdom (Isa. 65: 20), and the unrighteous, dying, go to Abaddon.* Exactly in accord with our Lord’s words:- “All that are in the graves shall come forth: they that have done good, unto the resurrection of life; and they that have done evil, unto the resurrection of damnation” (John 5: 28).  Thus what the entire Church held for the first five centuries after Christ is the truth; namely, that HADES HOLDS ALL THE DEAD UNTIL RESURRECTION - the ‘FIRST’, and then the final - has done its work, when Death and Hades themselves - the old prison-houses now useless in a deathless eternity - “were cast” - literal localities, for ever ceremonially unclean - “into the lake of fire” (Rev. 20: 14).

 

* “The assumption that the souls issuing from Death and Hades embrace only such as incur the punishment of the Lake of Fire is based upon a false hypothesis that all believers rose from the dead at the beginning of the Millennial Kingdom” (Lange).

 

 

Scanty but precious light is cast on our intermediate home - when we shall be “at home with the Lord” (2 Cor. 5: 8).  “To me to live is Christ and to die is gain: to depart and be with Christ;* for it is very far better” (Phil. 1: 22): “far, far better, even than a life which ‘is Christ’” (Bishop Moule).  “Dying is hard once said an old saint, “but death is delightful  The revelation comes with great force, for Paul alone of mankind had been in Paradise.  Thus the worst that can happen to us, physically, only brings something inexpressibly superior: negatively, our greatest enemies are all outside Paradise - the world, the flesh, and the devil; and positively, there is a presence of Christ so comforting as to surpass anything known on earth.**

 

* Not necessarily where Christ is bodily.  It was a spiritual presence of Christ the dying malefactor experienced in Paradise: bodiless ourselves, our experience will be the same. “If I make my bed in Sheol [die], behold, thou art there” (Psa. 139: 8).  The fundamental fact, so constantly ignored, is that, until resurrection, the body is unredeemed (Rom. 8: 23); and for disembodied spirits [naked souls] to enter the Divine presence is for ceremonial uncleanness to enter the Holy of holies; for death, with the Curse clinging in disintegration, to enter the presence of Life.  In the Lord’s trenchant words: “GOD IS NOT THE GOD OF THE DEAD” (Matt. 22: 32).  By resurrection only can He prove Himself the God of a Patriarch now (Luke 16: 23) in Hades.

 

** “The falling into oblivion of the truth of Hades not only dislodged the doctrine of the millennium - for who would wish to descend from the supernal Glory even to a millennial earth, after (in some cases) thousands of years in the immediate presence of Deity? - but even more disastrously dislocated the truth of the resurrection, which, for spirits already in the full glory of God, becomes as fantastic as it is unnecessary.” (Govett.)]

 

 

-------

 

 

 

Mr. Robert Chapman, about the year 1896, sent out to leading teachers in the assemblies of Open Brethren, a series of Suggestive Questions. Number 10 includes the following: “Are not the redeemed in Revelation 4. and 5. the same with those of Chapter 20: 4, ‘Thrones and they say upon themVerse 5, ‘This is the first resurrection  Is it not a resurrection of first-fruits?”

 

“Now in the essential nature of the case of first-fruits,” writes Mr. G. H. Lang, ‘are but a portion of the whole harvest,’ and so the question proceeds: ‘And the rest of the dead in the same verse, do they not include all the family of God? not the wicked only.  Hence in verse 12, ‘Another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their worksVerse 15, ‘And whosoever was not found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire.’”

 

 

 

“It is clear,” says Mr. G. H. Lang, “that all who rise in the first resurrection do reign, from which it certainly follows that such as are not ‘accounted worthy’ to reign do not rise at that time *

 

[* Therefore, there must be a future judgment of our works in ‘Hades’ after death, (Heb. 9: 27, R.V.) - to reward those “which shall be accounted worthy to obtain that age” - [the millennium] “and the resurrection out of dead ones” (Luke 20: 35, lit. Greek). - Ed.]

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

195

 

“TO ATTAIN TO THE RESURRECTION OUT FROM THE DEAD”

IS THE CHRISTIAN’S HOPE (Phil 3: 11)

 

 

Edited from writings by

 

 

ROBERT GOVETT

 

 

-------

 

 

 

To the apostles the resurrection was the great foundation of the Christian faith.  It was proved by the actual resurrection of Jesus.  It was the great and startling piece of news which they were sent to proclaim, with all its consequences, to an unbelieving world.

 

 

But soon this truth fell out of view.  In the middle ages, the intermediate state and deliverance from it, usurped the place of resurrection.  At the Reformation the doctrine of the intermediate state fell through, together with the false doctrine of Purgatory.  The idea which Justin Martyr stigmatizes as false - that at once on death, the soul enters on heaven and glory - took its place.  If that be true, resurrection is an impertinence.  Hence resurrection almost ceased to form a subject of Protestant discourses, and the case is not very different now.

 

 

In most instances it is evidenced by the hymns usually sung - death is the object set before the believer’s view. The topic of funeral sermons is the victory achieved at death, when anyone departs in faith.  The departed faithful have entered the land of promise; may we go to them!  The body is a ‘clog,’ a ‘burden,’ a ‘prison Death is emancipation from the flesh, a sudden entry on glory.  This, I suppose, is not Scripture doctrine, but contrary to it.

 

 

To unbelievers, resurrection has always been one of the chief stumbling-blocks of Christianity.  1. Of old it was declared, that the rising of the dead and decomposed body was a something beyond the power of God Himself.  2. The philosophers added, that even if it were possible, it was undesirable in the highest degree. Matter was in itself evil.  To be delivered from the appetites and importunities of the body was the great object of the philosopher.  And should he allow, that the body that had wrought so much mischief to the soul, and was at length laid away out of sight - a putrid mass - was anew and forever to be associated with the purified spirit?  It was man’s glory to leave it for evermore.

 

 

Celsus said of resurrection, that it was ‘a hope to be cherished by worms

 

 

This erroneous view will materially affect our comprehension of the Saviour’s reply to the Sadducees.  Jesus argues from the expression  used by Jehovah, “I am the God of Abraham, of Isaac and Jacob that the dead were to be raised.  In what condition then, did Jesus assume these patriarchs to be?  Dead? Or alive? Christians ordinarily suppose that He assumes them to be alive.  So says Wesley, “Therefore Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, are not dead, but living.  Therefore the soul does not die with the body.” So says Barnes.  “God spake, then, as being their God “They must, therefore, be still somewhere living  “He is the God only of those who have an existence

 

 

But then there is in that passage no proof of a resurrection; but only of the separate existence of the soul, after the body is laid aside.  Now resurrection never means ‘the immortality of the soul never means ‘a future state Then, too, Jesus’ reply does not refute the Sadducees.  Their alleged difficulty did not relate to the intermediate state, but to the coming forth of the dead from their tombs, and the restoration of their bodies.  To whom the woman was as wife to belong, was a question applying only to the day when the body was reunited to the soul.  Neither Pharisee nor Sadducee believed in marriage among spirits.

 

 

This answer, then, makes Jesus evade the question, and prove the separate existence of the soul, instead of the resurrection of the body.  It is, in fact, a wrong way of stating the matter.  The patriarchs were not alive, but dead.  The dead, are those human beings whose body and soul are severed.  Then Jesus admits to the Sadducees, that Abraham is dead, as much as the woman and her seven husbands.  Abraham is dead for his body is still in the cave of Machpelah.  And Jesus cites the expression in Exodus as a proof of the future resurrection of the dead: Matthew 22: 30. “Now in the resurrection they neither marry, nor are given in marriage  “Now concerning the resurrection of the dead, have ye not read that which was spoken to you by God, saying ‘I am the God of Abraham’.”

 

 

It is, indeed, quite true that this passage proves the separate existence of the souls of the patriarchs.  But that was not the point.  Jesus does not cite it to prove that, but Abraham’s return to his body.  The separate existence of Abraham’s body and soul is a proof of his being then and now among the dead [in Hades].  He will not be alive till his body and soul are reunited.  In the same state in which Abraham was when God spoke to Moses at the bush, Abraham is still.  Barnes and others call him “dead” then.  He is, then, dead now.  Jesus therefore is referring, not to time present, but to the future day of resurrection, of which the Sadducees were speaking.

 

 

Abraham is dead.  Jehovah is his God.  But Jehovah is not God of the dead.  Therefore God is not now showing Himself the God of Abraham, for the resurrection [of the holy dead] is not yet come.  That the resurrection was to be at a future day, the Pharisees held; and on that, allowed as a basis, the Sadducees plead. God, then, by these words, engages to restore by His Almighty power Abraham to become Abraham again in resurrection.  Abraham when the Lord promised him the possession of Canaan, was the man, consisting of [his animating spirit] body and soul.  The curse of sin, separating the parts of Abraham, has hitherto prevented him from enjoying the good [land-inheritance which God]* promised.  God must therefore raise the body of Abraham from the cave, and re-knit it to the soul of Abraham, ere he can fulfil His engagement.  Till the body and soul come together, Abraham is not alive, and God is not showing Himself the God of Abraham.  There is no visible difference between Abraham and Saul now.  But the Almighty means to show His power put forth in goodness in rescuing Abraham wholly from the grasp of death.  He has as yet done nothing answering the greatness of His promises for the patriarchs.  But He is a God of truth.  Therefore what He has not done in the past, He must, He will do in the future.  And God is in covenant relation with Abraham, even as regards his body.  That was marked for God.  How can God reject it, or cast it away as naught?  Mark, too, the terms, “My covenant shall be in your flesh for an everlasting covenant Genesis 17: 13.  Then the flesh must be as everlasting as the covenant.  And so it is in the only One to whom it has been fulfilled.   It is true in the One Heir, the Singular Seed of Abraham risen [out] from the dead, who said, “A spirit hath not flesh and bones, as ye see I have  For this resurrection [of reward] the patriarchs wait.

 

[* See Gen. 13: 14-17; 15: 7. cf. Acts 7: 5, R.V.)]

 

 

A new and better “age”* is coming, in which they neither die nor marry, nor are given in marriage.

 

[* See Luke 20: 35. cf. Heb. 6: 5, R.V.]

 

 

As long, then, as marriage and death last among believers, so long have we clear proof that the better age and this [select and out-] resurrection from the dead are not come.*

 

[* See Phil. 3: 11. cf. Heb. 11: 35b, R.V.]

 

 

But if ‘death be resurrection and the spirit-state be the eternal one, Abraham had already risen ages before, and was either then enjoying the land of promise, or God’s pledged word was broken.  Then, too, the Sadducees should not have said, “Whose wife in the resurrection shall she be For already in the spirit-state she was the wife of one or more of them.  If they were wrong in their supposition about this, Jesus would have corrected their error.  But while He affirms the reality of resurrection, which they falsely denied, He confirms them in regard to the futurity of the resurrection.  “But when they shall rise from the dead, they neither marry nor are given in marriage (Greek) Luke 20: 34, 35.

 

 

This then is God’s meaning, where Scripture uses the word “resurrection  Death is not a rising up but a lying down of the body, in which posture it abides.  Death is not the mounting up of the soul, but its going down into the under world of ‘Hades’.  On this example of Christ Paul rests the whole Gospel.  This alone is God’s news.  The departure of the soul from the body at death was, and is, the ordinary course of things.  God raised Jesus not from death alone, but from among the dead, to whom He descended when He died; and from whom He came up, when He returned to life.  How was the Saviour known to be dead?  By the aspect and touch of His body.  How was He known to be buried?  By His friends bearing His body to the place of dead bodies.  How was He proved to be risen?  By His body being no longer to be found in the tomb to which He was committed, but by its being seen and felt alive by credible witnesses.  The whole man had risen.  His [spirit (Jas. 2: 26, R.V.) and] soul [were reunited and] dwelt anew in His body.  He was the same “Son of Man” after His death that He was before it.  As His Father at His baptism, and transfiguration saluted Him as His “Son so does He after His birth from the tomb. “Thou art my Son, this day have I begotten thee Acts 13: 33.  Raised from the dead, He is still the Son of David, and is to return as such: 2 Timothy 2: 8; Revelation 22: 16.  As He rose, so after this manner are we to rise.

 

 

AN ILLUSTRATION

 

 

Shall I refer to that illustration of the future existence which has always struck men? when they made the butterfly an emblem of resurrection?  Observe, then, it is not a resurrection at the time of death which is therein set forth: (Davis p. 11)

 

 

The grub comes forth from the egg of the caterpillar, to feed on leaves.  When it has attained its full size, and finished its earthly life, it prepares its coffin, and rolls itself up in its winter cerements.  But when the spring opens into summer, it comes forth from its buried existence to live its new and ethereal life.  All the winter it remains in suspended animation; its new life is entered on by bursting forth of its coffin to enjoy its airy heritage and pasture.  So with man.  Death is his entry on the state of the chrysalis.  It is not till he has burst the tomb that he comes forth to his heavenly heritage and life.

 

 

The doctrine, then, of the Old Testament and the New is that at death the soul goes to the place which is called Hades.

 

 

“Marvel not at this: for the hour is coming, in the which all that are in the graves shall hear his voice, and shall come forth; they that have done good, unto the resurrection of life; and they that have done evil, unto the resurrection of damnation John 5: 28, 29.

 

 

That this is no mere word of theory, devoid of reality and power, God has given us proof in the coming forth of Lazarus from the cave of death; and in the opened graves, out of which the companions of Jesus’ resurrection came, and exhibited themselves as alive in soul and body.  Still more satisfactorily.  Jesus has come forth in body, soul, and spirit, as the risen man, the pattern and the proof of ours.

 

 

If the disembodied soul’s distant vision of the Lord be glad, how much greater shall be the joy of the presence of the risen beside the Risen Son of Man!  It is not the death of the believer that gives him the victory.  It is when the mortal has been clothed upon with immortality, and the corruptible with incorruption, that then shall the saying be brought to pass, “Death is swallowed up in victory!  O Death, where is thy sting?  O Hades, where is thy victory  This is the cry of the rescued, as for ever they leave the soul’s place of custody, and the elements of the tomb.

 

 

The Lord speed that day!

 

 

To the Spiritists [who believe death is resurrection] the resurrection is “past already” as it regards the dead, who are far the largest portion of the human family.  But the Holy Spirit tells us, that such a statement is an overthrow of the faith: 2 Timothy 2: 18.  You have destroyed the very sense of resurrection.  Resurrection is an act of God the Son, (1 Corinthians 15: 22) not experienced now, but to be put forth at the last day, at a time unknown; but, then, signalled by the trump of God.  Jesus is “Resurrection and Life  On the living He will work the change which shall make them immortal.  On the dead saints - [when He returns (1 Thess. 4: 16. cf. John 14: 3, R.V.)] - He will put forth His power in resurrection.

 

 

The error here combated sets aside both sin and redemption.  According to Scripture, death, and the decomposition of the body which follows it, were the effects of Adam’s trespass.  Life and the recomposition of the body is the consequence of Jesus’ work of obedience and atoning.  But the Spiritists’ make death to be resurrection, and the penalty of sin to be our deliverance!

 

 

But resurrection has been foretold by God in His grace.  Death, the penalty of sin, is not to be the end of man. Resurrection is possible, for He who promises has Almighty power.  It will be no harder to Him to reunite the separated parts of man, than it was to mould him at first.  Resurrection is certain, for He has determined on it, and His truth binds Him to perform it.  Nay, He has already effected this His counsel, in the case of His Son Christ Jesus.

 

 

The time of resurrection, as stated by the apostle, is quite different from that contemplated by the Spiritist theory.  The righteous are to rise before the wicked in a future day.  The dead saints have to rise in order to set them on a level with the living saints, who are expecting Christ’s return.  The resurrection is to take place on large numbers at once, not on men one by one.  Their mouldering relics are to be restored to life in an instant - at the last day, at the last trump - the worthy signal of the Great Congregation assembly.  Such a change is absolutely necessary; for, as Paul says, believers, whether they be alive or dead, are in neither condition fitted for the kingdom of glory: 15: 50.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

196

 

HADES REVERSES ALL

 

 

BY G. H. LANG

 

 

 

Hades is a known, locality.  It is mentioned in other passages in the New Testament: Matt. 11: 23; 16: 18; Luke 10: 15; Acts 2: 27, 31; Rev. 1: 18; 6: 8; 20: 13, 14.  It is the place to which our Lord went at death: “Because you will not abandon me” [Gk. ‘My soul’] “to the grave” [Gk. ‘to hades’] (Acts 2: 27).  Hades and the grave are not synonymous; the former is in “the heart of the earth and is the place of disembodied souls; the latter is the burial place of their bodies.  According to scripture, the soul is the person; the body, is the ‘tent’ or ‘tabernacle’ in which the soul resides when alive.  There it is the Greek rendering of the Hebrew word “Sheol” as used in Psalm 16: 10: “Because you will not abandon me to the grave” [Gk. “Sheol”] “nor will you let your Holy One see decay  This word comes some sixty-five times in the Old Testament, from which passages much can be learned.  Its location is shown.  Ephesians 4: 9 tells us that it was from, “the lower earthly regions” that Christ ascended by resurrection.  It includes the “Paradise” to which the Lord and the repentant thief went at death [Luke 23: 43]:- “I tell you the truth, today you will be with me in paradise  A current pictorial description was adopted by Christ; it was known as “Abraham’s side” [Gk. ‘bosom’].  To lie in another’s bosom pictured restful, honoured intercourse: “Leaning back against Jesus, he asked him, ‘Lord, who is it?’” (John 13: 23).

 

 

2. Hades is a dual region, a place of “agony” as well as of bliss, and the two regions are separated by a “chasm” that is impassable.  After death the soul is restricted (to some extent) in movement, as well as the body.  It has its Divinely imposed limits.  Yet its faculties persist: “He looked up and saw Abraham far away, with Lazarus by his side” (v. 23).  His tongue can cry put, his ears can hear, his memory is active (“Son, remember”), his feelings are acute.  He is the same person, simply disembodied.

 

 

3. As shown above, the rich man in that region and condition has eyes, ears, tongue, and sensations.  Similarly, when Samuel was permitted to return (from ‘Sheol’) to warn Saul, his robe and appearance, as described by the medium, were readily recognizable by Saul, and the prophet could speak words audible to the king and hear what the latter said:- “Then the woman asked, ‘Whom shall I bring up for you  ‘Bring up Samuelhe said. When the woman saw Samuel, she cried out at the top of her voice. ... ‘What does he look likehe asked.  ‘An old man wearing a robe is coming up’, she said.  Then Saul knew it was Samuel ... Samuel said to Saul, ‘Why have you disturbed me by bring me up?’” [1 Samuel 28.]

 

 

Thus in that dread place there is a “fire”; its victim is “in torment”; Lazarus has a “finger and there is “water” that could alleviate the torment, were this permitted, but (in the rich man’s case) it is not.  The terms are strong: basanos, torture, anguish; odunao, agony as of child pangs.

 

 

However fiercely the modern sinner may resent: and reject such conceptions they are neither unphilosophical nor were they new when the Lord spoke of them.  The soul after death being still an entity goes to Hades, and not into heaven as so many Christians erroneously suppose; and being conscious must be susceptible of sensations appropriate to its condition and surroundings.

 

 

4. Though co-operation between the two regions within Hades is denied, intercourse is not.  The rich man (Dives) and Abraham can converse.  The former makes two appeals: (a) For Personal alleviation.  But this is declared impossible.  Lazarus cannot reach Dives.  This denies the basic allegation of spiritism that the pious of the higher realms of that world live to help forward and upward the less fortunate, and that existence there is a progressive ascent.  Dives entertained no such fallacy.  He does, not ask for a release, for transference to Abraham’s side, but only for temporary mitigation of his misery.

 

 

(b) He then pleads that his five brothers be warned, “so that they will not also come to this place of torment” (verse 28).  It has been suggested that this request arose only lest his own wretchedness be aggravated by their company and reproachers.  The narrative does not suggest this, and a basic motive ought not to be imputed. The love that thinks no evil would rather hope that genuine pity stirred the once hard heart and he who would not himself escape desired that others should do so. 

 

 

Abraham replies to each request.

 

 

(c) Dives must remember the relationship between the past and the present.  In his life on earth he received in full his good things.  He gained what he sought and misused it.  He lived for the approbation of men, “and men praise you when you prosper  Thus “while he lived he counted himself blessed” (Psalm 49: 18); he received his good things, and he exhausted them.  Now he has nothing, not even, a friend to welcome him into that tabernacle of misery.  It was with him as it is to be with that richer and more majestic being than he, Who is yet to reach that dread region, at whom those already there shall be astonished and shall have no words of grateful welcome (Isaiah 14: 3-15).

 

 

In like manner Lazarus on earth had endured and suffered much evil; “but now he is comforted here and you are in agony” (verse 25).  Up to the time of death one condition; after the time of death an entirely reversed condition.

 

 

(d) As to his brothers, they must use their existing opportunities and advantages.  More they do not need, nor will more be granted.  “They have Moses and the Prophets; let them listen to them  The Spirit of truth speaks in them; the voice of a spook cannot be so impressive or authoritative: “If they do not listen to Moses and the Prophets, they will not be convinced even if someone rises from the dead” (verse 31).

 

 

In due time One who is the greatest of the sons of men rose from the dead, but in conformity with the principle He had there stated, He did not in that form present Himself to men of the world, but continues to speak by His convicting Spirit in the Scriptures.  Jesus warned against the love of money (Matt. 6: 24; 13: 22; Luke 16: 13); the later apostles and prophets have continued and emphasized the warning (1 Tim. 6: 10): therefore how much heavier is the guilt, and how much darker the prospects, of those who now turn away, not only from Moses and the Prophets, but from Him Who by His Spirit warns us from heaven.

 

 

This solemn warning is addressed to the regenerate, and not only to those who have never professed the faith.  For “people who want to get rich fall into temptation and a trap and into many foolish and harmful desires that plunge men into ruin and destruction.  For the love of money is a root of all kinds of evil.  Some people eager for money have wandered from the faith and pierced themselves with many griefs

 

 

A Christian, as yet trustful toward God and tender towards men, may become self-dependent and callous.  “So, if you think you are standing firm, be careful that you don’t fall (1 Cor. 10: 12); for if we fall into the temptation and snare of loving money we must ‘reap’ the full harvest of our sowing as certainly as must the open worldling.

 

 

It is on [regenerate] Christians that this certainly is pressed, in order that we may not be weary in communicating of our substance, in doing well, by working that which is good toward all.  “Do not be deceived: God cannot be mocked.  A man reaps what he sows.  The one who sows to please his sinful nature, from that nature will reap destruction: the one who sows to please the Spirit, from the Spirit will reap eternal* life.  “Let us not become weary in doing good, for at the proper time we will reap a harvest if we do not give up” (Gal. 6; 7-9).  A Dives may be a regenerate believer, Scripture and fact assert it.  Who dare deny it?  Christ had already applied to His own followers His exhortation, “Watch out! Be on your guard against all kinds of greed: a man’s life (soul) does not consist in the abundance of his possessions” (Luke 12: 15, with verse 22 “therefore”).

 

[* Note: The Greek adjective ‘aionios’ is here translated “eternal”; but this Greek word should be translated ‘age-lasting’ in various the contexts, and this is one of the many!  For other examples, in the Epistles, see Gal. 6: 8; 1 Tim. 6: 12; Heb. 5: 9; Titus 1: 3; 3: 7. “These passages have to do with running the present race of the faith with a view of one day realizing an inheritance in the [coming millennial] kingdom, which is the hope set before Christians” (A. L. Chitwood.)]

 

 

5. The state of death, and the place called ‘Hades’ are not the ‘lake of fire’, for ultimately the two former are to be cast into the latter (Rev. 20: 13, 14).  The scene described is immediately after death, for the five brothers are still alive in the family home on earth.  Incidentally, that their number is given implies the literality of the circumstances.  Therefore Hades is not eternal; and the eternal destiny of its inmates ought not to be assumed. There will be eternal death and eternal torment (Matt. 25: 41, 46; Rev. 14: 9-11; 20: 10, 14, 15), but what persons are to suffer that doom cannot be declared save by the Righteous Judge alone (Matt. 25: 41), and so to the more part of the lost it appears that He will not declare it until the last judgment at the great white throne.  It is not warranted to preach eternal destiny from what Scripture here says of Hades.  Dives may be an utterly lost soul, but no one can rightly assert this.  If his concern for his brothers was sincere, he was not yet utterly hardened.  Nor does he make complaint as to his sufferings, like those who blaspheme God because of their pains (Rev. 16: 9, 11).  And Abraham acknowledges relationship with Dives by answering his appeal “Father” with the term “Son” [Gk. ‘child’].

 

 

6. The Lord leaves untouched, some deep and interesting matters.  What constituted the fitness of Lazarus for Paradise?  He is not said to have been godly; and if he was so, why was he reduced to such poverty and misery?  It is not said that the rich man was irreligious and impious, but only that he was callous.  Does this alone assure so severe a punishment?  The Speaker left His hearers to solve such problems by the Scriptures, as can be done.  He was too skilful a teacher to weaken the appeal and warning by diverting the minds of hearers to but subordinate topics.  Rather, would He force upon them the one solemn lesson that life here determines experience there; that immediately after death conditions are drastically reversed, a just balance is reached, and present inequalities are redressed.  There all can see what faith asserts here.

 

 

Various common assumptions are here rebuked.  That death introduces a complete break in moral state and~ experience is refuted.  On the contrary, moral condition persists and governs experience.  The law of sowing and reaping operates rigidly and fully.  Eternal consequences have indeed been cancelled for the repentant by the sufferings of Christ on the cross; but temporal consequences prevail in the period between death and resurrection.

 

 

It is also denied that at death the saved go to heaven and the lost to hell.  They all alike go to the realm of the dead, where Christ went, but some to the portion called of old, “Abraham’s bosom” and now given the nobler description “with Christ” (Phil. 1: 23), for now He fills, or occupies, all things (Eph. 4: 9, 10).

 

 

When the A.V. was made, “hell” meant what the Greek “Hades” means, a vast covered region out of ken of our bodily senses, reached after death.  To-day “hell” has come to mean the place of final judgment, the “lake of fire,” which misleads the present reader of the Authorized King James Version.

 

 

A result has been that the great [scriptural] facts revealed as to the state intermediate between death and resurrection have, been deleted from most Christian thought and preaching, so that both the solace and the solemnity of such knowledge have been lost. Believers have been buoyed up with the fictitious notion that they go from their death-bed to the glory of heaven, and the salutary warning has been lost that their unrepented misdeeds must be faced directly after death.  In particular, how lamentable has been the growth in [regenerate] Christians of covetousness, riches, and self-indulgence.  Let us rather take to our hearts the facts presented by our Lord and order our ways accordingly.  Then shall we be able honestly and forcefully to press them upon the carnal.

 

 

The Invigorating inspiring effort of this view is shown in IV Maccabees 13: 16.  As mentioned before, in the second century B.C., pious Jews being cruelly tortured to death by Antiochus Epiphanes, encouraged one another to endure unto the end by the words, “Thus suffering, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob will welcome us and all the fathers will commend us  In this wise they rejoiced at the prospect of being welcomed into the eternal tabernacles.

 

 

O GOD, TO US MAY GRACE BE GIVEN

TO FOLLOW IN THEIR TRAIN.

 

 

-------

 

 

 

“HADES occurs 11 times in the Greek Testament, and is improperly translated in the common version 10 times by the word hell.  It is the word used in the Septuagint as a translation of the Hebrew word sheol, denoting the abode or world of the dead, and means literally that which is in darkness, hidden, invisible, or obscure.  As the word hades did not come to the Hebrews from any classical source, or with any classical meaning, but through the Septuagint, as a translation of their own word sheol, therefore in order to properly define its meaning recourse must be had to the various passages where it is found.  The Hebrew word sheol is translated by hades, in the Septuagint, 60 times out of 63; and though sheol in many places, (such as Gen. 35: 35; 13: 38; 1 Sam. 2: 7; 1 Kings 2: 6; Job. 14: 13; 17: 13, 16, &c.), may signify keber, the grave, as the common receptacle of the dead [body], yet it has the more general meaning of death; a state of death; the dominion of death.  To translate hades by the word hell, as is done 10 times out of 11 in the New Testament [A.V.], is very improper, unless it has the Saxon meaning of helan, to cover, attached to it.  The primitive signification of hell only denoting what was SECRET or CONCEALED, perfectly corresponds to the Greek sheol, but the theological definition to it at the present day by no means expresses it.”

 

- Taken from The Emphatic Diaglott. p.p. 892.

 

 

-------

 

 

“The passion  for souls; the compassion of the Lord Jesus, burning in the hearts and lives are present day evidence that Christ loves.  A whole Bible for a whole world, with its searching implications, calls us to a renewed consecration to Him Who loved us with an undying love.  The time is short; the coming of the Lord to estanlish His Millennial Kingdom draweth nign.

 

 

Can we, whose souls are lighted

With the wisdom from on high,

Can we, to men benighted

The Lamp of life deny?

Kark! Those cursts of accamalation;

Kark! Those loud triumphant chords;

Jesus takes the highest station,

Crown Him, Crown Him

King of kings, and Lord of lords.”

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

197

 

APPROVAL, GOAL OF YOUR FAITH

 

 

BY  ARLEN  L  CHITWOOD

 

 

-------

 

 

[THE FOLLOWING IS A BRIEF FOREWORD FROM A PREVIOUS PAGE - Ed.]

 

The key words in Heb. 3: 6 pertaining to hope are “confidence” and “rejoicing  The Greek word translated “confidence” (parresia) has to do with being “bold,” or “courageous”; and the Greek word translated “rejoicing” (kauchema) has to do with “the object of boasting,” “a thing of pride  Christians are to be bold, courageous as they journey toward their heavenly [and millennial] inheritance; and they are to exult in the hope set before them.  They are to display this hope as the very object of the salvation which they possess in such a manner that the One Who secured this hope for them will receive the praise, honour, and glory.

 

A FUTURE INHERITANCE

 

The future inheritance of the saints (1 Peter 1: 4), mentioned numerous times in Scripture, must be understood from the standpoint of the inheritance surrounding the birthright, having to do with firstborn sons.  The word translated “birthright” in the New Testament is from the Greek word prototokia, a plural noun which should be properly rendered, “the rights of the firstborn  And the rights of firstborn sons consists of a plurality of rights, which are inherited rights.

 

The rights of firstborn sons in the Jewish economy in the Old Testament consisted of three things: (1) ruler of the household under and for the father, (2) priest of the family, and (3) the reception of a double portion of the father’s estate.  Every Jewish firstborn son was in line to receive this twofold inheritance; but, according to that which God has revealed in His Word, this inheritance was forfeitable.  The positional standing as a firstborn son did not itself guarantee that the inheritance would be received.  A firstborn son, through rebellious actions, could forfeit the rights of primogeniture.

 

Two classic examples of the forfeiture of the rights belonging to firstborn sons are given in the Book of Genesis, the book wherein the roots of all Biblical doctrine lie.  One is the account of Esau, and the other is the account of Reuben. …

 

 

-------

 

 

 

That the trialapproval’] of your faith, being much more precious than of gold that perisheth, though it be tried with firebut being approved through fire’], might be found unto praise and honour and glory at the appearing of Jesus Christ:

 

 

Whom having not seen, ye love; in whom, though now ye see him not, yet believing, ye rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory:

 

 

Receiving the endgoal’] of your faith, even the salvation of your souls (1 Peter 1: 7-9).

 

 

In the Greek text of verse seven the word translated “trial” is dokimion, and the word translated “tried” is dokimazo.  These are, respectively, noun and verb forms of the same word.  In either form, this word means to be “tried with a view to approval, if found worthy”; or, if the text so indicates, the word can refer to “approval” itself at the termination of testing.

 

 

James 1: 3, where dokimion is used, provides a good example of testing during present time with a view to future approval.  But 1 Peter 1: 7, contextually, moves beyond the point of a present-day testing.  Approval at a future date is in view, and the translation of both dokimion and dokimazo should reflect this fact.  This verse should correctly be translated,

 

 

“That the ‘approval’ of your faith ... but being ‘approved’ through fire...”

 

 

Verse nine, continuing this same thought, refers to obtaining something because of the outcome of one’s faith - “Receiving the end of your faith...”  The word translated “end” is telos in the Greek text, which literally means “goal” “consummation,” “full development” of that which is in view.  “Faith the subject matter at hand in verses seven through nine, is that which is in view.  In verse seven, “faith” must be approved in order to realize “praise and honour and glory at the appearing of Jesus Christ”, and in verse nine, “faith” must be brought to full development, reach its goal, in order to realize “the salvation of your souls

 

 

AT THE JUDGMENT SEAT

 

 

The approval and goal of one’s “faith” await the coming issues of the judgment seat of Christ.  The evaluations and determinations of this judgment will be based on “works” which emanate out of faithfulness to one’s calling.  The Book of James teaches that faithfulness to one’s calling will result in works of a particular nature, and these works alone (works which God has outlined for each individual Christian to accomplish) will result in faith being brought to the place where it can be approved, realizing its proper goal (ref. Chapter V).

 

 

The trial of “every man’s work” in fire at the judgment seat of Christ will be with a view to approval, if found worthy.  The Greek word translated “try” in 1 Cor. 3: 13 is dokimazo, the same word used In 1 Peter 1: 7. “Works” are approved through fire in 1 Cor. 3: 13, and “faith” is approved through fire in 1 Peter 1: 7.  Both Scriptures refer to that future time when the approval of works at the judgment seat will reveal an approved faith as well.

 

 

“Works” of a nature which can be approved will have emanated out of faithfulness to one’s calling, resulting in “a faith” which can also be approved.  During the present time, faith is being brought to its goal (into the place where it can be approved) through works; and at the judgment seat, the approval of faith will be based upon the approval of works.  The former cannot be realized apart from the latter, and the relationship between faith and works after this fashion is such that Scripture reveals both being approved “through fire

 

 

However, there is another side to the judgment seat of Christ, for Scripture reveals that a Christian’s works may be found unworthy of approval.  The “trial” will be with a view to approval, but such will not be the case if the fire reveals works which are not worthy of approval - works emanating from other than a faithfulness to one’s calling.

 

 

And disapproved “works” can only result in a disapproved “faith  A faith of this nature will not have been brought to its proper goal, and individuals possessing works unworthy of approval will “suffer loss

 

 

Then, using the inverse of that which is taught in 1 Peter 1: 7-9 about approved faith brought to its goal (shown through approved works), an individual possessing a disapproved faith (shown through disapproved works) will not only be denied “praise and honour and glory at the appearing of Jesus Christ” (v. 7), but his suffering loss will have to do with the loss of his soul (v. 9).

 

 

James 1: 12 refers to Christians being “approved” prior to receiving a crown:

 

 

“Blessed is the man that endureth temptation: for when he is triedapproved’], he shall receive the crown of life, which the Lord hath promised to them that love him

 

 

The word translated “tried” is dokimos in the Greek text.  This word, from the same root form as dokimios in 1 Peter 1: 7, refers specifically to being “approved at the end of testing  In 1 Cor. 3: 13, it is the approval of an individual’s “works”; in 1 Peter 1: 7, it is the approval of an individual’s “faith”; but in James 1: 12, it is the approval of the individual “himself

 

 

The approval of works, as has been shown, will result in and reveal the approval of faith.  This will, in turn, result in the approval of the individual, for it is a physical flesh and bone entity who will realize the goal of his “faith the salvation of his soul.

 

 

In 1 Cor. 9: 24-27 Paul states that the Christian is in a race with a crown in view, which will be acquired only after the runner has been approved at the conclusion of the race:

 

 

“Know ye not that they which run in a race run all, but one receiveth the prize?  So run, that ye may obtain [the prize].”

 

 

SALVATION OF THE SOUL

 

 

And every man that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all things.  Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown, but we an incorruptible (crown).

 

 

I therefore so run, not as uncertainly: so fight I, not as one that beateth the air:

 

 

But I keep under my body, and bring it into subjection: lest that by any means, when I have preached to others, I myself should be a castaway [lit. ‘be disapproved’].”

 

 

The word translated “castaway” (v. 27) is adokimos in the Greek text.  This is the same word translated “tried [lit. ‘approved’]” in James 1: 12, but with the prefix “a,” which negates the word.  Adokimos, thus, means “disapproved

 

 

Studying 1 Cor. 9: 24-27; James 1: 12; 1 Peter 1: 7-9 in the light of one another will produce one clear, uniform teaching: Christians are enrolled in a race, with crowns to be won or lost at the termination of this race.  And how well Christians run the race depends upon their “faithfulness  Faithfulness to one’s calling is the key, for only through faithfulness can works ensue; and works are necessary to produce a “living” faith, resulting in fruit-bearing, which can, in that coming day (at the judgment seat), be approved (cf. James 2: 14-26).

 

 

Only in this manner will individuals be approved for crowns, allowing the recipients of crowns the privilege of occupying positions as joint-heirs with Christ in His coming kingdom.

 

 

THE PRIMARY, FUNDAMENTAL TYPE

 

 

A Christian’s disapproval for the crown referred to in 1 Cor. 9: 24-27 has its contextual parallel in the verses immediately following (1 Cor. 10: 1-11), which record Israel’s disapproval for entrance into the land of Canaan.  These eleven verses reiterate certain experiences of the Israelites under Moses following the death of the paschal lambs in Egypt, Israel’s experiences (within the scope of the type) begin in Egypt, move through the Red Sea passage, and terminate in the wilderness wanderings.

 

 

The verses outlining these experiences are divided into two sections (vv. 1-6 and vv. 7-11). The first section outlines in general terms the experiences of the Israelites under Moses, and this section is concluded in verse six with the statement:

 

 

“Now these things were our examples [lit. ‘these things happened as types for us’], to the intent we should not lust after evil things, as they also lusted

 

 

Then, the second section outlines in more specific terms four sins of the people which characterized the wilderness journey, and this section is concluded in verse eleven with the statement:

 

 

“Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples [lit. ‘for types’]: and they are written for our admonition upon whom the ends of the worldages’] are come

 

 

Thus, there is a type-antitype treatment of Israelites under the leadership of Moses with Christians under the leadership of Christ.  This same type-antitype treatment of Israelites with Christians also forms the basis for the first four of the five major warnings in the Book of Hebrews (1: 14 - 2: 5; 3: 1 - 4: 16; 6: 1-12; 10: 19-39), apart from which these warnings cannot be properly understood.

 

 

Just as a proper understanding of the first four of the five major warnings in Hebrews is built around a type-antitype treatment of the Israelites under Moses with Christians under Christ, a proper understanding of 1 Cor. 9: 24-27 is built around this same type-antitype treatment.  These verses logically lead into the tenth chapter, and this chapter forms the basis for explaining what is meant by being approved or disapproved at the conclusion of the race.

 

 

Scripture is to be interpreted in the light of Scripture, and the approval or disapproval of an individual at the judgment seat of Christ must be understood in the light of Old Testament typology - namely the experiences of the Israelites under the leadership of Moses following the death of the paschal lambs in Egypt.  This is the primary, fundamental type which God uses in His Word to teach Christians great spiritual truths concerning dangers strewn along their present pilgrim pathway as they, under the leadership of Christ, traverse the only route which will culminate in the realization of the [future] salvation to be revealed - the salvation of their souls.

 

 

TYPE - ISRAEL IN THE WILDERNESS

 

 

On the night of the Passover in the land of Egypt, God established a distinction “between the Egyptians and Israel  This distinction was established on the basis of death and shed blood - the death and shed blood of the paschal lambs - and involved the birth and adoption of a nation (Ex. 4: 22, 23; 6: 6, 7; 11: 4-7; 12: 1-13; Hosea 2: 15).  Israel’s birth and adoption were for definite, specific purposes - namely the establishment of God’s firstborn son in the land covenanted to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, at the head of the nations, within a theocracy.

 

 

Not only was the “Feast of the Passover” instituted at this time but the “Feast of Unleavened Bread” was also instituted at the very beginning of Israel’s national existence.  Immediately following the Passover, Israel - the newly established nation, God’s firstborn son - was to eat “unleavened bread” for a period of seven days.  All leaven was to be put out of the house (house of Israel) during this period.

 

 

“Leaven in Scripture, always, without exception, portrays that which is evil, corrupt.  “Seven” is the number of perfection, indicating the completeness of that which is in view.  And regardless of the time or place - in Egypt before the Red Sea passage, in the wilderness after the Red Sea passage, or in the land of Canaan realizing the purpose for the nation’s calling - “evil typified by leaven, was to be put out of the house of Israel.  The penalty for not so doing was spelled out in no uncertain terms:

 

 

“... for whosoever eateth leavened bread from the first day until the seventh day, that soul shall be cut off from Israel” (Ex. 12: 15b).

 

 

Thus, God’s dual truth concerning “blood” and “leaven” was established at the very beginning of Israel’s existence as a nation.  The appropriation of the “blood” of slain lambs placed those who had come out of Egypt, forming the nation of Israel, in a particular relationship with God from which they could never be removed.  This, however, was only the beginning.  The entire purpose for Israel’s existence lay ahead; and after the appropriation of the blood of these slain lambs, everything associated with leaven was then to be put out of the house for the period specified.  Only in this manner could the nation realize the purpose for her removal from Egypt, the very purpose of her calling.

 

 

What though did Israel do relative to the Feast of Unleavened Bread following the appropriation of the blood of the slain paschal lambs?  Israel kept the feast in the sense of the seven literal days required by Ex. 12: 15 (cf. Ex. 12: 34, 39; 13: 1-10).  But did Israel keep the feast in the sense of that which it portrays must be done in the camp beyond this time?  Did Israel put sin out of the house during her pilgrim journey in the wilderness?

 

 

The answer of course, according to Scripture, is “No  Israel committed trespass after trespass against the Lord, climaxing the leavening process at Kadesh-Barnea.

 

 

Had Israel put leaven out of the house and followed the leadership of the Lord, the nation would have realized the purpose for her calling.  Israel would have exhibited faithfulness and entered into the land at Kadesh-Barnea, overthrown the inhabitants, and ruled over all the Gentile nations as God’s firstborn son within a theocracy, with the nations being blessed through Israel.

 

 

However, instead of exhibiting faithfulness, the Israelites exhibited unfaithfulness.  The entire accountable generation (save Caleb and Joshua, who possessed a different spirit) was overthrown in the wilderness.  Of the 600,000 fighting men who came out of Egypt, all but two were overthrown in the wilderness.  They were cut off from the house of Israel.  They were overthrown on the right side of the blood - cut off from Israel, not from God - and they fell short of the goal of their calling.

 

 

In this respect, according to the account of the wilderness journey of the Israelites in Hebrews chapter three, because of “unbeliefunfaithfulness’],” the nation failed to enter into the land at Kadesh-Barnea (v. 19).  The Israelites under Moses rejected that which God had to say concerning entrance into the land set before them.  They believed the false report of the ten spies rather than the true report of Caleb and Joshua.  At this point they fell away; and, as set forth in the antitype of Heb. 6: 4-6, it was then impossible “to renew them again unto repentance

 

 

(In the type, it was impossible for God to change His mind concerning that which He had previously stated would occur if the Israelites did not obey His voice; and, in the antitype, in like manner, it will be impossible for God to change His mind concerning that which He has previously stated will occur if Christians do not obey His voice.)

 

 

Why did the Israelites “fall away”?  What brought about such unbelief, unfaithfulness, on their part?  The answer can be found by comparing their attitude in two realms: (1) their attitude toward both “the food” (the manna) which God had provided and “the land” (the land of Canaan) which lay before them with (2) their attitude toward both “the food” (fish, etc.) which they had previously enjoyed in Egypt and “the land” (the land of Egypt) which they had left.

 

 

According to Numbers chapter eleven, they had rejected “the manna” and had longingly looked back to the food which they remembered in Egypt; and, almost immediately following, in Numbers chapters thirteen and fourteen, they had rejected “the land of Canaan” and had longingly looked back to the land of Egypt.

 

 

In each instance, their look was away from the things of God and the land set before them back to the things of the world and the god of this present world system (cf Luke 9: 62) - back to the things associated with the leavening process which had been working for almost eighteen months in the camp (“Egypt” in Scripture is always a type of the world, with its fleshly allures; and “Satan” is the god of this present world system).

 

 

Israel’s attitude concerning the manna preceded the nation’s attitude concerning the land.  Their refusal to go in and take the land could have been anticipated by their previous reaction to and rejection of the manna.  That is, because they had previously preferred the food in Egypt to the manna which God had provided, at Kadesh-Barnea they could only be expected to prefer the land of Egypt to the land of Canaan.  This fact can be clearly seen in the antitype.

 

 

ANTITYPE - CHRISMNS IN THE WILDERNESS

 

 

As a distinction was established “between the Egyptians and Israel” in the land of Egypt the night of the Passover, a distinction has been established between the world and Christians during the present day.  As the distinction during Moses’ day was established on the basis of death and shed blood, so has the distinction during the present day been established on the basis of death and shed blood.  Almost thirty-five hundred years ago in Egypt the distinguishing factor was the blood of the slain paschal lambs, and today the distinguishing factor is the blood of the slain Paschal Lamb.  Since Adam’s sin in Eden, the distinguishing factor has always been death and shed blood - something which never changes in Scripture (cf. Gen. 3: 21; Heb. 9: 22).

 

 

As Israel was called into existence for definite and specific purposes so has the Church been called into existence for definite and specific purposes.  Israel (“a prince” possessing “power with God and with men” [Gen. 32: 28]) was called into existence to rule as God’s firstborn son within a theocracy, and the Church has also been called into existence to rule as God’s firstborn son within a theocracy.  Israel was called into existence to rule on the earth at the head of the Gentile nations with God dwelling in Israel’s midst; and the Church has been called into existence to rule from the heavens over the Gentile nations with God’s firstborn Son, Jesus.

 

 

As Israel was commanded to keep the Feast of Unleavened Bread for seven days immediately following the Passover, so have Christians been commanded to keep this feast for the same length of time.   Immediately following that to which events of the Passover point (the birth from above, a passing “from death unto life”):

 

 

“Know ye not that a little leaven leaveneth the whole lump?

 

 

Purge out therefore the old leaven, that ye may be a new lump, as ye are unleavened.  For even Christ our Passover is sacrificed for us:

 

 

“Therefore let us keep the feast, not with old leaven, neither with the leaven of malice and wickedness: but with the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth” (1 Cor. 5: 6b-8).

 

 

The feast is to be kept for a period of “seven days Indicating the completeness of that which is in view.  The entire Christian life from the point of salvation forward is in view.  During the present dispensation Christians reside in bodies of death, possessing the old sin nature; but during the coming dispensation (the Messianic Era) Christians will reside in sinless, deathless bodies like unto the body of Christ (cf. Rom. 7: 24; 1 John 1: 8; 3: 2).

 

 

During the coming dispensation the removal of leaven from the house will no longer be an issue, for it will have been put out once and for all.  Thus, the issue of Christians keeping the feast (in accordance with 1 Cor. 5: 6ff) and the dangers inherent in not keeping the feast are for the present dispensation alone, as it was for the Israelites during the past dispensation.

 

 

Israelites who failed to keep the feast were cut off from the house of Moses; and Christians who fall to keep the feast will fare no better, for they will be cut off from the house of Christ (Heb. 3: 1ff.

 

 

Thus, God’s dual truth concerning “blood” and “leaven established at the very beginning of Israel’s existence as a nation, is the same dual truth presently seen in Christendom today.  Through the appropriation of the blood of the slain Paschal Lamb - allowing for the immersion in the Spirit, forming the one new man “in Christ” - Christians form “a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, an holy nation, a peculiar people” (1 Peter 2: 9).  Christians occupy a positional standing “in Christ from which they can never be removed.

 

 

This, however, as in Israel’s case, is only the beginning.  The entire purpose for the Christians’ very existence lies ahead.  After the appropriation of the blood, everything associated with leaven is then to be put out of their lives for the period specified.  Only in this manner will Christians realize the purpose for their present positional standing “in Christ the very purpose for their calling.

 

 

Keeping the Feast of Unleavened Bread, outlined for Christians in 1 Corinthians chapter five, is not synonymous with Christians living sinless lives, living above sin.  Nor was this the case for those in Israel in the type.  This is by no means what is being taught in this passage, for since “sin entered into the world” through Adam (Rom. 5: 12), it has always been impossible for saved individuals to live apart from sin in such a manner, residing in bodies of death with the old sin nature.

 

 

The fact that the Israelites could and did sin following events surrounding the death of the firstborn was the reason for Aaron’s past high priestly ministry in the earthly tabernacle.  And the fact that Christians can and do sin is the reason for Christ’s present high priestly ministry in the heavenly tabernacle.

 

 

Christ is ministering today in the antitype of Aaron, on the basis of His shed blood on the mercy seat, on behalf of Christians who sin.  The sins committed by Christians are forgiven through confession of these sins on the basis of the shed blood of Christ which “cleansethkeeps on cleansing’] us from all sin

 

 

In this respect, Christians keep the Feast of Unleavened Bread today in a twofold manner; abstention from every appearance of evil on the one hand, and confession of sins when overtaken by evil on the other hand (1 Thess. 5: 22; 1 John 1: 7-10).  All leaven is to either be put out or kept out of one’s life in this twofold manner; and Christians conducting their lives in this fashion, correspondingly, keep the feast.

 

 

However, as Israel failed to keep the feast in the type (in the preceding twofold manner), so are Christians failing to keep the feast in the antitype (in the same twofold manner).

 

 

The Israelites committed trespass after trespass against the Lord, disregarding that which God had commanded; and they climaxed their sins by rejecting the manna and rejecting the land of Canaan.  They looked back to the things of Egypt in both instances.

 

 

And Christians are doing exactly the same thing.  The Church has become so enmeshed in the things of the world that it is becoming increasingly difficult to tell where the world ends and the Church begins.  The sins of Christians, as the sins of Israel - disregarding, as well, that which God has commanded - have led them down a path where they are rejecting the things typified by both the manna and the land of Canaan.

 

 

The manna was that bread from heaven which God had provided to sustain the Israelites while on their pilgrim journey.  This bread contained everything necessary for the sustenance and health of the physical body throughout the wilderness journey, as the Israelites looked ahead to an inheritance in the land set before them (an earthly inheritance and land).

 

 

And the counterpart for Christians today is the Bread from heaven, “the Word of God  This Word contains everything necessary for the sustenance and health of the spiritual man throughout the pilgrim journey (cf. John 6: 30-58; Luke 4: 4), as Christians look ahead to an inheritance in the land set before them (a [millennial and] heavenly inheritance and land).

 

 

The Israelites, remembering the food which they had while in Egypt, tried to change the manna.  They “ground it in mills, or beat it in a mortar, and baked it in pans, and made cakes of it   Through this process they ruined the manna, for the taste was like “fresh oil [a bland taste, made with olive oil]” (Num. 11: 4-8).

 

 

Christians today have done exactly the same thing with the Word of God; and, according to the type, it is because of their carnal desires for the food served in Egypt, i.e., it is because of their carnal desires for the nourishment which the world provides.  Christians have tried to change the Word of God to conform to the things of the world, seeking to make this Word palatable to both the world and themselves.  And emanating out of this process are such things as the paraphrased versions of the Bible which are supposed to help us better understand the Scriptures, and the shortened, compressed versions which are for individuals who don’t have time to read the Word as given through Moses and the prophets.  Or, the Word is often interpreted in a manner which allows worldly palatability for carnally minded Christians.

 

 

God revealed Himself, His plans, and His purposes to man in “pure words: as silver tried in a furnace of earth, purified seven times”; and God has “magnified his word above his name” (Psa. 12: 6; 138: 2).  Beyond that, God has made this revelation known after a certain fashion (history, prophecy, types interwoven within history, antitypes, metaphors, parables, etc.).  And for finite man to make changes after any fashion, which would include refusing to recognize the manner in which God has made this revelation known, can result in only one thing, seen in the type: Changing the manna during Moses’ day ruined that which God had provided for the people, and changing the Manna today serves only to accomplish this same destructive end.

 

 

The importance of recognizing this whole thing for what it really is, no matter what form it may take - a Satanic attack upon the Word of God - becomes evident when one understands the proper place which the Word occupies in the life of a Christian.  God has breathed life (the Neshamah [initial work of the Spirit]) into man, effecting the birth from above (cf. Gen. 1: 1-3; 2: 7; John 3: 3).  He then continues this life through the indwelling presence of His Breath (the Neshamah [indwelling of the Spirit; 1 Cor. 6: 19]), and nourishes and sustains this life through a continued breathing in (the Neshamah / Theoneustos [the God-Breathed, Living Word; 2 Tim. 3: 16; James 1: 21]).  The indwelling Holy Spirit (the Neshamah), in this manner, takes the Word of God (the Neshamah) received into man’s saved human spirit and effects spiritual growth unto maturity.

 

 

That which God delivered to man through Moses and the prophets constitutes the Neshamah - the God-Breathed Oracles - not that which carnal man has changed by seeking to make it palatable to himself and the world.  And the Holy Spirit (the Neshamah) uses the God-Breathed Oracles (the Neshamah) alone to effect a Christian’s spiritual growth unto maturity.  That which is not the Word of God (not the Neshamah) substituted for the Word of God (the Neshamah) can only produce spiritually anaemic, sick Christians, for the Holy Spirit cannot use that which is not the Breath of God to effect spiritual growth.  The Holy Spirit cannot use that which is lifeless to nourish and sustain life, which He (through the Neshamah) brought into existence.

 

 

In this respect, that which man has changed today approximates the Living Word of God to the same degree that the manna which the Israelites changed approximated the manna which God delivered to them from heaven.  The Israelites, through changes, ruined the manna; and Christians (also the unsaved in certain instances, for monetary gain), through changes, have ruined the Word of God.

 

 

Thus, it is easy to understand why the Israelites under Moses preferred the things of Egypt to the things of the land set before them (their earthly inheritance [cf. Num. 14: 12; Heb. 11: 8]), and why innumerable Christians today prefer the things of the world to the things of the land set before them (their [millennial and] heavenly Inheritance [cf. Heb. 1: 14; 3: 1; 1 Peter 1: 4]).  The Israelites desired to feast on the things of Egypt rather than the manna which God had provided, and Christians today are exhibiting exactly the same attitude and are doing exactly the same thing relative to the things of the world and the Word of God.

 

 

The spirituality of the Israelites, brought about through their association with Egypt, was at such a low ebb that they didn’t believe it was possible for them to go in and conquer the inhabitants of the land.  Thus, they sought to appoint a new leader and return to Egypt (Num. 14: 14) - completely overcome by the enemy before ever engaging the enemy in battle.

 

 

The spirituality of many Christians today, brought about through their association with the world, is at such a low ebb that they, in like manner, refuse to believe it is possible for them to go in and conquer the inhabitants of the land (cf. Eph. 6: 10-17).  Thus, they, as the Israelites under Moses, seek their place in the world, under the sun - completely overcome by the enemy before ever engaging the enemy in battle.

 

 

CONCLUDING THOUGHS

 

 

The importance of feasting on the Manna from heaven cannot be overemphasized.  A Christian must receive “the implanted word [the ‘Neshamah’]” or he cannot realize the [future] salvation of his soul.  The reason is very simple: Apart from the reception of this Word there can be no spiritual growth unto maturity.  And without spiritual growth, wrought through a continued inbreathing of “life” into man, there can be no movement of the spiritual man, producing “works” emanating from “a living” faith.

 

 

The race will have been run in no certain manner, with no fixed goal, as one beating the air.  And, as revealed in 1 Cor. 9: 24 - 10: 11, a race run in this manner will result in the individual being disapproved, for he will have been overcome and thus overthrown in the wilderness.

 

 

Accordingly, such an individual at the judgment seat of Christ will have his works tried, with a view to approval; but these works will be shown to be “dead [barren]” works, emanating from unfaithfulness, producing nothing but “wood, hay, stubble  These will all be burned in the fire, leaving the individual in the position, “saved [salvation of his spirit]; yet so as bythrough’] fire” (1 Cor. 3: 12-15).

 

 

His works will be disapproved, and works of this nature will have failed to bring faith to its proper goal. Consequently, the individual’s faith will also be disapproved, and he will “suffer loss” -  the loss of his soul.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

 

198

 

THY KINGDOM COME*

 

 

BY DAVID  W.  DYER

 

 

* Edited from Chapter Two of the author’s book ‘Thy Kingdom Come’.

 

 

Before we get very far in this book, one thing must be made very clear if the readers are to properly understand this message, and that is that the “Kingdom of Heaven” is not heaven.  Let me say that again.  When the New Testament uses the phrase “the Kingdom of Heaven” it is not referring to heaven.  Instead it is referring to the Kingdom about which we have been talking.  Much of the misunderstanding - which believers have about this subject stems only from hearsay, preconceived notions or wrong teaching rather than being based on the Word of God.  Too often Bible teachers erroneously place a great deal of emphasis upon heaven as the eternal dwelling place of believers.  Those who hear this teaching may then mistakenly apply to heaven verses which are actually about the Kingdom without realizing what they are doing.  This is a problem which we are now attempting to correct.  It is important when we are trying to understand the Bible [Page 18] that we are careful not to assume anything or to be guided by supposition.  There is no verse of scripture which tells us that the Kingdom of Heaven is heaven.  If we are to really understand the Kingdom of God, it is essential that we be able to allow ourselves to be corrected by the Word of God, even when it contradicts cherished notions.

 

 

Perhaps the confusing element in the phrase “the Kingdom of Heaven” are the words “of heaven  What these words actually mean is that the Kingdom has its origin in heaven - that it is heavenly in its nature and content.  They do not mean that it is heaven.  God reigns supreme in heaven.  Heaven is the focus of His authority - the point from which He rules the universe.  The words “of heaven” then are referring to the source of this Kingdom about which Jesus testified.  Again, the prayer which He taught His disciples to pray clearly paints the picture: “Thy kingdom come ... on earth as it is in heaven” (Mt. 6: 10 NASB).  Jesus’ prayer was that the Father’s heavenly Kingdom would be fully manifested on the earth.  So we see that although the Kingdom of Heaven is heavenly in character and origin, it is not heaven.

 

 

It is interesting to note that of all the New Testament writers, only the Apostle Matthew uses the phrase “the Kingdom of Heaven  All of the other writers use the phrase “the Kingdom of God  In the four gospels, when the writers are quoting the same parables of Jesus, Matthew uses “the Kingdom of Heaven” and the other three say “the Kingdom of God  This shows us that these terms are used interchangeably in the inspired Word.  There is no difference between the two.  Such an observation also reinforces the idea that the “Kingdom of Heaven” is not heaven.*

 

[* NOTE:  The same principle can be shown by the use the words “a heavenly land”.  It is not a “land” in Heaven, as so many Christians believe, but a land on this earth during in “the age to come” (Heb. 6: 5, R.V.): the LAND is described by the adjective “heavenly”.  In other words, the “land of Israel,” and all other lands on this earth (2 Pet. 3: 8, R.V.), will one ‘DAY’ be blessed by the King of heaven and earth - (our LORD and SAVIOUR Jesus, the Christ/Messiah) after His Second Advent:  “Break forth into joy, sing together, ye waste places of Jerusalem: for the LORD hath comforted his people, he hath redeemed Jerusalem.  The LORD hath made bare his holy arm in the eyes of all nations; and all the ends of the earth shall see the salvation of our God;” (Isa. 52: 9. 10, R.V.)  Again, - “Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I will raise unto David a righteous Branch, and he shall reign as king and deal wisely, and shall execute judgment and justice in the land.  In his days Judah shall be saved, and Israel shall dwell safely: and this is the name whereby he shall be called, The LORD is our righteousness:” (Jeremiah 23: 5, 6, R.V.). cf. Lk. 1: 32; 13: 29; 22: 28-30; Rom. 8: 19-22; Rev. 2: 25-27; 11: 15, R.V.).]

 

[Page 19]

The Jewish people who were listening to Jesus teach did not have a problem understanding that He was referring to an earthly Kingdom.  On the contrary, many of them had difficulty realizing the spiritual aspects of it.  For centuries they had been waiting for Messiah- the King who would lead them out of bondage.  They well knew the scriptures prophesying that One would come to sit on the throne of David and rule over them (Is. 9: 7).  When Herod questioned the scribes regarding the place of the Messiah’s birth, they knew the exact location.  The coming of a King to set up an earthly Kingdom was no secret to them.  What they failed to realize was that the prophesied coming of Jesus consisted of two events.  There was a first coming and there will be a second one - one to which all true [pre-millennial] believers are looking forward.  And it is at the second one that He will establish His earthly, physical Kingdom.

 

 

What the Jews did not realize then, but what we know now, is that these two comings of Christ correspond to two aspects of the Kingdom.  First, there is a present spiritual experience of the Kingdom into which Christians can enter and second, there is the coming outward manifestation of the Kingdom on this earth.  Today we can experience the Kingdom spiritually, and someday soon it is coming to the earth physically.  On the one hand, referring to the first, Jesus said, “My kingdom is not of this world” (Jn. 18: 36).  But on the other hand, the scriptures read, “The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of his Christ, (Rev 11: 15).  Although the spiritual aspect of the Kingdom, ushered in with the first advent of Christ, and the outward manifestation of it, which begins [Page 20] with the second coming, are separated by 2,000 years, they have very much in common.  In fact they are inseparable and completely interrelated.

 

 

In order to have a good comprehension of these two facets of the Kingdom of God, perhaps it will first be necessary to talk about just what a kingdom is.  A kingdom is a certain geographical area which is governed by a king.  A kingdom - [upon and over this restored earth (Rom. 8: 19-21)] - is also a collection of people who are subjected to the will and dictates of a particular king.* Actually these two definitions fit exactly with the two “Kingdoms” about which we have been talking.  With Christ’s first coming He is gathering to Himself a people.  With His second, He will establish His rightful rulership over this world.  His first advent heralded the assertion of His Lordship over the hearts and lives of men who are willing to submit themselves to Him, and His second, His Kingship over all the inhabited earth.

 

[* See Ps. 2: 8; 110: 1-3. cf. Eph. 5: 5; Col. 3: 25; Heb 12: 16, 17, R.V.).]

 

 

In most of the free world today people have a lot of trouble understanding the concept of “king  There are very few rulers today who claim to be kings, and those that do (except perhaps in the Middle East) actually wield very little power.  The idea of bowing before someone and being obedient to his every wish is foreign to us if not even repulsive.  The very thought of not being in control of their own lives has not even entered very many men’s minds.  We in this country are used to “freedom” and any “kings” that come along may have some difficulty asserting their influence over us.  Alas, such is the situation with Jesus Christ and much of His Church today.  We, His people, rightfully belong to Him, but are submitted to His authority very little.

 

 

 

Perhaps a word which could be used to better [Page 21] describe what the Biblical word “king” should mean to us is the word “dictator  Here is a word to which our world can relate.  It holds for us the idea of a man who wields absolute power.  His word is law and no one dares to disobey.  This is really what the Bible means when it uses the word “king (The word “Lord by the way, has a very similar meaning.)  Although “dictator” may convey to us the idea of harshness or cruelty while our King, Jesus, is not that way, still the concept of absolute power and authority is exactly correct.  God has made this same Jesus who was crucified both King and Lord.  In fact, He is King of kings and Lord of lords (Rev 19: 16).  It is to Him we must submit ourselves and Him we must obey.

 

 

Now, with this in mind, we can talk a little about the Kingdom of God.  The Kingdom of God or the Kingdom of Heaven is the sphere over which God’s authority extends.  It consists of the territory and the beings over which He rules.  Most of the universe fits into this category.  One exception is this earth and the majority of the people on it.  The Bible teaches us that this world is presently in the hands of the devil and he is a prince over it and its inhabitants (Jn 14: 30).  Although Jesus has defeated him at the cross, this victory has not yet been fully manifested.  God is just now in the process of establishing His rightful authority over this world. When Jesus Christ returns, the devil will be chained up for 1,000 years (Rev 20: 1-3) and He will reign supreme in all the earth.

 

 

As mentioned previously, the first place that He is starting to rule and the area in which He is working today is the hearts and lives of men and women.  Through the events of His first advent, Jesus Christ [Page 22] gained the authority to transfer people out of this world’s kingdom of darkness into His own Kingdom of light.  He has redeemed mankind with His own precious blood and purchased us for His own possession.  Now we are rightfully His!  Whereas once we were obedient to the evil ruler of this age, now we need be subjected to him no longer.  Jesus has set us free.  Although we were God’s because He made us, Satan usurped this authority in the garden of Eden through his temptation of Adam and Eve.  Now, Jesus Christ is in the process of recovering us from this fall and re-establishing His Kingship over His people.  Hallelujah!

 

 

There is, however, a very interesting aspect of Christ’s Kingdom to which we must pay very careful attention. Jesus will reign over only those who are willing.  He will be a King over only those who want Him to be. When He came in person to the Jews in Israel most of them rejected Him.  At one point their leaders who were supposed to be waiting for Messiah declared, “We have no king but Caesar” (Jn 19: 15).  And so it is still today.  We can either accept or reject the Kingship of Jesus Christ.  But there is a day coming when this option will lapse.  When Jesus Christ comes again, the scriptures tell us that every knee will bow and every tongue will confess that Jesus is Lord (Phil. 2: 10, 11).  At this time He will powerfully subject the whole earth and the inhabitants thereof to Himself (Lk. 19: 27).

 

 

These days in evangelical circles, a person can hear many people preaching such things as “receive Jesus,” “trust Jesus,” or “ask Jesus into your life  These things are true and right and good.  However, this is not the whole story.  What seems to be missing [Page 23] from this kind of preaching is that when we receive Jesus, we receive Him for what He is - King and Lord.  When the first disciples preached, they preached the Lord Jesus Christ. They proclaimed a Christ who wanted full allegiance, who asked for a total commitment of the rest of their lives and who required a complete separation from what was not in His Kingdom.  This is why they saw such marvellous results.  Those preachers did not overemphasize what Christ could do for the people but they announced what the people’s responsibility was toward God.  They knew who Jesus was.  He was the King promised long ago and they were wise enough to submit themselves totally to Him.  How we [Christians (Acts 11: 26, R.V.)] could stand a good dose of this kind of preaching today!  How we need to follow their example!

 

 

This is one explanation of why we have so many lukewarm, insincere converts to Christianity today.  We tell them something like: “If only you will receive Jesus He will make you happy and make you feel good and help you, with your life  On the other hand Jesus preached: “Repent (totally change your way of thinking and living) for the Kingdom (the rulership) of Heaven is at hand  This then is the problem.  When we lead someone to receive Christ without making it very plain to them the total commitment which is required, at first things. may go along just fine.  But sooner or later Jesus will begin to assert His rightful Lordship over their lives.  Since these converts have not been prepared for anything like that, many times they turn away and walk with Him no more.  Or sometimes there begins a long and painful struggle with God about who is to run their lives.  We could easily spare people this problem by [Page 24] telling them the [whole] truth* from the beginning. Let us tell them plainly that they should not even begin to build a tower until they sit down and thoroughly count the cost.  I am afraid that we water down the gospel to get “numbers” “saved” when in reality we are doing service neither to God nor to them.  It is all too easy to immunize converts with easy Christianity, making it all the harder for them to later realize the truth.

 

[* Acts 20: 25-27, R.V.]

 

 

This then is the gospel of the Kingdom.  It is the gospel that Jesus preached.  We are to repent because there is a spiritual Kingdom which has been announced in which God is to have complete control over every aspect of our lives.  And there is an outward, earthly manifestation of this Kingdom coming soon to this earth of which we can be a part if we are willing.  Actually, there is no other gospel.  Although we usually hear only other aspects of it, this is really what the Bible teaches.

 

 

The Kingdom of God today is an inward, spiritual Kingdom.  It is a Kingdom which does not come with observation (Lk 17: 20, 21).  This means that it is not yet manifested outwardly.  The subjection of a man’s heart to Jesus Christ is a hidden thing.  To enter such a Kingdom, which is spiritual in nature, firstly requires a new, spiritual birth.  Just as we were born physically to enter into this world, so we need to be born again of the Spirit of God to enter into the spiritual Kingdom of God (Jn. 3: 5).  This new birth itself requires an element of [faith-] submission to God.  To have it [during the coming millennium] we must repent for our sins and acknowledge Jesus’ rightful Lordship over our lives.  In the process [of our repentance and restoration] He cleanses us from our sins with His precious blood and makes us one with God.

 

[Page 25]

Once we enter the sphere of God’s reigning over us, it is essential that we continue submitting ourselves to Him if we are to keep on experiencing the present [and future millennial] Kingdom of God.  Unfortunately, after we enter God’s [spiritual] Kingdom, it is all too possible for us to rebel [and apostatize] against Him.  As mentioned previously, today Jesus will rule over only those who are willing for Him to do so.  Just as our initial entrance into His Kingdom depended upon our willingness to meet certain requirements [Eph. 2: 8.], so our continued willingness is crucial if we are to be His subjects.  God will not force Himself on anyone.  Unless we want Him to be our King, He will not be.  We all have to choose.

 

 

I would like to emphasize here that this is a choice which we have to make every day if not every minute of every day.  There is a constant battle going on.  Satan wants to retain his control over our lives and keep us subjected to himself.  Unfortunately there is still an old nature within us, a product of our first natural birth, which sides with the devil against God.  But Jesus Christ has overcome all that is within us and all that is within the world.  The new life with [the Holy Spirit’s leading, and] the new nature which has been born into us has the power to overcome all opposition.  Within us we have the supernatural power to overcome Satan and his kingdom.  The pivotal point however is that we must be completely willing to submit ourselves to God.  If we are, He will give us the power to overcome.  If not we will only end up serving the devil.  How many [regenerate] Christians are in this boat!  They belong to God, but in their daily lives they submit themselves to this world and the ruler of it.  Oh how we believers need to submit ourselves totally, without reservation, to our rightful Lord and Creator!  What a shame it is [Page 26] when we go our own way, but what a glory to God when we willingly live in His Kingdom and allow Him to be the Lord of our lives!

 

 

So we see that there are two aspects of the Kingdom of God.  There is a present spiritual reality of which we can be a part, and there is the coming earthly manifestation of it.  As stated earlier, our role in the coming Kingdom has everything to do with our participation in the present one.  Do not be fooled.  No one who serves themselves today will be rewarded tomorrow.  The Kingdom of Heaven which is coming is not separate from the one we can be experiencing today.  They are really the same thing.  They have one King, one purpose and one reality.  I beg you, submit yourselves to God today.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

199

 

ANTI-SEMITISM

 

 

Scripture Readings

 

 

“And an angel of the Lord called Abraam the second time out of heaven, saying, I have sworn by myself, says the Lord, because thou hast done this thing, and on my account hast not spared thy beloved son, surely blessing I will bless thee, and multiplying I will multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven, and as the sand which is by the shore of the sea, and thy seed shall inherit the cities of their enemies.  And in thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed, because thou hast hearkened to my voice(Gen. 22: 15-18, Septuagint,).

 

 

“By faith Abraham, when called to go to a place he would later receive as his inheritance, obeyed and went: All these people were still living by faith when they died.  They did not receive the things promised (Heb. 11: 8, 13, NIV)

 

 

“So he [Abraham] left the land of the Chaldeans and settled in Haran.  After the death of his father, God sent him to this land where you are now living.  He gave him no inheritance here, not even a foot of ground.  But God promised him and his descendants after him would possess the land. ..:” (Acts 7: 4, 5, NIV).

 

 

-------

 

 

 

1.  Many circumstances have conspired to produce the outburst of hatred of the Jew.  Some of the emancipated Jews have, through their great ability and energy, risen to high and influential positions in literature, commerce and finance.  This has provoked the envy and jealousy of the peoples amongst whom they dwell, who complain of the supplanting of the children of the soil, and the predominance of an alien race.  Wealth and influence, too, have paid the usual penalty attached to greatness when it refuses to render itself amenable to the designs of others; and the Jew has become obnoxious to those to whom he would not become subservient.  The difficulties, also, of the industrial classes in their struggle for existence, intensified by competition from without, has caused them to regard with little favour the immigrant Jew, who, flying from persecution elsewhere, has come to seek a share in that employment which is already too scarce, and which is regarded as being too scantily rewarded.  Anarchists too, and socialists, ignorant of the general level of indigence which characterizes the Jews as a people, regard with special enmity a race which numbers amongst its members some very wealthy and conspicuous money-lenders, bankers, financiers and merchant princes; and the war against property in general is directed specially against the Jew.  Besides all this, deep-rooted animosity against the Jew, regarded as the destroyer of the Founder of Christianity, and the enemy of His creed and adherents, ever latent amongst ill-instructed Christians, seems ready to exhibit itself as an active force. - N. S. TAYLOR.

 

 

2. An encyclopaedia of anti-Semitism in six volumes was published in Germany under the name of Sigilla Veri The Seal of the True”).  It treats the Jews as “an anti-race”, and deals with “their manners, their customs, their thieves’ tongues, their assumed names, their secret circles”.  Among its features are “Jewish portraits of world-wide interest that will finally prove the Jews to be no human race at all but an anti-race, a pathological race of parasites”.

 

 

3. Pharaoh tried to annihilate the Hebrews, and all the firstborn of Egypt died.  Amalek tried it and perished. Sihon, king of the Amorites, Og, King of Bashan, tried it and perished.  The Assyrian Empire, the Babylonian Empire tried it and passed off the stage of human history, and the eternal Jew lives on.  Haman indulged his hatred of the Jew, and almost succeeded in his programme of extermination.  But he ended on the gallows built for Mordecai.  Daniel’s envious enemies and their families ended in the lion’s den.  The Edomites, Esau’s descendants, tried to destroy the Jews and perished.  Antiochus Epiphanes tried to destroy the Jews and perished.  Roman Emperors tried it, and all of Europe tried it through the Dark Ages.  Jeremiah (30: 16), like all the Old Testament prophets, was supernaturally exact when he said, “All they that devour thee shall be devoured; and all that prey upon thee will I give for a prey

 

 

Anti-Semitism proves the supernatural character of the Bible.  In Deuteronomy 28. - 32. is the most appalling description of human suffering ever written.  Though written more than three thousand years ago, it predicts in detail the history of the Jews of three thousand years.  It has been fulfilled continuously, century after century... [down to the present time.] “Thou shalt become an astonishment, a proverb, and a by-word, among all the nations whither the Lord shall send thee (Dent. 38: 37).  So also in Jeremiah 24: 9: “And I will deliver them to be removed into all the kingdoms of the earth for their hurt, to be a reproach and a proverb, a taunt and a curse, in all places whither I shall drive them  Also, Jeremiah 29: 18, “And I will persecute them with the sword, with the famine, and with the pestilence, and will deliver them to be removed to all the kingdoms of the earth, to be a curse, and an astonishment, and an hissing, and a reproach, among all the nations

 

 

That the Jew has survived at all for the last twenty-five hundred years is a supernatural fact.  No other nation ever has or could endure similar treatment.  This fact is also the supernatural fulfilment of supernatural prophecies written twenty-five hundred years ago. “Thus saith the Lord, which giveth the sun for a light by day, and the ordinances of the moon and of the stars for a light by night, which divideth the sea when the waves thereof roar; the Lord of hosts is his name: If those ordinances depart from before me, saith the Lord, then the seed of Israel also shall cease from being a nation before me for ever.  Thus saith the Lord: If heaven above can be measured, and the foundations of the earth searched out beneath, I will also cast off all the seed of Israel for all that they have done, saith the Lord” (Jer. 31: 35-37).

- FREDERICK ERDMAN.

 

 

4. John Cournos well observes in his book that ‘the Christless acts of Christians’ have shaped the Jewish policy toward Christ and that “a truly practising Christianity might have at almost any time caused Judaism to melt as the snow melts away under the warm sun* Indeed whenever thoughtful Jews, eager to find the truth, come in contact with consecrated Christians, the impact of the Christ-centred life produces a revolutionary change in their thinking.  By far the greater number of Hebrew Christians were drawn to Christ through the silent witness of the lives of earnest Christians.  Professor Kohnstamm, of the University of Amsterdam, a noted scientist, attributed his original interest in Christ to several of his professors, who were devout Christians. - An Open Letter to Jews and Christians. pp. 74, 150.

 

 

He said:- “At this early stage in my philosophical thinking there appeared a person, who, in his quiet way, exercised a profound influence upon me.  He presented a rather extraordinary riddle in my matter-of-fact and rather superficial mental world.  My classmates related that this man, who was our chemistry teacher, strange as it seemed, went regularly to church on Sunday.  We could not interpret this behaviour as due to a lack of modem scientific knowledge, for his clear-cut objective and splendid instruction in chemistry were evidence of his sound scientific knowledge.  The only alternative explanation of this strange behaviour was that it emanated from some inexplicable external motive, and this explanation just did not fit.  None of us could deny the fact that everything he did was prompted by the greatest sincerity and earnestness ... Just as my teacher in chemistry in the high school had become a problem to me, so it was now the case with my university professor, Dr. van de Waals, one of the greatest scientists in the world, who was later a Nobel prize winner.  I came into close personal touch with him.  He was a man whose objectivity and deep humility were only surpassed by the great sincerity of his whole being.  This man, too - how could I explain it? - was a witness, even if usually a silent one, for that same Christianity which I had believed I could ignore as a message long since outgrown.”

 

 

5. The ritual murder calumny - the alleged Jewish sacrifice of children - is a relic of the days of witchcraft and “black magic”, a cruel and utterly baseless libel on Judaism.  Religious minorities other than the Jews, such as the early Christians, the Quakers, and Christian missionaries in China, have been victimized by it.  It has been denounced by the best men of all ages and creeds.  The Popes, the founders of the Reformation, the Khalif of Islam, statesmen of every country, together with all the great seats of learning in Europe, have publicly repudiated it.  The Archbishops of Canterbury and York, and the Cardinal Archbishop of Westminster.

 

 

“They come out of the night of years, with Asia in their blood,

Out of the mystery of time that was before the Flood.

They saw the sculptured, scarlet East shrink under the grey sands.

They saw the star of Hellas rise and glimmer into dream;

They saw the world of Rome draw suck beside the yellow stream -

And go with ravenous eyes ablaze and jaws that would not spare,

Snarling across the earth, then toothless die upon the lair.”

 

 

-------

 

 

“For I would not, brethren, have you ignorant of this mystery, lest ye be wise in your own conceits, that a hardening in part hath befallen Israel, until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in; and so ALL ISRAEL SHALL BE SAVED: even as it is written:

 

 

There shall come out of Zion a Deliverer;

He shall turn away ungodliness from Jacob:

And this is my covenant unto them,

When I shall take away their sins.

 

 

As touching the gospel, they are enemies for your sakes: but as touching the election, they are beloved for the fathers’ sake.  For the gifts and calling of God are without repentance.  For as ye in time past were disobedient to God, but now have obtained mercy by their disobedience, even so have these also now been disobedient, that by the mercy shewn to you they also may now obtain mercy.  For God hath shut up all unto disobedience, that he might have mercy upon all (Rom. 11: 25-32, R.V.).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

200

 

THE MUCH NEEDED INCENTIVE
THAT IS SO RARELY TAUGHT

 

 

BY ALBERT G. TINLEY

 

 

 

Our Lord (it is generally agreed) is the Nobleman going into a far country, to receive for Himself a Kingdom - and to return (Luke 19: 12-28), with the command to His ten servants: “Occupy till I come” (erchomai).  Left on their own - on probation, to test alike their loyalty and fidelity, their devotion and industry, in making the most, by “trading”, of the ten pounds entrusted to them, they were to be rewarded on His Return with positions of authority - ruling with Him - in His Kingdom.  “When He was returned, having received the Kingdom, then He commanded these servants to be called unto Him, to whom He had given the money, that He might know how much every man had gained by trading”.  This is the adjudication Parable, a Pre-view of the Bema (or Judgement Seat) of Christ.

 

 

This parable of the pounds in Luke is parallel in Matthew by the very similar parable of the talents in chapter 25: 13-30.  Here we have the introduction of the investigation and adjudication with a reference to the Lord’s long absence, now very close on 2,000 years (or two thousand year days by the parable of the Good Samaritan: Luke 10, where the “penny” or “denarius”, represented in the wherewithal of life for the morrow, for the reward or wage of the Labourers in the Vineyard was a denarius, the livelihood of the coming day: Matt. 20: 2 - earned by the determined and energetic 11th hour workmen in the little time left at their disposal).  In Luke 19: 16 we hear the industrious servant confessing: “Lord, Thy pound hath gained ten pounds” - and his reward was authority over ten cities (cf. Decapolis); in Matthew 25: 20 we hear the corresponding enterprising servant saying - without boasting, for the reward is not “of grace”, but [also] of [the regenerate believers’] works: “Behold, I have gained ... five talents more”.

 

 

The Lord’s “Well” of Luke 19: 17 is rightly rendered in Matthew 25: 21, 23 by “well done  Rule over many things, and entrance into the joy of the Lord (for which He put up with the terrible Cross and the Agony in the Garden: Hebrews 12: 2) - the joy of enthronement at the Right Hand of the Father in Heaven: Revelation 3: 21- 22.  The Race of endurance is set before us, and The Good Agony (Greek) with its love of His appearing, and the Crown of Righteousness, awarded by the Righteous Judge, the Umpire and Adjudicator, Who has Himself already been awarded Crown and Throne and Sceptre: Hebrews 1: 8, 9; Psalms. 2: 6-9; Revelation 2: 26-27; 3: 21-22.  He has also been anointed (in Messiahship) with the oil of gladness (Joy) above His Fellows.

 

 

Here, then, is the much needed Incentive that is so rarely taught, to spur [regenerate] believers on; it is a Prize indeed, a Heavenly Calling - inspiring the Apostle Paul: Philippians 3: 10-14, to intense and all absorbing concentration of devotion.  So very many Christians drop out of the race (and even get off “course”) because they fancy all is of grace, and that they will be alright, though mere babes, born again, indeed, yet as being “saved” without works, and without hope - or knowledge - of this special Joy of the Lord - His Joy, set before Him, as the Incorruptible Crown - that [the Apostle] Paul strove for - is set before us: 1 Corinthians 9: 24-27 (where “castaway”  - rendered “rejected” in Hebrews 12: 17 - means disqualified for the Crown as Israel our danger-signal in the following chapter: 1 Corinthians 10: 1-12 - forfeited the Kingdom).

 

 

Here, then, also, is the much needed Caution, Warning, Threat - the possibility of positive Loss at the Judgement Seat of Christ, His Bema of adjudication, that most evangelists and Bible teachers avoid.

 

 

In the two parables quoted from, more space is given to the fearful and unprofitable, the wicked and slothful servant (whom most Expositors declare was no Servant at all!) who, again perhaps relying on “all of grace”, hid his Lord’s money, fancying it would be acceptable, when it represented to Him serious loss.  The Lord Who gives the increase of harvest, is Hard - upon the lazy, presumptuous, cowardly, profitless servants: but very few Christian Teachers will agree with this, or with me (who do not matter, except that I have to be faithful as a steward, and not a mere man [or woman] - pleaser.  So I repeat, disagreement with me will not prove you are right!!  The coming Kingdom is a Kingdom of Reward: Revelation 22: 12; 11: 18, entrance into it being the Prize for good works - as distinct from the Eternal Kingdom of Grace that follows - but who would deliberately choose darkness for the Thousand Years?  Here, then, are the Sanction and the Incentive that the flagging and flabby Church of today so badly needs.

 

 

1 John 2: 28, tells us of the possibility of our being ashamed away from Him at His Appearing, if we do not abide in Him, with His words abiding in us.

 

 

Now the Lord Jesus Christ - the Messiah, and Jehovah - informs us as to those of whom He Himself will be ashamed at His Return.  He Who is the Word of God identifies Himself with His words concerning the historicity and Creation (not Evolution!) of Adam and Eve (Mark 10: 16), concerning His Lordship, and the everlastingness of His utterances.

 

 

Do we make the Word of God of none effect through our (evangelical) traditions, and our denominational slogans? (“all of grace”; “by faith alone”).  What does “hiding in a napkin” mean? or “Light under a bushel”? or “under a bed”?

 

 

Could it mean that we have kept the sacred deposit of salvation to ourselves, never using our testimony to win others to the Lordship of the Messiah? or that we allowed business interests and advantages to seal our lips, and stop our witness?  We ought to be proud of God, and of His Word; we ought, too, to qualify ourselves to defend it, make it known as error-free - even free of alleged scientific mistakes, declaring it to be worthy of fullest acceptance, in view of the erroneous theories, and changing opinions of men, in these dark days of despair, uncertainty, apathy and fear.

 

 

It is very clear that not all believers will win Christ’s Kingdom of Reward, and earn His approval at His Judgement Seat: there are repeated catalogues of excluding sins: sexual impurity, anger, sectarianism and erroneous separatism that will shut [the guilty and unrepentant] believers out of the Kingdom of Reward for suffering and good works: 1 Corinthians 6: 9-10; Galatians 5: 19-21; Ephesians 5: 3-7; 1 Timothy 1: 9-10.   The teacher who asserts that these are impossible to [regenerate] Christians is, consciously or no, a deceiver, or even worse.  Once a [regenerate] believer gets out of touch with God, he/she can become guilty of almost anything.  “Be not partakers” implies that we can partake of sins, and of judgment.  Where are the informed and fearless teachers who dare proclaim these warnings?  The watchmen who are afraid to declare ‘the whole counsel of God’ [(Acts 20: 27, R.V.)] may suffer loss because of their lukewarmness, timidity, and disloyalty.

 

 

Will any one - any regenerate believer - presume when about to be beaten with many, or with few stripes, to oppose “all of grace”, boast of his/her freedom, by new birth, or at a great price, and his/her citizenship of the Heavenly Jerusalem?  But if so, will his/her threatened beating be averted? (Luke 12: 45-48).  We mostly use a little Bible within a Bible - full of promises, devoid of warnings, whether specifically to believers, or awful examples given in Old Testament; therefore, unhappy surprises - as well as happy ones - are in store for us.  But how little do we know the full revelation of God!  Why did I have to leave typewriter for concordance to get the reference to degrees of “stripes”?  Thank God for the exceeding great and precious promises - but do let us note any conditions attached, and make sure we qualify to inherit the blessing!

 

 

And why is all this indisputable Scriptural teaching unpopular, and unpalatable?

 

 

Why do we call the righteousness “filthy rags”, when they are nothing of the kind?  These words were spoken on behalf of Jewish religious hypocrites two or three thousand years ago (Isaiah 54); in contrast the good deeds of the people of God are called “fine white linen”; Revelation 19: 7-9.  Did the Lord call Mary’s deed a “good Work” - or a filthy rag?  Surely that would hardly be an incentive or an encouragement to doing good - which we can do, and many Christians actually do, some occasionally, some all the time, as the Word of God repeatedly affirms. (As empowered by the Holy Spirit, when we seek to walk in obedience to our Lord.) Teachers have no right - in fact they are quite wrong, to declare, stretching Romans 3: 12 unwarrantably and limitlessly, that no one ever did, does, or will do - indeed cannot ever do good.

 

 

The other way round, the “broad way” - easy, crowded, popular, pleasant - is removed from Christian possibility, together with stripes and darkness, and every threat and warning that even a blind outsider can clearly see are needed for regenerate believers.  The “broad way” is made non-applicable to the Church [of God], so that she is robbed of challenging sanctions, as well as of stimulating incentives, and so that every encouragement is given to “harmless” backsliding and unattractive drop-outs, yes, spiritual drop-outs, who once ran well!  The Pharisees “will be offended” at that saying; yes, but what was the Lord’s reply?  What was Paul’s example?

 

 

I for one, I hope, am taking no risks.  Paul was not sure of his Crown or Sceptre, or Throne - when the angelic heads abdicate (Revelation 4: 10; Hebrews 2: 5), in favour of Christ’s Fellows and Joint-Heirs, I shall certainty not cast that Crown down; so I have tried to encourage our people to sing: “Till we TAKE our crowns before Thee”.

 

 

My Incentive or Prize is thus approval at Christ’s Judgement Seat, it is being accounted worthy to live and reign with Him for ‘The Thousand Years’ BEFORE Eternity proper begins: Hebrews 4: 11; 2 Thessalonians 1: 5-7; 1 Corinthians 9: 24 to end; Philippians 3: 13-14; Revelation 2: 25-27; Revelation 3: 21.  My Sanction of Deterrent is “that no man take thy Crown”.  “The rest of the dead lived not again tilt The Thousand Years were finished”: Revelation 3: 11; 20: 5.

 

 

The First Advent of our Lord has been called a Reconnaissance visit, brief, but searching and revealing, in preparation for the Adjudication of the Millennial Kingdom with its living subjects and their rulers, the Overcomers accounted worthy of reigning with Christ for a Thousand Years on this earth.

 

 

This world-wide but temporary Kingdom, which the prophets [of God] foresaw and described, and which was heralded by John Baptist, by our Lord Himself, and by His Twelve Apostles, is itself but a foretaste - and sample in ‘the Age to Come’ [(Heb. 6: 5, R.V.)], of the Everlasting Kingdom of God: in the Ages of the Ages, or, “for ever and ever”, on the ‘New Earth’ [(Rev. 21: 1, R.V.)], in contrast to the reigning “for ever”, [i.e., for an ‘Age to come’, upon this restored, (Rom. 8: 19-21, R.V.) earth].*

 

[* See “The Dualism of Eternal Life” by S. S. CRAIG.]

 

 

As in the Millennial Kingdom of Reward for good works, for devotion and suffering, faithfulness unto death by all the martyrs (“chronic and acute”), there will be both Rulers and subjects, and a three-fold division of mankind as “Jews, and Gentiles, and the Church of God”, so apparently will it be in the Everlasting Kingdom of Grace on the ‘New Earth’, with its Metropolis, the New Jerusalem, descending from [God’s ‘new’] Heaven.

 

 

So must we reconcile any seeming discrepancy between Free Gift and Reward, which are taught so clearly, so emphatically, and so repeatedly, in the Gospels and Epistles, though so rarely distinguished by Christian teachers and evangelists.

 

 

The latter, often out of quick decisions often secure superficial and temporary results, unable to prove either incentive or sanction, since they make sweeping promises without conditions, warnings or threats, and ignore the “cautionary tale” and “awful example” of Israel’s history, and their failure to enter (or retain) their inheritance in the Promised Land.

 

 

Where is the challenge (taken up by the Apostles, especially Paul) to “forsake all”, and follow the Christ, the King?

 

 

Where is the distinction, indeed, the contrast, between faith and works, between gift and reward, between the “shaken” and the unshakable Kingdoms: Hebrews 12: 28, in our evangelical campaigns?

 

 

-------

 

 

INFORMATION ON THE AUTHOR

 

Albert George Tilney (1891 - 1976.)

 

 

Some of the works of A. G. Tinley include “The Glories Of The Messiah” and “The Kingdom is the Gospel”.

 

“Albert G. Tinley, B.A. Hons. (London) was senior modern languages master at Portsmouth Southern Secondary School and Pastor of Elm Grove Free Church, Hayling Island, Hants. ... his contribution to the [British Evolution Protest] Movement exceeded that of other secretaries in years of office, travel and literary output.  In addition to his pastoral duties and being the Secretary of the Prophecy Investigation Society, he was the author of a number of booklets and articles on prophecy.

 

Then as well as his voluminous correspondence as Secretary and Treasurer, he wrote over 100 of our pamphlets and booklets, and edited the Newsletter or Journal.  He travelled widely, lecturing and debating on evolution and the Scriptures, visiting Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland, and in 1972, the United States. On his world tour in 1968 he addressed large meetings arranged for him in schools. colleges and churches...” - (A Jubilee of Witness for Creation Against Evolution.)

 

 

The following quotation is from one of his many faithful, informative, and challenging prophetic writings:-

 

“Merit (or worthiness) it must be maintained in the teeth of all denial, as a condition and qualification for the First Resurrection... (Luke 20: 35). ... ‘Priests of God and Christ, they shall reign with him a thousand years’ ... not instead of eternally, but Millennially before eternity proper begins. Others - proud, indulgent, cowardly - are judged unworthy of Christ and of aeonian life. Now we know from several epistles that SOME BELIEVERS WILL BE EXCLUDED FROM THIS KINGDOM of Heaven and of God (Eph. 5: 5-8). ... We are warned... ‘the rest of the dead (saved and unsaved) lived not again until the 1000 years were ended’ (Rev. 20: 5).”

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

 

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

TRACT SELECTION FIVE

 

 

INDEX

 

 

201. CHRISTIAN RESPONSIBILITY by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

202. THE DUALISM OF ETERNAL LIFE by Stephen Speers Craig.

 

203.OUR LORD AND BRITISH-ISRAEL TEACHING by Rev. Arthur Simmonds, M.A.

 

204. BABYLOM AND HER DOOM by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

205. MISSIONS AND THE ADVENT by A. T. Pierson, D.D.

 

206. ROME AND BABYLON by G. H. Pember, M.A.

 

207. FIERY TRIAL by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

208. THE JOY SET BEFORE HIM by W. P. Clark.

 

209. CONTROVERSY ON THE SECOND ADVENT by Horatius Bonar, D.D.

 

210. THE NEPHILIM by D. M. Panton.

 

211. CORTROVERSY by James Stalker, D.D.

 

212. THE RE-BIRTH OF THE LAND OF SHINAR

 

213. COUNSELS FOR YOUNG WORKERS

 

214. THE SPIRITS IN PRISON by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

215. THE SONS OF GOD IN GENESIS SIX by Robert Govett, M.A.

 

216. THE SONS OF GOD IN THE OLD TESTAMENT by Leut. Col. G. F. Poynder.

 

217. THE NEPHILIM AND THE FLOOD by John Fleming, B.A.

 

218. THE RESURRECTION FROM AMONG THE DEAD by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

219. THE FIRST RESURRECTION by J. A. Seiss, D.D.

 

220. WORKING OUT OUR SALVATION by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

221. HOW REVELANT ARE END TIMES FOR BELIEVERS

AND NON-BELIEVERS? by Aviel Schneider.

 

222. THE KINGDOM IN MYSTERY by D. M. Panton.

 

223. AND EXPOSITION OF THE EPISTLE

TO THE HEBREWS (3: 4) by Robert Govett, M.A.

 

224. CURRENT ERRORS CONCERNING THE SECOND COMING by W. P. Clark.

 

225. AN EXPOSITION OF THE EPISTLE TO THE HEBREWS by Robert Govett, M.A.

 

226. LET THE JEW EXPLAIN by Frederick Erdman, D.D.

 

227. GOD’S WARNING TO THE CHURCH by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

228. THE MODEL PRAYER by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

229. A MORNING STAR OF THE KINGDOM by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

230. WHY DOES GOD ALLOW WAR? By Dorothy Matthews.

 

231. THE MILLENNIUM

 

232. THE GOLDEN AGE by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

233. SPIRITUAL PLANNING FOR THE NEW EUROPE by A. G. Tilney, B.A.

 

234. THE LAMPS OF GOD by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

235. IMPORTANT TEXTS (8) by G. H. Lang.

 

236. AN IMPORTANT TECT by G. H. Lang.

 

237. THE DUALISM OF ETERNAL LIFE (2) by Stephen Speers Craig.

 

238. THE WHOLE COUNSEL OF GOD

 

239. RUTH by Arlen L. Chitwood.

 

240. HADES by Robert Govett, M.A.

 

241. THE PLACE OF THE DEAD by D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

242. AN URGENT DANGER

 

243. APOSTASY by Arlen Chitwood.

 

244. AN IMPORTANT TEXT (5) by G. H. Lang.

 

245. THE INHERITANCE SET BEFORE US by Charlie Dines.

 

246. AN IMPORTANT TEXT (6) by G. H. Lang.

 

247. AN IMPORTANT TEXT (3) by G. H. Lang.

 

248. WORTHINESS ON THAT DAY by Charlie Dines.

 

249. KINGDOM EXCLUSION AND CHASTISEMENT AT THE JUDGMENT SEAT

 

250. THE GIFT AND THE PRIZE by Robert Govett, M.A.

 

 

*       *       *

 

 

201

 

CHRISTIAN RESPONSIBILITY

 

 

BY D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

Our Lord devotes His fullest parable (Luke 19: 11-27) to covering the entire field of Christian responsibility for two thousand years.  For between the going away of the Nobleman to obtain a Kingdom (the Ascension) and his return (the Second Advent) stretches the exact period of the history of the Church, during which beside Christian believers there are on earth no ‘servants’ of God - a title by which the Apostles loved to describe themselves (Rom. 1: 1; 2 Pet. 1: 1; Jas. 1: 1; Jude 1).  As ‘child’ or ‘son’ is the title of privilege, so ‘servant’ is the title of responsibility, in one and the same man, who is both a member of the Family of God and a servant in the Household of Faith.

 

 

Now our Lord casts the main emphasis on the third servant - seven verses are devoted to the servant who was a failure, and only three each to the successful servants: therefore, on this servant’s identity depends Christ’s main teaching in the parable; and unless we understand that he may be ourselves, ours will be a concealed peril, like a man-trap hidden under forest-leaves.  For every [accountability] truth, appropriated, falls on the soul like an electric shock; whereas it is obvious that the [deceived] believer who denies the application of the passage

to himself, while he may be committing every offence of which the third servant can be guilty, so encases himself in a coat of steel that God’s sword falls on him blunted and harmless.  It is of vital import to know the spiritual standing of the third servant.

 

 

Now this servant is proved a [regenerate] child of God by the following facts.  (1) Equally with the other servants he is entrusted with our Lord’s goods on His ascension; but Christ has never entrusted, and never does entrust, His work on earth to the unsaved: therefore this is a saved soul equally with the rest.  Jesus calls them all “His own servants literally, “slaves bought with their Master’s money, and owned by Him.  The servants differ greatly in capacity - in the extremes, as five to one; but they differ not at all in the possession of a common trust.  (2) The three servants are judged together, at one spot and at one time; but the wicked dead - [regenerate and unregenerate alike, (Num. 16: 26. cf. 1 Cor. 5: 13; 6: 9; Gal. 5: 21ff.) etc.] - are not judged until the Great White Throne (Rev. 20: 5, 12), a thousand years after the judgment of the redeemed - [and “accounted worthy” (Lk. 20: 35. cf. Heb. 9: 27, R.V.)].  So also the slothful servant is judged last of the three, as last risen and last rapt; for he is “the servant which knew his Lord’s will, and made not ready, nor did according to His will” (Luke 12: 47).  Moreover, as this judgment is in the Parousia, the only access to which is by rapture, all the unsaved are of necessity physically excluded.  None can reach the [i.e., this prior] Judgment Seat except the saved.  (3) All three are judged, like the Seven Churches, solely on the ground of their works: their faith in, and love for, the absent King are implied and assumed: their standing is never challenged.  If the third servant were an unsaved soul, his works could in no way, and on no ground, be accepted: between the two Advents, it is the redeemed alone who are judged according to their works; for only those who have received from Christ can work for Him.  (4) Overwhelming is the final proof.  In the twin parable of the Pounds, the unsaved are placed in careful contrast with the saved, as Citizens and as Servants, the only two classes in the world, sharply sundering mankind: the Servants our Lord entrusts with His all on earth, the Citizens send the Message after the ascended Christ:- “We will not have this Man to reign over us  “Whilst the one Servant represents an inactive member of the body of Christ, the Church, who failed to perform his duty, these Citizens are open rebels, and hence their Lord orders them to be killed: it is evident that this penal proceeding is essentially distinguished from the reproof administered to the one Servant” (Olshausen).

 

 

So we arrive at the investigation itself.  Christ gives to each servant what He sees he can wisely use; as much as he can handle and profit by; no servant can say, ‘Lord, Thou gavest me nothing’: no servant is expected by Christ to produce results greater than his abilities or his opportunities; the poorest, the most unlettered, the most obscure have the ‘very little’ which yet can coin enormous future [blessings and millennial] wealth.  But the third servant so undervalues his opportunity as to bury his talent in the earth - in earthliness; his carnality is his shame because he is a child of God, and as such betrays his trust: “the circumstance rendering him guilty is, that he to whom the money belonged was no stranger to him, but his master, to whom he was bound as a servant” (Goebel).  For it is not the possession of the talents that determines our reward, but solely our use of them.  So Jesus describes the third servant as the exact opposite of the first two: instead of “good” and “faithful,” He says he is “wicked” and “slothful”: not “good” in the general sense, but a good servant and so not “bad” (or “wicked”) in a general sense, but a bad servant: the goodness of the one consisted in his faithfulness, the badness of the other in his sloth.  “This distinctive name comprehends all his guilt, Thou slothful servant” (Stier); unprofitable (Matt. 25: 30), but not unregenerate, or apostate he did not misemploy, nor embezzle, nor squander, but simply hid his money.  So what exactly does our Lord charge him with? Unbelief, un-regeneration, rebellion, apostasy, adultery, theft, murder?  Nay: it is simply a servant of God who has made nothing of his life; all he has done wrong is merely to withhold his powers from serving God; he hoarded, when he ought to have expended; he had no sacred sense of [accountability or personal] responsibility.  “The parable is not for gross sinners: the warning is for those who, being equipped of God for a sphere of activity in His kingdom, hide their talent” (Trench).  He says, As I cannot be so holy as God requires, I give up the attempt to satisfy such strictness: I object profoundly to the doctrine of reward according to works, and deny all responsibility in a servant of Christ beyond his responsibility to maintain the gift of grace with which he was entrusted at his conversion.  But his answer (as his Lord says) implies that he knew the truth.  The judge answers - Your very consciousness of the severity of the principle ought to have made you more careful, not less so, to meet its requirements.  “Thereby must the evil servant bear testimony with his own mouth to the innermost truth, and the most perfect right, according to which the Lord requires fruit from what He sows or gives - that God demands fruits and works” (Stier). For the believer to have at his judgment only what he had at his conversion (the one talent) will be his condemnation.  As his life had been negative, so is his punishment: he is cast into the darkness outside the brilliantly lit festal hall: “nothing is said here of any further punishment of the servant; enough that he has no part in the [coming millennial reign and] kingdom of the Lord” (Goebel).* Over lost opportunities, wasted graces, slighted privileges, a sold birthright, there is “weeping and gnashing of teeth**

 

* Since the Parousia is a place of thick darkness (Ps. 18: 9), indwelt by the Shekinah Glory (Matt. 16: 27), to he cast forth from the inner ring of light on that threshold of the kingdom is to be expelled into the external dark of the Pavilion of Cloud (Ps. 18: 11).

 

** “If the servant is not a believer, but a mere professor, then we have in the parable nothing to represent the Christian who fails in faithfulness” (C. C. Trumbull).  We have waited forty years for an answer to the question - “If the third servant is an unregenerate man, how comes he to he judged with the true servants of Christ when the wicked are not judged till a thousand years later, and how is he rapt into the Parousia”? - and we are waiting still.

 

 

Both the faithful servants come joyfully forward, for they have facts in their hands - the talents doubled; and both are invited at once into the joy of their Lord - our Lord’s joy in His Kingdom, for which He endured the cross, despising the shame, “the authority God will confer on Him on His second coming from heaven in kingly power and glory to establish the Messianic Kingdom” (Goebel).* So also would the third servant had he been found faithful.  “He has no share in the kingdom of his lord, and therefore he who is like him will have no share in the Kingdom of Christ” (Goebel).  Both faithful servants had exercised all their faculties and powers in the interests of their Master; the long delay in His return had not made them slothful or negligent, but, on the contrary, had afforded them longer time for greater gains; and what they had gained in the Church, they reap in the Kingdom.  The “well done” is conferred for no reason but one - because they have done well.  For the way to advance our own interests is to advance our Lord’s: each gained cent. per cent. for their Lord, and for each pound (Luke 19: 17) the reward is a city: the more devoted the life, the more blazing the glory.  No servant had more than one pound: no servant was without one pound: every servant had an equal opportunity of making ten pounds: yet ONLY ONE (so far as we know) did so.  “He that overcometh, and keepeth my works unto the end, to him will I give AUTHORITY OVER THE NATIONS, and he shall rule them with a rod of iron” (Rev. 2: 26, 27).  Then follows the judgment on the wicked among Israel and the Gentiles.  “When the King has thus distributed praise and blame, rewards and penalties, to those who stand in the more immediate relations of servants to Him, to those of His own household, He proceeds to execute vengeance on His enemies, on all who had openly cast off allegiance to Him, and denied that they belonged to His House at all” (Trench).

 

*It must he the Millennial Kingdom, for our Lord’s everlasting Kingdom as the Son of God - as distinct from the kingdom the Nobleman goes away to obtain (Luke 19: 12) - is inherently His, without beginning or end, never conferred.  “Of the Son He saith, Thy throne, O God, is FOR EVER AND EVER” (Heb. 1: 8).

 

 

Thus we confront our crisis.  Officers are required for the administration of a kingdom: so God has deliberately interposed a prolonged period between the two advents, that our Lord might be enabled so to test His servants, in His absence, as to discover which are fitted for positions of responsibility and trust at His return.  The Nobleman, before He departed, laid plans for the selection of officers to aid Him in the administration of the Kingdom; He devised a plan for bringing to light who those officers are on His return; this plan is in operation at the present moment, purposely so contrived as to reveal individual capacity for office, and personal fitness for trust; and - most impressive of all - the Long Journey is now nearly over, and at any moment the investigation may begin.  “Make haste about cultivating a Christ-like character.  The harvest is great; the toil is heavy; the sun is drawing to the west; the reckoning is at hand.  There is no time to lose; set about it as you have never done before, and say, ‘This one thing I do’” (A. Maclaren).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

202

 

THE DUALISM OF ETERNAL LIFE

 

 

By STEPHEN SPEARS CRAIG

 

 

 

What is the meaning of the Greek adjective aionios?  As most religious people depend largely, even chiefly, on human authority rather than on what the word of God says, it may be well to note a few points in this connection by way of preliminary remark and evidence.  Note the following data:

 

 

1. Rotherham, Young and others, translate aionios not by “eternal” or “everlasting”, but by some such compound as age-lasting, age-abiding, or age-enduring, all of which have the same meaning.  Now it is self-evident that age-lasting means lasting while the age lasts.  And as every age has dearly defined boundaries a quo (from which) and ad quem (to which); it follows that in the Greek aionios and the English eternal we have two entirely different conceptions, one definitely limited, and the other unlimited, as to time.  But both cannot be right.  A limited eternity and an unlimited age are impossible conceptions.  As well talk of an unlimited yard stick as an unlimited age.  But these good men did not apparently see the necessary implications of their rendering.  Had they done so, Young would never have rendered Isa. 9: 6 by “the everlasting Father”; or “the father of eternity”; but “the Father of the age to come

 

 

2. Trench in his work on “Greek Synonyms” admits that aionios sometimes has a limited significance.

 

 

3. Dr. Vincent in his “Word Studies in the New Testament” is most emphatic in his assertion that aionios never means eternal as English readers use the word.  See his valuable note on 2 Thess. 1: 9.  Thus it becomes evident that in our contention for a more exact rendering of this Greek adjective we are not without the support of scholarship.  But we have more conclusive evidence than this.

 

 

SOME POSITIVE FACTS

 

 

1. It is a fact that when the A. V. was made the Latin language was far better known, and more extensively used, than the Greek; and therefore the translators were greatly influenced both by the extensive use of Latin and by the Latin Versions then in use.  Beza’s translation and the Vulgate both translate aionios by aetemus, the cognate noun being aeternitas, whence come our English “eternal” and “eternity”.  This looks very suspicious.  From the above it is as clear as the light of noon-day that the King James Translators instead of going back to the original Greek and translating the Greek aionios went to the Latin Vulgate and translated the Latin aeternus.  If they had gone to the Greek, and acted as becomes scholars, they would have given us the same translation as Rotherham and Young, namely, age-lasting.  Let the reader ponder the force of this argument.  Make sure that you see the point.

 

 

2.  It is equally a fact that the theology of the West was not that of the Greek Church, but that of Roman Catholicism.  It was Latin theology.

 

 

And just as it is beyond doubt that the revisers, translators, and lexicographers, were chiefly influenced by the Latin language and Latin translations; so is it equally beyond doubt that the theologians of the Reformation were far more influenced by Latin Theology than by the word of God.  It is admitted that the theology of Calvin was derived from Saint Augustine, modernized and extended; the same is true of the Anglican Church’s Thirty Nine Articles.  From this it follows that the current eschatology is not Greek, but Latin; not Biblical but traditional; and not Christian, but pagan in some of its most essential features.  In this connection the reader would do well to look into “The Church, The Churches, and The Mysteries,” by Pember. …

 

 

It was absolutely essential to Augustinian theology with its blighting emphasis on the doctrine of predestinarianism to mistranslate the Greek adjective aionios, and put on it a meaning which the Greek will not for a moment allow in its respective applications to salvation and judgment.  And that which was essential to Augustinian theology was equally essential to Latin Christianity from the days of Augustine to those of Calvin, Luther and Zwingli.  And the same necessity exists in the Reformed Theology from then till the present.  To say nothing of other words, the Calvinist simply cannot, dare not, face an honest and truthful interpretation of the two frequently occurring words with which we are now dealing, namely, “eternal life”.

 

 

Perhaps the reader will say “Amen!” before he gets to the end of the book.

 

 

4. It is a fact that aionios is derived from the noun aion.  By means of this latter word and its compounds the Greeks expressed their conceptions of time, past, present and future.  No language can get along without some such word, or words.  F. W. Grant in his Facts and Theories as to a Future State says aion is sometimes used for a limited time, and sometimes for unlimited time, namely, eternity.  But Dr. Vincent in his “Word Studies” emphatically denies the latter construction; and he is certainly right, as we hope to demonstrate later on.  The Greek aion may designate any period of time from the duration of human life up to the full length of an age in the history of a given nation.  From the Exodus of the children of Israel from Egypt to the first advent of Christ is an age covering a period of 1491 years; and the present age has already lasted 191 years.  Gal. 1: 4 should read “this present evil age  The Holy Spirit in Rev. 20: 14 tells us the age to follow this one will last ‘a thousand years’.  For this reason, we call it the Millennium (mille a thousand).  The term aion appears in the following combinations: For the age; for the ages; for the age of the ages, and for the ages of the ages.  It is not evident that if the idea of eternity could be expressed to the Greek mind by aion there would have been no need to make the above combinations.  The tendency of language then, as now, is to eliminate superfluous words.  How would it sound and look to an English reader to meet in a standard work, or, indeed, any work, such forms of expression as the following in order to express the idea of unending time: “For eternity, for the eternities, for the eternities of the eternities  The English reader would ask to be excused from wasting time on such needless superfluities.  So also, and for the same reason, the Greek reader.  But why do theologians and orthodox Bible students generally try so hard to get the idea of eternity into aion?  Because if they abandon that position, or rendering, the whole traditional eschatology falls to pieces.  It is admitted that the adjective aionios is derived from the noun aion, and it must be admitted that aion always means a limited period of time, an age, with clearly cut and definitely located termini, a quo and ad quem.

 

 

QUERRY: How is it possible to derive an adjective expressive of unlimited time, or duration, from a noun which always conveys the thought of limited time? …

 

 

5. Why did the Revisers of the A.V. insert, or rather, retain the word “world” in Matt. 28: 20?  They make Christ say: “lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world”.  But what He did say was: “Lo, I am with you always, unto the end of the age  In reply to Peter’s question, He promised to those of His followers who were faithful to Him during His absence, He would give great reward in the ‘age (not world) to come’; plainly implying that those who were unfaithful would not share in the rewards, and, as He indicates in other passages, will not even share the blessedness of the coming age and Kingdom.  I repeat the question: Why did the Revisers translate aion by ‘world,’ instead of ‘age’?  Because the Postmillennial [and Anti-Millennial] theory of interpretation stands completely condemned before the correct rendering; and with its fall the traditional eschatology must also fall.

 

 

FIVE FACTS

 

 

1. The Bible divides all men into two classes - the saved and the unsaved.

 

 

2. It subdivides the saved into two classes - the carnal who live according to the flesh; and the spiritual who live according to the spirit (Rom. 8: 13-14).

 

 

3. It presents the Kingdom of God, or of heaven, in two phases, one as in the present [evil] age when the King is absent and sin abounds in the world; the other as it shall be in the [millennial] age to come, the King being present and grace abounding in the entire world.  While the King is absent the Devil is present as the world’s ruler; and when the King is present the Devil will be absent (Rev. 19: 20; 20: 1-6).

 

 

4. The Bible explicitly affirms that all [regenerate] believers are in the Kingdom in it’s present phase; but [regenerate and] carnal believers will not be able to enter the [millennial] Kingdom in glory in the age to come (Gal. 5: 19-21; Matt. 5: 20).

 

 

5. The state in which believers die is that in which they will come before Christ to be judged.  This judicial process may issue either in eternal (age-lasting) salvation, or eternal (age-lasting) judgment, according to Heb. 5: 9; and 6: 2.  Let the reader note that we are here using the word “eternal”, not in its English sense, but as a translation of aionios, that is, age-lasting, or lasting while the age lasts.

 

 

Before coming directly to our examination of aionios, permit another remark: We have seen the teaching of the Westminster Standards and of Protestantism generally as to the future state of believers.  They say that at death the believer passes immediately into the presence of God and never can know any future judgment or sorrow.  This is another of these flesh-pleasing fictions of the Middle Ages devised by priestcraft.

 

 

We may affirm, as a general and universal principal, that God, as a moral necessity inheriting in his holiness, cannot bestow any gift, either external or internal, on man without holding him strictly accountable for the use he makes of it.  Why should the free gift of eternal life be an exception?  But as a matter of fact it is universally assumed to be so.  This is a great mistake.  We will take an example. Dr. Schofield’s notes, in his Reference Bible, are, on the whole, excellent; but occasionally he makes a serious slip as in his note on 2 Cor. 3: 10, where Paul says:

 

 

“Ye (Christians) must all appear before the judgment seat (bema) of Christ that every one may receive for the things done in his body, according to that he has done, whether it be good or bad

 

 

On this passage Dr. Scofield comments as follows:

 

 

“The judgment of the believer’s works, not sins, is in question here.  These (his sins) have been atoned for and are remembered no more forever.  Heb. 10: 17; but every work must come into judgment (Matt. 10: 12; Rom. 14: 10; Gal. 6: 7; Eph. 6: 8; Col. 3: 24, 25).  The result is “reward” or “loss” (of reward), but he himself shall be saved” (1 Cor. 3: 11-15).

 

 

An examination of this paragraph reveals the following. Heb. 10: 17: “And their sins and iniquities will I remember no more  A mere glance at the context shows that the Holy Spirit is not here speaking of Christians, nor of this dispensation, but to the saved remnant of Israel at the second coming of Christ (see Jeremiah 31: 31-40).  The purpose of the Epistle to the Hebrews is to show the [regenerate] Christian how he MAY attain to a similar position in the present [evil] age, and at the same time to indicate that very few are going to reach the goal.  Heb. 12: 14.  Heb. 8: 12 is the same as 10: 17.  At the close of the Millennial dispensation the Lord will be able to say of all [regenerate] believers of the present dispensation what He here says of all saved Jews at the beginning of the Millennium.

 

 

The third proof text used by the Doctor is Matt. 10: 12 and it has no bearing on the subject whatever.  Eph. 6: 8 has reference to the Christian’s good deeds, but says nothing of the evil; and the other three passages affirm the very opposite of the Doctor’s contention.  How very emphatic is Col. 3: 25: “But He that doeth wrong (assuming that he has not made it right) shall receive for the wrong which he hath done, and there is no respect of persons Surely that is plain enough.  Those who hold the theory in question say it is the believer’s works and not his person that is to be judged.  Is it conceivable that an evil work, apart from the person who does it, can be judged, the sentence executed and justice satisfied thereby?  How would the theory work in civil jurisprudence?  Suppose society should say, “We will let the murderer go free, but we will judge and punish the deed.”  But says one of the advocates of orthodox eschatology: “the believer’s sins were all judged at Calvary  Grant it.  What then?  Is Christ the minister of sin? …

 

 

Was God’s purpose in the atonement to put a premium on sinning; or was it that Christians might not sin (1 John 2: 1)?  The theory is essentially antinomian.  Paul met it in his day as when he said, “Shall we sin then because we are not under the law but under grace, and meets the thought with an emphatic “God forbid.” Christ bore the believer’s sin and sins on the cross judicially.  But this will not save the believer from sinning; nor from reaping as he sows.  Christ not only bore the sins of the believer at the cross, but of the whole world, but this does not secure the [aionian] salvation of any man apart from repentance and faith.*

 

[* For this book contact: www.icmbooksdirect.co.uk ]

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

203

 

OUR LORD AND

BRITISH-ISRAEL TEACHING

 

 

By Rev. ARTHUR SIMMONDS, M.A.

 

 

 

Anything taught concerning our Christian Religion to-day should be based mainly on the New Testament. The Old Testament contains Jewish Scriptures, given from time to time to God’s chosen people, as He saw their needs, and their capacity for receiving His Truth.  All led up to the full, and final, revelation given to mankind through Jesus Christ, as we are reminded at the opening of the Epistle to the Hebrews, where we read, “God who at sundry times and divers manners spake in time past unto the fathers by the prophets, hath, in these last days, spoken unto us by His Son  At the coming of our Lord, a new era dawned, and by His teaching He superseded what had been communicated before, and indicated that God’s previous revelations must be read in the light of His teaching, and not His in the light of those. The fifth chapter of St. Matthew clearly manifests that.  In various verses our Lord quotes the ancient commandments, and then emphatically adds, “But I say unto you claiming for Himself then an authority, to apply those commandments in a new, and more exalted way.

 

 

Thus British-Israelites, who introduce to the world an interpretation of the Bible never taught before they arose, ought to be able to find in the teaching of our Lord, and His chosen and instructed Apostles, the main foundation of their teaching.  It is quite unreasonable to go to the Old Testament, and to take fragments of ancient books, and figures of Eastern origin, and make them operative in a new era and a different world, and at the same time apply what a learned theologian, Bishop H. E. Ryle, has called “A hopeless system of literal interpretation  “We wrong the New Testament, when we put the Old on the same level with it,” said St. Augustine.

 

 

It is the purpose of these remarks to discover whether British-Israel can claim support from the teaching of our Divine Lord, as it is impossible for reasonable Christians to accept British-Israel teaching, if it has not His imprimatur.

 

*       *       *      *       *       *       *

 

Perhaps, in these days, the most prominent part of British-Israel teaching is connected with “the Gospel of the Kingdom The “Gospel of the Kingdom according to British-Israel is, that there exists in Britain, with extensions in the Dependencies of Britain, and in America (Manasseh), and in others who from other nations come into it “for safety and salvation,” a ten tribed Israel Kingdom, which fulfils the saying of our Lord in Matthew 21: 43, “The Kingdom of God shall be taken from you, and given to a ‘nation’ bringing forth the fruits thereof

 

 

As our Lord preached the “Gospel of the Kingdom” Himself, it should be first of all affirmed that the Gospel preached now should accord with the Gospel He Himself preached then.  What are the features of the “Gospel of the Kingdom” which He did preach ?

 

 

It was called the “Kingdom of heaven” and “the Kingdom of God” (Matt. 3: 2; Luke 8: 10).  It was said both by our Lord, and by John the Baptist, to be “at hand” (Matt. 3: 2; 4: 17).  It was that into which people were not born, but into which they entered as into a society (Matt. 23: 13; Luke 16: 16).  The qualifications for entering in were spiritual qualifications (Matt. 6: 33; 5: 3, 6, 8).  It was preached in other places than Palestine (Rome, Acts 28: 31; Colosse, Col. 1: 13).  Of His Kingdom, our Lord said, “My Kingdom is not of this world, if my Kingdom were of this world then would my servants fight” (John 18: 36), and He utterly refused to sanction the establishment of an earthly Kingdom as His Kingdom.  “When Jesus, therefore, perceived that they would come and take Him, by force, to make Him a King, He departed again into a mountain alone” (John 6: 15).*

 

* We hope to deal with the whole question of the Kingdom in our next issue.

 

 

A regard for these, and other particulars, will show any unprejudiced student that “the Gospel of the Kingdom” cannot refer to any earthly Kingdom now set up. The Kingdom is evidently a spiritual Kingdom - a spiritual Kingdom such as the Christian Church is, such as our Lord spoke of when He said, “On this rock will I build my Church such as He referred to when He bade His disciples under certain circumstances, to “tell the Church” (Matt. 18: 17), and such as could, without political difficulties, be preached “throughout the worldnow, in accordance with His command (Matt. 24: 14; 28: 19).

 

 

But it may be said that the Lord declared, in Matthew 21: 43, that the “Kingdom of God” was to be taken from the Jews (or Israel as He constantly called them) to be given to a “nation  What, however, is the meaning of the original word for nation (Ethnos) used there?  According to that undoubted authority, Liddell and Scott’s Greek Lexicon, the first meaning of the original word is “a number of people living together, a company, body of men  Thus the usual explanation given by commentators’ stands, and the people to whom the Gospel was to be given, as the people of Israel in Palestine largely refused it, were the Gentiles.

 

 

This is indeed confirmed by the history contained in Acts 15.  At the council held at Jerusalem about A.D. 50, the Apostles, Peter, Paul, and Barnabas, told of their Christian labours, but nothing was said about Britain. Britain was too far off in those days for the earliest Christian Missionaries.  Our best Church historians distinctly recognize that.  The present Dean of Winchester (Hutton), for instance, in his Short History of the Church in Great Britain says, “We have no certain knowledge of how Christianity was first preached in our land.  There is nothing to connect it directly with any of the Apostles. ... It is not until the beginning of the 3rd  Century A.D. that we know for certain that there were Christians in BritainCanon Robinson in the Conversion of Europe says, “The names and nationality of the first missionaries to Britain are wrapped in an obscurity we cannot hope to disperse  And, furthermore, it may be said that, in our Lord’s time, there was neither an earthly ‘Kingdom,’ belonging to the Jews, which could be taken away (they were under Rome, represented by Pilate), nor a ‘nation’ pertaining to Britain (only tribes) to receive it!

 

 

Another complication, too, connected with this part of British-Israel history, is to be found in the fact that the ‘Kingdom it is taught, was transferred to Ireland, in B.C. 583, with the arrival there of Tea Tephi, called the daughter of Zedekiah, the last King of Judah!  But how could our Lord say that a Kingdom “shall be taken away” from people around Him, when that Kingdom was transplanted more than 500 years before?

 

 

The ‘Kingdom of God of which our Lord spoke (Matt. 21: 43), was clearly a ‘spiritual Kingdom

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

Another saying, coming from our Lord, which figures largely in the New Testament teaching of British-Israel, is that which refers to the command to His disciples not to go to the Gentiles nor the Samaritans, but to go to the “lost sheep of the House of Israel” (Matt. 10: 5, 6).  He said the same of His own Mission (Matt. 15: 24).

 

 

These words are regarded as a recognition of the ten tribes as apart from the whole body of Israel in our Lord’s time, and of His special favour towards them.  But that is a misinterpretation.  The words refer to the whole body of our Lord’s own race, in Palestine, at the time, and it is indicated that He was sent, and that He sent His disciples then, to the chosen race first rather than to Gentiles, or Samaritans, as He told the Syrophenician woman (Matt. 15: 24).  Lost means gone astray from God, not lost as a dog, or a pin may be lost.  The only New Testament Scripture in which that meaning obtains, is in the parables of Luke 15.  In all other cases, the writer submits, the meaning of lost infers a more serious condition, that which is connected with ruin and destruction.

 

 

The ten tribes, according to British-Israel teaching, were in Scythia in our Lord’s time, or, some of them, in Ireland.  Our Lord certainly did not go to them in those places. Or if it be allowed that He taught those of the ten tribes then in Palestine, as, of course it is, British-Israel teaching would still require that He should do an impossible thing, viz.: to, drive away the people of Judah when they came to Him for instruction!

 

 

The “lost sheep of the House of Israel” mentioned in St. Matthew were not of the ten tribes only, as British-Israel affirms.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

There is one incident in our Lord’s life which was of great importance, but which is utterly ignored by British-Israel teachers.  It is that which occurred on one occasion when He was preaching, and which is recorded at the end of St. Matthew 12.  His mother and His brethren approached Him, His attention was called to them, and He interjected the question, “Who is my mother and who are my brethren And then, turning Himself away from His own racial kinsfolk to His disciples, His spiritual kinsfolk, He, no doubt impressively, said, “Behold my mother and my brethren!  For whosoever shall do the will of my Father which is in heaven, the same is my brother, and sister, and mother

 

 

That was a greatly important affirmation.  It meant the creation of a “New Israel,” an Israel not drawn from one nation but all nations, an Israel not built upon race, as before, but upon spiritual attributes which those of any race could supply by His grace, an Israel which, as St. Paul indicates in his Epistle to the Galatians, could be called by the new term - the “Israel of God” (Gal. 6: 16).  Here we have clearly signified the New Era which came to our world through Jesus Christ.  All nations now are on a plane of equality in the sight of God, as we are told in Colossians 3: 10, 11.

 

 

The writer of this paper would like to conclude it by a reference to one fact to which he has called attention elsewhere, and which he thinks is almost, if not quite, important enough to turn people from British-Israel teaching altogether viz., that our Divine Lord, when He was upon earth, never referred to the ten tribs, who, it is contended, were then on their way to Britain, nor to that Throne of David which, it is also taught, was then established in Ireland.  Such an omission is when it is submitted that the ten tribes were going out to a new and “appointed place” to enjoy the privilege and fulfil the duty of witnessing for Him in the world, and that the “Throne of David” was His Throne, that which the Angel spoke of as His, at His birth (Luke 1: 32), and which His resurrection gave Him (Acts 2: 30, 31).

 

 

There is no real history for the coming of the ten tribes here.  They only arrive by a series of strange transmutations into Kelts, or Scythians, and Goths, and Nordics of some kind.  There is not the slightest authority for establishing the Throne of David in Ireland, or anywhere else.  And both are ignored by Him, whom we all acknowledge as our greatest teacher, and who could not possibly have passed by events, had they been real, of such supreme importance to the world.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

204

 

BABYLON AND HER DOOM

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

Internationalism, the welding into one of earth’s godless nations, born in Babylon, culminates and expires in Babylon.  Babylon’s very name - ‘babel’ - enshrines man’s first attempt at solidarity, the first league of nations without God - confederation that had at its heart ‘confusion* So ‘catholicism’ - universality- has been the key-word of Babylon’s alter ego, Rome.  The Roman Empire studied to absorb all nations.  The Roman Church - defined by a Jesuit writer as Roman at the centre, but Catholic at the circumference - utters its ‘bulls’ urbi et orbi.  An inscription of Nebuchadnezzar, unearthed after three millenniums, might be taken as a motto for modern internationalism:- “May this City receive within itself the abundant tribute of the kings of the nations and of all peoples  The cradle of internationalism is its grave - the two rivers of Eden, in the land of Shinar.

 

* The whole earth is Babylon’s sphere. “Therefore was the name of it called Babel; because the Lord did there confound the language of all the earth; and from thence did the Lord scatter them abroad upon the face of all the earth” (Gen. 11: 9); and thence “Babylon made all the earth drunken” (Jer. 51: 7).  The ‘confusion’ abides: the foundation stone of the League’s new headquarters in Geneva will be laid with explanatory documents in thirty-two languages.

 

 

THE REBUILDING OF BABYLON

 

 

Reasons sharp and decisive establish a rebuilt Babylon and prove that the destruction she has experienced is not the destruction that is foretold.  (1) It is decisive that Isaiah locates her doom in ‘the day of the Lord when - and only when - it shall be as Sodom and Gomorrah, totally eradicated (Isa. 13: 9, 19).  (2) Never yet, since Nimrod laid its first foundations, has the locality been stript of all inhabitants; and what is peculiarly convincing against the view that Babylon’s past destruction is for ever is that, five centuries after its supposed annihilation, the Holy Spirit says (1 Peter 5: 13) that Babylon still existed.  So far from being as Sodom and Gomorrah, in A.D. 250 it was the seat of a Christian bishopric; and five hundred years after Christ the Jews issued from it their great Babylonian Talmud.  (3) Above all, the Apocalypse reveals the double enthronement, and the double doom,* of man’s central metropolis in Apocalyptic days - the one, the capital city of the first three Empires; the other, its spiritual counterpart and mystical incarnation, the capital of the last Empire: and their recoalescing, for final judgment, in Shinar.**

 

* It is strangely missed that the absolutely unique language of the Apocalypse must correspond to an equally unique fact.  The triple ‘woe’ in Revelation 8: 13 indicates three distinct judgments: so the double ‘woe’ and the double ‘fall’ of Great Babylon are plague and ruin on two cities.  Two destructions sundered in time are named (Rev. 14: 8 & 16: 19), separated by at least three and a half years.

 

** That the survivors from the charred cinders of Rome - or, it may be, of the Vatican State, the Harlot as distinct from the Woman escape into the Land of Shinar, see the Articles on the Vision of the Ephah now running in the DAWN; and for this migration of the Papacy back to its ancient home, see DAWN, Vol. I, p. 293,

 

COMMERCE

 

 

Now what is revealed to us immediately after the destruction of Rome - “after these things” (Rev. 18: 1) - and revealed for the first time, is a central world-city, enormous, dominant, the pulsating heart of universal commerce, and so powerful as to enrich the whole earth.  “The merchants of the earth waxed rich by the power of her wantonness” (Rev. 18: 3) - out of the quantity of her luxury (Alford) she rests upon the greatest of all world-powers - the money-interest, the economic security, of mankind en masse.  Her power is not military nor ecclesiastical nor cultural, but commercial: she is the mart of nations: common weights and measures, a common currency, a common world-bank, all centralized and supported by the gold - kings and merchant-princes of the earth, evolve a city which, luxurious beyond dreams, is the world’s treasury, the pillar of the commercial credit of all nations.

 

 

THE ANGEL OF JUDGMENT

 

 

Now Heaven moves.  It has been remarked that more is said about the fall of Babylon in Scripture than about any other secular event in the history of mankind.  Ten Kings were the unconscious agents of God’s mind in the firing of Rome:* here “another angel, having great authority so radiant that “the earth was lightened with his glory,” forecasts, by symbolic action, a destruction which is the direct action of God and which only God can achieve.  Lifting a mighty boulder, as a figure of the City, and dropping it into the sea, “thus he cries, “shall mighty Babylon fall for as a stone drops like lead into unresisting waters, descending with ever-accelerating speed, until ocean’s depths close over it forever; so the City, earth opening beneath its foundations, dislodged, slides swiftly down the path of Korah, earth no more supporting it than did the waters the stone, as it is precipitated into the engulfing fires of earth’s molten heart.** Nimrod named it the Gate of Heaven: the Most High, opening beneath it a yawning abyss into the underworld, reveals it as the Gate of Hell.

 

* It is very singular that the Antichrist is nowhere named as resident in Babylon. It is possible that, if the Vatican City only is destroyed, he may continue to reside in Rome: yet the demon-haunted ruins (Rev. 18: 2) seem rather to indicate all Rome as swallowed up in the fever-stricken Campagna. It is most wonderful that all the efforts of Fascist and preceding governments - by irrigation, planting of eucalyptus, building of villages, drainage, etc. - have failed to efface the ‘wilderness’ in which, centuries bfore it came into existence, John saw the Woman seated at the end.

 

** It is the Great Earthquake which simultaneously ruins numberless cities (Rev. 16: 19).  In November, 1755, Lisbon was identically engulfed almost in an instant, amid enormous conflagration, when 40 to 50,000 souls perished.

 

 

EARTH’S FINAL PRIDE

 

 

But John alone sees the Angel; and from the lips of the Dual City escapes that triumphant cry of optimism on the ledge of doom so characteristic of the modern world.  “She saith in her heart, I sit a queen, and am no widow, and shall in no wise see mourning  Babylon and Rome are two cities with one soul: each, in its day, has been ubiquitous; each has held the empire of the world; both have been the embodiment of human law, and the incarnation of human pride.  Imperial Rome is summed up in the Emperor Vespasian’s dying cry:- “I am about to become a god  The awful boast of Pius IX expresses the pride of Papal Rome:- “The world grudges me the grain of sand on which I sit, but of no avail shall be the efforts of the world: the earth mine; Christ has given it unto me; and to Him alone shall I return it  But the Chaldean outsoars all Roman pride in the region of pure blasphemy.  “I will exalt my throne above the stars of God: I will be like the Most High” (Isa. 14: 13):- that is, the mystic stars, or angels (Rev. 12: 4); or else an attempted control of human destiny through astrology.  “Let now the astrologers, the stargazers” - is the warning of God - “stand up, and save thee from the things that shall come upon thee” (Isa. 47: 13).  Her astrology can neither forewarn her fate nor avert her doom.* God’s judgments are extraordinarily suited to the transgressors. “I SIT a queen”: yet one tremor, one earth-shock, and the proud city, touched by the finger of God, slides down alive into Sheol.

 

* The degree to which a modem city can give itself over to exactly what the Most High predicts of Babylon Paris proves.  In this city alone, £1,600 is spent daily on astrological predictions and various occultisms; the total profits amounting to £600,000 a year; in 34,600 cabinets in which the future can be consulted with professional aid.  As the birds clustered in the mustard tree (Matt. 13: 32), so they haunt the spot (Rev. 18: 2) where it is felled.

 

 

THE LAMENT

 

 

Internationalism thus creates a highly sensitive organism of which Babylon is the jugular vein, and the earth-shock severs it. “And every shipmaster, and every [tourist], and mariners, and as many as gain their living by sea, stood afar off” - spell-bound at the blazing crater, belching dangerous fumes - “and cried, in one hour is she made desolate  The passionate sorrow of earth’s monarchs and the entire mercantile marine of the world discloses a blow incomparably the greatest commerce has ever known: the city’s fall staggers the business, and shakes the credit, of the world: she was - they cry - the incomparable city, and with her luxury, art has vanished; with art, business; with business, bread; with bread, marriage, the family, the generations to come.  The painful advance even on our own day is evident.  Helpless in face of what they realize (ver. 10) may only be the first of shattering judgments, without one cry of penitence, without a single confession of sin, without a solitary prayer, they stand before the judgment of God.*

 

* Dean Alford’s admission is as frank as it is correct. “It must not for a moment be denied that the character of this lamentation throws a shade of obscurity over the interpretation of it as Rome at all: I leave this difficulty unsolved.” If it is not a vast commercial city, such as Rome has never been and never can be, language becomes meaningless.  The Head of Gold present (Dan. 2: 35) when the Stone descends upon the Image, even as then (Dan 7: 4) is part of the composite Beast (Rev. 13: 2) that appears at the end.  Thus it becomes exquisitely significant that the locus classicus of universal empire, Dan. 2. to 7. is not only the sole portion of inspiration not written in Hebrew or Greek, but it is written in Chaldean.

 

 

EARTHQUAKE PENITENCE

 

 

The contrast is startling even with our own darkening day.  One who saw it says of the Kingston earthquake:- “Most of the women prayed, with arms uplifted to the level of their heads.  Some of the men joined them in their appeals for mercy; while here and there one was to be met uttering the most diabolical language it has ever been my lot to hear.”  A telegram from San Francisco ran thus - “Multitudes are kneeling in the streets praying”; and in the Indian earthquake of 1905, in Dharmsala, a telegram said - “The Mohammedan inhabitants are parading the streets weeping, and offering up fervent prayers with full ceremonial ritesBabylon goes down in hardened gloom.

 

 

THE KINGDOM OF GOD

 

 

So the last obstacle to Kingdom joy is dynamited, the metropolis of man’s vast miscarriage of empire.  “Rejoice over her, thou heaven and ye saints, and ye apostles, and ye prophets; for God hath judged your judgment on her  Every Scriptural condemnation of Babylon and Rome for five thousand years now has the Divine imprimatur sealed upon it in blood and fire.  Yet what gleams of mercy break about the foundering city!  The stock of the only chosen race, the olive-root of the very Church of Christ itself, is a Chaldean; the heart of God goes forth in the cry:- “We would have healed Babylon, but she is not healed” (Jer. 51: 9); and even while the Angel is heaving the boulder, the word goes forth to God’s people to escape, even as the Spirit summoned the Apostolic band to Pella out of doomed Jerusalem.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

205

 

MISSIONS AND THE ADVENT

 

 

By A. T. PIERSON, D.D.

 

 

 

It was a saying of Immanuel Kant that every man should propose to himself three questions: What can I know?   What ought I to do? and for what may I hope?  All action is the result of incentives; and the more numerous and powerful the inducements, the more prompt and energetic the activity.  Hope is, therefore, the greatest motor of human life; it is the very sculptor of character and conduct; the architect of history and destiny.  Hope is so connected with happiness that its perfect crown is heaven; and Dante was not less philosopher than poet when he wrote over the gates of the Inferno, “Abandon hope, all ye who enter here

 

 

The Blessed Hope of the Lord’s Return was, no doubt, the foremost of all motives, hopes and incentives which moved early disciples to zeal and activity in missions; and to revive this hope - to make it practically the mighty motor to us that it was to them, is to provide a new impulse and impetus in the work of a world’s evangelization.  Hope is the one impulse that never loses its youth, and, above all, this hope.  On the contrary, so soon as we lose sight of the Advent’s imminence and say:- “My Lord delayeth His coming we are tempted to indolence, self-indulgence, and controversy on minor matters.  When disciples felt the time to be short and the duty to be urgent, they were “all at it and always at it”; self-denial was an easy yoke and petty jealousies were scorned as trifles.  So soon and so long as that hope was dim, and Christ’s Coming was pushed into the far-off future, the Church began leisurely working, then flippantly playing at missions, as though vast cycles of time lay before us in which to witness to the world.  Revive this hope of the Lord’s Coming and it begets hourly watching, ceaseless praying, tireless toiling, patient waiting.

 

 

The Scriptures warrant no expectation of the world’s conversion in this [evil and apostate] age of witness; so far as we look for such result we work on the wrong basis, and will either be disappointed or deceived in the outcome.  The soldier who misconceives the object of a campaign, may falsely construe all the movements of the army.  If he thinks the whole force of the foe is to be captured, the seizure of a few leading strongholds seems only next to absolute defeat.  But, if he knows that this is exactly according to orders from head-quarters, and that the plan of his great commander is thus carried out, seizing and holding certain strategic points, and waiting for him to arrive with reinforcements, what would otherwise have seemed defeat, now becomes success.

 

 

The Apostolic Church was shattered that it might be scattered, and fragments were found at Antioch and throughout Syria, at Cyprus, and throughout Phoenicia.  And so persecution became the parent of early Christian missions.  Thus, for all time, God’s voice was heard, that the policy of His people is to be diffusion and dispersion.  No favoured favourite capital is to become our chapel-of-ease while hell is found raging in the regions beyond.  Even the joys of Christian fellowship may become too absorbing.  If we discern the signs of the times, there is a redness in the evening sky which hints the dawn of a glorious day.  The present crisis of missions should compel us to forget all lesser interests and issues, and hasten to bear the good news unto earth’s very ends.

 

 

Since Jesus of Nazareth, through the rent veil of His flesh and the rent door of His tomb, opened to every believer the path of life, nineteen centuries have gone by, during which a vast number of souls, equal to twenty times the present population of the globe, have gone down to the grave, ignorant of Christ.  Isaac Taylor once attempted a catalogue of the great social evils:- polygamy, legalized prostitution and capricious divorce, bloody and brutal games, rapacious and offensive wars, death and punishment by torture, infanticide, caste and slavery.  From all lands where the Cross has been set up and the gospel faithfully preached, these owls of the midnight flee before the new dawn.

 

 

The war is God’s, but it needs money and materiel.  Brave Captain Gardiner at Tierra del Fuego, led a little band of seven against Satan’s seat in Patagonia, but had to turn back, and died of starvation at the very gates of his stronghold, and in the very crisis of the assault, because of lack of the necessities of life.  Had some well-organized body of men and women at home kept up the “line of communication” between the base of operations and the source of supplies, Allen Gardiner might not have fallen at Spaniards’ Harbour in 1851, and the victory might not have been postponed for half a century!  There is buried in gold and silver plate and useless ornaments, within Christian homes, enough to build a fleet of fifty thousand vessels, ballast them with Bibles and crowd them with missionaries; build a church in every destitute hamlet, and supply every living soul with the Gospel within a score of years.

 

 

One of the most venerated missionaries, Dr. H. N. Barnum, once gave an account of fourteen years of labour, in preaching, establishing stations, training a native ministry, and carrying on all the work of evangelization and education over a wide territory.  The question was asked:- “At what cost was all this done  And the answer was - for a sum less than the cost of the church building in which he was then speaking - an edifice worth probably £30,000!  Fourteen years of such wide-reaching work at an average cost per year of somewhat over £2,000!

 

 

Is it strange that the soldier of Christ endures hardness, fights the good fight of faith, carries the Cross at all risks to plant it on Satan’s strongholds, while he is looking daily for the coming of the Captain of his salvation, and knows not how soon he may lay down his warrior's armour for the crown of victory?  Paul forgot all his losses in such gains - and counted all but refuse, for the sake of the resurrection hope.  Fellowship with Christ in suffering brings fellowship in glory; and to die with Him as a malefactor is to be exalted with Him as a benefactor.  With many disciples, the eyes are yet blinded to this mystery of rewards, which is one of the open mysteries of the Word, and some cannot see how rewards can have any place in an economy of grace.  But we must not confound salvation and recompense.  It must be an imputed righteousness - exceeding far that of the most proper Pharisee - whereby we enter [His kingdom]; but having thus entered by faith, OUR [personal righteousness, (Matt. 5: 20) - our good] works, [will] determine our relative rank, place, reward [in it].

 

 

More than twenty-five years ago a missionary, after seventeen years of work on the foreign field, lay on his death-bed.  Suddenly arousing himself, with great emphasis, he said “I have a testimony to give, and would best give it now.  Tell the Christian young men that the responsibility of saving the world rests on them; not on the old men, but on the young.  It is past time for holding back and waiting for providences.  I used to think that a missionary ought to husband his strength; but this is a crisis in the world’s history, and one man by keeping back may keep back others.  Reason is profitable to direct, but the man that rushes to duty is faithful.  There are times when rashness is the rule and caution the exception.  I look upon the Church as a military company: an army of conquest, not of occupation

 

 

While that dying missionary was leaving behind his last legacy in a message to young men, there was at Prineeton, New Jersey, another missionary, returned after thirty years’ service in India, who was gathering in his own house, from time to time, a few younger brethren, to urge on them the same deep conviction- that on them God had laid the burden of beginning a new missionary crusade.  He put before them the map of the world, pressed the need of an organized movement among young men to enter the regions beyond; and, while he left them to consider and confer, he withdrew into a neighbouring room to pray.  To those prayers we may trace a movement so mighty that in twenty-five years it enrolled on its missionary covenant more than eight thousand young men and women.

 

 

The golden chalice which is filling is God’s purpose; its flood is man’s opportunity.  And whenever God’s full time comes, the angel whose stride spans sea and land declares:- “There shall no longer be DELAY  Then, or never, we fall into line with God’s movement.  His times and tides wait for no man. Swiftly His plan sweeps on to its goal, leaving behind the sluggard and the idler.  Ye watchers, be ready, and when the full hour is come for the work and war of the ages, stand in your lot and be not found faithless!

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

206

 

ROME AND BABYLON

 

 

By G. H. PEMBER, M.A.

 

 

 

There is, perhaps, no section of the Apocalypse more fraught with difficulty than the predictions concerning Babylon.  Enigmatical and inconsistent with each other as, at first sight, they seem to be, we need careful attention to every particular, and much patient investigation of other Scriptures, if we would penetrate their meaning and possess ourselves of their secret.

 

 

Now if we turn to the two chapters, the seventeenth and eighteenth, containing the greater part of the Revelation which we propose to examine, we are at once struck by the apparent discrepancies between them. Were the seventeenth chapter all that remained to us, there would be little difficulty in its interpretation: for few students of Scripture can peruse it without recognizing the lineaments of Rome in its principal symbol.

 

 

On this point, the single fact that the Woman is said to be sitting on seven mountains is in itself conclusive. For the Apostle to whom the vision appeared was certainly intended to understand it; and in his days Rome was everywhere known as the Seven-hilled City, or the Seven Hills.  Moreover, this designation was publicly and solemnly brought to mind once a year, towards the end of December, when the citizens celebrated a festival,* instituted in very ancient times, to commemorate the enclosure of the seven hills within the city walls.

 

* The Septitnontium, or Festival of the Seven Mountains.

 

 

Still more decisive is the declaration of the interpreting angel, that the Woman “is the great city which reigneth over the kings of the earth” - a description that no one could have mistaken at the time.  For as yet, in the reign of Domitian, Rome showed no symptoms of waning power, although a full century had elapsed since Propertius characterized her as “The city, high on seven hills, that rules the boundless earth*

 

*Septem urbs alta jugis, toto quae praesidet orbi. Prop. iv xi. 57.

 

 

As soon, however, as we begin to read the eighteenth chapter we find the scene changed, and pass from Mystery Babylon to a literal city, which is evidently the commercial centre of the world, and bears little resemblance either to Rome or to the Papal system.

 

 

Yet, strange to say, nearly all interpreters of the two chapters have failed to notice the distinction.  And so they have either recognized the outlines of Rome in the seventeenth chapter, and then assumed, in spite of difficulties, that she is likewise to be found in the eighteenth; or else, being aware that the literal Babylon on the Euphrates has yet a grand part to play in the closing scenes of the age, and perceiving that all that is written in the eighteenth chapter would be applicable to her were she restored, they have endeavoured to adapt the previous chapter also to her circumstances.

 

 

But, whichever of these views be taken, the result is equally unsatisfactory; neither of them can supply an adequate interpretation of both chapters.  Nor is this wonderful: for a careful and unprejudiced examination cannot fail to convince us that, whatever may be intended by the Babylon of the seventeenth chapter, it is, at least, something altogether distinct from that of the eighteenth.

 

 

For, in the first place, we observe that the subject of the seventeenth is represented to us as a Woman, that of the eighteenth as a City, and, in accordance with this, the Woman is called Mystery Babylon, whereas the City is simply “Babylon the Great or “that great city Babylon  This fact in itself is a hint that the former is not the literal Babylon on the Euphrates; while every particular in the description of the latter points to some such city.

 

 

Again, Mystery Babylon is to be destroyed by the Ten Kings, because “God hath put in their hearts to fulfil His will, and to agree, and give their kingdom unto the Beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled” (Rev. 17: 17).

 

 

Thus the Woman, or Harlot Church, must be thrust out of the way before the Antichrist can be revealed.  Useful as it has hitherto been to the Powers of Darkness, corrupt Ecclesiasticism must be swept off the face of the earth as soon as it is found to be obstructive to Satan’s ultimate plan.  Hence, in the fourteenth chapter, it is with reference to the Harlot that the second angel cries:- “Fallen, fallen is Babylon the Great, which hath made all the nations to drink of the wine of her fornication* For he is followed by a third herald, who warns men not to provoke the inexorable anger of God by joining in the still future worship of the Beast and his image.

 

* Rev. 14: 8. The Authorized Version has, “Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city  But “city” is undoubtedly spurious, and the Revisers have very properly rejected it.

 

 

The Woman, then, must be destroyed before Antichrist begins his baleful reign.  But elsewhere we learn that a great Babylon, which can be none other than the city of the eighteenth chapter, comes into remembrance before God under The Seventh Vial, which is poured out at the close of that reign (Rev. 16: 17, 19).

 

 

Thus the catastrophes of the two chapters are not merely distinct, but are separated by an interval which cannot be less than three years and a half, and may be more.

 

 

Lastly, the Woman is destroyed by human agency, that of the Ten Kings; and the description given of their future work certainly leads us to infer that it will not be accomplished in a day.

 

 

But the city perishes instantaneously by an appalling Judgment of God.  At the outpouring of the Seventh Vial it is engulfed in a moment by the great earthquake which causes all the cities of the nations to fall (Rev. 16: 17-19).  Its cloud-capped towers and gorgeous palaces, its massive pediments, its spires and domes, will suddenly sway to and fro, like trees beneath a mighty wind, and then descend in ruin into the yawning jaws of earth, and disappear amid the flames vomited forth from their fiery grave.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

207

 

FIERY TRIAL

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

There is one command of God so startling, so paradoxical, so utterly alien to this world and native to another, enveloping a disciple in triple brass, that it ought to be framed in letters of gold.  Absorbed, and obeyed, any man is made unconquerable.  For it passes all Christ-like suffering under the X-rays of another world, and, by what it thus discloses transmutes the very substance of such sorrow.  To the heart of a Church hovering once more on paths of martyrdom is a strychnine of extraordinary power.

 

 

But first the ground must be cleared, as it is cleared both by our Lord and by His Apostle, of all suffering which in no remotest degree falls under the revelation.  “Let none of you suffer” - for mere suffering, divorced from goodness, is valueless - “as a murderer, or a thief, or an evil-doer, or as a meddler in other men’s matters” (1 Pet. 4: 15).  Our Lord carefully slips in an identical caution.  “Blessed are ye when men shall say all manner of evil against you FALSELY” (Matt. 5: 11).  There were three crosses on Golgotha but no three martyrs.  Sin is as hideous in the believer as in the ungodly.  If we break the laws of nature, we suffer; if w break the laws of the land, we suffer; if we break the law of God, we suffer: but all such merited suffering, though it can purge and can restore, nevertheless stains our profession clouds our joy, wrecks our peace, forfeits our glory, and dishonours our Lord.

 

 

So our Saviour catalogues the sufferings minutely, not as the sharp but exceptional sufferings of murderous epochs only, but as the steady, unvarying pressure of animus which the world exercises always and everywhere.  “Blessed are ye when men shall hate you” - no words could plunge a more impassable gulf between the Church and the world - “and when they shall separate you from their company” - ostracize and boycott you - “and reproach you” - our Lord uses a word embracing not only mere abuse, but sometimes stern or even loving remonstrance: reproach rather than rebuke  - “and cast out your name” - your name as a Christian - “as evil” (Luke 6: 22), as corrupt, or even as criminal.* The godly life is so stinging a rebuke to sin that it raises, in the worldling [and the apostate], either penitence or hate.  Even he who has all the graces of all the Beatitudes will encounter slander and ostracism and hate: but our curser is our blesser, for the reviling creates the beatitude; as blessed as are the pure, the merciful, the meek, so blessed are they who simply suffer.  The censure of the whole Church and of the whole world is valueless except in so far as it coincides with Scripture, and the only thing that matters is the approval of the Judgment Seat of Christ.

 

* As one writer has said:- The daring disregard of truth with which the world is wont to calumniate the children of God, the Satanic cunning with which its lies are woven, would be altogether incredible if it were not matter of fact.  “The early Christians,” says Professor H. B. Workman, “lived under the shadow of a great hate.  Murder, theft, gross crimes were some of the [false] charges freely brought against them

 

 

Both the Apostle and the Lord reveal the beatitude’s fundamental cause.  “If a man suffer as a Christian,* let him not be ashamed”: “in so much as” - to the degree that - “ye are partakers of Christ’s sufferings, rejoice  So the Saviour, using a wondrous phrase, which none but the Son of God could for the first time, says:- “Blessed are ye when men shall reproach you FOR MY SAKE” (Matt. 5: 11).  Holy suffering is a proof of regeneration and an unmistakable identification with Christ.  “Remember the word that I said unto you, If they persecuted me, they will also persecute you: all these things will they do unto you for My Name’s sake” (John 15: 20).  A [Spirit-filled] ‘Christian’ is a lover of Christ’s person, a believer in Christ’s doctrine, a follower in Christ’s footsteps, a partaker in Christ’s sufferings, a watcher for Christ’s [coming kingdom and] glory, a trustee of Christ’s honour; and the suffering is a proof of the trust.  “The apostles rejoiced that they were COUNTED WORTHY to suffer dishonour for the Name” (Acts 5: 41).

 

* God’s chosen name for His own in this dispensation, as a bride takes he name of the bridegroom. “The disciples were called […see Gk.] called by divine oracle, supernaturally by God] Christians first at Antioch” (Acts 11: 26).

 

 

Now the isolating effect of the world’s action only consolidates God’s sainthood, and uncovers the age-long stock of the holy.  “Rejoice, for so persecuted they the prophets which were before you” (Matt. 5: 12).  Identical suffering reveals identical character: such stand in one crowd with ‘the glorious company of the Apostles,’ ‘the goodly fellowship of the prophets’: if one in sorrow with Enoch Elijah and Paul, then one in character, and one in destiny.  “The recompense of the Elijahs and Isaiahs will become yours” (Godet).

 

 

An un-cursed servant of God is not in the apostolic succession.  As Luther said to Melancthon:- “So preach that those who do not fall out with their sins may fall out with thee  Through out man’s history no doctrine or practice ever received the world’s applause which was not an outrage on the Word of God.  He who (for example) practises the Sermon on the Mount - who takes no oath, touches no sword, lays up no treasure, who lives the unearthly life - parts at once and for ever with a worldly ‘career,’ and, plowing a lonely furrow even among Christians of every group, becomes, to the world simply negligible; and (to take but one other example) he who squares all life to an imminent, miraculous Advent is, in the eyes of the whole world, a fool.  But these things are the mind of Christ.  Men shun us because Christ is in our back ground, and hate us when we have too much of Him. “The reproaches of them that reproached Thee fell upon me” (Rom. 15: 3).

 

 

So now the Apostle discloses our unique and priceless revelation.  “If ye are reproached for the name of Christ, blessed are ye” - he repeats the beatitude he had heard thirty years before; “because” - as proved by the suffering - “the Spirit of glory and the Spirit of God RESTETH UPON YOU  Babylon, as it was the first, so it will be the last, great enemy of God and man, and Peter, writing in Babylon, and probably martyred there, reveals that every furnace Babylon has ever kindled down the ages - ‘fiery trial’, ordeal by fire - brings into the furnace One like unto the Son of God.  On the sufferer, in the eyes of God, dwells a Shekinah: the Holy Dove, in an iniquitous world, finds on him a rest for her foot: god-like suffering proves an invisible unction and (if un-forfeited) an inevitable glory.  All holiness is anointing him and all glory is crowning him. Already the heavenly treasure is banked on high for those, on earth, made bankrupt for Christ.  For “if we suffer with him, we shall also REIGN with him” (2 Tim. 2: 12).  As Ignatius said, and he had his choice - “I would rather be a martyr than a monarch

 

 

So, therefore, even as the Apostle invokes to joy now because of the ‘exceeding joy’ coming for all such at the revelation of Christ’s glory, our Lord, commanding present gladness in words which describe the joy at the Lamb’s marriage supper (Rev. 19: 7), expresses it in an action never otherwise commanded.  “Rejoice in that day [of suffering], AND LEAP FOR JOY: for behold, your reward is great in heaven” (Luke 6: 23).  Insult and injury depress, and depression paralyzes: joy, on the contrary, is one of the most powerful of tonics; and our Lord commands a leaping, bounding joy, because of the extraordinary reward beyond.  “That you may not fall short of that joy in the participation of glory,” as Archbishop Leighton says, “fall not back from a cheerful progress in the communion of those suffering that are so closely linked with it, and will so surely lead unto it, and end in itExactly so far as we depart from the conduct of the ideal Christian, and conform to the world, exactly thus far shall we miss both the travail and the reward.  Thought today revolts fiercely against the doctrine of reward, but it beats as harmless ripples against this rock of revelation which exalts reward into one of the gigantic facts awaiting us beyond the Veil; for the Lord grounds the exultant joy foursquare on the magnitude of the recompense.* One martyr, overwhelmed with the vision exclaimed:- “So much wages for so little work

 

* Since our Lord said - “Blessed are they that have been [R.V. and Greek] persecuted,” He must be referring to previous sufferers; and none such have belonged to the Church, which arose after their death: therefore Kingdom here is not the Church, but the future Kingdom; and it (Jesus says) is the reward.  So a parallel beatitude says:- “They shall inherit the earth”: the glory for the sufferer is the coming Royalty of the World.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

208

 

THE JOY SET BEFORE HIM

 

 

By W. P. CLARK

 

 

 

Many books have been written, and many addresses delivered at Conferences on the subject of the Second Advent which dwell on the joy of the Redeemed, when they see their Lord face to face and shall reign with Him; but few dwell on His joy, which must be infinitely greater than ours, inasmuch as He has infinitely greater capacity for joy.  How great will be His joy may be measured by what He had to “endure” to obtain it. For the joy set before Him He endured the Cross “despising the shame” (Heb. 12: 2) but “none of the ransomed ever knew how deep were the waters crossed, nor how dark was the night the Lord passed through,” ere He found that joy.

 

 

See Him as He goes up Calvary Hill “so marred from the form of man in His aspect, that His appearance was not that of a Son of man* With bruised back from the terrible scourging, with blood-stained face from the Cross of thorn with bent form from the weight of the Cross, “He endure the Cross  A beautiful legend tells us that the woman, who had been “bowed together, and could in no wise lift up herself” until He laid His hands upon her and “she was made straight came up to Him, as He staggered under the load of the Cross, and wiped with her handkerchief the blood, and sweat from His face.  She knew what it was to suffer with a bent back, and to be jeered at by a multitude!

 

* Is. 52: 14.  See Scofield Bible and R.V. margin.

 

 

And how can the agony of the Crucifixion be possible pictured or even imagined?  Intense as must have been the physical suffering, to which were added the jeers and taunts of the Chief Priests and the multitude, in which no doubt the invisible powers of darkness joined, how much more must have been the appalling, unimaginable suffering carried by the absolutely sinless, spotless Son of God, being “made sin” for us, and as such, forsaken of His Father, a fact wringing from His lips that heart-rending cry, - “My God, my God, why has Thou forsaken Me

 

 

But He also despised the shame.  When King David sent messengers to condole with Hanun, King of Ammon, on the death of his father, we read that he shaved off half their beards and cut off their garments in the middle, and “the men were greatly ashamed” (1 Chron. 19: 5): how much greater must been the shame of hanging on a cross exposed to the gaze of the crowd!  “He endured the shame

 

 

The other side of the picture - the joy set before Him - still lies in the future.  John in the lonely isle of Patmos saw it in vision.  “And I saw, and I heard the voice of many angels, and the number of them was 10,000 times 10,000, and thousands of thousands (that is, millions), saying with a great voice, Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to receive the power and riches and wisdom and might and honour and glory and blessing.  And every created thing which is in the heaven, and on the earth, and under the earth, and on the sea, and all things that are in them, heard I saying, Unto Him that sitteth on the throne, and unto the Lamb, be the blessing, and the honour, and the glory, and the dominion, for ever and ever” (Rev. 5: 11-13).  “And after these things, I saw, and behold, a great multitude, which no man could number, out of every nation and of all tribes and peoples and tongues, standing before the throne, and before the Lamb arrayed in white robes and palms in their hands, and they cry with a great voice saying, Salvation unto our God who sitteth on the throne, and unto the Lamb.  And one of the elders said unto me, These are they that came out he great tribulation and they washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb” (Rev. 7: 9-14).

 

 

Paul looked forward to meeting his comparatively few converts, at the coming of the Lord Jesus, as his “joy” and crown - how much greater will be the “joy” of his Lord when He meets His blood-bought converts, in multitude more than man can number!  Then shall He see of the travail His soul and be satisfied.  But the consummation of His Joy will no doubt be when He shall reign for a thousand years with those counted worthy to reign with Him.  Who then will “enter into the joy” of their Lord? and who will hear Him say, “Well done, good and faithful servant, thou hast been faithful over a few things, I will set thee over many things”? Thank God, this wonderful joy rests not on great achievements, nor special genius, but on faithfulness; so that the weakest and poorest disciple has a chance to achieve it.  Alas, for those servants - servants still, but found unfaithful - who shall be “cast into the outer-darkness outside the bright Millennial Kingdom until the thousand years are ended!

 

 

A dramatic incident occurred at a wedding in England.  The bridegroom, William Montague Dyke, had been blinded by an accident when ten years of age, but had, despite his blindness, won University honours, and had also won beautiful bride, though he had never looked on her face.  Shortly before his marriage he submitted to treatment by experts, and the climax came on the day of his wedding.  The bride entered the Church leaning on the arm of her white-haired father, Admiral Cave.  There stood her future husband with his father and the great oculist, who was cutting away the last bandage.  A beam of rose-coloured light from a pane in the chancel window fell across his face, but he did not seem to see it.  With a cry of joy he sprang forward to meet his bride.  “At last”!  At last!” he uttered, and gazed for the first time on the face of the girl he loved.  How far greater will be the joy of the Heavenly Bridegroom, when He shall present His bride the Church “without blemish, in exceeding joy, before the presence of His Glory  To Him be the glory majesty, dominion and power before all time and now and for evermore!

 

 

-------

 

 

Let no man think that sudden in a minute

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

209

 

CONTROVERSY ON THE SECOND ADVENT

 

 

BY HORATIUS BONAR, D.D.

 

 

 

I shall endeavour to abstain from insinuating that “no one would ever take such a view of the passage but for certain inconveniences attending it.” I may at times think certain theories untenable and unscriptural; but I shall try to avoid hard names, which may after all betoken only an undue self-confidence on my part, or an unconscious bias which unfits one for appreciating or even understanding any theory save our own. I may perhaps discern very clearly a long train of inferences from the doctrine of our opponents - inferences which appear to me logically irresistible and doctrinally most preposterous; but I shall try to keep myself from supposing that all those inferences of mine must form the creed of my opponents, and that because certain things appear to me incompatible with certain others, they must be so in reality.  I may think some reasonings inconclusive enough; but 1 shall not irritate a brother by telling him that they are “not worth the name of arguments,” or “fitted only to provoke a smile.” My thinking that the opinions of certain brethren in Christ are erroneous, is no reason why I should call them “hallucinations,” or “wild speculations and reveries  An opponent speaks truly of the “sweet spirit” of one writer, and the “gentle pen” of another.  My prayer is, that that spirit and that pen may be mine.  They are much needed in this day of warfare and excitement and hasty speech.  Our weapons are not carnal, nor ought our speech to be.  If it be, we are but borrowing the world’s rude weapons, and are more concerned to overthrow an adversary than to win a brother.  Men in earnest we ought in good truth to be.  Our business, however, is not to wrangle about our Lord’s appearing, but to try who shall find out most truth respecting it, who shall most fully understand our Lord’s meaning, and who shall best instruct his brethren therein, winning them by his meekness, not repelling them by his sharpness or unpliable tenacity.

 

 

In dealing with an opponent it is well sometimes to consider the possibility of our being, perchance, in error. This does not make us less decided; but it tends to abate self-confidence and dogmatism, as well as to make us more respectful towards his opinions, no less than towards himself.  It may be well enough for me to slight or smile at his views, if it is utterly impossible for him to be right, or me to be wrong; but WHAT, AFTER ALL, IF THE SLIGHTED TENETS SHOULD BE TRUE?

 

 

I strive to write for truth, not for triumph.  The times call for something else than man’s conflict with, or victory over, his fellow-man.  The issue of the contest, and the prize that is to be won, is divine truth.  I am far from thinking that there is not error cleaving to our Second Advent system, or that there is not much sin mingling with our defence of it; and I shall be always glad to reconsider its various parts, and thankful for correction or further light.  For the remark of the German philosopher I feel to be a true one, that “the worst insult that could be offered, even to a half-educated man, would be to suppose that he could be offended by the exposure of an error which he entertained, or the proclamation of a truth which had escaped his notice  If in aught I have written unadvised words, or breathed a spirit at variance with the mind of Christ, I shall feel much sorrow.

 

 

The present controversy is one which is not likely soon to subside.  For it is not a controversy called up by human disputants; it is one forced upon our notice by the ominous events of the day we live in.  It is the signs of the times that are compelling men to look it in the face.  These signs mean something; and something too in which we have the profoundest interest.  They are either the forerunners of a millennium not materially differing from the present state of things - a millennium in which the earth is not renewed, but remains barren and accursed - a millennium in which creation still groans - a millennium in which Satan is not bound, but still roams the earth - a millennium, of which the utmost that can be said is, that there “will be far less mixture than now,” but tares still growing plentifully in it, and the enemy still busy in sowing them - a millennium from which Christ being absent in person, the church as an opponent admits, will be “miserable without Him or they are signs of the glad advent - the forerunners of the King himself, for whom the church, in loneliness and widowhood, has been waiting so long, and under whose righteous sway she hopes to see all things “made new

 

 

-------

 

 

MAKING RIGHT JUDGMENTS

 

By DEREK ROUS

 

 

“Brethren, if a man is overtaken in any fault, you who are spiritual restore such a one

in a spirit of gentleness, considering yourself lest you also are temptedGalatians 6: 1.

 

 

 

Many of us who pray for Israel, are faced with the constant challenge of how to share with others what the Lord has revealed concerning His people, Israel.  How can we do that without seeming to be critical of them of “judgmental” - a charge often levelled at those who have any Biblical understanding of God’s purposes for [the nation] of Israel.

 

Even amongst those who have a “love for Israel,” sometimes there are misunderstandings about different but genuine callings of God to particular works.  But one thing remains clear; we have an enemy who has a clear plan to cause confusion and division.  And the best answer to him is first, to be alert to the possibility that it can affect us, and second to use the gifts that God has given to us to discern and expose his works for what they are.

 

Having “discernment” or “making right judgments” seems to be a very necessary attribute particularly in the Last days - as Jesus made clear in Matthew 24: 4 “Take heed that no one deceives you…” Which simply means, we have a choice to make!  Over many issues of Faith and Practise today, we are challenged to act according to the promptings of God’s Holy Spirit who works according to His Word.  If we don’t, in the mistaken belief that we have to maintain fellowship with everyone who claims to be a Believer, we will have to face the consequences of what that brings.  It’s a difficult choice, but more so if you forget the fact that Jesus was constantly being attacked by the religious ones of His day for exposing hypocrisy and hatred.  Truly, being a true prophet of God today like yesterday, is not going to win you many friends.

 

BEING JUDGMENTAL

 

But was Jesus “being judgmental” or was He prone to exaggeration?  Or perhaps the writers of the Gospels understood Him wrong and if we choose a “better” translation of the Bible we would understand that God loves everyone, irrespective of their belief and lifestyle.  They say, “We know better today, that Jesus really meant that we are to love everybody and not be so negative and particular about truth  By the reaction of some, one might well come to that conclusion.  And as for Israel, the approach continues, “Why pray for them? Who in their right mind would ever think that they had a hope

 

The Bible records that the Lord Jesus commanded, “Do not judge according to appearance but judge with righteous judgment” (John 7: 24).  Speaking to Simon the Pharisee about forgiveness, Jesus told him, “You have rightly judged” (Luke 7: 43).  To others, the Lord asked, “Why even of yourselves do you not judge what is right?” (Luke 12: 57).  That was just after He had accused them of being hypocrites for being able to discern the weather but unable to discern the times.

 

But the same judgment that is required to discern the times also needs to be applied to how one personally responds to the temptations of the world in all their forms; how one is related in fellowship to other Christians; and how to deal with disputes especially amongst Christians.

 

Paul declared in 1 Corinthians 2: 15, “He that is spiritual judges all things  So according to Jesus and Paul, it appears that it is our positive duty to judge.

 

BEING DISCERNING

 

Take a look at Jeremiah 15: 19, 20; Ezekiel 44: 23; Jonah 4: 11 and Malachi 3: 18 before reading again the words of Jesus in the New Testament on the subject of False Teachers and False Teaching.  “Beware of false prophets!” (Matthew 7: 15) is the warning and command of the Lord.  They weren’t just an Old Testament problem.  But how could we “beware” and how could we know they are “false prophets” if we did not discern/judge?  And what is the God-given standard by which we are to judge?  Isaiah 8: 20 is helpful.  “To the Law and to the Testimony: if they speak not according to this Word, it is because there is no light in them  Many things seem good to human judgment which are false to the Word of God.  Surely, we might think that but to say it - “that’s being divisive

 

But please notice, that it is the false teachers who make the “divisions,” and not those who protest against their false teaching.  And these deceivers are not serving Christ, as they profess, “but their own belly.” Consequently, as difficult as it might seem, “… we are to make/note them and avoid themRomans 16: 17, 18.  But some will say, “That’s being exclusive  Yes, it is.  But whose voice are we following?  And who do we want to really please?  “Prove all things; hold fast that which is good” (1 Thessalonians 5: 21). It would be impossible to obey these injunctions of God’s Word unless it were right to judge!  And remember, nothing is “good” in God’s sight, that is not true to His Word.  This is a big subject providing endless opportunities for debate, because it applies to every area of life.  In ‘Prayer for Israel’, it especially applies to how we work and relate to others who have a different focus of concern.  Nevertheless, our job is big enough to absorb our energies and this is, “How we pray for such a people as Israel today  Knowing how to pray and doing it - that’s our job.

 

We know that God will do the rest!

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

210

 

THE NEPHILIM

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

There are certain great outstanding mysteries in the Word of God which we hesitate to handle: absorbingly interested ourselves, and finding in them buttresses to our own faith, we yet fear to shock, or stumble, or divide, or provoke profitless discussion.  Nevertheless in the long run we, shall find it a mistake to attempt to be wiser than God.  Difficulties are deliberately planted in Scripture as tests of faith, and our characters reveal themselves in their reaction to the Divine revelations; nor can we save others from their reactions. The foolishness of God is wiser than man. Moreover, a supreme reason for grappling with these tremendous mysteries is that, where the truth is suppressed, error fastens luxuriously on the boycotted passage, in which it entrenches itself as in an un-assaulted stronghold; and so in the mystery of the Noachic Spirits to whom Christ preached (disembodied) the Roman doctrine of Purgatory, as also the doctrine of a Second Chance, lodge themselves (as they imagine) on solid Scripture foundations.  The whole Word of God is needed for the whole elucidation of God.

 

 

THE SONS OF GOD

 

 

That the ‘sons of God’ in Genesis 6. are angels was all but the exclusive belief both of the Synagogue and of the Apostolic Church; nearly all the pre-Pentecostal Rabbis, and practically the whole of the Church of the first three centuries, so understood the Scripture.* The Septuagint, the Bible in our Lord’s hands which was read every Sabbath in His hearing, actually has, instead of ‘sons of God,’ ‘angels of God** Now it is so acutely difficult as to be impossible to conceive how, in the ages of inspiration - the epoch Israel’s Prophets, and the later age of the Church’s miraculous gifts - an error so gigantic - if an error - could pass corrected and un-contradicted by the Holy Ghost; nor is there a single instance (so far as we know) of a doctrine or exposition held in common by the Synagogue and the Church (in their inspired ages) which is not the truth of God. If carefully thought out, this consideration is extraordinarily impressive, and most difficult to refute.

 

* The modern Jewish interpretation appears for the first time in the Targurn of Onkelos in the first Christian century; and the Sethite view appeared first in the Church in Julius Africanus in the third century.  Among modem theologians who hold the view of the Apostolic Church are Gesenius, Ewald, Delitzsch, Kurtz, Stier, Alford, Govett, and Pember.

 

**Augustine admits that even in his day the majority of copies read ‘angels of God

 

 

ANGELIC SONS

 

 

Now we look a little closer.  The phrase used - Bene ha Elohim - occurs four times only in the Old Testament, every time it is used of angels; and it is set, in this passage in studied contrast to the human -   “When MEN began to multiply on the face of the ground, the sons of God saw daughters of MEN” (Gen. 6: 1).  There were at that time no human sons of God, in the spiritual sense, for “ALL FLESH had corrupted its way upon the earth” (Gen. 6: 12); and even Noah, who alone is declared righteous by God, is never called a son of God. Of all the Patriarchs Adam (already dead) and Adam only, is, in the New Testament genealogy of the race (Luke 3: 38), named a ‘son of God’ - manifestly because, as in the case of every angel, he came fresh from the Hand of God in creation.  The gloss making the sons God ‘Sethites’ and the daughters of men ‘Cainites’ is a pure invention of the expositor, a guess not only with no justification whatever in the text, but manifestly in conflict with the entire context.  No one would ever have dreamed the phrase meant anything but angels had it not been for the extremely startling nature of the event.

 

 

THE NEW TESTAMENT

 

 

But an event so enormous, and so closely connected with human corruption, must, if true, find confirmation in God’s later revelations, and the Apostle Jude - in an epistle significantly a preface to the Apocalypse - sets on it the imprimatur of God.  “And angels” - no article: certain angels - “which kept not their own principality, but left their proper habitation” - a statement never made of the Satanic hosts - “he hath kept in bonds” - the Satanic legions, on the contrary, range heaven and earth in perfect liberty - “even as Sodom and Gomorrah, having in like manner WITH THESE given themselves over to fornication, and gone after strange flesh” (Jude 6).* Jude’s revelation is like a flash of lightning.  So abominable in God’s sight, says the Apostle, is the horrible misuse of sex in all adultery of species that it drew down the lightnings of Sodom, even as it had provoked the extermination of the Flood.  Paul also has a statement which, in this context, is obvious, but without it, a baffling mystery. “The woman ought to have a sign of authority on [over] her head” - a head-dress as a sign of self-control, to give her hand where she will, or (alternatively) of the man’s control - “BECAUSE OF THE ANGELS” (1 Cor. 11: 10).**

 

* “In like manner with these angels just referred to” (Professor S. D. F. Salmond, D.D.). “The manner was similar, because the angels committed fornication with another race than themselves” (Dean Alford). “If we bear in mind that there is something mysterious about the love and connection of the sexes, and that in all who are not wholly sunken, the animal aspect of it - which sin isolates - is pervaded by a more elevated and noble principle; when we further think of its importance in the history of the world, and of salvation, we may perhaps regard it as not quite impossible that angels should have desired to share it” (J. H. Kurtz, D.D.).  For a shrewd comment on the verse in Jude see the one excellent and exhaustive work on the whole subject, The Fallen Angels, by J. Fleming (Dublin, 1879), pp. 169 - 177.

 

** Woman’s shorn head to-day, accompanied as it begins to be by the uncovered head in worship, is a peculiarly sinister symptom of the age, in the tacit invitation it offers to the unseen world in direct disobedience to the Holy Ghost.  Depicting the destiny of the Rephaim, another name for the obnoxious strain, Proverb 9: 18 casts a tragic light on some at least of ‘the daughters of men  For the Rephaim. see Deut. 2: 20, 21.

 

 

THE NEPHILIM

 

 

The products of the monstrous marriage, as definitely stated by the Holy Ghost, lift the union out of all possible natural explanations. “The Nephilim - the giants or ‘fallen’ ones - “were in the earth in those days” - that is, as a signal exception in human history - “and also after that, when the sons of God came in unto the daughters of men, and they bare children to them” - that is, the offspring were the Nephilim, or giants.  That physical frames were produced by the marriage huge, portentous, is proof positive that the Sons of God were super-humans incarnated; and therefore immediately after they are named Jehovah says “My Spirit shall not strive with man for ever, for that he ALSO is flesh  “The gigantic dimensions are not human: it is not the Adamic image, created after the Divine type, which shows itself in such colossal corporeal development” (Nagelstach).

 

 

THE FLOOD

 

 

A very powerful subsidiary proof lies in the close relationship stated by the Spirit of God between this abhorrent irruption and the Deluge.  No sooner is the fact stated than the doom falls (verses 2-3); and as soon as the Nephilim, the giant descendants,*are named, so soon is it stated that “the Lord saw that the wickedness of man” - the Nephilim are included in the human: man also is flesh - “was great in the earth Apart from general corruption, and the implied refusal of the Word of God through Noah, the sole fact named in the context of the Flood, the solitary outstanding provocation of God drawing down the extermination of the world, is a marriage as abhorrent to heaven as it was portentous to earth.

 

* “The Nephilim were in the earth in those [pre-diluvian] days, and also after that” (Gen. 6: 4), in a post-diluvian epoch.  And so in Numbers 10: 33 we read:- “There we saw the Nephilim, the sons of Anak, which come of the Nephilim; and we were in our own sight as grasshoppers, and so we were in their sight  Their gigantic proportions are given in Deuteronomy 3: 11, and because of this obnoxious strain Palestine was emptied before Israel, exactly as the earth before Noah.

 

 

HEATHEN MYTHOLOGY

 

 

Remarkable further confirmation lies in the complete exposure the facts afford, an elucidation of astonishing completeness, of all heathen mythology. “We stand here,” as Delitzsch says, “at the fountain of heathen mythology with its legends, but this primitive golden age is divested of all its apotheosizing glory.” Greek mythology weaved itself around a race half-human, half divine, actually named ‘giants,’ Titans, ‘heroes,’ gods; “terrible and strong,” says Hesiod, “the race of heroes called demigods”; and it is exceedingly impressive that the very word Peter uses to describe the present prison of these fallen angels, Tartarus, is also named in mythology as the prison of Cronos and the rebel Titans.  “The same says the Scripture, “were the mighty men” - Gibborim: the fabulous giants of Olympus - “which were of old, the men of renown” lustful gods, giant magicians, half-heavenly, half-earthly, and altogether evil, the demigods of a dying age.*

 

* They appear to have introduced astrology, sorcery, armour, and medicine; and the Book of Enoch attributes to them the introduction of a flesh diet, sanctioned by Jehovah only after the Flood (Gen. 9: 3), beauty culture ‘the beautifying of the eyebrows,’ etc.), and cannibalism.  The narrative itself hints polygamy. The age is heading for abominations that peculiarly rouse the wrath of the Creator (Lev. 18: 23). The scientific lectures of Professor Voronolf have been forbidden in England by the Home Office.

 

 

MODERN RECURRENCE

 

 

It is obvious that if the thing is a fact, not only ought the Scriptures to have recorded it, but it ought now to be made known for such warning as may be possible in an utterly incredulous age.  For our Lord’s words are inexpressibly solemn:- “AS IT WAS IN THE DAYS OF NOAH, so shall be the Presence” - the Lord’s sojourn in the heavens - “of the Son of man” (Matt. 24: 37).  Since the solitary outstanding Noachic event recorded by inspiration, the sole world-filling fact, is the hybrid race, it is difficult to avoid the conclusion that the later world-judgment will have an identical cause.  No Spiritualist would find any insuperable difficulty either in the narrative or in the prophecy, nor needs to be told that Incubi and Succubi have a basis in fact.  It was a Corsican tradition that Madame Mere asserted a like birth of her son, Napoleon; and the latest life of Mrs. Eddy (E. F. Dakin’s Mrs. Eddy) openly states of her rival Mrs. Stetson that she “produced a child by immaculate conception,” a rumour among Christian Scientists by no means confined to Mrs. Stetson. ‘Gibbor’ is a term which Scripture applies both to Nimrod (Gen. 10: 8) and to the Antichrist (Hab. 2: 5).  Sooner than we know, the world may awake to find itself in pre-Diluvian horrors, and among pseudo-Christs, demi-gods, working miracles so great (Matt. 24: 24) as to imperil even the faith of the elect.*

 

* Our Lord’s statement (Matt. 22: 30) no more makes it impossible for angels to marry than impossible for the risen: all He says is that in heaven marriage is as unpractised among the risen as among the angels. The capability of neither is touched upon.  The denial of the possibility assumes a knowledge that we do not possess.  There are bodies CELESTIAL as well as bodies terrestrial (1 Cor. 15: 40). “Credible or incredible to man’s wisdom - whether congenial or foreign to his conceptions of things in which a pretence to knowledge is mere folly - whether apparently possible or impossible - the fact is stated in the Bible, and that so plainly that the wisest commentators have been reduced to childish absurdities in attempting to evade it” (S. R. Maitland, D.D.).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

211

 

CONTROVERSY

 

 

By JAMES STALKER, D.D.

 

 

 

It is no good sign of the times that controversy should be looked down upon.  In the records of the life of Jesus we have pages upon pages of controversy.  It may have been far from the work in which He delighted most to be engaged; but He had to undertake it all through His life, and especially towards the close.  The most eminent of His servants in every age have had to do the same.  St. Paul may not have been indisposed by nature to throw himself into controversy; but St. John had to enter into it with equal earnestness.  It is scarcely possible to mention a representative man in any section of the Christian Church in any age who has been able altogether to avoid it.

 

 

The spirit of the true controversialist is the joyful and certain sense of possessing the truth, and the conviction of its value to all men, which makes error hateful and inspires the determination to sweep it away.  It was as the King of Truth (John 18: 37) that Christ carried on controversy, and He was borne along by the generous passion to cut His fellowmen out from their imprisonment in the labyrinth of error.  Excessive aversion to controversy may be an indication that a Church has no keen sense of possessing truth which is of any great worth, and that it has lost appreciation for the infinite difference in value between truth and error.

 

 

There are differences, indeed, in the present feeling of the public mind to different kinds of controversy.  One of the tasks of controversy is to combat error outside of the Church.  Christianity is incessantly assailed by forms of unbelief which arise one after another and have their day.  At one time it is Deism which requires to be refuted, at another Pantheism, another Materialism.  To defend the temple of Christian truth from such assailants is popular enough and meets with perhaps even excessive rewards.  When it is of the right quality, however, its value cannot be over-estimated; and the present moment it requires the very highest talent, the apologetic problems of our century have not yet been solved.

 

 

It is controversy within the Church which excites alarm and aversion.  Yet the controversy which our Lord waged was inside the Church; and so has that been carried on by the most eminent of His followers.  It would, indeed, be well if the sound of controversial weapons were never heard in the temple of peace; but only on condition that it is also a temple of truth.

 

 

In the time of Christ the Church was the stronghold of error; and not once or twice since then it has been the same.  Jesus had to assail nearly the whole ecclesiastical system of His time and a large body of the Church’s doctrines.  To do so must, to a thoughtful mind, in any circumstances be an extremely painful task; for the faith reposed in their spiritual guides by the mass of men who have little leisure or ability to think out vast subjects to the bottom, is one of the most sacred pillars of the edifice of human life, and nothing can be more criminal than wantonly to shake it.  But it sometimes needs to be shaken, and Jesus did so.

 

 

Of course the opposite case may easily occur; the Church may have the truth, and the innovator may be in error.  Then the true place of the Christian controversialist is on the side of the Church against him who is trying to mislead her.  This also is a delicate task, requiring the utmost Christian wisdom and sometimes likely to be repaid with little thanks; for, while he who defends the Church against error coming from THE OUTSIDE is loaded with honours as a saviour of the faith, he who attempts to preserve her from more menacing danger WITHIN may be dismissed with the odious and withering title of heresy-hunter.

 

 

-------

 

 

DECAYING FAITH

 

 

Dr. Betts, professor of Religious Education at the (American) North-western Methodist University, published the findings of a questionnaire sent out to 700 ministers, a cross section of the twenty leading denominations.  Thirteen per cent. declared that God was not omnipotent; one-third denied that God or Christ ever performed a miracle; forty-five per cent. refused to believe in the inspiration of the Bible.  Only one-fifth of the Congregational, three-fifths of the Methodist, and three-fourths of the Baptist clergy now believe that Jesus is the Saviour of mankind.  Less than two-thirds believe in the resurrection, and only fifty-seven per cent. still believe in heaven and hell.

 

 

-------

 

 

THE SECOND COMING*

 

* “This is the title given to the poem by the author.  Second Advents are sometimes charged with being pessimists.

But there is a ‘second advent’ of the Rationalist - as dread a contrast as could be conceived  D. M. Panton.

 

 

Some day the last lone man will lie and stare

At death, and know that in him ends the scheme

Of life on earth, that thought itself supreme;

And he will die with no one left to care.

All forms of life that once swarm’d anywhere

Will vanish as the memories of a dream,

And the gret winds of silence then will stream

Through the vast hollows of the darken’d air.

 

 

And after this quick life we once call’d ours

Has pass’d, will the world travail in some storm

Of restless elements and fill its crust

With breathing earth again: wild beasts and flowers?

And will some curious life in some strange form

Dig down and read this story of our dust?

 

-        PAUL ENGLE.

 

 

-------

 

 

COMMISSIONED

 

 

Out of the realm of the glory-light

Into the far-away land of night,

Out from the bliss of worshipful son

Into the pain of hatred and wrong,

Out from the holy rapture above

Into the grief of rejected love,

Out from the life at the Father’s side

Into the death of the crucified,

Out of high honour and into shame

The Master willingly, gladly came:

And now, since He may not suffer anew,

As the Father sent Him, so sendeth He you.

 

                                    - HENRY  W.  FROST, D.D.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

212

 

THE RE-BIRTH OF THE LAND

OF SHINAR

 

 

 

Just a century ago Sir C. Napier wrote: “In a few years we English shall be at Babylon, a revived empire; we shall go slowly, but one hundred years will see us at Babylon  To-day Britain is the mandatory power of Iraq. “What, it may be asked” - says the Times (April 2, 1919) - “are the British doing in this strange, romantic country? The answer apparent when one approaches Hindiah.  Here, as if by magic, acres of waving corn relieve the monotony of the desert landscape; companies of Arab labourers toil languidly under the blasphemous tongues of British N.C.O’s.; a train is being loaded with rations and bhoosa. The irrigation scheme of Sir James Willcocks is being completed and perfected, and the Army of Occupation has become almost self-supporting

 

 

For Sir WiIIiam Willcocks has worked for years among the countless ruined cities and villages of Babylonia; and to-day he is re-erecting dams originally dug by Nimrod, and irrigation works once planned by Cyrus and Alexander.  He says:- “I have traced out hundreds of the old canals. The head-works were at Babylon, Bagdad, Seleucia, Ctesiphon, and Opis, and formed the greatest irrigation scheme ever carried out.  The problem of perennial irrigation was entirely solved by the Chaldean sages of old.  The Delta of the Tigris and EuphratesSir William continues, “has an area of some :2,000.000 acres, of which about 9, 000.000 are desert, and 2, 500,000 are fresh-water swamp. Without the aid of reservoirs it would be possible, by means of scientific irrigation, to count upon some 6,000.000 acres of winter crops - wheat, barley, and beans, and 1000.000 acres of summer crop - cotton, Indian corn, and rice.  The central suggested canal could irrigate 1,000.000 acres of the best land in Mesopotamia, capable of producing 1, 000.000 tons of wheat and 2,000,000 cwts. of cotton. The delta of the two rivers will be richer than the delta of the Nile, and a safer place to invest capital in.”* Caravan routes, rail routes, steamer routes, air routes weave a web between East and West, the central loop of which is Iraq.  “Once the richest part of the known earth,” says Mr. W. Milne, M.P., “its possibilities are closely watched at Westminster and in the City of London.” Untold wealth lies in the Mesopotamian Delta. “We are not concerned,” says the Times (June 5, 1909), “with an unknown country, but with one which fed and supported the richest Empires of the ancient and the early mediaeval world.” Petrol is one of the controlling factors of the modern world; and Iraq, possibly one of the richest virgin petroliferous regions still awaiting the drill, has, after a struggle in the commercial world extending over twenty-four years, come to an agreement with an Oil ‘combine’ representing a capital of £1,000,000,000.

 

* The Geographical journal, Jan., 1910.

 

 

But the restoration of Mesopotamia covers the site of Babylon, “inevitably entailing” says a recent writer, “the resuscitation in modern shape of Babylon and Nineveh.” Two hundred workmen have been excavating the ruins of Babylon for the past thirteen years, bringing to light the fortifications, temples and palaces of the ancient city, with 30,000 objects of art or letters.  The excavations are clearing the site for a new city.  For military reasons will compel a rebuilt Babylon.  The whole region is strategic.  When Alexander strove to get permission from Napoleon to take Constantinople, Napoleon called for a map, and, after looking at it intently, rolled it up again, saying:- “No Constantinople is the sovereignty of the world  Such an international sovereignty as may become Babylon’s has actually been foreshadowed.  “Not a few people,” says The Times (June 11, 1919), “regret that Constantinople was not selected as the Capital of the League of Nations, the seat of its conferences and a territory in which the League of Nations would exercise something like the temporal power of the Popes.” And it was amongst the papers of Napoleon himself, so fruitful in schemes which will be the achievement of a greater than Napoleon, that actual plans were found for the rebuilding of Babylon, with quays, rivers, wharves, and all the equipment of a great commercial city.

 

 

Nor is it without dread significance that the modern mind is losing its recoil against the concentrated iniquity summed up in the word BABYLON - “the queen of the cities,” says Sir William Willeocks, “the capital of the world, the finest city men ever built.  Christian man, and Jewish man before him, has cast over it the ban of superstitious loathing: only the evil of Belshazzar is remembered.  My hopes, my ambitions, my work, are bound up with the recreation of Chaldea.” “The four angels of the Book of Revelation,” says Sir Hanbury Brown, “which were bound in the great river Euphrates were destroying angels.  They have done their work. But the time has come now, let us hope, when the curse shall be no more, and the waters of life of the twin rivers shall be guided through the land to make of Mesopotamia a new earth* Yet Chaldea remains one of the moral plague-spots of the world.  It is not only that Mesopotamia is the home of the fiercest Mohammedanism; it is even more Satanic.  “I spent a week,” says Dr. Hume Griffith, a medical missionary in Nineveh, “with the Yezidi Sheikh, in his mountain castle near the ruins of Nineveh.  The priests of these Devil-worshippers are all clad in white, and carry with them a wand of office, surmounted by a brass peacock.  At the entrance to their chief temple is the figure of a serpent.  This is looked upon with great veneration, and is kept black by means of charcoal; each worshipper kisses the serpent before entering the temple.  The religious rites, which include the use of hypnotism, are kept very secret, and only practised between sunset and sunrise  Babylon will re-erect her head in the one region of open Satanic worship, and amid the most purely Satanic environment in the world; for the false Christ accepts what the true Christ refused - the Kingdoms of the World on condition of worship, and “the whole earth” - therefore the Wild Beast and the False Prophet included - “worshipped the dragon” (Rev. 13: 3, 4).

 

* The Geographical Journal, Aug., 1912. It is amazing how men can ignore (as in the rebuilding of Jericho) the horror of the earlier ruin. “We can recall no instance,” says the Edinburgh Review (Oct., 1907), “in which destruction has done its work so well and so completely as here in the very cradle of man’s earliest civilization; the place seems to be blasted, as if by the imposition of some spell or enchantmentMr. Edinund Candler, in The Times (Dec. 8, 1917) says:- “By the Tigris and Euphrates mortality is the most obvious thing that meets the eye, but the deadest of dead things in this Mesopotamian waste is Babylon

 

 

So restored Chaldea will require a central city: political and commercial exigencies will make that city the metropolis of the world.  Nor need its re-erection, when once planned, be long delayed.  Within three years of its great fire in 1871, Chicago arose a more splendid city than was consumed; and San Francisco, fed within a month or two of the earthquake by a fleet of some eighty vessels, bearing from all parts of the world 300,000 tons of building material, has experienced the most rapid construction the world had ever seen.  With the exception of nineteen structures of steel and stone, the whole city had been laid in ruins, at a loss of £100,000,000; yet within three years a city more beautiful, more sanitary, more compact, and more prosperous had risen like a dream.  So will Babylon rise from its ruins with the marvellous swiftness of the modern world.  “International polis” - as a metropolis of the world, already planned, is called, actually endowed by Mr. Carnegie’s millions, and shifted recently in design from the Hague - delays only until, leaping fifty centuries,  Babylon is born again in the Land of Shinar.

 

 

The peculiar intoxication of pride which Babylon has ever inspired - “O thou MOST PROUD, saith the Lord of hosts” (Jer. 50: 31) - will make its re-erection, sub-served by science and woven out of a world’s wealth, a dream of man’s proudest age erected in the spirit of Augustus Caesar:- “I found Rome brick, and left her marble.”  So Nebuchadnezzar exclaimed:- “Is not this great Babylon, which I have built for the royal dwelling-place, by the might of my power and for the glory of my majesty (Dan. 4: 30); and in the inscriptions that have been unearthed he says:- “O Lord Merodach, like dear life I love thy exalted lodging-place: in no place have I made a town more glorious than thy city of Babylon. I have made no town more glorious than Babylon and Borsippa.” So Khammurabi, the Nebuchadnezzar of another age, strikes again the peculiarly Chaldean note:- “The everlasting offspring of majesty, the sun-god of Babylon, the king obeyed in all four quarters of the earth: I am that one  So also the only man in history who has attempted - with thousands of labourers and immense treasure - to rebuild Babylon, and who died there, himself a claimant to godhead, enshrined its pride in his message to Darius:- “As the heaven has but one sun, so earth must have but one Alexander  But the apex of earth’s pride is uttered by the final Chaldean in perhaps the blackest blasphemy in Scripture: “I AM, AND TRERE IS NONE ELSE BESIDE ME” (Isa. 47: 10).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

213

 

COUNSELS FOR YOUNG WORKERS

 

 

 

1. READ: THINK: PRAY.  “Sow an act, and reap a habit; sow a habit, and reap a character; sow a character, and reap a destiny”: therefore read hard, think hard, pray hard.  Habit is tyrannous: make it tyrannous for good. “Give heed to reading, to exhortation, to teaching.  Be diligent in these things, give thyself wholly to them: that thy progress may be manifest unto all” (1 Tim. 4: 13, 15). Phil. 4: 8.  Read much in Christian literature, but live within the covers of the Book.  Jas. 1: 25.  Believe the warnings of God.  Lead, that you may know the mind of God; think, that you may assimilate it; pray, that you may fulfil it.  2 Tim. 2: 15; 3: 14-17. No backslider can ever be created except outside the prayer meeting. Heb. 10: 25, 26.  Never plant our foot down without having a Scripture under it.

 

 

2. KEEP ALERT: KEEP AT WORK: KEEP PROGRESSING.  The moment we begin resting on our oars, that moment we begin drifting downstream: Satan finds a prompt use for those who leave the employment of Christ. Mark 13: 34-36. “The only way to be kept from falling,” says McCheyne, “is to grow.” Luke 8: 18. Grow in faith (2 Thess. 1: 3); in works (Rev. 2: 19); in fruitfulness (Phil. 4: 17); in love (1 Thess. 3: 12); in Christlikeness (Eph. 4: 15):- “we exhort you, brethren, that ye abound more and more  Learn the grace of patience.  Wellington said:- “British soldiers are not braver than others; they are as brave for quarter of an hour longerThe work is solemn - therefore don’t trifle: the task is difficult - therefore don’t relax: the opportunity is brief - therefore don’t delay: the path is narrow - therefore don’t wander: the Prize is glorious - therefore don’t faint. 1 Cor. 7: 29-31.  “Hold fast that which thou hast, that no one take thy crown” (Rev. 3: 11).

 

 

3. NEVER DO LESS THAN YOUR BEST. “Nothing is done,” said Napoleon, “if anything is left undone”: thoroughness won him his battles.  Scatter-brained people never arrive anywhere.  Tax heart and brain and muscle to the utmost for God: every life-drop counts in the coming [Millennial] Glory, every heart-throb tells in the struggle now.  “Whatsoever ye do, do it from the soul, as unto the Lord, and not unto men; knowing that from the Lord ye shall receive the recompense of the inheritance: ye serve the Lord Christ” (Col. 3: 23). Rom. 13: 11. Ezra 7: 23. John 9: 4.  Concentrate all time, focus every energy, on the irreducible ultimate of things:- for the believer, the judgment Seat of Christ; for the believer, the Great White Throne, and Him who sits thereon.  The single eye (to cite Robert Chapman) is the eye fixed on the judgment Seat of Christ. 2 Cor. 5: 9, 10.

 

 

4. STEADILY FACE THE GREAT RENUNCIATION.  Luke 14: 33.  Youth is never stronger than when it is strong over itself.  Prov. 16: 32.  Renounce the world, and you conquer it: love it, and it conquers you: it is a feud to the death.  Jas. 4: 4.  What ruined Lot’s wife? society; Achan? Fashion; Solomon? Self-indulgence; Judas? money; Simon Magus? ambition; Demas? worldliness:- and all these were numbered among the [regenerate] people of God.  “I have written unto you, young men, Love not the world, neither the things that are in the world; for all that is in the world, the lust of the flesh, and the lust of the eyes, and the pride of life, is not of the Father, but is of the world” (1 John 2: 15).  Remember that social claims heeded instead of Christ (Matt. 10: 37) can mean a whole miscarriage.  Christ (says Rutherford) has married the saint to sorrow, but He will divorce them at Heaven’s gates. 2 Cor. 4: 17.

 

 

5. BE STRONG; BE GLAD; BUT BE SOBER.  “Rejoice, O young man” - not in sinful pleasures, or in worldly lust, but - “in thy youth” (Eccles. 11: 9). 1 Tim. 4: 12.  Youth is the hour of the boundless horizon and the undiscovered country.  The young can still choose the highest:- to be a leader of others up the summits of life; a soldier of Christ in whose knapsack slumbers a field-marshal’s baton; a saint whose sanctity shall be the earthly pivot of God’s glory. John 21: 18. Eternity itself can still be made the most wonderful of all eternities.  “Let thy heart cheer thee” - be glad; be buoyant; be strong - “in the days of thy youth;” “but know thou, that for all these things” - for their wise, holy, temperate use - “God will bring thee into judgment Therefore reap a double joy: so remember your Creator now (Jer. 3: 4) as to reap then a joy that Angels shall envy.  Jude 24; Matt. 25: 21.

 

 

6. GIVE ALL TO GOD: LIVE IN ALL WITH GOD: USE ALL FOR GOD.  Remember that, in youth, the ball is at your feet, and you can give all to God as you never give it again.  Be acutely sensitive to sin (Jude 23): never let sin. Lie on your conscience (1 John 1: 9): indulge in no pleasure which wounds a conscience, your own or another’s (Rom. 14: 13): choose companions - especially the life-companion - only in the Lord (2 Cor. 6: 14): dwell in purity (1 Tim. 5: 22): abide in God.  Love that has not grace at the root of it always dies. Take care to be most Christ-like at home.  Holiness is a, life-long struggle, Matt. 11: 12.  Take care how you assume what God will not ratify at the Judgment Seat.  Some of you will fall back into a ruined discipleship: see, brother, that it is not you.  Some, last converted, will be first crowned.  Therefore “I charge [you] in the sight of God, who quickeneth all things, and of Christ Jesus, who before Pontius Pilate witnessed the good confession; that [you] keep the commandment, without spot, without reproach, until the appearing of our Lord Jesus Christ” (1 Tim. 6: 13).

 

 

7. OBEY: OBEY: OBEY. John 14: 21.  The Scripture sets before you a most difficult standard: the Church expects that you will fulfil it.  Refuse to be conquered: “My grace is sufficient for thee” is true always, everywhere, and in everything.  The higher our ideal, the more men will flog us with it if we fail: yet life gone is gone for ever, and any ideal short of the highest is folly. God is able to produce in us that which He commands. 2 Cor. 9: 8.  Our Lord has told us the secret. Luke 11: 9.  Make it a life-aim to sell your life as dearly as possible against the Foe.  Seek His approval whose praise outweighs a thousand worlds.

 

 

Let no man think that sudden in a minute

All is accomplished and the work is done

Though with thine earliest dawn thou shouldst begin it,

Scarce were it ended with thy setting sun.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

214

 

THE SPIRITS IN PRISON

 

 

By D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

There have been some marvellous preachings in a supernatural setting.  It must have been a strange sight when Noah, with warning on his lips and fear in his heart, laid plank on gopher plank, while the gazing crowd, among whom mingled the Nephilim, laughed and jeered, and no ripple yet ruffled the ocean.  It must have been still stranger to we Elijah, in the midst of prophets slashed and bleeding in demonic frenzies, making the great appeal, and the sudden lightning fall.  Still more strange, though less externally dramatic, must have been Paul, clanking chains, as he preached a full gospel to the Antichrist (Nero) himself, with the Lord invisibly standing - so awful was the power of darkness - beside him in the dock.  But far exceeding all in wonder is the Lord Jesus Himself, descending into the Underworld and traversing the gulf impassable to all else, as He brings the glad news of Calvary to spirits dungeoned in opaque darkness.

 

 

For the Son of God, becoming incarnate, descended as heaven’s missionary to a lower world; and He was no sooner dead than He descends, again as heaven’s missionary, to a world still lower.  “Being put to death in the flesh, but quickened in the spirit”; quickened, for the holy dead are normally quiescent (1 Sam. 28: 15); “in which also” - that is, disembodied - “he went” - left the cross, and travelled cross the gulf of the worlds - “and preached unto the spirits in prison” (1 Pet. 3: 19).  Now we know where our Lord went at death.  “The Son of man shall be three days and three nights IN THE HEART OF THE EARTH” (Matt. 12: 40): “He descended Paul says, “into the lower parts of the earth”. (Eph. 4: 9); and He himself says in the Psalm:- “My life draweth nigh unto Sheol: thou hast laid me in the LOWEST pit” (Ps. 88: 6).  And it is exactly in the lowest plateau of Hades - known in the Classics as Tartarus - that the Apostle, actually naming the place, locates the Noachic Angels.

 

 

“God spared not angels when they sinned, but cast them own to TARTARUS” (2 Pet. 2: 4).  So also Solomon says:- “The Rephaim are in the depths of Sheol” (Prov. 9: 18).*

 

* This passage of mystery may illuminate a passage of still greater mystery.  Of Antichrist descending to the underworld (like Christ) after assassination we read:- “Sheol from beneath [Tartarus] is moved to meet thee at thy coming: it stirreth up the Rephaim for thee, even all the chief ones [satyrs] of the earth; it hath raised up from their thrones all the kings of the nations.  All they shall answer and say unto thee, Art thou also become weak as we? art thou become like unto us?” (Isa. 14: 9).  Their greeting seems to imply that the Seventh Emperor is one of themselves - born of the latter-day Nephilim.

 

 

Therefore our Lord, possessed of the keys both of and Sheol (Rev. 1: 18), and so “free* among the dead” (Ps. 88: 5), with a passport of entrance everywhere arrives among a group of captive angels.  “He preached unto the imprisoned spirits”; that is, spirits put in a prison, not in a park (paradise), after death: for, as the Apostle says later:- “God cast them down to Tartarus, and committed them to pits of darkness, to be reserved unto judgment” (2 Pet. 2: 4).**  Their imprisonment in dungeons sharply differentiates this class of spirits from “the hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places” (Eph. 6: 12) against whom we wrestle.  Even demons on earth, so far from being in chains, or in the Abyss, emit to Christ the one cry not to send them thither (Luke 8: 31); nor does He: nor was their liberty in any way hampered or curtailed, save for the dispossession.  Jude’s words are still more explicit:- “And angels which kept not their principality” - the Satanic angels have renounced their principality - “but left their proper habitation”*** - none of Satan’s hosts have abandoned their heavenly habitat as ‘powers of the air’ - “he hath kept in everlasting bonds” - so far from being in chains, it is not till the Second Advent that Satan is manacled (Rev. 20: 3) - under darkness unto the judgment of the great day” (Jude 6). These angels fell through the lust of the eyes, whereas the earlier angels fell through the pride of life (1 Tim. 3: 6).

 

* Septuagint.

 

**“The term selected for the ‘darkness,’ occurring only here and in verse 17, and in Jude 6 and 13, means the densest, blackest darkness, and is used in Homer of the nether world” (Prof. S. D. F. Salmond, D.D.).  On reading - ‘chains of darkness’ - implies that the blinding blackness is the chain, a fireless dark: whereas, in the very next verse (Jude 7), human Sodomites are suffering ‘fire’; nor is darkness stated of Dives, whose flame enlightens as well as torments.  Jude, however, makes it clear that they are also manacled.  It is probable that it is in these isolated dungeons of Tartarus that Satan himself, later (Rev. 20: 3), is enchained.

 

*** “A descent to a different sphere of being is intended” (Salmond: “obscurely indicated in Genesis 6: 2” (Alford).

 

 

But the imprisoned spirits to whom our Lord preaches - the article before ‘spirits’ implies that the Saviour proclaimed the message to all of that class (Govett) - are confined exclusively to Noah’s day: “spirits in prison, which aforetime were disobedient when the longsuffering of God waited in the days of Noah for God spared not angels when they sinned, but preserved Noah” (2 Pet. 2: 4).  The Apostle Jude locks together the facts with rivets of steel:- even as Sodom and Gomorrah in like manner with these [angels] gave themselves over to fornication, having gone after STRANGE FLESH” (Jude 7). So Paul also summarizes (1 Tim. 3: 16) the ‘mystery of godliness’ in the marvellous drama between Bethlehem and Olivet thus:- “God manifested in the flesh” - from Bethlehem to Calvary - “justified in the spirit” - accounted righteous, while disembodied, because the sin - Substitute exhausted the sin-penalty, yet remained spotless; “SEEN OF ANGELS” - in Tartarus, where the post-Pentecostal gospel was first announced by an Evangelist who so enlightened the darkness that they saw Him;* “preached among the nations” - starting with the many tongued evangel of Pentecost believed on in the world from the cohort of Roman soldiers (Matt. 28: 54) outward; “received up in glory” - from Olivet.

 

* It was no ‘mystery’ for the Saviour to be seen by the angel-guards of Sheol, or the shining attendants at the Tomb.

 

 

So now the reason of the visit, steeped in mystery, but still more steeped in grace, discloses itself.  “For unto this end was the gospel preached even unto the dead” - this, the sole group of the dead to whom the Gospel has ever been preached, for reasons as peculiar as the occasion was unique - “that they might be judged AS MEN in the flesh” (1 Pet. 4: 6).  Only the Dead can preach to the dead; and these who had drawn on man’s doom with his flesh, a merciful Incarnation necessarily brings within reach of Bethlehem and Calvary.  Such is the unity of all flesh, and such the assumption of flesh by Deity in the Incarnation, that not only all flesh leaves the tomb with Christ (1 Cor. 15: 22), but, because all flesh was represented on Calvary, all flesh is salvable; and the Lord speeds with the glad tidings to the dungeons of Tartarus.  “Beautiful it is to see that so great is the love of God to man that, since these angels had put themselves into the place of man, the mercy designed for Adam’s race embraces them also” (Govett).*

 

* Satan’s spirit-forces have no gospel preached to them: “the deamons also believe, and SHUDDER” (Jas. 2: 19).

 

 

Nor are we left in doubt of the fruits of the glorious, embassage.  “For unto this end was the gospel preached even unto the dead, that they might be judged according to men in the flesh, BUT LIVE ACCORDING TO GOD IN THE SPIRIT” (1 Pet. 4: 6).  For it was the Gospel that was preached.  “It cannot be that the most merciful Saviour would have visited souls irretrievably lost merely to upbraid them and to enhance their misery” (B. C. Caffin).  Nor is the issue left in any doubt.  Where the Lord is the Evangelist, and the Gospel is the message, the purpose at once becomes the issue.  As Dean Alford phrases it:- “that they might be judged [aorist; be in the state of the completed sentence on sin, which is death after the flesh] according to [as] man as regards the flesh, but [notwithstanding] might live [present; of a state continue] according to God [a life with God, and divine] as regards the spirit*

 

* It is probable that these are the Angels saints will judge (1 Cor. 6: 3).  The gigantic proportions of Nephilim races are given in Deuteronomy 2: 10, 11, and 3: 11.  But they appear to have been no less gigantic in achievement.  “The roots of the Greek … have, however, no reference to great stature, but point to something very different, the word is merely another form of … ‘earth-born,’ the Titans, sons of Coclus and Terra” (G. H. Pember).  On the mystery of their procreation we must remember that we know nothing whatever about Angels except what Scripture tells us, and Scripture tells us this.  It was a golden answer that Mr. Spurgeon gave to a student bringing Bible difficulties:- “Young man, you must be content to allow God to say some things that you cannot understand

 

 

Thus the solitary Scripture stronghold, the apparently impregnable fortress of the Second Chance, is blown up, and its foundation left razed and desert.  Jerome, Ambrose, and Augustine - together with countless moderns - regard as a post-mortem opportunity of which some of the unholy dead, to whom Christ preached, availed themselves.  It is the tragic mirage of an ocean where there is no water.  The deep, major chord of Holy Scripture responds in the note of eternal doom:- “It is appointed unto men once to die, and after this cometh JUDGMENT” (Heb. 9: 27).**

 

** It is equally manifest that, since the evangel is to angels only, the edifice of Purgatory as built on this Scripture tumbles into dust.  It is amazing that even Calvin imagines that the Lord preached to the saved dead, as well as the unsaved.

 

 

-------

 

 

THE NOACHIC THEORY

 

 

The theory that the Apostle means (1 Pet. 3: 19) that Christ spoke through Noah opposes the Apostle’s statements on all the prominent points.  It refuses or diverts his assertions with regard to - (1) the time of preaching; (2) the person of the preacher; (3) the hearers; (4) their external state; (5) their condition previous to the preaching; (6) the connection with Jesus’ death; (7) the present spiritual condition of the hearers.

 

Noah, it is held, was the preacher; and not Christ, in any other sense than that in which the Father or the Holy Spirit might be said to have preached.  The parties addressed were not spirits, nor spirits in prison when Christ preached; but men living in freedom on earth.  A fancied omission of the Apostle is supplied; though it is manifest that Peter had in his eye on their previous condition; and contrasted them as once free and disobedient while on earth in Noah’s day, with their present obedience and confinement.  It refuses the manifest implication that the preaching was after Christ’s death.  If we would trust them, the Apostle strangely omits what is true, inserts what is not.  He should have said spirits “now and NOT THEN in prison  He inserts the words “went” before preached, and “formerly” before “disobedient,” when there was neither local motion at that time, nor present obedience now.  Is not this to school the Scripture, not to listen to it?  Is it not, though with the intention of maintaining a seemingly endangered truth - to WREST the Scripture?  Does it not spring from that unbelief of the heart that is afraid to trust all God’s words?  Sure we may be that God’s Word does not teach purgatory, as the last hope for life-long sinners; but I had rather believe in purgatory, than wrest one passage of Holy Scripture that taught that doctrine.

 

Is it credible that an apostle could omit the emphatic word in a sentence?  If that view be correct, the apostle’s sentence as it now stands has all the misleading effect of a falsehood.  Jesus did not preach at the time seemingly implied.  He did preach at a time not implied.  Such an idea is the very essence of equivocation.   - ROBERT GOVETT.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

215

 

THE SONS OF GOD IN

GENESIS SIX

 

 

By ROBERT GOVETT

 

 

 

Who were these “sons of God  Commentators in general reply, the children of the race of Seth, who were eminently holy.  And who were the “daughters of men”? They answer again, the apostate race of Cain.  But who told them that the race of Cain was apostate, and the race of Seth holy?  It is mere hypothesis, to get rid of a difficulty.  Have we any ground from Scripture for believing that children of a pious father must be pious, much more that a whole race should be so?  Or have we any warrant from the sacred oracles for believing that the children of an ungodly parent must needs be all wicked, much more an entire race?

 

 

Again, how is it discovered, that the race of Cain and that of Seth kept themselves entirely distinct? A hypothetic basis again!  And why were the children of Seth called the “sons of God Commentators return for answer, that it is the general term for professors of the true religion; and that it is used in opposition to those who are men of a fallen and depraved nature.  But was not Seth also of a corrupt and fallen nature? The Scripture affirms it directly of him.  “And Adam lived an hundred and thirty years, and begat a son, in his own likeness, after his own image; and called his name Seth” (Gen. 5: 3).  How, then, is it said to be here used as a term of contradistinction, if both the “sons of God” and sons of men were partakers alike of the fallen and corrupt nature?  Was not Seth a son of man or of Adam, as well as Cain?  But the term “sons of God” signifies the professors of a true faith in opposition to those who do not.  This requires proof.  Shall we say that at so early an age, ere yet even the promise to Abraham was granted, and his seed were taken into covenant with God, the glorious title of “sons of God” was bestowed on the professors of true religion?  This is the last term of blessedness that the Gospel has bestowed on the Christian.  “Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the ‘sons of God’ are the words of St. John, expressing the last result of the Gospel.  Nay more, the words of the Saviour intimate that it is not fully applicable even to the true believers in himself till after [the time of their future] resurrection* and redemption of the body: for it is then only that they will “die no more, but be equal to the angels, and be the children of God, being the children of the resurrection  In which words it is highly observable that the Redeemer quotes the title children, or “sons of God as belonging primarily and of right to the angels, and as bestowed upon us only when we become equal to them.  And St. Paul, arguing respecting the law, declares that those who were under it were slaves, not sons; nor could any be justly called the “sons of God” till the Saviour announced that now he called his disciples no more servants but “sons

 

[* See 2 Tim. 2: 18, R.V. 

 

NOTE: Until the ascension of the Lord Jesus in a resurrected body of flesh and bones (Lk. 24: 39), only spirit beings [angels] had occupied heaven.  It was not until Christ Jesus was raised ‘out of dead ones’ that His physical body was fitted through resurrection to ascend to His Father and be glorified (John 20: 17).  The disembodied souls of the righteous dead are  presently at rest in Paradise (Lk. 16: 29-31), consciously anticipating the day when ‘the Lord Himself will descend … and the dead in Christ will arise first,’ (1 Thess. 4: 16; notice also Rev. 6: 9-11.)  The presumption that DEATH immediately transports the soul and body of every believer into heaven’s glory “is not only naοve, but it may prove to be detrimental in the lives of many Christians.  Such an assumption can easily lead one into complacency, - the believer opting out of the ‘race’ for the ‘prize’ of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus- C. DINES.  From “Being Glorified Together With Him  Purchase this excellent book it from Amazon.]

 

 

But further, how does the assumption, that “sons of God” signifies the whole race of Seth, agree with the declaration of the Most High?  He assures us positively that Noah was the only holy man.  Where, then, is the holy race?  Where the sons of God?

 

 

Again, how can it be said that the term “sons of God” is used in opposition to the phrase “daughters of men for the sake of contradistinction, when the Lord declares, that there was positively no difference at all?  The children of Cain, you say, were born with an evil nature.  True; so were the sons of Seth.  But the sons of Cain were positively wicked, violent, ungodly, reprobate.  So were all the sons of Seth, except Noah alone, as God himself bears witness.

 

 

Again, how self-contradictory, as well as gratuitous, the hypothesis!  It represents the race of Seth as so pre-eminently holy, as to be worthy to be called “sons of God and the daughters of the race of Cain to be so eminently wicked, as justly to he called “daughters of men because of their extreme opposition of character; and yet that these supremely holy men, all, without exception, drew near the vortex of their, notoriously ungodly beauty, were all capable of being charmed by it, and all perished thereby!  Must we suppose also, that they all married in one month or one year?  If not, would not the unmarried “son of God” pause when he saw the fatal effect of their fatal smiles on his once holy brethren, and not pause alone, but turn away with terror and disgust?

 

 

Or must we suppose that there were no females of the family of Seth? So far from it, that we read of the “daughters” of Seth, while it is hypothesis to assert that Cain had any daughters at all, for it is not mentioned that he had any!  The supposition before us, pushed truly to its fair conclusions, is that Cain’s family were only daughters! for we read only of the “daughters of men”; and if the one term be coextensive with the race of Seth, the other must be also coextensive with that of Cain!

 

 

Or, granting for probability’s sake, that Cain and his posterity had both sons and daughters; then all that is affirmed respecting the two races on, this hypothesis is, that all the men of Seth’s race were good, and all the women of Cain’s race evil.  Whoever will assert, then, that the men of Cain’s race were evil, does it without any shadow of proof even on his own assumption.  It is only the females of Cain’s race who were so notoriously wicked as to receive a contradistinguishing name.  And he who affirms that the men of Cain’s family were also equally wicked, has not even his own assumed principle to support him!

 

 

But in proof of the position that the men of Seth’s race were holy, is it not said immediately after the birth of Enos, [or ‘Enoch’] Seth’s son, that “then began men to call upon the name the Lord  True; but until it can be shown that the word “men” in this place excludes those of the family of Cain, whom alone, it is supposed to include a little farther on, the argument is not worth anything.

 

 

Further, is it probable that a whole race were holy in those days, with but one faint promise to support and cheer the them; while in these times of meridian light, the “sons of God” are scattered and few?  Shall we think that the stream of the faithful was wider at its commencement than at its close?  Analogy, again, forbids the untenable hypothesis.  Or shall we hold the idea, that none were to be holy on the part of Cain’s race, while all of the family of Seth were to be saved?  This were contrary to the ordinary tenor of the “election grace and would have given currency to the notion, that Seth was not born in Adam’s image, nor his children partakers of the fall; while to be born of Cain’s posterity, would be to be evidently given up to reprobation and despair; and men would have begun to believe that the good works of their father Seth had won them eternal life.  But he it observed, all this is ex abundanti.  It has been shown before, on the authority of God, that this race of the “sons of God” of the family of Seth is a visionary creation of the commentator’s brains; “for all flesh had corrupted his way upon the earth  To Noah alone, said God, “Thee have I seen righteous before me in this generation” (chap. 7: 1.), while it was granted to him [Noah] to save his wife, his sons, and their wives, because of his [Noah’s] righteousness, as unto Paul were granted those who sailed with him.

 

 

If we once fearlessly apply the conclusion that the phrase “sons of God” signifies angels, how do all inconsistencies vanish! a chaos of contradictory suppositions is reduced to clearness and order, and a clue supplied to unravel some of the most difficult passages of Holy Writ.

 

 

-------

 

 

SEVEN SPIRITS MORE WICKED

 

By H. R. WARD

 

(From The Persia Diocesan Letter)

 

 

We had for quite a time realized that we were wrestling with unseen Powers of Darkness which were very real and very unnerving to us, and one night the whole thing culminated in such a terrible consciousness of the Powers of Darkness trying to overcome us, that we were held speechless and powerless in our bedroom. There was a light lit at the time but it seemed to make little difference and we could not at first shout to Mr. Malcolm; after a time we managed to do so and he came to us and said he thought we were just tired and overwrought: he cheered us and left us.  Within two minutes we were shouting for him again, and he was also attacked before he could reach us and felt himself chased through the house.  Needless to say we spent the night together and fought in prayer practically the whole time.  However we were determined not to be driven out so easily and tried to remain another night. All through dinner we had a terrible fight each within ourselves and as soon as I started evening prayers we were literally driven out of the place and took refuge in another house.

 

In case some may feel that our experience was to a great extent nerves, I would add that since coming out this time one of our workers whom I took to Seistan had the same sort of experience as we had in a lesser degree, though quite unconscious of what we had been through.  The hosts of evil are especially active here and can be definitely felt around one even by those who are not what one might call psychic.  One only mentions these things in full for prayer partners.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

216

 

THE SONS OF GOD

IN THE OLD TESTAMENT

 

 

By Lieut. Col. G. F. POYNDER

 

 

 

In the Old Testament “Sons of God” are only referred to in the Book of Genesis (6: 2), and in the Book of Job; the reference to “the Sons of the living God” in Hosea 1: 10, is evidently to Israel.  The question then for us to decide is “Who are ‘the Sons of God’?”

 

 

First note the distinction between “Sons of God” - males - and “daughters of men” - females - with result of union, ‘Giants’; or rather, as it ought to be, ‘Nephilim’ [R.V.],* i.e., fallen ones, yet “Men of renown”; these were “in the earth in those days; and also after that” (see Num. 13: 33).  Sequel, “the wickedness of man was great in the earth”; and this brought about the destruction of created men, animals, birds, and creeping things, by means of the flood; but Noah, and those with him in the ark, were preserved through it.

 

*From ‘Naphal’ to fall.

 

 

Turning to the Book of Job (chaps. 1: 6 and 2: 1), there can be no doubt that “the Sons of God” referred to are Angelic beings; like those referred to in Psalm. 103: 20, as “Angels that excel in strength, that do His commandments, hearkening unto the Voice of His Word

 

 

Again in Job 38: 7 we read “the morning stars sang together, and all the Sons of God shouted for joy when the foundations of the earth, and the corner-stone thereof were laid.

 

 

“And lastly; the same expression is found in the Book of Daniel,* but in the singular number, and with the necessary difference that ‘bar’ is the word used for son, instead of ‘ben the singular of the latter being unknown in the Chaldee.  Nebuchadnezzar exclaims that he sees four men walking in the midst of the fire, and that the form of the fourth is like ‘a son of God,’ by which he evidently means a supernatural or angelic being, distinct as such from the others.** Evidently then the term “Sons of God” and “Son of God” in Job and Daniel refer to Angelic beings, and there is no valid reason for supposing that the words in Genesis refers to some different order of beings, but are angelic beings who fell from their high estate.  It has been urged however that in Matthew 22: 30, we are told by our Lord that “Angels of God in heaven” neither “marry nor are given in marriage i.e. of course, in their normal state; but Jude, doubtless referring to angelic beings, tells us they kept not their principality, but left their own habitation and, being on the earth, attracted by the daughters of men, they intermarried with them and in consequence are “reserved in everlasting chains under darkness unto the judgment of the great day” (ver. 6).  Peter also tells us of “angels that sinned and connects the statement by the word “and” with the destruction of the “old world and salvation of Noah through the flood*** proving most assuredly that “the Sons of God” were not “the Church of the Old Testament,” but were angelic beings.  And surely the lesson we need to learn is that it is a great sin in God’s sight to be “unequally yoked together with unbelievers”; to permit the gendering of cattle with a diverse kind; the sowing of a field with mingled seed; or the wearing of a garment mingled of linen and wool: taking to heart also the solemn words addressed to the Church of the Laodiceans.+  Rather may we strive to be whole-heartedly on our Lord’s side, and like Him go about doing good.

 

* Daniel 3: 25.   ** Earth’s Earliest Ages, p. 206, by G. H. Pember.   *** 2 Peter 2: 4.   + Revelation 3: 15, 16.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

 

 

217

 

THE NEPHILIM AND THE FLOOD

 

 

By JOHN FLEMING, B.A.

 

 

 

No one who reads the first twelve or thirteen verses of Genesis 6. can avoid coming to the conclusion that Moses designed to represent the age immediately preceding the Deluge as surpassing in point of moral corruption, social wrong, and outrageous crimes any that had gone before it and also, that, between this unprecedented evil and alliances of the Sons of God with daughters of men, recorded in verse 2, a close connection subsisted - indeed, that the former was, in a great degree, the consequence of the latter.  All interpreters recognize this connection, and are agreed that the necessity for a judgment such as that of the Deluge arose out of these alliances.

 

 

Allusions to the spirit-world, or its events, are made sparingly in the Bible, and only when the occasion imperatively demands it.  Such an occasion presented itself in connection with the history of the Deluge, the Holy Spirit designing to show the causes which led to the infliction of that tremendous judgment, and thus to vindicate the ways of God.  If angelic intercourse and its result, the production of a race, together with the violence and corruption with which the world was filled by their means, constituted the chief and special causes which rendered such a visitation indispensable - then it was not only within the scope of the sacred narrative, but on many grounds expedient that these causes should be revealed; and if Moses has not expressly told us that the Bne-ha-Elohim were angels, it is only because the the meaning of the term was, when he wrote, established and well known.

 

 

We look upon it, indeed, as an argument of no small weight, in favour of the angel-interpretation, that on such a ground does there appear a necessity for the almost total destruction of the human race.  If the great men of the time - the rulers, judges, chiefs - chose to form alliances with women of inferior rank - if the elder descendants of Adam formed unions with the women of a later generation - or if Sethite men, conspicuous for piety, united themselves with godless Cainite women - these unions might be incongruous and productive of unhappiness enough to the parties themselves: but they could not be the means of producing the great and general corruption of manners and forgetfulness of God which characterized the age preceding the Deluge, nor do they afford any sufficient explanation of the cause which drew down upon the world a judgment so terrific. But if the ‘Sons of God’ were not men, but angels, who about the period indicated left their “proper habitation and came to earth for the purpose of gratifying unlawful and unnatural desires, we have, in this, a cause at once adequate and likely to produce the unparalleled evil, which led to the ruin of the old world.

 

 

Were not fallen spirits, dwelling amongst mankind, and intimately associated with them, very capable of producing the gross and widely spread depravity of conduct and morals which prevailed in those times?  And was not this depravity a natural result of the abode on earth, not only of these fallen but powerful beings, but also of another mighty and lawless race, who owed their origin to them?  When we reflect on the evil which fallen spirits have wrought in this world - of the untold miseries which one successful act of an evil angel has caused to our race - of the power exercised by such spirits, and the ills which they inflicted on individuals, at the time of the sojourn on earth of Him who will eventually bruise the serpent’s head - we discern in the character and degree of the evil prevalent in the antediluvian age the strongest reason for believing that fallen angels, and their offspring, were the prime cause and authors of it.

 

 

It would have been, as we have already described it, a race of monstrous beings, outside the limits of creation prescribed by the Creator: and, therefore, to put a period to the existence of such a race, and to preserve, in its purity, that which had been originally created in Adam, the greater portion of which had probably become contaminated by means of connection with the mongrel brood, no way, perhaps, remained except the extermination of the whole race then in the world, one family only being preserved in the ark.

 

 

An “improvement” was naturally “to be looked for” after the terrible visitation of the Flood: and, accordingly, an improvement appears in the fact, that those who had not alone disturbed the limits of creation, but who also had been instrumental in producing a state of lawless behaviour and moral depravity to which no other age presents a parallel, were now no longer in the world.  “The Nephilim were in the earth” in the antediluvian period, and also the fallen “Sons of God” - and only in that period - and the condition of the world, socially and morally, was in consequence, as we infer from the language of the historian, worse then than in the times succeeding the Deluge.  No “such unnatural angel-tragedy” has since been enacted in this world, and, probably, never again will be: and this fact, evident to the Divine foreknowledge, was the ground and reason of the Divine resolve that the judgment of the Flood should never be repeated.*

 

*“But a worse judgment, by fire, may have, among its causes, an identical transgression. Evil angels can deliberately repeat that into which good angels, under temptation, once fell; and it is probable that Nietzsche’s nightmare philosophy of the ‘superman’ is a demonic preparation for the fact.” - (D. M. Panton.)

 

 

“I do not comprehend,” Kurtz writes, “how the espousal of some pious Sethites with fair women for the sake of their beauty, could have caused a disturbance in the development of human history, so terrible and so irreparable that the evil could be remedied in no way but by the extirpation of the human race.  Espousals of that kind have often, and to a large extent, taken place; and if, on every such occasion, a deluge must have followed, the world would have numbered as many deluges as years.  That the fair daughters of men, spoken of in Genesis 6., were also godless is only assumed: but, admitting that they were, however blameworthy we may believe such marriages to be, that they should, of necessity, draw after them the judgment of the Deluge is inconceivable.”

 

 

The real cause of that judgment he explains in a way which, to us at least, appears to be completely satisfactory.  “We may easily conceive that the commingling of two classes of creatures, so widely separated from each other, and so different in their nature and destination, as are angels and human beings, must be an act by which the limits of creation, ordained by God, would be displaced - a displacement which must, of course, be the more hurtful in its consequences, the higher and more important, in the scale of being, the transgressors on either side.  We will see that if such commingling were universal - that is, if the unnatural influence had  then pervaded the entire human race - the Divine plan would thereby be thrown into disorder, and, in fact, destroyed: and that, in such case, no resource would remain, but either to allow things to take their course, to the absolute and irretrievable ruin of the parties, or else, in order to save the earth and the germ of the race for a new development of human history, to exterminate the whole infected generation, with the exception of eight souls  The evil to be met, in the striking remark of Hofmann, was “not an excess of ordinary sinning - not simply a depraved condition of things within the established limits of creation - but it was, that humanity was no longer propagated from itself, as God had ordained, and that the power of the beings who were brought into existence in a preternatural way, surpassed the limits allowed to human kind: hence, the essential conditions of the existence of mankind as a distinct race being thus unsettled and endangered there was no way open for the counteraction of the evil, but that of terminating abruptly the history, in the course of which the race was being divested of its humanity

 

 

In the practice of Angel Worship, which had been making progress in the Church from, at least, the second century we can discern a cause amply sufficient to account for the substitution of a new interpretation. “The development of angel-worship,” says Dr. Kurtz, “progressing imperceptibly, but, for that reason, all the more irresistibly, could not continue without exerting a transforming influence on the historico-dogmatic opinions respecting angels.  It could not continue without gradually, but surely, removing everything that might tend to shake the confidence in the holiness of angels, or mar the gratification which their worship afforded: all those angels (it was therefore assumed, in opposition to the views of the earlier Fathers), who had not suffered themselves to be involved in Satan’s sin, had become confirmed in their state of holiness, so that apostasy from it became, from that time, impossible.”

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

218

 

THE RESURRECTION

FROM AMONG THE DEAD

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

We are now 1930 years nearer than the Church has ever been to the breaking of tombs, and the emergence of saints; and if the problems that cluster round that enormous event were always acute and urgent, ten times more acute and urgent are they now.  Since the Wilderness is symbolic of our pilgrimage, and Canaan of the Holy Land, the passage of Jordan is a kindergarten of resurrection and rapture; and “after three days” - the Lord rose after three days - the Ark (always a symbol of the Incarnate Christ) crossed Jordan; such of Israel as did enter the Land were to follow at a commanded distance of “about two thousand cubits” - the dispensation’s two thousand years are fast slipping out; and the urgent direction of Joshua [JESUS], is “SANCTIFY yourselves, for to-morrow the Lord will do wonders among you” (Joshua 3: 5) - the era of miracle returns. Martin Anstey’s computation, [believed to be] the best yet made, closes the 2,000 Christian years in 1958;* and when the unknown length of the intervening Parousia is allowed for - probably not less than seven years, and possibly many more - the command comes home with tremendous force, “SANCTIFY YOURSELVES”.

 

* Publishing in 1913 he concludes thus:- “Yet 45 years, and the sixth millennium of the world’s history will be fulfilled, and the seventh millennium ushered in” the Sabbatic Millennium of Heb. 4: 9, into which (says the inspired writer) we must labour to enter.

 

 

UNCERTAINTY

 

 

For the first certainty on which we plant our feet as on rock is that Paul, when he speaks of the … [out-resurrection] is not sure of sharing the resurrection of which he speaks, whatever that resurrection may be.  The phrase he selects puts it beyond all dispute or doubt. “If BY ANY MEANS” if possibly (H. A. W. Meyer); if somehow (Moule); if anyhow (Eadie); si forte (Lange); if in any way (Bengel) - “I may ATTAIN” - [i.e., gain by effort] - “unto the resurrection from the dead” (Phil. 3: 11): [See the Greek …] “is used when an end is proposed, but failure is presumed to be possible” (Alford).* So Bishop Ellicott comments:- “The idea of an attempt is conveyed, which may or may not be successful And Bishop Lightfoot:- “The Apostle states not a positive assurance, but a modest hope.”  For Paul crams the words with studied difficulty: ‘if’ - it is hypothetical; ‘by any means’ - it is precarious. ‘I may attain’ - it is a golden possibility.

 

*An instructive parallel occurs in Acts 27: 12:- “if by any means they might attain to Phenice”; which, in the sequel, they did not reach.

 

 

SPIRITUAL RESURRECTION

 

 

The next certainty on which we can rest negatively excludes a mistaken interpretation.  ‘Resurrection’ is sometimes used spiritually, to picture a rising out of the death of sin, and from a world of the dead: but this cannot be the meaning of Paul here; for spiritual resurrection, symbolized by baptism, which therefore occurs after the spiritual rising has occurred, Paul, and those to whom he wrote, had already experienced.  “Having been buried with Christ in baptism, wherein ye were also RAISED with Him” (Col. 2: 12).  He who is unrisen out of the grave of sin is no child of God at all.  For Paul now on his last lap, to hope that some day he might succeed in escaping from among the spiritually dead, or, from the deathly sleep of backsliding, were absurd.  “Any reference here to a merely ethical resurrection as Bishop Ellicott says, “is wholly out of the question

 

 

GENERAL RESURRECTION

 

 

The next certainty on which we plant our feet as on rock is a negative no less important and obvious.  Paul’s uncertainty of sharing in this resurrection necessarily excludes resurrection in general; since the most wicked man, without his choice and against his will, must rise from the dead.  “ALL that are in the tombs says our Lord, “shall come forth” (John 5: 28): they “that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to shame and everlasting contempt” (Dan. 12: 2).  “As in Adam all die, so also in Christ shall ALL be made alive” (1 Cor. 15: 22).  Much more is it inevitable that every believer must leave his tomb.  “This is the will of him that sent me, that of ALL that which he hath given me, I should raise it up at the last day” (John 6: 39).  For Paul, the past-master of resurrection truth, and the chief protagonist of resurrection’s universality, to doubt his rising from the grave, or to leave it open to question, would be an overthrow of the Faith, and a denial of his Lord.

 

 

SELECT RESURRECTION

 

 

But Paul defines so exactly what he means as to place the truth, finally, beyond all doubt.  “If by any means,” he says, “I may attain unto the out-resurrection, that which is from among the dead”: an out-resurrection, not out of the earth (Lange), but “out from among dead ones”: “that is, as the context suggests, the first resurrection” (Ellicott).  It was exactly this which puzzled the first disciples when Christ foretold His rising out of (ek) the dead, for - like Martha (John 11: 24) - they had never conceived of any emergence from the grave except the general rising of the mass of mankind:- “questioning among themselves what the rising again from the dead should mean” (Mark 9: 10).  “The first resurrection is of necessity a resurrection from among the dead” (Govett): it is a prior emergence from the tombs: it necessitates a later resurrection of those left; “and the rest of the dead LIVED NOT until the thousand years should be finished” (Rev. 20: 5).  Thus all difficulty attending Paul’s uncertainty vanishes the moment we realize that the ‘out resurrection’ is one of the golden prizes for which God summons us to compete.  As Dr. J. Hutchison says:- “The allusion is undoubtedly not to the general resurrection of the dead.  All must attain unto that.  No striving is needed thereto.  It stands fast in the decrees of heaven, and none can fall short of it or frustrate it. What is referred to here is that which is attained after danger and toil, and attained as a blissful reward.  It is what is elsewhere called ‘a better resurrection’ (Heb. 11: 35); the ‘resurrection of the just’ (Luke 14: 14; Acts 4: 2); ‘the first resurrection’ (Rev. 20: 5).  It is the resurrection par eminence.”

 

 

A PRIZE

 

 

So we reach a revelation of extraordinary importance for every one of us, strangely overlooked, or even denied, in our evangelical and prophetical theology.  “The doctrine here taught is that the blessedness of the saints at the resurrection is so great that we should be content to use any means and run any hazards to attain it” (T. Manton, D.D.). Paul’s eagerness to emphasize his own uncertainty is almost passionate. “Not that I have already attained” - attained, that is, the title to the first resurrection*; for no one would imagine that he had attained it in the Roman prison - “or am already made perfect: brethren, I count not myself”- whatever others may think of me, or of themselves - “to have apprehended** If by these words Paul means that he, and with him all believers, are sure of the resurrection of which he speaks, then words are chosen to conceal their meaning, and to express the opposite of what they say: on the contrary, Paul, guided by the [Holy] Spirit, solves the problem for us all by lodging it exclusively in himself; for it needs no arguing that if not Paul, then none of us.  Paul the aged, Paul the Apostle, Paul (we had almost said) the matchless not only thought he had not attained, but says by inspiration that he had not - “I AM NOT already made perfect”: not until the executioner’s block was actually in sight, on which he was to be “poured out as a drink offering” (2 Tim. 4: 6), did he know, as a martyr, his crown secure.  Therefore, until then, all converges on a resolve of passionate intensity, in which, for all saints, and for all time, the Apostle blazes the trail.  “ONE THING I DO, FORGETTING THE THINGS WHICH ARE BEHIND, AND STRETCHING FORWARD TO THE THINGS WHICH ARE BEFORE, I PRESS ON TOWARD THE GOAL UNTO THE PRIZE OF THE HIGH CALLING OF GOD IN CHRIST JESUS***

 

*Jus ad resurrectionem beatam (Grotius).

 

** “I, emphatic: he evidently alludes to some whom he wishes to warn by his example” (Alford).  So Bishop Wordsworth:- “The divine Apostle himself, even at this late period of his Apostolic career, does not feel absolutely confident that he himself will attain to the glory of the Resurrection of the just; and he disavows the notion of being supposed to ‘have already apprehended.’ Cf. 1 Cor. 9: 27.  It was not until on the eve of his martyrdom for Christ that he could exclaim, as he then did, ‘Henceforth there is laid up for me the Crown”

 

***The call heavenward (Lightfoot); the up-all; “come up hither!” (Rev. 4: 1) out of an empty tomb.  John when thus called, had fallen ‘as one dead and had been set back upon his feet by the voice of the Son of God.  Believers who deny that there is any such conditional sanctity have a startling disillusionment ahead; nor is it harsh to believe that many prophetical teachers have a grave report to give to their Lord for a denial so dogmatic in its certitude as to mislead countless saints.  False confidence is a sweet-smelling flower which holds the worm of an unguarded walk.

 

 

THE FIRST RESURRECTION

 

 

But the truth is not made to rest on this single Scripture.  By two or three witnesses, the Most High has said, shall every   word be established; and our Lord and John are joined with Paul in a consentient testimony that for the first resurrection,        which is a state, rather than an act, personal sanctity is our bridge also across Jordan. Thus the Saviour, identifying the First Resurrection and the Kingdom, says of those who share it:- “They are ACCOUNTED WORTHY to attain to that age, and the resurrection FROM the dead” (Luke 20: 35).        Lazarus enjoyed a resurrection, but not the resurrection.  The First Resurrection is a state that includes an act; while     such a resurrection as Lazarus’s is an act that excludes a state.  The word for ‘worthiness’ [See Greek] is never once used of imputed worthiness, but always and only of personal fitness, personal sanctity.  Moreover, it is an added weight that   the verb in its intensified form - to be accounted thoroughly worthy - is applied in every case of reward: to escape by rapture (Luke 21: 36); to participation in the First Resurrection (Luke 20: 35); and to entrance into the [Messiah’s coming millennial] Kingdom (2 Thess. 1: 5); as the qualifying sanctity for all the great prizes of God. So the ground on which this state (not act) is entered the Apocalypse also reveals:- “Blessed and HOLY is he that hath part in the first resurrection: they shall reign with Christ a thousand years” (Rev. 20: 6).  Martyrs also, so keen were they on an emptying grave, refused any form of deliverance, much less recanted, in order to prove the fidelity without which (for so their action proved they believed) there can be no ‘better’ resurrection (Heb. 11: 35).  So Paul’s words reveal the straight path to the empty grave, as the fellowship of His sufferings.*

 

[* 2 Tim. 2: 12, A.V.]

 

A POSTSCRIPT

 

 

The [Holy] Spirit, foreseeing a general lapse from the Church’s creed of this unpalatable but sharply tonic truth, closes with a gentle remonstrance and counsel.  “Let us therefore as many as be perfect be thus minded; and if in anything ye are otherwise minded” - believing that there is no such prize in the Gospel, or that any particular believer has already won it, or that it has been received in the gift of Eternal Life, or that it is won with ease and without undying effort, or that, by becoming sinless, we can be assured of it, or that our session with Christ in the heavenlies involves priority of rising* - “even this shall God reveal unto you: ONLY” - as a vital condition of a fuller revelation - “whereunto we have already attained, by that same rule let us walk Never falter from following the highest light that you have.

 

* “The First Resurrection is a reward for obedience rendered after the acceptance of salvation, and Paul knew not the standard which God had fixed in His own purpose” (G. H. Pember).  Tertullian tells us that the Church of his age prayed for a share in the First Resurrection.  “Many, even of the ancients, have admitted this first resurrection.  ‘Within an age of a thousand years,’ says Tertullian, ‘is concluded the resurrection of the saints, who rise again at an earlier or a later period, according to their merits’” (Bengel).

 

 

SUMMARY

 

 

Bishop Lightfoot, that master of paraphrase, thus summarizes the passage:- “Do not mistake me, I hold the language of hope, not of assurance.  I have not yet reached the goal: I am not yet made perfect.  But I press forward in the race, eager to grasp the prize, forasmuch as Christ also has grasped me.  My brothers, let other men vaunt their security. Such is not my language.  I do not consider that I have the prize already in my grasp. This, and this only, is my rule.  Forgetting the land-marks already passed, and straining every nerve and muscle in the onward race, I press forward ever towards the goal that I may win the prize Paul could say, “There is laid up for me the crown” only when he could say:- “I have finished the [race] course  So Dr. A. B. Simpson’s word becomes very suggestive:- “In the public arena where men contended in the race it was at the home stretch, when the goal was in full view, that the greatest efforts were made both by the competitors, and those that encouraged them from the galleries, and there was a special signal set up at the point where the races turned into the home stretch, on which the letters were emblazoned, ‘Make Speed.’”

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

219

 

THE FIRST RESURRECTION

 

 

By J. A. SEISS, D.D.

 

 

I

 

 

 

There is a general impression that the belief in the First Resurrection at a different time from that of the general resurrection rests solely on Revelation 20: 6.  But this is a great mistake.  Omitting the passages from the Old Testament Scriptures, sustained by the promises of which the ancient worthies suffered and served God in hope of ‘a better resurrection’ (Heb. 11: 35), our Lord makes a distinction between the resurrection which some shall be accounted worthy to obtain, and some not (Luke 20: 35).  St. Paul says there is a resurrection ‘out from among the dead’, to attain [i.e., ‘gain by effort’] which he strove with all his might as the prize to be gained (Phil. 3: 11).  He also expressly tells us, that while as in Adam all die, so in Christ shall all be made alive; yet it shall not be at once (1 Cor. 15: 22-24).  It is particularly to be remarked that wherever the resurrection of Christ, or His people, is spoken of in Scripture, it is a ‘resurrection from’, or ‘from among, the dead’; and wherever the general resurrection is spoken of, it is the ‘resurrection of the dead  This distinction, though preserved in many instances in the English translation, is too frequently omitted; but in the Greek the one is always coupled with the preposition, out of or from among, and the other is without the preposition; and in the Vulgate it is rendered by a mortuis, or ex mortuis, as distinct from resurrectio mortuorum.  In Romans 8: 11, ‘the Spirit of him that raised up Jesus from the dead it is ek vekpwv, a mortuis.  So in Romans 10: 7; Ephesians 1: 20; Hebrews 13: 20; 1 Peter 1: 3, 21.  So Lazarus was raised (John 12: 1, 9).  Our Lord, in His reply to the Sadducees, made the distinction between the general resurrection of the dead and the resurrection which some should be accounted worthy to obtain (Luke 20: 34, 35).  St. Paul, when he spoke of a resurrection to which he strove and agonized to attain (Phil. 3: 8, 11), as if one preposition was not enough to indicate or emphasize his meaning, uses it doubled, [See Greek …], resurrectionem, quae est ex mortuis [Latin Vulgate] - the special or eclectic resurrection, that one from the among the dead.

 

 

*       *       *

 

 

II

 

THE FIRST RESURRECTION

 

 

By MOSES STUART, D.D.

 

 

 

The second resurrection will be general, universal, comprising both the righteous and the wicked; while the first will comprehend, as the writer’s language seems to intimate, only saints and martyrs who have been specially faithful unto death.  This distinction the writer has made prominent.  He expressly assures us that the other dead would not be raised when the thousand years should commence, but only at the end of the world when all will be raised.* The express contrast here made between the partial and the general resurrection, and the manner in which this contrast is presented, shew that the design is not to compare a spiritual with a physical resurrection, but to contrast the partial extent of the latter at the beginning of the Millennium, with its general or universal extent at the end of the world.

 

[* See Rev. 20: 15, R.V.  “If any,” - (resurrected at this time when “Hades gave up the dead which were in themverse 13) - “was not found written in the book of life, he was cast into the lake of fire 

 

The ‘book of life’ contains the names of those described in verse 5: “the rest of the dead who lived not until the thousand years should be finished’ - must include regenerate believers who will be judged by Christ as not ‘accounted worthy’ to be resurrected out from the DEAD at ‘the first resurrectionverse 6.   “And inasmuch as it is appointed unto men to die, and AFTER THIS commeth JUDGMENT: (Heb. 9: 27, R.V.).]

 

 

It is asked, - Whether all true Christians, and indeed all truly pious men of every age, who lived before the commencement of the Millennium will be raised from the dead at that period, or whether the Apocalypist affirms this only of Christian martyrs? To this I answer briefly, that those “who are beheaded for the testimony of Jesus are clearly placed in high relief by the writer of the Apocalypse; but possibly he does not limit the promises merely to these.  He may mean to include all who amid sufferings have been faithful and true to the doctrines and duties of a divine religion, in times of pressure.  We cannot well doubt that he has specially in view the persecuted Christians of his day; but still may he be regarded as designating two classes of persons?  Can he mean to be understood as confining his views only to literal and actual martyrs?  And if faithful Christians in general are described by his language, then what forbids that all of these before the Millennium who have cherished the same spirit as the actual martyrs, served the same God, and possessed the same sympathies in respect to the prosperity and welfare of the church, should be included in the promises which he here holds out?

 

 

Is there not a distinction made by John between those who have periled their lives and suffered for their steadfast adherence to religion, and those who have been distinguished neither by active piety nor by suffering?  Who will venture to answer with confident assurance, that there is not?  The special object, in view of which the Apocalypse was written, seems to point us to the class of martyrs and faithful confessors, as being the only ones intended to be included by the writer.  In times of distressing and bloody persecution was the book written.  Christians were to be consoled and fortified so as to meet the shock.  Was it not to hold out high and peculiar rewards to those who endured to the end?  It is difficult not to think this probable. And what is the peculiar reward of unshaken constancy and fidelity?  A part in the first resurrection.  This is the natural and obvious solution of the case.

 

 

And does not Paul himself seem to say, that although he might possibly be a Christian, and attain to final happiness, yet he should lose a part in the first resurrection, if he should become slothful and remiss?  He tells us that he had suffered the loss of all things, and counted them but dung, that he might know Christ and the power of His resurrection; if by any means he might attain to ‘the [out] resurrection [out] of the dead’ (Phil. 3: 8-11).  Did Paul, then, consider it a matter of doubt whether he should have a part in the final resurrection? This same apostle, who has so expressly taught us the resurrection of all, both of the righteous and of the wicked - did he doubt whether he could attain to this same resurrection? Surely not. Consequently his declaration, then and only then, seems to possess a full and energetic meaning, when we view him as declaring that a high and holy and vigorous contest with the powers of darkness must be carried on, in order to obtain a part in the first resurrection.  So interpreted, the meaning of the passage stands out in bold relief.

 

 

All this seems rather to guide us to the conclusion that a distinction will be made among the pious themselves, at the first resurrection.  This is only carrying out the principle that those who possess five talents and improve them diligently, will be made rulers over five cities; and those who have two, over only two cities.  ‘Si quomodo occurram ad resurrectionem, quae est ex mortuis.’  If St. Paul had been looking only to the general resurrection,* he need not have given himself any trouble, or made any sacrifice to attain to that; for to it, all, even Judas and Nero, must come; but to attain to the First Resurrection he had need to press forward for the prize of that calling.

 

[*That is, at the end of his Lord’s Messianic Kingdom reign.  See Ps. 2: 8; 72.; 110: 1-3. cf. 1 Chron. 16: 24-36, R.V.)]

 

-------

 

 

PREPARATION FOR RESURRECTION

 

By A. B. SIMPSON, D.D.

 

 

The Holy Spirit prepares us for the coming of the Lord, and to be among “the first fruits” at His appearing.  There is a remarkable expression in Romans 8: 23, which has a deeper meaning than appears on the surface - “Ourselves which have the first fruits of the Spirit” at His appearing.  It means that the Holt Spirit is preparing a first company of holy and consecrated hearts for the coming of the Lord and the gathering of His saints, and that these will be followed later by the larger company of all the saved.  There is a first resurrection, in which the blessed and holy shall have part, and for this He is preparing all who are willing to receive Him in His fulness.  Transcendent honour!  Unspeakable privilege!  May God enable us to have part in this blessed hope!

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

220

 

WORKING OUT OUR SALVATION

 

 

By D. M. PANTON

 

 

 

One mighty text is a shining example of the double-edged Sword of the Spirit.  For Inspiration is a single blade which can cut in completely opposite directions; and so two schools of thought shelter under this text’s balanced clauses: two schools of thought that are sharply opposed; and each seems to imagine that the clause on which it fastens has annihilated the clause which it opposes.  But this is not so.  The clauses are twin pillars on the threshold of the Temple Truth.  “WORK OUT YOUR OWN SALVATION” - that is Jachin: “IT IS GOD THAT WORKETH IN YOU” - that is Boaz.  It may on occasion be impossible for the human intellect to reconcile God’s opposing truths perfectly: but the acme of wisdom lies in acting on a fact of almost limitless importance - that BOTH are TRUE, and that both are simultaneously true; and the crowning life, and the only crowned life, is the passionate embodiment of both.  Width of mental outlook is only less valuable than catholicity of heart-affection.

 

 

But first we need to define carefully what Scripture means by salvation.  Salvation is a term which, as used in the New Testament, is immensely more comprehensive than our common use of it, and it covers man’s total redemption.  “‘Salvation,’” as Calvin says, “is taken to mean the entire course of our calling, and includes all things by which God accomplishes our perfection  Scripture says “ye are saved” (Eph. 2: 8); “we are [being] saved” (Rom. 8: 24); and “we shall be saved” (Rom. 5: 9) in “a salvation ready be revealed in the last time” (1 Pet. 1: 5).  For it is obvious that God’s complete work covers (1) a past pardon and recreation; (2) a present deliverance from the dominion sin; and (3) a future redemption of body and environment: or, as we may summarize them - justification, sanctification and resurrection.

 

 

Now it is obvious, by the terms he uses, that Paul assumes the first, or fundamental, salvation as already past. For he addresses his words to “all the saints in Christ Jesus” (Phil. 1: 1), who have been made saints by being saved; and it is to them that he says - “work out” - carry through, completely finish - “your own salvation” - the salvation which you already possess, and which you must work out for yourselves; “for it is God who worketh IN YOU” - as souls indwelt of the Holy Ghost.  God works from without the unbeliever, never from within: therefore Paul, speaking to the whole Church of God, says - Work out what God has already worked in; liberate the resident dynamic, so that it becomes a flood diffused and directed throughout the life.

 

 

So now, with a cleared platform, we confront JACHIN.  “Work out” - as though the solitary worker was yourself - “your own salvation” - the present and the future deliverance which turn upon your own action - “with fear” - towards God - “and trembling” - towards yourself.  “The words speak of holy anxiety, overmastering conscientiousness, all-absorbing sense of responsibility” (J. Hutchison, D.D.).  That is, mere passivity is never a doctrine of God.  Even our original salvation, a work absolutely finished before we touch it, has to be actively - sometimes urgently or even passionately - seized; “I never knew a lazy man saved in my life,” says Mr. Moody; and it ushers us at once into an activity that is to cease only with death.  “The kingdom of heaven suffereth violence, and MEN OF VIOLENCE take it by force” (Matt. 11: 12).  So Paul, once again embodying all Christian experience in himself, says:- “All run, but one receiveth the prize: even SO RUN, that ye may attain.  I therefore so run, as not uncertainly: I buffet my body, and bring it into bondage: lest by any means, after that I have preached to others, I myself should be disapproved” (1 Cor. 9: 24).  All the self-effort, all the self-mastery are locked up in one breast - my own, born of a great fear; for the runner who has lost the tremor has probably lost the race.  And yet the current laid along the trembling wire is God.

 

 

For now we confront BOAZ; and the revelation is over-whelming.  “For it is God which worketh in you”; energizes, works mightily, works effectually; and He works inside your personality.  The Greek, by dropping the article and putting the word ‘God’ first, casts the whole emphasis on the Godhead: it is DEITY which worketh in you: over against the sore difficulties which rightly make us tremble - our discouragements, our depressions, our slothfulness, our falls, our despair - Paul draws the veil from the far more gigantic power latent within.  The engine that throbs within, like the huge electric drill used to break up concrete blocks as it quivers with the enormousness of its own power, is God: the intelligent force within us that unshackles our will, so that we may will good, and energizes our hand, so that we may do good, is God.  This revelation, which we take as commonplace of our theology, is simply overwhelming in its immensity; for it means that, within the limits of our personality and destiny, nothing is impossible to us that is possible to God.

 

 

Once more, and finally, Paul sinks still deeper in this fathomless revelation.  “It is God which worketh in us both to will and to do” - both the resolution and the performance: to will, the whole realm of the soul; to do, the whole realm of the life - “of His good pleasure” - the good pleasure that is pure goodness.  This meets the profundities of our psychological need.  A patient in a hospital ward is ordered to do a thing, and the thing is not done: the nurse says ‘He won’t’; the patient says, ‘I can’t’: the doctor comes in and says something quite different from either - ‘He cannot will  God not only empowers the act, but inspires the resolution behind the act.  All resolve to do good is from God, and ability to do good is from God: therefore both the vision of the ideal, and the ability to achieve it, are actually in us, in the person of God resident in the soul.  God is where thought starts, and where the will resolves, and where love is born, and where Christ is formed in the fountains of life.  An epitaph on a Christian worker’s grave runs thus:-  “She hath done what she couldn’t

 

 

So then in this double-barrelled truth we get an extraordinary example of the balance of opposed truths making Truth, and a revelation, in itself, of incalculable power.  For the very text which isolates the all-absorbing energy of God as our sole dynamic is also the text in which salvation is made contingent on our own effort; and conversely, the text of all texts which most categorically asserts that we must work out our own salvation is the text which also reveals that our hidden and only dynamo is God.  Our effort without God is an electric wire empty of the electric fluid: God working without us is a power-house with a disconnected wire.*

 

* The Church in general seems to hold neither truth absorbingly, but half-believes, half-doubts, both: that is, we must work out our salvation, but nothing of the first importance is lost if we do not; and God is the great In-worker, but choked channels are of no great consequence.

 

 

Paul finally unveils the golden possible goal of this conjoint working of God and the soul.  “Do all things” - live all your life - “without murmurings” - constant complaint, constant criticism, constant dissatisfaction - “and disputings”: disputing with oneself, that is, intellectual indecisions, indecisive convictions, puzzling doubts; “that ye may become* blameless and harmless, children of God WITHOUT BLEMISH  Children of God you already are; but become such children of God as have nothing with which fault can be found (H. A. W. Meyer).  You can work out your salvation, says the Apostle, for it is God that worketh in you; for He “is able to guard you from stumbling, and to set you before the presence of His glory WITHOUT BLEMISH in exceeding joy” (Jude 24).

 

 

-------

 

 

THE APPROACHING TRIBULATION

 

The power to foretell the future- that is, pure, undiluted prophecy - inheres in God alone, and in those to whom, in ages of inspiration, He grants it.  For this is the challenge with which Jehovah meets all demon forces:- “Declare the things that are to come hereafter, that we may know that ye are gods” (Isa. 41: 23).  For this reason all prophecies by demons are, in themselves, worthless.  Nevertheless it is also true that owing to their wide range of vision, the mass of data they possess for intelligent anticipation, and their vast experience of cause and effect, the predictions of evil spirits, while valueless in themselves, carry weight when accompanied by signals revealed in the Word of God; and the evil watchers in the unseen now make no secret of the coming night.  The announcement of “a great world cataclysm at handSir A. Conan Doyle says reaches him “from more than a hundred independent sources” in the unseen world, all over the earth.

 

-------

 

AFTERWARDS

 

 

Light after darkness, gain after loss,

Strength after weakness, crown after cross;

Sweet after bitter, hope after fears,

Home after wandering, praise after tears.

 

 

Sheaves after sowing, sun after rain,

Sight after mystery, peace after pain;

Joy after sorrow, calm after blast,

Rest after weariness, sweet rest at last.

 

 

Near after distant, gleam after gloom,

Love after loneliness, life after tomb;

After long agony, rapture of bliss -

Right was the pathway leading to this.

 

                                                                               - FRANCES  R. HAVERGAL.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

221

 

How Relevant Are the ‘End Times’

For Believers and Non-Believers*

 

By AVIEL SCHNEIDER

 

[* From ‘Israel Today’ November 2017.]

 

Those who don’t believe in God refuse to accept that we are living in the last days of world history.  And yet, the movie industry continues to pump out [more violent and immoral]* end-times thrillers.  The topic of the end times seems to fascinate people regardless of whether or not they believe on God’s Word.  There can be various reasons for this, but one thing seems certain: for most, the future is more exciting than the present.

 

[* Acts 20: 29, 30; 1 Timothy 4: 1, 2; Jude 4; Revelation 3: 1, R.V.]

 

 

The Bible speaks of many signs that will be visible during the last days [of this evil and apostate age].  We read in Luke 21: 25-26: “And there will be signs in sun and moon and stars, and upon the earth dismay among nations, in perplexity at the roaring of the sea and the waves, men fainting from fear and the expectation of the things which are coming upon the world; for the powers of the heavens will be shaken*

 

 

Gog and Magog is also a biblical concept (Ezekiel 38-39).  Gog is the name of the leader of a world coalition, which at the end of days will attack the Land of Israel from the north.  Even the false assurance of peace and security are a sign of the end times, according to 1 Thessalonians 5.  Today, politicians [particularly those in Western Europe] and historians boast that we are living in the quietest era in all of human history.  Seventy years without large scale war.  Of course, they must ignore what is happening in much of Asia and Africa to paint such a picture.

 

 

In general, Christians have a far greater affinity for biblical prophecies than Jews.  They seek after signs and symbols that highlight the end times.  And that, of course, includes the coming of the Messiah.  I have often asked myself why believers abroad delve into the biblical end times so much more than Messianic Jews in the Land.  One possible reason may be that in the end-time war, it is Israeli soldiers that will be fighting at Armageddon.  We, are children of our grandchildren, not those living abroad.  And that frighten us.

 

 

Seventeen years ago, at the turn of the millennia, Christians around the world insisted that the Second Coming was imminent.  I still remember the video cameras on the Mound of Olives that were directed toward the Temple Mount in anticipation as the clock struck midnight on December 31, 1999.  Two years prior, the Hollywood end-times thriller Armageddon starring Bruce Willis and Ben Affleck was a huge hit.  In the Book of Revelation, Armageddon refers to the location of the decisive battle in the war of the Great Day of the Lord.  The site will be the plain of Megiddo in Israel.

 

 

All the present consternation over US President Donald Trump and his policies suggests we are closer than ever to that terrible final conflagration.  In October, Republican senator and chairman of the Senate Committee on Foreign Relations, Bob Corker, warned in an interview with The New York Times that Trump was by “his arbitrary threats towards other countries [pulling] America into a Third World War

 

 

Anyone searching Google for movies about the end times will be surprised by the large selection.  The fact is that last days concept intrigues both believers and non-believers.  Yes, the concept involves unprecedented catastrophe, typically presented by Hollywood in exaggerated proportions.  But mankind always ultimately prevails.  A Hollywood happy ending.  But the ideas of these screenplays originate with the biblical account.  And, according to the Bible, it is not [sinful] man who will SAVE THE WORLD under impossible conditions.  It is THE COMING OF THE REDEEMER that will set all right again.* Sadly, the Messiah has no role in these blockbusters.**

 

[* Matt. 8: 11; 24: 29-30; 25: 31; Luke 19: 15, 38; 22: 18, 29-30; Acts 1: 11; 1 Cor. 15: 23; 1 Thess. 4: 16; 2 Thess. 2: 1; 1 Pet. 1: 13; Rev. 22: 12, R.V.).

 

** NOTE: Today’s rejection of the Scriptural testimony of a restored Creation (Rom. 8: 19-22), puts regenerate believers on a slippery slope which can lead into apostasy, and the loss of their “inheritance in the kingdom of Christ and God” (Eph. 5: 5, R.V.).]

 

 

Still, the phenomenon demonstrates that the “last days” is not some silly notion held by Christians and Jews alone.  All of mankind seems tuned in to the reality that an end [to this evil and wicked age] is coming.

 

 

-------

 

 

“Why are ye troubled? See my hands and my feet, that it is I myself: handled me, and see; for a spirit hath not flesh and bones, as ye behold me having.” … “And he said unto them, These are my words which I spake unto you, while I was with you, how that all things” - that is, all presently unfulfilled prophetic statements - “must needs be fulfilled, which are written in the law of Moses, and the prophets, and the psalms, concerning me.” (Luke 24: 38, 39, 44, R.V.).

 

 

 

THE KINGDOM

 

 

Our earthen vessels break;

The world itself grows old;

But Christ our precious dust will take

And freshly mould.

He’ll give these bodies vile

A fashion like His own;

He’ll bid the whole CREATION smile,

And hush it’s groan.

 

 

To Him our weakness clings

Through tribulation sore,

And seeks the covert of His wings

Till all is o’er;

And when we’ve run the race,

And fought the faithful fight,

We’ll see Him face to face

With saints in light.

 

 

-------

 

 

A TRANSFIGURED BODY

 

 

The God who turns the ugly, crawling caterpillar into one of nature’s most exquisite products, the butterfly, is the God who, identically, will “fashion anew the body of our humiliation, that it may be conformed into the body of His glory” (Phil. 3: 21).  A man of sciences expresses the facts thus:- “It is a mystery which no science can explain; a change so profound that in the pupa stage, safe in its silk or earthen cradle, the whole body liquefies, and is entirely reconstructed in every organ to a pattern beyond the explanations of telescopic evolution, until slowly, upon that formless outer shroud, the lineaments of the new body growing within are imprinted, presently to emerge an insect utterly different in every particular from the caterpillar crawling on the leaf.  No wonder the old Greeks called the butterfly Psyche, or the Soul, bursting on brilliant wings from the bonds of death-like sleep

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

222

 

THE KINGDOM IN MYSTERY

 

 

By D. M. PANTON.

 

 

 

Perhaps there is no source of error in exposition more frequent - so frequent as possibly to hint some chronic defect in the human mind as it differs from the Divine - than the stubbornness with which men will see one thing only, when God is looking at two.  Duality - the out-pull and the in-pull that balances the universe - is of the very texture of things; and yet no great truth rides in a chariot of revelation but some unbalanced charioteer leaps aboard to urge it over a precipice.  It is a vital of exposition that apparently conflicting Scriptures must never be made, like opposing parks of artillery, to fire into and silence one another.  “No prophecy of scripture is of isolated interpretation” (2 Pet. 1: 20), but subserves a perfect whole.

 

 

This duality dwells richly and subtilly in the great Scripture phrase - the Kingdom of Heaven.  Several of our Lord’s parables which contain the expression lodge the Kingdom in this dispensation; and it is this aspect of it which (outside the Apostolic epoch) has always appealed most powerfully to the Church of God.  The Court of Appeals in New York State, reversing the decision of a lower court on a will which left £1,000 for “the advancement of Christ’s Kingdom on earth,” defined, a few months ago, the Kingdom thus:- “Christ’s Kingdom on earth is the community or whole body of Christ’s faithful people collectively; all those who are spiritually united to Christ as the head of the Church, without regard to differences of creed* and doctrine  It was both shrewd equity and sound theology; for between the Sower starting out to sow, and the angels descending to reap, the Lord sets ‘the Kingdom of heaven which, in its aspect of leaven or mustard, or a blend of wheat and tares, can by no wildest interpretation be located in the Millennium.  We who believe “have been translated into the Kingdom of the Son of His love” (Col. 1: 13); and all who reject our Lord while the Nobleman is away (Luke 19: 14) He Himself catalogues by their confession - “We will not that this man reign over us  This is the Kingdom which is never shaken (Heb. 12: 28), for it can never cease.

 

*The judgment means denominational creed.  It is self-evident that the Court of Appeals does not mean to include Mohammedans or atheists.

 

 

Thus the Kingdom in this sense is synonymous with the Church, or the hiatus between the two Advents; what our Lord calls “the mysteries [i.e., things hidden from the foundation of the world (Matt. 13: 35), or Church truth] of the kingdom of heaven” (Matt. 13: 11), which it is given only to disciples to understand - the mystical kingdom of grace.  It is a kingdom over the heart and life, with no visible royalty and no earthly metropolis;* its citizenship is in heaven (Phil. 3: 20, R.V.), and therefore anywhere and everywhere on earth its citizens are pilgrims, and so strangers; it is constantly at war, but only with the world-rulers of this darkness, the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places; its weapons are not carnal, and in consequence it is improperly linked with State establishments and temporal power; it is so to embody the grace of its Saviour-King that its Victoria Cross is unresisting martyrdom; its commerce is in the heavenlies, and therefore it is forbidden to lay up treasure on earth, and takes joyfully the spoiling of its goods and it is throneless and homeless until the hour when the Holy City overhangs the Millennial earth.  The gates of this Kingdom stand ajar for all mankind; and it has but one royal road into it, one exclusive path - the second birth.

 

 

Yet it is equally certain that in the same Gospels and Epistles, and from the same Sacred Lips, in passages more numerous, and clear beyond all dispute, the Kingdom of God is regarded as wholly future, the epoch following immediately on the Second Advent.  For David’s throne is the birth-gift of the Christ (Luke 1: 32), and David’s throne has never been in the heavens.  Satan saw this; for what he offered our Lord - the kingdoms of the world - was what he saw that Prophecy makes over to Messiah: “I will give thee the nations for thine inheritance, and the uttermost parts of the earth for thy possession” (Ps. 2: 8).  So when Christ revealed that some standing around should not experience death until they had actually seen the Kingdom of God come with power, it was no obscure and persecuted Church that was unveiled, but a Christ literally present and transfigured, on earth, and accompanied by the [first] rapt and the risen.*  So also the Kingdom in which our Lord will drink again with His Apostles (Mark 14: 25) is the Millennial, since wine is not made nor drunk in heaven: it is the Kingdom for the coming of which the Church, so long as she is on the earth, is to pray, since the Kingdom is not herself, and it is to be prayed down to earth: it is the Kingdom of which Paul says decisively - “flesh and blood” - i.e., the living, unchanged - “cannot inherit the Kingdom of God; neither doth corruption” - i.e., the dead, unrisen - “inherit incorruption” (1 Cor. 15: 50).  The only occasion on which the simple phrase is used - ‘the Kingdom’ - it is, without doubt or dispute, the Millennial (1 Cor. 15: 24); for it follows resurrection; while yet it makes way for the Eternal Kingdom.  The Kingdom of Heaven, says our Lord, is “in that day” (Matt. 7: 21, 22); and angels, not men, will establish it (Matt. 13: 41).

 

* This is the deadly answer which Mr. Simmonds justly brought against British-Israelism in our last issue.  After the Kingdom’s only King has not only been rejected but murdered, any physical Kingdom set up in His absence, and purporting to be His, is a self-branded imposture.  Such are the ‘fifth monarchy’ of Cromwell’s age; Dr. Dowie’s Zion City on Lake Huron; the ‘sovereign state’ of the Vatican; and (among non-Christian sects) Utah as the Kingdom of God on earth, with the North American Indians as the lost Ten Tribes. The visible Kingdom is impossible without the visible King.

 

 

So, therefore, since it is one Kingdom with two aspects - for there is but one King - there are certain vital characteristics which, belonging to both, are expressed in Scriptures that belong exclusively to neither.  The Kingdom of God is not eating and drinking - in neither aspect does it consist in banqueting, though in both there is food - but righteousness and peace and joy in the Holy Ghost (Rom. 14: 17).  Neither is in word only, but also in power (1 Cor. 4: 20).  Into both, publicans and harlots enter sooner than the wealthy or the Pharisee.  Both Kingdoms come not by watching, nor by discovery, but only by the second birth (John 3: 3) and the Kingdom must be within us ere ever we can be within it (Luke 17: 21).  John the Baptist heralded both: Christ preached both: Paul died with both upon his lips.  Since the principle of the one is Grace, and the principle of the other is justice, the conduct under each is worlds asunder, exactly as is the action of the Saviour in the two epochs.  The Kingdom in mystery is the vital prelude to the Kingdom in manifestation, and the Kingdom of grace is the training-ground for the Kingdom of glory.* So therefore the great command, even to Apostles, is - “Seek ye FIRST the Kingdom of God” (Matt. 6: 33), for all our regenerate life is to be the pursuit of a glory beyond the grave; and “no man, having put his hand to the plough, and looking back, is FIT [ready, prepared, ripe] for the Kingdom of God” (Luke 9: 62), since fitness for the coming [Millennial] Kingdom springs, not from conversion only, but from a face which, having fled from Sodom, never looks back.

 

* Salvation carries with it the Eternal Kingdom, and so of all believers we read - “They shall reign for ever and ever” (Rev. 22: 5); but for the Age succeeding this a seven-tiered pyramid of sanctity is unfolded, with the warning words:- “if ye do these things, ye shall never stumble; thus shall be richly supplied unto you the entrance” - the wealth of a millennium’s priority - “into the eternal kingdom” (2 Pet. 1: 10).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

223

 

AN EXPOSITION OF THE EPISTLE

TO THE HEBREWS

 

 

By ROBERT GOVETT, M.A.

 

 

Hebrews 3:14. “For we became the fellows of the Christ,

if we hold firm to the end the beginning of [our] confidence.”*

 

 

 

The force of this verse is entirely taken away through the change in rendering one Greek word.  Had the translators kept to the same expression as in chapter 1, verse 9, the beautiful revelation here given would have flashed upon the souls of many.  “Thy throne O God, is for ever and ever; a sceptre of righteousness is the sceptre of Thy kingdom. Thou hast loved righteousness and hated iniquity; therefore, O God, Thy God hath anointed Thee with the oil of gladness above Thy fellows  It is then as if the writer had said: ‘Who are those, the companions of the Anointed One, who come with the King when He descends to take His sceptre? - as described in Psa. 45’.  It is ourselves! under condition of our not giving up this assurance of the coming and kingdom of Christ.*  This again is knitted on to the coming of Christ to take the kingdom, in Rev. 19: 11-16: “And I saw heaven opened, and behold a white horse; and He that sat upon him was called Faithful and True, and in righteousness He doth judge and make war.  His eyes were as a flame of fire, and on His head were many crowns; and He had a name written, that no man knew, but He Himself.  And He was clothed with a vesture dipped in blood: and His name is called The Word of God.  And the armies which were in heaven followed Him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and clean.  And out of His mouth goeth a sharp sword, that with it He should smite the nations: and He shall rule them with a rod of iron: and He treadeth the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.  And He hath on His vesture and on His thigh a name written, KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS Who are the armies of heaven that follow Him?  Ourselves, if we hold fast our hope and our obedience: for not all who call on Him as Lord come thus; but they who are with Him are called and chosen (picked men), and faithful (Rev. 17: 14).

 

* If this union with Christ and one another is not broken off by unbelief, such will be companions in the millennial glory.

 

 

Here we see the foundation-principle of the Epistle.  It is not a call to unbelievers, to break away from their present life and standing: it is an address to those who have to hold fast what they have.  Then, dear reader, are you relaxing your energies, and giving up what you used in your days of zeal and love to do?  It is a bad sign. What! have you found that the hope set before you is not of so much value as you thought?  Or is it worthy of your highest energies?  Paul thought so; he strove with all his nerve after this prize of God’s proposing.  He thought no surrender, no, not of life itself under a violent death, too great, if he might but attain thereto!  Jesus thought it of such value, that, for the sake of this joy, He was content to despise the shame of the cross, and to battle through the tide of woe.

 

 

We are invited to be associates of the Christ in the day of God’s rest, and in the kingdom of His glory.  Such a prize will not be presented again.  Israel will not (in millennial days) be companions of Messiah, but subjects. Caleb, the companion of Joshua in the desert, becomes also his companion in the inheritance.  The example of Israel aids us here.  Had any of the malcontents chosen a leader and turned back to Egypt, would they have had any part in the land?  So our Lord makes participation in millennial glory to turn on faith, as a necessary condition. “Verily I say unto you, Whosoever shall not receive the kingdom of God as a little child, he shall not enter therein” (Mark 10: 15).

 

 

The “for”, with which the present verse begins, attaches to the warning.  ‘Beware of turning away’ - for great is our glory, or great our loss in that day.  As Christ, God’s Anointed, has partaken with us of flesh and blood, so shall we partake of His kingdom, and rule over the renewed earth as the Son of man, ‘if we cleave fast to His promises and commands

 

 

“If we hold firm to the end the beginning of our confidence

 

 

The confidence of the Hebrew believers of Jesus’ speedy return and kingdom was at first very strong.  They sold houses and lands, convinced that they should not long need them, and because they learned that riches were an obstacle in the way to the kingdom.  Our Lord had indeed sought to teach them, that His return would not be immediate (Luke 19: 11-27).  As the time could not be predicted, their hope fixed on a day near at hand. But with passing years their confidence dwindled.  Persecution pressed them sore. ‘Where was Christ? When would He come?’ They were at length in danger of giving up the hope, and turning back to the world and Moses.  But, if they did so, they could not come in glory as companions of the King of kings.  Thus the question was: ‘Would they cleave fast to Christ’s promises of His return and kingdom, or depart from the hopes given by the living God

 

 

So Israel at the Red Sea was strong in confidence of their entry on the Land of Promise.  So Moses and the children of Israel sang this song: “Thou shalt bring them in, and plant them in the mountain of Thine inheritance” (Exod. 15: 17).  But as they drew nigh to the borders of the land, their faith failed; and when the command to enter was given, they refused.  Fear took the place of trust in Jehovah. ‘How could they enter  It is very noticeable, how the Holy Spirit through all this Epistle labours to strengthen or resuscitate hope in the return of Christ, and the rewards of the kingdom of glory.

 

 

Soon this hope faltered in apostolic days.  “If we suffer [ifs cluster around the entrance on millennial joy] we shall also reign with Him”  “If we [not ‘professors’] deny Him, He also will deny us “Their word will eat as a canker, of whom are Hymenaeus and Philetus, who concerning the truth have erred, saying that the [first] resurrection is past already and they are overthrowing the faith of some” (2 Tim. 2: 12, 17, 18).  And then follows a verse which tells us that we must be ‘fellows of the Christ’ in ‘love of righteousness and hatred of iniquity’, if we would partake His throne and kingdom.  On those grounds Christ Himself is set as the King of kings.  His fellows of the kingdom must partake of His grace, before they enter into His joy.

 

 

The confidence with which the hope of Christ’s advent is first received must be retained.  “Look to yourselves, that we lose not the things which we have wrought, but that we receive a full reward” (2 John 8).  Neglect is enough to lose reward.  The seeking it demands prayer, seeking, resolution.  The Saviour’s parable of the Sower (with others) instructs us in this matter.

 

 

Of the four classes of hearers of the kingdom, only one enters!

 

 

Some, after having begun with zeal their attempt to enter, fall off through persecution; some, through the lusts of other things, entering in.  “They on the rock are they, who, when they hear, receive the word with joy; and these have no root, which for awhile believe, and in lime of temptation fall away” (Luke 8: 13). ‘Now does not that prove that the perseverance of believers to the end is a dream’? No!  It is not spoken of eternal life or salvation, but of “the word of the kingdom”, and of the loss of millennial glory (Matt. 13: 19; Mark 4: 17, 19).

 

 

The sixth verse of our chapter spoke of retaining firm “the boldness and boasting of the hope  The expression there related chiefly to the testimony of outsiders; here, it relates chiefly to the inward firmness of soul on this especial article of faith.

 

 

15, “While it is said - ‘To-day, if ye will hear His voice, harden not your hearts, as in the provocation.’”

 

 

The exhortations here given refer to a certain period, after which there will be an entire change of dispensation; and then these calls will cease to apply.  As long as God speaks of present time as ‘to-day’ so long the warnings and the hopes are in full force.  But, when ‘to-morrow’ comes, it is the day when the trial of God’s present people is over, and the great Tempter is imprisoned and unable to deceive.  The ‘day’ of the wilderness was of ‘forty years’’ duration.  The ‘to-day’ under Christ, the Greater Leader, is proportionally longer.  But it rests with God the Father to decree the times and seasons.  He has purposely kept them in His own power (Acts 1: 7) - He Who first defined the days of creation.

 

 

16. “For who when they heard, provoked?  Were they not all those who came out of Egypt through Moses?  But with whom was He grieved forty years?  Was it not with them that sinned, whose carcases fell in the wilderness?  But to whom sware He, that they should not enter into His rest, but to the disobedient?  So we see that they could not enter in through unbelief

 

 

The Revised Version has adopted the true view of the sixteenth verse, that it is to be read as a question, like the two verses which follow.  Read as in the Established Version, the argument is enfeebled.  But one sees how the translation arose.  It was adopted because it seemed to the translators, that, if so read, the close of the verse would not be true.  ‘Not all were shut out of the land.’ Yes, all but the two faithful spies: these did not provoke God, and therefore entered in.  The right rendering of the second question relieves the matter of all difficulty, and makes the appeal exceedingly forcible. “Were not all [who provoked] persons who came out of Egypt under Moses

 

 

Paul resumes the citation of the psalm - up to the word “provocation” - that he may insist on the close application of the passage to the hearers and readers of the Epistle.  For he saw the objection which would be made by many, so as to divert the force of the appeal.  ‘This ninety-fifth psalm does not apply to us: it refers to Israel, and we are a different body  The Holy Ghost then enforces the application to us.  ‘Who are said to have provoked God’ in that day?  Not Egyptians, nor Ammonites, nor Moabites: but God’s own people.  His people who were redeemed out of Egypt, consecrated to Him by the blood of the Lamb and the waters of baptism, and led by His appointed mediator, fed in the wilderness by the manna, and the water of miracle.  They were those who had been distinguished from Egyptians.  When Egyptians were swallowed up in the sea, these passed safely through.  They were men who believed, and by faith had kept the Passover and the sprinkling of blood, and who through faith had crossed the Red Sea as easily as if it were dry land (Heb. 11.).

 

 

They provoked- “when they had heard  “If ye will hear His voice Now sins of ignorance are bad, when they arise out of our not being aware of what God has said, though it is written in His Word.  But this was disobedience against light and knowledge.  It was the hardening of the heart, after hearing the command of the Most High.

 

 

So now many of God’s own ransomed ones, the men who, trust in Christ so far as to obtain [initial and eternal] salvation, are provoking God.  Multitudes see the command of baptism, but will not observe it.  Multitudes, after faith and baptism, turn to pursue the world’s riches and honours, and are taught to do so by their religious instructors.  So that, while many refuse to admit the application of this and kindred passages to real believers - when they are off their guard, and treating of other questions, they describe the state of believers in our day in the most disparaging terms, and confess all that is demanded here.  Indeed, some would deny the faith and consequent salvation of many assemblies of believers; so low have they sunk in their approximation to the world.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

224

 

CURRENT ERRORS CONCERNING

THE SECOND COMING

 

 

By W. P. CLARK

 

 

 

While there are many who deny the truth of the Second Advent altogether, casting ridicule on it, and terming it mere Jewish apocalyptic aspirations, there are many others who hold honestly mistaken views of the Advent through misinterpretation of Scripture, principally from neglect, or ignorance of dispensational truth.

 

 

We propose to give some, if not all, of these (as we read the Scriptures) mistaken views, and for want of space only quote one or two apposite texts of Scripture to disprove each.

 

 

1. There are those who teach “the end of the world” and “a setting up of The Great White Throne”, or “General

Judgment of Mankind”, immediately after the present condition of the world’s history, ignoring, or ignorant of, or denying the Rapture of the Saints, the Parousia, or Presence in the air of our Lord, the Bema, or judgment Seat of Christ, and the Great Tribulation; in proof of all which there are a multitude of texts too numerous to set out here; confusing the Millennium, or ‘Golden Age’ as they term it, with the eternal happiness of the saved.

 

 

2. Others say that Christ returns to each individual at conversion.  On the contrary, sinners are exhorted to come to Him, not He to them, “Come unto Me, all ye that are weary and heavy-laden, and I will give you rest” (Matt. 11: 28), and, “Him that cometh unto Me I will in no wise cast out” (John 6: 37).  He did however promise to “come in” if anyone will hear His voice and open the door.

 

 

3. Some say He comes a second time to a believer at death; but surely death cannot possibly be the “looking for that blessed hope, and the glorious appearing of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ” (Titus 2: 13)?  Place the word ‘death’ wherever the Second Coming is referred to, and note the absurdity it makes!  The last two interpretations would necessitate not a Second Coming only, but a vast multitude of Advents.

 

 

4. Some confuse the Second Coming of Christ with the coming of the Holy Spirit at Pentecost.  Yet the Lord said, “I will send” - not come - “another” - not Himself - “Comforter

 

 

5. A very common view is that our Lord returned at the time of the destruction of Jerusalem in A.D. 70; and this view is based principally on His statement - “This generation shall not pass away until all these things have come to pass” (Matt. 24: 34), thus assuming that the words ‘this generation’ necessarily meant the life-time of those present, a span of life of about thirty-three years.  On the contrary, they have other meanings. Reference to a dictionary will show that the primary definition of ‘generation’ is race, stock, breed.  The word was so used by John the Baptist and our Lord when they termed their hearers ‘a generation of vipers’; and in the text in question it seems to mean the generation, or stock, of the Jewish nation, and this is being literally fulfilled to this very day.  Another meaning assigned is that “these things” - at some future time - would all be fulfilled within the space of one generation or span of life, not necessarily the generation living when the words were spoken.

 

 

In any case, it is quite certain that “these things”, viz. the world-wide preaching of the Gospel of the Kingdom, the great Tribulation, the return of Christ in glory, and the regathering of the elect mentioned by our Lord immediately preceding the words, never occurred at the time of, or before, the siege of Jerusalem; and our Lord certainly never came in the clouds of Heaven with power and great glory.  If He did, it is nowhere recorded, as such a stupendous event would surely be!  The result of the siege of Jerusalem was the scattering of the Jewish people; the Second Coming of our Lord will usher in their re-gathering.  If the Lord returned at the conversion of each believer, or if at Pentecost, or at the siege of Jerusalem, or at any other time in the past, why do Christians observe the Lord’s Supper, which we are enjoined only to observe “till He come”?

 

 

6. There is a mistaken idea that the Rapture, or the Catching-up of the Saints, and the Parousia, or Presence of Christ in the air, cannot occur until the Gospel of the Grace of God for Salvation is preached in all the world. This mistake is based on Matthew 24: 14, but the Gospel there spoken of is the Gospel of the Kingdom, not the Gospel of Salvation.  The Gospel of the Kingdom was preached by John the Baptist and by our Lord as “at hand” and offered to the Jewish nation, and by them rejected. Now the Gospel of Salvation through the blood of Christ is proclaimed unto all the world until He come, when the day of Salvation ends, and the Gospel of the Kingdom will again be proclaimed throughout the world.  As far as is revealed, nothing need be fulfilled before the rapture, except the completion of the Church - the Body of Christ - and at any moment when the last member is brought in, the Lord will come in the air for His own, but much has to be fulfilled before He returns with His Saints to reign.

 

 

7. A similar mistake to the foregoing is that the Millennium or Kingdom Age will be accomplished by the gradual conversion of the World through the preaching of the Gospel, confusing Evangelization with conversion, and after this Christ will return.  On the contrary, the Scriptures affirm and “the Spirit saith expressly,” that “In the latter times men shall depart from the Faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of demons” (1 Tim. 4: 1), and, “This know also that in the last days perilous times shall come”, followed by a long list of details (2 Tim. 3: 1).  Such a view might well induce despair in our hearts when we realize there are more heathen to-day in proportion to professing Christians than there ever were, despite over a hundred years of the preaching of the Gospel world-wide; and this disproportion is growing every day as the population increases.  If we know the Kingdom will come before Christ returns, why the constant necessity of watching for Him?  No, there will be no Kingdom without the King.  “When the Son of Man shall come in His glory and all the angels with Him, then shall He sit on the throne of His glory and before Him shall be gathered all the nations” (Matt. 25: 31).

 

 

8. More mischief has been done, and more ridicule and discredit cast on the truth, by the attempt to fix a date for Christ’s return.  The Seventh Day Adventists fixed the year 1844, and the Millennial Dawnists, 1874, and when both proved false, they tried to wriggle out of it by saying that “He then entered the sanctuary and began to cleanse it”, and set forth other absurd theories.  “Of that day and hour knoweth no man” (Matt. 24: 36), and “Watch therefore, for ye know not what day your Lord cometh” (Matt. 24: 42).  It is true He has given us signs - which are coming to pass at the present time - by which we can discern His near approach; but these signs mostly refer to His coming with His Saints to set up the Kingdom, and not His Coming in the Air for His own.  How near then may the latter event be!

 

 

9. There are Christians who believe in the pre-tribulation rapture of the whole Church, and say that no believer will pass through any part of the tribulation.  On the other hand, there are those who believe in the post-tribulation rapture, viz, that the whole Church will pass through it.  There are, and have been, devoted Christians on both sides; and each side is able to cite texts of Scripture which would, if divorced from other Scripture, prove their contention. Scripture cannot contradict itself: there must therefore be some solution of the difficulty, and this we believe will be found in the doctrine known as “the selective or partial rapture of the Saints”; i.e., that some will altogether escape the tribulation - they who love His appearing and look for Him (Heb. 9: 28), the firstfruits of the rapture: others will have to pass through at least part of the Tribulation.  One consideration alone will preclude the belief in the post-tribulation contention, and that is that there will be no time for the Bema or Judgment-Seat of Christ where the millions of believers in all ages will be judged, and which we presume will take some considerable time.  A conclusive text is Luke 21: 36, which disproves both theories: “Watch ye therefore, and pray always that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these things and to stand before the Son of Man  Therefore some will escape, and others will not.  Even if this is written only to Jews - the favourite expedient for getting rid of this and other plain statements of Scripture - then Revelation 3: 3 and 10 - a warning and a promise - written to the Churches, and not the Jews, are equally conclusive.  In the first verse the warning is that Christ may come and leave behind un-watchful believers: in the latter verse - and the Greek is undoubtedly “out of” and not “through” as some assert.  Christ pledges himself to keep from the hour of trial which is to come upon the whole world - undoubtedly the Great Tribulation - all who keep the word of His patience, and only those.  In any case every believer must, before the end of the Tribulation, and before Christ returns to reign, be caught up to the Bema where all must appear, although not necessarily at the same time; for it is there awards will be made, determining the position of each and every believer in the Kingdom, or their exclusion from it.  If on the one hand, all escape the Tribulation, or on the other hand, all go through it, why the repeated admonition of our Lord “to watch”?

 

 

10. A question which has created considerable contention is whether all believers will share the Millennial Reign of Christ.  It is clear that all who participate in it will reign; there is no Scripture which even suggests that any believer will be a subject in it.  Two texts are sufficient to disprove that every believer will share in the Kingdom.  “If we suffer, we shall reign with Him” (2 Tim. 2: 11).  “To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me on My throne” (Rev. 3: 21).  Do all believers suffer?  Are all overcomers?  The Crown and the Prize may be lost.  “Hold fast that which thou hast, that no one take thy crown,” says the Lord from the Glory.  “Let no man rob you of your prize says Paul. If there be a bare possibility only of exclusion, should we not make sure of entrance?  Our non-belief will not affect the fact, if it is a fact!

 

 

Lastly, it is asserted that the Millennial Kingdom is a spiritual Kingdom, not a literal one.  We cite the following texts to disprove this.  The promise to Mary was that “the Lord shall give unto Him the throne of His Father David”; David’s throne was a literal throne on the earth in Jerusalem.  “I say unto you that many shall come from the east and from the west and sit down in the Kingdom of heaven” (Matt. 8: 11).  “I say unto you I shall no more drink of the fruit of the vine until that day when I drink it new in the Kingdom of God” (Mark 14: 25).  “Then cometh the end when He shall deliver up the Kingdom to God” (1 Cor. 15: 24). “They shall be priests of God and of Christ and shall reign with Him a thousand years” (Rev. 20: 6).

 

 

The conclusions set out above, elaborated from time to time by various authors in the DAWN,* are the result of a prayerful study of the Scriptures, but we would not wish to be dogmatic.  At least, they are worthy of consideration by all who wish to study the Word of God and to know and teach the whole truth.

 

 

-------

 

 

THE PREPARING BRIDE

 

 

The Bible teaches two great facts.  First, that near to the end of time certain forces will swiftly head up world affairs into what the Lord called the tribulation.  Second, that a class of believers will escape the tribulation by flight into the air to Him.  One is recorded in Rev. 3: 10: “Because thou hast kept the word of my patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation, which shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth The other is Luke 21: 34-36: “And take heed to yourselves, lest at any time your hearts be overshadowed with surfeiting, and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and so that day come upon you unawares.  For as a snare shall it come upon all them that dwell on the face of the whole earth.  Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of man

 

 

Whatever the Song of Solomon teaches, there is a beautiful picture of a blessed event in the second chapter.  “My beloved spake, and said unto me, Rise up my love, my fair one, and come away  If the earth is to be troubled as it never has been since there was a nation (Daniel 12: 1) during the absence of the bride, what a blessing, what a privilege and what a comfort to the queen-bride of the King of Glory!  To be  delivered from the terrible tribulation of the world undergoing a just judgment for its sins should be a great cause for gratitude on the part of the faithful.  See Isaiah 26: 20: “Come, my people, enter thou into thy chambers, and shut thy doors about thee: hide thyself as it were for a little moment, until the indignation be overpast.  For, behold, the Lord cometh out of His place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity: the earth also shall disclose he blood, and shall no more cover her slain

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

225

 

AN EXPOSITION OF THE EPISTLE

TO THE HEBREWS

 

 

By ROBERT GOVETT, M.A.

 

 

HEBREWS 3: 19

 

 

 

The displeasure which God felt against the sinful of Israel impelled Him to cut them off, and they died in the desert.  I should gather that most of them were left unburied.  His oath at length was uttered which cut off all hope.  That oath was not uttered till unbelief had ripened into open disobedience.  But unbelief was the root whence sprang the refusal to enter, and God’s sentence of exclusion ensued thereupon.

 

 

Their unbelief rising to its height in disobedience, drew down the punishment of God.  Beware of like conduct, that you may escape the like end.  For we are of the same nature as they; and God is still the same.  He has erected this lighthouse on the rock on which they suffered shipwreck; that we may escape.  And while to most Christians this danger is not presented, to you, reader, it is.

 

 

Faith led them out of Egypt and through the Red Sea; but unbelief made them fall in the wilderness.  They attained not to the hope of their calling - the land of promise.  The enemy was drowned in the Red Sea.  They passed safely through that; but they offended, and were cut off in the desert.  Let us fear God, as well as love Him!  Let us not love, like Demas, this present evil age, lest we attain not the hope set before us.

 

 

Israel’s was a practical unbelief (Deut. 1: 32). Their God, they thought, had not power to lead them into the land He promised; and, after all, it was no great object of desire!  But, in our day, multitudes of [regenerate] believers deny and scoff at “the hope of our calling” - the personal reign of Christ and His accepted ones.

 

 

Chap. 4: 1. “Let us fear, therefore, lest a promise being left [us] of entering into His rest, any of you should think that he has come too late for it”.

 

 

The previous chapter has set before us Israel’s loss of God’s rest, with the causes of that loss.  The psalm’s warnings, it is supposed, apply to us: and mutual exhortation of Christians is proposed as the remedy against falling away.  But to this view an evident objection was sure to arise in an Israelite’s mind: ‘Why, Paul, all that has long ago come to an end.  Both (1) the call into the rest, and (2) the rest itself, have been fulfilled ages ago!  God rested in creation: that is past, I suppose! The rest of which the Psalmist speaks was given in Joshua’s day. For, though the perverse generation did not enter the land, yet the younger men under Moses’ successor fought their way in; and we possess it now, as the result of their conquest

 

 

It is on this point that the succeeding argument turns.  The writer shows, that the rest spoken of in the psalm has never yet been accomplished.  The call to have part in the millennial day of joy and privileges is still in force, with the consequent perils and besetments of those travelling to it.

 

 

I have translated the close of the first verse now before us differently from the Established Version.  If we retain the usual rendering, the sense would be:- ‘Fear, lest you should be left upon the earth as an unwatchful servant, after your watchful brethren have been removed by the first rapture

 

 

But that does not suit either (1) the words of the verse or (2) the scope of the passage.  The Greek word ‘to come short’ is in the perfect: it should in that case have been in the present. (3) The Apostle is warning us against not a seeming and partial loss, but an entire forfeiture of the prize, under the oath of God. (4) After such a fear, as that translation supposes, the course of the Apostle’s argument would have been entirely altered.

 

 

Translate the verse as I have done,* and it falls perfectly into the following line of argument, and is just such an objection as was likely to occur both to Jew and Gentile.

 

* The authors who defend this translation are given by Alford on the passage. … Alford admits that it may be so rendered.

 

 

“Let us fear.”  How should there be room for fear, if we are, as believers, certain of that rest?  God is not to be mocked.  We believers have to do with a real peril, as Israel’s example proves.  Here is a just admonition against the teaching of some, who, seeing only eternal life, and the certainty of it to God’s elect, assert that no Christian ought to fear.  Now, in regard of eternal life as the gift of God, that is true.  But when the question relates to the prize of the millennial glory, and the reward to be rendered to the believer’s work, fear ought to come in.  “Work out your own salvation* with fear and trembling” (Phil. 2: 12).  So Peter - whose two Epistles treat of the millennial glory: “If ye call on the Father, Who without respect of persons judges according to the work of each, pass the time of your sojourning here in fear” (1 Pet. 1: 17; 2 Cor. 7: 1).

 

* The Epistle to the Philippians regards ‘salvation’ as yet future, to be attained only ‘in the day of Christ

 

 

“Any of you should think he has come too late for it

 

 

Here the writer changes the pronoun.  Before, it was, ‘Let us fear  He says here, ‘Any of you:’ for the mistake he now names did not apply to himself.  He was sure, that God’s rest had not begun; but that the call was still made to [regenerate] believers, bidding them seek to enter into the coming [millennial] glory.

 

 

The Greek word means to ‘come short’ either in relation of (1) place or of (2) time. A man might lose his train, either by being a mile off the station when the train left; or by falling asleep in the waiting-room, and only being roused after the train had started.  Here the coming short refers to time.  Some would think, that the rest here spoken of was long ago past, and, if so, they would take no pains to seek an entrance into it.  So great is the boon here set before us, that the Holy Spirit always urges the use of all diligence in attaining it.  And Satan, on the other hand, seeks to induce a belief of its being a small affair, an illusion, or long ago past. ‘The first resurrection is past already’, was one of his ancient deceits (2 Tim. 2: [18].). Another idea, equally effectual to quench the true view, is, that the rest is a spiritual attainment, possessed now by all God’s rightly-instructed people.

 

“Lord, I believe a rest remains,

To all Thy people known,”

 

as Charles Wesley sings.  But our passage is speaking of a future rest of reward.  Four times it is spoken of as unfulfilled. (1) “A promise being left”. (2) “It remaineth that some must enter therein” (ver. 6). (3) “There remaineth therefore a rest” (ver. 9). (4) “Let us labour therefore to enter into that rest” (ver. 11).

 

 

2. “For unto us is the good news proclaimed as it was unto them; but the word of the report did not profit them, not being mixed with faith* in them that heard it

 

* The reader who would see something of the critical perplexities of this verse, should consult Alford.  But the reading which he adopts comes morally to the same point as the usual rendering.

 

 

The translators did not understand this passage: hence their renderings have only darkened a place already obscure through much condensation.  In the Established Version it would seem, as if the Gospel of Jesus’ death, resurrection, and forgiveness through Him, had been preached to Israel before it had been proclaimed to us.  That, of course, is not the meaning.  There are two Gospels, or two glad tidings of God! (1) The one proclaimed by Evangelists in our day is “the Gospel of the Son of God”, “the Gospel of the Christ”, “the Gospel of the grace of God” (Acts 20: 24; Rom. 1: 9; Gal. 1: 7-9).

 

 

(2) But the Gospel which our Lord proclaimed to Israel was “the Gospel of the kingdom”.  “Jesus went about all Galilee teaching in their synagogues and preaching the Gospel of the kingdom” (Matt. 4: 23; 9: 35; 24: 14). After His entry into Capernaum the people seek to detain Him.  “But He said unto them, I must preach the kingdom of God to other cities also; for therefore am I sent” (Luke 4: 43; 7: 22; 8: 1). This is called by Paul, “the Gospel of the glory of the Christ” (2 Cor. 4: 4; 1 Tim. 1: 11).

 

 

This is another name for the doctrine of the millennium; a doctrine remaining to be taught to those who have already received the good news of present forgiveness through Jesus risen.  These glad tidings were taught to Israel long ago, both by Moses and the prophets; and they are proclaimed still.  Abraham is still waiting for the accomplishment of the promises made to him; and Abraham’s sons, both of the flesh and of the Spirit, are instructed to be expecting and desiring that day.

 

 

“But the word of the report did not profit them, not being mixed with faith in them that heard it

 

 

“The word of the report” refers to the report brought to Israel by the twelve spies concerning the land of promise.  God had assured them that the land of His choice was a good one.  But they wished that spies should be sent into it, who should make a report* to them.  The twelve spies, on returning, owned it to be a good land, “flowing with milk and honey But the people were strong; the cities fortified, and giants dwelt there (Num. 13: 27, 28).  At that point the faith of Israel failed.  Their God could not bring them in, in the face of obstacles so great.  Thus they fell short of the hope of their calling.  But now God has raised up His Son as Leader of the people of the heavenly calling.  He has delivered them from perdition, from Satan and the world, by the blood of the Lamb: he has led many of them through the waters of baptism, and is feeding them with the spiritual manna.  The Lord Jesus raised up a new report, and twelve new spies in His twelve apostles, and He sent them forth with powers of miracle to bear witness of the coming age of glory.  The spies of old brought of the grapes, pomegranates, and figs of the land.  The land is good.  “This is the fruit of it The Lord Jesus sent His apostles to bestow on each believer some of these “powers of the age to come”.  They were evidences how glorious and real those days of Messiah shall be.  Perhaps the expressions used by the Apostle, “tasting of the heavenly gift”, and “tasting the good word of God”, refer to the taste that some of Israel had of the fruits brought by the spies.  But as Israel then refused the report, so much more is the Gospel of the millennial kingdom refused now.

 

* Thus this … rehearses the … of chap. 3: 16.  The ultimate provocation and exclusion ensued at once on the refusal of God’s report, and that of their own spies.

 

 

‘How came Israel, if there were so great a boon set before them, not to attain it?  Men are generally eager to seize on any good presented to them

 

 

Through their unbelief - as God says:- “How long will this people provoke Me? and how long will it be ere they believe Me, for all the signs which I have shewed unto them(Num. 14: 11).

 

 

3. “For we believers* are entering into the rest, as [God] said, ‘So I sware in My wrath, They shall not enter into My restalthough the works from the foundation of the world had [already] been completed. For He spake in a certain place concerning the seventh day thus ‘And God rested on the seventh day from all His worksAnd in this place [He says] a second time, ‘They shall not enter into My rest.’”

 

* I do not think that any stress is to be laid on the participles being in the aorist.  They might have been in the present.  The aorist denotes that they had now for some time been believers.

 

 

The “for” with which the verse commences is connected with the word ‘faith’ in verse 2. ‘The Israelites lost the rest, as devoid of faith.  But we, as men of faith, are entering into it

 

 

The Established Version gives “do enter”, as though the rest were something of habitual and present attainment by believers generally.  Thus it confounds the sense, and the course of the Apostle’s argument; who is proving the futurity and the external character of the rest to them who believe.  The present here is prospective.  It is illustrated for us, as previous points have been, by the history of the wilderness.  Up to the time when the tribes, through unbelief, were rejected by the oath of God, they were continually on the move toward the promised land.  So believers in the millennial glory are moving onward to God’s rest in that day.  For they, unlike Israel, mix faith with God’s testimony, and accept the new ‘report’ of Christ and His apostles.

 

 

We should read: ‘We believers are entering into the rest’ - the same rest as that which Israel of old lost through unbelief, and the oath of God.  As surely as unbelievers are excluded, believers shall enter.

 

 

“Although the works from the foundation of the world* had [already] taken place

 

* This is the order of the Greek; and it makes the sense more distinct.

 

 

The Apostle is now teaching us concerning the meaning of the phrase, “God’s rest”.  The expression is used in Genesis 2: 2, of God’s repose from creation-works on the seventh day.  He notices, then, that of course that could not be the one into which we are invited, and toward which we are moving.  Both the work and the rest of that day ended ages ago: sin had not entered, and man had no part with God in that enjoyment of His finished works.  He sware, that unbelievers should have no part in His rest.  But how could they?  The rest of the first Creation-Sabbath was long, long past. ‘Why, then, did Paul cite the passage?’ Because God’s creation-rest on the seventh day is typical of His redemption-rest on the seventh millennium yet to come. Hence Paul quotes anew the passage from the psalm, and observes that the expression occurs a second time. “They shall not enter into My rest  The words are quoted to bring into notice, by way of contrast, the futurity of God’s rest there spoken of.  “If they shall enter  Here is a “second time” - similar expression.

 

 

-------

 

 

THE PRIZE OF OUR CALLING

 

 

The problems connected with our Lord’s return became ever more thrilling as the event draws nearer; and Mr. Lang, with careful thinking, challenges the current view - an extraordinary example of ‘wishful thinking’ - that all believers, including the grossest backslider, will escape all coming judgments and at once ascend with Christ the throne of the world.  It is most wonderful to understand how the grave warnings of our Lord and the Apostles, constantly repeated, could have been so ignored, and can still remain so unheeded.  The issue at stake is far graver than a mere divergence in exposition: it is the fearful practical issue of our plunge into the Great Tribulation, or our escape; the inconceivable glory of enthronement over the world, possibly only a few years hence, or a lost crown and throne.

 

Mr. Lang, although there will be differences of judgment on subordinate points, handles the main issue with grace and understanding, and leads us towards the highest.  “LET NO MAN TAKE THY CROWN” (Rev. 3: 11).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

226

 

LET THE JEW EXPLAIN

 

 

By FREDERICK ERDMAN, D.D.

 

 

 

1. A Jew should be able to explain why so many of the best Gentiles have chosen for their Saviour, their Messiah, their God, a despised, rejected, and crucified member of a race which the Gentiles themselves have oppressed and persecuted.  This is the most incredible and supernatural fact in the world.

 

 

2. A Jew should he able to explain, since his own ritual for the Day of Atonement says he has “no mediator…” where he expects to find one.  Would a just God have caused the sacrifice and oblation to cease, if He had not offered his chosen people His Perfect Sacrifice?  He did not so treat Abraham.

 

 

3. A Jew should be able to explain what hope he can have of the forgiveness of his sins or of God’s acceptance of him, if, as the Law demands, sacrifices are required. (“It is the blood that maketh atonement by reason of the soul” - Leviticus, the 3rd Book of Moses, ch. 17: 11). If he thinks that his own meritorious acts or the acts of other Israelites can justify him in the sight of God, how can he find an unblemished life, as the Law demands?

 

 

4. A Jew should be able to explain the words of Jacob in Genesis 49: 10. “The sceptre shall not depart from Judah, nor a law-giver from between his feet, until Shiloh come; and unto him shall the gathering of the peoples be  Has not the sceptre passed from Judah? Where is Shiloh? Since it is 2,000 years since a law-giver departed from Judah, what Scriptural ground has any Jew for expecting another Messiah?

 

 

5. A Jew should be able to explain why the Jews were driven from their promised land 2,000 years ago.  All through the Law and the Prophets it is repeatedly said, if they were driven out, that it would be because of sin. See Deut. Chap. 4., Chap. 28: 30; Jer. 11. and most of the book.  Daniel’s prayer repeats very clearly why the Jews were carried off to Babylon and why they were restored.  The Babylonian captivity was only seventy years long.  Must not something very serious have happened about 2,000 years ago, that the Jews have been dispersed so long?

 

 

6. How can there ever again be the necessary historical setting for the Messiah to fulfil all the O.T. predictions? E.g. - The form of capital punishment necessary to fulfil Psalm 22: 16, “They pierced my hands and feet is obsolete.

 

 

7. In Zechariah 12: 10 in the account of the final siege of Jerusalem and its deliverance from its enemies, we read, “And they shall look unto me whom they have pierced; and they shall mourn for Him as one mourneth for His only son, and shall be in bitterness for Him, as one that is in bitterness for His first-born How could this ever be fulfilled unless the Jews had previously rejected their Messiah?  If they have not rejected Him, who will deliver them “in that day  Since the Jews killed most of the Prophets whom God sent to them, is it not possible that they also ignorantly might have killed the Messiah?

 

 

8. A Jew should be able to explain Psalm 110. Jesus said:-

 

 

How say the scribes that Christ is the son of David?  For David himself said by the Holy Spirit, “The Lord said to my Lord, ‘Sit thou on my right hand, till I make thine enemies thy footstool  David, therefore, himself calleth him Lord; and whence is he then his son (Mark 12: 35-37).

 

 

9. A Jew should be able to explain how any Jew, who spends his time in the pursuit of money and pleasure, can have any hope of salvation when the Law says, “Thou shalt love the Lord, thy God, with all thy heart and with all thy soul and with all thy might” (Deut. 6: 5). Making money one’s God is daily breaking the first two Commandments.

 

 

10. A Jew should be able to explain how Isaiah 53, which describes a perfectly holy and unblemished person can possibly refer to a nation which confesses its extreme guilt in its own ritual every day of Atonement and in its sacred writings.

 

 

11. A Jew should be able to explain why the Rabbis, in translating the Law and the Prophets into English, did not translate such a prophecy about the Messiah as Isaiah 60: 5.  Why did they, as their own advertisements said, avoid anything to appear in the translation contrary to the canons of the synagogue?  Is the synagogue greater than the Prophets?

 

 

12. A Jew should be able to explain how by any mere accident so many prophecies in the Law and the Prophets and the Psalms were fulfilled by Jesus of Nazareth.

 

 

--------

 

 

HOPE

 

 

The Son of God has said:- “The hour is coming in which all that are in the tombs shall come forth; they that have done good, unto the resurrection of life; and” - [‘when the thousand years are finished’ (Rev. 20: 7, 13-15, R.V.)] - “they that have done ill, unto the resurrection of judgment” (John 5: 28).  Which destiny will be ours beyond the tomb? 

 

In the Middle Ages, when noblemen employed fools, or jesters, to amuse them, a certain man gave his valuable cane to his fool and told him that when he could find a greater fool he should bring it back to him.  In due time the nobleman came to die and said farewell to his jester.  “Where is your Lordship going?” asked the fool.  “I am going to another world,” was the reply.  “And when shall you return?” “Oh, I am never to return  “No” said the fool; “then has tour Lordship made any preparation for the journey  “Alas, I have not  “Then take back your cane,” said the man, “for never could there be folly so great as that  How many leave this world like Cesare Borgia who, dying, exclaimed:- “I have provided in the course of my life for everything except death; and now, alas! I am to die, although entirely unprepared”!  On the contrary, it is possible to cry, with Andrew Fuller:- “I have such a HOPE that with it I can plunge into eternity

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

227

 

GOD’S WARNING TO THE CHURCH

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

It is deeply significant of modern Evangelicalism that Dr. Eugene Stock, a typical Evangelical of the last generation, wished these words omitted from the Venite in the New Prayer Book:- “I was displeased with this generation, and said, They do alway err in their heart: they did not know my ways as I sware in my wrath, they shall not enter into my rest” (Heb. 3: 10).  But the Holy Spirit’s answer, through Paul, is complete and final.  So far from these drastic words applying only to Israel, they are addressed to the Church because they were addressed to Israel.  “With most of them God was not well pleased, for they were overthrown in the wilderness: now in these things” the overthrow of the pilgrim people - “THEY BECAME FIGURES OF US, to the intent that we should not lust after evil things: for “these things” - the pestilence and serpents in the Wilderness - “happened unto them by way of example, and they were written for our admonition” - for our warning - “upon whom the ends of the ages are come” (1 Cor. 10: 5, 11).  As certain as are type and antitype - “figures of us” - so certainly are these sins and their punishment our liability.

 

 

THE WORD

 

 

Now in the mighty rebellion of Korah against Moses and Aaron, a rebellion in which Korah won a measure of sympathy from the whole people of God, one completely dominant fact, for us, is that Moses had nothing in his hand and heart but the Word of God.  In the words of the Apostle John, - “The law was given by Moses” (John 1: 17): he wrote the first five books of the Bible: like Paul in the later dispensation, he is an embodiment of the Word of God, and so stands for all those who, in every dispensation, seek to be ruled solely by the Scriptures.  “The Apostle and High Priest of our confession, even Jesus we read, “was faithful to him that appointed him, as also was Moses in all his house” (Heb. 3: 1).

 

 

OUR STANDING

 

 

Now we face in Korah exactly what we confront to-day.  Korah’s whole emphasis, in opposing Moses, is lodged foursquare on the divine standing of the People of God.  “They assembled themselves together against Moses and against Aaron, and said unto them, Ye take too much upon you, seeing all the congregation are holy, EVERY ONE OF THEM, and the Lord is among them” (Num. 16: 3).  The statement was absolutely true; and it is remarkably reaffirmed by Paul, both of the type and the anti-type, both of them and of us.  “Our fathers were all under the cloud, and all passed through the sea; and were all baptized unto Moses, and did all eat the same spiritual meat, and did all drink the same spiritual drink: for they drank of a spiritual rock that followed them, and the rock was Christ” (1 Cor. 10: 1).  As “our fathers”, so ourselves: the Church of Christ is the regenerate in their totality; it consists, of all the regenerate, and only the regenerate.  So the whole drama, in type and anti-type, in all its possibilities and consequences, is confined to the People of God; a fact singularly stressed by the author of the Epistle to the Hebrews:- “For who, when they heard, did provoke - Egyptians, the emblem of the world? - “nay, did not all they that came out of Egypt* by Moses?  And with whom was he displeased forty years? was it not with them that sinned, whose carcases fell in the wilderness? And to whom sware he that they should not enter into his rest, but to them that were disobedient? LET US FEAR, THEREFORE” (Heb. 3: 1: 6).  Of both peoples it is said:- “Ye shall be to me a kingdom of priests and an holy nation” (Exod. 19: 6).  Korah, in effect, said:- We rest on the perfection of our standing; we will listen to no warnings; we will brook no threats.

 

 

OUR WALK

 

 

The enormous omission of the divine supplementary truth - namely, the structure which we build on our flawless foundation, the consequences of the walk as distinct from the standing - Dathan and Abiram now bring into sharp relief.  “Is it a small thing that thou hast brought us up out of a land flowing with milk and honey, to kill us in the wilderness?  Thou hast not brought us into a land flowing with milk and honey: wilt thou put out the eyes of these men - do you think you can blind us all?  Never once do Korah, Dathan and Abiram name God, or the Word of God.  They assume that the divine election and standing that saved them by the Passover Blood in Egypt, baptized them in the Red Sea, and gave them living water from the smitten Rock of Christ, covers every kind of sin in the walk; and ensures every possible reward for the redeemed life.  Had Israel walked in consonance [i.e., in ‘a state of agreement’] with its divine calling, in something like three months, not forty years, it would have been in the Promised Land: on the contrary, such was their worldliness that only the direct intervention of God saved the ‘overcomers’, Caleb and Joshua, from murder at their hands (Num. 14: 10).

 

 

THE APPEAL TO GOD

 

 

Now Moses reveals the right attitude of the holder of the Word of God, who stands for its whole truth.  It is a direct appeal to God Himself.  “And Moses said unto Korah, Be thou and all thy congregation before the Lord, to-morrow” - for us, the judgment seat of Christ, our to-morrow; “and Korah assembled all the congregation against them; and the glory of the Lord appeared unto all the congregation” - the invariable proof of the immediate presence of Deity.  So Moses stakes all upon the decision of God alone.  “If these men die the common death of all men” - and so do not incur any penal judgment whatever - “then the Lord hath not sent me.”  If, he says, the judgment of which I have warned you does not fall, I am proved wrong: the event itself shall decide.  So Paul says of us:- “Each [believer’s] work shall be made manifest; for the day shall declare it, because” - like Korah’s “it is revealed in fire” (1 Cor. 3: 13).

 

 

INTERCESSION

 

 

Moses and Aaron, at this juncture, give us an exquisite model. “And the Lord spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying, Separate yourselves from among this congregation, that I may consume them in a moment.  And they fell upon their faces” - throughout the narrative Moses fell three times, upon his face before God - “and said, O God, shall one man sin, and wilt thou be wroth with all the congregation - Not only does Moses begin, continue, and end his conflict with Korah with prayer: he intercedes for others whom Korah has involved in fearful peril.  There is one ominous silence.  Moses does not pray for the rebellious group.  It is a most remarkable forecast of the words of John:- “If any [believer] see his brother sinning a sin not unto death, he shall ask, and God will give him life for them that sin not unto death.  There is a sin unto death: not concerning this do I say that he should make request” (1 John 5: 16). One of the most wonderful answers to prayer immediately follows.  On the one condition that they separated themselves from Korah and his company, Jehovah spares the entire people, at the cry of the very men against whom the congregation had rebelled.  Two men save two millions.

 

 

JUDGMENT

 

 

Two miraculous disasters now announce the judgment of God.  Moses had hardly finished speaking, announcing judgment, when “the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed them up; and all Israel fled at the cry of them”.  Death and burial were included in the same act: no one was made unclean by touching them or their belongings, living or dead.  The second judgment was an even more critically apt decision.  Moses had said:- “Take ye every man his censer” - they were not Levites, and therefore had no right whatever to a censer: Moses simply says, Put the matter to the test before God - “and put incense upon them, and bring ye before the Lord every man his censer, two hundred and fifty censers  To the sacred fire thus wrongly brought Jehovah responds with fire.  “And fire came forth from the Lord, and devoured the two hundred and fifty men that offered incense

 

 

OUR DANGER

 

 

Paul’s application stands for all time, for all who have ears to hear.  “Neither murmur ye, as some of them murmured and perished by the destroyer: now these things happened unto them” - public death- “by way of example” (1 Cor. 10: 11); and are written for our admonition: wherefore let him that thinketh he standeth take heed lest he fall” (1 Cor. 10: 10).  He who presumes on his standing is certain to fall in his walk.  And most significantly, in the chapter immediately following, Paul says:- “For this cause” - misuse of the Lord’s Supper - “many among you are weak and sickly, and NOT A FEW SLEEP”; and he carefully confines this particular capital punishment - silently inflicted by the hand of God Himself - to the regenerate:- “When we are judged, we are chastened of the Lord, that we may not be condemned with the world” (1 Cor. 11: 32).  So elsewhere also the Apostle makes the consequent warning of God as explicit as it could be made, by the direct application of the type:- “Toward them that fell severity; but toward thee God’s goodness, if thou continue in his goodness: OTHERWISE THOU ALSO SHALT BE CUT OFF”* (Rom. 11: 22).

 

[* That is, regenerate believers - for like behaviour- will be ‘cut off’ from the land of the living by a premature DEATH: but, more importantly, we can also be ‘cut off’ from the “reward of the inheritance” (Col. 3: 24, A.V.), by God’s future judgment before the time of the “first resurrection”! (See Heb. 9: 27; Rev. 20: 5). Compare with Heb. 12: 17; Gal. 5: 7-10; Matt. 7: 21; Gal. 5: 7-10; 2 Tim. 2: 18; Eph. 5: 5; Gal. 5: 21; Rev. 3; 10, 19-22, R.V.: - These divine warnings are addressed to all regenerate believers!]

 

 

THE JUDGE

 

 

So now, though gathered before the Heavenly Zion, and to no quaking earthly Mount, we are warned that we approach a burning universe, consumed by the fire that consumed the murmurers of Israel:- “wherefore let us offer service with reverence and awe; FOR OUR GOD IS A CONSUMING FIRE” (Heb. 12: 28).  At the First Advent, a Saviour stood on the threshold; at the Second Advent, it is a judge who stands on the threshold; and in a tremendous utterance the Apostle James (5: 9) uses words exactly fitting to-day:- “Murmur not brethren, one against another, that ye be not judged BEHOLD, THE JUDGE STANDETH BEFORE THE DOORS

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

228

 

THE MODEL PRAYER

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, M.A.

 

 

 

In response to the appeal, “Lord, teach us to pray”, the Saviour gives the model prayer for all time. “When it has     been prayed intelligently  Dr. Campbell Morgan says, “we have swept the whole realm of prayer  Our Lord makes it       clear that it is not a set liturgy.  He does not say, In these words pray ye; but, “After this manner pray ye”: that is, it is a pattern for all prayer, not a stereotyped petition to be constantly repeated: there is no record in Scripture that it was ever used by the Apostolic Church. And its model nature is shown by its division. Seven - three, the Deity, plus four, the world - that is, God in contact with man; the number therefore stamped on all Scripture, stamps this prayer also: the first three petitions relate to God alone, and the last four solely to our human needs; the seven, together, of perfect contact between God and man in prayer.

 

 

The prayer’s first words are an open door into the heart of God:- “Our Father, which art in heaven  In the words of Archbishop Trench:- “We must not conceive of prayer as an overcoming of God’s reluctance, but as a laying hold of His highest willingness.”  It is all the regenerate on earth approaching, not the awful Creator of the universe before Whom we are as dust, but our Father in heaven: our appeal tells of love, tender care, deep concern on the one side; and of confiding affection, complete trust, and unhesitating approach on the other. And the marvel of this Fatherhood is in the words - “Our Father in heaven”: it is a Fatherhood comprehending all knowledge, all power, all wonder, all eternity.  And it is ‘Our Father’, not, My Father: it is a brief prayer in which every petition is offered by the whole Church: just as, on one occasion some years ago, nine men prayed in fifteen minutes in eight different languages.

 

 

Now the prayer, as petition, opens; and its opening is worship:- “Hallowed be thy name  We do not pray, Hallow thy name, for it is already absolutely holy; but, “Hallowed be thy name” - let it be sacred on every lip of angels and of men.  Our first deep, strong note in prayer is to be the glory of God: our first petition, prompted by what we already know of God, is that God will not rest till all Heaven is filled with His love, and all the universe knows how spotless, how everlasting, how awful is the holiness of God.  It is the Church’s echo on earth of the cry that envelopes the Throne:- “Holy, holy, holy, Lord God Almighty, which was and which is and which is to come” (Rev. 4: 8).

 

 

The first petition thus concerns the glory of God; the second petition concerns the dominion of God, and covers all prophecy:- “Thy kingdom come”.  It is the only prayer (so far as we know) that God ever commanded Christ to pray:- “Ask of me, and I will give thee the uttermost parts of the earth for thy possession” (Ps. 2: 8).  At this very moment we are probably entering the greatest war of all history, in which the whole world may yet be involved: never was there a moment more urgent for prayer invoking Christ’s universal dominion.  The fundamental denial of Scripture eschatology in the Churches requires what is, as a fact, almost universal - the change of ‘the coming’ of the Kingdom into ‘the extension’ of the Kingdom: but the Kingdom has not come.  It is very beautiful to observe that we do not pray for the Church to be taken to the Kingdom, but for the Kingdom to be brought to the world: it is not love of the world, but love for the world, that is to make us to pray the Bible’s last prayer, - “Even so come, Lord Jesus” (Rev. 22: 20).

 

 

The third petition is missionary:- “Thy will be done on earth, as it is done in heaven The first petition seeks the glory of the Father; the second, the glory of the Son; the third absorbs us in the present work of the Holy Ghost.  For what is the will of God which can now be done?  “God willeth that all men should be saved, and come to the knowledge of the truth” (1 Tim. 2: 4).  So here we cover, in one brief sentence, the Holy Spirit’s work throughout the world.  And what a prayer of how God’s will should be done at this moment!  A Sunday school teacher once asked his class - “How is the will of God done in heaven?  The first child replied, “Immediately”; the second, “Diligently”; the third, “Always”; the fourth, “With all their hearts”; and the fifth, “All together  So we pray that God’s will may be done, here and now, as the burning Seraphs do it - without ceasing, without doubting, without delaying, without sinning.

 

 

We now reach the human petitions; and the first is for bodily need:- “Give us this day our daily bread  We are so slow to realize the source of all our supplies.  A minister in Edinburgh asked a children’s class:- “Who gave you your bread  Almost every voice answered, - “My mother  “But who gave it to your mother  “The baker  “And who gave it to the baker  “The miller.” “And who gave it to the miller?” “The farmer.” “And who gave it to the farmer?” “The ground  “Not,” says the minister, “until I had asked, ‘And who gave it to the ground?’ did I get the answer, - ‘God’  It is startling that not only must we ask for support, and not assume it, but must ask daily - “Give us this day our daily bread  Ponder what we are to ask.  We do not ask for property, or fortune, or wealth; nor even for to-morrow’s loaf: ‘bread’ in Scripture simply expresses the necessaries of life (Gen. 49: 20), and these - no more - we beg of our heavenly Father day by day.

 

 

The second human petition - the only one that is dependent on a condition, and the only one which our Lord explains and enforces - is most gravely challenging.  “Forgive us our debts, as we forgive” - as we have forgiven, in the Revised Version - “them that trespass against us”; or, still more emphatic in Luke (11: 4), “for we ourselves also forgive every one that is indebted to us  Our pre-conversion sins were forgiven on the ground of Calvary alone, with no condition as to our attitude to others; known sin after conversion, confessed and abandoned, is instantly forgiven (1 John 1: 9); but our remaining sins, either unknown or unabandoned - and the Lord assumes sin in us all: the saint must confess sin as well as the sinner - actually depend for pardon on our forgiveness of others.  Ours is to be what was the master-prayer of Calvary:- “Father, forgive them  Our Lord stresses this petition alone.  “For if ye forgive not men their trespasses, neither will your Father forgive your trespasses.”  No statement could make it more fatally certain that there are unforgiven sins of believers which will appear, for punishment and not pardon, at the judgment Seat of Christ. Such sins, Jesus says, God does not forgive: therefore, such sins He can only punish.  How unutterably blessed that we can be forgiven by forgiving!

 

 

The third human petition strikes the keynote of wise and profound humility.  “Lead us not into temptation” - testing, proving, sifting; trial in order to the discovery of character, which may be done by friend or foe. Satan - as job experienced - has no power to tempt except such as God allows him; but the deeper is our knowledge of our own hearts, the more passionate will be this prayer.  We plead against any severe trial of our fidelity: we do not covet martyrdom, lest we fail in the moment of crisis: we pray to escape the hour which is to come upon the whole world, to “try” - to test, to prove - “them that dwell upon the earth” (Rev. 3: 10).

 

 

Our final petition is for sanctification.  “But” - if testing, does occur - “deliver us from evil”.  This covers all forms of evil: physical pain, persecution, peril; but supremely spiritual evil - evil thoughts, evil ambitions, evil suspicions: all summed up in the Evil One.  “Deliver us from evil - from all the wretched fascination and all the miserable results of sin, from its blindness and insensibility, from its unspirituality and rebellion, from its hardness and its punishment, from all that dishonours God and ruins the soul, from its guilt, its power, its shame, and its doom” (H. R. Reynolds, D.D.).

 

 

The power of prayer Dr. Samuel Chadwick has well summed up:- “Satan dreads nothing but prayer - the Church that lost its Christ was full of good works.  Activities are multiplied that meditation may be ousted, and organizations are increased that prayer may have no chance.  Souls may be lost in good works, as surely as in evil ways.  The one concern of the devil is to keep the saints from praying.  He fears nothing from prayerless studies, prayerless work, prayerless religion.  He laughs at our toil, mocks at our wisdom, but trembles when we pray

 

 

-------

 

 

PRAYER FOR ENGLAND

 

 

One warm stimulus to prayer for the beloved land of our sojourn is the British Government’s statement. (May 18th, 1940) on reprisals:- “His Majesty’s Government have made it clear that it is no part of their policy to bomb non-military objectives, no matter what the policy of the German Government may be.  In spite of wanton and repeated attacks by the German Air Force on undefended towns in Poland, Norway, France, Holland and Belgium, his Majesty’s Government steadfastly adhere to this policy.”  Moreover we can plead with God for what is at stake.  Just forty years ago The Times said:- “The money contributed in one year for missionary work in the British Isles is twelve times the contributions of all the other nations of the earth put together”; and at this moment missionary work is practically dead in Russia, Germany, France, Spain, Norway, Holland, Poland, Belgium, and Denmark.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

229

 

A MORNING STAR OF THE KINGDOM

 

 

By D.M. PANTON

 

 

 

The words ‘Joshua’ and ‘Jesus’ are the same name, only spelt differently; and Joshua is the morning star of the kingdom of God’s earthly People, as our Lord is the Morning Star (Rev. 22: 16) of the Kingdom of God’s heavenly People.  As we are probably within sight of our Jordan, and the passage into the Kingdom may be at any moment, we do well to swing our searchlight on to this morning star; and the priceless revelation in Joshua’s drama are God’s instructions which, obeyed, make a morning star.

 

 

The counsel of Jehovah how to become a Joshua opens with fearless courage.  God says:- “Only” - as the supreme quality you will require - “be STRONG and VERY COURAGEOUS” (Josh. 1: 7): alert, prompt, aggressive, fearless: six times the Most High repeats it, so vital is courage.  The ‘fear not’s’ of the Bible must be beyond counting.  Fear exaggerates difficulties, murmurs at suffering, shrinks from reproach, neglects duties, and doubts God.  “For God gave us not a spirit of fearfulness; but of power and love and discipline” (2 Tim. 1: 7).  Thus God’s first instruction for the Kingdom is exactly parallel with one of our Lord’s most extraordinary utterances:- “The kingdom of heaven suffereth violence, and men of violence take it by force” (Matt. 11: 12).  The life of the soul that is faithful to its Lord will be one succession of storms in a hostile world, demanding a vital courage and strength.  But the reward is the Kingdom.  “Cast not away therefore your boldness, which hath GREAT RECOMPENSE OF REWARD” (Heb. 10: 35).

 

 

The courage so stressed is a courage carefully held to a single channel.  Courage for what?  “Only be strong and very courageous, to observe to do according to all the law  Napoleon said that the forces which influence the spirits of men in battle decide for victory or defeat far more powerfully than anything which affects their material strength; and it is a discovered fact that the percentage of hits in shooting falls steadily with a sense of defeat, and always rises with the assurance of victory.  Joshua lived the command.  When the whole commission sent to Palestine - except himself and Caleb - trembled before the Canaanites, those symbols of the Demon Powers that oppose our entrance on the Kingdom, as grasshoppers before giants, Joshua and Caleb cried,- “We are well able to overcome”; the standard set for the Kingdom is no impossible standard - we can all be overcomers: and they faced an angry mass of men when only Divine lightnings saved them from being stoned by the people of God (Num. 1: 10).  In the words of Spurgeon:- “If indeed ye are soldiers of such a Captain, throw fear to the winds. Can you be cowards when the Lord of Hosts leads you?  Dare you tremble when at your head is the Wonderful, the Counsellor, the Mighty God, the Everlasting Father, the Prince of Peace?  The trumpet is already at the lips of the Archangel: who will not play the man

 

 

The second supreme quality on which Jehovah lays all the emphasis for the creation of a morning star is absorption of the Word of God.  “This book shall not depart oat of thy mouth” - our whole teaching, all our mouth’s utterance, is to be an enforcement of Scripture; “but thou shalt meditate therein day and night” - heart-concentration, unceasing, on the Word of God - “that” - not that we may be a clever student, but - “thou mayest observe TO DO according to all that is written therein”- for not knowledge, but obedience, is the very soul of the gift of God’s Book.  We are to soak ourselves in the Word of God, in order to reproduce the whole of it in our life.  In one of the Galleries on the Continent there is a famous picture by Raphael.  Groups of the world’s painters sit for hours before it.  They study its draughtsmanship they absorb its colouring; they revel in its transparency; they rejoice in its lights and glooms.  “I could sit daily for years before that picture said one of them, “and on the last day of the last year discover new beauties  The Book we study is not only inexhaustible, but reproduces itself in all who ‘meditate therein day and night  For such is the whole soul of its inspiration.  “Meditate therein day and night, that thou mayest observe to do according to all that is written therein

 

 

Thus we see that the entire emphasis of the Most High on the creation of a morning star rests on a courage which obeys the whole Book.  “Turn not from it to the right hand or to the left”: the metaphor is taken from a road skirted on both sides with precipices; grip the plow, and drive the furrow straight and hard, “for no man, having put his hand to the plow, and looking back, is fit for the kingdom of God” (Luke 9: 62).  So the consequence is now stated.  “That that thou mayest have good success whithersoever thou goest”; and the Most High repeats it, - “FOR THEN shalt thou make thy way prosperous, and then shalt thou have GOOD SUCCESS  It is extraordinary to find the word ‘success’ on the lips of God; and He knows no success but in obedience to His word.  In the spiritual sphere, as in the physical, faith embodied in action is certain victory.  As Marshal Foch said in the last War:- “I never had any doubt, not for a day or an hour; in war, he who doubts is lost  The tragedy of Israel is the tragedy of the Church.  One of the greatest tragedies of life - and a total destruction of a Joshua - is the discovery how inexhaustible are the resources of the human heart in finding reasons for not accepting, and not obeying, the Word of God: the moment the Book taxes our pocket, our reputation, our prejudices, our safety, those Scriptures vanish as if by magic, and excellent reasons are discovered why they should not be obeyed.  That is the total eclipse of a morning star.

 

 

But once more we see the making of a morning star.  It shines steadily with the light of an unrisen sun, for it walks in the fellowship of God.  This is the overwhelming, final counsel that Jehovah gives for the creation of a Joshua.  “Be not affrighted, neither be thou dismayed; for the Lord thy God is with thee whithersoever thou goest”  Our Lord, though invisible, actually stood in the dock beside Paul in chains, as he preached the Gospel to the Antichrist, Nero; when the need is supreme, so will be the Divine presence.  It is happening to-day.  Dr. James Reid has just said:- “A friend wrote to me the other day after three or four weeks spent in a nursing-home in bombed London. ‘I found the experience not shattering but strengthening.  Every night one knew that it was possible one might not see another morning.  But with death so near, all the small fears seemed to disappear, and one gained an inner strength to meet the night.  Now I find myself more vitally alive, I think, than ever before.  It is amazing how God gives one strength when the time comes, and death seems now just an entrance into life.  Yet every day on earth seems of greater value.  All the suffering and misery seems to make the glory of Christ brighter’  A Spanish Protestant (says Evangelical Christendom), after many years of splendid testimony, has just died of starvation in prison; and a friend, who saw him a few hours before his death, says that his face was literally shining with joy.  Luther sums it up:- “The Lord reigns; I see Him there as if I could touch Him

 

 

So we see the reward.  A sole survivor (with Caleb) of all the Hebrews that had crossed the Red Sea, he leads his generation into the Sabbath-rest; and the passage of the Red Sea happened at the very moment of the reaping of Firstfruits.  For Israel crossed on the tenth of the first month, Nisan (Josh. 4: 19) - the general date of Harvest; but “the corn ripens three weeks earlier in the plain of Jericho than on the mountains of Hebron and Carmel” (Keil). So it is the moment of Joshua's glory.  “This day will I begin to MAGNIFY thee in the sight of all Israel  Joshua, by his wisdom in obeying God in everything, led others into the Kingdom; and so experiences the truth to be uttered later by Daniel (12: 3), - “They that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament, and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever

 

 

Thus to-day we ourselves are confronted with Joshua’s own rousing words:- “Sanctify yourselves for to-morrow the Lord will DO WONDERS among you: “hereby ye shall see that A LIVING GOD is amongst you So Joshua’s own postscript to his life reinforces his command of sanctity.  He spoke for a last time in Canaan: his word comes as a wireless message from the Better Land; and it is pregnant with meaning that, after one hundred and ten years’ experience of the People of God, and after his own successful entry into the Kingdom, Joshua’s final word to God’s People is a warning like a trumpet-blast.  “CHOOSE YE THIS DAY WHOM YE WILL SERVE” (Josh. 24: 15): for “if ye forsake the Lord, then he will turn and do you evil, after that he hath done you good” (ver. 20).  Joshua, like our Lord, makes no disguise of the hardships of God’s service, the dangers to which we must pledge ourselves, the costly heroism, the immense horizons; but the warning has one goal, like Paul’s, - “To present you holy and without blemish and unreprovable before him, IF SO BE that ye continue in the faith grounded and settled, and not moved away from the hope of the gospel” (Col. 1: 23).

 

 

-------

 

 

SANCTIFICATION FOR GLORY

 

By CHAS. S. UTTING

 

The Apostle prays for his converts:- “The God of peace himself sanctify you wholly, and may your spirit and soul and body be preserved entire, without blame, at the Presence (in the air) of our Lord Jesus Christ (1 Thess. 5: 23).  This is progressive sanctification, a life-long process and growth, and in those cases where it is accomplished will win its possessors a share in the First Resurrection and the reigning with Christ in His Millennial Kingdom.  “IF we endure we shall reign with Him” (2 Tim. 2: 12).

 

He is “able to guard us from stumbling and to set us before the presence of His glory without blemish in exceeding joy (Jude 24); and will also do it provided we are trusting and obeying, and feed continuously upon the Holy Scriptures, praying without ceasing.  As Bonar says, - “Nothing but constant intercourse will carry on the soul”; or Rutherford, “Many want a cheap Christ, but the price will not come down  Few pay the price, and few will win the crowns and reign with Christ.

 

 

The teaching held by many and taught for nigh a century that if one be a child of God, a member of the Body, sin, worldliness, pleasure, and money-making, etc., will only entail “loss”, and that all Christians without exception will be “caught up” at the same moment when the Lord arrives in the air, has wrought immeasurable mischief, and violates as well as misapplies those Scriptures the Lord has mercifully given for the believers’ guidance, counsel, and warning.  Let us remember that the proof of our faith is more precious than gold, and shall be found unto praise and glory and honour at the revelation of Jesus Christ. (1 Pet. 1: 7).  We must be acquiescent to His will, and then be quiescent in His will.

 

 

*       *       *       *        *       *       *

 

 

230

 

WHY DOES GOD ALLOW THE WAR?

 

 

By DOROTHY MATTHEWS

 

 

 

This and similar questions are being frequently asked today, and many of God’s children do not know how to answer them, and so are weakened in faith, and lose valuable opportunities of witnessing to God’s love and righteousness.

 

 

From the Word of God, history, and experience we know that all suffering, wrath, cruelty, war, etc., are contrary to the nature of God, and to His purpose for mankind:- “I know the thoughts which I think toward you, saith the Lord, thoughts of peace and not of evil, to give you hope in your latter end  It was a message of peace to earth which the angels proclaimed at the birth of the Lord Jesus.  It was in order that there might be peace between God and man, as well as peace between all men, that the Lord Jesus was crucified - “peace through the Blood of His Cross

 

Jer. 29: 11; Isa. 26: 12; Eph. 2: 14-17; Zech. 9: 10; Luke 2: 14; Col. 1: 20; 3: 15;

Rom. 12: 18; 2 Cor. 3: 11; 2 Thess. 3: 16; 1 Tim. 2: 2, 3.

 

 

HOW THEN HAS WAR COME?

 

 

(1) It has come through sin - sin at first affecting our relationship with God.  His indictment against mankind to-day is the same as of old.  “Ye have forgotten Me days without number  Dr. Campbell Morgan says that the Hebrew word translated “forget” does not mean that they intellectually forgot God, but that they put Him out of calculation, they mislaid Him.  Has this not been increasingly the sin of so-called Christian nations?  Ever since war with Germany seemed imminent, have we and these other nations humbled ourselves before God, acknowledging our sins, and our complete dependence on His wisdom and His might to guide and defend us?  Has not the thought, even though unexpressed in word, been - “We will not have this Man to reign over us”?  Satan, disguised as “an angel of light”, has first insidiously, then openly, denied God’s Word and its authority for life and conduct, until he has succeeded in undermining faith in the Bible and God, and in very many places “forbidding the preaching of the Gospel”; he has inflated men with his own pride, that through the natural gifts of wisdom, knowledge and science man has not known God

 

Isa. 53: 6; Jer. 2: 13, 32; Luke 19: 14; 2 Chron. 36: 15-16; Jer. 16: 10-11; Zech. 1: 11-13;

Gen. 3: 4; 2 Tim. 4: 3; 1 Thess. 2: 16; Isa. 14: 13-14, cf. 1 Cor. 1: 20, 21.

 

 

(2) Satan, sooner or later reveals his other characteristics - he is a liar, thief, deceiver, murderer; and into those who yield to him as an angel of light, he often imparts his own covetousness, lust for power, treachery, hate, murder.

 

Jas. 4: 1-4; Eph. 2: 2; Rom. 6: 16; John 8: 34-44; 2 Thess. 2: 9-11.

 

 

Whether it is an individual, a family, or a nation which ignores God’s love and laws, and rebels against His government, the result is inevitably the same; viz., that the God of all love, in order such an one may see and realize that they are the bondslaves (i.e. the property) of sin and Satan, withdraws Himself and His restraining grace, and leaves the sin - the rebellion against Himself, the unbelief in His love - to work out its own chastisement on the individual or nation.  Hos. 5: 15; 2 Chron. 15: 2.  Thus through man’s sin, in spite of all God’s love and desire to give to the world all that is good, and to protect it from all that is evil and harmful, war has come.

 

 

WHY DOES GOD NOT STOP THE WAR?

 

 

Firstly, because God has created man with a free will, with powers of determination and choice.  “Now without alternatives, choice could not function; we should be deprived of those rights of self-expression which are the very essence of God’s highest creation.  But this right and privilege has its corresponding responsibility.  One of these is that we must accept the consequences of our actions.  From the first God warned against the penalty of sin, a penalty which not only affects the individual sinner, but which involves every member of the human family, for our lives are so closely related, that what one man does inevitably affects his neighbour  Sin brings its own punishment.

 

Jer. 2: 19; Ps. 9: 16; Isa. 64: 7; Prov. 1: 32; 2 Sam. 7: 14; Isa. 10: 5, 6; Jer. 15: 6-7; 51: 20-24; Ezek.

38: 16-23; 39:1-7; 21: 24; Joel 3: 1-2, 7-9; Zech. 12: 1-4; 14: 1-3; Rev. 6: 1-8; 16: 12-16.

 

 

Secondly. God permits war and suffering in order to convict and convert the godless and backsliders.  God intends that His judgments shall be remedial and not destructive - that sinners and backsliders should be made to realize that sin always brings suffering, and that unless absolutely forsaken leads to final condemnation and Hell.  Awful as are these temporary sufferings of war, yet how infinitely more terrible is eternal condemnation! Paul delivered the Corinthian “to Satan for the destruction of the flesh that the spirit might be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus”, and evidently by 2 Cor. 2. this judgment on his sin had a convicting and converting effect as, centuries before, the preaching of coming judgment had upon Nineveh and her King (Jonah 3.)

 

Hos. 15: 1-9; Jonah 3: 4-10; Ps. 81: 13-15; Isa. 40: 18;

Jer. 25: 4-6; Prov. 23: 13-14; 1 Cor. 5: 5; 1 Tim. 1: 20.

 

 

BUT WHY SEOULD THF GODLY SUFFER?

 

 

War brings suffering upon the saint as well as upon the sinner - upon the faithful disciple of the Lord Jesus equally as upon the rebel.  Why?

 

 

(a) Surely it is obvious that until God brings to an end this age when His Holy Spirit pleads with man to repent of his sin, and to accept Jesus Christ as Lord and Saviour ; until this method of God’s government is ended, and Satan and sin are no more - until then there must be the inevitable results of sin - disease, war, suffering - physical and mental-death.  We recognize that death is the result of Adam’s sin, and will continue until “the Kingdom of this world is become the Kingdom of our Lord and of His Christ and He shall reign for ever and ever

 

 

(b) But God does not promise His children exemption from suffering, but rather, because they “are strangers and pilgrims” in this world - (this “whole world which lieth in the wicked one”) - He declares that they will have particular sufferings; but that those sufferings will be used for the extension of His Kingdom, and for the glory of His disciples who suffer. (Col. 1: 24; 2 Tim. 3: 12.)

 

 

(c) As a means of demonstrating to the unseen hosts, as well as to man, the all-sufficiency of God’s indwelling Holy Spirit to triumph in the hour of temptation, whilst the life and actions of God’s servants proclaim God’s messages of love and judgment to the men who will not listen to the spoken word, or read the Scriptures for themselves.

 

Luke 21: 13; Job. 1: 8, 9; Ezek. 3: 7; 12: 6; 4: 1; 24: 16, 19; Acts 16: 9, 10.

 

 

Some say that it is not in their nature “to trust and not be afraid” - they are afraid of bombing, etc. and we know that God who delivered Peter from prison also permitted James to be slain by the sword.  What can we say then?  In the midst of bombing, etc., our God can protect from all harm, and can keep the hearts and minds of His children in peace, for they are “partakers of the Divine nature”, and “I can do all things in Him that strengtheneth me”.  We also know that it is as true for God’s children to-day as it was for the Lord Jesus whilst He was on earth, “No man took Him, for His hour was not yet come  So we are safe until our time to die is come.

 

 

MANKIND’S IMMEDIATE AND INDISPENSABLE DUTY

 

 

(1) Repentance towards God of sinners and backsliders.  Repentance is sorrow for sin itself, not merely for its penalties and consequences: a turning of the back upon all disobedience and neglect of duty - an absolute and final renunciation of all evil doing - a return to God.  Acts 2: 38; Jonah 3: 5-10.

 

 

(2) An earnest and persistent seeking of God by His children - a humbling before Him - a putting away of all that is contrary to Him; that faith’s and love’s capacity may be so increased that all may be quickened by the Holy Spirit to witness to the Lord Jesus - quickened to pray - pray the Lord’s prayer which meets all needs - pray that God will in these days fulfil Rev. 17: 17 and Acts 4: 26, 28, etc.; quickened by the Holy Spirit to discern and resist the Devil; quickened to praise and to watch daily for the coming of the Lord Jesus.

 

Jas. 4: 6-10; Eph. 6: 11-20; Ps. 80: 18; Luke 3: 21; 28, 36; Rev. 22: 20.

 

 

TO WHAT IS THIS WAR LLADING?

 

 

It is certainly leading up to the return of the Lord Jesus, first to fetch His own ready disciples, and then to come in His glory to reign on earth.  We do not know when this will take place, but “His coming is as certain as the dawn Then He will “destroy them that destroy the earth” and “them that do iniquity”, but also “those who obey not the Gospel of our Lord Jesus”.  But God’s children who are ready shall “go into the feast”, - where it is all light, life, and joy and perfect service, to “be for ever with the Lord”.  Hallelujah!  “And the Spirit and the Bride say Come: And he that will [is willing], let him take of the Water of life freely

 

 

Matt. 24: 33; Acts 1: 2; John 14: 3; Hag. 2: 7; Rev. 1: 7; Rev. 11: 18; Matt. 13: 41;

Rev. 19: 20; 2 Thess. 1: 8; Matt. 25: 10; Rev. 22: 3-5, 17.

 

 

DEATH FOR THE BELIEVER

 

 

Should it be God’s will that death should take His child from loved ones on earth as well as from earth’s sufferings - should that child fear and lament the possibility?  Surely not, for this would be “far better”.

 

 

Oh think! To step on shore, and that shore

[during His Kingdom, and]* Heaven!

*John 21: 4

To take hold of a hand, and that

God’s Hand!

 

To breathe a new air, and feel it

Celestial air!

 

To be invigorated, and know it

Immortality!

 

Oh think!  To pass from the storm and the tempest

To one unbroken calm!

 

To wake up, and be with Christ in Glory*!

* Hab. 2: 14; 1 Peter 1: 11, R.V.

 

[* NOTE: All the ‘souls’ of the dead, presently in “Sheol” / “Hades” (John 3: 13; Psa. 16: 10; Acts 2: 34, R.V.); will be judged by Christ before His return and “the first resurrection” (Acts 1: 11; Heb. 9: 27; Rev. 20: 5): and those “accounted worthy to obtain that world [‘age’ R.V.], and the resurrection from the dead,” will then, and only then, be immortal, and able to enter both the heavenly and the earthly spheres of Messiah’s millennial kingdom: for, says our Lord, “neither can they die any more…”: (Lk. 20: 35, A.V. & R.V.)!  See also Phil. 3: 11; 2 Tim. 2: 18; Rev. 6: 9-11. cf. Matt. 16: 18, 25, 26, and R. Govett’s book: ‘Hades’.]

 

 

-------

 

 

“As to the importance of the children of God opening their hearts to each other, especially when they are getting into a cold state, or are under the power of a certain sin, or are in especial difficulty; I know from my own experience how often the snare of the Devil has been broken when under the power of sin; how often the heart has been comforted when nigh to be overwhelmed; how often advice, under great perplexity, has been obtained - by opening my heart to a brother in whom I had confidence.  We are children of the same family, and ought therefore to be helpers one of another.” - GEORGE MULLER.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

231

 

THE MILLENNIUM

 

 

 

The impression is sometimes given, whether intentionally or not, that the Church immediately succeeding the Apostles did not believe in a coming literal Kingdom of Christ on earth, lasting for a thousand years; and therefore the admissions made by scholars who are utter disbelievers in the truth of the Millennium* are exceptionally valuable.

 

* ‘Millennium’ means ‘a thousand years’ - the thousand years of our Lord’s coming reign on earth. 

“They lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years” (Rev. 20: 4).

 

 

So Harnach says in the Encyclopaedia Britannica:- “All scholars must acknowledge that in former times millennarianism was associated - to all appearance inseparably associated - with the gospel itself.”

 

 

Singularly clear is the admission of Dr. C, A. Beckwith, writing the article on the Millennium in the Schaff-Herzog Encyclopaedia - a literal ‘millennium’ which he himself totally denies.  Dr. Beckwith says:- “In the first centuries millennial teaching formed a constant, though not an unquestioned, part of the Church’s doctrine, until a radical change in external circumstances and attitude forced it into a position of heresy.  It is found in the orthodox writers of the post-apostolic age, in the epistle of Barnabas (XV), and in fragments of Papias (in Irenaeus, Haer., V. xxxiii).  Echoes of it are to be found also in the first epistle of Clement (i. 3), in the Shepherd of Hermas (3) in the Didache (x., xvi.), in the epistle of Clement, the Apocalypse of Peter. Irenaeus (Haer, V., xxxii.), like Papias, founded his belief in it on the words of those who had been taught by the Apostles themselves.  With the Reformation began the second period of the history of millennialism.  The interest in Scripture and the belief that the Apocalypse contained in type the whole history of God’s kingdom on earth, caused men to seek in it the explanation of the signs of troubled times.”

 

 

Dr. Elliott, in his Horae Apocalypticae (vol. iii. p. 276) well sums up the literal acceptance of the prophecies in the Early Church:- “It is, I believe, the fact that for the first four centuries the days of Antichrist’s duration given in Daniel and the Apocalyptic prophecies were interpreted literally as days, not as years, by the fathers of the Christian Church.”  We give some examples of the Early Church on Antichrist and a consequent Advent and Kingdom.

 

 

1. “This is the unjust judge whom our Lord mentioned.  He shall remove his kingdom into Jerusalem, and shall sit in the Temple of God, leading astray those who worship him, as if he were Christ.  Three years and six months constitute the half week.”  IRENAEUS, born between A.D. 120 and 140.

 

 

2. “The Saviour appeared in the form of a man, and he too will come in the form of a man.  The Saviour raised up and showed His holy flesh like a temple, and he will raise a temple of stone in Jerusalem.” HIPPOLYTUS, martyred in 235 or 250.

 

 

3. “The image of the Beast is a golden statue of Antichrist which is to be erected in the Temple, and from which Satan is to utter oracles VICTORINUS, martyred in 303.

 

 

4. “He who reads this passage even half asleep cannot fail to see that the kingdom of Antichrist shall fiercely, though for a short time, assail the Church before the last judgment of God.” AUGUSTINE.

 

 

The immense emphasis of Divine inspiration on a physically returning Christ, involving and creating the Millennium, Hubert Brooke well expresses:- “Turn to the New Testament and notice the striking fact, that out of the twenty-seven books into which the New Testament is divided, only four are without some reference, statement, or allusion to the Second Coming of the Lord Jesus Christ; these four have only nine chapters between them - Galatians, Philemon, and the Second and Third Epistle of St. John.  Think, for a moment, of the fact that the Lord’s Supper is alluded to and explained in four books of the New Testament, and silence is kept about it in twenty-three; but the Lord’s Second Coming is emphasized in twenty-three books, and only four keep silence about it.  If, therefore, we were to observe the proportion of Scripture, we should be speaking six times as often of the Second Coming of the Lord Jesus Christ as about His blessed Ordinance.  Judge for yourselves whether that is the proportion which this subject generally receives in the thoughts, meditations and study of God’s people.”

 

 

So in the very first century Clement of Rome wrote:- “Wherefore, let us every hour expect the kingdom of God in love and righteousness, because we know not the day of God’s appearing.”

 

 

-------

 

 

WATCHFULNESS

 

 

All the Lord’s emphatic warnings in His many parables in Matthew 24 and 25, are exhortations to uninterrupted watchfulness.  He gave His disciples no reason to believe their readiness for the Rapture rested on any experience of salvation they may have had.  He made it pointed and plain that their readiness for the Rapture meant the winning of the prize.  All teaching, all preaching, all activity, religious, secular or otherwise that to-day ignores the Lord’s solemn warning to His own to “Watch and pray always that ye may be accounted worthy” dissipates watchfulness and makes for sloth and unreadiness.  Christ made ever-pressing the necessity of being ever-ready.  It is not without intent that He left the time of His Advent unknown in order to keep us in a constant state of instant readiness.  In the Lord’s parable of the virgins, the wise virgins were prepared for the announced visitation.  The foolish had neglected their duty.

 

 

We stand breathlessly on the eve of Christ’s return.  Every moment draws us nearer.  The darkness of earth’s midnight hour is overspreading.  The Coming of the Bridegroom is at hand.  The fig tree is budding.  The spirit of the Anti-Christ is abroad.  The terrible Tribulation is casting its ominous shadows.  An almost imperceptible spiritual movement is at work in the hearts of all true believers, separating the gold from the dross, the real from the unreal, the precious from the vile - sifting, separating, calling out those who will go al1 the way with Him.  It is felt like a solemn, sacred hush upon the soul, the overshadowing of the Presence drawing nigh.

 

 

The deeper the midnight hour, the more urgent the vigil: the fruit of the vigil is such as to make the loss of a thousand worlds as dust in the balance.  He is coming when we think not.  There will be no warning.  Does lightning give warning?  “As the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be” (Matt. 24: 27).  One quick, blinding, sudden flash and the watchful will be with the Lord.  The unwatchful disciple according to the Lord’s own warning will be left to the earth’s last judgments (Matt. 24: 45-51).  Christians, look up!  Be ready!  The Lord is at the doors!

 

                                                                                                                                   - SARAH FOULKES MOORE.

 

 

*       *       *       *        *       *       *

 

 

232

 

THE GOLDEN AGE

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

The Golden Age of the history of the world is a fulfilment of the dream of the first nations upon the earth:- “And the whole earth was of one language and of one speech.  And they said, Let us build us a city, and a tower whose top may reach unto heaven” (Gen. 11: 1).  It was a plan for a federated world which is once again gripping mankind under the title of ‘war aims’.  The nations are to be amalgamated, on some such model as the British Commonwealth or the United States of America; all commerce and industry are to be mutually adjusted; and a central metropolis will police the world.  And both plans for a federated world, though separated by five thousand years, have one common foundation: - without God.

 

 

ALL NATIONS

 

 

Now we turn to the federated world that God is about to create.  The first thing done in creating the Golden Age, as recorded by God Himself, is something that has never before occurred in the history of the world, and it is something done by man, not by God.  “The mountain of the Lord’s house shall be established in the top of the mountains, AND ALL NATIONS” - all the nations of the earth, mankind in the mass - “shall flow unto it” (Isa. 2: 2).  We now watch the tide of faith ebbing fast all over the world: in the dawn of the Golden Age, there will be the exact reverse - an on-rushing tide, in all lands, flooding mankind towards God.  “And many peoples shall go and say, Come ye, and let us go up to the Mountain of the Lord  So Zechariah (8: 22):- “Yea, many peoples and strong nations shall come to seek the Lord of hosts in Jerusalem: in those days it shall come to pass that ten men shall take hold, out of all the languages of the nations, shall even take hold of the skirt of him that is a Jew, saying, We will go with you, for we have heard that God is with you  Negroes from Africa, Chinese from the land of Sinim, Red Indians from Mexico, Europeans from Rome and Berlin and Paris and London:- “all nations shall flow unto it”.* The last act in this age is the mass-descent of all nations on Palestine to war on God, and it ends in Armageddon: the first act in the new age is the mass-descent of all nations on Palestine [Israel], to learn of God, and it ends in the golden age of earth’s history

 

* Our Lord’s reign over Israel, though subordinate, is as literal and as complete. “In that day, saith the Lord, will I assemble her that halteth” - that which limpeth - “and I will gather her that is driven away” - that which was thrust out - “and her that I have afflicted; and I will make her that halted” - that limps - “and her that was cast far off a strong nation: and the Lord shall reign over them in Mount Zion from henceforth even for ever” (Mic. 4: 6).  In the words of Dr. Pusey:- “Israel had never been ‘a strong nation’, as a kingdom of this world.  At its best estate, under David, it had subdued the petty nations around it, who were confederated to destroy it.  It had never competed with the powers of this world, East or West, although God had at times, marvellously saved it from being swallowed up by them.  Now it becomes a strong nation.”

 

 

THE RESOLVE

 

 

What moves this mass of humanity?  What is the dynamic purpose behind it? “Let us go up to the house of the God Jacob; and he will leach its of his ways, and we will walk in his paths  In this golden age that is coming men will study God’s ways, and not man’s; and they will study God’s ways, not as intellectual speculation, or an acquisition of science, but in order to obey; to form all conduct, all polities, all international relations on the divine pattern.  In the words of Spurgeon:- “Observe the figure.  It does not say they shall come to it, but they shall flow unto it. (1) It implies, first, their number. Now it is but the pouring out of water from a bucket; then it shall be as the rolling of the cataract from the hillside.  (2) It implies their spontaneity. They are to come willingly to Christ; not to be driven, not to be pumped up, not to be forced to it, but to be brought up by the word of the Lord, to pay Him willing homage.  The grace of God shall be given so mightily to the sons of men that no acts of parliament, no state churches, no armies will be used to make a forced conversion.”

 

 

DIVINE LAW

 

 

Now we see the enormous moral consequence of this world-migration to God. “For out of Zion shall go forth THE LAW” - instruction; the word (torah) is without the article - “and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem”.  It has been well put thus.  “This great event is the focus of all prophecy.  The Law of the Spirit, the instruction of God, (1) is a universal law, adapted to all men, in all circumstances, and in all times; for it is the announcing of eternal principles, accompanied with Divine power to enforce them. (2) Hence its pre-eminence over all laws: it absorbs and, expresses the truth of all other laws: all nations recognize it as something higher, deeper, more complete than anything they have ever known before. (3) It works obedience, for it works love, the real root of obedience, leading men to mutual respect, and to a care for each other’s good. When love is universal, discord of acts and words and purpose will cease” (W. R. Clarke, M.A.).

 

 

THE LAWGIVER

 

 

The next revelation is the Lawgiver Himself.  Hitler has said:- “There will be no peace until one man has made himself ruler over the whole earth”; and Lord Macaulay profoundly observed, - “The highest proof of virtue is to possess boundless power without abusing it  There is One Man only to whom such power can be entrusted.  “And he shall judge” - arbitrate - “between the nations, and shall reprove many peoples” - “strong nations afar off” (Mic. 4: 3).  All disputes between nations shall be decided by the application of international law, originated and applied by Christ Himself, instead of by the arbitrament of war; while nations no longer confront one another in the spirit of brute force, but in the spirit of the Kingdom of God - “which is righteousness, and peace, and joy in the Holy Ghost” (Rom. 14: 17).  Most remarkably, the great heathen philosopher, Plato, has summed it up:- “It is necessary that a Law-giver be sent from Heaven to instruct us.  O how greatly do I desire to see that man and who he is  Now at last all nations have found Him.

 

 

PEACE

 

 

To-day’s facts emphasize the consequence of international law administered by our Lord as it perhaps has never yet been emphasized.  “And they shall beat their swords into plowshares, and their spears into pruning hooks: nation shall not lift up sword against nation, neither shall they learn war any more  After the Franco-German War in 1870 many of the cannon-balls were made into church bells; but for how long?  To-day [i.e., during the Second World War] in Germany church bells have been confiscated for manufacturing munitions.  All the vast study, world-wide, to produce ever more powerful war-planes, war-bombs, war-tanks, is abolished for ever: “neither shall they LEARN WAR any more”.  At His first Advent our Lord brought not peace but a sword (Matt. 10: 34), for the nations have refused the Gospel of peace for [more than] nineteen centuries; but at His Second Advent He brings not a sword but peace, for He has purged earth’s wickedness in Armageddon and the Lake of Fire, and has now established the only League of Nations that can work and that can endure.

 

 

THE DAY OF TERROR

 

 

But Isaiah plants a black gulf between us and this radiant [Messianic] Kingdom.  “For there shall be a day of the Lord of hosts upon all that is proud and mighty, when He ariseth to shake mightily the earth  Destruction is foretold on man’s supreme works.  The navies of the world - the ships of Tarshish, or the British Fleet, is specially named (ver. 16) - will perish; the supreme works of art (ver. 16); the treasures of silver and gold (ver. 7); palaces, fortresses, idols:- “the Lord alone shall be exalted in that day”.  With a peculiar appeal to us to-day, the air-war of Jehovah - instead of incendiary bombs, lightnings, and instead of explosive bombs, hail-stones at least 56 pounds in weight each (Rev. 16: 21)* - will compel a resort to nature’s air-raid shelters, with which we are already painfully familiar.  “And men shall go into the caves of the rocks, and into the holes of the earth, from before the terror of the Lord” (ver. 19).

 

* A talent in Greece was about 56 pounds; a Jewish talent was 114 pounds troy.  Such stones, failing miles downward and in raging storms, would smash any building in the world.

 

 

CONCENTRATION ON GOD

 

 

Isaiah - perhaps the greatest of all the Prophets - sums up our consequent practical lesson:- “Cease ye from man, whose breath is in his nostrils; for wherein is he to be accounted of  We are to turn from man to God, from earth to heaven, from Antichrist to Christ.  Cease to trust in man’s power - so limited and collapsible, failing the world in its extremest need: cease to trust in man’s knowledge - his ‘facts’ are constantly proved to be not facts, and his theories go bankrupt: cease to trust in man’s character - those we have most trusted can most fail us: cease to trust in man’s example - his footsteps are always on slippery ice. We must ‘cease’ even from the Church - the regenerate man - when he departs from the Word of God. Seventeen years later Jehovah, through Micah, repeated this prophecy nearly word for word, to stamp it on the human mind and heart; yet so grave is the unwatchfulness for the King and His Kingdom that the chief commentators, without exception, change the perfectly simple and obvious language of a coming Kingdom into the triumphs of a Church converting the world.  Instead of the Church proclaiming the coming Kingdom as (what it is) the Prize of our Calling, the golden reward of the overcomer, any literal Kingdom at all is (by the Church as a whole) totally denied, or even derided.

 

 

ADVENT

 

 

So, therefore, we cease from man, and concentrate on God and we join in the clarion-call of the poet Milton:- “Come forth out of The royal chamber, O Prince of all the kings of the earth! Put on the visible robes of Thy imperial majesty; take up that unlimited sceptre which The Almighty Father hath bequeathed Thee; for now the voice of Thy Bride calls Thee, and all creatures sigh to be renewed

 

 

-------

 

 

THE KINGDOM

 

 

“Of this I am satisfied, that the next coming of Christ will be a coming, not final judgment, but a coming to usher in the Millennium.  I utterly despair of the universal prevalence of Christianity as the result of a missionary process.  I look for its conclusive establishment through a widening passage of desolations and judgments, with the demolition of our civil and ecclesiastical structures. ‘Overturn, Overturn, Overturn’ is the watchword of our coming Lord.” - THOMAS CHALMERS, D.D.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

233

 

SPIRITUAL PLANNING

FOR -THE NEW EUROPE

 

 

By A. G. TILNEY, B.A.

 

 

 

No illusions attend or await the student of Scripture prophecy.  World-catastrophe he expects to usher in the ultimate consummation of bliss; but as there is a likelihood of a lull before the impending storm, may we examine the probable character of Satan’s armistice and consider suggestions for using it to GOD’S glory and the blessing of men?  Thinkers atheist or agnostic are already planning again for another New Europe - a European League of Nations [now a ‘European Union’] without God and without Christ; but Christians too can plan, with God.  We can not only look ahead, but we can see ahead, thanks to the searchlight of the Word; and we can by the [indwelling Holy] Spirit be as well prepared as they for the coming opportunities of service, and be, like them, neither unduly optimistic nor victims of hopeless defeatism.

 

 

Crises - Napoleonic, medieval, sub-apostolic - have led to renewed prophetic study, and also to true revival; so may not the crisis of this hour re-awaken and re-inspire to effort and enterprise in the final God-granted spell of freedom for the Gospel?  For Satan’s present bid for world-control in Hitlerism will almost certainly prove premature and abortive; a new balance of power seems indicated and imminent - probably Russo-Germanic ambitions checked by a revived Roman Empire (or Anglo-Latin bloc); but with wearied, worn and worried spirits, and resources drained, even war-mongers will be glad of the respite forced upon them, and de-mechanize their armies, reverting to cavalry, swords and wooden weapons (Ezek. 38: 4, 15; 39: 9-10), and serious efforts of wide-spread social reconstruction.

 

 

The ensuing pseudo-peace will be exploited by both God and the Devil. In our favoured land, the last stronghold of truth and liberty, God has much interest invested in the Bible and Missionary Societies and in the instruments of justice.  Whether Tarshish be Gibraltar or Ceylon, the ships of Tarshish - Britain’s Fleet (and possibly Air Force) - are to repatriate the world’s evacuees (Isa. 60: 8-9), the Jews, who will then be at rest and dwell in safety in un-walled villages (Ezek. 38: 8, 11, 14).  At present only 3% or 4 % of their 16 or 17 millions live in Palestine with precarious security; but within a measurable period the majority of them will be back in their Promised Land (Dan. 9: 27a).

 

 

Zechariah, Chapter 1 verses 11 and 15, speaks of the whole latter-day earth that “sitteth still, and is at rest”, and of the “heathen that are at ease”; while Rev. 6: 2-4 tells of peace being (by the Rider on the Red Horse) taken from the earth - which plainly implies that previously there existed a peace that could be thus removed. This peace follows the world-conquest of the Rider on the White Horse, who went forth “conquering and to conquer” in, apparently, bloodless advance - unlike that of the blood-stained Sitter on the White Horse (Rev. 19: 11-13) Whose coming and kingdom in happy progress is subsequent to that of the four horsemen of the Apocalypse, and Who alone with righteousness brings true and lasting peace.

 

 

The sudden destruction from the Lord - an upsetting of Babel-plans, of proud unity and godless self-preservation - is coming like a woman’s travail at the time when men boast of having at length attained “peace and security”, without God, the only Foundation of social stability (1 Thess. 5: 3). This vaunted world-settlement will be a False Millennium, for Satan’s strategy is to forestall God by an untimely counterfeit, imitating, anticipating, offering perhaps the right thing but in the wrong way, and before the time - “with all deceivableness of unrighteousliness”, “deceiving, if it were possible, the very elect” (Matt. 24: 24; Mark 13: 22; 2 Thess. 2: 9- 11); which must mean that the fraud will look very much like the reality, and possibly tempt the indulgent to imagine the Lord “delayeth His coming”.

 

 

Now it is important to realize that just as Satan is an “angel of light” (2 Cor. 11: 14), as well as a “roaring lion” (1 Pet. 5: 8), so the Antichrist is first a substitute-Christ - passing muster among the ignorant upon whom he is palmed off as the real thing - before he unmasks himself as the open antagonist and deadliest foe of Christ, Who is both Lion and Lamb.  And his minister of propaganda - the False Prophet - exhibits also a Jekyll-Hyde character, for “he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake like a dragon” (Rev. 13: 11-14).

 

 

The seventh and eighth emperors of Rome are yet to appear.  Whoever the seventh may be, the eighth and last is certain to be Nero re-incarnating the assassinated body of his predecessor; for “the eighth is of the seven” (Rev. 17: 11), an ex-Roman emperor, claiming divine honours, dying a violent death, and with 666 for the numeric value of his name.  Before he became a byword for brutality, Nero was a reasonable humanitarian and popular leader, having been under the influence of the almost Christian philosopher Seneca for the first five years of his reign.  Just so Herod first pretended to be a worshipper, and the first Pharaoh was a protector of the Hebrews.

 

 

Rome may be bought off from the Axis at a great spiritual cost, and Mussolini, with saved skin and face, may well for “a short space” (Rev. 17: 10) become the precursor of the Antichrist, especially in his first phase. Cautious, astute, far-seeing, Machiavellian, he may recognize the basic rottenness of open hate, release poor crippled France, extend civil liberties to minorities, encourage the Jews, and (co‑operating with Britain and the Vatican) win their patronage by working for their return to their national home.

 

 

The False Millennium will show several surface features of the true; and it is interesting to recall that Rabshakeh - a forerunner of the bluffing blustering, blasphemous Man of Sin - claimed Divine inspiration and promised the beleaguered Israelites “a land like your own land, a land of corn and wine, a land of bread and vineyards, a land of oil olive and of honey, that ye may live, and not die” (2 Kings 18: 25, 31-32; with Deut. 8: 8).  So apart from God there will be attempts at remedying many ills, solving innumerable problems of nationality, unemployment, disarmament, tariffs, housing, etc *

 

 

How long the lull will last no man can say, but present circumstances and Scripture alike seem to assure its actuality, and the Lord’s command, “Occupy till I come means buying up the opportunities, going to it and sticking at it till we are called and caught away to give an account of our stewardship.

 

 

The release of Europe will either come via revolution from man and Satan or via revival from man and God - God answering prayer in every land.  Christians, while expected to love and look for the Lord’s appearing (“Even so, come, Lord Jesus!”) are also bidden to pray for the “latter rain” of the Spirit’s outpouring: “Come, and let us return unto the Lord : for He hath torn and He will heal us; He hath smitten and He will bind us up.  After two days” - two millennia - “will He revive us: in the third day He will raise us up, and we shall live in His sight.  Then shall we know, if [conditional] we follow on to know the Lord: His going forth is prepared as the morning; and He shall come unto us as the rain, as the latter and former rain unto the earth” (Hos. 6: 1-3).  Wherefore, “Ask ye of the Lord rain in the time of the latter rain; so the Lord shall make bright clouds, and give them showers of rain, to every one grass in the field” (Zech. 10: 1-2), for the prophets of evolutionary progress have “told false dreams”.  Whether or no the first-fruits (of rapture and resurrection) are independent in their precocity of that which cuts short the long patience of the waiting Husbandman (Jas. 5: 7-8), corn in general needs the heavy rain to swell the grain in the car just before the harvest, which is the end of this age (Matt. 13: 39).

 

 

The miraculous gifts are to be restored and God’s Spirit is to be poured out on all flesh “before the great and terrible Day of the Lord” (Joel 2: 28-32), if only by the coming of the Two Witnesses, presumably Enoch and Elijah (Rev. 11: 3-12; Zech. 4: 3); and believers are bidden pray for them: “Covet earnestly the best gifts” of the Spirit (1 Cor. 12: 28-31; 14: 1, 39) - prophecy, tongues, healing, discernment of spirits (1 John 4: 1). The fullest realization of the Parables of the Talents (miraculous gift) and of the Virgins (lamp of prophecy) may lie in the immediate future; but miracle is surely needed, recommended, offered for to-day.  Christians require in reverence and expectation to experiment with God: “Ask, and it shall be given you”; “Prove Me now herewith

 

 

The Lord wants sons and servants who will trust Him and whom He can trust; He wants men concerned about His glory and the welfare of their hopeless fellow men; shepherds in training for His Kingdom.  Evacuation is uprooting us, and (especially with bombed churches) throwing us together; breaking down barriers of privilege and prejudice, and compelling co-operation.  The Lord wants personal purity and devotion, courage and love; people who can pray with fervour and effectiveness, in fellowship and harmony; people who know and can teach His Word, His purposes and claims, His Coming and Kingdom; people who can refute the Devil’s lies of evolution and modernism; people who can sink petty and party differences, and work with their fellow-Christians, particularly in the open-air.  He wants (Luke 16: 8-9) enlightened men which can wisely use worldly means and methods of propaganda - wireless, cinema, advertisements perhaps.  We have good news, and are silent in our un-evangelized Britain and Europe.  God wants lovers of Israel, who shall “pray for the peace of Jerusalem” (Ps. 122: 6), and for the “spirit of grace and supplications” to be poured upon the house David (Zech. 12: 10), and who will be blessed themselves in consequence.

 

 

He wants men who will put Himself and His Word before their fellow-believers and before themselves (Rom. 12: 10).  At the risk of seeming to create a new body, free yet devoted Christians could get together, welcoming all who love the Lord; they could get out a marked New Testament of instructions for God’s people, set up a Bible School in every Church, and train workers and spiritual statesmen for the home country and for the continents, to make known the Lord’s imminent Return and Reign.  Be ye also ready!

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

234

 

THE LAMPS OF GOD

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

In the darkness deepening around us, we are confronted with a most comforting and encouraging word from our Lord, lifting us heaven-high: Jesus says to His disciples all down the ages,- “YE ARE THE LIGHT OF THE WORLD” (Matt. 5: 14).  The Sun of Righteousness was about to set; and He commissions the Church to lighten the world in the absence of the Sun.  And He compares the Church to a city crowning a mountain, which, therefore, nothing can hide: His words are, literally, - “a city cannot be hid when set on a mountain  It beautifully illustrates this spiritual truth that it becomes literal at last.  “He carried me away in the Spirit to a mountain great and high, and shewed me the holy city Jerusalem, having the glory of God; and the nations shall walk by the light thereof” (Rev. 21: 10, 24).  So this truth is spiritual to-day.  The only hope of the world is the Church: it alone lights the nations to the Holy City.

 

 

THE SOURCE

 

 

Exactly how we are the light of the world is brought out in the comparison of John the Baptist with Christ.  Of Christ it is said:- “There was the true light [see Gk.], even the light which lighteth every man, coming into the world” (John 1: 9): of John it is said,- “He was the lamp [see Gk.] that burneth and shineth” (John 5: 35). The source of the light is obvious. “GOD IS LIGHT, AND IN HIM IS NO DARKNESS AT ALL” (1 John 1: 5); and God in Christ is ‘the Father of lights’ (James 1: 17).  All that God-kindled souls can do is to receive the light, and transmit it, never originate it: we are only ‘light in the Lord’ (Eph. 5: 8).  Light born in the new birth, burning within, shines forth in our looks, our words, our actions, and illuminates all within the immediate radius of that light.  Probably millions of souls have said concerning Christians what a young minister, who had once been all but an infidel, said concerning his father:- “There was one argument in favour of Christianity which I could never refute - the consistent conduct of my own father

 

 

AN EXAMPLE

 

 

One concrete example will prove the light’s influence.  The first civil code of the State of Ohio, U.S.A., drawn up by Indians influenced by Moravian missionaries, has been unearthed; and here are seven of the nineteen provisions of the code. “1. We will know no other God but the one only true God, who made us and all creatures and came into this world in order to save sinners; to Him only will we pray. 2. We will rest from work on the Lord’s Day, and attend public services. 3. We will honour father and mother, and when they grow old and needy we will do what we can. 4. We will have nothing to do with thieves, murderers, whoremongers, adulterers, or drunkards. 5. We will not take part in dances, sacrifices, heathenish festivals or games. 6. We renounce and abhor all tricks, lies, and deceits of Satan. 7. We will not be idle, nor scold, nor beat one another, nor tell lies.”

 

 

SHINING

 

 

Now we reach the central fact.  “Let your light so shine God has lit our lamps, for “the spirit of man” [and the Holy Spirit in man (1 John 3: 24, R.V.)] “is the lamp of the Lord” (Prov. 20: 27), but we ourselves control how, and to what degree, the lit lamp shines. “Lamps are not lit to be looked at; but solely that something else may be seen by them” (A. Maclaren, D.D.). It is obvious that only if we show the light can men see the light; only if we are Christ-like will they see Christ. “As a mountain-city, we cannot be hid, if we would: as a lighted lamp, we should not be hid, if we could” (Govett).   So our Lord Himself says:- “I am the light of the world: he that followeth me shall not in the darkness, but shall have the light of life”(John 8: 12).  Therefore no Christian must be a secret disciple: no Christian is to stand aloof from the Church, but to set his lamp on the lampstand: every Christian must be anxious to bring others to the light, since giving light to the world is the very purpose for which he was lit.  “Blameless and harmless in the midst of a crooked and perverse generation, among whom ye are SEEN AS LIGHTS” - the Greek is, ‘luminaries’  - “in the world, holding forth the word of life” (Phil. 2: 15).  The shine in a lighthouse ceased to revolve. The lighthouse-keeper rushed in, and revolved it with his hands as long as he could, then another took his place, and so all night they kept it shining. “Why all this labour?” a stranger asked. “Sir,” replied the keeper, “there are seamen out in the darkness and the storm looking for this light revolving; if it ceases to revolve, they will mistake it for another; and that may mean shipwreck and death

 

 

CONCEALED LIGHT

 

 

So we see our danger.  It is most remarkable that our Lord does not say that the light can ever be extinguished. or that any power on earth or hell can put it out; but He emphatically warns us that it may be hidden, and so be quite useless: we can lose the power of drawing men’s eyes to God.  “Neither do men light a lamp, and put it under the bushel” - and much less does God - “but on the stand; and it shineth unto all that are in the houseMany a [regenerate] Christian life is a black-out; the light is there [if obedient to God (Acts 5: 32. cf 1 Sam. 10: 6, 10 with 16: 14 A.S.V.)] - but it is invisible; it is a torch, artfully covered and pointed downwards, which guides its owner home, but is practically useless to anyone else.* Cowardice in confession produces what will he universal when the Church is removed from the earth:- “Darkness shall cover the earth, and gross darkness the peoples” (Is. 60: 2).

 

* It is possible for the [once] lit lamp to “have fellowship with the unfruitful works of darkness” (Eph. 5: 11).  So the ‘Salt’ also, while it can lose its pungency, and so incur tribulation - and supremely the Great Tribulation - never ceases to be salt [i.e., regenerate], though “good for nothing” in the function of [being effective] salt - that is, [in] the arresting of surrounding corruption [within the Church].  All this is exactly true of the gross backslider [and apostate Christian].  “For what communion hath light with darkness?” (2 Cor. 6: 14)*

 

[*See also Acts 20: 30; Jude 4-5, 16, 18-19, R.V.]

 

 

GOD’S GLORY

 

 

The purpose which is to control our shining the Lord also reveals as its central fact. “Let your light so shine, that men may see your good works, and glorify” - not you, however saintly your life and beautiful your character, but - “your Father which is in heaven  Both the source and the goal of our life are divine, for our Lord, the Light of the World, pours the light upon u; and we, if - [it is conditional] - we be powerful reflectors, [and] deflect the light at an angel back to God, who receives all the glory.  A godly life challenges the unbeliever to search out its causes; for he [or she] knows that it must have a cause.  That which illuminates must be visible; our conduct must teach men [and women] the path to [our ‘inheritance’ in the promised ‘Kingdom’, and] to heaven; and when they see it, the wonder of God bursts upon their souls; men [and women] cannot see our noble purposes, our pure [forgiving] heart, our love; but they can see the works which these motives produce; they are not the oil, but the light [which the Holy Spirit] produces; and so they see God.  A teacher once asked her pupil what she believed.  “Please,” said the pupil, “might I ask you why you have made this request of me?” “Because,” she frankly answered, “I have been teaching you for a year; you have never said one word to me directly about religious matters, or my soul’s salvation, but you have lived before me such a life that I want to know the sources of that life.”

 

[*Eph. 5: 5. cf. Col. 3: 24; Heb. 12: 14-17, R.V.]

BRILLIANCE

 

 

Lamps differ in power.  The light survives death; but after death it will be revealed, more clearly than now, how greatly the lamps differ, and will for ever differ, in brilliance.  “There is one glory of the sun, and another glory of the moon, and another glory of the stars: for one star differeth from another star in glory.  SO ALSO IS THE RESURRECTION OF THE DEAD” (1 Cor. 15: 41).  Goodness is the suffering side of glory, and glory is the shining side of goodness.  So our Lord appears as the Sun.  In the Transfiguration, which He Himself states is a forecast of the Kingdom, the dead saints are represented by Moses, the living saints by Elijah, and the nations by the three Apostles; “and he was transfigured before them; and his face did shine as THE SUN, and his garments became white as the light” (Matt. 17: 2).  Thus even on earth our Lord’s sinlessness blazed out into perfect glory.

 

 

REWARD

 

 

Thus the shining beyond corresponds exactly with the shining here; and only in the coming Kingdom, the reward of the godly life, is the light compared, not to stars, but to the sun.  “Then shall the righteous shine forth as THE SUN, in the kingdom of their Father” (Matt. 13: 43): the ‘righteous’ will so shine - that is, the actively righteous, the blazing lamp; not merely the believer, or the disciple, or the saved.  So our Lord counsels us [His regenerate ‘disciples’] how to become as the sun,- “Seek ye first the kingdom of God” - for even Apostles had to seek it, not assume it - “and his righteousness” (Matt. 6: 33) - therefore not imputed righteousness, for God has no ‘imputed’ righteousness, and the Apostles already possessed it; but active righteousness, the godliness of a saintly life which qualifies for the [Messiah’s Millennial] Kingdom.  So Daniel gives the only other comparison of our light to the sun, and equally as a consequence of active goodness, following on the resurrection.  “Many [but not all] of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake.  And they that be wise” - ‘the teachers,’ expounders of Scripture who built up the Church on its most holy Faith - “shall shine as the brightness of the firmament” - evidently meaning the sun - “and they that turn many to righteousness” - evangelists, Sunday school teachers, tract distributors who have won souls to Christ - “as the stars for ever and ever” (Dan. 12: 2).

 

 

THE WALK

 

 

So we reach Paul’s practical application of the figure.  “Ye were once darkness, but now are light in the Lord: WALK AS CHILDREN OF LIGHT, for the fruit of the light is in all goodness and righteousness and truth” (Eph. 5: 8).  And the secret of maintaining the radiance is companioning with Christ, the Light.  “I was in a darkened room,” says Henry Varley, “and a neat card on the bookcase, stamped with luminous paint, bore the words - ‘Trust in the Lord It fairly startled me.  If the light of sun or day failed, the card’s luminousness gradually declined; but it returned when the sun’s action infused fresh light.  If hidden from the face of our Lord, we too cease to shine.  Live with Christ  “Be not unequally yoked with unbelievers, for what communion hath light with darkness?” (2 Cor. 6: 14).  “I have no more influence than a farthing rushlight,” a man once said. “Man,” replied a friend, “a farthing rushlight can set a haystack on fire; it can burn down a house; it can make some poor creature read a chapter in the Word of God.  Let your rushlight shine.”

 

 

*        *        *       *        *       *       *

 

 

235

 

IMPORTANT TEXTS (8)

 

 

2 Cor. 5: 1-10: Phil. 1: 23

 

To be read in the R. V. with their contexts.

 

 

By G. H. LANG

 

 

 

1. The Present. (a) “Our outward man decays” (ch. 4: 16) - a perpetual process, which even our strenuous labour in the work of the Lord accelerates.  Consequently while in this body “we groan being burdened” (vs. 3, 4).

 

 

(b) Yet “we faint not” (4: 16), for “our inward man is renewed continuously and “the spirit of a man will sustain his infirmity” (Prov. 18: 14).  This renewing operates while faith animates the heart; for faith makes real a world which the senses cannot discern (v. 7), a heavenly realm free from all weakness and burdens, a system of life which is eternal, not, as this, temporary, insufficient.

 

 

The present physical house in which man dwells is “of the earth suited to the business of living on earth, but not to the higher life of the realm above: “flesh and blood [even had it remained sinless] is not capable of inheriting the kingdom of God” (1 Cor. 15: 50), and obviously “corruption cannot inherit incorruption Therefore the present body is like a tent, frail and transitory.  It is happily true that the rents in an old and worn tent let in the sunshine; yet it is decaying, and must presently be taken down and destroyed.

 

 

2. The State after Death.  Man by constitution is a soul clothed with a material body which is kept in life by the [animating] spirit (Gen. 2: 7).  At death God recalls this spirit-element, thereupon the body turns to dust (Eccl. 12: 7), and the soul, the man, without the external body, is “unclothed, naked  This incomplete condition is not to be desired (vs. 3, 4).  It entirely forbids that the person should in that naked state reach the final and supreme goal of being presented before the presence of God’s glory in heaven, as surely as no naked man would be presented before a king in his throne room.

 

 

Nevertheless the intermediate state has this unique advantage over this earth life, that freed from the limitations that the body of flesh puts upon our faculties, the saint can enjoy the presence of the Lord more acutely. Therefore “to depart and to be with Christ” would have been “very far better” for Paul personally than to be chained day and night to a pagan ruffian (Phil. 1: 21-26).  He was torn between the two possibilities, that of his personal advantage of departing to be with Christ, and that of further serving Christ by helping His people on earth.  He chose the latter.

 

 

Being “with Christ” in the sense Paul had in view did not imply ascent to the heavens where Christ sits at the right hand of God.  Not even the Lord ascended there, far above all heavens, while in the death state.  Even on the morning of His resurrection He had not yet gone thither to the Father (John 20: 17).  At death He had gone to Paradise, in Hades, in the lower parts of the earth (Luke 23: 43: Acts 2: 27, 31: Eph. 4: 9).  Thither His people go at death, and they are there with Him: for His journeys hither and thither in His kingdom, descending and ascending, were that “He might fill all things might occupy, take complete personal possession as man, of His whole dominions.

 

 

Therefore He is (a) on earth with His servants personally (John 14: 21, 23: Acts 22: 6-10; 23: 11: 2 Tim. 4: 16, 17); He is (b) with them when assembled (Matt. 28: 19, 20); He is (c) with them and they with Him in the realm of the dead (Phil. 1: 23: Rev. 6: 9-11); and they will (d) be with Him when rapt to meet Him in the clouds and by resurrection (1 Thes. 4: 17); and (e) those who conquered in His battles in this life shall walk with Him in white and shall sit down with Him on His throne in His glory (Rev. 2: 4, 5, 21).  It was in sense (e) that Paul thought of being “with Christ” should he die.  But while living and active in the noble service of the gospel his wish was not to be unclothed, disembodied (2 Cor. 5: 4).  The difference in his circumstances, now while free for his active, blessed ministry, later when chained and restricted, explains his different outlook and desire.

 

 

3. The Eternal State.  But blessed as was his active service, and yet better to depart and be with Christ, neither is the true goal of the disciple.  In neither sphere is he “at home  Home for the child of God can only be the Father’s house, and thither we do not arrive at death, but only by the coming of the Son to take us there.  He made this so clear that it argues a definite blinding of the mind that the church for fifteen centuries has thought that the Christian goes to heaven at death.  Scripture is against it; the idea was not entertained for the first centuries, and obtained acceptance only when, under Constantine, the church joined the world, abandoned its only true hope, the return of the Lord, and accepted this erroneous notion in place of the prospect of rapture and resurrection.

 

 

If believers go to the glory of God at death, they have already reached the summit, the goal, and there is no need of resurrection or rapture.  But, as just stated, the Lord showed distinctly that only by His return can we reach the Father’s house, our “home”: “In My Father’s house are many abiding places ... I go to prepare a place for you ... And if I go and prepare a place for you, I come again, and will receive you unto Myself; in order that where I am, there ye may be also” (John 14: 2, 3: 1 Thess. 4: 16, 17).

 

 

As flesh and blood cannot rise to that realm there must needs be given a body capable of life there (1 Cor. 15: 50-58).  Thus had Paul shortly before written to these Corinthians.  Now (2 Cor. 5: 1) he tells them that this body will be permanent, a “building Not a tent, a “house and that it will be a direct creation of God, not something which lesser beings had made out of heavenly materials.  Gnostics were already inculcating their false philosophy of creation, that the supreme God had left to lesser beings the work of manipulating the created matter or its basis.  This is tacitly rebuked by the assertion that the coming body of glory, immortality, and incorruption will not be made “with hands but will be God’s own handiwork.

 

 

As duration, it will be eternal; as to location, it will be “in the heavens not of the earth for the earth, but of heavenly substance suitable to life in the heavens.  The present body exhibits the activities of the man’s soul; it is a physical or soulish vehicle: the heavenly body will be the vehicle of the movements of his spirit; a pneumatical spiritual body.

 

 

-------

 

 

Tribute to G. H. Lang by Arthur Wallis

 

Arthur Wallis: Radical Christian by

Jonathan Wallis, Pages 57-58 (Regarding G. H. LANG.)

 

One man who exerted a very significant influence on Arthur during these formative years was an elderly Brethren teacher by the name of G. H. Lang.  He was a man who walked with God, ascetic - [i.e., ‘not allowing himself any pleasures or physical comforts’ (Dict. Def.)] - and disciplined, and distinguished in appearance by a little nanny-goat beard.

 

 

When Arthur first heard Mr. Lang preach some years previously, he was deeply impressed by the depth and originality of his teaching.  The effect of his ministry not only stimulated Arthur’s thinking, but created in him a deep hunger and thirst to know God.  His emphasis on holiness, uncompromising commitment and discipleship were a great challenge and provocation to Arthur as a young man.

 

 

G. H. Lang was a truly independent and radical thinker; no man would be his master and he toed nobody’s line.  Whereas other teachers would skirt round difficult or controversial issues, he would face them head on and think them through in depth.  His conclusions were not always popular.  He exposed a number of Brethren ‘scared cows’ and it alienated many within the movement who were to see beyond the limitations of the viewpoint.

 

 

To him the lordship of Jesus was very practical down-to-earth in its application, and this strong ‘kingdom’ emphasis into his teaching on eschatology were quite unconventional.  Most Brethren teachers believed that all Christians would be caught up with Christ in ‘the rapture’ and would escape ‘the great tribulation’ talked of in the book of Revelation.  Mr. Lang did not hold to this view, but taught that Christians who were ‘counted worthy’ through to a holy life would be raptured.  He did not believe in ‘cheap grace’ and was careful to emphasise obligations as well as privileges of discipleship.

 

 

He was now well into his seventies and active in the ministry.  A prolific writer, he produced books and pamphlets on many issues and edited a magazine called The Disciple.  Arthur was greatly attracted to this elderly saint and would visit his home as frequently as he could.  In many ways he became his disciple, and received a great deal of wise counsel.

 

 

‘If you want to be used,’ he said to Arthur, ‘get to know the ways of God.  Aim for God-knowledge rather than head-knowledge.  This doesn’t mean you can afford to be undisciplined or haphazard.  Set yourself clear objectives and approach your studies in an orderly way.  But never lose your primary objective, and that is to know God.’

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

236

 

AN IMPORTANT TEXT

 

 

“If by any means I may attain unto the resurrection from

among the deadPhil. 3: 11.

 

 

By G. H. LANG

 

 

 

DEALING with the first and select resurrection the Lord spoke of those that are accounted worthy to attain to that age and the resurrection from among the dead (Luke 20: 34-36).  “That age “ (singular) is not a Bible term for eternity, which is not one age but many, “the ages of the ages” (thirteen times in the Revelation).  “That age” is set by Christ in direct contrast to “this age and so means the age of the kingdom to follow this age.  A general resurrection the Jews expected (John 11: 24: Acts 24: 15), but here Chris speaks of “the resurrection which is out from among the dead” (tees anastaseos tees ek nekron).  This is the first clear intimation of such a limited, select resurrection (this doctrine being rooted in a germinal saying of Christ), and its terms are the key to and must control all subsequent instructions upon the subject.  And it is made very clear that this resurrection is a privilege to which one must “attain” and be “accounted worthy” thereof.  The notion that a share in the first resurrection is a certainty, irrespective of attainment and worthiness, can only be held in direct disregard of this primary declaration by the One who will effect the resurrection and determine who shall participate therein, the Son of God.

 

 

It was through Paul that the Holy Spirit saw fit to give in permanent written form fuller particulars as to this theme (1 Cor. 15: 1 Thess. 4), and it is Paul who elsewhere repeats the words of our Lord Jesus just considered, declaring that, whereas justifying righteousness is verily received through faith in Christ, not by our own works, yet, in marked contrast, “the resurrection which is [out] from among the dead” (teen exanastasin teen ek nekron) is a privilege at which one must arrive (katanteeso) by a given course of life, even the experimental knowledge of Christ, of the power of His resurrection, and of the fellowship of His sufferings, thereby becoming conformed unto His death (Phil. 3: 7-21).  Surely the present participle (summorphizomenos becoming conformed) is significant, and decisive in favour of the view that it is a process, a course of life that is contemplated.

 

 

It has been suggested that Paul here speaks of a present moral resurrection as he does in Romans 6.  But in that chapter it is simply a reckoning of faith that is proposed, not a course of personal sufferings.  The subject discussed is whether the [regenerate] believer is to continue in slavery to sin (douleuein), as in his unregenerate days, or is the mastery (kurieuo) of sin to be immediately and wholly broken?  It should be remembered that when writing to the Philippians Paul was near the close of his life and service.  Could a life so holy and powerful as his be lived without first knowing experimentally the truth taught in Romans 6.?  Did the Holy Spirit at any time use the apostles to urge others to seek experiences other than the writer had first known, and to which therefore he could be a witness?  And again, if by the close of that long and wonderful career Paul was still only longing and striving to attain to death to the “old man” and victory over sin, when did he ever attain thereto?  Such reflections upon the apostle are unworthy; and, as has been indicated, the experience set forth in Romans 6. is not to be reached, or to be sought, by suffering, by attaining, by laying hold, by pressing on, or any other such effort as is urged upon the Philippians, but by the simple acceptance by faith of what God says He did for us in Christ in relation to the “old man

 

 

Thus this suggested exposition is neither sound experimental theology nor fair exegesis.  Paul indicates as plainly as language can do that the first resurrection may be missed.  His words are: “If by any means I may arrive at the resurrection which is out from among the dead  “If by any means” (ei pos) “I may” - “if” with the subjunctive of the verb - cannot but declare a condition; and so on this particle in this place Alford says, “It is used when an end is proposed, but failure is presumed to be possible:” and so Lightfoot: “The apostle states not a positive assurance, but a modest hope:” and Grimm-Thayer (Lexicon) give its meaning as, “If in any way, if by any means, if possible;” and Ellicott to the same effect says, “the idea of an attempt is conveyed, which may or may not be successful  Both Alford and Lightfoot regard the passage as dealing with the resurrection of the godly from death, and Ellicott’s note is worth giving in full. “‘The resurrection from the dead;’ i.e., as the context suggests, the first resurrection (Rev. 20: 5), when, at the Lord’s coming the dead in Him shall rise first (1 Thess. 4: 16), and the quick be caught up to meet Him in the clouds (1 Thess. 4: 17); comp. Luke 20: 35.  The first resurrection will include only true believers, and will apparently precede the second, that of non-believers, and [regenerate] disbelievers, in point of time.  Any reference here to a merely ethical resurrection (Cocceius) is wholly out of the question  With the addition that the second resurrection will include [regenerate] believers not accounted worthy of the first, this note is excellent.

 

 

The sense and force of the phrase “if by any means I may arrive” are surely fixed beyond controversy by the use of the same words in Acts 27: 12: “the more part advised to put to sea from thence, if by any means they could reach [arrive at] Phoenix, and winter there” (ei pos dunainto katanteesantes), which goal they did not reach.

 

 

Further, speaking upon the very subject of the resurrection and the kingdom promised afore by God, Paul used the same verb, again preceded by conditional terms, saying (Acts 26: 6-8), “unto which promise our twelve tribes, earnestly serving God night and day, hope to attain  Here the force of elpizei katanteesai “unto which they hope to attain” is the same as his words in Philippians ei pos kantanteeso, “if by any means I may attain  This hope of the Israelite of sharing in Messiah’s kingdom is plainly conditional (Dan. 12: 2, 3).  It is assured to such an Israelite indeed as Daniel (12: 13), and to such a faithful servant of God in a period of great difficulty as Zerubbabel (Hag. 2: 23).  It was also offered to Joshua the high priest, but upon conditions of obedience and conduct.  Joshua had been relieved of his filthy garments and arrayed in noble attire (Zech. 3: 1-5), but immediately his symbolic justification before Jehovah had been thus completed, and his standing in the presence of God assured, the divine message to him is couched in conditional language: “And the Angel of Jehovah protested unto Joshua, saying, Thus saith Jehovah of hosts, If thou wilt walk in My ways, and if thou wilt keep My charge, then thou also shalt judge My house, and shalt also keep My courts, and I will give thee places to walk among these that stand by” (ver. 6, 7).

 

 

It is at this point that the “if of the Word of God come in, and are so solemn and significant.  Whenever the matter is that of the pardon of sin, the justifying of the guilty, the gift of eternal life, Scripture ever speaks positively and unconditionally.  The sinner is “justified freely by God’s grace and “the free gift of God is eternal life” (Rom. 3: 24; 6: 23), in which places the word “free” means free of conditions, not only of payment.  Eternal life therefore is what is called in law an absolute gift, in contrast to a conditional gift.  The latter may be forfeited if the condition be not fulfilled; the former is irrevocable.  But as soon as the sinner has by faith entered into this standing before God, then the Word begins at once to speak to him with “Ifs.”  From this point and forward every privilege is conditional.

 

 

-------

 

 

[OUR CONDITIONAL INHERITANCE]*

 

[*A suitable title chosen for the following writing. - Ed.]

 

 

By CHARLIE DINES

 

 

All that God has sworn to do in His Word is guaranteed of its fulfilment. “I am God, and there is none like Me, declaring the end from the beginning … and I will accomplish all My good pleasure” (Isa. 46: 9f).  David Baron has well written: “This is sure and certain, that however long the pause may last, God never loses the thread of the purpose which He has formed for this earth; and as surely as the prophecies of the sufferings of Christ have been fulfilled, so surely will those also be which relate to His glory and reign.”  However, and not withstanding this fact, God’s promises, as they concern individuals, are often conditional. …

 

One’s last will and testament is a directive prepared according to the determined good pleasure of the testator. A testator has the right to make the benefits to be passed on to his heirs to be either granted or conditional, or both.

 

For example: Mr. Jones may will that all of his living children are to receive an equal share of his estate upon his death. On the other hand, he may stipulate that none of his heirs will receive their portion unless and until they have fulfilled some stated condition - e.g., obtaining a college degree. Or, both may be combined in his final decree: a certain benefit being guaranteed to all of his heirs, while an additional benefit be made conditional.

 

This last example is the case within our present consideration, where God is the Testator in Christ.  Those who have been sealed with the Holy Spirit of promise presently possess the earnest (the down payment) of their inheritance of eternal life and the assurance of resurrection - unconditionally.

 

However, there remains a portion of our inheritance - one of ruling and reigning with Christ - that is conditional.  Paul makes these separate truths known in his epistle to the believers in Rome.

 

Rom. 8: 16, 17: “The Spirit Himself bears witness with our spirit that we are children of God. 17 And if children, then heirs - heirs of God [of His eternal life]; and joint heirs with Christ if indeed we suffer together with Him, in order that we may also be glorified together with Him

 

 

Herein, with respect to [all regenerate] believers, we see Paul moving from an unconditional (and irrevocable) inheritance on to one conditional.  Two heirships are in view in our present passage: [1] being heirs of God’s eternal life because of our having been begotten of Him through faith in His Son; and [2] the possibility of our becoming joint-heirs with Christ, “if indeed. …”*

 

* “If indeed,” here, is a subordinating (conditional) conjunction.  Over the years I have been criticized by many - but without correction from Scripture - for subscribing to this view of two heirships. And, if you, dear Christian, can come alongside of me in this persuasion, be prepared for this same criticism.

 

 

This second appearance of the word “if” in verse 17* finds considerable controversy among commentators and lexicologists. Some, who follow along with the opinion of M. R. Vincent in his Word Studies, may agree with him when he says, “Joint-heirs … if so be that (eipher) … assumes the fact.  If so be, as is really [actually] the case.”**

 

* Romans 8: 17, where it reads “if indeed”: eipher in the Greek texts.

 

** Parenthesis is Vincent’s; bracketed word is mine only to enhance his meaning.

 

 

Others hold to a view recorded in Joseph H. Thayer’s Greek-English Lexicon: “properly, if on the whole; if only, provided that, is used of a thing which is assumed to be, but whether rightly or wrongly is left in doubt” (italics are Thayer’s).  No one having read this far will be surprised to know that I subscribe without reservation to this latter proposition. I hold that this second “if” is to be understood as possible, but not guaranteed - i.e., if indeed, or if so be the case is stated - and I suspect that this would be the first and natural understanding of the vast majority of ordinary readers of the N.T.  If Paul’s statement in Rom. 8: 17 is not intended to imply such a condition, he might just as well have written, “And if children, then heirs - heirs of God; and joint-heirs with Christ because we are suffering together with Him, and we will therefore also be glorified together with Him.”  I would wonder in amazement if anyone may assume that all believers are suffering together with Christ. …

 

 

The word of the kingdom [See Matt. 13. A.V.] put forth to [regenerate] believers is no assurance that every one of them will receive it.  Many who do not receive it may give way under pressure and /or the cares of the world.  Yet upon some this word will fall into good ground of their heart; these are those who will diligently seek Him and bring forth fruit, albeit in differing degrees.  But the waywardness of individual believers will by no means negate God’s determination that Jesus Christ will have worthy joint-heirs to rule and reign with Him.*

 

[* From: “Being Glorified Together With Him,” by CHARLIE DINES: get it from Amazon Books.]

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

237

 

THE DUALISM OF ETERNAL LIFE*

 

 

BY STEPHEN SPEERS CRAIG

 

 

[* NOTE: This tract is from pp.67-71 in Chapter Two in the author’s book: “The Dualism Of Eternal Life

To purchase the book, contact www.icmbooksdirect.co.uk]

 

 

 

In the former chapter we were occupied with the words “eternal life”; and there we saw that the Scriptures reveal a synthetic dualism - the gift and the prize, the former containing the latter in germ, and the latter carrying to full manifestation the inherent potentiality, worth and glory of the former.

 

 

But once the gift has been received there rests upon the receiver a tremendous responsibility in that he must co-operate with the Holy Spirit and with the Divine Trinity in developing the latent possibilities of the germ, so that God may perfect through discipline the work He began in the new birth.  The Christian who resists the Spirit’s leading and neglects God’s provision in this matter is a greater sinner than the Israelite who refused to overcome the difficulties of the wilderness and thus enter Canaan; and his penalty will be more severe, for “how shall we escape if we neglect so great salvation”? Heb. 2: 1-3; Matt. 24: 13.

 

 

In other words, THE BELIEVER IS ON PROBATION.  He has to choose between eternal (age-lasting) salvation; or eternal (age-lasting) judgment.  The Church on earth does not so teach nor believe; but the Bible does; and so do all the saved who have passed behind the vail.  Moses said to Israel: See, I have set before thee this day life and good (on the one side) and death and evil (on the other). Deut. 30: 15.  Paul says to the Church of the present dispensation, or age: “If ye live after the flesh shall die (spiritually); but if ye through the Spirit do mortify the deeds of the body shall live (spiritually).” Rom. 8: 13.  Both Israel and the Church with few individual exceptions have chosen the spiritual death.  Only those who have attained real spiritual union with the Christ by self-denial and self-sacrifice effected through the power of the Spirit of Christ as crucified and risen, will share in the glory of the first resurrection.  This is the meaning of Rom. 6: 3-5; Matt. 10: 32-39 and here is a mighty truth and its exposition will show how defective and delusive is the eschatology of the various churches for many hundreds of years, both in its relation to the saved and the unsaved.  In demonstration of the truth of this position we must lay our foundations deep in the word of God.  We are not anxious about anything else.  Man’s approval or disapproval is nothing except as it expresses the mind of Christ.

 

 

In the preceding chapter our discussion turned chiefly on the Greek adjective aionios.  In this we will investigate a biblical phrase of somewhat synonymous meaning, and doing so will find ourselves conducted to the same conclusion and with corresponding effect on the traditional teaching of the churches as to the future state.  That phrase is eis ton aiona, which is usually translated in A.V. and R.V. “forever”, a meaning which it never has, and therefore should in no case be so rendered into English.  We have pointed out the fact that the adjective aionios (translated indifferently “eternal” or “everlasting” in A.V., and “eternal” only in R.V.) is derived from the noun aion an age, a period of time short or long with clearly marked beginning and end. In the phrase eis ton aiona, aiona is the accusative singular of aion.  The word eis is a preposition usually rendered in, into or for.  The little word ton is the accusative singular, masculine, of the definite article.

 

 

Our of the New Testament aion leads us back to the olam of the Old Testament - its equivalent.  It is impossible, as already remarked, for any language to get along without words which mark time; and in this respect what the aion was to the Greeks the olam was to the Hebrews.  When longer periods of time are involved the idea is expressed by plural forms, or by duplication.  The olam is employed with or without the prepositions le and ad, signifying to, or into, also min, from.  In both A.V. and R.V. the olam of the Old Testament is translated “everlasting” or “for ever” which are utterly misleading and confusing, and wholly indefensible from the standpoint of scholarship and of exegetical consistency, as we shall soon see.  Young invariably translates olam as he does aionios by “age-lasting”.  So also Browne’s Triglott.

 

 

In the Greek New Testament we have the noun aion (age) with its derivative adjective aionios (age-lasting); but in the Hebrew of the Old Testament we have the noun olam with no corresponding adjective, so that the noun has to do double service; i.e., it has to serve as adjective and noun.  The Hebrew language is said to be rich in nouns and verbs but deficient in modifiers.

 

 

Before going back to investigate the use of olam in the Old Testament let us take a few examples of mistranslations of aion in the New Testament.  First, as to the use of the noun without the preposition and article.  Here the A.V. and R.V. have confounded the aion with kosmos, owing to the fact that they usually translate both words by “world”.  Now kosmos is always properly translated “world”, but aion ought never to be so rendered.  I am not ignoring Heb. 1: 2 and 11: 3.  They make Christ say “Lo! I am with always, even unto the end of the world”. Matt. 28: 20.  But what He does say is, “1o, I am with you always even unto the end of the age (aion).”  The consequence is that the Church, with few exceptions, believes that Christ will not come till the end of the world (which, by the way, is not a biblical expression).  But He says He is coming again at the end of the present [evil] age; and He spoke of the “age to come”, after this age has run its course, when He will establish His Millennial Kingdom in power and glory; and when He will reward the faithful and punish the unfaithful among His people as we have seen in 2 Thess. 1: 7- 10; Heb. 5: 4-8; 10: 26-31.

 

 

In Matt. 13: 39, the versions make Him say, “the harvest is the end of the world”; but He says “the harvest is the end of the age (aion, meaning, this age of grace.  In verse 38 the translation “world” is correct for it is not aion but kosmos.  See margin of R.V.  In Luke 18: 30 it is aion.  We have given only three samples out of many.  Were the translators and revisers really trying to bolster up that sorry tradition of post-millennialism? Their acts would lead one to that conclusion.

 

 

Let us now take two samples of the false rendering of the adverbial phrase eis ton aiona.  When Christ cursed the fig tree, the type of barren but showy Judaism, they make Him say to the good olive tree (Rom. 11: 17), “Let no fruit grow on thee henceforward for ever  But the seed of Abraham (Gal. 3: 16) did not, and cannot say that.  He said, “Let no fruit grow on thee henceforward for the (this) age” - the time limit of the curse.  What a decisive exegetical difference this makes both in process and conclusion.  But it is only by such, shall we say, deliberate confusion of terms that the illusion of postmillennialism [and today’s anti-millennialism] can perpetuate its fictitious existence and wield its enslaving, blighting power.  And this remark is true of the traditional eschatology as a whole.  Right here it may be opportune to quote some words of Lord Bacon as to the process of logical reasoning.  He says:

 

 

“The syllogism consists of propositions; propositions of words, and words are tokens, or signs of notions. Now if the very notion of the mind be improperly or over hastily abstracted from the facts, vague and not sufficiently definite, faulty, in short, in many ways, the whole edifice tumbles”.

 

 

Before proceeding farther in our discussion I ask the reader to seek grace to apprehend and, if possible, also to progressively comprehend a great Biblical fact, in order to get the correct view point and perspective in this study.  It is this:

 

 

The grand outlook of the Saints in both Testaments was not on eternity and completely consummated redemption; but on the Messianic Age and its glorious Theocratic Kingdom under the whole heavens.  From Adam to Abraham; and from Abraham to Malachi; and from Matthew to John in Patmos, this thought of the Sovereign Rule of the Seed of the woman and of Abraham; this Son of David on David’s Throne, fixes the prophetic horizon of futurity and declares in unmistakable terms that there is no peace for the world, and no reward for the saints, till Jesus comes in the glory of His Father and the Holy Angels to found [i.e., set up or establish] that Kingdom which, because of His rejection by the Jews, was postponed at His first Advent.

 

 

And what is more: The Old Testament prophets and saints, by no fault of theirs, did not see the present dispensation.  It was a mystery hid in the mind and plan of God.  Their vision was beyond, to the glorious Messianic Kingdom, the time limits of which they did not know.

 

 

On the contrary the Church, since the third century, has been so deeply absorbed in the coming eternity that it refuses to see this most pernicious and fatal heresy of post-millenarianism in the history of Christianity.

 

 

This great truth not only affects Biblical Eschatology, but the whole range of Biblical Theology.  Historical and Systematic Theology for 1600 years have refused to see the facts from this point of view; but have painted a picture of the future according to the carnal fancy of Ante-Nicene and Post-Nicene apostacy.  And let the fact be remembered and pondered, that Past, Present, and Future, constitute a unity in truth or in error, in God, or in Satan.  I cannot be wrong as to the future and right as to the present and the past; and vice versa.  The unity of personality demands this.  Past and future can only be viewed through the medium of what I am.  Fiction here will project and objectify itself there.  Hence the necessity of a pure heart, a surrendered will, and a renewed mind.  These, however, can only be realized by degree and in fellowship with the Christ as rejected on earth and accepted in heaven.

 

 

We will now cite a few passages to show the practical force and utility of this manner of viewing the past, present and future, and specially with reference to its bearing on Biblical Eschatology:

 

 

“Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on me hath everlasting life.  I am the bread of life.  Your fathers did eat manna in the wilderness and are dead.  This is the bread which cometh down from heaven, that a man may eat thereof and not die.  I am the living bread which came down from heaven: if any man eat of this bread, he shall live for ever; and the bread that I will give is my flesh, which I will give for the life of the world.  The Jews therefore strove among themselves, saying, How can this man give us his flesh to eat?  Then Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink his blood, ye have no life in you.  Who so eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day; for my flesh is meat indeed, and my blood is drink indeed.  He that eateth my flesh and drinketh my blood, dwelleth in me, and I in him.  This is that bread which came down from heaven: not as your fathers did eat manna in the wilderness and are dead: he that eateth of this bread shall live for ever”. John 6: 47-58.

 

 

Here we have aionios zoe (eternal life) twice, verses 47, 54; and we have also the phrase eis ton aiona (for the age) twice, verses 51, 58. The latter modify and complete the predicate “shall live”. Thus we see the synonymous character of the two thoughts.  Now the traditional and orthodox method of treating these words of Christ assumes that He is here speaking and discoursing concerning what English readers understand by the “eternal state” which follows the judgment of the Great White Throne.  But this is all wickedly wrong.  The subject under discussion here is the same as in Luke 18: 18-30; namely, THE AGE TO COME; that period of time after the second advent of Messiah and lying between the judgment of the Bema, 2 Cor. 5: 10 (where only the saved appear) and the judgment of the Great White Throne - Rev. 20: 11-15; these [this] time points definitely marking the termini of the period; and John tells us that the time between them is 1000 years. Rev. 20: 1-6. Strictly speaking there is “a little season” between the end of the 1000 years and the White Throne judgment. Rev. 20: 3.  Now if this be the correct interpretation it is easy to see its tremendously significant bearing on Biblical Eschatology; and at the same time the delusive falsity and fatality of the traditional interpretation.

 

 

We will therefore proceed to establish the fact.  In the light of Lord Bacon’s warning let us be mercilessly severe in our definitions.  Let us also remember the Jewish expectation of their Messiah and His Kingdom as their one hope.  They were right in “the hope” but wrong in their manner of cherishing it.  They thought that when Messiah came it would be in glory and irresistible power, and that He would at once break the hated yoke of the Romans and set them free.  They never dreamed of a humble, rejected, crucified Messiah; and much less of their need of special moral and spiritual preparation for entering the Messianic Kingdom when the time had come.  In short, the priests and people alike were the helpless victims of a false and delusive system of interpretation.  And, let me add, this is one cause of the trouble in the Church in the present dispensation.  And who but a blind man can fail to see the hand of the Prince of this world behind the whole matter? 1 Cor. 2: 14; John 14: 30; 9: 39-41.

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

238

 

THE WHOLE COUNSEL OF GOD

 

 

“Ye yourselves” - [i.e. the elders of the church at Ephesus] - “know from the first day that I set foot in Asia, after what manner I was with you all the time, serving the Lord with all lowliness of mind, and with tears, and with trials which befell me by the plots of the Jews: how that I shrank not from declaring unto you anything that was profitable, and teaching you publically, and from house to house, testifying both to the Jews and to Greeks repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.” … “And now, behold, I know that ye all, among whom I went about preaching the KINGDOM, shall see my face no more.  Wherefore I testify unto you this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men.  For I shrank not from declaring unto you THE WHOLE COUNSEL OF GOD.  Take heed unto yourselves, and to all the flock, in which the Holy Spirit hath made you bishops, to feed the church of God, which he purchased with his own blood.  I know that after my departing grievous wolves shall enter in among you, not sparing the flock; and FROM AMONG YOUR OWN SELVES shall men arise, speaking preserve things, to draw away the disciples after them.  Wherefore watch ye, remembering that by the space of three years I ceased not to admonish every one night and day with tears.  And now I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you THE INHERITANCE among all them that are sanctified:” (Acts 20: 17b-21, 25-32). R.V.

--------

It is clear for all to see, from the quotation above, that “the whole counsel of God” must include what many have described as ‘God’s Conditional promises and Accountability truths’.  Christians, who chose to ignore these divine truths, - shown in both Old and New Testaments - cannot possibly be described as those who have any desire to teach others “the whole counsel of God”!

John Huss wrote  before his martyrdom;- “Pray for me also that I too mey write and preach in fuller measure against the malice of Antichrist, and that God may put me in the forefront of the battle, if needs be, to defend His truth.  For be assured I shrink not from yielding up this poor body to peril or death for the sake of God’s truth, though I know that God’s Word hath no need of us.  But I desire to live for the sake of those who suffer violence and need the preaching of God’s Word, that the malice of Antichrist be exposed and the godly escape it.”

Pastor J. D. Faust, in his book entitled: “The Rod Will God Spare It,” has compiled a list of Bible Teachers, who have sought to bring to the attention of the Lord’s redeemed people, a number of “Accountability Truths” from HOLY SCRIPTURE.*

* Available at : www.icmbooksdirect.co.uk

“There are many ‘fables’ that Christians have embraced in this day and age.  One fable that tickles and soothes the ‘itching’ ears of carnal Christians is that the doctrine that Christians are never in danger of being punished at the future judgment seat after death.”  ‘It is wise to boldly receive the light of Scripture and refuse to be intimidated by the modern majority.’”

A. T. Pierson (1837-1911) once stated:

“Brethren, we have a saying, Great is the truth and will prevail: but this is never so in this age; in this age truth is always with the minority; and so convinced am I of this, that if I find myself agreeing with the majority I make haste to get over to the other side, for I know I am wrong.’”  

But many regenerate believers prefer to follow the traditions of their denomination – no matter how unscriptural they may be!  They are afraid to declare ‘the whole counsel of God’!  Even if they understand it, they would rather chose to corrupt the teachings of Christ and His Apostles!

Charlie Dines, in his book: “Being Glorified Together With Him* under the heading “Failure Through Indifference,” (pp. 139, 140.) has highlighted our ever-present danger:-

 

[* This book is available from Amazon.]

 

“… I have heard believers say words like these: ‘Well, at least I have eternal life, and that’s enough for me. I’m not interested in a reward, or in ruling with Christ.  I’m grateful just to know that I’m saved.’

 

 

I must confess that this was my own private prayer of praise and thanksgiving years ago. However, I have since come to see that this is careless speech; it demonstrates a certain indifference concerning the glorious [millennial] inheritance set before every Christian. Such indifference reminds us of Esau, who despised his birthright and sold it to his brother Jacob, for a morsel of food.* But on the day that their father, Isaac, actually awarded the birthright to Jacob - the supplanter - Esau was reduced to crying out ‘with an exceeding great and bitter cry Nevertheless, his father would not change his mind in the matter. Likewise, no tears or bitter crying will reverse Christ’s righteous decrees when [regenerate] believers appear before His Judgment seat.

 

* Gen. 25: 29-34; Heb. 12: 16.

 

 

Esau was an earthly man, drawn away by the lusts of the flesh, having no interest to his firstborn rights. Paul warns believers that they may be beguiled and drawn aside or away by other interests, even of a spiritual kind,* their minds being ‘corrupted from the simplicity that is in Christ’ (2 Cor. 11: 3).

 

* See Col. 2: 18 with respect to false spirituality.

 

 

May none of us become indifferent in this matter.  Instead, let us press on in order that we might not see our inheritance forfeited, thereby missing out on that special, personal communion with our Lord in His Millennial Reign.  Let us not fall short and fail to overcome.*

 

* Rom. 12: 21; Heb. 4: 1; 12: 15a; 2 Pet. 2: 18ff.

 

 

Pray, beloved, that this letter end will not be our case.”

 

 

Returning to Pastor J. D. Faust’s book he informs us that: “This section begins with Tertullian.  However, many other early Christian writings could be cited to reveal that the early Christians were premillennial.  They also believed that having a part in the first resurrection and entering into the millennial kingdom are rewards for obedience and faithfulness.  The following examples and quotes will reveal the truth of this last statement.” (J. D. Faust.)  

 

 

[1] Tertullian (160-240): “We do confess that a kingdom is promised to us upon the earth. … After its thousand years are over, within which period is completed the resurrection of the saints, who rise, sooner or later according to their deserts, there will ensue the destruction of the world.…”

 

 

[2] Barnabas (A.D. 100): “Let us be spiritually-minded: let us be a perfect temple to God.  As much as in us lies, let us meditate upon the fear of God, and let us keep His commandments, that we may rejoice in His ordinances.  The Lord will judge the world without respect of persons.  Each will receive as he has done: if he is righteous, his righteousness will precede him; if he is wicked, the reward of wickedness is before him.  Take heed, lest resting on our ease, as those who are the called [of God], we should fall asleep in our sins, and the wicked prince, acquiring power over us, should thrust us away from the kingdom of the Lord.  And all the more attend to this, my brethren, when ye reflect and behold, that after so great signs and wonders were wrought in Israel, they were thus [at length] abandoned.  Let us beware lest we be found [fulfilling that saying], as it is written, ‘Many are called, but few are chosen’. … Attend, my children, to the meaning of this expression, ‘He finished in six days  This implieth that the Lord will finish all things in six thousand years, for a day is with Him a thousand years.  And He Himself testifieth saying, ‘Behold, today will be as a thousand years Therefore, my children, in six days, that is, in six thousand years, all things will be finished.  ‘And He rested on the seventh day  This meaneth: when His Son, coming [again], shall destroy the time of the wicked man, and judge the ungodly, and change the sun, and the moon, and the stars, then shall He truly rest on the seventh day. … Thou shalt remember the day of judgment, night and day. … It is well, therefore, that he who has learned the judgments of the Lord, as many as have been written, should walk in them.  For he who keepeth these shall be glorified in the kingdom of God; but he who chooseth other things shall be destroyed with his works.  On this account there will be a resurrection, on this account a retribution. … The Lord is near, and His reward

 

 

[3] Polycarp (69-155): “In whom, though now ye see Him not, ye believe, and believing, rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory, into which joy may desire to enter, knowing that ‘by grace ye are saved, not of works,’ but by the will of God through Jesus Christ. … But He who raised Him up from the dead will raise up us also, if we do His will, and walk in His commandments, and love what He loved, keeping ourselves from all unrighteousness, covetousness, love of money, evil speaking, false witness; ‘not rendering evil for evil, or railing for railing or blow for blow, or cursing for cursing, but being mindful of what the Lord said in His teaching: ‘Judge not, that ye be not judged’; forgive, and it shall be forgiven unto you; be merciful, that ye may obtain mercy; ‘with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again’; and once more, ‘Blessed are the poor, and those that are persecuted for righteousness’ sake, for theirs is the kingdom of God … Knowing, then, that ‘God is not mocked,’ we ought to walk worthy of His commandment and glory’. … ‘If we please Him in this present world, we shall receive also the future world, according as He has promised to us that He will raise us again from the dead, and that if we live worthy of Him, ‘we shall also reign together with Him … In like manner, let the young men also be blameless in all things, being especially careful to preserve purity, and keeping themselves in, as with a bride, from every kind of evil.  For it is well that they should be cut off from the lusts that are in the world, since ‘every lust warreth against the spirit;’ and ‘neither fornicators, nor effeminate, nor abusers of themselves with mankind, shall inherit the kingdom of God nor those who do things inconsistent and unbecoming’. … ‘If then we entreat the Lord to forgive us, we ought also ourselves to forgive; for we are before the eyes of our Lord and God, and ‘we must all appear at the judgment-seat of Christ, and must every one give an account of himself  Let us then serve Him in fear, and with all reverence, even as He Himself has commanded us, and as the apostles who proclaimed beforehand the coming of the Lord [have alike taught us].”

 

 

Testimonies Concerning the Early Martyrs

 

 

“Mr. Faber on this point observes, that ‘The doctrine of the literal resurrection of the martyrs prior to that epoch certainly prevailed to a considerable extent throughout the early church, and often animated the primitive believers to seal the truth with their blood … and on the same subject the learned Dodwell writes:- ‘The primitive Christians believed that the first  resurrection of their bodies would take place in the kingdom of the millennium; and as they considered that resurrection to be particular to the just, so they conceived the martyrs would enjoy the principle share of its glory.  Since these opinions were entertained, it is impossible to say how many were inflamed with the desire of martyrdom.  From this it is demonstrably evident that the martyrs’ hope lay in the First Resurrection of Rev. 20: 6.  Ignatius craving death that he might ‘rise free’.

 

 

Cyprian attesting that ‘those who suffered expected a prior resurrection and a more prominent place in God’s kingdom  And to crown all, Tertullian affirming that the martyrs’ express prayer was that he ‘might have a part in the First Resurrection.’”

 

- The Voice Of The Church

 

 

“Up to the third century the persecuted Christians seem to have taken this as predicting a literal resurrection of the martyrs to reign with Christ.  I have said that the early Christians who took the prediction literally understood it of the martyrs exclusively; inasmuch that it begot a fanatical desire of martyrdom, that they ‘might have part in the first resurrection.’ … Nor can I see how multitudes [of regenerate believers] could have been inflamed, as they are said to have been, with a passion for martyrdom, in hope of thereby having ‘part in the first resurrection,’ if that resurrection was believed to be the portion, not of martyrs only, but of all believers.”

 

- David Brown (1803-1897)

 

 

“Moreover, the belief of the Prerogative of Martyrs in resurrection prima was that which made the Christians of those times so joyously desirous of Martyrdom.” 

 

- Joseph Mede

 

 

“In short the doctrine of the millennium was generally believed in the three first and purest ages; and this belief, as the learned Dodwell hath justly observed, was one principal cause of the fortitude of the primitive Christians; they even coveted martyrdom, in hopes of being partakers of the privileges and glories of the martyrs in the first resurrection.  Afterwards this doctrine grew into disrepute for various reasons. … Besides wherever the influence and authority of the church of Rome have extended, she hath endeavoured by all means to discredit this doctrine. … No wonder therefore that this doctrine lay depressed for many ages, but it sprang up again at the Reformation, and will flourish together with the study of Revelation

 

- Thomas Newton

 

 

“On the persons who shall partake of the first resurrection, I confess I find it difficult to agree with the modern expectants of the Lord’s advent.  Their opinion, generally speaking, is that all the redeemed from the beginning shall then rise to reign with Christ; while I feel constrained rather to acquiesce in an opinion known to have been generally held in the early ages of Christianity, that ‘the first resurrection’ is not general, even as it respects the saved in this dispensation, but limited to certain from among it, possessing a qualification to be noticed presently…”

 

- William Burgh

 

 

“We have spoken of Christ’s doctrine of a future life, and we are now thinking of its threatening aspect. … I have said, the terms in which this doctrine is conveyed must be accepted in their obvious and popular sense.  But yet, when they are taken in this sense, they carry a meaning from the pressure of which we are driven to seek relief - if it may be had, in criticism; - or if not so, in some mitigating hypothesis. … Yet there is a movement forward … let the time come when all such sinister influences shall be discarded with the contempt they deserve. … That dozen men, ignobly born as they were, which followed Jesus in His circuits through Galilee and Judea, fondly dreamed of places and princedoms which were soon to be theirs now, when in truth, they were about to be sent forth on a course of suffering intensely severe.  It was needful to arm them [His ‘chosen’ disciples] for this unlooked for conflict; and this requisite preparation, as it included powerful motives of the happiest complexion, so did embrace a dread so deep that it should be proof against the extremest wrench of bodily anguish.  On the one hand, this Teacher of men said, ‘Fear not, little flock, for it is your Father’s good pleasure to give you the kingdom but on the other he said, even to these his ‘friends’ - ‘Fear not them which can kill the body, and after that have nothing more that they can do.  But I forewarn you whom you shall fear, Fear him, after which he hath killed hath power to cast into Gehenna”

-------

 

 

“To be a ‘joint-heir with Christ [Rom. 8: 17] however, is clearly conditional.  Only those children of God who meet the condition of ‘suffering with Him’ will be joint-heirs with Christ.  Christ’s enduring obedience included suffering involved with that obedience (Phil. 2: 8; Heb. 5: 8; 12: 3). As a result He was given the highest position by God and will rule over all (Phil. 2: 9, 10; Heb. 1: 9; 12: 2). When He returns, He will set up the [promised (Ps. 2: 8. cf. 110: 1-3] kingdom on the earth and inherit (possess) it (Lk. 19: 11-12; Heb. 1: 6-9). In that kingdom, Christ will reign in glory (Is. 24: 23; Matt. 19: 28; 25: 31; Mk. 10: 37).”

                                                                                     - Thomas W. Finlay.

 

 

Other publications by J. D. Faust and T. W. Finlay at:

 

www.icmbooks.co.uk

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

239

 

RUTH

 

 

By ARLEN L. CHITWOOD

 

 

 

The book of Ruth is fraught with significance and meaning.  Teachings surrounding salvation by grace occupy only a small part of the book and are seen at the beginning of the book, in the first chapter (vv. 3-5).  Then the remainder of the book deals with that which follows salvation by grace, taking the regenerate in a spiritual journey which carries him/her from the point in spiritual life following the birth from above forward into the Messianic Kingdom (vv. 6ff).

 

 

It is vitally important that regenerate Christians, shortly following their conversion, be told why they have been saved and be provided with instruction concerning the spiritual journey in which they now fond themselves engaged.

 

 

If not, how can Christians properly make the decision which Ruth made in chapter one - to cleave unto Naomi and travel with her toward another land (which has to do with the Christians’ connection with Israel, the Word given through Jewish prophets, and travel toward another land as well)?  Or, if not, how can Christians on this journey to another land understand the reason for the inevitable spiritual warfare which awaits them and the need to properly prepare themselves for this warfare (Eph. 6: 10-18)?  Christians must begin receiving instruction concerning the journey set before them, the land lying out ahead, the inevitable battle for the land, etc.

 

 

(Note the parallel between the testing of the Israelites under Moses at Kadesh-Barnea in Numbers chapters thirteen and fourteen and the testing of Ruth and Orpah in Ruth chapter one.  A testing of this nature can occur only following certain things having been known evident in the type of the Israelites under Moses); and at the time of testing in the types, two kinds of redeemed individuals are seen in each instance.  The end of the matter has to do with two kinds of saved individuals relative to the inheritance set before them: (1) those two overcome and ultimately realized their inheritance; and (2) those who were overcome and were overthrown in the desert, short of realizing the goal out ahead: their inheritance in the land of promise.

 

 

In the Book of Ruth, exactly the same thing can be seen in Ruth’s and Orph’s actions, though details are not given.  It is simply stated that one [Ruth] moved forward with Naomi, but the other turned back.

 

 

Christians need to understand that the only way in which they can overcome Satan’s attack is through believing the Word and following God’s instructions, as these instructions relate to all things in the spiritual life.

 

 

If Christians do not believe all of God’s Word, defeat will be inevitable.  The whole of the spiritual life, taking one from the point of birth from above (Ruth chapter one) to an inheritance in the Messianic Kingdom (Ruth chapter four) is really that simple to grasp in its whole overall scope.

 

 

Now is the time of the Christian’s labouring in the field (the world [Matt. 13: 38]), he/she is to be labouring in such a manner that the labour is not only a progression toward the goal of his/her calling (ultimately realizing an inheritance in another land) but also a preparation for meeting Christ (typified by Boaz) before the judgment seat at a time following his/her labours in the field.  Both the journey and the preparation are part and parcel with the labour in the field in this respect.

 

 

Thus, each of the three chapters present different facets of a complete, threefold picture concerning exactly how a Christian is to govern his/her life during the present time in order to be found among those revealed as overcomers at the judgment seat of Christ and subsequently be allowed to come into the realization of the goal of their calling (to be realized during the coming Messianic Era).

 

 

Chapter 1

 

 

The book opens by depicting two types of regenerate believers.  One type (the overcomer) is shown through the actions of Ruth, and the other type is shown through the actions of Orpah.  Following their becoming members of the family (regeneration), both Ruth and Orpah found themselves on a journey toward another land, with Naomi; and both exhibited a determination to continue the journey.

 

 

Only one though (Ruth) continued the journey to the end.  The other (Orpah) turned back to her own people and land, apparently during the early part of the journey.

 

 

Thus, following things surrounding the birth from above, the book immediately deals with things pertaining to both the spiritual and the carnal Christian - with things pertaining to the overcomer and the one who is overcome.  And the book deals with these things in relation to the race of the faith, the journey from the land of one’s birth to the land of one’s calling.

 

 

That’s the way matters are introduced in the book.  It’s not labouring in Boaz’s field (ch. 2) or preparing for meeting Boaz on his threshing floor at the end of the harvest (ch. 3a) which is seen first, but the journey toward another land.  And this order is for a reason.  There can be no proper labour in the field or preparation for that which lies ahead apart from possessing some type understanding of the goal, knowing something about why these things are being done.

 

 

Chapter 2

 

 

Naomi and Ruth arrived in Bethlehem at the time of barley harvest with the wheat harvest to follow.  In Israel during those days, barley would normally have been planted first and harvested first during the spring, with wheat planted and harvested later than barley.  And this entire sequence from the Book of Ruth provides deep spiritual lessons relative to Christians and the harvest in which they presently find themselves engaged.

 

 

“Barley,” normally ripening and being harvested first in Israel, would form the type sheaf of grain which the priest waved before the Lord on the feast of First Fruits.  And, as the previous Passover was associated with death (Christ died as the Paschal Lamb on this day), the feast of First Fruits was associated with resurrection (Christ was raised from the dead on this day).

 

 

That is, beginning with the barley harvest, the one working in the field is to labour during the time of harvest in connection with and associated with the first resurrection.

 

 

(Note that Christ was raised on the third day, as Jonah in the type [cf. Matt. 12: 39, 40; Luke 24: 21]; and all of God’s firstborn Sons (following the adoption of the firstborn status) will be raised up from the dead to live in God’s sight yet future on the third day [the third millennium, dating from the same time as Christ’s resurrection - from the time of the crucifixion; e.g., Hosea 5: 13- 6: 2.])

 

 

So it is with the Lord’s servants today.  Either they find themselves labouring in the field in connection with things surrounding both a three-day journey [pointing to resurrection] and a rest [pointing  to earth’s coming Sabbath], or they find themselves labouring in the field in an opposite fashion [in a manner separate from the things surrounding both a three-day journey and a rest].  The former will result in fruit-bearing, but not so with the latter.

 

 

A Christian is to set his sights on the goal out ahead (his inheritance in the millennial kingdom), and he is to be busy throughout the course of his Christian life, in his Master’s field (the world).  And, relative to the harvest, he is to concern himself with one thing.  He is to concern himself with that provided for him to glean, not with that provided for another to glean.

 

 

“Boaz said to Ruth, ‘My daughter, listen to me.  Don’t go and glean in another field and don’t go away from here.’”  All that Ruth had to do was glean that which the workers, at Boaz’s instructions, had left her to glean.  And Ruth gleaned in Boaz’s field after this fashion from morning until evening, from the beginning to the end of the harvest (2: 4-23).

 

 

And so it is with Christians bringing forth fruit today.  The Lord of the harvest has provided for each and every Christian.  Christians are to wait upon the Lord to provide and they are to glean that which has been provided for them to glean.  It is through this process - waiting upon the Lord and looking to the Lord - that fruit is to be borne in a Christian’s life.

 

 

(But, again, note it is the new man alone - the man of spirit alone - who has any connection with this gleaning process, looking forward to an inheritance and rest out ahead.  The old man - the man of flesh - must be reckoned as dead, and left in the place of death.  He has nothing to do with the harvest, the inheritance, and the rest.)

 

 

The complete picture has to do with dying to self while walking in resurrection life, as one patiently endures under trials and testings, waiting upon the Lord of the harvest to provide throughout the time of harvest.  If a Christian obeys the Lord and allows these things to occur in his life in this manner, Christ, in turn, will allow that Christian to have a part in His coming reign.  That Christian will come into the realization of the salvation of his soul during the coming day of Christ’s glory and power.

 

 

However, the inverse of that is also true.  If a Christian doesn’t deny self, walk in resurrection life (which he can’t do if he doesn’t deny self), and patiently endure  under trials and  testings,  that Christian will lose his soul and have no part with Christ during the coming of his glory and power.  That is, he / she will not be considered worthy of the age to come and resurrection out from the dead. (Luke 20: 35.)

 

 

Chapter 3

 

 

The Book of Ruth, in this type-antitype structure, presents one of a number of parallel word pictures about the Church which God has provided in the Old Testament Scriptures.  Ruth chapter two, dealing with work in the field during the time of harvest, covers one such part of this developing picture; and the beginning of chapter three, dealing with preparation for meeting the Lord of the harvest on His threshing floor following the harvest, covers another inseparably related part of the developing picture.

 

 

“Wash and prepare [anoint] yourself, and put on  your best clothes” (Ruth 3: 3).

 

 

Here is a threefold preparation for meeting Christ at His judgment seat.  And this verse is unique in Scripture with respect to a complete and concise statement pertaining to the subject at hand.

 

 

Ruth 3: 3 is addressed to saved individuals, relating exactly what must be done if these individuals (regenerate believers) would one day come into a realization of the salvation of their souls, ultimately entering into the rest  set forth in verse one.  And, though different parts of this threefold preparation are dealt with numerous places throughout Scripture, this is the only place in all the Scripture where everything is brought together and the matter is stated in so many words, in a complete manner, such as can be seen here ... wash ... anoint ... put on clothes.  They all relate to proper preparedness for meeting Christ on His threshing floor, at His judgment seat, when the harvest is over.

 

 

Wash.  The washings associated with the Levitical priests in the Old Testament (a washing of the complete body [regeneration], followed by washings of parts of the body), in turn, pointed to, foreshadowed respectively, both Christ’s past work at Calvary and His present work in the heavenly sanctuary as our High Priest.  Christ died for our sins providing a cleansing typified by the complete bath which the priests were given upon their entrance into the priesthood.  And Christ presently ministers day as our high Priest to provide subsequent cleansings, typified by the subsequent cleansings at the laver in the type.

 

 

Thus, Christ, through washing the disciples’ feet in John chapter thirteen, was demonstrating truths typically seen through the Levitical priests washing their hands and feet at the laver in the courtyard of the tabernacle.

 

 

Anoint.  “Oil” is used in Scripture for anointing purposes, and “oil” was used in this manner to anoint prophets, priests, and kings.  And there is a connection between the use of oil after this fashion and the Holy Spirit coming upon an individual to empower him for the office to which he was being consecrated.

 

 

Matt. 25: 1-13 sets forth matters as they would exist relative to Christians today.  Note that this parable has to do with the kingdom of the heavens.  In Ephesians, Christians are commanded to be filled with the Spirit.  Thus, the importance of spiritual growth is inseparably related to the filling of the Spirit: a necessity if they would be properly prepared to meet Christ at His judgment seat.

 

 

Put on your best clothes.  Thoughts surrounding clothes in the Book of Ruth, brought over into the antitype, have to do with Christians being properly clothed for going forth to meet the bridegroom.  The marriage and the marriage festivities are in view, and being arrayed or not being arrayed have to do with acceptance or rejection relative to the matter at hand.

 

 

In view of that which lay ahead and what Scripture elsewhere has to say about the matter, only one thing can possibly be in view in this part of Naomi’s command to Ruth, as it relates to Christians.  Only the wedding garment can be in view.

 

 

This apparel, according to Rev. 19: 7, 8 is made up of “the righteous acts of saints  This is something which Christians progressively weave for themselves, over time, as they glean in the field and beat out the grain.  And to do this work in a proper manner, with the wedding garment being progressively woven, an extra supply of oil is necessary.  Relative to the man appearing without a wedding garment and the subject at hand in Matt. 22: 1-14 - the wedding festivities - the man was cast into outer darkness outside the banqueting hall (v. 13) Clear instructions concerning necessary preparation have been given, and clear warnings have been sounded if these instructions are ignored.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

240

 

HADES

 

 

By ROBERT GOVETT

 

 

[Scripture reading Acts 2: 22-35]

 

 

 

The force of the argument is lost from the words having become familiar to our ear.  Let it then be presented in other words.  The descent of the Holy Ghost at Pentecost had caused all the disciples then present to speak with new tongues.  The sound of so many voices speaking in tongues unknown to the listeners, naturally drew a great concourse of persons, who questioned amongst themselves what could be the cause of so unusual occurrence. One cause was suggested by some scoffers, - that it was only the effect of intoxication.  Thereupon Peter stood up to reply, and made answer, that it was by no means probable that so many could all be intoxicated together at so early an hour as nine in the morning. But he assured them that the cause of the event, which so excited their astonishment, was “that thing which was spoken by the prophet Joel” - the outpouring of the Holy Ghost, - “I will pour out my spirit upon all flesh, and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy  St. Peter’s answer, therefore, is in substance this, - The event you have witnessed is due, not to the intoxication of wine, but to the effusion of the Holy Spirit.  Hence, those who have misunderstood the scope of the passage, who suppose that St. Peter quotes the whole of this prophecy as then fulfilled.  It is not so. He does not say, “Now is fulfilled;” but, This is an event due to the same cause, and is of precisely the same nature, as that which, in the last day, shall receive its literal accomplishment.

 

 

After this rebutment of the objection, the Apostle then proceeds to the more immediate object of his proof. He lays first as his basis - the undeniable miracles of the man generally known as Jesus the Nazarite. Now miracles such as his, they all acknowledged, were a testimony on the part of God to a commission received from himself. But this Jesus was dead.  Did not that destroy the evidence arising from his miracles? No - it was by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God.  They might have anticipated that the Christ or Messiah must die, if they had only attended to their own prophetic writings.  In proof of which he cites a passage from the Psalms which evidently implied upon its very face, the death and resurrection of a certain “Holy One” specified therein. It implied his death - for his body should not see corruption, nor his soul be left in Hades.

 

 

But in order to evade the force of this, the Jews might reply - “Aye, we know that many of our nation understand this of the Messiah, but now we see that we were wrong - it must be meant of David himself.” The Apostle then advances to drive them from this stronghold. It cannot be David, he argues - for the Psalm speaks of one whose flesh was not to see corruption. Now though David, as they all knew, died, and so far fulfilled the prophecy; yet his being buried (which probably did not take place till corruption was begun), and certainly his close and fastened sepulchre remaining among them up to their time, was clear proof that David’s flesh, like all his fathers’, had yielded to natural laws, and seen corruption: if they doubted it, they might open the tomb and judge for themselves.  It could not, therefore, be David that was intended in this Psalm. But it was a natural and easy deduction from the acknowledged principle that David was a prophet, that this Psalm should apply to the Messiah of whom all prophecy was full, and in order to prepare the minds of men for his reception, it was given at the first.

 

 

But not only did it apply to the Messiah, but it proved also that Jesus of Nazareth was the Messiah, because it was fulfilled in his death and resurrection.  They needed none to testify of the death of Jesus - all their nation knew or had witnessed that; and thus far the prophecy of the Psalm was fulfilled. But the apostles could substantiate to them the broad difference which marked the death of the Lord Jesus from that of David; and this Peter proceeds to do. For Christ had risen again, had risen the third day, and, therefore, so short was the space of time intervening between death and resurrection; that no corruption passed upon his body.  Therefore they must also infer that “his soul was not left in Hades for it could not be that his body should be alive without the reuniting of the soul to it.  And the resurrection of his body was therefore the proof that his soul was delivered from the “bands of death, because he could not be holden of it  But there was another proof, arising from the miraculous fact they had just witnessed,  Not only had the Saviour arisen again, but he had ascended to God’s right hand; as the Psalm first quoted implied - “God is at my right hand that I shall not be moved and again, - “Thou shalt make me full of joy with thy countenance.  At thy right hand there are pleasures for evermore Which evidently implied that the speaker was enjoying the immediate vision of God in heaven. And the proof that he was there, was the extraordinary miracle then presented.  He - the ascended Messiah, hath been the cause of this - “he hath shed forth this which ye now see and hear He promised us his disciples that he would do it when he ascended on high.  The accomplishment, therefore, of the sign on earth is the token of the fulfilment of the thing signified in heaven.  Lastly, the apostle quotes also the 110th Psalm, which all referred to the Messiah, and that spake of David’s “Lord (not of David’s self) as ascended to the heavens.  The conclusion, therefore, evidently was, that these passages could not be fulfilled in David, and therefore that he was not the Christ; but that they were fulfilled in Jesus of Nazareth, and therefore that he was the Messiah. The gist of the argument, therefore, is evidently this. The speaker is to be like all other men in death, but distinguished from all other men by the non-corruption of his body - and that took place in [our Lord] Jesus. But the second point also follows on this, - the deliverance of His soul from Hades. Hence it is evident, that in this miraculous exception to the ordinary case of men is found implied the general rule of the disposal of the sons of men at their death. The speaker was to be an exception, and a miraculous exception, in his body.  It was not to see corruption.  It is implied, therefore, that the rule, as it regards men in general, is, that their bodies should turn to corruption; and this all are willing to allow. But the speaker in the Psalm was to be an exception, also in his soul.  It was not to be “LEFT in Hades therefore the general rule is, that the SOULS OF MEN ARE LEFT IN HADES.  Thus, both in body and soul, therefore, the speaker was distinguished from David. And to meet the point still more clearly, St. Peter distinctly affirms, that “David is not ascended into the heavens  How strange that any, after this clear passage, should fancy that the saints are in heaven now!  If David has not ascended into heaven, what other saint is likely to be there? But we can meet it by an universal denial in the words of Christ himself - “No man hath ascended into the  heaven John 3: 13. And since the souls of the departed must be either in heaven or in the intermediate place, (called in Scripture “Hades” or in the O.T., “Sheol”) - and as they are not in heaven, they must be in Hades.

 

 

The two things are set side by side - non-corruption of the body, and the restoration of the soul from Hades - which were fulfilled in Christ, and could not be fulfilled in David; therefore it follows, by implication of a strong kind, that, on the other side, corruption of the body answers to the sojourn of the soul in Hades.

 

 

But this may be also cleared yet further, from the consideration that Christ is “the forerunner and that “it behoved him to be in all things made like to his brethren As, therefore, he was like them in his death and the disposal of his body, so also in the disposal of his soul. He was to be a man in every point of his history which was compatible with his being sinless; and as his descending to the place of the dead did not destroy that purity of his nature, so it follows that to this also he submitted.

 

 

But this, though it seems to be satisfactory, is not left to inferential proof alone. It is directly affirmed more than once in holy writ - “Now that he ascended, what is it that he descended first into the lower parts of the earth.  He that descended is the same also that ascended far above all heavensEph. 4: 9, 10. We know that when Christ descended he went down into Hades; and Hades, it has been shewn, is situated in “the lower parts of the earth and is the place of the dead. His descent here spoken of cannot be simply his descent from heaven, for that were a descent only to the earth, but this is a descent to the “lower parts” of earth itself.

 

 

The following are some citations of authorities confirmatory of the principles laid down.

 

 

Macarius, - “After death we are carried into Hades.  This also did Christ take upon himself, and descend willingly into it: He was not detained as we are, but he descended.” - In Act. Conc. Nicoen. Lib. i.

 

 

Archelaus, bishop of Caschara in Mesopotamia, supposes that after it “happened to both Dives and Lazarus to depart this life, both went down into Hades, but that the beggar went to the place of repose.” - Not. Vales. In Socr. P. 201

 

 

Anastasius Sinaita, - “The sepulchre truly received his body only, but Hades his soul only.” - Apud. Euthym. Panopl.

 

 

Fulgentius, - “But the humanity of the Son of God was neither wholly in the grave, nor wholly in Hades, but as to His real flesh Christ being dead, lay in the sepulchre; but as to His soul Christ descended into Hades, and in the same soul returned from Hades again to the flesh He had left in the grave.” - Ad Thasimund. Lib. iii

 

 

Irenaeus, - “Souls depart into an invisible place appointed them by God, where they will tarry till resurrection, in a constant expectation of it; after which, they, receiving their bodies, and rising perfectly, that is corporeally, will come to the presence of God.” Lib. v. c. 26.

 

 

Justin Martyr (Dialogue with Trypho, c. 80), - “For if you have conversed with some that are called Christians, and do not maintain these opinions (the millennarian), but even dare to blaspheme the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, and say that there is no resurrection of the dead, but that the souls, as they leave the body, are received up into heaven, take care that you do not look upon these as Christians: as no one that rightly considers would say that the Sadducees, or the like sects of Genists, and Merists, and Galileans, and Hellenians, and Pharisees, and Baptists, are Jews.”

 

 

Cyprian, De Unct. Chrism, - “The King suffered himself to be mocked, and the Life to be slain, and descending to Hades, he led captive the captivity of old.”

 

 

Theophylact on Ephesians, iv - “Whither did Christ descend? To Hades - for this is what St. Paul calls the lowest parts of the earth, according to the common and received opinion; as also Jacob says, ‘Ye will bring down my grey hairs with sorrow to Hades.’ And David says, ‘I shall be like those that go down to the pit.’ He went down therefore to the lowest parts, beyond which it is impossible to proceed, and ascend above all things beyond which it is impossible to pass.”

 

 

Origen, - “For not even the Apostles have yet therefore that Abraham yet waits for the attainment of that which is perfect. And Isaac waits, and Jacob, and all the prophets wait for us. … You see therefore that Abraham yet waits for the attainment of that which is perfect. And Isaac waits, and Jacob, and all the prophets wait for us, that they may enjoy with us perfect happiness. On this account, therefore, even that mystery is kept to the last day of the deferred judgment,” Hom. 7 on Levit. #2. And again, - “It is my opinion that all the saints that depart from this life shall remain in a certain place in the earth, which the divine Scripture calls paradise, as in a place of instruction.” - De Princip. Lib.ii. c. xi.

 

 

This will meet an objection which may suggest itself. You speak of “the resurrection of the dead” - not “the resurrection of the body” - as it is usually expressed, and found in ‘the Apostles’ Creed’ (so called.)

 

 

The expression was used designedly, for it is the constant one employed by Scripture. The other expression is not once employed. And the reason is clear. They who speak of ‘the resurrection of the body’ fix the eye on a part of the man, while God’s eye is on the whole man. The phrase would suggest to an unbeliever the objection - ‘The body then is to rise without the soulFor while some err by making the spirit all in all, God’s word maintains - spirit, soul and body are to be reunited. God speaks of the resurrection of the dead because that word embraces all parts of the man.

 

 

But, for the benefit of those reject Robert Govett’s commentary and Paul’s words in 2 Tim. 2: 18, - Mr. G. H. Lang, has a word of caution from 1 Cor. 15: 51 for all:-

 

 

“It is often urged that this passage declares that though ‘we shall not all sleep but some be alive at the descent of the Lord, yet ‘we shall all be changed and surely, says the objector with emphasis, all means all. Truly; but in verse 22, ‘For as in Adam all die, so also in Christ shall all be made alive,’ ‘all’ means all of mankind, for every child of Adam will at some time be raised by Christ (John 5: 28, 29 [cf. Rev. 20: 13, R.V.]). But not all at ‘the first resurrection’ (Rev. 20: 5). Therefore in this very chapter ‘all’ means different things, and in ver. 51 requires limiting, since it refers to a smaller company than in ver. 22… ‘No one is misled when he hears one say that ‘all the world was there.’”*

 

[* NOTE: Other Publications by R. Govett and G. H. Lang are now available at:- www.icmbooksdirect.co.uk]

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

241

 

THE PLACE OF THE DEAD

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, M.A.

 

 

 

No dead soul stands in the presence of God in heaven.  The Type, first of all, forbids it. Aaron shall bring the blood “within the veil, ... and there shall be NO MAN in the tent of meeting when he goeth in to make atonement, until he come out” (Lev. 16: 17). This is exactly the high priestly work on which our Lord is now engaged. “Through His own blood [He] entered in once for all into the holy place, ... [to cleanse] the heavenly things with better sacrifices that is, His own (Heb. 9: 12, 23). So long as our High priest tarries within the Temple precincts, no man is anywhere in the heavenly courts: until, at the Second Advent, He comes forth, one Man alone is in the Temple in heaven.

 

 

The Law of God also forbids it. To touch a corpse, or even a grave, was to be unclean. “Whosoever on the open field toucheth ... a dead body, or a bone of a man, or a grave, shall be UNCLEAN seven days” (Num. 19: 16). Nor was it a corpse only which defiled: a far deeper defilement sprang from contact with a departed spirit. “There shall not be found with thee ... a consulter with a familiar spirit, or a wizard, or a necromancer” - i.e., one who holds intercourse with the dead - “for whosoever doeth these things is an abomination unto the Lord” (Deut. 18: 11).  Death, in all its parts, is Legal uncleanness: It is the visible Curse of God, the holy, resting on man, the sinner; it is the foul rotting of the leprosy of sin.  None such can stand in the Holy Temple, until resurrection, resting on the Blood, has finally obliterated all taint and consequence of sin.  2 Cor. 5: 4.

 

 

One critical example is given that the dead are still unascended. David had said: “Thou wilt not leave my soul in Hades, neither wilt Thou give Thy Holy One to see corruption David, says the apostle, could not have spoken this of his own soul. Why not? Because, Peter says, “this Jesus did God raise up”; whereas “David is NOT ASCENDED into the heavens” (Acts 2: 34), and therefore he could not have spoken it of himself.  This assumes that no disembodied human soul is ascended to God. For if not David, who is? “He died and was buried, and his tomb is with us unto this day  Death is an unclothing (2 Cor. 5: 4): God’s kings and priests may not appear before Him unclothed.  Ex. 28: 42, 43. “No man hath ascended into heaven” (John 3: 13).

 

 

Affirmative revelation also establishes the truth.  THE RESURRECTION of the body is a fact absolutely cardinal to the Christian faith. “If the dead are not raised, neither hath Christ been raised: and of Christ hath not been raised, your faith is vain; ye are yet in your sins” (1 Cor. 15: 16):  Atonement has never been made, Death still reigns, the Curse clings to the dead forever. 

 

 

But Christ is risen: “and if the Spirit of Him that raised up Jesus [out] from the dead dwelleth in you, He that raised up Christ Jesus from the dead shall quicken also your mortal bodies through His Spirit that dwelleth in you” (Rom. 8: 11). John 5: 28. For a naked soul, judicially disembodied, to enter the presence of God on high would be to approach Him in the shrouds of the Curse.

 

 

For THE BODY has been redeemed. Glorified bodies, souls or spirits, that are severed by death, are unknown to the Word of God: glorified human persons - with  body, soul, and spirit reunited - are to be the perfect fruit of redemption.  “How long, O Lord, holy and true (Rev. 6: 10), cry the naked souls under the Altar, waiting to be clothed upon: “so ourselves also ... groan within ourselves, waiting for our adoption, to wit, the redemption of our body” (Rom. 8: 23); for “we wait for a Saviour ... who shall fashion the body of our humiliation, that it may be conformed to the body of His glory” (Phil. 3: 21).  Earth is one vast field sown with the dead: out of it, like the risen Lord, will soon burst the waving harvests of resurrection.  1 Cor. 15: 20-26.

 

 

THIS CANNOT BE UNTIL OUR HIGH PRIEST ISSUES FROM THE TEMPLE.  “The hour cometh, in which all that are in the tombs” - not in the heavens - “shall hear His voice, and shall come forth; they that have done good” - the saved are therefore included - “unto the resurrection of life” (John 5: 28); for “the dead in Christ shall rise” - not descend - “to meet the Lord in the air” (1 Thess. 4: 16).*

 

* The actual locality of Sheol, or Hades, is indicated by such scriptures as these:  Matt. 12: 40; Num. 16: 30-33 1 San. 38: 13, 14; Job 26: 5, 6; Amos 9: 2; Eph. 4: 9 and Ps. 63: 9.  So scripture speaks of descending into it (Prov. 1: 12; Isa. 5: 14; Ezek. 31: 15, 16), and of rising up out of it (1 Sam. 2: 16; Ps. 30: 3; Prov. 15: 24; Rom. 10: 7).

 

 

Meanwhile two compartments enfold the departed.  Dives, like the citizens of Sodom, imprisoned in the lower Hades, already suffers the vengeance of eternal [Gk. ‘aionios’] fire.  Luke 16: 23.  PARADISE, in which our Lord and the penitent Thief (Robber) met on the night of the Crucifixion (Luke 23: 43), and where, in His divinity, He still is (Psalm 139: 8), is described, now as a rest, now as a slumber, now as a harbour, now as a garden, now as a home.  “For me to die says Paul, “is gain; ... for it is very far better” (Phil. 1: 21): wherefore “we are willing rather to be absent from the body, and to be at home with the Lord” (2 Cor. 5: 8).  Life in Christ is good: death in Christ is better: resurrection in Christ is best.  “I am in the happiest pass,” said Rutherford, in his dying hours, “to which man ever came. Christ is mine, and I am His: and now their stands nothing betwixt me and resurrection, except Paradise!”

 

 

-------

 

 

CROWNS

 

 

No less than five crowns are offered to be won in the Christian life-race.  They are (1) The INCORRUPTIBLE CROWN, 1 Cor. 9: 25.  (2)  CORWN OF REJOICING for those who win souls, 1 Thess. 2: 19.  (3) CROWN OF GLORY, for faithful Pastors, 1 Pet. 5: 1-4. (4)  CROWN OF RIGHTEOUSNESS, 2 Tim. 4: 7, 8. (5)  CORWN OF LIFE, Jas. 1: 12; Rev. 2: 10.  Moreover, these Crowns betoken a Kingdom.  They are won by enduring, obeying, witnessing, and suffering - and for those who thus overcome there are the wonderful promises of sharing the FIRST RESURRECTION, Phil. 3: 10, 11; reigning with Christ in His millennial glory and through eternity, 2 Tim. 2: 12, with Rev. 22: 3-5; also the promises to Overcomers in the letters to the seven Churches in Rev. 2. and 3.

 

The FIRST Resurrection, precedes the last resurrection by a thousand years (Rev. 20: 4-6); it is the door which will allow one, who is considered worthy, entrance into the millennium (Luke 20: 35, 36): a sabbath rest for the people of God; let us strive to enter into that rest.  Heb. 4: 9, 11.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

242

 

 

AN URGENT DANGER

 

 

 

In his Letter to the Church of God in Corinth, the apostle Paul’s words are applicable to “all those everywhere who call on the name of our Lord Jesus Christ” (1 Cor. 1: 2).

 

 

In the sixth chapter of the letter, he expresses his disapproval of those in communion, for not settling disputes amongst themselves: verses 1-7.  Were not Christians who were “sanctified in Jesus Christ and called to be holy by God’s decree, hereafter to be judges of the world and angels? Why, then, should they not be able to settle disputes amongst themselves?  “But, instead, one brother goes to law against another - and this in front of unbelievers” (verse 6). Here the brethren of Corinth are distinguished as believers from those who are outside the family of God being unbelievers. They ought to have suffered injustice than bring actions before the law courts. But some of them, instead of suffering wrong, were inflicting it, and defrauding even their brethren! Then comes the Holy Spirit’s rebuke:  “Don’t you know” - the words indicate that every believer should know, or ought to know - “that the wicked will not inherit the kingdom of God? Do not be deceived: Neither the sexually immoral nor idolaters nor adulterers nor male prostitutes nor homosexual offenders nor thieves nor the greedy nor drunkards nor slanderers nor swindlers will inherit the kingdom of God.  And that is what some of you were.  But you were washed, you were sanctified, you were justified in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ and by the Spirit of our God” (verses 9 and 10).

 

 

That these  threats are  directed at  the  regenerate is certain. (1) It cannot be said, ‘Paul is addressing certain hypocrites who had slipped in amongst them.’ For he says of them all, that they had been justified, sanctified, and washed. Is that a true description of hypocrites? But some insist upon the words - “And that is what some of you were But they are not meant to contradict what the inspired apostle had expressly asserted in verse 8, that some were cheating and doing wrong, and they where doing it to their brothers. It is on the ground of this charge, that he makes known to them the solemn threat of exclusion from the kingdom of God, which immediately follows.

 

 

(2) How would the apostle’s rebuke stand, if we interpret it as many believers do? ‘O Christian believers, some of you are cheating and acting wrongly toward your brothers. What!  Do you not know that unconverted men, if unrighteous will not inherit the kingdom of God! Don’t be mistaken! No unconverted people, if fornicators or adulterers, will enter that kingdom  Was that what the apostle meant? Does he teach that unconverted people, if they are morally decent, will enter the kingdom? I suppose no Christian will say so. Is it not the case that the unregenerate, simply as unregenerate, will be refused any inheritance there? Isn’t that exactly what our Lord said to Nicodemus?  John 3: 3.

 

 

But there was, and presently is a great danger, if those who are Christians rest upon the privileges God has given them, and imagine that, because they are adopted into HIS family, the Most High will turn a blind eye or somehow overlook in them what, if done by unbelievers, He would severely punish. From false ideas of Christian liberty the Corinthian Christians were acting contrary to the word of their Lord Jesus Christ. Is there no danger in this direction today?

 

 

To whom are Paul’s “Don’t you know?”s addressed, if not addressed to believers? Rom. 6: 16; 11: 2; 1 Cor. 3: 16; 5: 6; 6: 2, 3, 15, 16, 19; 9: 13: 24, etc.

 

 

The kingdom is for the saints: Daniel 7: 18.  Un-saintly behaviour, therefore, as sure as it excludes [or should exclude] from the church of God now, most certainly will exclude from the kingdom by-and-by: 1 Cor. 5: 6.

 

 

In short, the Holy Spirit, through the inspired apostle, is teaching us the following:

 

 

1. No unrighteous person shall enter the kingdom: verse 9 , compare with Matthew 5: 20.

 

 

2.  Some of you are unrighteous: verse 8.

 

 

3. Therefore some of you regenerate believers (unless you repent) will not enter the kingdom.

 

 

(3)  The Apostle’s letter to the Ephesians is addressed to the saints in Ephesus, “the faithful in Christ Jesus” (verse 1).  After he describes their wondrous privileges as chosen in Christ, begs them to walk worthy of the call of God: verses 1-4. Later he insists that they do not live as others, who had given themselves over to sensuality and were indulging in “every kind of impurity, with a continual lust for more” (4: 17-19). He assures, the same persons, that to be guilty of such acts would exclude them from the kingdom.  “Among you there must not be even a hint of sexual immorality, or of any kind of impurity, or of greed, because these are improper for God’s holy people” ... “For of this you can be sure: No immoral, impure, or greedy person - such a man is an idolater - has any inheritance in the kingdom of Christ and of God.  Let no one deceive you with empty words” -  (by teaching  you that my warnings are not directed at [genuine] believers or by suggesting to you that it is not possible for [born-again] Christians to behave in such a manner.) - “for because of such things God’s wrath comes on those who are disobedient (Greek.)* Are there no regenerate believers today pressing on to ‘make their fortune,’ and believing themselves quite justified in doing so? Was no Christian  ever greedy? Or a lover of money? What does the Holy Spirit say?: “Do not be partners with them” (verse 7). Is it not true to say that these offences are lightly regarded; and that all believers are in danger of falling into them? But God’s wrath is to come upon these things: and “anyone who does wrong will be repaid  for the wrong  God does not show favouritism in judgment.  (Col. 3: 25.)

 

[* The  wrath of God is  coming on “the sons of disobedience.”]

 

 

(4) In the regenerate believer the “sinful nature” is  very much alive: he can therefore indulge it (Gal. 5: 13).  In point of doctrine and of fact many are deceived: 1 Cor. 5: 2; 2 Cor. 12: 20, 21.  And Paul, by the Holy Spirit announces the acts of the sinful nature (Gal. 5: 19-21); and adds: “I warn you, as I did before, that those who live like this will not inherit the kingdom of God

 

 

Eternal life is the gift of God in grace; the eternal kingdom must therefore be given to all the redeemed. But there is also to be a “reward to each person according to what he has done” Matthew 16: 27; 2 Cor. 5: 10; 1 Cor. 3: 8; Rev. 2: 23. That reward is to be “considered worthy” of the “Age” to come, and a resurrection [out] from the dead. Luke 20: 35; Rev. 20: 6; Phil. 3: 10-14.  We must have active righteousness as well as Christ’s imputed righteousness to be able to enter that kingdom.  Matthew 5: 20; 7: 21, 25: 34, 40.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

243

 

APOSTASY

 

 

By ARLEN L. CHITWOOD

 

 

 

The word “apostasy” is itself not used in the Epistle of Jude, but this word is taken from the Greek text of several corresponding Scriptures appearing elsewhere in the New Testament which refer to the latter-day departure from the faith as “the apostasy Paul states in 2 Thess. 2: 3, “Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day [the Day of the Lord] shall not come except there come a falling awaythe apostasy’] first ...” Paul, again in 1 Tim. 4: 1 states, “Now But’] the Spirit speaketh expressly, that in the latter times some shall depart apostatize’] from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of demons The writer of Hebrews calls attention to this same thing in Heb. 3: 12: “Take heed brethren, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief, in departing apostatizing’] from the living God

 

 

The English word “apostasy” is a transliterated form of the Greek word apostasia, a compound word formed from apo and stasis, Apo means “from,” and stasis means “to stand.” When used together, forming the word apostasia, the meaning is “to stand away from.” This “standing away from” pertains to a position previously occupied and refers to standing away from “the faith which was once delivered unto the saints” (cf. 1 Tim. 4: 1; Jude 3).

 

 

Jude calls attention to the original intent of his epistle.  Jude had originally set about to write on the “common salvation [salvation by grace through faith, possessed commonly by all believers]”; but the Holy Spirit prevented him from writing upon this subject and, instead, moved him to write upon something entirely different:- contending for the faith during a day of apostasy (Jude 3).

 

 

Those who apostatize from the faith are Christians. It is not possible for an unsaved persons to “stand away from” the faith, for they has never come into a position from which they can stand away. Only the saved have come into this position, and only they can enter into this latter-day apostasy.

 

 

The second indispensable key which one must possess to correctly understand the epistle of Jude is the subject matter at hand - “earnestly contend for the faith which in one sense of the word is the opposite of “apostasy from the faith  However, contrary to popular interpretation, this opposite meaning has nothing to do with being a protector or guardian of the great Christian doctrines.

 

 

The words translated “earnestly contend” in Jude 3 are from the Greek word epagonizomai. This is an intensified form of the word agonizomai, from which we derive the English word “agonize.” The word agonizomai is found in such passages as 1 Cor. 9: 25striveth”), 1 Tim. 6: 12fight”), and 2 Tim. 4: 7 fought”). This word refers particularly to a “struggle in a contest

 

 

In 1 Cor. 9: 24-27 Paul pictured himself as a contestant in a race with a victor’s crown to be won by successful completion of the race. He “agonized” as he ran the race. That is, he strained every muscle of his being as he sought to finish the race in a satisfactory manner and be awarded the proffered crown.

 

 

1 Tim. 6: 12 states, “Fight the good fight of faith, lay hold no eternal life, whereunto thou art also called ...”  This verse could be better translated, “StriveAginizeAgonizomai] in the good contest [agon] of the faith; lay hold on life for the age, whereunto thou art called ...”  Agon, translated “contest is the noun form of the verb agonizomai, translated “strive A contest/race is in view (same as 1 Cor. 9: 24-27), and it is a “contest of the faith  It is “striving” relative to the faith. 2 Tim. 4: 7 is a very similar verse.  “I have fought a good fight ...”  could be better translated, “I have strivedagonized’ agonizomai] in the good contest [agon] ...” The  “contest” here, as in 1 Tim. 6: 12, has to do with the faith. This verse, along with the following, goes on to state, “ ... I have finished my course [the contest/race], I have kept the faith: Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous Judge, shall give me at that day ...” The contest or race here is the same race set forth in 1 Cor. 9: 24-27, with one or more crowns in view at the end of the race. And successful completion of the race will result in the runner being crowned, anticipating the coming rule from the heavens over the earth as a joint-heir with Christ (called “life for the age” in 1 Tim. 6: 12).

 

 

The great problem among Christians today is spiritual immaturity; they know very little or nothing of the “great and precious promises or being “partakers of the divine nature They, thus, can be easily “carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the slight of men, and cunning craftiness, whereby they lie in wait to deceive” (Eph. 4: 14).

 

 

The “apostates” in Jude 4 are false teachers who are often erroneously thought of as unsaved individuals. The context in Jude (verse 5) and the corresponding section in 2 Pet. 2: 1-3; cf. verses 19-21) both demonstrate conclusively that the unsaved are not in view at all.

 

 

The context of Jude 4 has to do with individuals who were saved out of the land of Egypt, but afterward destroyed. Not only had these individuals appropriated the blood of the paschal lambs but they had also been delivered from Egypt. In the antitype this points to individuals who have both appropriated the blood of the Passover Lamb and have been delivered from the things of the world (ref. “... Having escaped the corruption that is  in the world ... escaped  the  pollutions  of  the world ...” [2 Pet. 1: 4; 2: 20]). Then, continuing with the antitype of Jude 5, this verse also has to do with the destruction of many of these same individuals. The reason for the destruction of certain [initially saved] individuals, following their appropriation of the blood of the Passover Lamb and following their deliverance from the things of the world, is revealed in the context in Jude (verse 3, 4) and in Old Testament type (Num. 13: 21-14: 9, 27-37). It is because of unfaithfulness, resulting in a falling away - apostasy.

 

 

Peter and Jude both deal with regenerate teachers who have apostatized from the faith, and become false teachers, and now stand in the way of those who are earnestly striving “for [with reference to, in the good contest of] the faith

 

 

The nation of Israel stood away from “the faith they refused to believe that they could go into the land and, under God, be victorious in the conquest. Israel committed national apostasy at Kadesh-Barnea. Israel turned away from the land of Canaan and looked back toward the land of Egypt.

 

 

Christians under Christ are being prepared during their wilderness journey for entrance into the kingdom to  rule as God’s firstborn sons. Christians under Christ are to go in, be victorious over the inhabitants of the land (cf. Eph. 6: 10-17), and, in the coming day (following the adoption), rule as God’s firstborn sons with Christ in the Millennium.

 

 

The shepherds in Christendom, the ones who are supposed to keep the great truths surrounding Christ’s return ever before the people, have become engaged in other activities.  The end result, foretold thirty-five hundred years ago, during the days of Moses, has been apostasy. This is the main thesis of Jude’s epistle.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

244

 

AN IMPORTANT TEXT (5)

 

 

We shall not all sleep, but we shall all be changed.

 

1 Cor. 15: 51.

 

 

By G. H. LANG

 

 

 

IT is often urged that this passage declares that though “we shall not all sleep,” but some be alive at the descent of the Lord, yet “we shall all be changed and surely, says the objector with emphasis, all means all. Truly; but in verse 22, “For as in Adam all die, so also in the Christ shall all be made alive,” “all” means all of mankind, for every child of Adam will at some time be raised by Christ (John 5: 28, 29).  But not all at the first resurrection (Rev. 20: 5). Therefore in this very chapter “all” means different things, and in verse 51 requires limiting, since it refers to a smaller company than in verse 22.

 

 

The last and immediate context is in verses 48, 49, which speak of those who are to “bear the image of the heavenly that is, are to share with the Lord in His heavenly form, glory, and sovereignty. Now the more difficult, and therefore the more probable reading here is as in the R.V. margin: “As we have borne the image of the earthy, let us also bear the image of the heavenly It is evident that one copying a document is not likely to insert by mistake a more difficult word or idea than is in the manuscript before him; so that, as a general rule, the more difficult reading is likely to have been the original reading. Moreover, in this case “let us also bear” is so well attested by the manuscripts as to have been adopted as the true reading by Lachmann, Tischendorf, Tregelles, Alford, and Westcott and Hort, and is given as the text in the latest editions of the Greek Testament, those of Nestle and Von Soden. Ellicott prefers the common reading, but on subjective and internal grounds only, and his remark on the external authority is emphatic: “It is impossible to deny that the subjunctive phoresomen is supported by very greatly preponderating authority.” Alford (on Romans 9: 5) well says, “that no conjecture [i.e., as to the true Greek text] arising from doctrinal difficulty is ever to be admitted in the face of the consensus of MSS. and versionsWeymouth gives the force well by the rendering “let us see to it that we also bear

 

 

By this exhortation the apostle places upon Christians some responsibility to see that they secure that image of the heavenly which is indispensable to “inheriting the kingdom of God” (ver. 50). In this Paul is supported by Peter, who also writes of that “inheritance which is reserved in heaven” (1 Pet. 1: 4), which he describes by the later statement that “the God of all grace called you unto His eternal [Gk. ‘aionios’]* glory in Christ” (1 Pet. 5: 10).  But Peter goes on to urge the called to “give the more diligence to make your calling and election sure” (2 Pet. 1: 10), thus showing that this calling to share the glory of God has to be made sure.  He is not at all discussing justification by faith or suggesting that it must be made sure by works done after conversion. Justification [by faith alone] and eternal life are not in the least his subject. He writes expressly to those “who have [already] obtained like precious faith with us in the righteousness of our God and Saviour Jesus Christ” (2 Pet. 1: 1). The calling of grace is to share in God’s own eternal glory, or, as Paul expresses it, to share God’s “own kingdom and glory and he tells us that he exhorted, encouraged, yea, and testified, to the end that his children in faith should “walk worthily of God” Who had called them to such supreme dignity (1 Thess. 2: 11-12).

 

[* NOTE: ‘aionios’ and translated ‘eternal’ (in this context of a regenerate Christian’s works) - must be understood as ‘age-lasting’ and not ‘eternal’ - as is shown in almost all English translations. See in www.themillennialkingdom.org.uk  “The Dualism of Eternal Life” by S. S. Craig.]

 

 

Since therefore this most honourable calling must be “made sure” by “walking worthily” in order that we may be “counted worthy of the kingdom of God, for which ye also suffer” (2 Thess. 1: 5), the reading “let us also bear the image of the heavenly” becomes consistent and important. Thus 1 Cor. 15: 41, 52 is addressed to those who are assumed (whether it be so or not) to have responded to that exhortation, and it will mean that “we [who shall be ‘accounted worthy’ to bear that heavenly image] shall not all sleep, but we shall all be changed Of that company it is strictly true that all means all.

 

 

Further, the primary antecedent to verse 52 is in verse 23: “But each [shall be made alive] in his own order: Christ the first-fruits then they that are Christ’s in His Parousia: then the end ...” Does not the whole sentence, in the light of other passages, carry the force: But each shall be made alive, not all at the same hour, but each in his own class or company (tagma); first-fruit, Messiah; then, next, those of the Messiah, i.e., in His character as first-fruit, at His Parousia; then, [‘a thousand years’] later, the end of all dispensations, involving the resurrection of all, saved and unsaved, not before raised?*  Here is additional reason for R. C. Chapman’s view that the first resurrection is one of “first-fruits,” and not of all who will be finally raised in the “harvest” of eternal life.

 

[* See Rev. 20: 7, 12, 13, 15, R.V. and Footnote.]

 

It has been accepted above that “all” means “all but what does “all” mean?  It is not always used absolutely, in its universal sense. Thus the Lord, speaking of the last days of this age, said, “ye shall be hated of all men for My name’s sake” (Matt. 10: 22; Lk. 21: 17); yet later, speaking of the same period, He showed that there will be then some, the “sheep,” who will befriend His persecuted followers (Matt. 25: 33-40).  The explanation is found in the other report of His words: “ye shall be hated of all the nations” (Matt. 24: 10); that is, this hatred will affect all the peoples everywhere on earth, though not every individual as the other use of “all” might by itself suggest.

 

 

Again; of the trial of Christ before the Council of the Jews it is said that “all the chief priests and the elders of the people took counsel (sumboulion) against Jesus” (Matt. 27: 1); yet Lk. 23: 50 tells that one of that Council, Joseph of Arimathea (a boulelees), had not assented to their counsel (boulee); and John 19: 39 shows that Nicodemus dissociated himself from their act; and he also was one of the Council (John 7: 50-52). Acts 1: 1 speaks of Luke’s Gospel having narrated “all that Jesus began both to do and to teach yet we know that the world could not contain the books that would be required for such a full account (John 21: 25).

 

 

These instances suffice to warn against rashly taking “all” in its fullest sense. They call for careful consideration of each use of the word.  The [Holy] Spirit took up the natural habits of human speech! No one is misled when he hears one say that “all the world was there

 

 

Passages which deal with a matter from the point of view of God’s plan and willingness use general, wide terms to cover and to disclose His whole provision.  But these must be ever considered in connection with any other statements upon the same subject which reveal what God foresees of the human element which, by His own creation of responsible creatures, He permits to interact with His working. Out of these elements, through self-will in the [regenerate] believer, arises the possibility of [these] individuals not reaching unto the whole of what the grace of God had offered in Christ.  For fuller discussions see my First-fruits and Harvest and Ideals and Realities.

 

 

-------

 

 

*FOOTNOTE: All those, after their Resurrection, whose names were “not found written in the book of life,” will be “cast into the lake of fireRev. 20: 12-15, R.V.

 

The remainder of the DEAD, presently in the underworld of the dead in “HADES” (Luke 16: 23; Acts 2: 34. cf. 2 Tim. 2: 18, R.V.) - together with those who had received eternal salvation through faith alone and as a “free gift” (Eph. 2: 8; Rom. 6: 23, R.V.) are judged after their death (Heb. 9: 27, R.V.). Some will NOT be “accounted worthy to attain to that age” - [i.e., the Lord’s coming millennial era of “a thousand years” (Rev. 20: 6, R.V.] - “and the resurrection out of dead ones” (Greek); but will later enter “a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and first earth are passed away; and the sea is no more” (Rev. 21: 1, R.V.). 

 

The “new heaven and a new earth” will be an entirely new Creation, after the present heavens and earth are destroyed by fire (2 Pet. 3: 10) and “after the thousand years” of Messiah’s promised inheritance, (Ps. 2: 8) when His righteous rule, in the midst of enemies, has terminated, (Ps. 110: 1-3).

 

The Apostle Paul says we are to “shun profane babblings: for they will proceed further into ungodliness, and their word will eat as doth a gangrene: of whom is Hymenaeus and Philetus; men who concerning the truth have erred, saying that the resurrection is PAST already, and overthrow the faith of some,” (Tim. 2:16-18, R.V.). This statement and command from Paul, was given many years after Peter’s first sermon on Pentecost, - fifty days after Christ’s crucifixion; forty days after His post resurrection ministry upon this earth; after His Ascension into Heaven.  and after the Apostles and Christians were martyred for “the faith”! 

 

In Acts 4: 2, we read of the Sadducees who were “sore troubled because they [the Apostles] “taught the people, and proclaimed in Jesus the resurrection out of dead ones” (Acts 4: 2, Lit. Greek.); and now - some 2,000 years later, we hear from some deluded Christians that when Christ ascended into Heaven He took all the redeemed saints out from “Hades” to be with Him!  All of this is contrary to the teachings of Christ and His Apostles, and suggests that we can ascend into Heaven immediately after the time of Death, and without having to wait for our Lord Jesus to return to resurrect the “blessed and holy” dead! Rev. 6: 9-11; 20: 6.

 

Will God do precisely that which He has said He will do? Most definitely for “I the Lord change not!” (Mal. 3: 6, R.V.). Therefore, having faith in an Intermediate Place and State of the Dead; and of being “accounted worthy” to rise at “the First Resurrection” (Lk. 20: 35; Rev. 20: 4-6); and of attaining to a high standard of personal righteousness (Matt. 5: 20), are all of vital importance to every born-again believer: for at Christ’s a future Judgment Seat after the time of death (Heb. 9: 27), it is written: “He that doeth wrong shall receive again for the wrong that he hath done: and there is no respect of persons” (Col. 3: 25, R.V.)! “Be not deceived; God is not mocked: for whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap,” (Gal. 6: 7, R.V.); and “Now the works of the flesh are manifest, which are … “of which I forewarn you, (‘brethren’ ver. 13) even as I did forewarn you, that they which practise such things shall not INHERIT the KINGDOM of God,” (Gal. 5: 19, 21, R.V.).]

 

 

-------

 

 

AN EXTRACT

from a letter written in 1873 by

PHILIP HENRY GOSSE, F.R.S.,

to his son Edmund

 

 

(From The Life and Letters of Sir Edmund Gosse, pp. 43-45)

 

 

 

OF late years many devout students of prophecy have thought they discovered, in the Word, intimations that not all of the saints found living at the Lord’s descent - not all who are real believers - will go up to Him then; but only those who are watchful, and practically ready; only those who are, in habitual affection, in separation from the world, in circumcision of the heart - wholly His. The Wise Virgins, in fact: the Foolish ones representing not, as ordinarily taught, and as hitherto believed by me, hollow professors, but unwatchful, unready, half-hearted, though at bottom, real, [born-again] believers. That these latter are the “left” when the former are “taken”: left, to be purified by the fiery trial under the personal infidel Antichrist. There are difficulties attending the reception of this view texts which seem to militate against it; such as the words “together with them in the clouds” in 1 Thes. 4: 17, and “we shall all be changed, in a moment ...” in 1 Cor. 15: 51, 52. [See preceding article.]

 

On the other side the view is strongly countenanced by the Lord’s exhortation in Luke 21: 36; which would seem to have no force, if the unworthy were not to endure what the worthy escape. And by the promise to the faithful but feeble church of Philadelphia (Rev. 3: 10) of preservation from the hour of trial, which shall be universal for the earth-dwellers. The very circumstance that there is, at the very last, after Philadelphia, a Laodicea, a real church, loved by Christ, yet so lukewarm as to be spued out of his mouth; to be rebuked and chastened, and left for repentance, this fact, I say, is solemnly suggestive.

 

These thoughts have been much exercising our minds of late, and have led me much to the Word of God. I cannot say I am quite sure the affirmative of this view is true; a good deal is to be said on the negative side; but I judge the weight and number of texts preponderate for the former. But, supposing they were evenly balanced; nay, supposing there were only an inferior measure of probability for the former, would it not be the highest wisdom to leave nothing to chance?

 

We have thought with yearning hearts, of you, my only child. That you are the Lord’s own: that the root of the matter is in you, I have strong reasons for believing.  But, do you “love His appearing?” Are you habitually watching for it? Is the world behind your back? Are you giving your heart to Him who gave His blood for you? Oh, think seriously of this! I must, in faithful love, warn you. It is not enough to say, “Perhaps it is not true!” Perhaps, I admit, it is not: but, perhaps it is! And oh! to be left behind to endure that terrible tribulation, which assuredly is coming soon; when, if the thoughts of many deeply taught are correct, the only choice possible will be, either open apostasy and demon-worship, or - the axe of the executioner.

 

 

Remarks.  The writer of this letter was one of the leading zoologists of the last century. He was profoundly evangelical in faith. When in 1857 Lyell, the geologist, was sounding scientific opinion as to what reaction could be expected to Darwin’s theory of evolution, which it was proposed to announce, Grosse was one of the few front-rank naturalists that was ready to oppose it. His true fatherly solicitude for his only child shines in the letter. It was such a father that the son pilloried and misrepresented in Father and Son, using him as occasion to attack evangelical religion (p. 329).

 

The letter shows that the doctrine of selective rapture is not new but was understood and received a century ago by many thoughtful Bible lovers.  Perhaps if the son had left its force he might have been saved from apostasy from his early faith.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

245

 

The Inheritance Set Before Us*

 

 

By Charlie Dines (U.S.A.)

 

 

[* A short extract taken from the author’s book: “Being Glorified Together With Him (The Reward of the Inheritance.)]

 

 

 

This inheritance, as previously affirmed, has reference to the Millennial kingdom, a portion of which is being reserved for all those revealed to be of Christ in His presence (1 Cor. 15: 23). They will be those begotten ones who have walked “worthy of God, who has called [us] into His kingdom and glory” (1 Thess. 2: 12). To be numbered among the worthy is our “hope of His calling” (Eph. 1: 18).  This inheritance is the reward of Col. 3: 24. It is the reward to be brought with Christ upon His return (Rev. 22: 12).

 

 

Who among us can imagine the glory of such a thing?

 

 

Paul admonishes us through his words addressed to the Ephesian elders in Acts 20: 31f: “Therefore, watch [be on the alert], remembering that night and day for a period of three years I did not cease to admonish each one with tears. And now, brethren, I commend you to God and to the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and give you the inheritance among all those who have been sanctified*

 

* Barnes, in his Notes under Acts 20: 32, writes as follows: “They who receive a part in the inheritance beyond the grave will have it only among the sanctified and the pure. They must, therefore, be pure themselves, or they can have no part in the kingdom of Christ and of God.”

 

In 2 Cor. 7: 1, we are instructed to be “perfecting holiness in the fear of God.” Personally knowing (being exercised in) the fear of the Lord, we ought to always be submitting ourselves to Christ’s activity within us.

 

 

Would Paul, for three years, “admonish” (warn; Greek, noutheo), these same ones - ones who were born-again “brethren” - concerning this inheritance unless there was a possibility of their coming short of obtaining it.”*

 

* 2 Cor. 6: 1; Heb. 4: 1; 12: 15ff.

 

 

To his (saved) disciple, Titus, Paul writes that “having been justified by His grace, we might become heirs according to hope of eternal life” (Titus 3: 7).* Eternal life is the warrant of God upon faith unto all who believe - we have been justified. But our hope of eternal life is something else. It is a hope of an abundant entrance into Christ’s kingdom. This hope looks forward to our being “accounted worthy to attain unto that age [The Millennial Age] and to the resurrection out from among the dead ones” - (this is a more literal rendering of Luke 20: 35).

 

* The phrase “having been justified” in Titus 3: 7 is in the aorist tense: here, a past occurrence. However, the phrase “we might become heirs” is in the subjunctive mood, denoting something that can and might well become reality, though the fact is left in question.

 

 

Near the end of his life, the apostle Paul - having earlier stated that he had not yet been perfected or obtained the prize (Phil. 3: 12ff) - wrote the following to his disciple, Timothy.

 

 

2 Tim. 4: 7, 8: “I have fought the good fight, I have finished the course, I have kept the faith. 8 In the future there is laid up for me the crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous judge, will award to me in that Day; and not only to me, but also to all those loving His appearing

 

 

I offer the following two thoughts in light of this passage from Second Timothy. First, “that Day” is the Day of Christ’s presence (His parousia). While still ministering, Paul’s eager desire was not to die - to be unclothed (i.e., without a covering, a body) - but to be clothed with a habitation which is from heaven, in order that being so clothed he should not be found naked. I understand this clothing to be a resurrection [and immortal] body to be received in the day of our redemption.* Clothed with a habitation which is from heaven, in order that being so clothed he should not be found naked. I understand this clothing to be a resurrection body to be received in the day of our redemption.*

 

* This matter is addressed in Rom. 8: 23; 1 Cor. 15: 35ff; 2 Cor. 5: 24.

 

 

Secondly, Paul stresses that reward necessitates “loving His appearing But how many believers think daily (or monthly, or yearly) about His appearing, let alone loving and longing for it? Many have never even received the message of the kingdom as a little child.* Others have only this occasional thought: that when they die they will go to heaven as a naked soul - and this despite what may be their present, wayward manner of living. Even now, some of these same errant ones may say that they are expecting to be raptured at any moment. Oh my!

 

* Mark 10: 15; Luke 18: 17.

 

 

A young woman’s husband may need to leave her for a time to attend to certain, specific matters concerning his father’s business. And if his wife may truly love him, will she not be longing continually for his reappearance, keeping his house fit for his return?

 

 

Hypocrisy in a Christian’s Life

 

 

Men abhor hypocrisy; so does our Lord (Matt. 23: 13ff).

 

 

Dearly beloved: Christians cannot show up at the church-house with their Sunday go-to-meeting teeth on, patting the saints on the back with a “Bless you,” and thereafter go home to subject their wives to unloving, even vile speech; or to nag their husbands; or to exasperate their children with angry disciplines too severe. Neither can they be known to be living in some moral fault; for any / all such bad behaviour will invalidate any witness for Christ to others, leaving unbelievers to wonder: “How is it possible that God would condemn me but not these who call themselves Christians? - for I deem myself to be leading a better life than many of them.” Is it any surprise that so many unbelievers often dismiss interest in the necessity of Christ’s salvation based on the hypocrisy to be observed in the lives of certain Christians?

 

 

1 John 3: 2, 3: “Beloved, now we are children of God, and what we shall be has not yet been manifested; but we know that whenever He shall be manifested, we will be like Him, because we will see Him as He is. 3 And everyone having this hope set on Him purifies himself, even as He is pure

 

 

Hope and purity of life are interdependently related.

 

 

Hypocrisy is an obstacle to influencing men unto faith in Christ; purity in life and character will give weight to our testimony. The writer of Hebrews says, “[God] spoke long ago to the fathers in the prophets … in these last days He has spoken to us in His Son” (Heb. 1: 1, 2). “In” - namely, in and through their lives. Simple words alone will not frequently persuade others; it is in a man’s observable manner of life that he speaks loudest.

 

 

Heb. 4: 1 “Let us therefore fear, lest a [conditional] promise being left to us of entering into His rest, any of you should seem to come short of it

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

246

 

AN IMPORTANT TEXT (6)

 

 

THE ELECT

 

Matt. 24: 31.

 

 

By G. H. LANG

 

 

 

THE Lord was dealing with the question “What shall be the sign of Thy parousia and consummation of the age (verse 13). It is almost completely overlooked that this question was concerned with one double event not with two separated events. This is clear in the Greek though not in the English Versions, for the latter render it “the sign of Thy coming, and of the end of the world The comma, with the words “of the,” dissociate the “coming” from the “consummation of the age leaving it possible that there may be an undefined interval between them, but they are without warrant. The phrase “the end of the world” is simply false and misleading, for it carries the mind on to the final event of heaven and earth passing away, to be substituted by new heavens and earth. But tou aionos means “of the age and sunteleta means the consummation of this age, the point when this period of God’s dealings touches and leads into the next period, the millennial kingdom to be ushered in by the parousia of Christ.

 

 

Among other events to lead up to that consummation the Lord mentioned (15-28) the rise of the Desolator foretold by Daniel, bringing on a tribulation surpassing all previous troubles on earth and never afterward to be equalled. He then declared that it would be immediately after that tribulation that His coming in power and glory would be seen (29, 30), to which He added our passage: “And He shall send forth His angels with a great sound of a trumpet, and they shall gather together His elect from the four winds, from one end of heaven to the other

 

 

The view that the parousia and the removal of the church will be before that tribulation has (1) to ignore the fact that the question of the disciples was concerning two events so closely connected that they could be indicated by one and the same sign; and (2) it has to affirm that the “elect” of our present verse are not Christians but godly Jews. It is part of the theory that the Synoptic Gospels are “Jewish” in character, not Christian, which theory will stand or fall with this particular passage. The following considerations must have weight.

 

 

1. This gathering of the elect takes place while the Son of man is still in the clouds. Thence He “sends forth” His angels, having not yet come as far as the earth. Comp. Rev. 14: 14-16 and 1 Thess. 4: 16, 17. But the saved of Israel are to be gathered to their land, Palestine. See Isa. 11: 10 ff., which states distinctly that the nations of the earth also will then seek the Lord at His “resting place The clouds are not His resting place but merely a halt on His way to the earth, nor will the nations seek Him on the clouds, it being impossible. Further, the passage goes [on] to detail the Philistines as involved, with the other lands surrounding Palestine. Every passage, without exception, that deals with this topic confirms the return of the literal Israel to the actual land of their fathers. Therefore they will not be the elect to be gathered to the clouds.

 

 

2. No gathering of Jews to Palestine at this particular hour is known to Scripture. There is to be one gathering of them before the Beast reigns, for he is to persecute them there in that great tribulation (Lk. 21: 23, 24: etc.). There is to be another gathering of Israel after the Lord shall have come to His resting place, Zion; Isa. 11: 11,ff. This is to be of whatever Israelites shall have survived that late tribulation and the heaven-inflicted judgments of the End days, “the remnant that remain This gathering is expressly called the second. But had there been, first, the return to Palestine which will precede the tribulation (of which we have perhaps seen some fulfilment), and then the gathering before us to the clouds, the gathering of the remnant mentioned in Isa. 11. would not be the second, but a third.

 

 

3. The gathering of the elect by the angels is to be universal: “from the four winds, from one end of heaven to the other or as Mark 13: 27, “from the uttermost part of the earth to the uttermost part of heaven If these were Jews there would be no Jews left for the second gathering to Messiah at Jerusalem, for they would all have been already gathered.

 

 

4. Not angels but the Gentile nations are to be the agents for that second gathering to Palestine.  This is distinctly and specifically asserted no less than four times. See Isa. 11: 12; 14: 2, “the peoples shall take them and bring them to their place”: and so 49: 22, with 66: 19, 20.

 

 

5. The term “elect” is applied to angels (1 Tim. 5: 21), to Christ (Lk. 13: 35: 1 Pet. 2: 6). “Election” is used of God’s purpose concerning Jacob (Rom. 9: 11). The cognate verb “chosen” is used of Jehovah’s choice of Israel as His earthly people (Ac. 13: 17), of guests selecting the chief seats (Lk. 14: 7), and of Mary choosing the good part (Lk. 10: 42). None of these places has any bearing upon the interpretation of Matt. 24: 31 or Mk. 13: 27: and in every other place of the many in the New Testament the invariable application of these terms is to Christians. Even in Rom. 11: 5, 7, 28, though Israelites by race are in view, it is as Christians that they form “the remnant according to the election of grace Nothing arises to suggest that Christ meant the term in any other sense to His former use in Lk. 18: 7, “shall not God do justice to His elect or for supposing that the Christians to whom the Gospel first came could think it to have any other than its by that time fixed application to Christians.

 

 

In the parable of the wedding feast, given only a few days earlier (Matt. 22: 1-4), the Lord had given the warning that “many are called but few are chosen this last word being the same as “elect  As the invitation to the feast is not limited to Jews neither can the “elect” be only Jews. Therefore the urgent matter for each who hears the call is to be among the few who are chosen (elect). The condition for this is suggested in the last place where the word is found in the New Testament, Rev. 17: 14. Of the Beast and his supporters it is there said that “These shall war against the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them, for He is Lord of lords and King of kings; and they also shall overcome that are with Him, called and chosen, and faithful The faithful to Him in His battles will be found among the chosen, the elect.

 

 

[It will help to free the mind from theological bias if the word eklektos be translated chosen in all places. Of its 22 occurrences it is already so rendered in six, and the cognate verb eklegomai is thus rendered in all its 22 occurrences. The remaining form eklogee is rendered chosen at its first occurrence (“he is a chosen vessel unto me Ac. 9: 15), and might be so translated in its other six places.]

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

247

 

AN IMPORTANT TEXT (3)

 

 

THE CONDITIONAL FORCE OF 1 JOHN 1: 7

 

 

“If we walk in the light, as He is in the light, we have fellowship one with another,

and the blood of Jesus His Son cleanseth us from all sin

 

 

By G. H. LANG

Ean is a conditional particle, from ei, if, and an which emphasizes the conditional element.  This force of the three particles continues in modern Greek. The conditional force is the more distinct with the subjunctive of the verb, as here. In this second paragraph John uses this construction seven times:

 

 

Chapter 1: 6, if we say: verse 7, if we walk: verse 8, if we say: verse 9, if we confess: verse 10, if we say: chapter 2: 1, if any one sin: verse 5, but whoever may keep (hos d’an tere).

 

 

In all these instances the strict sense is “suppose we should say, walk, etc.” Darby, New Translation, in note “e” to these verses in ch. 1., says: “In all these cases the verb is in the subjunctive, and puts the case of so doing. I should have translated them ‘if we should say’ etc. but that it is the case in verse 9 also, where it cannot be done.” But he offers no reason why it cannot be done in verse 9, nor does there seem to be any reason. To all these places his German version gives the note “Gesetzt den Fall, dass,” which means, Let us suppose that, and no exception is mentioned.  In the 1939 edition of his English Translation the exception is no longer found.

 

 

Young’s Literal gives: “If we may say”; Rotherham renders: “If perchance we should say, walk, etc.” Of ten standard commentaries examined all accept or assert the conditional element. Alford terms the fellowship and the cleansing “results” of our “walking in the light.” So also W. E. Vine on this place speaks of the cleansing as “the second result of walking in the light,” the first being the fellowship mentioned.

 

 

Darby’s earlier exception involves forgetfulness of the difference between justification and forgiveness. Upon faith in Christ the sinner is given a new standing in grace and before the law of God, and he becomes a child of God. This status is irreversible; being a child of God he can never be otherwise than His child. This is forensic justification. But obviously a child that does wrong needs forgiveness, and this can only be rightly and helpfully extended by the father upon the child being sorry and confessing the fault. To continue in disobedience to God is to go into the darkness of forfeited communion, for God cannot come out into the darkness with the disobedient child and give him His fellowship there. The child must return to the light, the prodigal son must come home, if he is to be forgiven. “He that covereth his transgressions shall not propser: but who so confesseth and forsaketh them shall obtain mercy” (Prov. 28: 13). Thus does Israel’s reception again in grace tarry for their acknowledgment of their offence, until when God holds aloof and chastens them (Hos. 5: 16). God is ever ready to pardon, He delights to do so; but His forgiveness cannot be actually extended prior to repentance and confession. This is a moral necessity and therefore it is “if we confess our sins” that God forgives us His children. John includes himself in this with all believers, saying “if we confess we Christians, the circle of whom I am one.

 

 

Does not Lev. 16., the Day of atonement, lie behind this passage in John? On that day the High Priest, as the religious representative of the whole nation made a general confession of and offered a plenary atonement for “all the iniquities of the children of Israel, and all their transgressions, even all their sins” (vs. 21, 22). This removed ceremonially the guilt of all their unrecognised sins, which however God recognized and which would have restrained His grace. But if an Israelite had sinned consciously he had to repent, desist, confess, and offer the appointed personal sacrifice: then he was forgiven. He could not say in his heart, Next week is the great atonement when all our sins are put away, so I need not fear or offer my own sacrifice. That general atonement was for all the offences unrecognized by men but known to God. If a man was not walking in what light he had as to the law of God, but in the darkness of self-will, that Day availed him nothing. But while he walked in what light he had all other transgressions were held covered and did not debar fellowship with God or the godly. In our passage also the emphasis is on the word “all and covers not only those sins of which the believer is aware and of which he has repented, but all other failures and sins of which he does not know, but which are known to God and which would debar fellowship but for the plenary virtue of the blood of Christ.

 

 

In this connection the force of ean with the subjunctive is seen clearly in Matt. 6: 14, 15: “If ye forgive ... your Father will forgive you. If ye do not forgive ... neither will your Father forgive Here also it is not a matter of justification but of forgiveness. And it must be thus. God’s holiness demands it. An unforgiving spirit is itself sin, being utterly contrary to God, and He cannot condone [wilful] sin in His children, nor forgive them until they repent and return to the light.

 

 

In his Grammar of the Greek New Testament (1005 f.) A. T. Robertson points out that in John 13: 17 two uses of ei and ean are distinguished: “If ye know” (ei with the indicative) assumes that they do know as a fact; “happy are ye if ye should do” (ean with the subjunctive) leaves the fulfilment uncertain and therefore conditional. It is this last construction that is found in the passage in John here considered.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

248

 

Worthiness - On That Day*

 

 

By CHARLIE DINES (U.S.A.)

 

[* From Chapter ten of the author’s book: “Being Glorified Together With Him (The Reward of the Inheritance]

 

 

 

Worthiness will be the final issue with respect to kingdom inheritance when Christ returns.

 

 

The Parable of the Talents (Matthew 25) and the Parable of the minas (Luke 19) reveal the truth about Christ’s reckoning with His servants (us) in a future day. These are parables both similar and different. My following comments are with reference to the Talents, though I notice its important distinction from the Minas later in this chapter.

 

 

Parables are illustrations intended to teach a spiritual principle or truth through the use of familiar language and events. Whenever we meditate upon a parable we must first seek an answer to this question:- “What is the central truth being put forth in this parable’s contextual appearance

 

 

The Lord must open our ears to hear and understand His parables (Mark 4: 33f); intelligence is not the issue here. To some their truths remain veiled, while by others they are understood (Matt. 13: 13ff).

 

 

The Parable of the Talents

 

 

This is a parable pregnant with important meaning for us now as we look forward to that certain future day.

 

 

Please familiarize yourself with this parable in Matt. 25: 14-30 before continuing on to my comments below.

 

 

[1] This parable concerns the kingdom of heaven,* and it was spoken in private to certain of Jesus’ disciples ** in what is known as His Olivet Discourse. It is intended to awaken every believer unto spiritual foresightedness.

 

* While the words “the kingdom of heaven” do not introduce this parable in the Greek text, Jesus is continuing on from the Parable of the Ten Virgins where they do appear (Matt. 25: 1). His theme is the same in both places - His coming, on which account we are to be always prepared.

 

** Matt. 24: 3; cp. Mark 13: 3.

 

 

[2] The central message in this parable is unmistakably clear. The lord of those servants (a type of our Lord) will one day return to reckon with them concerning their service to him during his long absence.

 

 

[3] There is no evidence that two of the three servants mentioned herein were truly his own, while the third one was not. Such conjecture on the part of many has led to considerable confusion. All three servants in this parable were their lord’s own, and not inclusive of any member of the general citizenry. (Cp. Luke 19: 14.)

 

 

[4] The “man travelling to a far country” must surely represent the Lord Jesus: the One who has gone into the highest heaven, being presently seated at the Father’s right hand;* and He, like the lord of those servants, has been gone “a long time” (v. 19). If this lord is not intended to prefigure our Lord (and His return), this parable becomes an obscure and mysterious narrative.

 

* Acts 2: 33; 5: 31; Heb. 1: 3b; 1 Pet. 3: 22.

 

 

[5] The only factor that determined how much was given to each servant was his unique and particular ability according to his master’s knowledge of him individually (vv. 14, 15). (As an aside: “God has dealt to each [believer] a measure of faith” (Rom. 12: 3) so that we may be of profit to Him and others;* but we are expected to use what He has given to us to serve His interests.) Let us consider the following illustration from ordinary life.

 

* This “measure of faith,” or “the Word of God” given to us (John 17: 14a) - i.e.., “seed” (2 Cor. 9: 10) - are like the talents; they are things which may be increased or multiplied: see 2 Cor. 10: 15; Acts 6: 7.

 

 

A man may give his wife a newfangled apple peeler as a gift and ask her to use it to make him a tasty apple pie: his favourite. Over the next many months and years his wife never makes him such a pie, though she occasionally makes him a peach pie, a pumpkin pie, and other kinds of pies, but never his requested favourite - and this despite his occasional reminders of the gift he had given to her.  But his gift goes unused.

 

 

It is through no lack of ability or provision that she has denied her husband of his good pleasure. She has merely done as she pleased.

 

 

This is but a simple parallel to the far more serious point being made in the Parable of the Talents.

 

 

In verses 20-23, the lord’s settling of accounts with the first two of his servants is made known. Three important things may be gleaned from these verses to encourage the faithful.

 

 

1. These first two servants - though they began with differing numbers of talents - both doubled their number by putting them to use.

 

 

2. As a result, they both received the exact same commendation from their lord, word for word: “Well done, good and faithful servant ... Enter into the joy of your lord

 

 

The good news in this parable should be plain enough. Christ has delivered His goods to His servants, us included. We may all gain an increase through diligent use of these goods, and be found rich in good works, thereby to be accounted worthy of His commendation and to receive the reward at our Lord’s coming.*

 

* 1 Cor. 3: 9-14; 2 John 8; Rev. 22: 12.

 

 

Finally, we come to see the calamitous end of the third servant in verses 24-29. As concerns his case, let us observe three things of grave significance.

 

 

1. The fact that he had “dug in the ground and hid his lord’s money” displayed his utter worthlessness in his lord’s service during his absence (v. 18). He, like his two fellow servants, had been given provision and opportunity.  However, he chose to do nothing with his lord’s talent, deciding rather to bury it, unseen and unemployed. (We all need to ask ourselves: “What am I doing with the Lord’s provision?”)

 

 

2. He tried to imply - as an excuse for his neglect - that he had been afraid of his own lord, whom he termed “a hard man” (v. 24). In his lord’s reply to this bogus excuse this servant was sternly rebuked, being told that if it was indeed true that he feared his lord, this should have been all the more reason for him to have put his lord’s money to use. (Are we walking in the proper fear of the Lord?)

 

 

Because of his blatant disregard of the intended use of his lord’s granting he is declared to be “a wicked and lazy servant” (v. 26).

 

 

3. The consequences of his neglect, which were two, are then made fully known. First, that which he had was taken from him; secondly, he* was cast into outer darkness (v.v. 28ff) .

 

* A discussion of what outer darkness represents will be passed over at this point, for it would require far too much unprofitable space to discuss the several opinions posited among Biblical scholars concerning its meaning. Suffice to say that this is a most dreadful consequence. And while I maintain that it does not pertain to eternal damnation in the Lake of Fire, this fact should be of little comfort to one who calls himself a Christian while persisting in sin; for he may be liable to receive the bad things referenced here.

 

 

I will summarize by saying this. We have each been given God’s Word, or some specific gift(s) or talent(s) by our Lord. We are only called to trade in that which we have been given. But trade we must!

 

 

The Parable of the Minas is along a similar line.* In that parable one mina** was given to each of ten servants. Some gained more than others, and their resultant acknowledgment and reward varied accordingly. One servant did nothing with his mina, laying it away, to his great consequence. The contrast between these two parables illustrates that reward is proportioned according to [1] our ability and allotment, and [2] our individual endeavour in service to the Master.

 

* The parables of the Talents, the Minas (Luke 19: 12ff), the Prodigal Son (Luke 15: 11ff), the Rich Young Rule (Mark 10: 17ff), the Ten Virgins (Matt. 25: 1ff), and others do not have saving faith upon regeneration in view. They refer to matters pertaining to the believer’s faithfulness, service, readiness, and destiny since being saved. Paul’s admonition to believers is this: “For you have been bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body” (1 Cor. 6: 20).

 

** A mina (or, a pound) was worth about “three month's salary” or “100 days’ wages” according to footnotes in the NKJV and the NASB at Luke 19: 13.

 

 

Closing Thoughts

 

 

The most popular summary of the parable of the Talents - a view put forth by many - is that the first two servants represent believers who will go into heaven’s glory, while the third servant represents one of the Lord’s own (or perhaps an unbeliever) consigned to eternal damnation in the Lake of Fire. (I have previously given my reasons for rejecting any such notion as foolish imaginings.)

 

 

It has been God’s intention from before the foundation of the world that man should rule His creation;* but fallen, then redeemed men will only rule under the headship of the Man, Christ Jesus. To be joint-heirs with Him in glory is God’s call to all of His own, and it is the possibility made available to every believer. It is this possibility and not the loss of eternal life - that every wicked, lazy Christian will be found to have forfeited on the day when the Lord reckons with him. Therefore, “Be ready, for the Son of Man is coming in that hour you do not expect” (Matt. 24: 44).”** D. M. Panton rightly observes: “All that contributes to holiness contributes to readiness***

 

* Gen. 1: 27, 28; Eph. 1: 4ff; Rev. 11: 15.

 

** In the Greek, “Be ready” (ginesthe betoimoi) is an imperative command, and it is in the middle voice, meaning (literally) “make yourselves ready

 

*** A quote lifted from Panton’s book, Rapture, published by Schoettle Publishing Co., Inc.; p. 62.

 

Our perusal of the Parable of the Talents discloses the truth about the reward to be either received or forfeited (or worse) in that future day; this would seem to be incontrovertible. Therefore, we ought to each ponder the following questions.

 

 

[1] “Am I using my talent(s) to the profit of the Lord, or only to my own profit in the world

 

 

[2] “Have I become spiritually lazy through a preoccupation with worldly things and the affairs of this life: my business, my desire for the baubles of the world, my hobbies, or my wanderlusts?"

 

 

[3] “Am I being about my Father’s business

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

249

 

KINGDOM EXCLUSION

 

 

AND

 

 

CHASTISEMENT AT THE JUDGMENT SEAT*

 

[*The following selected quotations - (with the exception of those by A. L. Chitwood, G. H. Lang, R. Govett, D. M. Panton and G. H. Pember) - are presented for the benefit of a dear pre-millennial believer and brother in Christ, who disagrees with their writings. He wanted to know how many other Christian writers believed in a selective Rapture and a selective Resurrection.

 

How shocking and disturbing God’s accountability truths and conditional promises appear to all like-minded regenerate believers who imagine and teach others that when we die, there is need of nothing else apart from regeneration, to qualify for (1) rapture before the Tribulation begins; and (2) we can now take a different route into Heaven after our Death, than that taken by our Forerunner, Jesus Christ!

 

This unscriptural teaching, negatives the importance of the Judgment Seat of Christ - (when He will award His redeemed people according to their works after salvation, Heb. 9: 27): but, more importantly, and shockingly, it also negatives the teachings of our Lord Himself! and the teachings of His chosen Prophets and Apostles, who were eye-witnesses  of His Majesty, and authors of the Holy Scriptures: they sat under His teachings, and were afterwards guided and divinely inspired by the Holy Spirit Himself, to enable them write His words - as we find them recorder for us in Hebrew language.

 

May the Lord Himself, forgive us for our ignorance, and be pleased to open our eyes to see more clearly and understand more fully the teachings contained in His inspired Word, during these days of apostasy from ‘the faith’ when Christian tradition has now replaced so much of Biblical Truth! - Ed.]

 

 

-------

 

 

Watchman Nee (1903-1972)

 

 

Nee: “... those Christians who faithfully have followed the Lord shall enjoy glory a thousand years ahead of other Christians. ...  Those who have no part in the first resurrection may yet be hurt by the second death.  Some Christians will be disciplined in the future (see Matt. 18: 34, 35).  He who wrongs his brother will be punished by the Lord (1 Thess. 4: 5, 6).  ... Will there be anyone saved at the Great White Throne? The answer is yes. ... The Bible explicitly states that those who do not confess Christ before men will not be confessed by Christ before the angels of God.  This means they have no part in the kingdom. If they too were to appear at this juncture, they certainly should be among the saved.”

 

 

 

 

Albert George Tilney (1891-1976)

 

 

Tilney: “Merit (or worthiness) it must be maintained in the teeth of all denial, is a condition and qualification for the First Resurrection ... (Luke 20: 35). ... Priests of God and Christ, they shall reign with him a thousand years ... not instead of eternally, but Millennially before eternity proper begins. Others - proud, indulgent, cowardly - are judged unworthy of Christ and of aeonian life.  Now we know from several epistles that SOME BELIEVERS WILL BE EXCLUDED FROM THIS KINGDOM of Heaven and of God (Eph. 5: 5-8). ... We are warned ... ‘the rest of the dead (saved and unsaved) lived not again until the 1000 years were ended’ (Rev. 20: 5) ...”

 

 

Oswald Jeffrey Smith (1889-1986)

 

 

Smith: “… ‘If we suffer, we shall also reign with Him This was the great incentive to the Christians of the early Church. ... Pastor D. M. Panton, widely known writer and diligent student of prophecy ... Hudson Taylor and others have been exponents of ‘select’ or ‘partial’ rapture and a ‘partial’ reign.  This view I must say I have no hesitation whatever in accepting.”

 

 

Robert Thomas Ketcham (1889-1978)

 

 

Ketcharn: “The general attitudes concerning the matters discussed in this chapter are: First: There will be rewards for faithfulness in various lines of Christian living. Second. The believer does sin, and, as a consequence, receives chastisement, but it is confined to this life only.  Third. Some believers will have no reward at the Judgment Seat of Christ, but because chastisement ends with this life, there will be none there.  The difference between this common conception and the view set forth in this chapter is simply this: The principle of chastisement remains the same; the difference is in the extent to which it is carried. One halts the process at the Judgment Seat of Christ; the other allows its continuance for those who did not submit to its benefactions here.  I have searched in vain for a single Scripture to prove the discontinuance of this principle at the Lord’s return.  On the other hand a great mass of Scripture ... seems to indicate the awful and soul-searching truth that there is such a thing as CORRECTIVE DISCIPLINE when we see Him face to face.  We have been surprised to discover that MANY TEACHERS have had a conviction that this was the teaching of Scripture, such men as Lange, Dean Alford, Stanley, Goebel, and GOVETT.  And when we read the following from the pen of C. G. Trumbull, editor of The Sunday School Times, are we not led to believe he had some convictions along this line?  Writing of the parable of the talents, he said: ‘If the servant (who is cast into outer darkness) is not a believer, but a mere professor, then we have in this parable nothing to represent the Christian who fails in faithfulness”

 

 

Daniel Paul Rader (1878-1938)

 

 

Rader: “Everything that has to do with the thousand years must meet the most terrific fires of testing.  Only that which can pass through the fire test at the Judgment Seat can be admitted into this thousand years of Millennial splendour.”

 

 

W. F. Roadhouse

 

 

Roadhouse: “But as we have before intimated, those not barred by the disqualifications that each of the Apostles and our Lord Jesus Christ clearly point out (as Galatians 5: 19-21, etc.) will have position and rulership in that coming Kingdom - those who ‘suffer with Him’ (2 Timothy 2: 12, Romans 8: 17); those who are counted ‘worthy’ (Luke 21: 36); ... A resurrection takes place. We remember that at the setting up of the rulership of the Overcomers, in chapter 20: 5, it was said, ‘But the rest of the dead (believers) lived not again until the thousand years were finished  They had won no crown.  In Scriptural language, they had proven ‘unworthy,’ ‘unfaithful’. ...  And hence they were not raised to ‘reign with Him’. ...  God shake us up.  When Revival comes we shall see this truth again! Let the reader remember these perfectly simple things - namely, no uncrowned believer ‘reigns with Christ,’ and crowns are earned by sweat, labour, travail, even to death if need be.”

 

 

Roadhouse: “This Bema, has been said for a generation or longer, to be but for the adjudication of Rewards.  The usage cited, out of eleven times the word is employed, indicated otherwise - and for us, New Testament usage determines its meaning. For example, Pilate sat on the Bema - did he ‘reward’ Christ, or condemn him? (Matthew 27: 19; John 19: 13). Herod sat upon a Bema, trying both criminals and good men (Acts 12: 21). ... This Bema (translated ‘judgment seat’) is to dispense not only happy rewardings but also the opposite. ... Thus we have what the New Testament itself yields and settles ... By this we stand ... Does the cleric who trails the slime of his sexual philandering into the holiest of places and relationships ‘get away with it’ at the Bema? ... Does the plainly dishonest preacher or layman who mishandles funds, puts through crooked deals, or carelessly owes everybody, large or small, expect His welcoming word - instead of rejection in that day (cf. Lev. 6: 1-7)? ... Our responsibility is to ‘hew to the line’ unafraid of personal consequences.  Let us - even in our over-popular, respectable, ‘Fundamentalist’ ranks - not ‘water down’ our message.”

 

 

Samuel Fennell Hurnard (1871-1949)

 

 

Hurnard: “It is evident that the ‘first resurrection’ is one of privilege and blessing.  Here is the fifth Beatitude of this Book, ‘Blessed and holy’ are these. ... They appear from other passages to be an elect, or chosen company - chosen for reward ... 2 Tim. 2: 12 agrees with this chapter.  [Revelation 20] ‘If we suffer, we shall also reign with Him: if we deny Him, He also will deny us ...”

 

 

William Powell Clark (1864-1953)

 

 

Clark: “A question which has created considerable contention is whether all believers will share the Millennial Reign of Christ.  It is clear that all who participate in it will reign; there is no Scripture which even suggests that any believer will be a subject in it.  Two texts are sufficient to disprove that every believer will share in the Kingdom. ... [2 Tim. 2: 12, Rev. 3: 21] - Do all believers suffer?  Are all overcomers?  The crown and the prize may be lost.  If there be a bare possibility only of exclusion, should we not make sure of entrance?  Our non-belief will not affect the fact, if it is a fact.”

 

 

Clark: “There is no hint in Scripture of resurrected believers being subjects in the Millennial Kingdom; the subjects of that Kingdom are the nations of the earth. ... For believers it is a matter of reigning or exclusion. ... If accounted unworthy to reign with Christ, then, as stated in the parable of the talents, they will be cast out as unprofitable servants into the OUTER DARKNESS. ... or cut asunder and appointed their portion with THE UNBELIEVERS; but praise God, ultimately, at the end of the Kingdom reign, admitted into everlasting bliss.”

 

 

Clark: “The real reason underlying the refusal of some dear children of God to accept belief in the punishment of unfruitful believers - not eternal, but during the millennial reign of Christ is an inadequate sense of the Justice of God. ... Acceptance of the belief in the temporary punishment of such Christians during the Millennial reign safeguards the eternal merits of Christ’s atonement on the cross, and at the same time, preserves the absolute Justice of God.”

 

 

Frank Victor Mildred

 

 

Mildred: “...the Kingdom of the thousand years is a reward which can be won or lost. ... The Church today is worldly-minded and often spiritually helpless.  It needs the tonic of this truth of ‘the kingdom as a reward’ to stir it from its lethargy

 

 

Mary Ardine

 

 

Ardine: “All who are taken in these two companies will be member’s of the Lord’s body, and will reign with Him because they will have part in the First Resurrection.  But even yet there will be some believers who will be left out as unworthy, and that is why the Lord bids us hold fast that which we have, that no man take our crown, and gives many similar charges, all addressed to His own people - a fact which evidently points to the possibility of some, even of those who believe in Him, failing to obtain the Kingdom. … ‘But I do not quite follow you,’ interrupted the Objector.  ‘How can Christians be in danger of missing the glory?  Does not the Lord Himself say that whosoever believeth in Him hath everlasting life?  How then can it depend on our faithfulness or service?’  ‘It is indeed a glorious and blessed fact’ replied the Master that eternal life is the gift of God through Christ. ... but the crown and the Millennial Kingdom, I take to be distinctly a reward for faithfulness.  It is to the overcomers. ... Accordingly, … we read of another day, the day of the Great White Throne, when all the dead shall hear His voice ... the saved and the unsaved, some to the resurrection of life - those who believed in Him, but MISSED THE KINGDOM - and some to the resurrection of judgment.”

Jesse Sayer

 

 

Sayer: “The overcomer is manifestly the one who endures to the end; he is not temporary ... they will have part in the first resurrection. ... These will be granted ability to rule. ... You will reign with Christ; if you suffer you will be privileged to be in the Sovereignty with Him. ... May the Lord make us overcomers!”

 

 

H. S. Gallimore

 

 

Gallimore: “Are we to write down the five foolish virgins as lost? ... Most suggestive of all however is the First Resurrection.  Only the blessed and holy have part therein. ... Whatever our school of thought, how incumbent is it in each of us not to have counted himself to have apprehended, but to strive earnestly if haply we may through grace be reckoned worthy to attain that resurrection from among the dead and to enter in with the Lord at His coming!”

 

 

William Henry Griffith Thomas (1861-1924)

 

 

Thomas: “There is no other way of salvation, and no other merit than the sacrificial death of Christ on Calvary. But while this is true, it should be carefully noted that the Bible does not separate men merely into two classes, the saved and the lost, for it seems to reveal not only one class of saved ones, but several classes. ... The highest salvation is clearly associated with what the New Testament describes as ‘the Body of Christ,’ or ‘the Lamb’s Wife… Yet the Bible clearly indicates that these are not the only ones saved we read of people raised at the last resurrection, judged according to deeds done in the body, and out of this number those whose names are found written in the Lamb’s Book of Life (Rev. 20: 12-15, 21: 27).  Seeing that the few chosen’] members of the Church have long before been raised and glorified in the first resurrection (Rev. 20: 4-6), who are these mentioned as in the Lamb’s Book of Life long after the first resurrection.”

 

 

Jessie Penn-Lewis (1861-1927)

 

 

Penn-Lewis: “Many may ask why we should go forward in ceaseless conflict and warfare with the forces of evil.  It is for the prize of the throne. In His messages to the churches the Lord clearly holds out to all the incentive of reward.  Paul’s writings are full of reference to ‘reward to all who will fulfil the conditions. ... Now what is the throne which awaits our ascended Lord?  It is the Millennial throne of reigning and ruling the kingdoms of the world. ... Then the Millennial throne of Christ is to be shared with others on certain conditions, by the gift of Christ Himself. ... The obtaining of the prize of this ‘high calling’ of sharing the throne with Christ was the incentive which urged Paul on to count all things loss to obtain it, and to be willing to be made conformable to the death of Christ as the primary means for reaching such an end (see Phil. 3: 10-14). ... ‘lf by any means I may attain ... Paul was perfectly sure of his eternal salvation as a free gift from God, through the finished work of Christ ... but he again and again refers to the Prize which even he could not be sure of, unless he pressed on to fulfil the conditions for obtaining it.  In Romans 8: 17, the same ‘if’ comes in again in connection with the same subject. ... What is in the balance, therefore, for every believer in the present warfare with Satan, which must intensify as the age closes, is the Millennial crown and throne.”

 

 

Charles Spelman Utting (1859-1951)

 

 

Utting: “This is progressive sanctification, a life-long process and growth, and in those cases where it is accomplished will win its possessors a share in the First Resurrection, and the reigning with Christ in His Millennial Kingdom. ... The teaching held by many and taught for nigh a century that if one be a child of God, a member of the Body, sin, worldliness, pleasure, and money-making, etc., will only entail ‘loss’ and that all Christians without exception will be ‘caught up’ at the same moment - has wrought immeasurable mischief, and violates as well as misapplies those Scriptures the Lord has mercifully given for believer’s guidance, counsel, and warning.”

 

 

Philip Mauro (1859-1952)

 

 

Mauro: “And let it not be forgotten that there is not only ‘the recompense of reward’ for faithfulness and obedience, which Moses had in view (Heb. 9: 26), but also that there is ‘a just recompense of reward’ for ‘every transgression and disobedience’ (Heb. 2: 2, 3). For the saints are, every one, to receive ‘the things done in his body, according to that he hath done, whether good or bad.’  We know it is quite common, and alas! exceedingly popular, in this lax and easy-going day, either to ignore, or actually to set aside, this solemn and salutary warning concerning the Judgment seat of Christ.  Saints are quite willing to hear about receiving recompense for the things done in the body that are ‘good’; but are disposed to close their ears to the warning that they are to receive equally for the deeds that are ‘bad But there stand the words of God, and we dare not set them aside, or water down their very clear meaning.  Who can say to what extent the present low spiritual condition of the saints is due to the prevailing tendency, on the part of those who assume to teach and instruct them, to disregard or blunt the edge of the sharp warnings of Scripture, of which there are many, or to explain them away, or to assign them to others than the children of God, for whose benefit they are given?”

 

 

Mauro: “It may be of interest to the reader to learn that the writing of this book was begun and finished on the memorable voyage of the Steamship Carpathia which was interrupted by the rescue of the survivors of the Titanic, and by the return with them to the port of New York. ... The destruction of the Titanic is a foreshadowing of what is about to happen to the great ‘civilization’ upon which man has expended his energies, and in which he puts his confidence.  For the unconverted, the obvious lesson of this tragic event is to inquire concerning the lifeboat. But there are also solemn and important lessons in it for the saints of God.  Some of those lessons the writer has endeavoured to set forth in the following pages. ... The Epistle of the Hebrews is concerned solely with a people who have been already redeemed from the bondage of sin and the dominion of death, and whom God is bringing ‘into Glory  The ‘salvation’ spoken of in Hebrews is not the justification of the sinner from his sins.  It is not the reconciliation to God, through the Death of His Son, of those who were by nature enemies and aliens in mind through wicked works.  It is of the utmost importance that the reader take notice of this; for otherwise the special significance of the letter to the Hebrews cannot be understood.  The Son of God is not a Priest on behalf of the unconverted.  He does not intercede for them, but solely for His own redeemed people. ... We often hear the passage ‘How shall we escape if we neglect so great salvation used in preaching to the unsaved, and presented as a warning to them of the danger of neglecting the forgiveness and justification which God has made available to all who believe His Gospel.  It needs but the slightest attention to the passage to make it perfectly clear that the ‘we’ who are in danger of suffering loss through neglect of the ‘so great salvation’ mentioned there, are the redeemed people of God, the children of God, and heirs of salvation. The ‘faith’ spoken of in Hebrews is not believing unto righteousness (Rom. 10: 9), but believing unto the saving of the soul (Heb. 10: 39), which is a very different thing, as will appear later on. ... Since the Epistle to the Hebrews has to do solely with the experiences of a redeemed people, it follows that certain passages (Heb. 6: 4-6 and 10: 26-31) which are sometimes taken as indicating the eternal condemnation of the persons to whom they refer, cannot have that significance.  That the people of God can bring upon themselves great suffering and loss is clearly set forth in many Scriptures.  But it is equally clear that they cannot themselves be [eternally] lost. ... We are prone to slight the warnings of Scripture, and are all too ready to assign them to others than ourselves - to ‘the Jewish remnant’ for example.  Let us be on our guard against the deceitfulness of our own hearts, as well as against the deceivableness of sin. We cannot afford to neglect the warnings of Scripture; and there is no room for doubt as to those for whom the warnings of Hebrews are intended.  They are, beyond question, for those who have been redeemed by the precious Blood of Christ. ... From the Scriptures discussed above we understand that the ENTRANCE into the glory of that Kingdom is a prize, or reward.  A man must be born again in order to enter, or even see the Kingdom of God (Jn. 3: 3, 5); and also in order to enter that Kingdom he must do the will of God.  For the Lord has plainly declared, ‘Not every one that saith unto Me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the Kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the Will of My Father, Who is in heaven’ (Matt. 7: 21).”

 

 

Stephen Speers Craig (1855-1936?)

 

 

Craig: “Only those who endure unto the end will have salvation in the second degree.  Matt. 24: 13. And if those who do not endure unto the end miss the second stage of salvation, what will be the consequence, the penalty?  They will LOSE THE MESSIANIC KINGDOM. ... Every saved man must have his BAPTISM OF FIRE now in this age, or in the age to come.  ‘God is not mocked Gal. 6: 6-8. ... He who sincerely accepts Christ as his Saviour from sin is in turn accepted of God, for Christ’s sake, forgiven, regenerated, and justified. ... This is his justification as a sinner. And we may affirm, as a general principle, that it can never be lost. ... According to the traditional theory a man can have salvation, and break every one of the commandments enumerated by the Saviour, and yet enter the Millennial kingdom, because they say, it is all of grace.  But Gal. 5: 19-21 and 2 Cor. 12: 19-21, not to cite other passages, prove the falsity of the assumption. ... Only those who have attained real spiritual union with Christ by self-denial and self-sacrifice effected through the power of the Spirit of Christ as crucified and risen, will share in the glory of the first-resurrection. ... How pathetic the thought that for the great majority of Christians their end is not maturity and Millennial glory, but exclusion, destruction and age-lasting Judgment. ... What an inconceivable loss it will be to THE CHRISTIAN to be shut out from the Messianic Kingdom for a thousand years, and CONFINED IN THE HADEAN PRISON? Matt. 5: 21-26.  Surely the ‘wages of sin is death’ for the carnal Christian as well as for the sinner.  And why should it not be so?”

 

 

Lt. Col. George Frederick Poynder (1851-1942)

 

 

Poynder: “This was the prize, ‘the out-resurrection from amongst the dead’ for which the Apostle Paul was striving, lest when he had preached to others, he himself should be a castaway, i.e. rejected at the judgment-seat of Christ for the prize; ... This also was the prize for which the martyrs suffered themselves to be tortured, not accepting deliverance that they might obtain a better resurrection, that is, the first resurrection. ... How important it is then for us to examine ourselves, and see whether we be in the faith. ... And may we ever bear in mind the solemn warning contained in the judgment meted out to the wicked and unprofitable servant - His own bond-slave, entrusted with His Master’s goods, and which had been more or less carefully preserved – ‘Thou wicked and slothful servant, - thou knewest - thou oughtest therefore ... take the talent from him ... and cast ye the unprofitable servant into outer darkness: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth ...We may conclude that as he is his Lord’s own bond-slave, bought with His own most precious Blood, entrusted with His goods, his name was entered in the Lamb’s Book of Life ... though he will of necessity have MISSED reigning with Christ in the Millennial Kingdom. ... He immediately passes on to the account of the second or General Resurrection. ... This separation and judgment must take place when the Great White Throne is set ... those whose names are not written in the Lamb’s Book of Life will be cast into the Lake of Fire; whilst those whose names are in that book, but were not judged to be worthy of the first resurrection, now enter into eternal life, so for them the Lord’s promise as recorded in John 6: 39, 40, 44, 54, four times repeated, will be literally fulfilled ... they will have everlasting life, being raised up as promised ‘at the last day’. ... But let it never be forgotten; - he will miss the prize, the first or better resurrection, the joy of entering the Marriage Feast, and living and reigning with his Lord during the Millennium

 

 

Dr. Alfred Taylor Schofield (1846-1929)

 

 

Schofield: “...we are all perfectly clear that entrance into eternal life is of grace alone ... but Scripture clearly shows that there are definite rewards and losses with regard to our Christian conduct in this world. ... This is the point I would put definitely before you.  For forty years I have glossed over every passage which refers to exclusion, and have refused to apply it to the Christian man.  But on the face of them, these passages do apply to Christians everywhere.  They are in Epistles written to Christians, and are safeguarded at the time, as applying to Christians.  I feel that when an Apostle says, ‘Be not deceived there may be great danger that some will be deceived, in applying Scriptures to other people and carefully shielding the application from ourselves.  First, I would appeal to you, on those grounds, quietly to read those short passages which have been alluded to, many of them, over again. ... ‘Be not deceived Why that solemn warning?  No one that is an unconverted adulterer will inherit the kingdom of God.  What class then could be deceived?  Only Christians. ... Does not the Apostle bring home to the consciences of Christians (not merely professors or clearly unconverted people to whom these words surely cannot apply), the fact that they shall not inherit the kingdom of God by which I here understood the Millennial Kingdom of Christ?”

 

 

Henry William Fry

 

 

Fry: “It is also a very solemn teaching and warning which is contained in the following parable of the talents.  The kingdom of heaven is again spoken of, for the man called His own servants (not those who do not own Him as their Lord) and delivered unto them certain trusts. These trusts some made the most of, others neglected.  Those who faithfully used their talents received a reward, those who neglected to use them, though equally believers, and equally professors, or Christians as we should call them, were cast out; not because they did not believe, not because they sinned, simply because they were slothful and unprofitable! ... Then commences the scene of terror, when the unsanctified and unsaved dead will be summoned to stand before the awful judgment seat of the Great White Throne!  But others will also be there who will not be cast into the lake of fire.  Those believers whose names are written in the Lamb’s Book of Life, but who failed during their lifetime to seek and find, through consecration of their bodies and faith in Jesus Christ, that sanctification or holiness, or purity of heart without which no man shall see the Lord, and who did not stand before Christ’s Judgment-seat, will also appear at this dread Bar! ...”

 

 

Isaac Massey Haldeman (1845-1933)

 

 

Haldeman: “The preachers who have preached and by their preaching have built nothing better than wood, hay and stubble on the foundation of Christ will be judged as unfaithful stewards of the Word of God. ... None of these shall enter into and share the joy of the Lord.  They cannot take part in the kingdom on earth. ... O the pitiableness of it. Redeemed and doing nothing for Christ. ... They will miss the ‘well done  They cannot enter into the joy of the Lord.  They will have no part in the kingdom of the thousand years on earth.”

 

 

Haldeman: “The wicked servant [Luke 19: 12-27] belongs to the category of those who shall be ashamed before Him at His coming; who shall not receive an abundant entrance into the Kingdom; who shall lose their crown and be shut out from participation in ‘the joy of the Lord even His rule and glory on the earth

 

 

Alexander Patterson (1844-1912)

 

 

Patterson: “The fact of the chastening of the unfaithful servant at the judgment of the saints, is also taught directly by Christ ... [Luke 12: 45-48]. Here is certain exposure, condemnation, and more, for the fruitless or faithless servant. ‘Beaten with many stripes’ does not mean the loss of the soul, but does mean more than has been generally taught.  The ‘stripes’ are connected with the coming of Christ. The same truth is taught in the parables of the same talents when the unprofitable servant is cast out ‘into the outer darkness: there shall be the weeping and gnashing of teeth [Matt. 25: 30].”

 

 

Siegfried Abraham Goebel (b.1844)

 

 

Goebel: “But great and glorious as is this reward, so heavy, on the other hand, is the punishment that will be inflicted on those who let the Word entrusted to them lie dead and useless. For not merely will the Lord leave to the faithful the rich product of their earthly labour even in the future kingdom of God as their crowns of rejoicing ... but He will also over and above reckon to their glory what He takes from the indolent. ... Christ, in the hour of His coming, besides depriving every idle, unfaithful servant of what was entrusted to him, will also inflict on him the penalty of exclusion from His kingdom; what Luke says of this punishment of the servant already implies that he has no share in the kingdom of his lord, and therefore that he who is like him will have no share in the kingdom of Christ ... and if the hour of Christ’s Second Advent will be an hour of reckoning even for His disciples, how much more will it be an hour of judgment for His enemies!”

 

 

Lt. Col. Joseph Sladen (1841-1930)

 

 

Sladen: “‘Be not deceived: neither fornicators, nor idolaters, nor adulterers, nor effeminate ... shall inherit the Kingdom of God To whom are these solemn words addressed? ‘Unto the Church of God, which is at Corinth, even them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus, called to be saints So it appears that some of the Church of God at Corinth were not walking worthy of their calling; but that on the contrary they were unrighteous and defrauding their brethren. They were apparently ignorant that such conduct would exclude them from the Kingdom of God unless they repented of their sin. Hence the warning of the Apostle. ‘Be not deceived No evil-doers will have part in the manifested Kingdom of God ... All men of faith in all dispensations will have their part in the Eternal City, the metropolis of the Eternal Kingdom. But positively, good works done after justification by faith are necessary for entrance into the Millennial Kingdom of God; and negatively, ‘the works of the flesh’ bar entrance into it.”

 

 

Sladen: “What vexation and sorrow will be theirs who refuse the Lord’s command to strive to enter into the kingdom of Christ and God by the narrow door, when they realize that they are debarred from entrance into that kingdom of glory through their unbelief in the necessity of striving with all their heart to do so!”

 

 

Sladen: “Salvation then refers to the gift of Eternal Life, and also to the coming Kingdom of Glory. ... It is clear from this Scripture that the heirs of God have an unconditional promise of eternal life, and an heritage in the City of God; but the joint heirs with Christ have a conditional promise of glory in the coming Kingdom, if the conditions are fulfilled.”

 

 

Sladen: “All the saints will reign in the eternal Kingdom on the ground of grace alone, as heirs of God; although some will have lost the joint heirship with Christ in His temporary Kingdom.”

 

 

J. Hudson Taylor (1832-1905)

 

 

Taylor: “The question is frequently asked, Who are represented by the daughters of Jerusalem? They are clearly not the bride, yet they are not far removed from her. ... They have forgotten the warning of our LORD in Luke 21: 34-36; and hence they are not ‘accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the SON of Man They have not, with Paul, counted ‘all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of CHRIST JESUS the LORDand hence they do not ‘attain unto’ that resurrection from among the dead, which Paul felt he might miss, but aimed to attain unto.  We wish to place on record our solemn conviction that not all who are Christians, or think themselves to be such, will attain to that resurrection of which St. Paul speaks in Phil. 3.”

 

 

Elijah Richardson Craven (1824-1908)

 

 

Craven: “Into that glorious company of the First Resurrection it is probable that only those who have been partakers of Christ’s humiliation and suffering (either personally or throughout the present aeon) shall be received - a select portion of the redeemed, including the martyrs.”

 

 

Joseph Augustus Seiss (1823-1904)

 

 

Seiss: “In the parable of the pounds we also read of a servant who was no less a servant than his fellow-servants. ... He, however, behaved so unprofitably toward his trust that it was eventually taken away from him, and no reward or rulership was given him as to his more industrious and faithful fellows.  No man can take the parable and say that this servant represents such as shall finally perish. ... To be saved is one thing; to be rewarded is another. The one is through the grace of God only; the other is according to works and attainments only. ... It is only hard service that brings reward, and a real bearing of the cross that secures the crown. ... The first translation will partake of equal privileges with the first resurrection, and therefore must possess equal qualifications. And if martyrdom in fact was necessary as a preparation for the first resurrection, a living martyrdom is necessary to qualify for the first translation. ... Here we see, as in many similar passages, the connection of sufferings with these high blessings.”

 

 

James Robinson Graves (1820-1893)

 

 

Graves: “The emphatic lesson of each of these four parables, also, is that only those servants will receive the chief honours and highest rewards who are ready, watchful and in earnest, prayerful expectancy of His coming. ... Not to all Christians can He say, well done, good and faithful servants. ... I can not believe that those Christian ministers or members who, while they profess to love Christ, refuse to do what He commands them, because of the opposition of their own flesh and blood, - their own friends and family - or of the world, will ever constitute any part of the glorious bride of Christ ... These five unwise virgins were not enemies of Christ, hypocrites under the guise and profession of friends. All that is said of them implies that they represent Christians as certainly as the wise ones. ... Arminians, with great avidity and confidence bring forward this parable in support of their doctrine of the possibility of the final apostasy of Christians, who, on account of the lack of something which they should have done, will at last be forever shut out of Heaven, as the virgins were shut out of the marriage supper.  To break the force of this argument, the advocates of the salvation of all saints adopt the opposite and quite as untenable a position, viz. that they were not intended to represent Christians, but sinners, hypocrites, Christians only in profession. ... Those adopting this interpretation claim that the ‘oil’ symbolizes the saving grace of regeneration and that these foolish virgins never had any ‘oil’ even in their lamps, but wicks only, thus making them not merely unwise and improvident, but very idiots! for if possessed of any sense, they would have known that their lamps would not have burned for a moment with only wicks, and would have served them no purpose had the procession actually been in sight the moment they went out! ... From all this we learn that it is one thing to be barely saved, which every [regenerate] Christian will ultimately be, but quite another thing to be honoured with the prize of our high calling. ... How few ministers can brook the least persecution for the truths sake!  Will such ever enter the Kingdom or wear a crown? ... Since the slothful servant is made the most prominent character in the parable, and since so many expositors misteach and destroy its whole scope and true intent, I will give him my first and special attention: 1. He was, like the rest, his Master’s ‘own servant’ … If his other servants represent Christians, so must this servant also. ... He was denied the resplendent honours and joys awarded to the faithful ones, and suffered grievous chastisement, which is indicated by the phrases ‘outer darkness’ and ‘gnashing of teeth”*

 

[* See also tracts 288 & 290.]

 

 

-------

 

 

THE INTERMEDIATE STATE

By JOSEPH ELLISON

 

There is no charge of intentional misleading, on the part of those Bible teachers who assume, that the christian enters into his final glory at death.  Eschatological teaching would be greatly simplified if we were able to take that for granted. Assuming that to be a final statement of truth, then it would disqualify several important christian doctrines. The second advent of our Lord would be one of them. Why should it be necessary for Him to - “come again and receive you unto Myself if His people go to Him in a final sense at death? The N.T. doctrine of the resurrection of the Christian dead, when the Lord shall so come, would be redundant if we were able to say of all departed saints that “the resurrection is past already It would not be the first time in the Christian era that such a disastrous thing has been taught (2 Tim. 2: 18).

 

Consider for a moment the evidence of this mistaken conception, in those well-known lines of Charles Wesley as follows:- “Come, let us join our friends above, who have received the prize ... Let all the saints terrestrial sing with those to glory gone.” Judge for yourself as to whether the perfect poet was also a perfect theologian, by an enquiry like this: is “the prize received” in the hymn, the same as the one anticipated by Paul in Phil. 3: 10-14 - “I press toward the mark, for the prize of our high calling, of God in Christ Jesus”? If so, then there would be this difference between Paul and Wesley - the former expected it in the “out-resurrection from among the dead which he sought so diligently to attain, and the latter at the time of his death. It is one thing to sing:- “Around the throne of God in heaven, thousands of children standbut quite another thing to prove it from the Holy Scriptures.

 

Like the steam locomotive on its two steel rails, so our thoughts must run along the appointed track, if we are to reach the terminus of truth in safety. Alignment of truth is imperative, both for the in-working of our salvation, and the out-working of it in the future; and this is the alignment we follow. The first advent of Christ into this world, is the gateway into salvation: His second advent is the gateway into [millennial] glory. The former is the controlling factor of grace, the latter is the governing factor of our expectations, which is to be consummated by a mighty, collective movement upward, on the part of all the [‘accounted worthy’ (Luke 20: 35)] saints, and of all dispensations up to that time. It is, therefore, an axiom of Christian doctrine, that there is an interval of time lying between the Christian’s death, and the coming of the Lord to receive him unto Himself.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

250

 

THE GIFT AND THE PRIZE

 

 

By ROBERT GOVETT, M. A.

 

 

 

The New Testament speaks of both a GIFT and of a PRIZE.

 

 

What is a gift?  It is ‘something bestowed without price  What is God’s gift?

 

 

“The wages of sin is death; but the GIFT of God is ETERNAL LIFE In Jesus Christ our Lord Rom. 6: 23; Eph. 2: 8; John 3: 15, 16; 17: 2; 1 John 5: 11. It is also called “Salvation

 

 

What is a PRIZE? - It is ‘a reward gained by some performance

 

 

New Testament Scripture speaks of a prize as set before us.

 

 

“That I may know Him [Christ] and the power of His resurrection, and the fellowship of His sufferings, being made conformable unto His death, If by any means I might attain to the select resurrection from among the dead.* Not as though I had attained, either were made already perfected; but, I follow after, if I may lay hold on that for which also I was laid hold on by Christ Jesus. Brethren, I count not myself to have laid hold on it, but this one thing I do, forgetting the things behind, and reaching forward unto the things before, I press toward the mark for the PRIZE of the high calling** of God in Christ Jesus Phil. 3: 10-14.

 

* See Greek.   ** Or rather ‘the calling above

 

 

Again:-

 

“Know ye not, that they who run in the course of the foot-race* run all, but one (only) receiveth the prize! So run that ye may obtain. Not every one that entereth the lists is temperate in all things. Now they do it in order to obtain a corruptible crown, but we (do it to obtain) an Incorruptible. I therefore so run, not as uncertainly; so box I, not as one that scourgeth the air; but I keep under my body, and lead it about as a slave, lest after having acted the herald to others, I myself should become disapproved 1 Cor. 9: 24-27.

 

* See Greek.

 

 

Here then the Christian prize is stated to be a partaking in the first and blest resurrection of the thousand years, or the millennium: Rev. 20: 4-6. It is called ‘the reward or ‘the kingdom

 

 

The gift of God then is eternal life, and the prize, which is the millennial kingdom, are two different things. They differ on almost every point.

 

 

1. Eternal life is, as its name imports, something  which has no end. But the kingdom of the Christ ends after a thousand years, and is given up by the Son to the Father, that God may be all in all: Rev. 20: 4-6; 1 Cor. 15: 23-28.

 

 

2. Eternal life is something which is begun to be enjoyed already: John 3: 36; 5: 24; 6: 47; 1 John 5: 13. The [regenerate] believer is already “saved and ought to rejoice on this account: 1 Cor. 1: 18; Rom. 8: 24; Eph 2: 5, 8; 2 Tim. 1: 9; Tit. 3: 5; Phil. 3: 1; 4: 4; 1 Thess. 5: 16. But the prize or the kingdom is something which even Paul was seeking for and had not then attained: Phil. 3; 1 Cor. 9. It is a reward for service to Christ, and suffering for His sake. “Well done, good and faithful servant, enter thou into the joy of thy Lord Matt. 25: 21-23. “Come, ye blessed of My Father, inherit the kingdom ... for I was hungry and ye gave Me food and 25: 34-36. “Not every one that saith to Me Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the will of My Father who is in heaven Matt. 7: 21; Luke 6: 35; 1 Cor. 3: 8-17; Matt. 5: 11, 12. “We must through many troubles enter into the Kingdom of God Acts 14: 22. We are never said to be elect to the millennial kingdom. We are said to be ‘invited’ to God’s Kingdom of Glory: 1 Thess. 2: 12. God means in this way to pay wages to His labourers, both of the Old Testament and of the New. “He that reapeth receiveth wages, and gathereth fruit unto life eternal; that both he that soweth and he that reapeth may rejoice together John 4: 36. This reward is to be at the seventh or last trump, when the kingdoms of this world become “the Kingdom of our God and of His ChristRev. 11: 15-18. It is in another place stated as given by Christ at His return: 22: 12.

 

 

3. Eternal life is bestowed on God’s elect at once upon their faith; and cannot be lost: Eph. 2: 8; John 3: 15, 16; 5: 24; 6: 40, 47; 10: 28; 1 Tim. 1: 16; Acts 13: 46; Rom. 8: 29-39. It is given to sinners against their desert. “Not by works in righteousness which we did, did He save us, but according to His mercy Tit. 3: 5. “To him that worketh not, but believeth in Him that justifieth the ungodly, his faith is reckoned unto righteousnessRom. 4: 5. Eternal life is the present possession of our calling. The millennium kingdom is the hope of our calling: Eph. 1: 18. The prize of our calling is to be sought for with effort. “Seek ye first the Kingdom of God, and His righteousness Matt. 6: 33. “But rather seek ye the Kingdom of God; and all these things shall be added unto you Luke 12: 31. “From the days of John the Baptist until now the Kingdom of heaven suffereth violence, and violent ones are taking it by force Matt. 11: 12. “The law and the prophets were until John; since that time the Kingdom of God is being preached, and every one is pressing into it Luke 16: 16.

 

 

4. For the believer to be seeking after eternal life would be unbelief. For the believer not to be seeking after the prize of the Kingdom, is unbelief. God becomes the rewarder of the diligent seeker: Heb. 11: 6; Matt. 5: 46; 6: 1-16; 10: 41, 42. To whom is the prize to be given? To those “accounted worthy Luke 20: 34-36. “They which shall be accounted worthy to attain that age, and the resurrection from among the dead (the first resurrection) neither marry nor are given in marriage, for neither can they die any more, for they are equal to the angels Heb. 1; 4.; 6: 11.

 

 

Hence exhortation comes in to stir us up to desire and to seek this glory: Heb. 3: 13; 4: 11. “Exhort one another daily, while it is called to-day, lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulness of sin. For we are made associates of the ChristThy fellows Psa. 45: 7, when He comes to take the kingdom,] if we hold the beginning of our confidence steadfast unto the end“Let us labour therefore to enter into that rest, lest any fall after the same example of disobedience” (Margin.). For as human prizes require certain excellencies, and may be lost by the contrary offences, so with the prize of God. Some of the offences that will cause offenders to lose this glory are stated in 1 Cor. 6: 1-11; Gal. 5: 19-21; 6: 7-10; Luke 18: 17; Eph. 5: 5; Rev. 2: 26, 27.

 

 

And the danger of loss is not distant and slight. Hence the apostle bids us seek, as if we were the only one that could win the prize. He exhibits to us twice the provocation of God’s people Israel, after their deliverance out of Egypt, as warnings to us: Heb. 3.; 4.; 1 Cor. 10. And the Most High has commanded the actual exclusion of some believers from fellowship at the table of the Lord for certain specified offences. Most churches are compelled, at some time or other, to excommunicate some of those received, because of these sins. But those justly accounted unworthy by Christ accounted unworthy to sit with their brethren in this imperfect state and time, will be by Christ accounted unworthy to sit down with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob in the millennial kingdom.

 

 

He has distinctly said, that He will confirm the just judgments of His churches on this point, when He comes: Matt. 18: 18.

 

 

On this subject Abraham, the father of the faithful, is set forth to us as an example. He is first justified by faith: Gen. 15. But after that, he is found obedient to God’s commands of circumcision and the offering of his son. On the latter occasion God by oath binds Himself to fulfil to Abraham all His promises, which look onward to the millennium. “By myself have I sworn, saith the Lord, for because thou hast done this thing, and hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, that in blessing I will bless thee ... And in thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed; because thou hast obeyed My voice Gen. 22: 16-18.

 

 

With Israel, Abraham’s sons after the flesh, it was just the reverse. They believed God at the beginning of their deliverance out of Egypt: Ex. 4. But then instead of obeying God, they provoked Him by unbelief and disobedience, till at length He swore they should not enter into the land of promise, the hope of their calling. “Look to yourselves (therefore) that we lose not those things which we have wrought, but that we receive a full reward 1 John 8.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

To be continued